Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2018 International Building Code 2nd Printing2 0 1 8 TERNATIONAL CODES INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE* I NTE R N A T I O N A L COD ES" 2018 I -CODE BONUS OFFER Get a free 45-day online subscription to ICC's premJumACCESS' 2018 I -Codes Complete Collection Test drive many powerful, time -saving tools available to you from premJumACCESS To activate your bonus, visit www.iccsafe.org/codebonus 19, A Member of the International Code Family° INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE° I.i Agffi,­,AOICC N,fiuN¢,TA,d,awo.mALLh¢d,mansbyan O,d Party o,±DFI,m®dahONtd Emgh ass¢o,FA mpyncg and Mwodwg,ISd ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION ORDISIRIB VIION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR 2018 International Building Code® Date of First Publication August 31, 2017 First Printing August 2017 Second Printing January 2019 ISBN 978-1-60983-735-8 (soft-cover edition) ISBN 978-1-60983-734-1 (loose-leaf edition) COPYRIGHT © 2017 by INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL, INC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED This 2018 International Building Code® is a copyrighted work owned by the International Code Council, Inc (ICC) Without advance written permission from the ICC, no part of this book maybe reproduced, distributed or transmitted in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic, optical or mechanical means (by way of example, and not limitation, photocopying, or recording by or in an information storage retrieval system) For information on use rights and permissions, please contact ICC Publications, 4051 Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, IL 60478 Phone 1- 888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233) Trademarks "International Code Council," the "International Code Council' logo, "ICC," the "ICC' logo, "International Build- ing Code," "IBC' and other names and trademarks appearing in this book are registered trademarks of the International Code Council, Inc , and/or its licensors (as applicable), and may not be used without permission T023311 PRINTED IN THE USA CopyrightOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf dv od min).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x1ooe1vmc 01jM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) tto I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dpartyo, AMb�tmPOoriud ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER Introduction Development PREFACE The International Building Code' (IBC°) establishes minimum requirements for building systems using prescriptive and performance -related provisions. It is founded on broad -based principles that make possible the use of new materials and new building designs. This 2018 edition is fully compat- ible with all of the International Codes° (I -Codes) published by the International Code Council° (ICC°), including the International Energy Conservation Code" International Existing Building Code', International Fire Code°, International Fuel Gas Code" International Green Construction Code', International Mechanical Code°, International Plumbing Code', International Private Sewage Dis- posal Code" International Property Maintenance Code', International Residential Code°, Interna- tional Swimming Pool and Spa Code', International Wildland-Urban Interface Code" International Zoning Code' and International Code Council Performance Code'. The I -Codes, including this International Building Code, are used in a variety of ways in both the public and private sectors. Most industry professionals are familiar with the I -Codes as the basis of laws and regulations in communities across the U.S. and in other countries. However, the impact of the codes extends well beyond the regulatory arena, as they are used in a variety of nonregulatory settings, including: • Voluntary compliance programs such as those promoting sustainability, energy efficiency and disaster resistance. • The insurance industry, to estimate and manage risk, and as a tool in underwriting and rate decisions. • Certification and credentialing of individuals involved in the fields of building design, con- struction and safety. • Certification of building and construction -related products. • U.S. federal agencies, to guide construction in an array of government -owned properties. • Facilities management. • 'Best practices" benchmarks for designers and builders, including those who are engaged in projects in jurisdictions that do not have a formal regulatory system or a governmental enforcement mechanism. • College, university and professional school textbooks and curricula. • Reference works related to building design and construction. In addition to the codes themselves, the code development process brings together building pro- fessionals on a regular basis. It provides an international forum for discussion and deliberation about building design, construction methods, safety, performance requirements, technological advances and innovative products. This 2018 edition presents the code as originally issued, with changes reflected in the 2003 through 2015 editions and further changes approved by the ICC Code Development Process through 2017. A new edition such as this is promulgated every 3 years. This code is intended to establish provisions that adequately protect public health, safety and welfare; that do not unnecessarily increase construction costs; that do not restrict the use of new materials, products or methods of construction; and that do not give preferential treatment to par- ticular types or classes of materials, products or methods of construction. 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I " ' COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER Maintenance The International Building Code is kept up to date through the review of proposed changes submit- ted by code enforcement officials, industry representatives, design professionals and other inter- ested parties. Proposed changes are carefully considered through an open code development process in which all interested and affected parties may participate. The ICC Code Development Process reflects principles of openness, transparency, balance, due process and consensus, the principles embodied in OMB Circular A-119, which governs the federal government's use of private -sector standards. The ICC process is open to anyone; there is no cost to participate, and people can participate without travel cost through the ICC's cloud -based app, cdp- Access°. A broad cross section of interests are represented in the ICC Code Development Process. The codes, which are updated regularly, include safeguards that allow for emergency action when required for health and safety reasons. In order to ensure that organizations with a direct and material interest in the codes have a voice in the process, the ICC has developed partnerships with key industry segments that support the ICC's important public safety mission. Some code development committee members were nomi- nated by the following industry partners and approved by the ICC Board: • American Institute of Architects (AIA) • National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) • National Association of State Fire Marshals (NASFM) The code development committees evaluate and make recommendations regarding proposed changes to the codes. Their recommendations are then subject to public comment and council -wide votes. The ICC's governmental members -public safety officials who have no financial or business interest in the outcome -cast the final votes on proposed changes. The contents of this work are subject to change through the code development cycles and by any governmental entity that enacts the code into law. For more information regarding the code devel- opment process, contact the Codes and Standards Development Department of the International Code Council. While the I -Code development procedure is thorough and comprehensive, the ICC, its members and those participating in the development of the codes disclaim any liability resulting from the publication or use of the I -Codes, or from compliance or noncompliance with their provisions. The ICC does not have the power or authority to police or enforce compliance with the contents of this code. Code Development Committee Responsibilities (Letter Designations in Front of Section Numbers) In each code development cycle, code change proposals to this code are considered at the Commit- tee Action Hearings by 11 different code development committees. Four of these committees have primary responsibility for designated chapters and appendices as follows: IBC -Egress Code Development Committee [BE]: Chapters 10, 11, Appendix E IBC -Fire Safety Code Development Committee [BF]: Chapters 7, 8, 9, 14, 26 IBC -General Code Development Committee [BG]: Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 12, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, Appendices A, B, C, D, K, N IBC -Structural Code Development Committee [BS]: Chapters 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, Appendices F, G, H, I, 1, L, M IV 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff.," ' COTy IghtOoz0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto k MR, ff., RR I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORI]AD REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER Code change proposals to sections of the code that are preceded by a bracketed letter designa- tion, such as [A], will be considered by a committee other than the building code committee listed for the chapter or appendix on the preceding page. For example, proposed code changes to Section [F] 307.1.1 will be considered by the International Fire Code Development Committee during the Committee Action Hearing in the 2018 (Group A) code development cycle. Another example is Section [BF] 1505.2. While code change proposals to Chapter 15 are primar- ily the responsibility of the IBC —Structural Code Development Committee, which considers code change proposals during the 2019 (Group B) code development cycle, Section 1505.2 is the respon- sibility of the IBC —Fire Safety Code Development Committee, which considers code change propos- als during the 2018 (Group A) code development cycle. The bracketed letter designations for committees responsible for portions of this code are as fol- lows: [A] = Administrative Code Development Committee; [BE] = IBC —Egress Code Development Committee; [BF] = IBC —Fire Safety Code Development Committee; [BG]= IBC —General Code Development Committee; [BS] = IBC —Structural Code Development Committee; [E] = International Commercial Energy Conservation Code Development Committee or International Residential Energy Conservation Code Development Committee; [EB]= International Existing Building Code Development Committee; [F] = International Fire Code Development Committee; [FG] = International Fuel Gas Code Development Committee; [M] = International Mechanical Code Development Committee; and [P] = International Plumbing Code Development Committee. For the development of the 2021 edition of the I -Codes, there will be two groups of code devel- opment committees and they will meet in separate years. 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® v I " ' COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,e,od,S,00.mBaths,eod,S,00zbyany ,dPartyo,AxmboemPOo[vs3ANYUNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER Group A Codes Group B Codes (Heard in 2018, Code Change Proposals (Heard in 2019, Code Change Proposals Deadline: January B, 2018) Deadline: January 7, 2019) International Building Code Administrative Provisions (Chapter 1 of all —Egress (Chapters 10, 11, Appendix E) codes except IECC, IRC and IgCC, administra- - Fire Safety (Chapters 7, 8, 9, 14, 26) tive updates to currently referenced Stan- -General (Chapters 2-6, 12, 27-33, dards, and designated definitions) Appendices A, B, C, D, K, N) International Fire Code International Building Code —Structural (Chapters 15-25, Appendices F, G, H, I,1, L, M) International Fuel Gas Code International Existing Building Code International Mechanical Code International Energy Conservation Code — Commercial International Plumbing Code International Energy Conservation Code — Residential — IECC—Residential — IRC—Energy (Chapter 11) International Property Maintenance Code International Green Construction Code (Chapter 1) International Private Sewage Disposal Code International Residential Code —IRC—Building (Chapters 1-10, Appendices E, F, H,1, K, L, M, 0, Q, R, S, T) International Residential Code —IRC—Mechanical(Chapters 12-23) — IRC—Plumbing (Chapters 25-33, Appendices G, I, N, P) International Swimming Pool and Spa Code International Wildland-Urban Interface Code International Zoning Code Note: Proposed changes to the ICC Performance CodeTM' will be heard by the code development committee noted in brack- ets [ I in the text of the ICC Performance CodeTM' Code change proposals submitted for code sections that have a letter designation in front of them will be heard by the respective committee responsible for such code sections. Because differ- ent committees hold Committee Action Hearings in different years, proposals for the IBC will be heard by committees in both the 2018 (Group A) and the 2019 (Group B) code development cycles. For instance, every section of Chapter 16 is the responsibility of the IBC —Structural Code Devel- opment Committee. As noted in the preceding table, that committee will hold its Committee Action Hearings in 2019 to consider code change proposals for the chapters for which it is responsible. Therefore any proposals received for Chapter 16 of this code will be assigned to the IBC —Structural Code Development Committee and will be considered in 2019, during the Group B code change cycle. As another example, every section of Chapter 1 of this code is designated as the responsibility of the Administrative Code Development Committee, which is part of the Group B portion of the hear- ings. This committee will hold its Committee Action Hearings in 2019 to consider code change pro- posals for Chapter 1 of all I -Codes except the International Energy Conservation Code, International Residential Code and International Green Construction Code. Therefore, any proposals received for Chapter 1 of this code will be assigned to the Administrative Code Development Committee for con- sideration in 2019. It is very important that anyone submitting code change proposals understands which code development committee is responsible for the section of the code that is the subject of the code change proposal. For further information on the Code Development Committee responsibilities, please visit the ICC website at www.iccsafe.org/scoping. 2O18 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® COTFIghtOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hvardmepf da od om).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)Od¢Nomb,,x1ooe1vmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) Tug tto Lie Agffi,­,nth ICC No FLLh, T,odomo,, oALth, gAodomo,, by anytlud Party o, Axmboemd,Oo[vsd &,glo—o,FA Wpyn4g PodoPt,P,mgT,okb¢d ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRBUNDBR Marginal Markings Solid vertical lines in the margins within the body of the code indicate a technical change from the requirements of the 2015 edition. Deletion indicators in the form of an arrow (E*) are provided in the margin where an entire section, paragraph, exception or table has been deleted or an item in a list of items or a table has been deleted. A single asterisk [*] placed in the margin indicates that text or a table has been relocated within the code. A double asterisk [**] placed in the margin indicates that the text or table immediately following it has been relocated there from elsewhere in the code. The following table indicates such relocations in the 2018 edition of the International Building Code. 2018 LOCATION 2015 LOCATION 705.2.3.1 1406.3 705.2.4 1406.4 708.4.2 718.3.2 708.4.2 718.3.3 708.4.2 718.4.2 708.4.2 718.4.3 2304.11.1.1 602.4.3 2304.11.1.2 602.4.4 2304.11.1.3 602.4.5 2304.11.3 602.4.6 2304.11.3.2 602.4.6.1 2304.11.3.1 602.4.6.2 2304.11.4.1 602.4.7 2304.11.2 602.4.8 2304.11.2.2 602.4.8.1 2304.11.2.1 602.4.8.2 T2304.11.4.1 602.4 Coordination of the International Codes Italicized Terms The coordination of technical provisions is one of the strengths of the ICC family of model codes. The codes can be used as a complete set of complementary documents, which will provide users with full integration and coordination of technical provisions. Individual codes can also be used in subsets or as stand-alone documents. To make sure that each individual code is as complete as pos- sible, some technical provisions that are relevant to more than one subject area are duplicated in some of the model codes. This allows users maximum flexibility in their application of the I -Codes. Selected words and terms defined in Chapter 2, Definitions, are italicized where they appear in code text and the Chapter 2 definition applies. Where such words and terms are not italicized, common - use definitions apply. The words and terms selected have code -specific definitions that the user should read carefully to facilitate better understanding of the code. Note: In Sections 1903 through 1905, italics indicate provisions that differ from ACI 318. 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® vii I " ' COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,,vo ,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,00.mfw ,,e od,S,00zbyany ,dPartyo, AxmboemPOo[vs3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER Adoption The International Code Council maintains a copyright in all of its codes and standards. Maintaining copyright allows the ICC to fund its mission through sales of books, in both print and electronic for- mats. The ICC welcomes adoption of its codes by jurisdictions that recognize and acknowledge the ICC's copyright in the code, and further acknowledge the substantial shared value of the public/pri- vate partnership for code development between jurisdictions and the ICC. The ICC also recognizes the need for jurisdictions to make laws available to the public. All I -Codes and I -Standards, along with the laws of many jurisdictions, are available for free in a nondownloadable form on the ICC's website. Jurisdictions should contact the ICC at adop- tions@iccsafe.org to learn how to adopt and distribute laws based on the International Build- ing Code in a manner that provides necessary access, while maintaining the ICC's copyright. To facilitate adoption, several sections of this code contain blanks for fill-in information that needs to be supplied by the adopting jurisdiction as part of the adoption legislation. For this code, please see: Section 101.1. Insert: [NAME OFJURISDICTION] Section 1612.3. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION] Section 1612.3. Insert: [DATE OF ISSUANCE] vill 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' COTy IghtOoz0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S ( I I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od�o,,,o ih,,e od�o,,byany ,dputyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER EFFECTIVE USE OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE The International Building Code' (IBC°) is a model code that provides minimum requirements to safeguard the public health, safety and general welfare of the occupants of new and existing build- ings and structures. The IBC is fully compatible with the ICC family of codes, including: International Enery Conservation Code° (IECC ), International Existing Building Code° (IEBC°), International Fire Code (IFC°), International Fuel Gas Code' (IFGC°), International Green Construction Code' (IgCC°), International Mechanical Code' (IMC°), International Plumbing Code' (IPC°), International Private Sewage Disposal Code' (IPSDC°), International Property Maintenance Code' IPMCI International Residential Code' (IRC°), International Swimming Pool and Spa Code' (ISPSC °), International Wild - land -Urban Interface Code' (IWUIC°), International Zoning Code' (IZC°) and International Code Council Performance Code° (ICCPC°). The IBC addresses structural strength, means of egress, sanitation, adequate lighting and ventila- tion, accessibility, energy conservation and life safety in regard to new and existing buildings, facili- ties and systems. The codes are promulgated on a 3-year cycle to allow for new construction methods and technologies to be incorporated into the codes. Alternative materials, designs and methods not specifically addressed in the code can be approved by the building official where the proposed materials, designs or methods comply with the intent of the provisions of the code (see Section 104.11). The IBC applies to all occupancies, including one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses that are not within the scope of the IRC. The IRC is referenced for coverage of detached one- and two- family dwellings and townhouses as defined in the exception to Section 101.2 and the definition for "Townhouse" in Chapter 2. The IRC can also be used for the construction of live/work units (as defined in Section 419) and small bed and breakfast -style hotels where there are five or fewer guest rooms and the hotel is owner occupied. The IBC applies to all types of buildings and structures unless exempted. Work exempted from permits is listed in Section 105.2. Arrangement and Format of the 2018 IBC Before applying the requirements of the IBC, it is beneficial to understand its arrangement and for- mat. The IBC, like other codes published by ICC, is arranged and organized to follow sequential steps that generally occur during a plan review or inspection. Chapters Subjects 1-2 Administration and definitions 3 Use and occupancy classifications 4,31 Special requirements for specific occupancies or elements 5-6 Height and area limitations based on type of construction 7-9 Fire resistance and protection requirements 10 Requirements for evacuation 11 Specific requirements to allow use and access to a building for persons with disabilities 12-13, 27-30 Building systems, such as lighting, HVAC, plumbing fixtures, elevators 14-26 Structural components —performance and stability 32 Encroachment outside of property lines 33 Safeguards during construction 35 Referenced standards Appendices A-M Appendices 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ix I " ' COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,e,od,S,00.mBaths,eod,S,00zbyany ,dPartyo,AxmboemPOo[vs3ANYUNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER The IBC requirements for hazardous materials, fire -resistance -rated construction, interior finish, fire protection systems, means of egress, emergency and standby power, and temporary structures are directly correlated with the requirements of the IFC. The following chapters/sections of the IBC are correlated to the IFC: IBC Chapter/Section IFC Chapter/Section Subject Sections 307, 414, 415 Chapters 50-67 Hazardous materials and Group H requirements Chapter 7 Chapter 7 Fire -resistance -rated construction (Fire and smoke protection features in the IFC) Chapter 8 Chapter 8 Interior finish, decorative materials and furnishings Chapter 9 Chapter 9 Fire protection systems Chapter 10 Chapter 10 Means of egress Chapter 27 Section 604 Standby and emergency power Section 3103 Chapter 31 Temporary structures The IBC requirements for smoke control systems, and smoke and fire dampers are directly cor- related to the requirements of the IMC. IBC Chapter 28 is a reference to the IMC and the IFGC for chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues, and all aspects of mechanical systems. The following chapters/ sections of the IBC are correlated with the IMC: IBC Chapter/Section IMC Chapter/Section Subject Section 717 Section 607 Smoke and fire dampers Section 909 Section 513 Smoke control The IBC requirements for plumbing fixtures and toilet rooms are directly correlated to the requirements of the IPC. The following chapters/sections of the IBC are correlated with the IPC: IBC Chapter/Section IPC Chapter/Section Subject Chapter 29 Chapters 3 & 4 Plumbing fixtures and facilities The following is a chapter -by -chapter synopsis of the scope and intent of the provisions of the International Building Code. Chapter 1 Scope and Administration. Chapter 1 establishes the limits of applicability of the code and describes how the code is to be applied and enforced. Chapter 1 is in two parts, Part 1— Scope and Application (Sections 101-102) and Part 2—Administration and Enforcement (Sections 103-116). Section 101 identifies which buildings and structures come under its purview and refer- ences other I -Codes as applicable. Standards and codes are scoped to the extent referenced (see Section 102.4). The building code is intended to be adopted as a legally enforceable document and it cannot be effective without adequate provisions for its administration and enforcement. The provisions of Chapter 1 establish the authority and duties of the building official appointed by the authority hav- ingjurisdiction and also establish the rights and privileges of the design professional, contractor and property owner. Chapter 2 Definitions. An alphabetical listing of all defined terms is located in Chapter 2. Defined terms that are pertinent to a specific chapter or section are also found in that chapter or section with a reference back to Chapter 2 for the definition. While a defined term may be listed in one chapter or another, the meaning is applicable throughout the code. Codes are technical documents and every word, term and punctuation mark can impact the meaning of the code text and the intended results. The code often uses terms that have a unique 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® COTFIghtOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf da od om).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)Odo,N=b,,x1ooe1vmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) Tug tto Lie Ag,,vo ,Ath ICC No fwN¢T,odomoo.mALLh¢gAodomo,, by ooythd Party o,Axmboemdmho[vsd9cglo—odympyncg andoPt,P,mgT,okb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRR VNDBR meaning in the code and the code meaning can differ substantially from the ordinarily understood meaning of the term as used outside of the code. Where understanding of a term's definition is especially key to or necessary for understanding a particular code provision, the term is shown in italics wherever it appears in the code. The user of the code should be familiar with and consult this chapter because the definitions are essential to the correct interpretation of the code. Where a term is not defined, such terms shall have the ordinarily accepted meaning. Chapter 3 Use and Occupancy Classification. Chapter 3 provides for the classification of buildings, structures and parts thereof based on the purpose or purposes for which they are used. Section 302 identifies the groups into which all buildings, structures and parts thereof must be clas- sified. Sections 303 through 312 identify the occupancy characteristics of each group classification. In some sections, specific group classifications having requirements in common are collectively organized such that one term applies to all. For example, Groups A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5 are indi- vidual groups for assembly -type buildings. The general term "Group A," however, includes each of these individual groups. Other groups include Business (B), Educational (E), Factory (F-1, F-2), High Hazard (H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4, H-5), Institutional (I-1, I-2, I-3, I-4), Mercantile (M), Residential (R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4), Storage (S-1, S-2) and Utility (U). In some occupancies, the smaller number means a higher hazard, but that is not always the case. Defining the use of the buildings is very important as it sets the tone for the remaining chapters of the code. Occupancy works with the height, area and construction type requirements in Chapters 5 and 6, as well as the special provisions in Chapter 4, to determine "equivalent risk," or providing a reasonable level of protection or life safety for building occupants. The determination of equivalent risk involves three interdependent considerations: (1) the level of fire hazard associated with the specific occupancy of the facility; (2) the reduction of fire hazard by limiting the floor area and the height of the building based on the fuel load (combustible contents and burnable building compo- nents); and (3) the level of overall fire resistance provided by the type of construction used for the building. The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of the group, the lesser the height and area allowances for a particular construction type. Occupancy classification also plays a key part in organizing and prescribing the appropriate pro- tection measures. As such, threshold requirements for fire protection and means of egress systems are based on occupancy classification (see Chapters 9 and 10). Other sections of the code also con- tain requirements respective to the classification of building groups. For example, Section 706 spec- ifies requirements for fire wall fire -resistance ratings that are tied to the occupancy classification of a building and Section 803.11 contains interior finish requirements that are dependent upon the occupancy classification. The use of the space, rather than the occupancy of the building, is utilized for determining occupant loading (Section 1004) and live loading (Section 1607). Over the useful life of a building, the activities in the building will evolve and change. Where the provisions of the code address uses differently, moving from one activity to another or from one level of activity to another is, by definition, a change of occupancy. The new occupancy must be in compliance with the applicable provisions. Chapter 4 Special Detailed Requirements Based on Use and Occupancy. Chapter 4 con- tains the requirements for protecting special uses and occupancies, which are supplemental to the remainder of the code. Chapter 4 contains provisions that may alter requirements found elsewhere in the code; however, the general requirements of the code still apply unless modified within the chapter. For example, the height and area limitations established in Chapter 5 apply to all special occupancies unless Chapter 4 contains height and area limitations. In this case, the limitations in Chapter 4 supersede those in other sections. An example of this is the height and area limitations for open parking garages given in Section 406.5.4, which supersede the limitations given in Sections 504 and 506. In some instances, it may not be necessary to apply the provisions of Chapter 4. For example, if a covered mall building complies with the provisions of the code for Group M, Section 402 does not apply; however, other sections that address a use, process or operation must be applied to that spe- cific occupancy, such as stages and platforms, special amusement buildings and hazardous materials (Sections 410, 411 and 414). The chapter includes requirements for buildings and conditions that apply to one or more groups, such as high-rise buildings, underground buildings or atriums. Special uses may also imply specific occupancies and operations, such as for Group H, hazardous materials, application of flam- 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® A I i l i COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,,vo ,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dpartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYUNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER mable finishes, drying rooms, organic coatings and combustible storage or hydrogen fuel gas rooms, all of which are coordinated with the IFC. Unique consideration is taken for special use areas, such as covered mall buildings, motor -vehicle -related occupancies, special amusement buildings and air- craft -related occupancies. Special facilities within other occupancies are considered, such as stages and platforms, motion picture projection rooms, children's play structures and storm shelters. Finally, in order that the overall package of protection features can be easily understood, unique considerations for specific occupancies are addressed: Groups I-1, I-2, I-3, R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4; ambulatory care facilities and live/work units. Chapter 5 General Building Heights and Areas. Chapter 5 contains the provisions that regu- late the minimum type of construction for area limits and height limits based on the occupancy of the building. Height and area increases (including allowances for basements, mezzanines and equip- ment platforms) are permitted based on open frontage for fire department access, separation and the type of sprinkler protection provided (Sections 503-506, 510). These thresholds are reduced for buildings over three stories in height in accordance with Sections 506.2.3 and 506.2.4. Provisions include the protection and/or separation of incidental uses (Table 509), accessory occupancies (Sec- tion 508.2) and mixed uses in the same building (Sections 506.2.2, 506.2.4, 508.3, 508.4 and 510). Unlimited area buildings are permitted in certain occupancies when they meet special provisions (Section 507). Tables 504.3, 504.4 and 506.2 are the keystones in setting thresholds for building size based on the building's use and the materials with which it is constructed. If one then looks at Tables 504.3, 504.4 and 506.2, the relationship among group classification, allowable heights and areas and types of construction becomes apparent. Respective to each group classification, the greater the fire - resistance rating of structural elements, as represented by the type of construction, the greater the floor area and height allowances. The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of the group, the lesser the height and area allowances for a particular construction type. Starting in the 2015 edition, the table that once contained both height and area has been separated and these three new tables address the topics individually. In addition, the tables list criteria for buildings with and without automatic sprinkler systems. Chapter 6 Types of Construction. The interdependence of these fire safety considerations can be seen by first looking at Tables 601 and 602, which show the fire -resistance ratings of the principal structural elements comprising a building in relation to the five classifications for types of construc- tion. Type I construction is the classification that generally requires the highest fire -resistance rat- ings for structural elements, whereas Type V construction, which is designated as a combustible type of construction, generally requires the least amount of fire -resistance -rated structural ele- ments. The greater the potential fire hazards indicated as a function of the group, the lesser the height and area allowances for a particular construction type. Section 603 includes a list of combus- tible elements that can be part of a noncombustible building (Types I and II construction). Chapter 7 Fire and Smoke Protection Features. The provisions of Chapter 7 present the fun- damental concepts of fire performance that all buildings are expected to achieve in some form. This chapter identifies the acceptable materials, techniques and methods by which proposed construc- tion can be designed and evaluated against to determine a building's ability to limit the impact of fire. The fire -resistance -rated construction requirements within Chapter 7 provide passive resis- tance to the spread and effects of fire. Types of separations addressed include fire walls, fire barri- ers, fire partitions, horizontal assemblies, smoke barriers and smoke partitions. A fire produces heat that can weaken structural components and smoke products that cause property damage and place occupants at risk. The requirements of Chapter 7 work in unison with height and area requirements (Chapter 5), active fire detection and suppression systems (Chapter 9) and occupant egress require- ments (Chapter 10) to contain a fire should it occur while helping ensure occupants are able to safely exit. Chapter 8 Interior Finishes. This chapter contains the performance requirements for con- trolling fire growth within buildings by restricting interior finish and decorative materials. Past fire experience has shown that interior finish and decorative materials are key elements in the develop- ment and spread of fire. The provisions of Chapter 8 require materials used as interior finishes and decorations to meet certain flame -spread index or flame -propagation criteria based on the relative fire hazard associated with the occupancy. As smoke is also a hazard associated with fire, this chap- ter contains limits on the smoke development characteristics of interior finishes. The performance of the material is evaluated based on test standards. xii 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill l i COTy IghtOoz0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S I (fiTER I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER Chapter 9 Fire Protection Systems. Chapter 9 prescribes the minimum requirements for active systems of fire protection equipment to perform the following functions: detect a fire; alert the occupants or fire department of a fire emergency; and control smoke and control or extinguish the fire. Generally, the requirements are based on the occupancy, the height and the area of the build- ing, because these are the factors that most affect fire -fighting capabilities and the relative hazard of a specific building or portion thereof. This chapter parallels and is substantially duplicated in Chapter 9 of the International Fire Code (IFC); however, the IFC Chapter 9 also contains periodic testing criteria that are not contained in the IBC. In addition, the special fire protection system requirements based on use and occupancy found in IBC Chapter 4 are duplicated in IFC Chapter 9 as a user convenience. Chapter 10 Means of Egress. The general criteria set forth in Chapter 10 regulating the design of the means of egress are established as the primary method for protection of people in buildings by allowing timely relocation or evacuation of building occupants. Both prescriptive and perfor- mance language is utilized in this chapter to provide for a basic approach in the determination of a safe exiting system for all occupancies. It addresses all portions of the egress system (i.e., exit access, exits and exit discharge) and includes design requirements as well as provisions regulating individual components. The requirements detail the size, arrangement, number and protection of means of egress components. Functional and operational characteristics also are specified for the components that will permit their safe use without special knowledge or effort. The means of egress protection requirements work in coordination with other sections of the code, such as pro- tection of vertical openings (see Chapter 7), interior finish (see Chapter 8), fire suppression and detection systems (see Chapter 9) and numerous others, all having an impact on life safety. Chapter 10 of the IBC is duplicated in Chapter 10 of the IFC; however, the IFC contains one additional section on the means of egress system in existing buildings. Chapter 11 Accessibility. Chapter 11 contains provisions that set forth requirements for accessi- bility of buildings and their associated sites and facilities for people with physical disabilities. The fundamental philosophy of the code on the subject of accessibility is that everything is required to be accessible. This is reflected in the basic applicability requirement (see Section 1103.1). The code's scoping requirements then address the conditions under which accessibility is not required in terms of exceptions to this general mandate. While the IBC contains scoping provisions for acces- sibility (for example, what, where and how many), ICC A117.1, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, is the referenced standard for the technical provisions (in other words, how). There are many accessibility issues that not only benefit people with disabilities, but also provide a tangible benefit to people without disabilities. This type of requirement can be set forth in the code as generally applicable without necessarily identifying it specifically as an accessibility -related issue. Such a requirement would then be considered as having been "mainstreamed." For example, visible alarms are located in Chapter 9 and accessible means of egress and ramp requirements are addressed in Chapter 10. Accessibility criteria for existing buildings are addressed in the International Existing Building Code (IEBC). Appendix E is supplemental information included in the code to address accessibility for items in the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design that were not typically enforceable through the stan- dard traditional building code enforcement approach system (for example, beds, room signage). The International Residential Code (IRC) references Chapter 11 for accessibility provisions; there- fore, this chapter may be applicable to housing covered under the IRC. Chapter 12 Interior Environment. Chapter 12 provides minimum standards for the interior environment of a building. The standards address the minimum sizes of spaces, minimum tempera- ture levels, and minimum light and ventilation levels. The collection of requirements addresses lim- iting sound transmission through walls, ventilation of attic spaces and under floor spaces (crawl spaces). Finally, the chapter provides minimum standards for toilet and bathroom construction, including privacy shielding and standards for walls, partitions and floors to resist water intrusion and damage. Chapter 13 Energy Efficiency. The purpose of Chapter 13 is to provide minimum design requirements that will promote efficient utilization of energy in buildings. The requirements are directed toward the design of building envelopes with adequate thermal resistance and low air 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® xiii I i l i COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,,vo ,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dpartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYUNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER leakage, and toward the design and selection of mechanical, water heating, electrical and illumina- tion systems that promote effective use of depletable energy resources. For the specifics of these criteria, Chapter 13 requires design and construction in compliance with the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC). Chapter 14 Exterior Walls. This chapter addresses requirements for exterior walls of buildings. Minimum standards for wall covering materials, installation of wall coverings and the ability of the wall to provide weather protection are provided. This chapter also requires exterior walls that are close to lot lines, or that are bearing walls for certain types of construction, to comply with the min- imum fire -resistance ratings specified in Chapters 6 and 7. The installation of each type of wall cov- ering, be it wood, masonry, vinyl, metal composite material or an exterior insulation and finish system, is critical to its long-term performance in protecting the interior of the building from the elements and the spread of fire. Limitations on the use of combustible materials on exterior build- ing elements such as balconies, eaves, decks and architectural trim are also addressed in this chap- ter. Chapter 15 Roof Assemblies and Rooftop Structures. Chapter 15 provides standards for both roof assemblies and structures that sit on top of the roofs of buildings. The criteria address roof construction and covering, including the weather -protective barrier at the roof and, in most cir- cumstances, a fire-resistant barrier. The chapter is prescriptive in nature and is based on decades of experience with various traditional materials, but it also addresses newer products such as photo- voltaic shingles. These prescriptive rules are very important for satisfying performance of one type of roof covering or another. Section 1510 addresses rooftop structures, including penthouses, tanks, towers and spires. Rooftop penthouses larger than prescribed in this chapter must be treated as a story under Chapter 5. Chapter16 Structural Design. Chapter 16 prescribes minimum structural loading requirements for use in the design and construction of buildings and structural components. It includes minimum design loads, assignment of risk categories and permitted design methodologies. Standards are pro- vided for minimum design loads (live, dead, snow, wind, rain, flood, ice and earthquake as well as the required load combinations). The application of these loads and adherence to the serviceability criteria will enhance the protection of life and property. The chapter references and relies on many nationally recognized design standards. A key standard is the American Society of Civil Engineers' Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Otherstructures (ASCE 7). Structural design must address the conditions of the site and location. Therefore, maps are provided of rainfall, seismic, snow and wind criteria in different regions. Chapter 17 Special Inspections and Tests. Chapter 17 provides a variety of procedures and criteria for testing materials and assemblies, labeling materials and assemblies and special inspec- tion of structural assemblies. This chapter expands on the inspections of Chapter 1 by requiring spe- cial inspection where indicated and, in some cases, structural observation. It also spells out additional responsibilities for the owner, contractor, design professionals and special inspectors. Proper assembly of structural components, proper quality of materials used and proper application of materials are essential to ensuring that a building, once constructed, complies with the structural and fire -resistance minimums of the code and the approved design. To determine this compliance often requires continuous or frequent inspection and testing. Chapter 17 establishes standards for special inspection, testing and reporting of the work to the building official. Chapterl8 Soils and Foundations. Chapter 18 provides criteria for geotechnical and structural considerations in the selection, design and installation of foundation systems to support the loads from the structure above. This chapter includes requirements for soils investigation and site prepa- ration for receiving a foundation, including the allowed load -bearing values for soils and for protect- ing the foundation from water intrusion. Section 1808 addresses the basic requirements for all foundation types. Later sections address foundation requirements that are specific to shallow foun- dations and deep foundations. Due care must be exercised in the planning and design of foundation systems based on obtaining sufficient soils information, the use of accepted engineering proce- dures, experience and good technical judgment. Chapter19 Concrete. This chapter provides minimum accepted practices for the design and con- struction of buildings and structural components using concrete —both plain and reinforced. Chap- xiv 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill l i UER COTy IghtOoz0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORI]AD REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ter 19 relies primarily on the reference to American Concrete Institute (ACI) 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. This chapter also includes references to additional standards. Structural concrete must be designed and constructed to comply with this code and all listed stan- dards. There are specific sections of the chapter addressing concrete slabs, anchorage to concrete and shotcrete. Because of the variable properties of material and numerous design and construc- tion options available in the uses of concrete, due care and control throughout the construction process is necessary. Chapter 20 Aluminum. Chapter 20 contains standards for the use of aluminum in building con- struction. Only the structural applications of aluminum are addressed. This chapter does not address the use of aluminum in specialty products such as storefront or window framing or archi- tectural hardware. The use of aluminum in heating, ventilating or air-conditioning systems is addressed in the International Mechanical Code (IMC). This chapter references national standards from the Aluminum Association for use of aluminum in building construction, AA ASM 35, Alumi- num Sheet Metal Work in Building Construction, and AA ADM 1, Aluminum Design Manual. By utiliz- ing the standards set forth, a proper application of this material can be obtained. Chapter 21 Masonry. This chapter provides comprehensive and practical requirements for masonry construction. The provisions of Chapter 21 require minimum accepted practices and the use of standards for the design and construction of masonry structures. The provisions address: material specifications and test methods; types of wall construction; criteria for engineered and empirical designs; and required details of construction, including the execution of construction. Masonry design methodologies including allowable stress design, strength design and empirical design are covered by provisions of this chapter. Also addressed are masonry fireplaces and chim- neys, masonry heaters and glass unit masonry. Fire-resistant construction using masonry is also required to comply with Chapter 7. Masonry foundations are also subject to the requirements of Chapter 18. Chapter 22 Steel. Chapter 22 provides the requirements necessary for the design and construc- tion of structural steel (including composite construction), cold -formed steel, steel joists, steel cable structures and steel storage racks. This chapter specifies appropriate design and construction stan- dards for these types of structures. It also provides a road map of the applicable technical require- ments for steel structures. Because steel is a noncombustible building material, it is commonly associated with Types I and II construction; however, it is permitted to be used in all types of con- struction. Chapter 22 requires that the design and use of steel materials be in accordance with the specifications and standards of the American Institute of Steel Construction, the American Iron and Steel Institute, the Steel Joist Institute and the American Society of Civil Engineers. Chapter 23 Wood. This chapter provides minimum requirements for the design of buildings and structures that use wood and wood -based products. The chapter is organized around three design methodologies: allowable stress design (ASD), load and resistance factor design (LRFD) and conven- tional light -frame construction. Included in this chapter are references to design and manufacturing standards for various wood and wood -based products; general construction requirements; design criteria for lateral force -resisting systems and specific requirements for the application of the three design methods. In general, only Type III, IV or V buildings may be constructed of wood. Chapter 24 Glass and Glazing. This chapter establishes regulations for glass and glazing that, when installed in buildings and structures, are subjected to wind, snow and dead loads. Engineering and design requirements are included in the chapter. Additional structural requirements are found in Chapter 16. Another concern of this chapter is glass and glazing used in areas where it is likely to be impacted by the occupants. Section 2406 identifies hazardous locations where glazing installed must either be safety glazing or blocked to prevent human impact. Safety glazing must meet strin- gent standards and be appropriately marked or identified. Additional requirements are provided for glass and glazing in guards, handrails, elevator hoistways and elevator cars, as well as in athletic facilities. Chapter 25 Gypsum Board, Gypsum Panel Products and Plaster. Chapter 25 contains the provisions and referenced standards that regulate the design, construction and quality of gypsum board, gypsum panel products and plaster. It also addresses reinforced gypsum concrete. These represent the most common interior and exterior finish materials in the building industry. This chapter primarily addresses quality -control -related issues with regard to material specifications and 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® xv I i l i COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dpartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER installation requirements. Most products are manufactured under the control of industry stan- dards. The building official or inspector primarily needs to verify that the appropriate product is used and properly installed for the intended use and location. While often simply used as wall and ceiling coverings, proper design and application are necessary to provide weather resistance and required fire protection for both structural and nonstructural building components. Chapter 26 Plastic. The use of plastics in building construction and components is addressed in Chapter 26. This chapter provides standards addressing foam plastic insulation, foam plastics used as interior finish and trim, and other plasticveneers used on the inside or outside of a building. Plas- tic siding is regulated by Chapter 14. Sections 2606 through 2611 address the use of light -transmit- ting plastics in various configurations such as walls, roof panels, skylights, signs and as glazing. Requirements for the use of fiber -reinforced polymers, fiberglass -reinforced polymers and reflec- tive plastic core insulation are also contained in this chapter. Additionally, requirements specific to the use of wood -plastic composites and plastic lumber are contained in this chapter. Some plastics exhibit rapid flame spread and heavy smoke density characteristics when exposed to fire. Exposure to the heat generated by a fire can cause some plastics to deform, which can affect their perfor- mance. The requirements and limitations of this chapter are necessary to control the use of plastic and foam plastic products such that they do not compromise the safety of building occupants. Chapter 27 Electrical. Since electrical systems and components are an integral part of almost all structures, it is necessary for the code to address the installation of such systems. For this purpose, Chapter 27 references the National Electrical Code (NEC). In addition, Section 2702 addresses emer- gency and standby power requirements. Such systems must comply with the International Fire Code (IFC) and referenced standards. This section also provides references to the various code sections requiring emergency and standby power, such as high-rise buildings and buildings containing haz- ardous materials. Chapter 28 Mechanical Systems. Nearly all buildings will include mechanical systems. This chapter provides references to the International Mechanical Code (IMC) and the International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC) for the design and installation of mechanical systems. In addition, Chapter 21 of this code is referenced for masonry chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues. Chapter 29 Plumbing Systems. Chapter 29 regulates the minimum number of plumbing fix- tures that must be provided for every type of building. This chapter also regulates the location of the required fixtures in various types of buildings. This section requires separate facilities for males and females except for certain types of small occupancies. The regulations in this chapter come directly from Chapters 3 and 4 of the International Plumbing Code (IPC). Chapter 30 Elevators and Conveying Systems. Chapter 30 provides standards for the instal- lation of elevators into buildings. Referenced standards provide the requirements for the elevator system and mechanisms. Detailed standards are provided in the chapter for hoistway enclosures, machine rooms and requirements for sizing of elevators. Beginning in the 2015 edition pf this code, the elevator lobby requirements were moved from Chapter 7 to Chapter 30 to pull all the elevator - related construction requirements together. New provisions were added in the 2009 edition for fire service access elevators required in high-rise buildings and for the optional choice of occupant evac- uation elevators (see Section 403). Chapter 31 Special Construction. Chapter 31 contains a collection of regulations for a variety of unique structures and architectural features. Pedestrian walkways and tunnels connecting two build- ings are addressed in Section 3104. Membrane and air -supported structures are addressed by Sec- tion 3102. Safeguards for swimming pool safety are addressed by way of reference to the International swimming Pool and spa Code (ISPSC) in Section 3109. Standards for temporary struc- tures, including permit requirements, are provided in Section 3103. Structures as varied as awnings, marquees, signs, telecommunication and broadcast towers and automatic vehicular gates are also addressed (see Sections 3105 through 3108 and 3110). Chapter 32 Encroachments into the Public Right-of-way. Buildings and structures from time to time are designed to extend over a property line and into the public right-of-way. Local reg- ulations outside of the building code usually set limits to such encroachments, and such regulations take precedence over the provisions of this chapter. Standards are provided for encroachments below grade for structural support, vaults and areaways. Encroachments above grade are divided xvi 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill l i Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER into below 8 feet, 8 feet to 15 feet, and above 15 feet, because of headroom and vehicular height issues. This includes steps, columns, awnings, canopies, marquees, signs, windows and balconies. Similar architectural features above grade are also addressed. Pedestrian walkways must also com- ply with Chapter 31. Chapter 33 Safeguards During Construction. Chapter 33 provides safety requirements during construction and demolition of buildings and structures. These requirements are intended to protect the public from injury and adjoining property from damage. In addition the chapter pro- vides for the progressive installation and operation of exit stairways and standpipe systems during construction. Chapter 34 Reserved. Duringthe 2015 code change cycle the membership voted to delete Chap- ter 34, Existing Structures, from this code and reference the International Existing Building Code (IEBC)®. The provisions that were in Chapter 34 will appear in the IEBC. Sections 3402 through 3411 appear as IEBC Chapter 4 and Section 3412 as Chapter 14. Chapter 35 Referenced Standards. The code contains numerous references to standards that are used to regulate materials and methods of construction. Chapter 35 contains a comprehensive list of all standards that are referenced in the code, including the appendices. The standards are part of the code to the extent of the reference to the standard (see Section 102.4). Compliance with the referenced standard is necessary for compliance with this code. By providing specifically adopted standards, the construction and installation requirements necessary for compliance with the code can be readily determined. The basis for code compliance is, therefore, established and available on an equal basis to the building official, contractor, designer and owner. Chapter 35 is organized in a manner that makes it easy to locate specific standards. It lists all of the referenced standards, alphabetically, by acronym of the promulgating agency of the standard. Each agency's standards are then listed in either alphabetical or numeric order based upon the stan- dard identification. The list also contains the title of the standard; the edition (date) of the standard referenced; any addenda included as part of the ICC adoption; and the section or sections of this code that reference the standard. Appendices. Appendices are provided in the IBC to offer optional or supplemental criteria to the provisions in the main chapters of the code. Appendices provide additional information for adminis- tration of the Department of Building Safety as well as standards not typically administered by all building departments. Appendices have the same force and effect as the first 35 chapters of the IBC only when explicitly adopted by the jurisdiction. Appendix A Employee Qualifications. Effective administration and enforcement of the family of International Codes depends on the training and expertise of the personnel employed by the jurisdiction and his or her knowledge of the codes. Section 103 of the code establishes the Depart- ment of Building Safety and calls for the appointment of a building official and deputies such as plans examiners and inspectors. Appendix A provides standards for experience, training and certifi- cation for the building official and the other staff mentioned in Chapter 1. Appendix B Board of Appeals. Section 113 of Chapter 1 requires the establishment of a board of appeals to hear appeals regarding determinations made by the building official. Appendix B provides qualification standards for members of the board as well as operational procedures of such board. Appendix C Group U—Agricultural Buildings. Appendix C provides a more liberal set of standards for the construction of agricultural buildings, rather than strictly following the Utility building provision, reflective of their specific usage and limited occupant load. The provisions of this appendix, when adopted, allow reasonable heights and areas commensurate with the risk of agri- cultural buildings. Appendix D Fire Districts. Fire districts have been a tool used to limit conflagration hazards in areas of a city with intense and concentrated development. More frequently used under the model codes that preceded the IBC, this appendix is provided to allow jurisdictions to continue the desig- nation and use of fire districts. Fire district standards restrict certain occupancies within the district, as well as setting higher minimum construction standards. 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® xvii I i l i COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,e,od,S,00.mBaths,eod,S,00zbyany ,dPartyo,AxmboemPOo[vs3ANYUNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER Appendix E Supplementary Accessibility Requirements. The Architectural and Transporta- tion Barriers Compliance Board (U.S. Access Board) has revised and updated its accessibility guide- lines for buildings and facilities covered by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Architectural Barriers Act (ABA). Appendix E includes scoping requirements contained in the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design that are not in Chapter 11 and not otherwise mentioned or mainstreamed throughout the code. Items in the appendix address subjects not typically addressed in building codes (for example, beds, room signage, transportation facilities). Appendix F Rodentproofing. The provisions of this appendixare minimum mechanical methods to prevent the entry of rodents into a building. These standards, when used in conjunction with cleanliness and maintenance programs, can significantly reduce the potential of rodents invading a building. Appendix G Flood -resistant Construction. Appendix G is intended to fulfill the flood -plain management and administrative requirements of the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) that are not included in the code. Communities that adopt the IBC and Appendix G will meet the mini- mum requirements of NFIP as set forth in Title 44 of the Code of Federal Regulations. Appendix H Signs. Appendix H gathers in one place the various code standards that regulate the construction and protection of outdoor signs. Whenever possible, this appendix provides standards in performance language, thus allowing the widest possible application. Appendix I Patio Covers. Appendix I provides standards applicable to the construction and use of patio covers. It is limited in application to patio covers accessory to dwelling units. Covers of patios and other outdoor areas associated with restaurants, mercantile buildings, offices, nursing homes or other nondwelling occupancies would be subject to standards in the main code and not this appendix. Appendix J Grading. Appendix 1 provides standards for the grading of properties. This appendix also provides standards for administration and enforcement of a grading program including permit and inspection requirements. Appendix 1 was originally developed in the 1960s and used for many years in jurisdictions throughout the western states. It is intended to provide consistent and uni- form code requirements anywhere grading is considered an issue. Appendix K Administrative Provisions. Appendix K primarily provides administrative provi- sions for jurisdictions adopting and enforcing NFPA 70—the National Electrical Code (NEC). The pro- visions contained in this appendix are compatible with administrative and enforcement provisions contained in Chapter 1 of the IBC and the other International Codes. Annex H of NFPA 70 also con- tains administrative provisions for the NEC; however, some of its provisions are not compatible with IBC Chapter 1. Section K110 also contains technical provisions that are unique to this appendix and are in addition to technical standards of NFPA 70. Appendix L Earthquake Recording Instrumentation. The purpose of this appendix is to fos- ter the collection of ground motion data, particularly from strong -motion earthquakes. When this ground motion data is synthesized, it may be useful in developing future improvements to the earthquake provisions of the code. Appendix M Tsunami -Generated Flood Hazard. Addressing a tsunami risk for all types of construction in a tsunami hazard zone through building code requirements would typically not be cost effective, making tsunami -resistant construction impractical at an individual building level. However, this appendix does allow the adoption and enforcement of requirements for tsunami haz- ard zones that regulate the presence of high -risk or high -hazard structures. Appendix N Replicable Buildings. Many jurisdictions have recognized the need for some form of expedited review process for replicable buildings. By codifying the approach contained in the ICC G1-2010 Guidelines for Replicable Buildings, this appendix provides jurisdictions with a means of incorporating replicable building requirements into their building code adoption process. The intent is to streamline the plan review process at the local level by removing redundant reviews. xviii 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® E, iUER COTy IghtOoz0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM (PST) T-mmtto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION .... 1 PART 1—SCOPE AND APPLICATION ............. 1 Section 101 General 1 102 Applicability 2 PART 2—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT ...................... 2 103 Department of Building Safety 2 104 Duties and Powers of Building Official 2 105 Permits 4 106 Floor and Roof Design Loads 6 107 Submittal Documents 6 108 Temporary Structures and Uses 7 109 Fees 7 110 Inspections 8 III Certificate of Occupancy 9 112 Service Utilities 9 113 Board of Appeals 10 114 Violations 10 115 Stop Work Order 10 116 Unsafe Structures and Equipment 10 CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS .................... 13 Section 201 General 13 202 Definitions 13 CHAPTER3 OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND USE ....... 45 Section 301 Scope 45 302 Occupancy Classification and Use Designation 45 303 Assembly Group A 45 304 Business Group B 46 305 Educational Group E 46 306 Factory Group F 47 307 High -hazard Group H 47 308 Institutional Group I 51 309 Mercantile Group M 52 310 Residential Group R 53 311 Storage Group S 53 312 Utility and Miscellaneous Group U 54 CHAPTER 4 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY........ 55 Section 401 Scope 55 402 Covered Mall and Open Mall Buildings 55 403 High-rise Buildings 59 404 Atriums 62 405 Underground Buildings 63 406 Motor -vehicle -related Occupancies 64 407 Group I-2 68 408 GroupI-3 71 409 Motion Picture Projection Rooms 73 410 Stages, Platforms and Technical Production Areas 74 411 Special Amusement Buildings 76 412 Aircraft -related Occupancies 76 413 Combustible Storage 80 414 Hazardous Materials 80 415 Groups H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 83 416 Spray Application of Flammable Finishes 93 417 Drying Rooms 94 418 Organic Coatings 94 419 Live/workUnits 94 420 Groups 1- 1, R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4 95 421 Hydrogen Fuel Gas Rooms 96 422 Ambulatory Care Facilities 96 423 Storm Shelters 97 424 Children's Play Structures 98 425 Hyperbaric Facilities 98 426 Combustible Dusts, Gram Processing and Storage 98 427 Medical Gas Systems 99 428 Higher Education Laboratories 99 CHAPTER 5 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS ........... 103 Section 501 General 103 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Ax I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER TABLE OF CONTENTS 502 Building Address 103 503 General Building Height and Area Limitations 103 504 Building Height and Number of Stories 104 505 Mezzanines and Equipment Platforms 105 506 Building Area 107 507 Unlimited Area Buildings III 508 Mixed Use and Occupancy 113 509 Incidental Uses 115 510 Special Provisions 115 CHAPTER 6 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION...... 119 Section 601 General 119 602 Construction Classification 119 603 Combustible Material in Types I and II Construction 120 CHAPTER 7 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES ........ 123 Section 701 General 123 702 Multiple Use Fire Assemblies 123 703 Fire -resistance Ratings and Fire Tests 123 704 Fire -resistance Rating of Structural Members 124 705 Exterior Walls 126 706 Fire Walls 130 707 Fire Barriers 132 708 Fire Partitions 134 709 Smoke Barriers 135 710 Smoke Partitions 136 711 Floor and Roof Assemblies 136 712 Vertical Openings 137 713 Shaft Enclosures 139 714 Penetrations 140 715 Fire-resistant Joint Systems 143 716 Opening Protectives 144 717 Ducts and Air Transfer Openings 150 718 Concealed Spaces 155 719 Fire -resistance Requirements for Plaster 157 720 Thermal- and Sound -insulating Materials 157 721 Prescriptive Fire Resistance 158 722 Calculated Fire Resistance 158 CHAPTER 8 INTERIOR FINISHES ............ 211 Section 801 Scope 211 802 General 211 803 Wall and Ceiling Finishes 211 804 Interior Floor Finish 214 805 Combustible Materials in Types I and II Construction 215 806 Decorative Materials and Trim 215 807 Insulation 216 808 Acoustical Ceiling Systems 216 CHAPTER 9 FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS..... 217 Section 901 General 217 902 Fire Pump and Riser Room Size 218 903 Automatic Sprinkler Systems 218 904 Alternative Automatic Fire -extinguishing Systems 224 905 Standpipe Systems 227 906 Portable Fire Extinguishers 229 907 Fire Alarm and Detection Systems 231 908 Emergency Alarm Systems 241 909 Smoke Control Systems 241 910 Smoke and Heat Removal 250 911 Fire Command Center 251 912 Fire Department Connections 252 913 Fire Pumps 252 914 Emergency Responder Safety Features 253 915 Carbon Monoxide Detection 253 916 Gas Detection Systems 255 917 Mass Notification Systems 255 918 Emergency Responder Radio Coverage 255 CHAPTER 10 MEANS OF EGRESS ............. 257 Section 1001 Administration 257 1002 Maintenance and Plans 257 1003 General Means of Egress 257 1004 Occupant Load 258 1005 Means of Egress Sizing 260 1006 Number of Exits and Exit Access Doorways 261 xx 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' C',ght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dme(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Primdv ood)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( S I.� Affievo ,A IcC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmboemamhoossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI—IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER TABLE OF CONTENTS 1007 Exit and Exit Access Doorway Configuration 264 1008 Means of Egress Illummation 264 1009 Accessible Means of Egress 265 1010 Doors, Gates and Turnstiles 268 1011 Stairways 276 1012 Ramps 280 1013 Exit Signs 281 1014 Handrails 282 1015 Guards 283 1016 Exit Access 284 1017 Exit Access Travel Distance 285 1018 Aisles 286 1019 Exit Access Stairways and Ramps 286 1020 Corridors 287 1021 Egress Balconies 288 1022 Exits 288 1023 Interior Exit Stairways and Ramps 289 1024 Exit Passageways 291 1025 Luminous Egress Path Markings 291 1026 Horizontal Exits 293 1027 Exterior Exit Stairways and Ramps 293 1028 Exit Discharge 294 1029 Assembly 295 1030 Emergency Escape and Rescue 302 CHAPTER II ACCESSIBILITY ................305 Section 1101 General 305 1102 Compliance 305 1103 Scoping Requirements 305 1104 Accessible Route 306 1105 Accessible Entrances 307 1106 Parking and Passenger Loading Facilities 307 1107 Dwelling Units and Sleeping Units 308 1108 Special Occupancies 312 1109 Other Features and Facilities 314 1110 Recreational Facilities 317 1111 Signage 319 CHAPTER 12 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT...... 321 Section 1201 General 321 1202 Ventilation 321 1203 Temperature Control 323 1204 Lighting 323 1205 Yards or Courts 324 1206 Sound Transmission 324 1207 Interior Space Dimensions 325 1208 Access to Unoccupied Spaces 325 1209 Toilet and Bathroom Requirements 325 CHAPTER 13 ENERGY EFFICIENCY........... 327 Section 1301 General 327 CHAPTER 14 EXTERIOR WALLS ............. 329 Section 1401 General 329 1402 Performance Requirements 329 1403 Materials 330 1404 Installation of Wall Coverings 330 1405 Combustible Materials on the Exterior Side of Exterior Walls 336 1406 Metal Composite Materials (MCM) 337 1407 Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) 339 1408 High-pressure Decorative Exterior -grade Compact Laminates (HPL) 339 1409 Plastic Composite Decking 340 CHAPTER 15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES........ 341 Section 1501 General 341 1502 Roof Drainage 341 1503 Weather Protection 341 1504 Performance Requirements 342 1505 Fire Classification 343 1506 Materials 344 1507 Requirements for Roof Coverings 344 1508 Roof Insulation 356 1509 Radiant Barriers Installed Above Deck 356 1510 Rooftop Structures 356 1511 Reroofing 358 1512 Photovoltaic Panels and Modules 359 CHAPTER16 STRUCTURAL DESIGN .........361 Section 1601 General 361 1602 Notations 361 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® XXI I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER TABLE OF CONTENTS 1603 Construction Documents 361 1604 General Design Requirements 362 1605 Load Combinations 365 1606 Dead Loads 367 1607 Live Loads 367 1608 Snow Loads 374 1609 Wind Loads 374 1610 Soil Lateral Loads 391 1611 Ram Loads 391 1612 Flood Loads 392 1613 Earthquake Loads 398 1614 Atmospheric Ice Loads 401 1615 Tsunami Loads 401 1616 Structural Integrity 401 CIIAPTER 17 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS ..................... 415 Section 1701 General 415 1702 New Materials 415 1703 Approvals 415 1704 Special Inspections and Tests, Contractor Responsibility and Structural Observation 416 1705 Required Special Inspections and Tests 418 1706 Design Strengths of Materials 426 1707 Alternative Test Procedure 426 1708 In -situ Load Tests 426 1709 Preconstruction Load Tests 427 CHAPTER 18 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS...... 429 Section 1801 General 429 1802 Design Basis 429 1803 Geotechnical Investigations 429 1804 Excavation, Grading and Fill 431 1805 Dampproofing and Waterproofing 432 1806 Presumptive Load -bearing Values of Soils 433 1807 Foundation Walls, Retaining Walls and Embedded Posts and Poles 434 1808 Foundations 439 1809 Shallow Foundations 443 1810 Deep Foundations 444 CHAPTER 19 CONCRETE .................... 459 Section 1901 General 459 1902 Definitions 459 1903 Specifications for Tests and Materials 459 1904 Durability Requirements 460 1905 Modifications to ACI 318 460 1906 Structural Plain Concrete 462 1907 Minimum Slab Provisions 462 1908 Shotcrete 463 CHAPTER 20 ALUMINUM .................... 465 Section 2001 General 465 2002 Materials 465 CIIAPTER 21 MASONRY ..................... 467 Section 2101 General 467 2102 Notations 467 2103 Masonry Construction Materials 467 2104 Construction 468 2105 Quality Assurance 468 2106 Seismic Design 468 2107 Allowable Stress Design 468 2108 Strength Design of Masonry 469 2109 Empirical Design of Adobe Masonry 469 2110 Glass Unit Masonry 471 2111 Masonry Fireplaces 471 2112 Masonry Heaters 473 2113 Masonry Chimneys 474 2114 Dry -stack Masonry 478 CHAPTER 22 STEEL ......................... 479 Section 2201 General 479 2202 Identification of Steel for Structural Purposes 479 2203 Protection of Steel for Structural Purposes 479 2204 Connections 479 2205 Structural Steel 479 2206 Composite Structural Steel and Concrete Structures 480 XXII 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' C',F'EhtO@Z017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( S LAffievo ,A IcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI—IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER TABLE OF CONTENTS 2207 Steel Joists 480 2208 Steel Cable Structures 481 2209 Steel Storage Racks 481 2210 Cold -formed Steel 481 2211 Cold -formed Steel Light -frame Construction 481 CHAPTER 23 WOOD ......................... 483 Section 2301 General 483 2302 Design Requirements 483 2303 Minimum Standards and Quality 483 2304 General Construction Requirements 487 2305 General Design Requirements for Lateral Force -resisting Systems 500 2306 Allowable Stress Design 501 2307 Load and Resistance Factor Design 503 2308 Conventional Light -frame Construction 503 2309 Wood Frame Construction Manual 534 CHAPTER 24 GLASS AND GLAZING .......... 555 Section 2401 General 555 2402 Glazing Replacement 555 2403 General Requirements for Glass 555 2404 Wind, Snow, Seismic and Dead Loads on Glass 555 2405 Sloped Glazing and Skylights 557 2406 Safety Glazing 558 2407 Glass in Handrails and Guards 560 2408 Glazing in Athletic Facilities 560 2409 Glass in Walkways, Elevator Hoistways and Elevator Cars 561 CHAPTER 25 GYPSUM BOARD, GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AND PLASTER .................. 563 Section 2501 General 563 2502 Performance 563 2503 Inspection 563 2504 Vertical and Horizontal Assemblies 563 2505 Shear Wall Construction 563 2506 Gypsum Board and Gypsum Panel Product Materials 563 2507 Lathing and Plastering 564 2508 Gypsum Construction 564 2509 Showers and Water Closets 566 2510 Lathing and Furring for Cement Plaster (Stucco) 566 2511 Interior Plaster 567 2512 Exterior Plaster 567 2513 Exposed Aggregate Plaster 568 2514 Reinforced Gypsum Concrete 568 CHAPTER26 PLASTIC .......................569 Section 2601 General 569 2602 Finish and Trim 569 2603 Foam Plastic Insulation 569 2604 Interior Finish and Trim 575 2605 Plastic Veneer 575 2606 Light -transmitting Plastics 576 2607 Light -transmitting Plastic Wall Panels 577 2608 Light -transmitting Plastic Glazing 578 2609 Light -transmitting Plastic Roof Panels 578 2610 Light -transmitting Plastic Skylight Glazing 579 2611 Light -transmitting Plastic Interior Signs 580 2612 Plastic Composites 580 2613 Fiber -reinforced Polymer 580 2614 Reflective Plastic Core Insulation 581 CHAPTER 27 ELECTRICAL .................. 583 Section 2701 General 583 2702 Emergency and Standby Power Systems 583 CHAPTER 28 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS ....... 585 Section 2801 General 585 CHAPTER 29 PLUMBING SYSTEMS........... 587 Section 2901 General 587 2902 Minimum Plumbing Facilities 587 CHAPTER 30 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS ......... 591 Section 3001 General 591 3002 Hoistway Enclosures 591 3003 Emergency Operations 592 3004 Conveying Systems 592 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® XXIII I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc 01jM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER TABLE OF CONTENTS 3005 Machine Rooms 593 3006 Elevator Lobbies and Hoistway Opening Protection 593 3007 Fire Service Access Elevator 594 3008 Occupant Evacuation Elevators 595 CHAPTER 31 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION ...... 599 Section 3101 General 599 3102 Membrane Structures 599 3103 Temporary Structures 600 3104 Pedestrian Walkways and Tunnels 600 3105 Awnings and Canopies 602 3106 Marquees 602 3107 Signs 602 3108 Telecommunication and Broadcast Towers 602 3109 Swimming Pools, Spas and Hot Tubs 603 3110 Automatic Vehicular Gates 603 3111 Solar Energy Systems 603 3112 Greenhouses 603 3113 Relocatable Buildings 603 CHAPTER 32 ENCROACHMENTS INTO THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY........ 605 Section 3201 General 605 3202 Encroachments 605 CHAPTER 33 SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION ............... 607 Section 3301 General 607 3302 Construction Safeguards 607 3303 Demolition 607 3304 Site Work 607 3305 Sanitary 608 3306 Protection of Pedestrians 608 3307 Protection of Adjoining Property 609 3308 Temporary Use of Streets, Alleys and Public Property 609 3309 Fire Extinguishers 609 3310 Means of Egress 609 3311 Standpipes 610 3312 Automatic Sprinkler System 610 3313 Water Supply for Fire Protection 610 3314 Fire Watch During Construction 610 CHAPTER 34 RESERVED ..................... 611 CHAPTER 35 REFERENCED STANDARDS ..... 613 APPENDIX A EMPLOYEE QUALIFICATIONS .............. 643 Section A101 Building Official Qualifications 643 A102 Referenced Standards 643 APPENDIX B BOARD OF APPEALS ........... 645 Section B101 General 645 APPENDIX C GROUP U—AGRICULTURAL BUILDINGS .................... 647 Section C101 General 647 C102 Allowable Height and Area 647 C103 Mixed Occupancies 647 C104 Exits 647 APPENDIXD FIREDISTRICTS ............... 649 Section D101 General 649 D102 Building Restrictions 649 D103 Changes to Buildings 650 D104 Bwldmgs Located Partially in the Fire District 650 D105 Exceptions to Restrictions in Fire District 650 D106 Referenced Standards 651 APPENDIX E SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS ............... 653 Section E101 General 653 E102 Definitions 653 E103 Accessible Route 653 E104 Special Occupancies 653 E105 Other Features and Facilities 654 E106 Telephones 654 E107 Signage 655 E108 Bus Stops 655 xxiv 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' C',ght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Primdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( S I.—Affie—o ,A IcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo,Axmbot—Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI—IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER TABLE OF CONTENTS E109 Transportation Facilities and Stations 656 H114 Portable Signs E110 Airports 657 H115 Referenced Standards E111 Referenced Standards 657 APPENDIX F RODENTPROOFING ............ 659 Section 17101 General 659 APPENDIX G FLOOD -RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION ............... 661 Section G101 Administration 661 G102 Applicability 661 G103 Powers and Duties 661 G104 Permits 662 G105 Variances 663 G201 Definitions 664 G301 Subdivisions 664 G401 Site Improvement 664 G501 Manufactured Hom es 665 G601 Recreational Vehicles 665 G701 Tanks 665 G801 Other Building Work 665 G901 Temporary Structures and Temporary Storage 666 G 100 1 Utility and Miscellaneous Group U 666 G1101 Referenced Standards 666 APPENDIX H SIGNS ..........................667 Section 11101 General 667 H102 Definitions 667 H103 Location 667 H104 Identification 668 H105 Design and Construction 668 H106 Electrical 668 H107 Combustible Materials 668 H108 Ammated Devices 668 H109 Ground Signs 669 11110 Roof Signs 669 Hll1 Wall Signs 669 H112 Projecting Signs 669 H113 Marquee Signs 670 670 670 APPENDIX I PATIO COVERS ................ 671 Section I101 General 671 I102 Definition 671 I103 Exterior Walls and Openings 671 I104 Height 671 I105 Structural Provisions 671 APPENDIX J GRADING ...................... 673 Section J101 General 673 J102 Definitions 673 J103 Permits Required 673 J104 Permit Application and Submittals 674 J105 Inspections 674 J106 Excavations 674 J107 Fills 674 J108 Setbacks 674 J109 Drainage and Terracing 676 J110 Erosion Control 676 J111 Referenced Standards 676 APPENDIX K ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS ................... 677 Section K101 General 677 K102 Applicability 677 K103 Permits 677 K104 Construction Documents 678 K105 Alternative Engineered Design 678 K106 Required Inspections 678 K107 Prefabricated Construction 678 K108 Testing 679 K109 Reconnection 679 K110 Condemning Electrical Systems 679 K111 Electrical Provisions 679 APPENDIX L EARTHQUAKE RECORDING INSTRUMENTATION ........... 681 L101 General 681 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® xxv I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A,s,dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep ,,dwood Pm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b6x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tt, ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�NmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER TABLE OF CONTENTS APPENDIX M TSUNAMI -GENERATED FLOOD HAZARD ............... 683 M101 Refuge Structures for Vertical Evacuation from Tsunami -generated Flood Hazard 683 M102 Referenced Standards 683 APPENDIX N REPLICABLE BUILDINGS ....... 685 N101 Administration 685 N102 Definitions 685 N103 Replcable Design Requirements 685 N104 Replcable Design Submittal Requirements 685 N105 Review and Approval of Rephcable Design 686 N106 Site -specific Application of Approved Replcable Design 686 N107 Site -specific Review and Approval of Rephcable Design 686 INDEX.......................................687 xxvi 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' C',F,EhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dme(hv dmep ,,da oodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( M. LAffievo ,A IcC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmboemamhoossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI—IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER CHAPTER 1 SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION User notes: About this chapter., Chapter 1 establishes the limits of applicability of the code and describes how the code is to be applied and enforced Chapter 1 is in two parts Part 1—Scope and Application (Sections 101-102) and Part 2—Administration and Enforcement (Sections 103- 116) Section 101 identifies which buildings and structures come under its purview and references other 1-Codes as applicable Standards and codes are scoped to the extent referenced (see Section 102 4) This code is intended to be adopted as a legally enforceable document and it cannot be effective without adequate provisions for its adminis- tration and enforcement The provisions of Chapter 1 establish the authority and duties of the code official appointed by the authority having jurisdiction and also establish the rights and privileges of the design professional, contractor and property owner Chapter 1 is largely con- cerned with maintaining "due process of law" in enforcing the building performance criteria contained in the body of the code Code development reminder. Code change proposals to this chapter will be considered by the Administrative Code Development Commit- tee during the 2019 (Group B) Code Development Cycle See explanation on page iv PART 1—SCOPE AND APPLICATION SECTION 101 GENERAL [A] 101.1 Title. These regulations shall be known as the Building Code of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], hereinafter referred to as "this code " [A] 101.2 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the construction, alteration, relocation, enlargement, replace- ment, repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, main- tenance, removal and demolition of every building or structure or any appurtenances connected or attached to such buildings or structures Exception: Detached one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses not more than three stones above grade plane in height with a separate means of egress, and their acces- sory structures not more than three stones above grade plane in height, shall comply with this code or the Interna- honal Residenhal Code [A] 101.2.1 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices shall not apply unless specifically adopted [A] 101.3 Intent. The purpose of this code is to establish the minimum requirements to provide a reasonable level of safety, public health and general welfare through structural strength, means of egress facilities, stability, sanitation, ade- quate light and ventilation, energy conservation, and safety to life and property from fire, explosion and other hazards, and to provide a reasonable level of safety to fire fighters and emergency responders during emergency operations [A] 101.4 Referenced codes. The other codes listed in Sec- tions 1014 1 through 101 4 7 and referenced elsewhere in this code shall be considered to be part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such reference [A] 101.4.1 Gas. The provisions of the International Fuel Gas Code shall apply to the installation of gas piping from the point of delivery, gas appliances and related accesso- ries as covered in this code These requirements apply to gas piping systems extending from the point of delivery to the inlet connections of appliances and the installation and operation of residential and commercial gas appliances and related accessories [A] 101.4.2 Mechanical. The provisions of the Interna- tional Mechanical Code shall apply to the installation, alterations, repairs and replacement of mechanical sys- tems, including equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings and appurtenances, including ventilating, heating, cooling, air-conditioning and refrigeration systems, incinerators and other energy -related systems [A] 101.4.3 Plumbing. The provisions of the Interna- honal Plumbing Code shall apply to the installation, alter- ation, repair and replacement of plumbing systems, including equipment, appliances, fixtures, fittings and appurtenances, and where connected to a water or sewage system and all aspects of a medical gas system The provi- sions of the International Private Sewage Disposal Code shall apply to private sewage disposal systems [A] 101.4.4 Property maintenance. The provisions of the International Property Maintenance Code shall apply to existing structures and premises, equipment and facilities, light, ventilation, space heating, sanitation, life and fire safety hazards, responsibilities of owners, operators and occupants, and occupancy of existing premises and struc- tures [A] 101.4.5 Fire prevention. The provisions of the Inter- national Fire Code shall apply to matters affecting or relating to structures, processes and premises from the hazard of fire and explosion arising from the storage, han- dling or use of structures, materials or devices, from con- ditions hazardous to life, property or public welfare in the occupancy of structures or premises, and from the con- struction, extension, repair, alteration or removal of fire suppression, automatic sprinkler systems and alarm sys- tems or fire hazards in the structure or on the premises from occupancy or operation 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I I [ I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dm,xfn da od mm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION [A] 101.4.6 Energy. The provisions of the International Energy Conservation Code shall apply to all matters gov- erning the design and construction of buildings for energy efficiency [A] 101.4.7 Existing buildings. The provisions of the International Existing Building Code shall apply to mat- ters governing the repair, alteration, change of occu- pancy, addition to and relocation of existing buildings SECTION 102 APPLICABILITY [A] 102.1 General. Where there is a conflict between a gen- eral requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall be applicable Where, in any specific case, different sections of this code specify different materials, methods of construction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall govern [A] 102.2 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not be deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state or federal law [A] 102.3 Application of references. References to chapter or section numbers, or to provisions not specifically identi- fied by number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter, section or provision of this code [A] 102.4 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and standards referenced in this code shall be considered to be part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such reference and as further regulated in Sections 102 4 1 and 102 4 2 [A] 102.4.1 Conflicts. Where conflicts occur between pro- visions of this code and referenced codes and standards, the provisions of this code shall apply [A] 102.4.2 Provisions in referenced codes and standards. Where the extent of the reference to a referenced code or standard includes subject matter that is within the scope of this code or the International Codes listed in Section 1014, the provisions of this code or the International Codes listed in Section 1014, as applicable, shall take precedence over the provisions in the referenced code or standard [A] 102.5 Partial invalidity. In the event that any part or pro- vision of this code is held to be illegal or void, this shall not have the effect of making void or illegal any of the other parts or provisions [A] 102.6 Existing structures. The legal occupancy of any structure existing on the date of adoption of this code shall be permitted to continue without change, except as otherwise specifically provided in this code, the International Existing Building Code, the International Property Maintenance Code or the International Fire Code [A] 102.6.1 Buildings not previously occupied. A build- ing or portion of a building that has not been previously occupied or used for its intended purpose in accordance with the laws in existence at the time of its completion shall comply with the provisions of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, as appli- cable, for new construction or with any current permit for such occupancy [A] 102.6.2 Buildings previously occupied. The legal occupancy of any building existing on the date of adoption of this code shall be permitted to continue without change, except as otherwise specifically provided in this code, the International Fire Code or International Property Mainte- nance Code, or as is deemed necessary by the building official for the general safety and welfare of the occupants and the public PART 2—ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT SECTION 103 DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY [A] 103.1 Creation of enforcement agency. The Depart- ment of Building Safety is hereby created and the official in charge thereof shall be known as the building official [A] 103.2 Appointment. The building official shall be appointed by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction [A] 103.3 Deputies. In accordance with the prescribed proce- dures of this jurisdiction and with the concurrence of the appointing authority, the building official shall have the authority to appoint a deputy building official, the related technical officers, inspectors, plan examiners and other employees Such employees shall have powers as delegated by the building official For the maintenance of existing prop- erties, see the International Property Maintenance Code SECTION 104 DUTIES AND POWERS OF BUILDING OFFICIAL [A] 104.1 General. The building official is hereby authorized and directed to enforce the provisions of this code The build- ing official shall have the authority to render interpretations of this code and to adopt policies and procedures in order to clarify the application of its provisions Such interpretations, policies and procedures shall be in compliance with the intent and purpose of this code Such policies and procedures shall not have the effect of waiving requirements specifically pro- vided for in this code [A] 104.2 Applications and permits. The building official shall receive applications, review construction documents and issue permits for the erection, and alteration, demolition and moving of buildings and structures, inspect the premises for which such permits have been issued and enforce compli- ance with the provisions of this code [A] 104.2.1 Determination of substantially improved or substantially damaged existing buildings and struc- tures in flood hazard areas. For applications for recon- struction, rehabilitation, repair, alteration, addition or other improvement of existing buildings or structures located in flood hazard areas, the building official shall determine if the proposed work constitutes substantial improvement or repair of substantial damage Where the 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CITFIEItOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hvardmepf da odom),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)Od¢Nomb,,x1ooe1vmcocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST)PI[SJPotto LieAffiee^®,Ath ICC NofwN¢ T,odomoo.mALLh¢gAodomo,,byanytlud Partyo,Axmboemdmho[vsd 9cglo— ody mpyncg ando Pt,P,k.,okb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION building official determmes that the proposed work consti- tutes substantial improvement or repair of substantial damage, and where required by this code, the building official shall require the building to meet the requirements of Section 1612 [A] 104.3 Notices and orders. The building official shall issue necessary notices or orders to ensure compliance with this code [A] 104.4 Inspections. The building official shall make the required inspections, or the building official shall have the authority to accept reports of inspection by approved agen- cies or individuals Reports of such inspections shall be in writing and be certified by a responsible officer of such approved agency or by the responsible individual The build- ing official is authorized to engage such expert opinion as deemed necessary to report on unusual technical issues that arise, subject to the approval of the appointing authority [A] 104.5 Identification. The building official shall carry proper identification when inspecting structures or premises in the performance of duties under this code [A] 104.6 Right of entry. Where it is necessary to make an inspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or where the building official has reasonable cause to believe that there exists in a structure or on a premises a condition that is con- trary to or in violation of this code that makes the structure or premises unsafe, dangerous or hazardous, the building offi- cial is authorized to enter the structure or premises at reason- able times to inspect or to perform the duties imposed by this code, provided that if such structure or premises be occupied that credentials be presented to the occupant and entry requested If such structure or premises is unoccupied, the building official shall first make a reasonable effort to locate the owner or other person having charge or control of the structure or premises and request entry If entry is refused, the building official shall have recourse to the remedies provided by law to secure entry [A] 104.7 Department records. The building official shall keep official records of applications received, permits and certificates issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, and notices and orders issued Such records shall be retained in the official records for the period required for retention of public records [A] 104.8 Liability. The building official, member of the board of appeals or employee charged with the enforcement of this code, while acting for the jurisdiction in good faith and without malice in the discharge of the duties required by this code or other pertinent law or ordinance, shall not thereby be civilly or criminally rendered liable personally and is hereby relieved from personal liability for any damage accruing to persons or property as a result of any act or by reason of an act or omission in the discharge of official duties [A] 104.8.1 Legal defense. Any suit or criminal complaint instituted against an officer or employee because of an act performed by that officer or employee in the lawful dis- charge of duties and under the provisions of this code shall be defended by legal representatives of the jurisdiction until the final termmation of the proceedings The building official or any subordinate shall not be liable for cost in any action, suit or proceeding that is instituted in pursu- ance of the provisions of this code [A] 104.9 Approved materials and equipment. Materials, equipment and devices approved by the building official shall be constructed and installed in accordance with such approval [A] 104.9.1 Used materials and equipment Materials that are reused shall comply with the requirements of this code for new materials Used equipment and devices shall not be reused unless approved by the building official [A] 104.10 Modifications. Where there are practical difficul- ties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code, the building official shall have the authority to grant modifica- tions for individual cases, upon application of the owner or the owner's authorized agent, provided that the building offi- cial shall first find that special individual reason makes the strict letter of this code unpractical, the modification is in compliance with the intent and purpose of this code and that such modification does not lessen health, accessibility, life and fire safety or structural requirements The details of action granting modifications shall be recorded and entered in the files of the department of building safety [A] 104.10.1 Flood hazard areas. The building official shall not grant modifications to any provision required in flood hazard areas as established by Section 1612 3 unless a detenmmation has been made that 1 A showing of good and sufficient cause that the unique characteristics of the size, configuration or topography of the site render the elevation standards of Section 1612 inappropriate 2 A determmation that failure to grant the variance would result in exceptional hardship by rendering the lot undevelopable 3 A determination that the granting of a variance will not result in increased flood heights, additional threats to public safety, extraordinary public expense, cause fraud on or victimization of the pub- lic, or conflict with existing laws or ordinances 4 A determmation that the variance is the minimum nec- essary to afford relief, considering the flood hazard 5 Submission to the applicant of written notice speci- fying the difference between the design flood eleva- tion and the elevation to which the building is to be built, stating that the cost of flood insurance will be commensurate with the increased risk resulting from the reduced floor elevation, and stating that con- struction below the design flood elevation increases risks to life and property [A] 104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods of construction and equipment. The provisions of this code are not intended to prevent the installation of any material or to prohibit any design or method of construction not specifi- cally prescribed by this code, provided that any such alterna- tive has been approved An alternative material, design or method of construction shall be approved where the building 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 3 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION official finds that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the intent of the provisions of this code, and that the material, method or work offered is, for the purpose intended, not less than the equivalent of that prescribed in this code in quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, dura- bility and safety Where the alternative material, design or method of construction is not approved, the building official shall respond in writing, stating the reasons why the alterna- tive was not approved [A] 104.11.1 Research reports. Supporting data, where necessary to assist in the approval of materials or assem- blies not specifically provided for in this code, shall con- sist of valid research reports from approved sources [A] 104.11.2 Tests. Whenever there is insufficient evi- dence of compliance with the provisions of this code, or evidence that a material or method does not conform to the requirements of this code, or in order to substantiate claims for alternative materials or methods, the building official shall have the authority to require tests as evidence of compliance to be made without expense to the jurisdic- tion Test methods shall be as specified in this code or by other recognized test standards In the absence of recog- nized and accepted test methods, the building official shall approve the testing procedures Tests shall be performed by an approved agency Reports of such tests shall be retained by the building official for the period required for retention of public records SECTION 105 PERMITS [A] 105.1 Required. Any owner or owner's authorized agent who intends to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demol- ish or change the occupancy of a building or structure, or to erect, install, enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert or replace any electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system, the installation of which is regulated by this code, or to cause any such work to be performed, shall first make application to the building official and obtain the required permit [A] 105.1.1 Annual permit. Instead of an individual per- mit for each alteration to an already approved electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing installation, the building offi- cial is authorized to issue an annual permit upon applica- tion therefor to any person, firm or corporation regularly employing one or more qualified tradepersons in the build- ing, structure or on the premises owned or operated by the applicant for the permit [A] 105.1.2 Annual permit records. The person to whom an annual permit is issued shall keep a detailed record of alterations made under such annual permit The building official shall have access to such records at all tunes or such records shall be filed with the building official as des- ignated [A] 105.2 Work exempt from permit. Exemptions from permit requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work to be done in any manner in viola- tion of the provisions of this code or any other laws or ordi- nances of this jurisdiction Permits shall not be required for the following Building: 1 One-story detached accessory structures used as tool and storage sheds, playhouses and similar uses, provided that the floor area is not greater than 120 square feet (I I in 2) 2 Fences not over 7 feet (2134 mm) high 3 Oil derricks 4 Retaining walls that are not over 4 feet (1219 mm) in height measured from the bottom of the footing to the top of the wall, unless supporting a sur- charge or impounding Class I, II or IIIA liquids 5 Water tanks supported directly on grade if the capacity is not greater than 5,000 gallons (18 925 L) and the ratio of height to diameter or width is not greater than 2 1 6 Sidewalks and driveways not more than 30 inches (762 mm) above adjacent grade, and not over any basement or story below and are not part of an accessible route 7 Painting, papering, tiling, carpeting, cabinets, counter tops and similar finish work 8 Temporary motion picture, television and theater stage sets and scenery 9 Prefabricated swimming pools accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy that are less than 24 inches (610 mm) deep, are not greater than 5,000 gallons (18 925 L) and are installed entirely above ground 10 Shade cloth structures constructed for nursery or agricultural purposes, not including service sys- tems 11 Swings and other playground equipment accessory to detached one- and two-family dwellings 12 Window awnings in Group R-3 and U occupan- cies, supported by an exterior wall that do not project more than 54 inches (1372 mm) from the exterior wall and do not require additional support 13 Nonfixed and movable fixtures, cases, racks, counters and partitions not over 5 feet 9 inches (1753 mm) in height Electrical: 1 Repairs and maintenance: Minor repair work, including the replacement of lamps or the connec- tion of approved portable electrical equipment to approved permanently installed receptacles 2 Radio and television transmitting stations: The provisions of this code shall not apply to electrical equipment used for radio and television transmis- sions, but do apply to equipment and wiring for a power supply and the installations of towers and antennas 3 Temporary testing systems: A permit shall not be required for the installation of any temporary system 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyrightOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf da od om),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)Odo,N=b,,x1ooe1vmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) Potto Lie Affiee^® ,Ath ICC No fwN¢ T,odomoo. m ALLh¢ gAodomo,, by oo,thd,t, o, Axmboemdmhorissd 9cglo— ody mpyncg and oPt,P,k. lokb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION E* required for the testing or servicing of electrical equipment or apparatus Gas: 1 Portable heating appliance Replacement of any minor part that does not alter approval of equipment or make such equipment unsafe Mechanical: 1 Portable heating appliance 2 Portable ventilation equipment 3 Portable cooling unit 4 Steam, hot or chilled water piping within any heat - mg or cooling equipment regulated by this code 5 Replacement of any part that does not alter its approval or make it unsafe 6 Portable evaporative cooler 7 Self-contained refrigeration system containing 10 pounds (4 54 kg) or less of refrigerant and actuated by motors of 1 horsepower (0 75 kW) or less Plumbing: 1 The stopping of leaks in drains, water, soil, waste or vent pipe, provided, however, that if any concealed trap, dram pipe, water, soil, waste or vent pipe becomes defective and it becomes necessary to remove and replace the same with new material, such work shall be considered as new work and a permit shall be obtained and inspection made as pro- vided in this code 2 The clearing of stoppages or the repairing of leaks in pipes, valves or fixtures and the removal and rein- stallation of water closets, provided that such repairs do not involve or require the replacement or rear- rangement of valves, pipes or fixtures [A] 105.2.1 Emergency repairs. Where equipment replace- ments and repairs must be performed in an emergency situa- tion, the permit application shall be submitted within the next working business day to the building official [A] 105.2.2 Public service agencies. A permit shall not be required for the installation, alteration or repair of genera- tion, transmission, distribution or metering or other related equipment that is under the ownership and control of pub- lic service agencies by established right [A] 105.3 Application for permit To obtain a permit, the applicant shall first file an application therefor in writing on a form furnished by the department of building safety for that purpose Such application shall 1 Identify and describe the work to be covered by the permit for which application is made 2 Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be done by legal description, street address or similar description that will readily identify and definitely locate the proposed building or work 3 Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed work is intended 4 Be accompanied by construction documents and other information as required in Section 107 5 State the valuation of the proposed work 6 Be signed by the applicant, or the applicant's autho- rized agent 7 Give such other data and information as required by the building official [A] 105.3.1 Action on application. The building official shall examine or cause to be examined applications for permits and amendments thereto within a reasonable time after filing If the application or the construction docu- ments do not conform to the requirements of pertinent laws, the building official shall reject such application in writing, stating the reasons therefor If the building official is satisfied that the proposed work conforms to the require- ments of this code and laws and ordinances applicable thereto, the building official shall issue a permit therefor as soon as practicable [A] 105.3.2 Time limitation of application. An applica- tion for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have been abandoned 180 days after the date of filing, unless such application has been pursued in good faith or a permit has been issued, except that the building official is authorized to grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each The exten- sion shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated [A] 105.4 Validity of permit The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provi- sions of this code or other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the building offi- cial from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data The building official is authorized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure where in violation of this code or of any other ordinances of this jurisdiction [A] 105.5 Expiration. Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced The building official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each The extension shall be requested in writ- ing andjustifiable cause demonstrated [A] 105.6 Suspension or revocation. The building official is authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under the provisions of this code wherever the permit is issued in error or on the basis of incorrect, maccurate or incomplete informa- tion, or in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provisions of this code 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 5 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION [A] 105.7 Placement of permit. The building permit or copy shall be kept on the site of the work until the completion of the project SECTION 106 FLOOR AND ROOF DESIGN LOADS [A] 106.1 Live loads posted. In commercial or industrial buildings, for each floor or portion thereof designed for live loads exceeding 50 psf (2 40 kN/m2), such design live loads shall be conspicuously posted by the owner or the owner's authorized agent in that part of each story in wluch they apply, using durable signs It shall be unlawful to remove or deface such notices [A] 106.2 Issuance of certificate of occupancy. A certificate of occupancy required by Section III shall not be issued until the floor load signs, required by Section 106 1, have been installed [A] 106.3 Restrictions on loading. It shall be unlawful to place, or cause or permit to be placed, on any floor or roof of a building, structure or portion thereof, a load greater than is permitted by this code SECTION 107 SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS [A] 107.1 General. Submittal documents consisting of con- struction documents, statement of special inspections, geo- technical report and other data shall be submitted in two or more sets with eachpermitapplication The construction doc- uments shall be prepared by a registered design professional where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed Where special conditions exist, the building official is authorized to require additional con- struction documents to be prepared by a registered design professional Exception: The building official is authorized to waive the submission of construction documents and other data not required to be prepared by a registered design professional if it is found that the nature of the work applied for is such that review of construction documents is not necessary to obtain compliance with this code [A] 107.2 Construction documents. Construction docu- ments shall be in accordance with Sections 107 2 1 through 10728 [A] 107.2.1 Information on construction documents. Construction documents shall be dimensioned and drawn on suitable material Electronic media documents are per- mitted to be submitted where approved by the building offi- cial Construction documents shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent of the work pro- posed and show in detail that it will conform to the provi- sions of this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, as determined by the building official [A] 107.2.2 Fire protection system shop drawings. Shop drawings for the fire protection system(s) shall be submit- ted to indicate conformance to this code and the construc- tion documents and shall be approved prior to the start of system installation Shop drawings shall contain all infor- mation as required by the referenced installation standards in Chapter 9 [A] 107.2.3 Means of egress. The construction documents shall show in sufficient detail the location, construction, size and character of all portions of the means of egress including the path of the exit ckscharge to the public way in compliance with the provisions of this code In other than occupancies in Groups R-2, R-3, and I-1, the con- struction documents shall designate the number of occu- pants to be accommodated on every floor, and in all rooms and spaces [A] 107.2.4 Exterior wall envelope. Construction docu- ments for all buildings shall describe the exterior wall envelope in sufficient detail to determme compliance with this code The construction documents shall provide details of the extenor wall envelope as required, including flashing, intersections with dissimilar materials, comers, end details, control joints, intersections at roof, eaves or parapets, means of drainage, water -resistive membrane and details around openings The construction documents shall include manufac- turer's installation instructions that provide supporting documentation that the proposed penetration and opening details described in the construction documents maintain the weather resistance of the extenor wall envelope The supporting documentation shall fully describe the exterior wall system that was tested, where applicable, as well as the test procedure used [A]107.2.5 Exterior balconies and elevated walking surfaces. Where balcomes or other elevated walking sur- faces are exposed to water from direct or blowing ram, snow, or irrigation, and the structural framing is protected by an impervious moisture barrier, the construction docu- ments shall include details for all elements of the impervi- ous moisture barrier system The construction documents shall include manufacturer's installation instructions [A] 107.2.6 Site plan. The construction documents sub- mitted with the application for permit shall be accompa- nied by a site plan showing to scale the size and location of new construction and existing structures on the site, dis- tances from lot lines, the established street grades and the proposed finished grades and, as applicable, flood hazard areas, floodways, and design flood elevations, and it shall be drawn in accordance with an accurate boundary line survey In the case of demolition, the site plan shall show construction to be demolished and the location and size of existing structures and construction that are to remain on the site or plot The building official is authorized to waive or modify the requirement for a site plan where the appli- cation for permit is for alteration or repair or where other- wise warranted [A] 107.2.6.1 Design flood elevations. Where design flood elevations are not specified, they shall be estab- lished in accordance with Section 1612 3 1 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyrightOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf da od om),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)Odo,N=b,,x1ooe1vmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) Potto Lie Affiee^® ,Ath ICC No fwN¢ T,odomoo. m ALLh¢ gAodomo,, by oo,thd,t, o, Axmboemdmhorissd 9cglo— ody mpyncg and oPt,P,k. lokb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION [A] 107.2.7 Structural information. The construction documents shall provide the information specified in Sec- tion 1603 107.2.8 Relocatable buildings. Construction documents for relocatable buildings shall comply with Section 3112 [A] 107.3 Examination of documents. The building official shall examine or cause to be examined the accompanying submittal documents and shall ascertain by such examma- tions whether the construction indicated and described is in accordance with the requirements of this code and other perti- nent laws or ordinances [A] 107.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the building official issues a permit, the construction docu- ments shall be approved, in writing or by stamp, as "Reviewed for Code Compliance " One set of construc- tion documents so reviewed shall be retained by the build- ing official The other set shall be returned to the applicant, shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the building official or a duly autho- rized representative [A] 107.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not require changes in the construction documents, construc- tion or designated occupancy of a structure for which a lawful permit has been heretofore issued or otherwise law- fully authorized, and the construction of which has been pursued in good faith within 180 days after the effective date of this code and has not been abandoned [A] 107.3.3 Phased approval. The builckng official is authorized to issue a permit for the construction of founda- tions or any other part of a building or structure before the construction documents for the whole building or structure have been submitted, provided that adequate information and detailed statements have been filed complying with pertinent requirements of this code The holder of such permit for the foundation or other parts of a building or structure shall proceed at the holder's own risk with the building operation and without assurance that a permit for the entire structure will be granted [A] 107.3.4 Design professional in responsible charge. Where it is required that documents be prepared by a reg- istered design professional, the building official shall be authorized to require the owner or the owner's authorized agent to engage and designate on the building permit application a registered design professional who shall act as the registered design professional in responsible charge If the circumstances require, the owner or the owner's authorized agent shall designate a substitute reg- istered design professional in responsible charge who shall perform the duties required of the original registered design professional in responsible charge The building official shall be notified in writing by the owner or the owner's authorized agent if the registered design profes- sional in responsible charge is changed or is unable to continue to perform the duties The registered design professional in responsible charge shall be responsible for reviewing and coordinating submittal documents prepared by others, including phased and deferred submittal items, for compatibility with the design of the building [A] 107.3.4.1 Deferred submittals. Deferral of any submittal items shall have the prior approval of the building official The registered design professional in responsible charge shall list the deferred submittals on the construction documents for review by the building official Documents for deferred submittal items shall be submitted to the registered design professional in responsible charge who shall review them and forward them to the building official with a notation indicating that the deferred submittal documents have been reviewed and found to be in general conformance to the design of the building The deferred submittal items shall not be installed until the deferred submittal docu- ments have been appraved by the building official [A] 107.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any changes made during construction that are not in compliance with the approved construction docu- ments shall be resubmitted for approval as an amended set of construction documents [A] 107.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of approved construction documents shall be retained by the building official for a period of not less than 180 days from date of completion of the permitted work, or as required by state or local laws SECTION 108 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND USES [A] 108.1 General. The building official is authorized to issue a permit for temporary structures and temporary uses Such permits shall be limited as to time of service, but shall not be permitted for more than 180 days The building official is authorized to grant extensions for demonstrated cause [A] 108.2 Conformance. Temporary structures and uses shall comply with the requirements in Section 3103 [A] 108.3 Temporary power. The building official is autho- rized to give permission to temporarily supply and use power in part of an electric installation before such installation has been fully completed and the final certificate of completion has been issued The part covered by the temporary certificate shall comply with the requirements specified for temporary lighting, heat or power in NFPA 70 [A] 108.4 Termination of approval. The building official is authorized to term mate such permit for a temporary structure or use and to order the temporary structure or use to be dis- continued SECTION 109 FEES [A] 109.1 Payment of fees. A permit shall not be valid until the fees prescribed by law have been paid, nor shall an 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 7 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vme oeJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION amendment to a permit be released until the additional fee, if any, has been paid [A] 109.2 Schedule of permit fees. On buildings, structures, electrical, gas, mechanical, and plumbing systems or alter- ations requiring a permit, a fee for each permit shall be paid as required, in accordance with the schedule as established by the applicable governing authority [A] 109.3 Building permit valuations. The applicant for a permit shall provide an estimated permit value at time of application Permit valuations shall include total value of work, including materials and labor, for which the permit is being issued, such as electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing equipment and permanent systems If, in the opinion of the building official, the valuation is underestimated on the appli- cation, the permit shall be denied, unless the applicant can show detailed estimates to meet the approval of the building official Final building permit valuation shall be set by the building official [A] 109.4 Work commencing before permit issuance. Any person who commences any work on a building, structure, electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system before obtain- ing the necessary permits shall be subject to a fee established by the building official that shall be in addition to the required permit fees [A] 109.5 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the con- struction, alteration, removal or demolition for work done in connection to or concurrently with the work authorized by a building permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by law [A] 109.6 Refunds. The building official is authorized to establish a refund policy SECTION 110 INSPECTIONS [A] 110.1 General. Construction or work for which a permit is required shall be subject to inspection by the building offi- cial and such construction or work shall remain visible and able to be accessed for inspection purposes until approved Approval as a result of an inspection shall not be construed to be an approval of a violation of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction Inspections presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid It shall be the duty of the owner or the owner's autho- rized agent to cause the work to remain visible and able to be accessed for inspection purposes Neither the building official nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement of any material required to allow inspection [A] 110.2 Preliminary inspection. Before issuing a permit, the building official is authorized to examine or cause to be examined buildings, structures and sites for which an applica- tion has been filed [A] 110.3 Required inspections. The building official, upon notification, shall make the inspections set forth in Sections 110 3 1 through 110 3 11 [A] 110.3.1 Footing and foundation inspection. Footing and foundation inspections shall be made after excavations for footings are complete and any required reinforcing steel is in place For concrete foundations, any required forms shall be in place prior to inspection Materials for the foundation shall be on the job, except where concrete is ready mixed in accordance with ASTM C94, the con- crete need not be on the job [A] 110.3.2 Concrete slab and under -floor inspection. Concrete slab and under -floor inspections shall be made after in -slab or under -floor reinforcing steel and building service equipment, conduit, piping accessories and other ancillary equipment items are in place, but before any con- crete is placed or floor sheathing installed, including the subfloor [A] 110.3.3 Lowest floor elevation. In ,flood hazard areas, upon placement of the lowest floor, including the basement, and prior to further vertical construction, the elevation certification required in Section 1612 4 shall be submitted to the building official [A] 110.3.4 Frame inspection. Framing inspections shall be made after the roof deck or sheathing, all frammg, fire - blocking and bracing are in place and pipes, clumneys and vents to be concealed are complete and the rough electrical, plumbing, heating wires, pipes and ducts are approved [A] 110.3.5 Lath, gypsum board and gypsum panel product inspection. Lath, gypsum board and gypsum panel product inspections shall be made after lathing, gyp- sum board and gypsum panel products, interior and exte- rior, are in place, but before any plastering is applied or gypsum board and gypsum panel product joints and fas- teners are taped and finished Exception: Gypsum board and gypsum panel products that are not part of a fire -resistance -rated assembly or a shear assembly [A]110.3.6 Weather -exposed balcony and walking sur- face waterproofing. Where balconies or other elevated walking surfaces are exposed to water from direct or blow- ing ram, snow or irrigation, and the structural framing is protected by an impervious moisture barrier, all elements of the impervious moisture barrier system shall not be con- cealed until inspected and approved Exception: Where special inspections are provided in accordance with Section 1705 1 1, Item 3 [A] 110.3.7 Fire- and smoke -resistant penetrations. Protection of joints and penetrations in fire -resistance - rated assemblies, smoke barriers and smoke partitions shall not be concealed from view until inspected and approved [A] 110.3.8 Energy efficiency inspections. Inspections shall be made to deterime compliance with Chapter 13 and shall include, but not be limited to, inspections for envelope insulationR- and U-values, fenestration U-value, duct system R-value, and HVAC and water -heating equip- ment efficiency [A] 110.3.9 Other inspections. In addition to the inspec- tions specified in Sections 11031 through 1103 8, the 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyrightOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf da od om),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)Odo,N=b,,x1ooe1vmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST)p­tto Lie Ag,, ^®'^^Ih ICC NofwN¢T,odomoo.mALLh¢gAodomo,, by oo,thdparty o, Axmboemdmhorissd 9cglo—ody oL,,g andortwodwgL,okb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION building official is authorized to make or require other inspections of any construction work to ascertain compli- ance with the provisions of this code and other laws that are enforced by the department of building safety [A] 110.3.10 Special inspections. For special inspections, see Chapter 17 [A] 110.3.11 Final inspection. The final inspection shall be made after all work required by the building permit is completed [A] 110.3.11.1 Flood hazard documentation If located in a flood hazard area, documentation of the elevation of the lowest floor as required in Section 1612 4 shall be submitted to the building official prior to the final inspection [A] 110.4 Inspection agencies. The building official is authorized to accept reports of approved inspection agencies, provided that such agencies satisfy the requirements as to qualifications and reliability [A] 110.5 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the holder of the building permit or their duly authorized agent to notify the building official when work is ready for inspection It shall be the duty of the permit holder to provide access to and means for inspections of such work that are required by this code [A] 110.6 Approval required. Work shall not be done beyond the point indicated in each successive inspection without first obtaining the approval of the builckng official The building official, upon notification, shall make the requested inspections and shall either indicate the portion of the construction that is satisfactory as completed, or notify the permit holder or his or her agent wherein the same fails to comply with this code Any portions that do not comply shall be corrected and such portion shall not be covered or con- cealed until authorized by the building official SECTION 111 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY [A] 111.1 Change of occupancy. A building or structure shall not be used or occupied, and a change of occupancy of a building or structure or portion thereof shall not be made, until the builckng official has issued a certificate of occu- pancy therefor as provided herein Issuance of a certificate of occupancy shall not be construed as an approval of a viola- tion of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction Exception: Certificates of occupancy are not required for work exempt from permits in accordance with Section 1052 [A] 111.2 Certificate issued. After the building official inspects the building or structure and does not find violations of the provisions of this code or other laws that are enforced by the department of building safety, the building official shall issue a certificate of occupancy that contains the following 1 The building permit number 2 The address of the structure 3 The name and address of the owner or the owner's authorized agent 4 A description of that portion of the structure for which the certificate is issued 5 A statement that the described portion of the structure has been inspected for compliance with the require- ments of this code for the occupancy and division of occupancy and the use for which the proposed occu- pancy is classified 6 The name of the building official 7 The edition of the code under which the permit was issued 8 The use and occupancy, in accordance with the provi- sions of Chapter 3 9 The type of construction as defined in Chapter 6 10 The design occupant load 11 If an automatic sprinkler system is provided, whether the sprinkler system is required 12 Any special stipulations and conditions of the build- ing permit [A] 111.3 Temporary occupancy. The building official is authorized to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy before the completion of the entire work covered by the per- mit, provided that such portion or portions shall be occupied safely The building official shall set a time period during which the temporary certificate of occupancy is valid [A] 111.4 Revocation. The building official is authorized to, in writing, suspend or revoke a certificate of occupancy or completion issued under the provisions of this code wherever the certificate is issued in error, or on the basis of incorrect information supplied, or where it is determined that the build- ing or structure or portion thereof is in violation of any ordi- nance or regulation or any of the provisions of this code SECTION 112 SERVICE UTILITIES [A] 112.1 Connection of service utilities. A person shall not make connections from a utility, source of energy, fuel or power to any building or system that is regulated by this code for which a permit is required, until released by the building official [A] 112.2 Temporary connection. The building official shall have the authority to authorize the temporary connection of the building or system to the utility, source of energy, fuel or power [A] 112.3 Authority to disconnect service utilities. The building official shall have the authority to authorize discon- nection of utility service to the building, structure or system regulated by this code and the referenced codes and standards set forth in Section 1014 in case of emergency where neces- sary to eliminate an immediate hazard to life or property or where such utility connection has been made without the approval required by Section 112 1 or 112 2 The building official shall notify the serving utility, and wherever possible 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 9 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION the owner and occupant of the building, structure or service system of the decision to disconnect prior to taking such action If not notified prior to disconnecting, the owner or occupant of the building, structure or service system shall be notified in writing, as soon as practical thereafter SECTION 113 BOARD OF APPEALS [A] 113.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions or determmations made by the building offi- cial relative to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a board of appeals The board of appeals shall be appointed by the applicable govern- ing authority and shall hold office at its pleasure The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business [A] 113.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or the rules legally adopted thereunder have been incor- rectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply or an equally good or better form of construction is pro- posed The board shall not have authority to waive require- ments of this code [A] 113.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of members who are qualified by experience and training to pass on matters pertaining to building construction and are not employees of the jurisdiction SECTION 114 VIOLATIONS [A] 114.1 Unlawful acts. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair, move, remove, demolish or occupy any building, structure or equipment regulated by this code, or cause same to be done, in conflict with or in violation of any of the provisions of this code [A] 114.2 Notice of violation. The building official is autho- rized to serve a notice of violation or order on the person responsible for the erection, construction, alteration, exten- sion, repair, moving, removal, demolition or occupancy of a building or structure in violation of the provisions of this code, or m violation of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code Such order shall direct the discontinu- ance of the illegal action or condition and the abatement of the violation [A] 114.3 Prosecution of violation. If the notice of violation is not complied with promptly, the building official is autho- rized to request the legal counsel of the jurisdiction to msti- tute the appropriate proceeding at law or in equity to restrain, correct or abate such violation, or to require the removal or termination of the unlawful occupancy of the building or structure in violation of the provisions of this code or of the order or direction made pursuant thereto [A] 114.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a provision of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or structure in violation of the approved construction documents or directive of the building official, or of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions of this code, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law SECTION 115 STOP WORK ORDER [A] 115.1 Authority. Where the building official finds any work regulated by this code being performed in a manner either contrary to the provisions of this code or dangerous or unsafe, the building official is authorized to issue a stop work order [A] 115.2 Issuance. The stop work order shall be in writing and shall be given to the owner of the property involved, the owner's authorized agent or the person performing the work Upon issuance of a stop work order, the cited work shall immediately cease The stop work order shall state the reason for the order and the conditions under which the cited work will be permitted to resume [A] 115.3 Unlawful continuance. Any person who shall con- tinue any work after having been served with a stop work order, except such work as that person is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condition, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law SECTION 116 UNSAFE STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT [A] 116.1 Conditions. Structures or existing equipment that are or hereafter become unsafe, insanitary or deficient because of inadequate means of egress facilities, inadequate light and ventilation, or that constitute a fire hazard, or are otherwise dangerous to human life or the public welfare, or that involve illegal or improper occupancy or inadequate maintenance, shall be deemed an unsafe condition Unsafe structures shall be taken down and removed or made safe, as the building official deems necessary and as provided for in this section A vacant structure that is not secured against entry shall be deemed unsafe [A] 116.2 Record. The building official shall cause a report to be filed on an unsafe condition The report shall state the occupancy of the structure and the nature of the unsafe condi- tion [A] 116.3 Notice. If an unsafe condition is found, the build- ing official shall serve on the owner, agent or person in con- trol of the structure, a written notice that describes the condition deemed unsafe and specifies the required repairs or improvements to be made to abate the unsafe condition, or that requires the unsafe structure to be demolished within a stipulated time Such notice shall require the person thus noti- fied to declare immediately to the building official acceptance or rejection of the terms of the order [A] 116.4 Method of service. Such notice shall be deemed properly served if a copy thereof is delivered to the owner personally, sent by certified or registered mail addressed to the owner at the last known address with the return receipt requested, or delivered in any other manner as prescribed by local law If the certified or registered letter is returned show- 10 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CITY IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SCOPE AND ADMINISTRATION mg that the letter was not delivered, a copy thereof shall be posted in a conspicuous place in or about the structure affected by such notice Service of such notice in the forego - mg manner on the owner's agent or on the person responsible for the structure shall constitute service of notice on the owner [A] 116.5 Restoration. Where the structure or equipment determined to be unsafe by the building official is restored to a safe condition, to the extent that repairs, alterations or addi- tions are made or a change of occupancy occurs during the restoration of the structure, such repairs, alterations, addi- tions and change of occupancy shall comply with the require- ments of the International Existing Building Code 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 12 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS User notes: About this chapter., Codes, by their very nature, are technical documents. Every word, term and punctuation mark can add to or change the meaning of a technical requirement, It is necessary to maintain a consensus on the specific meaning of each term contained in the code. Chapter 2 performs this function by stating clearly what specific terms mean for the purpose of the code. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to sections preceded by the designation [A] or [135] will he considered by one of the code development committees meeting during the 2019 (Group If Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION 201 GENERAL 201.1 Scope. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the follow- ing words and terms shall, for the purposes of this code, have the meanings shown in this chapter 201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense include the future, words stated in the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter, the singular number includes the plural and the plural, the singular 201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not defined in this code and are defined in the International Energy Conservation Code, International Fuel Gas Code, Intematonal Fire Code, International Mechanical Code or Intematonal Plumbing Code, such terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as in those codes 201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined through the methods authorized by this section, such terms shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context implies SECTION 202 DEFINITIONS [BG] 24-HOUR BASIS. The actual time that a person is an occupant within a facility for the purpose of receiving care It shall not include a facility that is open for 24 hours and is capable of providing care to someone visiting the facility during any segment of the 24 hours [BS] AAC MASONRY. Masonry made of autoclaved aer- ated concrete (AAC) units, manufactured without internal reinforcement and bonded together using thin- or thick -bed mortar [BE] ACCESSIBLE. A site, building, facility or portion thereof that complies with Chapter 11 [BE] ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS. A continuous and unobstructed way of egress travel from any accessible point in a building or facility to a public way [BE] ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. A continuous, unobstructed path that complies with Chapter 11 [BE] ACCESSIBLE UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit that complies with this code and the provisions for Accessible units in ICC At 17 1 [BS] ACCREDITATION BODY. An approved, thud -party organization that is independent of the grading and inspection agencies, and the lumber mills, and that initially accredits and subsequently monitors, on a continuing basis, the compe- tency and performance of a grading or inspection agency related to carrying out specific tasks [A] ADDITION. An extension or increase in floor area, number of stories or height of a building or structure [BS] ADHERED MASONRY VENEER. Veneer secured and supported through the adhesion of an approved bonding material applied to an approved backing [BS] ADOBE CONSTRUCTION. Construction in which the exterior load -bearing and nonload-beanng walls and par- titions are of unfired clay masonry units, and floors, roofs and interior framing are wholly or partly of wood or other approved materials Adobe, stabilized. Unfired clay masonry units to which admixtures, such as emulsified asphalt, are added during the manufacturing process to limit the units' water absorp- tion so as to increase their durability Adobe, unstabilized. Unfired clay masonry units that do not meet the definition of "Adobe, stabilized " [F] AEROSOL CONTAINER. A metal can or plastic con- tainer up to a maximum size of 33 8 fluid ounces (1000 ml), or a glass bottle up to a maximum size of 4 fluid ounces (118 ml), designed and intended to dispense an aerosol [F] AEROSOL PRODUCT. A combination of a container, a propellant and a material that is dispensed Aerosol products shall be classified by means of the calculation of their chemi- cal heats of combustion and shall be designated Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 Level 1 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical heat of combustion that is less than or equal to 8,600 Brit- ish thermal units per pound (Btu/lb) (20 kJ/g) Level 2 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical heat of combustion that is greater than 8,600 Btu/lb (20 kJ/ g), but less than or equal to 13,000 Btu/lb (30 kJ/g) Level 3 aerosol products. Those with a total chemical heat of combustion that is greater than 13,000 Btu/lb (30 kJ/g) [BS] AGGREGATE. In roofing, crushed stone, crushed slag or water-wom gravel used for surfacing for roof coverings. 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 13 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu, tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmmLhod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [BG] AGRICULTURAL BUILDING. A structure designed and constructed to house farm implements, hay, gram, poul- try, livestock or other horticultural products This structure shall not be a place of human habitation or a place of employ- ment where agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged, nor shall it be a place used by the public [BF] AIR -IMPERMEABLE INSULATION. An insulation having an air perm eance equal to or less than 0 02 Us x in at 75 pa pressure differential tested in accordance with ASTM E2178 or ASTM E283 [BG] AIR -INFLATED STRUCTURE. A structure that uses air -pressurized membrane beams, arches or other ele- ments to enclose space Occupants of such a structure do not occupy the pressurized area used to support the structure [BG] AIR -SUPPORTED STRUCTURE. A structure wherein the shape of the structure is attained by air pressure and occupants of the structure are within the elevated pres- sure area Air -supported structures are of two basic types Double skin. Similar to a single skin, but with an attached lmer that is separated from the outer skin and provides an airspace which serves for insulation, acoustic, aesthetic or sun ilar purposes Single skin. Where there is only the single outer skin and the air pressure is directly against that skin [BE] AISLE. An unenclosed exit access component that defines and provides a path of egress travel [BE] AISLE ACCESSWAY. That portion of an exit access that leads to an aisle [F] ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. Afire alarm system component such as a bell, horn, speaker, light or text display that provides audible, tactile or visible outputs, or any combination thereof [F] ALARM SIGNAL. A signal indicating an emergency requiring immediate action, such as a signal indicative of fire [F] ALARM VERIFICATION FEATURE. A feature of automatic fire detection and alarm systems to reduce unwanted alarms wherein smoke detectors report alarm con- ditions for a mmimum period of time, or confirm alarm con- ditions within a given time period, after being automatically reset, in order to be accepted as a valid alarm -initiation sig- nal [BS] ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN. A method of pro- portioning structural members, such that elastically computed stresses produced in the members by nominal loads do not exceed specified allowable stresses (also called "working stress design") [A] ALTERATION. Any construction or renovation to an existing structure other than repair or addition [BE] ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICE. A device that has a series of steps between 50 and 70 degrees (0 87 and 1 22 rad) from horizontal, usually attached to a center support rail in an alternating manner so that the user does not have both feet on the same level at the same time I[BG] AMBULATORY CARE FACILITY Buildings or portions thereof used to provide medical, surgical, psychiat- ric, nursing or similar care on a less than 24-hour basis to per- sons who are rendered incapable of self-preservation by the services provided or staff has accepted responsibility for care I recipients already incapable [BG] ANCHOR BUILDING. An exterior perimeter build- ing of a group other than H having direct access to a covered or open mall building but having required means of egress independent of the mall [BS] ANCHORED MASONRY VENEER. Veneer secured with approved mechanical fasteners to an approved backing. [BE] ANNULAR SPACE. The opening around the pene- trating item [F] ANNUNCIATOR. A unit containing one or more indica- tor lamps, alphanumeric displays or other equivalent means in which each indication provides status information about a circuit, condition or location [A] APPROVED. Acceptable to the building official [A] APPROVED AGENCY. An established and recognized agency that is regularly engaged in conducting tests, furnish- ing inspection services or furnishing product certification where such agency has been approved by the building offi- cial [BS] APPROVED FABRICATOR. An established and qualified person, firm or corporation approved by the build- ing official pursuant to Chapter 17 of this code [A] APPROVED SOURCE. An independent person, firm or corporation, approved by the building official, who is compe- tent and experienced in the application of engineering princi- ples to materials, methods or systems analyses [BS] AREA (for masonry). Gross cross -sectional. The area delineated by the out -to - out specified dimensions of masonry in the plane under consideration Net cross -sectional. The area of masonry units, grout and mortar crossed by the plane under consideration based on out -to -out specified dimensions [BG] AREA, BUILDING. The area included within sur- rounding exterior walls, or exterior walls and fire walls, exclusive of vent shafts and courts Areas of the building not provided with surrounding walls shall be included in the building area if such areas are included within the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above [BE] AREA OF REFUGE. An area where persons unable to use stairways can remain temporarily to await instructions or assistance during emergency evacuation [BE] AREA OF SPORT ACTIVITY. That portion of an indoor or outdoor space where the play or practice of a sport occurs [BG] AREAWAY. A subsurface space adjacent to a building open at the top or protected at the top by a grating or guard ASSEMBLY SEATING, MULTILEVEL. See "Multilevel assembly seating " [BG] ATRIUM. An opening connecting two or more stones other than enclosed stairways, elevators, hoistways, escala- tors, plumbing, electrical, air-conditioning or other equip- ment, which is closed at the top and not defined as a mall 14 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS Stones, as used in this definition, do not include balconies within assembly groups or mezzanines that comply with Sec- tion 505 I[BG] ATTIC. The space between the ceiling framing of the top story and the underside of the roof [F] AUDIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A notification appliance that alerts by the sense of hearing [F] AUTOMATIC. As applied to fire protection devices, a device or system providing an emergency function without the necessity for human intervention and activated as a result of a predetermined temperature rise, rate of temperature rise or combustion products [F] AUTOMATIC FIRE -EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. An approved system of devices and equipment which auto- matically detects a fire and discharges an approved fire -extin- guishing agent onto or in the area of a fire [F] AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM. A fire alarm system that has initiation devices that utilize smoke detectors for protection of an area such as a room or space with detectors to provide early warning of fire [F] AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. An automatic sprinkler system, for fire protection purposes, is an integrated system of underground and overhead piping designed in accor- dance with fire protection engineering standards The system includes a suitable water supply The portion of the system above the ground is a network of specially sized or hydrauli- cally designed piping installed in a structure or area, generally overhead, and to which automatic sprmklers are connected in a systematic pattern The system is usually activated by heat from a fire and discharges water over the fire area [F] AUTOMATIC WATER MIST SYSTEM. A system consisting of a water supply, a pressure source and a distribu- tion piping system with attached nozzles, which, at or above a minimum operating pressure defined by its listing, discharges water in fine droplets meeting the requirements of NFPA 750 for the purpose of the control, suppression or extinguishment of a fire Such systems include wet -pipe, dry -pipe and preac- tion types The systems are designed as engineered, preengi- neered, local -application or total -flooding systems [F] AVERAGE AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL. The root mean square, A -weighted sound pressure level measured over a 24-hour period, or the time any person is present, whichever time period is less [BG] AWNING. An architectural projection that provides weather protection, identity or decoration and is partially or wholly supported by the building to which it is attached An awning is comprised of a lightweight frame structure over which a covering is attached [BF] BACKING. The wall or surface to wluch the veneer is secured [BE] BALANCED DOOR. A door equipped with double - pivoted hardware so designed as to cause a semicounterbal- anced swing action when opening [F] BALED COTTON. A natural seed fiber wrapped in and secured with industry accepted materials, usually consisting of burlap, woven polypropylene, polyethylene or cotton or sheet polyethylene, and secured with steel, synthetic or wire bands or wire, also includes lmters (lmt removed from the cottonseed) and motes (residual materials from the ginning process) [F] BALED COTTON, DENSELY PACKED. Cotton made into banded bales with a packing density of not less than 22 pounds per cubic foot (360 kg/m'), and dimensions complying with the following a length of 55 inches (1397 mm), a width of 21 inches (533 4 mm) and a height of 27 6 to 35 4 inches (701 to 899 mm) [BS] BALLAST. In roofing, ballast comes in the form of large stones or paver systems or light -weight interlocking paver systems and is used to provide uplift resistance for roofing systems that are not adhered or mechanically attached to the roof deck [F] BARRICADE. A structure that consists of a combination of walls, floor and roof, which is designed to withstand the rapid release of energy in an explosion and which is fully confined, partially vented or fully vented, or other effective method of shielding from explosive materials by a natural or artificial barrier Artificial barricade. An artificial mound or revetment a minimum thickness of 3 feet (914 mm) Natural barricade. Natural features of the ground, such as hills, or timber of sufficient density that the surrounding exposures that require protection cannot be seen from the magazine or building containing explosives when the trees are bare of leaves [BS] BASE FLOOD. The flood having a 1-percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year [BS] BASE FLOOD ELEVATION. The elevation of the base flood including wave height, relative to the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (NGVD), North American Vertical Datum (NAVD) or other datum specified on the Flood Insur- ance Rate Map (FIRM) [BS] BASEMENT (for flood loads). The portion of a build- ing having its floor subgrade (below ground level) on all sides This definition of `Basement' is limited in application to the provisions of Section 1612 [BG] BASEMENT. A story that is not a story above grade plane (see "Story above grade plane") This definition of "Basement" does not apply to the provisions of Section 1612 for flood loads. [BS] BEARING WALL STRUCTURE. A building or other structure in which vertical loads from floors and roofs are pri- marily supported by walls [BS] BED JOINT. The horizontal layer of mortar on which a masonry unit is laid [BE] BLEACHERS. Tiered seating supported on a dedi- cated structural system and two or more rows high and is not a building element (see "Grandstand') [BG] BOARDING HOUSE. A building arranged or used for lodging for compensation, with or without meals, and not occupied as a single-family unit [F] BOILING POINT. The temperature at which the vapor pressure of a liquid equals the atmospheric pressure of 14 7 pounds per square inch (psia) (101 kPa) or 760 mm of mer- 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 15 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS cury Where an accurate boiling point is unavailable for the material in question, or for mixtures which do not have a con- stant boiling point, for the purposes of this classification, the 20-percent evaporated point of a distillation performed in accordance with ASTM D86 shall be used as the boiling point of the liquid [BS] BRACED WALL LINE. A straight line through the building plan that represents the location of the lateral resis- tance provided by the wall bracing [BS] BRACED WALL PANEL. A full -height section of wall constructed to resist in -plane shear loads through inter- action of framing members, sheathing material and anchors The panel's length meets the requirements of its particular bracing method and contributes toward the total amount of bracing required along its braced wall line [BE] BREAKOUT. For revolving doors, a process whereby wings or door panels can be pushed open manually for means of egress travel [BS] BRICK Calcium silicate (sand lime brick). A pressed and subse- quently autoclaved unit that consists of sand and lime, with or without the inclusion of other materials Clay or shale. A solid or hollow masonry unit of clay or shale, usually formed into a rectangular prism, then burned or fired in a kiln, brick is a ceramic product Concrete. A concrete masonry unit made from Portland cement, water, and suitable aggregates, with or without the inclusion of other materials [A] BUILDING. Any structure utilized or intended for sup- porting or sheltering any occupancy BUILDING AREA. See "Area, building " [BG] BUILDING ELEMENT. A fundamental component of building construction, listed in Table 601, which may or may not be of fire -resistance -rated construction and is con- structed of materials based on the building type of construc- tion BUILDING HEIGHT. See "Height, building " [BS] BUILDING -INTEGRATED PHOTOVOLTAIC (BIPV) PRODUCT. A building product that incorporates photovoltaic modules and functions as a component of the building envelope [BS] BUILDING -INTEGRATED PHOTOVOLTAIC ROOF PANEL (BIPV ROOF PANEL). A photovoltaic panel that functions as a component of the building envelope [BG] BUILDING LINE. The line established by law, beyond which a building shall not extend, except as specifi- cally provided by law [A] BUILDING OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of this code, or a duly authorized representative [BS] BUILT-UP ROOF COVERING. Two or more layers of felt cemented together and surfaced with a cap sheet, mm- eral aggregate, smooth coating or similar surfacing material [BG] CABLE -RESTRAINED, AIR -SUPPORTED STRUCTURE. A structure in which the uplift is resisted by cables or webbmgs which are anchored to either foundations or dead men Reinforcing cable or webbing is attached by various methods to the membrane or is an integral part of the membrane This is not a cable -supported structure [BG] CANOPY. A permanent structure or architectural pro- jection of rigid construction over which a covering is attached that provides weather protection, identity or decoration A canopy is permitted to be structurally independent or sup- ported by attachment to a building on one or more sides [F] CAPACITOR ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM. A sta- tionary, rechargeable energy storage system consisting of capacitors, chargers, controls and associated electrical equip- ment designed to provide electrical power to a bwldmg or facility The system is typically used to provide standby or emergency power, an unmterruptable power supply, load shedding, load sharing or similar capabilities Preengineered capacitor energy storage system. A capacitor energy storage system consisting of capacitors, an energy management system, components and modules that are produced in a factory, designed to constitute the system when assembled and shipped to the job site for assembly Prepackaged capacitor energy storage system. A capac- itor energy storage system consisting of capacitors, an energy management system, components and modules that is factory assembled and then shipped as a complete unit for installation at the job site [F] CARBON DIOXIDE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS. A system supplying carbon dioxide (CO) from a pressurized vessel through fixed pipes and nozzles The system includes a manual- or automatic -actuating mechamsm [F] CARBON MONOXIDE ALARM. A single- or multi- ple -station alarm intended to detect carbon monoxide gas and alert occupants by a distinct audible signal It incorporates a sensor, control components and an alarm notification appli- ance in a single unit [F] CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR. A device with an integral sensor to detect carbon monoxide gas and transmit an alarm signal to a connected alarm control unit [BG] CARE SUITE. In Group I-2 occupancies, a group of treatment rooms, care recipient sleeping rooms and the sup- port rooms or spaces and circulation space within the suite where staff are in attendance for supervision of all care recip- ients within the suite, and the suite is in compliance with the requirements of Section 407 4 4 [BS] CAST STONE. A building stone manufactured from Portland cement concrete precast and used as a trim, veneer or facing on or in buildings or structures. [F] CEILING LIMIT. The maximum concentration of an airborne contaminant to which one may be exposed The ceil- ing limits utilized are those published in DOL 29 CFR Part 19101000 The ceiling Recommended Exposure Limit (REL-C) concentrations published by the U S National Insti- tute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Threshold Limit Value- Ceiing (TLV-C) concentrations published by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), Ceiling Workplace Environmental Exposure Level (ATEL-Ceiling) Guides published by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and other 16 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 CopyaghtOoz0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS approved consistent measures are allowed as surrogates for hazardous substances not listed in DOL 29 CFR Part 19101000 [BF] CEILING RADIATION DAMPER. A listed device installed in a ceiling membrane of a fire -resistance -rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly to limit automatically the radiative heat transfer through an air inlet/outlet opening Ceiling radiation dampers include air terminal units, ceiling dampers and ceiling air diffusers [BG] CELL (Group I-3 occupancy). A room within a hous- ing unit in a detention or correctional facility used to confine mmates or prisoners [BS] CELL (masonry). A void space having a gross cross - sectional area greater than 1'/z square inches (967 mm') [BG] CELL TIER. Levels of cells vertically stacked above one another within a housing unit [BS] CEMENT PLASTER. A mixture of Portland or blended cement, Portland cement or blended cement and hydrated lime, masonry cement or plastic cement and aggre- gate and other approved materials as specified in this code [BF] CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET. A high -temperature mineral wool insulation material made of alumina -silica ceramic or calcium magnesium silicate soluble fibers and weighing 4 to 10 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (64 to 160 kg/ in3) [BS] CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE. A certificate stating that materials and products meet specified standards or that work was done in compliance with approved con- struction documents [A] CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY. A change in the use of a building or a portion a building which results in one of the following 1 A change of occupancy classification 2 A change from one group to another group within an occupancy classification 3 Any change in use within a group for which there is a change in application of the requirements of this code [BG] CHILDREN'S PLAY STRUCTURE. A structure composed of one or more components, where the user enters a play environment [M] CHIMNEY. A primarily vertical structure containing one or more flues, for the purpose of carrying gaseous prod- ucts of combustion and air from a fuel -burning appliance to the outdoor atmosphere Factory -built chimney. A listed and labeled chimney composed of factory -made components, assembled in the field in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and the conditions of the listing Masonry chimney. A field -constructed chimney com- posed of solid masonry units, bricks, stones, or concrete Metal chimney. A field -constructed chimney of metal [M] CHIMNEY TYPES. High -heat appliance type. An approved chimney for removing the products of combustion from fuel -burning high -heat appliances producing combustion gases in excess of 2000'F (I093'C) measured at the appliance flue outlet (see Section 2113 11 3) Low -heat appliance type. An approved chimney for removing the products of combustion from fuel -burning low -heat appliances producing combustion gases not in excess of 1000'F (538'C) under normal operating condi- tions, but capable of producing combustion gases of 1400'F (760'C) during intermittent forces firing for peri- ods up to 1 hour Temperatures shall be measured at the appliance flue outlet Masonry type. A field -constructed chimney of solid masonry units or stones Medium -heat appliance type. An approved chimney for removing the products of combustion from fuel -burning medium -heat appliances producing combustion gases not exceeding 2000'F (1093'C) measured at the appliance flue outlet (see Section 2113 11 2) [BE] CIRCULATION PATH. An exterior or interior way of passage from one place to another for pedestrians [F] CLEAN AGENT. Electrically nonconducting, volatile or gaseous fire extinguishant that does not leave a residue upon vaporation [BE] CLIMATE ZONE. A geographical region that has been assigned climatic criteria as specified in Chapters 3CE and 3RE of the International Energy Conservation Code [BG] CLINIC, OUTPATIENT. Buildings or portions thereof used to provide medical care on less than a 24-hour basis to persons who are not rendered incapable of self-pres- ervation by the services provided [F] CLOSED SYSTEM. The use of a solid or hquzd hazard- ous material involving a closed vessel or system that remains closed during normal operations where vapors emitted by the product are not liberated outside of the vessel or system and the product is not exposed to the atmosphere during normal operations, and all uses of compressed gases Examples of closed systems for solids and liquids include product con- veyed through a piping system into a closed vessel, system or piece of equipment [BS] COASTAL A ZONE. Area within a special flood haz- ard area, landward of a V zone or landward of an open coast without mapped coastal high -hazard areas In a coastal A zone, the principal source of flooding must be astronomical tides, storm surges, seiches or tsunamis, not riverine flooding During the base flood conditions, the potential for breaking wave height shall be greater than or equal to 1'/z feet (457 mm) The inland limit of the coastal A zone is (a) the Limit of Moderate Wave Action if delineated on a FIRM, or (b) desig- nated by the authority having jurisdiction [BS] COASTAL HIGH -HAZARD AREA. Area within the special flood hazard area extending from offshore to the inland limit of a primary dune along an open coast and any other area that is subject to high -velocity wave action from storms or seismic sources, and shown on a Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) or other flood hazard map as velocity Zone V, VO, VE or V1-30 [BS] COLLAR JOINT. Vertical longitudinal space between wythes of masonry or between masonry "the and backup construction that is permitted to be filled with mortar or grout 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 17 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [BS] COLLECTOR. A horizontal diaphragm element paral- lel and in line with the applied force that collects and trans- fers diaphragm shear forces to the vertical elements of the lateral force -resisting system or distributes forces within the diaphragm, or both [BF] COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. A listed device installed in ducts and air transfer openings designed to close automatically upon the detection of heat and resist the passage of flame and smoke The device is installed to oper- ate automatically, controlled by a smoke detection system, and where required, is capable of being positioned from afire command center [BS] COMBINED PILE RAFT. A geotechnical composite construction that combines the bearing effect of both founda- tion elements, raft and piles, by taking into account interac- tions between the foundation elements and the subsoil [F] COMBUSTIBLE DUST. Finely divided solid material that is 420 microns or less in diameter and wluch, when dis- persed in au in the proper proportions, could be ignited by a flame, spark or other source of ignition Combustible dust will pass through a U S No 40 standard sieve [F] COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS. Readily ignitable and free - burning materials in a fibrous or shredded form, such as cocoa fiber, cloth, cotton, excelsior, hay, hemp, henequen, istle, jute, kapok, oakum, rags, sisal, Spanish moss, straw, tow, wastepaper, certain synthetic fibers or other like materi- als This definition does not include densely packed baled cotton [F] COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID. A liquid having a closed cup flash point at or above 100'F (38'C) Combustible liq- uids shall be subdivided as follows Class II. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or above 100'F (38'C) and below 140'F (60'C) Class IIIA. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or above 140'F (60'C) and below 200'F (93'C) Class IIIB. Liquids having a closed cup flash point at or above 200'F (93'C) The category of combustible liquids does not include com- pressed gases or cryogenic fluids [F] COMMERCIAL MOTOR VEHICLE. A motor velu- cle used to transport passengers or property where the motor vehicle meets one of the following 1 Has a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds (4540 kg) or more 2 Is designed to transport 16 or more passengers, mclud- mg the driver [BE] COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL. That por- tion of exit access travel distance measured from the most remote point of each room, area or space to that point where the occupants have separate and distinct access to two exits or exit access doorways [BE] COMMON USE. Interior or exterior circulation paths, rooms, spaces or elements that are not for public use and are made available for the shared use of two or more people [F] COMPRESSED GAS. A material or mixture of materi- als that meets both of the following 1 Is a gas at 68'F (20'C) or less at 14 7 pounds per square inch atmosphere (psia) (101 kPa) of pressure 2 Has a boiling point of 68'F (20'C) or less at 14 7 psia (101 kPa) which is either liquefied, nonliquefied or in solution, except those gases which have no other health- or physical -hazard properties are not considered to be compressed until the pressure in the packaging exceeds 41 psia (282 kPa) at 68'F (20'C) The states of a compressed gas are categorized as follows 1 Nonliquefied compressed gases are gases, other than those in solution, which are in a packaging under the charged pressure and are entirely gaseous at a tempera- ture of 68'F (20'C) 2 Liquefied compressed gases are gases that, in a packag- ing under the charged pressure, are partially liquid at a temperature of 68'F (20'C) 3 Compressed gases in solution are nonliquefied gases that are dissolved in a solvent 4 Compressed gas mixtures consist of a mixture of two or more compressed gases contained in a packaging, the hazard properties of which are represented by the prop- erties of the mixture as a whole [BS] CONCRETE. Carbonate aggregate. Concrete made with aggregates consisting mainly of calcium or magnesium carbonate, such as limestone or dolomite, and containing 40 percent or less quartz, chert or flint Cellular. A lightweight insulating concrete made by mix- ing a preformed foam with Portland cement slurry and having a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480 kg/ in Lightweight aggregate. Concrete made with aggregates of expanded clay, shale, slag or slate or sintered fly ash or any natural lightweight aggregate meeting ASTM C330 and possessing equivalent fire -resistance properties and weighing 85 to 115 pcf (1360 to 1840 kg/m') Perlite. A lightweight insulating concrete having a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480 kg/m') made with perlite concrete aggregate Perlite aggregate is pro- duced from a volcanic rock which, when heated, expands to form a glass -like material of cellular structure Sand -lightweight. Concrete made with a combination of expanded clay, shale, slag, slate, sintered fly ash, or any natural lightweight aggregate meeting ASTM C330 and possessing equivalent fire -resistance properties and natu- ral sand Its unit weight is generally between 105 and 120 pcf (1680 and 1920 kg/m') Siliceous aggregate. Concrete made with normal -weight aggregates consisting mainly of silica or compounds other than calcium or magnesium carbonate, which contains more than 40-percent quartz, chert or flint Vermiculite. A light weight insulating concrete made with vermiculite concrete aggregate which is laminated micaceous material produced by expanding the ore at high temperatures When added to a Portland cement slurry the resulting concrete has a dry unit weight of approximately 30 pcf (480 kg/m') [BG] CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES. A building or part thereof that contains sleeping units where residents share bathroom or kitchen facilities, or both 18 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [F] CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. A desig- nated location at a facility staffed by trained personnel on a continuous basis where alarm or supervisory signals are mon- itored and facilities are provided for notification of the fire department or other emergency services [A] CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. Written, graphic and pictorial documents prepared or assembled for describing the design, location and physical characteristics of the ele- ments of a project necessary for obtaining a building permit [BG] CONSTRUCTION TYPES. See Section 602 Type I. See Section 602 2 Type II. See Section 602 2 Type III. See Section 602 3 Type IV. See Section 602 4 Type V. See Section 602 5 [BF] CONTINUOUS INSULATION (ci). Insulating mate- rial that is continuous across all structural members without thermal bridges other than fasteners and service openings It is installed on the interior or exterior, or is integral to any opaque surface of the building envelope [F] CONTROL AREA. Spaces within a building where quantities of hazardous materials not exceeding the maxi- mum allowable quantities per control area are stored, dis- pensed, used or handled See the definition of "Outdoor control area" in the International Fire Code [BS] CONTROLLED LOW -STRENGTH MATERIAL. A self -compacted, cementitious material used primarily as a backfill in place of compacted fill [BS] CONVENTIONAL LIGHT -FRAME CONSTRUC- TION. Construction whose primary structural elements are formed by a system of repetitive wood -framing members See Section 2308 for conventional light -frame construction provi- sions [BG] CORNICE. A projecting horizontal molded element located at or near the top of an architectural feature [BE] CORRIDOR. An enclosed exit access component that defines and provides a path of egress travel CORRIDOR, OPEN-ENDED. See "Open-ended corridor " [BF] CORRIDOR DAMPER. A listed device intended for use where air ducts penetrate or term mate at horizontal open- ings in the ceilings of fire -resistance -rated corridors, where the corridor ceiling is permitted to be constructed as required for the corridor walls [BS] CORROSION RESISTANCE. The ability of a mate- rial to withstand deterioration of its surface or its properties when exposed to its environment [F] CORROSIVE. A chemical that causes visible destruc- tion of, or irreversible alterations in, living tissue by chemical action at the point of contact A chemical shall be considered corrosive if, when tested on the intact skin of albino rabbits by the method described in DOTn 49 CFR, Part 173 137, such chemical destroys or changes irreversibly the structure of the tissue at the point of contact following an exposure period of 4 hours This term does not refer to action on inani- mate surfaces [BG] COURT. An open, uncovered space, unobstructed to the sky, bounded on three or more sides by exterior building walls or other enclosing devices [BG] COVERED MALL BUILDING. A single building enclosing a number of tenants and occupants, such as retail stores, drinking and dining establishments, entertainment and amusement facilities, passenger transportation terminals, offices and other similar uses wherein two or more tenants have a main entrance into one or more malls Anchor build- ings shall not be considered as a part of the covered mall building The term "covered mall building" shall include open mall buildings as defined below Mall. A roofed or covered common pedestrian area within a covered mall building that serves as access for two or more tenants and not to exceed three levels that are open to each other The term "mall' shall include open malls as defined below Open mall. An unroofed common pedestrian way serving a number of tenants not exceeding three levels Circulation at levels above grade shall be permitted to include open exterior balcomes leading to exits discharging at grade Open mall building. Several structures housing a number of tenants, such as retail stores, drinking and dining estab- lishments, entertainment and amusement facilities, offices, and other similar uses, wherein two or more tenants have a main entrance into one or more open malls Anchor build- ings are not considered as a part of the open mall building [BS] CRIPPLE WALL. A framed stud wall extending from the top of the foundation to the underside of floor framing for the lowest occupied floor level [F] CRITICAL CIRCUIT. A circuit that requires continu- ous operation to ensure safety of the structure and occupants [BS] CROSS -LAMINATED TIMBER. A prefabricated engineered wood product consisting of not less than three layers of solid -sawn lumber or structural composite lumber where the adjacent layers are cross oriented and bonded with structural adhesive to form a solid wood element [F] CRYOGENIC FLUID. A liquid having a boiling point lower than -150°F (-101°C) at 147 pounds per square inch atmosphere (psia) (an absolute pressure of 101 kPa) [BG] CUSTODIAL CARE. Assistance with day-to-day liv- ing tasks, such as assistance with cooking, taking medication, bathing, using toilet facilities and other tasks of daily living Custodial care includes persons receiving care who have the ability to respond to emergency situations and evacuate at a slower rate and/or who have mental and psycluatric compli- cations [BS] DALLE GLASS. A decorative composite glazing material made of individual pieces of glass that are embedded in a cast matrix of concrete or epoxy DAMPER. See "Ceiling radiation damper," "Combination fire/smoke damper," "Corridor damper," "Fire damper" and "Smoke damper" 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 19 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [BS] DANGEROUS. Any building, structure or portion thereof that meets any of the conditions described below shall be deemed dangerous 1 The bwldmg or structure has collapsed, has partially collapsed, has moved off its foundation or lacks the necessary support of the ground 2 There exists a significant risk of collapse, detachment or dislodgment of any portion, member, appurtenance or ornamentation of the building or structure under ser- vice loads [F] DAY BOX. A portable magazine designed to hold explo- sive materials constructed in accordance with the require- ments for a Type 3 magazine as defined and classified in Chapter 56 of the International Fire Code [BS] DEAD LOAD. The weight of materials of construction incorporated into the building, including but not limited to walls, floors, roofs, ceilings, stairways, built-in partitions, finishes, cladding and other similarly incorporated arclutec- tural and structural items, and the weight of fixed service equipment, such as cranes, plumbing stacks and risers, elec- trical feeders, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning sys- tems and automatic sprinkler systems [BS] DECORATIVE GLASS. A carved, leaded or Dalle glass or glazing material whose purpose is decorative or artis- tic, not functional, whose coloring, texture or other design qualities or components cannot be removed without destroy- ing the glazing material and whose surface, or assembly into which it is incorporated, is divided into segments [F] DECORATIVE MATERIALS. All materials applied over the bwldmg mtenor finish for decorative, acoustical or other effect including, but not limited to, curtains, draperies, fabrics and streamers, and all other materials utilized for dec- orative effect including, but not limited to, bulletin boards, artwork, posters, photographs, batting, cloth, cotton, hay, stalks, straw, vines, leaves, trees, moss and similar items, foam plastics and materials containing foam plastics Decora- tive materials do not include wall coverings, ceiling cover- ings, floor coverings, ordinary window shades, mtenorfinish and materials 0 025 inch (0 64 mm) or less in thickness applied directly to and adhering tightly to a substrate [BS] DEEP FOUNDATION. A deep foundation is a founda- tion element that does not satisfy the definition of a shallow foundation [BE] DEFEND -IN -PLACE. A method of emergency response that engages building components and trained staff to provide occupant safety during an emergency Emergency response involves remaining in place, relocating within the building, or both, without evacuating the building [A] DEFERRED SUBMITTAL. Those portions of the design that are not submitted at the time of the application and that are to be submitted to the building official within a specified period [F] DEFLAGRATION. An exothermic reaction, such as the extremely rapid oxidation of a flammable dust or vapor in air, in which the reaction progresses through the unburned mate- rial at a rate less than the velocity of sound A deflagration can have an explosive effect [BF] DELAYED -ACTION CLOSER. A self -closing device that incorporates a delay prior to the initiation of clos- ing Delayed -action closers are mechanical devices with an adjustable delay [F] DELUGE SYSTEM. A sprinkler system employing open sprinklers attached to a piping system connected to a water supply through a valve that is opened by the operation of a detection system installed in the same areas as the sprm- klers When this valve opens, water flows into the piping sys- tem and discharges from all sprinklers attached thereto [BS] DESIGN DISPLACEMENT. See Section 1905 1 1 [BS] DESIGN EARTHQUAKE GROUND MOTION. The earthquake ground motion that buildings and structures are specifically proportioned to resist in Section 1613 [BS] DESIGN FLOOD. The flood associated with the greater of the following two areas 1 Area with a flood plain subject to a 1-percent or greater chance of flooding in any year 2 Area designated as a flood hazard area on a commu- nity's flood hazard map, or otherwise legally desig- nated [BS] DESIGN FLOOD ELEVATION. The elevation of the "design flood," including wave height, relative to the datum specified on the community's legally designated flood hazard map In areas designated as Zone AO, the design flood eleva- tion shall be the elevation of the highest existing grade of the building's perimeter plus the depth number (m feet) specified on the flood hazard map In areas designated as Zone AO where a depth number is not specified on the map, the depth number shall be taken as being equal to 2 feet (610 mm) DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, REGISTERED. See "Regis- tered design professional " DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE, REGISTERED. See "Registered design profes- sional in responsible charge " [BS] DESIGN STRENGTH. The product of the nominal strength and a resistance factor (or strength reduction factor) [BS] DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM. Those nonstruc- tural components that require design in accordance with Chapter 13 of ASCE 7 and for which the component impor- tance factor, ISS, is greater than 1 in accordance with Section 13 1 3 of ASCE 7 [F] DETACHED BUILDING. A separate single -story building, without a basement or crawl space, used for the storage or use of hazardous materials and located an approved distance from all structures [BS] DETAILED PLAIN CONCRETE STRUCTURAL WALL. See Section 1905 1 1 [BE] DETECTABLE WARNING. A standardized surface feature built in or applied to walking surfaces or other ele- ments to warn visually unpaired persons of hazards on a cir- culation path [F] DETECTOR, HEAT. A fire detector that senses heat either abnormally high temperature or rate of rise, or both 20 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' CopynEhtOo2.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [F] DETONATION. An exothermic reaction characterized by the presence of a shock wave in the material which estab- lishes and maintains the reaction The reaction zone pro- gresses through the material at a rate greater than the velocity of sound The principal heating mechanism is one of shock compression Detonations have an explosive effect [BG] DETOXIFICATION FACILITIES. Facilities that provide treatment for substance abuse, servmg care recipients who are incapable of self preservation or who are harmful to themselves or others [BS] DIAPHRAGM. A horizontal or sloped system acting to transmit lateral forces to vertical elements of the lateral force - resisting system When the term "diaphragm" is used, it shall include horizontal bracing systems Diaphragm, blocked. In hghtframe construction, a dia- phragm in which all sheathing edges not occurring on a framing member are supported on and fastened to block- ing Diaphragm boundary. In hghtframe construction a location where shear is transferred into or out of the dia- phragm sheathing Transfer is either to a boundary ele- ment or to another force -resisting element Diaphragm chord. A diaphragm boundary element per- pendicular to the applied load that is assumed to take axial stresses due to the diaphragm moment Diaphragm, unblocked. A diaphragm that has edge nail- ing at supporting members only Blocking between sup- porting structural members at panel edges is not included Diaphragm panels are field nailed to supporting members [BS] DIMENSIONS (for Chapter 21). Nominal. The specified ckmension plus an allowance for the joints with which the units are to be laid Nominal dimensions are usually stated in whole numbers Thick- ness is given first, followed by height and then length Specified. Dimensions specified for the manufacture or construction of a unit,joint or element [BE] DIRECT ACCESS. A path of travel from a space to an immediately adjacent space through an opening in the com- mon wall between the two spaces [F] DISPENSING. The pouring or transferring of any mate- rial from a container, tank or similar vessel, whereby vapors, dusts, fumes, mists or gases are liberated to the atmosphere DOOR, BALANCED. See "Balanced door " DOOR, LOW -ENERGY POWER -OPERATED. See "Low -energy power -operated door " DOOR, POWER -ASSISTED. See "Power -assisted door " DOOR, POWER -OPERATED. See "Power -operated door " DOORWAY, EXIT ACCESS. See "Exit access doorway " [BG] DORMITORY. A space in a building where group sleeping accommodations are provided in one room, or in a series of closely associated rooms, for persons not members of the same family group, under joint occupancy and single management, as in college dormitories or fraternity houses [BF] DRAFTSTOP. A material, device or construction installed to restrict the movement of air within open spaces of concealed areas of building components such as crawl spaces, floor/ceiling assemblies, roof/ceiling assemblies and attics DRAG STRUT. See "Collector " [BS] DRILLED SHAFT. A cast-m-place deep foundation element, also referred to as a caisson, drilled pier or bored pile, constructed by drilling a hole (with or without perma- nent casing or drilling fluid) into soil or rock and filling it with fluid concrete after the drilling equipment is removed Socketed drilled shaft A drilled shaft with a permanent pipe or tube casing that extends down to bedrock and an uncased socket drilled into the bedrock [F] DRY -CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING AGENT. A powder composed of small particles, usually of sodium bicar- bonate, potassium bicarbonate, urea -potassium -based bicar- bonate, potassium chloride or monoammonium phosphate, with added particulate material supplemented by special treatment to provide resistance to packing, resistance to mois- ture absorption (caking) and the proper flow capabilities [BS] DRY FLOODPROOFING. A combination of design modifications that results in a building or structure, including the attendant utilities and equipment and sanitary facilities, being watertight with walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water and with structural components having the capacity to resist loads as identified in ASCE 7 [A] DWELLING. A building that contains one or two dwell- ing units used, intended or designed to be used, rented, leased, let or hued out to be occupied for living purposes [A] DWELLING UNIT. A single unit providing complete, independent living facilities for one or more persons, includ- ing permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation DWELLING UNIT OR SLEEPING UNIT, MULTI- STORY. See "Multistory unit" [BE] EGRESS COURT. A court or yard which provides access to a public way for one or more exits [BF] ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE SYS- TEM. A specific construction of devices, materials, or coat- ings installed as a fire -resistive barrier system applied to electrical system components, such as cable trays, conduits and other raceways, open run cables and conductors, cables, and conductors [F] ELEVATOR GROUP. A grouping of elevators in a building located adjacent or directly across from one another that responds to common hall call buttons [F] EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM. A system to pro- vide indication and warning of emergency situations involv- ing hazardous materials [F] EMERGENCY CONTROL STATION. An approved location on the premises where signals from emergency equipment are received and wluch is staffed by trained per- sonnel [BE] EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPEN- ING. An operable window, door or other similar device that provides for a means of escape and access for rescue in the event of an emergency 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 21 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,a¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmmLhod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [F] EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM. A source of auto- matic electric power of a required capacity and duration to operate required life safety, fire alarm, detection and ventila- tion systems in the event of a failure of the primary power Emergency power systems are required for electrical loads where interruption of the primary power could result in loss of human life or serious injuries [F] EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICA- TIONS. Dedicated manual or automatic facilities for origi- nating and distributing voice instructions, as well as alert and evacuation signals pertaming to a fire emergency, to the occupants of a building [BE] EMPLOYEE WORK AREA. All or any portion of a space used only by employees and only for work Corridors, toilet rooms, kitchenettes and break rooms are not employee work areas [BS] ENGINEERED WOOD RIM BOARD. A full -depth structural composite lumber, wood structural panel, structural glued laminated timber or prefabricated wood I -joist member designed to transfer horizontal (shear) and vertical (compres- sion) loads, provide attachment for diaphragm sheathing, sid- ing and exterior deck ledgers, and provide lateral support at the ends of floor or roof joists or rafters ENTRANCE, PUBLIC. See "Public entrance " ENTRANCE, RESTRICTED. See "Restricted entrance " ENTRANCE, SERVICE. See "Service entrance " [BG] EQUIPMENT PLATFORM. An unoccupied, ele- vated platform used exclusively for mechanical systems or industrial process equipment, including the associated ele- vated walkways, stairways, alternating tread devices and lad- ders necessary to access the platform (see Section 505 3) [BS] ESSENTIAL FACILITIES. Buildings and other struc- tures that are intended to remain operational in the event of extreme environmental loading from flood, wind, snow or earthquakes [F] EXHAUSTED ENCLOSURE. An appliance or piece of equipment that consists of a top, a back and two sides provid- ing a means of local exhaust for capturing gases, fumes, vapors and mists Such enclosures include laboratory hoods, exhaust fume hoods and similar appliances and equipment used to locally retain and exhaust the gases, fumes, vapors and mists that could be released Rooms or areas provided with general ventilation, in themselves, are not exhausted enclosures [A] EXISTING BUILDING. A building erected prior to the date of adoption of the appropriate code, or one for which a legal building permit has been issued [BS] EXISTING STRUCTURE. A structure erected prior to the date of adoption of the appropriate code, or one for which a legal bwldmg permit has been issued [BE] EXIT. That portion of a means of egress system between the exit access and the exit discharge or public way Exit components include exterior exit doors at the level of exit discharge, interior exit stairways and ramps, exit passage- ways, exterior exit stairways and ramps and horizontal exits [BE] EXIT ACCESS. That portion of a means of egress sys- tem that leads from any occupied portion of a building or structure to an exit [BE] EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY. A door or access point along the path of egress travel from an occupied room, area or space where the path of egress enters an intervening room, corridor, exit access stairway or ramp [BE] EXIT ACCESS RAMP. A ramp within the exit access portion of the means of egress system [BE] EXIT ACCESS STAIRWAY. A stairway within the exit access portion of the means of egress system [BE] EXIT DISCHARGE. That portion of a means of egress system between the termination of an exit and a public way [BE] EXIT DISCHARGE, LEVEL OF. The story at the point at which an exit terminates and an exit discharge begins EXIT, HORIZONTAL. See "Horizontal exit" [BE] EXIT PASSAGEWAY. An exit component that is sep- arated from other interior spaces of a building or structure by fire -resistance -rated construction and opening protectwes, and provides for a protected path of egress travel in a hori- zontal direction to an exit or to the exit discharge [BF] EXPANDED VINYL WALL COVERING. Wall cov- ering consisting of a woven textile backing, an expanded vinyl base coat layer and a nonexpanded vinyl skin coat The expanded base coat layer is a homogeneous vinyl layer that contains a blowing agent During processing, the blowing agent decomposes, causing this layer to expand by forming closed cells The total thickness of the wall covering is approximately 0 055 inch to 0 070 inch (1 4 mm to 1 78 mm) [F] EXPLOSION. An effect produced by the sudden violent expansion of gases, which may be accompanied by a shock wave or disruption, or both, of enclosing materials or struc- tures An explosion could result from any of the following 1 Chemical changes such as rapid oxidation, deflagration or detonation, decomposition of molecules and nm- away polymerization (usually detonations) 2 Physical changes such as pressure tank ruptures 3 Atomic changes (nuclear fission or fusion) [F] EXPLOSIVE. A chemical compound, mixture or device, the primary or common purpose of which is to function by explosion The term includes, but is not limited to dynamite, black powder, pellet powder, initiating explosives, detona- tors, safety fuses, squibs, detonating cord, igniter cord, and igniters The term "explosive" includes any material determined to be within the scope of USC Title 18 Chapter 40 and also includes any material classified as an explosive other than consumer fireworks, 1 4G by the hazardous materials regula- tions of DOTn 49 CFR Parts 100-185 High explosive. Explosive material, such as dynamite, which can be caused to detonate by means of a No 8 test blasting cap when unconfined Low explosive. Explosive material that will bum or defla- I grate when ignited It is characterized by a rate of reaction 22 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CITY IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I (firill PETER I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossdANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS that is less than the speed of sound Examples of low explosives include, but are not limited to black powder, safety fuse, igniters, igniter cord, fuse lighters, fireworks, and propellants, 1 3C Mass -detonating explosives. Division 1 1, 12 and 1 5 explosives alone or in combination, or loaded into various types of ammunition or containers, most of which can be expected to explode virtually instantaneously when a small portion is subjected to fire, severe concussion, impact, the impulse of an initiating agent or the effect of a considerable discharge of energy from without Materials that react in this manner represent a mass explosion haz- ard Such an explosive will normally cause severe struc- tural damage to adjacent objects Explosive propagation could occur immediately to other items of ammunition and explosives stored sufficiently close to and not adequately protected from the initially exploding pile with a time interval short enough so that two or more quantities must be considered as one for quantity -distance purposes UN/DOTn Class 1 explosives. The former classification system used by DOTn included the terms "high" and "low" explosives as defined herein The following terms further define explosives under the current system applied by DOTn for all explosive materials defined as hazard Class 1 materials Compatibility group letters are used in concert with the division to specify further limitations on each division noted (i e , the letter G identifies the material as a pyrotechnic substance or article containing a pyro- technic substance and similar materials) Division 1.1. Explosives that have a mass explosion hazard A mass explosion is one which affects almost the entire load instantaneously Division 1.2. Explosives that have a projection hazard but not a mass explosion hazard Division 1.3. Explosives that have a fire hazard and either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard or both, but not a mass explosion hazard Division 1.4. Explosives that pose a minor explosion hazard The explosive effects are largely confined to the package and no projection of fragments of apprecia- ble size or range is to be expected An external fire must not cause virtually instantaneous explosion of almost the entire contents of the package Division 1.5. Very insensitive explosives This division is comprised of substances that have a mass explosion hazard, but that are so insensitive there is very little probability of initiation or of transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions of transport Division 1.6. Extremely insensitive articles which do not have amass explosion hazard This division is com- prised of articles that contain only extremely insensi- tive detonating substances and which demonstrate a negligible probability of accidental imitation or propa- gation [BE] EXTERIOR EXIT RAMP. An exit component that serves to meet one or more means of egress design require- ments, such as required number of exits or exit access travel distance, and is open to yards, courts or public ways [BE] EXTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAY. An exit component that serves to meet one or more means of egress design requirements, such as required number of exits or exit access travel distance, and is open to yards, courts or public ways [BF] EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYS- TEMS (EIFS). EIFS are nonstructural, nonload-bearmg, exterior wall cladding systems that consist of an insulation board attached either adhesively or mechanically, or both, to the substrate, an integrally reinforced base coat and a textured protective finish coat [BF] EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYS- TEMS (EIFS) WITH DRAINAGE. An EIFS that mcorpo- rates a means of drainage applied over a water -resistive barrier [BF] EXTERIOR SURFACES. Weather -exposed surfaces [BF] EXTERIOR WALL. A wall, bearing or nonbearmg that is used as an enclosing wall for a building, other than a fire wall, and that has a slope of 60 degrees (1 05 rad) or greater with the horizontal plane [BF] EXTERIOR WALL COVERING. A material or assembly of materials applied on the exterior side of exterior walls for the purpose of providing a weather -resisting barrier, insulation or for aesthetics, including but not limited to, veneers, siding, exterior insulation and finish systems, archi- tectural trim and embellishments such as cornices, soffits, facias, gutters and leaders [BF] EXTERIOR WALL ENVELOPE. A system or assembly of exterior wall components, including exterior wall finish materials, that provides protection of the building structural members, including framing and sheathing materi- als, and conditioned interior space, from the detrimental effects of the exterior environment [BF] F RATING. The time period that the through -penetra- tion firestop system limits the spread of fire through the pene- tration when tested in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL 1479 [BF] FABRIC PARTITION. A partition consisting of a fin- ished surface made of fabric, without a continuous rigid back- ing, that is directly attached to a framing system in which the vertical framing members are spaced greater than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center [BS] FABRICATED ITEM. Structural, load -bearing or lateral load -resisting members or assemblies consisting of materials assembled prior to installation in a building or structure, or subjected to operations such as heat treatment, thermal cutting, cold working or reforming after manufacture and prior to installation in a building or structure Materials produced in accordance with standards referenced by this code, such as rolled structural steel shapes, steel reinforcing bars, masonry units and wood structural panels, or in accordance with a referenced standard that provides requirements for quality control done under the supervision of a thud -party quality control agency, are not "fabricated items " 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 23 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [F] FABRICATION AREA. An area within a semiconduc- tor fabrication facility and related research and development areas in which there are processes using hazardous produc- tion materials Such areas are allowed to include ancillary rooms or areas such as dressing rooms and offices that are directly related to the fabrication area processes [A] FACILITY. All or any portion of buildings, structures, site improvements, elements and pedestrian or vehicular routes located on a site [BS] FACTORED LOAD. The product of a nominal load and a load factor [BS] FENESTRATION. Products classified as either verti- cal fenestration or skylights and sloped glazing, installed in such a manner as to preserve the weather -resistant barrier of the wall or roof in which they are installed Fenestration includes products with glass or other transparent or translu- cent materials [BS] FENESTRATION, VERTICAL. Windows that are fixed or movable, opaque doors, glazed doors, glazed block and combination opaque and glazed doors installed in a wall at less than 15 degrees from the vertical [BS] FIBER -CEMENT (BACKER BOARD, SIDING, SOFFIT, TRIM AND UNDERLAYMENT) PROD- UCTS. Manufactured thin section composites of hydraulic cementitious matrices and discrete nonasbestos fibers [BF] FIBER -REINFORCED POLYMER A polymeric composite material consisting of reinforcement fibers, such as glass, impregnated with a fiber -binding polymer which is then molded and hardened Fiber -reinforced polymers are permitted to contain cores laminated between fiber -rem - forced polymer facings [BS] FIBERBOARD. A fibrous, homogeneous panel made from lignocellulosic fibers (usually wood or cane) and having a density of less than 31 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (497 kg/ m') but more than 10 pcf (160 kg/m') FIELD NAILING. See "Nailing, field " FIRE ALARM BOX, MANUAL. See "Manual fire alarm box " [F] FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT. A system compo- nent that receives inputs from automatic and manual fire alarm devices and may be capable of supplying power to detection devices and transponders or off -premises transmit- ters The control unit may be capable of providing a transfer of power to the notification appliances and transfer of condi- tion to relays or devices [F] FIRE ALARM SIGNAL. A signal initiated by afire alarm -initiating device such as a manual fire alarm box, automatic fire detector, waterflow switch or other device whose activation is indicative of the presence of a fire or fire signature [F] FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. A system or portion of a com- bination system consisting of components and circuits arranged to monitor and annunciate the status of fire alarm or supervisory signal-mihating devices and to initiate the appro- priate response to those signals [BF] FIRE AREA. The aggregate floor area enclosed and bounded by fire walls, fire barriers, extenor walls or hon- zontal assemblies of a building Areas of the building not pro- vided with surrounding walls shall be included in the fire area if such areas are included within the horizontal projection of the roof or floor next above [BF] FIRE BARRIER. A fire -resistance -rated wall assem- bly of materials designed to restrict the spread of fire in which continuity is maintained [F] FIRE COMMAND CENTER. The principal attended or unattended location where the status of detection, alarm com- munications and control systems is displayed, and from which the systems can be manually controlled [BF] FIRE DAMPER. A listed device installed in ducts and air transfer openings designed to close automatically upon detection of heat and resist the passage of flame Fire damp- ers are classified for use in either static systems that will automatically shut down in the event of a fire, or in dynamic systems that continue to operate during a fire A dynamic fire damper is tested and rated for closure under elevated tem- perature awflow [F] FIRE DETECTOR, AUTOMATIC. A device designed to detect the presence of a fire signature and to initiate action [BF] FIRE DOOR. The door component of a fire door assembly [BF] FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. Any combination of afire door, frame, hardware and other accessories that together provide a specific degree of fire protection to the opening FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY, FLOOR. See "Floor fire door assembly " [BF] FIRE EXIT HARDWARE. Panic hardware that is listed for use on fire door assemblies [F] FIRE LANE. A road or other passageway developed to allow the passage of fire apparatus A fire lane is not neces- sarily intended for vehicular traffic other than fire apparatus [BF] FIRE PARTITION. A vertical assembly of materials designed to restrict the spread of fire in which openings are protected [BF] FIRE PROTECTION RATING. The period of time that an opening protective will maintain the ability to confine a fire as determined by tests specified in Section 716 Ratings are stated in hours or minutes [F] FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. Approved devices, equipment and systems or combinations of systems used to detect a fire, activate an alarm, extinguish or control a fire, control or manage smoke and products of a fire or any combi- nation thereof [BF] FIRE -RATED GLAZING. Glazing with either afire protection rating or afire -resistance rating [BF] FIRE RESISTANCE. That property of materials or their assemblies that prevents or retards the passage of exces- sive heat, hot gases or flames under conditions of use [BF] FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING. The period of time a building element, component or assembly maintains the abil- ity to confine a fire, continues to perform a given structural function, or both, as determined by the tests, or the methods based on tests, prescribed in Section 703 24 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' CopynEhtOo2.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( " I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [BF] FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEM. An assem- blage of specific materials or products that are designed, tested and fire -resistance rated in accordance with either ASTM E1966 or UL 2079 to resist for a prescribed period of time the passage of fire through joints made in or between fire -resistance -rated assemblies [F] FIRE SAFETY FUNCTIONS. Building and fire control functions that are intended to increase the level of life safety for occupants or to control the spread of harmful effects of fire [BF] FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE. The distance mea- sured from the building face to one of the following 1 The closest interior lot line 2 To the centerlme of a street, an alley or public way 3 To an imaginary line between two buildings on the lot The distance shall be measured at right angles from the face of the wall [BF] FIRE WALL. A fire -resistance -rated wall having pro- tected openings, which restricts the spread of fire and extends continuously from the foundation to or through the roof, with sufficient structural stability under fire conditions to allow collapse of construction on either side without collapse of the wall [BF] FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY. A window constructed and glazed to give protection against the passage of fire [BF] FIREBLOCKING. Building materials, or materials approved for use as fireblockmg, installed to resist the free passage of flame to other areas of the building through con- cealed spaces [M] FIREPLACE. A hearth and fire chamber or similar pre- pared place in which a fire may be made and which is built in conjunction with a clumney [BS] FIREPLACE THROAT. The opening between the top of the firebox and the smoke chamber FIRESTOP, MEMBRANE -PENETRATION. See "Mem- brane -penetration firestop " FIRESTOP, PENETRATION. See "Penetration firestop " FIRESTOP SYSTEM, THROUGH -PENETRATION. See "Through -penetration firestop system " [F] FIREWORKS. Any composition or device for the pur- pose of producing a visible or audible effect for entertainment purposes by combustion, deflagration or detonation that meets the definition of 1 4G fireworks or 1 3G fireworks Fireworks, 1.3G. Large fireworks devices, which are explosive materials, intended for use in fireworks displays and designed to produce audible or visible effects by com- bustion, deflagration or detonation Such 1 3G fireworks include, but are not limited to, firecrackers containing more than 130 milligrams (2 grams) of explosive composi- tion, aerial shells containing more than 40 grams of pyro- technic composition, and other display pieces which exceed the limits for classification as 1 4G fireworks Such 1 3G fireworks are also described as fireworks, UN0335 by the DOTn Fireworks, LEIG. Small fireworks devices containing restricted amounts of pyrotechnic composition designed primarily to produce visible or audible effects by combus- tion or deflagration that complies with the construction, chemical composition and labeling regulations of the DOTn for fireworks, UN0336, and the U S Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) as set forth in CPSC 16 CFR Parts 1500 and 1507 [BG] FIXED BASE OPERATOR (FBO). A commercial business granted the right by the airport sponsor to operate on an airport and provide aeronautical services, such as fueling, hangarmg tie -down and parking, aircraft rental, aircraft maintenance and flight instruction [BE] FIXED SEATING. Furniture or fixture designed and installed for the use of sitting and secured in place including bench -type seats and seats with or without backs or armrests [BF] FLAME SPREAD. The propagation of flame over a surface [BF] FLAME SPREAD INDEX. A comparative measure, expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from visual measurements of the spread of flame versus time for a material tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 [F] FLAMMABLE GAS. A material that is a gas at 68°F (20°C) or less at 147 pounds per square inch atmosphere (psia) (101 kPa) of pressure [a material that has a boiling point of 68°F (20°C) or less at 14 7 psia (101 kPa)], which also meets one of the following 1 Is ignitable at 14 7 psia (101 kPa) when in a mixture of 13 percent or less by volume with au 2 Has a flammable range at 14 7 psia (101 kPa) with air of at least 12 percent, regardless of the lower limit The limits specified shall be determmed at 14 7 psi (101 kPa) of pressure and a temperature of 68°F (20°C) in accor- dance with ASTM E681 [F] FLAMMABLE LIQUEFIED GAS. A liquefied com- pressed gas which, under a charged pressure, is partially liq- uid at a temperature of 68°F (20°C) and which is flammable [F] FLAMMABLE LIQUID. A liquid having a closed cup flash point below 100°F (38°C) Flammable liquids are fur- ther categorized into a group known as Class I liquids The Class I category is subdivided as follows Class IA. Liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C) and a boiling point below 100°F (38°C) Class IB. Liquids having a flash point below 73°F (23°C) and a boiling point at or above 100°F (38°C) Class IC. Liquids having a flash point at or above 73°F (23°C) and below 100°F (38°C) The category of flamma- ble liquids does not include compressed gases or cryo- genic fluids [F] FLAMMABLE MATERIAL. A material capable of being readily ignited from common sources of heat or at a temperature of 600°F (316°C) or less [F] FLAMMABLE SOLID. A solid, other than a blasting agent or explosive, that is capable of causing fire through fric- tion, absorption or moisture, spontaneous chemical change, or retained heat from manufacturing or processing, or which has an ignition temperature below 212°F (100°C) or which bums so vigorously and persistently when ignited as to create 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 25 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS a serious hazard A chemical shall be considered a flammable solid as determined in accordance with the test method of CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1500 44, if it ignites and bums with a self -sustained flame at a rate greater than 0 1 inch (2 5 mm) per second along its major axis [F] FLAMMABLE VAPORS OR FUMES. The concentra- tion of flammable constituents in air that exceeds 25 percent of their lower flammable limit (LFL). [F] FLASH POINT. The minimum temperature in degrees Fahrenheit at which a liquid will give off sufficient vapors to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface or in the container, but will not sustain combustion The flash point of a liquid shall be determined by appropriate test procedure and apparatus as specified in ASTM D56, ASTM D93 or ASTM D3278 [BE] FLIGHT. A continuous run of rectangular treads, winders or combination thereof from one landing to another [BS] FLOOD or FLOODING. A general and temporary condition of partial or complete inundation of normally dry land from 1 The overflow of inland or tidal waters 2 The unusual and rapid accumulation or runoff of sur- face waters from any source [BS] FLOOD DAMAGE -RESISTANT MATERIALS. Any construction material capable of withstanding direct and prolonged contact with floodwaters without sustaining any damage that requires more than cosmetic repair FLOOD, DESIGN. See "Design flood " FLOOD ELEVATION, DESIGN. See "Design flood eleva- tion " [BS] FLOOD HAZARD AREA. The greater of the follow- ing two areas 1 The area within a flood plain subject to a 1-percent or greater chance of flooding in any year 2 The area designated as a flood hazard area on a com- munity's flood hazard map, or otherwise legally desig- nated FLOOD HAZARD AREAS, SPECIAL. See "Special flood hazard area " [BS] FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP (FIRM). An offi- cial map of a community on which the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) has delineated both the spe- cial flood hazard areas and the risk premium zones applica- ble to the community [BS] FLOOD INSURANCE STUDY. The official report provided by the Federal Emergency Management Agency containing the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), the Flood Boundary and Floodway Map (FBFM), the water surface ele- vation of the base flood and supporting technical data [BS] FLOODWAY. The channel of the river, creek or other watercourse and the adjacent land areas that must be reserved in order to discharge the base flood without cumulatively increasing the water surface elevation more than a designated height [BE] FLOOR AREA, GROSS. The floor area within the inside perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction for condors, stairways, ramps, closets, the thick- ness of interior walls, columns or other features The floor area of a bwldmg, or portion thereof, not provided with sur- rounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the hor- izontal projection of the roof or floor above The gross floor area shall not include shafts with no openings or interior courts [BE] FLOOR AREA, NET. The actual occupied area not including unoccupied accessory areas such as corridors, stairways, ramps, toilet rooms, mechanical rooms and clos- ets [BF] FLOOR FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY. A combination of a fire door, a frame, hardware and other accessories installed in a horizontal plane, which together provide a spe- cific degree of fire protection to a through -opening in a fire - resistance -rated floor (see Section 712 1 13 1) [F] FOAM -EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A special sys- tem discharging a foam made from concentrates, either mechanically or chemically, over the area to be protected [BF] FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION. A plastic that is intentionally expanded by the use of a foaming agent to pro- duce a reduced -density plastic containing voids consisting of open or closed cells distributed throughout the plastic for thermal insulating or acoustical purposes and that has a den- sity less than 20 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (320 kg/m') [BE] FOLDING AND TELESCOPIC SEATING. Tiered seating having an overall shape and size that is capable of being reduced for purposes of moving or storing and is not a building element [BG] FOOD COURT. A public seating area located in the mall that serves adjacent food preparation tenant spaces [BG] FOSTER CARE FACILITIES. Facilities that provide care to more than five children, 2'/ years of age or less [BS] FOUNDATION PIER (for Chapter 21). An isolated vertical foundation member whose horizontal dimension measured at right angles to its thickness does not exceed three tunes its thickness and whose height is equal to or less than four times its thickness [BS] FRAME STRUCTURE. A building or other structure in which vertical loads from floors and roofs are primarily supported by columns [F] FUEL CELL POWER SYSTEM, STATIONARY. A stationary energy -generation system that converts the chemi- cal energy of a fuel and oxidant to electric energy (DC or AC electricity) by an electrochemical process Field -fabricated fuel cell power system. A stationary fuel cell power system that is assembled at the job site and is not a preengmeered or prepackaged factory -assembled fuel cell power system Preengineered fuel cell power system. A stationary fuel cell power system consisting of components and modules that are produced in a factory and shipped to the job site for assembly Prepackaged fuel cell power system. A stationary fuel cell power system that is factory assembled as a single, 26 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 CopyaghtOoz0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S ( I I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS complete unit and shipped as a complete unit for installa- tion at the job site [BS] GABLE. The triangular portion of a wall beneath the end of a dual -slope, pitched, or mono -slope roof or portion thereof and above the top plates of the story or level of the ceiling below [BE] GAMING. To deal, operate, carry on, conduct, main - tam or expose for play any game played with cards, dice, equipment or any mechanical, electromechanical or elec- tronic device or machine for money, property, checks, credit or any representative of value except where occurring at pri- vate home or operated by a charitable or educational organi- zation [BE] GAMING AREA. Single or multiple areas of a build - mg or facility where gaming machines or tables are present and gaming occurs, including but not limited to, primary casino gaming areas, VIP gaming areas, high -roller gaming areas, bar tops, lobbies, dedicated rooms or spaces such as in retail or restaurant establishments, sports books and tourna- ment areas [BE] GAMING MACHINE TYPE. Categorization of gam - mg machines per type of game played on them, including, but not limited to, slot machines, video poker and video keno [BE] GAMING TABLE TYPE. Categorization of gaming tables per the type of game played on them, including, but not limited to, baccarat, bingo, blacklack/21, craps, pal gow, poker, roulette [F] GAS CABINET. A fully enclosed, ventilated noncom- bustible enclosure used to provide an isolated environment for compressed gas cylinders in storage or use Doors and access ports for exchanging cylinders and accessing pressure - regulating controls are allowed to be included [F] GAS DETECTION SYSTEM. A system or portion of a combination system that utilizes one or more stationary sen- sors to detect the presence of a specified gas at a specified concentration and initiate one or more responses required by this code, such as notifying a responsible person, activating an alarm signal, or activating or deactivating equipment A self-contained gas detection and alarm device is not classified as a gas detection system [F] GAS ROOM. A separately ventilated, fully enclosed room in which only compressed gases and associated equip- ment and supplies are stored or used [F] GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEM. An assembly of piping, devices and apparatus designed to generate, store, contain, distribute or transport a nontoxic, gaseous hydrogen - containing mixture having not less than 95-percent hydrogen gas by volume and not more than 1-percent oxygen by vol- ume Gaseous hydrogen systems consist of items such as compressed gas containers, reactors and appurtenances, including pressure regulators, pressure relief devices, mani- folds, pumps, compressors and interconnecting piping and tubing and controls [BF] GLASS FIBERBOARD. Fibrous glass roof insulation consisting of inorganic glass fibers formed into rigid boards using a binder The board has a top surface faced with asphalt and kraft reinforced with glass fiber [BS] GRADE (LUMBER). The classification of lumber in regard to strength and utility in accordance with American Softwood Lumber Standard DOC PS 20 and the grading rules of an approved lumber rules -writing agency [BE] GRADE FLOOR OPENING. A window or other opening located such that the sill height of the opening is not more than 44 inches (1118 mm) above or below the finished ground level adjacent to the opening [BG] GRADE PLANE. A reference plane representing the average of finished ground level adjoining the building at exterior walls Where the finished ground level slopes away from the exterior walls, the reference plane shall be estab- lished by the lowest points within the area between the build- ing and the lot line or, where the lot line is more than 6 feet (1829 mm) from the building, between the building and a point 6 feet (1829 mm) from the building GRADE PLANE, STORY ABOVE. See "Story above grade plane " [BE] GRANDSTAND. Tiered seating supported on a dedi- cated structural system and two or more rows high and is not a building element (see "Bleachers") [BG] GREENHOUSE. A structure or thermally isolated area of a building that maintains a specialized sunlit environ- ment used for and essential to the cultivation, protection or maintenance of plants [BG] GROSS LEASABLE AREA. The total floor area designed for tenant occupancy and exclusive use The area of tenant occupancy is measured from the centerlines of joint partitions to the outside of the tenant walls All tenant areas, including areas used for storage, shall be included in calculat- ing gross leasable area [BG] GROUP HOME. A facility for social rehabilitation, substance abuse or mental health problems that contains a group housing arrangement that provides custodial care but does not provide medical care [BE] GUARD. A building component or a system of build- ing components located at or near the open sides of elevated walking surfaces that minimizes the possibility of a fall from the walking surface to a lower level [BG] GUESTROOM. A room used or intended to be used by one or more guests for living or sleeping purposes [BS] GYPSUM BOARD. The generic name for a family of sheet products consisting of a noncombustible core primarily of gypsum with paper surfacing Gypsum wallboard, gypsum sheathing, gypsum base for gypsum veneer plaster, exterior gypsum soffit board, predecorated gypsum board and water- resistant gypsum backing board complying with the standards listed in Tables 2506 2, 2507 2 and Chapter 35 are types of gypsum board [BS] GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT. The general name for a family of sheet products consisting essentially of gypsum [BS] GYPSUM PLASTER. A mixture of calcined gypsum or calcined gypsum and line and aggregate and other approved materials as specified in this code [BS] GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER. Gypsum plaster applied to an approved base in one or more coats normally not exceeding'/4 inch (6 4 mm) in total thickness 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 27 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [BG] HABITABLE SPACE. A space in a building for liv- ing, sleeping, eating or cooking Bathrooms, toilet rooms, closets, halls, storage or utility spaces and similar areas are not considered habitable spaces [F] HALOGENATED EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A fire -extinguishing system using one or more atoms of an ele- ment from the halogen chemical series fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine [F] HANDLING. The deliberate transport by any means to a point of storage or use [BE] HANDRAIL. A horizontal or sloping rail intended for grasping by the hand for guidance or support [BS] HARDBOARD. A fibrous -felted, homogeneous panel made from lignocellulosic fibers consolidated under heat and pressure in a hot press to a density not less than 31 pcf (497 kg/ in 3) HARDWARE. See "Fire exit hardware" and "Panic hard- ware " [F] HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Those chemicals or sub- stances that are physical hazards or health hazards as classi- fied in Section 307 and the International Fire Code, whether the materials are in usable or waste condition [F] HAZARDOUS PRODUCTION MATERIAL (HPM). A solid, liquid or gas associated with semiconductor manu- facturing that has a degree -of -hazard rating in health, flam- mability or instability of Class 3 or 4 as ranked by NFPA 704 and which is used directly in research, laboratory or produc- tion processes which have as their end product materials that are not hazardous [BS] HEAD JOINT. Vertical mortarjomt placed between masonry units within the "the at the time the masonry units are laid [F] HEALTH HAZARD. A classification of a chemical for which there is statistically significant evidence that acute or chronic health effects are capable of occurring in exposed persons The term "health hazard' includes chemicals that are toxic or highly toxic, and corrosive HEAT DETECTOR. See "Detector, heat" [BG] HEIGHT, BUILDING. The vertical distance from grade plane to the average height of the highest roof surface [BS] HELICAL PILE. Manufactured steel deep foundation element consisting of a central shaft and one or more helical bearing plates A helical pile is installed by rotating it into the ground Each helical bearing plate is formed into a screw thread with a uniform defined pitch [F] HELIPAD. A structural surface that is used for the land- ing, taking off, taxiing and parking of helicopters [F] HELIPORT. An area of land or water or a structural sur- face that is used, or intended for use, for the landing and tak- ing off of helicopters, and any appurtenant areas that are used, or intended for use, for heliport buildings or other heli- port facilities [F] HELISTOP. The same as "heliport," except that no fuel- ing, defuelmg maintenance, repairs or storage of helicopters is permitted [F] HIGHER EDUCATION LABORATORY. Laborato- ries in Group B occupancies used for educational purposes above the 12th grade Storage, use and handling of chemicals in such laboratories shall be limited to purposes related to testing, analysis, teaclung, research or developmental activi- ties on a nonproduction basis [F] HIGHLY TOXIC. A material which produces a lethal dose or lethal concentration that falls within any of the fol- lowing categories 1 A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD,,) of 50 milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each 2 A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD,,) of 200 milligrams or less per kilogram of body weight when administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin of albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each 3 A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LC,,) in au of 200 parts per million by volume or less of gas or vapor, or 2 milligrams per liter or less of mist, fume or dust, when administered by continuous inhala- tion for 1 hour (or less if death occurs within 1 hour) to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each Mixtures of these materials with ordinary materials, such as water, might not warrant classification as highly toxic. While this system is basically simple in application, any haz- ard evaluation that is required for the precise categorization of this type of material shall be performed by experienced, technically competent persons [BF] HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE EXTERIOR - GRADE COMPACT LAMINATE (HPL). Panels consist- ing of layers of cellulose fibrous material impregnated with thermosetting resins and bonded together by a high-pressure process to form a homogeneous nonporous core suitable for exterior use [BF] HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE EXTERIOR - GRADE COMPACT LAMINATE (HPL) SYSTEM. An exterior wall covering fabricated using HPL in a specific assembly including joints, seams, attachments, substrate, framing and other details as appropriate to a particular design [BG] HIGH-RISE BUILDING. A building with an occu- pied floor located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access [A] HISTORIC BUILDINGS. Any building or structure that is one or more of the following 1 Listed or certified as eligible for listing by the State Historic Preservation Officer or the Keeper of the National Register of Historic Places, in the National Register of Historic Places 2 Designated as historic under an applicable state or local law 3 Certified as a contributing resource within a National Register, state designated or locally designated historic district 28 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' CopynEhtOo2.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S ( I I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [BF] HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY. A fire -resistance -rated floor or roof assembly of materials designed to restrict the spread of fire in which continuity is maintained [BE] HORIZONTAL EXIT. An exit component consisting of fire -resistance -rated construction and opening protectives intended to compartmentalize portions of a building thereby creating refuge areas that afford safety from the fire and smoke from the area of fire origin [BG] HOSPITALS AND PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS. Facilities that provide care or treatment for the medical, psy- chiatric, obstetrical, or surgical treatment of care recipients who are incapable of self-preservation [BG] HOUSING UNIT. A dormitory or a group of cells with a common dayroom in Group I-3 HPM. See "Hazardous Production Material " [F] HPM ROOM. A room used in conjunction with or serv- ing a Group H-5 occupancy, where HPM is stored or used and which is classified as a Group H-2, H-3 or H-4 occu- pancy [BS] HURRICANE -PRONE REGIONS. Areas vulnerable to hurricanes defined as 1 The U S Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico coasts where the basic design wind speed, V for Risk Category II buildings is greater than 115 mph (51 4 m/s), 2 Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Virgin Islands and Amen - can Samoa [F] HYDROGEN FUEL GAS ROOM. A room or space that is intended exclusively to house a gaseous hydrogen sys- tem [BS] ICE -SENSITIVE STRUCTURE. A structure for wluch the effect of an atmospheric ice load governs the design of a structure or portion thereof This includes, but is not limited to, lattice structures, guyed masts, overhead lines, light suspension and cable -stayed bridges, aerial cable sys- tems (eg, for ski lifts or logging operations), amusement rides, open catwalks and platforms, flagpoles and signs [F] IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND HEALTH (IDLH). The concentration of airborne contami- nants wluch poses a threat of death, immediate or delayed permanent adverse health effects, or effects that could pre- vent escape from such an environment This contaminant concentration level is established by the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) based on both tox- icity and flammability It generally is expressed in parts per million by volume (ppmv/v) or milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m') If adequate data do not exist for precise establish- ment of IDLH concentrations, an independent certified mdus- trial hygienist, industrial toxicologist, appropriate regulatory agency or other source approved by the building official shall make such detenmmation [BS] IMPACT LOAD. The load resulting from moving machinery, elevators, craneways, vehicles and other similar forces and kinetic loads, pressure and possible surcharge from fixed or moving loads. [BG] INCAPABLE OF SELF-PRESERVATION. Persons who, because of age, physical limitations, mental limitations, chemical dependency or medical treatment, cannot respond as an individual to an emergency situation [F] INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS. Materials that, when mixed, have the potential to react in a manner that generates heat, fumes, gases or byproducts which are hazardous to life or property [F] INERT GAS. A gas that is capable of reacting with other materials only under abnormal conditions such as high tem- peratures, pressures and similar extrinsic physical forces Within the context of the code, inert gases do not exhibit either physical or health hazard properties as defined (other than acting as a simple asphyxiant) or hazard properties other than those of a compressed gas Some of the more common inert gases include argon, helium, krypton, neon, nitrogen and xenon [F] INITIATING DEVICE. A system component that origi- nates transmission of a change -of -state condition, such as in a smoke detector, manual fire alarm box or supervisory switch [BE] INTENDED TO BE OCCUPIED AS A RESI- DENCE. This refers to a dwelling unit or sleeping unit that can or will be used all or part of the time as the occupant's place of abode [BE] INTERIOR EXIT RAMP. An exit component that serves to meet one or more means of egress design require- ments, such as required number of exits or exit access travel distance, and provides for a protected path of egress travel to the exit discharge or public way. [BE] INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAY. An exit component that serves to meet one or more means of egress design requirements, such as required number of exits or exit access travel distance, and provides for a protected path of egress travel to the exit discharge or public way. [BF] INTERIOR FINISH. Interior finish includes interior wall and ceihng finish and mtenorfloorfinish [BF] INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH. The exposed floor sur- faces of buildings including coverings applied over a finished floor or stair, including risers [BF] INTERIOR FLOOR -WALL BASE. Intenorfloorfin- ish trim used to provide a functional or decorative border at the intersection of walls and floors [BF] INTERIOR SURFACES. Surfaces other than weather exposed surfaces [BF] INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH. The exposed interior surfaces of buildings, including but not lim- ited to fixed or movable walls and partitions, toilet room pri- vacy partitions, columns, ceilings, and interior wainscoting, paneling or other finish applied structurally or for decoration, acoustical correction, surface insulation, structural fire resis- tance or similar purposes, but not including trim [BS] INTERLAYMENT. A layer of felt or nonbitummous saturated felt not less than 18 inches (457 mm) wide, shingled between each course of a wood -shake roof covering [BF] INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. Thin film liquid mixture applied to substrates by brush, roller, spray or trowel which expands into a protective foamed layer to provide fire-resistant protection of the substrates when exposed to flame or intense heat 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 29 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [BS] JOINT. The opening in or between adjacent assemblies that is created due to building tolerances, or is designed to allow independent movement of the building in any plane caused by thermal, seismic, wind or any other loading [A] JURISDICTION. The governmental unit that has adopted this code [BF] L RATING. The air leakage rating of a through pene- tration firestop system or a fire-resistantjointsystem when tested in accordance with UL 1479 or UL 2079, respectively [A] LABEL. An identification applied on a product by the manufacturer that contains the name of the manufacturer, the function and performance characteristics of the product or material and the name and identification of an approved agency, and that indicates that the representative sample of the product or material has been tested and evaluated by an approved agency (see Section 1703 5, "Manufacturer's des- ignation" and "Mark") [A] LABELED. Equipment, materials or products to which has been affixed a label, seal, symbol or other identifying mark of a nationally recognized testing laboratory, approved agency or other organization concerned with product evalua- tion that maintains periodic inspection of the production of the above -labeled items and whose labeling indicates either that the equipment, material or product meets identified stan- dards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose [F] LABORATORY SUITE. A fire -rated, enclosed labora- tory area providing one or more laboratory spaces within a Group B educational occupancy that includes ancillary uses such as offices, bathrooms and corridors that are contiguous with the laboratory area, and are constructed in accordance with Section 428 LEVEL OF EXIT DISCHARGE. See "Exit discharge, level of " [BF] LIGHT -DIFFUSING SYSTEM. Construction consist- ing in whole or in part of lenses, panels, grids or baffles made with light -transmitting plastics positioned below inde- pendently mounted electrical light sources, skylights or light - transmitting plastic roof panels Lenses, panels, grids and baf- fles that are part of an electrical fixture shall not be consid- ered as a light -diffusing system [BS] LIGHT -FRAME CONSTRUCTION. Construction whose vertical and horizontal structural elements are primar- ily formed by a system of repetitive wood or cold -formed steel framing members [BF] LIGHT -TRANSMITTING PLASTIC ROOF PAN- ELS. Structural plastic panels other than skylights that are fastened to structural members, or panels or sheathing and that are used as light -transmitting media in the plane of the roof [BF] LIGHT -TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PAN- ELS. Plastic materials that are fastened to structural mem- bers, or to structural panels or sheathing, and that are used as light -transmitting media in exterior walls [BS] LIMIT OF MODERATE WAVE ACTION. Line shown on FIRMS to indicate the inland limit of the P/z foot (457 mm) breaking wave height during the base flood [BS] LIMIT STATE. A condition beyond which a structure or member becomes unfit for service and is judged to be no longer useful for its intended function (serviceability limit state) or to be unsafe (strength hmit state) [F] LIQUID. A material that has a melting point that is equal to or less than 68°F (20°C) and a boiling point that is greater than 68OF (20°C) at 14 7 pounds per square inch absolute (psia) (101 kPa) When not otherwise identified, the term "liquid" includes both flammable and combustible liquids. [F] LIQUID STORAGE ROOM. A room classified as a Group H-3 occupancy used for the storage of flammable or combustible liquids in a closed condition [F] LIQUID USE, DISPENSING AND MIXING ROOM. A room in which Class I, II and IIIA flammable or combus- tible liquids are used dispensed or mixed in open contain- ers [A] LISTED. Equipment, materials, products or services included in a list published by an organization acceptable to the building official and concerned with evaluation of prod- ucts or services that maintains periodic inspection of pro- duction of listed equipment or materials or periodic evaluation of services and whose listing states either that the equipment, material, product or service meets identified standards or has been tested and found suitable for a speci- fied purpose [BG] LIVE/WORK UNIT A dwelling unit or sleeping unit in which a significant portion of the space includes a nonresi- dential use that is operated by the tenant [BS] LIVE LOAD. A load produced by the use and occu- pancy of the building or other structure that does not include construction or environmental loads such as wind load, snow load, rain load, earthquake load, flood load or dead load [BS] LIVE LOAD, ROOF. A load on a roof produced 1 During maintenance by workers, equipment and mate- rials, 2 During the life of the structure by movable objects such as planters or other similar small decorative appurte- nances that are not occupancy related, or 3 By the use and occupancy of the roof such as for roof gardens or assembly areas [BS] LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN (LRFD). A method of proportioning structural members and their connections using load and resistance factors such that no applicable limit state is reached when the structure is sub- jected to appropriate load combinations The term "LRFD" is used in the design of steel and wood structures [BS] LOAD EFFECTS. Forces and deformations produced in structural members by the applied loads [BS] LOAD FACTOR. A factor that accounts for deviations of the actual load from the nominal load, for uncertainties in the analysis that transforms the load into a load effect, and for the probability that more than one extreme load will occur simultaneously [BS] LOADS. Forces or other actions that result from the weight of building materials, occupants and their possessions, environmental effects, differential movement and restrained 30 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' UER CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS dimensional changes Permanent loads are those loads in which variations over time are rare or of small magnitude, such as dead loads All other loads are variable loads (see "Nominal loads") [BG] LODGING HOUSE. A one -family dwelling where one or more occupants are primarily permanent in nature and rent is paid for guest rooms [A] LOT. A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit [A] LOT LINE. A line dividing one lot from another, or from a street or any public place [BE] LOW -ENERGY POWER -OPERATED DOOR. A swinging, sliding or folding door that opens automatically upon an action by a pedestrian such as pressing a push plate or waving a hand in front of a sensor The door closes auto- matically, and operates with decreased forces and decreased speeds (see "Power -assisted door" and "Power -operated door") [F] LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT (LFL). The minimum concentration of vapor in air at which propagation of flame will occur in the presence of an ignition source The LFL is sometimes referred to as "LEL" or "lower explosive limit" [BS] LOWEST FLOOR. The lowest floor of the lowest enclosed area, including basement, but excluding any unfin- ished or flood -resistant enclosure, usable solely for vehicle parking, building access or limited storage provided that such enclosure is not built so as to render the structure in violation of Section 1612 [BS] MAIN WINDFORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM. An assemblage of structural elements assigned to provide sup- port and stability for the overall structure The system gener- ally receives wind loading from more than one surface MALL BUILDING, COVERED and MALL BUILDING, OPEN. See "Covered mall building " [F] MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX. A manually operated device used to initiate an alarm signal [A] MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATION. An identifica- tion applied on a product by the manufacturer indicating that a product or material complies with a specified standard or set of rules (see "Label" and "Mary') [A] MARK An identification applied on a product by the manufacturer indicating the name of the manufacturer and the function of a product or material (see "Label" and "Manufac- turer's designation") [BG] MARQUEE. A canopy that has a top surface which is sloped less than 25 degrees from the horizontal and is located less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from operable openings above or adjacent to the level of the marquee [BS] MASONRY. A built-up construction or combination of building units or materials of clay, shale, concrete, glass, gyp- sum, stone or other approved units bonded together with or without mortar or grout or other accepted methods of 1oJning Glass unit masonry. Masonry composed of glass units bonded by mortar Plain masonry. Masonry in which the tensile resistance of the masonry is taken into consideration and the effects of stresses in reinforcement are neglected Reinforced masonry. Masonry construction in which reinforcement acting in conjunction with the masonry is used to resist forces Solid masonry. Masonry consisting of solid masonry units laid contiguously with the joints between the units filled with mortar Unreinforced (plain) masonry. Masonry in which the tensile resistance of masonry is taken into consideration and the resistance of the reinforcing steel, if present, is neglected [BS] MASONRY UNIT. Brick, tile, stone, glass block or concrete block conforming to the requirements specified in Section 2103 Hollow. A masonry unit whose net cross -sectional area in any plane parallel to the load -bearing surface is less than 75 percent of its gross cross -sectional area measured in the same plane Solid. A masonry unit whose net cross -sectional area in every plane parallel to the load -bearing surface is 75 per- cent or more of its gross cross -sectional area measured in the same plane [BF] MASTIC FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS. Liquid mixture applied to a substrate by brush, roller, spray or trowel that provides fire-resistant protection of a substrate when exposed to flame or intense heat [BE] MEANS OF EGRESS. A continuous and unobstructed path of vertical and horizontal egress travel from any occu- pied portion of a building or structure to a public way A means of egress consists of three separate and distinct parts the exit access, the exit and the exit discharge [BG] MECHANICAL -ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES. Open parking garages employing parking machines, lifts, elevators or other mechanical devices for vehicles moving from and to street level and in which public occupancy is prolubited above the street level [BF] MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCREEN. A rooftop structure, not covered by a roof, used to aesthetically conceal plumbing, electrical or mechanical equipment from view [BG] MEDICAL CARE. Care involving medical or surgical procedures, nursing or for psychiatric purposes [BG] MEMBRANE -COVERED CABLE STRUCTURE. A nonpressurized structure in which a mast and cable system provides support and tension to the membrane weather bar- rier and the membrane imparts stability to the structure [BG] MEMBRANE -COVERED FRAME STRUCTURE. A nonpressurized building wherein the structure is composed of a rigid framework to support a tensioned membrane which provides the weather barrier [BF] MEMBRANE PENETRATION. A breach in one side of a floor -ceiling, roof -ceiling or wall assembly to accommo- date an item installed into or passing through the breach [BF] MEMBRANE -PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A material, device or construction installed to resist for a pre- scribed time period the passage of flame and heat through openings in a protective membrane in order to accommodate cables, cable trays, conduit, tubing, pipes or similar items 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 31 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [BF] MEMBRANE -PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYS- TEM. An assemblage consisting of a fire -resistance -rated floor-ceilmg, roof -ceiling or wall assembly, one or more pen- etrating items installed into or passing through the breach in one side of the assembly and the materials or devices, or both, installed to resist the spread of fire into the assembly for a prescribed period of tune [BE] MERCHANDISE PAD. A merchandise pad is an area for display of merchandise surrounded by aisles, permanent fixtures or walls Merchandise pads contain elements such as nonfixed and moveable fixtures, cases, racks, counters and partitions as indicated in Section 105 2 from which customers browse or shop [BF] METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM). A fac- tory -manufactured panel consisting of metal skins bonded to both faces of a solid plastic core [BF] METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL (MCM) SYS- TEM. An exterior wall covering fabricated using MCM in a specific assembly including joints, seams, attachments, sub- strate, framing and other details as appropriate to a particular design [BS] METAL ROOF PANEL. An interlocking metal sheet having a mimmum installed weather exposure of 3 square feet (0 279 m) per sheet [BS] METAL ROOF SHINGLE. An interlocking metal sheet having an installed weather exposure less than 3 square feet (0 279 m) per sheet [BG] MEZZANINE. An intermediate level or levels between the floor and ceiling of any story and in accordance with Section 505 [BS] MICROPILE. A micropile is a bored, grouted-m-place deep foundation element that develops its load -carrying capacity by means of a bond zone in soil, bedrock or a combi- nation of soil and bedrock [BF] MINERAL BOARD. A rigid felted thermal insulation board consisting of either felted mineral fiber or cellular beads of expanded aggregate formed into flat rectangular units [BF] MINERAL FIBER. Insulation composed principally of fibers manufactured from rock, slag or glass, with or with- out binders [BF] MINERAL WOOL. Synthetic vitreous fiber insulation made by melting predominately igneous rock or furnace slag, and other inorganic materials, and then physically forming the melt into fibers [BS] MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOF COVERING. One or more layers of polymer -modified asphalt sheets The sheet materials shall be fully adhered or mechanically attached to the substrate or held in place with an approved ballast layer [BS] MORTAR. A mixture consisting of cementitious mate- rials, fine aggregates, water, with or without admixtures, that is used to construct unit masonry assemblies [BS] MORTAR, SURFACE -BONDING. A mixture to bond concrete masonry units that contains hydraulic cement, glass fiber reinforcement with or without inorganic fillers or organic modifiers and water [BE] MULTILEVEL ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating that is arranged in distinct levels where each level is com- prised of either multiple rows, or a single row of box seats accessed from a separate level [F] MULTIPLE -STATION ALARM DEVICE. Two or more single -station alarm devices that can be interconnected such that actuation of one causes all integral or separate audi- ble alarms to operate A multiple -station alarm device can consist of one single -station alarm device having connections to other detectors or to a manual fire alarm box. [F] MULTIPLE -STATION SMOKE ALARM. Two or more single -station alarm devices that are capable of inter- connection such that actuation of one causes the appropriate alarm signal to operate in all interconnected alamis [BE] MULTISTORY UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping umtwith habitable space located on more than one story [BS] NAILING, BOUNDARY. A special nailing pattern required by design at the boundaries of diaphragms [BS] NAILING, EDGE. A special nailing pattern required by design at the edges of each panel within the assembly of a diaphragm or shear wall [BS] NAILING, FIELD. Nailing required between the sheathing panels and framing members at locations other than boundary nailing and edge nailing [BS] NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD. The heartwood of the following species except for the occasional piece with corner sapwood, provided 90 percent or more of the width of each side on which it occurs is heartwood Decay resistant. Redwood, cedar, black locust and black walnut Termite resistant. Redwood, Alaska yellow cedar, East- em red cedar and Western red cedar [BS] NOMINAL LOADS. The magnitudes of the loads specified in Chapter 16 (dead, live, soil, wind, snow, ram, flood and earthquake) [BS] NOMINAL SIZE (LUMBER). The commercial size designation of width and depth, in standard sawn lumber and glued-lammated lumber grades, somewhat larger than the standard net size of dressed lumber, in accordance with DOCPS 20 for sawn lumber and with the ANSUAWC NDS for glued -laminated lumber [BG] NONCOMBUSTIBLE MEMBRANE STRUC- TURE. A membrane structure in which the membrane and all component parts of the structure are noncombustible [BS] NONSTRUCTURAL CONCRETE. Any element made of plain or reinforced concrete that is not part of a struc- tural system required to transfer either gravity or lateral loads to the ground [F] NORMAL TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE (NTP). A temperature of 70°F (21°C) and a pressure of 1 atmosphere [14 7 psia (101 kPa)] [BE] NOSING. The leading edge of treads of stairs and of landings at the top of stairway flights NOTIFICATION ZONE. See "Zone, notification " [F] NUISANCE ALARM. An alarm caused by mechanical failure, malfunction, improper installation or lack of proper 32 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' CopynEhtOo2.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( firTER I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS maintenance, or an alarm activated by a cause that cannot be determmed [BG] NURSING HOMES. Facilities that provide care, including both intermediate care facilities and skilled nursing facilities where any of the persons are incapable ofself-pres- ervation [BE] OCCUPANT LOAD. The number of persons for which the means of egress of a building or portion thereof is designed [BG] OCCUPIABLE SPACE. A room or enclosed space designed for human occupancy in which individuals congre- gate for amusement, educational or similar purposes or in wluch occupants are engaged at labor, and which is equipped with means of egress and light and ventilation facilities meet - mg the requirements of this code [BG] OPEN PARKING GARAGE. A structure or portion of a structure with the openings as described in Section 406 5 2 on two or more sides that is used for the parking or storage of private motor vehicles as described in Section 40653 [F] OPEN SYSTEM. The use of a solid or liquid hazardous material involving a vessel or system that is continuously open to the atmosphere during normal operations and where vapors are liberated, or the product is exposed to the atmo- sphere during normal operations Examples of open systems for solids and liquids include dispensing from or into open beakers or containers, dip tank and plating tank operations [BE] OPEN-AIR ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating served by means of egress that is not subject to smoke accumulation within or under a structure and is open to the atmosphere [BE] OPEN-ENDED CORRIDOR. An interior corridor that is open on each end and connects to an exterior stairway or ramp at each end with no intervening doors or separation from the corridor I[BF] OPENING PROTECTIVE. A fire door assembly, fire shutter assembly, fire window assembly or glass -block assembly in a fire -resistance -rated wall or partition [F] OPERATING BUILDING. A building occupied in con- junction with the manufacture, transportation or use of explo- sive materials Operating buildings are separated from one another with the use of mtraplant or mtralme distances [BS] ORDINARY PRECAST STRUCTURAL WALL. See Section 1905 1 1 [BS] ORDINARY REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUC- TURAL WALL. See Section 1905 1 1 [BS] ORDINARY STRUCTURAL PLAIN CONCRETE WALL. See Section 1905 1 1 [F] ORGANIC PEROXIDE. An organic compound that contains the bivalent -O-O- structure and which may be con- sidered to be a structural derivative of hydrogen peroxide where one or both of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by an organic radical Organic peroxides can pose an explo- sion hazard (detonation or deflagration) or they can be shock sensitive They can also decompose into various unstable compounds over an extended period of time Class I. Those formulations that are capable of deflagra- tion but not detonation Class II. Those formulations that bum very rapidly and that pose a moderate reactivity hazard Class III. Those formulations that burn rapidly and that pose a moderate reactivity hazard Class IV. Those formulations that bum in the same man- ner as ordinary combustibles and that pose a minimal reac- tivity hazard Class V. Those formulations that burn with less intensity than ordinary combustibles or do not sustain combustion and that pose no reactivity hazard Unclassified detonable. Organic peroxides that are capa- ble of detonation These peroxides pose an extremely high explosion hazard through rapid explosive decomposition [BS] ORTHOGONAL. To be in two horizontal directions, at 90 degrees (1 57 rad) to each other [BS] OTHER STRUCTURES (for Chapters 16-23). Struc- tures, other than buildings, for which loads are specified in Chapter 16 OUTPATIENT CLINIC. See "Clinic, outpatient" [A] OWNER. Any person, agent, operator, entity, firm or corporation having any legal or equitable interest in the prop- erty, or recorded in the official records of the state, county or municipality as holding an interest or title to the property, or otherwise having possession or control of the property, including the guardian of the estate of any such person, and the executor or administrator of the estate of such person if ordered to take possession of real property by a court [F] OXIDIZER. A material that readily yields oxygen or other oxickzmg gas, or that readily reacts to promote or initi- ate combustion of combustible materials and, if heated or contaminated, can result in vigorous self -sustained decompo- sition Class 4. An oxidizer that can undergo an explosive reac- tion due to contamination or exposure to thermal or physi- cal shock and that causes a severe increase in the burning rate of combustible materials with which it comes into contact Additionally, the oxidizer causes a severe increase in the burning rate and can cause spontaneous ignition of combustibles Class 3. An oxidizer that causes a severe increase in the burning rate of combustible materials with which it comes in contact Class 2. An oxidizer that will cause a moderate increase in the burning rate of combustible materials with which it comes in contact Class 1. An oxidizer that does not moderately increase the burning rate of combustible materials [F] OXIDIZING GAS. A gas that can support and accelerate combustion of other materials more than air does 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 33 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [BS] PANEL (PART OF A STRUCTURE). The section of a floor, wall or roof comprised between the supporting frame of two adjacent rows of columns and girders or column bands of floor or roof construction [BE] PANIC HARDWARE. A door -latching assembly incorporating a device that releases the latch upon the appli- cation of a force in the direction of egress travel See "Fire exit hardware " [BS] PARTICLEBOARD. A generic term for a panel pri- marily composed of cellulosic materials (usually wood), gen- erally in the form of discrete pieces or particles, as distinguished from fibers The cellulosic material is com- bined with synthetic resin or other suitable bonding system by a process in which the interparticle bond is created by the bonding system under heat and pressure [BF] PENETRATION FIRESTOP. A through -penetration firestop or a membrane -penetration firestop [BG] PENTHOUSE. An enclosed, unoccupied rooftop structure used for sheltering mechanical and electrical equip- ment, tanks, elevators and related machinery, and vertical shaft openings [BS] PERFORMANCE CATEGORY. A designation of wood structural panels as related to the panel performance used in Chapter 23 [A] PERMIT. An official document or certificate issued by the building official that authorizes performance of a speci- fied activity [A] PERSON. An individual, heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, and also includes a firm, partnership or corpora- tion, its or their successors or assigns, or the agent of any of the aforesaid [BG] PERSONAL CARE SERVICE. The care of persons who do not require medical care Personal care involves responsibility for the safety of the persons while inside the building [BE] PHOTOLUMINESCENT. Having the property of emitting light that continues for a length of time after exci- tation by visible or invisible light has been removed [BS] PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULE. A complete, environ- mentally protected unit consisting of solar cells, optics and other components, exclusive of tacker, designed to generate DC power when exposed to sunlight [BS] PHOTOVOLTAIC PANEL. A collection of modules mechanically fastened together, wired and designed to pro- vide a field -installable unit [BS] PHOTOVOLTAIC PANEL SYSTEM. A system that incorporates discrete photovoltaic panels, that converts solar radiation into electricity, including rack support systems [BS] PHOTOVOLTAIC SHINGLES. A roof covering resembling slungles that incorporates photovoltaic modules [F] PHYSICAL HAZARD. A chemical for which there is evidence that it is a combustible liquid, cryogenic fluid, explosive, flammable (solid, liquid or gas), organic peroxide (solid or hqu4, oxidizer (solid or liquid), oxidizing gas, pyrophoric (solid, liquid or gas), unstable (reactive) material (solid, liquid or gas) or water -reactive material (solid or hq- md) [F] PHYSIOLOGICAL WARNING THRESHOLD LEVEL. A concentration of airborne contaminants, normally expressed in parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m'), that represents the concentration at which persons can sense the presence of the contaminant due to odor, irritation or other quick -acting physiological response When used in conjunction with the permissible exposure limit (PEL) the physiological warning threshold levels are those consistent with the classification system used to estab- lish the PEL See the definition of "Permissible exposure limit (PEL)" in the International Fire Code PLACE OF RELIGIOUS WORSHIP. See "Religious wor- ship, place of " [BF] PLASTIC, APPROVED. Any thermoplastic, thermo- setting or reinforced thermosetting plastic material that con - for i s to combustibility classifications specified in the section applicable to the application and plastic type [BF] PLASTIC COMPOSITE. A generic designation that refers to wood/plastic composites, plastic lumber and similar materials [BF] PLASTIC GLAZING. Plastic materials that are glazed or set in a frame or sash [BF] PLASTIC LUMBER. A manufactured product made primarily of plastic materials (filled or unfilled) which is gen- erally rectangular in cross section [BG] PLATFORM. A raised area within a building used for worship, the presentation of music, plays or other entertain- ment, the head table for special guests, the raised area for lec- turers and speakers, boxing and wrestling rings, theater-m- the-round stages, and similar purposes wherein, other than horizontal sliding curtains, there are no overhead hanging curtains, drops, scenery or stage effects other than lighting and sound A temporary platform is one installed for not more than 30 days [BF] POLYPROPYLENE SIDING. A shaped material, made principally from polypropylene homopolymer, or copo- lymer, which in some cases contains fillers or reinforcements, that is used to clad exterior walls of buildings [BS] PORCELAIN TILE. Tile that conforms to the requirements of ANSI A137 1 3, Section 3 0 for ceramic the having an absorption of 0 5 percent or less in accordance with ANSI A137 L Section 4 1 and Section 6 1 Table 10 [BS] POSITIVE ROOF DRAINAGE. The drainage condi- tion in which consideration has been made for all loading deflections of the roof deck, and additional slope has been provided to ensure drainage of the roof within 48 hours of precipitation [BE] POWER -ASSISTED DOOR. Swinging door wluch opens by reduced pushing or pulling force on the door -oper- ating hardware The door closes automatically after the push- ing or pulling force is released and functions with decreased forces See "Low -energy power -operated door" and "Power - operated door " [BE] POWER -OPERATED DOOR. Swinging, sliding, or folding door which opens automatically when approached by 34 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S ( I I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,o,,byany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS a pedestrian or opens automatically upon an action by a pedestrian The door closes automatically and includes provi- sions such as presence sensors to prevent entrapment See "Low energy power -operated door" and "Power -assisted door " [BS] PREFABRICATED WOOD I -JOIST. Structural member manufactured using sawn or structural composite lumber flanges and wood structural panel webs bonded together with exterior exposure adhesives, which forms an "I" cross -sectional shape [BS] PRESTRESSED MASONRY. Masonry in which internal stresses have been introduced to counteract potential tensile stresses in masonry resulting from applied loads [BG] PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME. The primary structural frame shall include all of the following structural members 1 The columns 2 Structural members having direct connections to the columns, including girders, beams, trusses and span- drels 3 Members of the floor construction and roof construc- tion having direct connections to the columns 4 Bracing members that are essential to the vertical sta- bility of the primary structural frame under gravity loading shall be considered part of the primary struc- tural frame whether or not the bracing member carries gravity loads. [BG] PRIVATE GARAGE. A building or portion of a building in which motor vehicles used by the owner or ten- ants of the building or buildings on the premises are stored or kept, without provisions for repairing or servicing such vehi- cles for profit [BG] PROSCENIUM WALL. The wall that separates the stage from the auditorium or assembly seating area PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS. See "Hospitals " [BE] PUBLIC ENTRANCE. An entrance that is not a ser- vice entrance or a restricted entrance [A] PUBLIC WAY. A street, alley or other parcel of land open to the outside air leading to a street, that has been deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated to the public for public use and which has a clear width and height of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) [BE] PUBLIC -USE AREAS. Interior or exterior rooms or spaces that are made available to the general public [F] PYROPHORIC. A chemical with an auto -ignition tem- perature in air, at or below a temperature of 130°F (54 4°C) [F] PYROTECHNIC COMPOSITION. A chemical mix- ture that produces visible light displays or sounds through a self -propagating, heat -releasing chemical reaction which is initiated by ignition [BF] RADIANT BARRIER. A material having a low-emit- tance surface of 0 1 or less installed in building assemblies [BE] RAMP. A walking surface that has a running slope steeper than one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope) RAMP, EXIT ACCESS. See "Exit access ramp " RAMP, EXTERIOR EXIT. See "Exterior exit ramp " RAMP, INTERIOR EXIT. See "Interior exit ramp " [BG] RAMP -ACCESS OPEN PARKING GARAGES. Open parking garages employing a series of continuously rising floors or a series of interconnecting ramps between floors permitting the movement of vehicles under their own power from and to the street level [A] RECORD DRAWINGS. Drawings (as builts") that document the location of all devices, appliances, wiring sequences, wiring methods and connections of the compo- nents of afire alarm system as installed [BF] REFLECTIVE PLASTIC CORE INSULATION. An insulation material packaged in rolls, that is less than Yz inch (12 7 mm) thick, with not less than one exterior low-emit- tance surface (01 or less) and a core material containing voids or cells [A] REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. An indi- vidual who is registered or licensed to practice their respec- tive design profession as defined by the statutory requirements of the professional registration laws of the state or junsdichon in which the project is to be constructed [A] REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE. A registered design profes- sional engaged by the owner or the owner's authorized agent to review and coordinate certain aspects of the project, as determmed by the building official, for compatibility with the design of the building or structure, including submittal docu- ments prepared by others, deferred submittal documents and phased submittal documents [BG] RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, PLACE OF. A building or portion thereof intended for the performance of religious ser- vices [A] RELOCATABLE BUILDING. A partially or com- pletely assembled building constructed and designed to be reused multiple times and transported to different building sites [A] REPAIR. The reconstruction, replacement or renewal of any part of an existing building for the purpose of its mainte- nance or to correct damage [BG] REPAIR GARAGE. A building, structure or portion thereof used for servicing or repairing motor vehicles [BS] REROOFING. The process of recovering or replacing an existing roof covering See "Roof recover" and "Roof replacement" [BG] RESIDENTIAL AIRCRAFT HANGAR. An acces- sory building less than 2,000 square feet (186 m) and 20 feet (6096 mm) in building height constructed on a one- or two- family property where aircraft are stored Such use will be considered as a residential accessory use incidental to the dwelling [BS] RESISTANCE FACTOR. A factor that accounts for deviations of the actual strength from the nominal strength and the manner and consequences of failure (also called "strength reduction factor") 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 35 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [BE] RESTRICTED ENTRANCE. An entrance that is made available for common use on a controlled basis, but not public use, and that is not a service entrance [BG] RETRACTABLE AWNING. A retractable awning is a cover with a frame that retracts against a building or other structure to which it is entirely supported [BS] RISK CATEGORY. A categorization of buildings and other structures for determination of flood, wind, snow, lee and earthquake loads based on the risk associated with unac- ceptable performance [BS] RISK -TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCER) GROUND MOTION RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS. The most severe earth- quake effects considered by this code, determined for the ori- entation that results in the largest maximum response to horizontal ground motions and with adjustment for targeted risk [BS] ROOF ASSEMBLY (For application to Chapter 15 only). A system designed to provide weather protection and resistance to design loads. The system consists of a roof cov- ering and roof deck or a single component serving as both the roof covering and the roof deck A roof assembly can include an underlayment, a thermal barrier, insulation or a vapor retarder [BS] ROOF COATING. A fluid -applied, adhered coating used for roof maintenance or roof repair, or as a component of a roof covering system or roof assembly [BS] ROOF COVERING. The covering applied to the roof deck for weather resistance, fire classification or appearance ROOF COVERING SYSTEM. See "Roof assembly " [BS] ROOF DECK The flat or sloped surface constructed on top of the exterior walls of a building or other supports for the purpose of enclosing the story below, or sheltering an area, to protect it from the elements, not including its support- ing members or vertical supports ROOF DRAINAGE, POSITIVE. See "Positive roof dram - age " [BS] ROOF RECOVER. The process of installing an addi- tional roof covering over a prepared existing roof covering without removing the existing roof covering [BS] ROOF REPAIR. Reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing roof for the purposes of correcting damage or restoring pre -damage condition [BS] ROOF REPLACEMENT. The process of removing the existing roof covering, repairing any damaged substrate and installing a new roof covering [BG] ROOF VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing such air from, attics, cathedral ceilings or other enclosed spaces over which a roof assembly is installed [BG] ROOFTOP STRUCTURE. A structure erected on top of the roof deck or on top of any part of a building [BS] RUNNING BOND. The placement of masonry units such that headjomts in successive courses are horizontally offset at least one -quarter the unit length [BG] SALLYPORT. A security vestibule with two or more doors or gates where the intended purpose is to prevent con- tinuous and unobstructed passage by allowing the release of only one door or gate at a time [BE] SCISSOR STAIRWAY. Two interlocking stairways providing two separate paths of egress located within one exit enclosure [BS] SCUPPER. An opening in a wall or parapet that allows water to dram from a roof [BG] SECONDARY MEMBERS. The following structural members shall be considered secondary members and not part of the primary structural frame 1 Structural members not having direct connections to the columns 2 Members of the floor construction and roof construc- tion not having direct connections to the columns 3 Bracing members other than those that are part of the primary structural frame [BS] SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. A classification assigned to a structure based on its risk category and the severity of the design earthquake ground motion at the site [BS] SEISMIC FORCE -RESISTING SYSTEM. That part of the structural system that has been considered in the design to provide the required resistance to the prescribed seismic forces [BF] SELF -CLOSING. As applied to afire door or other opening protective, means equipped with an device that will ensure closing after having been opened [BE] SELF -LUMINOUS. Illuminated by a self-contained power source, other than batteries, and operated inde- pendently of external power sources SELF-PRESERVATION, INCAPABLE OF. See "Incapa- ble of self-preservation " [BG] SELF-SERVICE STORAGE FACILITY. Real prop- erty designed and used for the purpose of renting or leasing individual storage spaces to customers for the purpose of stor- ing and removing personal property on a self-service basis [F] SERVICE CORRIDOR. A fully enclosed passage used for transporting HPM and purposes other than required means of egress [BE] SERVICE ENTRANCE. An entrance intended pri- marily for delivery of goods or services [BF] SHAFT. An enclosed space extending through one or more stones of a building, connecting vertical openings in successive floors, or floors and roof [BF] SHAFT ENCLOSURE. The walls or construction form mg the boundaries of a shaft [BS] SHALLOW FOUNDATION. A shallow foundation is an individual or strip footing, a mat foundation, a slab -on - grade foundation or a similar foundation element [BS] SHEAR WALL (for Chapter 23). A wall designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of a wall Shear wall, perforated. A wood structural panel sheathed wall with openings, that has not been specifically designed and detailed for force transfer around openings 36 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C1pynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS Shear wall segment, perforated. A section of shear wall with full -height sheathing that meets the height -to -width ratio limits of Section 4 3 4 of AWC SDPWS [BS] SHINGLE FASHION. A method of installing roof or wall coverings, water -resistive barriers, flashing or other building components such that upper layers of material are placed overlapping lower layers of material to provide for drainage via gravity and moisture control [BS] SINGLE -PLY MEMBRANE. A roofing membrane that is field applied using one layer of membrane material (either homogeneous or composite) rather than multiple lay- ers [F] SINGLE -STATION SMOKE ALARM. An assembly incorporating the detector, the control equipment and the alarm -sounding device in one unit, operated from a power supply either in the unit or obtained at the point of installa- tion [BG] SITE. A parcel of land bounded by a lot line or a desig- nated portion of a public right-of-way [BS] SITE CLASS. A classification assigned to a site based on the types of soils present and their engineering properties as defined in Section 1613 2 2 [BS] SITE COEFFICIENTS. The values of Fa and Fy indi- cated in Tables 1613 2 3(1) and 1613 2 3(2), respectively [BG] SITE -FABRICATED STRETCH SYSTEM. A sys- tem, fabricated on site and intended for acoustical, tackable or aesthetic purposes, that is composed of three elements 1 A frame (constructed of plastic, wood, metal or other material) used to hold fabric in place 2 A core material (mfill, with the correct properties for the application) 3 An outside layer, composed of a textile, fabric or vinyl, that is stretched taut and held in place by tension or mechanical fasteners via the frame [BS] SKYLIGHT, UNIT. A factory -assembled, glazed fen- estration unit, containing one panel of glazing material that allows for natural lighting through an opening in the roof assembly while preserving the weather -resistant barrier of the roof [BS] SKYLIGHTS AND SLOPED GLAZING. Glass or other transparent or translucent glazing material installed at a slope of 15 degrees (0 26 rad) or more from vertical Unit skylights, tubular dayhghting devices, glazing materials, solariums, sunrooms, roofs and sloped walls are included in this definition [A] SLEEPING UNIT. A single unit that provides rooms or spaces for one or more persons, includes permanent provi- sions for sleeping and can include provisions for living, eat - mg and either sanitation or kitchen facilities but not both Such rooms and spaces that are also part of a dwelling unit are not sleeping units [F] SMOKE ALARM. A single- or multiple -station alarm responsive to smoke See "Multiple -station smoke alarm" and "Single -station smoke alarm " [BF] SMOKE BARRIER. A continuous membrane, either vertical or horizontal, such as a wall, floor or ceiling assem- bly, that is designed and constructed to restrict the movement of smoke [BG] SMOKE COMPARTMENT. A space within a build- ing enclosed by smoke barriers on all sides, including the top and bottom [BFJ SMOKE DAMPER. A listed device installed in ducts and air transfer openings designed to resist the passage of smoke The device is installed to operate automatically, con- trolled by a smoke detection system, and where required, is capable of being positioned from afire command center [F] SMOKE DETECTOR. A listed device that senses visi- ble or invisible particles of combustion [BFJ SMOKE PARTITION. A wall assembly that extends from the top of the foundation or floor below to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above or to the underside of the ceiling above where the ceiling membrane is constructed to limit the transfer of smoke [BFJ SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX. A comparative mea- sure, expressed as a dimensionless number, derived from measurements of smoke obscuration versus time for a mate- rial tested in accordance with ASTM E84 [BFJ SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE. An exit stairway or ramp designed and constructed so that the movement of the products of combustion produced by a fire occurring in any part of the building into the enclosure is limited [BE] SMOKE -PROTECTED ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating served by means of egress that is not subject to smoke accumulation within or under a structure for a speci- fied design time by means of passive design or by mechanical ventilation [BG] SOFT CONTAINED PLAY EQUIPMENT STRUC- TURE. A children's play structure containing one or more components where the user enters a play environment that utilizes pliable materials [F] SOLID. A material that has a melting point, decomposes or sublimes at a temperature greater than 68°F (20°C) [BG] SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDING. A special amusement bwldmg is any temporary or permanent building or portion thereof that is occupied for amusement, entertain- ment or educational purposes and that contains a device or system that conveys passengers or provides a walkway along, around or over a course in any direction so arranged that the means of egress path is not readily apparent due to visual or audio distractions or is intentionally confounded or is not readily available because of the nature of the attraction or mode of conveyance through the bwldmg or structure [BS] SPECIAL FLOOD HAZARD AREA. The land area subject to flood hazards and shown on a Flood Insurance Rate Map or other flood hazard map as Zone A, AE, Al-30, A99, AR, AO, AH, V, VO, VE or V1-30 [BS] SPECIAL INSPECTION. Inspection of construction requiring the expertise of an approved special inspector in order to ensure compliance with this code and the approved construction documents Continuous special inspection. Special inspection by the special inspector who is present continuously when and where the work to be inspected is being performed 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 37 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS Periodic special inspection. Special inspection by the special inspector who is mtenmittently present where the work to be inspected has been or is being performed [BS] SPECIAL INSPECTOR. A qualified person employed or retained by an approved agency and approved by the building official as having the competence necessary to inspect a particular type of construction requiring special inspection. [BS] SPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALL. See Section 1905 1 1 [BS] SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF MASONRY, f',„. Minimum compressive strength, expressed as force per unit of net cross -sectional area, required of the masonry used in construction by the approved construction documents, and upon which the project design is based Whenever the quantity f'm is under the radical sign, the square root of numerical value only is intended and the result has units of pounds per square inch (psi) (N4Pa) [BF] SPLICE. The result of a factory and/or field method of joining or connecting two or more lengths of afire -resistant joint system into a continuous entity SPORT ACTIVITY, AREA OF. See "Area of sport activ- ity , [F] SPRAY ROOM. A room designed to accommodate spraying operations [BF] SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS. Cementitious or fibrous materials that are sprayed to provide fire-resistant protection of the substrates [BG] STAGE. A space within a building utilized for enter- tainment or presentations, which includes overhead hanging curtains, drops, scenery or stage effects other than lighting andsound [BE] STAIR. A change in elevation, consisting of one or more risers [BE] STAIRWAY. One or moreflights lights of stairs, either exte- rior or interior, with the necessary landings and platforms connecting them, to form a continuous and uninterrupted pas- sage from one level to another STAIRWAY, EXIT ACCESS. See "Exit access stairway " STAIRWAY, EXTERIOR EXIT. See "Exterior exit stair- way " STAIRWAY, INTERIOR EXIT. See "Interior exit stair- way " STAIRWAY, SCISSOR. See "Scissor stairway " [BE] STAIRWAY, SPIRAL. A stairway having a closed circular form in its plan view with uniform section -shaped treads attached to and radiating from a inimmum-diameter supporting column [F] STANDBY POWER SYSTEM. A source of automatic electric power of a required capacity and duration to operate required building, hazardous materials or ventilation systems in the event of a failure of the primary power Standby power systems are required for electrical loads where interruption of the primary power could create hazards or hamper rescue or fire -fighting operations [F] STANDPIPE, TYPES OF. Standpipe types are as fol- lows Automatic dry. A dry standpipe system, normally filled with pressurized air, that is arranged through the use of a device, such as dry pipe valve, to admit water into the sys- tem piping automatically upon the opening of a hose valve The water supply for an automatic dry standpipe system shall be capable of supplying the system demand Automatic wet. A wet standpipe system that has a water supply that is capable of supplying the system demand automatically. Manual dry. A dry standpipe system that does not have a permanent water supply attached to the system Manual dry standpipe systems require water from a fire depart- ment pumper to be pumped into the system through the fire department connection in order to meet the system demand Manual wet. A wet standpipe system connected to a water supply for the purpose of maintaining water within the system but does not have a water supply capable of deliv- ering the system demand attached to the system Manual - wet standpipe systems require water from a fire depart- ment pumper (or the like) to be pumped into the system in order to meet the system demand Semiautomatic dry. A dry standpipe system that is arranged through the use of a device, such as a deluge valve, to admit water into the system piping upon activa- tion of a remote control device located at a hose connec- tion A remote control activation device shall be provided at each hose connection The water supply for a semiauto- matic dry standpipe system shall be capable of supplying the system demand [F] STANDPIPE SYSTEM, CLASSES OF. Standpipe classes are as follows Class I system. A system providing 2'/z mch (64 mm) hose connections to supply water for use by fire depart- ments and those trained in handling heavy fire streams Class H system. A system providing 1'/z mch (38 mm) hose stations to supply water for use primarily by the building occupants or by the fire department during initial response Class III system. A system providing 1'/z mch (38 mm) hose stations to supply water for use by building occu- pants and 2'/z mch (64 mm) hose connections to supply a larger volume of water for use by fire departments and those trained in handling heavy fire streams [BS] STEEL CONSTRUCTION, COLD -FORMED. That type of construction made up entirely or in part of steel struc- tural members cold formed to shape from sheet or strip steel such as roof deck, floor and wall panels, studs, floor joists, roof joists and other structural elements [BS] STEEL ELEMENT, STRUCTURAL. Any steel structural member of a bwldmg or structure consisting of rolled shapes, pipe, hollow structural sections, plates, bars, sheets, rods or steel castings other than cold -formed steel or steel joist members 38 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [BS] STEEL JOIST. Any steel structural member of a building or structure made of hot -rolled or cold -formed solid or open -web sections, or riveted or welded bars, strip or sheet steel members, or slotted and expanded, or otherwise deformed rolled sections [BF] STEEP SLOPE. A roof slope greater than two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (17-percent slope) [BS] STONE MASONRY. Masonry composed of field, quarried or cast stone units bonded by mortar [F] STORAGE, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. The keep - mg, retention or leaving of hazardous materials in closed con- tainers, tanks, cylinders, or similar vessels, or vessels supplying operations through closed connections to the ves- sel [BS] STORAGE RACKS. Cold -formed or hot -rolled steel structural members which are formed into steel storage racks, including pallet storage racks, movable -shelf racks, rack -sup- ported systems, automated storage and retrieval systems (stacker racks), push -back racks, pallet -flow racks, case -flow racks, pick modules and rack -supported platforms Other types of racks, such as drive-in or drive -through racks, canti- lever racks, portable racks or racks made of materials other than steel, are not considered storage racks for the purpose of this code [BG] STORM SHELTER. A building, structure or portions thereof, constructed in accordance with ICC 500 and desig- nated for use during a severe wind storm event, such as a hur- ricane or tornado Community storm shelter. A storm shelter not defined as a "Residential storm shelter " Residential storm shelter. A storm shelter serving occu- pants of dwelling units and having an occupant load not exceeding 16 persons [BG] STORY. That portion of a building included between the upper surface of a floor and the upper surface of the floor or roof next above (see `Basement.. Builckng heighx" "Grade plane" and "Mezzanine") A story is measured as the vertical distance from top to top of two successive tiers of beams or finished floor surfaces and, for the topmost story, from the top of the floor finish to the top of the ceiling joists or, where there is not a ceiling, to the top of the roof rafters [BG] STORY ABOVE GRADE PLANE. Any story having its finished floor surface entirely above grade plane, or in which the finished surface of the floor next above is More than 6 feet (1829 mm) above grade plane, or More than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the finished ground level at any point [BS] STRENGTH (For Chapter 21). Design strength. Nominal strength multiplied by a strength reduction factor Nominal strength. Strength of a member or cross section calculated in accordance with these provisions before application of any strength -reduction factors Required strength. Strength of a member or cross section required to resist factored loads [BS] STRENGTH (for Chapter 16). Nominal strength. The capacity of a structure or member to resist the effects of loads, as determined by computa- tions using specified material strengths and dimensions and equations derived from accepted principles of struc- tural mechanics or by field tests or laboratory tests of scaled models, allowing for modeling effects and differ- ences between laboratory and field conditions Required strength. Strength of a member, cross section or connection required to resist factored loads or related internal moments and forces in such combinations as stip- ulated by these provisions Strength design. A method of proportioning structural members such that the computed forces produced in the members by factored loads do not exceed the member design strength [also called "load and resistance factor design" (LRFD)] The term "strength design" is used in the design of concrete and masonry structural elements [BS] STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER. Structural member manufactured using wood elements bonded together with exterior adhesives Examples of structural composite lumber are Laminated strand lumber (LSL). A composite of wood strand elements with wood fibers primarily oriented along the length of the member, where the least dimension of the wood strand elements is 0 10 inch (2 54 mm) or less and their average lengths not less than 150 times the least dimension of the wood strand elements Laminated veneer lumber (LVL). A composite of wood veneer sheet elements with wood fibers primarily oriented along the length of the member, where the veneer element thicknesses are 0 25 inches (6 4 mm) or less Oriented strand lumber (OSL). A composite of wood strand elements with wood fibers primarily oriented along the length of the member, where the least dimension of the wood strand elements is 0 10 inches (2 54 mm) or less and their average lengths not less than 75 times and less than 150 times the least dimension of the strand elements Parallel strand lumber (PSL). A composite of wood strand elements with wood fibers primarily oriented along the length of the member where the least dimension of the wood strand elements is 0 25 inches (6 4 mm) or less and their average lengths not less than 300 times the least dimension of the wood strand elements [BS] STRUCTURAL GLUED -LAMINATED TIMBER. An engineered, stress -rated product of a timber laminating plant, comprised of assemblies of specially selected and pre- pared wood laminations in which the gram of all laminations is approximately parallel longitudinally and the laminations are bonded with adhesives [BS] STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION. The visual obser- vation of the structural system by a registered design profes- sional for general conformance to the approved construction documents [A] STRUCTURE. That which is built or constructed 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 39 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS E* [BS] SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGE. Damage of any origin sustained by a structure whereby the cost of restoring the structure to its before -damaged condition would equal or exceed 50 percent of the market value of the structure before the damage occurred [BS] SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT. Any repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, alteration, addition or other improvement of a building or structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the struc- ture before the improvement or repair is started If the struc- ture has sustained substantial damage, any repairs are considered substantial improvement regardless of the actual repair work performed The term does not, however, include either 1 Any project for improvement of a building required to correct existing health, sanitary or safety code viola- tions identified by the building official and that are the minimum necessary to assure safe living conditions 2 Any alteration of a historic structure provided that the alteration will not preclude the structure's continued designation as a historic structure [BG] SUNROOM. A one-story structure attached to a build- ing with a glazing area in excess of 40 percent of the gross area of the structure's exterior walls and roof [F] SUPERVISING STATION. A facility that receives sig- nals and at which personnel are in attendance at all tunes to respond to these signals [F] SUPERVISORY SERVICE. The service required to monitor performance of guard tours and the operative condi- tion of fixed suppression systems or other systems for the protection of life and property [F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL. A signal indicating the need of action in connection with the supervision of guard tours, the fire suppression systems or equipment or the maintenance features of related systems [F] SUPERVISORY SIGNAL -INITIATING DEVICE. An initiation device, such as a valve supervisory switch, water -level indicator or low -air pressure switch on a dry -pipe sprinkler system, whose change of state signals an off -normal condition and its restoration to normal of a fire protection or life safety system, or a need for action in connection with guard tours, fire suppression systems or equipment or mainte- nance features of related systems [BS] SUSCEPTIBLE BAY. A roof or portion thereof with either of the following 1 A slope less than '/q inch per foot (0 0208 rad) 2 On wluch water is impounded, in whole or in part, and the secondary drainage system is functional but the pri- mary drainage system is blocked A roof surface with a slope of '/q inch per foot (0 0208 rad) or greater towards points of free drainage is not a suscep- tible bay [BG] SWIMMING POOL. Any structure intended for swimming, recreational bathing or wading that contains water over 24 inches (610 mm) deep This includes in -ground, above -ground and on -ground pools, hot tubs, spas and fixed - in -place wading pools [BF] T RATING. The time period that the penetration firestop system, including the penetrating item, limits the maximum temperature rise to 325'F (163'C) above its initial temperature through the penetration on the nonfire side when tested in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL 1479 [BG] TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREA. Open ele- vated areas or spaces intended for entertainment technicians to walk on and occupy for servicing and operating entertain- ment technology systems and equipment Galleries, mclud- mg fly and lighting galleries, gridirons, catwalks, and similar areas are designed for these purposes [BG] TENSILE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE. A mem- brane structure having a shape that is determined by tension in the membrane and the geometry of the support structure Typically, the structure consists of both flexible elements (e g, membrane and cables), nonflexible elements (e g, struts, masts, beams and arches) and the anchorage (e g , sup- ports and foundations) This includes frame -supported tensile membrane structures [F] TENT. A structure, enclosure, umbrella structure or shel- ter, with or without sidewalls or drops, constructed of fabric or pliable material supported in any manner except by au or the contents it protects (see "Umbrella structure") [BG] THERMAL ISOLATION. A separation of condi- tioned spaces, between a sunroom and a dwelling unit, con- sisting of existing or new walls, doors or windows [BF] THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL. A plastic material that is capable of being repeatedly softened by increase of temperature and hardened by decrease of temperature [BF] THERMOSETTING MATERIAL. A plastic material that is capable of being changed into a substantially non - reformable product when cured [BF] THROUGH PENETRATION. A breach in both sides of a floor, floor -ceiling or wall assembly to accommodate an item passing through the breaches. [BF] THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYS- TEM. An assemblage consisting of a fire -resistance -rated floor, floor-ceilmg, or wall assembly, one or more penetrating items passing through the breaches in both sides of the assembly and the materials or devices, or both, installed to resist the spread of fire through the assembly for a prescribed period of tune [BS] TIE, WALL. Metal connector that connects wythes of masonry walls together [BS] TIE -DOWN (HOLD-DOWN). A device used to resist uplift of the chords of shear walls. [BS] TILE, STRUCTURAL CLAY. A hollow masonry unit composed of burned clay, shale, fire clay or mixture thereof, and having parallel cells [F] TIRES, BULK STORAGE OF. Storage of tires where the area available for storage exceeds 20,000 cubic feet (566 m3) [A] TOWNHOUSE. A single-family dwelling unit con- structed in a group of three or more attached units in wluch each unit extends from the foundation to roof and with open space on at least two sides 40 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [F] TOXIC. A chemical falling within any of the following categories A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LD50) of more than 50 milligrams per kilogram, but not more than 500 milligrams per kilogram of body weight when administered orally to albino rats weighing between 200 and 300 grams each A chemical that has a median lethal dose (LDs) of more than 200 milligrams per kilogram, but not more than 1,000 milligrams per kilogram of body weight when administered by continuous contact for 24 hours (or less if death occurs within 24 hours) with the bare skin of albino rabbits weighing between 2 and 3 kilograms each A chemical that has a median lethal concentration (LC50) in air of more than 200 parts per million, but not more than 2,000 parts per million by volume of gas or vapor, or more than 2 milligrams per liter but not more than 20 milligrams per liter of mist, fume or dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for 1 hour (or less if death occurs within 1 hour) to albino rats weigh- ing between 200 and 300 grams each [BG] TRANSIENT. Occupancy of a dwelling unit or sleep- ing unit for not more than 30 days [BG] TRANSIENT AIRCRAFT. Aircraft based at another location and that is at the transient location for not more than 90 days [BS] TREATED WOOD. Wood products that are condi- tioned to enhance fire -retardant or preservative properties Fire -retardant -treated wood. Wood products that, when impregnated with chemicals by a pressure process or other means during manufacture, exhibit reduced surface-bum- ing characteristics and resist propagation of fire Preservative -treated wood. Wood products that, condi- tioned with chemicals by a pressure process or other means, exhibit reduced susceptibility to damage by fungi, insects or marine borers [BF] TRIM. Picture molds, chair rails, baseboards, hand- rails, door and window frames and similar decorative or pro- tective materials used in fixed applications [F] TROUBLE SIGNAL. A signal initiated by the fire alarm system or device indicative of a fault in a monitored circuit or component [BS] TSUNAMI DESIGN GEODATABASE. The ASCE database (version 2016-1 0) of Tsunami Design Zone maps and associated design data for the states of Alaska, Califor- ma, Hawaii, Oregon and Washington [BS] TSUNAMI DESIGN ZONE. An area identified on the Tsunami Design Zone map between the shoreline and the inundation lnnit, within which certain structures designated in Chapter 16 are designed for or protected from inundation [BS] TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICE (TDD). A non -operable fenestration unit primarily designed to transmit daylight from a roof surface to an interior ceiling via a tubular conduit The basic unit consists of an exterior glazed weather - mg surface, a light -transmitting tube with a reflective interior surface, and an interior -sealing device such as a translucent ceiling panel The unit can be factory assembled, or field - assembled from a manufactured kit 24-HOUR BASIS. See "24-hour basis" located preceding "AAC masonry " [BE] TYPE A UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit designed and constructed for accessibility in accordance with this code and the provisions for Type A units in ICC Al 17 1 [BE] TYPE B UNIT. A dwelling unit or sleeping unit designed and constructed for accessibility in accordance with this code and the provisions for Type B units in ICC Al 17 1, consistent with the design and construction requirements of the federal Fair Housing Act [F] UMBRELLA STRUCTURE. A structure, enclosure or shelter with or without sidewalls or drops, constructed of fab- ric or pliable material supported by a central pole or poles (see "Tent') [BS] UNDERLAYMENT. One or more layers of a material that is applied to a steep -slope roof covering deck under the roof covering and resists liquid water that penetrates the roof covering UNIT SKYLIGHT. See "Skylight, unit" [F] UNSTABLE (REACTIVE) MATERIAL. A material, other than an explosive, which in the pure state or as commer- cially produced, will vigorously polymerize, decompose, con- dense or become self -reactive and undergo other violent chemical changes, including explosion, when exposed to heat, friction or shock, or in the absence of an inhibitor, or in the pres- ence of contaminants, or in contact with incompatible materials Unstable (reactive) materials are subdivided as follows Class 4. Materials that in themselves are readily capable of detonation or explosive decomposition or explosive reaction at normal temperatures and pressures This class includes materials that are sensitive to mechanical or localized thermal shock at normal temperatures and pres- sures. Class 3. Materials that in themselves are capable of deto- nation or of explosive decomposition or explosive reaction but which require a strong initiating source or which must be heated under confinement before initiation This class includes materials that are sensitive to thermal or mechan- ical shock at elevated temperatures and pressures Class 2. Materials that in themselves are normally unsta- ble and readily undergo violent chemical change but do not detonate This class includes materials that can undergo chemical change with rapid release of energy at normal temperatures and pressures, and that can undergo violent chemical change at elevated temperatures and pressures Class 1. Materials that in themselves are normally stable but which can become unstable at elevated temperatures and pressure [F] USE (MATERIAL). Placing a material into action, including solids, liquids and gases [BF] VAPOR PERMEABLE. The property of having a moisture vapor permeance rating of 5 perms (2 9 x 10-10 kg/ Pa x s x m') or greater, when tested in accordance with the 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 41 I 1 1 1 COTFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER DEFINITIONS desiccant method using Procedure A of ASTM E96 A vapor permeable material permits the passage of moisture vapor [BF] VAPOR RETARDER CLASS. A measure of a mate- rial or assembly's ability to limit the amount of moisture that passes through that material or assembly Vapor retarder class shall be defined using the desiccant method with Procedure A of ASTM E96 as follows Class I: 0 1 perm or less Class II: 0 1 <perm < 1 0 perm Class III: 1 0 <perm < 10 perm [BS] VEGETATIVE ROOF. An assembly of interacting components designed to waterproof a building's top surface that includes, by design, vegetation and related landscape ele- m ents [BS] VEHICLE BARRIER. A component or a system of components, near open sides or walls of garage floors or ramps that act as a restraint for vehicles [BG] VEHICULAR GATE. A gate that is intended for use at a vehicular entrance or exit to a facility, building or portion thereof, and that is not intended for use by pedestrian traffic [BF] VENEER. A facing attached to a wall for the purpose of providing ornamentation, protection or insulation, but not counted as adding strength to the wall [M] VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of supplying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing such au from, any space [BF] VINYL SIDING. A shaped material, made principally from rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC), that is used as an exte- nor wall covering [F] VISIBLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE. A notification appliance that alerts by the sense of sight [BG] WALKWAY, PEDESTRIAN. A walkway used exclusively as a pedestrian trafficway [BS] WALL (for Chapter 21). A vertical element with a horizontal length -to -thickness ratio greater than three, used to enclose space Cavity wall. A wall built of masonry units or of concrete, or a combination of these materials, arranged to provide an airspace within the wall, and in which the inner and outer parts of the wall are tied together with metal ties Dry -stacked, surface -bonded wall. A wall built of con- crete masonry units where the units are stacked dry, with- out mortar on the bed or headjomts, and where both sides of the wall are coated with a surface -bonding mortar Parapet wall. The part of any wall entirely above the roof line [BS] WALL, LOAD -BEARING. Any wall meeting either of the following classifications 1 Any metal or wood stud wall that supports more than 100 pounds per linear foot (1459 N/m) of vertical load in addition to its own weight 2 Any masonry or concrete wall that supports more than 200 pounds per linear foot (2919 N/m) of vertical load in addition to its own weight [BS] WALL, NONLOAD-BEARING. Any wall that is not a load -bearing wall [F] WATER -REACTIVE MATERIAL. A material that explodes, violently reacts, produces flammable, toxic or other hazardous gases, or evolves enough heat to cause autoigni- tion or ignition of combustibles upon exposure to water or moisture Water -reactive materials are subdivided as follows Class 3. Materials that react explosively with water with- out requiring heat or confinement Class 2. Materials that react violently with water or have the ability to boll water Materials that produce flammable, toxic or other hazardous gases or evolve enough heat to cause autoignrtion or ignition of combustibles upon expo- sure to water or moisture Class 1. Materials that react with water with some release of energy, but not violently [BF] WATER -RESISTIVE BARRIER. A material behind an exterior wall covering that is intended to resist liquid water that has penetrated behind the exterior covering from further intruding into the exterior wall assembly [BF] WEATHER -EXPOSED SURFACES. Surfaces of walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits and similar surfaces exposed to the weather except the following 1 Ceilings and roof soffits enclosed by walls, fascia, bulkheads or beams that extend not less than 12 inches (305 mm) below such ceiling or roof soffits 2 Walls or portions of walls beneath an unenclosed roof area, where located a horizontal distance from an open exterior opening equal to not less than twice the height of the opening 3 Ceiling and roof soffits located a minimum horizontal distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) from the outer edges of the ceiling or roof soffits [F] WET -CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. A solution of water and potassium -carbonate -based chemical, potassium -acetate -based chemical or a combination thereof, forming an extinguishing agent [BE] WHEELCHAIR SPACE. A space for a single wheel- chair and its occupant [BS] WINDBORNE DEBRIS REGION. Areas within hur- ricane -prone regions located 1 Within 1 mile (1 61 km) of the coastal mean high-water line where the basic design wind speed, V, is 130 mph (58 m/s) or greater, or 2 In areas where the basic design wind speed is 140 mph (63 6 m/s) or greater For Risk Category II buildings and structures and Risk Category III buildings and structures, except health care facilities, the windbome debris region shall be based on Fig- ure 1609 3 (1) For Risk Category IV buildings and struc- tures and Risk Category III health care facilities, the windborne debris region shall be based on Figure 1609 3(2) WINDFORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM, MAIN. See "Main windforce-resisting system " [BS] WIND SPEED, V Basic design wind speeds 42 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER DEFINITIONS [BS] WIND SPEED, V d. Allowable stress design wind speeds [BE] WINDER. A tread with nonparallel edges [BS] WIRE BACKING. Horizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical supports which, when covered with the building paper, provide a backing for cement plaster [E] WIRELESS PROTECTION SYSTEM. A system or a part of a system that can transmit and receive signals without the aid of wire [BS] WOOD/PLASTIC COMPOSITE. A composite mate- rial made primarily from wood or cellulose -based materials and plastic [BS] WOOD SHEAR PANEL. A wood floor, roof or wall component sheathed to act as a shear wall or ckaphragm [BS] WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. A panel manufac- tured from veneers, wood strands or wafers or a combination of veneer and wood strands or wafers bonded together with waterproof synthetic resins or other suitable bonding sys- tems Examples of wood structural panels are Composite panels. A wood structural panel that is com- prised of wood veneer and reconstituted wood -based material and bonded together with waterproof adhesive Oriented strand board (OSB). A mat -formed wood structural panel comprised of thin rectangular wood strands arranged in cross -aligned layers with surface lay- ers normally arranged in the long panel direction and bonded with waterproof adhesive Plywood. A wood structural panel comprised of plies of wood veneer arranged in cross -aligned layers The plies are bonded with waterproof adhesive that cures on appli- cation of heat and pressure [E] WORKSTATION. A defined space or an independent principal piece of equipment using HPM within a fabrication area where a specific function, laboratory procedure or research activity occurs Approved or listed hazardous mate- nals storage cabinets, flammable liquid storage cabinets or gas cabinets serving a workstation are included as part of the workstation A workstation is allowed to contain ventilation equipment, fire protection devices, detection devices, electri- cal devices and other processing and scientific equipment [BS] WYTHE. Each continuous, vertical section of a wall, one masonry unit in thickness [BG] YARD. An open space, other than a court, unob- structed from the ground to the sky, except where specifically provided by this code, on the lot on wluch a building is situ- ated [E] ZONE. A defined area within the protected premises A zone can define an area from which a signal can be received, an area to which a signal can be sent or an area in which a form of control can be executed [E] ZONE, NOTIFICATION. An area within a building or facility covered by notification appliances which are acti- vated simultaneously 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 43 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 44 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 3 OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND USE User note: About this chapter., Chapter 3 provides the criteria by which buildings and structures are classified into use groups and occupancies. Through the balance of the code, occupancy classification is fundamental in the setting of features of construction, occupant safety require- ments, especially budding limitations, means of egress, fire protection systems, and Interior finishes, SECTION 301 SCOPE 301.1 General. The provisions of this chapter shall control the classification of all buildings and structures as to occu- pancy and use Different classifications of occupancy and use represent varying levels of hazard and risk to building occu- pants and adjacent properties SECTION 302 OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND USE DESIGNATION 302.1 Occupancy classification. Occupancy classification is the formal designation of the primary purpose of the building, structure or portion thereof Structures shall be classified into one or more of the occupancy groups listed in this section based on the nature of the hazards and risks to building occu- pants generally associated with the intended purpose of the building or structure An area, room or space that is intended to be occupied at different times for different purposes shall comply with all applicable requirements associated with such potential multipurpose Structures containing multiple occu- pancy groups shall comply with Section 508 Where a struc- ture is proposed for a purpose that is not specifically listed in this section, such structure shall be classified in the occu- pancy it most nearly resembles based on the fire safety and relative hazard Occupied roofs shall be classified in the group that the occupancy most nearly resembles, according to the fire safety and relative hazard, and shall comply with Sec- tion 503 1 4 1 Assembly (see Section 303) Groups A-1, A-2, A-3, A-4 and A-5 2 Business (see Section 304) Group B 3 Educational (see Section 305) Group E 4 Factory and Industrial (see Section 306) Groups F-1 and F-2 5 High Hazard (see Section 307) Groups H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 6 Institutional (see Section 308) Groups I-1, I-2, I-3 and I-4 7 Mercantile (see Section 309) Group M 8 Residential (see Section 310) Groups R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4 9 Storage (see Section 311) Groups S-1 and S-2 10 Utility and Miscellaneous (see Section 312) Group U 302.2 Use designation. Occupancy groups contain subordi- nate uses having similar hazards and risks to building occu- pants Uses include, but are not limited to, those functional designations listed within the occupancy group descriptions in Section 302 1 Certain uses require specific limitations and controls in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 4 and elsewhere in this code SECTION 303 ASSEMBLY GROUP A 303.1 Assembly Group A. Assembly Group A occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, for the gathering of persons for purposes such as civic, social or religious functions, recreation, food or drink consumption or awaiting transportation 303.1.1 Small buildings and tenant spaces. A building or tenant space used for assembly purposes with an occupant load of less than 50 persons shall be classified as a Group B occupancy 303.1.2 Small assembly spaces. The following rooms and spaces shall not be classified as Assembly occupancies 1 A room or space used for assembly purposes with an occupant load of less than 50 persons and accessory to another occupancy shall be classified as a Group B occupancy or as part of that occupancy 2 A room or space used for assembly purposes that is less than 750 square feet (70 m) in area and acces- sory to another occupancy shall be classified as a Group B occupancy or as part of that occupancy 303.1.3 Associated with Group E occupancies. A room or space used for assembly purposes that is associated with a Group E occupancy is not considered a separate occu- pancy 303.1.4 Accessory to places of religious worship. Accessory religious educational rooms and religious audi- toriums with occupant loads of less than 100 per room or space are not considered separate occupancies 303.2 Assembly Group A-1. Group A-1 occupancy includes assembly uses, usually with fixed seating, intended for the 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 45 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfn d, od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND USE production and viewing of the perform mg arts or motion pic- tures including, but not limited to Motion picture theaters Symphony and concert halls Television and radio studios admitting an audience Theaters 303.3 Assembly Group A-2. Group A-2 occupancy includes assembly uses intended for food and/or drink consumption including, but not limited to Banquet halls Casinos (gaming areas) Nightclubs Restaurants, cafeterias and similar dining facilities (including associated commercial kitchens) Taverns and bars 303.4 Assembly Group A-3. Group A-3 occupancy includes assembly uses intended for worship, recreation or amusement and other assembly uses not classified elsewhere in Group A including, but not limited to Amusement arcades Art galleries Bowling alleys Community halls Courtrooms Dance halls (not including food or drink consumption) Exhibition halls Funeral parlors Greenhouses for the conservation and exhibition of plants that provide public access Gymnasiums (without spectator seating) Indoor swimming pools (without spectator seating) Indoor tennis courts (without spectator seating) Lecture halls Libraries Museums Places of religious worship Pool and billiard parlors Waiting areas in transportation term mals 303.5 Assembly Group A-4. Group A-4 occupancy includes assembly uses intended for viewing of indoor sporting events and activities with spectator seating including, but not limited to Arenas Skating rinks Swimming pools Tennis courts 303.6 Assembly Group A-5. Group A-5 occupancy includes assembly uses intended for participation in or viewing out- door activities including, but not limited to Amusement park structures Bleachers Grandstands Stadiums SECTION 304 BUSINESS GROUP B 304.1 Business Group B. Business Group B occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, for office, professional or service -type transactions, including storage of records and accounts Business occupancies shall include, but not be limited to, the following Airport traffic control towers Ambulatory care facilities Animal hospitals, kennels and pounds Banks Barber and beauty shops Car wash Civic administration Chnic, outpatient Dry cleaning and laundries pick-up and delivery stations and self-service Educational occupancies for students above the 12th grade Electronic data processing Food processing establishments and commercial kitchens not associated with restaurants, cafeterias and similar during facilities not more than 2,500 square feet (232 m2) in area Laboratories testing and research Motor vehicle showrooms Post offices Prurtshops Professional services (architects, attorneys, dentists, physicians, engineers, etc ) Radio and television stations Telephone exchanges Training and skill development not in a school or academic program (this shall include, but not be limited to, tutoring centers, martial arts studios, gymnastics and similar uses regardless of the ages served, and where not classified as a Group A occupancy) SECTION 305 EDUCATIONAL GROUP E 305.1 Educational Group E. Educational Group E occu- pancy includes, among others, the use of a building or struc- ture, or a portion thereof, by six or more persons at any one time for educational purposes through the 12th grade 305.1.1 Accessory to places of religious worship. Reli- gious educational rooms and religious auditoriums, which are accessory to places of religious worship in accordance with Section 303 1 4 and have occupant loads of less than 100 per room or space, shall be classified as Group A-3 occupancies 305.2 Group E, day care facilities. This group includes buildings and structures or portions thereof occupied by more than five children older than 2'/ years of age who receive educational, supervision or personal care services for fewer than 24 hours per day 4m 46 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C'p IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto iff ff., I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND USE 305.2.1 Within places of religious worship. Rooms and spaces within places of religious worship providing such day care during religious functions shall be classified as part of the primary occupancy 305.2.2 Five or fewer children. A facility having five or fewer children receiving such day care shall be classified as part of the primary occupancy 305.2.3 Five or fewer children in a dwelling unit. A facility such as the above within a dwelling unit and hav- ing five or fewer children receiving such day care shall be classified as a Group R-3 occupancy or shall comply with the International Residential Code SECTION 306 FACTORY GROUP F 306.1 Factory Industrial Group F. Factory Industrial Group F occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, for assembling, disassembling, fabricating, finishing, manufacturing, packaging, repair or processing operations that are not classified as a Group H hazardous or Group S storage occupancy 306.2 Moderate -hazard factory industrial, Group F-1. Factory industrial uses that are not classified as Factory Industrial F-2 Low Hazard shall be classified as F-1 Moder- ate Hazard and shall include, but not be lnnited to, the follow - mg Aircraft (manufacturing, not to include repair) Appliances Athletic equipment Automobiles and other motor vehicles Bakeries Beverages over 16-percent alcohol content Bicycles Boats Brooms or brushes Business machines Cameras and photo equipment Canvas or similar fabric Carpets and rugs (includes cleaning) Clothing Construction and agricultural machinery Disinfectants Dry cleaning and dyeing Electric generation plants Electronics Engines (including rebuilding) Food processing establishments and commercial kitchens not associated with restaurants, cafeterias and similar during facilities more than 2,500 square feet (232 m) in area Furniture Hemp products Jute products Laundries Leather products Machinery Metals Millwork (sash and door) Motion pictures and television filming (without spectators) Musical instruments Optical goods Paper mills or products Photographic film Plastic products Printing or publishing Recreational velucles Refuse incineration Shoes Soaps and detergents Textiles Tobacco Trailers Upholstering Wood, distillation Woodworking (cabinet) 306.3 Low -hazard factory industrial, Group F-2. Factory industrial uses that involve the fabrication or manufacturing of noncombustible materials that during finishing, packing or processing do not involve a significant fire hazard shall be classified as F-2 occupancies and shall include, but not be luntied to, the following Beverages up to and including 16-percent alcohol content Brick and masonry Ceramic products Foundries Glass products Gypsum Ice Metal products (fabrication and assembly) SECTION 307 HIGH -HAZARD GROUP H [F] 307.1 High -hazard Group H. High -hazard Group H occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, that involves the manufactur- ing, processing, generation or storage of materials that consti- tute a physical or health hazard in quantities in excess of those allowed in control areas complying with Section 414, based on the maximum allowable quantity limits for control areas set forth in Tables 307l(1) and 3071(2) Hazardous occupancies are classified in Groups H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 and shall be in accordance with this section, the require- ments of Section 415 and the International Fire Code Haz- ardous materials stored, or used on top of roofs or canopies, shall be classified as outdoor storage or use and shall comply with the International Fire Code [F] 307.1.1 Uses other than Group H. An occupancy that stores, uses or handles hazardous materials as described in one or more of the following items shall not be classified as Group H, but shall be classified as the occupancy that it most nearly resembles 1 Buildings and structures occupied for the applica- tion of flammable finishes, provided that such 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 47 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND USE y buildings or areas conform to the requirements of Section 416 and the International Fire Code 2 Wholesale and retail sales and storage of flamma- ble and combustible liquids in mercantile occu- pancies conforming to the International Fire Code 3 Closed piping system containing flammable or combustible liquids or gases utilized for the opera- tion of machinery or equipment 4 Cleaning establishments that utilize combustible liquid solvents having a flash point of 140'F (60'C) or higher in closed systems employing equipment listed by an approved testing agency, provided that this occupancy is separated from all other areas of the building by 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or 1- hour horizontal assemblies constructed in accor- dance with Section 711, or both 5 Cleaning establishments that utilize a liquid solvent having a flash point at or above 200'F (93'C) 6 Liquor stores and distributors without bulk stor- age 7 Refrigeration systems 8 The storage or utilization of materials for agricul- tural purposes on the premises 9 Stationary storage battery systems installed in accordance with the International Fire Code. 10 Corrosive personal or household products in their original packaging used in retail display 11 Commonly used corrosive building materials 12 Buildings and structures occupied for aerosol I product storage shall be classified as Group S-1, provided that such buildings conform to the requirements of the International Fire Code 13 Display and storage of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazard- ous materials in quantities not exceeding the maxi- mum allowable quantity per control area in Group M or S occupancies complying with Section 41425 14 The storage of black powder, smokeless propellant and small arms pruners in Groups M and R-3 and special industrial explosive devices in Groups B, F, M and S, provided such storage conforms to the TABLE 307.1(1) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A PHYSICAL HAZARDa,Rm, a•" GROUP WHEN STORAGE' USE -CLOSED SYSTEMSb USE -OPEN SYSTEMSb THE MAXIMUM Solid Liquid Gas cubic Solid Liquid Gas cubic Solid Liquid MATERIAL CLASS ALLOWABLE QUANTITY IS pounds gallons fee[ a[ NTP pounds gallons fee[ a[ NTP pounds gallons EXCEEDED (cubic fee[) (pounds) (cubic feet) (pounds) (cubic feet) (pounds) Combustible dust NA H-2 NA NA See NA NA See NA Note q Note q Note q Combustible fiber Loose H 3 (100) NA NA (100) NA NA (20) NA Baled' (1,000) (1,000) (200) II H-2 or H-3 120`� a 120' 30' Combustible liqual" IIIA H-2 or H-3 NA 330da NA NA 330' NA NA 80, IIIB NA 13,200' 13,200E 3,300E Cryogenic flammable NA H-2 NA 45' NA NA 45' NA NA to, Cryogenic inert NA NA NA NA NL NA NA NL NA NA Cryogenic oxidizing NA H-3 NA 45' NA NA 45' NA NA to, Division 11 H-1 ld g (1)d g 0 259 (0 25)9 0 259 (0 25)9 Division 12 H-1 ld g (1)d g 0 259 (0 25)9 0 259 (0 25)9 Division13 H-1orH-2 5d9 (5)d9 lg (1)9 lg (1)9 Explosives Division 14 H-3 50e g (50)' g NA 509 (50)9 NA NA NA Division 1 4G H-3 125e 1 NA NA NA NA NA Division 15 H-1 ld g (1)d g 0 259 (0 25)9 0 259 (0 25)9 Division 16 H-1 lag NA NA NA NA NA Flammable gas Gaseous H-2 NA NAd 1,000' e NA NAd 1,0001 e NA NA Liquefied (150) NA (150) NA In H-2 30dd, 30dd 10d Flammable llgw& IB and IC or H-3 NA 120 NA NA 120 NA NA 30 Flammable liquid, combination NA NA 1201 a.n NA NA 1201" NA NA 30 d" (IA, IB, IC) oH23 (continued) 48 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' CopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,Axmboemamhoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND R OJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND USE TABLE 307.1(1)—continued MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A PHYSICAL HAZARDa,Rm, a•" GROUP WHEN STORAGE' USE -CLOSED SYSTEMSb USE -OPEN SYSTEMSb MATERIAL CLASS THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE Solid Liquid Gas cubic Solid Liquid Gas cubic Solid Liquid QUANTITY IS pounds gallons fee[ a[ NTP pounds gallons fee[ NTP pounds gallons EXCEEDED (cubic feet) (pounds) (cubic feet) (pounds) (cubic feet) (pounds) Flammable solid NA H-3 125" NA NA 125' NA NA 25' NA Inert gas Gaseous NA NA NA NL NA NA NL NA NA Liquefied NA NA NA NL NA NA NL NA NA UD H-1 I", Me g 0 259 (0 25)9 0 259 (0 25)g I H-2 5aa (5)aa Id (I)d Id (I)d II H-3 50 (50) 50d (50)d(50)dd lod (10)d Organic peroxide III H-3 tla 125.a tla (125) NA 125 (125) NA 25 (25) IV NA NL NL NL NL NL NL V NA NL NL NL NL NL NL 4 H-1 Ig Me g 0 259 (0 25)9 0 259 (0 25)g Oxidizer 3h H-2 or H-3 1 Od, a (10)d, a NA 2d (2)d NA 2d (2)d 2 H-3 250 a (250) 250a (250) a 50a (50)a 1 NA 4,000e (4,000)e 4,000E (4,000)' 1,000E (1,000)' Oxidizing gas Gaseous H-3 NA NA 1,500d a NA NA 11500d, a NA NA Liquefied (150)d NA (150),da NA Pyrophonc NA H-2 4' g (4)' g 50' g lg (1)9 l0' g 0 0 4 H-1 IF, Me 9 l0ag 0 259 (0 25)9 2a' g 0 259 (0 25)9 3 H-1 or H-2 5aa (5)aa 50aa Id (I)d IOaa id (I) Unstable (reactive) 2 H-3 5od,a (50)da 75od,a 50d (50)d 75od,a lod (10)d 1 NA NL NL NL NL NL NL NL NL 3 H-2 5a a (5)a a 5d (5)d Id (I)d Water reactive 2 H-3 50da (50)da NA 50d (50)d NA lod (10)d 1 NA NL NL NL NL NL NL For SI 1 cubic foot= 0 028 m', 1 pound= 0 454 kg, 1 gallon =3 785 L NL = Not Limited, NA = Not Applicable, UD = Unclassified Detonable a For use of control areas, see Section 414 2 b The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage c The quantities of alcoholic beverages in retail andwholesale sales occupancies shall not be limited provided the liquids are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 13 gallons In retail and wholesale sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuffs or consumer products, and cosmetics containing not more than 50 percent by volume of water -miscible liquids with the remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be limited, provided that such materials are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 13 gallons d Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 Where Note e also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively e Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent when stored in approved storage cabinets, day boxes, gas cabinets, gas rooms or exhausted enclosures or in listed safety cans in accordance with Section 5003 9 10 of the International Fire Code Where Note d also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively f Quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 g Allowed only in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 It Containing not more than the maximum allowable quantity per control area of Class IA, IB or IC flammable liquids i The maximum allowable quantity shall not apply to fuel oil storage complying with Section 603 3 2 of the International Fire Code ) Quantities in parentheses indicate quantity units in parentheses at the head of each column k A maximum quantity of 220 pounds of solid or 22 gallons of liquid Class 3 oxidizers is allowed when such materials are necessary for maintenance purposes, operation or sanitation of equipment when the storage containers and the manner of storage are approved I Net weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks Where the net weight of the pyrotechnic composition of the fireworks is not known, 25 percent of the gross weight of the fireworks, including packaging, shall be used in For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 5003 12 of the International Fire Code n For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying with Section 414 2 5, see Tables 414 2 5(1) and 414 2 5(2) o Densely packed baled cotton that complies with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class p The following shall not be included in determining the maximum allowable quantities 1 Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on vehicles 2 Liquid or gaseous fuel in fuel tanks on motorized equipment operated in accordance with the International Fire Code 3 Gaseous fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances regulated by the International Fuel Gas Code 4 Liquid fuels in piping systems and fixed appliances regulated by the International Mechanical Code 5 Alcohol -based hand rubs classified as Class I or II liquids in dispensers that are installed in accordance with Sections 5705 5 and 5705 5 1 of the International Fire Code The location of the alcohol -based hand rub (ABHR) dispensers shall be provided in the construction documents q Where manufactured, generated or used in such a manner that the concentration and conditions create a fire or explosion hazard based on information prepared in accordance with Section 414 1 3 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 49 I " ' CITFIghtOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10aelvmcocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Ac,e^ ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPcod ANYUNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND USE E* [F] TABLE 307.1(2) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS POSING A HEALTH HAZARD", f, h•' STORAGE' USE -CLOSED SYSTEMSb USE -OPEN SYSTEMS' MATERIAL Solid Liquid gallons Gas cubic feet at NTP Solid Liquid gallons Gas cubic feet at NTP Solid Liquid gallons pountls"•¢ (pountls)"•¢ (pounds)" pounds" (pounds)" (pounds)" pounds" (pounds)" Corrosives 5,000 500 Gaseous 810' 5,000 500 Gaseous 810' 1,000 100 Liquefied (150) Liquefied (150) HighlyToxic 10 (10) Gaseous 209 10 (10) Gaseous 209 3 (3) Liquefied (4)9 Liquefied (4) Toxic 500 (500) Gaseous 810' 500 (500) Gaseous 810' 125 (125) Liquefied(150)' I Liquefied(150)' For SI 1 cubic foot= 0 028 m', 1 pound= 0 454 kg, 1 gallon =3 785 L a For use of control areas, see Section 414 2 b The aggregate quantity in use and storage shall not exceed the quantity listed for storage c In retail and wholesale sales occupancies, the quantities of medicines, foodstuffs or consumer products, and cosmetics containing not more than 50 percent by volume of water -miscible liquids and with the remainder of the solutions not being flammable, shall not be limited, provided that such materials are packaged in individual containers not exceeding 13 gallons d Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 Where Note e also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively e Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent where stored in approved storage cabinets, gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures as specified in the International Fire Code Where Note d also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively f For storage and display quantities in Group M and storage quantities in Group S occupancies complying with Section 414 2 5, see Tables 414 2 5(1) and 414 2 5 (2) g Allowed only where stored in approved exhausted gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures as specified in the International Fire Code It Quantities in parentheses indicate quantity units in parentheses at the head of each column i For gallons of liquids, divide the amount in pounds by 10 in accordance with Section 5003 1 2 of the International Fire Code quantity limits and requirements prescribed in the International Fire Code 15 Stationary fuel cell power systems installed in accordance with the International Fire Code. 16 Capacitor energy storage systems in accordance with the International Fire Code. 17 Group B higher education laboratory occupancies complying with Section 428 and Chapter 38 of the International Fire Code. [F] 307.2 Hazardous materials. Hazardous materials in any quantity shall conform to the requirements of this code, including Section 414, and the International Fire Code [F] 307.3 High -hazard Group H-1. Buildings and structures containing materials that pose a detonation hazard shall be classified as Group H-1 Such materials shall include, but not be limited to, the following Detonable pyrophoric materials Explosives Division 1 1 Division 1 2 Division 1 3 Division 1 4 Division 1 5 Division 1 6 Organic peroxides, unclassified detonable Oxidizers, Class 4 Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 3 detonable and Class 4 [F] 307.3.1 Occupancies containing explosives not clas- sified as H-1. The following occupancies containing explosive materials shall be classified as follows 1 Division 1 3 explosive materials that are used and maintained in a form where either confinement or configuration will not elevate the hazard from a mass fire to mass explosion hazard shall be allowed in H-2 occupancies 2 Articles, including articles packaged for shipment, that are not regulated as a Division 1 4 explosive under Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives regulations, or unpackaged articles used in process operations that do not propagate a detona- tion or deflagration between articles shall be allowed in H-3 occupancies [F] 307.4 High -hazard Group H-2. Buildings and structures containing materials that pose a deflagration hazard or a haz- ard from accelerated burning shall be classified as Group H- 2 Such materials shall include, but not be limited to, the fol- lowing Class I, II or IIIA flammable or combustible liquids that are used or stored in normally open containers or systems, or in closed containers or systems pressurized at more than 15 pounds per square inch gauge (103 4 kPa) Combustible dusts where manufactured, generated or used in such a manner that the concentration and conditions create a fire or explosion hazard based on information prepared in accordance with Section 414 1 3 Cryogenic fluids, flammable Flammable gases 50 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill [ [ UER CITy IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto i ( I I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND USE Organic peroxides, Class I Oxidizers, Class 3, that are used or stored in normally open containers or systems, or in closed containers or systems pressurized at more than 15 pounds per square inch gauge (103 kPa) Pyrophonc liquids, solids and gases, nondetonable Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 3, nondetonable Water -reactive materials, Class 3 [F] 307.5 High -hazard Group H-3. Buildings and structures containing materials that readily support combustion or that pose a physical hazard shall be classified as Group H-3 Such materials shall include, but not be limited to, the following Class I, II or IIIA flammable or combustible liquids that are used or stored in normally closed containers or systems pressurized at 15 pounds per square inch gauge (103 4 kPa) or less Combustible fibers, other than densely packed baled cotton, where manufactured, generated or used in such a manner that the concentration and conditions create a fire or explosion hazard based on information prepared in accordance with Section 414 1 3 Consumer fireworks, 1 4G (Class C, Common) Cryogenic fluids, oxidizing Flammable solids Organic peroxides, Class II and III Oxidizers, Class 2 Oxidizers, Class 3, that are used or stored in normally closed containers or systems pressurized at 15 pounds per square inch gauge (103 kPa) or less Oxidizing gases Unstable (reactive) materials, Class 2 Water -reactive materials, Class 2 [F] 307.6 High -hazard Group H-4. Buildings and structures containing materials that are health hazards shall be classified as Group H-4 Such materials shall include, but not be limited to, the following Corrosives Highly toxic materials Toxic materials [F] 307.7 High -hazard Group H-5. Semiconductor fabri- cation facilities and comparable research and development areas in which hazardous production materials (HPXI) are used and the aggregate quantity of materials is in excess of those listed in Tables 307 l(1) and 307 1(2) shall be classi- fied as Group H-5 Such facilities and areas shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Section 415 11 [F] 307.8 Multiple hazards. Buildings and structures con - turning a material or materials representing hazards that are classified in one or more of Groups H-1, H-2, H-3 and H-4 shall conform to the code requirements for each of the occu- pancies so classified SECTION 308 INSTITUTIONAL GROUP 1 308.1 Institutional Group I. Institutional Group I occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, in which care or supervision is provided to persons who are or are not capable of self-preservation with- out physical assistance or in which persons are detained for penal or correctional purposes or in which the liberty of the occupants is restricted Institutional occupancies shall be classified as Group I-1, I-2, I-3 or I-4 308.2 Institutional Group I-1. Institutional Group I-1 occu- pancy shall include buildings, structures or portions thereof for more than 16 persons, excluding staff, who reside on a 24- hour basis in a supervised environment and receive custodial care Buildings of Group I-1 shall be classified as one of the occupancy conditions specified in Section 308 2 1 or 308 2 2 This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following Alcohol and drug centers Assisted living facilities Congregate care facilities Group homes Halfway houses Residential board and care facilities Social rehabilitation facilities 308.2.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall include buildings in which all persons receiving custodial care who, without any assistance, are capable of respond- ing to an emergency situation to complete building evacu- ation 308.2.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall include buildings in wluch there are any persons receiving custodial care who require limited verbal or physical assis- tance while responding to an emergency situation to com- plete building evacuation 308.2.3 Six to 16 persons receiving custodial care. A facility housing not fewer than six and not more than 16 persons receiving custodial care shall be classified as Group R-4 308.2.4 Five or fewer persons receiving custodial care. A facility with five or fewer persons receiving custodial care shall be classified as Group R-3 or shall comply with the International Residential Code provided an automatic sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section 903 3 13 or Section P2904 of the International Residen- tial Code 308.3 Institutional Group I-2. Institutional Group I-2 occu- pancy shall include buildings and structures used for medical care on a 24-hour basis for more than five persons who are incapable of self-preservation This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following Poster care facihhes Detonficahon facziihes Hospitals Nursing homes Psychiatric hospitals 308.3.1 Occupancy conditions. Buildings of Group I-2 shall be classified as one of the occupancy conditions specified in Section 308 3 1 1 or 308 3 1 2 308.3.1.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall include facilities that provide nursing and medical care but do not provide emergency care, surgery, obstetrics 4m 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 51 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND USE or in -patient stabilization units for psychiatric or detox- ification, including but not limited to nursing homes and foster care facilities 308.3.1.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall include facilities that provide nursing and medical care and could provide emergency care, surgery, obstetrics or in -patient stabilization units for psychiatric or detox- ification, including but not limited to hospitals 308.3.2 Five or fewer persons receiving medical care. A facility with five or fewer persons receiving medical care shall be classified as Group R-3 or shall comply with the International Residential Code provided an automatic sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3 or Section P2904 of the International Residen- hal Code 308.4 Institutional Group I-3. Institutional Group I-3 occu- pancy shall include bwldmgs and structures that are inhabited by more than five persons who are under restraint or security A Group I-3 facility is occupied by persons who are generally incapable of self-preservation due to security measures not under the occupants' control This group shall include, but not be hmtied to, the following Correctional centers Detention centers Jails Prerelease centers Prisons Reformatories Buildings of Group I-3 shall be classified as one of the occupancy conditions specified in Sections 308 4 1 through 308 4 5 (see Section 408 1) 308.4.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall include buildings in which free movement is allowed from sleeping areas, and other spaces where access or occu- pancy is permitted, to the exterior via means of egress without restraint A Condition 1 facility is permitted to be constructed as Group R 308.4.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall include buildings in which free movement is allowed from sleeping areas and any other occupied smoke compartment to one or more other smoke compartments. Egress to the exterior is impeded by locked exits 308.4.3 Condition 3. This occupancy condition shall include buildings in which free movement is allowed within individual smoke compartments, such as within a residential unit comprised of individual sleeping units and group activity spaces, where egress is impeded by remote - controlled release of means of egress from such a smoke compartment to another smoke compartment 308.4.4 Condition 4. This occupancy condition shall include buildings in which free movement is restricted from an occupied space Remote -controlled release is pro- vided to permit movement from sleeping units, activity spaces and other occupied areas within the smoke com- partment to other smoke compartments. 308.4.5 Condition 5. This occupancy condition shall include buildings in which free movement is restricted from an occupied space Staff -controlled manual release is provided to permit movement from sleeping units, activity spaces and other occupied areas within the smoke com- partment to other smoke compartments 308.5 Institutional Group I-4, day care facilities. Institu- tional Group I-4 occupancy shall include buildings and struc- tures occupied by more than five persons of any age who receive custodial care for fewer than 24 hours per day by per- sons other than parents or guardians, relatives by blood, mar- riage or adoption, and in a place other than the home of the person cared for This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following Adult day care Child day care 308.5.1 Classification as Group E. A child day care facil- ity that provides care for more than five but not more than 100 children 2'/z years or less of age, where the rooms in which the children are cared for are located on a level of exit discharge serving such rooms and each of these child care rooms has an exit door directly to the exterior, shall be classified as Group E 308.5.2 Within a place of religious worship. Rooms and spaces within places of religious worship providing such care during religious functions shall be classified as part of the primary occupancy 308.5.3 Five or fewer persons receiving care. A facility having five or fewer persons receiving custodial care shall be classified as part of the primary occupancy 308.5.4 Five or fewer persons receiving care in a dwell- ing unit. A facility such as the above within a dwelling unit and having five or fewer persons receiving custodial care shall be classified as a Group R-3 occupancy or shall comply with the International Residential Code. SECTION 309 MERCANTILE GROUP M 309.1 Mercantile Group M. Mercantile Group M occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure or a portion thereof for the display and sale of merchandise, and involves stocks of goods, wares or merchandise incidental to such purposes and accessible to the public Mercantile occu- pancies shall include, but not be limited to, the following Department stores Drug stores Markets Greenhouses for display and sale of plants that provide public access Motor fuel -dispensing facilities Retail or wholesale stores Sales rooms 309.2 Quantity of hazardous materials. The aggregate quantity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or non- combustible liquid hazardous materials stored or displayed in a single control area of a Group M occupancy shall not exceed the quantities in Table 414 2 5(1) 52 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND USE E* SECTION 310 RESIDENTIAL GROUP R 310.1 Residential Group R. Residential Group R includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, for sleeping purposes when not classified as an Insti- tutional Group I or when not regulated by the International Residential Code 310.2 Residential Group R-1. Residential Group R-1 occu- pancies containing sleeping units where the occupants are primarily transient in nature, including Boarding houses (transient) with more than 10 occupants Congregate living facilihes (transient) with more than 10 occupants Hotels (transient) Motels (transient) 310.3 Residential Group R-2. Residential Group R-2 occu- pancies containing sleeping units or more than two dwelling units where the occupants are primarily permanent in nature, including Apartment houses Congregate living faczhhes (nontransient) with more than 16 occupants Boarding houses (nontransient) Convents Dormitories Fraternities and sororities Monasteries Hotels (nontransient) Lrve/workunits Motels (nontransient) Vacation tuneshare properties 310.4 Residential Group R-3. Residential Group R-3 occu- pancies where the occupants are primarily permanent in nature and not classified as Group R-1, R-2, R-4 or I, mclud- mg Buildings that do not contain more than two dwelling units Care facilities that provide accommodations for five or fewer persons receiving care Congregate living facilities (nontransient) with 16 or fewer occupants Boarding houses (nontransient) Convents Dormitories Fraternities and sororities Monasteries Congregate living facilities (transient) with 10 or fewer occupants Boarding houses (transient) Lodging houses (transient) with five or fewer guest rooms and 10 or fewer occupants 310.4.1 Care facilities within a dwelling. Care facilities for five or fewer persons receiving care that are within a single-family dwelling are permitted to comply with the International Residential Code provided an automatic sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3 or Section P2904 of the International Residen- hal Code 310.4.2 Lodging houses. Owner -occupied lodging houses with five or fewer guest rooms and 10 or fewer total occu- pants shall be permitted to be constructed in accordance with the International Residential Code 310.5 Residential Group R-4. Residential Group R-4 occu- pancy shall include buildings, structures or portions thereof for more than five but not more than 16 persons, excluding staff, who reside on a 24-hour basis in a supervised residen- tial environment and receive custodial care Buildings of Group R-4 shall be classified as one of the occupancy condi- tions specified in Section 310 5 1 or 310 5 2 This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following Alcohol and drug centers Assisted living facilities Congregate care facilities Group homes Halfway houses Residential board and care facilities Social rehabilitation facilities Group R-4 occupancies shall meet the requirements for construction as defined for Group R-3, except as otherwise provided for in this code 310.5.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall include buildings in which all persons receiving custodial care, without any assistance, are capable of responding to an emergency situation to complete building evacuation 310.5.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall include buildings in wluch there are any persons receiving custodial care who require lnntted verbal or physical assis- tance while responding to an emergency situation to com- plete building evacuation SECTION 311 STORAGE GROUP S 311.1 Storage Group S. Storage Group S occupancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure, or a portion thereof, for storage that is not classified as a hazard- ous occupancy 311.1.1 Accessory storage spaces. A room or space used for storage purposes that is accessory to another occu- pancy shall be classified as part of that occupancy 311.2 Moderate -hazard storage, Group S-1. Storage Group S-1 occupancies are buildings occupied for storage uses that are not classified as Group S-2, including, but not limited to, storage of the following Aerosol products, Levels 2 and 3 Aircraft hangar (storage and repair) Bags cloth, burlap and paper Bamboos and rattan Baskets Belting canvas and leather Books and paper in rolls or packs Boots and shoes Buttons, including cloth covered, pearl or bone Cardboard and cardboard boxes Clothing, woolen wearing apparel Cordage Dry boat storage (indoor) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 53 I I I I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tm PuOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION AND USE Furniture Furs Glues, mucilage, pastes and size Grains Horns and combs, other than celluloid Leather Linoleum Lumber Motor vehicle repair garages complying with the maximum allowable quantities of hazardous materials listed in Table 307 l(1) (see Section 406 8) Photo engravings Resilient flooring Self-service storage facility (mmi-storage) Silks Soaps Sugar Tires, bulk storage of Tobacco, cigars, cigarettes and snuff Upholstery and mattresses Wax candles 311.3 Low -hazard storage, Group S-2. Storage Group S-2 occupancies include, among others, buildings used for the storage of noncombustible materials such as products on wood pallets or in paper cartons with or without single thick- ness divisions, or in paper wrappings Such products are per- mitted to have a negligible amount of plastic tnm, such as knobs, handles or film wrapping Group S-2 storage uses shall include, but not be limited to, storage of the following Asbestos Beverages up to and including 16-percent alcohol in metal, glass or ceramic containers Cement in bags Chalk and crayons Dairy products in nonwaxed coated paper containers Dry cell batteries Electrical coils Electrical motors Empty cans Food products Foods in noncombustible containers Fresh Innis and vegetables in nonplastic trays or containers Frozen foods Glass Glass bottles, empty or filled with noncombustible liquids Gypsum board Inert pigments Ivory Meats Metal cabinets Metal desks with plastic tops and tnm Metal parts Metals Mirrors OJl-filled and other types of distribution transformers Parking garages, open or enclosed Porcelain and pottery Stoves Talc and soapstones Washers and dryers SECTION 312 UTILITY AND MISCELLANEOUS GROUP U 312.1 General. Buildings and structures of an accessory character and miscellaneous structures not classified in any specific occupancy shall be constructed, equipped and main- tained to conform to the requirements of this code commen- surate with the fire and life hazard incidental to their occupancy Group U shall include, but not be limited to, the following Agricultural buildings Aircraft hangars, accessory to a one- or two-family residence (see Section 412 4) Barns Carports Communication equipment structures with a gross floor I area of less than 1,500 square feet (139 m') Fences more than 6 feet (1829 mm) in height Gram silos, accessory to a residential occupancy Livestock shelters 4m Private garages Retaining walls Sheds Stables Tanks Towers 312.1.1 Greenhouses. Greenhouses not classified as I another occupancy shall be classified as Use Group U 54 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 4 SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE User note: About this chapter., Chapter 4 provides detailed criteria for special uses and occupancies. The unique characteristics of a live/work unit as opposed to a 30-story high-rise budding call for specific standards for each. Twenty-seven sections address covered and open mall buildings, atriums, hospitals, stages, buildings where hazardous materials are used and stored, jails and prisons, ambulatory care facilities and storm shelters, among other special occupancy Issues. SECTION 401 SCOPE 401.1 Detailed occupancy and use requirements. In addi- tion to the occupancy and construction requirements in this code, the provisions of this chapter apply to the occupancies and use described herein SECTION 402 COVERED MALL AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS 402.1 Applicability. The provisions of this section shall apply to buildings or structures defined herein as covered or open mall buildings not exceeding three floor levels at any point nor more than three stones above grade plane Except as specifically required by this section, covered and open mall buildings shall meet applicable provisions of this code Exceptions: 1 Foyers and lobbies of Groups B, R-1 and R-2 are not required to comply with this section 2 Buildings need not comply with the provisions of this section where they totally comply with other applicable provisions of this code 402.1.1 Open mall building perimeter line. For the pur- pose of this code, a perimeter line shall be established The perimeter line shall encircle all buildings and struc- tures that comprise the open mall building and shall encompass any open-air interior walkways, open-air courtyards or similar open -au spaces The perimeter line shall define the extent of the open mall building Anchor buildings and parking structures shall be outside of the perimeter line and are not considered as part of the open mall building 402.2 Open space. A covered mall building and attached anchor buildings and parking garages shall be surrounded on all sides by a permanent open space or not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) An open mall building and anchor buildings and parking garages adjommg the pernneter line shall be sur- rounded on all sides by a permanent open space of not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) Exception: The permanent open space of 60 feet (18 288 mm) shall be permitted to be reduced to not less than 40 feet (12 192 mm), provided that the following require- ments are met 1 The reduced open space shall not be allowed for more than 75 percent of the perimeter of the covered or open mall building and anchor buildings 2 The exterior wall facing the reduced open space shall have afire -resistance rating of not less than 3 hours 3 Openings in the exterior wall facing the reduced open space shall have opening protectwes with afire protection rating of not less than 3 hours 4 Group E, H, I or R occupancies are not located within the covered or open mall building or anchor buildings 402.3 Lease plan. Each owner of a covered mall building or of an open mall building shall provide both the building and fire departments with a lease plan showing the location of each occupancy and its exits after the certificate of occupancy has been issued Modifications or changes in occupancy or use from that shown on the lease plan shall not be made with- out prior approval of the building official 402.4 Construction. The construction of covered and open mall buildings, anchor buildings and parking garages associ- ated with a mall building shall comply with Sections 402 4 1 through 402 4 3 402.4.1 Area and types of construction. The building area and type of construction of covered mall or open mall buildings, anchor buildings and parking garages shall comply with this section 402.4.1.1 Covered and open mall buildings. The building area of any covered mall or open mall build- ing shall not be limited provided that the covered mall or open mall building does not exceed three floor levels at any point nor three stones above grade plane, and is of Type I, II, III or IV construction 402.4.1.2 Anchor buildings. The building area and building height of any anchor building shall be based on the type of construction as required by Section 503 as modified by Sections 504 and 506 Exception: The building area of any anchor build- ing shall not be limited provided that the anchor 4m 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 55 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE E* building is not more than three stones above grade plane, and is of Type I, II, III or IV construction 402.4.1.3 Parking garage. The building area and building height of any parking garage shall be based on the type of construction as required by Sections 406 5 and 406 6, respectively 402.4.2 Fire -resistance -rated separation. Fire -resis- tance -rated separation is not required between tenant spaces and the mall Fire -resistance -rated separation is not required between a food court and adjacent tenant spaces or the mall 402.4.2.1 Tenant separations. Each tenant space shall be separated from other tenant spaces by afire partition complying with Section 708 A tenant separation wall is not required between any tenant space and the mall 402.4.2.2 Anchor building separation. An anchor building shall be separated from the covered or open mall building by fire walls complying with Section 706 Exceptions: 1 Anchor buildings of not more than three sto- nes above grade plane that have an occu- pancy classification the same as that permitted for tenants of the mall building shall be sepa- rated by 2-hour fire -resistance -rated fire barri- ers complying with Section 707 2 The exterior walls of anchor buildings sepa- rated from an open mall building by an open mall shall comply with Table 602 402.4.2.2.1 Openings between anchor building and mall. Except for the separation between Group R-1 sleeping units and the mall, openings between anchor buildings of Type IA, IB, IIA or IIB con- struction and the mall need not be protected 402.4.2.3 Parking garages. An attached garage for the storage of passenger vehicles having a capacity of not more than nine persons and open parking garages shall be considered as a separate building where it is sepa- rated from the covered or open mall building or anchor building by not less than 2-hour fire barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Parking garages, which are separated from covered mall buildings, open mall buildings or anchor build- ings, shall comply with the provisions of Table 602 Pedestrian walkways and tunnels that connect garages to mall buildings or anchor builcngs shall be constructed in accordance with Section 3104 402.4.3 Open mall construction. Floor assemblies in, and roof assemblies over, the open mall of an open mall build- ing shall be open to the atmosphere for not less than 20 feet (6096 mm), measured perpendicular from the face of the tenant spaces on the lowest level, from edge of balcony to edge of balcony on upper floors and from edge of roof line to edge of roof line The openings within, or the unroofed area of, an open mall shall extend from the low- est/grade level of the open mall through the entire roof assembly Balconies on upper levels of the mall shall not project into the required width of the opening 402.4.3.1 Pedestrian walkways. Pedestrian walkways connecting balconies in an open mall shall be located not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) from any other pedes- trian walkway. [F] 402.5 Automatic sprinkler system. Covered and open mall buildings and buildings connected shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, which shall comply with all of the following 1 The automatic sprinkler system shall be complete and operative throughout occupied space in the mall build- ing prior to occupancy of any of the tenant spaces Unoccupied tenant spaces shall be similarly protected unless provided with approved alternative protection 2 Sprinkler protection for the mall of a covered mall building shall be independent from that provided for tenant spaces or anchor buildings 3 Sprinkler protection for the tenant spaces of an open mall building shall be independent from that provided for anchor buildings. 4 Sprinkler protection shall be provided beneath exterior circulation balconies located adjacent to an open mall 5 Where tenant spaces are supplied by the same system, they shall be independently controlled Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be required in spaces or areas of open parking garages separated from the covered or open mall building in accordance with Section 402 4 2 3 and constructed in accordance with Section 406 5. 402.6 Interior finishes and features. Interior finishes within the mall and installations within the mall shall comply with Sections 402 6 1 through 402 6 4 402.6.1 Interior finish. Interior wall and ceiling finishes within the mall of a covered mall building and within the exits of covered or open mall buildings shall have a mim- mum flame spread index and smoke -developed index of Class B in accordance with Chapter 8. Interior floor fin- ishes shall meet the requirements of Section 804 402.6.2 Kiosks. Kiosks and similar structures (temporary or permanent) located within the mall of a covered mall builckng or within the perimeter line of an open mall builckng shall meet the following requirements 1 Combustible kiosks or other structures shall not be located within a covered or open mall unless con- structed of any of the following materials 11 Fire -retardant -treated wood complying with Section 2303 2 12 Foam plastics having a maximum heat release rate not greater than 100 kW (105 Btu/h) when tested in accordance with the exhibit booth protocol in UL 1975 or when 56 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyrightOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf da od om).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)Odo,N=b,,x1ooe1vmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) Potto Lie Affiee^® ,Ath ICC No fwN¢ T,odomoo. m ALLh¢ gAodomo,, by oo,thd,t, o, Axmboemdmhorissd 9cglo— ody mpyncg and oPt,P, m,okb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE tested in accordance with NFPA 289 using the 20 kW ignition source 13 Aluminum composite material (ACM) meeting the requirements of Class A mte- nor finish in accordance with Chapter 8 when tested as an assembly in the maxi- mum thickness intended 2 Kiosks or similar structures located within the mall shall be provided with approved automatic sprinkler system and detection devices 3 The horizontal separation between kiosks or group- ings thereof and other structures within the mall shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) 4 Each kiosk or sun ilar structure or groupings thereof shall have an area not greater than 300 square feet (28 m) 402.6.3 Children's play structures. Children's play structures located within the mall of a covered mall build- ing or within the perimeter line of an open mall building shall comply with Section 424 The horizontal separation between children's play structures, kiosks and similar structures within the mall shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) 402.6.4 Plastic signs. Plastic signs affixed to the store- front of any tenant space facing a mall or open mall shall be limited as specified in Sections 402 6 4 1 through 402645 402.6.4.1 Area. Plastic signs shall be not more than 20 percent of the wall area facing the mall 402.6.4.2 Height and width. Plastic signs shall be not greater than 36 inches (914 mm) in height, except that where the sign is vertical, the height shall be not greater than 96 inches (2438 mm) and the width shall be not greater than 36 inches (914 mm) 402.6.4.3 Location. Plastic signs shall be located not less than 18 inches (457 mm) from adjacent tenants 402.6.4.4 Plastics other than foam plastics. Plastics other than foam plastics used in signs shall be light - transmitting plastics complying with Section 2606 4 or shall have a self -ignition temperature of 650°F (343°C) or greater when tested in accordance with ASTM D1929, and aflame spread index not greater than 75 and smoke -developed index not greater than 450 when tested in the manner intended for use in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 or meet the acceptance cri- teria of Section 803 1 1 1 when tested in accordance with NFPA 286 402.6.4.4.1 Encasement. Edges and backs of plastic signs in the mall shall be fully encased in metal 402.6.4.5 Foam plastics. Foam plastics used in signs shall have flame-retardant characteristics such that the sign has a maximum heat -release rate of 150 kilowatts when tested in accordance with UL 1975 or when tested in accordance with NFPA 289 using the 20 kW ignition source, and the foam plastics shall have the physical characteristics specified in this section Foam plastics used in signs installed in accordance with Sec- tion 402 6 4 shall not be required to comply with the flame spread and smoke -developed indices specified in Section 2603 3 402.6.4.5.1 Density. The density of foam plastics used in signs shall be not less than 20 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (320 kg/ m') 402.6.4.5.2 Thickness. The thickness of foam plas- tic signs shall not be greater than Yz inch (12 7 mm) [F] 402.7 Emergency systems. Covered and open mall buildings, anchor buildings and associated parking garages shall be provided with emergency systems complying with Sections 402 7 1 through 402 7 5 [F] 402.7.1 Standpipe system. Covered and open mall buildings shall be equipped throughout with a standpipe system as required by Section 905 3 3 [F] 402.7.2 Smoke control. Where a covered mall build- ing contains an atnum, a smoke control system shall be provided in accordance with Section 404 5 Exception: A smoke control system is not required in covered mall buildings where an atrium connects only two stories [F] 402.7.3 Emergency power. Covered mall builcngs greater than 50,000 square feet (4645 m) in area and open mall buildings greater than 50,000 square feet (4645 m') within the established perimeter line shall be provided with emergency power that is capable of operating the emergency voice/alarm communication system in accor- dance with Section 2702 [F] 402.7.4 Emergency voice/alarm communication system. Where the total floor area is greater than 50,000 square feet (4645 m) within either a covered mall build- ing or within the perimeter line of an open mall building, an emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be provided The fire department shall have access to any emergency voice/alarm communication systems serving a mall, required or otherwise The systems shall be provided in accordance with Section 907 5 2 2. [F] 402.7.5 Fire department access to equipment. Rooms or areas containing controls for air-conditioning systems, automatic fire -extinguishing systems, automatic sprinkler systems or other detection, suppression or control elements shall be identified for use by the fire department 402.8 Means of egress. Covered mall buildings, open mall buildings and each tenant space within a mall building shall be provided with means of egress as required by this section and this code Where there is a conflict between the require- ments of this code and the requirements of Sections 402 8 1 through 402 8 8, the requirements of Sections 402 8 1 through 402 8 8 shall apply 402.8.1 Mall width. For the purpose of providing required egress, malls are permitted to be considered as corridors but need not comply with the requirements of Section 1005 1 of this code where the width of the mall is as spec- ified in this section 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 57 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE 402.8.1.1 Minimum width. The aggregate clear egress width of the mall in either a covered or open mall building shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) The mall width shall be sufficient to accommodate the occupant load served Any portion of the minimum required aggregate egress width shall be not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) measured to a height of 8 feet (2438 mm) between any projection of a tenant space border- ing the mall and the nearest kiosk, vending machine, bench, display opening, food court or other obstruction to means of egress travel 402.8.2 Determination of occupant load. The occupant load permitted in any individual tenant space in a covered or open mall building shall be determmed as required by this code Means of egress requirements for individual tenant spaces shall be based on the occupant load thus determined 402.8.2.1 Occupant formula. In determining required means of egress of the mall, the number of occupants for whom means of egress are to be provided shall be based on gross leasable area of the covered or open mall building (excluding anchor buildings) and the occupant load factor as determmed by Equation 4-1 OLF = (0 00007)(GL4) + 25 (Equation 4-1) where OLF —The occupant load factor (square feet per person) GLA —The gross leasable area (square feet) Exception: Tenant spaces attached to a covered or open mall building but with a means of egress sys- tem that is totally independent of the open mall of an open mall building or of a covered mall building shall not be considered as gross leasable area for determming the required means of egress for the mall building 402.8.2.2 OLF range. The occupant load factor (OLF) is not required to be less than 30 and shall not exceed 50 402.8.2.3 Anchor buildings. The occupant load of anchor buildings opening into the mall shall not be included in computing the total number of occupants for the mall 402.8.2.4 Food courts. The occupant load of a food court shall be determined in accordance with Section 1004 For the purposes of determming the means of egress requirements for the mall, the food court occu- pant load shall be added to the occupant load of the covered or open mall building as calculated in Section 402821 402.8.3 Number of means of egress. Wherever the dis- tance of travel to the mall from any location within a tenant space used by persons other than employees is greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm) or the tenant space has an occupant load of 50 or more, not fewer than two means of egress shall be provided 402.8.4 Arrangements of means of egress. Assembly occupancies with an occupant load of 500 or more located within a covered mall building shall be so located such that their entrance will be immediately adjacent to a prin- cipal entrance to the mall and shall have not less than one- half of their required means of egress opening directly to the exterior of the covered mall builckng Assembly occu- pancies located within the perimeter line of an open mall builckng shall be permitted to have their main exit open to the open mall 402.8.4.1 Anchor building means of egress. Required means of egress for anchor buildings shall be provided independently from the mall means of egress system The occupant load of anchor buildings opening into the mall shall not be included in determining means of egress requirements for the mall The path of egress travel of malls shall not exit through anchor buildings Malls terminating at an anchor building where other means of egress has not been provided shall be consid- ered as a dead-end mall. 402.8.5 Distance to exits. Within each individual tenant space in a covered or open mall building, the distance of travel from any point to an exit or entrance to the mall shall be not greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm) The distance of travel from any point within a mall of a covered mall building to an exit shall be not greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm) The maximum distance of travel from any point within an open mall to the perimeter line of the open mall building shall be not greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm) 402.8.6 Access to exits. Where more than one exit is required, they shall be so arranged that it is possible to travel in either direction from any point in a mall of a cov- ered mall builckng to separate exits or from any point in an open mall of an open mall building to two separate loca- tions on the perimeter line, provided that neither location is an exterior wall of an anchor building or parking garage The width of an exit passageway or corridor from a mall shall be not less than 66 inches (1676 mm) Exception: Access to exits is permitted by way of a dead-end mall that does not exceed a length equal to twice the width of the mall measured at the narrowest location within the dead-end portion of the mall 402.8.6.1 Exit passageways. Where exit passageways provide a secondary means of egress from a tenant space, the exit passageways shall be constructed in accordance with Section 1024 402.8.7 Service areas fronting on exit passageways. Mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, building service areas and service elevators are permitted to open directly into exit passageways, provided that the exit passageway is separated from such rooms with not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Sec- tion 711, or both The fire protection rating of openings in the fire barriers shall be not less than 1 hour 58 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C'p IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE 402.8.8 Security grilles and doors. Horizontal sliding or vertical security grilles or doors that are a part of a required means of egress shall conform to the following 1 Doors and grilles shall remain in the full open posi- tion during the period of occupancy by the general public 2 Doors or grilles shall not be brought to the closed position when there are 10 or more persons occupy - mg spaces served by a single exit or 50 or more per- sons occupying spaces served by more than one exit 3 The doors or grilles shall be operable from within without the use of any special knowledge or effort where the space is occupied 4 Where two or more exits are required, not more than one-half of the exits shall be permitted to include either a horizontal sliding or vertical rolling grille or door SECTION 403 HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS 403.1 Applicability. High-rise buildings shall comply with Sections 403 2 through 403 6 Exception: The provisions of Sections 403 2 through 403 6 shall not apply to the following buildings and struc- tures 1 Airport traffic control towers in accordance with Section 412 2 2 Open parking garages in accordance with Section 4065 3 The portion of a building containing a Group A-5 occupancy in accordance with Section 303 6 4 Special industrial occupancies in accordance with Section 503 1 1 5 Buildings containing any one of the following 5 1 A Group H-1 occupancy 5 2 A Group H-2 occupancy in accordance with Section 415 8, 415 9 2, 415 9 3 or 426 1 5 3 A Group H-3 occupancy in accordance with Section 415 8 403.2 Construction. The construction of high-rise buildings shall comply with the provisions of Sections 403 2 1 through 40324 403.2.1 Reduction in fire -resistance rating. The fire - resistance rating reductions listed in Sections 403 2 1 1 and 403 2 1 2 shall be allowed in buildings that have sprinkler control valves equipped with supervisory initiat- ing devices and water -flow initiating devices for each floor 403.2.1.1 Type of construction. The following reduc- tions in the minimum fire -resistance rating of the building elements in Table 601 shall be permitted as follows 1 For buildings not greater than 420 feet (128 m) in building height, the fire -resistance rating of the building elements in Type IA construction shall be permitted to be reduced to the mimmurn fire - resistance ratings for the building elements in TypeIB Exception: The required fire -resistance rat- ing of columns supporting floors shall not be reduced 2 In other than Group F-1, H-2, H-3, H-5, M and S-1 occupancies, the fire -resistance rating of the building elements in Type IB construction shall be permitted to be reduced to the fire -resistance rat- ings in Type IIA 3 The building height and builchng area hinitations of a bwldmg containing building elements with reduced fire -resistance ratings shall be permitted to be the same as the building without such reductions 403.2.1.2 Shaft enclosures. For buildings not greater than 420 feet (128 m) in building height, the required fire -resistance rating of the fire barriers enclosing ver- tical shafts, other than interior exit stairway and eleva- tor hoistway enclosures, is permitted to be reduced to 1 hour where automatic sprinklers are installed within the shafts at the top and at alternate floor levels 403.2.2 Seismic considerations. For seismic consider- ations, see Chapter 16 [BS] 403.2.3 Structural integrity of interior exit stair- ways and elevator hoistway enclosures. For high-rise buildings of Risk Category III or IV in accordance with Section 1604 5, and for all buildings that are more than 420 feet (128 m) m building height, enclosures for interior exit stairways and elevator hoistway enclosures shall com- ply with Sections 403 2 3 1 through 403 2 3 4 [BS] 403.2.3.1 Wall assembly. The wall assemblies making up the enclosures for interior exit stairways and elevator hoistway enclosures shall meet or exceed Soft Body Impact Classification Level 2 as measured by the test method described in ASTM C1629/C1629M [BS] 403.2.3.2 Wall assembly materials. The face of the wall assemblies making up the enclosures for mte- nor exit stairways and elevator hoistway enclosures that are not exposed to the interior of the enclosures for interior exit stairways or elevator hoistway enclosure shall be constructed in accordance with one of the fol- lowing methods 1 The wall assembly shall incorporate not fewer than two layers of impact -resistant construction board each of which meets or exceeds Hard Body Impact Classification Level 2 as measured by the test method described inASTM C1629/C1629M 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 59 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE 2 The wall assembly shall incorporate not fewer than one layer of impact -resistant construction material that meets or exceeds Hard Body Impact Classification Level 3 as measured by the test method described in ASTM C1629/C1629M 3 The wall assembly incorporates multiple layers of any material, tested in tandem, that meets or exceeds Hard Body Impact Classification Level 3 as measured by the test method described in ASTM C1629/C1629M [BS] 403.2.3.3 Concrete and masonry walls. Con- crete or masonry walls shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 403 2 3 1 and 403 2 3 2 [BS] 403.2.3.4 Other wall assemblies. Any other wall assembly that provides impact resistance equivalent to that required by Sections 403 2 3 1 and 403 2 3 2 for Hard Body Impact Classification Level 3, as measured by the test method described in ASTM C1629/C1629M, shall be permitted 403.2.4 Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRNI). The bond strength of the SFRM installed throughout the build- ing shall be in accordance with Table 403 2 4 TABLE 403.2.4 MINIMUM BOND STRENGTH HEIGHT OF BUILDING' SFRM MINIMUM BOND STRENGTH Up to 420 feet 430 psf Greater than 420 feet 1,000 psf For SI 1 foot= 304 8 min, 1 pound per square foot (psf) = 0 0479 kN/m' a Above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access [F] 403.3 Automatic sprinkler system. Buildings and struc- tures shall be equipped throughout with an automahc sprin- kler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 and a secondary water supply where required by Section 403 3 3 Exception: An automatic sprinkler system shall not be required in spaces or areas of 1 Open parking garages in accordance with Section 4065 2 Telecommunications equipment buildings used exclusively for telecommunications equipment, associated electrical power distribution equipment, batteries and standby engines, provided that those spaces or areas are equipped throughout with an automatic fire detection system in accordance with Section 907 2 and are separated from the remainder of the building by not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or not less than 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both [F] 403.3.1 Number of sprinkler risers and system design. Each sprinkler system zone in buildings that are more than 420 feet (128 m) in building height shall be sup- plied by not fewer than two risers Each riser shall supply sprinklers on alternate floors If more than two risers are provided for a zone, sprinklers on adjacent floors shall not be supplied from the same riser [F] 403.3.1.1 Riser location. Sprinkler risers shall be placed in interior exit stairways and ramps that are remotely located in accordance with Section 1007 1 [F] 403.3.2 Water supply to required fire pumps. In buildings that are more than 420 feet (128 m) in building height, required fire pumps shall be supplied by connec- tions to not fewer than two water mams located in differ- ent streets Separate supply piping shall be provided between each connection to the water main and the pumps Each connection and the supply piping between the con- nection and the pumps shall be sized to supply the flow and pressure required for the pumps to operate Exception: Two connections to the same main shall be permitted provided that the main is valved such that an interruption can be isolated so that the water supply will continue without interruption through not fewer than one of the connections [F] 403.3.3 Secondary water supply. An automatic sec- ondary on -site water supply having a capacity not less than the hydraulically calculated sprinkler demand, including the hose stream requirement, shall be provided for high- rise builcngs assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F as determined by Section 1613 An additional fire pump shall not be required for the secondary water supply unless needed to provide the minimum design intake pres- sure at the suction side of the fire pump supplying the automatic sprinkler system The secondary water supply shall have a duration of not less than 30 minutes [F] 403.3.4 Fire pump room. Fire pumps shall be located in rooms protected in accordance with Section 913 2 1 [F] 403.4 Emergency systems. The detection, alarm and emergency systems of high-rise buildings shall comply with Sections 403 4 1 through 403 4 8 [F] 403.4.1 Smoke detection. Smoke detection shall be provided in accordance with Section 907 2 12 1 [F] 403.4.2 Fire alarm system. Afire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with Section 907 2 12 [F] 403.4.3 Standpipe system. A high-rise building shall be equipped with a standpipe system as required by Sec- tion 905 3 [F] 403.4.4 Emergency voice/alarm communication system. An emergency voice/alarm commumcahon sys- tem shall be provided in accordance with Section 907522 [F] 403.4.5 Emergency responder radio coverage. Emergency responder radio coverage shall be provided in accordance with Section 510 of the International Fire Code [F] 403.4.6 Fire command. Afire command center com- plying with Section 911 shall be provided in a location I approved by the fire code official [F] 403.4.7 Smoke removal. To facilitate smoke removal in post -fire salvage and overhaul operations, buildings and structures shall be equipped with natural or mechanical 60 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C'p IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE ventilation for removal of products of combustion in accordance with one of the following 1 Easily identifiable, manually operable windows or panels shall be distributed around the perimeter of each floor at not more than 50-foot (15 240 mm) intervals The area of operable windows or panels shall be not less than 40 square feet (3 7 m') per 50 linear feet (15 240 mm) of perimeter Exceptions: 1 In Group R-1 occupancies, each sleeping tint or suite having an exterior wall shall be permitted to be provided with 2 square feet (0 19 m) of venting area in lieu of the area specified in Item 1 2 Windows shall be permitted to be fixed provided that glazing can be cleared by fire fighters 2 Mechanical air -handling equipment providing one exhaust air change every 15 minutes for the area involved Return and exhaust air shall be moved directly to the outside without recirculation to other portions of the building 3 Any other approved design that will produce equiv- alent results [F] 403.4.8 Standby and emergency power. A standby power system complying with Section 2702 and Section 3003 shall be provided for the standby power loads speci- fied in Section 403 4 8 3 An emergency power system complying with Section 2702 shall be provided for the emergency power loads specified in Section 403 4 8 4 [F] 403.4.8.1 Equipment room. If the standby or emergency power system includes a generator set inside a building, the system shall be located in a sepa- rate room enclosed with 2-hour fire barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both System supervision with manual start and transfer features shall be provided at the fire command center. Exception: In Group I-2, Condition 2, manual start and transfer features for the critical branch of the emergency power are not required to be provided at the fire command center [F] 403.4.8.2 Fuel line piping protection. Fuel lines supplying a generator set inside a building shall be sep- arated from areas of the building other than the room the generator is located in by an approved method or assembly that has a fire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours Where the building is protected through- out with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2, the required fire -resistance rating shall be reduced to 1 hour [F] 403.4.8.3 Standby power loads. The following are classified as standby power loads 1 Ventilation and automatic fire detection equip- ment for smokeproof enclosures 2 Elevators 3 Where elevators are provided in a high-rise building for accessible means of egress, fire ser- vice access or occupant self -evacuation, the standby power system shall also comply with Sections 1009 4, 3007 or 3008, as applicable [F] 403.4.8.4 Emergency power loads. The following are classified as emergency power loads 1 Exit signs and means of egress illumination required by Chapter 10 2 Elevator car lighting 3 Emergency voice/alarm communications sys- tems 4 Automatic fire detection systems 5 Fire alarm systems 6 Electrically powered fire pumps 7 Power and lighting for the fire command center required by Section 403 4 6 403.5 Means of egress and evacuation. The means of egress in high-rise buildings shall comply with Sections 403 5 1 through 403 5 6 403.5.1 Remoteness of interior exit stairways. Required interior exit stairways shall be separated by a distance not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) or not less than one-fourth of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or area to be served, whichever is less The distance shall be measured in a straight line between the nearest points of the enclosure surrounding the interior exit stairways In buildings with three or more interior exit stairways, not fewer than two of the interior exit stairways shall comply with this section Interlocking or scissor stairways shall be counted as one interior exit stairway. 403.5.2 Additional interior exit stairway. For buildings other than Group R-2 and their ancillary spaces that are more than 420 feet (128 m) in building height, one addi- tional interior exit stairway meeting the requirements of Sections 1011 and 1023 shall be provided in addition to the minimum number of exits required by Section 1006 3 The total capacity of any combination of remaining mte- nor exit stairways with one interior exit stairway removed shall be not less than the total capacity required by Section 1005 1 Scissor stairways shall not be considered the addi- tional interior exit stairway required by this section Exceptions: 1 An additional interior exit stairway shall not be required to be installed in buildings having eleva- tors used for occupant self -evacuation in accor- dance with Section 3008 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 61 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE E* 2 An additional interior exit stairway shall not be required for other portions of the building where the highest occupiable floor level in those areas is less than 420 feet (128 m) in building height 403.5.3 Stairway door operation. Stairway doors other than the exit discharge doors shall be permitted to be locked from the stairway side Stairway doors that are locked from the stairway side shall be capable of being unlocked simultaneously without unlatching upon a signal from the fire command center. 403.5.3.1 Stairway communication system. A tele- phone or other two-way communications system con- nected to an approved constantly attended station shall be provided at not less than every fifth floor in each stairway where the doors to the stairway are locked 403.5.4 Smokeproof enclosures. Every required interior exit stairway serving floors more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access shall be a smokeproof enclosure in accordance with Sections 909 20 and 1023 11 403.5.5 Luminous egress path markings. Luminous egress path markings shall be provided in accordance with Section 1025 403.5.6 Emergency escape and rescue. Emergency escape and rescue openings specified in Section 1030 are not required 403.6 Elevators. Elevator installation and operation in high- rise buildings shall comply with Chapter 30 and Sections 403 6 1 and 403 6 2 403.6.1 Fire service access elevator. In buildings with an occupied floor more than 120 feet (36 576 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, not fewer than two fire service access elevators, or all elevators, whichever is less, shall be provided in accordance with Section 3007 Each fire service access elevator shall have a capacity of not less than 3,500 pounds (1588 kg) and shall comply with Section 3002 4 403.6.2 Occupant evacuation elevators. Where installed in accordance with Section 3008, passenger elevators for general public use shall be permitted to be used for occu- pant self -evacuation SECTION 404 ATRIUMS 404.1 General. In other than Group H occupancies, and where pernutted by Section 712 1 7, the provisions of Sec- tions 404 1 through 404 10 shall apply to buildings or struc- tures containing vertical openings defined as "Atriums " 404.2 Use. The floor of the atnum shall not be used for other than low fire hazard uses and only approved materials and decorations in accordance with the International Fire Code shall be used in the atnum space Exception: The atnum floor area is pernutted to be used for any approved use where the individual space is pro- vided with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 [F] 404.3 Automatic sprinkler protection. An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout the entire building Exceptions: 1 That area of a building adjacent to or above the atnum need not be sprmklered provided that portion of the building is separated from the atnum portion by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assem- blies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both 2 Where the ceiling of the atnum is more than 55 feet (16 764 mm) above the floor, sprinkler protection at the ceiling of the atnum is not required [F] 404.4 Fire alarm system. Afire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with Section 907 2 13 404.5 Smoke control. A smoke control system shall be installed in accordance with Section 909 Exception: In other than Group I-2, and Group I-1, Condi- tion 2, smoke control is not required for atriums that con- nect only two stones 404.6 Enclosure of atriums. Atrium spaces shall be sepa- rated from adjacent spaces by a 1-hour fire barrier con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or a horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Exceptions: 1 Afire barner is not required where a glass wall forming a smoke partition is provided The glass wall shall comply with all of the following 1 1 Automatic sprinklers are provided along both sides of the separation wall and doors, or on the room side only if there is not a walkway on the atnum side The sprinklers shall be located between 4 inches and 12 inches (102 mm and 305 mm) away from the glass and at intervals along the glass not greater than 6 feet (1829 mm) The sprinkler system shall be designed so that the entire surface of the glass is wet upon activation of the sprinkler system without obstruction, 1 2 The glass wall shall be installed in a gas- keted frame in a manner that the framing system deflects without breaking (loading) the glass before the sprinkler system oper- ates, and 1 3 Where glass doors are provided in the glass wall, they shall be either self -closing or automatic -closing 2 Afire barner is not required where a glass -block wall assembly complying with Section 2110 and having a'/q hour fire protection rating is provided 3 Afire barrier is not required between the atnum and I the adjoining spaces of up to three floors of the 62 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyrightOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf da od om).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)Odo,N=b,,x1ooe1vmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) Potto Lie Affiee^® ,Ath ICC No fwN¢ T,odomoo. m ALLh¢ gAodomo,, by oo,thd,t, o, Axmboemdmhorissd 9cglo— ody mpyncg and oPt,P,k. lokb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE atrium provided that such spaces are accounted for in the design of the smoke control system 4 A fire barrier is not required between the atrium and the adjoining spaces where the atrium is not required to be provided with a smoke control system [F] 404.7 Standby power. Equipment required to provide smoke control shall be provided with standby power in accor- dance with Section 909 11 404.8 Interior finish. The mtenor finish of walls and ceil- ings of the atrium shall be not less than Class B Sprinkler protection shall not result in a reduction in class 404.9 Exit access travel distance. Fait access travel distance for areas open to an atrium shall comply with the require- ments of this section 404.9.1 Egress not through the atrium. Where required access to the exits is not through the atrium, exit access travel distance shall comply with Section 1017 404.9.2 Exit access travel distance at the level of exit discharge. Where the path of egress travel is through an atrium space, exit access travel distance at the level of exit discharge shall be determmed in accordance with Section 1017 404.9.3 Exit access travel distance at other than the level of exit discharge. Where the path of egress travel is not at the level of exit discharge from the atrium, that por- tion of the total permitted exit access travel distance that occurs within the atrium shall be not greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm) 404.10 Interior exit stairways. Not greater than 50 percent of interior exit stairways are permitted to egress through an atrium on the level of exit discharge in accordance with Sec- tion 1028 SECTION 405 UNDERGROUND BUILDINGS 405.1 General. The provisions of Sections 405 2 through 405 9 apply to building spaces having a floor level used for human occupancy more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the finished floor of the lowest level of exit discharge Exceptions: The provisions of Section 405 are not appli- cable to the following buildings or portions of buildings 1 One- and two-family dwellings, spnnklered in accordance with Section 903 3 13 2 Parking garages provided with automatic sprinkler systems in compliance with Section 405 3 3 Fixed guideway transit systems 4 Grandstands, bleachers, stadiums, arenas and simi- lar facilities 5 Where the lowest story is the only story that would qualify the bwldmg as an underground building and has an area not greater than 1,500 square feet (139 m') and has an occupant load less than 10 6 Pumping stations and other similar mechanical spaces intended only for limited periodic use by ser- vice or maintenance personnel 405.2 Construction requirements. The underground portion of the building shall be of Type I construction [F] 405.3 Automatic sprinkler system. The highest level of exit cscharge serving the underground portions of the build- ing and all levels below shall be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 Water -flow switches and control valves shall be supervised in accordance with Section 903 4 405.4 Compartmentatiion. Compartmentation shall be in accordance with Sections 405 4 1 through 405 4 3 405.4.1 Number of compartments. A building having a floor level more than 60 feet (18 288 mm) below the fin- ished floor of the lowest level of exit cscharge shall be divided into not fewer than two compartments of approxi- mately equal size Such compartmentation shall extend through the highest level of exit discharge serving the underground portions of the building and all levels below Exception: The lowest story need not be compart- mented where the area is not greater than 1,500 square feet (139 m) and has an occupant load of less than 10 405.4.2 Smoke barrier penetration. The compartments shall be separated from each other by a smoke barrier in accordance with Section 709 Penetrations between the two compartments shall be limited to plumbing and elec- trical piping and conduit that are firestopped in accordance with Section 714 Doorways shall be protected by fire door assemblies that comply with Section 716, automatic - closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6 and installed in accordance with NFPA 105 and Section 716 2 2 1 Where provided, each compartment shall have an au supply and an exhaust system indepen- dent of the other compartments 405.4.3 Elevators. Where elevators are provided, each compartment shall have direct access to an elevator Where an elevator serves more than one compartment, an enclosed elevator lobby shall be provided and shall be sep- arated from each compartment by a smoke barrier in accordance with Section 709 Doorways in the smoke bar- rier shall be protected by fire door assemblies that comply with Section 716, shall comply with the smoke and draft control assembly requirements of Section 716 2 2 1 with the UL 1784 test conducted without an artificial bottom seal, and shall be automatic -closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6 405.5 Smoke control system. A smoke control system shall be provided in accordance with Sections 405 5 1 and 405 5 2 405.5.1 Control system. A smoke control system is required to control the migration of products of combus- tion in accordance with Section 909 and the provisions of this section Smoke control shall restrict movement of smoke to the general area of fire origin and maintain means of egress in a usable condition 405.5.2 Compartment smoke control system. Where compartmentation is required, each compartment shall have an independent smoke control system The system shall be automatically activated and capable of manual operation in accordance with Sections 907 2 17 and 9072 18 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 63 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE [F] 405.6 Fire alarm systems. Afire alarm system shall be provided where required by Sections 907 2 17 and 907 2 18 405.7 Means of egress. Means of egress shall be in accor- dance with Sections 405 7 1 and 405 7 2 405.7.1 Number of exits. Each floor level shall be pro- vided with not fewer than two exits Where compartmenta- tion is required by Section 405 4, each compartment shall have not fewer than one exit and not fewer than one exit access doorway into the adjoining compartment 405.7.2 Smokeproof enclosure. Every required stairway serving floor levels more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the finished floor of its level of exit discharge shall comply with the requirements for a smokeproof enclosure as pro- vided in Section 1023 11 [F] 405.8 Standby and emergency power. A standby power system complying with Section 2702 shall be provided for the standby power loads specified in Section 405 8 1 An emergency power system complying with Section 2702 shall be provided for the emergency power loads specified in Sec- tion 405 8 2 [F] 405.8.1 Standby power loads. The following are clas- sified as standby power loads 1 Smoke control system 2 Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment for smokeproof enclosures 3 Elevators, as required in Section 3003 [F] 405.8.2 Emergency power loads. The following are classified as emergency power loads 1 Emergency voice/alarm communications systems 2 Fire alarm systems 3 Automatic fire detection systems 4 Elevator car lighting Means of egress and exit sign illumination as required by Chapter 10 6 Fire pumps [F] 405.9 Standpipe system. The underground building shall be equipped throughout with a standpipe system in accor- dance with Section 905 SECTION 406 MOTOR -VEHICLE -RELATED OCCUPANCIES 406.1 General. All motor -vehicle -related occupancies shall comply with Section 406 2 Private garages and carports shall also comply with Section 406 3 Open public parking garages shall also comply with Sections 406 4 and 406 5 Enclosed public parking garages shall also comply with Sections 406 4 and 406 6 Motor fuel -dispensing facilities shall also comply with Section 406 7 Repair garages shall also comply with Section 406 8 406.2 Design. Private garages and carports, open and enclosed public parking garages, motor fuel -dispensing facil- ities and repair garages shall comply with Sections 406 2 1 through 406 2 9 406.2.1 Automatic garage door openers and vehicular gates. Automatic garage door openers shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 325 Where provided, auto- matic vehicular gates shall comply with Section 3110 406.2.2 Clear height. The clear height of each floor level in vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas shall be not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) Canopies under which fuels are dis- pensed shall have a clear height in accordance with Sec- tion 406 7 2 Exception: A lower clear height is permitted for a parking tier in mechanical -access open parking garages where approved by the building official 406.2.3 Accessible parking spaces. Where parking is pro- vided, accessible parking spaces, access aisles and velucu- lar routes serving accessible parking shall be provided in accordance with Section 1106 406.2.4 Floor surfaces. Floor surfaces shall be of concrete or similar approved noncombustible and nonabsorbent materials The area of floor used for the parking of auto- mobiles or other vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of liquids to a dram or toward the main vehicle entry doorway The surface of vehicle fueling pads in motor fuel -dispensing facilities shall be in accordance with Section 406 7 1 Exceptions: 1 Asphalt parking surfaces shall be permitted at ground level for public parking garages and pri- vate carports 2 Floors of Group S-2 parking garages shall not be required to have a sloped surface 3 Slip -resistant, nonabsorbent, interior floor fin- ishes having a critical radiant flux not more than 0 45 W/cm', as detennmed by ASTM E648 or NFPA 253, shall be permitted in repair garages 406.2.5 Sleeping rooms. Openings between a motor velu- cle-related occupancy and a room used for sleeping pur- poses shall not be permitted 406.2.6 Fuel dispensing. The dispensing of fuel shall only be permitted in motor fuel -dispensing facilities in accor- dance with Section 406 7 406.2.7 Electric vehicle charging stations. Where pro- vided, electric vehicle charging stations shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 70 Electric vehicle charging system equipment shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2202 Electric vehicle supply equipment shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2594 Accessi- bility to electric vehicle charging stations shall be pro- vided in accordance with Chapter 11 406.2.8 Mixed occupancies and uses. Mixed uses shall be allowed in the same building as public parking garages and repair garages in accordance with Section 508 1 Mixed uses in the same building as an open parking garage are subject to Sections 402 4 2 3, 406 5 11, 508 1, 510 3, 510 4 and 510 7 406.2.9 Equipment and appliances. Equipment and appli- ances shall be installed in accordance with Sections 406 2 9 1 through 406 2 9 3 and the International Mechani- cal Code, International Fuel Gas Code and NFPA 70 64 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( 1 I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE E* 406.2.9.1 Elevation of ignition sources. Equipment and appliances having an ignition source and located in hazardous locations and public garages, private garages, repair garages, automotive motor fuel -dispens- ing facilities and parking garages shall be elevated such that the source of ignition is not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor surface on which the equip- ment or appliance rests For the purpose of this section, rooms or spaces that are not part of the living space of a dwelling unit and that communicate directly with a pri- vate garage through openings shall be considered to be part of the private garage Exception: Elevation of the ignition source is not required for appliances that are listed as flammable vapor ignition resistant 406.2.9.1.1 Parking garages. Connection of a park - mg garage with any room in which there is a fuel - fired appliance shall be by means of a vestibule pro- viding a two -doorway separation, except that a sin- gle door is perm tried where the sources of ignition in the appliance are elevated in accordance with Sec- tion 406 2 9 Exception: This section shall not apply to appli- ance installations complying with Section 406 2 9 2 or 406 2 9 3 406.2.9.2 Public garages. Appliances located in public garages, motor fuel -dispensing facilities, repair garages or other areas frequented by motor vehicles shall be installed not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) above the floor Where motor vehicles are capable of passing under an appliance, the appliance shall be installed at the clear- ances required by the appliance manufacturer and not less than 1 foot (305 mm) higher than the tallest vehicle garage door opening Exception: The requirements of this section shall not apply where the appliances are protected from motor vehicle impact and installed in accordance with Section 406 2 9 1 and NFPA 30A 406.2.9.3 Private garages. Appliances located in pri- vate garages and carports shall be installed with a mini- mum clearance of 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor Exception: The requirements of this section shall not apply where the appliances are protected from motor vehicle impact and are installed in accordance with Section 406 2 9 1 406.3 Private garages and carports. Private garages and carports shall comply with Sections 406 2 and 406 3, or they shall comply with Sections 406 2 and 406 4 406.3.1 Classification. Private garages and carports shall be classified as Group U occupancies Each private garage shall be not greater than 1,000 square feet (93 m') in area Multiple private garages are permitted in a building where each private garage is separated from the other private garages by 1-hour fire barriers in accordance with Section 707, or 1-hour horizontal assemblies in accordance with Section 711, or both 406.3.2 Separation. For other than private garages adja- cent to dwelling units, the separation of private garages from other occupancies shall comply with Section 508 Separation of private garages from dwelling units shall comply with Sections 406 3 2 1 and 406 3 2 2 406.3.2.1 Dwelling unit separation. The private garage shall be separated from the dwelling unit and its attic area by means of gypsum board, not less than inch (12 7 mm) in thickness, applied to the garage side Garages beneath habitable rooms shall be separated from all habitable rooms above by not less than a '/g inch (15 9 mm) Type X gypsum board or equivalent and '/z inch (127 mm) gypsum board applied to struc- tures supporting the separation from habitable rooms above the garage Door openings between a private garage and the dwelling unit shall be equipped with either solid wood doors or solid or honeycomb core steel doors not less than l'/A inches (34 9 mm) in thick- ness, or doors in compliance with Section 716 2 2 1 with a fire protection rating of not less than 20 minutes Doors shall be self -closing and self -latching 406.3.2.2 Ducts. Ducts in a private garage and ducts penetrating the walls or ceilings separating the dwelling unit from the garage, including its attic area, shall be constructed of sheet steel of not less than 0 019 inch (0 48 mm) in thickness and shall not have openings into the garage 406.3.3 Carports. Carports shall be open on not fewer than two sides Carports open on fewer than two sides shall be considered to be a garage and shall comply with the requirements for private garages 406.3.3.1 Carport separation. A separation is not required between a Group R-3 and U carport, provided that the carport is entirely open on two or more sides and there are not enclosed areas above 406.4 Public parking garages. Parking garages, other than private garages, shall be classified as public parking garages and shall comply with the provisions of Sections 406 2 and 406 4 and shall be classified as either an open parking garage or an enclosed parking garage Open parking garages shall also comply with Section 406 5 Enclosed parking garages shall also comply with Section 406 6 See Section 510 for special provisions for parking garages 406.4.1 Guards. Guards shall be provided in accordance with Section 1015 Guards serving as vehicle barriers shall comply with Sections 406 4 2 and 1015 406.4.2 Vehicle barriers. Vehicle barriers not less than 2 feet 9 inches (835 mm) in height shall be placed where the vertical distance from the floor of a drive lane or parking space to the ground or surface directly below is greater than 1 foot (305 mm) Vehicle barriers shall comply with the loading requirements of Section 1607 9 Exception: Vehicle barriers are not required in vehicle storage compartments in a mechanical access parking garage 406.4.3 Ramps. Vehicle ramps shall not be considered as required exits unless pedestrian facilities are provided 4m 4m 4m 4m 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 65 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE Vehicle ramps that are utilized for vertical circulation as well as for parking shall not exceed a slope of 1 15 (6 67 percent) I406.5 Open parking garages. Open parking garages shall comply with Sections 406 2, 406 4 and 406 5 406.5.1 Construction. Open parking garages shall be of Type I, II or IV construction Open parking garages shall meet the design requirements of Chapter 16 For vehicle barriers, see Section 406 4 2 406.5.2 Openings. For natural ventilation purposes, the exterior side of the structure shall have uniformly distrib- uted openings on two or more sides The area of such openings in exterior walls on a tier shall be not less than 20 percent of the total perimeter wall area of each tier The aggregate length of the openings considered to be provid- ing natural ventilation shall be not less than 40 percent of the perimeter of the her Interior walls shall be not less than 20 percent open with uniformly distributed openings Exception: Openings are not required to be distributed over 40 percent of the building perimeter where the required openings are unifonmly distributed over two opposing sides of the building 406.5.2.1 Openings below grade. Where openings below grade provide required natural ventilation, the outside horizontal clear space shall be one and one-half times the depth of the opening The width of the hori- zontal clear space shall be maintained from grade down to the bottom of the lowest required opening 406.5.3 Mixed occupancies and uses. Mixed uses shall be allowed in the same building as an open parking garage subject to the provisions of Sections 402 4 2 3, 406 5 11, 508 1, 510 3, 510 4 and 510 7 406.5.4 Area and height. Area and height of open parr ing garages shall be limited as set forth in Chapter 5 for Group S-2 occupancies and as further provided for in Sec- tion 508 1 406.5.4.1 Single use. Where the open parking garage is used exclusively for the parking or storage of private motor vehicles, and the building is without other uses, the area and height shall be permitted to comply with Table 406 5 4, along with increases allowed by Section 40655 Exception: The grade -level tier is permitted to con - tam an office, waiting and toilet rooms having a total combined area of not more than 1,000 square feet (93 m) Such area need not be separated from the open parking garage In open parking garages having a spiral or sloping floor, the horizontal projection of the structure at any cross section shall not exceed the allowable area per parking tier In the case of an open parking garage hav- ing a continuous spiral floor, each 9 feet 6 inches (2896 mm) of height, or portion thereof, shall be considered under these provisions to be a tier 406.5.5 Area and height increases. The allowable area and height of open parking garages shall be increased in accordance with the provisions of this section Garages with sides open on three -fourths of the building's perime- ter are permitted to be increased by 25 percent in area and one tier in height Garages with sides open around the entire building's perimeter are permitted to be increased by 50 percent in area and one her in height For a side to be considered open under these provisions, the total area of openings along the side shall be not less than 50 percent of the interior area of the side at each tier and such open- ings shall be equally distributed along the length of the tier For purposes of calculating the interior area of the side, the height shall not exceed 7 feet (2134 mm) Allowable tier areas in Table 406 5 4 shall be increased for open parking garages constructed to heights less than the table maximum The gross her area of the garage shall not exceed that penmitted for the higher structure Not fewer than three sides of each such larger tier shall have continuous horizontal openings not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in clear height extending for not less than 80 percent of the length of the sides All parts of such larger tier shall be not more than 200 feet (60 960 mm) horizon- tally from such an opening In addition, each such opening shall face a street or yard accessible to a street with a width of not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) for the full length of the opening, and standpipes shall be provided in each such tier Open parking garages of Type II construction, with all sides open, shall be unlimited in allowable area where the builckng height does not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm) For a side to be considered open, the total area of openings along the side shall be not less than 50 percent of the inte- rior area of the side at each tier and such openings shall be equally distributed along the length of the her For pur- poses of calculating the interior area of the side, the height TABLE 406.5.4 OPEN PARKING GARAGES AREA AND HEIGHT TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION AREA PER TIER (square feet) HEIGHT (in tiers) Ramp access Mechanical access Automatic sprinkler system No Yes IA Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited IB Unlimited 12 tiers 12 tiers 18 tiers IIA 50,000 10 tiers 10 tiers 15 tiers IIB 50,000 8 tiers 8 tiers 12 tiers IV 150,000 14 tiers 4 tiers 4 tiers For SI 1 square foot= 0 0929 at 66 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyaghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND R OJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE shall not exceed 7 feet (2134 mm) All portions of tiers shall be within 200 feet (60 960 mm) horizontally from such openings or other natural ventilation openings as defined in Section 406 5 2 These openings shall be per- mitted to be provided in courts with a minimum dimen- sion of 20 feet (6096 mm) for the full width of the openings 406.5.6 Fire separation distance. Exterior walls and openings in exterior walls shall comply with Tables 601 and 602 The distance to an adjacent lot line shall be deter- mined in accordance with Table 602 and Section 705 406.5.7 Means of egress. Where persons other than park- ing attendants are permitted, open parking garages shall meet the means of egress requirements of Chapter 10 Where persons other than parking attendants are not per- mitted, there shall be not fewer than two exit stairways. Each exit stairway shall be not less than 36 inches (914 mm) in width Lifts shall be permitted to be installed for use of employees only, provided that they are completely enclosed by noncombustible materials [F] 406.5.8 Standpipe system. An open parking garage shall be equipped with a standpipe system as required by Section 905 3 406.5.9 Enclosure of vertical openings. Enclosure shall not be required for vertical openings except as specified in Section 406 5 7 406.5.10 Ventilation. Ventilation, other than the percent- age of openings specified in Section 406 5 2, shall not be required 406.5.11 Prohibitions. The following uses and alterations are not permitted 1 Vehicle repair work 2 Parking of buses, trucks and similar vehicles 3 Partial or complete closing of required openings in exterior walls by tarpaulins or any other means 4 Dispensing of fuel I406.6 Enclosed parking garages. Enclosed parking garages shall comply with Sections 406 2, 406 4 and 406 6 406.6.1 Heights and areas. Enclosed vehicle parking garages and portions thereof that do not meet the defini- tion of open parking garages shall be limited to the allow- able heights and areas specified in Sections 504 and 506 as modified by Section 507 Roof parking is permitted 406.6.2 Ventilation. A mechanical ventilation system and exhaust system shall be provided in accordance with Chapters 4 and 5 of the International Mechanical Code Exception: Mechanical ventilation shall not be required for enclosed parking garages that are acces- sory to one- and two-family dwellings [F] 406.6.3 Automatic sprinkler system. An enclosed parking garage shall be equipped with an automatic sprin- kler system in accordance with Section 903 2 10 406.7 Motor fuel -dispensing facilities. Motor fael-dispens- ing facilities shall comply with the International Fire Code and Sections 406 2 and 406 7 406.7.1 Vehicle fueling pad. The vehicle shall be fueled on noncoated concrete or other approved paving material having a resistance not exceeding 1 megohm as deter- mmed by the methodology in EN 1081 406.7.2 Canopies. Canopies under which fuels are dis- pensed shall have a clear, unobstructed height of not less than 13 feet 6 inches (4115 mm) to the lowest projecting element in the vehicle drive -through area Canopies and their supports over pumps shall be of noncombustible materials, fire -retardant -treated wood complying with Chapter 23, heavy timber complying with Section 2304 11 or construction providing 1-hour fire resistance Combus- tible materials used in or on a canopy shall comply with one of the following 1 Shielded from the pumps by a noncombustible ele- I ment of the canopy, or heavy timber complying wtth Section 2304 11 2 Plastics covered by aluminum facing having a thick- ness of not less than 0 010 inch (0 30 mm) or corro- sion -resistant steel having a base metal thickness of not less than 0 016 inch (0 41 mm) The plastic shall have aflame spread index of 25 or less and a smoke - developed index of 450 or less when tested in the form intended for use in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 and a self -ignition temperature of 650°F (343°C) or greater when tested in accordance with ASTM D1929 3 Panels constructed of light -transmitting plastic materials shall be permitted to be installed in cano- pies erected over motor vehicle fael-dispensing sta- tion fuel dispensers, provided that the panels are located not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from any building on the same lot and face yards or streets not less than 40 feet (12 192 mm) in width on the other sides The aggregate areas of plastics shall be not greater than 1,000 square feet (93 m) The maxi- mum area of any individual panel shall be not greater than 100 square feet (9 3 m') 406.7.2.1 Canopies used to support gaseous hydro- gen systems. Canopies that are used to shelter dispens- ing operations where flammable compressed gases are located on the roof of the canopy shall be in accordance with the following 1 The canopy shall meet or exceed Type I construc- tion requirements 2 Operations located under canopies shall be lim- ited to refueling only 3 The canopy shall be constructed in a manner that prevents the accumulation of hydrogen gas 406.8 Repair garages. Repair garages shall be constructed in accordance with the International Fire Code and Sections 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 67 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE E* E* 406 2 and 406 8 This occupancy shall not include motor fuel -dispensing facilities, as regulated in Section 406 7 406.8.1 Ventilation. Repair garages shall be mechanically ventilated in accordance with the International Mechani- cal Code The ventilation system shall be controlled at the entrance to the garage [F] 406.8.2 Gas detection system. Repair garages used for repair of vehicles fueled by nonodorized gases includ- ing but not limited to hydrogen and nonodorized LNG, shall be provided with a gas detection system that com- plies with Section 916 The gas detection system shall be designed to detect leakage of nonodorized gaseous fuel Where lubrication or chassis service pits are provided in garages used for repairing nonodorized LNG -fueled vehi- cles, gas sensors shall be provided in such pits [F] 406.8.2.1 System activation. Activation of a gas detection alarm shall result in all of the following 1 Initiation of distinct audible and visual alarm sig- nals in the repair garage, where the ventilation system is interlocked with gas detection 2 Deactivation of all heating systems located in the repair garage 3 Activation of the mechanical ventilation system, where the system is interlocked with gas detec- tion [F] 406.8.2.2 Failure of the gas detection system. Failure of the gas detection system shall automatically deactivate the heating system, activate the mechanical ventilation system where the system is interlocked with the gas detection system, and cause a trouble signal to sound at an approved location [F] 406.8.3 Automatic sprinkler system. A repair garage shall be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 9 1 SECTION 407 GROUP 1-2 407.1 General. Occupancies in Group I-2 shall comply with the provisions of Sections 407 1 through 407 11 and other applicable provisions of this code 407.2 Corridors continuity and separation. Corridors in occupancies in Group I-2 shall be continuous to the exits and shall be separated from other areas in accordance with Sec- tion 4073 except spaces conforming to Sections 40721 through 407 2 6 407.2.1 Waiting and similar areas. Waiting areas, pub- lic -use areas or group meeting spaces constructed as required for corridors shall be permitted to be open to a corridor, only where all of the following criteria are met 1 The spaces are not occupied as care recipient's sleeping rooms, treatment rooms, incidental uses in accordance with Section 509, or hazardous uses 2 The open space is protected by an automatic fire detection system installed in accordance with Sec- tion 907 3 The corridors onto which the spaces open, in the same smoke compartment, are protected by an auto- matic fire detection system installed in accordance with Section 907, or the smoke compartment in which the spaces are located is equipped throughout with quick -response sprinklers in accordance with Section 903 3 2 4 The space is arranged so as not to obstruct access to the required exits 407.2.2 Care providers' stations. Spaces for care pro- viders', supervisory staff, doctors' and nurses' charting, communications and related clerical areas shall be permit- ted to be open to the corridor, where such spaces are con- structed as required for corridors. 407.2.3 Psychiatric treatment areas. Areas wherein psy- chiatric care recipients who are not capable of self-preser- vation are housed, or group meeting or multipurpose therapeutic spaces other than incidental uses in accordance with Section 509, under continuous supervision by facility staff, shall be permitted to be open to the corridor, where the following criteria are met 1 Each area does not exceed 1,500 square feet (140 m') 2 The area is located to permit supervision by the facility staff 3 The area is arranged so as not to obstruct any access to the required exits 4 The area is equipped with an automatic fire detec- tion system installed in accordance with Section 9072 5 Not more than one such space is permitted in any one smoke compartment 6 The walls and ceilings of the space are constructed as required for corridors 407.2.4 Gift shops. Gift shops and associated storage that are less than 500 square feet (455 m') in area shall be per- mitted to be open to the corridor where such spaces are constructed as required for corridors. 407.2.5 Nursing home housing units. In Group I-2, Con- dition 1 occupancies, in areas where nursing home resi- dents are housed, shared living spaces, group meeting or multipurpose therapeutic spaces shall be permitted to be open to the corridor, where all of the following criteria are met 1 The walls and ceilings of the space are constructed as required for corridors 2 The spaces are not occupied as resident sleeping rooms, treatment rooms, incidental uses in accor- dance with Section 509, or hazardous uses 3 The open space is protected by an automatic fire detection system installed in accordance with Sec- tion 907 4 The corridors onto which the spaces open, in the same smoke compartment, are protected by an auto- matic fire detection system installed in accordance 68 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1I 1 UER CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE with Section 907, or the smoke compartment in wluch the spaces are located is equipped throughout with quick -response sprinklers in accordance with Section 903 3 2 5 The space is arranged so as not to obstruct access to the required exits 407.2.6 Nursing home cooking facilities. In Group I-2, Condition 1 occupancies, rooms or spaces that contain a cooking facility with domestic cooking appliances shall be permitted to be open to the corridor where all of the fol- lowing criteria are met 1 The number of care recipients housed in the smoke compartment shall not be greater than 30 2 The number of care recipients served by the cooking facility shall not be greater than 30 3 Not more than one cooking facility area shall be per- mitted in a smoke compartment 4 The types of domestic cooking appliances permitted shall be limited to ovens, cooktops, ranges, warmers and microwaves 5 The corridor shall be a clearly identified space delin- eated by construction or floor pattern, material or color 6 The space containing the domestic cooking facility shall be arranged so as not to obstruct access to the required exit 7 Domestic cooking hoods installed and constructed in accordance with Section 505 of the International Mechanical Code shall be provided over cooktops and ranges 8 Cooktops and ranges shall be protected in accor- dance with Section 904 13 9 A shut-off for the fuel and electrical power supply to the cooking equipment shall be provided in a loca- tion that is accessible only to staff 10 A tuner shall be provided that automatically deacti- vates the cooking appliances within a period of not more than 120 minutes 11 A portable fire extinguisher shall be provided Installation shall be in accordance with Section 906, and the extinguisher shall be located within a 30- foot (9144 mm) distance of travel from each domes- tic cooking appliance 407.3 Corridor wall construction. Comdor walls shall be constructed as smoke partitions in accordance with Section 710 407.3.1 Corridor doors. Corridor doors, other than those in a wall required to be rated by Section 509 4 or for the enclosure of a vertical opening or an exit, shall not have a required fire protection rating and shall not be required to be equipped with self -closing or automatic -closing devices, but shall provide an effective barrier to limit the transfer of smoke and shall be equipped with positive latching Roller latches are not permitted Other doors shall conform to Section 716 407.4 Means of egress. Group I-2 occupancies shall be pro- vided with means of egress complying with Chapter 10 and Sections 407 4 1 through 407 4 4 The fire safety and evacua- tion plans provided in accordance with Section 1002 2 shall identify the building components necessary to support a defend-m-place emergency response in accordance with Sec- tions 403 and 404 of the International Fire Code 407.4.1 Direct access to a corridor. Habitable rooms in Group I-2 occupancies shall have an exit access door lead- ing directly to a corridor Exceptions: 1 Rooms with exit doors opening directly to the outside at ground level 2 Rooms arranged as care suites complying with Section 407 4 4 407.4.1.1 Locking devices. Locking devices that restrict access to a care recipient's room from the com- dor and that are operable only by staff from the com- dor side shall not restrict the means of egress from the care recipient's room Exceptions: 1 This section shall not apply to rooms in psy- chiatric treatment and similar care areas 2 Locking arrangements in accordance with Section 1010 1 97 407.4.2 Distance of travel. The distance of travel between any point in a Group I-2 occupancy sleeping room, not located in a care suite, and an exit access door in that room shall be not greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) 407.4.3 Projections in nursing home corridors. In Group I-2, Condition 1 occupancies, where the corridor width is not less than 96 inches (2440 mm), projections shall be permitted for furniture where all of the following criteria are met 1 The furniture is attached to the floor or to the wall 2 The furniture does not reduce the clear width of the corridor to less than 72 inches (1830 mm) except where other encroachments are permitted in accor- dance with Section 1005 7 3 The furniture is positioned on only one side of the corridor 4 Each arrangement of furniture is 50 square feet (4 6 m') maximum in area 5 Furniture arrangements are separated by 10 feet (3048 mm) minimum 6 Placement of furniture is considered as part of the fire and safety plans in accordance with Section 10022 407.4.4 Group I-2 care suites. Care suites in Group I-2 shall comply with Sections 407 4 4 1 through 407 4 4 4 and either Section 407 4 4 5 or 407 4 4 6 407.4.4.1 Exit access through care suites. Fait access from all other portions of a building not classified as a care suite shall not pass through a care suite In a care 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 69 I I I I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE suite required to have more than one exit, one exit access is permitted to pass through an adjacent care suite provided that all of the other requirements of Sec- tions 407 4 and 1016 2 are satisfied ment areas and the associated rooms, spaces or circula- tion space, shall be permitted to be grouped into care suites and shall conform to the limitations in Sections 407 4 4 6 1 and 407 4 4 6 2 407.4.4.2 Separation. Care suites shall be separated 407.4.4.6.1 Area. Care suites of rooms, other than from other portions of the building, including other sleeping rooms, shall have an area not greater than care suites, by a smoke partition complying with Sec- 12,500 square feet(1161 m) tion 710 407.4.4.3 Access to corridor. Movement from habit- able rooms shall not require passage through more than three doors and 100 feet (30 480 mm) distance of travel within the suite Exception: The distance of travel shall be permitted to be increased to 125 feet (38 100 mm) where an automatic smoke detection system is provided throughout the care suite and installed in accordance with NFPA 72 407.4.4.4 Doors within care suites. Doors in care suites serving habitable rooms shall be permitted to comply with one of the following 1 Manually operated horizontal sliding doors per- mitted in accordance with Exception 9 to Section 10101 2 2 Power -operated doors permitted in accordance with Exception 7 to Section 1010 12 3 Means of egress doors complying with Section 1010 407.4.4.5 Care suites containing sleeping room areas. Sleeping rooms shall be permitted to be grouped into care suites where one of the following criteria is met 1 The care suite is not used as an exit access for more than eight care recipient beds 2 The arrangement of the care suite allows for direct and constant visual supervision into the sleeping rooms by care providers 3 An automatic smoke detection system is provided in the sleeping rooms and installed in accordance with NFPA 72 407.4.4.5.1 Area. Care suites containing sleeping rooms shall be not greater than 7,500 square feet (696 m) in area Exception: Care suites containing sleeping rooms shall be permitted to be not greater than 10,000 square feet (929 m') in area where an automatic smoke detection system is provided throughout the care suite and installed in accor- dance with NFPA 72 407.4.4.5.2 Exit access. Any sleeping room, or any care suite that contains sleeping rooms, of more than 1,000 square feet (93 m) shall have not fewer than two exit access doors from the care suite located in accordance with Section 1007 407.4.4.6 Care suites not containing sleeping rooms. Areas not containing sleeping rooms, but only treat - Exception: Care suites not containing sleeping rooms shall be permitted to be not greater than 15,000 square feet (1394 m) in area where an automatic smoke detection system is provided throughout the care suite in accordance with Sec- tion 907 407.4.4.6.2 Exit access. Care suites, other than sleeping rooms, with an area of more than 2,500 square feet (232 m') shall have not fewer than two exit access doors from the care suite located in accordance with Section 1007 407.5 Smoke barriers. Smoke barriers shall be provided to subdivide every story used by persons receiving care, treat- ment or sleeping into not fewer than two smoke compart- ments Smoke barriers shall be provided to subdivide other stones with an occupant load of 50 or more persons, into not fewer than two smoke compartments The smoke barrier shall be in accordance with Section 709 407.5.1 Smoke compartment size. Stories shall be divided into smoke compartments with an area of not more than 22,500 square feet (2092 m) in Group I-2 occupan- cies Exceptions: l A smoke compartment in Group I-2, Condition 2 is permitted to have an area of not more than 40,000 square feet (3716 m') provided that all patient sleeping rooms within that smoke com- partment are configured for single patient occu- pancy and any suite within the smoke compartment complies with Section 407 4 4 2 A smoke compartment in Group I-2, Condition 2 without patient sleeping rooms is permitted to have an area of not more than 40,000 square feet (3716 m) 407.5.2 Exit access travel distance. The distance of travel from any point in a smoke compartment to a smoke barrier door shall be not greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm) 407.5.3 Refuge area. Refuge areas shall be provided within each smoke compartment The size of the refuge area shall accommodate the occupants and care recipients from the adjoining smoke compartment Where a smoke compartment is adjoined by two or more smoke compart- ments, the minimum area of the refuge area shall accom- modate the largest occupant load of the adjoining compartments The size of the refuge area shall provide the following 1 Not less than 30 net square feet (2 8 m) for each care recipient confined to bed or stretcher 70 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 Clp lghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17m5 ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto I I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE 2 Not less than 6 square feet (0 56 m') for each ambu- latory care recipient not confined to bed or stretcher and for other occupants Areas or spaces permitted to be included in the calcula- tion of refuge area are corridors, sleeping areas, treatment rooms, lounge or dining areas and other low -hazard areas 407.5.4 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke barriers without having to return through the smoke com- partment from which means of egress originated Smoke compartments that do not contain an exit shall be provided with direct access to not less than two adjacent smoke compartments 407.5.5 Horizontal assemblies. Horizontal assemblies supporting smoke barriers required by this section shall be designed to resist the movement of smoke Elevator lob- bies shall be in accordance with Section 3006 2 407.6 Automatic -closing doors. Automatic -closing doors with hold -open devices shall comply with Sections 709 5 and 7162 [F] 407.7 Automatic sprinkler system. Smoke compart- ments containing sleeping rooms shall be equipped through- out with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sections 903 3 1 1 and 903 3 2 [F] 407.8 Fire alarm system. Afire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with Section 907 2 6 [F] 407.9 Automatic fire detection. Corridors in Group I-2, Condition 1 occupancies and spaces permitted to be open to the corridors by Section 407 2 shall be equipped with an automatic fire detection system Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies shall be equipped with smoke detection as required in Section 407 2 Exceptions: 1 Corridor smoke detection is not required where sleeping rooms are provided with smoke detectors that comply with UL 268 Such detectors shall pro- vide a visual display on the corridor side of each sleeping room and an audible and visual alarm at the care provider's station attending each unit 2 Corridor smoke detection is not required where sleeping room doors are equipped with automatic door -closing devices with integral smoke detectors on the unit sides installed in accordance with their listing, provided that the integral detectors perform the required alerting function 407.10 Secured yards. Grounds are permitted to be fenced and gates therein are permitted to be equipped with locks, provided that safe dispersal areas having 30 net square feet (2 8 m) for bed and stretcher care recipients and 6 net square feet (0 56 m) for ambulatory care recipients and other occu- pants are located between the building and the fence Such provided safe dispersal areas shall be located not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the building they serve [F] 407.11 Electrical systems. In Group I-2 occupancies, the essential electrical system for electrical components, equip- ment and systems shall be designed and constructed in accor- dance with the provisions of Chapter 27 and NFPA 99 SECTION 408 GROUP 1-3 408.1 General. Occupancies in Group I-3 shall comply with the provisions of Sections 408 1 through 408 11 and other applicable provisions of this code (see Section 308 5) 408.2 Other occupancies. Buildings or portions of buildings in Group I-3 occupancies where security operations necessi- tate the locking of required means of egress shall be permit- ted to be classified as a different occupancy Occupancies classified as other than Group I-3 shall meet the applicable requirements of this code for that occupancy where provi- sions are made for the release of occupants at all times Means of egress from detention and correctional occupan- cies that traverse other use areas shall, as a minimum, con- form to requirements for detention and correctional occupancies Exception: It is permissible to exit through a horizontal exit into other contiguous occupancies that do not conform to detention and correctional occupancy egress provisions but that do comply with requirements set forth in the appropriate occupancy, as long as the occupancy is not a Group H use 408.3 Means of egress. Except as modified or as provided for in this section, the means of egress provisions of Chapter 10 shall apply 408.3.1 Door width. Doors to resident sleeping units shall have a clear width of not less than 28 inches (711 mm) 408.3.2 Sliding doors. Where doors in a means of egress are of the horizontal -sliding type, the force to slide the door to its fully open position shall be not greater than 50 pounds (220 N) with a perpendicular force against the door of 50 pounds (220 N) 408.3.3 Guard tower doors. A hatch or trap door not less than 16 square feet (610 m) in area through the floor and having dimensions of not less than 2 feet (610 mm) in any direction shall be permitted to be used as a portion of the means of egress from guard towers 408.3.4 Spiral stairways. Spiral stairways that conform to the requirements of Section 1011 10 are permitted for access to and between staff locations 408.3.5 Ship's ladders. Ship's ladders shall be permitted for egress from control rooms or elevated facility observa- tion rooms in accordance with Section 1011 15 408.3.6 Exit discharge. Exits are permitted to discharge into a fenced or walled courtyard Enclosed yards or courts shall be of a size to accommodate all occupants, be located not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the build- ing and have an area of not less than 15 square feet (1 4 m') per person 408.3.7 Sallyports. A sallyport shall be permitted in a means of egress where there are provisions for continuous 4m 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 71 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE and unobstructed passage through the sallyport during an emergency egress condition 408.3.8 Interior exit stairway and ramp construction. One interior exit stairway or ramp in each building shall be permitted to have glazing installed in doors and interior walls at each landing level providing access to the interior exit stairway or ramp, provided that the following condi- tions are met 1 The interior exit stairway or ramp shall not serve more than four floor levels 2 Exit doors shall be not less than '/q hour fire door assemblies complying with Section 716 3 The total area of glazing at each floor level shall not exceed 5,000 square inches (3 2 m) and individual panels of glazing shall not exceed 1,296 square inches (0 84 m') 4 The glazing shall be protected on both sides by an automatic sprinkler system The sprinkler system shall be designed to wet completely the entire sur- face of any glazing affected by fire when actuated 5 The glazing shall be in a gasketed frame and installed in such a manner that the framing system will deflect without breaking (loading) the glass before the sprinkler system operates 6 Obstructions, such as curtain rods, drapery traverse rods, curtains, drapes or similar materials shall not be installed between the automatic sprinklers and the glazing 408.4 Locks. Egress doors are permitted to be locked in accordance with the applicable use condition Doors from a refuge area to the outside are permitted to be locked with a key in lieu of locking methods described in Section 408 4 1 The keys to unlock the exterior doors shall be available at all times and the locks shall be operable from both sides of the door 408.4.1 Remote release. Remote release of locks on doors in a means of egress shall be provided with reliable means of operation, remote from the resident living areas, to release locks on all required doors In Occupancy Condi- tion 3 or 4, the arrangement, accessibility and security of the release mechanisms required for egress shall be such that with the minimum available staff at any time, the lock mechanisms are capable of being released within 2 min- utes Exception: Provisions for remote locking and unlock- ing of occupied rooms in Occupancy Condition 4 are not required provided that not more than 10 locks are necessary to be unlocked in order to move occupants from one smoke compartment to a refuge area within 3 minutes The opening of necessary locks shall be accomplished with not more than two separate keys [F] 408.4.2 Power -operated doors and locks. Power - operated sliding doors or power -operated locks for swing- ing doors shall be operable by a manual release mecha- nism at the door Emergency power shall be provided for the doors and locks in accordance with Section 2702 Exceptions: 1 Emergency power is not required in facilities with 10 or fewer locks complying with the excep- tion to Section 408 4 1 2 Emergency power is not required where remote mechanical operating releases are provided 408.4.3 Redundant operation. Remote release, mechani- cally operated sliding doors or remote release, mechani- cally operated locks shall be provided with a mechanically operated release mechanism at each door, or shall be pro- vided with a redundant remote release control 408.4.4 Relock capability. Doors remotely unlocked under emergency conditions shall not automatically relock when closed unless specific action is taken at the remote location to enable doors to relock 408.5 Protection of vertical openings. Any vertical opening shall be protected by a shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 713, or shall be in accordance with Section 408 5 1 408.5.1 Floor openings. Openings in floors within a hous- ing unit are permitted without a shaft enclosure, provided that all of the following conditions are met 1 The entire normally occupied areas so intercon- nected are open and unobstructed so as to enable observation of the areas by supervisory personnel 2 Means of egress capacity is sufficient for all occu- pants from all interconnected cell tiers and areas 3 The height difference between the floor levels of the highest and lowest cell tiers shall not exceed 23 feet (7010 mm) 4 Egress from any portion of the cell tier to an exit or exit access door shall not require travel on more than one additional floor level within the housing unit 408.5.2 Shaft openings in communicating floor levels. Where a floor opening is permitted between communicat- ing floor levels of a housing unit in accordance with Sec- tion 408 5 1, plumbing chases serving vertically staked individual cells contained with the housing unit shall be permitted without a shaft enclosure 408.6 Smoke barrier. Occupancies in Group I-3 shall have smoke barriers complying with Sections 408 6 and 709 to divide every story occupied by residents for sleeping, or any other story having an occupant load of 50 or more persons, into not fewer than two smoke compartments Exception: Spaces having a direct exit to one of the fol- lowing, provided that the locking arrangement of the doors involved complies with the requirements for doors at the smoke barrier for the use condition involved 1 A public way 2 A building separated from the resident housing area by a 2-hour fire -resistance -rated assembly or 50 feet (15 240 mm) of open space 3 A secured yard or court having a holding space 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the housing area that pro- vides 6 square feet (0 56 m) or more of refuge area per occupant, including residents, staff and visitors 72 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv odam).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17m5 ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto I ( I I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE 408.6.1 Smoke compartments. The number of residents in any smoke compartment shall be not more than 200 The distance of travel to a door in a smoke barrier from any room door required as exit access shall be not greater than 150 feet (45 720 mm) The distance of travel to a door in a smoke barrier from any point in a room shall be not greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm) 408.6.2 Refuge area. Not less than 6 net square feet (0 56 m') per occupant shall be provided on each side of each smoke barrier for the total number of occupants in adjoin- ing smoke compartments This space shall be readily avail- able wherever the occupants are moved across the smoke barrier in a fire emergency 408.6.3 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke barriers without having to return through the smoke com- partment from which means of egress originates 408.7 Security glazing. In occupancies in Group I-3, win- dows and doors in 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accor- dance with Section 707, fire partitions constructed in accordance with Section 708 and smoke barriers constructed in accordance with Section 709 shall be permitted to have security glazing installed provided that the following condi- tions are met 1 Individual panels of glazing shall not exceed 1,296 square inches (0 84 m) 2 The glazing shall be protected on both sides by an auto- matic sprinkler system The sprinkler system shall be designed to, when actuated, wet completely the entire surface of any glazing affected by fire 3 The glazing shall be in a gasketed frame and installed in such a manner that the framing system will deflect without breaking (loading) the glass before the sprin- kler system operates 4 Obstructions, such as curtain rods, drapery traverse rods, curtains, drapes or similar materials shall not be installed between the automatic sprinklers and the glaz- ing 408.8 Subdivision of resident housing areas. Sleeping areas and any contiguous day room, group activity space or other common spaces where residents are housed shall be separated from other spaces in accordance with Sections 408 8 1 through 408 8 4 408.8.1 Occupancy Conditions 3 and 4. Each sleeping area in Occupancy Conditions 3 and 4 shall be separated from the adjacent common spaces by a smoke -tight parti- tion where the distance of travel from the sleeping area through the common space to the corridor exceeds 50 feet (15 240 mm) 408.8.2 Occupancy Condition 5. Each sleeping area in Occupancy Condition 5 shall be separated from adjacent sleeping areas, corridors and common spaces by a smoke - tight partition Additionally, common spaces shall be sepa- rated from the corridor by a smoke -tight partition 408.8.3 Openings in room face. The aggregate area of openings in a solid sleeping room face in Occupancy Con- ditions 2, 3, 4 and 5 shall not exceed 120 square inches (0 77 m) The aggregate area shall include all openings including door undercuts, food passes and grilles Open- ings shall be not more than 36 inches (914 mm) above the floor In Occupancy Condition 5, the openings shall be closeable from the room side 408.8.4 Smoke -tight doors. Doors in openings in parti- tions required to be smoke tight by Section 408 8 shall be substantial doors, of construction that will resist the pas- sage of smoke Latches and door closures are not required on cell doors 408.9 Windowless buildings. For the purposes of this sec- tion, a windowless building or portion of a building is one with nonopenable windows, windows not readily breakable or without windows Windowless buildings shall be provided with an engineered smoke control system to provide a tenable environment for exiting from the smoke compartment in the area of fire origin in accordance with Section 909 for each windowless smoke compartment [F] 408.10 Fire alarm system. Afire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with Section 907 2 6 3 [F] 408.11 Automatic sprinkler system. Group I-3 occu- pancies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 6 SECTION 409 MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION ROOMS 409.1 General. The provisions of Sections 4091 through 4095 shall apply to rooms in wluch ribbon -type cellulose acetate or other safety film is utilized in conjunction with electric are, xenon or other light -source projection equipment that develops hazardous gases, dust or radiation Where cellu- lose nitrate film is utilized or stored, such rooms shall comply with NFPA 40 409.1.1 Projection room required. Every motion picture machine projecting film as mentioned within the scope of this section shall be enclosed in a projection room Appur- tenant electrical equipment, such as rheostats, transform- ers and generators, shall be within the projection room or in an adjacent room of equivalent construction 409.2 Construction of projection rooms. Every projection room shall be of permanent construction consistent with the construction requirements for the type of bwldmg in which the projection room is located Openings are not required to be protected The room shall have a floor area of not less than 80 square feet (7 44 m') for a single machine and not less than 40 square feet (3 7 m) for each additional machine Each motion picture projector, floodlight, spotlight or similar piece of equipment shall have a clear working space of not less than 30 inches by 30 inches (762 mm by 762 mm) on each side and at the rear thereof, but only one such space shall be required between two adjacent projectors The projection room and the rooms appurtenant thereto shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet 6 inches (2286 mm) The aggre- gate of openings for projection equipment shall not exceed 25 percent of the area of the wall between the projection room 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 73 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE and the auditorium Openings shall be provided with glass or other approved material, so as to close completely the open- ing 409.3 Projection room and equipment ventilation. Ventila- tion shall be provided in accordance with the International Mechanical Code 409.3.1 Supply air. Each projection room shall be pro- vided with adequate air supply inlets so arranged as to pro- vide well -distributed air throughout the room Au inlet ducts shall provide an amount of air equivalent to the amount of au being exhausted by projection equipment Air is permitted to be taken from the outside, from adja- cent spaces within the building, provided that the volume and infiltration rate are sufficient, or from the building air- conditioning system, provided that it is so arranged as to provide sufficient air when other systems are not in opera- tion 409.3.2 Exhaust air. Projection rooms are permitted to be exhausted through the lamp exhaust system The lamp exhaust system shall be positively interconnected with the lamp so that the lamp will not operate unless there is the required airflow Exhaust air ducts shall termmate at the exterior of the building in such a location that the exhaust air cannot be readily recirculated into any air supply sys- tem The projection room ventilation system is permitted to also serve appurtenant rooms, such as the generator and rewind rooms 409.3.3 Projection machines. Each projection machine shall be provided with an exhaust duct that will draw air from each lamp and exhaust it directly to the outside of the building The lamp exhaust is permitted to serve to exhaust air from the projection room to provide room air circulation Such ducts shall be of rigid materials, except for a flexible connector approved for the purpose The projection lamp or projection room exhaust system, or both, is permitted to be combined but shall not be mter- connected with any other exhaust or return system, or both, within the building 409.4 Lighting control. Provisions shall be made for control of the auditorium lighting and the means of egress lighting systems of theaters from inside the projection room and from not less than one other convement point in the building 409.5 Miscellaneous equipment. Each projection room shall be provided with rewind and film storage facilities SECTION 410 STAGES, PLATFORMS AND TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREAS 410.1 Applicability. The provisions of Sections 4101 through 410 7 shall apply to all parts of buildings and struc- tures that contain stages or platforms and similar appurte- nances as herein defined 410.2 Stages. Stage construction shall comply with Sections 410 2 1 through 410 2 7 410.2.1 Stage construction. Stages shall be constructed of materials as required for floors for the type of construction of the building in which such stages are located Exception: Stages need not be constructed of the same materials as required for the type of construction pro- vided that the construction complies with one of the following 1 Stages of Type IIB or IV construction with a nominal 2-inch (51 mm) wood deck, provided that the stage is separated from other areas in accordance with Section 410 2 4 2 In buildings of Type IIA, IIIA and VA construc- tion, a fire -resistance -rated floor is not required, provided that the space below the stage is equipped with an automatic sprinkler system or fire -extinguishing system in accordance with Sec- tion 903 or 904 3 In all types of construction, the finished floor shall be constructed of wood or approved non- combustible materials Openings through stage floors shall be equipped with tight -fitting, solid wood trap doors with approved safety locks 410.2.1.1 Stage height and area. Stage areas shall be measured to include the entire performance area and adjacent backstage and support areas not separated from the performance area by fire -resistance -rated con- struction Stage height shall be measured from the low- est point on the stage floor to the highest point of the roof or floor deck above the stage 410.2.2 Technical production areas: galleries, gridirons and catwalks. Beams designed only for the attachment of portable or fixed theater equipment, gridirons, galleries and catwalks shall be constructed of approved materials consistent with the requirements for the type of construc- tion of the building, and afire -resistance rating shall not be required These areas shall not be considered to be floors, stones, mezzanines or levels in applying this code Exception: Floors of fly galleries and catwalks shall be constructed of any approved material 410.2.3 Exterior stage doors. Where protection of open- ings is required, exterior exit doors shall be protected with fire door assemblies that comply with Section 716 Exte- rior openings that are located on the stage for means of egress or loading and unloading purposes, and that are likely to be open during occupancy of the theater, shall be constructed with vestibules to prevent air drafts into the auditorium 410.2.4 Proscenium wall. Where the stage height is greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm), all portions of the stage shall be completely separated from the seating area by a proscenium wall with not less than a 2-hour fire -resistance rating extending continuously from the foundation to the roof 74 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0015e PM (PST) T--tto I ( 1 I TTRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, Axmboemamhoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO RED VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE 410.2.5 Proscenium curtain. Where a proscenium wall is required to have afire -resistance rating, the stage opening shall be provided with a fire curtain complying with NFPA 80, horizontal sliding doors complying with Sec- tion 716 having a fire protection rating of not less than 1 hour, or an approved water curtain complying with Sec- tion 903 3 1 1 or, in facilities not utilizing the provisions of smoke -protected assembly seating in accordance with Section 1029 6 2, a smoke control system complying with Section 909 or natural ventilation designed to maintain the smoke level not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor of the means of egress 410.2.6 Scenery. Combustible materials used in sets and scenery shall meet the fire propagation performance crite- ria of Test Method 1 or Test Method 2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701, in accordance with Section 806 and the Inter- national Fire Code Foam plastics and materials contain- ing foam plastics shall comply with Section 2603 and the International Fire Code 410.2.7 Stage ventilation. Emergency ventilation shall be provided for stages larger than 1,000 square feet (93 m') in floor area, or with a stage height greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) Such ventilation shall comply with Section 410271 or410272 410.2.7.1 Roof vents. Two or more vents constructed to open automatically by approved heat -activated devices and with an aggregate clear opening area of not less than 5 percent of the area of the stage shall be located near the center and above the highest part of the stage area Supplemental means shall be provided for manual operation of the ventilator Curbs shall be pro- vided as required for skylights in Section 2610 2 Vents shall be labeled [F] 410.2.7.2 Smoke control. Smoke control in accor- dance with Section 909 shall be provided to maintain the smoke layer interface not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the highest level of the assembly seating or above the top of the proscenium opening where a pro- scenium wall is provided in compliance with Section 41024 410.3 Platform construction. Permanent platforms shall be constructed of materials as required for the type of construc- tion of the building in which the permanent platform is located Permanent platforms are permitted to be constructed of fire -retardant -treated wood for Types I, II and IV con- struction where the platforms are not more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the main floor, and not more than one-third of the room floor area and not more than 3,000 square feet (279 m') in area Where the space beneath the permanent platform is used for storage or any purpose other than equip- ment, wiring or plumbing, the floor assembly shall be not less than 1-hour fire -resistance -rated construction Where the space beneath the permanent platform is used only for equip- ment, wiring or plumbing, the underside of the permanent platform need not be protected 410.3.1 Temporary platforms. Platforms installed for a period of not more than 30 days are permitted to be con- structed of any materials permitted by this code The space between the floor and the platform above shall only be used for plumbing and electrical wiring to platform equip - in ent 410.4 Dressing and appurtenant rooms. Dressing and appurtenant rooms shall comply with Sections 410 4 1 and 41042 410.4.1 Separation from stage. The stage shall be sepa- rated from dressing rooms, scene docks, property rooms, workshops, storerooms and compartments appurtenant to the stage and other parts of the building by fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both The fire -resistance rating shall be not less than 2 hours for stage heights greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) and not less than 1 hour for stage heights of 50 feet (15 240 mm) or less 410.4.2 Separation from each other. Dressing rooms, scene docks, property rooms, workshops, storerooms and compartments appurtenant to the stage shall be separated from each other by not less than 1-hour fire barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both 410.5 Means of egress. Except as modified or as provided for in this section, the provisions of Chapter 10 shall apply 410.5.1 Arrangement. Where two or more exits or exit access doorways from the stage are required in accordance with Section 1006 2, not fewer than one exit or exit access doorway shall be provided on each side of a stage 410.5.2 Stairway and ramp enclosure. Exit access stair- ways and ramps serving a stage or platform are not required to be enclosed Exit access stairways and ramps serving technical production areas are not required to be enclosed 410.5.3 Technical production areas. Technical produc- tion areas shall be provided with means of egress and means of escape in accordance with Sections 410 5 3 1 through 410 5 3 5 410.5.3.1 Number of means of egress. Not fewer than one means of egress shall be provided from technical production areas 410.5.3.2 Exit access travel distance. The exit access travel distance shall be not greater than 300 feet (91 440 mm) for buildings without a sprinkler system and 400 feet (122 mm) for buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 410.5.3.3 Two means of egress. Where two means of egress are required, the common path of travel shall be not greater than 100 feet (30 480 mm) Exception: A means of escape to a roof in place of a second means of egress is permitted 410.5.3.4 Path of egress travel. The following exit access components are permitted where serving techni- cal production areas: 1 Stairways 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 75 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE E* 2 Ramps 3 Spiral stairways 4 Catwalks 5 Alternating tread devices 6 Permanent ladders 410.5.3.5 Width. The path of egress travel within and from technical support areas shall be not less than 22 inches (559 mm) [F] 410.6 Automatic sprinkler system. Stages shall be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 Sprinklers shall be installed under the roof and gridiron and under all catwalks and galleries over the stage Sprinklers shall be installed in dressing rooms, performer lounges, shops and storerooms accessory to such stages. Exceptions: 1 Sprinklers are not required under stage areas less than 4 feet (1219 mm) in clear height that are uti- lized exclusively for storage of tables and chairs, provided that the concealed space is separated from the adjacent spaces by Type X gypsum board not less than % inch (15 9 mm) in thickness 2 Sprinklers are not required for stages 1,000 square feet (93 m) or less in area and 50 feet (15 240 mm) or less in height where curtains, scenery or other combustible hangings are not retractable vertically Combustible hangings shall be limited to a single main curtain, borders, legs and a single backdrop 3 Sprinklers are not required within portable orchestra enclosures on stages [F] 410.7 Standpipes. Standpipe systems shall be provided in accordance with Section 905 SECTION 411 SPECIAL AMUSEMENT BUILDINGS 411.1 General. Special amusement buildings having an occu- pant load of 50 or more shall comply with the requirements for the appropriate Group A occupancy and Sections 411 1 through 411 7 Special amusement buildings having an occu- pant load of less than 50 shall comply with the requirements for a Group B occupancy and Sections 411 1 through 4117 Exception: Special amusement buildings or portions thereof that are without walls or a roof and constructed to prevent the accumulation of smoke need not comply with this section For flammable decorative materials, see the International Fire Code [F] 411.2 Automatic fire detection. Special amusement buildings shall be equipped with an automatic fire detection system in accordance with Section 907 [F] 411.3 Automatic sprinkler system. Special amusement buildings shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 Where the special amusement builckng is temporary, the sprinkler water supply shall be of an approved temporary means Exception: Automatic sprinklers are not required where the total floor area of a temporary special amusement builckng is less than 1,000 square feet (93 m) and the exit access travel distance from any point to an exit is less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) [F] 411.4 Alarm. Actuation of a single smoke detector, the automatic sprinkler system or other automatic fire detection device shall immediately sound an alarm at the building at a constantly attended location from which emergency action can be initiated including the capability of manual initiation of requirements in Section 907 2 11 [F] 411.5 Emergency voice/alarm communications sys- tem. An emergency voice/alarm communications system shall be provided in accordance with Sections 907 2 11 and 907 5 2 2, is permitted to serve as a public address system and shall be audible throughout the entire special amusement building 411.6 Exit marking. Exit signs shall be installed at the required exit or exit access doorways of amusement buildings in accordance with this section and Section 1013 Approved directional exit markings shall be provided Where mirrors, mazes or other designs are utilized that disguise the path of egress travel such that they are not apparent, approved and listed low-level exit signs that comply with Section 1013 5, and directional path markings listed in accordance with UL 1994, shall be provided and located not more than 8 inches (203 mm) above the walking surface and on or near the path of egress travel Such markings shall become visible in an emergency The directional exit marking shall be activated by the automatic fire detection system and the automatic sprin- kler system in accordance with Section 907 2 11 411.6.1 Photoluminescent exit signs. Where photolumi- nescent exit signs are installed, activating light source and viewing distance shall be in accordance with the listing and markings of the signs 411.7 Interior finish. The intenor finish shall be Class A in accordance with Section 803 1 SECTION 412 AIRCRAFT -RELATED OCCUPANCIES 412.1 General. Aircraft -related occupancies shall comply with Sections 412 1 through 412 7 and the International Fire Code 412.2 Airport traffic control towers. The provisions of Sec- tions 412 2 1 through 412 2 6 shall apply to airport traffic control towers occupied only for the following uses 1 Airport traffic control cab 2 Electrical and mechanical equipment rooms 3 Airport terminal radar and electronics rooms 4 Office spaces incidental to the tower operation 5 Lounges for employees, including sanitary facilities 4m 76 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) Lummtto S I ( 1 I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE 412.2.1 Construction. The construction of airport traffic control towers shall comply with the provisions of Sec- tions 412 2 1 1 through 412 2 13 412.2.1.1 Type of construction. Airport traffic control towers shall be constructed to comply with the height limitations of Table 412 2 1 1 TABLE 412.2.1.1 HEIGHT LIMITATIONS FOR AIRPORT TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWERS TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION HEIGHT' (feet) IA Unburied IB 240 IIA 100 IIB 85 IIIA 65 For SI 1 foot =304 8 mm, 1 square foot= 0 0929 m' a Height to be measured from grade plane to cab floor [BS] 412.2.1.2 Structural integrity of interior exit stairways and elevator hoistway enclosures. Enclo- sures for interior exit stairways and elevator hoistway enclosures shall comply with Section 403 2 3 in airport traffic control towers where the control cab is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access 412.2.1.3 Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM). The bond strength of the SFRM installed in airport traf- fic control towers shall be in accordance with Section 403 2 4 where the control cab is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire depart- ment vehicle access 412.2.2 Means of egress and evacuation. The means of egress in airport traffic control towers shall comply with Sections 412 2 2 1 through 412 2 2 3 412.2.2.1 Stairways. Stairways in airport traffic con- trol towers shall be in accordance with Section 1011 Exit stairways shall be smokeproof enclosures comply- ing with one of the alternatives provided in Section 90920 Exception: Stairways in airport traffic control tow- ers are not required to comply with Section 1011 12 412.2.2.2 Exit access. From observation levels, airport traffic control towers shall be permitted to have a single means of exit access for a distance of travel not greater than 100 feet (30 480 mm) Exit access stairways from the observation level need not be enclosed 412.2.2.3 Number of exits. Not less than one exit stair- way shall be permitted for airport traffic control towers of any height provided that the occupant load per floor is not greater than 15 and the area per floor does not exceed 1,500 square feet (140 m) 412.2.2.3.1 Interior finish. Where an airport traffic control tower is provided with only one exit stair- way, interior wall and ceiling finishes shall be either Class A or Class B 412.2.2.3.2 Exit separation. Where an airport traf- fic control tower is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- tion 903 3 1 1 and two exits are required, the exit separation distance required by Section 1007 shall be not less than one-fourth of the length of the maxi- mum overall dimension of the area served [F] 412.2.3 Emergency systems. The detection, alarm and emergency systems of airport traffic control towers shall comply with Sections 412 2 3 1 through 412 2 3 3 [F] 412.2.3.1 Automatic smoke detection systems. Airport traffic control towers shall be provided with an automatic smoke detection system installed in accor- dance with Section 907 2 21 [F] 412.2.3.2 Fire command center. A fire command center shall be provided in airport traffic control towers where the control cab is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access The fire command center shall comply with Section 911 Exceptions: 1 The fire command center shall be located in the airport control tower or an adjacent contig- uous building where building functions are interdependent 2 The room shall be not less than 150 square feet (14 in 2) in area with a mmimum dimen- sion of 10 feet (3048 mm) 3 The following features shall not be required in an airport traffic control tower fire command center 3 1 Emergency voice/alarm control unit 32 Public address system 33 Status indicators and controls for the air distributions centers 34 Generator supervision devices, manual start and transfer features 35 Elevator emergency or standby power switches where emergency or standby power is provided [F] 412.2.3.3 Smoke removal. Smoke removal in air- port traffic control towers shall be provided in accor- dance with Section 403 4 7 [F] 412.2.4 Automatic sprinkler system. Where an occupied floor is located more than 35 feet (10 668 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, airport traffic control towers shall be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903311 [F] 412.2.4.1 Fire pump room. Fire pumps shall be located in rooms that are separated from all other areas 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 77 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, VPn Cm,(hvarndmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i A,e nt,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE of the building by 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Exception: Separation is not required for fire pumps physically separated in accordance with NFPA 20 [F] 412.2.5 Protection of elevator wiring and cables. Wiring and cables serving elevators in airport traffic con- trol towers shall be protected in accordance with Section 30078 1 412.2.5.1 Elevators for occupant evacuation. Where provided in addition to an exit stairway, occupant evac- uation elevators shall be in accordance with Section 3008 412.2.6 Accessibility. Airport traffic control towers shall be accessible except as specified in Section 1104 4 412.3 Aircraft hangars. Aircraft hangars shall be in accor- dance with Sections 412 3 1 through 412 3 6 412.3.1 Exterior walls. Exterior walls located less than 30 feet (9144 mm) from lot lines or a public way shall have a fire -resistance rating not less than 2 hours 412.3.2 Basements. Where hangars have basements, floors over basements shall be of Type IA construction and shall be made tight against seepage of water, oil or vapors There shall not be openings or communication between basements and the hangar Access to basements shall be from outside only 412.3.3 Floor surface. Floors shall be graded and drained to prevent water or fuel from remaining on the floor Floor drams shall discharge through an oil separator to the sewer or to an outside vented sump Exception: Aircraft hangars with individual lease spaces not exceeding 2,000 square feet (186 in 2) each in which servicing, repairing or washing is not conducted and fuel is not dispensed shall have floors that are graded toward the door, but shall not require a separa- tor 412.3.4 Heating equipment. Heating equipment shall be placed in another room separated by 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Entrance shall be from the outside or by means of a vestibule providing a two -doorway separation Exceptions: 1 Unit heaters and vented infrared radiant heating equipment suspended not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) above the upper surface of wings or engine enclosures of the highest aircraft that are permit- ted to be housed in the hangar need not be located in a separate room provided that they are mounted not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) above the floor in shops, offices and other sections of the hangar communicating with storage or ser- vice areas 2 Entrance to the separated room shall be permitted by a single interior door provided that the sources of ignition in the appliances are not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor 412.3.5 Finishing. The process of "doping," involving use of a volatile flammable solvent, or of painting, shall be carried on in a separate detached building equipped with automatic fire -extinguishing equipment in accordance with Section 903 [F] 412.3.6 Fire suppression. Aircraft hangars shall be provided with a fire suppression system designed in accor- dance with NFPA 409, based on the classification for the hangar given in Table 412 3 6 Exception: Where a fixed base operator has separate repair facilities on site, Group II hangars operated by a fixed base operator used for storage of transient cur- [F] TABLE 412.3.6 HANGAR FIRE SUPPRESSION REQUIREMENTS b•` MAXIMUM SINGLE FIRE AREA TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION (square feet) IA IB IIA IIB IIIA IIIB IV VA VB >_ 40,001 Group I Group I Group I Group I Group I Group I Group I Group I Group I 40,000 Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II 30,000 Group III Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II 20,000 Group III Group III Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II Group II 15,000 Group III Group III Group III Group II Group III Group II Group III Group II Group II 12,000 Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group II Group II 8,000 Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group II 5,000 Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III Group III For SI 1 foot =304 8 mm, 1 square foot= 0 0929 m' a Aircraft hangars with a door height greater than 28 feet shall be provided with fire suppression for a Group I hangar regardless of maximum fire area b Groups shall be as classified in accordance with NFPA 409 c Membrane structures complying with Section 3102 shall be classified as a Group IV hangar 78 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® [ [ [ CopyrightOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto I I ( I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE craft only shall have a fire suppression system, but the within the hangar shall be independent of the systems system is exempt from foam requirements installed within the dwelling Building sewer lines shall be [F] 412.3.6.1 Hazardous operations. Any Group III permitted to be connected outside the structures aircraft hangar according to Table 412 3 6 that contains Exception: Smoke detector wiring and feed for electri- hazardous operations including, but not limited to, the cal subpanels in the hangar following shall be provided with a Group I or II fire 412.4.5 Height and area limits. Residential aircraft han- suppression system in accordance with NFPA 409 as gars shall be not greater than 2,000 square feet (186 m) in applicable area and 20 feet (6096 mm) in building height 1 Doping 2 Hot work including, but not limited to, welding, torch cutting and torch soldering 3 Fuel transfer 4 Fuel tank repair or maintenance not including defueled tanks in accordance with NFPA 409, inerted tanks or tanks that have never been fueled 5 Spray finishing operations 6 Total fuel capacity of all aircraft within the unsprmklered single fire area in excess of 1,600 gallons (6057 L) 7 Total fuel capacity of all aircraft within the maxi- mum single fire area in excess of 7,500 gallons (28 390 L) for a hangar with an automatic sprin- kler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 [F] 412.3.6.2 Separation of maximum single fire areas. Maximum single fire areas established in accor- dance with hangar classification and construction type in Table 412 3 6 shall be separated by 2-hour fire walls constructed in accordance with Section 706. In deter- mining the maximum single fire area as set forth in Table 412 3 6, ancillary uses that are separated from aircraft servicing areas by afire barrier of not less than 1 hour, constructed in accordance with Section 707, shall not be included in the area 412.4 Residential aircraft hangars. Residential aircraft hangars shall comply with Sections 412 4 1 through 412 4 5 412.4.1 Fire separation. A hangar shall not be attached to a dwelling unless separated by afire barrier having afire - resistance rating of not less than 1 hour Such separation shall be continuous from the foundation to the underside of the roof and unpierced except for doors leading to the dwelling unit Doors into the dwelling unit shall be equipped with self -closing devices and conform to the requirements of Section 716 with a noncombustible raised sill not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in height Openings from a hangar directly into a room used for sleeping pur- poses shall not be permitted 412.4.2 Egress. A hangar shall provide two means of egress One of the doors into the dwelling shall be consid- ered as meeting only one of the two means of egress [F] 412.4.3 Smoke alarms. Smoke alarms shall be pro- vided within the hangar in accordance with Section 907221 412.4.4 Independent systems. Electrical, mechanical and plumbing dram, waste and vent (DWV) systems installed [F] 412.5 Aircraft paint hangars. Aircraft painting opera- tions shall be conducted in an aircraft paint hangar that com- plies with the provisions of Sections 412 5 1 through 412 5 8 Buildings and structures, or parts thereof, used for the appli- cation of flammable finishes shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section 416 [F] 412.5.1 Occupancy classification. Aircraft paint han- gars shall be classified in accordance with the provisions of Section 307 1 Aircraft paint hangars shall comply with the applicable requirements of this code and the Interna- tional Fire Code for such occupancy 412.5.2 Construction. Aircraft paint hangars shall be of Type I or II construction [F] 412.5.3 Spray equipment cleaning operations. Spray equipment cleaning operations shall be conducted in a liq- uid use, dispensing and mixing room [F] 412.5.4 Operations. Only those flammable liquids necessary for painting operations shall be permitted in quantities less than the maximum allowable quantities per control area in Table 307 l(1) Spray equipment cleaning operations exceeding the maximum allowable quantities per control area in Table 307 l(1) shall be conducted in a liquid use, dispensing and mixing room [F] 412.5.5 Storage. Storage of flammable or combustible liquids exceeding the maximum allowable quantities per control area in Table 307 1(1) shall be in a liquid storage room [F] 412.5.6 Fire suppression. Aircraft paint hangars shall be provided with fire suppression as required by NFPA 409 [F] 412.5.7 Ventilation. Aircraft paint hangars shall be provided with ventilation as required in the International Mechanical Code [F] 412.5.8 Electrical. Electrical equipment and devices within the aircraft paint hangar shall comply with NFPA 70 [F] 412.5.8.1 Class I, Division I hazardous locations. The area within 10 feet (3048 mm) horizontally from air- craft surfaces and from the floor to 10 feet (3048 mm) above the aircraft surface shall be classified as a Class I, Division I location [F] 412.5.8.2 Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations. The area horizontally from aircraft surfaces between 10 feet (3048 mm) and 30 feet (9144 mm) and from the floor to 30 feet (9144 mm) above the aircraft surface shall be classified as a Class I, Division 2 location 412.6 Aircraft manufacturing facilities. In buildings used for the manufacturing of aircraft, exit access travel distances 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 79 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE indicated in Section 1017 1 shall be increased in accordance with the following 1 The building shall be of Type I or II construction 2 Exit access travel distance shall not exceed the dis- tances given in Table 412 6 412.6.1 Ancillary areas. Rooms, areas and spaces ancil- lary to the primary manufacturing area shall be permitted to egress through such area having a minimum height as indicated in Table 412 6 Exit access travel distance within the ancillary room, area or space shall not exceed that Indi- cated in Table 1017 2 based on the occupancy classifica- tion of that ancillary area Total exit access travel distance shall not exceed that indicated in Table 412 6 [F] 412.7 Heliports and hehstops. Heliports and hehstops shall be permitted to be erected on buildings or other loca- tions where they are constructed in accordance with Sections 412 7 1 through 412 7 5 [F] 412.7.1 Size. The landing area for helicopters less than 3,500 pounds (1588 kg) shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) in length and width The landing area shall be surrounded on all sides by a clear area having an average width at roof level of 15 feet (4572 mm), and all widths shall be not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) [F] 412.7.2 Design. Helicopter landing areas and the sup- ports thereof on the roof of a building shall be noncombus- tible construction Landing areas shall be designed to confine any flammable liquid spillage to the landing area itself and provisions shall be made to dram such spillage away from any exit or stairway serving the helicopter landing area or from a structure housing such exit or stair- way For structural design requirements, see Section 16076 412.7.3 Means of egress. The means of egress from heli- ports and hehstops shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 10 Landing areas located on buildings or struc- tures shall have two or more means of egress For landing areas less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in length or less than 2,000 square feet (186 m') in area, the second means of egress is permitted to be a fire escape, alternating tread device or ladder leading to the floor below [F] 412.7.4 Rooftop heliports and hehstops. Rooftop heliports and hehstops shall comply with NFPA 418 [F] 412.7.5 Standpipe system. In buildings equipped with a standpipe system, the standpipe shall extend to the roof level in accordance with Section 905 3 6 SECTION 413 COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE 413.1 General. High -piled stock or rack storage in any occu- pancy group shall comply with the International Fire Code 413.2 Attic, under -floor and concealed spaces. Attic, under -floor and concealed spaces used for storage of combus- tible materials shall be protected on the storage side as required for 1-hour fire -resistance -rated construction Open- ings shall be protected by assemblies that are self -closing and are of noncombustible construction or solid wood core not less than 1'/4mch (45 mm) in thickness Exception: Neither fire -resistance -rated construction nor opening protectives are required in any of the following locations 1 Areas protected by approved automatic sprinkler systems 2 Group R-3 and U occupancies SECTION 414 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS [F] 414.1 General. The provisions of Sections 414 1 through 414 6 shall apply to buildings and structures occupied for the manufacturing, processing, dispensing, use or storage of haz- ardous materials [F] 414.1.1 Other provisions. Buildings and structures with an occupancy in Group H shall comply with this sec- tion and the applicable provisions of Section 415 and the International Fire Code [F] 414.1.2 Materials. The safe design of hazardous mate- rial occupancies is material dependent Individual material requirements are found in Sections 307 and 415, the Inter- national Mechanical Code and the International Fire Code [F] 414.1.2.1 Aerosol products. Level 2 and 3 aerosol products shall be stored and displayed in accordance with the International Fire Code See Section 3112 and the International Fire Code for occupancy group requirements [F] 414.1.3 Information required. A report shall be sub- mitted to the building official identifying the maximum expected quantities of hazardous materials to be stored, used in a closed system and used in an open system, and subdivided to separately address hazardous material clas- sification categories based on Tables 307l(1) and TABLE 412.6 AIRCRAFT MANUFACTURING EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE HEIGHT (fee[)" MANUFACTURING AREA (sq. H.)' > 150,000 > 200,000 > 250,000 > 500,000 > 750,000 > 1,000,000 > 25 400 450 500 500 500 500 > 50 400 500 600 700 700 700 >75 400 500 700 850 1,000 1,000 > 100 400 500 750 1,000 1,250 1,500 For SI 1 foot =304 8 min a Contiguous floor area of the aircraft manufacturing facility having the indicated height b Minimum height from finished floor to bottom of ceding or roof slab or deck 80 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto I I ( 1 TTRR I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva oily mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO RED VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE 307 1(2) The methods of protection from such hazards, including but not limited to control areas, fire protection systems and Group H occupancies shall be indicated in the report and on the construction documents The opinion and report shall be prepared by a qualified person, firm or corporation approved by the builckng official and provided without charge to the enforcing agency For buildings and structures with an occupancy in Group H, separate floor plans shall be submitted identify- ing the locations of anticipated contents and processes so as to reflect the nature of each occupied portion of every building and structure [F] 414.2 Control areas. Control areas shall comply with Sections 414 2 1 through 414 2 5 and the International Fire Code Exception: Higher education laboratories in accordance with Section 428 and Chapter 38 of the International Fire Code [F] 414.2.1 Construction requirements. Control areas shall be separated from each other by fire barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both [F] 414.2.2 Percentage of maximum allowable quanti- ties. The percentage of maximum allowable quantities of hazardous materials per control area permitted at each floor level within a building shall be in accordance with Table 414 2 2 [F] 414.2.3 Number. The maximum number of control areas within a building shall be in accordance with Table 41422 [F] 414.2.4 Fire -resistance rating requirements. The required fire -resistance rating for fire barriers shall be in accordance with Table 414 2 2 The floor assembly of the control area and the construction supporting the floor of the control area shall have afire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours Exception: The floor assembly of the control area and the construction supporting the floor of the control area are allowed to be 1-hour fire -resistance -rated in build - rags of Types IIA, IIIA, IV and VA construction, pro- vided that both of the following conditions exist 1 The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 2 The building is three or fewer stones above grade plane [F] 414.2.5 Hazardous material in Group M display and storage areas and in Group S storage areas. Haz- ardous materials located in Group M and Group S occu- pancies shall be in accordance with Sections 414 2 5 1 through 414 2 5 3 [F] 414.2.5.1 Nonflammable solids and nonflamma- ble and noncombustible liquids. The aggregate quan- tity of nonflammable solid and nonflammable or noncombustible liquid hazardous materials permitted within a single control area of a Group M display and storage area, a Group S storage area or an outdoor con- trol area is permitted to exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area specified in Tables 307 l(1) and 307 1(2) without classifying the building or use as a Group H occupancy, provided that the materials are displayed and stored in accordance with the Interna- tional Fire Code and quantities do not exceed the max- imum allowable specified in Table 414 2 5(1) [F] 414.2.5.2 Flammable and combustible liquids. In Group M occupancy wholesale and retail sales uses, indoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area as indicated in Table 414 2 5(2), provided that the materials are displayed and stored in accor- dance with the International Fire Code [F] 414.2.5.3 Aerosol products. The maximum quan- tity of aerosol products in Group M occupancy retail display areas, storage areas adjacent to retail display areas and retail storage areas shall be in accordance with the International Fire Code [F] 414.3 Ventilation. Rooms, areas or spaces in which explosive, corrosive, combustible, flammable or lmghly toxic dusts, mists, fumes, vapors or gases are or have the potential [F] TABLE 414.2.2 DESIGN AND NUMBER OF CONTROL AREAS STORY PERCENTAGE OF THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA' NUMBER OF CONTROL AREAS PER STORY FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING FOR FIRE BARRIERS IN HOURS" Higher than 9 5 1 2 7 9 5 2 2 6 125 2 2 Above grade 5 125 2 2 plane 4 125 2 2 3 50 2 1 2 75 3 1 1 100 4 1 Below grade 1 75 3 1 plane 2 50 2 1 Lower than2 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed a Percentages shall be of the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Tables 307 l(1) and 307 1(2), with all increases allowed in the notes to those tables b Separation shall include fire barriers and horizontal assemblies as necessary to provide separation from other portions of the building 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 81 I [ [ [ CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE to be emitted due to the processing, use, handling or storage of materials shall be mechanically ventilated where required by this code, the International Fire Code or the International Mechanical Code Emissions generated at workstations shall be confined to the area in which they are generated as specified in the International Fire Code and the International Mechanical Code [F] 414.4 Hazardous material systems. Systems involving hazardous materials shall be suitable for the intended applica- tion Controls shall be designed to prevent materials from entering or leaving process or reaction systems at other than the intended time, rate or path Automatic controls, where provided, shall be designed to be fail safe [F] 414.5 Inside storage, dispensing and use. The inside storage, dispensing and use of hazardous materials shall be in accordance with Sections 414 5 1 through 414 5 3 of this code and the International Fire Code [F] 414.5.1 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be provided in accordance with the International Fire Code as required by Table 414 5 1 where quantities of hazard- ous materials specified in that table exceed the maximum allowable quantities in Table 307 l(1) or where a struc- ture, room or space is occupied for purposes involving explosion hazards as required by Section 415 or the Inter- national Fire Code [F] 414.5.2 Emergency or standby power. Where required by the International Fire Code or this code, mechanical ventilation, treatment systems, temperature control, alarm, detection or other electrically operated systems shall be provided with emergency or standby power in accordance with Section 2702 For storage and use areas for highly toxic or toxic materials, see Sections IF] TABLE 414.2.5(1) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER INDOOR AND OUTDOOR CONTROL AREA IN GROUP M AND S OCCUPANCIES NONFLAMMABLE SOLIDS AND NONFLAMMABLE AND NONCOMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS" "f CONDITION MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA Material' Class Solid pountls Liquids gallons A. Health -hazard materials —nonflammable and noncombustible solids and liquids 1 Corrosives'" Not Applicable 9,750 975 2 Highlytoxics Not Applicable 20h,1 21" 3 Toxicsh, ` Not Applicable 1,000 100 B. Physical -hazard materials —nonflammable and noncombustible solids and liquids 1 Oxidizers°, ` 4 Not Allowed Not Allowed 3 1,3509 115 2 2,250h 225 1 18,000, 1 1,800,1 2 Unstable (reachves)h, ` 4 Not Allowed Not Allowed 3 550 55 2 1,150 115 1 Not Limited Not Limited 3 Water reactives 3h` 550 55 21; ` 1,150 115 1 Not Limited Not Limited For SI 1 pound = 0 454 kg, 1 gallon = 3 785 L a Hazard categories are as specified in the International Fire Code b Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent in buildings that are sprinklered in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 Where Note c also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively c Maximum allowable quantities shall be increased 100 percent where stored in approved storage cabinets, in accordance with the International Fire Code Where Note b also applies, the increase for both notes shall be applied accumulatively d See Table 414 2 2 for design and number of control areas e Allowable quantities for other hazardous material categories shall be in accordance with Section 307 f Maximum quantities shall be increased 100 percent in outdoor control areas g Maximum amounts shall be increased to 2,250 pounds where individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each h Maximum amounts shall be increased to 4,500 pounds where individual packages are in the original sealed containers from the manufacturer or packager and do not exceed 10 pounds each i The permitted quantities shall not be limited in a building equipped throughoutwith an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 I Quantities are unlimited in an outdoor control area 82 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® RT i 11 1 Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto I ( TTRR I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO RED VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE IF] TABLE 414.2.5(2) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY OF FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS IN WHOLESALE AND RETAIL SALES OCCUPANCIES PER CONTROL AREA' MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER CONTROL AREA (gallons) TYPE OF LIQUID Sprinkleretl in accordance with note b densities and arrangements Sprinkleretl in accordance with Tables 5704.3.6.3(4) through 5704.3.6.3(8) and 5704.3.7.5.1 of the Intemational Fire Code Nonsprinkleretl Class IA 60 60 30 Class I$ IC, II and IIIA 7,500` 15,000` 1,600 Class IIIB Unlimited Unlimited 13,200 For SI 1 foot =304 8 min, 1 square foot= 0 0929 m', 1 gallon= 3 785 L, 1 gallon per minute per square foot— 40 75 L/min/m' a Control areas shall be separated from each other by not less than a 1-hour fire barrier wall b To be considered as sprinklered, a building shall be equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system with a design providing minimum densities as follows 1 For uncartoned commodities on shelves 6 feet or less in height where the ceiling height does not exceed 18 feet, quantities are those permitted with a minimum sprinkler design density of Ordinary Hazard Group 2 2 For cartoned, palletized or racked commodities where storage is 4 feet 6 inches or less in height and where the ceiling height does not exceed 18 feet, quantities are those permitted with a minimum sprinkler design density of 0 21 gallon per minute per square foot over the most remote 1,500-square-foot area c Where wholesale and retail sales or storage areas exceed 50,000 square feet in area, the maximum allowable quantities are allowed to be increased by 2 percent for each 1,000 square feet of area in excess of 50,000 square feet, up to not more than 100 percent of the table amounts A control area separation is not required The cumulative amounts, including amounts attained by having an additional control area, shall not exceed 30,000 gallons 6004 2 2 8 and 6004 3 4 2 of the International Fire Code [F] 414.5.2.1 Exempt applications. Emergency or standby power is not required for the mechanical venti- lation systems provided for any of the following 1 Storage of Class IB and IC flammable and com- bustible liquids in closed containers not exceed- ing 6 5 gallons (25 L) capacity 2 Storage of Class 1 and 2 oxidizers 3 Storage of Class II, III, IV and V organic perox- ides 4 Storage of asphyxiant, irritant and radioactive gases [F] 414.5.2.2 Fail-safe engineered systems. Standby power for mechanical ventilation, treatment systems and temperature control systems shall not be required where an approved fail-safe engineered system is installed [F] 414.5.3 Spill control, drainage and containment. Rooms, buildings or areas occupied for the storage of solid and liquid hazardous materials shall be provided with a means to control spillage and to contain or dram off spill- age and fire protection water discharged in the storage area where required in the International Fire Code The meth- ods of spill control shall be in accordance with the Inter- national Fire Code [F] 414.6 Outdoor storage, dispensing and use. The out- door storage, dispensing and use of hazardous materials shall be in accordance with the International Fire Code [F] 414.6.1 Weather protection. Where weather protec- tion is provided for sheltering outdoor hazardous material storage or use areas, such areas shall be considered out- door storage or use where the weather protection structure complies with Sections 414 6 1 1 through 414 6 1 3 [F] 414.6.1.1 Walls. Walls shall not obstruct more than one side of the structure Exception: Walls shall be permitted to obstruct portions of multiple sides of the structure, provided that the obstructed area is not greater than 25 per- cent of the structure's perimeter [F] 414.6.1.2 Separation distance. The distance from the structure to buildings, lot lines, public ways or means of egress to a public way shall be not less than the distance required for an outside hazardous mate- rial storage or use area without weather protection [F] 414.6.1.3 Noncombustible construction. The overhead structure shall be of approved noncombusti- ble construction with a maximum area of 1,500 square feet (140 m') Exception: The maximum area is permitted to be increased as provided by Section 506 SECTION 415 GROUPS H-1, H-2, H-3, H-4 AND H-5 [F] 415.1 General. The provisions of Sections 4151 through 415 11 shall apply to the storage and use of hazard- ous materials in excess of the maximum allowable quanti- ties per control area listed in Section 307 1 [F] 415.2 Compliance. Buildings and structures with an occupancy in Group H shall comply with the applicable pro- visions of Section 414 and the International Fire Code. [F] 415.3 Automatic fire detection systems. Group H occu- pancies shall be provided with an automatic fire detection system in accordance with Section 907 2 [F] 415.4 Automatic sprinkler system. Group H occupan- cies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 5 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 83 I I1 I CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE [F] 415.5 Emergency alarms. Emergency alarms for the detection and notification of an emergency condition in Group H occupancies shall be provided as set forth herem [F] 415.5.1 Storage. An approved manual emergency alarm system shall be provided in buildings, rooms or areas used for storage of hazardous materials Emergency alarm-mitiatmg devices shall be installed outside of each interior exit or exit access door of storage buildings, rooms or areas Activation of an emergency alarm -initiating device shall sound a local alarm to alert occupants of an emergency situation involving hazardous materials [F] 415.5.2 Dispensing, use and handling. Where haz- ardous materials having a hazard ranking of 3 or 4 in accordance with NFPA 704 are transported through corri- dors, interior exit stairways or ramps, or exit passageways, there shall be an emergency telephone system, a local manual alarm station or an approved alarm -initiating device at not more than 150-foot (45 720 mm) intervals and at each exit and exit access doorway throughout the transport route The signal shall be relayed to an approved central, proprietary or remote station service or constantly attended on -site location and shall initiate a local audible alarm [F] 415.5.3 Supervision. Emergency alarm systems required by Section 415 5 1 or 415 5 2 shall be electrically supervised and monitored by an approved central, propri- etary or remote station service or shall initiate an audible and visual signal at a constantly attended on -site location [F] TABLE 414.5.1 EXPLOSION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS"' EXPLOSION CONTROL METHODS MATERIAL CLASS Explosion (cleflagra[ion) venting Barricade construction or explosion (deflagration) prevention systems" HAZARD CATEGORY Combustible dusts` Not Required Required Cryogenic flammables Not Required Required Division 1 1 Required Not Required Division 1 2 Required Not Required Explosives Division 1 3 Not Required Required Division 1 4 Not Required Required Division 1 5 Required Not Required Division 1 6 Required Not Required Flammable gas Gaseous Not Required Required Liquefied Not Required Required Flammable liquid IA° Not Required Required IBe Not Required Required Organic peroxides U Required Not Permitted I Required Not Permitted Oxidizer liquids and solids 4 Required Not Permitted Pyrophonc gas Not Required Required 4 Required Not Permitted Unstable (reactive) 3 Detonable Required Not Permitted 3 Nondetonable Not Required Required Water -reactive liquids and solids 3 Not Required Required 29 Not Required Required SPECIAL USES Acetylene generator rooms Not Required Required Gran processing Not Required Required Liquefied petroleum gas- Not Required Required distribution facilities Where explosion hazads existr Detonation Required Not Permitted Deflagration Not Required Required See Section 414 13 See the International Fire Code As generated during manufacturing or processing Storage or use In open use or dispensing Rooms containing dispensing and use of hazardous materials where an explosive environment can occur because of the characteristics or nature of the hazardous materials or as a result of the dispensing or use process A method of explosion control shall be provided where Class 2water-reactive materials can form potentially explosive mixtures Explosion venting is not required for Group H-5 fabrication areas complying with Section 415 11 1 and the International Fire Code 84 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill [ [ Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, rhvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto i I ( I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE [F] 415.5.4 Emergency alarm systems. Emergency alarm systems required by Section 415 5 1 or 415 5 2 shall be provided with emergency or standby power in accor- dance with Section 2702 2 [F] 415.6 Fire separation distance. Group H occupancies shall be located on property in accordance with the other pro- visions of this chapter In Groups H-2 and H-3, not less than 25 percent of the perimeter wall of the occupancy shall be an exterior wall Exceptions: 1 Liquid use, dispensing and mixing rooms having a floor area of not more than 500 square feet (46 5 m') need not be located on the outer perimeter of the building where they are in accordance with the International Fire Code and NFPA 30 2 Liquid storage rooms having a floor area of not more than 1,000 square feet (93 m') need not be located on the outer perimeter where they are in accordance with the International Fire Code and NFPA 30 3 Spray paint booths that comply with the Interna- tional Fire Code need not be located on the outer perimeter [F] 415.6.1 Group H occupancy minimum fire separa- tion distance. Regardless of any other provisions, build- ings containing Group H occupancies shall be set back to the minimum fire separation distance as set forth in Sec- tions 415 6 1 1 through 415 6 1 4 Distances shall be mea- sured from the walls enclosing the occupancy to lot lines, including those on a public way Distances to assumed lot lines established for the purpose of determining exterior wall and opening protection are not to be used to establish the minimum fire separation distance for buildings on sites where explosives are manufactured or used where separation is provided in accordance with the quantity dis- tance tables specified for explosive materials in the Inter- national Fire Code [F] 415.6.1.1 Group H-1. Group H-1 occupancies shall be set back not less than 75 feet (22 860 mm) and not less than required by the International Fire Code Exception: Fireworks manufacturing buildings sep- arated in accordance with NFPA 1124 [F] 415.6.1.2 Group H-2. Group H-2 occupancies shall be set back not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) where the area of the occupancy is greater than 1,000 square feet (93 m') and it is not required to be located in a detached building [F] 415.6.1.3 Groups H-2 and H-3. Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies shall be set back not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) where a detached building is required (see Table 415 6 2) [F] 415.6.1.4 Explosive materials. Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies containing materials with explosive char- acteristics shall be separated as required by the Interna- tional Fire Code Where separations are not specified, the distances required shall be determmed by a techni- cal report issued in accordance with Section 414 13 [F] 415.6.2 Detached buildings for Group H-1, H-2 or H-3 occupancy. The storage or use of hazardous materials in excess of those amounts listed in Table 415 6 2 shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 4157and 4158 [F] 415.6.2.1 Wall and opening protection. Where a detached building is required by Table 415 6 2, wall and opening protection based on fire separation dis- tance is not required [F] 415.7 Special provisions for Group H-1 occupancies. Group H-1 occupancies shall be in detached buildings not used for other purposes Roofs shall be of lightweight con- struction with suitable thermal insulation to prevent sensitive material from reaching its decomposition temperature Group H-1 occupancies containing materials that are in themselves both physical and health hazards in quantities exceeding the maximum allowable quantities per control area in Table 307 1(2) shall comply with requirements for both Group H-1 and H-4 occupancies [F] 415.7.1 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage areas for organic peroxides, pyrophoric materials and unstable (reactive) materials shall be of liquid -tight, non- combustible construction [F] 415.8 Special provisions for Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies. Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies containing quantities of hazardous materials in excess of those set forth in Table 415 6 2 shall be in detached buildings used for manufacturing, processing, dispensing, use or storage of hazardous materials Materials listed for Group H-1 occu- pancies in Section 307 3 are permitted to be located within Group H-2 or H-3 detached buildings provided that the amount of materials per control area do not exceed the maximum allowed quantity specified in Table 307 l(1) [F] 415.8.1 Multiple hazards. Group H-2 or H-3 occu- pancies containing materials that are in themselves both physical and health hazards in quantities exceeding the maximum allowable quantities per control area in Table 307 1(2) shall comply with requirements for Group H-2, H-3 or H-4 occupancies as applicable [F] 415.8.2 Separation of incompatible materials. Haz- ardous materials other than those listed in Table 415 6 2 shall be allowed in manufacturing, processing, dispensing, use or storage areas when separated from incompatible materials in accordance with the provisions of the Interna- tional Fire Code. [F] 415.8.3 Water reactrves. Group H-2 and H-3 occupan- cies containing water -reactive materials shall be resistant to water penetration Piping for conveying liquids shall not be over or through areas containing water reactrves, unless iso- lated by approved liquid -tight construction Exception: Fire protection piping shall be permitted over or through areas containing water reactrves with- out isolating it with liquid -tight construction [F] 415.8.4 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage areas for organic peroxides, oxidizers, pyrophoric materi- als, unstable (reactive) materials and water -reactive solids and liquids shall be of liquid -tight, noncombustible con- struction 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 85 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE [F] 415.8.5 Waterproof room. Rooms or areas used for the storage of water -reactive solids and liquids shall be constructed in a manner that resists the penetration of water through the use of waterproof materials Piping car- rying water for other than approved automatic sprinkler systems shall not be within such rooms or areas [F] 415.9 Group H-2. Occupancies in Group H-2 shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 415 9 1 through 415 9 3 and the International Fire Code [F] 415.9.1 Flammable and combustible liquids. The storage, handling, processing and transporting of flamma- ble and combustible liquids in Group H-2 and H-3 occu- pancies shall be in accordance with Sections 415 9 1 1 through 415 9 19, the International Mechanical Code and the International Fire Code [F] 415.9.1.1 Mixed occupancies. Where the storage tank area is located in a building of two or more occu- pancies and the quantity of liquid exceeds the maxi- mum allowable quantity for one control area, the use shall be completely separated from adjacent occupan- cies in accordance with the requirements of Section 5084 [F] 415.9.1.1.1 Height exception. Where storage tanks are located within a building not more than one story above grade plane, the height limitation of Section 504 shall not apply for Group H [F] 415.9.1.2 Tank protection. Storage tanks shall be noncombustible and protected from physical damage Fire barriers or horizontal assemblies or both around the storage tanks shall be permitted as the method of protection from physical damage [F] 415.9.1.3 Tanks. Storage tanks shall be approved tanks conforming to the requirements of the Intema- honal Fire Code [F] 415.9.1.4 Leakage containment. A liquid -tight containment area compatible with the stored liquid shall be provided The method of spill control, drainage control and secondary containment shall be in accor- dance with the International Fire Code Exception: Rooms where only double -wall storage tanks conforming to Section 415 9 1 3 are used to store Class I, II and IIIA flammable and combustible liquids shall not be required to have a leakage con- tainment area [F] 415.9.1.5 Leakage alarm. An approved automatic alarm shall be provided to indicate a leak in a storage tank and room The alarm shall sound an audible signal, 15 dBa above the ambient sound level, at every point of entry into the room in which the leaking storage tank is located An approved sign shall be posted on every entry door to the tank storage room indicating the potential hazard of the interior room environment, or [F] TABLE 415.6.2 DETACHED BUILDING REQUIRED A DETACHED BUILDING IS REQUIRED WHERE THE QUANTITY OF MATERIAL EXCEEDS THAT LISTED HEREIN Material Class Solids and Liquids (tons)'•" Gases (cubic feet)a•" Division 1 1 Maximum Allowable Quantity Division 1 2 Maximum Allowable Quantity Division 1 3 Maximum Allowable Quantity Explosives Division 1 4 Maximum Allowable Quantity Not Applicable Division 1 4` 1 Division 1 5 Maximum Allowable Quantity Division 1 6 Maximum Allowable Quantity Oxidizers Class 4 Maximum Allowable Quantity Maximum Allowable Quantity Unstable (reachves) detonable Class 3 or 4 Maximum Allowable Quantity Maximum Allowable Quantity Oxidizer, liquids and solids Class 3 1,200 Not Applicable Class 2 2,000 Not Applicable Detomble Maximum Allowable Quantity Not Applicable Organic peroxides Class I Maximum Allowable Quantity Not Applicable Class II 25 Not Applicable Class III 50 Not Applicable Unstable (reachves) nondetonable Class 3 1 2,, 00 Class 2 25 1Q000 Water reachves Class 3 1 Not Applicable Class 2 25 Not Applicable Pyrophonc gases Not Applicable Not Applicable 2,000 For SI 1 ton = 906 kg, 1 cubic foot= 0 02832 m', 1 pound= 0 454 kg a For materials that are detonable, the distance to other buildings or lot Imes shall be in accordance with Section 415 6 of this code or Chapter 56 of the International Fire Code based on trinitrotoluene (TNT) equivalence of the material, whichever is greater b "Maximum Allowable Quannty' means the maximum allowable quantity per control area set forth in Table 307 l(1) c Limited to Division 14 materials and articles, including articles packaged for shipment, that are not regulated as an explosive under Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (BATF) regulations or unpackaged uncles used in process operations that do not propagate a detonation or deflagration between articles, provided that the net explosive weight of individual articles does not exceed 1 pound 86 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® [ [ [ Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto I ( I I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, Axmboemamhow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE the sign shall state WARNING, WHEN ALARM SOUNDS, THE ENVIRONMENT WITHIN THE ROOM MAY BE HAZARDOUS The leakage alarm shall be supervised in accordance with Chapter 9 to transmit a trouble signal [F] 415.9.1.6 Tank vent. Storage tank vents for Class I, II or IIIA liquids shall terminate to the outdoor au in accordance with the International Fire Code [F] 415.9.1.7 Room ventilation. Storage tank areas storing Class I, II or IIIA liquids shall be provided with mechanical ventilation The mechanical ventila- tion system shall be in accordance with the Interna- tional Mechanical Code and the International Fire Code [F] 415.9.1.8 Explosion venting. Where Class I liquids are being stored, explosion venting shall be provided in accordance with the International Fire Code [F] 415.9.1.9 Tank openings other than vents. Tank openings other than vents from tanks inside buildings shall be designed to ensure that liquids or vapor con- centrations are not released inside the building [F] 415.9.2 Liquefied petroleum gas facilities. The con- struction and installation of liquefied petroleum gas facili- ties shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code, the International Fire Code, the International Mechanical Code, the International Fuel Gas Code and NFPA 58 [F] 415.9.3 Dry cleaning plants. The construction and installation of dry cleaning plants shall be in accordance with the requirements of this code, the International Mechanical Code, the International Plumbing Code and NFPA 32 Dry cleaning solvents and systems shall be clas- sified in accordance with the International Fire Code [F] 415.10 Groups H-3 and H-4. Groups H-3 and H-4 shall be constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of this code and the International Fire Code [F] 415.10.1 Flammable and combustible liquids. The storage, handling, processing and transporting of flamma- ble and combustible liquids in Group H-3 occupancies shall be in accordance with Section 415 9 1 [F] 415.10.2 Gas rooms. Where gas rooms are provided, such rooms shall be separated from other areas by not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accor- dance with Section 711, or both [F] 415.10.3 Floors in storage rooms. Floors in storage areas for corrosive liquids and lughly toxic or toxic materi- als shall be of liquid -tight, noncombustible construction [F] 415.10.4 Separation of highly toxic solids and liq- uids. Highly toxic solids and liquids not stored in approved hazardous materials storage cabinets shall be isolated from other hazardous materials storage by not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accor- dance with Section 711 _ or both [F] 415.11 Group H-5. In addition to the requirements set forth elsewhere in this code, Group H-5 shall comply with the provisions of Sections 415 11 1 through 415 11 11 and the International Fire Code. [F] 415.11.1 Fabrication areas. Fabrication areas shall comply with Sections 415 11 1 1 through 415 11 1 8 [F] 415.11.1.1 Hazardous materials. Hazardous materials and hazardous production materials (HPM) shall comply with Sections 41511111 and 41511112 [F] 415.11.1.1.1 Aggregate quantifies. The aggre- gate quantities of hazardous materials stored and used in a single fabrication area shall not exceed the quantities set forth in Table 41511111 Exception: The quantity limitations for any haz- ard category in Table 415 11 1 1 1 shall not apply where the fabrication area contains quantities of hazardous materials not exceeding the maximum allowable quantities per control area established by Tables 307 1(1) and 307 1(2) [F] 415.11.1.1.2 Hazardous production materials. The maximum quantities of hazardous production materials (HPM) stored in a single fabrication area shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area established by Tables 307 1(1) and 307 1(2) [F] 415.11.1.2 Separation. Fabrication areas, whose sizes are limited by the quantity of hazardous materials allowed by Table 415 11 1 1 1, shall be separated from each other, from corridors and from other parts of the building by not less than 1-hour fire barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Exceptions: 1 Doors within such fire barrier walls, including doors to corridors, shall be only self -closing fire door assemblies having afire protection rating of not less than'/q hour 2 Windows between fabrication areas and cor- ridors are permitted to be fixed glazing listed and labeled for afire protection rating of not less than'/q hour in accordance with Section 716 [F] 415.11.1.3 Location of occupied levels. Occupied levels of fabrication areas shall be located at or above the first story above grade plane 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 87 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE [F] TABLE 415.11.1.1.1 QUANTITY LIMITS FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN A SINGLE FABRICATION AREA IN GROUP H-5a HAZARD CATEGORY SOLIDS LIQUIDS GAS (pounds per square foot) (gallons per square foot) (cubic feet @ NTPlsquare foot) PHYSICAL -HAZARD MATERIALS Combustible dust Note b Not Applicable Not Applicable Combustible fiber Loose Not Applicable Not Applicable Baled NoteNos b and c Combustible liquid II 001 IIIA Not Applicable 002 Not Applicable IIIB Not Limited Combination Class I, II and IIIA 004 Cryogenic gas Flammable Not Applicable Not Applicable Note d Oxichzmg 125 Explosives Note b Note b Note b Flammable gas Gaseous Not Applicable Not Applicable Note d Liquefied Note d Flammable liquid IA 00025 IB 0 025 IC Not Applicable 0025 Not Applicable Combination Class IA, IB and IC 0 025 Combination Class I, II and IIIA 004 Flammable solid 0 001 Not Applicable Not Applicable Unclassified detonable Note b Class I Note b Orgamc peroxide Class II 0 025 Not Applicable Not Applicable Class III 0 1 Class IV Not Limited Class V Not Limited Gaseous 125 Oxidtzmg gas Liquefied 125 Not Applicable Not Applicable Combination of gaseous and liquefied 125 Oxirhzer Class 4 Note b Note b Class 3 0 003 0 03 Class 2 0 003 0 03 Not Applicable Class 1 0 003 0 03 Combination Class 1, 2, 3 0 003 0 03 Pyrophonc materials 001 000125 Notes d and e Class 4 Note b Note b Note b Unstable (reactive) Class 3 0 025 00025 Note b Class 2 0 1 0 01 Note b Class 1 Not Lumted Not Limited Not Limited Class 3 Note -7 0 00125 Water reactive Class 2 0 25 0 025 Not Applicable Class 1 Not Li[bited Not Limited HEALTH -HAZARD MATERIALS Corrosives Not Limited Not Limited Not Limited Highly toxic Not Limited Not Limited Note d Toxics Not Limited Not Limited Noted For SI 1 pound per square foot =4 882 kg/m', 1 gallon per square foot =40 7 L/m', 1 cubic foot @ NTP/square foot= 0 305 m' @ NTP/m', 1 cubic foot= 0 02832 m' a Hazardous materials within piping shall not be included in the calculated quantities b Quantity of hazardous materials in a single fabrication shall not exceed the maximum allowable quantities per control area in Tables 307 l(1) and 307 1(2) c Densely packed baled cotton that complies with the packing requirements of ISO 8115 shall not be included in this material class d The aggregate quantity of flammable, pyrophoric, toxic and highly toxic gases shall not exceed the greater of 0 2 cubic feet at NTP/square foot or 9,000 cubic feet at NTP e The aggregate quaintly of pyrophoric gases in the building shall not exceed the amounts set forth in Table 415 6 2 88 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® [[ [ CopyaghtOoz0lvICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A,s,dby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,daod Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢Nomb¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantt, I I ( I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, Axmboemamhow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE [F] 415.11.1.4 Floors. Except for surfacing, floors withinfabrication areas shall be of noncombustible construction Openings through floors of fabrication areas are permitted to be unprotected where the interconnected levels are used solely for mechanical equipment directly related to such fabrication areas (see Section 415 11 1 5) Floors forming a part of an occupancy separation shall be liquid tight [F] 415.11.1.5 Shafts and openings through floors. Elevator hoistways, vent shafts and other openings through floors shall be enclosed where required by Sec- tions 712 and 713 Mechanical, duct and piping pene- trations within a fabrication area shall not extend through more than two floors The annular space around penetrations for cables, cable trays, tubing, pip- ing, conduit or ducts shall be sealed at the floor level to restrict the movement of au The fabrication area, including the areas through wluch the ductwork and piping extend, shall be considered to be a single condi- tioned environment [F] 415.11.1.6 Ventilation. Mechanical exhaust venti- lation at the rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot [0 0051 m'/(s • m')] of floor area shall be provided throughout the portions of the fabrication area where HPM are used or stored The exhaust air duct system of one fabrication area shall not connect to another duct system outside that fabrication area within the building A ventilation system shall be provided to capture and exhaust gases, fumes and vapors at workstations Two or more operations at a workstation shall not be connected to the same exhaust system where either one or the combination of the substances removed could constitute a fire, explosion or hazardous chemical reaction within the exhaust duct system Exhaust ducts penetrating fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assem- blies constructed in accordance with Section 711 shall be contained in a shaft of equivalent fire -resistance - rated construction Exhaust ducts shall not penetrate fire walls Fire dampers shall not be installed in exhaust ducts [F] 415.11.1.7 Transporting hazardous production materials to fabrication areas. HPM shall be trans- ported to fabrication areas through enclosed piping or tubing systems that comply with Section 41511 6, through service corridors complying with Section 415 113, or in corridors as penmitted in the exception to Section 415 11 2 The handling or transporting of HPM within service corridors shall comply with the International Fire Code [F] 415.11.1.8 Electrical. Electrical equipment and devices within the fabrication area shall comply with NFPA 70 The requirements for hazardous locations need not be applied where the average au change is not less than four tines that set forth in Section 415 11 16 and where the number of air changes at any location is not less than three times that required by Section 415 11 1 6 The use of recirculated au shall be permitted [F] 415.11.1.8.1 Workstations. Workstations shall not be energized without adequate exhaust ventila- tion See Section 4151116 for workstation exhaust ventilation requirements [F] 415.11.2 Corridors. Corridors shall comply with Chapter 10 and shall be separated from fabrication areas as specified in Section 415 11 1 2 Corridors shall not contain HPM and shall not be used for transporting such materials except through closed piping systems as pro- vided in Section 415 116 4 Exception: Where existing fabrication areas are altered or modified, HPM is allowed to be transported in existing corridors, subject to the following condi- tions 1 Nonproduction HPM is allowed to be transported in corridors if utilized for maintenance, lab work and testing 2 Where existing fabrication areas are altered or modified, HPM is allowed to be transported in existing corridors, subject to the following con- ditions 2 1 Corridors Corridors adjacent to the fab- rication area where the alteration work is to be done shall comply with Section 1020 for a length determined as follows 21 1 The length of the common wall of the corridor and the fabrication area, and 2 1 2 For the distance along the corridor to the point of entry of HPM into the corridor serving thatfabrication area 22 Emergency alarm system. There shall be an emergency telephone system, a local manual alarm station or other approved alarm-mitiating device within corridors at not more than 150-foot (45 720 mm) intervals and at each exit and doorway The signal shall be relayed to an approved central, proprietary or remote station ser- vice or the emergency control station and shall initiate a local audible alarm 23 Pass-throughs Self -closing doors having afire protection rating of not less than 1 hour shall separate pass-throughs from existing corridors. Pass-throughs shall be constructed as required for the corridors and protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system. [F] 415.11.3 Service corridors. Service corridors within a Group H-5 occupancy shall comply with Sections 415 113 1 through 415 113 4 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 89 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE [F] 415.11.3.1 Use conditions. Service corridors shall be separated from corridors as required by Section 415 11 1 2 Service corridors shall not be used as a required corridor [F] 415.11.3.2 Mechanical ventilation. Service corri- dors shall be mechanically ventilated as required by Section 415 11 1 6 or at not less than six air changes per hour [F] 415.11.3.3 Means of egress. The distance of travel from any point in a service corridor to an exit, exit access corridor or door into a fabrication area shall be not greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm) Dead ends shall be not greater than 4 feet (1219 mm) in length There shall be not less than two exits, and not more than one- half of the required means of egress shall require travel into a fabrication area Doors from service corridors shall swing in the direction of egress travel and shall be self -closing [F] 415.11.3.4 Minimum width. The clear width of a service corridor shall be not less than 5 feet (1524 mm), or 33 inches (838 mm) wider than the widest cart or truck used in the service corridor, whichever is greater [F] 415.11.3.5 Emergency alarm system. Emergency alarm systems shall be provided in accordance with this section and Sections 415 5 1 and 415 5 2 The maxi- mum allowable quantity per control area provisions shall not apply to emergency alarm systems required for HPM [F] 415.11.3.5.1 Service corridors. An emergency alarm system shall be provided in service corridors, with not fewer than one alarm device in each service corridor [F] 415.11.3.5.2 Corridors and interior exit stair- ways and ramps. Emergency alarms for corridors, interior exit stairways and ramps and exit passage- ways shall comply with Section 415 5 2 [F] 415.11.3.5.3 Liquid storage rooms, HPM rooms and gas rooms. Emergency alarms for liquid storage rooms, HPM rooms and gas rooms shall comply with Section 415 5 1 [F] 415.11.3.5.4 Alarm -initiating devices. An approved emergency telephone system, local alarm manual pull stations, or other approved alarm-imti- atmg devices are allowed to be used as emergency alarm-mitiatmg devices [F] 415.11.3.5.5 Alarm signals. Activation of the emergency alarm system shall sound a local alarm and transmit a signal to the emergency control sta- tion [F] 415.11.4 Storage of hazardous production materi- als. Storage of hazardous production materials (HPM) in fabrication areas shall be within approved or listed stor- age cabinets or gas cabinets or within a workstation The storage of HPM in quantities greater than those listed in Section 5004 2 of the International Fire Code shall be in liquid storage rooms, HPM rooms or gas rooms as appro- priate for the materials stored The storage of other hazard- ous materials shall be in accordance with other applicable provisions of this code and the International Fire Code [F] 415.11.5 HPM rooms, gas rooms, liquid storage room construction. HPM rooms, gas rooms and liquid shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 415 11 5 1 through 415 11 5 9 [F] 415.11.5.1 HPM rooms and gas rooms. HPM rooms and gas rooms shall be separated from other areas by fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both The fire -resis- tance rating shall be not less than 2 hours where the area is 300 square feet (27 9 m') or more and not less than 1 hour where the area is less than 300 square feet (27 9 m [F] 415.11.5.2 Liquid storage rooms. Liquid storage rooms shall be constructed in accordance with the fol- lowing requirements 1 Rooms greater than 500 square feet (46 5 m') in area, shall have not fewer than one exterior door approved for fire department access 2 Rooms shall be separated from other areas by fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both The fire - resistance rating shall be not less than 1 hour for rooms up to 150 square feet (13 9 m) in area and not less than 2 hours where the room is more than 150 square feet (13 9 m') in area 3 Shelving, racks and wainscotting in such areas shall be of noncombustible construction or wood of not less than 1-inch (25 mm) nominal thick- ness or fire -retardant -treated wood complying with Section 2303 2 4 Rooms used for the storage of Class I flammable liquids shall not be located in a basement [F] 415.11.5.3 Floors. Except for surfacing, floors of HPM rooms and liquid storage rooms shall be of non- combustible liquid -tight construction Raised grating over floors shall be of noncombustible materials [F] 415.11.5.4 Location. Where HPM rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms are provided, they shall have not fewer than one exterior wall and such wall shall be not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) from lot lines, including lot lines adjacent to public ways [F] 415.11.5.5 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be provided where required by Section 414 5 1 [F] 415.11.5.6 Exits. Where two exits are required from HPM rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms, one shall be directly to the outside of the building [F] 415.11.5.7 Doors. Doors in a fire barrier wall, including doors to corridors, shall be self closing fire door assemblies having afire protection rating of not less than'/q hour 90 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE [F] 415.11.5.8 Ventilation. Mechanical exhaust venti- lation shall be provided in liquid storage rooms, HPM rooms and gas rooms at the rate of not less than 1 cubic foot per in mute per square foot (0 044 L/s/m') of floor area or six air changes per hour Exhaust ventilation for gas rooms shall be designed to operate at a negative pressure in relation to the sur- rounding areas and direct the exhaust ventilation to an exhaust system [F] 415.11.5.9 Emergency alarm system. An approved emergency alarm system shall be provided for HPM rooms, liquid storage rooms and gas rooms Emergency alarm-mitiating devices shall be installed outside of each interior exit door of such rooms Activation of an emergency alarm-mitiating device shall sound a local alarm and transmit a signal to the emergency control station An approved emergency telephone system, local alarm manual pull stations or other approved alarm -ini- tiating devices are allowed to be used as emergency alarm-mitiating devices [F] 415.11.6 Piping and tubing. Hazardous production materials piping and tubing shall comply with this section and ASME B31 3 [F] 415.11.6.1 HPM having a health -hazard ranking of 3 or 4. Systems supplying HPM liquids or gases having a health -hazard ranking of 3 or 4 shall be welded throughout, except for connections, to the sys- tems that are within a ventilated enclosure if the mate- rial is a gas, or an approved method of drainage or containment is provided for the connections if the material is a liquid [F] 415.11.6.2 Location in service corridors. Hazard- ous production materials supply piping or tubing in ser- vice corridors shall be exposed to view [F] 415.11.6.3 Excess flow control. Where HPM gases or liquids are carried in pressurized piping above 15 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (103 4 kPa), excess flow control shall be provided Where the piping originates from within a liquid storage room, HPM room or gas room, the excess flow control shall be located within the liquid storage room, HPM room or gas room Where the piping originates from a bulk source, the excess flow control shall be located as close to the bulk source as practical [F] 415.11.6.4 Installations in corridors and above other occupancies. The installation of HPM piping and tubing within the space defined by the walls of cor- ridors and the floor or roof above, or in concealed spaces above other occupancies, shall be in accordance with Sections 415 11 61 through 415 11 63 and the following conditions 1 Automatic sprinklers shall be installed within the space unless the space is less than 6 inches (152 mm) in the least dimension 2 Ventilation not less than six air changes per hour shall be provided The space shall not be used to convey air from any other area 3 Where the piping or tubing is used to transport HPM liquids, a receptor shall be installed below such piping or tubing The receptor shall be designed to collect any discharge or leakage and dram it to an approved location The 1-hour enclosure shall not be used as part of the receptor 4 HPM supply piping and tubing and nonmetallic waste lines shall be separated from the corridor and from occupancies other than Group H-5 by fire barriers or by an approved method or assem- bly that has a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour Access openings into the enclosure shall be protected by approved fire -protection - rated assemblies 5 Readily accessible manual or automatic remotely activated fail-safe emergency shutoff valves shall be installed on piping and tubing other than waste Imes at the following locations 5 1 At branch connections into the fabrica- tion area 5 2 At entries into corridors Exception: Transverse crossings of the corridors by supply piping that is enclosed within a ferrous pipe or tube for the width of the corridor need not com- ply with Items 1 through 5 [F] 415.11.6.5 Identification. Piping, tubing and HPM waste lines shall be identified in accordance with ANSI A13 1 to indicate the material being transported [F] 415.11.7 Gas detection systems. A gas detection sys- tem complying with Section 916 shall be provided for HPM gases where the physiological warning threshold level of the gas is at a higher level than the accepted per- missible exposure limit (PEL) for the gas and for flamma- ble gases in accordance with Sections 415 11 7 1 through 4151172 [F] 415.11.7.1 Where required. A gas detection sys- tem shall be provided in the areas identified in Sections 415 11 7 1 1 through 415 117 1 4 [F] 415.11.7.1.1 Fabrication areas. A gas detection system shall be provided infabrication areas where HPM gas is used in the fabrication area [F] 415.11.7.1.2 HPM rooms. A continuous gas detection system shall be provided in HPM rooms where HPM gas is used in the room [F] 415.11.7.1.3 Gas cabinets, exhausted enclo- sures and gas rooms. A gas detection system shall be provided in gas cabinets and exhausted enclo- sures for HPM gas A gas detection system shall be provided in gas rooms where HPM gases are not located in gas cabinets or exhausted enclosures 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 91 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE [F] 415.11.7.1.4 Corridors. Where HPM gases are transported in piping placed within the space defined by the walls of a corridor and the floor or roof above the corridor, a gas detection system shall be provided where piping is located and in the com- dor Exception: A gas detection system is not required for occasional transverse crossings of the corridors by supply piping that is enclosed in a ferrous pipe or tube for the width of the com- dor [F] 415.11.7.2 Gas detection system operation. The gas detection system shall be capable of monitoring the room, area or equipment in which the HPM gas is located at or below all the following gas concentra- tions 1 Immediately dangerous to life and health (IDLH) values where the monitoring point is within an exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas cabinet 2 Permissible exposure limit (PEL) levels where the monitoring point is in an area outside an exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas cabinet 3 For flammable gases, the monitoring detection threshold level shall be vapor concentrations in excess of 25 percent of the lower flammable lnnit (LFL) where the monitoring is within or outside an exhausted enclosure, ventilated enclosure or gas cabinet 4 Except as noted in this section, monitoring for lughly toxic and toxic gases shall also comply with Chapter 60 of the International Fire Code [F] 415.11.7.2.1 Alarms. The gas detection system shall initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to the emergency control station when a short-term hazard condition is detected The alarm shall be both visual and audible and shall provide warning both inside and outside the area where the gas is detected The audible alarm shall be distinct from all other alarms [F] 415.11.7.2.2 Shutoff of gas supply. The gas detection system shall automatically close the shut- off valve at the source on gas supply piping and tub- ing related to the system being monitored for which gas is detected when a short-term hazard condition is detected Automatic closure of shutoff valves shall comply with the following 1 Where the gas detection sampling point initi- ating the gas detection system alarm is within a gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure, the shut- off valve in the gas cabinet or exhausted enclosure for the specific gas detected shall automatically close 2 Where the gas detection sampling point initi- ating the gas detection system alarm is within a room and compressed gas containers are not in gas cabinets or an exhausted enclosure, the shutoff valves on all gas lines for the specific gas detected shall automatically close 3 Where the gas detection sampling point initi- ating the gas detection system alarm is within a piping distribution manifold enclosure, the shutoff valve supplying the manifold for the compressed gas container of the specific gas detected shall automatically close Exception: Where the gas detection sampling point initiating the gas detection system alarm is at the use location or within a gas valve enclosure of a branch line downstream of a piping distribu- tion manifold, the shutoff valve for the branch line located in the piping distribution manifold enclosure shall automatically close [F] 415.11.8 Manual fire alarm system. An approved manual fire alarm system shall be provided throughout buildings containing Group H-5 Activation of the alarm system shall initiate a local alarm and transmit a signal to the emergency control station The fire alarm system shall be designed and installed in accordance with Section 907 [F] 415.11.9 Emergency control station. An emergency control station shall be provided in accordance with Sec- tions 415 11 9 1 through 415 11 9 3 [F] 415.11.9.1 Location. The emergency control sta- tion shall be located on the premises at an approved location outside the fabrication area [F] 415.11.9.2 Staffing. Trained personnel shall con- tinuously staff the emergency control station [F] 415.11.9.3 Signals. The emergency control station shall receive signals from emergency equipment and alarm and detection systems Such emergency equip- ment and alarm and detection systems shall include, but not be limited to, the following where such equipment or systems are required to be provided either in this chapter or elsewhere in this code 1 Automatic sprinkler system alarm and monitoring system s 2 Manual fire alarm systems 3 Emergency alarm systems. 4 Gas detection systems. 5 Smoke detection systems 6 Emergency power system 7 Automatic detection and alarm systems for pyro- phoric liquids and Class 3 water -reactive liquids required in Section 2705 2 3 4 of the Interna- tional Fire Code 8 Exhaust ventilation flow alarm devices for pyro- phoric liquids and Class 3 water -reactive liquids cabinet exhaust ventilation systems required in Section 2705 2 3 4 of the International Fire Code 92 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyaghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto I I (MPTITrITTRR I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE [F] 415.11.10 Emergency power system. An emergency power system shall be provided in Group H-5 occupancies in accordance with Section 2702 The emergency power system shall supply power automatically to the electrical systems specified in Section 415 11 10 1 when the normal electrical supply system is interrupted [F] 415.11.10.1 Required electrical systems. Emer- gency power shall be provided for electrically operated equipment and connected control circuits for the fol- lowing systems 1 HIM exhaust ventilation systems 2 HIM gas cabinet ventilation systems 3 HIM exhausted enclosure ventilation systems 4 HIM gas room ventilation systems 5 HIM gas detection systems 6 Emergency alarm systems. 7 Manual and automatic fire alarm systems 8 Automatic sprinkler system monitoring and alarm systems 9 Automatic alarm and detection systems for pyro- phonc liquids and Class 3 water -reactive liquids required in Section 2705 2 3 4 of the Interna- tional Fire Code 10 Flow alarm switches for pyrophoric liquids and Class 3 water -reactive liquids cabinet exhaust ventilation systems required in Section 2705 2 3 4 of the International Fire Code 11 Electrically operated systems required elsewhere in this code or in the International Fire Code applicable to the use, storage or handling of HIM [F] 415.11.10.2 Exhaust ventilation systems. Exhaust ventilation systems are allowed to be designed to oper- ate at not less than one-half the normal fan speed on the emergency power system where it is demonstrated that the level of exhaust will maintain a safe atmosphere [F] 415.11.11 Automatic sprinkler system protection in exhaust ducts for HPM. An approved automatic sprin- kler system shall be provided in exhaust ducts conveying gases, vapors, fumes, mists or dusts generated from HIM in accordance with Sections 415 11 11 1 through 415 11 11 3 and the International Mechanical Code [F] 415.11.11.1 Metallic and noncombustible non- metallic exhaust ducts. An approved automatic sprin- kler system shall be provided in metallic and noncombustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts where all of the following conditions apply 1 Where the largest cross -sectional diameter is equal to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm) 2 The ducts are within the building 3 The ducts are conveying flammable gases, vapors or fumes [F] 415.11.11.2 Combustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts. Automatic sprinkler system protection shall be provided in combustible nonmetallic exhaust ducts where the largest cross -sectional diameter of the duct is equal to or greater than 10 inches (254 mm) Exception: Ducts need not be provided with auto- matic sprinkler protection as follows 1 Ducts listed or approved for applications with- out automatic sprinkler system protection 2 Ducts not more than 12 feet (3658 mm) in length installed below ceiling level [F] 415.11.11.3 Automatic sprinkler locations. Sprin- kler systems shall be installed at 12-foot (3658 mm) intervals in horizontal ducts and at changes in direction In vertical ducts, sprinklers shall be installed at the top and at alternate floor levels SECTION 416 I SPRAY APPLICATION OF FLAMMABLE FINISHES [F] 416.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to the construction, installation and use of buildings and structures, or parts thereof, for the spray application of flam- mable finishes Operations and equipment shall comply with the International Fire Code [F] 416.2 Spray rooms. Spray rooms shall be enclosed with not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Floors shall be water- proofed and drained in an approved manner [F] 416.2.1 Construction. Walls and ceilings of spray rooms shall be constructed of noncombustible materials or the interior surface shall be completely covered with non- combustible materials Aluminum shall not be used [F] 416.2.2 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spray rooms shall be smooth and shall be so constructed to permit the free passage of exhaust air from all parts of the interior and to facilitate washing and cleaning, and shall be so designed to confine residues within the room [F] 416.2.3 Ventilation. Mechanical ventilation and inter- locks with the spraying operation shall be in accordance with the International Fire Code and International Mechanical Code [F] 416.3 Spraying spaces. Spraying spaces shall be venti- lated with an exhaust system to prevent the accumulation of flammable mist or vapors in accordance with the Interna- tional Mechanical Code Where such spaces are not sepa- rately enclosed, noncombustible spray curtains shall be provided to restrict the spread of flammable vapors [F] 416.3.1 Surfaces. The interior surfaces of spraying spaces shall be smooth, shall be so constructed to permit the free passage of exhaust air from all parts of the interior and to facilitate washing and cleaning, and shall be so designed to confine residues within the spraying space Alu- minum shall not be used 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 93 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE [F] 416.4 Spray booths. Spray booths shall be designed, con- structed and operated in accordance with the International Fire Code I[F] 416.5 Fire protection. An automatic sprinkler system or fire -extinguishing system shall be provided in all spray rooms and spray booths, and shall be installed in accordance with Chapter 9 SECTION 417 DRYING ROOMS [F] 417.1 General. A drying room or dry kiln installed within a building shall be constructed entirely of approved noncom- bustible materials or assemblies of such materials regulated by the approved rules or as required in the general and spe- cific sections of this chapter for special occupancies and where applicable to the general requirements of the Interna- honal Mechanical Code [F] 417.2 Piping clearance. Overhead heating pipes shall have a clearance of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) from com- bustible contents in the dryer [F] 417.3 Insulation. Where the operating temperature of the dryer is 175'F (79'C) or more, metal enclosures shall be insulated from adjacent combustible materials by not less than 12 inches (305 mm) of airspace, or the metal walls shall be lined with'/q mch (6 4 mm) insulating mill board or other approved equivalent insulation [F] 417.4 Fire protection. Drying rooms designed for high - hazard materials and processes, including special occupan- cies as provided for in Chapter 4, shall be protected by an approved automatic fire -extinguishing system complying with the provisions of Chapter 9 SECTION 418 ORGANIC COATINGS [F] 418.1 Building features. Manufacturing of organic coat- ings shall be done only in buildings that do not have pits or basements. [F] 418.2 Location. Organic coating manufacturing opera- tions and operations incidental to or connected therewith shall not be located in buildings having other occupancies [F] 418.3 Process mills. Mills operating with close clear- ances and that process flammable and heat -sensitive materi- als, such as nitrocellulose, shall be located in a detached building or noncombustible structure [F] 418.4 Tank storage. Storage areas for flammable and combustible liquid tanks inside of structures shall be located at or above grade and shall be separated from the processing area by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- structed in accordance with Section 711, or both [F] 418.5 Nitrocellulose storage. Nitrocellulose storage shall be located on a detached pad or in a separate structure or a room enclosed with not less than 2-hour fire barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assem- blies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both [F] 418.6 Finished products. Storage rooms for finished products that are flammable or combustible liquids shall be separated from the processing area by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both SECTION 419 LIVEM/ORK UNITS 419.1 General. A live/work unit shall comply with Sections 419 1 through 419 9 Exception: Dwelling or sleeping units that include an office that is less than 10 percent of the area of the dwell- ing unit are permitted to be classified as dwelling units with accessory occupancies in accordance with Section 5082 419.1.1 Limitations. All of the following shall apply to live/work areas 1 The live/workunit is permitted to be not greater than 3,000 square feet (279 m) in area 2 The nonresidential area is permitted to be not more than 50 percent of the area of each live/workunit 3 The nonresidential area function shall be limited to the first or main floor only of the live/work unit 4 Not more than five nonresidential workers or employees are allowed to occupy the nonresidential area at any one time 419.2 Occupancies. Live/work units shall be classified as a Group R-2 occupancy Separation requirements found in Sec- tions 420 and 508 shall not apply within the live/work unit where the live/work unit is in compliance with Section 419 Nonresidential uses that would otherwise be classified as either a Group H or S occupancy shall not be permitted in a live/workunit Exception: Storage shall be permitted in the live/workunit provided that the aggregate area of storage in the nonresi- dential portion of the live/work unit shall be limited to 10 percent of the space dedicated to nonresidential activities 419.3 Means of egress. Except as modified by this section, the means of egress components for a hve/workunit shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 10 for the function served 419.3.1 Egress capacity. The egress capacity for each ele- ment of the live/work unit shall be based on the occupant load for the function served in accordance with Table 10045 419.3.2 Spiral stairways. Spiral stairways that conform to the requirements of Section 1011 10 shall be permitted 419.4 Vertical openings. Floor openings between floor lev- els of a hve/workunit are permitted without enclosure [F] 419.5 Fire protection. The hve/work unit shall be pro- vided with a monitored fire alarm system where required by Section 907 2 9 and an automatic sprinkler system in accor- dance with Section 903 2 8 94 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE 419.6 Structural. Floors within a live/work unit shall be designed for the live loads in Table 1607 1, based on the function within the space 419.7 Accessibility. Accessibility shall be designed in accor- dance with Chapter 11 for the function served 419.8 Ventilation. The applicable ventilation requirements of the International Mechanical Code shall apply to each area within the live/work unit for the function within that space 419.9 Plumbing facilities. The nonresidential area of the hve/work unit shall be provided with minimum plumbing facilities as specified by Chapter 29, based on the function of the nonresidential area Where the nonresidential area of the hve/work unit is required to be accessible by Section 1107 6 2 1, the plumbing fixtures specified by Chapter 29 shall be accessible SECTION 420 GROUPS 1-1, R-1, R-2, R-3 AND R-4 420.1 General. Occupancies in Groups I-1, R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4 shall comply with the provisions of Sections 420 1 through 420 10 and other applicable provisions of this code 420.2 Separation walls. Walls separating dwelling units in the same building, walls separating sleeping units in the same building and walls separating dwelling or sleeping units from other occupancies contiguous to them in the same building shall be constructed as fire partitions in accordance with Sec- tion 708 420.3 Horizontal separation. Floor assemblies separating dwelling units in the same buildings, floor assemblies sepa- rating sleeping units in the same building and floor assem- blies separating dwelling or sleeping units from other occupancies contiguous to them in the same building shall be constructed as honzontal assemblies in accordance with Sec- tion 711 ' [F] 420.4 Automatic sprinkler system. Group R occupan- cies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 8 Group I-1 occu- pancies shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 6 Quick - response or residential automatic sprinklers shall be installed in accordance with Section 903 3 2 [F] 420.5 Fire alarm systems and smoke alarms. Fire alarm systems and smoke alarms shall be provided in Group I-1, R- 1 and R-2 occupancies in accordance with Sections 907 2 6, 907 2 8 and 907 2 9, respectively Single- or multiple -station smoke alarms shall be provided in Groups I-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4 in accordance with Section 907 2 10 420.6 Smoke barriers in Group I-1, Condition 2. Smoke barriers shall be provided in Group I-1, Condition 2 to subdi- vide every story used by persons receiving care, treatment or sleeping and to provide other stories with an occupant load of 50 or more persons, into not fewer than two smoke compart- ments Such stories shall be divided into smoke compart- ments with an area of not more than 22,500 square feet (2092 m') and the distance of travel from any point in a smoke com- partment to a smoke barrier door shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm) The smoke barrier shall be in accordance with Section 709 420.6.1 Refuge area. Refuge areas shall be provided within each smoke compartment The size of the refuge area shall accommodate the occupants and care recipients from the adjoining smoke compartment Where a smoke compartment is adjoined by two or more smoke compart- ments, the minimum area of the refuge area shall accom- modate the largest occupant load of the adjoining compartments The size of the refuge area shall provide the following 1 Not less than 15 net square feet (1 4 m) for each care recipient Not less than 6 net square feet (0 56 m) for other occupants Areas or spaces permitted to be included in the calcula- tion of the refuge area are corridors, lounge or dining areas and other low -hazard areas 420.7 Group I-1 assisted living housing units. In Group I-1 occupancies, where a fire -resistance corridor is provided in areas where assisted living residents are housed, shared living spaces, group meeting or multipurpose therapeutic spaces open to the corridor shall be in accordance with all of the fol- lowing criteria 1 The walls and ceilings of the space are constructed as required for corridors 2 The spaces are not occupied as resident sleeping rooms, treatment rooms, incidental uses in accordance with Section 509, or hazardous uses 3 The open space is protected by an automatic fire detec- tion system installed in accordance with Section 907 4 In Group I-1, Condition 1, the corridors onto which the spaces open are protected by an automatic fire detec- tion system installed in accordance with Section 907, or the spaces are equipped throughout with quick - response sprinklers in accordance with Section 903 3 2 5 In Group I-1, Condition 2, the corridors onto which the spaces open, in the same smoke compartment, are pro- tected by an automatic fire detection system installed in accordance with Section 907, or the smoke compart- ment in which the spaces are located is equipped throughout with quick -response sprinklers in accor- dance with Section 903 3 2 6 The space is arranged so as not to obstruct access to the required exits 420.8 Group I-1 cooking facilities. In Group I-1 occupan- cies, rooms or spaces that contain cooking facilities with domestic cooking appliances shall be in accordance with all of the following criteria 1 In Group I-1, Condition 1 occupancies, the number of care recipients served by one cooking facility shall not be greater than 30 2 In Group I-1, Condition 2 occupancies, the number of care recipients served by one cooking facility and 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 95 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE within the same smoke compartment shall not be greater than 30 3 The types of domestic cooking appliances permitted shall be limited to ovens, cooktops, ranges, warmers and microwaves 4 The space containing the domestic cooking facilities shall be arranged so as not to obstruct access to the required exit 5 Domestic cooking hoods installed and constructed in accordance with Section 505 of the International Mechanical Code shall be provided over cooktops or ranges 6 Cooktops and ranges shall be protected in accordance with Section 904 13 7 A shutoff for the fuel and electrical supply to the cook - mg equipment shall be provided in a location that is accessible only to staff 8 A timer shall be provided that automatically deactivates the cooking appliances within a period of not more than 120 minutes 9 A portable fire extinguisher shall be provided Installa- tion shall be in accordance with Section 906 and the extinguisher shall be located within a 30-foot (9144 mm) distance of travel from each domestic cooking appliance 420.8.1 Cooking facilities open to the corridor. Cooking facilities located in a room or space open to a corridor, aisle or common space shall comply with Section 420 8 420.9 Group R cooking facilities. In Group R occupancies, cooking appliances used for domestic cooking operations shall be in accordance with Section 917 2 of the International Mechanical Code. 420.10 Group R-2 dormitory cooking facilities. Domestic cooking appliances for use by residents of Group R-2 college dormitories shall be in accordance with Sections 420 10 1 and 420 10 2 420.10.1 Cooking appliances. Where located in Group R-2 college dormitories, domestic cooking appliances for use by residents shall be in compliance with all of the following 1 The types of domestic cooking appliances shall be limited to ovens, cooktops, ranges, warmers, coffee makers and microwaves 2 Domestic cooking appliances shall be limited to approved locations 3 Cooktops and ranges shall be protected in accor- dance with Section 904 13 4 Cooktops and ranges shall be provided with a domestic cooking hood installed and constructed in accordance with Section 505 of the International Mechanical Code 420.10.2 Cooking appliances in sleeping rooms. Cook - tops, ranges and ovens shall not be installed or used in sleeping rooms SECTION 421 HYDROGEN FUEL GAS ROOMS [F] 421.1 General. Where required by the International Fire Code, hydrogen fuel gas rooms shall be designed and con- structed in accordance with Sections 421 1 through 421 7 [F] 421.2 Location. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms shall not be located below grade [F] 421.3 Design and construction. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms not classified as Group H shall be separated from other areas of the building in accordance with Section 509 1 [F] 421.3.1 Pressure control. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms shall be provided with a ventilation system designed to maintain the room at a negative pressure in relation to sur- rounding rooms and spaces [F] 421.3.2 Windows. Operable windows in interior walls shall not be permitted Fixed windows shall be permitted where in accordance with Section 716 [F] 421.4 Exhaust ventilation. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms shall be provided with mechanical exhaust ventilation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 502 16 1 of the International Mechanical Code [F] 421.5 Gas detection system. Hydrogen fuel gas rooms shall be provided with a gas detection system that complies with Sections 421 5 1, 421 5 2, and 916 [F] 421.5.1 System activation. Activation of a gas detec- tion alarm shall result in both of the following 1 Initiation of distinct audible and visible alarm sig- nals both inside and outside of the hydrogen fuel gas room 2 Automatic activation of the mechanical exhaust ven- tilation system [F] 421.5.2 Failure of the gas detection system. Failure of the gas detection system shall automatically activate the mechanical exhaust ventilation system, stop hydrogen generation, and cause a trouble signal to sound at an approved location [F] 421.6 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be pro- vided where required by Section 414 5 1 [F] 421.7 Standby power. Mechanical ventilation and gas detection systems shall be provided with a standby power system in accordance with Section 2702 SECTION 422 AMBULATORY CARE FACIILITIES 422.1 General. Occupancies classified as ambulatory care facilities shall comply with the provisions of Sections 422 1 through 422 6 and other applicable provisions of this code 422.2 Separation. Ambulatory care faczkhes where the potential for four or more care recipients are to be incapable of self preservation at any time shall be separated from adja- cent spaces, corridors or tenants with afire partition installed in accordance with Section 708 4m 96 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyaghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE 422.3 Smoke compartments. Where the aggregate area of one or more ambulatory care facilities is greater than 10,000 square feet (929 m) on one story, the story shall be provided with a smoke bamer to subdivide the story into not fewer than two smoke compartments The area of any one such smoke compartment shall be not greater than 22,500 square feet (2090 m) The distance of travel from any point in a smoke compartment to a smoke bamer door shall be not greater than 200 feet (60 960 mm) The smoke bamer shall be installed in accordance with Section 709 with the excep- tion that smoke bamers shall be continuous from outside wall to an outside wall, a floor to a floor, or from a smoke bamer to a smoke bamer or a combination thereof 422.3.1 Means of egress. Where ambulatory care facili- ties require smoke compartmentation in accordance with Section 422 3, the fire safety evacuation plans provided in accordance with Section 1002 2 shall identify the building components necessary to support a defend-m-place emer- gency response in accordance with Sections 403 and 404 of the International Fire Code 422.3.2 Refuge area. Not less than 30 net square feet (2 8 m') for each nonambulatory care recipient shall be pro- vided within the aggregate area of comdors, care recipient rooms, treatment rooms, lounge or dining areas and other low -hazard areas within each smoke compartment. Each occupant of an ambulatory care faculty shall be provided with access to a refuge area without passing through or utilizing adjacent tenant spaces 422.3.3 Independent egress. A means of egress shall be provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke barriers without having to return through the smoke com- partment from which means of egress originated [F] 422.4 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic spnnkler systems shall be provided for ambulatory care facilities in accordance with Section 903 2 2 [F] 422.5 Fire alarm systems. Afire alarm system shall be provided for ambulatory care facilities in accordance with Section 907 2 2 [F] 422.6 Electrical systems. In ambulatory care facilities, the essential electrical system for electrical components, equipment and systems shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 27 and NFPA 99 SECTION 423 STORM SHELTERS 423.1 General. This section applies to the construction of storm shelters constructed as separate detached bwldmgs or constructed as rooms or spaces within buildings for the pur- pose of providing protection from storms that produce high winds, such as tornadoes and hurricanes during the storm Such structures shall be designated to be hurricane shelters, tornado shelters, or combined hurricane and tornado shelters Design of facilities for use as emergency shelters after the storm are outside the scope of ICC 500 and shall comply with Table 1604 5 as a Risk Category IV Structure 423.2 Construction. In addition to other applicable require- ments in this code, storm shelters shall be constructed in accordance with ICC 500 Buildings or structures that are also designated as emergency shelters shall also comply with Table 1604 5 as Risk Category IV structures 423.3 Critical emergency operations. In areas where the shelter design wind speed for tornados in accordance with Figure 304 2(1) of ICC 500 is 250 mph, 911 call stations, emergency operation centers and fire, rescue, ambulance and police stations shall comply with Table 1604 5 as a Risk Cat- egory IV structure and shall be provided with a stone shelter constructed in accordance with ICC 500 423.4 Group E occupancies. In areas where the shelter design wind speed for tornados is 250 mph in accordance with Figure 304 2(1) of ICC 500, all Group E occupancies with an occupant load of 50 or more shall have a storm shel- ter constructed in accordance with ICC 500 Exceptions: 1 Group E day care facilities 2 Group E occupancies accessory to places of reli- gious worship 3 Buildings meeting the requirements for shelter design in ICC 500 423.4.1 Required occupant capacity. The required occu- pant capacity of the storm shelter shall include all of the buildings on the site and shall be the greater of the follow- ing 1 The total occupant load of the classrooms, voca- tional rooms and offices in the Group E occupancy 2 The occupant load of any indoor assembly space that is associated with the Group E occupancy Exceptions: 1 Where a new building is being added on an existing Group E site, and where the new building is not of sufficient size to accom- modate the required occupant capacity of the storm shelter for all of the buildings on the site, the storm shelter shall at a mmi- mum accommodate the required occupant capacity for the new bwldmg 2 Where approved by the code official, the required occupant capacity of the shelter shall be permitted to be reduced by the occupant capacity of any existing storm shelters on the site 423.4.2 Location. Storm shelters shall be located within the buildings they serve or shall be located where the max- imum distance of travel from not fewer than one exterior door of each building to a door of the shelter serving that building does not exceed 1,000 feet (305 m) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 97 I I l I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE SECTION 424 CHILDREN'S PLAY STRUCTURES 424.1 General. Children's play structures installed inside all occupancies covered by this code that exceed 10 feet (3048 mm) in height or 150 square feet (14 m') in area shall comply with Sections 424 2 through 424 5 424.2 Materials. Children's play structures shall be con- structed of noncombustible materials or of combustible mate- rials that comply with the following 1 Fire -retardant -treated wood complying with Section 23032 2 Light -transmitting plastics complying with Section 2606 3 Foam plastics (including the pipe foam used in soft - contained play equipment structures) having a maxi- mum heat -release rate not greater than 100 kilowatts when tested in accordance with UL 1975 or when tested in accordance with NFPA 289, using the 20 kW ignition source 4 Aluminum composite material (ACM) meeting the requirements of Class A mtenor finish in accordance with Chapter 8 when tested as an assembly in the maxi- mum thickness intended for use 5 Textiles and films complying with the fire propagation performance criteria contained in Test Method 1 or Test Method 2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701 6 Plastic materials used to construct rigid components of soft -contained play equipment structures (such as tubes, windows, panels, junction boxes, pipes, slides and decks) exhibiting a peak rate of heat release not exceeding 400 kW/ m' when tested in accordance with ASTM E1354 at an incident heat flux of 50 kW/m' in the horizontal orientation at a thickness of 6 mm 7 Ball pool balls, used in soft -contained play equipment structures, having a maximum heat -release rate not greater than 100 kilowatts when tested in accordance with UL 1975 or when tested in accordance with NFPA 289, using the 20 kW ignition source The minimum specimen test size shall be 36 inches by 36 inches (914 mm by 914 mm) by an average of 21 inches (533 mm) deep, and the balls shall be held in a box constructed of galvanized steel poultry netting wire mesh 8 Foam plastics shall be covered by a fabric, coating or film meeting the fire propagation performance criteria contained in Test Method 1 or Test Method 2, as appro- priate, of NFPA 701 9 The floor covering placed under the cluldren's play structure shall exhibit a Class I interior floor finish clas- sification, as described in Section 804, when tested in accordance with ASTM E648 or NFPA 253 [F] 424.3 Fire protection. Children's play structures shall be provided with the same level of approved fire suppression and detection devices required for other structures in the same occupancy 424.4 Separation. Children's play structures shall have a horizontal separation from building walls, partitions and from elements of the means of egress of not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) Children's play structures shall have a horizontal sepa- ration from other chldren's play structures of not less than 20 feet (6090 mm) 424.5 Area limits. Children's play structures shall be not greater than 300 square feet (28 m) in area, unless a special investigation, acceptable to the building official, has demon- strated adequate fire safety SECTION 425 HYPERBARIC FACILITIES 425.1 Hyperbaric facilities. Hyperbanc facilities shall meet the requirements contained in Chapter 14 of NFPA 99 SECTION [F] 426 COMBUSTIBLE DUSTS, GRAIN PROCESSING AND STORAGE [F] 426.1 General. The provisions of Sections 42611 through 426 1 7 shall apply to buildings in which materials that produce combustible dusts are stored or handled Build- ings that store or handle combustible dusts shall comply with NFPA 652 and the applicable provisions of NFPA 61, NFPA 85, NFPA 120, NFPA 484, NFPA 654, NFPA 655 and NFPA 664 and the Internahonal Fire Code [F] 426.1.1 Type of construction and height exceptions. Buildings shall be constructed in compliance with the height, number of stories and area limitations specified in Sections 504 and 506, except that where erected of Type I or II construction, the heights and areas of gram elevators and similar structures shall be unlimited, and where of Type IV construction, the maximum building height shall be 65 feet (19 812 mm) and except further that, in isolated areas, the maximum building height of Type IV structures shall be increased to 85 feet (25 908 mm) [F] 426.1.2 Grinding rooms. Every room or space occu- pied for grinding or other operations that produce combus- tible dusts in such a manner that the room or space is classified as a Group H-2 occupancy shall be enclosed with fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both The fire -resistance rating of the enclosure shall be not less than 2 hours where the area is not more than 3,000 square feet (279 m), and not less than 4 hours where the area is greater than 3,000 square feet (279 m) [F] 426.1.3 Conveyors. Conveyors, chutes, piping and similar equipment passing through the enclosures of rooms or spaces shall be constructed dirt tight and vapor tight, and be of approved noncombustible materials com- plying with Chapter 30 [F] 426.1.4 Explosion control. Explosion control shall be provided as specified in the Internahonal Fire Code, or 98 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, Axmboemamhoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE spaces shall be equipped with the equivalent mechanical ventilation complying with the International Mechanical Code [E] 426.1.5 Grain elevators. Gram elevators, malt houses and buildings for similar occupancies shall not be located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of interior lot lines or structures on the same lot, except where erected along a railroad right-of-way [E] 426.1.6 Coal pockets. Coal pockets located less than 30 feet (9144 mm) from interior lot lines or from struc- tures on the same lot shall be constructed of not less than Type IB construction Where more than 30 feet (9144 mm) from interior lot lines, or where erected along a rail- road right-of-way, the minimum type of construction of such structures not more than 65 feet (19 812 mm) in building height shall be Type IV [E] 426.1.7 Tire rebuilding. Buffing operations shall be located in a room separated from the remainder of the building housing the tire rebuilding or tire recapping oper- ationby a 1-hourfire barrier Exception: Buffing operations are not required to be separated where all of the following conditions are met 1 Buffing operations are equipped with an approved continuous automatic water -spray sys- tem directed at the point of cutting action 2 Buffing machines are connected to particle -collect- ing systems providing a minimum au movement of 1,500 cubic feet per minute (cfin) (071 m'/s) in volume and 4,500 feet per minute (fpm) (23 m/s) in -line velocity 3 The collecting system shall discharge the rubber particles to an approved outdoor noncombustible or fire-resistant container, which is emptied at frequent intervals to prevent overflow SECTION 427 MEDICAL GAS SYSTEMS [E] 427.1 General. Medical gases at health care -related facil- ities intended for patient or veterinary care shall comply with Sections 427 2 through 427 2 3 in addition to requirements of Chapter 53 of the International Fire Code [E] 427.2 Interior supply location. Medical gases shall be located in areas dedicated to the storage of such gases without other storage or uses Where containers of medical gases in quantities greater than the perninted amount are located inside the buildings, they shall be located in a 1-hour exterior room, 1-hour interior room or a gas cabinet in accordance with Section 427 2 1, 427 2 2 or 427 2 3, respectively Rooms or areas where medical gases are stored or used in quantities exceeding the maximum allowable quantity per control area as set forth in Tables 307 1(1) and 307 1(2) shall be in accor- dance with Group H occupancies [E] 427.2.1 One -hour exterior room. A 1-hour exterior room shall be a room or enclosure separated from the remainder of the building by fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- structed in accordance with Section 711, or both, with a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour Openings between the room or enclosure and interior spaces shall be provided with self -closing smoke- and draft -control assemblies having a fire protection rating of not less than 1 hour Rooms shall have not less than one exterior wall that is provided with not less than two vents Each vent shall have a minimum free air opening of not less than 36 square inches (232 cm') for each 1,000 cubic feet (28 m') at normal temperature and pressure (NTP) of gas stored in the room and shall be not less than 72 square inches (465 cm') in aggregate free opening area One vent shall be within 6 inches (152 mm) of the floor and one shall be within 6 inches (152 mm) of the ceiling Rooms shall be provided with not fewer than one automatic fire sprinkler to provide container cooling in case of fire [E] 427.2.2 One -hour interior room. Where an exterior wall cannot be provided for the room, a 1-hour interior room or enclosure shall be provided and separated from the remain- der of the building by fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both, with a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour Openings between the room or enclosure and interior spaces shall be provided with self-clos- mg smoke- and draft -control assemblies having a fire protec- tion rating of not less than 1 hour An automatic sprnflder system shall be installed within the room The room shall be exhausted through a duct to the exterior Supply and exhaust ducts shall be enclosed in a 1-hour rated shaft enclosure from the room to the exterior Approved mechanical ventilation shall comply with the Intemational Mecharncal Code and be provided with a minimum rate of 1 cubic foot per minute per square foot (0 00508 m'/s/m) of the area of the room [E] 427.2.3 Gas cabinets. Gas cabinets shall be con- structed in accordance with Section 5003 8 6 of the Inter- national Fire Code and shall comply with the following 1 Cabinets shall be exhausted to the exterior through a dedicated exhaust duct system installed in accor- dance with Chapter 5 of the International Mechani- cal Code 2 Supply and exhaust ducts shall be enclosed in a 1-hour rated shaft enclosure from the cabinet to the exterior The average velocity of ventilation at the face of access ports or windows shall be not less than 200 feet per minute (1 02 m/s) with a mmmmum of 150 feetper mm- me (0 76 m/s) at any point of the access port or win- dow 3 Cabinets shall be provided with an automatic sprin- kler system internal to the cabinet SECTION 428 HIGHER EDUCATION LABORATORIES [E] 428.1 Scope. Higher education laboratories complying with the requirements of Sections 428 1 through 428 4 shall 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 99 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE be permitted to exceed the maximum allowable quantities of hazardous materials in control areas set forth in Tables 307 l(1) and 307 1(2) without requiring classification as a Group H occupancy Except as specified in Section 428, such laboratories shall comply with all applicable provisions of this code and the International Fire Code [F] 428.2 Application. The provisions of Section 428 shall be applied as exceptions or additions to applicable require- ments of this code Unless specifically modified by Section 428, the storage, use and handling of hazardous materials shall comply with all other provisions in Chapters 38 and 50 through 67 of the International Fire Code and this code for quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable quantity [F] 428.3 Laboratory suite construction. Where laboratory suites are provided, they shall be constructed in accordance with this section and Chapter 38 of the International Fire Code The number of laboratory suites and percentage of maximum allowable quantities of hazardous materials in lab- oratory suites shall be in accordance with Table 428 3 [F] 428.3.1 Separation from other nonlaboratory areas. Laboratory suites shall be separated from other portions of the building in accordance with the most restrictive of the following 1 Fire barriers and horizontal assemblies as required in Table 428 3 Fire barriers shall be constructed in accordance with Section 707 and horizontal assem- blies constructed in accordance with Section 711 Exception: Where an individual laboratory suite occupies more than one story, the fire -resistance rating of intermediate floors contained within the laboratory suite shall comply with the require- ments of this code 2 Separations as required by Section 508 [F] 428.3.2 Separation from other laboratory suites. Laboratory suites shall be separated from other laboratory suites in accordance with Table 428 3 [F] 428.3.3 Floor assembly fire resistance. The floor assembly supporting laboratory suites and the construction supporting the floor of laboratory suites shall have a fire - resistance rating of not less than 2 hours Exception: The floor assembly of the laboratory suites and the construction supporting the floor of the labora- tory suites are allowed to be 1-hour fire -resistance rated in buildings of Types IIA, IIIA and VA construction, provided that the building is three or fewer stories [F] 428.3.4 Maximum number. The maximum number of laboratory suites shall be in accordance with Table 428 3 Where a building contains both laboratory suites and control areas, the total number of laboratory suites and control areas within a building shall not exceed the maxi- mum number of laboratory suites in accordance with Table 428 3 [F] 428.3.5 Means of egress. Means of egress shall be in accordance with Chapter 10 [F] 428.3.6 Standby or emergency power. Standby or emergency power shall be provided in accordance with Section 414 5 2 where laboratory suites are located above the sixth story above grade plane or located in a story below grade plane [F] 428.3.7 Ventilation. Ventilation shall be in accor- dance with Chapter 7 of NFPA 45, and the International Mechanical Code [F] 428.3.8 Liquid -tight floor. Portions of laboratory suites where hazardous materials are present shall be pro- vided with a liquid -tight floor [F] TABLE 428.3 DESIGN AND NUMBER OF LABORATORY SUITES PER FLOOR FLOOR LEVEL PERCENTAGE OF THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY PER LAB SUITE' NUMBER OF LAB SUITES PER FLOOR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING FOR FIRE BARRIERS IN HOURS' 21+ Not allowed Not Permitted Not Permitted 16-20 25 1 2` 11-15 50 1 2` Above Grade Plane 7-10 50 2 2` 4-6 75 4 1 3 100 4 1 1-2 100 6 1 75 4 1 Below Grade Plane 2 50 2 1 Lower tltan2 Not Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed a Percentages shall be of the maximum allowable quantity per control area shown in Tables 307 l(1) and 307 1(2), with all increases allowed in the footnotes to those tables b Fire barriers shall include walls, floors and ceilings necessary to provide separation from other portions of the building c Vertical fire barriers separating laboratory suites from other spaces on the same floor shall be permitted to be 1-hour fire -resistance rated 100 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff.,[[[ CopyaghtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto k I ( I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON OCCUPANCY AND USE [F] 428.3.9 Automatic fire -extinguishing systems. Buildings containing laboratory suites shall be equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 [F] 428.4 Percentage of maximum allowable quantity in each laboratory suite. The percentage of maximum allow- able quantities of hazardous materials in each laboratory suite shall be in accordance with Table 428 3 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 101 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A,s,dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep ,,da od Pm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b6x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tt, ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 102 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER E* CHAPTER 5 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS User note: About this chapter., Chapter 5 establishes the limits to which a budding can he built. Budding height, number of stones and budding area are specified in this chapter. Chapter 5 must be used in conjunction with the occupancies established in Chapter 3 and the types of construction established in Chapter 6, This chapter also specifies the impact that mezzanines, accessory occupancies and mixed occupancies have on the overall size of a budding, SECTION 501 GENERAL 501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter control the height and area of structures hereafter erected and adckhons to exist - mg structures SECTION 502 BUILDING ADDRESS [F] 502.1 Address identification. New and existing build- ings shall be provided with approved address identification The address identification shall be legible and placed in a position that is visible from the street or road fronting the property Address identification characters shall contrast with their background Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabetical letters Numbers shall not be spelled out Each character shall be a mimmum of 4 inches (102 mm) lugh with a minimum stroke width of '/ inch (127 mm) Where required by the fire code official, address identification shall be provided in additional approved locations to facilitate emergency response Where access is by means of a private road and the building address cannot be viewed from the pub- lic way, a monument, pole or other approved sign or means shall be used to identify the structure Address identification shall be maintained SECTION 503 GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS 503.1 General. Unless otherwise specifically modified in Chapter 4 and this chapter, building height, number of stones and building area shall not exceed the limits specified in Sec- tions 504 and 506 based on the type of construction as deter- mined by Section 602 and the occupancies as determined by Section 302 except as modified hereafter Building height, number of stones and building area provisions shall be applied independently For the purposes of deternmmg area limitations, height limitations and type of construction, each portion of a bwldmg separated by one or more fire walls complying with Section 706 shall be considered to be a sepa- rate building 503.1.1 Special industrial occupancies. Buildings and structures designed to house special industrial processes that require large areas and unusual building heights to accommodate craneways or special machinery and equip- ment, including, among others, rolling mills, structural metal fabrication shops and foundries, or the production and distribution of electric, gas or steam power, shall be exempt from the building height, number of stones and building area limitations specified in Sections 504 and 506 503.1.2 Buildings on same lot. Two or more bwldmgs on the same lot shall be regulated as separate buildings or shall be considered as portions of one building where the building height, number of stones of each building and the aggregate building area of the buildings are within the limitations specified in Sections 504 and 506 The provi- sions of this code applicable to the aggregate building shall be applicable to each building 503.1.3 Type I construction. Bwldmgs of Type I con- struction permitted to be of unlimited tabular building heights and areas are not subject to the special require- ments that allow unlimited area buildings in Section 507 or unlimited building height in Sections 503 1 1 and 504 3 or increased building heights and areas for other types of construction 503.1.4 Occupied roofs. A roof level or portion thereof shall be permitted to be used as an occupied roof provided the occupancy of the roof is an occupancy that is per nutted by Table 504 4 for the story immediately below the roof The area of the occupied roofs shall not be included in the building area as regulated by Section 506 Exceptions: 1 The occupancy located on an occupied roof shall not be limited to the occupancies allowed on the story immediately below the roof where the building is equipped throughout with an auto- mahc sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- tion 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 and occupant notification in accordance with Section 907 5 is provided in the area of the occupied roof 2 Assembly occupancies shall be permitted on roofs of open parking garages of Type I or Type II construction, in accordance with the exception to Section 903 2 1 6 503.1.4.1 Enclosures over occupied roof areas. Ele- ments or structures enclosing the occupied roof areas shall not extend more than 48 inches (1220 mm) above the surface of the occupied roof Exception: Penthouses constructed in accordance with Section 1510 2 and towers, domes, spires and cupolas constructed in accordance with Section 15105 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 103 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfn d, od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS SECTION 504 BUILDING HEIGHT AND NUMBER OF STORIES 504.1 General. The height, in feet, and the number of stones of a building shall be determined based on the type of con- struction, occupancy classification and whether there is an automatic sprinkler system installed throughout the building Exception: The building height of one-story aircraft han- gars, aircraft paint hangars and buildings used for the manu- facturing of aircraft shall not be lnnited where the building is provided with an automatic sprinkler system or automatic fire -extinguishing system in accordance with Chapter 9 and is entirely surrounded by public ways or yards not less in width than one and one-half tunes the building height 504.1.1 Unlimited area buildings. The height of unlim- ited area buildings shall be designed in accordance with Section 507 504.1.2 Special provisions. The special provisions of Sec- tion 510 permit the use of special conditions that are exempt from, or modify, the specific requirements of this chapter regarding the allowable heights of buildings based on the occupancy classification and type of construction, provided the special condition complies with the provi- sions specified in Section 510 504.2 Mixed occupancy. In a building containing mixed occupancies in accordance with Section 508, no individual occupancy shall exceed the height and number of story limits specified in this section for the applicable occupancies 504.3 Height in feet. The maximum height, in feet, of a building shall not exceed the limits specified in Table 504 3 Exception: Towers, spires, steeples and other roof struc- tures shall be constructed of materials consistent with the required type of construction of the building except where other construction is permitted by Section 1510 2 4 Such structures shall not be used for habitation or storage The structures shall be unlunited in height where of noncombus- tible materials and shall not extend more than 20 feet (6096 mm) above the allowable building height where of combus- tible materials (see Chapter 15 for additional requirements) TABLE 504.3 ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHT IN FEET ABOVE GRADE PLANE' OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION SEE FOOTNOTES TYPE I TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V A B A B A B HT A B A, B, E, F, M, S,U NSh UL 160 65 55 65 55 65 50 40 S UL 180 85 75 85 75 85 70 60 H-1, H-2, H-3, H-5 NSL UL 160 65 55 65 55 65 50 40 S H-4 NSL ° UL 160 65 55 65 55 65 50 40 S UL 180 85 75 85 75 85 70 60 I-1 Condition 1, I-3 NSd' UL 160 65 55 65 55 65 50 40 S UL 180 85 75 85 75 85 70 60 I-1 Condition 2,1-2 NSd,', f UL 160 65 55 65 55 65 50 40 S UL 180 85 I-4 NSd,g UL 160 65 55 65 55 65 50 40 S UL 180 85 75 85 75 85 70 60 R h NSd UL 160 65 55 65 55 65 50 40 S13D 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 50 40 S13R 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 S UL 180 85 75 85 75 85 70 60 For SI 1 foot =304 8 min UL=Unlimited, NS= Buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, S=Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, S13R=Buildings equipped throughoutwith an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 12, S13D=Buildings equipped throughoutwith an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 13 a See Chapters 4 and 5 for specific exceptions to the allowable height in this chapter It See Section 903 2 for the minimum thresholds for protection by an automatic sprinkler system for specific occupancies c New Group H occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 5 d The NS value is only for use in evaluation of existing building height in accordance with the International ExHaingBmld`ng Code e New Group I-1 and I-3 occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 6 For new Group I-1 occupancies Condition 1, see Exception 1 of Section 903 2 6 f New and existing Group I-2 occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 6 and Section 1103 5 of the International Fire Code g For new Group I-4 occupancies, see Exceptions 2 and 3 of Section 903 2 6 h New Group R occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 8 104 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAUTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS 504.4 Number of stories. The maximum number of stones of a building shall not exceed the limits specified in Table 5044 SECTION 505 AND EQUIPMENT PLATFORMS 505.1 General. Mezzanines shall comply with Section 505 2 Equipment platforms shall comply with Section 505 3 505.2 Mezzanines. A mezzanine or mezzanines in compli- ance with Section 505 2 shall be considered a portion of the story below Such mezzanines shall not contribute to either the building area or number of stones as regulated by Section 503 1 The area of the mezzanine shall be included in deter- mining the fire area The clear height above and below the mezzanine floor construction shall be not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) 505.2.1 Area limitation. The aggregate area of a mezza- nine or mezzanines within a room shall be not greater than one-third of the floor area of that room or space in which they are located The enclosed portion of a room shall not be included in a determmation of the floor area of the room in which the mezzanine is located In determining the allowable mezzanine area, the area of the mezzanine shall not be included in the floor area of the room Exceptions: 1 The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings and structures of Type I or II construction for special industrial occupancies in accordance with Section 503 1 1 shall be not greater than two - thuds of the floor area of the room The aggregate area of mezzanines in buildings and structures of Type I or II construction shall be not greater than one-half of the floor area of the room in buildings and structures equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 and an approved emergency voice/alarm communica- tion system in accordance with Section 907 5 2 2 The aggregate area of a mezzanine within a dwelling unit that is located in a building equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 shall not be greater than one-half of the floor area of the room, provided that 3 1 Except for enclosed closets and bath- rooms, the mezzanine shall be open to the room in which such mezzanine is located, 32 The opening to the room shall be unob- structed except for walls not more than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height, columns and posts, and 3 3 Exceptions to Section 505 2 3 shall not be permitted 505.2.1.1 Aggregate area of mezzanines and equip- ment platforms. Where a room contains both a mezza- nine and an equipment platform, the aggregate area of the two raised floor levels shall be not greater than two - thuds of the floor area of that room or space in which they are located The area of the mezzanine shall not exceed the area determmed in accordance with Section 50521 505.2.2 Means of egress. The means of egress for mezza- nines shall comply with the applicable provisions of Chap- ter 10 505.2.3 Openness. A mezzanine shall be open and unob- structed to the room in which such mezzanine is located except for walls not more than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height, columns and posts Exceptions: 1 Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to be open to the room in which the mezzanines are located, provided that the occupant load of the aggregate area of the enclosed space is not greater than 10 2 A mezzanine having two or more exits or access to exits is not required to be open to the room in which the mezzanine is located 3 Mezzanines or portions thereof are not required to be open to the room in which the mezzanines are located, provided that the aggregate floor area of the enclosed space is not greater than 10 percent of the mezzanine area 4 In industrial facilities, mezzanines used for con- trol equipment are permitted to be glazed on all sides 5 In occupancies other than Groups H and I, which are no more than two stones above grade plane and equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, a mezzanine having two or more exits or access to exits shall not be required to be open to the room in which the mezzanine is located 505.3 Equipment platforms. Equipment platforms in build- ings shall not be considered as a portion of the floor below Such equipment platforms shall not contribute to either the building area or the number of stones as regulated by Section 503 1 The area of the equipment platform shall not be included in determining the fire area in accordance with Sec- tion 903 Equipment platforms shall not be a part of any mez- zanine and such platforms and the walkways, stairways, alternating tread devices and ladders providing access to an equipment platform shall not serve as a part of the means of egress from the building 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 105 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS TABLE 504.4 ALLOWABLE NUMBER OF STORIES ABOVE GRADE PLANE"' OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION TYPE I TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V SEE FOOTNOTES A B A B A B HT A B A-1 NS UL 5 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 S UL 6 4 3 4 3 4 3 2 A-2 NS UL 11 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 S UL 12 4 3 4 3 4 3 2 A-3 NS UL 11 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 S UL 12 4 3 4 3 4 3 2 A-4 NS UL 11 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 S UL 12 4 3 4 3 4 3 2 A-5 NS UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL S UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL B NS UL 11 5 3 5 3 5 3 2 S UL 12 6 4 6 4 6 4 3 E NS UL 5 3 2 3 2 3 1 1 S UL 6 4 3 4 3 4 2 2 F-1 NS UL 11 4 2 3 2 4 2 1 S UL 12 5 3 4 3 5 3 2 F-2 NS UL 11 5 3 4 3 5 3 2 S UL 12 6 4 5 4 6 4 3 H-1 NSO d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NP S H-2 NSO d UL 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 S H-3 NSO d UL 6 4 2 4 2 4 2 1 S H-4 NSOd UL 7 5 3 5 3 5 3 2 S UL 8 6 4 6 4 6 4 3 H-5 NSO d 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 S I-1 Condition 1 NSd,e UL 9 4 3 4 3 4 3 2 S UL 10 5 4 5 4 5 4 3 I-1 Condition 2 NSd e UL 9 4 3 4 3 4 3 2 S UL 10 5 I-2 WE UL 4 2 1 1 NP 1 1 NP S UL 5 3 I-3 NS`d,e UL 4 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 S UL 5 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 I-4 NSd 6 UL 5 3 2 3 2 3 1 1 S UL 6 4 3 4 3 4 2 2 M NS UL 11 4 2 4 2 4 3 1 S UL 12 5 3 5 3 5 4 2 (eontinued) 106 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C,ght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dme(hv dmep ,,da oodmm).(Qtyof Primdv ood)O,d¢N=b¢x100e17mcOIJM14.zm0015e PM(PST)pu mtto 4 I ( L—A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmboemamhoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp4okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI—IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS TABLE 504.4—continued ALLOWABLE NUMBER OF STORIES ABOVE GRADE PLANE',' OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION SEE FOOTNOTES TYPE I TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V A B A B A B FIT A B R-1h NS' UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 S13R 4 4 4 3 S UL 12 5 5 5 5 5 4 3 R-2h NS' UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 S13R 4 4 4 4 3 S UL 12 5 5 5 5 5 4 3 R-3h NS' UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 S13D 4 4 3 3 S13R 4 4 4 4 S UL 12 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 R-4h NS' UL 11 4 4 4 4 4 3 2 S13D 4 4 3 2 S13R 4 4 4 3 S UL 12 5 5 5 5 5 4 3 S-1 NS UL 11 4 2 3 2 4 3 1 S UL 12 5 3 4 3 5 4 2 S-2 NS UL 11 5 3 4 3 4 4 2 S UL 12 6 4 5 4 5 5 1 3 U NS UL 5 4 2 3 2 4 2 1 S UL 6 5 3 4 3 5 3 2 UL = Unlimited, NP = Not Pertained, NS = Buildings not equipped throughoutwith an automatic sprinkler system, S = Buildings equipped throughoutwith an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, S13R— Buildings equipped throughoutwith an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 12, S13D —Buildings equipped throughoutwith an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3 a See Chapters 4 and 5 for specific exceptions to the allowable height in this chapter It See Section 903 2 for the minimum thresholds for protection by an automatic sprinkler system for specific occupancies c New Group H occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 5 d The NS value is only for use in evaluation of existing building height in accordance with the International Existing Building Code e New Group I-1 and I-3 occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 6 For new Group I-1 occupancies, Condition 1, see Exception 1 of Section 903 2 6 f New and existing Group I-2 occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 6 and 1103 5 of the International Fire Code g For new Group I-4 occupancies, see Exceptions 2 and 3 of Section 903 2 6 h New Group R occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 8 505.3.1 Area limitation. The aggregate area of all equip- ment platforms within a room shall be not greater than two-thirds of the area of the room in which they are located Where an equipment platform is located in the same room as a mezzanine, the area of the mezzanine shall be determined by Section 505 2 1 and the combined aggre- gate area of the equipment platforms and mezzanines shall be not greater than two -thuds of the room in which they are located The area of the mezzanine shall not exceed the area determined in accordance with Section 505 2 1 505.3.2 Automatic sprinkler system. Where located in a building that is required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system, equipment platforms shall be fully pro- tected by sprinklers above and below the platform, where required by the standards referenced in Section 903 3 505.3.3 Guards. Equipment platforms shall have guards where required by Section 1015 2 SECTION 506 BUILDING AREA 506.1 General. The floor area of a building shall be deter- mined based on the type of construction, occupancy classifi- cation, whether there is an automatic sprinkler system installed throughout the building and the amount of building frontage on public way or open space 506.1.1 Unlimited area buildings. Unlimited area build- ings shall be designed in accordance with Section 507 506.1.2 Special provisions. The special provisions of Sec- tion 510 permit the use of special conditions that are exempt from, or modify, the specific requirements of this chapter regarding the allowable areas of buildings based on the occupancy classification and type of construction, provided the special condition complies with the provi- sions specified in Section 510 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 107 I I1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYUNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS 506.1.3 Basements. Basements need not be included in the total allowable floor area of a building provided the total area of such basements does not exceed the area per- mitted for a one-story above grade plane building 506.2 Allowable area determination. The allowable area of a building shall be determined in accordance with the appli- cable provisions of Sections 506 2 1 through 506 2 4 and Section 506 3 506.2.1 Single -occupancy, one-story buildings. The allowable area of a single -occupancy building with no more than one story above grade plane shall be deter- mined in accordance with Equation 5-1 Aa =A,+ (AS x It) (Equation 5-1) where Aa = Allowable area (square feet) A, = Tabular allowable area factor (NS, Sl, S13R or S13D value, as applicable) in accordance with Table 5062 NS = Tabular allowable area factor in accordance with Table 506 2 for nonsprinklered building (regardless of whether the building is sprmklered) It = Area factor increase due to frontage (percent) as calculated in accordance with Section 506 3 506.2.2 Mixed -occupancy, one-story buildings. The allowable area of a mixed -occupancy building with no more than one story above grade plane shall be deter- mined in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 508 1 based on Equation 5-1 for each applicable occupancy 506.2.2.1 Group H-2 or H-3 mixed occupancies. For a bwldmg containing Group H-2 or H-3 occupancies, the allowable area shall be determmed in accordance with Section 508 4 2, with the sprinkler system increase applicable only to the portions of the building not classified as Group H-2 or H-3 506.2.3 Single -occupancy, multistory buildings. The allowable area of a smgle-occupancy bwldmg with more than one story above grade plane shall be determined in accordance with Equation 5-2 Aa = [A,+ (AS x It)] x S. (Equation 5-2) where Aa = Allowable area (square feet) A, = Tabular allowable area factor (NS, S13R, S13D or SM value, as applicable) in accordance with Table 5062 NS = Tabular allowable area factor in accordance with Table 506 2 for a nonsprinklered building (regardless of whether the building is spnnklered) It = Area factor increase due to frontage (percent) as calculated in accordance with Section 506 3 S = Actual number of building stones above grade plane, not to exceed three For buildings equipped throughout with an automatic spnnkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 2, use the actual number of building stones above grade plane, not to exceed four No individual story shall exceed the allowable area (AJ as determmed by Equation 5-2 using the value of S. = 1 506.2.4 Mixed -occupancy, multistory buildings. Each story of a mixed -occupancy building with more than one story above grade plane shall individually comply with the applicable requirements of Section 508 1 For build- ings with more than three stones above grade plane, the total bwldmg area shall be such that the aggregate sum of the ratios of the actual area of each story divided by the allowable area of such stories, determmed in accordance with Equation 5-3 based on the applicable provisions of Section 508 1 _ shall not exceed three A = [A, + (AS x It)] (Equation 5-3) where Aa = Allowable area (square feet) At = Tabular allowable area factor (NS, S13R, S13D or SM value, as applicable) in accordance with Table 5062 NS = Tabular allowable area factor in accordance with Table 506 2 for a nonsprinklered building (regardless of whether the building is sprmklered) It = Area factor increase due to frontage (percent) as calculated in accordance with Section 506 3 Exception: For buildings designed as separated occu- pancies under Section 508 4 and equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accor- dance with Section 903 3 1 2, the total building area shall be such that the aggregate sum of the ratios of the actual area of each story divided by the allowable area of such stories determined in accordance with Equation 5-3 based on the applicable provisions of Section 508 1. shall not exceed four 506.2.4.1 Group H-2 or H-3 mixed occupancies. For a building containing Group H-2 or H-3 occupancies, the allowable area shall be determmed in accordance with Section 508 4 2, with the sprinkler system increase applicable only to the portions of the building not classified as Group H-2 or H-3 506.3 Frontage increase. Every building shall adjoin or have access to a public way to receive an area factor increase based on frontage Area factor increase shall be determmed in accordance with Sections 506 3 1 through 506 3 3 506.3.1 Minimum percentage of perimeter. To qualify for an area factor increase based on frontage, a building shall have not less than 25 percent of its perimeter on a public way or open space Such open space shall be either on the same lot or dedicated for public use and shall be accessed from a street or approved fire lane 108 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS TABLE 506.2 ALLOWABLE AREA FACTOR (A,= NS, S1, S13R, S13D or SM, as applicable) IN SQUARE FEET" OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIONSEE FOOTNOTES TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION TYPEI TYPE II TYPE III TYPEIV TYPE A B A B A B HT A B NS UL UL 15,500 8,500 14,000 8,500 15,000 11,500 5,500 A-1 S1 UL UL 62,000 34,000 56,000 34,000 60,000 46,000 22,000 SM UL UL 46,500 25,500 42,000 25,500 45,000 34,500 16,500 NS UL UL 15,500 9,500 14,000 9,500 15,000 11,500 6,000 A-2 S1 UL UL 62,000 38,000 56,000 38,000 60,000 46,000 24,000 SM UL UL 46,500 28,500 42,000 28,500 45,000 34,500 18,000 NS UL UL 15,500 9,500 14,000 9,500 15,000 11,500 6,000 A-3 S1 UL UL 62,000 38,000 56,000 38,000 60,000 46,000 24,000 SM UL UL 46,500 28,500 42,000 28,500 45,000 34,500 18,000 NS UL UL 15,500 9,500 14,000 9,500 15,000 11,500 6,000 A-4 S1 UL UL 62,000 38,000 56,000 38,000 60,000 46,000 24,000 SM UL UL 46,500 28,500 42,000 28,500 45,000 34,500 18,000 A-5 NS UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL S1 SM NS UL UL 37,500 23,000 28,500 19,000 36,000 18,000 9,000 B S1 UL UL 150,000 92,000 114,000 76,000 144,000 72,000 36,000 SM UL UL 112,500 69,000 85,500 57,000 108,000 54,000 27,000 NS UL UL 26,500 14,500 23,500 14,500 25,500 18,500 9,500 E S1 UL UL 106,000 58,000 94,000 58,000 102,000 74,000 38,000 SM UL UL 79,500 43,500 70,500 43,500 76,500 55,500 28,500 NS UL UL 25,000 15,500 19,000 12,000 33,500 14,000 8,500 F-1 S1 UL UL 100,000 62,000 76,000 48,000 134,000 56,000 34,000 SM UL UL 75,000 46,500 57,000 36,000 100,500 42,000 25,500 NS UL UL 37,500 23,000 28,500 18,000 50,500 21,000 13,000 F-2 S1 UL UL 150,000 92,000 114,000 72,000 202,000 84,000 52,000 SM UL UL 112,500 69,000 85,500 54,000 151,500 63,000 39,000 H-1 NS` 21,000 16,500 11,000 7,000 9,500 7,000 10,500 7,500 NP S1 H-2 NS` 21,000 16,500 11,000 7,000 9,500 7,000 10,500 7,500 3,000 S1 SM H-3 NS` UL 60,000 26,500 14,000 17,500 13,000 25,500 10,000 5,000 S1 SM NSOd UL UL 37,500 17,500 28,500 17,500 36,000 18,000 6,500 H-4 S1 UL UL 150,000 70,000 114,000 70,000 144,000 72,000 26,000 SM UL UL 112,500 52,500 85,500 52,500 108,000 54,000 19,500 NSOd UL UL 37,500 23,000 28,500 19,000 36,000 18,000 9,000 H-5 S1 UL UL 150,000 92,000 114,000 76,000 144,000 72,000 36,000 SM UL UL 112,500 69,000 85,500 57,000 108000 54,000 27,000 (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 109 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep -dwood Pm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.-A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�t-tho�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS TABLE 506.2-continued ALLOWABLE AREA FACTOR (A,= NS, S1, S13R, S13D or SM, as applicable) IN SQUARE FEET" OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION SEE FOOTNOTES TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION TYPEI TYPE II TYPE III TYPEIV TYPE A B A B A B HT A B NS" UL 55,000 19,000 10,000 16,500 10,000 18,000 10,500 4,500 I-1 S1 UL 220,000 76,000 40,000 66,000 40,000 72,000 42,000 18,000 SM UL 165,000 57,000 30,000 49,500 30,000 54,000 31,500 13,500 WE UL UL 15,000 11,000 12,000 NP 12,000 9,500 NP I-2 S1 UL UL 60,000 44,000 48,000 NP 48,000 38,000 NP SM UL UL 45,000 33,000 36,000 NP 36,000 28,500 NP NS" UL UL 15,000 10,000 10,500 7,500 12,000 7,500 5,000 I-3 S1 UL UL 45,000 40,000 42,000 30,000 48,000 30,000 20,000 SM UL UL 45,000 30,000 31,500 22,500 36,000 22,500 15,000 NSd 6 UL 60,500 26,500 13,000 23,500 13,000 25,500 18,500 9,000 I-4 S1 UL 121,000 106,000 52,000 94,000 52,000 102,000 74,000 36,000 SM UL 181,500 79,500 39,000 70,500 39,000 76,500 55,500 27,000 NS UL UL 21,500 12,500 18,500 12,500 20,500 14,000 9,000 M S1 UL UL 86,000 50,000 74,000 50,000 82,000 56,000 36,000 SM UL UL 64,500 37,500 55,500 37,500 61,500 42,000 27,000 R-1h NS' UL UL 24,000 16,000 24,000 16,000 20,500 12,000 7,000 S13R S1 UL UL 96,000 64,000 96,000 64,000 82,000 48,000 28,000 SM UL UL 72,000 48,000 72,000 48,000 61,500 36,000 21,000 R-2h NS' UL UL 24,000 16,000 24,000 16,000 20,500 12,000 7,000 S13R S1 UL UL 96,000 64,000 96,000 64,000 82,000 48,000 28,000 SM UL UL 72,000 48,000 72,000 48,000 61,500 36,000 21,000 R-3h NS' UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL UL S13D S13R S1 SM R-4h NS' UL UL 24,000 16,000 24,000 16,000 20,500 12,000 7,000 S13D S13R S1 UL UL 96,000 64,000 96,000 64,000 82,000 48,000 28,000 SM UL UL 72,000 48,000 72,000 48,000 61,500 36,000 21,000 NS UL 48,000 26,000 17,500 26,000 17,500 25,500 14,000 9,000 S-1 S1 UL 192,000 104,000 70,000 104,000 70,000 102,000 56,000 36,000 SM UL 144,000 78,000 52,500 78,000 52,500 76,500 42,000 27,000 NS UL 79,000 39,000 26,000 39,000 26,000 38,500 21,000 13,500 S-2 S1 UL 316,000 156,000 104,000 156,000 104,000 154,000 84,000 54,000 SM UL 237,000 117,000 78,000 117,000 78,000 115,500 63,000 40,500 NS' UL 35,500 19,000 8,500 14,000 8,500 18,000 9,000 5,500 U S1 UL 142,000 76,000 34,000 56,000 34,000 72,000 36,000 22,000 SM UL 106,500 57,000 25,500 42,000 25,500 54,000 27,000 16,500 (continued) 110 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' C,ght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Primdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto S I ( MI.-Affie-o ,A IcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo,Axmbot-thoossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS TABLE 506.2—continued ALLOWABLE AREA FACTOR (At= NS, S1, S13R, S13D or SM, as applicable) IN SQUARE FEET" For SI 1 square foot= 0 0929 m' UL =Unlimited, NP =Not Permitted, NS =Buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, S1=Buildings a maximum of one story above grade plane equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, SM = Buildings two or more stones above grade plane equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, S13R= Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 2, S13D =Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic ' sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3 a See Chapters 4 and 5 for specific exceptions to the allowable height in this chapter b See Section 903 2 for the minimum thresholds for protection by an automatic sprinkler system for specific occupancies c New Group H occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 5 d The NS value is only for use in evaluation of existing building area in accordance with the International Existing Budding Code e New Group I-1 and I-3 occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 6 For new Group I-1 occupancies, Condition 1, see Exception 1 of Section 903 2 6 f New and existing Group I-2 occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 6 and Section 1103 5 of the International Fire Code g New Group I-4 occupancies see Exceptions 2 and 3 of Section 903 2 6 h New Group R occupancies are required to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 8 ) The maximum allowable area for a single -story nonspnnklered Group U greenhouse is permitted to be 9,000 square feet, or the allowable area shall be I permitted to comply with Table C1021 of Appendix C 506.3.2 Minimum frontage distance. To qualify for an area factor increase based on frontage, the public way or open space adjacent to the building perimeter shall have a minimum distance (UT) of 20 feet (6096 mm) measured at right angles from the building face to any of the following 1 The closest interior lot line 2 The entire width of a street, alley or public way 3 The exterior face of an adjacent building on the same property Where the value of W is greater than 30 feet (9144 mm), a value of 30 feet (9144 mm) shall be used in calcu- lating the building area increase based on frontage, regard- less of the actual width of the public way or open space Where the value of W varies along the perimeter of the building, the calculation performed in accordance with Equation 5-5 shall be based on the weighted average cal- culated in accordance with Equation 5-4 W = (L) x w) + L x wz + L3 x w3 )IF (Equation 5-4) where W (Width weighted average) = Calculated width of public way or open space (feet) L = Length of a portion of the exterior perimeter wall w„ = Width (>_ 20 feet) of a public way or open space associated with that portion of the exterior perimeter wall F = Building perimeter that fronts on a public way or open space having a width of 20 feet (6096 mm) or more 506.3.3 Amount of increase. The area factor increase based on frontage shall be determined in accordance with Equation 5-5 1 — [F/P - 0 25] W130 (Equation 5-5) where If = Area factor increase due to frontage F = Building perimeter that fronts on a public way or open space having mnimum distance of 20 feet (6096 mm) P = Perimeter of entire building (feet) W = Width of public way or open space (feet) in accordance with Section 506 3 2 SECTION 507 UNLIMITED AREA BUILDINGS 507.1 General. The area of buildings of the occupancies and configurations specified in Sections 507 1 through 507 13 shall not be limited Basements not more than one story below grade plane shall be permitted 507.1.1 Accessory occupancies. Accessory occupancies shall be permitted in unlimited area buildings in accor- dance with the provisions of Section 508 2, otherwise the requirements of Sections 507 3 through 507 13 shall be applied, where applicable 507.2 Measurement of open spaces. Where Sections 507 3 through 50713 require buildings to be surrounded and adjoined by public ways and yards, those open spaces shall be determined as follows Exception: Where a building meets the requirements 1 Yards shall be measured from the building perimeter in of Section 507, as applicable, except for compliance all directions to the closest interior lot lines or to the with the mimmum 60-foot (18 288 mm) public way or exterior face of an opposing building located on the yard requirement, and the value of W is greater than 30 same lot, as applicable feet (9144 mm), the value of W shall not exceed 60 feet (18 288 mm) 2 Where the building fronts on a public way, the entire width of the public way shall be used 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ill I I1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYUNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS 507.2.1 Reduced open space. The public ways or yards of 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width required in Sections 507 3, 507 4, 507 5, 507 6 and 507 12 shall be permitted to be reduced to not less than 40 feet (12 192 mm) in width pro- vided all of the following requirements are met 1 The reduced width shall not be allowed for more than 75 percent of the perimeter of the building 2 The exterior walls facing the reduced width shall have afire -resistance rating of not less than 3 hours 3 Openings in the exterior walls facing the reduced width shall have opening protectives with afire pro- tection rating of not less than 3 hours 507.3 Nonsprinklered, one-story buildings. The area of a Group F-2 or S-2 building not more than one story in height shall not be limited where the building is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width 507.4 Sprinklered, one-story buildings. The area of a Group A-4 building not more than one story above grade plane of other than Type V construction, or the area of a Group B, F, M or S building no more than one story above grade plane of any construction type, shall not be limited where the building is provided with an automatic sprinkler system throughout in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 and is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width Exceptions: 1 Buildings and structures of Type I or II construction for rack storage facilities that do not have access by the public shall not be limited in height, provided that such buildings conform to the requirements of Sections 507 4 and 903 3 1 1 and Chapter 32 of the International Fire Code 2 The automatic sprinkler system shall not be required in areas occupied for indoor participant sports, such as tennis, skating, swimming and equestrian activi- ties in occupancies in Group A-4, provided that all of the following criteria are met 2 1 Exit doors directly to the outside are pro- vided for occupants of the participant sports areas 2 2 The building is equipped with afire alarm system with manual fire alarm boxes installed in accordance with Section 907 2 3 An automatic sprinkler system is provided in storage rooms, press boxes, concession booths or other spaces ancillary to the sport activity space 507.4.1 Mixed occupancy buildings with Groups A-1 and A-2. Group A-1 and A-2 occupancies of other than Type V construction shall be permitted within mixed occupancy buildings of unlimited area complying with Section 507 4, provided all of the following criteria are met 1 Group A-1 and A-2 occupancies are separated from other occupancies as required for separated occu- pancies in Section 508 4 4 with no reduction allowed in the fire -resistance rating of the separa- tion based upon the installation of an automatic sprinkler system 2 Each area of the portions of the building used for Group A-1 or A-2 occupancies shall not exceed the maximum allowable area permitted for such occu- pancies in Section 503 1 3 Exit doors from Group A-1 and A-2 occupancies shall discharge directly to the exterior of the build- ing 507.5 Two-story buildings. The area of a Group B, F, M or S building not more than two stones above grade plane shall not be limited where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 and is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width 507.6 Group A-3 buildings of Type II construction. The area of a Group A-3 building not more than one story above grade plane, used as a place of religious worship, community hall, dance hall, exhibition hall, gymnasium, lecture hall, indoor swimming pool or tennis court of Type II construction, shall not be limited provided all of the following criteria are met 1 The building shall not have a stage other than a plat- form 2 The building shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903311 3 The building shall be surrounded and adjomed by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width 507.7 Group A-3 buildings of Type III and IV construc- tion. The area of a Group A-3 building of Type III or IV con- struction, with not more than one story above grade plane and used as a place of religious worship, community hall, dance hall, exhibition hall, gymnasium, lecture hall, indoor swimming pool or tenors court, shall not be lnntted provided all of the following criteria are met 1 The building shall not have a stage other than a plat- form 2 The building shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903311 3 The assembly floor shall be located at or within 21 inches (533 mm) of street or grade level and all exits are provided with ramps complying with Section 1012 to the street or grade level 4 The building shall be surrounded and adjoined by pub- hc ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width 507.8 Group 11-2, H-3 and H-4 occupancies. Group H-2, H-3 and H-4 occupancies shall be permitted in unlimited area bwldmgs containing Group F or S occupancies in accordance with Sections 507 4 and 507 5 and the provisions of Sections 507 8 1 through 507 8 4 112 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv odorm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossdANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS 507.8.1 Allowable area. The aggregate floor area of Group H occupancies located man unlimited area building shall not exceed 10 percent of the area of the building nor the area limitations for the Group H occupancies as speci- fied in Section 506 based on the perimeter of each Group H floor area that fronts on a public way or open space 507.8.1.1 Located within the building. The aggregate floor area of Group H occupancies not located at the perimeter of the building shall not exceed 25 percent of the area limitations for the Group H occupancies as specified in Section 506 507.8.1.1.1 Liquid use, dispensing and mixing rooms. Liquid use, dispensing and mixing rooms having a floor area of not more than 500 square feet (46 5 m') need not be located on the outer perimeter of the building where they are in accordance with the International Fire Code and NFPA 30 507.8.1.1.2 Liquid storage rooms. Liquid storage rooms having a floor area of not more than 1,000 square feet (93 m') need not be located on the outer perimeter where they are in accordance with the International Fire Code and NFPA 30 507.8.1.1.3 Spray paint booths. Spray paint booths that comply with the International Fire Code need not be located on the outer perimeter 507.8.2 Located on building perimeter. Except as pro- vided for in Section 507 8 1 1, Group H occupancies shall be located on the perimeter of the building In Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies, not less than 25 percent of the perimeter of such occupancies shall be an exterior wall 507.8.3 Occupancy separations. Group H occupancies shall be separated from the remainder of the unlimited area building and from each other in accordance with Table 5084 507.8.4 Height limitations. For two-story, unlimited area buildings, Group H occupancies shall not be located more than one story above grade plane unless permitted based on the allowable height and number of stones and feet as specified in Section 504 based on the type of construction of the unlimited area building 507.9 Unlimited mixed occupancy buildings with Group H-5. The area of a Group B, F, H-5, M or S building not more than two stones above grade plane shall not be limited where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprin- kler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, and is sur- rounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width, provided all of the following criteria are met 1 Buildings containing Group H-5 occupancy shall be of Type I or II construction 2 Each area used for Group H-5 occupancy shall be sepa- rated from other occupancies as required in Sections 415 11 and 508 4 3 Each area used for Group H-5 occupancy shall not exceed the maximum allowable area permitted for such occupancies in Section 503 1 including modifications of Section 506 Exception: Where the Group H-5 occupancy exceeds the maximum allowable area, the Group 11- 5 shall be subdivided into areas that are separated by 2-hour fire barriers 507.10 Aircraft paint hangar. The area of a Group H-2 air- craft paint hangar not more than one story above grade plane shall not be limited where such aircraft paint hangar complies with the provisions of Section 412 5 and is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less in width than one and one-half times the building height 507.11 Group E buildings. The area of a Group E building not more than one story above grade plane, of Type II, IIIA or IV construction, shall not be lnntied provided all of the fol- lowing criteria are met 1 Each classroom shall have not less than two means of egress, with one of the means of egress being a direct exit to the outside of the building complying with Sec- tion 1022 2 The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 3 The building is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width 507.12 Motion picture theaters. In buildings of Type II con- struction, the area of a motion picture theater located on the first story above grade plane shall not be limited where the building is provided with an automatic sprinkler system throughout in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 and is sur- rounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width 507.13 Covered and open mall buildings and anchor buildings. The area of covered and open mall buildings and anchor buildings not exceeding three stones in height that comply with Section 402 shall not be limited SECTION 508 MIXED USE AND OCCUPANCY 508.1 General. Each portion of a building shall be individu- ally classified in accordance with Section 302 1 Where a building contains more than one occupancy group, the build- ing or portion thereof shall comply with the applicable provi- sions of Section 508 2, 508 3 or 508 4, or a combination of these sections Exceptions: 1 Occupancies separated in accordance with Section 510 2 Where required by Table 415 6 2, areas of Group 11- 1, H-2 and H-3 occupancies shall be located in a detached building or structure 3 Uses within hve/work units, complying with Section 419, are not considered separate occupancies 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 113 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS M* 508.2 Accessory occupancies. Accessory occupancies are those occupancies that are ancillary to the main occupancy of the building or portion thereof Accessory occupancies shall comply with the provisions of Sections 508 2 1 through 50824 508.2.1 Occupancy classification. Accessory occupan- cies shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302 1 The requirements of this code shall apply to each portion of the building based on the occupancy clas- sification of that space 508.2.2 Allowable building height. The allowable height and number of stones of the building containing accessory occupancies shall be in accordance with Section 504 for the main occupancy of the building 508.2.3 Allowable building area. The allowable area of the building shall be based on the applicable provisions of Section 506 for the main occupancy of the building Aggregate accessory occupancies shall not occupy more than 10 percent of the floor area of the story in which they are located and shall not exceed the tabular values for non- sprmklered buildings in Table 506 2 for each such acces- sory occupancy 508.2.4 Separation of occupancies. No separation is required between accessory occupancies and the main occupancy Exceptions: 1 Group H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 occupancies shall be separated from all other occupancies in accor- dance with Section 508 4 2 Group I-1, R-1, R-2 and R-3 dwelling units and sleeping units shall be separated from other dwelling or sleeping units and from accessory occupancies contiguous to them in accordance with the requirements of Section 420 508.3 Nonseparated occupancies. Buildings or portions of buildings that comply with the provisions of this section shall be considered as nonseparated occupancies 508.3.1 Occupancy classification. Nonseparated occu- pancies shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302 1 The requirements of this code shall apply to each portion of the building based on the occupancy classification of that space In addition, the most restric- tive provisions of Chapter 9 that apply to the nonseparated occupancies shall apply to the total nonseparated occu- pancy area 508.3.1.1 High-rise buildings. Where nonseparated occupancies occur in a high-rise building, the most restrictive requirements of Section 403 that apply to the nonseparated occupancies shall apply throughout the high-rise builckng. 508.3.1.2 Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies. Where one of the nonseparated occupancies is Group I-2, Con- dition 2, the most restrictive requirements of Sections 407, 509 and 712 shall apply throughout the fire area containing the Group I-2 occupancy The most restric- tive requirements of Chapter 10 shall apply to the path of egress from the Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancy up to and including the exit discharge 508.3.2 Allowable building area, height and number of stories. The allowable building area, height and number of stones of the building or portion thereof shall be based on the most restrictive allowances for the occupancy groups under consideration for the type of construction of the building in accordance with Section 503 1 508.3.3 Separation. No separation is required between nonseparated occupancies Exceptions: 1 Group H-2, H-3, H-4 and H-5 occupancies shall be separated from all other occupancies in accor- dance with Section 508 4 2 Group I-1, R-1, R-2 and R-3 dwelling units and sleeping units shall be separated from other dwelling or sleeping units and from other occu- pancies contiguous to them in accordance with the requirements of Section 420 508.4 Separated occupancies. Buildings or portions of buildings that comply with the provisions of this section shall be considered as separated occupancies 508.4.1 Occupancy classification. Separated occupancies shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302 1 Each separated space shall comply with this code based on the occupancy classification of that portion of the building The most restrictive provisions of Chapter 9 that apply to the separate occupancies shall apply to the total nonfire-barrier-separated occupancy areas Occupancy separations that serve to define fire area limits established in Chapter 9 for requiring a fire protection system shall also comply with Section 901 7 508.4.2 Allowable building area. In each story, the build- ing area shall be such that the sum of the ratios of the actual building area of each separated occupancy divided by the allowable building area of each separated occu- pancy shall not exceed 1 508.4.3 Allowable building height and number of sto- ries. Each separated occupancy shall comply with the builckng height Invitations and story limitations based on the type of construction of the building in accordance with Section 503 1 Exception: Special provisions of Section 510 shall per- mit occupancies at building heights and number of sto- nes other than provided in Section 503 1 508.4.4 Separation. Individual occupancies shall be sepa- rated from adjacent occupancies in accordance with Table 5084 508.4.4.1 Construction. Required separations shall be fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both, so as to completely separate adjacent occupancies 114 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyrightOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf da od om).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)Odo,N=b,,x1ooe1vmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST)p­tto Lie Ag,, ^®,Ath ICC No fwN¢T,odomoo.m ALLh¢gAodomo,, by oo,thdparty o, Axmboemdmhorissd 9cglo—ody oL,,g andortwodwgL,okb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS TABLE 508.4 REQUIRED SEPARATION OF OCCUPANCIES (HOURS)( S =Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 NS =Buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 N = No separation requirement NP = Not Permitted a See Section 420 b The required separation from areas used only for private or pleasure vehicles shall be reduced by 1 hour but not to less than 1 hour c See Section 406 3 2 d Separation is not required between occupancies of the same classification e See Section 422 2 for ambulatory care facilities f Occupancy separations that serve to define fire area limits established in Chapter 9 for requiring fire protection systems shall also comply with Section 707 3 10 and Table 707 3 10 in accordance with Section 901 7 SECTION 509 INCIDENTAL USES 509.1 General Incidental uses located within single occu- pancy or mixed occupancy buildings shall comply with the provisions of this section Incidental uses are ancillary func- tions associated with a given occupancy that generally pose a greater level of risk to that occupancy and are limited to those uses listed in Table 509 Exception: Incidental uses within and serving a dwelling unit are not required to comply with this section 509.2 Occupancy classification. Incidental uses shall not be individually classified in accordance with Section 3021 Incidental uses shall be included in the building occupancies within which they are located 509.3 Area limitations. Incidental uses shall not occupy more than 10 percent of the building area of the story in which they are located 509.4 Separation and protection. The incidental uses listed in Table 509 shall be separated from the remainder of the building or equipped with an automatic sprinkler system, or both, in accordance with the provisions of that table 509.4.1 Separation. Where Table 509 specifies a fire - resistance -rated separation, the incidental uses shall be separated from the remainder of the builchng by afire bar- ner constructed in accordance with Section 707 or a hori- zontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Construction supporting 1-hour fire barriers or horizontal assemblies used for incidental use separa- tions in buildings of Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction is not required to be fire -resistance rated unless required by other sections of this code 509.4.2 Protection. Where Table 509 permits an auto- mahc sprinkler system without afire barrier, the inciden- tal uses shall be separated from the remainder of the building by construction capable of resisting the passage of smoke The walls shall extend from the top of the foun- dation or floor assembly below to the underside of the ceiling that is a component of a fire -resistance -rated floor assembly or roof assembly above or to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above Doors shall be self- or automatic -closing upon detection of smoke in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6 Doors shall not have air transfer openings and shall not be undercut in excess of the clearance permitted in accordance with NFPA 80 Walls surrounding the incidental use shall not have air transfer openings unless provided with smoke dampers in accordance with Section 710 8 509.4.2.1 Protection limitation. Where an automatic sprinkler system is provided in accordance with Table 509, only the space occupied by the incidental use need be equipped with such a system SECTION 510 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 510.1 General. The provisions in Sections 510 2 through 510 9 shall permit the use of special conditions that are exempt from, or modify, the specific requirements of this chapter regarding the allowable building heights and areas of 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 115 I I1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS buildings based on the occupancy classification and type of construction, provided the special condition complies with the provisions specified in this section for such condition and other applicable requirements of this code The provisions of Sections 510 2 through 510 8 are to be considered indepen- dent and separate from each other 510.2 Horizontal building separation allowance. A build- ing shall be considered as separate and distinct buildings for the purpose of determining area limitations, continuity of fire walls, limitation of number of stones and type of construction where all of the following conditions are met 1 The buildings are separated with a horizontal assembly having afire -resistance rating of not less than 3 hours Where vertical offsets are provided as part of a horizon- tal assembly, the vertical offset and the structure sup- porting the vertical offset shall have afire -resistance rating of not less than 3 hours 2 The building below, including the horizontal assembly, is of Type IA construction 3 Shaft, stairway, ramp and escalator enclosures through the horizontal assembly shall have not less than a 2- hour fire -resistance rating with opening protectives in accordance with Section 716 Exception: Where the enclosure walls below the horizontal assembly have not less than a 3-hour fire - resistance rating with opening protectives in accor- dance with Section 716, the enclosure walls extend- ing above the horizontal assembly shall be permitted to have a 1-hour fire -resistance rating, provided 1 The building above the horizontal assembly is not required to be of Type I construction, 2 The enclosure connects fewer than four sto- nes, and 3 The enclosure opening protectives above the horizontal assembly have afire protection rat- ing of not less than 1 hour 4 The building or buildings above the horizontal assem- bly shall be permitted to have multiple Group A occu- pancy uses, each with an occupant load of less 300, or Group B, M, R or S occupancies 5 The building below the horizontal assembly shall be protected throughout by an approved automatic spnn- [F] TABLE 509 INCIDENTAL USES ROOM OR AREA SEPARATION AND/OR PROTECTION Furnace room where any piece of equipment is over 400,000 Btu per hour input 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system Rooms with boilers where the largest piece of equipment is over 15 psi and 10 horsepower 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system Refrigerant maclunery room 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system Hydrogen fuel gas rooms, not classified as Group H 1 hour in Group B, F, M, S and U occupancies, 2 hours in Group A, E, I and R occupancies Incinerator rooms 2 hours and provide automatic sprinkler system Paint shops, not classified as Group H, located in occupancies other than Group F 2 hours, or 1 hour and provide automatic sprinkler system In Group E occupancies, laboratories and vocational shops not classified as Group H 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system In Group I-2 occupancies, laboratories not classified as Group H 1 hour and provide automatic sprinkler system In ambulatory care facilities, laboratories not classified as Group H 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system Laundry rooms over 100 square feet 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system In Group I-2, laundry rooms over 100 square feet 1 hour Group I-3 cells and Group I-2 patient rooms equipped with padded surfaces 1 hour In Group I-2, physical plant maintenance shops 1 hour In ambulatory care facilities or Group I-2 occupancies, waste and linen collection rooms 1 hour with containers that have an aggregate volume of 10 cubic feet or greater In other than ambulatory care facilities and Group I-2 occupancies, waste and linen 1 hour or provide automatic sprinkler system collection rooms over 100 square feet In ambulatory care facilities or Group I-2 occupancies, storage rooms greater than 1 hour 100 square feet Stationary storage battery systems having an energy capacity greater than the threshold 1 hour in Group B, F, M, S and U occupancies, quantity specified in Table 1206 2 of the International Fire Code 2 hours in Group A, E, I and R occupancies See Sections 110 26 through 110 34 and Electrical installations and transformers Sections 450 8 through 450 48 of NFPA 70 for protection and separation requirements For SI 1 square foot= 0 0929 in', 1 pound per square inch (psi) = 6 9 kPa, 1 British thermal unit (Btu) per hour= 0 293 watts, 1 horsepower =746watts, 1 gallon =3 785 L, 1 cubic foot =0 0283 m' 116 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ff., [[[ CopyaghtOoz0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vme oeJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto rk MR, ff.' I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS kler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, and shall be permitted to be any occupancy allowed by this code except Group H 6 The maximum building height in feet (mm) shall not exceed the hmits set forth in Section 5043 for the building having the smaller allowable height as mea- sured from the grade plane 510.3 Group S-2 enclosed parking garage with Group S-2 open parking garage above. A Group S-2 enclosed parking garage with not more than one story above grade plane and located below a Group S-2 open parking garage shall be clas- sified as a separate and distinct building for the purpose of determmmg the type of construction where all of the follow - mg conditions are met 1 The allowable area of the building shall be such that the sum of the ratios of the actual area divided by the allowable area for each separate occupancy shall not exceed 1 2 The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is of Type I or II construction and is at least equal to the fire -resis- tance requirements of the Group S-2 open parking garage 3 The height and the number of tiers of the Group S-2 open parking garage shall be limited as specified in Table 406 5 4 4 The floor assembly separating the Group S-2 enclosed parking garage and Group S-2 open parking garage shall be protected as required for the floor assembly of the Group S-2 enclosed parking garage Openings between the Group S-2 enclosed parking garage and Group S-2 open parking garage, except exit openings, shall not be required to be protected 5 The Group S-2 enclosed parking garage is used exclu- sively for the parking or storage of private motor vehi- cles, but shall be permitted to contain an office, waiting room and toilet room having a total area of not more than 1,000 square feet (93 m') and mechanical equip- ment rooms incidental to the operation of the building 510.4 Parking beneath Group R. Where a maximum one story above grade plane Group S-2 parking garage, enclosed or open, or combination thereof, of Type I construction or open of Type IV construction, with grade entrance, is pro- vided under a building of Group R, the number of stones to be used in determming the minimum type of construction shall be measured from the floor above such a parking area The floor assembly between the parking garage and the Group R above shall comply with the type of construction required for the parking garage and shall also provide afire - resistance rating not less than the mixed occupancy separa- tion required in Section 508 4 510.5 Group R-1 and R-2 buildings of Type IBA con- struction. The height limitation for buildings of Type IIIA construction in Groups R-1 and R-2 shall be increased to six stones and 75 feet (22 860 mm) where the first floor assem- bly above the basement has afire -resistance rating of not less than 3 hours and the floor area is subdivided by 2-hour fire - resistance -rated fire walls into areas of not more than 3,000 square feet (279 in 2) 510.6 Group R-1 and R-2 buildings of Type IIA construc- tion. The height limitation for buildings of Type IIA con- struction in Groups R-1 and R-2 shall be increased to nine stones and 100 feet (30 480 mm) where the building is sepa- rated by not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from any other building on the lot and from lot lines, the exits are segregated in an area enclosed by a 2-hour fire -resistance -rated fire wall and the first floor assembly has afire -resistance rating of not less than 1 Yz hours 510.7 Open parking garage beneath Groups A, 1, B, M and R. Open parking garages constructed under Groups A, I, B, M and R shall not exceed the height and area limitations permitted under Section 406 5 The height and area of the portion of the building above the open parking garage shall not exceed the limitations in Section 503 for the upper occu- pancy The height, in both feet and stones, of the portion of the building above the open parking garage shall be mea- sured from grade plane and shall include both the open park- ing garage and the portion of the building above the parking garage 510.7.1 Fire separation. Fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- structed in accordance with Section 711 between the park- ing occupancy and the upper occupancy shall correspond to the required fire -resistance rating prescribed in Table 508 4 for the uses involved The type of construction shall apply to each occupancy individually, except that struc- tural members, including main bracing within the open parking structure, which is necessary to support the upper occupancy, shall be protected with the more restrictive fire -resistance -rated assemblies of the groups involved as shown in Table 601 Means of egress for the upper occu- pancy shall conform to Chapter 10 and shall be separated from the parking occupancy by fire barriers having not less than a 2-hour fire -resistance rating as required by Section 707 with self -closing doors complying with Sec- tion 716 or horizontal assemblies having not less than a 2- hourfire-resistancerating as required by Section 711, with self-closmg doors complying with Section 716 Means of egress from the open parking garage shall com- ply with Section 406 5 510.8 Group B or M buildings with Group S-2 open park- ing garage above. Group B or M occupancies located below a Group S-2 open parking garage of a lesser type of construc- tion shall be considered as a separate and distinct building from the Group S-2 open parking garage for the purpose of determining the type of construction where all of the follow- ing conditions are met 1 The buildings are separated with a horizontal assembly having afire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours 2 The occupancies in the bwldmg below the horizontal assembly are limited to Groups B and M 3 The occupancy above the horizontal assembly is lim- ited to a Group S-2 open parking garage 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 117 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS 4 The building below the horizontal assembly is of Type IA construction Exception: The building below the horizontal assembly shall be permitted to be of Type IB or II construction, but not less than the type of construc- tion required for the Group S-2 open parking garage above, where the building below is not greater than one story in height above grade plane 5 The height and area of the building below the horizon- tal assembly does not exceed the limits set forth in Sec- tion 503 6 The height and area of the Group S-2 open parking garage does not exceed the limits set forth in Section 406 5 The height, in both feet and stones, of the Group S-2 open parking garage shall be measured from grade plane and shall include the building below the horizon- tal assembly 7 Exits serving the Group S-2 open parking garage dis- charge directly to a street or public way and are sepa- rated from the building below the horizontal assembly by 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or 2-hour horizontal assemblies con- structed in accordance with Section 711, or both 510.9 Multiple buildings above a horizontal assembly. Where two or more buildings are provided above the horizon- tal assembly separating a Group S-2 parking garage or build- ing below from the buildings above in accordance with the special provisions in Section 510 2, 510 3 or 510 8, the build- ings above the horizontal assembly shall be regarded as sepa- rate and distinct buildings from each other and shall comply with all other provisions of this code as applicable to each separate and distinct building 118 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 6 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION User note: About this chapter., Chapter 6 establishes five types of construction in which each budding must he categorized. This chapter looks at the materials used in the budding (combustible or noncombustible) and the extent to which budding elements such as budding frame, roof wall and floor can resist fire. Depending on the type of construction, the specific budding element and its proximity to a lot line, fire resistance of 1 to 3 hours As specified, SECTION 601 GENERAL 601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the classification of buildings as to type of construction SECTION 602 CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION 602.1 General. Buildings and structures erected or to be erected, altered or extended in height or area shall be classi- fied in one of the five construction types defined in Sections 602 2 through 602 5 The building elements shall have afire - resistance rating not less than that specified in Table 601 and exterior walls shall have afire -resistance rating not less than that specified in Table 602 Where required to have a fire - resistance rating by Table 601, building elements shall com- ply with the applicable provisions of Section 703 2 The pro- tection of openings, ducts and air transfer openings in building elements shall not be required unless required by other provisions of this code 602.1.1 Minimum requirements. A building or portion thereof shall not be required to conform to the details of a type of construction higher than that type which meets the mmimum requirements based on occupancy even though certain features of such a building actually conform to a higher type of construction 602.2 Types I and II. Types I and II construction are those types of construction in which the building elements listed in Table 601 are of noncombustible materials, except as permit- ted in Section 603 and elsewhere in this code 602.3 Type III. Type III construction is that type of construc- tion in which the exterior walls are of noncombustible materi- als and the interior building elements are of any material permitted by this code Fire -retardant -treated wood framing and sheathing complying with Section 2303 2 shall be per- mitted within exterior wall assemblies of a 2-hour rating or less 602.4 Type IV. Type IV construction is that type of con- struction in which the exterior walls are of noncombustible TABLE 601 FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS (HOURS) TYPE TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V BUILDING ELEMENT A B A B A B FIT A B Primary structural frairei(see Section 202) 3'h 2'h lh 0 lh 0 HT lh 0 Bearing walls Exterior' i 3 2 1 0 2 2 2 1 0 Interior 3' 2' 1 0 1 0 1/HT 1 0 Nonbeanng walls and partitions See Table 602 Exterior Nonbeanng walls and partitions See Interior' 0 0 0 0 0 0 Section 0 0 2304 11 2 Floor construction and associated secondary members (see Section 202) 2 2 1 0 1 0 HT 1 0 Roof construction and associated secondary members 1'/Lh IILL 1h,6 OF 1h,6 0 HT 1h,6 0 (see Section 202) For SI 1 foot =304 8 min a Roof supports Fire -resistance ratings of primary structural frame and bearing walls are permitted to be reduced by 1 hourwhere supporting a roof only b Except in Group F-1, H, M and S-1 occupancies, fire protection of structural members in roof construction shall not be required, including protection of primary structural frame members, roof framing and decking where every part of the roof construction is 20 feet or more above any floor immediately below Fire -retardant -treated wood members shall be allowed to be used for such unprotected members c In all occupancies, heavy timber complying with Section 2304 11 shall be allowed where a 1-hour or less fire -resistance rating is required d Not less than the fire -resistance rating required by other sections of this code e Not less than the fire -resistance rating based on fire separation distance (see Table 602) f Not less than the fire -resistance rating as referenced in Section 704 10 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 119 I I1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm, rhvdmsfnd, od mm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION materials and the interior building elements are of solid wood, laminated wood, heavy timber (ITT) or structural composite lumber (SCL) without concealed spaces The minimum dimensions for permitted materials including solid timber, glued -laminated timber, structural composite lumber (SCL), and cross -laminated timber and details of Type IV construction shall comply with the provisions of this section and Section 2304 11 Exterior walls complying Iwith Section 602 4 1 or 602 4 2 shall be permitted Interior walls and partitions not less than 1-hour fire -resistance rat- ing or heavy timber complying with Section 2304 11 2 2 shall be permitted 602.4.1 Fire -retardant -treated wood in exterior walls. Fire -retardant -treated wood framing and sheathing com- plying with Section 2303 2 shall be permitted within exte- rior wall assemblies not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in thickness with a 2-hour rating or less 602.4.2 Cross -laminated timber in exterior walls. Cross -laminated limber complying with Section 2303 1 4 I shall be permitted within exterior wall assemblies not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in thickness with a 2-hour rating or less, provided the exterior surface of the cross -lami- nated timber is protected by one the following 1 Fire -retardant -treated wood sheathing complying with Section 2303 2 and not less than's/32 inch (12 mm) thick, 2 Gypsum board not less than '/z inch (12 7 mm) thick, or 3 A noncombustible material 602.4.3 Exterior structural members. Where a horizon- tal separation of 20 feet (6096 mm) or more is provided, wood columns and arches conforming to heavy timber sizes complying with Section 2304 11 shall be permitted to be used externally 602.5 Type V. Type V construction is that type of construc- tion in which the structural elements, exterior walls and inte- rior walls are of any materials permitted by this code SECTION 603 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL IN TYPES IAND IICONSTRUCTION 603.1 Allowable materials. Combustible materials shall be permitted in buildings of Type I or II construction in the fol- lowing applications and in accordance with Sections 603 1 1 through 603 1 3 1 Fire -retardant -treated wood shall be permitted in 11 Nonbearmg partitions where the required fire -resistance rating is 2 hours or less 1 2 Nonbearmg exterior walls where fire -resis- tance -rated construction is not required 1 3 Roof construction, including girders, trusses, framing and decking Exception: In buildings of Type IA construction exceeding two stones above grade plane, fire -retardant - treated wood is not permitted in roof construction where the vertical distance from the upper floor to the roof is less than 20 feet (6096 mm) 1 4 Balconies, porches, decks and exterior stair- I ways not used as required exits on buildings three stories or less above grade plane 2 Thermal and acoustical insulation, other than foam plastics, having aflame spread index of not more than 25 Exceptions: 1 Insulation placed between two layers of noncombustible materials without an inter - TABLE 602 FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR WALLS BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE 1, d•9 FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE = TYPE OF OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY X (feet) CONSTRUCTION GROUP He GROUP F-1, M, S-1' GROUP A, B, E, F-2, I, R', S-2, U' X<5 All 3 2 1 5<X<10 IA 3 2 1 Others 2 1 1 IA,IB 2 1 1` 10 < X < 30 IIB, V13 1 0 0 Others 1 1 1` X>_30 All 0 0 0 For SI 1 foot =304 8 min a Load -bearing exterior walls shall also complywith the fire -resistance rating requirements of Table 601 b See Section 706 1 1 for party walls c Open parking garages complying with Section 406 shall not be required to have a fire -resistance rating d The fire -resistance rating of an exterior wall is determined based upon the fire separation distance of the exterior wall and the story in which the wall is located e For special requirements for Group H occupancies, see Section 415 6 f For special requirements for Group S aircraft hangars, see Section 412 3 1 g Where Table 705 8 permits nonbearmg exterior walls with unlimited area of unprotected openings, the required fire -resistance rating for the exterior walls is 0 hours h For a building containing only a Group U occupancy private garage or carport, the exterior wall shall not be required to have a fire -resistance rating where the fire separation distance is 5 feet (1523 min) or greater i For a Group R-3 building of Type II-B or Type V-B construction, the exterior wall shall not be required to have a fire -resistance rating where the fire separation distance is 5 feet (1523 min) or greater 120 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff.,I CopyrightOO?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 o, 5e PM(PST)pu�rvantto k MR, ff.'FrIT1 I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND R OJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION vening airspace shall be allowed to have a flame spread index of not more than 100 2 Insulation installed between a finished floor and solid decking without intervening airspace shall be allowed to have aflame spread index of not more than 200 3 Foam plastics in accordance with Chapter 26 4 Roof coverings that have an A, B or C classification 5 Interior floor finish and floor covering materials installed in accordance with Section 804 6 Millwork such as doors, door frames, window sashes and frames 7 Interior wall and ceiling finishes installed in accor- dance with Section 803 8 Trim installed in accordance with Section 806 9 Where not installed greater than 15 feet (4572 mm) above grade, show windows, nailing or furring strips and wooden bulkheads below show windows, includ- ing their frames, aprons and show cases 10 Finish flooring installed in accordance with Section 805 11 Partitions dividing portions of stores, offices or simi- lar places occupied by one tenant only and that do not establish a corridor serving an occupant load of 30 or more shall be permitted to be constructed of fire - retardant -treated wood, 1-hour fire -resistance -rated construction or of wood panels or similar light con- struction up to 6 feet (1829 mm) in height 12 Stages and platforms constructed in accordance with Sections 410 2 and 410 3, respectively 13 Combustible exterior wall coverings, balconies and sun ilar projections and bay or oriel windows in accor- dance with Chapter 14 and Section 705 2 3 1 14 Blocking such as for handrails, millwork, cabinets and window and door frames 15 Light -transmitting plastics as permitted by Chapter 26 16 Mastics and caulking materials applied to provide flexible seals between components of exterior wall construction 17 Exterior plastic veneer installed in accordance with Section 2605 2 18 Nailing or furring strips as permitted by Section 803 15 19 Heavy timber as permitted by Note c to Table 601 and Sections 602 4 3 and 705 2 3 1 20 Aggregates, component materials and admixtures as permitted by Section 703 2 2 21 Sprayed fire-resistant materials and intumescent and mastic fire-resistant coatings, determined on the basis of fire resistance tests in accordance with Section 703 2 and installed in accordance with Sections 1705 14 and 1705 15, respectively 22 Materials used to protect penetrations in fire -resis- tance -rated assemblies in accordance with Section 714 23 Materials used to protectloints in fire -resistance -rated assemblies in accordance with Section 715 24 Materials allowed in the concealed spaces of build- ings of Types I and II construction in accordance with Section 718 5 25 Materials exposed within plenums complying with Section 602 of the International Mechanical Code 26 Wall construction of freezers and coolers of less than 1,000 square feet (92 9 m), in size, lined on both sides with noncombustible materials and the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 603.1.1 Ducts. The use of nonmetallic ducts shall be per- mitted where installed in accordance with the limitations of the International Mechanical Code 603.1.2 Piping. The use of combustible piping materials shall be permitted where installed in accordance with the limitations of the International Mechanical Code and the International Plumbing Code 603.1.3 Electrical. The use of electrical wiring methods with combustible insulation, tubing, raceways and related components shall be permitted where installed in accor- dance with the linitations of this code 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 121 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 122 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER E* CHAPTER 7 FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES User note: About this chapter. Chapter 7provides detadedreguirements for fire -resistance -rated construction, including structuralmemhers, walls, partitions and horizontal assemblies. Other portions of the code describe where certain fire -resistance -rated elements are required. This chapter specifies how these elements are constructed, how openings in walls and partitions are protected and how penetrations of such elements are protected, SECTION 701 GENERAL 701.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the materials, systems and assemblies used for structural fire resistance and fire -resistance -rated construction separation of adjacent spaces to safeguard against the spread of fire and smoke within a building and the spread of fire to or from buildings SECTION 702 MULTIPLE USE FIRE ASSEMBLIES 702.1 Multiple use fire assemblies. Fire assemblies that serve multiple purposes in a building shall comply with all of the requirements that are applicable for each of the individual fire assemblies SECTION 703 FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS AND FIRE TESTS 703.1 Scope. Materials prescribed herein for fire resistance shall conform to the requirements of this chapter 703.2 Fire -resistance ratings. The fire -resistance rating of building elements, components or assemblies shall be deter- mined in accordance with the test procedures set forth in ASTM El 19 or UL 263 or in accordance with Section 703 3 The fire -resistance rating of penetrations and fire-resistant joint systems shall be determined in accordance Sections 714 and 715, respectively 703.2.1 Nonsymmetrical wall construction. Interior walls and partitions of nonsymmetrical construction shall be tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the assigned fire -resistance rating shall be the shortest dura- tion obtained from the two tests conducted in compliance with ASTM E119 or UL 263 Where evidence is furnished to show that the wall was tested with the least fire-resistant side exposed to the furnace, subject to acceptance of the building official, the wall need not be subjected to tests from the opposite side (see Section 705 5 for exterior walls) 703.2.2 Combustible components. Combustible aggre- gates are permitted in gypsum and Portland cement con- crete mixtures for fire -resistance -rated construction Any component material or admixture is permitted in assem- blies if the resulting tested assembly meets the fire -resis- tance test requirements of this code 703.2.3 Restrained classification. Fire -resistance -rated assemblies tested under ASTM El 19 or UL 263 shall not be considered to be restrained unless evidence satisfactory to the building official is furnished by the registered design professional showing that the construction qualifies for a restrained classification in accordance with ASTM El 19 or UL 263 Restrained construction shall be identi- fied on the construction documents 703.2.4 Supplemental features. Where materials, sys- tems or devices that have not been tested as part of a fire - resistance -rated assembly are incorporated into the build- ing element, component or assembly, sufficient data shall be made available to the building official to show that the required fire -resistance rating is not reduced 703.2.5 Exterior bearing walls. In determining the fire - resistance rating of exterior bearing walls, compliance with the ASTM E119 or UL 263 criteria for unexposed surface temperature rise and ignition of cotton waste due to passage of flame or gases is required only for a period of time corresponding to the required fire -resistance rat- ing of an exterior nonbearing wall with the same fire sepa- ration distance, and in a building of the same group Where the fire -resistance rating determined in accordance with this exception exceeds the fire -resistance rating determined in accordance with ASTM El 19 or UL 263, the fire exposure time period, water pressure and applica- tion duration criteria for the hose stream test of ASTM El 19 or UL 263 shall be based on the fire -resistance rat- ing determined in accordance with this section 703.3 Methods for determining fire resistance. The appli- cation of any of the methods listed in this section shall be based on the fire exposure and acceptance criteria specified in ASTM E119 or UL 263 The required fire resistance of a building element, component or assembly shall be permitted to be established by any of the following methods or proce- dures 1 Fire -resistance designs documented in approved sources 2 Prescriptive designs of fire -resistance -rated building elements, components or assemblies as prescribed in Section 721 3 Calculations in accordance with Section 722 4 Engineering analysis based on a comparison of build- ing element, component or assemblies designs having fire -resistance ratings as determined by the test proce- dures set forth in ASTM El 19 or UL 263 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 123 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 5 Alternative protection methods as allowed by Section 10411 6 Fire -resistance designs certified by an approved agency 703.4 Automatic sprinklers. Under the prescriptive fire - resistance requirements of this code, the fire -resistance rating of a building element, component or assembly shall be estab- lished without the use of automatic sprinklers or any other fire suppression system being incorporated as part of the assembly tested in accordance with the fire exposure, proce- dures and acceptance criteria specified in ASTM El 19 or UL 263 However, this section shall not prohibit or limit the duties and powers of the building official allowed by Sections 104 10 and 104 11 703.5 Noncombustibility tests. The tests indicated in Sec- tions 703 5 1 and 703 5 2 shall serve as criteria for accep- tance of building materials as set forth in Sections 602 2, 602 3 and 602 4 in Types I, II, III and IV construction The term `noncombustible" does not apply to the flame spread characteristics of mtenor finish or trim materials A material shall not be classified as a noncombustible building construc- tion material if it is subject to an increase in combustibility or flame spread beyond the limitations herein established through the effects of age, moisture or other atmospheric con- ditions 703.5.1 Elementary materials. Materials required to be noncombustible shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E136 703.5.2 Composite materials. Materials having a struc- tural base of noncombustible material as detenmmed in accordance with Section 703 5 1 with a surfacing not more than 0 125 inch (3 18 mm) thick that has aflame spread index not greater than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 shall be acceptable as noncombus- tible materials 703.6 Fire -resistance -rated glazing. Fire -resistance -rated glazing, when tested in accordance with ASTM El19 or UL 263 and complying with the requirements of Section 707, shall be permitted Fire -resistance -rated glazing shall bear a label marked in accordance with Table 716 l(1) issued by an agency and shall be permanently identified on the glazing 703.7 Marking and identification. Where there is an acces- sible concealed floor, floor -ceiling or attic space, fire walls, fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers and smoke parti- tions or any other wall required to have protected openings or penetrations shall be effectively and permanently identified with signs or stenciling in the concealed space Such identifi- cation shall 1 Be located within 15 feet (4572 mm) of the end of each wall and at intervals not exceeding 30 feet (9144 mm) measured horizontally along the wall or partition 2 Include lettering not less than 3 inches (76 mm) in height with a mimmurn '/g inch (9 5 mm) stroke in a contrasting color incorporating the suggested wording, "FIRE AND/OR SMOKE BARRIERPROTECT ALL OPENINGS," or other wording SECTION 704 FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS 704.1 Requirements. The fire -resistance ratings of struc- tural members and assemblies shall comply with this section and the requirements for the type of construction as specified in Table 601 The fire -resistance ratings shall be not less than the ratings required for the fire -resistance -rated assemblies supported by the structural members Exception: Fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers and horizontal assemblies as provided in Sections 707 5, 708 4, 709 4 and 711 2, respectively 704.2 Column protection. Where columns are required to have protection to achieve afire -resistance rating, the entire column shall be provided individual encasement protection by protecting it on all sides for the full column height, mclud- mg connections to other structural members, with materials having the required fire -resistance rating Where the column extends through a ceiling, the encasement protection shall be continuous from the top of the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below through the ceiling space to the top of the column Exception: Columns that meet the limitations of Section 70441 704.3 Protection of the primary structural frame other than columns. Members of the primary structural frame other than columns that are required to have protection to achieve a fire -resistance rating and support more than two floors or one floor and roof, or support a load -bearing wall or a nonload-bearmg wall more than two stories high, shall be provided individual encasement protection by protecting them on all sides for the full length, including connections to other structural members, with materials having the required fire -resistance rating Exception: Individual encasement protection on all sides shall be permitted on all exposed sides provided that the extent of protection is in accordance with the required fire - resistance rating, as determined in Section 703 704.4 Protection of secondary members. Secondary mem- bers that are required to have protection to achieve a fire - resistance rating shall be protected by individual encasement protection 704.4.1 Light -frame construction. Studs, columns and boundary elements that are integral elements in walls of light -frame construction and are located entirely between the top and bottom plates or tracks shall be permitted to have required fire -resistance ratings provided by the membrane protection provided for the wall 704.4.2 Horizontal assemblies. Horizontal assemblies are permitted to be protected with a membrane or ceiling where the membrane or ceiling provides the required fire - resistance rating and is installed in accordance with Sec- tion 711 704.5 Truss protection. The required thickness and con- struction of fire -resistance -rated assemblies enclosing trusses shall be based on the results of full-scale tests or combina- tions of tests on truss components or on approved calcula- 124 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Fk ff.,( 1 I CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto I RR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES bons based on such tests that satisfactorily demonstrate that the assembly has the required fire resistance 704.6 Attachments to structural members. The edges of lugs, brackets, rivets and bolt heads attached to structural members shall be permitted to extend to within 1 inch (25 mm) of the surface of the fire protection 704.7 Reinforcing. Thickness of protection for concrete or masonry reinforcement shall be measured to the outside of the reinforcement except that stirrups and spiral reinforce- ment ties are permitted to project not more than 0 5-inch (12 7 mm) into the protection 704.8 Embedments and enclosures. Pipes, wires, conduits, ducts or other service facilities shall not be embedded in the required fire protective covering of a structural member that is required to be individually encased 704.9 Impact protection. Where the fire protective covering of a structural member is subject to impact damage from moving vehicles, the handling of merchandise or other activ- ity, the fire protective covering shall be protected by comer guards or by a substantial jacket of metal or other noncom- bustible material to a height adequate to provide full protec- tion, but not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the finished floor Exception: Corner protection is not required on concrete columns in parking garages 704.10 Exterior structural members. Load -bearing struc- tural members located within the exterior walls or on the out- side of a building or structure shall be provided with the highest fire -resistance rating as determined in accordance with the following 1 As required by Table 601 for the type of building ele- ment based on the type of construction of the building 2 As required by Table 601 for exterior bearing walls based on the type of construction 3 As required by Table 602 for exterior walls based on the fire separation distance 704.11 Bottom flange protection. Fire protection is not required at the bottom flange of lintels, shelf angles and plates, spanning not more than 6 feet 4 inches (1931 mm) whether part of the primary structural frame or not, and from the bottom flange of lintels, shelf angles and plates not part of the structural frame, regardless of span 704.12 Seismic isolation systems. Fire -resistance ratings for the isolation system shall meet the fire -resistance rating required for the columns, walls or other structural elements in which the isolation system is installed in accordance with Table 601 Isolation systems required to have a fire -resis- tance rating shall be protected with approved materials or construction assemblies designed to provide the same degree of fire resistance as the structural element in which the sys- tem is installed when tested in accordance with ASTM El19 or UL 263 (see Section 703 2) Such isolation system protection applied to isolator units shall be capable of retarding the transfer of heat to the isolator unit in such a manner that the required gravity load -carrying capacity of the isolator unit will not be impaired after expo- sure to the standard time -temperature curve fire test pre- scribed in ASTM El 19 or UL 263 for a duration not less than that required for the fire -resistance rating of the structure ele- ment in which the system is installed Such isolation system protection applied to isolator units shall be suitably designed and securely installed so as not to dislodge, loosen, sustain damage or otherwise impair its abil- ity to accommodate the seismic movements for which the iso- lator unit is designed and to maintain its integrity for the purpose of providing the required fire -resistance protection 704.13 Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM). Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM) shall comply with Sections 704 13 1 through 704 13 5 704.13.1 Fire -resistance rating. The application of SFRM shall be consistent with the fire -resistance rating and the listing, including, but not limited to, minimum thickness and dry density of the applied SFRM, method of application, substrate surface conditions and the use of bonding adhesives, sealants, reinforcing or other materi- als 704.13.2 Manufacturer's installation instructions. The application of SFRM shall be in accordance with the man- ufacturer's installation instructions The instructions shall include, but are not limited to, substrate temperatures and surface conditions and SFRM handling, storage, mixing, conveyance, method of application, curing and ventilation 704.13.3 Substrate condition. The SFRM shall be applied to a substrate in compliance with Sections 704 13 3 1 and 704 13 3 2 704.13.3.1 Surface conditions. Substrates to receive SFRM shall be free of dirt, oil, grease, release agents, loose scale and any other condition that prevents adhe- sion The substrates shall be free of pruners, paints and encapsulants other than those fire tested and listed by a nationally recognized testing agency Pruned, painted or encapsulated steel shall be allowed, provided that testing has demonstrated that required adhesion is maintained 704.13.3.2 Primers, paints and encapsulants. Where the SFRM is to be applied over pruners, paints or encapsulants other than those specified in the listing, the material shall be field tested in accordance with ASTM E736 Where testing of the SFRM with primers, paints or encapsulants demonstrates that required adhe- sion is maintained, SFRM shall be permitted to be applied to pruned, painted or encapsulated wide flange steel shapes in accordance with the following condi- tions 1 The beam flange width does not exceed 12 inches (305 mm), or 2 The column flange width does not exceed 16 inches (400 mm), or 3 The beam or column web depth does not exceed 16 inches (400 mm) 4 The average and minimum bond strength values shall be determined based on not fewer than five bond tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E736 Bond tests conducted in accordance with ASTM E736 shall indicate an average bond strength of not less than 80 percent and an indi- vidual bond strength of not less than 50 percent, 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 125 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES when compared to the bond strength of the SFRM as applied to clean uncoated V.-inch-thick (3 2 mm) steel plate 704.13.4 Temperature. A minimum ambient and sub- strate temperature of 40°F (4 44°C) shall be maintained during and for not fewer than 24 hours after the applica- tion of the SFRM, unless the manufacturer's instructions allow otherwise 704.13.5 Finished condition. The finished condition of SFRM applied to structural members or assemblies shall not, upon complete drying or curing, exhibit cracks, voids, spalls, delammation or any exposure of the substrate Sur- face irregularities of SFRM shall be deemed acceptable SECTION 705 EXTERIOR WALLS 705.1 General. Exterior walls shall comply with this section 705.2 Projections. Cornices, eave overhangs, exterior balco- nies and similar projections extending beyond the exterior wall shall conform to the requirements of this section and Section 1405 Exterior egress balconies and exterior exit stairways and ramps shall comply with Sections 1021 and 1027, respectively Projections shall not extend any closer to the line used to determme the fire separation distance than shown in Table 705 2 Exception: Buildings on the same lot and considered as portions of one building in accordance with Section 705 3 are not required to comply with this section for projections between the buildings TABLE 705.2 MINIMUM DISTANCE OF PROJECTION FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE-FSD (feet) MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM LINE USED TO DETERMINE FSD 0 to less than 2 Projections not permitted 2 to less than 3 24 inches 3 to less than 5 24 inches plus 8 inches for every foot of FSD beyond 3 feet or fraction thereof 5 or greater 40 inches For SI 1 foot= 304 8 mm, 1 inch = 25 4 min 705.2.1 Types I and II construction. Projections from walls of Type I or II construction shall be of noncombusti- ble materials or combustible materials as allowed by Sec- tions 705 2 3 1 and 705 2 4 705.2.2 Type III, IV or V construction. Projections from walls of Type III, IV or V construction shall be of any approved material 705.2.3 Combustible projections. Combustible projec- tions extending to within5 feet (1524 mm) of the line used to determine the fire separation distance shall be of not less than 1-hour fire -resistance -rated construction, heavy timber construction, complying with Section 230411, fire -retardant -treated wood or as permitted by Section 70523 1 cies with a fire separation distance greater than or equal to 5 feet (1524 mm) 705.2.3.1 Balconies and similar projections. Balco- nies and similar projections of combustible construc- tion other than fire -retardant -treated wood shall be fire - resistance rated where required by Table 601 for floor construction or shall be of heavy timber construction in accordance with Section 2304 11 The aggregate length of the projections shall not exceed 50 percent of the building's perimeter on each floor Exceptions: 1 On buildings of Types I and II construction, three stories or less above grade plane, fire - retardant -treated wood shall be penmitted for balconies, porches, decks and exterior stair- ways not used as required exits 2 Untreated wood and plastic composites that comply with ASTM D7032 and Section 2612 are permitted for pickets, rails and similar guard components that are limited to 42 inches (1067 mm) in height 3 Balconies and similar projections on buildings of Types III, IV and V construction shall be permitted to be of Type V construction and shall not be required to have afire -resistance rating where sprinkler protection is extended to these areas 4 Where sprinkler protection is extended to the balcony areas, the aggregate length of the bal- cony on each floor shall not be lnntied 705.2.4 Bay and oriel windows. Bay and oriel windows constructed of combustible materials shall conform to the type of construction required for the building to which they are attached Exception: Fire -retardant -treated wood shall be per- mitted on buildings three stories or less above grade plane of Type I, II, III or IV construction 705.3 Buildings on the same lot. For the purposes of deter- mining the required wall and opening protection, projections and roof -covering requirements, buildings on the same lot shall be assumed to have an imaginary line between them Where a new building is to be erected on the same lot as an existing building, the location of the assumed imaginary line with relation to the existing building shall be such that the exterior wall and opening protection of the existing build- ing meet the criteria as set forth in Sections 705 5 and 705 8 Exceptions: 1 Two or more buildings on the same lot shall be either regulated as separate buildings or shall be considered as portions of one building if the aggre- gate area of such buildings is within the limits speci- fied in Chapter 5 for a single building Where the buildings contain different occupancy groups or are of different types of construction, the area shall be that allowed for the most restrictive occupancy or construction Exception: Type VB construction shall be allowed for 2 Where an S-2 parking garage of Construction Type I combustible projections in Group R-3 and U occupan- or IIA is erected on the same lot as a Group R-2 126 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C,ght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES building, and there is no fire separation distance between these buildings, then the adjoining exterior walls between the buildings are permitted to have occupant use openings in accordance with Section 706 8 However, opening protectives in such open- ings shall only be required in the exterior wall of the S-2 parking garage, not in the exterior wall openings in the R-2 building, and these opening protectives in the exterior wall of the S-2 parking garage shall be not less than C/z hour fire protection rating 705.4 Materials. Exterior walls shall be of materials permit- ted by the building type of construction 705.5 Fire -resistance ratings. Exterior walls shall be fire - resistance rated in accordance with Tables 601 and 602 and this section The required fire -resistance rating of exterior walls with afire separation distance of greater than 10 feet (3048 mm) shall be rated for exposure to fire from the inside The required fire -resistance rating of exterior walls with a fire separation distance of less than or equal to 10 feet (3048 mm) shall be rated for exposure to fire from both sides 705.6 Structural stability. Exterior walls shall extend to the height required by Section 705 11 Interior structural elements that brace the exterior wall but that are not located within the plane of the exterior wall shall have the minimum fire -resistance rating required in Table 601 for that struc- tural element Structural elements that brace the exterior wall but are located outside of the exterior wall or within the plane of the exterior wall shall have the minimum fire -resis- tance rating required in Tables 601 and 602 for the exterior wall 705.7 Unexposed surface temperature. Where protected openings are not limited by Section 705 8, the limitation on the rise of temperature on the unexposed surface of exterior walls as required by ASTM E119 or UL 263 shall not apply Where protected openings are limited by Section 705 8, the limitation on the rise of temperature on the unexposed surface of exterior walls as required by ASTM El 19 or UL 263 shall not apply provided that a correction is made for radiation from the unexposed exterior wall surface in accordance with the following formula Ae =A + (At x Fe) (Equation 7-1) where Ae = Equivalent area of protected openings A = Actual area of protected openings At = Area of exterior wall surface in the story under consideration exclusive of openings, on which the temperature limitations of ASTM E119 or UL 263 for walls are exceeded Feo= An "equivalent opening factor" derived from Figure 705 7 based on the average temperature of the unexposed wall surface and the fire -resistance rating of the wall 705.8 Openings. Openings in exterior walls shall comply with Sections 705 8 1 through 705 8 6 705.8.1 Allowable area of openings. The maximum area of unprotected and protected openings pennttted in an exterior wall in any story of a building shall not exceed the percentages specified in Table 705 8 based on the fire sep- aration distance of each individual story Exceptions: 1 In other than Group H occupancies, unlimited unprotected openings are permitted in the first story above grade plane where the wall faces one of the following 1 1 A street and has afire separation distance of more than 15 feet (4572 mm) 1 2 An unoccupied space The unoccupied space shall be on the same lot or dedi- cated for public use, shall be not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) in width and shall have access from a street by a posted fire lane in accordance with the International Fire Code 2 Buildings whose exterior bearing walls, exterior nonbearing walls and exterior primary structural frame are not required to be fire -resistance rated shall be permitted to have unlimited unprotected openings 705.8.2 Protected openings. Where openings are required to be protected, opening protectives shall comply with Section 716 Exception: Opening protectives are not required where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 and the exterior openings are protected by a water curtain using automatic sprinklers approved for that use 705.8.3 Unprotected openings. Where unprotected open- ings are permitted, windows and doors shall be con- structed of any approved materials Glazing shall conform to the requirements of Chapters 24 and 26 705.8.4 Mixed openings. Where both unprotected and protected openings are located in the exterior wall in any story of a building, the total area of openings shall be determined in accordance with the following (Arta) + (A.1a,.) s 1 (Equation 7-2) where A, = Actual area of protected openings, or the equivalent area of protected openings, Ae (see Section 705 7) a, = Allowable area of protected openings Au = Actual area of unprotected openings a,. = Allowable area of unprotected openings 705.8.5 Vertical separation of openings. Openings in exterior walls in adjacent stones shall be separated verti- cally to protect against fire spread on the exterior of the buildings where the openings are within 5 feet (1524 mm) of each other horizontally and the opening in the lower story is not a protected opening with afire protection rat- ing of not less than'/q hour Such openings shall be sepa- rated vertically not less than 3 feet (914 mm) by spandrel girders, exterior walls or other similar assemblies that 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 127 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 100817026 For sI: °C = [(°F) - 32] / 1.8. M11 W. 0.7 LL c 0.6 2 c a 0.5 Q O m 0.4 cU w 0.3 0.2 Cori 0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 Average temperature of unexposed surface (OF) FIGURE 705.7 EQUIVALENT OPENING FACTOR have afire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour, rated for exposure to fire from both sides, or by flame barriers that extend horizontally not less than 30 inches (762 mm) beyond the exterior wall. Flame barriers shall have afire - resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. The unexposed surface temperature limitations specified in ASTM E119 or UL 263 shall not apply to the flame barriers unless oth- erwise required by the provisions of this code. Exceptions: 1. This section shall not apply to buildings that are three stories or less above grade plane. 2. This section shall not apply to buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. 3. Open parking garages. 705.8.6 Vertical exposure. For buildings on the same lot, opening protectives having afire protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour shall be provided in every opening that is less than 15 feet (4572 mm) vertically above the roof of an adjacent building or structure based on assuming an imag- inary line between them. The opening protectives are required where the fire separation distances from the imaginary line to each building or structure are less than 15 feet (4572 mm). Exceptions: 1. Opening protectives are not required where the roof assembly of the adjacent building or struc- ture has afire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour for a minimum distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) from the exterior wall facing the imaginary line and the entire length and span of the support- ing elements for the fire -resistance -rated roof assembly has a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. 2. Buildings on the same lot and considered as por- tions of one building in accordance with Section 705.3 are not required to comply with Section 705.8.6. 705.9 Joints. Joints made in or between exterior walls required by this section to have afire -resistance rating shall comply with Section 715. Exception: Joints in exterior walls that are permitted to have unprotected openings. 128 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE° Copyright@ 2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Accessed by Heather Van Dine (hvandme@friendswood com), (City of Frrendswood) Order Number #tooat7026 on Jan 14, 2020 or ss PM (PST) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any thud patty, or distribution authonzed Single user only, copying and networking prohibited ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 705.8 MAXIMUM AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS BASED ON FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE AND DEGREE OF OPENING PROTECTION FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE (feet) DEGREE OF OPENING PROTECTION ALLOWABLE AREA' 0 to less titan 36. ° h Unprotected, Nonspnnklered (UP, NS) Not Permittedh Unprotected, Sprmklered (UP, S)' Not Pernuttedh Protected (P) Not Pernuttedh 3 to less titan 5a,' Unprotected, Nonspnnklered (UP, NS) Not Permitted Unprotected, Sprmklered (UP, S)' 15% Protected (P) 15% 5 to less titan 100 I' Unprotected, Nonspnnklered (UP, NS) 10%h Unprotected, Sprmklered (UP, S)' 25% Protected (P) 25% 10 to less than 15' 1 J Unprotected, Nonspnnklered (UP, NS) 15%h Unprotected, Sprmklered (UP, S)' 45% Protected (P) 45% 15 to less than 201 &J Unprotected, Nonspnnklered (UP, NS) 25% Unprotected, Sprmklered (UP, S)' 75% Protected (P) 75% 20 to less than 251 &J Unprotected, Nonspnnklered (UP, NS) 45% Unprotected, Sprmklered (UP, S)' No Limit Protected (P) No Limit 25 to less than 301 &J Unprotected, Nonspnnklered (UP, NS) 70% Unprotected, Sprmklered (UP, S)' No Limit Protected (P) No Limit 30 or greater Unprotected, Nonspnnklered (UP, NS) No Limit Unprotected, Sprmklered (UP, S)' No Limit Protected (P) No Limit For SI 1 foot =304 8 min UP, NS =Unprotected openings in buildings not equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 UP, S =Unprotected openings in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 P = Openings protectedwith an opening protective assembly in accordance with Section 705 8 2 a Values indicated are the percentage of the area of the exterior wall, per story b For the requirements for fire walls of buildings with differing heights, see Section 706 6 1 c For openings in a fire wall for buildings on the same lot, see Section 706 8 d The maximum percentage of unprotected and protected openings shall be 25 percent for Group R-3 occupancies e Unprotected openings shall not be permitted for openings with a fire separation distance of less than 15 feet for Group H-2 and H-3 occupancies f The area of unprotected and protected openings shall not be limited for Group R-3 occupancies, with a fire separation distance of 5 feet or greater g The area of openings in an open parking simcture with a fire separation distance of 10 feet or greater shall not be limited It Includes buildings accessory to Group R-3 i Not applicable to Group H-1, H-2 and H-3 occupancies ) The area of openings in a building containing only a Group U occupancy private garage or carport with a fire separation distance of 5 feet or greater shall not be limited k For openings between S-2 parking garage and Group R-2 building, see Section 705 3, Exception 2 705.9.1 Voids. The void created at the intersection of a floor/ceilmg assembly and an exterior curtain wall assem- bly shall be protected in accordance with Section 715 4 705.10 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations by air ducts and air transfer openings in fire -resistance -rated exte- nor walls required to have protected openings shall comply with Section 717 705.11 Parapets. Parapets shall be provided on exterior walls of buildings Exceptions: A parapet need not be provided on an exte- nor wall where any of the following conditions exist 1 The wall is not required to be fire -resistance rated in accordance with Table 602 because of fire separa- tion distance Exception: Foundation vents installed in accordance with 2 The building has an area of not more than 1,000 this code are permitted square feet (93 m) on any floor 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 129 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYUNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 3 Walls that terminate at roofs of not less than 2-hour fire -resistance -rated construction or where the roof, including the deck or slab and supporting construc- tion, is constructed entirely of noncombustible mate- rials 4 One -hour fire -resistance -rated exterior walls that terminate at the underside of the roof sheathing, deck or slab, provided that 41 Where the roof/ceiling framing elements are parallel to the walls, such framing and ele- ments supporting such framing shall not be of less than 1-hour fire -resistance -rated con- struction for a width of 4 feet (1220 mm) for Groups R and U and 10 feet (3048 mm) for other occupancies, measured from the inte- rior side of the wall 42 Where roof/ceiling framing elements are not parallel to the wall, the entire span of such framing and elements supporting such fram- ing shall not be of less than 1-hour fire -resis- tance -rated construction 43 Openings in the roof shall not be located within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the 1-hour fire - resistance -rated exterior wall for Groups R and U and 10 feet (3048 mm) for other occu- pancies, measured from the interior side of the wall 4 4 The entire building shall be provided with not less than a Class B roof covering 5 In Groups R-2 and R-3 where the entire building is provided with a Class C roof covering, the exterior wall shall be permitted to terminate at the underside of the roof sheathing or deck in Types III, IV and V construction, provided that one or both of the fol- lowing criteria is met 5 1 The roof sheathing or deck is constructed of approved noncombustible materials or of fire -retardant -treated wood for a distance of 4 feet (1220 mm) 52 The roof is protected with 0 625-mch (16 mm) Type X gypsum board directly beneath the underside of the roof sheathing or deck, supported by not less than nominal 2-inch (51 mm) ledgers attached to the sides of the roof framing members for a mmimum dis- tance of 4 feet (1220 mm) 6 Where the wall is permitted to have not less than 25 percent of the exterior wall areas containing unpro- tected openings based on fire separation ckstance as determmed in accordance with Section 705 8 705.11.1 Parapet construction. Parapets shall have the same fire -resistance rating as that required for the sup- porting wall, and on any side adjacent to a roof surface, shall have noncombustible faces for the uppermost 18 inches (457 mm), including counterflaslung and coping materials The height of the parapet shall be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the point where the roof surface and the wall intersect Where the roof slopes toward a par- apet at a slope greater than two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (16 7-percent slope), the parapet shall extend to the same height as any portion of the roof within afire separation distance where protection of wall openings is required, but the height shall be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) SECTION 706 FIRE WALLS 706.1 General. Fire walls shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 706 2 through 706 11 The extent and location of such fire walls shall provide a complete separation Where afire wall separates occupancies that are required to be sepa- rated by afire barrier wall, the most restrictive requirements of each separation shall apply 706.1.1 Party walls. Any wall located on a lot line between adjacent buildings, which is used or adapted for joint service between the two buildings, shall be con- structed as a fire wall in accordance with Section 706 Party walls shall be constructed without openings and shall create separate buildings Exceptions: 1 Openings in a party wall separating an anchor building and a mall shall be in accordance with Section 402 4 2 2 1 Fire walls are not required on lot lines dividing a building for ownership purposes where the aggre- gate height and area of the portions of the build- ing located on both sides of the lot line do not exceed the maximum height and area require- ments of this code For the code official's review and approval, he or she shall be provided with copies of dedicated access easements and con- tractual agreements that permit the owners of portions of the building located on either side of the lot line access to the other side for purposes of maintaining fire and life safety systems necessary for the operation of the building 706.2 Structural stability. Fire walls shall be designed and constructed to allow collapse of the structure on either side without collapse of the wall under fire conditions Fire walls designed and constructed in accordance with NFPA 221 shall be deemed to comply with this section Exception: In Seismic Design Categories D through F, where double fire walls are used in accordance with NFPA 221, floor and roof sheathing not exceeding'/q inch (19 05 mm) thickness shall be permitted to be continuous through the wall assemblies of light frame construction 706.3 Materials. Fire walls shall be of any approved non- combustible materials Exception: Buildings of Type V construction 706.4 Fire -resistance rating. Fire walls shall have a fire - resistance rating of not less than that required by Table 7064 130 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff., CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto k I ( 1 TITIRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossdANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 706.4 FIRE WALL FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS GROUP FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) A, B, E, H-4, I, R-1, R-2, U 3L F-1, H-3h, H-5, M, S-1 3 H-1, H-2 4' F-2, S-2, R-3, R-4 2 a In Type II or V construction, walls shall be penuitted to have a 2-hour fire -resistance rating b For Group H-1, H-2 or H-3 buildings, also see Sections 415 7 and 415 8 706.5 Horizontal continuity. Fire walls shall be continuous from exterior wall to exterior wall and shall extend not less than 18 inches (457 mm) beyond the exterior surface of exte- nor walls Exceptions: 1 Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the inte- rior surface of combustible exterior sheathing or sid- ing provided that the exterior wall has a fire - resistance rating of not less than 1 hour for a hori- zontal distance of not less than 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the fire wall Openings within such exterior walls shall be protected by opening protec- lives having afire protection rating of not less than '/q hour 2 Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate at the inte- rior surface of noncombustible exterior sheathing, exterior siding or other noncombustible exterior fin- ishes provided that the sheathing, siding or other exterior noncombustible finish extends a horizontal distance of not less than 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the fire wall 3 Fire walls shall be permitted to terminate atthe inte- rior surface of noncombustible exterior sheathing where the building on each side of the fire wall is protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 12 706.5.1 Exterior walls. Where the fire wall intersects exterior walls, the fire -resistance rating and opening pro- tection of the exterior walls shall comply with one of the following 1 The exterior walls on both sides of the fire wall shall have a 1-hour fire -resistance rating with '/q hour protection where opening protection is required by Section 705 8 The fire -resistance rating of the exte- nor wall shall extend not less than 4 feet (1220 mm) on each side of the intersection of the fire wall to exterior wall Exterior wall intersections at fire walls that form an angle equal to or greater than 180 degrees (3 14 rad) do not need exterior wall protec- tion 2 Buildings or spaces on both sides of the intersecting fire wall shall assume to have an imaginary lot line at the fire wall and extending beyond the exterior of the fire wall The location of the assumed line in relation to the exterior walls and the fire wall shall be such that the exterior wall and opening protection meet the requirements set forth in Sections 705 5 and 705 8 Such protection is not required for exte- nor walls terminating at fire walls that form an angle equal to or greater than 180 degrees (3 14 rad) 706.5.2 Horizontal projecting elements. Fire walls shall extend to the outer edge of horizontal projecting elements such as balconies, roof overhangs, canopies, marquees and similar projections that are within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the fire wall Exceptions: 1 Horizontal projecting elements without con- cealed spaces, provided that the exterior wall behind and below the projecting element has not less than 1-hour fire -resistance -rated construction for a distance not less than the depth of the pro- jecting element on both sides of the fire wall Openings within such exterior walls shall be pro- tected by opening protectives having afire pro- techon rating of not less than '/q hour 2 Noncombustible horizontal projecting elements with concealed spaces, provided that a minimum 1-hour fire -resistance -rated wall extends through the concealed space The projecting element shall be separated from the building by not less than 1- hour fire -resistance -rated construction for a dis- tance on each side of the fire wall equal to the depth of the projecting element The wall is not required to extend under the projecting element where the building exterior wall is not less than 1-hour fire -resistance rated for a distance on each side of the fire wall equal to the depth of the projecting element Openings within such exte- nor walls shall be protected by opening protec- tives having a fire protection rating of not less than'/q hour 3 For combustible horizontal projecting elements with concealed spaces, the fire wall need only extend through the concealed space to the outer edges of the projecting elements The exterior wall behind and below the projecting element shall be of not less than 1-hour fire -resistance - rated construction for a distance not less than the depth of the projecting elements on both sides of the fire wall Openings within such exterior walls shall be protected by opening protectives having afire protection rating of not less than'/q hour 706.6 Vertical continuity. Fire walls shall extend from the foundation to a term mation point not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above both adjacent roofs Exceptions: 1 Stepped buildings in accordance with Section 70661 2 Two-hour fire -resistance -rated walls shall be permit- ted to terminate at the underside of the roof sheath- ing, deck or slab, provided that 2 1 The lower roof assembly within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the wall has not less than a 1-hour 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 131 I 11 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES fire -resistance rating and the entire length and span of supporting elements for the rated roof assembly has afire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour 22 Openings in the roof shall not be located within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the fire wall 23 Each building shall be provided with not less than a Class B roof covering 3 Walls shall be permitted to terminate at the under- side of noncombustible roof sheathing, deck or slabs where both buildings are provided with not less than a Class B roof covering Openings in the roof shall not be located within 4 feet (1220 mm) of the fire wall 4 In buildings of Types III, IV and V construction, walls shall be permitted to termmate at the underside of combustible roof sheathing or decks, provided that all of the following requirements are met 41 Roof openings are not less than 4 feet (1220 mm) from the fire wall 42 The roof is covered with a minimum Class B roof covering 43 The roof sheathing or deck is constructed of fire -retardant -treated wood for a distance of 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the wall or the roof is protected with '/g inch (15 9 mm) Type X gypsum board directly beneath the underside of the roof sheathing or deck, sup- ported by not less than 2-inch (51 mm) nom- inal ledgers attached to the sides of the roof framing members for a distance of not less than 4 feet (1220 mm) on both sides of the fire wall 5 In buildings designed in accordance with Section 510 2, fire walls located above the 3-hour horizontal assembly required by Section 510 2, Item 1 shall be permitted to extend from the top of this horizontal assembly 6 Buildings with sloped roofs in accordance with Sec- tion 706 6 2 706.6.1 Stepped buildings. Where afire wall serves as an exterior wall for a building and separates buildings having different roof levels, such wall shall termmate at a point not less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the lower roof level, provided the exterior wall for a height of 15 feet (4572 mm) above the lower roof is not less than 1-hour fire -resistance -rated construction from both sides with openings protected by fire assemblies having afire protec- tion rating of not less than'/q hour Exception: Where the fire wall term mates at the under- side of the roof sheathing, deck or slab of the lower roof, provided that 1 The lower roof assembly within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the wall has not less than a 1-hour fire - resistance rating and the entire length and span of supporting elements for the rated roof assem- bly has afire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour 2 Openings in the lower roof shall not be located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the fire wall 706.6.2 Buildings with sloped roofs. Where a fire wall serves as an interior wall for a building, and the roof on one side or both sides of the fire wall slopes toward the fire wall at a slope greater than two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (2 12), the fire wall shall extend to a height equal to the height of the roof located 4 feet (1219 mm) from the fire wall plus 30 inches (762 mm) The extension of the fire wall shall be not less than 30 inches (762 mm) 706.7 Combustible framing in fire walls. Adjacent combus- tible members entering into a concrete or masonry fire wall from opposite sides shall not have less than a 4-inch (102 mm) distance between embedded ends Where combustible members frame into hollow walls or walls of hollow units, hollow spaces shall be solidly filled for the full thickness of the wall and for a distance not less than 4 inches (102 mm) above, below and between the structural members, with non- combustible materials approved for firebloclnng. 706.8 Openings. Each opening through afire wall shall be protected in accordance with Section 716 and shall not exceed 156 square feet (15 m) The aggregate width of open- ings at any floor level shall not exceed 25 percent of the length of the wall Exceptions: 1 Openings are not permitted in party walls con- structed in accordance with Section 706 1 1 2 Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15 m') where both buildings are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 706.9 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire walls shall comply with Section 714 706.10 Joints. Joints made in or between fire walls shall comply with Section 715 706.11 Ducts and air transfer openings. Ducts and air transfer openings shall not penetrate fire walls Exception: Penetrations by ducts and air transfer openings of fire walls that are not on a lot line shall be allowed pro- vided that the penetrations comply with Section 717 The size and aggregate width of all openings shall not exceed the limitations of Section 706 8 SECTION 707 FIRE BARRIERS 707.1 General. Fire barriers installed as required elsewhere in this code or the International Fire Code shall comply with this section 707.2 Materials. Fire barriers shall be of materials permitted by the bwldmg type of construction 707.3 Fire -resistance rating. The fire -resistance rating of fire barriers shall comply with this section 132 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 707.3.1 Shaft enclosures. The fire -resistance rating of the fire barrier separating bwldmg areas from a shaft shall comply with Section 713 4 707.3.2 Interior exit stairway and ramp construction. The fire -resistance rating of the fire barrier separating building areas from an interior exit stairway or ramp shall comply with Section 1023 1 707.3.3 Enclosures for exit access stairways. The fire - resistance rating of the fire barrier separating building areas from an exit access stairway or ramp shall comply with Section 713 4 707.3.4 Exit passageway. The fire -resistance rating of the fire barrier separating building areas from an exit pas- sageway shall comply with Section 1024 3 707.3.5 Horizontal exit. The fire -resistance rating of the separation between building areas connected by a horizon- tal exit shall comply with Section 1026 1 707.3.6 Atriums. The fire -resistance rating of the fire barrier separating atriums shall comply with Section 4046 707.3.7 Incidental uses. The fire barrier separating inci- dental uses from other spaces in the building shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than that indicated in Table 509 707.3.8 Control areas. Fire barriers separating control areas shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than that required in Section 414 2 4 707.3.9 Separated occupancies. Where the provisions of Section 508 4 are applicable, the fire barrier separating mixed occupancies shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than that indicated in Table 508 4 based on the occupancies being separated 707.3.10 Fire areas. The fire barriers, fire walls or hori- zontal assemblies, or combination thereof, separating a single occupancy into differentfire areas shall have afire - resistance rating of not less than that indicated in Table 707 3 10 The fire barriers, fire walls or horizontal assem- blies, or combination thereof, separating fire areas of mixed occupancies shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than the highest value indicated in Table 707 3 10 for the occupancies under consideration TABLE 707.3.10 FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE BARRIERS, FIRE WALLS OR HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES BETWEEN FIRE AREAS OCCUPANCY GROUP FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) H-1, H-2 4 F-1, H-3, S-1 3 A, B, E, F-2, H-4, H-5, I, M, R, S-2 2 U 1 707.4 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of a required fire -resistance -rated shaft or stairway or ramp enclosure, or separation, such walls shall comply with the requirements of Section 705 for exterior walls and the fire - resistance -rated enclosure or separation requirements shall not apply Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire -resistance rated in accordance with Section 1021 for exterior egress balconies, Section 1023 7 for interior exit stairways and ramps and Section 1027 6 for exterior exit stairways and ramp 707.5 Continuity. Fire barriers shall extend from the top of the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below to the under- side of the floor or roof sheathing, slab or deck above and shall be securely attached thereto Such fire barriers shall be continuous through concealed space, such as the space above a suspended ceiling Joints and voids at intersections shall comply with Sections 707 8 and 707 9 Exceptions: 1 Shaft enclosures shall be permitted to terminate at a top enclosure complying with Section 713 12 2 Interior exit stairway and ramp enclosures required by Section 1023 and exit access stairway and ramp enclosures required by Section 1019 shall be permit- ted to terminate at a top enclosure complying with Section 713 12 707.5.1 Supporting construction. The supporting con- struction for afire barrier shall be protected to afford the required fire -resistance rating of the fire barrier sup- ported Hollow vertical spaces within afire barrier shall be fireblocked in accordance with Section 718 2 at every floor level Exceptions: 1 The maximum required fire -resistance rating for assemblies supporting fire barriers separating tank storage as provided for in Section 415 9 1 2 shall be 2 hours, but not less than required by Table 601 for the building construction type 2 Supporting construction for 1-hour fire barriers required by Table 509 in buildings of Types IIB, IIIB and VB construction is not required to be fire -resistance rated unless required by other sec- tions of this code 707.6 Openings. Openings in afire barrier shall be protected in accordance with Section 716 Openings shall be limited to a maximum aggregate width of 25 percent of the length of the wall, and the maximum area of any single opening shall not exceed 156 square feet (15 m) Openings in enclosures for exit access stairways and ramps, interior exit stairways and ramps and exit passageways shall also comply with Sections 1019, 1023 4 and 1024 5, respectively Exceptions: 1 Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15 m') where adjoining floor areas are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 2 Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15 m') or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length of the wall where the opening protective is afire door serving enclosures for exit access stairways and ramps, and interior exit stairways and ramps 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 133 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,,vo ,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,00.mfw ,,e od,S,00zbyany ,dPartyo, AxmboemPOo[vs3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 3 Openings shall not be limited to 156 square feet (15 m') or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length of the wall where the opening protective has been tested in accordance with ASTM El19 or UL 263 and has a minimum fire -resistance rating not less than the fire -resistance rating of the wall 4 Fire window assemblies permitted in atrium sepa- ration walls shall not be limited to a maximum aggregate width of 25 percent of the length of the wall 5 Openings shall not be luntied to 156 square feet (15 m') or an aggregate width of 25 percent of the length of the wall where the opening protective is afire door assembly in afire barrier separating an enclo- sure for exit access stairways and ramps, and interior exit stairways and ramps from an exit passageway in accordance with Section 1023 3 1 707.7 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire barriers shall com- ply with Section 714 707.7.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations into enclo- sures for exit access stairways and ramps, interior exit stairways and ramps, and exit passageways shall be allowed only where permitted by Sections 1019, 1023 5 and 1024 6, respectively 707.8 Joints. Joints made in or between fire barriers, and joints made at the intersection of fire barriers with underside of a fire -resistance -rated floor or roof sheathing, slab or deck above, and the exterior vertical wall intersection shall comply with Section 715 707.9 Voids at intersections. The voids created at the inter- section of afire barrier and a nonfire-resistance-rated roof assembly or a nonfire-resistance-rated exterior wall assembly shall be filled An approved material or system shall be used to fill the void, and shall be securely installed in or on the intersection for its entire length so as not to dislodge, loosen or otherwise impair its ability to accommodate expected building movements and to retard the passage of fire and hot gases 707.10 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a fire barrier by ducts and au transfer openings shall comply with Section 717 SECTION 708 FIRE PARTITIONS 708.1 General. The following wall assemblies shall comply with this section 1 Separation walls as required by Section 420 2 for Group I-1 and Group R occupancies 2 Walls separating tenant spaces in covered and open mall buildings as required by Section 402 4 2 1 3 Corridor walls as required by Section 1020 1 4 Enclosed elevator lobby separation as required by Sec- tion 3006 2 5 Egress balconies as required by Section 10212 708.2 Materials. The walls shall be of materials permitted by the building type of construction 708.3 Fire -resistance rating. Fire partitions shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour Exceptions: 1 Corridor walls permitted to have a '/z hour fire - resistance rating by Table 1020 1 2 Dwelling unit and sleeping unit separations in build- ings of Types II13, III13 and VB construction shall have fire -resistance ratings of not less than Vz hour in bwldmgs equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903311 708.4 Continuity. Fire partitions shall extend from the top of the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below and be securely attached to one of the following 1 The underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above 2 The underside of a floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assem- bly having a fire -resistance rating that is not less than the fire -resistance rating of the fire partition Exceptions: 1 Fire partitions shall not be required to extend into a crawl space below where the floor above the crawl space has a mimmum 1-hour fire -resistance rating 2 Fire partitions serving as a corridor wall shall not be required to extend above the lower membrane of a corridor ceiling provided that the corridor ceiling membrane is equivalent to corridor wall membrane, and either of the following conditions is met 21 The room -side membrane of the corridor wall extends to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab of a fire -resis- tance -rated floor or roof above 22 The building is equipped with an automatic sprinkler system installed throughout in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2, including automatic sprinklers installed in the space between the top of the fire partition and underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above 3 Fire partitions serving as a corridor wall shall be permitted to termmate at the upper membrane of the corridor ceiling assembly where the corridor ceiling is constructed as required for the corridor wall 4 Fire partitions separating tenant spaces in a covered or open mall building complying with Section 402 4 2 1 shall not be required to extend above the underside of a ceiling Such ceiling shall not be required to be part of a fire -resistance -rated assem- bly, and the attic or space above the ceiling at tenant separation walls shall not be required to be subdi- vided by fire partitions 708.4.1 Supporting construction. The supporting con- struction for a fire partition shall have a fire -resistance 134 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CITY IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto rk ff., I ( FrITITFrITITIRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES rating that is equal to or greater than the required fire - resistance rating of the supported fire partition Exception: In buildings of Types IIB, IIIB and VB con- struction, the supporting construction requirement shall not apply to fire partitions separating tenant spaces in covered and open mall buuldings, fire partitions separat- ing dwelling units, fire partitions separating sleeping units and fire partitions serving as corridor walls 708.4.2 Fireblocks and draftstops in combustible con- struction. In combustible construction where fire parti- tions do not extend to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above, the space above and along the line of the fire partition shall be provided with one of the following 1 Pireblockmg up to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above using materials com- plying with Section 718 2 1 2 Draftstoppmg up to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above using materials com- plying with Section 718 3 1 for floors or Section 718 4 1 for attics Exceptions 1 Buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler system installed throughout in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, or in accordance with Section 903 3 1 2 provided that protection is provided in the space between the top of the fire partition and underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above as required for systems complying with Section 903 3 1 1 2 Where corridor walls provide a sleeping unit or dwelling unit separation, draftstoppmg shall only be required above one of the corridor walls 3 In Group R-2 occupancies with fewer than four dwelling units, fireblockmg and draftstoppmg shall not be required 4 In Group R-2 occupancies up to and including four stories in height in buildings not exceeding 60 feet (18 288 mm) in height above grade plane, the attic space shall be subdivided by draftstops into areas not exceeding 3,000 square feet (279 m') or above every two dwelling units, whichever is smaller 5 In Group R-3 occupancies with fewer than three dwelling units, fire -blocking and draftstoppmg shall not be required in floor assemblies 708.5 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of a required fire -resistance -rated separation, such walls shall comply with the requirements of Section 705 for exterior walls, and the fire -resistance -rated separation requirements shall not apply Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire -resistance rated in accordance with Section 10212 for exterior egress balconies, Section 1023 7 for interior exit stairways and ramps and Section 1027 6 for exterior exit stairways and ramps 708.6 Openings. Openings in a fire partition shall be pro- tected in accordance with Section 716 708.7 Penetrations. Penetrations of fire partitions shall com- ply with Section 714 708.8 Joints. Joints made in or between fire partitions shall comply with Section 715 708.9 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in afire partition by ducts and air transfer openings shall comply with Section 717 SECTION 709 SMOKE BARRIERS 709.1 General. Vertical and horizontal smoke barriers shall comply with this section 709.2 Materials. Smoke barriers shall be of materials permit- ted by the building type of construction 709.3 Fire -resistance rating. A 1-hour fire -resistance rating is required for smoke barriers Exception: Smoke barriers constructed of minimum 0 10- inch-thick (2 5 mm) steel in Group I-3 buildings 709.4 Continuity. Smoke barriers shall form an effective membrane continuous from the top of the foundation or floor/ ceiling assembly below to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing deck or slab above, including continuity through concealed spaces, such as those found above suspended ceil- ings, and interstitial structural and mechanical spaces The supporting construction shall be protected to afford the required fire -resistance rating of the wall or floor supported in buildings of other than Type IIB, IIIB or VB construction Smoke barrier walls used to separate smoke compartments shall comply with Section 709 4 1 Smoke -barrier walls used to enclose areas of refuge in accordance with Section 1009 6 4 or to enclose elevator lobbies in accordance with Section 405 4 3, 3007 6 2, or 3008 6 2 shall comply with Sec- tion 709 4 2 Exception: Smoke -barrier walls are not required in mter- stitial spaces where such spaces are designed and con- structed with ceilings or exterior walls that provide resistance to the passage of fire and smoke equivalent to that provided by the smoke -barrier walls 709.4.1 Smoke -barrier walls separating smoke com- partments. Smoke -barrier walls used to separate smoke compartments shall form an effective membrane continu- ous from outside wall to outside wall 709.4.2 Smoke -barrier walls enclosing areas of refuge or elevator lobbies. Smoke -barrier walls used to enclose areas of refuge in accordance with Section 1009 6 4, or to enclose elevator lobbies in accordance with Section 405 4 3, 3007 6 2, or 3008 6 2, shall form an effective membrane enclosure that terminates at afire barrier wall having a level of fire protection rating not less than 1 hour, another smoke barrier wall or an outside wall A smoke and draft control door assembly as specified in Sec- tion 716 2 2 1 1 shall not be required at each elevator hoistway door opening or at each exit doorway between an area of refuge and the exit enclosure 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 135 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc 01jM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 709.5 Openings. Openings in a smoke barrier shall be pro- tected in accordance with Section 716 Exceptions: 1 In Group I-1, Condition 2, Group I-2 and ambula- tory care faculhes, where a pair of opposite-swmg- ing doors are installed across a corridor in accordance with Section 709 5 1, the doors shall not be required to be protected in accordance with Sec- tion 716 The doors shall be close fitting within operational tolerances, and shall not have a center mullion or undercuts in excess of/q inch (19 1 mm), louvers or grilles The doors shall have head and jamb stops, and astragals or rabbets at meeting edges Where permitted by the door manufacturer's listing, positive -latching devices are not required Factory -applied or field -applied protective plates are not required to be labeled 2 In Group I-1, Condition 2, Group I-2 and ambula- tory care facilities, special purpose horizontal slid- ing, accordion or folding doors installed in accordance with Section 1010 1 4 3 and protected in accordance with Section 716 709.5.1 Group I-2 and ambulatory care facilities. In Group I-2 and ambulatory care facilities, where doors pro- tecting openings in smoke barriers are installed across a corridor and have hold -open devices, the doors shall be automatic -closing in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6 Such doors shall have a vision panel with fire -protection - rated glazing materials in fire -protection -rated frames, the area of which shall not exceed that tested 709.6 Penetrations. Penetrations of smoke barriers shall comply with Section 714 709.7 Joints. Joints made in or between smoke barriers shall comply with Section 715 709.8 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations in a smoke barrierby ducts and air transfer openings shall comply with Section 717 SECTION 710 SMOKE PARTITIONS 710.1 General. Smoke partitions installed as required else- where in the code shall comply with this section 710.2 Materials. The walls shall be of materials permitted by the building type of construction 710.3 Fire -resistance rating. Unless required elsewhere in the code, smoke partitions are not required to have a fire - resistance rating 710.4 Continuity. Smoke partitions shall extend from the top of the foundation or floor below to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above or to the underside of the ceiling above where the ceiling membrane is constructed to hmitthe transfer of smoke 710.5 Openings. Openings in smoke partitions shall comply with Sections 710 5 1 and 710 5 2 710.5.1 Windows. Windows in smoke partitions shall be sealed to resist the free passage of smoke or be automatic - closing upon detection of smoke 710.5.2 Doors. Doors in smoke partitions shall comply with Sections 710 5 2 1 through 710 5 2 3 710.5.2.1 Louvers. Doors in smoke partitions shall not include louvers 710.5.2.2 Smoke and draft control doors. Where required elsewhere in the code, doors in smoke parti- tions shall meet the requirements for a smoke and draft control door assembly tested in accordance with UL 1784 The air leakage rate of the door assembly shall not exceed 3 0 cubic feet per minute per square foot [0 015424 m'/(s • m)] of door opening at 0 10 inch (24 9 Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature test and the elevated temperature exposure test Installation of smoke doors shall be in accordance with NFPA 105 710.5.2.2.1 Smoke and draft control door label- ing. Smoke and draft control doors complying only with UL 1784 shall be permitted to show the letter "S" on the manufacturer's labeling 710.5.2.3 Self- or automatic -closing doors. Where required elsewhere in the code, doors in smoke parti- tions shall be self- or automatic -closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6 710.6 Penetrations. The space around penetrating items shall be filled with an approved material to limit the free passage of smoke 710.7 Joints. Joints shall be filled with an approved material to limit the free passage of smoke 710.8 Ducts and air transfer openings. The space around a duct penetrating a smoke partition shall be filled with an approved material to limit the free passage of smoke Air transfer openings in smoke partitions shall be provided with a smoke damper complying with Section 717 3 2 2 Exception: Where the installation of a smoke damper will interfere with the operation of a required smoke control system in accordance with Section 909, approved altema- tive protection shall be utilized SECTION 711 FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES 711.1 General. Horizontal assemblies shall comply with Section 711 2 Nonfire-resistance-rated floor and roof assem- blies shall comply with Section 711 3 711.2 Horizontal assemblies. Horizontal assemblies shall comply with Sections 711 2 1 through 711 2 6 711.2.1 Materials. Assemblies shall be of materials per- mitted by the building type of construction 711.2.2 Continuity. Assemblies shall be continuous with- out vertical openings, except as permitted by this section and Section 712 136 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff., CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto k I ( 1 TITIRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 711.2.3 Supporting construction. The supporting con- struction shall be protected to afford the required fire - resistance rating of the horizontal assembly supported Exception: In buildings of Type IIB, IIIB or VB con- struction, the construction supporting the horizontal assembly is not required to be fire -resistance rated at the following 1 Horizontal assemblies at the separations of inci- dental uses as specified by Table 509 provided that the required fire -resistance rating does not exceed 1 hour 2 Horizontal assemblies at the separations of dwell- ing units and sleeping units as required by Sec- tion 420 3 3 Horizontal assemblies at smoke barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 709 711.2.4 Fire -resistance rating. The fire -resistance rating of horizontal assemblies shall comply with Sections 7112 4 1 through 711 2 4 6 but shall be not less than that required by the building type of construction 711.2.4.1 Separating mixed occupancies. Where the horizontal assembly separates mixed occupancies, the assembly shall have afire -resistance rating of not less than that required by Section 508 4 based on the occu- pancies being separated 711.2.4.2 Separating fire areas. Where the horizontal assembly separates a single occupancy into different fire areas, the assembly shall have afire -resistance rat- ing of not less than that required by Section 707 3 10 711.2.4.3 Dwelling units and sleeping units. Horizon- tal assemblies serving as dwelling or sleeping unit sep- arations in accordance with Section 4203 shall be not less than 1-hourfire-resistance-rated construction Exception: Horizontal assemblies separating dwell- ing units and sleeping units shall be not less than I/z hour fire -resistance -rated construction in a bwldmg of Types IIB, IIIB and VB construction, where the build- ing is equipped throughout with an automatic sprin- kler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 711.2.4.4 Separating smoke compartments. Where the horizontal assembly is required to be a smoke bar- ner, the assembly shall comply with Section 709 711.2.4.5 Separating incidental uses. Where the hori- zontal assembly separates incidental uses from the remainder of the building, the assembly shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than that required by Section 509 711.2.4.6 Other separations. Where a horizontal assembly is required by other sections of this code, the assembly shall have afire -resistance rating of not less than that required by that section 711.2.5 Ceiling panels. Where the weight of lay -in ceiling panels, used as part of fire -resistance -rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assemblies, is not adequate to resist an upward force of 1 pound per square foot (48 Pa), wire or other approved devices shall be installed above the panels to prevent vertical displacement under such upward force 711.2.6 Unusable space. In 1-hour fire -resistance -rated floor/ceiling assemblies, the ceiling membrane is not required to be installed over unusable crawl spaces In 1- hour fire -resistance -rated roof assemblies, the floor mem- brane is not required to be installed where unusable attic space occurs above 711.3 Nonfire-resistance-rated floor and roof assemblies. Nonfire-resistance-rated floor, floor/ceiling, roof and roof/ ceiling assemblies shall comply with Sections 711 3 1 and 71132 711.3.1 Materials. Assemblies shall be of materials per- mitted by the building type of construction 711.3.2 Continuity. Assemblies shall be continuous with- out vertical openings, except as permitted by Section 712 SECTION 712 VERTICAL OPENINGS 712.1 General. Each vertical opening shall comply in accor- dance with one of the protection methods in Sections 712 1 1 th ough 712 1 16 712.1.1 Shaft enclosures. Vertical openings contained entirely within a shaft enclosure complying with Section 713 shall be permitted 712.1.2 Individual dwelling unit. Unconcealed vertical openings totally within an individual residential dwelling unit and connecting four stories or less shall be permitted 712.1.3 Escalator openings. Where a building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, vertical openings for escalators shall be permitted where protected in accor- dance with Section 712 13 1 or 712 1 3 2 712.1.3.1 Opening size. Protection by a draft curtain and closely spaced sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 13 shall be permitted where the area of the vertical opening between stories does not exceed twice the hor- izontal projected area of the escalator In other than Groups B and M, this application is limited to openings that do not connect more than four stories 712.1.3.2 Automatic shutters. Protection of the verti- cal opening by approved shutters at every penetrated floor shall be permitted in accordance with this section The shutters shall be of noncombustible construction and have a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 5 hours The shutter shall be so constructed as to close immediately upon the actuation of a smoke detector installed in accordance with Section 907 3 1 and shall completely shut off the well opening Escalators shall cease operation when the shutter begins to close The shutter shall operate at a speed of not more than 30 feet per minute (152 4 mm/s) and shall be equipped with a sensitive leading edge to arrest its progress where in contact with any obstacle, and to continue its progress on release therefrom 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 137 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 712.1.4 Penetrations. Penetrations, concealed and uncon- cealed, shall be permitted where protected in accordance with Section 714 712.1.5 Joints. Joints shall be permitted where complying with Section 712 15 1 or 712 1 5 2, as applicable 712.1.5.1 Joints in or between horizontal assemblies. Joints made in or between horizontal assemblies shall comply with Section 715 The void created at the inter- section of a floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior cur - tam wall assembly shall be permitted where protected in accordance with Section 715 4 712.1.5.2 Joints in or between nonfire-resistance- rated floor assemblies. Joints in or between floor assemblies without a required fire -resistance rating shall be permitted where they comply with one of the following 1 The joint shall be concealed within the cavity of a wall 2 The joint shall be located above a ceiling 3 The joint shall be sealed, treated or covered with an approved material or system to resist the free passage of flame and the products of combustion Exception: Joints meeting one of the exceptions listed in Section 715 1 712.1.6 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations by ducts and air transfer openings shall be protected in accordance with Section 717 Grease ducts shall be pro- tected in accordance with the International Mechanical Code 712.1.7 Atriums. In other than Group H occupancies, atri- ums complying with Section 404 shall be permitted 712.1.8 Masonry chimney. Approved vertical openings for masonry chimneys shall be permitted where the annu- lar space is fireblocked at each floor level in accordance with Section 718 2 5 712.1.9 Two-story openings. In other than Groups I-2 and I-3, a vertical opening that is not used as one of the appli- cations listed in this section shall be permitted if the open- ing complies with all of the following items 1 Does not connect more than two stories 2 Does not penetrate a horizontal assembly that sepa- rates fire areas or smoke barriers that separate smoke compartments 3 Is not concealed within the construction of a wall or a floor/ceiling assembly 4 Is not open to a corridor in Group I and R occupancies 5 Is not open to a corridor on nonsprinklered floors 6 Is separated from floor openings and air transfer openings serving other floors by construction con- fomung to required shaft enclosures 712.1.10 Parking garages. Vertical openings in parking garages for automobile ramps, elevators and duct systems shall comply with Section 712 1 10 1, 712 1 10 2 or 712 1 10 3, as applicable 712.1.10.1 Automobile ramps. Vertical openings for automobile ramps in parking garages shall be permitted I where constructed in accordance with Sections 406 5 and 406 6 712.1.10.2 Elevators. Vertical openings for elevator hoistways in parking garages that serve only the park - mg garage, and complying with Sections 406 5 and 406 6, respectively, shall be permitted 712.1.10.3 Duct systems. Vertical openings for mechanical exhaust or supply duct systems in parking garages complying with Sections 406 5 and 406 6, respectively, shall be permitted to be unenclosed where such duct system is contained within and serves only the parking garage 712.1.11 Mezzanine. Vertical openings between a mezza- nine complying with Section 505 and the floor below shall be permitted 712.1.12 Exit access stairways and ramps. Vertical openings containing exit access stairways or ramps in accordance with Section 1019 shall be permitted 712.1.13 Openings. Vertical openings for floor fire doors and access doors shall be permitted where protected by Section 712 1 13 1 or 712 1 13 2 712.1.13.1 Horizontal fire door assemblies. Horizon- tal fire door assemblies used to protect openings in fire - resistance -rated horizontal assemblies shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 288, and shall achieve a fire - resistance rating not less than the assembly being pene- trated Horizontal fire door assemblies shall be labeled by an approved agency The label shall be permanently affixed and shall specify the manufacturer, the test stan- dard and the fire -resistance rating 712.1.13.2 Access doors. Access doors shall be pennit- ted in ceilings of fire -resistance -rated floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling assemblies, provided that such doors are tested in accordance with ASTM El19 or UL 263 as horizontal assemblies and labeled by an approved agency for such purpose 712.1.14 Group I-3. In Group I-3 occupancies, vertical openings shall be permitted in accordance with Section 4085 712.1.15 Skylights. Skylights and other penetrations through a fire -resistance -rated roof deck or slab are per- mitted to be unprotected, provided that the structural integrity of the fire -resistance -rated roof assembly is main- tained Unprotected skylights shall not be permitted in roof assemblies required to be fire -resistance rated in accordance with Section 705 8 6 The supporting con- struction shall be protected to afford the required fire - resistance rating of the horizontal assembly supported 712.1.16 Openings otherwise permitted. Vertical open- ings shall be permitted where allowed by other sections of this code 138 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Fk ff.,( 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto I RR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES SECTION 713 SHAFT ENCLOSURES 713.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to shafts required to protect openings and penetrations through floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling assemblies Interior exit stairways and ramps shall be enclosed in accordance with Section 1023 713.2 Construction. Shaft enclosures shall be constructed as fire barriers in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies in accordance with Section 711, or both 713.3 Materials. The shaft enclosure shall be of materials permitted by the building type of construction 713.4 Fire -resistance rating. Shaft enclosures shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours where connect - mg four stones or more, and not less than 1 hour where con- necting less than four stones The number of stones connected by the shaft enclosure shall include any basements but not any mezzanines Shaft enclosures shall have a fire - resistance rating not less than the floor assembly penetrated, but need not exceed 2 hours Shaft enclosures shall meet the requirements of Section 703 2 1 713.5 Continuity. Shaft enclosures shall be constructed as fire barriers in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both, and shall have continuity in accordance with Section 707 5 for fire barriers or Section 711 2 2 for horizontal assemblies, as applicable 713.6 Exterior walls. Where exterior walls serve as a part of a required shaft enclosure, such walls shall comply with the requirements of Section 705 for exterior walls and the fire - resistance -rated enclosure requirements shall not apply Exception: Exterior walls required to be fire -resistance rated in accordance with Section 10212 for exterior egress balconies, Section 1023 7 for interior exit stairways and ramps and Section 1027 6 for exterior exit stairways and ramps 713.7 Openings. Openings in a shaft enclosure shall be pro- tected in accordance with Section 716 as required for fire barriers Doors shall be self- or automatic -closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6 713.7.1 Prohibited openings. Openings other than those necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be permit- ted in shaft enclosures 713.8 Penetrations. Penetrations in a shaft enclosure shall be protected in accordance with Section 714 as required for fire barriers Structural elements, such as beams or joists, where protected in accordance with Section 714 shall be permitted to penetrate a shaft enclosure 713.8.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations other than those necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be permitted in shaft enclosures Exception: Membrane penetrations shall be permitted on the outside of shaft enclosures Such penetrations shall be protected in accordance with Section 714 4 2 713.9 Joints. Joints in a shaft enclosure shall comply with Section 715 713.10 Duct and air transfer openings. Penetrations of a shaft enclosure by ducts and air transfer openings shall com- ply with Section 717 713.11 Enclosure at the bottom. Shafts that do not extend to the bottom of the building or structure shall comply with one of the following 1 They shall be enclosed at the lowest level with con- struction of the same fire -resistance rating as the low- est floor through which the shaft passes, but not less than the rating required for the shaft enclosure 2 They shall tennmate in a room having a use related to the purpose of the shaft The room shall be separated from the remainder of the building by fire barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both The fire -resistance rating and opening protec- tives shall be not less than the protection required for the shaft enclosure 3 They shall be protected by approved fire dampers installed in accordance with their listing at the lowest floor level within the shaft enclosure Exceptions: 1 The fire -resistance -rated room separation is not required, provided that the only openings in or pene- trations of the shaft enclosure to the interior of the building occur at the bottom The bottom of the shaft shall be closed off around the penetrating items with materials permitted by Section 718 3 1 for draftstop- ping, or the room shall be provided with an approved automatic sprinkler system 2 A shaft enclosure containing a waste or linen chute shall not be used for any other purpose and shall dis- charge in a room protected in accordance with Sec- tion 713 13 4 3 The fire -resistance -rated room separation and the protection at the bottom of the shaft are not required provided that there are no combustibles in the shaft and there are no openings or other penetrations through the shaft enclosure to the interior of the building 713.12 Enclosure at top. A shaft enclosure that does not extend to the underside of the roof sheathing, deck or slab of the building shall be enclosed at the top with construction of the same fire -resistance rating as the topmost floor pene- trated by the shaft, but not less than the fire -resistance rating required for the shaft enclosure 713.13 Waste and linen chutes and incinerator rooms. Waste and linen chutes shall comply with the provisions of NFPA 82, Chapter 6 and shall meet the requirements of Sec- tions 712 and 713 13 1 through 713 13 6 Incinerator rooms shall meet the provisions of Sections 713 13 4 through 713 135 Exception: Chutes serving and contained within a single dwelling unit 713.13.1 Waste and linen. A shaft enclosure containing a recycling, or waste or linen chute shall not be used for any other purpose and shall be enclosed in accordance with 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 139 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES Section 713 4 A shaft enclosure shall be permitted to con- tain recycling and waste chutes Openings into the shaft, from access rooms and discharge rooms, shall be protected in accordance with this section and Section 716 Openings into chutes shall not be located in comdors Doors into chutes shall be self -closing Discharge doors shall be self - or automatic -closing upon the actuation of a smoke detec- tor in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6, except that heat - activated closing devices shall be permitted between the shaft and the discharge room 713.13.2 Materials. A shaft enclosure containing a waste, recycling, or linen chute shall be constructed of materials as permitted by the building type of construction 713.13.3 Chute access rooms. Access openings for waste or linen chutes shall be located in rooms or compartments enclosed by not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Openings into the access rooms shall be protected by opening protectives having afire protection rating of not less than'/4 hour Doors shall be self- or automatic -closing upon the detection of smoke in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6 The room or compartment shall be configured to allow the access door to the room or compartment to close and latch with the access panel to the refuse or laun- dry chute in any position 713.13.4 Chute discharge room. Waste or linen chutes shall discharge into an enclosed room separated by fire barriers with a fire -resistance rating not less than the required fire rating of the shaft enclosure and constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Openings into the discharge room from the remainder of the building shall be protected by opening protectives hav- ing afire protection rating equal to the protection required for the shaft enclosure Doors shall be self- or automatic - closing upon the detection of smoke in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6 Waste chutes shall not terminate in an incinerator room Waste and linen rooms that are not pro- vided with chutes need only comply with Table 509 713.13.5Incinerator room. Incinerator rooms shall com- ply with Table 509 713.13.6 Automatic sprinkler system. An approved automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance with Section 903 2 11 2 713.14 Elevator, dumbwaiter and other hoistways. Eleva- tor, dumbwaiter and other hoistway enclosures shall be con- structed in accordance with Sections 712 and 713, and Chapter 30 SECTION 714 PENETRATIONS 714.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall govern the materials and methods of construction used to protect through penetrations and membrane penetrations of horizon- tal assemblies and fire -resistance -rated wall assemblies 714.1.1 Ducts and air transfer openings. Penetrations of fire -resistance -rated walls by ducts that are not protected with dampers shall comply with Sections 714 3 through 714 4 3 Penetrations of horizontal assemblies not pro- tected with a shaft as permitted by Section 717 6, and not required to be protected with fire dampers by other sec- tions of this code, shall comply with Sections 714 5 through 714 6 2 Ducts and au transfer openings that are protected with dampers shall comply with Section 717 714.2 Installation. A listed penetration firestop system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installa- tion instructions and the listing criteria 714.3Installation details. Where sleeves are used, they shall be securely fastened to the assembly penetrated The space between the item contained in the sleeve and the sleeve itself and any space between the sleeve and the assembly pene- trated shall be protected in accordance with this section Insu- lation and coverings on or in the penetrating item shall not penetrate the assembly unless the specific material used has been tested as part of the assembly in accordance with this section 714.4 Fire -resistance -rated walls. Penetrations into or through fire walls, fire barriers, smoke barrier walls and fire partitions shall comply with Sections 714 4 1 through 714 4 3 Penetrations in smoke barrier walls shall also com- ply with Section 714 5 4 714.4.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of fire -resistance -rated walls shall comply with Section 714 4 1 1 or 714 4 1 Exception: Where the penetrating items are steel, fer- rous or copper pipes, tubes or conduits, the annular space between the penetrating item and the fire -resis- tance -rated wall is permitted to be protected by either of the following measures 1 In concrete or masonry walls where the penetrat- ing item is a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal diameter and the area of the opening through the wall does not exceed 144 square inches (0 0929 m'), concrete, grout or mortar is permitted where installed the full thickness of the wall or the thickness required to maintain the fire -resistance rating 2 The material used to fill the annular space shall prevent the passage of flame and hot gases suffi- cient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to ASTM E119 or UL 263 time -temperature fire conditions under a minimum positive pressure differential of 0 01 inch (2 49 Pa) of water at the location of the penetration for the time period equivalent to the fire -resistance rating of the con- struction penetrated 714.4.1.1 Fire -resistance -rated assemblies. Through penetrations shall be protected using systems installed as tested in the approved fire -resistance -rated assem- bly 714.4.1.2 Through -penetration firestop system. Through penetrations shall be protected by an approved penetration firestop system installed as tested 140 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff., CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto k I ( 1 TITIRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL 1479, with a minimum positive pressure differential of 001 inch (2 49 Pa) of water and shall have an F rating of not less than the required fire -resistance rating of the wall pen- etrated 714.4.2 Membrane penetrations. Membrane penetra- tions shall comply with Section 714 4 1 Where walls or partitions are required to have a fire -resistance rating, recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required fire resistance will not be reduced Exceptions: 1 Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour fire - resistance -rated walls and partitions by steel elec- trical boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches (0 0 103 m') in area, provided that the aggregate area of the openings through the membrane does not exceed 100 square inches (0 0645 m) in any 100 square feet (9 29 m) of wall area The annu- lar space between the wall membrane and the box shall not exceed '/A inch (3 2 mm) Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be separated by one of the following 1 1 By a horizontal distance of not less than 24 inches (610 mm) where the wall or partition is constructed with individual noncommunicatmg stud cavities 1 2 By a horizontal distance of not less than the depth of the wall cavity where the wall cavity is filled with cellulose loose - fill, rockwool or slag mineral wool insu- lation 1 3 By solid firebloclnng in accordance with Section 718 2 1 1 4 By protecting both outlet boxes with listed putty pads 1 5 By other listed materials and methods Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes of any material, provided that such boxes have been tested for use in fire -resistance -rated assem- blies and are installed in accordance with the instructions included in the listing The annular space between the wall membrane and the box shall not exceed '/A inch (3 2 mm) unless listed otherwise Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall or partition shall be separated by one of the following 21 By the horizontal distance specified in the listing of the electrical boxes 22 By solid firebloclnng in accordance with Section 718 2 1 23 By protecting both boxes with listed putty pads 24 By other listed materials and methods Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of any size or type, that have been listed as part of a wall opening protective material system for use in fire -resistance -rated assemblies and are installed in accordance with the instructions included in the listing 4 Membrane penetrations by boxes other than elec- trical boxes, provided that such penetrating items and the annular space between the wall mem- brane and the box, are protected by an approved membrane penetration firestop system installed as tested in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL 1479, with a minimum positive pressure differen- tial of 0 01 inch (2 49 Pa) of water, and shall have an F and T rating of not less than the required fire -resistance rating of the wall penetrated and be installed in accordance with their listing 5 The annular space created by the penetration of an automatic sprinkler, provided that it is covered by a metal escutcheon plate 6 Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour fire - resistance -rated walls and partitions by steel elec- trical boxes that exceed 16 square inches (0 0 103 m') in area, or steel electrical boxes of any size having an aggregate area through the membrane exceeding 100 square inches (00645 m) in any 100 square feet (9 29 m') of wall area, provided that such penetrating items are protected by listed putty pads or other listed materials and methods, and installed in accordance with the listing 714.4.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrat- ing items shall not connect to combustible items beyond the point of firestoppmg unless it can be demonstrated that the fire -resistance integrity of the wall is maintained 714.5 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations of a fire -resis- tance -rated floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the ceiling mem- brane of a roof/ceilmg assembly not required to be enclosed in a shaft by Section 712 1 shall be protected in accordance with Sections 714 5 1 through 714 5 4 714.5.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of horizontal assemblies shall comply with Section 714 5 1 1 or714512 Exceptions: 1 Penetrations by steel, ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or vents or concrete or masonry items through a single fire -resistance -rated floor assembly where the annular space is protected with materials that prevent the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste when subjected to ASTM El19 or UL 263 time - temperature fire conditions under a minimum positive pressure differential of 0 01 inch (2 49 Pa) of water at the location of the penetration for the time period equivalent to the fire -resistance rating of the construction penetrated Penetrating items with a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal diameter shall not be limited to the penetration of a single fire -resistance -rated floor assembly, pro- vided that the aggregate area of the openings through the assembly does not exceed 144 square 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 141 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES inches (92 900 mm') in any 100 square feet (9 3 m') of floor area 2 Penetrations in a single concrete floor by steel, ferrous or copper conduits, pipes, tubes or vents with a maximum 6-inch (152 mm) nominal diam- eter, provided that the concrete, grout or mortar is installed the full thickness of the floor or the thickness required to maintain the fire -resistance rating The penetrating items shall not be limited to the penetration of a single concrete floor, pro- vided that the area of the opening through each floor does not exceed 144 square inches (92 900 mm') 3 Penetrations by listed electrical boxes of any material, provided that such boxes have been tested for use in fire -resistance -rated assemblies and installed in accordance with the instructions included in the listing 714.5.1.1 Fire -resistance -rated assemblies. Through penetrations shall be protected using systems installed as tested in the approved fire -resistance -rated assem- bly 714.5.1.2 Through -penetration firestop system. Through penetrations shall be protected by an approved through -penetration firestop system installed and tested in accordance with ASTM E814 or UL 1479, with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0 01 inch of water (2 49 Pa) The system shall have an F rat- mg/T rating of not less than 1 hour but not less than the required rating of the floor penetrated Exceptions: 1 Floor penetrations contained and located within the cavity of a wall above the floor or below the floor do not require a T rating 2 Floor penetrations by floor drains, tub drams or shower drams contained and located within the concealed space of a horizontal assembly do not require a T rating 3 Floor penetrations of maximum 4-inch (102 mm) nominal diameter metal conduit or tub - mg penetrating directly into metal -enclosed electrical power switchgear do not require a T rating 714.5.2 Membrane penetrations. Penetrations of mem- branes that are part of a horizontal assembly shall comply with Section 714 5 1 1 or 714 5 1 2 Where floor/ceiling assemblies are required to have a fire -resistance rating, recessed fixtures shall be installed such that the required fire resistance will not be reduced Exceptions: 1 Membrane penetrations by steel, ferrous or cop- per conduits, pipes, tubes or vents, or concrete or masonry items where the annular space is pro- tected either in accordance with Section 714 5 1 or to prevent the free passage of flame and the products of combustion The aggregate area of the openings through the membrane shall not exceed 100 square inches (64 500 mm') in any 100 square feet (9 3 m) of ceiling area in assem- blies tested without penetrations 2 Ceiling membrane penetrations of maximum 2- hour horizontal assemblies by steel electrical boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches (10 323 mm') in area, provided that the aggregate area of such penetrations does not exceed 100 square inches (44 500 mm') in any 100 square feet (9 29 m) of ceiling area, and the annular space between the ceiling membrane and the box does not exceed'/g inch (3 2 mm) 3 Membrane penetrations by electrical boxes of any size or type, that have been listed as part of an opening protective material system for use in horizontal assemblies and are installed in accor- dance with the instructions included in the listing 4 Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes of any material, provided that such boxes have been tested for use in fire -resistance -rated assem- blies and are installed in accordance with the instructions included in the listing The annular space between the ceiling membrane and the box shall not exceed'/g inch (3 2 mm) unless listed oth- erwise 5 The annular space created by the penetration of a fire sprinkler, provided that it is covered by a metal escutcheon plate 6 Noncombustible items that are cast into concrete building elements and that do not penetrate both top and bottom surfaces of the element 7 The ceiling membrane of 1- and 2-hour fire -resis- tance -rated horizontal assemblies is permitted to be interrupted with the double wood top plate of a wall assembly that is sheathed with Type X gyp- sum wallboard, provided that all penetrating items through the double top plates are protected in accordance with Section 714 5 1 1 or 714 5 12 and the ceiling membrane is tight to the top plates 8 Ceiling membrane penetrations by listed lumi- naires (light fixtures) or by luminaires protected with listed materials, which have been tested for use in fire -resistance -rated assemblies and are installed in accordance with the instructions included in the listing 714.5.3 Dissimilar materials. Noncombustible penetrat- ing items shall not connect to combustible materials beyond the point of firestoppmg unless it can be demon- strated that the fire -resistance integrity of the horizontal assembly is maintained 714.5.4 Penetrations in smoke barriers. Penetrations in smoke barriers shall be protected by an approved through - penetration firestop system installed and tested in accor- dance with the requirements of UL 1479 for air leakage The L rating of the system measured at 0 30 inch (7 47 Pa) 142 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rk S 1 1 1 CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto I( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES of water in both the ambient temperature and elevated temperature tests shall not exceed either of the following 1 5 0 cfm per square foot (0 025 m'/ s • m) of penetra- tion opening for each through -penetration firestop system 2 A total cumulative leakage of 50 cfm (0 024 m'/s) for any 100 square feet (9 3 m) of wall area, or floor area 714.6 Nonfire-resistance-rated assemblies. Penetrations of nonfire-resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies or the ceiling membrane of a nonfire-resistance-rated roof/ceil- mg assembly shall meet the requirements of Section 713 or shall comply with Section 714 6 1 or 714 6 2 714.6.1 Noncombustible penetrating items. Noncom- bustible penetrating items that connect not more than five stones are permitted, provided that the annular space is filled to resist the free passage of flame and the products of combustion with an approved noncombustible material or with a fill, void or cavity material that is tested and clas- sified for use in through -penetration firestop systems 714.6.2 Penetrating items. Penetrating items that connect not more than two stones are permitted, provided that the annular space is filled with an approved material to resist the free passage of flame and the products of combustion SECTION 715 FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SYSTEMS 715.1 General. Joints installed in or between fire -resistance - rated walls, floor or floor/ceiling assemblies and roofs or roof/ceiling assemblies shall be protected by an approved fire-resistant joint system designed to resist the passage of fire for a time period not less than the required fire -resistance rating of the wall, floor or roof in or between which the sys- tem is installed Fire-resistantjomtsystems shall be tested in accordance with Section 715 3 Exception: Fire-resistant joint systems shall not be required for joints in all of the following locations 1 Floors within a single dwelling unit 2 Floors where the joint is protected by a shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 713 3 Floors within atriums where the space adjacent to the atrium is included in the volume of the atrium for smoke control purposes 4 Floors within malls 5 Floors and ramps within parking garages or struc- tures constructed in accordance with Sections 406 5 and 406 6 6 Mezzanine floors 7 Walls that are permitted to have unprotected open - rags 8 Roofs where openings are permitted 9 Control joints not exceeding a maximum width of 0 625 inch (15 9 mm) and tested in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 263 10 The intersection of exterior curtain wall assem- blies and the roof slab or roof deck 715.1.1 Curtain wall assembly. The void created at the intersection of a floor/ceiling assembly and an exterior curtain wall assembly shall be protected in accordance with Section 715 4 715.2 Installation. A fire-resistant joint system shall be securely installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and the listing criteria in or on the joint for its entire length so as not to impair its ability to accommodate expected building movements and to resist the passage of fire and hot gases 715.3 Fire test criteria. Fire-resistantjointsystemsshall be tested in accordance with the requirements of either ASTM E1966 or UL 2079 Nonsymmetncal wall joint systems shall be tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the assigned fire -resistance rating shall be the shortest duration obtained from the two tests Where evidence is furnished to show that the wall was tested with the least fire-resistant side exposed to the furnace, subject to acceptance of the building official, the wall need not be subjected to tests from the oppo- site side Exception: For exterior walls with a horizontal fire separa- tion distance greater than 10 feet (3048 mm), the joint sys- tem shall be required to be tested for interior fire exposure only 715.4 Exterior curtain wall/floor intersection. Where fire - resistance -rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies are required, voids created at the intersection of the exterior curtain wall assemblies and such floor assemblies shall be sealed with an approved system to prevent the interior spread of fire Such systems shall be securely installed and tested in accordance with ASTM E2307 to provide an F rating for a time period not less than the fire -resistance rating of the floor assembly Height and fire -resistance requirements for curtain wall span- drels shall comply with Section 705 8 5 Exception: Voids created at the intersection of the exte- rior curtain wall assemblies and such floor assemblies where the vision glass extends to the finished floor level shall be permitted to be sealed with an approved material to prevent the interior spread of fire Such material shall be securely installed and capable of preventing the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste where subjected to ASTM El19 time -temperature fire conditions under a minimum positive pressure differential of 0 01 inch (0 254 mm) of water column (2 5 Pa) for the time period not less than the fire -resistance rating of the floor assembly 715.4.1 Exterior curtain wall/nonfire-resistance-rated floor assembly intersections. Voids created at the mter- section of exterior curtain wall assemblies and nonfire- resistance-rated floor or floor/ceiling assemblies shall be sealed with an approved material or system to retard the interior spread of fire and hot gases between stones 715.4.2 Exterior curtain wall/vertical fire barrier inter- sections. Voids created at the intersection of nonfire-resis- tance-rated exterior curtain wall assemblies and fire barriers shall be filled An approved material or system shall be used to fill the void and shall be securely installed in or on the intersection for its entire length so as not to 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 143 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES dislodge, loosen or otherwise impair its ability to accom- modate expected building movements and to retard the passage of fire and hot gases 715.5 Spandrel wall. Height and fire -resistance require- ments for curtain wall spandrels shall comply with Section 705 8 5 Where Section 705 8 5 does not require a fire -resis- tance -rated spandrel wall, the requirements of Section 715 4 shall still apply to the intersection between the spandrel wall and the floor 715.6 Fire-resistant joint systems in smoke barriers. Fire- resistantjointsystems in smoke barriers, and joints at the intersection of a horizontal smoke barrier and an exterior cur- tain wall, shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of UL 2079 for air leakage The L rating of the joint system shall not exceed 5 cfin per linear foot (0 00775 m'/s m) of joint at 0 30 inch (7 47 Pa) of water for both the ambient tem- perature and elevated temperature tests SECTION 716 OPENING PROTECTIVES 716.1 General. Opening protectives required by other sec- tions of this code shall comply with the provisions of this sec- tion and shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 80 716.1.1 Alternative methods for determining fire protec- tion ratings. The application of any of the alternative meth- ods listed in this section shall be based on the fire exposure I and acceptance criteria specified in NFPA 252, NFPA 257, UL 9, UL 1013 or UL 1 OC The required fire resistance of an opening protective shall be permitted to be established by any of the following methods or procedures 1 Designs documented in approved sources 2 Calculations performed in an approved manner 3 Engineering analysis based on a comparison of open- ing protective designs having fire protection ratings as detenmmed by the test procedures set forth in NFPA 252, NFPA 257, UL 9, UL 1013 or UL 1 OC 4 Alternative protection methods as allowed by Sec- tion 104 11 I 716.1.2 Glazing. Glazing used m fire door assemblies and fire window assemblies shall comply with this section in addition to the requirements of Sections 716 2 and 716 3, respectively 716.1.2.1 Safety glazing. Fire -protection -rated glazing and fire -resistance -rated glazing installed m fire door assemblies and fire window assemblies shall comply with the safety glazing requirements of Chapter 24 where applicable 716.1.2.2 Marking fire -rated glazing assemblies. Fire-ratedglazmg assemblies shall be marked in accor- dance with Tables 716 l(1), 716 1(2) and 716 1(3) 716.1.2.2.1 Fire -rated glazing identification. For fire -rated glazing, the label shall bear the identifica- tion required in Tables 716 l(1) and 716 1(2) "D" indicates that the glazing is permitted to be used in fire door assemblies and meets the fire protection requirements of NFPA 252, UL lOB or UL 10C "H" indicates that the glazing meets the hose stream requirements of NFPA 252, UL lOB or UL 10C "T" indicates that the glazing meets the temperature requirements of Section 716 2 2 3 1 The place - holder "XXX" represents the fire -rating period, in minutes 716.1.2.2.2 Fire -protection -rated glazing identifi- cation. For fire -protection -rated glazing, the label shall bear the following identification required in Tables 716 l(1) and 716 1(3) "OH —XXX " "OH" indicates that the glazing meets both the fire protec- tion and the hose -stream requirements of NFPA 257 or UL 9 and is permitted to be used in fire window openings The placeholder "XXX" represents the fire -rating period, in minutes 716.1.2.2.3 Fire -resistance -rated glazing identifi- cation. For fire -resistance -rated glazing, the label shall bear the identification required in Section 703 6 and Table 716 1 (1) 716.1.2.2.4 Fire -rated glazing that exceeds the code requirements. Fire -rated glazing assemblies marked as complying with hose stream requirements (H) shall be permitted in applications that do not require compliance with hose stream requirements Fire -rated glazing assemblies marked as complying with temperature rise requirements (T) shall be per- mitted in applications that do not require compliance with temperature rise requirements Fire -rated glaz- ing assemblies marked with ratings (XXX) that exceed the ratings required by this code shall be per- mitted 716.1.2.3 Fire -resistance -rated glazing. Fire -resis- tance -rated glazing tested as part of a fire -resistance - rated wall or floor/ceiling assembly in accordance with ASTM El 19 or UL 263 and labeled in accordance with Section 703 6 shall not otherwise be required to comply with this section where used as part of a wall or floor/ ceiling assembly 716.1.2.3.1 Glazing in fire door and fire window assemblies. Fire -resistance -rated glazing shall be permitted in fire door and fire window assemblies where tested and installed in accordance with their listings and where in compliance with the require- ments of this section 716.2 Fire door assemblies Fire door assemblies required by other sections of this code shall comply with the provi- sions of this section Fire door frames with transom lights, sidelights or both shall be permitted in accordance with Sec- tion 716 2 5 4 716.2.1 Testing requirements. Approved fire door and fire shutter assemblies shall be constructed of any material or assembly of component materials that conforms to the 144 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Fk ff.,( 1 I C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 01 Se PM(PST)pu�rvantto I RR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 716.1(1) MARKING FIRE -RATED GLAZING ASSEMBLIES FIRE TEST STANDARD MARKING DEFINITION OF MARKING ASTM El 19 or UL 263 W Meets wall assembly cntena ASTM E119 or UL 263 FC Meets floor/ceiling cnteria' NFPA 257 or UL 9 OH Meets fire window assembly cnteria including the hose stream test NFPA 252 or UL 1013 or UL 1 OC D H T Meets fire door assembly cnteria Meets fire door assembly hose stream test Meets 450OF temperature rise cntena for 30 minutes XXX The time in minutes of the fire resistance or fire protection rating of the glazing assembly For SI PC= [(OF) - 32]/1 8 a See Section 2409 1 test requirements of Sections 716 2 1 1 through 716 2 1 4 and the fire protection rating indicated in Table 716 1(2) Exceptions: 1 Labeled protective assemblies that conform to the requirements of this section or UL 10A, UL 14B and UL 14C for tin -clad fire door assemblies 2 Floor fire door assemblies in accordance with Section 712 1 13 1 716.2.1.1 Side -hinged or pivoted swinging doors. Fire door assemblies with side -hinged and pivoted swinging doors shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL 10C For tests conducted in accor- dance with NFPA 252, the fire test shall be conducted using the positive pressure method specified in the standard 716.2.1.2 Other types of assemblies. Fire door assem- blies with other types of doors, including swinging ele- vator doors, horizontal sliding fire doors, rolling steel fire doors, fire shutters, bottom- and side -hinged chute intake doors, and top -hinged chute discharge doors, shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL lOB For tests conducted in accordance with NFPA 252, the neutral pressure plane in the furnace shall be maintained as nearly equal to the atmospheric pressure as possible at the top of the door, as specified in the standard 716.2.1.3 Glazing in transoms lights and sidelights in corridors and smoke barriers. Glazing material in any other part of the door assembly, including transom lights and sidelights, shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 257 or UL 9, including the hose stream test, in accordance with Section 716 3 1 1 716.2.1.4 Smoke and draft control. Fire door assem- blies that serve as smoke and draft control assemblies shall be tested in accordance with UL 1784 716.2.2 Performance requirements. Fire door assem- bhes shall be installed in the assemblies specified in Table 716 1(2) and shall comply with the fire protection rating specified 716.2.2.1 Door assemblies in corridors and smoke barriers. Fire door assemblies required to have a mini- mum fire protection rating of 20 minutes where located in corridor walls or smoke barrier walls having afire - resistance rating in accordance with Table 716 1(2) shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL 1 OC without the hose stream test Exceptions: 1 Viewports that require a hole not larger than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter through the door, have not less than a 0 25-mch-thick (6 4 mm) glass disc and the holder is of metal that will not melt out where subject to temperatures of 1,700'F (927°C) 2 Corridor door assemblies in occupancies of Group I-2 shall be in accordance with Section 4073 1 3 Unprotected openings shall be permitted for corridors in multitheater complexes where each motion picture auditorium has not fewer than one-half of its required exit or exit access doorways opening directly to the exterior or into an exit passageway 4 Horizontal sliding doors in smoke barriers that comply with Sections 408 6 and 408 8 4 in occupancies in Group I-3 716.2.2.1.1 Smoke and draft control. The air leak- age rate of the door assembly shall not exceed 3 0 cubic feet per mmute per square foot (0 01524 m'/s x m) of door opening at 0 10 inch (24 9 Pa) of water for both the ambient temperature and elevated tem- perature tests Louvers shall be prohibited 716.2.2.2 Door assemblies in other fire partitions. Fire door assemblies required to have a minimum fire protection rating of 20 minutes where located in other fire partitions having a fire -resistance rating of 0 5 hour in accordance with Table 716 1(2) shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 252, UL lOB or UL 10C with the hose stream test 716.2.2.3 Doors in interior exit stairways and ramps and exit passageways. Fire door assemblies in interior exit stairways and ramps and exit passageways shall have a maximum transmitted temperature rise of not more than 450OF (250°C) above ambient at the end of 30 minutes of standard fire test exposure Exception: The maximum transmitted temperature rise is not required in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 12 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 145 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 716.1(2) OPENING FIRE PROTECTION ASSEMBLIES, RATINGS AND MARKINGS MINIMUM MINIMUM SIDELIGHT/ FIRE -RATED GLAZING MARKING REQUIRED FIRE DOOR TRANSOMASSEMBLY SIDELIGHTITRANSOM PANEL TYPE OF WALL AND FIRE DOOR VISION FIRE -RATED RATING (hours) ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY SHUTTER PANEL SIZE" GLAZING MARKING RATING ASSEMBLY DOOR VISION PANEL' Fire Fire Fire Fire (hours) RATING protection resistance protection resistance (hours) 4 3 See Note b D-H-W-240 Not Permitted 4 Not Perrmtted W-240 Fire walls and 3 3L See Note b D-H-W-180 Not Permitted 3 Not Perrrmed W-180 fire barners < 100 sq in = D-11-90 having a required 2 11/ 100 sq in >100 sq in= Not Permitted 2 Not Pernitted W-120 fire -resistance D-H-W-90 rating greater than 1 hour < 100 sq in= D-11-90 11/ 11/ 100 sq in >100 sq in= Not Permitted 11/ Not Pernitted W-90 D-H-W-90 Enclosures for shafts, interior < 100 sq in = D-11-90 exit stairways 2 11/ 100 sq in` > 100 sq in= Not Permitted 2 Not Pernitted W-120 and mtenor exit D-H-T-W-90 ramps < 100 sq in = D-11-180 4 3 100 sq in > 100 sq in= Not Pentinted 4 Not Perrmtted W-240 Honzontal exits D-H-W-240 in fire walls' < 100 sq in = D-11-180 3 3' 100 sq in > 100 sq in= Not Pentinted 3 Not Perrmtted W-180 D-H-W-180 Fire barriers having a required fire -resistance rating of 1 hour Enclosures for shafts, exit access < 100 sq in = D-11-60 stairways, exit 1 1 100 sq in >100 sq in Permited 1 Not Perrmtted W-60 access ramps, D-H-T-W-60 interior exit stairways and interior exit ramps, and exit passageway walls Fire protection Other fire barriers 1 f / Maximum D-11 f / D-H size tested 1 I/ b Maximum D-20 '/ b D-H-OH-45 ' size tested Fire partitions Comdor walls 05 '/fb siz_ D-20 '/f D-H-OH-20 e tested 1 3/4 Maximum D-H f-45 / D-H-45 size tested Other fire partitions 05 I / Maximum D-H I-20 / D-H-20 ' size tested ' (continued) 146 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od Pm),(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T-mmtto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 716.1(2)—continued OPENING FIRE PROTECTION ASSEMBLIES, RATINGS AND MARKINGS MINIMUM MINIMUM SIDELIGHT/ FIRE -RATED GLAZING REQUIRED FIRE DOOR TRANSOM ASSEMBLY MARKING SIDELIGHT/ TYPE OF WALL AND FIRE DOOR VISION FIRE -RATED RATING (hours) TRANSOM PANEL ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY SHUTTER PANEL SIZE" GLAZING MARKING RATING ASSEMBLY DOOR VISION PANEL' a Fire Fire Fire Fire (hours) RATING protection resistance protection resistance (hours) <_ 100 sq m = D-H-90 3 11/ 100 sq in ° Not Permitted 3 Not Permitted W-180 > 100 sq in = D-H-W-90 Exterior walls 2 1/ Maximum� D-H 90 or D-H-W-90 1/2 2 D-14-014-90 W-120 size tested Fire protection 1 '/q Mzaximum D-H-45 3/4D-H-45 ested Fire protection Smoke barriers Maximum 1 /' D-20 '/q D-H-OH-45 size tested For SI 1 square inch = 645 2 mm a Two doors, each with a fire protection rating of 11/ hours, installed on opposite sides of the same opening in a fire wall, shall be deemed equivalent in fire protection rating to one 3-hour fire door b Fire -resistance -rated glazing tested to ASTM El19 in accordance with Section 7161 2 3 shall be permitted, in the maximum size tested c Under the column heading "Fire -rated glazing marking door vision panel," W refers to the fire -resistance rating of the glazing, not the frame 4. d See Section 716 2 5 1 21 e See Section 716 12 2 1 and Table 7161(1) for additional permitted markings 716.2.2.3.1 Glazing in doors. Fire -protection -rated glazing in excess of 100 square inches (0 065 m) is not permitted Fire -resistance -rated glazing in excess of 100 square inches (0 065 m) shall be per- mitted in fire doors. Listed fire -resistance -rated glazing in afire door shall have a maximum trans- mitted temperature rise in accordance with Section 716 2 2 3 when the fire door is tested in accordance with NFPA 252, UL 1013 or UL 1 OC 716.2.3 Fire doors. Fire doors installed within afire door assembly shall meet the fire rating indicated in Table 7161(2) 716.2.4 Fire door frames. Fire door frames installed as part of afire door assembly shall meet the fire rating indi- cated in Table 7161(2) 716.2.5 Glazing in fire door assemblies. Fire -rated glaz- ing conforming to the opening protection requirements in Section 716 2 1 shall be permitted m fire door assemblies 716.2.5.1 Size limitations. Fire -resistance -rated glaz- ing shall comply with the size limitations in Section 716 2 5 1 1 Fire -protection -rated glazing shall comply with the size limitations of NFPA 80, and as provided in Section 716 2 5 1 2 716.2.5.1.1 Fire -resistance -rated glazing in door assemblies in fire walls and fire barriers rated greater than 1 hour. Fire -resistance -rated glazing tested to ASTM El 19 or UL 263 and NFPA 252, UL 1013 or UL IOC shall be permitted in fire door assemblies located m fire walls and m fire barriers in accordance with Table 716 1(2) to the maximum size tested and in accordance with their listings 716.2.5.1.2 Fire -protection -rated glazing in door assemblies in fire walls and fire barriers rated greater than 1 hour. Fire -protection -rated glazing shall be prohibited in fire walls and fire barriers except as provided in Sections 716 2 5 12 1 and 71625122 716.2.5.1.2.1 Horizontal exits. Fire -protection - rated glazing shall be permitted as vision panels in self -closing swinging fire door assemblies serving as horizontal exits in fire walls where limited to 100 square inches (0 065 m') 716.2.5.1.2.2 Fire barriers. Fire -protection -rated glazing shall be permitted m fire doors having a 1'/2- hour fire protection rating intended for installation m fire barriers, where limited to 100 square inches (0 065 m2) 716.2.5.2 Elevator, stairway and ramp protectiives. Approved fire -protection -rated glazing used in fire door assemblies in elevator, stairway and ramp enclo- sures shall be so located as to furnish clear vision of the passageway or approach to the elevator, stairway or ramp 716.2.5.3 Glazing in door assemblies in corridors and smoke barriers. In a 20-minute fire door assem- bly, the glazing material in the door itself shall have a mmimum fire -protection -rated glazing of 20 minutes and shall be exempt from the hose stream test 716.2.5.4 Fire door frames with transom lights and sidelights. Fire -protection -rated glazing shall be per- mitted in door frames with transom lights, sidelights or both, where a'/q hour fire protection rating or less is 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 147 I 11 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmmLhod ANYUNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES required and in 2-hour fire -resistance -rated exterior walls in accordance with Table 7161(2) Fire door frames with transom lights, sidelights, or both, installed with fire -resistance -rated glazing tested as an assembly in accordance with ASTM El19 or UL 263 shall be pernutted where afire protection rating exceeding'/q hour is required in accordance with Table 716 1(2) 716.2.6 Fire door hardware and closures. Fire door hardware and closures shall be installed on fire door assemblies in accordance with the requirements of this section 716.2.6.1 Door closing. Fire doors shall be latching and self- or automatic -closing in accordance with this section Exceptions: 1 Fire doors located in common walls separat- ing sleeping units in Group R-1 shall be per- mitted without automatic- or self -closing devices 2 The elevator car doors and the associated hoistway enclosure doors at the floor level designated for recall in accordance with Sec- tion 3003 2 shall be permitted to remain open during Phase I emergency recall operation 716.2.6.2 Latch required. Unless otherwise specifi- cally permitted, single side -hinged swinging fire doors and both leaves of pairs of side -hinged swinging fire doors shall be provided with an active latch bolt that will secure the door when it is closed 716.2.6.3 Chute intake door latching Chute intake doors shall be positive latching, remaining latched and closed in the event of latch spring failure during a fire emergency 716.2.6.4 Automatic -closing fire door assemblies. Automatic -closing fire door assemblies shall be sell' closing in accordance with NFPA 80 716.2.6.5 Delayed -action closers. Doors required to be self -closing and not required to be automatic closing shall be permitted to be equipped with delayed -action closers 716.2.6.6 Smoke -activated doors. Automatic -closing doors installed in the following locations shall be per- mitted to have hold -open devices Doors shall automat- ically close by the actuation of smoke detectors installed in accordance with Section 907 3 or by loss of power to the smoke detector or hold -open device Doors that are automatic -closing by smoke detection shall not have more than a 10-second delay before the door starts to close after the smoke detector is actuated Automatic -closing doors that protect openings installed in the following locations shall comply with this sec- tion 1 In walls that separate incidental uses in accor- dance with Section 509 4 2 In fire walls in accordance with Section 706 8 3 In fire barriers in accordance with Section 707 6 4 Infire partitions in accordance with Section 708 6 5 In smoke barriers in accordance with Section 7095 6 In smoke partitions in accordance with Section 710523 7 In shaft enclosures in accordance with Section 7137 8 In waste and linen chutes, discharge openings and access and discharge rooms in accordance with Section 713 13 Loading doors installed in waste and linen chutes shall meet the require- ments of Sections 716 2 6 1 and 716 2 6 3 716.2.6.7 Doors in pedestrian ways. Vertical sliding or vertical rolling steel fire doors in openings through which pedestrians travel shall be heat activated or acti- vated by smoke detectors with alarm verification 716.2.7 Swinging fire shutters. Where fire shutters of the swinging type are installed in exterior openings, not less than one row in every three vertical rows shall be arranged to be readily opened from the outside, and shall be identi- fied by distinguishing marks or letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high 716.2.8 Rolling fire shutters. Where fire shutters of the rolling type are installed, such shutters shall include approved automatic -closing devices 716.2.9 Labeled protective assemblies. Fire door assem- blies shall be labeled by an approved agency The labels shall comply with NFPA 80, and shall be permanently affixed to the door or frame 716.2.9.1 Fire door labeling requirements. Fire doors shall be labeled showing the name of the manu- facturer or other identification readily traceable back to the manufacturer, the name or trademark of the third - party inspection agency, the fire protection rating and, where required for fire doors in interior exit stairways and ramps and exit passageways by Section 716 2 2 3, the maximum transmitted temperature end point Smoke and draft control doors complying with UL 1784 shall be labeled as such and shall comply with Section 716 2 9 3 Labels shall be approved and perma- nently affixed The label shall be applied at the factory or location where fabrication and assembly are per- formed 716.2.9.1.1 Light kits, louvers and components. Listed light kits and louvers and their required preparations shall be considered as part of the labeled door where such installations are done under the listing program of the third -party agency Fire doors and fire door assemblies shall be permitted to consist of components, including glazing, vision light kits and hardware that are listed or classified and labeled for such use by different third -party agencies 716.2.9.2 Oversized doors. Oversized fire doors shall bear an oversized fire door label by an approved agency or shall be provided with a certificate of inspec- tion furnished by an approved testing agency Where a 148 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C'p IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES certificate of inspection is furnished by an approved testing agency, the certificate shall state that the door conforms to the requirements of design, materials and construction, but has not been subjected to the fire test 716.2.9.3 Smoke and draft control door labeling requirements. Smoke and draft control doors comply- ing with UL 1784 shall be labeled in accordance with Section 716 2 9 1 and shall show the letter "S" on the fire -rating label of the door This marking shall indicate that the door and frame assembly are in compliance where listed or labeled gasketing is installed 716.2.9.4 Fire door frame labeling requirements. Fire door frames shall be labeled showing the names of the manufacturer and the thud -party inspection agency 716.2.9.5 Labeling. Fire -rated glazing shall bear a label or other identification showing the name of the manufacturer, the test standard and infonmation required in Table 716l(1) that shall be issued by an approved agency and shall be permanently identified on the glazing 716.2.9.6 Fire door operator labeling requirements. Fire door operators for horizontal sliding doors shall be labeled and listed for use with the assembly 716.2.10 Installation of door assemblies in corridors and smoke barriers. Installation of smoke doors shall be in accordance with NFPA 105 716.3 Fire window assemblies. Fire window assemblies required by other sections of this code shall comply with the provisions of this section 716.3.1 Testing requirements. Fire window assemblies shall be constructed of any material or assembly of com- ponent materials that conforms to the test requirements of Sections 7163 1 1 and 7163 1 2 and the fire protection rating indicated in Table 716 1(3) 716.3.1.1 Testing under positive pressure. NFPA 257 or UL 9 shall evaluate fire -protection -rated glazing under positive pressure Within the first 10 minutes of a test, the pressure in the furnace shall be adjusted so not less than two-thirds of the test specimen is above the neutral pressure plane, and the neutral pressure plane shall be maintained at that height for the balance of the test 716.3.1.2 Nonsymmetrical glazing systems. Nonsym- metrical fire -protection -rated glazing systems in fire partitions, fire barriers or in exterior walls with afire separation distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) or less pursu- ant to Section 705 shall be tested with both faces exposed to the furnace, and the assigned fire protection rating shall be the shortest duration obtained from the two tests conducted in compliance with NFPA 257 or UL 9 716.3.2 Performance requirements. Fire window assem- blies shall be installed in the assemblies and comply with the fire protection rating specified in Table 716 1(3) 716.3.2.1 Interior fire window assemblies. Fire -pro- tection -rated glazing used in fire window assemblies located infire partitions and fire barriers shall be lim- ited to use in assemblies with a maximum fire -resis- tance rating of 1 hour in accordance with this section 716.3.2.1.1 Where '/q hour -fire -protection win- dow assemblies permitted. Fire -protection -rated glazing requiring 45-mmute opening protection in accordance with Table 716 1(3) shall be limited to fire partitions designed in accordance with Section 708 and fire barriers utilized in the applications set forth in Sections 707 3 6, 707 3 7 and 707 3 9 where the fire -resistance rating does not exceed 1 hour Fire -resistance -rated glazing assemblies tested in accordance with ASTM El 19 or UL 263 shall not be subject to the hinitations of this section 716.3.2.1.2 Area limitations. The total area of the glazing in fire -protection -rated window assemblies shall not exceed 25 percent of the area of a common wall with any room 716.3.2.1.3 Where '/3 hour -fire -protection win- dow assemblies permitted. Fire -protection -rated glazing shall be permitted in window assemblies tested to NFPA 257 or UL 9 infire partitions requir- ing '/3 hour opening protection in accordance with Table 716 1(3) 716.3.3 Fire window frames. Fire window frames installed with afire window assembly shall meet the fire - protection rating indicated in Table 716 1(3) 716.3.3.1 Window mullions. Metal mullions that exceed a nominal height of 12 feet (3658 mm) shall be protected with materials to afford the same fire -resis- tance rating as required for the wall construction in which the protective is located 716.3.4 Fire -protection -rated glazing. Glazing in fire window assemblies shall be fire protection rated in accor- dance with this section and Table 716 1(3) Fire -protection - rated glazing in fire window assemblies shall be tested in accordance with and shall meet the acceptance criteria of NFPA 257 or UL 9 Openings in nonf re -resistance -rated exterior wall assemblies that require protection in accor- dance with Section 705 3, 705 8, 705 8 5 or 705 8 6 shall have afire protection rating of not less than'/q hour Fire - protection -rated glazing in Yz hour fire -resistance -rated partitions is penmited to have a 20-mmute fire protection rating. 716.3.4.1 Glass and glazing. Glazing in fire window assemblies shall be fire -protection -rated glazing installed in accordance with and complying with the size limitations set forth in NFPA 80 4m 716.3.5 Labeled protective assemblies. Glazing in fire window assemblies shall be labeled by an approved agency The labels shall comply with NFPA 80 and Sec- tion 716 3 5 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 149 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 716.3.5.1 Fire window frames. Fire window frames shall be approved for the intended application 716.3.5.2 Labeling requirements. Fire -protection - rated glazing shall bear a label or other identification showing the name of the manufacturer, the test standard and information required in Section 716 1 2 2 2 and Table 716 1(3) that shall be issued by an approved agency and permanently identified on the glazing 716.3.6 Installation. Fire window assemblies shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of this section 716.3.6.1 Closure. Fire -protection -rated glazing shall be in the fixed position or be automatic -closing and shall be installed in labeled frames SECTION 717 DUCTS AND AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS 717.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern the protection of duct penetrations and air transfer openings in assemblies required to be protected and duct penetrations in nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies 717.1.1 Ducts and air transfer openings. Ducts transi- tionmg horizontally between shafts shall not require a shaft enclosure provided that the duct penetration into each associated shaft is protected with dampers complying with this section 717.1.2 Ducts that penetrate fire -resistance -rated assemblies without dampers. Ducts that penetrate fire - resistance -rated walls and are not required by this section to have fire dampers shall comply with the requirements of Sections 714 3 through 714 4 3 Ducts that penetrate horizontal assemblies not required to be contained within a shaft and not required by this section to have fire damp- ers shall comply with the requirements of Sections 714 5 through 714 6 2 717.1.2.1 Ducts that penetrate nonfire-resistance- rated assemblies. The space around a duct penetrating a nonfire-resistance-rated floor assembly shall comply with Section 717 6 3 717.2 Installation. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, combdna- hon fire/smoke dampers and ceding rackation dampers located within air distribution and smoke control systems shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of this section, the manufacturers instructions and the dampers' listing 717.2.1 Smoke control system. Where the installation of a fire damper will interfere with the operation of a required smoke control system in accordance with Section 909, approved alternative protection shall be utilized Where mechanical systems including ducts and dampers utilized for normal building ventilation serve as part of the smoke control system, the expected performance of these systems in smoke control mode shall be addressed in the rational analysis required by Section 909 4 717.2.2 Hazardous exhaust ducts. Fire dampers for haz- ardous exhaust duct systems shall comply with the Inter- national Mechanical Code 717.3 Damper testing, ratings and actuation. Damper test- ing, ratings and actuation shall be in accordance with Sec- tions 717 3 1 through 717 3 3 717.3.1 Damper testing. Dampers shall be listed and labeled in accordance with the standards in this section 1 Fire dampers shall comply with the requirements of UL 555 Only fire dampers labeled for use in dynamic systems shall be installed in heating, venti- lation and air-conditioning systems designed to operate with fans on during a fire TABLE 716.1(3) FIRE WINDOW ASSEMBLY FIRE PROTECTION RATINGS TYPE OF WALL REQUIRED WALL MINIMUM FIRE FIRE -RATED ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY RATING WINDOW ASSEMBLY GLAZING MARKING (hours) RATING (hours) Interior walls Fire walls All NP' W-XXXh >1 NP' W-XXXh Fire barriers 1 NP' W-XXXh Atrium separations (Section 707 3 6), Incidental use areas (Section 707 3 7), 1 3/ OH-45 or W-60 Mixed occupancy separations (Section 707 3 9) 1 3/4 OH-45 or W-60 Fire partitions 05 /3 OH-20 or W-30 Smoke barriers 1 3/ OH-45 or W-60 >1 1'/, OH-90 or W-XXX° Exterior walls 1 3/ OH-45 or W-60 05 1/3 OH-20 or W-30 Party wall All NP Not Applicable NP=Not Permitted a Not permitted except fire -resistance -rated glazing assemblies tested to ASTM El19 or UL 263, as specified in Section 7161 2 3 b XXX= The fire rating duration period in minutes, which shall be equal to the fire -resistance rating required for the wall assembly 150 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I1 I CopyrightOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto ' ff.,I ff.' I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAUTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 2 Smoke dampers shall comply with the requirements of UL 555S 3 Combination fire/smoke dampers shall comply with the requirements of both UL 555 and UL 555S 4 Ceiling radiation dampers shall comply with the requirements of UL 555C or shall be tested as part of a fire -resistance -rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 263 Only ceiling rackation dampers labeled for use in dynamic systems shall be installed in heating, ventilation and au -conditioning systems designed to operate with fans on during a fire 5 Corridor dampers shall comply with requirements of both UL 555 and UL 555S Corridor dampers shall demonstrate acceptable closure performance when subjected to 150 feet per minute (0 76 mps) velocity across the face of the damper during the UL 555 fire exposure test 717.3.2 Damper rating. Damper ratings shall be in accor- dance with Sections 717 3 2 1 through 717 3 2 4 717.3.2.1 Fire damper ratings. Fire dampers shall have the minimum rating specified in Table 717321 TABLE 717.3.2.1 FIRE DAMPER RATING TYPE OF MINIMUM PENETRATION DAMPER RATING (hours) Less than 3-hour fire -resistance -rated assemblies 1 5 3-hour or greater fire -resistance -rated assemblies 3 717.3.2.2 Smoke damper ratings. Smoke damper leakage ratings shall be Class I or II Elevated tempera- ture ratings shall be not less than 250°F (121°C) 717.3.2.3 Combination fire/smoke damper ratings. Combination fire/smoke dampers shall have the mini- mum rating specified for fire dampers in Table 717 3 2 1 and shall have the minimum rating specified for smoke dampers in Section 717 3 2 2 717.3.2.4 Corridor damper ratings. Corridor damp- ers shall have the following minimum ratings 1 One hour fire -resistance rating 2 Class I or II leakage rating as specified in Section 717322 717.3.3 Damper actuation. Damper actuation shall be in accordance with Sections 717 3 3 1 through 717 3 3 5 as applicable 717.3.3.1 Fire damper actuation device. The fire damper actuation device shall meet one of the follow- ing requirements 1 The operating temperature shall be approxi- mately 50°F (10°C) above the normal tempera- ture within the duct system, but not less than 160°F (71°C) 2 The operating temperature shall be not more than 350°F (177°C) where located in a smoke control system complying with Section 909 717.3.3.2 Smoke damper actuation. The smoke damper shall close upon actuation of a listed smoke detector or detectors installed in accordance with Sec- tion 907 3 and one of the following methods, as appli- cable 1 Where a smoke damper is installed within a duct, a smoke detector shall be installed inside the duct or outside the duct with sampling tubes protrud- ing into the duct The detector or tubes within the duct shall be within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the damper Air outlets and inlets shall not be located between the detector or tubes and the damper. The detector shall be listed for the air velocity, temperature and humidity anticipated at the point where it is installed Other than in mechanical smoke control systems, dampers shall be closed upon fan shutdown where local smoke detectors require a minimum velocity to operate 2 Where a smoke damper is installed above smoke barrier doors in a smoke barrier, a spot -type detector shall be installed on either side of the smoke barrier door opening The detector shall be listed for releasing service if used for direct interface with the damper 3 Where a smoke damper is installed within an air transfer opening in a wall, a spot -type detector shall be installed within 5 feet (1524 mm) hori- zontally of the damper The detector shall be listed for releasing service if used for direct inter- face with the damper 4 Where a smoke damper is installed in a corridor wall or ceiling, the damper shall be permitted to be controlled by a smoke detection system installed in the corridor 5 Where a smoke detection system is installed in all areas served by the duct in which the damper will be located, the smoke dampers shall be permitted to be controlled by the smoke detection system 717.3.3.3 Combination fire/smoke damper actua- tion. Combination fire/smoke damper actuation shall be in accordance with Sections 717 3 3 1 and 717 3 3 2 Combination fire/smoke dampers installed in smoke control system shaft penetrations shall not be activated by local area smoke detection unless it is secondary to the smoke management system controls 717.3.3.4 Ceiling radiation damper actuation. The operating temperature of a ceiling radiation damper actuation device shall be 50°F (27 8°C) above the nor- mal temperature within the duct system, but not less than 160°F (71°C) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 151 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 717.3.3.5 Corridor damper actuation. Corridor damper actuation shall be in accordance with Sections 717331 and 717332 717.4 Access and identification. Fire and smoke dampers shall be provided with an approved means of access that is large enough to permit inspection and maintenance of the damper and its operating parts The access shall not affect the integrity of fire -resistance -rated assemblies The access open- ings shall not reduce the fire -resistance rating of the assem- bly Access points shall be permanently identified on the exterior by a label having letters not less than Vz inch (12 7 mm) in height reading FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER, SMOKE DAMPER or FIRE DAMPER Access doors in ducts shall be tight fitting and suitable for the required duct construction 717.5 Where required. Fire, dampers, smoke dampers, com- bination fire/smoke dampers, ceiling radiation dampers and corridor dampers shall be provided at the locations pre- scribed in Sections 717 5 1 through 717 5 7 and 717 6 Where an assembly is required to have both fire dampers and smoke dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers or afire damper and a smoke damper shall be provided 717.5.1 Fire walls. Ducts and air transfer openings per- mitted in fire walls in accordance with Section 706 11 shall be protected with listed fire dampers installed in accordance with their listing 717.5.1.1 Horizontal exits. A listed smoke damper designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be pro- vided at each point a duct or air transfer opening pene- trates afire wall that serves as a horizontal exit 717.5.2 Fire barriers. Ducts and air transfer openings of fire barriers shall be protected with listed fire dampers installed in accordance with their listing Ducts and air transfer openings shall not penetrate enclosures for mte- nor exit stairways and ramps and exit passageways, except as permitted by Sections 10235 and 10246, respectively Exception: Fire dampers are not required at penetra- tions of fire barriers where any of the following apply 1 Penetrations are tested in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 263 as part of the fire -resistance - rated assembly 2 Ducts are used as part of an approved smoke con- trol system in accordance with Section 909 and where the use of a fire damper would interfere with the operation of a smoke control system Such walls are penetrated by ducted HVAC sys- tems, have a required fire -resistance rating of 1 hour or less, are in areas of other than Group H and are in bwldmgs equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 For the purposes of this exception, a ducted HVAC system shall be a duct system for conveying supply, return or exhaust air as part of the structure's HVAC sys- tem Such a duct system shall be constructed of sheet steel not less than No 26 gage thickness and shall be continuous from the air -handling appliance or equipment to the air outlet and inlet term mals 717.5.2.1 Horizontal exits. A listed smoke damper designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be pro- vided at each point a duct or air transfer opening pene- trates afire barrier that serves as a horizontal exit 717.5.3 Shaft enclosures. Shaft enclosures that are per- mitted to be penetrated by ducts and air transfer openings shall be protected with listed fire and smoke dampers installed in accordance with their listing Exceptions: 1 Fire dampers are not required at penetrations of shafts where any of the following criteria are met 1 1 Steel exhaust subducts are extended not less than 22 inches (559 mm) vertically in exhaust shafts, provided that there is a continuous airflow upward to the outside 12 Penetrations are tested in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 263 as part of the fire -resistance -rated assembly 13 Ducts are used as part of an approved smoke control system designed and installed in accordance with Section 909 and where the fire damper will interfere with the operation of the smoke control system 14 The penetrations are in parking garage exhaust or supply shafts that are sepa- rated from other bwldmg shafts by not less than 2-hour fire -resistance -rated con- struction 2 In Group Band R occupancies equipped through- out with an automatic sprinkler system in accor- dance with Section 903 3 1 1, smoke dampers are not required at penetrations of shafts where all of the following criteria are met 21 Kitchen, clothes dryer, bathroom and toi- let room exhaust openings are installed with steel exhaust subducts, having a minimum wall thickness of 0 0187-mch (0 4712 mm) (No 26 gage) 22 The subducts extend not less than 22 inches (559 mm) vertically 23 An exhaust fan is installed at the upper terminus of the shaft that is powered con- tinuously in accordance with the provi- sions of Section 909 11, so as to maintain a continuous upward airflow to the out- side 3 Smoke dampers are not required at penetration of exhaust or supply shafts in parking garages that are separated from other building shafts by not less than 2-hour fire -resistance -rated construc- tion 152 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 UER CITy IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES Smoke dampers are not required at penetrations of shafts where ducts are used as part of an approved mechanical smoke control system designed in accordance with Section 909 and where the smoke damper will interfere with the operation of the smoke control system Fire dampers and combination fire/smoke damp- ers are not required in kitchen and clothes dryer exhaust systems where dampers are prohibited by the International Mechanical Code 717.5.4 Fire partitions. Ducts and air transfer openings that penetrate fire partitions shall be protected with listed fire dampers installed in accordance with their listing Exceptions: In occupancies other than Group H, fire dampers are not required where any of the following apply 1 Corridor walls in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 and the duct is protected as a through penetration in accor- dance with Section 714 2 Tenant partitions in covered and open mall build- ings where the walls are not required by provi- sions elsewhere in the code to extend to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, slab or deck above 3 The duct system is constructed of approved mate- rials in accordance with the International Mechanical Code and the duct penetrating the wall complies with all of the following require - in ents 3 1 The duct shall not exceed 100 square inches (0 06 m) 32 The duct shall be constructed of steel not less than 0 0217 inch (0 55 mm) in thick- ness 33 The duct shall not have openings that communicate the corridor with adjacent spaces or rooms 34 The duct shall be installed above a ceil- ing 35 The duct shall not term mate at a wall reg- ister in the fire -resistance -rated wall 36 A minimum 12-inch-long (305 mm) by 0 060-inch-thick (1 52 mm) steel sleeve shall be centered in each duct opening The sleeve shall be secured to both sides of the wall and all four sides of the sleeve with minimum C/z inch by C/z inch by 0 060-inch (38 mm by 38 mm by 1 52 mm) steel returning angles The retaining angles shall be secured to the sleeve and the wall with No 10 (1\45) screws The annular space between the steel sleeve and the wall opening shall be filled with mineral wool batting on all sides 4 Such walls are penetrated by ducted HVAC sys- tems, have a required fire -resistance rating of 1 hour or less, and are in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 For the purposes of this exception, a ducted HVAC system shall be a duct system for convey- ing supply, return or exhaust air as part of the structure's HVAC system Such a duct system shall be constructed of sheet steel not less than No 26 gage thickness and shall be continuous from the air -handling appliance or equipment to the air outlet and inlet terminals 717.5.4.1 Corridors. Duct and au transfer openings that penetrate corridors shall be protected with damp- ers as follows 1 A corridor damper shall be provided where corri- dor ceilings, constructed as required for the corri- dor walls as permitted in Section 708 4, Exception 3, are penetrated 2 A ceiling radiation damper shall be provided where the ceiling membrane of a fire -resistance - rated floor -ceiling or roof -ceiling assembly, con- structed as permitted in Section 708 4, Exception 2, is penetrated 3 A listed smoke damper designed to resist the pas- sage of smoke shall be provided at each point a duct or au transfer opening penetrates a corridor enclosure required to have smoke and draft con- trol doors in accordance with Section 716 2 2 1 Exceptions: 1 Smoke dampers are not required where the building is equipped throughout with an approved smoke control system in accordance with Section 909, and smoke dampers are not necessary for the operation and control of the system 2 Smoke dampers are not required in corridor penetrations where the duct is constructed of steel not less than 0 019 inch (0 48 mm) in thickness and there are no openings serving the corridor 717.5.5 Smoke barriers. A listed smoke damper designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each point a duct or air transfer opening penetrates a smoke bar- ner Smoke dampers and smoke damper actuation meth- ods shall comply with Section 717 3 3 2 Exceptions: 1 Smoke dampers are not required where the open- ings in ducts are limited to a single smoke com- partment and the ducts are constructed of steel 2 Smoke dampers are not required in smoke bam- ers required by Section 407 5 for Group I-2, Condition 2—where the HVAC system is fully ducted in accordance with Section 603 of the International Mechanical Code and where 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 153 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES buildings are equipped throughout with an auto- matic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- tion 903 3 1 1 and equipped with quick -response sprinklers in accordance with Section 903 3 2 717.5.6 Exterior walls. Ducts and air transfer openings in fire -resistance -rated exterior walls required to have pro- tected openings in accordance with Section 705 10 shall be protected with fisted fire dampers installed in accor- dance with their listing 717.5.7 Smoke partitions. A listed smoke damper designed to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each point that an air transfer opening penetrates a smoke partition Smoke dampers and smoke damper actua- tion methods shall comply with Section 717 3 3 2 Exception: Where the installation of a smoke damper will interfere with the operation of a required smoke control system in accordance with Section 909, approved alternative protection shall be utilized 717.6 Horizontal assemblies. Penetrations by ducts and air transfer openings of a floor, floor/ceiling assembly or the ceiling membrane of a roof/ceiling assembly shall be pro- tected by a shaft enclosure that complies with Section 713 or shall comply with Sections 717 6 1 through 717 6 3 717.6.1 Through penetrations. In occupancies other than Groups I-2 and I-3, a duct constructed of approved materi- als in accordance with the International Mechanical Code that penetrates a fire -resistance -rated floor/ceiling assem- bly that connects not more than two stones is penrutted without shaft enclosure protection, provided that a listed fire damper is installed at the floor line or the duct is pro- tected in accordance with Section 714 5 For air transfer openings, see Section 712 1 9 Exception: A duct is permitted to penetrate three floors or less without a fire damper at each floor, provided that such duct meets all of the following requirements 1 The duct shall be contained and located within the cavity of a wall and shall be constructed of steel having a minimum wall thickness of 0 0187 inches (0 4712 mm) (No 26 gage) 2 The duct shall open into only one dwelling or sleeping unit and the duct system shall be contin- uous from the unit to the exterior of the building 3 The duct shall not exceed 4-inch (102 mm) nomi- nal diameter and the total area of such ducts shall not exceed 100 square inches (0 065 m') in any 100 square feet (9 3 m) of floor area 4 The annular space around the duct is protected with materials that prevent the passage of flame and hot gases sufficient to ignite cotton waste where subjected to ASTM El 19 or UL 263 tune - temperature conditions under a minimum posi- tive pressure differential of 0 01 inch (2 49 Pa) of water at the location of the penetration for the time period equivalent to the fire -resistance rat- ing of the construction penetrated 5 Grille openings located in a ceiling of a fire -resis- tance -rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly shall be protected with a listed ceiling radiation damper installed in accordance with Section 717621 717.6.2 Membrane penetrations. Ducts and air transfer openings constructed of approved materials in accordance with the International Mechanical Code that penetrate the ceiling membrane of a fire -resistance -rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly shall be protected with one of the following 1 A shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 713 A listed ceiling radiation damper installed at the ceiling line where a duct penetrates the ceiling of a fire -resistance -rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly Exceptions: 1 A fire -resistance -rated assembly tested in accordance with ASTM El19 or UL 263 showing that ceiling radiation dampers are not required in order to maintain the fire - resistance rating of the assembly 2 Where exhaust duct or outdoor au duct penetrations protected in accordance with Section 714 5 2 are located within the cav- ity of a wall and do not pass through another dwelling unit or tenant space 3 Where duct and air transfer openings are protected with a duct outlet penetration sys- tem tested as part of a fire -resistance -rated assembly in accordance with ASTM El19 or UL 263 3 A listed ceiling radiation damper installed at the ceiling line where a diffuser with no duct attached penetrates the ceiling of a fire -resistance -rated floor/ ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly Exceptions: A fire -resistance -rated assembly tested in accordance with ASTM El19 or UL 263 showing that ceiling radiation dampers are not required in order to maintain the fire - resistance rating of the assembly Where duct and air transfer openings are protected with a duct outlet penetration sys- tem tested as part of a fire -resistance -rated assembly in accordance with ASTM El19 or UL 263 717.6.2.1 Ceiling radiation dampers testing and installation. Ceiling radiation dampers shall be tested in accordance with Section 717 3 1 Ceiling radiation dampers shall be installed in accordance with the details listed in the fire -resistance -rated assembly and the manufacturer's instructions and the listing 717.6.3 Nonfire-resistance-rated floor assemblies. Duct systems constructed of approved materials in accordance 154 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 CITy IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES with the International Mechanical Code that penetrate nonf re -resistance -rated floor assemblies shall be pro- tected by any of the following methods 1 A shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 713 2 The duct connects not more than two stones, and the annular space around the penetrating duct is pro- tected with an approved noncombustible material that resists the free passage of flame and the prod- ucts of combustion 3 In floor assemblies composed of noncombustible materials, a shaft shall not be required where the duct connects not more than three stories, the annu- lar space around the penetrating duct is protected with an approved noncombustible material that resists the free passage of flame and the products of combustion and a fire damper is installed at each floor line Exception: Fire dampers are not required in ducts within individual residential dwelling units 717.7 Flexible ducts and air connectors. Flexible ducts and air connectors shall not pass through any fie -resistance -rated assembly Flexible air connectors shall not pass through any wall, floor or ceiling SECTION 718 CONCEALED SPACES 718.1 General. Fireblocking and draftstoppmg shall be installed in combustible concealed locations in accordance with this section Fireblocking shall comply with Section 718 2 Draftstopping in floor/ceiling spaces and attic spaces shall comply with Sections 718 3 and 718 4, respectively The permitted use of combustible materials in concealed spaces of bwldmgs of Type I or II construction shall be lim- ited to the applications indicated in Section 718 5 718.2 Fireblocking. In combustible construction, fireblock- ing shall be installed to cut off concealed draft openings (both vertical and horizontal) and shall form an effective barrier between floors, between a top story and a roof or attic space Fireblocking shall be installed in the locations specified in Sections 718 2 2 through 718 2 7 718.2.1 Fireblocking materials. Fireblocking shall con- sist of the following materials 1 Two-mch (51 mm) nominal lumber 2 Two thicknesses of 1-mch (25 mm) nominal lumber with broken lap joints 3 One thickness of 0 719-inch (18 3 mm) wood struc- tural panels with joints backed by 0 719-mch (18 3 mm) wood structural panels 4 One thickness of 0 75-inch (19 1 mm) particleboard with joints backed by 0 75-mch (19 mm) particle- board 5 One -half -inch (12 7 mm) gypsum board 6 One-fourth-mch (6 4 mm) cement -based millboard 7 Batts or blankets of mineral wool, mineral fiber or other approved materials installed in such a manner as to be securely retained in place 8 Cellulose insulation installed as tested for the spe- cific application 718.2.1.1 Batts or blankets of mineral wool or min- eral fiber. Batts or blankets of mineral wool or mineral fiber or other approved nonrigid materials shall be per- mitted for compliance with the 10-foot (3048 mm) hor- izontal Freblockmg in walls constructed using parallel rows of studs or staggered studs 718.2.1.2 Unfaced fiberglass. Unfaced fiberglass bait insulation used as Freblocking shall fill the entire cross section of the wall cavity to a minimum height of 16 inches (406 mm) measured vertically Where piping, conduit or similar obstructions are encountered, the insulation shall be packed tightly around the obstruc- tion 718.2.1.3 Loose -fill insulation material. Loose -fill insulation material, insulating foam sealants and caulk materials shall not be used as a fireblock unless specifi- cally tested in the form and manner intended for use to demonstrate its ability to remain in place and to retard the spread of fie and hot gases 718.2.1.4 Fireblocking integrity. The integrity of fire - blocks shall be maintained 718.2.1.5 Double stud walls. Batts or blankets of min- eral or glass fiber or other approved nonrigid materials shall be allowed as Freblocking in walls constructed using parallel rows of studs or staggered studs 718.2.2 Concealed wall spaces. Fireblocking shall be provided in concealed spaces of stud walls and partitions, including furred spaces, and parallel rows of studs or stag- gered studs, as follows 1 Vertically at the ceiling and floor levels 2 Horizontally at intervals not exceeding 10 feet (3048 mm) 718.2.3 Connections between horizontal and vertical spaces. Fireblocking shall be provided at interconnections between concealed vertical stud wall or partition spaces and concealed horizontal spaces created by an assembly of floor joists or trusses, and between concealed vertical and horizontal spaces such as occur at soffits, drop ceilings, cove ceilings and similar locations 718.2.4 Stairways. Fireblocking shall be provided in con- cealed spaces between stair stringers at the top and bottom of the run Enclosed spaces under stairways shall comply with Section 1011 7 3 718.2.5 Ceiling and floor openings. Where required by Section 712 1 8, Exception 1 of Section 714 5 1 2 or Sec- tion 714 6, firebloclnng of the annular space around vents, pipes, ducts, clumneys and fireplaces at ceilings and floor levels shall be installed with a material specifically tested in the form and manner intended for use to demonstrate its ability to remain in place and resist the free passage of flame and the products of combustion 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 155 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 718.2.5.1 Factory -built chimneys and fireplaces. Factory -built clumneys and fireplaces shall be fire - blocked in accordance with UL 103 and UL 127 718.2.6 Exterior wall coverings. Firebloclnng shall be installed within concealed spaces of exterior wall cover- ings and other exterior architectural elements where per- mitted to be of combustible construction as specified in Section 1405 or where erected with combustible frames Firebloclnng shall be installed at maximum intervals of 20 feet (6096 mm) in either dimension so that there will be no concealed space exceeding 100 square feet (9 3 m2) between firebloclnng Where wood furring strips are used, they shall be of approved wood of natural decay resistance or preservative -treated wood If noncontmuous, such ele- ments shall have closed ends, with not less than 4 inches (102 mm) of separation between sections Exceptions: 1 Firebloclnng of cornices is not required in single- family dwellings Firebloclnng of cornices of a two-family dwelling is required only at the line of dwelling unit separation 2 Firebloclnng shall not be required where the exterior wall covering is installed on noncombus- tible framing and the face of the exterior wall covering exposed to the concealed space is cov- ered by one of the following materials 21 Aluminum having a minimum thickness of 0 019 inch (0 5 mm) 22 Corrosion -resistant steel having a base metal thickness not less than 0 016 inch (0 4 mm) at any point 23 Other approved noncombustible materi- als 3 Firebloclnng shall not be required where the exterior wall covering has been tested in accor- dance with, and complies with the acceptance cri- teria of, NFPA 285 The exterior wall covering shall be installed as tested in accordance with NFPA 285 718.2.7 Concealed sleeper spaces. Where wood sleepers are used for laying wood flooring on masonry or concrete fire -resistance -rated floors, the space between the floor slab and the underside of the wood flooring shall be filled with an approved material to resist the free passage of flame and products of combustion or fireblocked in such a manner that open spaces under the flooring shall not exceed 100 square feet (93 m2) in area and such space shall be filled solidly under permanent partitions so that communication under the flooring between adjoining rooms shall not occur Exceptions: 1 Firebloclnng is not required for slab -on -grade floors in gymnasiums 2 Firebloclnng is required only at the juncture of each alternate lane and at the ends of each lane in a bowling facility 718.3 Draftstopping in floors. Draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide floor/ceiling assemblies where required by Section 708 4 2 In other than Group R occupancies, draft - stopping shall be installed to subdivide combustible floor/ ceiling assemblies so that horizontal floor areas do not exceed 1,000 square feet (93 m2) Exception: Bwldmgs equipped throughout with an auto- matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903311 718.3.1 Draftstopping materials. Draftstopping materials shall be not less than '/z mch (12 7 mm) gypsum board, '/g mch (9 5 mm) wood structural panel, '/g mch (9 5 mm) par- ticleboard, 1-mch (25-mm) nominal lumber, cement fiber- board, baits or blankets of mineral wool or glass fiber, or other approved materials adequately supported The integ- rity of draftstops shall be maintained 718.4 Draftstopping in attics. Draftstopping shall be installed to subdivide attic spaces where required by Section 708 4 2 In other than Group R, draftstoppmg shall be installed to subdivide combustible attic spaces and combusti- ble concealed roof spaces such that any horizontal area does not exceed 3,000 square feet (279 m2) Ventilation of con- cealed roof spaces shall be maintained in accordance with Section 1202 2 1 Exception: Bwldmgs equipped throughout with an auto- matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903311 718.4.1 Draftstopping materials. Materials utilized for draftstoppmg of attic spaces shall comply with Section 71831 718.4.1.1 Openings. Openings in the partitions shall be protected by self -closing doors with automatic latches constructed as required for the partitions 718.5 Combustible materials in concealed spaces in Type I or II construction. Combustible materials shall not be per- mitted in concealed spaces of buildings of Type I or II con- struction Exceptions: 1 Combustible materials in accordance with Section 603 2 Combustible materials exposed within plenums complying with Section 602 of the International Mechanical Code 3 Class A mtenor finish materials classified in accor- dance with Section 803 4 Combustible piping within partitions or shaft enclo- sures installed in accordance with the provisions of this code 5 Combustible piping within concealed ceiling spaces installed in accordance with the International Mechanical Code and the International Plumbing Code 6 Combustible insulation and covering on pipe and tubmg, installed in concealed spaces other than ple- nums, complying with Section 720 7 156 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff.,111 Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto k MR, ff.' I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES SECTION 719 FIRE -RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR PLASTER 719.1 Thickness of plaster. The minimum thickness of gyp- sum plaster or Portland cement plaster used in a fire -resis- tance -rated system shall be determined by the prescribed fire tests The plaster thickness shall be measured from the face of the lath where applied to gypsum lath or metal lath 719.2 Plaster equivalents. For fire -resistance purposes, Vz inch (12 7 mm) of unsanded gypsum plaster shall be deemed equivalent to'/q inch (19 1 mm) of one -to -three gypsum sand plaster or 1 inch (25 mm) of Portland cement sand plaster 719.3 Noncombustible furring. In buildings of Type I and II construction, plaster shall be applied directly on concrete or masonry or on approved noncombustible plastering base and furring 719.4 Double reinforcement Plaster protection more than 1 inch (25 mm) in thickness shall be reinforced with an addi- tional layer of approved lath embedded not less than'/q inch (19 1 mm) from the outer surface and fixed securely in place Exception: Solid plaster partitions or where otherwise determined by fire tests 719.5 Plaster alternatives for concrete. In reinforced con- crete construction, gypsum plaster or Portland cement plaster is permitted to be substituted for Vz inch (127 mm) of the required poured concrete protection, except that a minimum thickness of inch (9 5 mm) of poured concrete shall be pro- vided in reinforced concrete floors and 1 inch (25 mm) in reinforced concrete columns in addition to the plaster finish The concrete base shall be prepared in accordance with Sec- tion 2510 7 SECTION 720 THERMAL -AND SOUND -INSULATING MATERIALS 720.1 General. Insulating materials shall comply with the requirements of this section Where a flame spread index or a smoke -developed index is specified in this section, such index shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 Any material that is subject to an increase in flame spread index or smoke -developed index beyond the limits herein established through the effects of age, moisture or other atmospheric conditions shall not be permitted Insulat- ing materials, when tested in accordance with the require- ments of this section, shall include facings, when used, such as vapor retarders, vapor permeable membranes and similar coverings, and all layers of single and multilayer reflective foil insulation and similar materials Exceptions: 1 Fiberboard insulation shall comply with Chapter 23 2 Foam plastic insulation shall comply with Chapter 26 3 Duct and pipe insulation and duct and pipe cover- ings and linings in plenums shall comply with the International Mechanical Code 4 All layers of single and multilayer reflective plastic core insulation shall comply with Section 2614 ' 720.2 Concealed installation. Insulating materials, where concealed as installed in buildings of any type of construc- tion, shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke -developed index of not more than 450 Exception: Cellulosic fiber loose -fill insulation comply- ing with the requirements of Section 7206 shall not be required to meet a flame spread index requirement but shall be required to meet a smoke -developed index of not more than 450 when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC S 102 2 720.2.1 Facings. Where such materials are installed in concealed spaces in buildings of Type III, IV or V con- struction, the flame spread and smoke -developed limita- tions do not apply to facings, coverings, and layers of reflective foil insulation that are installed belund and in substantial contact with the unexposed surface of the ceil- ing, wall or floor finish Exception: All layers of single and multilayer reflec- tive plastic core insulation shall comply with Section 2614 720.3 Exposed installation. Insulating materials, where exposed as installed in buildings of any type of construction, shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke -developed index of not more than 450 Exception: Cellulosic fiber loose -fill insulation comply- ing with the requirements of Section 7206 shall not be required to meet a flame spread index requirement but shall be required to meet a smoke -developed index of not more than 450 when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC S 102 2 720.3.1 Attic floors. Exposed insulation materials installed on attic floors shall have a critical radiant flux of not less than 0 12 watt per square centimeter when tested in accordance with ASTM E970 720.4 Loose -fill insulation. Loose -fill insulation materials that cannot be mounted in the ASTM E84 or UL 723 appara- tus without a screen or artificial supports shall comply with the flame spread and smoke -developed limits of Sections 720 2 and 720 3 when tested in accordance with CAN1[JLC S 102 2 Exception: Cellulosic fiber loose -fill insulation shall not be required to meet a flame spread index requirement when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC S102 2, pro- vided that such insulation has a smoke -developed index of not more than 450 and complies with the requirements of Section 720 6 720.5 Roof insulation. The use of combustible roof insula- tion not complying with Sections 720 2 and 720 3 shall be permitted in any type of construction provided that insulation is covered with approved roof coverings directly applied thereto 720.6 Cellulosic fiber loose -fill insulation and self -sup- ported spray -applied cellulosic insulation. Cellulosic fiber 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 157 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES loose -fill insulation and self -supported spray -applied cellu- losic insulation shall comply with CPSC 16 CFR Parts 1209 and 1404 Each package of such insulating material shall be clearly labeled in accordance with CPSC 16 CFR Parts 1209 and 1404 720.7 Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing. Insula- tion and covering on pipe and tubing shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke -developed index of not more than 450 Exception: Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing installed in plenums shall comply with the International Mechanical Code. SECTION 721 PRESCRIPTIVE FIRE RESISTANCE 721.1 General. The provisions of this section contain pre- scriptive details of fire -resistance -rated building elements, components or assemblies The materials of construction listed in Tables 721 l(1), 721 1(2) and 721 1(3) shall be assumed to have the fire -resistance ratings prescribed therein Where materials that change the capacity for heat dis- sipation are incorporated into a fire -resistance -rated assem- bly, fire test results or other substantiating data shall be made available to the building official to show that the required fire -resistance -rating time period is not reduced 721.1.1 Thickness of protective coverings. The thickness of fire-resistant materials required for protection of struc- tural members shall be not less than set forth in Table 721 l(1), except as modified in this section The figures shown shall be the net thickness of the protecting materials and shall not include any hollow space in back of the pro- tection 721.1.2 Unit masonry protection. Where required, metal ties shall be embedded in bed joints of unit masonry for protection of steel columns Such ties shall be as set forth in Table 721 1(1) or be equivalent thereto 721.1.3 Reinforcement for cast -in -place concrete col- umn protection. Cast -in -place concrete protection for steel columns shall be reinforced at the edges of such members with wire ties of not less than 0 18 inch (4 6 mm) in diameter wound spirally around the columns on a pitch of not more than 8 inches (203 mm) or by equivalent rein- forcement 721.1.4 Plaster application. The finish coat is not required for plaster protective coatings where those coat- ings comply with the design mix and thickness require- ments of Tables 721 l(1), 721 1(2) and 721 1(3) 721.1.5 Bonded prestressed concrete tendons. For mem- bers having a single tendon or more than one tendon installed with equal concrete cover measured from the nearest surface, the cover shall be not less than that set forth in Table 721 1(1) For members having multiple ten- dons installed with variable concrete cover, the average tendon cover shall be not less than that set forth in Table 721 1(1), provided that The clearance from each tendon to the nearest exposed surface is used to detennme the average cover The clear cover for individual tendons shall not be less than one-half of that set forth in Table 721 1(1) A mimmum cover of inch (19 1 mm) for slabs and 1 inch (25 mm) for beams is required for any aggregate concrete For the purpose of establishing afire -resistance rat- ing, tendons having a clear covering less than that set forth in Table 721 1(1) shall not contribute more than 50 percent of the required ultimate moment capacity for members less than 350 square inches (0 226 m) in cross -sectional area and 65 percent for larger members For structural design purposes, however, tendons having a reduced cover are assumed to be fully effective SECTION 722 CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE 722.1 General. The provisions of this section contain pro- cedures by which the fire resistance of specific materials or combinations of materials is established by calcula- tions These procedures apply only to the information con- tained in this section and shall not be otherwise used The calculated fire resistance of concrete, concrete masonry and clay masonry assemblies shall be permitted in accor- dance with ACI 2161/TMS 0216 The calculated fire resistance of steel assemblies shall be permitted in accor- dance with Chapter 5 of ASCE 29 The calculated fire resistance of exposed wood members and wood decking shall be permitted in accordance with Chapter 16 of ANSI/ AWC National Design Specification for Wood Construc- tion (AIDS) 722.2 Concrete assemblies. The provisions of this section contain procedures by which the fire -resistance ratings of concrete assemblies are established by calculations 722.2.1 Concrete walls. Cast -in -place and precast con- crete walls shall comply with Section 722 2 1 1 Multi- wythe concrete walls shall comply with Section 722 2 1 2 Joints between precast panels shall comply with Section 722 2 1 3 Concrete walls with gypsum wallboard or plas- ter finish shall comply with Section 722 2 1 4 722.2.1.1 Cast -in -place or precast walls. The mim- mum equivalent thicknesses of cast -in -place or precast concrete walls for fire -resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours are shown in Table 722 2 1 1 For solid walls with flat vertical surfaces, the equivalent thickness is the same as the actual thickness The values in Table 722 2 1 1 apply to plain, reinforced or prestressed con- crete walls 4m 158 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff.,I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto k MR, ff.'FrIT1 I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,o,,byany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(1) MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS' MINIMUM THICKNESS OF INSULATING MATERIAL STRUCTURAL ITEM FOR THE FOLLOWING FIRE -RESISTANCE PARTS TO BE NUMBER INSULATING MATERIAL USED PERIODS (inches) PROTECTED 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour 1-1 1 Carbonate, lightweight and sand -lightweight aggregate concrete, members 6" x 6" or 21/ 2 1'/ 1 greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel)' z 1-1 2 Carbonate, lightweight and sand -lightweight aggregate concrete, members 8" x 8" or 2 1'/ 1 1 greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel)' z 1-1 3 Carbonate, lightweight and sand -lightweight aggregate concrete, members 1 /z 1 1 1 12" x 12" or greater (not including sandstone, granite and siliceous gravel)' 1-1 4 Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1 1, members 6" x 6" or 3 2 1'/ 1 greater' z 1-1 5 Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1 1, members 8" x 8" or 21/ 2 1 1 greater' 1-1 6 Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 1-1 1, members 2 1 1 1 12" x 12" or greater' 1-2 1 Clay or shale brick with brick and mortar fill 3'/ 2'/ 4" hollow clay tile in two 2" layers,'/" mortar between tile and column,'/g" metal 1-3 1 mesh 0 046" wire diameter in horizontal joints, tile fill' 4 2" hollow clay tile,'/" mortar between tile and column,'/g" metal mesh 0 046" wire 1-3 2 diameter in horizontal joints, limestone concrete fill', plastered with'/" gypsum plas- 3 ter 2" hollow clay tile with outside wire ties 0 08" diameter at each course of tile or'/g" 1 Steel columns 1-3 3 metal mesh 0 046" diameter wire in horizontal joints, limestone or trap -rock concrete 3 and all of primary fill' extending 1 " outside column on all sides trusses (continued) 1-3 4 2" hollow clay tile with outside wire ties 0 08" diameter at each course of tile with or 2 without concrete fill,'/" mortar between tile and column Cement plaster over metal lath wire tied to'/" cold -rolled vertical channels with 0 049" 1-4 1 (No 18 B W gage) wire ties spaced 3" to 6" on center Plaster mixed 2'/h '/R 1 21/ by volume, cement to sand Vermiculite concrete, 1 4 mix by volume over paperbacked wire fabric lath wrapped 1-5 1 directly around column with additional 2" x 2" 0 065"/0 065" (No 16/16 B W gage) 2 wire fabric placed'/4" from outer concrete surface Wire fabric tied with 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) wire spaced 6" on center for inner layer and 2" on center for outer layer Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over metal lath wrapped around column and 1-6 1 furred 1'/" from column flanges Sheets lapped at ends and tied at 6" intervals with 11/ 1 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) he wire Plaster pushed through to flanges 1-6 2 Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over self -furring metal lath wrapped directly V/ V/ 1 around column, lapped 1" and tied at 6" intervals with 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) wire R 1-6 3 Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath applied to'/" cold -rolled channels 11/ spaced 24" apart vertically and wrapped flatwise around column Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster over two layers of/" plain full-length gypsum lath applied tight to column flanges Lath wrapped with 1" hexagonal mesh of No 20 1-6 4 gage wire and tied with doubled 0 035" diameter (No 18 B W gage) wire ties spaced 21/ 2 23" on center For three -coat work, the plaster mix for the second coat shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 21/ cubic feet of aggregate for the 3-hour system (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 159 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm, rhv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(1)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS' MINIMUM THICKNESS OF INSULATING MATERIAL STRUCTURAL ITEM FOR THE FOLLOWING FIRE -RESISTANCE PARTS TO BE NUMBER INSULATING MATERIAL USED PERIODS (inches) PROTECTED 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour Perhte or vermiculite gypsum plaster over one layer of'/2" plain full-length gypsum lath applied tight to column flanges Lath tied with doubled 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) 1-6 5 wire ties spaced 23" on center and scratch coat wrapped with 1" hexagonal mesh 2 0 035" (No 20 B W gage) wire fabric For three -coat work, the plaster mix for the sec- ond coat shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 2'/ cubic feet of aggregate Multiple layers of'/2" gypsum wallboard` adhesively° secured to column flanges and successive layers Wallboard applied without horizontal joints Comer edges of each 1-7 1 layer staggered Wallboard layer below outer layer secured to column with doubled 2 1 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) steel wire ties spaced 15" on center Exposed corners taped and treated Three layers of Type X gypsum wallboard ` First and second layer held in place by '/g" diameter by I%" long ring shank nuts with '116" diameter heads spaced 24" on cen- 1-7 2 ter at comers Middle layer also secured with metal straps at nnid-height and 18" from I% each end, and by metal comer bead at each corner held by the metal straps Tlurd layer attached to comer bead with 1" long gypsum wallboard screws spaced 12" on center Three layers of/," Type X gypsum wallboarcU each layer screw attached to 1'/," steel studs 0 018" thick (No 25 carbon sheet steel gage) at each comer of column Middle 1 Steel columns 1 7 3 layer also secured with 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) double -strand steel wire ties, 24" on P/ and all of primary center Screws are No 6 by 1" spaced 24" on center for inner layer, No 6 by 1%" a trusses spaced 12" on center for middle layer and No 8 by 2'/" spaced 12" on center for outer layer Wood-fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1 1 by weight gypsum -to -sand aggregate applied over metal lath Lath lapped 1" and tied 6" on center at all end, edges and spacers with 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) steel he woes Lath applied over '/" spacers made of 1-8 1 fuming channel with 2" legs bent around each comer Spacers located 1" from top and 1 % bottom of member and not greater than 40" on center and woe tied with a single strand of 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) steel he wires Comer bead tied to the lath at 6" on center along each comer to provide plaster duckness Mimmum W8x35 wide flange steel column (w/d z 0 75) with each web cavity filled even with the flange hp with normal weight carbonate or siliceous aggregate concrete (3,000 psi minimum compressive strength with 145 pcf f 3 pcf unit weight) Reinforce the concrete in each web cavity with a minimum No 4 deformed reinforcing bar See 1-9 1 installed vertically and centered in the cavity, and secured to the column web with a Note minimum No 2 horizontal deformed reinforcing bar welded to the web every 18" on n center vertically As an alternative to the No 4 rebar,'/" diameter by 3" long headed studs, spaced at 12" on center vertically, shall be welded on each side of the web mid- way between the column flanges Carbonate, lightweight and sand -lightweight aggregate concrete (not including sand- 2-1 1 stone, granite and siliceous gravel) with 3" or finer metal mesh placed 1" from the fin- 2 1'/ 1 1 ished surface anchored to the top flange and providing not less than 0 025 square inch 2 Webs or flanges of steel area per foot in each direction of steel beams and Siliceous aggregate concrete and concrete excluded in Item 2-1 1 with 3" or finer metal girders 2-1 2 mesh placed 1" from the finished surface anchored to the top flange and providing not 21/ 2 11/ 1 (continued) less than 0 025 square inch of steel area per foot in each direction Cement plaster on metal lath attached to'/4" cold -rolled channels with 0 04" (No 18 2-2 1 B W gage) wire ties spaced 3" to 6" on center Plaster mixed 1 21/ by volume, cement 2'/h 7/E to sand (continued) 160 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 " ' CITy IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, rhvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto ' I ( I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(1)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS' MINIMUM THICKNESS OF INSULATING MATERIAL STRUCTURAL ITEM FOR THE FOLLOWING FIRE -RESISTANCE PARTS TO BE NUMBER INSULATING MATERIAL USED PERIODS (inches) PROTECTED 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour Vermiculite gypsum plaster on a metal lath cage, wire tied to 0 165" diameter (No 8 2-3 1 B W gage) steel wire hangers wrapped around beam and spaced 16" on center Metal 7/g lath ties spaced approximately 5" on center at cage sides and bottom Two layers of Type X gypsum wallboard` are attached to U-shaped brackets spaced 24" on center 0 018" duck (No 25 carbon sheet steel gage) I %" deep by 1" galvanized steel runner channels are first installed parallel to and on each side of the top beam flange to provide a'/" clearance to the flange The channel runners are attached to steel deck or concrete floor construction with approved fasteners spaced 12" on center U- shaped brackets are formed from members identical to the channel runners At the bent portion of the U-shaped bracket, the flanges of the channel are cut out so that 1 %" deep corner channels can be mserted without attachment parallel to each side of the lower flange 2-4 1 As an alternative, 0 021" duck (No 24 carbon sheet steel gage) 1" x 2" runner and cor- ner angles shall be used in lieu of channels, and the web cutouts in the U-shaped brack- ets shall not be required Each angle is attached to the bracket with'/" -long No 8 self- 2 Webs or drilling screws The vertical legs of the U-shaped bracket are attached to the runners flanges of steel with one'/" long No 8 self -drilling screw The completed steel framing provides a 21/g" beams and and 1'/" space between the inner layer of wallboard and the sides and bottom of the girders steel beam, respectively The inner layer of wallboard is attached to the top runners and bottom comer channels or corner angles with 1'/"-long No 6 self -drilling screws spaced 16" on center The outer layer of wallboard is applied with V/4"-long No 6 self - drilling screws spaced 8" on center The bottom comers are reinforced with metal comer beads Three layers of/g" Type X gypsum wallboard attached to a steel suspension system as described immediately above utilizing the 0 018" duck (No 25 carbon sheet steel gage) 1" x 2" lower comer angles The framing is located so that a 21/g" and 2" space is pro- vided between the inner layer of wallboard and the sides and bottom of the beam, respectively The first two layers of wallboard are attached as described immediately 2-4 2 above A layer of 0 035" duck (No 20 B W gage) 1" hexagonal galvanized wire mesh P/R is applied under the soffit of the middle layer and up the sides approximately 2" The mesh is held in position with the No 6 1%"-long screws installed in the vertical leg of the bottom comer angles The outer layer of wallboard is attached with No 6 2'/"-long screws spaced 8" on center One screw is installed at the mid -depth of the bracket in each layer Bottom comers are finished as described above Carbonate, lightweight, sand -lightweight and sihceousf aggregate concrete 3 Bonded pre- Beams or girders tensioned renn- forcementnn 3-11 prestressed concrete' Solid (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 161 I " ' CopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm, rhvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(1)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION OF STRUCTURAL PARTS BASED ON TIME PERIODS FOR VARIOUS NONCOMBUSTIBLE INSULATING MATERIALS' MINIMUM THICKNESS OF INSULATING MATERIAL STRUCTURAL ITEM FOR THE FOLLOWING FIRE -RESISTANCE PARTS TO BE NUMBER INSULATING MATERIAL USED PERIODS (inches) PROTECTED 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour Carbonate, lightweight, sand -lightweight and sfliceousiaggregate concrete Unrestramed members Solid slabs' 2 1'/ 4 Bonded or 4-11 Beams and girders' unbondedpost- 8" wide 4'/2 2'/ 1'/ tensioned ten- greater than 12" wide 3 2'/ 2 1'/ dons in pre- Carbonate, lightweight, sand -lightweight and siliceous aggregate Restrained members h concrete' Solid slabs 1'/ 1 3/4 4-12 Beams and girders 21/ 2 13/ 8" wide greater titan 12" wide 2 13/ 11/ 5 Reinforcing Carbonate, lightweight and sand -lightweight aggregate concrete, members 12" or steel in rein- forced concrete larger, square or round Size limit does not apply to beams and irders monolifluc g pp y g 11/ 11/ 11/ 11/ columns, beams 5-1 1 o with floors ) girders and Siliceous aggregate concrete, members 12" or larger, square or round (Size limit 2 1'/2 1'/2 1'/2 does not apply to beams and girders monoliguc with floors ) gasses 6 Reinforcing steel in rem- 6-1 1 Carbonate, lightweight and sand -lightweight aggregate concrete 11/ 11/ 1 '/ forced concrete 6-12 Sihceous aggregate concrete 13/ 11/ 1 '/ joists' 7 Reinforcing and he rods in 7-1 1 Carbonate, lightweight and sand -lightweight aggregate concrete 1 1 '/ '/ floor and roof 7-12 Sncceous aggregate concrete 1'/ 1 1 '/ slabs' For SI 1 inch = 25 4 aim, 1 square inch = 645 2 min', 1 cubic foot= 0 0283 m', 1 pound per cubic foot= 16 02 kg/m3 a Reentrant parts of protected members to be filled solidly b Two layers of equal thickness with a'/ -inch airspace between c For all of the constriction with gypsum wallboard described In Table 721 1(1), gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall be permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided that attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard and the )carts on the face layer are reinforced, and the entire surface is covered with not less than'/d-Inch gypsum veneer plaster d An approved adhesive qualified under ASTM El 19 or UL 263 e Where lightweight or sand -lightweight concrete having an oven -dry weight of 110 pounds per cubic foot or less is used, the tabulated minimum cover shall be permitted to be reduced 25 percent, except that the reduced cover shall be not less than'/Q Inch In slabs or 11/ Inches In beams or girders f For solid slabs of siliceous aggregate concrete, Increase tendon cover 20 percent g Adequate provisions against spalling shall be provided by U-shaped or hooped stamps spaced not to exceed the depth of the memberwith a clear cover of 1 Inch It Prestressed slabs shall have a thickness not less than that required In Table 721 1(3) for the respective fire -resistance time period i Fire coverage and end anchorages shall be as follows Cover to the prestressing steel at the anchor shall be Inch greater than that required away from the anchor Minimum cover to steel -bearing plate shall be 1 Inch In beams and'/Q inch In slabs ) For beam widths between 8 inches and 12 Inches, cover thickness shall be permitted to be determined by Interpolation k Interior spans of continuous slabs, beams and girders shall be permitted to be considered restrained I For use with concrete slabs having a comparable fire endurance where members are framed Into the structure In such a manner as to provide equivalent performance to that of monolithic concrete construction in Generic fire -resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed n Additional Insulating material is not required on the exposed outside face of the column flange to achieve a 1-hour fire -resistance rating 162 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' CopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, rhvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmeoeJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto rk ' I ' RR I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva oily mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAUTHOIGAED [irREPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(2) RATED FIRE -RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS "P MINIMUM FINISHED THICKNESS FACE -TO - MATERIAL ITEM NUMBER CONSTRUCTION FACE"finches) 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour 1-1 1 Solid brick of clay or shale` 6 49 38 27 1-1 2 Hollow brick, not filled 50 43 34 23 1-1 3 Hollow brick unit wall, grout or filled with perlite vermiculite or expanded shale 66 55 44 30 1 Brick of clay aggregate or shale 4" nominal duck units not less than 75 percent solid backed with a hat -shaped metal flaring channel'/" duck formed from 0 021" sheet metal attached to the brick wall on 5 d 24" centers with approved fasteners, and'/2" Type X gypsum wallboard attached to the ]2-11 metal furring strips with 1 "-long Type S screws spaced 8" on center 2 Combination 4" solid bnckand 4" the (not less than 40 percent solid) 8 of clay bnck and load -bearing hol-4" solid brick and 8" the (not less than 40 percent solid) 12 low clay tile 3-1 119 Expanded slag or pumice 47 40 32 2 1 3 Concrete 3-1 219 Expanded clay, shale or slate 5 1 44 36 26 masonry units 3-1 3' Limestone, cinders or air-cooled slag 59 50 40 27 3-1 419 Calcareous or siliceous gravel 62 53 42 28 Siliceous aggregate concrete 70 6 2 50 35 4 Solid con- 4-1 1 Carbonate aggregate concrete 66 57 46 32 creteKI Sand -lightweight concrete 54 46 38 27 Lightweight concrete 5 1 44 36 25 5-1 1 One 2" unit cored 15 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 25 percent maximum with '" 3/4" 63/ mortar -filled collar joint Unit positions reversed in alternate courses a One 2" unit cored 15 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 40 percent maximum with 5-1 2 '/" mortar -filled collarlomt Unit positions side with'/" gypsum plaster Two wythes 63/ tied together every fourth course with No 22 gage corrugated metal ties 5 Glazed or 5-1 3 One unit with three cells in wall duckness, cored 29 percent maximum 6 unglazed facing One 2" unit cored 22 percent maximum and one 4" unit cored 41 percent maximum with tile, nonload- 5-1 4 '/" mortar -filled collarjomt Two wythes tied together every durd course with 0 030" 6 bearing No 22 galvanized sheet steel gage) corrugated metal ties 5-1 5 One 4" unit cored 25 percent maximum with'/" gypsum plaster on one side 43/ 5-1 6 One 4" unit with two cells in wall duckness, cored 22 percent maximum 4 5-1 7 One 4" unit cored 30 percent maximum with'" rm veiculite gypsum plaster on one side / 4'/ 5-1 8 One 4" unit cored 39 percent maximum with '/" gypsum plaster on one side 41/ (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 163 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N"mb6x1""elvmcocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE -RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS P MINIMUM FINISHED MATERIAL ITEM CONSTRUCTION THICKNESS FACE -TO - FACE' (inches) NUMBER 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour by 0 055" (No 16 carbon sheet steel gage) vertical cold -rolled channels, 16" on 6-1 1 center with 2 6-pound flat metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0 049" (No 18 2 d B W gage) wue SAC' spacing Gypsum plaster each side mixed 1 2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate '/" by 0 05" (No 16 carbon sheet steel gage) cold -rolled channels 16" on center with metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) wire at 6" 6-1 2 spacing Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster each side For three -coat work, the 21/d 2d plaster mix for the second coat shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 21/2 cubic feet of aggregate for the 1-hour system 6 Solid gypsum '/" by 0 055" (No 16 carbon sheet steel gage) vertical cold -rolled channels, 16" on plaster 6-1 3 center with %" gypsum lath applied to one face and attached with sheet metal clips 2d Gypsum plaster each side mixed 1 2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate Studless with 1/2" full-length plan gypsum lath and gypsum plaster each side Plaster 6-2 1 nuxed 1 1 for scratch coat and 1 2 for brown coat, by weight, gypsum to sand 2d aggregate 6 2 2 Studless math 1/2" full-length plan gypsum lath and perlite or vermiculite gypsum 21/ d 2d plaster each side Studless partition with %" nb metal lath installed vertically adjacent edges tied 6" on 6-2 3 center with No 18 gage wire ties, gypsum plaster each side mixed 1 2 by weight, 2d gypsum to sand aggregate 7 Solid perhte Perhte mixed in the ratio of 3 cubic feet to 100 pounds of Portland cement and machine and Portland 7-1 1 applied to stud side of 1 /" mesh by 0 058-inch (No 17 B W gage) paper -backed d cement wire31/ woven fabnc lath wire -tied to 4"-deep steel trussed wire 1 studs 16" on center Wire a ties of 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) galvaruzed steel wire 6" on center vertically 8 Solid neat '/" by 0 055-inch (No 16 carbon sheet steel gage) cold -rolled channels, 12" on center wood fibered 8-1 1 with 2 5-pound flat metal lath applied to one face and tied with 0 049" (No 18 B W 2d gypsum plaster gage) wire at 6" spacing Neat gypsum plaster applied each side 9 Solid wall- One full-length layer 1/" Type X gypsum wallboauFlammated to each side of 1" full - board partition 9-1 1 length V-edge gypsum coreboard with approved lammating compound Vertical joints 2d of face layer and coreboard staggered not less than 3" One full-length layer of /," Type X gypsum wallboard' attached to both sides of wood or metal top and bottom runners laminated to each side of 1"x 6" full-length gypsum 10-1 1 coreboard nbs spaced 2" on center with approved laminating compound Ribs centered 21/d 10 Hollow (stud- at vertical joints of face plies and joints staggered 24" in opposing faces Ribs maybe less) gypsum recessed 6" from the top and bottom wallboard park- 1" regular gypsum V-edge full-length backing board attached to both sides of wood or tion metal top and bottom runners with pals or 1'/g" drywall screws at 24" on center 10-1 2 Minimum width of runners 1'/g" Face layer of 1/2" regular full-length gypsum 45/Sd wallboard laminated to outer faces of backing board with approved laminating compound (continued) 164 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® S ( firill ' UER CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto II.i A&g,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(2) —continued RATED FIRE -RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS °•P MINIMUM FINISHED MATERIAL ITEM CONSTRUCTION THICKNESS FACE -TO - FACE"(inches) NUMBER 4 T-3-7 2 1 hoursl hours I hours hour 11-1 1 3'/4" x 0 044" (No 18 carbon sheet steel gage) steel studs spaced 24" on center '/R" 43/ d gypsum plaster on metal lath each side mixed 1 2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate 3' /g" x 0 055" (No 16 carbon sheet steel gage) approved nailable'studs spaced 24" on 11-1 2 center '/," neat gypsum wood-fibered plaster each side over'/g" nb metal lath nailed to 5% 11 Noncombusti- studs with 6d common nails, 8" on center Nails driven V/4" and bent over ble studs-intenor 4" x 0 044" (No 18 carbon sheet steel gage) channel -shaped steel studs at 16" on center partition with 11-1 3 On each side approved resilient clips pressed onto stud flange at 16" vertical spacing, 75/ d plaster each side pencil rods snapped into or wire tied onto outer loop of clips, metal lath wire -tied to a pencil rods at 6" intervals, 1" perlite gypsum plaster, each side 21/" x 0 044" (No 18 carbon sheet steel gage) steel studs spaced 16" on center Wood 11-1 4 fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1 1 by weight gypsum to sand aggregate applied on'/4 '/" 4'/ d pound metal lath wire tied to studs, each side plaster applied over each face, including finish coat 2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with 5/g" gypsum plaster on metal lath Lath attached 12-1 14'" by 4d common nails bent over or No 14 gage by 1'/" by'/" crown width staples 51/ spaced 6" on center Plaster mixed 1 1'/ for scratch coat and 1 3 for brown coat, by a weight, gypsum to sand aggregate 2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with metal lath and'/g" neat wood-fibered gypsum 12 Wood studs- 12-1 2' plaster each side Lath attachedby 6d common nails, 7" on center Nails driven 1'/" and 5'/d intenor partition bent over with plaster each 2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with'/g" perforated or plain gypsum lath and'/" side 12-1 3' gypsum plaster each side Lath nailed with l'/g" by No 13 gage by 14/64" head 51/ plasterboard blued nails, 4" on center Plaster mixed 1 2 by weight, gypsum to sand 4 aggregate 2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with'/S" Type X gypsum lath and'/" gypsum plaster 12-1 4' each side Lath nailed with 1'/," by No 13 gage by 14/64" head plasterboard blued nails, 51/4 5" on center Plaster mixed 1 2 by weight, gypsum to sand aggregate 0 018" (No 25 carbon sheet steel gage) channel -shaped studs 24" on center with one full-length layer of 5/S" Type X gypsum wallboard' applied vertically attached with 1"- long No 6 drywall screws to each stud Screws are 8" on center around the perimeter 13-1 1 and 12" on center on the intermediate stud Where applied honzontally, the Type X 2'/Sd gypsum wallboard shall be attached to 35/g" studs and the honzontal joints shall be staggered with those on the opposite side Screws for the honzontal application shall be 8" on center at vertical edges and 12" on center at intermediate studs 13 Noncontenor ble studs -interior 0 018" (No 25 carbon sheet steel gage) channel -shaped studs 25" on center with two partition with gyp- full-length layers of /" Type X gypsum wallboard' applied vertically each side First sum wallboard layer attached with 1"-long, No 6 drywall screws, 8" on center around the penmeter each side 13-12 and 12" on center on the intermediate stud Second layer applied with vertical joints 35/Sd offset one stud space from first layer using 15/g" long, No 6 drywall screws spaced 9" on center along vertical joints, 12" on center at intermediate studs and 24" on center along top and bottom runners 0 055" (No 16 carbon sheet steel gage) approved nailable metal studs' 24" on center 13-13 with full-length 5/g" Type X gypsum wallboard' applied vertically and nailed 7" on center with 6d cement -coated common nails Approved metal fastener grips used with a nails at vertical butt joints along studs (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 165 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE -RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS "•"•P MINIMUM FINISHED THICKNESS FACE-TO-FACE" MATERIAL ITEM NUMBER CONSTRUCTION (inches) 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour 2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers of regular gypsum wallboard" each side, 4d cooler" or wallboard' mals at 8" on center first layer, 5d 14-1 1'"" cooler" or wallboard' mals at 8" on center second layer with laminating compound 5 between layers, joints staggered First layer applied full length vertically, second layer applied horizontally or vertically 2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers '/" regular gypsum wallboard" 14-1 2' m applied vertically or horizontally each side', joints staggered Nail base layer with 51/ 5d cooler" or wallboard' mals at 8" on center face layer with 8d cooler" or wallboard" nails at 8" on center 2" x 4" wood studs 24" on center with'/," Type X gypsum wallboard"applied 14 Wood 14-1 3' m vertically or horizontally nailed with 6d cooler" or wallboard"nails at 7" on center 43/ studs-mtenor with endjomts on nailing members Stagger joints each side partition with 2" x 4" fire -retardant -treated wood studs spaced 24" on center with one layer of gypsy 14-1 41 '/g" Type X gypsum wallboard"applied with face paper grain (long dimension) 43/4a wallboard each parallel to studs Wallboard attached with 6d cooler" or wallboard"nails at 7" on side center 2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with two layers'/g" Type X gypsum wallboard" each side Base layers applied vertically and nailed with 6d cooler" or wallboard" 14-1 5'" nails at 9" on center Face layer applied vertically or horizontally and nailed with 8d 6 cooler" or wallboard"nails at 7" on center For nail -adhesive application, base layers are nailed 6" on center Face layers applied with coating of approved wallboard adhesive and nailed 12" on center 2" x 3" fire -retardant -treated wood studs spaced 24" on center with one layer of 14-1 6' S/g" Type X gypsum wallboard"applied with face paper grain (long dimension) at 35/Sd right angles to studs Wallboard attached with 6d cement -coated box nails spaced 7" on center Exterior surface with'/" drop siding over'/" gypsum sheathing on 2" x 4" wood studs at 16" on center, interior surface treatment as required for 1-hour-rated extenor 15-1 I'm or interior 2" x 4" wood stud partitions Gypsum sheathing nailed with 13/4" by No Vanes 11 gage by'/a" head galvanized nails at 8" on center Siding nailed with 7d galvanized smooth box mils 2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with metal lath and'/" cement plaster on each 15-1 21 m side Lath attached with 6d common nails 7" on center driven to 1" mimmum 53/ penetration and bent over Plaster mix 1 4 for scratch coat and 1 5 for brown coat, a 15 Exterior or by volume, cement to sand interior walls (continued) 2" x 4" wood studs 16" on center with '/E" cement plaster (measured from the face of 15-1 3' m studs) on the exterior surface with interior surface treatment as required for interior Varies wood stud partitions in dus table Plaster mix 1 4 for scratch coat and 1 5 for brown coat, by volume, cement to sand 35/g" No 16 gage noncombustible studs 16" on center with'/g" cement plaster (measured from the face of the studs) on the exterior surface with interior surface 15-1 4 treatment as required for interior, nonbearing, noncombustible stud partitions in thus Vanesa table Plaster mix 1 4 for scratch coat and 1 5 for brown coat, by volume, cement to sand (continued) 166 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' UER CITY IEhtOo2."1pICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, rhvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb6xl""elvmcocJM 1a.-0015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE -RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS',',P MINIMUM FINISHED MATERIAL ITEM NUMBER CONSTRUCTION THICKNESS FACE -TO - FACE' (inches) 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour 2'/" x 3'/" clay face buck with cored holes over'/" gypsum sheathing on exterior surface of 2" x 4" wood studs at 16" on center and two layers'/g" Type X gypsum wallboard' on intenor surface Sheathing placed honzontally or vertically with vertical Joints over studs nailed 6" on center with V/4" x No 11 gage by'/16" head galvanized nails Inner layer of wallboard placed honzontally or vertically and nailed 8" on center 15-1 S" with 6d cooler" or wallboard"nails Outer layer of wallboard placed honzontally or 10 vertically and nailed 8" on center with 8d cooler" or wallboard" nails Joints staggered with vertical Joints over studs Outer layer Joints taped and finished with compound Nail heads covered with Joint compound 0 035 inch (No 20 galvanized sheet gage) corrugated galvanized steel wall ties'/4" by 6'/g" attached to each stud with two 8d cooler" or wallboard' nails every sixth course of bucks 2" x 6" fire -retardant -treated wood studs 16" on center Interior face has two layers of '/g" Type X gypsum with the base layer placed vertically and attached with 6d box mils 12" on center The face layer is placed honzontally and attached with 8d box nails 8" on center at Joints and 12" on center elsewhere The exterior face has a base layer of '/g" Type X gypsum sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at Joints and 12" on center elsewhere An approved building paper is next applied, followed by 15-1 61 self -furred extenor lath attached with 2'/2", No 12 gage galvanized roofing mils with a 8'/4 15 Extenor or %" diameter head and spaced 6" on center along each stud Cement plaster consisting interior walls of a'/" brown coat is then applied The scratch coat is mixed in the proportion of 1 3 (continued) by weight, cement to sand with 10 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of approved additives or admixtures per sack of cement The brown coat is mixed in the proportion of 1 4 by weight, cement to sand with the same amounts of hydrated lime and approved additives or admixtures used in the scratch coat 2" x 6" wood studs 16" on center The extenor face has a layer of %" Type X gypsum sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at Joints and 12" on center elsewhere An approved building paper is next applied, followed by 1" by No 18 gage self -fumed exterior lath attached with 8d by 21/" long galvanized roofing nails spaced 6" on center along each stud Cement plaster consisting of a'/" scratch coat, a bonding agent and a'/" brown coat and a finish coat is then applied The scratch coat is mixed in the proportion of 1 3 by weight, cement to sand with 10 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 15-1 71'" pounds of approved additives or adrruxtures per sack of cement The brown coat is mixed 83/ in the proportion of 1 4 by weight, cement to sand with the same amounts of hydrated a line and approved additives or admixtures used in the scratch coat The interior is covered with'/g" gypsum lath with 1" hexagonal mesh of 0 035 inch (No 20 B W gage) woven wine lath fumed out'/16" and 1" perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster Lath nailed with l'/g" by No 13 gage by 1'/64" head plasterboard glued nails spaced 5" on center Mesh attached by 13/4" by No 12 gage by'/S" head nails with '/S" fumngs, spaced 8" on center The plaster mix shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 21/ cubic feet of aggregate (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 167 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N"mb6x1""elvm6 ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE -RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS "P MINIMUM FINISHED MATERIAL ITEM NUMBER CONSTRUCTION THICKNESS FACE -TO - FACE"(inches) 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour 2" x 6" wood studs 16" on center The exterior face has a layer of Type X gypsum sheathing placed vertically with 6d box nails 8" on center at joints and 12" on center elsewhere An approved building paper is next applied, followed by 1'/" by No 17 gage self -furred extenor lath attached with 8d by 2'/" long galvanized roofing nails spaced 6" on center along each stud Cement plaster consisting of a'/" scratch coat, and a'/" brown coat is then applied The plaster may be placed by maclune The scratch coat is 15-1 81 mixed in the proportion of 1 4 by weight, plastic cement to sand The brown coat is 83/g mixed in the proportion of 1 5 by weight, plastic cement to sand The mtenor is covered with'/g" gypsum lath with 1 " hexagonal mesh of No 20 gage woven wire lath furred out '116" and 1" perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster Lath nailed with 1'/g" by No 13 gage by 1'/64" head plasterboard glued mils spaced 5" on center Meshattachedbyl'/"byNo 12 gage by'/S" head nails with'/g" fumngs, spaced 8" on center The plaster mix shall not exceed 100 pounds of gypsum to 21/ cubic feet of aggregate 4" No 18 gage, nonload-bearing metal studs, 16" on center, with 1" Portland cement lime plaster (measured from the back side of the'/ pound expanded metal lath) on the extenor surface Interior surface to be covered with 1" of gypsum plaster on'/4-pound 15-1 9 expanded metal lath proportioned by weight-1 2 for scratch coat, 1 3 for brown, gypsum 61/'' to sand Lath on one side of the partition fastened to diameter pencil rods supported by No 20 gage metal clips, located 16" on center vertically, on each stud 3" truck mm- eral fiber insulating Batts fnction fitted between the studs 15 Exterior or Steel studs 0 060" duck, 4" deep or 6" at 16" or 24" centers, with'/" Glass Fiber Rein- mtenor walls forced Concrete (GFRC) on the extenor surface GFRC is attached with flex anchors at (continued) 24" on center, with 5" leg welded to studs with two '/"-long flare -bevel welds, and 4" foot attached to the GFRC slan with'/E" duck GFRC bonding pads that extend 21/" 15-1 10 beyond the flex anchor foot on both sides Intenor surface to have two layers of /" Type 'The 1 6 /f X gypsum wallboard first layer of wallboard to be attached with 1"-long Type S buglehead screws spaced 24" on center and the second layer is attached with 1'/g"-long Type S screws spaced at 12" on center Cavity is to be filled with 5" of 4 pcf (nominal) mineral fiber balls GFRC has 1'/" returns packed with mineral fiber and caulked on the extenor Steel studs 0 060" duck, 4" deep or 6" at 16" or 24" centers, respectively, with'/" Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete (GFRC) on the exterior surface GFRC is attached with flex anchors at 24" on center, with 5" leg welded to studs with two'/" -long flare -bevel 15-1 11 welds, and 4" foot attached to the GFRC slan with'/g" -thuck GFRC bonding pads that 61/ extend 21/" beyond the flex anchor foot on both sides Intenor surface to have one layer a of Type X gypsum wallboard', attached with 1'/4"-long Type S buglehead screws spaced 12" on center Cavity is to be filled with 5" of 4 pcf (nominal) mineral fiber balls GFRC kuis 1'/" retums packed with mineral fiber and caulked on the exterior 2" x 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate, mtenor and exte- 15-1 129 nor sides covered with %" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied honzontally or 63/ vertically with vertical joints over studs, and fastened with 21/4" Type S drywall screws, ' spaced 12" on center Cavity to be filled with 51/" mineral wool insulation (continued) 168 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 " ' CITy IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE -RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS ',P MINIMUM FINISHED MATERIAL ITEM CONSTRUCTION THICKNESS FACE -TO - FACE"(inches) NUMBER _4_T__3_F 2 1 hoursl hoursl hours hour 2" x 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate, interior and extenor 15-1 139 sides covered with %"Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied vertically with all joints 63/ over framing or blocking and fastened with 2'/" Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center R-19 mineral fiber insulation installed in stud cavity 2" x 6" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate, interior and extenor 15-1 149 sides covered with'/g" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied horizontally or verb- 63/ cally with vertical joints over studs, and fastened with 2'/" Type S drywall screws, spaced 7" on center 2" x 4" wood studs at 16" with double top plates, single bottom plate, interior and extenor sides covered with %" Type X gypsum wallboard and sheathing, respectively, 4' wide, 15-1 159 applied horizontally or vertically with vertical joints over studs, and fastened with 2'/" 43/ Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center Cavity to be filled with 3'/" mineral wool insulation 2" x 6" wood studs at 24" centers with double top plates, single bottom plate, interior and extenor side covered with two layers of %" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4' wide, applied 15-1 169 honzontally with vertical joints over studs Base layer fastened with 2'/" Type S drywall 8 screws, spaced 24" on center and face layer fastened with Type S drywall screws, spaced 8" on center, wallboardlomts covered with paper tape andlomt compound, fastener heads covered with joint compound Cavity to be filled with 5'/" mineral wool insulation 15 Extenor or 3%" No 16 gage steel studs at 24" on center or 2" x 4" wood studs at 24" on center Metal mtenor walls lath attached to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1" long No 6 drywall screws at 6" (continued) on center and covered with mvumum'/" duck Portland cement plaster Thin veneer bnck Id 15-2 1 units of clay or shale complying with ASTM C1088, Grade TBS or better, installed in run- 6 ning bond in accordance with Section 1405 10 Combined total duckness of the Portland cement plaster, mortar and thun veneer bnck units shall be not less than 13/" Intenor side covered with one layer of/," truck Type X gypsum wallboard attached to studs with 1" long No 6 drywall screws at 12" on center 3%" No 16 gage steel studs at 24" on center or 2" x 4" wood studs at 24" on center Metal lath attached to the exterior side of studs with minimum 1" long No 6 drywall screws at 6" on center and covered with mvumum'/" duck Portland cement plaster Thin veneer bnck units of clay or shale complying with ASTM C1088, Grade TBS or better, installed in run- 15-2 2 d rung bond in accordance with Section 1405 10 Combined total duckness of the Portland 67/g cement plaster, mortar and thun veneer bnck units shall be not less than 2" Intenor side covered with two layers of/," truck Type X gypsum wallboard Bottom layer attached to studs with 1" long No 6 drywall screws at 24" on center Top layer attached to studs with I %" long No 6 drywall screws at 12" on center 3%" No 16 gage steel studs at 16" on center or 2"x 4" wood studs at 16" on center Where metal lath is used, attach to the extenor side of studs with minimum 1" long No 6 drywall 15-2 3 d screws at 6" on center Brick units of clay or shale not less than 2%" duck complying with 77/ ASTM C216 installed in accordance with Section 1405 6 with a minimum 1" airspace a Intenor side covered with one layer of truck Type X gypsum wallboard attached to studs with 1" long No 6 drywall screws at 12" on center (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 169 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE -RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS P MINIMUM FINISHED MATERIAL ITEM CONSTRUCTION THICKNESS FACE -TO - FACE' (inches) NUMBER 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour 3%" No 16 gage steel studs at 16" on center or 2" x 4" wood studs at 16" on center Where metal lath is used, attach to the exterior side of studs with rmmmum 1" long No 15 Exterior or 6 drywall screws at 6" on center Brick units of clay or shale not less than 2%" truck interior walls 15-2 4 d complying with ASTM C216 installed in accordance with Section 1405 6 with a 8 / muumum 1" airspace Interior side covered with two layers of/g" truck Type X gypsum wallboard Bottom layer attached to studs with 1" long No 6 drywall screws at 24" on center Top layer attached to studs with 1'/g" long No 6 drywall screws at 12" on center 2" x 4" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plate, interior side covered with %" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4" wide, applied horizontally unblocked, and fastened with 21/4" Type S drywall screws, spaced 12" on center, 16-1 19 wallboard Joints covered with paper tape and Joint compound, fastener heads covered 41/ with Joint compound Exterior covered with %" wood structural panels, applied vertically, horizontal Joints blocked and fastened with 6d common nails (bright) 12" on center in the field, and 6" on center panel edges Cavity to be filled with 31/" mineral wool insulation Rating established for exposure from interior side only 2" x 6" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plate, interior 16 Exterior walls side covered with %" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4" wide, applied horizontally or rated for fire vertically with vertical Joints over studs and fastened with 21/" Type S drywall screws, resistance from 16-1 29 spaced 12" on center, wallboard Joints covered with paper tape and Joint compound, '116" 6'/ the inside only in fastener heads covered with Joint compound, exterior side covered with wood 16 accordance with structural panels fastened with 6d common nails (bright) spaced 12" on center in the Section 705 5 field and 6" on center along the panel edges Cavity to be filled with 51/" mineral wool insulation Rating established from the gypsum -covered side only 2" x 6" wood studs at 16" centers with double top plates, single bottom plates, interior side covered with %" Type X gypsum wallboard, 4" wide, applied vertically with all Joints over framing or blocking and fastened with 21/4" Type S drywall screws spaced 7" 16-1 Y on center Joints to be covered with tape and Joint compound Exterior covered with'/E" 61/ wood structural panels, applied vertically with edges over framing or blocking and fastened with 6d common naffs (bright) at 12" on center in the field and 6" on center on panel edges R-19 mineral fiber insulation installed in stud cavity Rating established from the gypsum -covered side only For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 square inch = 645 2 min', 1 cubic foot= 0 0283 m' a Staples with equivalent holding power and penetration shall be permitted to be used as alternate fasteners to nails for attachment to wood framing b Thickness shown for brick and clay tile is nominal thicknesses unless plastered, in which case thicknesses are net Thickness shown for concrete masonry and clay masonry is equivalent thickness defined in Section 7223 1 for concrete masonry and Section 7224 1 1 for clay masonry Where all cells are solid grouted or filled with silicone -treated perl)te loose -fill insulation, vermiculite loose -fill insulation, or expanded clay, shale or slate lightweight aggregate, the equivalent thickness shall be the thickness of the block or brick using specified dimensions as defined in Chapter 21 Equivalent thickness shall include the thickness of applied plaster and lath or gypsum wallboard, where specified c For units in which the net cross -sectional area of cored brick many plane parallel to the surface containing the cores is not less than 75 percent of the gross cross -sectional area measured in the same plane d Shall be used for nonbearing purposes only e For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described in this table, gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall be permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided that attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard, and the Joints on the face layer are reinforced and the entire surface is covered with not less than'/d-inch gypsum veneer plaster f The fire -resistance time period for concrete masonry units meeting the equivalent thicknesses required for a 2-hour fire -resistance rating in Item 3, and having a thickness of not less than 7/E inches is 4 hours where cores that are not grouted are filled with silicone -treated perhte loose -fill insulation, vermiculite loose - fill insulation, or expanded clay, shale or slate lightweight aggregate, sand or slag having a maximum particle size of inch g The fire -resistance rating of concrete masonry units composed of a combination of aggregate types or where plaster is applied directly to the concrete masonry shall be determined in accordance with ACI 216 1/TMS 0216 Lightweight aggregates shall have a maximum combined density of 65 pounds per cubic foot (continued) 170 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rk S " ' Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto I( I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva oily mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(2)—continued RATED FIRE -RESISTANCE PERIODS FOR VARIOUS WALLS AND PARTITIONS" h See Note b The equivalent thickness shall be permitted to include the thickness of cement plaster or 1 5 times the thickness of gypsum plaster applied in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 25 ) Concrete walls shall be reinforced with horizontal and vertical temperature reinforcement as required by Chapter 19 I Studs are welded truss wire studs with 0 18 inch (No 7 B W gage) flange wire and 0 18 inch (No 7 B W gage) truss wires k Nailable metal studs consist of two channel studs spot welded back to backw)th a crimpedweb forming a nailing groove I Wood simctural panels shall be permitted to be installed between the fire protection and the wood studs on either the interior or exterior side of the wood frame assemblies in this table, provided that the length of the fasteners used to attach the fire protection is increased by an amount not less than the thickness of the wood structural panel in For studs with a slenderness ratio, 11d, greater than 33, the design stress shall be reduced to 78 percent of allowable F For studs with a slenderness ratio, 11d, not exceeding 33, the design stress shall be reduced to 78 percent of the adjusted stress F, calculated for studs having a slenderness ratio Ild of 33 n For properties of cooler or wallboard nails, see ASTM C514, ASTM C547 or ASTM F1667 o Generic fire -resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* in the listing) in the GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed p NCMA TEK 5-8A shall be permitted for the design of fire walls q The design stress of studs shall be equal to not more than 100 percent of the allowable F',calculated in accordance with Section 2306 TABLE 721.1(3) MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEM Sa•^ THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS OR ROOF SLAB OF CEILING FLOOR OR ROOF CONSTRUCTION ITEM NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION (inches) (inches) 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour 1 Siliceous aggre- 1-1 1 70 62 50 35 gate concrete 2 Carbonate 2-1 1 66 57 46 32 aggregate concrete Slab (ceiling not required) Mimmum cover over nonprestressed reinforcement shall be not less than'/4" 3 Sand -light- weight concrete 3-1 1 54 46 38 27 4 Lightweight 4_1 1 5 1 44 36 25 concrete Slab with suspended ceiling of verttuculite gypsum plaster 5-1 1 over metal lath attached to'/" cold -rolled channels spaced 3 2 1 3/ 12" on center Ceiling located 6" tmmmum below joists 3/g" Type X gypsum wallboard attached to 0 018 inch (No 25 carbon sheet steel gage) by'/2" deep by 2%" hat -shaped galvanized steel channels with 1"-long No 6 screws The channels are spaced 24" on center, span 35" and are supported along their length at 35" intervals by 0 033" (No 5 Reinforced 21 galvanized sheet gage) galvanized steel flat strap concrete hangers having formed edges that engage the lips of the 5-2 1 channel The strap hangers are attached to the side of the 21/2 '/S concrete joists with '/32" by 11/" long power -driven fasteners The wallboard is mstalled with the long dimension perpendicular to the channels Endjomts occur on channels and supplementary channels are installed parallel to the mmn channels, 12" each side, at endjoint occurrences The finished ceiling is located approximately 12" below the soffit of the floor slab (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 171 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS,•^ THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS OR ROOF SLAB OF CEILING FLOOR OR ROOF CONSTRUCTION ITEM NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION (inches) (inches) 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour Gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to the bottom cord with single No 16 gage or doubled No 18 gage wire ties 6-1 1 spaced 6" on center Plaster mixed 1 2 for scratch coat, 1 3 21/2 21/4 f/ 5/S for brown coat, by weight, gypsum -to -sand aggregate for 2- hour system For 3-hour system plaster is neat Vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to the 6-2 1 bottom chord with single No 16 gage or doubled 0 049- 2 5/S inch (No 18 B W gage) wire ties 6" on center Cement plaster over metal lath attached to the bottom chord 6 Steel joists con- of joists with single No 16 gage or doubled 0 049" (No 18 structed with a 6-3 1 B W gage) wire ties spaced 6" on center Plaster mixed 1 2 2 5/ge ced ce poured reinforced for scratch coat, 1 3 for brown coat for 1-hour system and 1 1 for scratch coat, 1 1 / for brown coat for 2-hour sys- concrete slab tem, by weight, cement to sand metal lath forms or steel form unnsd , Ceiling of 5/S Type X wallboard'attached to'/E" deep by 25/E" by 0 021 inch (No 25 carbon sheet steel gage) hat- 6-4 1 shaped furnng channels 12" on center with 1" long No 6 21/ s/ wallboard screws at 8" on center Channels wire tied to bot- a tom chord ofjoists with doubled 0 049 inch (No 18 B W gage) wire or suspended belowjoists on wire hangers 6 Wood-fibered gypsum plaster mixed 1 1 by weight gypsum to sand aggregate applied over metal lath Lath tied 6" on 6-5 1 center to 5/" channels spaced 131/" on center Channels 21/ f/ secured to joists at each intersection with two strands of 0 049 inch (No 18 B W gage) galvanized wire 7 Reinforced con- 7-1 1 5/g" gypsum plaster on bottom of floor or roof construction 8h 5/S crete slabs andjoists with hollow clay tile fillers laid end to end in rows 21/" or more apart, rein- 7-1 2 None 51/21 forcement placed between rows and concrete cast around and over tile 8 Steel joists con- structed with a rein- Vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath attached to 5/" forced concrete slab 8-1 1 cold -rolled channels with 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) wire 21/1 f/ 11 on top poured on a ties spaced 6" on center 1/2" deep steel deck' (continued) 172 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " 'TTiT[TClp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,o,,byany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEM Sa•^ THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS OF ROOF SLAB CEILING FLOOR OR ROOF ITEM CEILING CONSTRUCTION (inches) (inches) CONSTRUCTION NUMBER 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour Suspended ceiling of vermiculite gypsum plaster base coat 9 3" deep cellular and vermiculite acoustical plaster on metal lath attached at steel deck with 6" intervals to /" cold -rolled channels spaced 12" on concrete slab on 9-1 1 center and secured to "/2" cold -rolled channels spaced 36" 2'/ 11/ h top Slab duckness on center with 0 065" (No 16 B W gage) wire F/2" a measured to top channels supported by No 8 gage wire hangers at 36" on center Beams within envelope and with a 2 /" airspace between beam soffit and lath have a 4-hour rating 10 F/2"-deep steel roof deck on steel framing Insulation board, 30 pcf Ceiling of gypsum plaster on metal lath Lath attached to density, composed " fiunng channels with 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) wire of wood fibers q ties spaced 6" on center '/" channel saddle tied to 2" with cement binders of 10-1 1 channels with doubled 0 065" (No 16 B W gage) wire P/g 1 '/41 '/41 oshown ties 2" channels spaced 36" on center suspended 2" below bonndedded to deck b steel framing and saddle -tied with 0 165" (No 8 B W with unified gage) wire Plaster mixed 1 2 by weight, gypsum -to -sand asphalt adhesive aggregate Covered with a Class A or B roof covenng 11 F/2"-deep steel Ceiling of gypsum plaster on metal lath Lath attached to roof deck on steel- '/" fiunng channels with 0 049" (No 18 B W gage) wire frarningwoodfiber ties spaced 6" on center '/" channels saddle tied to 2" insulation board, channels with doubled 0 065" (No 16 B W gage) wire 17 5 pcf density on 11-1 1 ties 2" channels spaced 36" on center suspended 2" below 1'/ 1 '/ g '/ 1 top applied over a steel framing and saddle tied with 0 165" (No 8 B W i a 15-lb asphalt- gage) wire Plaster mixed 1 2 for scratch coat and 1 3 for saturated felt brown coat, by weight, gypsum -to -sand aggregate for 1- Class A or B roof hour system For 2-hour system, plaster mix is 1 2 by covenng weight, gypsum -to -sand aggregate (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 173 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b6xl""elvmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS,•^ THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS OR ROOF SLAB OF CEILING FLOOR OR ROOF CONSTRUCTION ITEM NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION (inches) (inches) 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour 12 1'/" deep steel roof deck on steel - framing insulation of ngid board con- sisting of expanded perlite and fibers impregnated with integral asphalt waterproofing, den- sity 9 to 12 pcf secured to metal Gypsum -vermiculite plaster on metal lath wire tied at 6" roof deck by'/2" 12-1 1 intervals to'/," furring channels spaced 12" on center and 1 7/E wide ribbons of wire tied to 2" runner channels spaced 32" on center waterproof, cold- Runners wire tied to bottom chord of steel joists process liquid adhe- sive spaced 6" apart Steel joist or light steel construc- tion with metal roof deck, insulation, and Class A or B built-up roof cover- ing Gypsum plaster over'/," Type X gypsum lath Lath initially applied with not less thm fourl'/g"by No 13gage by "/64" head plasterboard blued nails per bearing Continuous stripping over lath along all joist lines Stripping consists of 3" wide strips of metal lath attached by "/2" by No 11 gage by'/2" head roofing nails spaced 6" 13-1 1 on center Alternate stripping consists of 3" wide 0 049" 7/g diameter wire stripping weighing 1 pound per square yard and attached by No 16 gage by "/2" by'/4" crown width staples, spaced 4" on center Where alternate stripping is 13 Double wood used, the lath nailing shall consist of two nails at each end and one nail at each intermediate bearing Plaster mixed floor over wood 1 2 by weight, gypsum -to -sand aggregate spaced 16" on joists center `" ° Cement or gypsum plaster on metal lath Lath fastened with l'/" by No 11 gage by'/16" head barbed shank 13-1 2 roofing nails spaced 5" on center Plaster mixed 1 2 for '/g scratch coat and 1 3 for brown coat, by weight, cement to sand aggregate Perlite or vermiculite gypsum plaster on metal lath secured 13-1 3 toloists with "/2" by No 11 gage by head barbed '/E shank roofing nails spaced 5" on center '/" Type X gypsum wallboard nailed toloists with 5d 13-1 4 cooler, or wallboard, nails at 6" on center End joints of '/ wallboard centered on joists (continued) 174 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " 'TTiT[TClp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, rhvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,o,,byany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEM Sa•^ THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS OR ROOF SLAB OF CEILING FLOOR OR ROOF CONSTRUCTION ITEM NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION (inches) (inches) 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour 14 Plywood stressed skin panels consisting of/g" - V " -thuck wood fiberboard weighing 15 to 18 pounds per (tuck interior GD cubic foot installed with long dimension parallel to string - glue) glue) top ers or %" C-D (exterior glue) plywood glued and/or nailed stressed skin on x stressed to stringers Nailing to be with 5d cooler'or wallboard' - 6" nominal (mire- 14-1 1 nails at 12" on center Second layer of'/2" Type X gypsum 1 mum) stringers wallboard` applied with long dimension perpendicular to Adjacent panel joists and attached with 8d cooler' or wallboard° nails at 6" edgescomm o 8d on center at endlomts and 8" on center elsewhere Wall- Wall - wire nails commonwirennils boardjoints staggered with respect to fiberboardjoints spaced 6" on center Stringers spaced 12" maximum on center 15 Vermiculite con- crete slab propor- tioned 1 4 (Portland cement to vernucu- lite aggregate) on a "/2" -deep steel deck supported on individually pro- tected steel framing Maximum span of 15-1 1 None 3 deck 6'-10" where deck is less trim 0 019 inch (No 26 carbon steel sheet gage) or greater Slab reinforced with 4" x 8" 0 109/0 083" (No 12/IaB W gage) welded wire mesh 16 Perlite concrete slab proportioned 1 6 (Porthmd cement to perlite aggregate) on a V/4" -deep steel deck supported on 16-11 None 31/1 individually pro- tected steel framing Slab reinforced with 4" x 8" 0 109/0 083" (No 12/I4B W gage) welded wire mesh (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 175 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm, rhvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6Nomb6x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS,•^ THICKNESS OF FLOOR MINIMUM THICKNESS OF OR ROOF SLAB CEILING FLOOR OR ROOF CONSTRUCTION ITEM NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION (inches) (inches) 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour 17 Perlite concrete slab proportioned 1 6 (Portland cement to perlite aggregate) Perlite gypsum plaster on metal lath wire tied to'/," fumng on a'/1fi'-deep steel 17-1 1 channels attached with 0 065" (No 16 B W gage) wire ties 2P 2P 7/P '/ deck supported by to lower chord ofjoists steel joists 4' on center Class A or B roof covening on top 18 Perlite concrete slab proportioned 1 6 (Portland cement to perlite aggregate) on 11/" -deep steel deck supported on individually protected steel framing Maximum span of deck 6'-10" where deck is less than0 019" (No 26 18-1 1 None 21/P 21/P carbon sheet steel gage) and 8'-0" where deck is 0 019" (No 26 carbon sheet steel gage) or greater Slab reinforced with 0 042" (No 19 B W gage) hexagonal wire mesh Class A or B roof covering on top 19 Floorandbeam construction consisting of 3" - deep cellular steel Suspended envelope ceding of perlite gypsum plaster on floor mounted metal lath attached to cold -rolled channels, secured to steeell members 19-1 1 11/" cold -rolled channels spaced 42" on center supported 2P 1 1 with wth 1 4 (proportion by 0 203 inch (No 6 B W gage) wire 36" on center Beams of Portland cement m envelope with 3" mimmum airspace between beam soffit to perlite aggregate) and lath have a 4-hour rating perlite-concrete floor slab on top (continued) 176 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' Clp lghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto 1 S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,o,,byany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS,•^ THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS ROOF SLAB OF CEILING FLOOR OR ROOF CONSTRUCTION ITEM NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION (inches) (inches) 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour 20 Perlite concrete proportioned 1 6 (Portland cement to perlite aggregate) poured to I/," thickness above top of corrugations of "116" -deep galvanized steel deck maximum span 8'-0" for 0 024" (No 24 galvarized sheet gage) or 6-0" for 0 019" (No 26 galvanized sheet gage) tenth deck supported by individually protected steel flaming Approved polystyrene foam plastic insulation board having a flame spread not exceeding 75 (1" to 4" thickness) with vent holes that approximate 3 percent of the board surface area placed on top of perhte slurry A 2' by 4' insulation board 20-1 1 None Vanes contains six 2'/" diameter holes Board covered wrath 2'/" minimum perhte concrete slab Slab reinforced wrath mesh consisting of 0 042" (No 19 B W gage) galvanized steel wrre twisted together to form 2" hexagons with straight 0 065" (No 16 B W gage) galvanized steel wrre woven into mesh and spaced 3" Alternate slab reinforcement shall be permitted to consist of 4" x 8", 0 109/0 238" (No 12/4 B W gage), or 2" x 2", 0 083/0 083" (No 14/14 B W gage) welded wire fabric Class A or B roof covering on top Base layer'/," Type X gypsum wallboard 21 Wood joists, wood I -joists, floor applied at right angles to joist or truss 24" trusses and flat or pitched roof trusses o c with V/4" Type S or Type W drywall spaced a maximum 24" o c with '/" screws 24" o c Face layer'/," Type X wood structural panels with exterior gypsum wallboard or veneer base applied glue applied at right angles to top of 21-1 1 at right angles to joist or truss through Varies 1'/ joist or top chord of trusses with 8d base layer with 1'/," Type S or Type W ' nails The wood structural panel drywall screws 12" o c at joints and thickness shall be not less than intermediate joist or truss Face layer nominal'/" nor less than requrred by Type G drywall screws placed 2" back on Chapter 23 either side of face layer end joints, 12" oc (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 177 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oa,ofw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEM Sa•^ THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR ROOF ITEM CEILING CONSTRUCTION ROOF SLAB (inches) CEILING (inches) CONSTRUCTION NUMBER 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour Base layer'/," Type X gypsum board 22 Steel Joists, floor trusses and flat applied at right angles to steel framing 24" or pitched roof trusses spaced a on center with 1" Type S drywall screws maximum 24" o c with'/2" wood spaced 24" on center Face layer /," Type structural panels with exterior glue X gypsum board applied at right angles to applied at right angles to top of Joist steel framing attached through base layer or top chord of trusses with No 8 22-1 1 with 1 /g" Type S drywall screws 12" on Vanes 1 screws The wood structural panel center at end Joints and intermediate Joints and 1 /" Type G drywall screws 12 inches duckness shall be not less train nom- irtal'/f" nor less than required by on center placed 2" back on either side of Chapter 23 face layer end Joints Joints of the face layer are offset 24" from the Joints of the base layer 23 Wood I-Jorst(nummum Joist depth 9'/4" with a minimum flange '/z" deep single leg resilient channel 16" on depth of 1 /16" and a mimmum center (channels doubled at wallboard end flange cross -sectional area of 2 25 Joints), placed perpendicular to the furringsquare inches) at 24" o c spacing with a minimum 1 x 4 (/" x 3 5" strip and Joist and attached to each Joist by actual) ledger smp applied parallel 1%" Type S drywall screws %" Type C to and covering the bottom of the 23-1 1 gypsum wallboard applied perpendicular Vanes bottom flange of each member, to the channel with end Joints staggered tacked in place 2" mineral wool not less than 4' and fastened with 1'/g" insulation, 3 5 pcf (nominal) Type S drywall screws spaced 7" on cen- installed adjacent to the bottom ter Wallboard Joints to be taped and cov- flange of the I -joist and supported by ered with Joint compound the 1 x 4ledger strip Mimmum 0 026" truck hat -shaped channel 24 Wood I -joist (minimum I -joist 16" o c (channels doubled at wallboard depth 9'/" with a minimum flange end jomts), placed perpendicular to the depth of "/2" and a mimmum flange Joist and attached to each joist by 1 /" 5 square cross -sectional area of 5 25 square cross-sectionalches, Type S drywall screws /g" Type C gyp- i minimum web tru of 24-1 1 sum wallboard applied perpendicular to Vanes /g '/ ") s, 24" c 1'/ " mineral wool "/2" the channel with end joints staggered and , insulation (2 5 1 mineral) resting fastened with 1'/E" Type S drywall screws on hat -shaped firming channels spaced 12" c in the field and f o c at the wallboarr d ends Wallboard joints to be taped and covered with joint compound Mimmum 0 019" thick resilient channel 25 Wood I -joist (minimum I -joist 16" o c (channels doubled at wallboard depth 9'/" with a minimum flange end joints), placed perpendicular to the depth of "/2" and a mimmum flange Joist and attached to each joist by 1 /g" cross -sectional area of 5 25 square 5 square cross-sectionales, Type S drywall screws /g" Type C gyp- minimum web tru inch we of 25-1 1 sum wallboard applied perpendicular to Vanes /g s, 2in o c mineralckne wool the channel with end joints staggered and , insulation (2 5 pcf-nominal) resting fastened with 1" Type S drywall screws on resilient channels spaced 12" c in the field and f o c at the wallboarr d ends Wallboard joints to be taped and covered with joint compound (continued) 178 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' CITy IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto 1 S I ( I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEM Sa•^ THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR ROOF ITEM CEILING CONSTRUCTION ROOF SLAB (inches) CEILING (inches) CONSTRUCTION NUMBER 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour Two layers of'/2" Type X gypsum wallboard applied with the long dimension perpendicular to the I -joists with endjomts staggered The base layer is fastened with 1 %" Type S drywall 26 Wood I -joist (mrmmum I -joist screws spaced 12" o c and the face layer depth 9'/" with a mimmum flange is fastened with 2" Type S drywall screws truckness of F/2" and a minimum m spaced 12" o c in the field and 8" o c on flange cross -sectional area of 2 26-1 1 the edges Face layer endjomts shall not Vanes 1 square inches, mimmum web ttuck- occur on the same I -foist as base layer ness of/R") @ 24" o c end joints and edge joints shall be offset 24" from base layerjomts Face layer to also be attached to base layer with F/2" Type G drywall screws spaced 8" o c placed 6" from face layer endjomts Face layer wallboardjomts to be taped and covered withjomt compound Minimum 0 019" Huck resilient channel 16" o c (channels doubled at wallboard endjomts), placed perpendicular to the joist and attached to each joist by V/4" Type S drywall screws Two layers of'/2 Type X gypsum wallboard applied with the long dimension perpendicular to the 27 Wood I -joist (minimum I -joist resilient channels with endjomts depth 9'/" with a mimmum flange staggered The base layer is fastened depth of f/16" and a minimum with 1 /" Type S drywall screws spaced flange cross -sectional area of 195 27-1 1 12" o c and the face layer is fastened Vanes 1 square inches, mimmum web ttuck- with 1 /g" Type S drywall screws spaced ness of/R") @ 24" o c 12" o c Face layer endjomts shall not occur on the same I -joist as base layer endjomts and edge joints shall be offset 24" from base layer joints Face layer to also be attached to base layer with F/2" Type G drywall screws spaced 8" o c placed 6" from face layer endjomts Face layer wallboardjomts to be taped and covered withjomt compound (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 179 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS,•^ THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR MINIMUM THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR ROOF ITEM CEILING CONSTRUCTION ROOF SLAB (inches) CEILING (inches) 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 CONSTRUCTION NUMBER hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour Base layer of/," Type C gypsum wallboard attached directly to I -joists with I %" Type S drywall screws spaced 12" o c with ends staggered Minimum 0 0179" duck hat -shaped'/, - inch fumng channel 16" o c (channels 28 Wood I-loist(mJmmum I -joist doubled at wallboard endlomts), depth 9'/," with a rmmmum flange placed perpendicular to the joist and depth of F/2" and a rmmmum flange attached to each joist by 1 /g" Type S cross -sectional area of 2 25 square drywall screws after the base layer of inches, immmum web duckness of 28-1 1 gypsum wallboard has been applied The middle and face layers of/," Type Vanes 2'/ %") @ 24" o c Unfaced fiberglass C gypsum wallboard applied insulation or mineral wool insulation perpendicular to the channel with end is installed between the I -joists joints staggered The middle layer is supported on the upper surface of the fastened with V Type S drywall screws flange by stay woes spaced 12" o c spaced 12" o c The face layer is applied parallel to the middle layer but with the edge joints offset 24" from those of the middle layer and fastened with 1'/g" Type S drywall screws 8" o c The joints shall be taped and covered with j oint compound Base layer'/," Type X gypsum board applied perpendicular to bottom of training members with 1'/," Type S-12 screws spaced 12" o c Second layer'/," Type X gypsum board attached perpendicular to framing members with 29 Channel -shaped 18 gage steel I%" Type S-12 screws spaced 12" o c joists (mimmum depth 8") spaced a Second layerjoints offset 24" from base maximum 24" o c supporting layer Third layer'/," Type X gypsum tongue -and -groove wood structural board attached perpendicular to framing panels (nominal nummum'/" duck) 29-1 1 members with 2%" Type S-12 screws Vanes 3% applied perpendicular to framing spaced 12" o c Third layerjoints offset members Structural panels attached 12" from second layerjoints Hat - with 1%" Type S- 12 screws spaced shaped'/g-inch rigid furnng channels 12" o c applied at right angles to training members over durd layer with two 2%" Type S- 12 screws at each training member Face layer'/," Type X gypsum board applied at right angles to furring channels with 1'/g" Type S screws spaced 12" o c (continued) 180 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,o,,byany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 721.1(3)—continued MINIMUM PROTECTION FOR FLOOR AND ROOF SYSTEMS,•^ FLOOR OR ROOF CONSTRUCTION ITEM NUMBER CEILING CONSTRUCTION THICKNESS OF FLOOR OR ROOF SLAB (inches) MINIMUM THICKNESS OF CEILING (inches) 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 hours hours hours hour hours hours hours hour Mimmum 0 019" thick resilient channel 16" o c (channels doubled at wallboard endjoints), placed perpendicular to the joists and attached to each joist by 1'/," Type S drywall screws Two layers of '/" Type X gypsum wallboard applied 30 Wood I -joist (mimmum I -joist with the long dimension perpendicular depth 9'/" with a mimmum flange to the resilient channels with endjoints depth of 1'/z" and a minimum flange staggered The base layer is fastened a cross -sectional area of 2 25 square with 1 /" Type S drywall screws spaced inches, minimum web truckne 30-1 1 12" o c and the face layer is fastened Vanes 1 %") @ 24" o c Fiberglass insulation with I%" Type S drywall screws spaced placed between I -joists supported by 12" o c Face layer endjoints shall not the resilient channels occur on the same I -joist as base layer endjoints and edge joints shall be offset 24" from base layer joints Facelayerto be attached to base layer with "/2" Type G drywall screws spaced 8" o c placed 6" from face layer endjoints Face layer wallboard joints to be taped and cov- ered with joint compound For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 foot= 304 8 mm, 1 pound = 0 454 kg, 1 cubic foot= 0 0283 m', 1 pound per square inch = 6 895 kPa, 1 pound per linear foot= 14882 kg/m a Staples with equivalent holding power and penetration shall be permitted to be used as alternate fasteners to nails for attachment to wood framing b Where the slab is in an unrestrained condition, minimum reinforcement cover shall be not less than 1% inches for 4 hours (siliceous aggregate only), 1'/4 inches for 4 and 3 hours, 1 inch for 2 hours (siliceous aggregate only), and'/4 inch for all other restrained and unrestrained conditions c For all of the construction with gypsum wallboard described In this table, gypsum base for veneer plaster of the same size, thickness and core type shall be permitted to be substituted for gypsum wallboard, provided that attachment is identical to that specified for the wallboard, and the joints on the face layer are reinforced and the entire surface is covered with not less than '/s Inch gypsum veneer plaster d Slab thickness over steel joists measured atthejoists for metal lath form and at the top of the form for steel form units e (a) The maximum allowable stress level for H-Seriesjoists shall not exceed 22,000 psi do The allowable stress for K-Seriesjoists shall not exceed 26,000 psi, the nominal depth of suchjoist shall be not less than 10 Inches and the nominal joist weight shall be not less than 5 pounds per linear foot f Cement plaster with 15 pounds of hydrated lime and 3 pounds of approved additives or admixtures per bag of cement g Gypsum wallboard ceilings attached to steel framing shall be permitted to be suspended with 1'/2-Inch cold -formed carrying channels spaced 48 Inches on center, that are suspendedwith No 8 SWG galvanizedwire hangers spaced 48 Inches on center Cross -funning channels are tied to the carrying channels with No 18 SWG galvanized wire hangers spaced 48 Inches on center Cross -funning channels are tied to the canymg channels with No 18 SWG galvanized wire (double strand) and spaced as required for direct attachment to the framing This alternative is applicable to those steel framing assemblies recognized under Note q h Six -Inch hollow clay the with 2-Inch concrete slab above i Four -Inch hollow clay the with V/2-Inch concrete slab above j Thickness measured to bottom of steel form units k Five -eighths Inch of vermiculite gypsum plaster plus'/ Inch of approved vermiculite acoustical plastic I Furing channels spaced 12 inches on center in Double wood floor shall be permitted to be either of the following (a) Subfloor of 1-Inch nominal boarding, a layer of asbestos paper weighing not less than 14 pounds per 100 square feet and a layer of 1-Inch nominal tongue -and -groove finished flooring do Subfloor of 1-Inch nominal tongue -and -groove boarding or "/12-Inch wood stmcmral panels with exterior glue and a layer of 1-Inch nominal tongue -and - groove finished flooring or "/x-Inch wood structural panel finish flooring or a layer of Type I Grade M-1 particleboard not less than % Inch thick n The ceding shall be permitted to be omitted over unusable space, and flooring shall be permitted to be omitted where unusable space occurs above o For properties of cooler or wallboard nails, see ASTM C514, ASTM C547 or ASTM F1667 p Thickness measured on top of steel deck unit q Generic fire -resistance ratings (those not designated as PROPRIETARY* In the listing) In the GA 600 shall be accepted as if herein listed 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 181 I " ' CopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,o,,,ofw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 722.2.1.1.1 Hollow -core precast wall panels. For hollow -core precast concrete wall panels in which the cores are of constant cross section throughout the length, calculation of the equivalent thickness by dividing the net cross -sectional area (the gross cross section minus the area of the cores) of the panel by its width shall be permitted TABLE 722.2.1.1 MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS OF CAST -IN -PLACE OR PRECAST CONCRETE WALLS, LOAD -BEARING OR NONLOAD-BEARING CONCRETE TYPE MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS (inches) FOR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OF 1 hour V12 hours 2 hours 3 hours 4 hours Siliceous 35 43 5 0 6 2 70 Carbonate 32 40 46 5 7 6 6 Sand -lightweight 27 3 3 38 46 5 4 Lightweight 25 3 1 1 3 6 44 5 1 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min 722.2.1.1.2 Core spaces filled. Where all of the core spaces of hollow -core wall panels are filled with loose -fill material, such as expanded shale, clay or slag, or vermiculite or perlite, the fire -resistance rat- ing of the wall is the same as that of a solid wall of the same concrete type and of the same overall thickness 722.2.1.1.3 Tapered cross sections. The thickness of panels with tapered cross sections shall be that determined at a distance 2t or 6 inches (152 mm), whichever is less, from the point of minimum thick- ness, where t is the minimum thickness 722.2.1.1.4 Ribbed or undulating surfaces. The equivalent thickness of panels with ribbed or undu- lating surfaces shall be determined by one of the fol- lowing expressions For s > 4t, the thickness to be used shall be t For s < 2t, the thickness to be used shall be e For 4t> s> 2t, the thickness to be used shall be t+ �4t-1) (tg — t) (Equation 7-3) S where s = Spacing of ribs or undulations t = Minimum thickness to = Equivalent thickness of the panel calculated as the net cross -sectional area of the panel divided by the width, in which the maximum thickness used in the calculation shall not exceed 2t 722.2.1.2 Multiwythe walls. For walls that consist of two wythes of different types of concrete, the fire -resis- tance ratings shall be permitted to be determined from Figure 722 2 1 2 722.2.1.2.1 Two or more wythes. The fire-reszs- tance rating for wall panels consisting of two or more wythes shall be permitted to be determined by the formula R=(Rios+Rz 59+ +Rp059)17 (Equation7-4) where R = The fire endurance of the assembly, minutes R1, Rz, andR = The fire endurances of the individual wythes, minutes Values ofR, 05' for use in Equation 7-4 are given in Table 722 2 1 2(1) Calculated fire - resistance ratings are shown in Table 722 2 1 2(2) 722.2.1.2.2 Foam plastic insulation. The fire -resis- tance ratings of precast concrete wall panels con- sisting of a layer of foam plastic insulation sandwiched between two wythes of concrete shall be permitted to be determined by use of Equation 7- 4 Foam plastic insulation with a total thickness of less than 1 inch (25 mm) shall be disregarded The R. value for thickness of foam plastic insulation of 1 inch (25 mm) or greater, for use in the calculation, is 5 minutes, therefore R,1 ss —25 722.2.1.3 Joints between precast wall panels. Joints between precast concrete wall panels that are not insu- lated as required by this section shall be considered as openings in walls Umnsulated joints shall be included in determining the percentage of openings permitted by Table 705 8 Where openings are not permitted or are required by this code to be protected, the provisions of this section shall be used to determine the amount ofjoint insulation required Insulated Iomts shall not be consid- ered openings for purposes of determining compliance with the allowable percentage of openings in Table 705 8 722.2.1.3.1 Ceramic fiber joint protection. Figure 722 2 1 3 1 shows thicknesses of ceramic fiberblan- kets to be used to insulate joints between precast concrete wall panels for various panel thicknesses and for joint widths of inch (9 5 mm) and 1 inch (25 mm) for fire -resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours For joint widths between '/A inch (9 5 mm) and 1 inch (25 mm), the thickness of ceramic fiber blanket is allowed to be determined by direct inter- polation Other tested and labeled materials are acceptable in place of ceramic fiber blankets 1-INCH JOINT WIDTH 03 v 1 INCH MAXIMUM REGARDLESS w OF OPENING RATING 2 O CERAMIC FIBER z BLANKET r z y A J w m U: ZY 8 4 5 6 7 PANEL THICKNESS, INCHES U y f I` JOINT O rn WIDTH w CARBONATE OR ` Y — SILICEOUS AGGREGATE � U CONCRETE SAND -LIGHTWEIGHT _ OR LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE 3/8 INCH WIDTH 3 hr 2 hr 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 PANEL THICKNESS, INCHES For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min FIGURE 722.2.1.3.1 CERAMIC FIBER JOINT PROTECTION 182 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff.,111 COTy IghtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto k MR, ff.' RR I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm INSIDE WYTHE INSIDE WYTHE w CARBONATE SILICEOUS ❑w, Ft 5 5 00, 4 4 LL J O o w 4hr 4hr W z w 3 3hr 3 3hr w � � 2 2hr 2 2hr z LL ED OZ hr hr ,1 UWED ~ 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 THICKNESS OF INSIDE WYTHE, INCHES K OUTSIDE WYTHE OUTSIDE WYTHE w O w CARBONATE SILICEOUS Or¢w 5 5 r¢Wm 00�ED 4 4 O � 3 3hrhr 3 3hrhr wLL D� 2 2hr 2 2hr ZOOED 1 1hr 1 1hr OIUO IF�U 0 0 r�(n 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 THICKNESS OF INSIDE WYTHE OF SAND -LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE, INCHES FIGURE 722.2.1.2 FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS OF TWO-WYTHE CONCRETE WALLS TABLE 722.2.1.2(1) VALUES OF R„"" FOR USE IN EQUATION 7-4 TYPE OF MATERIAL THICKNESS OF MATERIAL (inches) 1Yz 2 2112 3 3Yz 4 4% 5 5% 6 6% 7 Siliceous aggregate concrete 53 65 8 1 95 11 3 13 0 149 16 9 188 207 228 25 1 Carbonate aggregate concrete 55 71 89 104 120 140 162 18 1 203 219 247 27 2` Sand -lightweight concrete 65 82 105 128 155 18 1 207 233 26 0` Note c Note c Note c Lightweight concrete 66 88 11 2 137 165 19 1 21 9 247 27 8` Note c Note c Note c Insulating concrete' 93 133 166 183 23 1 26 5` Note c Note c Note c Note c Note c Note c Airspace' For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 pound per cubic feet— 16 02 kg/m' a Dry unit weight of35 pet or less and consisting of cellular, perl)te or vermiculite concrete b TheR„059 value for one '/"to3'/"airspace )s 33 TheR„05' value for two '/"to3'/"airspaces )s 67 c The fire -resistance rating for this thickness exceeds 4 hours TABLE 722.2.1.2(2) FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS BASED ON R° h R', MINUTES R°" 60 1120 120 1685 180 2141 240 2537 a Based on Equation 7-4 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 183 I " ' CITFIEItSO017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od Pm),(Qtyof FnmdNmod) O,d,, Nomb,, x100817m6 o"Jan IOZM0 o, 5e PM(PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dParty", AMb�tmaNh"d ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 722.2.1.4 Walls with gypsum wallboard or plaster finishes. The fire -resistance rating of cast-m-place or precast concrete walls with finishes of gypsum wall- board or plaster applied to one or both sides shall be permitted to be calculated in accordance with the provi- sions of this section 722.2.1.4.1 Nonfire-exposed side. Where the finish of gypsum wallboard or plaster is applied to the side of the wall not exposed to fire, the contribution of the finish to the total fire -resistance rating shall be determined as follows The thickness of the finish shall first be corrected by multiplying the actual thickness of the finish by the applicable factor deter- mined from Table 722 2 1 4(1) based on the type of aggregate in the concrete The corrected thickness of finish shall then be added to the actual or equivalent thickness of concrete and fire -resistance rating of the concrete and finish determined from Tables 722 2 1 1 and 722 2 1 2(1) and Figure 722 2 1 2 722.2.1.4.2 Fire -exposed side. Where gypsum wall- board or plaster is applied to the fire -exposed side of the wall, the contribution of the finish to the total fire - resistance rating shall be determined as follows The time assigned to the finish as established by Table 722 2 1 4(2) shall be added to the fire -resistance rat- ing determined from Tables 722 2 1 1 and 722 2 1 2(1) and Figure 722 2 12 for the concrete alone, or to the rating determined in Section 722 2 14 1 for the concrete and finish on the nonfire- exposed side 722.2.1.4.3 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall without finish on one side or having different types or thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation procedures of Sections 722 2 1 4 1 and 722 2 1 4 2 shall be performed twice, assuming either side of the wall to be the fire -exposed side The fire -resistance rating of the wall shall not exceed the lower of the two values Exception: For an exterior wall with afire separa- kan distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) the fire shall be assumed to occur on the interior side only 722.2.1.4.4 Minimum concrete fire -resistance rat- ing. Where finishes applied to one or both sides of a concrete wall contribute to the fire -resistance rating, the concrete alone shall provide not less than one- half of the total required fire -resistance rating Additionally, the contribution to the fire resistance of the finish on the nonfue-exposed side of a load - bearing wall shall not exceed one-half the contribu- tion of the concrete alone 722.2.1.4.5 Concrete finishes. Finishes on concrete walls that are assumed to contribute to the total fire - resistance rating of the wall shall comply with the installation requirements of Section 722 3 2 5 TABLE 722.2.1.4(2) TIME ASSIGNED TO FINISH MATERIALS ON FIRE -EXPOSED SIDE OF WALL FINISH DESCRIPTION TIME (minutes) Gypsum wallboard '/,inch 10 I/ inch 15 '/,inch 20 2layers of/, inch 25 l layer of/, inch, l layer of l/inch 35 2layers of I/ inch 40 Type X gypsum wallboard I/ inch 25 '/,inch 40 Portland cement -sand plaster applied directly See Note a to concrete masonry Portland cement -sand plaster on metal lath '/ inch 20 7/,inch 25 1 inch 30 Gypsum sand plaster on'/, -inch gypsum lath I/ inch 35 '/S inch 40 '/ inch 50 Gypsum sand plaster on metal lath '/ inch 50 7/Sinch 60 1 inch 80 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min a The actual thickness of Portland cement -sand plaster, provided that it is'/, inch or less in thickness, shall be permitted to be included in determining the equivalent thickness of the masonry for use in Table 7223 2 TABLE 722.2.1.4(1) MULTIPLYING FACTOR FOR FINISHES ON NONFIRE-EXPOSED SIDE OF WALL TYPE OF AGGREGATE USED IN CONCRETE OR CONCRETE MASONRY TYPE OF FINISH APPLIED Concrete: siliceous Concrete: sand -lightweight Concrete: lightweight Concrete Concrete Masonry: TO CONCRETE OR CONCRETE or carbonate Concrete Masonry: clay tile; Masonry: concrete masonry concrete masonry MASONRY WALL Concrete Masonry: hollow clay brick; concrete units of expanded shale, units of expanded siliceous orcarbonate; masonry units of expanded expanded clay, expanded slag, slag, expanded clay, solid clay brick shale and < 20 % sand or pumice < 20 % sand or pumice Portland cement -sand plaster 100 0 75' 0 75' 0 50' Gypsum -sand plaster 125 100 1 00 1 00 Gypsum-vemucubte or perlite plaster 175 150 1 25 1 25 Gypsum wallboard 300 225 225 225 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min a For Portland cement -sand plaster'/, inch or less in thickness and applied directly to the concrete or concrete masonry on the nonfire-exposed side of the wall, the multiplying factor shall be 1 00 184 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rk S 11 1 Clp lght@O?.o,7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 o, 5e PM (PST) L--tto I( I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 722.2.2 Concrete floor and roof slabs. Reinforced and prestressed floors and roofs shall comply with Section 722 2 2 1 Multicourse floors and roofs shall comply with Sections 722 2 2 2 and 722 2 2 3, respectively 722.2.2.1 Reinforced and prestressed floors and roofs. The minimum thicknesses of reinforced and prestressed concrete floor or roof slabs for fire -resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours are shown in Table 722 2 2 1 Exception: Minimum thickness shall not be required for floors and ramps within parking garages con- structed in accordance with Sections 406 5 and 406 6 TABLE 722.2.2.1 MINIMUM SLAB THICKNESS (inches) CONCRETETYPE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) 1 ill, 2 3 Siliceous 3 5 43 5 6 2 CarbonFre 3 2 4 46 5 7 d66 Sand -lightweight 2 7 3 3 3 8 46 Lightweight 2 5 3 1 3 6 44 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min 722.2.2.1.1 Hollow -core prestressed slabs. For hol- low -core prestressed concrete slabs in which the cores are of constant cross section throughout the length, the equivalent thickness shall be permitted to be obtained by dividing the net cross -sectional area of the slab including grout in the joints, by its width 722.2.2.1.2 Slabs with sloping soffits. The thickness of slabs with sloping soffits (see Figure 722 2 2 1 2) shall be determined at a distance 2t or 6 inches (152 Tom), whichever is less, from the point of mimmum thickness, where t is the mmi mum thickness DETERMINE THICKNESS 2t OR 6 INCHES, WHICHEVER IS LESS For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min FIGURE 722.2.2.1.2 DETERMINATION OF SLAB THICKNESS FOR SLOPING SOFFITS 722.2.2.1.3 Slabs with ribbed soffits. The thickness of slabs with ribbed or undulating soffits (see Figure 722 2 2 1 3) shall be determined by one of the fol- lowing expressions, whichever is applicable For s> 4t, the thickness to be used shall be t For s < 2t, the thickness to be used shall be e For 4t> s> 2t, the thickness to be used shall be t+ (4t-1) (tI — t) (Equation 7-5) s where s = Spacing of ribs or undulations t = Minimum thickness = Equivalent thickness of the slab calculated as the net area of the slab divided by the width, in which the maximum thickness used in the calculation shall not exceed 2t Fj �I NEGLECT SHADED AREA IN CALCULATION OF EQUIVALENT THICKNESS 2 = For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min x o� W U 2z oW ¢ w No oW r Wrc WU zz YO UU r w x z rn W w z Y x a W 0 FIGURE 722.2.2.1.3 SLABS WITH RIBBED OR UNDULATING SOFFITS 722.2.2.2 Multicourse floors. The fire -resistance rat- ings of floors that consist of a base slab of concrete with a topping (overlay) of a different type of concrete shall comply with Figure 722 2 2 2 CARBONATE BASE SILICEOUS BASE 1 2 3 4 5 THICKNESS OF NORMAL -WEIGHT CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES CARBONATE BASE SILICEOUS BASE I G 3 4 b l G 3 4 b THICKNESS OF SAND -LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min FIGURE 722.2.2.2 FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR TWO -COURSE CONCRETE FLOORS 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 185 I 1 1 1 CITFIEIt SO0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM(PST)tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod 9cghe o,FA- cE and M,P,km,okb¢ed ANY UNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 722.2.2.3 Multicourse roofs. The fire -resistance rat- ings of roofs that consist of a base slab of concrete with a topping (overlay) of an insulating concrete or with an insulating board and built-up roofing shall comply with Figures 722 2 2 3(1) and 722 2 2 3(2) 722.2.2.3.1 Heat transfer. For the transfer of heat, three-ply built-up roofing contributes 10 minutes to the fire -resistance rating The fire -resistance rating for concrete assemblies such as those shown in Fig- ure 722 2 2 3(1) shall be increased by 10 in mutes This increase is not applicable to those shown in Figure 722 2 2 3(2) 722.2.2.4 Joints in precast slabs. Joints between adja- cent precast concrete slabs need not be considered in calculating the slab thickness provided that a concrete CELLULAR CONCRETE ' A CONCRETE.... _ �z 5U CARBONATE BASE SILICEOUS BASE SAN0.DGHNVEIGHT BASE w ¢ 3 3 3 (z) o 2 2h3h4hr 2 2hr h hr 2 3hr r 1 1hr 1 1ILL 1 1h�hr 0 2 4 0 2 4 0 2 4 �O THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB INCHES O FERTILE CONCRETE A CONCRETE�.'- CARBONATE BASE SILICEOUS BASE SAN6DGHTVEIGHT BASE 4 4 4 2M 2 3hr 2 4hr 11 1hr 1 1hr 0 2 4 0 2 4 0 2 4 THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES VERMICULITE CONCRETE A CONCRETES -,-- topping not less than 1 inch (25 mm) thick is used Where concrete topping is not used, joints must be grouted to a depth of not less than one-third the slab thickness at the joint, but not less than 1 inch (25 mm), or the joints must be made fire resistant by other approved methods 722.2.3 Concrete cover over reinforcement. The mim- mum thickness of concrete cover over reinforcement in concrete slabs, reinforced beams and prestressed beams shall comply with this section 722.2.3.1 Slab cover. The mimmum thickness of con- crete cover to the positive moment reinforcement shall comply with Table 722 2 3(1) for reinforced concrete and Table 722 2 3(2) for prestressed concrete These tables are applicable for solid or hollow -core one-way or two-way slabs with flat undersurfaces These tables STANDARD 3-PLY BUILT-UP ROOFING M MERNLBOARG 1 CONCRETES �- - w CARBONATE BASE SILICEOUS BASE SANG-DGHTVEIGHT BASE z3 3 3 (d) o 2 \3h4hr 2 \ 3Ynr 2Mh YQihr 1 hr 01 2 3 4 01 2 3 4 01 2 3 4 THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES CARBONATE BASE SILICEOUS BASE SAN6LIGHTVEIGHT BASE 4 4 4 3 3 3 2 2hr 2 2hrhr 2 3hr F (e) 1 1hF 1 1hF 1 1hF 0 2 4 0 2 4 0 2 4 THICKNESS OF CONCRETE BASE SLAB, INCHES For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min FIGURE 722.2.2.3(1) FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR CONCRETE ROOF ASSEMBLIES STANDARD 3PLv BUILT-UP ROOFING LASS FIBER BOAR A CONCRETE. A, i. . O CARBONATE BASE SILICEOUS BASE SAND FIGHTVVEIGHT BASE 0 0 1hr2h3h4hr 0 \2h3h4hr 0 \h3h 24hr 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 THICKNESS OFCONCRETEBASE SLAB INCHES For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min FIGURE 722.2.2.3(2) FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR CONCRETE ROOF ASSEMBLIES 186 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 1 1 CopynghtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby H®H,, Cm Dm,(hvzodmepf da od mm).(Qtyof ERmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x100817PH OILM I4%mo 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( RR I.i Ag,e^ ,AHICC NofEON,,e,od�o,,,o ih,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tm PRHo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORI]AD TTiT[TREPRODVlION ORDIl.R VTIONISAVIOLATIONOPTHEPEDEEALCOPYRIGHTACr ANDTHELICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECr TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREVNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES are applicable to slabs that are either cast in place or precast For precast prestressed concrete not covered elsewhere, the procedures contained in PCI NERIL 124 shall be acceptable 722.2.3.2 Reinforced beam cover. The minimum thickness of concrete cover to the positive moment reinforcement (bottom steel) for reinforced concrete beams is shown in Table 722 2 3(3) for fire -resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours 722.2.3.3 Prestressed beam cover. The minimum thickness of concrete cover to the positive moment prestressing tendons (bottom steel) for restrained and unrestrained prestressed concrete beams and stemmed units shall comply with the values shown in Tables 722 2 3(4) and 722 2 3(5) for fire -resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours Values in Table 722 2 3(4) apply to beams 8 inches (203 mm) or greater in width Val- ues in Table 722 2 3(5) apply to beams or stems of any width, provided that the cross-section area is not less than 40 square inches (25 806 mm') In case of differences between the values determined from Table 722 2 3(4) or 722 2 3(5), it is permitted to use the smaller value The concrete cover shall be calculated in accordance with Section 722 2 3 3 1 The minimum concrete cover for nonprestressed reinforcement in prestressed concrete beams shall comply with Section 722232 TABLE 722.2.3(1) COVER THICKNESS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS (inches) CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) Restrained Unrestrained 1 1'I2 2 3 4 1 Piz 2 3 4 Siliceous 3 /4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 11/4 1J/B Carbonate 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 11/4 11/4 Sand -lightweight or lightweight 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 11/4 11/4 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm TABLE 722.2.3(2) COVER THICKNESS FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE FLOOR OR ROOF SLABS (inches) CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) Unrestrained 1 1 1'Iz 2 3 4 Siliceous f/4 =3/43 11/1 1'/Z 13/4 23/B 23/4 Carbonate f/4 1 13/B 15/S Sand -lightweight or lightweight 33/ For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min TABLE 722.2.3(3) MINIMUM COVER FOR MAIN REINFORCING BARS OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS` (APPLICABLE TO ALL TYPES OF STRUCTURAL CONCRETE) RESTRAINED OR BEAM FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) UNRESTRAINED' WIDTH"(inches) 1 PIz 2 3 4 5 3/4 3/4 3/4 IS 11/4A Restrained 7 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Z 10 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 5 3/4 1 11/4 Unrestrained 7 3/4 3/4 3/4 13/4 3 Z 10 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 13/4 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 aim, 1 feet— 304 8 min a Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum cover of/4 inch is adequate for ratings of 4 hours or less b For beam widths between the tabulated values, the minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation c The cover for an individual reinforcing bar is the minimum thickness of concrete between the surface of the bar and the fire -exposed surface of the beam For beams in which several bars are used, the cover for comer bars used in the calculation shall be reduced to one-half of the actual value The cover for an individual bar must be not less than one-half of the value given in Table 722 23(3) nor less than 3/4 inch 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 187 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby H®Ih¢ Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—tho3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.2.3(4) MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS 8INCHES OR GREATER IN WIDTH' RESTRAINED OR CONCRETE BEAM WIDTH FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) UNRESTRAINED' AGGREGATE TYPE (inches) 1 pie 2 3 4 Carbonate or siliceous 8 11/ 11/ 11/ 1'/' 21/' Carbonate or siliceous z 12 11/2 11/2 11/2 11/2 f/E' Restrained Sand lightweight 8 11/2 11/2 11/2 11/2 2' Sand lightweight z12 11/2 11/2 11/2 11/2 15/E' Carbonate or siliceous 8 11/2 13/4 21/2 5` Carbonate or siliceous z 12 11/2 11/2 17/E' 21/2 3 Unrestrained Sand lightweight 8 11/2 11/2 2 31/4 Sand lightweight z 12 11/2 11/2 1'/E 2 21/2 For SI 1 inch= 25 4 min, 1 foot =304 8 mm a Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum cover of inch is adequate for 4-hour ratings or less b For beam widths between 8 inches and 12 inches, minimum cover thickness can be determined by direct interpolation c Not practical for 8-inch-wide beam but shown for purposes of interpolation TABLE 722.2.3(5) MINIMUM COVER FOR PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BEAMS OF ALL WIDTHS RESTRAINED OR UNRESTRAINED' CONCRETE AGGREGATE TYPE BEAM AREA' A (square inches) FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) 1 ill z 2 3 4 All 40<A<150 11/2 11/2 2 21/2 Restrained Carbonate or siliceous 150 <A < 300 11/2 11/2 11/2 13/4 21/2 300 <A I 11/2 I 11/2 I 11/2 I 11/2 2 Sand lightweight 150 <A 11/2 11/2 11/2 11/2 2 All 40<A<150 2 21/ Unrestrained Carbonate or siliceous 150 <A < 300 11/2 13/4 21/2 300 <A 1'/2 1'/2 2 3` 4` Sand lightweight 150 <A 11/2 11/2 2 3` 4` For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 foot= 304 8 min, 1 square inch = 645 2 min' a Tabulated values for restrained assemblies apply to beams spaced more than 4 feet on center For restrained beams spaced 4 feet or less on center, minimum cover of/a inch is adequate for 4-hour ratings or less b The cross -sectional area of a stem is permitted to include a portion of the area in the flange, provided that the width of the flange used in the calculation does not exceed three times the average width of the stem c U-shaped or hooped stirrups spaced not to exceed the depth of the member and having a minimum cover of 1 inch shall be provided 722.2.3.3.1 Calculating concrete cover. The con- be the distance from the bottom of the member to crete cover for an individual tendon is the mini- the centroid of the tendons The actual cover for mum thickness of concrete between the surface of any individual tendon shall be not less than one - the tendon and the fire -exposed surface of the half the smaller value shown in Tables 722 2 3(4) beam, except that for ungrouted ducts, the assumed and 722 2 3(5), or 1 inch (25 mm), whichever is cover thickness is the minimum thickness of con- greater crete between the surface of the duct and the fire- 722.2.4 Concrete columns. Concrete columns shall com- exposed surface of the beam For beams in which ply with this section two or more tendons are used, the cover is assumed 722.2.4.1 Minimum size. The minimum overall to be the average of the minimum cover of the indi fire - distance ce from the bottom and side), the minimum tendons For comer tendons (tendons equal dimensions of reinforced concrete columns for fire - resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours for exposure to distancover used in the calculation shall be one-half the fire on all sides shall comply with this section actual value For stemmed members with two or 722.2.4.1.1 Concrete strength less than or equal more prestressing tendons located along the verti- to 12,000 psi. For columns made with concrete hav- cal centerline of the stem, the average cover shall ing a specified compressive strength, f' of less than 188 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C1pynghtOox0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto Fk ff., I (firill Fa I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d ANYVNAUTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES or equal to 12,000 psi (827 MPa), the minimum dimension shall comply with Table 722 2 4 722.2.4.1.2 Concrete strength greater than 12,000 psi. For columns made with concrete having a speci- fied compressive strength, f`',, greater than 12,000 psi (82 7 MPa), for fire -resistance ratings of 1 hour to 4 hours the minimum dimension shall be 24 inches (610 mm) TABLE 722.2.4 MINIMUM DIMENSION OF CONCRETE COLUMNS (inches) TYPES OF CONCRETE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) 1 1'Iz 7" 3a 4" Siliceous 8 9 10 12 14 Carbonate 8 9 10 11 12 Sand -lightweight 8 81/2 9 101/2 12 For SI 1 inch = 25 min a The minimum dimension is permitted to be reduced to 8 inches for rectangular columns with two parallel sides not less than 36 inches in length b The minimum dimension is permitted to be reduced to 10 inches for rectangular columns with two parallel sides not less than 36 inches in length 722.2.4.2 Minimum cover for R/C columns. The min- imum thickness of concrete cover to the main longitu- dinal reinforcement in columns, regardless of the type of aggregate used in the concrete and the specified compressive strength of concrete, f' shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm) tines the number of hours of required fire resistance or 2 inches (51 mm), whichever is less 722.2.4.3 Tie and spiral reinforcement. For concrete columns made with concrete having a specified com- pressive strength, fL, greater than 12,000 psi (82 7 MPa), tie and spiral reinforcement shall comply with the following 1 The free ends of rectangular ties shall terminate with a 135-degree (2 4 rad) standard tie hook 2 The free ends of circular ties shall terminate with a 90-degree (1 6 rad) standard he hook 3 The free ends of spirals, including at lap splices, shall terminate with a 90-degree (1 6 rad) stan- dard tie hook The hook extension at the free end of ties and spirals shall be the larger of six bar diameters and the exten- sion required by Section 7 1 3 of ACI 318 Hooks shall project into the core of the column 722.2.4.4 Columns built into walls. The minimum dimensions of Table 722 2 4 do not apply to a rein- forced concrete column that is built into a concrete or masonry wall provided that all of the following are met 1 The fire -resistance rating for the wall is equal to or greater than the required rating of the column 2 The main longitudinal reinforcing in the column has cover not less than that required by Section 722242 3 Openings in the wall are protected in accordance with Section 716 Where openings in the wall are not protected as required by Section 716, the minimum dimension of columns required to have afire -resistance rating of 3 hours or less shall be 8 inches (203 mm), and 10 inches (254 mm) for columns required to have afire -resis- tance rating of 4 hours, regardless of the type of aggre- gate used in the concrete 722.2.4.5 Precast cover units for steel columns. See Section 722 5 1 4 722.3 Concrete masonry. The provisions of this section con- tain procedures by which the fire -resistance ratings of con- crete masonry are established by calculations 722.3.1 Equivalent thickness. The equivalent thickness of concrete masonry construction shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of this section 722.3.1.1 Concrete masonry unit plus finishes. The equivalent thickness of concrete masonry assemblies, Tom, shall be computed as the sum of the equivalent thickness of the concrete masonry unit, Te, as deter- mmed by Section 722312, 722313 or 722314, TABLE 722.3.2 MINIMUM EQUIVALENT THICKNESS (inches) OF BEARING OR NONBEARING CONCRETE MASONRY WALLS",`•a TYPE OF AGGREGATE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) 11 z '1 a 1 PI a 1'1 z 131 a 2 2'1 a 2'1 z 231 a 3 3'1 a 3'1 z 331 a 4 Punace or expanded slag 15 19 21 25 27 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 45 47 Expanded shale, clay or slate 1 8 22 26 29 33 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 49 5 1 Limestone, cinders or unexpanded slag 1 9 23 27 3 1 34 37 40 43 45 48 50 52 55 57 59 Calcareous or siliceous gravel 20 24 28 32 36 39 42 45 48 50 53 55 58 60 62 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min a Values between those shown in the table can be determined by direct interpolation b Where combustible members are framed into the wall, the thickness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall, or between members set in from opposite sides, shall be not less than 93 percent of the thickness shown in the table c Requirements of ASTM C55, ASTM C73, ASTM C90 or ASTM C744 shall apply d Minimum required equivalent thickness corresponding to the hourly fire -resistance rating for units with a combination of aggregate shall be determined by linear interpolation based on the percent by volume of each aggregate used in manufacture 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 189 I 11 1 CITFIEItSO017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PM(PST)tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES plus the equivalent thickness of finishes, T,, deter- mined in accordance with Section 722 3 2 T =Te+Tf (Equation 7-6) 722.3.1.2 Ungrouted or partially grouted construc- tion. Te shall be the value obtained for the concrete masonry unit detennmed in accordance with ASTM C140 722.3.1.3 Solid grouted construction. The equivalent thickness, T, of solid grouted concrete masonry units is the actual thickness of the unit 722.3.1.4 Airspaces and cells filled with loose -fill material. The equivalent thickness of completely filled hollow concrete masonry is the actual thickness of the unit where loose -fill materials are sand, pea gravel, crushed stone, or slag that meet ASTM C33 require- ments, pumice, scoria, expanded shale, expanded clay, expanded slate, expanded slag, expanded fly ash, or cinders that comply with ASTM C331, or perlite or vermiculite meeting the requirements of ASTM C549 and ASTM C516, respectively 722.3.2 Concrete masonry walls. The fire -resistance rat- ing of walls and partitions constructed of concrete masonry units shall be determined from Table 722 3 2 The rating shall be based on the equivalent thickness of the masonry and type of aggregate used 722.3.2.1 Finish on nonfire-exposed side. Where plas- ter or gypsum wallboard is applied to the side of the wall not exposed to fire, the contribution of the finish to the total fire -resistance rating shall be determined as follows The thickness of gypsum wallboard or plaster shall be corrected by multiplying the actual thickness of the finish by applicable factor determined from Table 722 2 1 4(1) This corrected thickness of finish shall be added to the equivalent thickness of masonry and the fire -resistance rating of the masonry and finish deter- mined from Table 722 3 2 722.3.2.2 Finish on fire -exposed side. Where plaster or gypsum wallboard is applied to the fire -exposed side of the wall, the contribution of the finish to the total fire -resistance rating shall be determined as follows The tune assigned to the finish as established by Table 722 2 1 4(2) shall be added to the fire -resistance rating detennmed in Section 722 3 2 for the masonry alone, or in Section 722 3 2 1 for the masonry and finish on the nonfire-exposed side 722.3.2.3 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall without finish on one side or having different types or thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation pro- cedures of this section shall be performed twice, assum- mg either side of the wall to be the fire -exposed side The fire -resistance rating of the wall shall not exceed the lower of the two values calculated Exception: For exterior walls with afire separation distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the fire shall be assumed to occur on the interior side only 722.3.2.4 Minimum concrete masonry fire -resis- tance rating. Where the finish applied to a concrete masonry wall contributes to its fire -resistance rating, the masonry alone shall provide not less than one-half the total required fire -resistance rating 722.3.2.5 Attachment of finishes. Installation of fm- ishes shall be as follows 1 Gypsum wallboard and gypsum lath applied to concrete masonry or concrete walls shall be secured to wood or steel furring members spaced not more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center (oc) 2 Gypsum wallboard shall be installed with the long dimension parallel to the furring members and shall have all joints finished 3 Other aspects of the installation of finishes shall comply with the applicable provisions of Chap- ters 7 and 25 722.3.3 Multiiwythe masonry walls. The fire -resistance rating of wall assemblies constructed of multiple wythes of masonry materials shall be permitted to be based on the fire -resistance rating period of each wythe and the contin- uous airspace between each wythe in accordance with the following formula RA—(R 059+R2 059+ +Rp059+A(+Az+ +A„)17 (Equation 7-7) where RA = Fire -resistance rating of the assembly (hours) Ri, R' ..., R = Fire -resistance rating of wythes for 1, 2, n (hours), respectively Alp A2 ..... Al„ = 0 30, factor for each continuous airspace for 1, 2, n, respectively, having a depth of '/ inch (12 7 mm) or more between wythes 722.3.4 Concrete masonry lintels. Fire -resistance rat- ings for concrete masonry lintels shall be detennned based on the nominal thickness of the lintel and the mim- mum thickness of concrete masonry or concrete, or any combination thereof, covering the main reinforcing bars, as determined in accordance with Table 722 3 4, or by approved alternate methods TABLE 722.3.4 MINIMUM COVER OF LONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT IN FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED REINFORCED CONCRETE MASONRY LINTELS (inches) NOMINAL WIDTH OF LINTEL (inches) FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) 1 2 3 4 6 11/Z 2 8 11/2 11/2 13/4 3 10 or greater 11/2 11/2 11/2 13/4 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm 722.3.5 Concrete masonry columns. The fire -resistance rating of concrete masonry columns shall be detennned based on the least plan dimension of the column in accor- dance with Table 722 3 5 or by approved alternate meth- ods 190 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff.,111 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto k MR, ff.' RR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.3.5 MINIMUM DIMENSION OF CONCRETE MASONRY COLUMNS (inches) FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) 1 2 3 4 8 inches 10 inches 12 inches 14 inches For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm 722.4 Clay brick and the masonry. The provisions of this section contain procedures by which the fire -resistance rat- ings of clay brick and tile masonry are established by calcula- tions 722.4.1 Masonry walls. The fire -resistance rating of masonry walls shall be based on the equivalent thickness as calculated in accordance with this section The calcula- tion shall take into account finishes applied to the wall and airspaces between wythes in multiwythe construction 722.4.1.1 Equivalent thickness. The fire -resistance ratings of walls or partitions constructed of solid or hollow clay masonry units shall be determined from Table 72241(1) or 72241(2) The equivalent thick- ness of the clay masonry unit shall be determmed by Equation 7-8 where using Table 7224 1(1) The fire - resistance rating determined from Table 722 4 l(1) shall be permitted to be used in the calculated fire - resistance rating procedure in Section 722 4 2 T = V /LH (Equation 7-8) where Te = The equivalent thickness of the clay masonry unit (inches) V = The net volume of the clay masonry unit (inch') L = The specified length of the clay masonry unit (inches) H = The specified height of the clay masonry unit (inches) 722.4.1.1.1 Hollow clay units. The equivalent thick- ness, T, shall be the value obtained for hollow clay units as determined in accordance with Equation 7-8 The net volume, V,,, of the units shall be determined using the gross volume and percentage of void area determined in accordance with ASTM C67 TABLE 722.4.1(1) FIRE -RESISTANCE PERIODS OF CLAY MASONRY WALLS MATERIAL TYPE MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE RESISTANCEa ^•` (inches) 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 4 hours Solid brick of clay or shale' 27 38 49 60 Hollow brick or tile of clay or shale, unfilled 23 34 43 50 Hollow brick or tile of clay or shale, grouted or filled with materials specified in Section 722 4 1 13 30 44 55 66 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm a Equivalent thickness as determined from Section 72241 1 b Calculated fire resistance between the hourly increments listed shall be determined by linear interpolation c Where combustible members are framed in the wall, the thickness of solid material between the end of each member and the opposite face of the wall, or between members set in from opposite sides, shall be not less than 93 percent of the thickness shown d For units in which the net cross -sectional area of cored brick many plane parallel to the surface containing the cores is not less than 75 percent of the gross cross -sectional area measured in the same plane TABLE 722.4.1(2) FIRE -RESISTANCE RATINGS FOR BEARING STEEL FRAME BRICK VENEER WALLS OR PARTITIONS PLASTERSIDE BRICKFACED WALL OR PARTITION ASSEMBLY EXPOSED SIDEEXPOSED (hours) (hours) Outside facing of steel studs I/" wood fiberboard sheathing next to studs,'/" airspace formed with'/4" x 1'/," wood strips placed over the fiberboard and secured to the studs, metal or wire lath nailed to such strips, 3'/" brick veneer held in place by 1 5 4 filling '/" airspace between the brick and lath with mortar Inside facing of studs '/" unsanded gypsum plaster on metal or wire lath attached to'/1," wood strips secured to edges of the studs Outside facing of steel studs 1" insulation board sheathing attached to studs, 1" airspace, and 3'/" brick veneer attached to steel frame with 1 5 4 metal ties every 5th course Inside facing of studs '/R" sanded gypsum plaster (1 2 mix) applied on metal or wire lath attached directly to the studs Same as previous assembly except use'/R" vermiculite -gypsum plaster or 1" sanded gypsum plaster (1 2 mix) 2 4 applied to metal or wire Outside facmg of steel studs I/" gypsum sheadmig board, attached to studs, and 3'/" brick veneer attached to steel flame with metal ties every 5th 2 4 course Inside facing of studs 1/2" sanded gypsum plaster (1 2 mix) applied to 1/2" perforated gypsum lath securely attached to studs and h avmg strips of metal lath 3 inches wide applied to all horizontal joints of gypsum lath For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 191 I 11 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 722.4.1.1.2 Solid grouted clay units. The equiva- lent thickness of solid grouted clay masonry units shall be taken as the actual thickness of the units 722.4.1.1.3 Units with filled cores. The equivalent thickness of the hollow clay masonry units is the actual thickness of the unit where completely filled with loose -fill materials of sand, pea gravel, crushed stone, or slag that meet ASTM C33 require- ments, pumice, scoria, expanded shale, expanded clay, expanded slate, expanded slag, expanded fly ash, or cinders in compliance with ASTM C331, or perlite or vermiculite meeting the requirements of ASTM C549 and ASTM C516, respectively 722.4.1.2 Plaster finishes. Where plaster is applied to the wall, the total fire -resistance rating shall be deter- mined by the formula R = (Rn059 +pl) 17 (Equation 7-9) where R = The fire -resistance rating of the assembly (hours) R = The fire -resistance rating of the individual wall (hours) pl = Coefficient for thickness of plaster Values for R, 059 for use in Equation 7-9 are given in Table 722 4 1(3) Coefficients for thickness of plaster shall be selected from Table 722 4 1(4) based on the actual thickness of plaster applied to the wall or parti- tion and whether one or two sides of the wall are plas- tered TABLE 722.4.1(3) VALUES OF R„ °h R„ 0.59 R (hours) 1 10 2 150 3 191 4 227 TABLE 722.4.1(4) COEFFICIENTS FOR PLASTER, pia THICKNESS OF PLASTER (inch) ONE SIDE TWO SIDES 1/i 03 06 5/E 037 075 3/4 045 090 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm a Values listed in the table are for 1 3 sanded gypsum plaster TABLE 722.4.1(5) REINFORCED MASONRY LINTELS NOMINAL LINTEL WIDTH (inches) MINIMUM LONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT COVER FOR FIRE RESISTANCE (inches) 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 4 hours 6 11/2 2 NP NP 8 11/2 11/2 13/4 3 10 or more 11/2 11/2 11/2 13/4 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm NP = Not Permitted TABLE 722.4.1(6) REINFORCED CLAY MASONRY COLUMNS COLUMN SIZE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) 1 2 3 4 Minimum column dimension (inches) 8 10 12 14 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min 722.4.1.3 Multiwythe walls with airspace. Where a continuous airspace separates multiple wythes of the wall or partition, the total fire -resistance rating shall be determined by the formula R = (Ri059 +R2 59 + +Rp059+ as) " (Equation 7-10) where R = The fire -resistance rating of the assembly (hours) R1, Rz and R = The fire -resistance rating of the individual wythes (hours) as = Coefficient for continuous airspace Values for R, PO 59 for use in Equation 7-10 are given in Table 722 4 1(3) The coefficient for each continu- ous airspace of i/ inch to 31/2 inches (12 7 to 89 mm) separating two individual wythes shall be 0 3 722.4.1.4 Nonsymmetrical assemblies. For a wall without finish on one side or having different types or thicknesses of finish on each side, the calculation pro- cedures of this section shall be performed twice, assum- ing either side to be the fire -exposed side of the wall The fire resistance of the wall shall not exceed the lower of the two values determined Exception: For exterior walls with afire separation distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the fire shall be assumed to occur on the interior side only 722.4.2 Multiwythe walls. The fire -resistance rating for walls or partitions consisting of two or more dissimilar wythes shall be permitted to be determined by the for- mula R = (Ri059 +R2 59 + +R, 059) 17 (Equation 7-11) where R = The fire -resistance rating of the assembly (hours) Ri, Rz and R = The fire -resistance rating of the individual wythes (hours) Values for R,O59 for use in Equation 7-11 are given in Table 722 4 1(3) 722.4.2.1 Multiwythe walls of different material. For walls that consist of two or more wythes of different materials (concrete or concrete masonry units) in com- bmation with clay masonry units, the fire -resistance rating of the different materials shall be permitted to be determined from Table 722 2 1 1 for concrete, Table 722 3 2 for concrete masonry units or Table 722 4 1(1) or 722 4 1(2) for clay and tile masonry units 192 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff.,111 COTy IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto k MR, ff.' RR I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 722.4.3 Reinforced clay masonry lintels. Fire -resistance ratings for clay masonry lmtels shall be determined based on the nominal width of the lintel and the mimmum cover- ing for the longitudinal reinforcement in accordance with Table 722 4 1(5) 722.4.4 Reinforced clay masonry columns. The fire - resistance ratings shall be determined based on the last plan dimension of the column in accordance with Table 722 4 1(6) The mimmum cover for longitudinal reinforce- ment shall be 2 inches (51 mm) 722.5 Steel assemblies. The provisions of this section con - tam procedures by which the fire -resistance ratings of steel assemblies are established by calculations 722.5.1 Structural steel columns. The fire -resistance rat- ings of structural steel columns shall be based on the size of the element and the type of protection provided in accordance with this section 722.5.1.1 General. These procedures establish a basis for detenmming the fire resistance of column assem- blies as a function of the thickness of fire-resistant material and, the weight, W, and heated perimeter, D, of structural steel columns As used in these sections, W is the average weight of a structural steel column in pounds per linear foot The heated perimeter, D, is the inside perimeter of the fire-resistant material in inches as illustrated in Figure 722 5 1(1) D=4b1+2d-2t,, D=2(a+d) D=2(bl+d) FIGURE 722.5.1(1) DETERMINATION OF THE HEATED PERIMETER OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS 722.5.1.1.1 Nonload-bearing protection. The applica- tion of these procedures shall be limited to column assemblies in which the fire-resistant material is not designed to carry any of the load acting on the column 722.5.1.1.2 Embedments. In the absence of sub- stantiating fire -endurance test results, ducts, conduit, piping, and similar mechanical, electrical, and plumbing installations shall not be embedded in any required fire-resistant materials 722.5.1.1.3 Weight -to -perimeter ratio. Table 7225l(1) contains weight -to -heated -perimeter ratios (WID) for both contour and box fire-resistant profiles, for the wide flange shapes most often used as columns For different fire-resistant protection profiles or column cross sections, the weight -to - heated -perimeter ratios (WID) shall be determined in accordance with the definitions given in this section 722.5.1.2 Gypsum wallboard protection. The fire resistance of structural steel columns with weight -to - heated -perimeter ratios (WID) less than or equal to 3 65 and that are protected with Type X gypsum wallboard shall be permitted to be determined from the following expression R = 130 2 [h(W' ]07s (Equation 7-12) where R = Fire resistance (minutes) h = Total thickness of gypsum wallboard (inches) D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel column (inches) W' = Total weight of the structural steel column and gypsum wallboard protection (pounds per linear foot) W' = W + 50144 SJM, No8,1/2 SHEET STEEL ULSCREWS SPACED 12' o c s/s" MIN SNAP -LOCK PITTSBURGH SEAM LAP CORNER JOINT DETAILS (A) FIGURE 722.5.1(2) GYPSUM -PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS WITH SHEET STEEL COLUMN COVERS For SI 1 inch =25 4mm, 1 foot =305 min 1 Structural steel column, either wide flange or tubular shapes 2 Type X gypsum board or gypsum panel products in accordance with ASTM C1177, C1178, C1278, C1396 or C1658 The total thickness of gypsum board or gypsum panel products calculated as h in Section 722 5 12 shall be applied vertically to an individual column using one of the following methods 1 As a single layer without horizontal joints 2 As multiple layers with horizontal joints not permitted many layer 3 As multiple layers with horizontal joints staggered not less than 12 inches vertically between layers and not less than 8 feet vertically many single layer The total required thickness of gypsum board or gypsum panel products shall be determined on the basis of the specified fire - resistance rating and the weight -to -heated -perimeter ratio (W/ID) of the column For fire -resistance ratings of 2 hours or less, one of the required layers of gypsum board or gypsum panel product may be applied to the exterior of the sheet steel column covers with 1-inch long Type S screws spaced 1 inch from the wallboard edge and 8 inches on center For such installations, 0 0149-inch minimum thickness galvanized steel comer beads with 1'/2-inch legs shall be attached to the wallboard with Type S screws spaced 12 inches on center 3 For fire -resistance ratings of 3 hours or less, the column covers shall be fabricated from 0 0239-inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless steel For 4-hour fire -resistance ratings, the column covers shall be fabricated from 0 0239-inch minimum thickness stainless steel The column covers shall be erected with the Snap Lock or Pittsburgh joint details For fire -resistance ratings of 2 hours or less, column covers fabricated from 0 0269-inch minimum thickness galvanized or stainless steel shall be permitted to be erected with lap joints The lap joints shall be permitted to be located anywhere around the perimeter of the column cover The lap joints shall be secured with'/ -inch -long No 8 sheet metal screws spaced 12 inches on center The column covers shall be provided with a minimum expansion clearance of inch per linear foot between the ends of the cover and any restraining construction 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 193 I 11 1 C1LoFght@@Z017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf ,IN,Vod mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)OGP,Nomb,,x100817D.c ocJM IoZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,APICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPPod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES A 1 LAYER = 1/8" OR G 3 LAYERS = V/e' OR 1%` D 2 LAYERS = 1 W' OR 1" 4 LAYERS = 2%` OR 2" FIGURE 722.5.1 (3) GYPSUM -PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS WITH STEEL STUD/SCREW ATTACHM ENT SYSTEM For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= -305 mm 1 Structural steel column, either wide flange or tubular shapes 2 1'/,-inch deep studs fabricated from 0 0179-inch minimum thickness galvanized steel with 1'/d or 1'/s inch legs The length of the steel studs shall be inch less than the height of the assembly 3 Type X gypsum board or gypsum panel products in accordance with ASTM C177, C1178, C1278, C1396 or C1658 The total thickness of gypsum board or gypsum panel products calculated as h in Section 722 5 12 shall be applied vertically to an individual column using one of the following methods 1 As a single layer without horizontal joints 2 As multiple layers with horizontal joints not permitted many layer 3 As multiple layers with horizontal joints staggered not less than 12 inches vertically between layers and not less than 8 feet vertically in any single layer The total required thickness of gypsum board or gypsum panel products shall be determined on the basis of the specified fire -resistance rating and the weight -to -heated -perimeter ratio (W/D) of the column 4 Galvanized 0 0149-inch minimum thickness steel corner beads with V/2- mch legs attached to the gypsum board or gypsum panel products with 1- inch-long Type S screws spaced 12 inches on center 5 No 18 SWG steel tie wires spaced 24 inches on center 6 Sheet metal angles with 2-inch legs fabricated from 0 0221-mch minimum thickness galvanized steel 7 Type S screws, 1 inch long, shall be used for attaching the first layer of gypsum board or gypsum panel product to the steel studs and the third layer to the sheet metal angles at 24 inches on center Type S screws 1'/4 inches long shall be used for attaching the second layer of gypsum board or gypsum panel product to the steel studs and the fourth layer to the sheet metal angles at 12 inches on center Type S screws 2'/4 inches long shall be used for attaching the third layer of gypsum board or gypsum panel product to the steel studs at 12 inches on center WEIGHT -TO -HEATED -PERIMETER RATIO (W/D) For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 pound per linear foot/inch = 0 059 kg/m/mm FIGURE 722.5.1 (4) FIRE RESISTANCE OF STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS PROTECTED WITH VARIOUS THICKNESSES OF TYPE X GYPSUM WALLBOARD a The W/D ratios for typical wide flange columns are listed in Table 722 5 1(1) For other column shapes, the W/D ratios shall be determined in accordance with Section 722 5 1 1 FIGURE 722.5.1 (5) WIDE FLANGE STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS WITH SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS 194 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff.'"FrT' CopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto k MR, ff.' I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES (a) PRECAST CONCRETE COLUMN COVERS (b) (c) CONCRETE CONCRETE ENCASED ENCASED STRUCTURAL WIDE -FLANGE TUBE SHAPE FIGURE 722.5.1(6) CONCRETE PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS"' a Where the inside perimeter of the concrete protection is not square, L shall be taken as the average of LI and LL Where the thickness of concrete cover is not constant, h shall be taken as the average of hI and hY b Joints shall be protectedw)th not less than a 1-inch thickness of ceramic fiber blanket but in no case less than one-half the thickness of the column cover (see Section 722 2 1 3) D=2(w+d)+2(w-tFSeb) D= a d D= 2w + 2d W SHAPE COLUMN STEEL PIPE COLUMN STRUCTURAL TUBE COLUMN FIGURE 722.5.1(7) CONCRETE OR CLAY MASONRY PROTECTED STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min d = Depth of awdde flange column, outside diameter of pipe column, or outside dimension of structural tubing column (inches) t, = Thickness of web of wide flange column (inches) w =Width of flange of wide flange column (inches) 722.5.1.2.1 Attachment. The gypsum board or gyp- sum panel products shall be supported as illustrated in either Figure 722 5 1(2) for fire -resistance ratings of 4 hours or less, or Figure 722 5 1(3) for fire -resis- tance ratings of 3 hours or less 722.5.1.2.2 Gypsum wallboard equivalent to con- crete. The detennmation of the fire resistance of structural steel columns from Figure 72251(4) is permitted for various thicknesses of gypsum wall- board as a function of the weight -to -heated -perime- ter ratio (W/D) of the column For structural steel columns with weight -to -heated -perimeter ratios (W/D) greater than 3 65, the thickness of gypsum wall- board required for specified fire -resistance ratings shall be the same as the thickness determined for a W14 x 233 wide flange shape 722.5.1.3 Sprayed fire-resistant materials. The fire resistance of wide -flange structural steel columns pro- tected with sprayed fire-resistant materials, as illus- trated in Figure 72251(5), shall be permitted to be determined from the following expression R = [C,(W/D) + Cjh (Equation 7-13) where R = Fire resistance (minutes) h = Thickness of sprayed fire-resistant material (inches) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 195 I 11 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc01jM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel column (inches) C( and Cz = Material -dependent constants W = Weight of structural steel columns (pounds per linear foot) The fire resistance of structural steel columns pro- tected with intumescent or mastic fire-resistant coatings shall be determined on the basis of fire -resistance tests in accordance with Section 703 2 722.5.1.3.1 Material -dependent constants. The material -dependent constants, C( and Cv shall be determined for specific fire-resistant materials on the basis of standard fire endurance tests in accordance with Section 703 2 Unless evidence is submitted to the builckng official substantiating a broader applica- tion, this expression shall be limited to determining the fire resistance of structural steel columns with weight -to -heated -perimeter ratios (WID) between the largest and smallest columns for which standard fire - resistance test results are available 722.5.1.3.2 Identification. Sprayed fire-resistant materials shall be identified by density and thickness required for a given fire -resistance rating 722.5.1.4 Concrete -protected columns. The fire resis- tance of structural steel columns protected with con- crete, as illustrated in Figure 72251(6)(a) and (b), shall be permitted to be determined from the following expression R =Ro(1 + 0 03m) (Equation 7-14) where Ro =10 (WID) 07 + 17 (h16/k o z) x [1 + 26 {HfpLch (L + h) }08] As used in these expressions R = Fire endurance at equilibrium moisture conditions (minutes) Ro = Fire endurance at zero moisture content (minutes) in = Equilibrium moisture content of the concrete by volume (percent) W = Average weight of the structural steel column (pounds per linear foot) D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel column (inches) It = Thickness of the concrete cover (inches) k = Ambient temperature thermal conductivity of the concrete (Btu/hr It OF) H = Ambient temperature thermal capacity of the steel column = 0 11 W (Btu/ ft OF) pL = Concrete density (pounds per cubic foot) cL = Ambient temperature specific heat of concrete (Btu/lb OF) L = Interior dimension of one side of a square concrete box protection (inches) 722.5.1.4.1 Reentrant space filled. For wide -flange structural steel columns completely encased in con- crete with all reentrant spaces filled [Figure 7225 1(6)(c)], the thermal capacity of the concrete within the reentrant spaces shall be permitted to be added to the thermal capacity of the steel column, as follows H=011 W+(pLcV/144)(bid-A) (Equation 7-15) where bf = Flange width of the structural steel column (inches) d = Depth of the structural steel column (inches) A, = Cross -sectional area of the steel column (square inches) 722.5.1.4.2 Concrete properties unknown. If spe- cific data on the properties of concrete are not avail- able, the values given in Table 72251(2) are permitted 722.5.1.4.3 Minimum concrete cover. For struc- tural steel column encased in concrete with all reentrant spaces filled, Figure 722 5 1(6)(c) and Tables 722 5 1(7) and 722 5 1(8) indicate the thick- ness of concrete cover required for various fire - resistance ratings for typical wide -flange sections The thicknesses of concrete indicated in these tables apply to structural steel columns larger than those listed 722.5.1.4.4 Minimum precast concrete cover. For structural steel columns protected with precast con- crete column covers as shown in Figure 722 5 1(6)(a), Tables 722 5 1(9) and 722 5 1(10) indicate the thickness of the column covers required for various fire -resistance ratings for typical wide - flange shapes The thicknesses of concrete given in these tables apply to structural steel columns larger than those listed 722.5.1.4.5 Masonry protection. The fire resis- tance of structural steel columns protected with con- crete masonry units or clay masonry units as illustrated in Figure 722 5 1(7) shall be permitted to be determined from the following expression R = 0 17 (WID)07 + [0 285 (T ' 61KO )] [1 0 + 42 7 {(Alden T)i(o 25p + T) }08] (Equation 7-16) where R = Fire -resistance rating of column assembly (hours) W = Average weight of structural steel column (pounds per foot) 196 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 COTy IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES D = Heated perimeter of structural steel column (inches) [see Figure 722 5 1(7)] T = Equivalent thickness of concrete or clay masonry unit (inches) (see Table 722 3 2, Note a or Section 722 4 1) K = Thermal conductivity of concrete or clay masonry unit (Btu/hr • It • 'F) [see Table 722 5 1(3)] A, = Cross -sectional area of structural steel column (square inches) din = Density of the concrete or clay masonry unit (pounds per cubic foot) p = Inner perimeter of concrete or clay masonry protection (inches) [see Figure 722 5 1(7)] 722.5.1.4.6 Equivalent concrete masonry thick- ness. For structural steel columns protected with concrete masonry, Table 722 5 1(5) gives the equivalent thickness of concrete masonry required for various fire -resistance ratings for typical col- umn shapes For structural steel columns protected with clay masonry, Table 722 5 1(6) gives the equivalent thickness of concrete masonry required for various fire -resistance ratings for typical col- umn shapes 722.5.2 Structural steel beams and girders. The fire - resistance ratings of structural steel beams and girders shall be based on the size of the element and the type of protection provided in accordance with this section 722.5.2.1 Determination of fire resistance. These pro- cedures establish a basis for determining resistance of structural steel beams and girders that differ in size from that specified in approved fire -resistance -rated assemblies as a function of the thickness of fire-resis- tant material and the weight (YT') and heated perimeter (D) of the beam or girder As used in these sections, W is the average weight of a structural steel element in pounds per linear foot (plf) The heated perimeter, D, is the inside perimeter of the fire-resistant material in inches as illustrated in Figure 722 5 2 D = 3bf+ 2d - 2t, D=2d+bf FIGURE 722.5.2 DETERMINATION OF THE HEATED PERIMETER OF STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAMS AND GIRDERS 722.5.2.1.1 Weight -to -heated perimeter. The weight -to -heated -perimeter ratios (WID), for both contour and box fire-resistant protection profiles, for the wide flange shapes most often used as beams or girders are given in Table 722 5 1(4) For different shapes, the weight -to -heated -perimeter ratios (WID) shall be determined in accordance with the defini- tions given in this section 722.5.2.1.2 Beam and girder substitutions. Except as provided for in Section 722 5 2 2, structural steel beams in approved fire -resistance -rated assemblies shall be considered to be the minimum permissible size Other beam or girder shapes shall be permitted to be substituted provided that the weight -to -heated - perimeter ratio (WID) of the substitute beam is equal to or greater than that of the beam specified in the approved assembly 722.5.2.2 Sprayed fire-resistant materials. The provi- sions in this section apply to structural steel beams and girders protected with sprayed fire-resistant materials Larger or smaller beam and girder shapes shall be per- mitted to be substituted for beams specified in approved unrestrained or restrained fire -resistance - rated assemblies, provided that the thickness of the fire- resistant material is adjusted in accordance with the fol- lowing expression It = h, [(w, ID,) + 0 60] / [(W2ID) + 0 60] (Equation 7-17) where It = Thickness of sprayed fire-resistant material in inches W = Weight of the structural steel beam or girder in pounds per linear foot D = Heated perimeter of the structural steel beam in inches Subscript 1 refers to the beam and fire-resistant material thickness in the approved assembly Subscript 2 refers to the substitute beam or girder and the required thickness of fire-resistant material The fire resistance of structural steel beams and girders protected with intumescent or mastic fire-resis- tant coatings shall be determmed on the basis of fire - resistance tests in accordance with Section 703 2 722.5.2.2.1 Minimum thickness. The use of Equa- tion 7-17 is subject to the following conditions 1 The weight -to -heated -perimeter ratio for the substitute beam or girder (WID,) shall be not less than 0 37 2 The thickness of fire protection materials cal- culated for the substitute beam or girder (T,) shall be not less than'/A inch (9 5 mm) 3 The unrestrained or restrained beam rating shall be not less than 1 hour 4 Where used to adjust the material thickness for a restrained beam, the use of this proce- dure is limited to structural steel sections classified as compact in accordance with AISC 360 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 197 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x100817D.c ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES 722.5.2.3 Structural steel trusses. The fire resistance of structural steel trusses protected with fire-resistant materials sprayed to each of the individual truss ele- ments shall be permitted to be determined in accor- dance with this section The thickness of the fire- resistant material shall be determined in accordance with Section 722 5 1 3 The weight -to -heated -perime- ter ratio (WID) of truss elements that can be simulta- neously exposed to fire on all sides shall be determined on the same basis as columns, as specified in Section 722 5 1 1 The weight -to -heated -perimeter ratio (WID) of truss elements that directly support floor or roof assembly shall be determined on the same basis as beams and girders, as specified in Sec- tion 722 5 2 1 The fire resistance of structural steel trusses pro- tected with intumescent or mastic fire-resistant coatings shall be determined on the basis of fire -resistance tests in accordance with Section 703 2 722.6 Wood assemblies. The provisions of this section con- tain procedures by which the fire -resistance ratings of wood assemblies are established by calculations 722.6.1 General. This section contains procedures for cal- culating the fire -resistance ratings of walls, floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling assemblies based in part on the standard method of testing referenced in Section 703 2 722.6.1.1 Maximum fire -resistance rating. Fire - resistance ratings calculated for assemblies using the methods in Section 722 6 shall be limited to not more than 1 hour 722.6.1.2 Dissimilar membranes. Where dissimilar membranes are used on a wall assembly that requires consideration of fire exposure from both sides, the cal- culation shall be made from the least fire-resistant (weaker) side 722.6.2 Walls, floors and roofs. These procedures apply to both load -bearing and nonload-bearing assemblies 722.6.2.1 Fire -resistance rating of wood frame assemblies. The fire -resistance rating of a wood frame assembly is equal to the sum of the time assigned to the membrane on the fire -exposed side, the time assigned to the framing members and the time assigned for addi- tional contribution by other protective measures such as insulation The membrane on the unexposed side shall not be included in determining the fire resistance of the assembly 722.6.2.2 Time assigned to membranes. Table 722 6 2(1) indicates the time assigned to membranes on the fire -exposed side 722.6.2.3 Exterior walls. For an exterior wall with a fire separation distance greater than 10 feet (3048 mm), the wall is assigned a rating dependent on the interior membrane and the framing as described in Tables 722 6 2(1) and 722 6 2(2) The membrane on the outside of the nonfire-exposed side of exterior walls with a fire separation distance greater than 10 feet (3048 mm) shall consist of sheathing, sheathing paper and siding as described in Table 722 6 2(3) 722.6.2.4 Floors and roofs. In the case of a floor or roof, the standard test provides only for testing for fire exposure from below Except as noted in Section 703 3, Item 5, floor or roof assemblies of wood fram- ing shall have an upper membrane consisting of a sub - floor and finished floor conforming to Table 722 6 2(4) or any other membrane that has a contribu- tion to fire resistance of not less than 15 minutes in Table 722 6 2(1) 722.6.2.5 Additional protection. Table 722 6 2(5) indicates the time increments to be added to the fire resistance where glass fiber, rockwool, slag mineral wool or cellulose insulation is incorporated in the assembly 722.6.2.6 Fastening. Fastening of wood frame assem- blies and the fastening of membranes to the wood fram- mg members shall be done in accordance with Chapter 23 198 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM.AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.5.1(1) W/D RATIOS FOR STEEL COLUMNS STRUCTURAL SHAPE CONTOUR PROFILE pROX STRUCTURAL SHAPE CONTOUR PROFILE PROFILE BOX W14x233 255 365 W10x112 181 257 x 211 232 335 x 100 1 64 233 x 193 2 14 309 x 88 1 45 208 x 176 1 96 285 x 77 1 28 1 85 x 159 1 78 260 x 68 1 15 1 66 x 145 1 64 239 1x 60 1 01 1 48 x 132 1 56 225 x 54 0 922 1 34 x 120 1 42 206 x 49 084 1 23 x 109 1 29 1 88 x 45 0 888 1 24 x 99 1 18 1 72 x 39 078 1 09 x 90 1 08 1 58 x 33 0 661 093 x 82 1 23 1 68 x 74 1 12 153 W8 x 67 1 37 1 94 x 68 1 04 1 41 x 58 1 20 1 71 x 61 0 928 1 28 x 48 1 00 1 44 x 53 0 915 1 21 x 40 0 849 1 23 x 48 0 835 1 10 x 35 0 749 1 08 x 43 0 752 099 x 31 0 665 097 x 28 0 688 096 W12x190 250 351 x24 0591 083 x 170 226 320 x 21 0 577 077 x 152 204 290 x 18 0 499 067 x 136 1 86 263 x 120 1 65 236 W6 x25 0 696 1 00 x 106 1 47 2 11 x 20 0 563 082 x 96 1 34 1 93 x 16 0 584 078 x 87 1 22 1 76 x 15 0 431 063 x 79 1 11 1 61 x 12 0 448 060 x 72 1 02 1 48 x 9 0 338 046 x 65 0 925 1 35 x 58 0 925 1 31 W5 x 19 0 644 093 x 53 0 855 1 20 x 16 055 080 x 50 0 909 1 23 x45 0829 112 W4x13 0556 079 x 40 0 734 1 00 11 For SI 1 pound per linear foot per inch = 0 059 kg/m/mm TABLE 722.5.1(2) PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE PROPERTY NORMAL -WEIGHT CONCRETE STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE Thermal conductivity (k) 0 95 Btu/hr • ft • OF 0 35 Btu/hr • ft • OF Specific heat (c) 0 20 Btu/lb OF 0 20 Btu/lb OF Density (P) 145 lb/ft' I 10 lb/ft Egmhbnum (free) moisture content (m) by volume 4% 5% For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= 304 8 mm, 1 Ib/ft' =16 0185 kg/m', Btu/hr - ft - of =1 731 W/(m - K) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 199 I " ' CopynghtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A,a—dby H®th¢VanCm, (hvarmdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.—A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.5.1(3) THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF CONCRETE OR CLAY MASONRY UNITS DENSITY (tl) OF UNITS (Iblft) THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY (K) OF UNITS (Btulhr ft °F) Concrete Masonry Units 80 0207 85 0 228 90 0 252 95 0 278 100 0 308 105 0 340 110 0 376 115 0 416 120 0 459 125 0 508 130 0 561 135 0 620 140 0 685 145 0 758 150 0 837 Clay Masonry Units 120 1 25 130 225 For SI 1 pound per cubic foot — 16 0185 kg/m', Btu/hr - ft - of =1 731 W/(m - K) TABLE 722.5.1(4) WEIGHT -TO -HEATED -PERIMETER RATIOS (WID) FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE BEAM AND GIRDER SHAPES STRUCTURAL SHAPE CONTOUR PROFILE BOX PROFILE STRUCTURAL SHAPE CONTOUR PROFILE BOX PROFILE W36 x 300 250 333 W24 x 68 0 942 1 21 x 280 235 3 12 x 62 0 934 1 14 x 260 2 18 292 x 55 0 828 1 02 x 245 208 276 x 230 1 95 261 W21 x 147 187 260 x 210 1 96 245 x 132 1 68 235 x 194 1 81 228 x 122 1 57 2 19 x 182 1 72 2 15 x 111 1 43 201 x 170 1 60 201 x 101 1 30 1 84 x 160 1 51 190 x 93 1 40 1 80 x 150 1 43 179 x 83 1 26 1 62 x 135 1 29 163 x 73 1 11 1 44 x 68 1 04 1 35 (continued) 200 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' ClrylghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢Nomb¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( " I.—Agffi,—,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.5.1(4)—continued WEIGHT -TO -HEATED -PERIMETER RATIOS (W/D) FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE BEAM AND GIRDER SHAPES STRUCTURAL SHAPE CONTOUR PROFILE BOX PROFILE STRUCTURAL SHAPE CONTOUR PROFILE BOX PROFILE W33 x 241 2 13 286 W21 x 62 0 952 1 23 x 221 1 97 264 x 57 0 952 1 17 x 201 1 79 242 x 50 0 838 1 04 x 152 1 53 1 94 x 44 0 746 092 x 141 1 43 1 80 x 130 1 32 1 67 W18 x 119 172 242 x 118 1 21 1 53 x 106 155 2 18 x97 142 201 W30x211 201 274 x86 127 180 x 191 1 85 250 x 76 1 13 1 60 x 173 1 66 228 x 71 1 22 1 59 x 132 1 47 1 85 x 65 1 13 1 47 x 124 1 39 1 75 x 60 1 04 1 36 x 116 1 30 1 65 x 55 0 963 1 26 x 108 1 21 1 54 x 50 088 1 15 x 99 1 12 1 42 x 46 0 878 1 09 x 40 0 768 096 W27 x 178 1 87 255 x 35 0 672 085 x 161 1 70 233 x 146 1 55 2 12 W 16 x 100 159 225 x 114 1 39 1 76 x 89 1 43 203 x 102 1 24 1 59 x 77 1 25 1 78 x 94 1 15 1 47 x 67 1 09 1 56 x 84 1 03 1 33 x 57 1 09 1 43 x 50 0 962 1 26 x 45 0 870 1 15 W24 x 162 1 88 257 x 40 0 780 1 03 x 146 1 70 234 x 36 0 702 093 x 131 154 212 x31 0661 083 x 117 1 38 1 91 x 26 0 558 070 x 104 1 24 1 71 x 94 1 28 1 63 W 14 x 132 1 89 300 x 84 1 15 1 47 x 120 1 71 275 x 76 1 05 1 34 x 109 1 57 252 W14x99 143 231 W10x30 0806 112 x90 131 211 x26 0708 098 x 82 1 45 2 12 x 22 0 606 084 x 74 1 32 1 93 x 19 0 607 078 x 68 1 22 1 78 x 17 0 543 070 x61 110 161 x15 0484 063 x 53 1 06 1 48 x 12 0 392 051 x 48 0 970 1 35 (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 201 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep ,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b6x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.—A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.5.1(4)—continued WEIGHT -TO -HEATED -PERIMETER RATIOS (WID) FOR TYPICAL WIDE FLANGE BEAM AND GIRDER SHAPES STRUCTURAL SHAPE CONTOUR PROFILE BOX PROFILE STRUCTURAL SHAPE CONTOUR PROFILE BOX PROFILE W 14 x 43 0 874 1 22 W8 x 67 1 65 255 x 38 0 809 1 09 x 58 1 44 226 x 34 0 725 098 x 48 1 21 1 91 x 30 0 644 087 x 40 1 03 1 63 x 26 0 628 079 x 35 0 907 1 44 x 22 0 534 068 x 31 0 803 1 29 x 28 0 819 1 24 W12x87 147 234 x24 0704 107 x 79 1 34 2 14 x 21 0 675 096 x 72 1 23 1 97 x 18 0 583 084 x 65 1 11 1 79 x 15 0 551 074 x 58 1 10 1 69 x 13 0 483 065 x 53 1 02 1 55 x 10 0 375 051 x 50 1 06 1 54 x 45 0 974 1 40 W6 x 25 0 839 1 33 x 40 0 860 1 25 x 20 0 678 1 09 x35 0810 111 x16 0684 096 x 30 0 699 096 x 15 0 521 083 x26 0612 084 x12 0526 075 x 22 0 623 077 x 9 0 398 057 x 19 0 540 067 x 16 0 457 057 W5 x 19 0 776 1 24 x 14 0 405 050 x 16 0 664 1 07 W10x112 217 338 W4x13 0670 105 x 100 1 97 307 x 88 1 74 275 x 77 1 54 245 x 68 1 38 220 x 60 1 22 1 97 x 54 1 11 1 79 x 49 1 01 1 64 x 45 1 06 1 59 x 39 094 1 40 x 33 077 1 20 For SI 1 pound per linear foot per inch = 0 059 kg/m/mm 202 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dme(hv dmep ,,da oodmm).(Qtyof Primdv ood)O,d¢Nomb¢x100e17mcOIJM14.zm0015e PM(PST)pu mtto 4 I ( L—A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmboemamhow.d ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI—IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.5.1(5) FIRE RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS COLUMN SIZE CONCRETE MASONRY DENSITY POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T. (inches) COLUMN SIZE CONCRETE MASONRY DENSITY POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T. (inches) 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 4 hours 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 4 hours W14x82 80 074 161 236 304 W10x68 80 072 1 58 233 301 100 089 185 267 340 100 087 1 83 265 338 110 096 197 281 357 110 094 1 95 279 355 120 103 208 295 3 73 120 1 01 206 294 372 W14x68 80 083 170 245 313 W10x54 80 088 1 76 253 321 100 099 195 276 349 100 1 04 201 283 357 110 106 206 291 366 110 111 212 298 373 120 114 218 305 382 120 1 19 224 3 12 1390 W14x53 80 091 181 258 327 W10x45 80 092 1 83 260 330 100 1 07 205 288 362 100 1 08 207 290 364 110 115 217 302 378 110 116 218 304 380 120 1 22 228 316 394 120 1 23 229 3 18 396 W14x43 80 1 01 193 271 341 W10x33 80 1 06 200 279 349 100 1 17 217 300 374 100 1 22 223 307 381 110 1 25 228 3 14 390 110 1 30 234 320 396 120 1 32 238 327 405 120 1 37 244 333 4 12 W12x72 80 081 166 241 309 W8x40 80 094 1 85 263 333 100 091 188 270 343 100 1 10 2 10 293 367 110 099 199 284 3 60 110 1 18 221 307 383 120 106 210 298 376 120 1 25 232 320 399 W12x58 80 088 176 252 321 W8x31 80 1 06 200 278 349 100 104 201 283 356 100 1 22 223 307 381 110 1 11 212 297 373 110 1 29 233 320 397 120 119 223 311 389 120 1 36 244 333 412 W12x50 80 091 181 258 327 W8x24 80 114 209 289 359 100 1 07 205 288 362 100 1 29 231 316 390 110 115 217 302 378 110 136 242 328 405 120 1 22 228 3 16 394 120 1 43 252 341 420 W12x40 80 1 01 1 94 272 341 W8x18 80 1 22 220 301 372 100 117 217 301 375 100 136 240 325 401 110 1 25 228 3 14 390 110 1 42 250 337 414 120 1 32 239 327 406 120 1 48 259 349 428 4 x 4 x'/ wall thickness 80 093 1 90 271 343 4 double extra strong 0 674 wall thickness 80 080 1 75 256 328 100 1 08 2 13 299 376 100 095 1 99 285 362 110 1 16 224 313 391 110 1 02 2 10 299 378 120 1 22 234 326 406 120 1 09 220 3 12 393 4 x 4 x %wall thickness 80 1 05 203 284 3 57 4 extra strong 0 337 wall thickness 80 1 12 2 11 293 365 100 1 20 225 311 388 100 1 26 232 3 19 395 110 1 27 2 35 3 24 4 02 110 1 33 2 42 3 31 409 120 1 34 245 337 417 120 1 40 252 343 423 (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 203 I " ' CITFIghtOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood Pm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 o, 5e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.5.1(5)—continued FIRE RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS COLUMN SIZE CONCRETE MASONRY DENSITY POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T.(inches) COLUMN SIZE CONCRETE MASONRY DENSITY POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OF CONCRETE MASONRY PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T.(inches) 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 4 hours 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 4 hours 4 x 4 x'/ wall tickness 80 1 21 220 301 373 4 standard 0 237 wall tickness 80 1 26 225 307 379 100 1 35 240 326 402 100 140 245 331 407 110 1 41 2 50 3 38 4 16 110 1 46 2 55 3 43 421 120 1 48 259 350 4 30 120 1 53 264 354 434 6 x 6 x'/ wall tickness 80 082 1 75 254 325 5 double extra strong 0 750 wall thickness 80 070 1 61 240 3 12 100 098 1 99 284 359 100 085 1 86 271 347 110 1 05 2 10 298 375 110 091 1 97 285 363 120 112 221 311 391 120 098 202 299 379 6 x 6 x %wall tickness 80 096 1 91 271 342 5 extra strong 0 375 wall thickness 80 1 04 201 283 354 100 1 12 2 14 300 375 100 119 223 309 385 110 1 19 2 25 3 13 3 90 110 126 2 34 3 22 400 120 1 26 235 326 405 120 1 32 244 334 414 6 x 6 x'/ wall tickness 80 1 14 2 11 292 363 5 standard 0 258 wall tickness 80 1 20 2 19 300 372 100 1 29 232 3 18 393 100 1 34 239 325 400 110 1 36 2 43 3 30 408 110 1 41 2 49 3 37 4 14 120 1 42 252 343 422 120 1 47 258 349 428 8 x 8 x'/ wall tickness 80 077 1 66 244 3 13 6 double extra strong 0 864 wall thickness 80 059 1 46 223 292 100 092 1 91 275 349 100 073 1 71 254 329 110 1 00 202 289 366 110 080 1 82 269 347 120 1 07 2 14 303 382 120 086 1 93 283 363 8 x 8 x %wall tickness 80 091 1 84 263 333 6 extra strong 0 432 wall tickness 80 094 1 90 270 342 100 1 07 208 292 367 100 1 10 2 13 298 374 110 1 14 2 19 3 06 3 83 110 1 17 2 23 3 11 3 89 120 1 21 229 319 3 98 120 124 234 324 404 8 x 8 x'/ wall tickness 80 1 10 206 286 357 6 standard 0 280 wall thickness 80 1 14 2 12 293 364 100 1 25 228 3 13 387 100 1 29 233 3 19 394 110 1 32 238 3 25 402 110 1 36 2 43 3 31 408 120 1 39 248 338 417 120 1 42 253 343 422 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 pound per cubic feet =l6 02 kg/m' Note: Tabulated values assume 1-inch air gap between masonry and steel section 204 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lght@O?.o,7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, rhvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 o, 5e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( " I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.5.1(6) FIRE RESISTANCE OF CLAY MASONRY PROTECTED STEEL COLUMNS COLUMN SIZE CLAY MASONRY DENSITY, POUNDSPER CUBIC FOOT MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OF CLAY MASONRY PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T.(inches) COLUMN SIZE CLAY MASONRY DENSITY, POUNDSPER CUBIC FOOT MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OF CLAY MASONRY PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T.(inches) 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 4 hours 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 4 hours W14x82 120 1 23 242 341 429 W10x68 120 1 27 246 326 435 130 140 270 378 474 130 144 275 383 480 W14x68 120 1 34 254 354 443 W10x54 120 1 40 261 362 451 130 1 51 282 3 91 4 87 130 1 58 289 398 495 W14x53 120 1 43 265 365 454 W10x45 120 1 44 266 367 457 130 161 293 402 498 130 162 295 404 501 W14x43 120 1 54 276 377 466 W10x33 120 1 59 282 384 473 130 1 72 304 4 13 509 130 1 77 3 10 420 513 W 12 x 72 120 1 32 252 351 440 W8 x 40 120 1 47 270 371 461 130 1 50 280 388 484 130 1 65 298 408 504 W12x58 120 1 40 261 361 450 W8x31 120 1 59 282 384 473 130 1 57 289 398 494 130 1 77 3 10 420 517 W12x50 120 1 43 265 366 455 W8x24 120 1 66 290 392 4 82 130 1 61 293 402 499 130 1 84 3 18 428 525 W12x40 120 1 54 277 378 467 W8x18 120 1 75 300 401 491 130 1 72 305 414 510 130 1 93 327 437 534 STEEL TUBING STEEL PIPE NOMINAL TUBE SIZE (inches) CLAY MASONRY DENSITY, POUNDSPER CUBIC FOOT MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OF CLAY MASONRY PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, TQ(inches) NOMINALPIPE SIZE (inches) CLAY MASONRY DENSITY, POUNDSPER CUBIC FOOT MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIVALENT THICKNESS FOR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OF CLAY MASONRY PROTECTION ASSEMBLY, T.(inches) 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 4 hours 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours 4 hours 4 x 4 x'/ wall thickness 120 1 44 272 376 468 4 double extra wall thickness strong 0 120 1 26 255 360 452 130 1 62 300 412 511 130 1 42 282 396 495 4 x 4 x %wall thickness 120 1 56 284 388 478 4 extra strong 0 thicckk ness wall 120 1 60 289 392 483 130 1 74 3 12 423 521 130 1 77 3 16 428 5 25 4 x 4 x'/ wall thickness 120 1 72 299 402 492 4 standard 0 237 cknwall huck 120 1 74 302 405 495 130 1 89 3 26 437 534 130 1 92 3 29 440 5 37 6 x 6 x'/ wall truckness 120 1 33 258 362 452 5 double extra strong 0 wall thickness 120 1 17 244 348 440 130 1 50 286 398 496 130 1 33 272 384 483 6 x 6 x %wall truckness 120 1 48 274 376 467 5 extra strong 0 375 wall thickness 120 1 55 282 385 476 130 1 65 3 Ol 4 13 510 130 1 72 3 09 421 5 18 6 x 6 x'/ wall truckness 120 1 66 291 394 484 5 standard 0 wall thickness 120 1 71 297 400 490 130 1 83 3 19 4 30 5 27 130 1 88 3 24 435 5 32 8 x 8 x'/ wall thickness 120 1 27 250 352 442 6 double extra strong 0 864 wall thickness 120 1 04 228 332 423 130 1 44 2 78 3 89 4 86 130 1 19 260 368 467 8 x 8 x'/R wall truckness 120 1 43 267 369 459 6 extra strong 0 432 wall truckness 120 1 45 271 3 75 4 65 130 1 60 2 95 4 OS 502 130 1 62 299 4 10 5 08 8 x 8 x'/ wall truckness 120 1 62 287 389 478 6 standard 0 280 wall thickness 120 1 65 291 3 94 4 84 130 1 79 314 424 521 130 1 82 319 4 30 5 27 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 pound per cubic foot =l6 02 kg/m' 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 205 I " ' CITFIghtOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood Pm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 o, 5e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.5.1(7) MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS ENCASED IN NORMAL -WEIGHT CONCRETE' [FIGURE 722.5.1(6)(c)] STRUCTURAL SHAPE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) 1 1'12 2 3 4 W14 x 233 1 1 1 2 x 176 21/ x 132 2 x 90 1'/ x61 3 x 482 2'/L [ x 43 W12 x 152 1 2 212./2 x 96 x 65 11/ 11/ 3 x 50 2'/L x 40 W10 x 88 1 l I/L 2 3 x 49 F x 45 x 39 3./2 x 33 2 W8 x 67 1 l I/L 21/2 3 x 58 x 48 31/ x 31 2 3 x 21 x 18 4 W6 x 25 1 11/ 2 3./23 x 20 2 21/ � 4 x 16 31/L x 15 I/ x9 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm a The tabulated thicknesses are based on the assumed properties of normal - weight concrete given in Table 722 5 1(2) TABLE 722.5.1(8) MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS ENCASED IN STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE' [FIGURE 722.5.1(6)(c)] FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (HOURS) STRUCTURAL SHAPE 1 1'I2 2 3 4 W14 x 233 1 x 193 1 1 1 11/ x 74 2 x61 x 43 I/ 2 W12x65 1I/ 2 1 1 x 53 2 2' / x 40 l I/L W10 x 112 1 2 x 88 x 60 2 2'/L x 33 1'/ W8 x 35 2./22 1 x 28 3 x 24 x 18 lI/L For SI 1 inch = 25 4 Rum a The tabulated thicknesses are based on the assumed properties of structural lightweight concrete given in Table 722 5 1(2) 206 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® [[ [ TTRRClrylghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A,s,dby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,daod Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢Nomb¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantt, I I ( I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmo,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.5.1(9) MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS IN NORMAL - WEIGHT PRECAST COVERS' [FIGURE 722.5.1(6)(a)] STRUCTURAL SHAPE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) 1 1Yz 2 3 4 W14x233 I 1 ` 2'/2 3 x 211 3'/ x 176 2 x 145 3 x 109 2 2'/L x 99 4 x61 3/4 x 43 /d W12 x 190 1'/2 1'/L 2'/ 3'/ x 152 2 x 120 3 4 x 96 x 87 2 2'/ 3'/ x 58 4'/L x 40 W10x112 1'/ 2 3 3'/ x 88 4 x 77 2 2'/ x 54 3 /L x 33 4 /d W8 x 67 1'/ 2 3 4 x 58 2 2'/ 3'/L x 48 x 28 4'/ x 21 2'/L 3 x 18 4 W6 x 25 1'/L 2 2'/ 3'/L 4'/L x 20 2'/L 3 x 16 4 x 12 2 x9 5 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm a The tabulated thicknesses are based on the assumed properties of nonnal- we)ght concrete given in Table 722 5 1(2) TABLE 722.5.1(10) MINIMUM COVER (inch) FOR STEEL COLUMNS IN STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT PRECAST COVERS' [FIGURE 722.5.1(6)(a)] STRUCTURAL SHAPE FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) 1 1'12 2 3 4 W 14 x 233 I 1/ 1I/ 11/2 2 21/2 x 176 3 x 145 21/ x 132 x109 x 99 2 x 68 3' / x 43 3 W12 x 190 1/2 11/2 1/2 2 21/2 x 152 x 136 3 x 106 1/2 2 x 96 1/2 3 x 87 x 65 2 F x 40 3 W10 x 112 1'/L 1/Z 11/2 2 3 x 100 21/2 x 88 x 77 2 31/2 x 60 x 39 3 x 33 2 W8 x 67 11/2 11/2 11/2 21/2 3 x 48 2 3 31/2 x 35 x 28 2 x 18 21/2 4 W6 x 25 11/2 2 2 3 31/2 x 15 21/2 4 g 31/ For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min a The tabulated thicknesses are based on the assumed properties of structural lightweight concrete given in Table 722 5 1(2) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 207 I [ [ [ CITFIEIt SO017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6Nomb6x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM(PST)p­tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.6.2(1) TIME ASSIGNED TO WALLBOARD MEMBRANES.,",`, d DESCRIPTION OF FINISH TIMEe(minutes) %-inch wood structural panel bonded with exterior glue 5 "/32-inch wood structural panel bonded with exterior glue 10 "/32-inch wood structural panel bonded with exterior glue 15 %-inch gypsum wallboard 10 '/-inch gypsum wallboard 15 %-inch gypsum wallboard 30 '/-inch Type X gypsum wallboard 25 %-inch Type X gypsum wallboard 40 Double % inch gypsum wallboard 25 '/-inch+ % inch gypsum wallboard 35 Double '/z inch gypsum wallboard 40 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min a These values apply only where membranes are installed on framing members that are spaced 16 inches o c or less b Gypsum wallboard installed over framing or fairing shall be installed so that all edges are supported, except %-inch Type X gypsum wallboard shall be permitted to be installed horizontally with the horizontal joints staggered 24 inches each side and unsupported but finished c On wood frame floor/ceding or roof/ceiling assemblies, gypsum board shall be installed with the long dimension perpendicular to framing members and shall have all joints finished d The membrane on the unexposed side shall not be included in determining the fire resistance of the assembly Where dissimilar membranes are used on awall assembly, the calculation shall be made from the least fire-resistant (weaker) side e The time assigned is not a finished rating TABLE 722.6.2(2) TIME ASSIGNED FOR CONTRIBUTION OF WOOD FRAME "•` DESCRIPTION TIME ASSIGNED TO FRAME (minutes) Wood studs 16 inches o c 20 Wood floor and roof joists 16 inches o c 10 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min a This table does not apply to studs orlo)sts spaced more than 16 inches o c b All studs shall be nominal 2 x 4 and all joists shall have a nominal thickness of not less than 2 inches c Allowable spans forlo)sts shall be determined in accordance with Sections 2308 4 21, 2308 7 1 and 2308 7 2 TABLE 722.6.2(3) MEMBRANE'ON EXTERIOR FACE OF WOOD STUD WALLS SHEATHING PAPER EXTERIOR FINISH Lumber siding Wood shingles and shakes '/-inch fiber -cement lap, panel or shungle siding '/ -inch T & G lumber '/$6-inch exterior glue wood structural panel '/4inch wood structural panels -exterior type '/2inch gypsum wallboard Sheathing paper '/4inch hardboard '/g inch gypsum wallboard Metal siding /L inch fiberboard Stucco on metal lath Masonry veneer Vinyl siding None %-inch extenor-grade wood structural panels For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min a Any combination of sheathing, paper and exterior finish is permitted 208 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' CITY IEhtOo2.e1vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb6xle¢elvmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I (firTER I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva oily mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE AND SMOKE PROTECTION FEATURES TABLE 722.6.2(4) FLOORING OR ROOFING OVER WOOD FRAMING' ASSEMBLY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SUBFLOOR OR ROOF DECK FINISHED FLOORING OR ROOFING Hardwood or softwood flooring on building paper resilient flooring, "/32-inch wood structural panels or parquet floor felted -synthetic fiber floor coverings, carpeting, or ceramic Floor Wood I I/16_mch T & G softwood the on /q-arch-truck fiber -cement underlayment or /g-arch-truck panel - type underlay Ceramic the on 1'/,inch mortar bed Roof Wood I'/16-inch T & G softwood (/3z-inch wood s panels or woo Finished roofing material with or without insulation For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mar a This table applies only to wood)o)st construction It is not applicable to wood truss construction TABLE 722.6.2(5) TIME ASSIGNED FOR ADDITIONAL PROTECTION DESCRIPTION OF ADDITIONAL PROTECTION FIRE RESISTANCE (minutes) Add to the fire -resistance rating of wood stud walls if the spaces between the studs are completely filled with glass fiber mineral wool baits weighing not less thtan 2 pounds per cubic foot (0 6 pound per square foot of wall surface) or rockwool or slag material wool baits weighing not less than 3 3 pounds per cubic foot (1 pound per 15 square foot of wall surface), or cellulose insulation having a nominal density not less than 2 6 pounds per cubic foot For SI 1 pound/cubic foot = 16 0185 kg/m' 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 209 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vme oeJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 210 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( " I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER E* CHAPTER 8 INTERIOR FINISHES User notes: About this chapter., Chapter 8 contains the performance requirements for controlling fire growth and smoke propagation within buildings by restricting interior finish and decorative materials. The provisions of this chapter require materials used as interior finishes and decorations to meet certain flame spread index or flame propagation criteria and smoke development criteria based on the relative fire hazard associated with the occupancy. The performance of the material is evaluated based on test standards, SECTION 801 SCOPE 801.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the use of materials used as mtenorfindshes, trim and decorative materials SECTION 802 GENERAL 802.1 Interior wall and ceiling finish. The provisions of Section 803 shall limit the allowable fire performance and smoke development of interior wall and cedlmgfimsh materi- als based on occupancy classification 802.2 Interior floor finish. The provisions of Section 804 shall limit the allowable fire performance of mtenorfloorfin- ish materials based on occupancy classification [F] 802.3 Decorative materials and trim. Decorative mate- nals and trim shall be restricted by combustibility, fire per- formance or flame propagation performance criteria in accordance with Section 806 802.4 Applicability. For buildings in flood hazard areas as established in Section 1612 3, mtenorfindshes, trim and dec- orative materials below the elevation required by Section 1612 shall be flood -damage -resistant materials 802.5 Application. Combustible materials shall be permitted to be used as finish for walls, ceilings, floors and other inte- rior surfaces of buildings 802.6 Windows. Show windows in the exterior walls of the first story above grade plane shall be permitted to be of wood or of unprotected metal framing 802.7 Foam plastics. Foam plastics shall not be used as mte- norfinish except as provided in Section 803 4 Foam plastics shall not be used as interior trim except as provided in Sec- tion 806 5 or 2604 2 This section shall apply both to exposed foam plastics and to foam plastics used in conjunction with a textile or vinyl facing or cover SECTION 803 WALL AND CEILING FINISHES 803.1 General. Intenorwall and cedlmg fimsh materials shall be classified for fire performance and smoke development in accordance with Section 803 1 1 or 803 1 2, except as shown in Sections 803 1 3 through 803 15 Materials tested in accor- dance with Section 803 1 1 shall not be required to be tested in accordance with Section 803 1 2 803.1.1 Interior wall and ceiling finish materials tested in accordance with NFPA 286. Interior wall and ceding finish materials shall be classified in accordance with NFPA 286 and comply with Section 803 1 1 1 Materials complying with Section 803 1 1 1 shall be considered to also comply with the requirements of Class A 803.1.1.1 Acceptance criteria for NFPA 286. The mtenorfinish shall comply with the following 1 During the 40 kW exposure, flames shall not spread to the ceiling 2 The flame shall not spread to the outer extremity of the sample on any wall or ceiling 3 Flashover, as defined in NFPA 286, shall not occur 4 The peak heat release rate throughout the test shall not exceed 800 kW 5 The total smoke released throughout the test shall not exceed 1,000 m' 803.1.2 Interior wall and ceiling finish materials tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. Interior wall and ceiling finish materials shall be classified in accor- dance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 Such mtenor finish materials shall be grouped in the following classes in accordance with their flame spread and smoke -developed indices Class A = Flame spread index 0-25, smoke -developed index 0-450 Class B = Flame spread index 26-75, smoke - developed index 0-450 Class C = Flame spread mdex 76-200, smoke - developed index 0-450 Exception: Materials tested in accordance with Section 803 1 1 and as indicated in Sections 803 1 3 through 803 13 803.1.3 Interior wall and ceiling finish materials with different requirements. The materials indicated in Sec- 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 211 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INTERIOR FINISHES I tions 803 2 through 803 13 shall be tested as indicated in the corresponding sections 803.2 Thickness exemption. Materials having a thickness less than 0 036 inch (0 9 mm) applied directly to the surface of walls or ceilings shall not be required to be tested 803.3 Heavy timber exemption. Exposed portions of build- ing elements complying with the requirements for buildings of heavy timber construction in Section 602 4 or Section 2304 11 shall not be subject to mtenor finish requirements except in interior exit stairways, interior exit ramps, and exit passageways 803.4 Foam plastics. Foam plastics shall not be used as mte- norfinzsh except as provided in Section 2603 9 This section shall apply both to exposed foam plastics and to foam plastics used in conjunction with a textile or vinyl facing or cover 803.5 Textile wall coverings. Where used as interior wall finish materials, textile wall coverings, including materials having woven or nonwoven, napped, tufted, looped or similar surface and carpet and similar textile materials, shall be tested in the manner intended for use, using the product -mounting system, including adhesive, and shall comply with the 1requirements of one of the following Section 80311, 803 5 1 or 803 5 2 803.5.1 Room corner test for textile wall coverings and expanded vinyl wall coverings. Textile wall coverings and expanded vinyl wall coverings shall meet the criteria of Section 803 5 1 1 when tested in the manner intended for use in accordance with the Method B protocol of NFPA 265 using the product -mounting system, including adhesive 803.5.1.1 Acceptance criteria for NFPA 265. The mtenor finish shall comply with the following 1 During the 40 kW exposure, flames shall not spread to the ceiling 2 The flame shall not spread to the outer extremi- ties of the samples on the 8-foot by 12-foot (203 by 305 mm) walls 3 Flashover, as defined in NFPA 265, shall not occur 4 The total smoke release throughout the test shall not exceed 1,000 m' 803.5.2 Acceptance criteria for textile and expanded vinyl wall or ceiling coverings tested to ASTM E84 or UL 723. Textile wall and ceiling coverings and expanded vinyl wall and ceiling coverings shall have a Class A flame spread index in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 and be protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 Test specimen preparation and mounting shall be in accordance with ASTM E2404 803.6 Textile ceiling coverings. Where used as interior ceil- ing finish materials, textile ceiling coverings, including mate- rials having woven or nonwoven, napped, tufted, looped or similar surface and carpet and similar textile materials, shall be tested in the manner intended for use, using the product - mounting system, including adhesive, and shall comply with the requirements of Section 803 1 1 or 803 5 2 803.7 Expanded vinyl wall coverings. Where used as inte- rior wall finish materials, expanded vinyl wall coverings shall be tested in the manner intended for use, using the product - mounting system, including adhesive, and shall comply with the requirements of one of the following Section 803 1 1, I 803 5 1 or 803 5 2 803.8 Expanded vinyl ceiling coverings. Where used as interior ceiling finish materials, expanded vinyl ceiling cover- ings shall be tested in the manner intended for use, using the product mounting system, including adhesive, and shall com- ply with the requirements of Section 803 1 1 or 803 5 2 803.9 High -density polyethylene (HDPE) and polypropyl- ene (PP). Where high -density polyethylene or polypropylene is used as an interior finish, it shall comply with Section 80311 803.10 Site -fabricated stretch systems. Where used as inte- rior wall or interior ceiling finish materials, site fabricated stretch systems containing all three components described in the definition in Chapter 2 shall be tested in the manner intended for use, and shall comply with the requirements of Section 803 1 1 or 803 1 2 If the materials are tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723, specimen prepara- tion and mounting shall be in accordance with ASTM E2573 803.11 Laminated products factory produced with a wood substrate. Laminated products factory produced with a wood substrate shall comply with one of the following 1 The laminated product shall meet the criteria of Section 803 1 1 1 when tested in accordance with NFPA 286 using the product -mounting system, including adhe- sive, as described in Section 5 8 of NFPA 286 2 The laminated product shall have a Class A, B, or C ,flame spread index and smoke -developed index, based on the requirements of Table 803 13, in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 Test specimen preparation and mounting shall be in accordance with ASTM E2579 803.12 Facings or wood veneers intended to be applied on site over a wood substrate. Facings or veneers intended to be applied on site over a wood substrate shall comply with one of the following 1 The facing or veneer shall meet the criteria of Section 803 1 1 1 when tested in accordance with NFPA 286 using the product mounting system, including adhesive, as described in Section 5 9 of NFPA 286 2 The facing or veneer shall have a Class A, B or C flame spread index and smoke -developed index, based on the requirements of Table 80313, in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 Test specimen preparation and mounting shall be in accordance with ASTM E2404 803.13 Interior finish requirements based on occupancy. Interior wall and ceiling finish shall have a flame spread index not greater than that specified in Table 803 13 for the group and location designated Interior wall and cezhng finish materials tested in accordance with NFPA 286 and meeting the acceptance criteria of Section 803 1 1 1, shall be penmzt- ted to be used where a Class A classification in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 is required 212 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER INTERIOR FINISHES TABLE 803.13 INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH REQUIREMENTS BY OCCUPANCY' SPRINKLERED' NONSPRINKLERED GROUP Interior exit stairways and ramps and exit passageways," Corridors and enclosure for exit access stairways and ramps Rooms antl enclosed spaces° Interior exit stairways antl ramps and exit passageways-•" Corridors and enclosure for exit access stairways and ramps Rooms and enclosed spaces° A-1 & A-2 B B C A Ad 13- A-3i, A-4, A-5 B B C A Ad C B, E, M, R-1 B C. C A B C R-4 B C C A B B F C C C B C C H B B Cg A A B I-1 B C C A B B I-2 B B B"' A A B I-3 A A C A A B I-4 B B B"' A A B R-2 C C C B B C R-3 C C C C C C S C C C B B C U No restrictions No restrictions For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 square foot= 0 0929 m' a Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted for wainscotting or paneling of not more than 1,000 square feet of applied surface area in the grade lobby where applied directly to a noncombustible base or over furring strips applied to a noncombustible base and fireblocked as required by Section 803 15 1 b In other than Group I-3 occupancies in buildings less than three stories above grade plane, Class B interior finish for nonsprinklered buildings and Class C interior finish for sprinklered buildings shall be permitted in interior exit stairways and ramps c Requirements for rooms and enclosed spaces shall be based on spaces enclosed by partitions Where afire -resistance rating is required for structural elements, the enclosing partitions shall extend from the floor to the ceiling Partitions that do not comply with this shall be considered to be enclosing spaces and the rooms or spaces on both sides shall be considered to be one room or space In determining the applicable requirements for rooms and enclosed spaces, the specific occupancy thereof shall be the governing factor regardless of the group classification of the building or structure d Lobby areas in Group A-1, A-2 and A-3 occupancies shall be not less than Class B materials e Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in places of assembly with an occupant load of300 persons or less f For places of religious worship, wood used for ornamental purposes, trusses, paneling or chancel furnishing shall be permitted g Class B material is required where the building exceeds two stories It Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in administrative spaces i Class C interior finish materials shall be permitted in rooms with a capacity of four persons or less I Class B materials shall be permitted as wainscotting extending not more than 48 inches above the finished floor in corridors and exit access stairways and ramps k Finish materials as provided for in other sections of this code I Applies when protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 n Corridors in ambulatory care facilities shall be provided with Class A or B materials 803.14 Stability. Interior finish materials regulated by this chapter shall be applied or otherwise fastened in such a man- ner that such materials will not readily become detached where subjected to room temperatures of 200T (93'C) for not less than 30 minutes 803.15 Application of interior finish materials to fire - resistance -rated or noncombustible building elements. Where intenor finish materials are applied on walls, ceil- ings or structural elements required to have afire -resistance rating or to be of noncombustible construction, these finish materials shall comply with the provisions of this section 803.15.1 Direct attachment and furred construction. Where walls, ceilings or structural elements are required by any provision in this code to be of fire -resistance -rated or noncombustible construction, the intenor finish mate- rial shall be applied directly against such construction or to furring strips not exceeding 1% inches (44 mm), applied directly against such surfaces 803.15.1.1 Furred construction. If the intenor finish material is applied to furring strips, the intervening spaces between such furring strips shall comply with one of the following 1 Be filled with material that is Inorganic or non- combustible Be filled with material that meets the require- ments of a Class A material In accordance with Section 803 1 1 or 803 1 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 213 I 11 1 CopyrightOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm, rhvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FrimdNmod)O,d,,Nomb6xl-O817D6 ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,o,,mfw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dpartyo, AMb�tmPOorissd ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INTERIOR FINISHES 3 Be fireblocked at not greater than 8 feet (2438 mm) in every direction in accordance with Sec- tion 718 Exception: Compliance with Item 1, 2 or 3 is not required where the materials used to create the con- cealed space are noncombustible 803.15.2 Set -out construction. Where walls and ceilings are required to be of fire -resistance -rated or noncombusti- ble construction and walls are set out or ceilings are dropped distances greater than specified in Section 803 15 1, Class A finish materials, in accordance with Section 803 1 1 or 803 12, shall be used Exceptions: 1 Where mtenor finish materials are protected on both sides by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 2 Where interior finish materials are attached to noncombustible backing or furring strips installed as specified in Section 803 15 1 1 3 Where the combustible void is filled with a non- combustible material 803.15.2.1 Hangers and assembly members. The hangers and assembly members of such dropped ceJl- mgs that are below the horizontal fire -resistance -rated floor or roof assemblies shall be of noncombustible materials The construction of each set -out wall and horizontal fire -resistance -rated floor or roof assembly shall be of fire -resistance -rated construction as required elsewhere in this code Exception: In Type III and V construction, fire - retardant -treated wood shall be permitted for use as hangers and assembly members of dropped ceilings 803.15.3 Heavy timber construction. Wall and ceiling finishes of all classes as permitted in this chapter that are installed directly against the wood decking or planking of heavy timber construction in Section 602 4 2 or 2304 11 or to wood furring strips applied directly to the wood decking or planking shall be fireblocked as specified in Section 803 15 1 1 803.15.4 Materials. An interior wall or ceiling finish material that is not more than'/q inch (6 4 mm) thick shall be applied directly onto the wall, ceiling or structural ele- ment without the use of furring strips and shall not be sus- pended away from the building element to which that finish material it is applied Exceptions: 1 Noncombustible mtenorfinishmaterials 2 Materials that meet the requirements of Class A materials in accordance with Section 803 1 1 or 803 1 2 where the qualifying tests were made with the material furred out from the noncombus- tible backing shall be permitted to be used with furring strips 3 Materials that meet the requirements of Class A materials in accordance with Section 803 1 1 or 8031 2 where the qualifying tests were made with the material suspended away from the non- combustible backing shall be permitted to be used suspended away from the building element SECTION 804 INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH 804.1 General. Intenorfloorfinish and floor covering mate- rials shall comply with Sections 804 2 through 804 4 2 Exception: Floor finishes and coverings of a traditional type, such as wood, vinyl, linoleum or terrazzo, and resil- ient floor covering materials that are not comprised of fibers 804.2 Classification. Intenorfloorfinish and floor covering materials required by Section 804 4 2 to be of Class I or II materials shall be classified in accordance with ASTM E648 or NFPA 253 The classification referred to herein corre- sponds to the classifications determined by ASTM E648 or NFPA 253 as follows Class I, 0 45 watts/cm' or greater, Class II, 0 22 watts/cm' or greater 804.3 Testing and identification. Interior floor finish and floor covering materials shall be tested by an agency in accor- dance with ASTM E648 or NFPA 253 and identified by a hang tag or other suitable method so as to identify the manu- facturer or supplier and style, and shall indicate the interior floorfinish or floor covering classification in accordance with Section 804 2 Carpet -type floor coverings shall be tested as proposed for use, including underlayment Test reports con- firming the information provided in the manufacturer's prod- uct identification shall be furnished to the building official upon request 804.4 Interior floor finish requirements. Interior floor cov- ering materials shall comply with Sections 804 4 1 and 804 4 2 and mtenor floor finish materials shall comply with Section 804 4 2 804.4.1 Test requirement In all occupancies, interior floor covering materials shall comply with the require- ments of the DOC FF-1 "pill test' (CPSC 16 CFR Part 1630) or with ASTM D2859 804.4.2 Minimum critical radiant flux. In all occupan- cies, mtenor floor finish and floor covering materials in enclosures for stairways and ramps, exit passageways, corridors and rooms or spaces not separated from corri- dors by partitions extending from the floor to the under- side of the ceiling shall withstand a minimum critical radiant flux The minimum critical radiant flux shall be not less than Class I in Groups I-1, I-2 and I-3 and not less than Class II in Groups A, B, E, H, I-4, M, R-1, R-2 and S Exception: Where a building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 12, Class II materials are 214 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER INTERIOR FINISHES E* permitted in any area where Class I materials are required, and materials complying with DOC FF-1 "pill test' (CPSC 16 CFR Part 1630) or with ASTM D2859 are permitted in any area where Class II materials are required SECTION 805 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS IN TYPES I AND II CONSTRUCTION 805.1 Application. Combustible materials installed on or embedded in floors of buildings of Type I or II construction shall comply with Sections 805 1 1 through 805 13 Exception: Stages and platforms constructed in accor- dance with Sections 410 2 and 410 3, respectively 805.1.1 Subfloor construction. Floor sleepers, bucks and nailing blocks shall not be constructed of combustible materials, unless the space between the fire -resistance - rated floor assembly and the flooring is either solidly filled with noncombustible materials or fireblocked in accor- dance with Section 718, and provided that such open spaces shall not extend under or through permanent parti- tions or walls 805.1.2 Wood finish flooring. Wood finish flooring is permitted to be attached directly to the embedded or fire - blocked wood sleepers and shall be permitted where cemented directly to the top surface of fire -resistance - rated floor assemblies or directly to a wood subfloor attached to sleepers as provided for in Section 805 1 1 805.1.3 Insulating boards. Combustible insulating boards not more than V, inch (12 7 mm) thick and covered with finish flooring are permitted where attached directly to a noncombustible floor assembly or to wood subflooring attached to sleepers as provided for in Section 805 1 1 SECTION 806 DECORATIVE MATERIALS AND TRIM [F] 806.1 General. The following requirements shall apply to all occupancies 1 Furnishings or decorative materials of an explosive or highly flammable character shall not be used 2 Fire -retardant coatings in existing buildings shall be maintained so as to retain the effectiveness of the treat- ment under service conditions encountered in actual use 3 Furnishings or other objects shall not be placed to obstruct exits, access thereto, egress therefrom or visi- bility thereof 4 The permissible amount of decorative vegetation and noncombustible decorative materials shall not be lim- ited [F] 806.2 Combustible decorative materials. In Groups A, B, E, I, M and R-1 and in dormitories in Group R-2, curtains, draperies, fabric hangings and similar combustible decorative materials suspended from walls or ceilings shall comply with Section 806 4 and shall not exceed 10 percent of the specific wall or ceiling area to which such materials are attached Fixed or movable walls and partitions, paneling, wall pads and crash pads applied structurally or for decoration, acousti- cal correction, surface insulation or other purposes shall be considered to be mtenor finish, shall comply with Section 803 and shall not be considered to be decorative materials or fumislungs Exceptions: In auditoriums in Group A, the permissible amount of curtains, draperies, fabric hangings and similar combustible decorative materials suspended from walls or ceilings shall not exceed 75 percent of the aggregate wall area where the building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, and where the material is installed in accordance with Section 803 15 of this code In Group R-2 dormitories, within sleeping units and dwelling units, the permissible amount of curtains, draperies, fabric hangings and similar decorative materials suspended from walls or ceiling shall not exceed 50 percent of the aggregate wall areas where the building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3 In Group Band M occupancies, the amount of com- bustible fabric partitions suspended from the ceiling and not supported by the floor shall comply with Section 806 4 and shall not be limited 4 The 10-percent limit shall not apply to curtains, draperies, fabric hangings and similar combustible decorative materials used as window coverings 806.3 Occupancy -based requirements. Occupancy -based requirements for combustible decorative materials, other than decorative vegetation, not complying with Section 806 4 shall comply with Sections 807 5 1 through 807 5 6 of the International Fire Code [F] 806.4 Acceptance criteria and reports. Where required to exhibit improved fire performance, curtains, draperies, fab- ric hangings and similar combustible decorative materials suspended from walls or ceilings shall be tested by an approved agency and meet the flame propagation perfor- mance criteria of Test 1 or 2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701, or exhibit a maximum heat release rate of 100 kW when tested in accordance with NFPA 289, using the 20 kW ignition source Reports of test results shall be prepared in accordance with the test method used and furnished to the building offi- cial upon request [F] 806.5 Foam plastic. Foam plastic used as trim in any occupancy shall comply with Section 2604 2 [F] 806.6 Pyroxylin plastic. Imitation leather or other material consisting of or coated with a pyroxylin or similarly hazardous base shall not be used in Group A occupancies 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 215 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INTERIOR FINISHES [F] 806.7 Interior trim. Material, other than foam plastic used as interior tnm, shall have a minimum Class C flame spread and smoke -developed index when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723, as described in Section 803 1 2 Combustible tnm, excluding handrails and guardrails, shall not exceed 10 percent of the specific wall or ceiling area to which it is attached [F] 806.8 Interior floor -wall base. Intenor,jloor-wall base that is 6 inches (152 mm) or less in height shall be tested in accordance with Section 804 2 and shall be not less than Class II Where a Class I floor finish is required, the floor - wall base shall be Class I Exception: Interior tnm materials that comply with Sec- tion 806 7 SECTION 807 INSULATION 807.1 Insulation. Thermal and acoustical insulation shall comply with Section 720 SECTION 808 ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS 808.1 Acoustical ceiling systems. The quality, design, fabri- cation and erection of metal suspension systems for acousti- cal the and lay -in panel ceilings in buildings or structures shall conform to generally accepted engineering practice, the provisions of this chapter and other applicable requirements of this code 808.1.1 Materials and installation. Acoustical materials complying with the mtenorfinish requirements of Section 803 shall be installed in accordance with the manufac- turer's recommendations and applicable provisions for applying mtenorfinish 808.1.1.1 Suspended acoustical ceilings. Suspended acoustical ceiling systems shall be installed in accor- dance with the provisions of ASTM C635 and ASTM C636 808.1.1.2 Fire -resistance -rated construction. Acous- tical ceiling systems that are part of fire -resistance - rated construction shall be installed in the same manner used in the assembly tested and shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 7 216 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( 1 I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 9 FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS User note: About this chapter., Chapter 9 prescribes the minimum requirements for active fire protection equipment systems to perform the functions of detecting a fire, alerting the occupants or fire department of a fire emergency, mass notification, gas detection, controlling smoke and con- trolling or extinguishing the fire Generally, the requirements are based on the occupancy, the height and the area of the building, because these are the factors that most affect fire -fighting capabilities and the relative hazard of a specific building or portion thereof This chapter par- allels and is substantially duplicated in Chapter 9 of the International Fire Code" SECTION 901 GENERAL 901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall specify where fire protection and life safety systems are required and shall apply to the design, installation and operation of fire protection systems 901.2 Fire protection systems. Fire protection systems shall be installed, repaired, operated and maintained in accordance with this code and the International Fire Code Any fire protection system for wluch an exception or reduction to the provisions of this code has been granted shall be considered to be a required system Exception: Any fire protection system or portion thereof not required by this code shall be permitted to be installed for partial or complete protection provided that such sys- tem meets the requirements of this code 901.3 Modifications. Persons shall not remove or modify any fire protection system installed or maintained under the provisions of this code or the International Fire Code without approval by the building official 901.4 Threads. Threads provided for fire department con- nections to sprinkler systems, standpipes, yard hydrants or any other fire hose connection shall be compatible with the connections used by the local fire department 901.5 Acceptance tests. Fire protection systems shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of this code and the International Fire Code Where required, the tests shall be conducted in the presence of the building official Tests required by this code, the International Fire Code and the standards listed in this code shall be conducted at the expense of the owner or the owner's authorized agent It shall be unlawful to occupy portions of a structure until the required fire protection systems within that portion of the structure have been tested and approved 901.6 Supervisory service. Where required, fire protection systems shall be monitored by an approved supervising sta- tion in accordance with NFPA 72 901.6.1 Automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprin- kler systems shall be monitored by an approved supervis- ing station Exceptions: 1 A supervising station is not required for auto- matic sprinkler systems protecting one- and two- family dwellings 2 Limited area systems in accordance with Section 9033 8 [F] 901.6.2 Integrated testing. Where two or more fire protection or life safety systems are interconnected, the intended response of subordinate fire protection and life safety systems shall be verified when required testing of the initiating system is conducted In addition, integrated testing shall be performed in accordance with Sections 901 6 2 1 and 901 6 2 2 [F] 901.6.2.1 High-rise buildings. For high-rise build- ings, integrated testing shall comply with NFPA 4, with an integrated test performed prior to issuance of the certificate of occupancy and at intervals not exceeding 10 years, unless otherwise specified by an integrated system test plan prepared in accordance with NFPA 4 If an equipment failure is detected during integrated testing, a repeat of the integrated test shall not be required, except as necessary to verify operation of fire protection or life safety functions that are initiated by equipment that was repaired or replaced [F] 901.6.2.2 Smoke control systems. Where a fire alarm system is integrated with a smoke control system as outlined in Section 909, integrated testing shall com- ply with NFPA 4, with an integrated test performed prior to issuance of the certificate of occupancy and at intervals not exceeding 10 years, unless otherwise spec- ified by an integrated system test plan prepared in accordance with NFPA 4 If an equipment failure is detected during integrated testing, a repeat of the inte- grated test shall not be required, except as necessary to verify operation of fire protection or life safety func- tions that are initiated by equipment that was repaired or replaced 901.6.3 Fire alarm systems. Fire alarm systems required by the provisions of Section 907 2 of this code and Sec- tions 907 2 and 907 9 of the International Fire Code shall be monitored by an approved supervising station in accor- dance with Section 907 6 6 of this code Exceptions: 1 Single- and multiple -station smoke alarms required by Section 907 2 10 2 Smoke detectors in Group I-3 occupancies 3 Supervisory service is not required for automatic sprinkler systems in one- and two-family dwellings 901.6.4 Group H. Supervision and monitoring of emer- gency alarm, detection and automatic fire -extinguishing 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 217 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS E* systems in Group H occupancies shall be in accordance with the International Fire Code 901.7 Fire areas. Where buildings, or portions thereof, are divided into fire areas so as not to exceed the limits estab- lished for requiring a fire protection system in accordance with this chapter, such fire areas shall be separated by fire walls constructed in accordance with Section 706, fire barri- ers constructed in accordance with Section 707, or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or a combination thereof having a fire -resistance rating of not less than that determmed in accordance with Section 707 3 10 SECTION 902 FIRE PUMP AND RISER ROOM SIZE [F] 902.1 Pump and riser room size. Where provided, fire pump rooms and automatic sprinkler system riser rooms shall be designed with adequate space for all equipment necessary for the installation, as defined by the manufacturer, with suf- ficientworkmg room around the stationary equipment Clear- ances around equipment to elements of permanent construction, including other installed equipment and appli- ances, shall be sufficient to allow inspection, service, repair or replacement without removing such elements of perma- nent construction or disabling the function of a required fire - resistance -rated assembly Fire pump and automatic sprinkler system riser rooms shall be provided with doors and unob- structed passageways large enough to allow removal of the largest piece of equipment [F] 902.1.1 Access. Automatic sprinkler system risers, fire pumps and controllers shall be provided with ready access Where located in a fire pump room or automatic sprinkler system riser room, the door shall be pernutted to be locked provided that the key is available at all times [F] 902.1.2 Marking on access doors. Access doors for automatic sprinkler system riser rooms and fire pump rooms shall be labeled with an approved sign The letter- ing shall be in contrasting color to the background Letters shall have a mimmum height of 2 inches (51 mm) with a minimum stroke of/g inch (10 mm) [F] 902.1.3 Environment. Automatic sprinkler system riser rooms and fire pump rooms shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 40°F (4°C) Heating units shall be permanently installed [F] 902.1.4 Lighting. Permanently installed artificial illu- mination shall be provided in the automatic sprinkler sys- tem riser rooms and fire pump rooms SECTION 903 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS [F] 903.1 General. Automatic sprinkler systems shall comply with this section [F] 903.1.1 Alternative protection. Alternative automatic fire -extinguishing systems complying with Section 904 shall be permitted instead of automatic sprinkler protec- tion where recognized by the applicable standard and approved by the fire code official [F] 903.2 Where required. Approved automatic sprinkler systems in new buildings and structures shall be provided in the locations described in Sections 903 2 1 through 903 2 12 Exception: Spaces or areas in telecommunications build- ings used exclusively for telecommunications equipment, associated electrical power distribution equipment, batter- ies and standby engines, provided that those spaces or areas are equipped throughout with an automatic smoke detection system in accordance with Section 907 2 and are separated from the remainder of the building by not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or not less than 2-hour horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both [F] 903.2.1 Group A. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout buildings and portions thereof used as Group A occupancies as provided in this section [F] 903.2.1.1 Group A-1. An automatic sprinkler sys- tem shall be provided throughout stories containing Group A-1 occupancies and throughout all stories from the Group A-1 occupancy to and including the levels of exit discharge serving that occupancy where one of the following conditions exists 1 The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m') 2 The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more 3 The fire area is located on a floor other than a level of exit discharge serving such occupancies 4 The fire area contains a multitheater complex [F] 903.2.1.2 Group A-2. An automatic sprinkler sys- tem shall be provided throughout stories containing Group A-2 occupancies and throughout all stories from the Group A-2 occupancy to and including the levels of exit discharge serving that occupancy where one of the following conditions exists 1 The fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (464 in 2) 2 The fire area has an occupant load of 100 or more 3 The fire area is located on a floor other than a level of exit discharge serving such occupancies [F] 903.2.1.3 Group A-3. An automatic sprinkler sys- tem shall be provided throughout stories containing Group A-3 occupancies and throughout all stories from the Group A-3 occupancy to and including the levels of exit discharge serving that occupancy where one of the following conditions exists 1 The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m2) 2 The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more 3 The fire area is located on a floor other than a level of exit discharge serving such occupancies [F] 903.2.1.4 Group A-4. An automatic sprinkler sys- tem shall be provided throughout stories containing Group A-4 occupancies and throughout all stories from I 218 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S ( I I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS the Group A-4 occupancy to and including the levels of exit discharge serving that occupancy where one of the following conditions exists 1 The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m') 2 The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more 3 The fire area is located on a floor other than a level of exit discharge serving such occupancies [F] 903.2.1.5 Group A-5. An automatic sprinkler sys- tem shall be provided for all enclosed Group A-5 acces- sory use areas in excess of 1,000 square feet (93 m2) [F] 903.2.1.5.1 Spaces under grandstands or bleachers. Enclosed spaces under grandstands or bleachers shall be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 where either of the following exist The enclosed area is 1,000 square feet (93 m2) or less and is not constructed in accordance with Section 1029 1 1 1 2 The enclosed area exceeds 1,000 square feet (93 m2) [F] 903.2.1.6 Assembly occupancies on roofs. Where an occupied roof has an assembly occupancy with an occupant load exceeding 100 for Group A-2 and 300 for other Group A occupancies, all floors between the occupied roof and the level of exit discharge shall be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accor- dance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 Exception: Open parking garages of Type I or Type II construction 903.2.1.7 Multiple fire areas. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided where multiple fire areas of Group A-1, A-2, A-3 or A-4 occupancies share exit or exit access components and the combined occupant load of theses fire areas is 300 or more [F] 903.2.2 Ambulatory care facilities. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout the entire floor containing an ambulatory care facility where either of the following conditions exist at any time 1 Four or more care recipients are incapable of self- preservation 2 One or more care recipients that are incapable of self-preservation are located at other than the level of exit discharge serving such a facility In buildings where ambulatory care is provided on lev- els other than the level of exit discharge, an automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout the entire floor as well as all floors below where such care is pro- vided, and all floors between the level of ambulatory care and the nearest level of exit discharge, the level of exit dis- charge, and all floors below the level of exit discharge Exception: Floors classified as an open parking garage are not required to be sprinklered [F] 903.2.3 Group E. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for Group E occupancies as follows 1 Throughout all Group E fire areas greater than 12,000 square feet (1115 m2) in area 2 The Group E fire area is located on a floor other than a level of exit discharge serving such occupancies Exception: In buildings where every classroom has not fewer than one exterior exit door at ground level, an automatic sprinkler system is not required in any area below the lowest level of exit discharge serving that area 3 The Group E fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more [F] 903.2.4 Group F-1. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all buildings containing a Group F-1 occupancy where one of the following condi- tions exists 1 A Group F-1 fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m2) 2 A Group F-1 fire area is located more than three sto- nes above grade plane 3 The combined area of all Group F-1 fire areas on all floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000 square feet (2230 m2) 4 A Group F-1 occupancy used for the manufacture of upholstered furniture or mattresses exceeds 2,500 square feet (232 m2) [F] 903.2.4.1 Woodworking operations. An auto- matic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all Group F-1 occupancy fire areas that contain wood- working operations in excess of 2,500 square feet (232 m2) in area that generate finely divided combustible waste or use finely divided combustible materials [F] 903.2.5 Group H. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be provided in high -hazard occupancies as required in Sections 903 2 5 1 through 903 2 5 3 [F] 903.2.5.1 General. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in Group H occupancies [F] 903.2.5.2 Group H-5 occupancies. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout buildings containing Group H-5 occupancies The design of the sprinkler system shall be not less than that required by this code for the occupancy hazard classifications in accordance with Table 903 2 5 2 Where the design area of the sprinkler system con- sists of a corridor protected by one row of sprinklers, the maximum number of sprinklers required to be cal- culated is 13 [F] 903.2.5.3 Pyroxylin plastics. An automatic sprin- kler system shall be provided in buildings, or portions thereof, where cellulose nitrate film or pyroxylin plas- tics are manufactured, stored or handled in quantities exceeding 100 pounds (45 kg) [F] TABLE 903.2.5.2 GROUP H-5 SPRINKLER DESIGN CRITERIA LOCATION OCCUPANCY HAZARD CLASSIFICATION Fabrication areas Ordinary Hazard Group 2 Service corridors Ordinary Hazard Group 2 Storage rooms without dispensing Ordinary Hazard Group 2 Storage rooms with dispensing Extra Hazard Group 2 Corridors Ordinary Hazard Group 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 219 I [ [ [ CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS E* [E] 903.2.6 Group I. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout buildings with a Group I fire area Exceptions: 1 An automatic sprinkler system installed in accor- dance with Section 903 3 1 2 shall be pernutted in Group I-1, Condition 1 facilities 2 An automatic sprinkler system is not required where Group I-4 day care facilities are at the level of exit discharge and where every room where care is provided has not fewer than one exterior exit door 3 In buildings where Group I-4 day care is pro- vided on levels other than the level of exit dis- charge, an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 shall be installed on the entire floor where care is pro- vided, all floors between the level of care and the level of exit discharge, and all floors below the level of exit discharge other than areas classified as an open parking garage [E] 903.2.7 Group M. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout bwldmgs containing a Group M occupancy where one of the following conditions exists 1 A Group M fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m') 2 A Group M fire area is located more than three sto- ries above grade plane 3 The combined area of all Group M fire areas on all floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000 square feet (2230 m') 4 A Group M occupancy used for the display and sale of upholstered furniture or mattresses exceeds 5,000 square feet (464 m) [E] 903.2.7.1 High -piled storage. An automatic sprin- kler system shall be provided in accordance with the International Fire Code in all buildings of Group M where storage of merchandise is in high -piled or rack storage arrays [E] 903.2.8 Group R. An automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 shall be pro- vided throughout all buildings with a Group R fire area [E] 903.2.8.1 Group R-3. An automatic sprinkler sys- tem installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3 shall be perm ittedin Group R-3 occupancies [E] 903.2.8.2 Group R-4, Condition 1. An automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3 shall be permitted in Group R-4, Condition 1 occupancies [E] 903.2.8.3 Group R-4, Condition 2. An automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 2 shall be permitted in Group R-4, Condition 2 occupancies [E] 903.2.8.4 Care facilities. An automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3 shall be permitted in care facilities with five or fewer individuals in a single-family dwelling [E] 903.2.9 Group S-1. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all buildings containing a Group S-1 occupancy where one of the following condi- tions exists 1 A Group S-1 fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m') 2 A Group S-1 fire area is located more than three sto- nes above grade plane 3 The combined area of all Group S-1 fire areas on all floors, including any mezzanines, exceeds 24,000 square feet (2230 m') 4 A Group S-1 fire area used for the storage of com- mercial motor vehicles where the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (464 m) 5 A Group S-1 occupancy used for the storage of upholstered furniture or mattresses exceeds 2,500 square feet (232 m') [E] 903.2.9.1 Repair garages. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout all buildings used as repair garages in accordance with Section 406, as shown 1 Buildings having two or more stones above grade plane, including basements, with a fire area containing a repair garage exceeding 10,000 square feet (929 m) 2 Buildings not more than one story above grade plane, with afire area containing a repair garage exceeding 12,000 square feet (1115 m) 3 Buildings with repair garages servicing vehicles parked in basements 4 A Group S-1 fire area used for the repair of com- mercial motor vehicles where the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (464 m) [E] 903.2.9.2 Bulk storage of tires. Buildings and structures where the area for the storage of tires exceeds 20,000 cubic feet (566 m') shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 [E] 903.2.10 Group S-2 enclosed parking garages. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout buildings classified as enclosed parking garages in accor- dance with Section 406 6 where either of the following conditions exists 1 Where the fire area of the enclosed parking garage exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m') 2 Where the enclosed parking garage is located beneath other groups Exception: Enclosed parking garages located beneath Group R-3 occupancies [E] 903.2.10.1 Commercial parking garages. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided through- out buildings used for storage of commercial motor 220 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyrightOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf da od om),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)Odo,N=b,,x1ooe1vmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) Potto Lie Affiee^® ,Ath ICC No fwN¢ T,odomoo. m ALLh¢ gAodomo,, by oo,thd,t, o, Axmboemdmhorissd 9cglo— ody mpyncg and oPt,P,k. lokb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS velucles where the fire area exceeds 5,000 square feet (464 m) [F] 903.2.11 Specific building areas and hazards. In all occupancies other than Group U, an automatic sprinkler system shall be installed for building design or hazards in the locations set forth in Sections 903 2 11 1 through 9032 11 6 [F] 903.2.11.1 Stories without openings. An auto- matic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout all stones, including basements, of all buildings where the floor area exceeds 1,500 square feet (139 4 m') and where the story does not comply with the following cri- teria for exterior wall openings Openings below grade that lead directly to ground level by an exterior stairway complying with Section 1011 or an outside ramp complying with Section 1012 Openings shall be located in each 50 linear feet (15 240 mm), or fraction thereof, of extenor wall in the story on not fewer than one side The required openings shall be dis- tributed such that the lineal distance between adjacent openings does not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm) Openings entirely above the adjoining ground level totaling not less than 20 square feet (1 86 m') in each 50 linear feet (15 240 mm), or frac- tion thereof, of extenor wall in the story on not fewer than one side The required openings shall be distributed such that the lineal distance between adjacent openings does not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm) The height of the bottom of the clear opening shall not exceed 44 inches (1118 mm) measured from the floor [F] 903.2.11.1.1 Opening dimensions and access. Openings shall have a minimum dimension of not less than 30 inches (762 mm) Access to such open- ings shall be provided for the fire department from the exterior and shall not be obstructed in a manner such that fire fighting or rescue cannot be accom- plished from the exterior [F] 903.2.11.1.2 Openings on one side only. Where openings in a story are provided on only one side and the opposite wall of such story is more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) from such openings, the story shall be equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system, or openings shall be provided on not fewer than two sides of the story [F] 903.2.11.1.3 Basements. Where any portion of a basement is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) from openings required by Section 903 2 11 1, or where walls, partitions or other obstructions are installed that restrict the application of water from hose streams, the basement shall be equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system [F] 903.2.11.2 Rubbish and linen chutes. An auto- matic sprinkler system shall be installed at the top of rubbish and linen chutes and in their terminal rooms Chutes shall have additional sprinkler heads installed at alternate floors and at the lowest intake Where a rub- bish chute extends through a building more than one floor below the lowest intake, the extension shall have sprinklers installed that are recessed from the drop area of the chute and protected from freezing in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 Such sprinklers shall be installed at alternate floors, beginning with the second level below the last intake and ending with the floor above the discharge Access to sprinklers in chutes shall be provided for servicing [F] 903.2.11.3 Buildings 55 feet or more in height. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed throughout buildings that have one or more stories with an occupant load of 30 or more located 55 feet (16 764 mm) or more above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, measured to the finished floor Exceptions: 1 Open parking structures 2 Occupancies in Group F-2 [F] 903.2.11.4 Ducts conveying hazardous exhausts. Where required by the International Mechanical Code, automatic sprinklers shall be provided in ducts convey- ing hazardous exhaust or flammable or combustible materials Exception: Ducts where the largest cross -sectional diameter of the duct is less than 10 inches (254 mm) [F] 903.2.11.5 Commercial cooking operations. An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in com- mercial kitchen exhaust hood and duct systems where an automatic sprinkler system is used to comply with Section 904 [F] 903.2.11.6 Other required suppression systems. In addition to the requirements of Section 903 2, the provisions indicated in Table 903 2 116 require the installation of a fire suppression system for certain buildings and areas J] 903.2.12 During construction. Automatic sprinkler systems required during construction, alteration and dem- olition operations shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 33 of the International Fire Code [F] 903.3 Installation requirements. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with Sections 903 3 1 through 903 3 8 [F] 903.3.1 Standards. Sprinkler systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with Section 9033 1 1 unless otherwise pernutted by Sections 903 3 12 and 903 3 1 3 and other chapters of this code, as applicable [F] 903.3.1.1 NFPA 13 sprinkler systems. Where the provisions of this code require that a building or portion thereof be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with this section, sprin- klers shall be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13 except as provided in Sections 903 3 1 1 1 and 903 3 1 1 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 221 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS [F] TABLE 903.2.11.6 ADDITIONAL REQUIRED SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS SECTION SUBJECT 4025,40262 Covered and open mall buildings 4033 High-rise buildings 4043 Atnums 4053 Underground structures 4077 Group I-2 410 6 Stages 411 3 Special amusement buildings 412 24 Airport traffic control towers 412 3 6, 412 3 6 1, 41256 Aircraft hangars 415 11 11 Group H-5 HPM exhaust ducts 4165 Flammable finishes 4174 Drying rooms 4195 Live work units 4243 Children's play structures 428 Buildings containing laboratory suites 507 Unlimited area buildings 5094 Incidental uses 1029623 Smoke -protected assembly seating IFC Sprinkler system requirements as set forth in Section 903 2 11 6 of the International Fire Code [F] 903.3.1.1.1 Exempt locations. Automatic sprin- klers shall not be required in the following rooms or areas where such rooms or areas are protected with an approved automatic fire detection system in accordance with Section 907 2 that will respond to visible or invisible particles of combustion Sprin- klers shall not be omitted from a room merely because it is damp, of fire -resistance -rated construc- tion or contains electrical equipment 1 A room where the application of water, or flame and water, constitutes a serious life or fire hazard 2 A room or space where sprinklers are consid- ered undesirable because of the nature of the contents, where approved by the fire code official 3 Generator and transformer rooms separated from the remainder of the building by walls and floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assemblies having afire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours 4 Rooms or areas that are of noncombustible construction with wholly noncombustible con- tents 5 Fire service access elevator machine rooms and machinery spaces 6 Machine rooms, machinery spaces, control rooms and control spaces associated with occupant evacuation elevators designed in accordance with Section 3008 [F] 903.3.1.1.2 Bathrooms. In Group R occupancies sprinklers shall not be required in bathrooms that do I not exceed 55 square feet (5 m) in area and are located within individual dwelling units or sleeping units, provided that walls and ceilings, including the walls and ceilings behind a shower enclosure or tub, are of noncombustible or limited -combustible mate- rials with a 15-mmute thermal barrier rating [F] 903.3.1.2 NFPA 13R sprinkler systems. Auto- matic sprinkler systems in Group R occupancies up to and including four stories in height in buildings not exceeding 60 feet (18 288 mm) in height above grade plane shall be permitted to be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13R The number of stories of Group R occupancies con- structed in accordance with Sections 510 2 and 510 4 shall be measured from the horizontal assembly creat- ing separate buildings [F] 903.3.1.2.1 Balconies and decks. Sprinkler pro- tection shall be provided for exterior balconies, decks and ground floor patios of dwelling units and sleeping units where either of the following condi- tions exists 1 The building is of Type V construction, pro- vided that there is a roof or deck above 2 Exterior balconies, decks and ground floor I patios of dwelling units and sleeping units are constructed in accordance with Section 705 2 3 1, Exception 3 Sidewall sprinklers that are used to protect such areas shall be permitted to be located such that their deflectors are within 1 inch (25 mm) to 6 inches (152 mm) below the structural members and a maxi- mum distance of 14 inches (356 mm) below the deck of the exterior balconies and decks that are constructed of open wood joist construction [F] 903.3.1.2.2 Open-ended corridors. Sprinkler protection shall be provided in open-ended com- dors and associated exterior stairways and ramps as specified in Section 1027 6, Exception 3 [F] 903.3.1.2.3 Attics. Attic protection shall be pro- vided as follows 1 Attics that are used or intended for living pur- poses or storage shall be protected by an auto- matic sprinkler system 2 Where fuel -fired equipment is installed in an unspnnklered attic, not fewer than one quick - response intermediate temperature sprinkler shall be installed above the equipment 3 Where located in a building of Type III, Type IV or Type V construction designed in accor- dance with Section 510 2 or 510 4, attics not required by Item 1 to have sprinklers shall comply with one of the following if the roof assembly is located more than 55 feet (16 764 222 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® [ [ [ CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vme oeJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i AEffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS mm) above the lowest level of required fire department vehicle access 31 Provide automatic sprinkler system protection 32 Construct the attic using noncombust- ible materials 33 Construct the attic using fire - retardant -treated wood complying with Section 2303 2 34 Fill the attic with noncombustible insulation The height of the roof assembly shall be determined by measuring the distance from the lowest required fire vehicle access road surface adjacent to the building to the eave of the highest pitched roof, the intersection of the highest roof to the exterior wall, or the top of the highest parapet, whichever yields the greatest distance For the purpose of this mea- surement, required fire velucle access roads shall include only those roads that are neces- sary for compliance with Section 503 of the International Fire Code 4 Group R-4, Condition 2 occupancy attics not required by Item 1 to have sprinklers shall comply with one of the following 41 Provide automatic sprinkler system protection 42 Provide a heat detection system throughout the attic that is arranged to activate the building fire alarm system 43 Construct the attic using noncombust- ible materials 44 Construct the attic using fire -retardant - treated wood complying with Section 23032 45 Fill the attic with noncombustible insulation [F] 903.3.1.3 NFPA 13D sprinkler systems. Auto- matic sprinkler systems installed in one- and two-fam- ily dwellings, Group R-3, Group R-4, Condition 1, and townhouses shall be permitted to be installed through- out in accordance with NFPA 13D [F] 903.3.2 Quick -response and residential sprinklers. Where automatic sprinkler systems are required by this code, quick -response or residential automatic sprinklers shall be installed in all of the following areas in accor- dance with Section 903 3 1 and their listings 1 Throughout all spaces within a smoke compartment containing care recipient sleeping units in Group I-2 in accordance with this code. 2 Throughout all spaces within a smoke compartment containing treatment rooms in ambulatory care facil- ities 3 Dwelling units and sleeping units in Group I-1 and R occupancies 4 Light -hazard occupancies as defined in NFPA 13 [F] 903.3.3 Obstructed locations. Automatic sprinklers shall be installed with regard to obstructions that will delay activation or obstruct the water distribution pattern and shall be in accordance with the applicable automatic sprinkler system standard that is being used Automatic sprinklers shall be installed in or under covered kiosks, displays, booths, concession stands, or equipment that exceeds 4 feet (1219 mm) in width Not less than a 3-foot (914 mm) clearance shall be maintained between auto- matic sprinklers and the top of piles of combustible fibers Exception: Kitchen equipment under exhaust hoods protected with a fire -extinguishing system in accor- dance with Section 904 [F] 903.3.4 Actuation. Automatic sprinkler systems shall be automatically actuated unless specifically provided for in this code [F] 903.3.5 Water supplies. Water supplies for automatic sprinkler systems shall comply with this section and the standards referenced in Section 903 3 1 The potable water supply shall be protected against backflow in accordance with the requirements of this section and the International Plumbing Code For connections to public waterworks systems, the water supply test used for design of fire pro- tection systems shall be adjusted to account for seasonal and daily pressure fluctuations based on information from the water supply authority and as approved by the fire code official [F] 903.3.5.1 Domestic services. Where the domestic service provides the water supply for the automatic sprinkler system, the supply shall be in accordance with this section [F] 903.3.5.2 Residential combination services. A single combination water supply shall be allowed pro- vided that the domestic demand is added to the sprin- kler demand as required by NFPA 13R [F] 903.3.6 Hose threads. Fire hose threads and fittings used in connection with automatic sprinkler systems shall be as prescribed by the fire code official [F] 903.3.7 Fire department connections. Fire depart- ment connections for automatic sprinkler systems shall be installed in accordance with Section 912 [F] 903.3.8 Limited area sprinkler systems. Limited area sprinkler systems shall be in accordance with the standards listed in Section 903 3 1 except as provided in Sections 903 3 8 1 through 903 3 8 5 903.3.8.1 Number of sprinklers. Limited area sprin- kler systems shall not exceed six sprinklers in any sin- gle fire area 903.3.8.2 Occupancy hazard classification. Only areas classified by NFPA 13 as Light Hazard or Ordi- nary Hazard Group 1 shall be permitted to be protected by limited area sprinkler systems 903.3.8.3 Piping arrangement. Where a limited area sprinkler system is installed in a building with an auto- matic wet standpipe system, sprinklers shall be sup- plied by the standpipe system Where a limited area 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 223 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS sprinkler system is installed in a building without an automatic wet standpipe system, water shall be permit- ted to be supplied by the plumbing system provided that the plumbing system is capable of simultaneously supplying domestic and sprinkler demands 903.3.8.4 Supervision. Control valves shall not be installed between the water supply and sprinklers unless the valves are of an approved indicating type that are supervised or secured in the open position 903.3.8.5 Calculations. Hydraulic calculations in accordance with NFPA 13 shall be provided to demon- strate that the available water flow and pressure are adequate to supply all sprinklers installed in any single fire area with discharge densities corresponding to the hazard classification [F] 903.4 Sprinkler system supervision and alarms. Valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinkler systems, pumps, tanks, water levels and temperatures, critical air pres- sures and waterflow switches on all sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised by a listed fire alarm control unit Exceptions: 1 Automatic sprinkler systems protecting one- and two-family dwellings 2 Limited area sprinkler systems in accordance with Section 903 3 8 3 Automatic sprinkler systems installed in accordance with NFPA 13R where a common supply main is used to supply both domestic water and the auto- matic sprinkler system, and a separate shutoff valve for the automatic sprinkler system is not provided 4 Jockey pump control valves that are sealed or locked in the open position 5 Control valves to commercial kitchen hoods, paint spray booths or dip tanks that are sealed or locked in the open position 6 Valves controlling the fuel supply to fire pump engines that are sealed or locked in the open posi- tion 7 Trim valves to pressure switches in dry, preaction and deluge sprinkler systems that are sealed or locked in the open position [F] 903.4.1 Monitoring. Alarm, supervisory and trouble signals shall be distinctly different and shall be automati- cally transmitted to an approved supervising station or, where approved by the fire code official, shall sound an audible signal at a constantly attended location Exceptions: 1 Underground key or hub valves in roadway boxes provided by the municipality or public utility are not required to be monitored 2 Backflow prevention device test valves located in limited area sprinkler system supply piping shall be locked in the open position In occupancies required to be equipped with a fire alarm system, the backflow preventer valves shall be electri- cally supervised by a tamper switch installed in accordance with NFPA 72 and separately annun- ciated [F] 903.4.2 Alarms. An approved audible device, located on the exterior of the building in an approved location, shall be connected to each automatic sprinkler system Such sprinkler waterflow alarm devices shall be activated by water flow equivalent to the flow of a single sprinkler of the smallest orifice size installed in the system Where a fire alarm system is installed, actuation of the automatic sprinkler system shall actuate the building fire alarm sys- tem [F] 903.4.3 Floor control valves. Approved supervised indicating control valves shall be provided at the point of connection to the riser on each floor in lugh-rise buildings [F] 903.5 Testing and maintenance. Sprinkler systems shall be tested and maintained in accordance with the International Fire Code SECTION 904 ALTERNATIVE AUTOMATIC FIRE -EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS [F] 904.1 General. Automatic fire -extinguishing systems, other than automatic sprinkler systems, shall be designed, installed, inspected, tested and maintained in accordance with the provisions of this section and the applicable referenced standards [F] 904.2 Where permitted. Automatic fire -extinguishing systems installed as an alternative to the required automatic sprinkler systems of Section 903 shall be approved by the fire code official [F] 904.2.1 Restriction on using automatic sprinkler system exceptions or reductions. Automatic fire-extm- guishmg systems shall not be considered alternatives for the purposes of exceptions or reductions allowed for auto- matic sprinkler systems or by other requirements of this code [F] 904.2.2 Commercial hood and duct systems. Each required commercial kitchen exhaust hood and duct sys- tem required by Section 609 of the International Fire Code or Chapter 5 of the International Mechanical Code to have a Type I hood shall be protected with an approved automatic fire -extinguishing system installed in accor- dance with this code [F] 904.3Installation. Automatic fire -extinguishing systems shall be installed in accordance with this section [F] 904.3.1 Electrical wiring. Electrical wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 70 [F] 904.3.2 Actuation. Automatic fire -extinguishing sys- tems shall be automatically actuated and provided with a manual means of actuation in accordance with Section 904 11 1 Where more than one hazard could be simulta- neously involved in fire due to their proximity, all hazards shall be protected by a single system designed to protect all hazards that could become involved Exception: Multiple systems shall be permitted to be installed if they are designed to operate simultaneously 224 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS [F] 904.3.3 System interlocking. Automatic equipment interlocks with fuel shutoffs, ventilation controls, door closers, window shutters, conveyor openings, smoke and heat vents and other features necessary for proper opera- tion of the fire -extinguishing system shall be provided as required by the design and installation standard utilized for the hazard [F] 904.3.4 Alarms and warning signs. Where alarms are required to indicate the operation of automatic fire -extin- guishing systems, distinctive audible and visible alarms and warning signs shall be provided to warn of pending agent discharge Where exposure to automatic -extinguish- ing agents poses a hazard to persons and a delay is required to ensure the evacuation of occupants before agent discharge, a separate warning signal shall be pro- vided to alert occupants once agent discharge has begun Audible signals shall be in accordance with Section 90752 [F] 904.3.5 Monitoring. Where a building fire alarm sys- tem is installed, automatic fire -extinguishing systems shall be monitored by the building fire alarm system in accor- dance with NFPA 72 [F] 904.4Inspection and testing. Automatic fire -extinguish - mg systems shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the provisions of this section prior to acceptance [F] 904.4.1 Inspection. Prior to conducting final accep- tance tests, all of the following items shall be inspected 1 Hazard specification for consistency with design hazard 2 Type, location and spacing of automatic- and man- ual-mitiatmg devices 3 Size, placement and position of nozzles or discharge orifices 4 Location and identification of audible and visible alarm devices 5 Identification of devices with proper designations 6 Operating instructions [F] 904.4.2 Alarm testing. Notification appliances, con- nections to fire alarm systems and connections to approved supervising stations shall be tested in accor- dance with this section and Section 907 to verify proper operation [F] 904.4.2.1 Audible and visible signals. The audibil- ity and visibility of notification appliances signaling agent discharge or system operation, where required, shall be verified [F] 904.4.3 Monitor testing. Connections to protected premises and supervising station fire alarm systems shall be tested to verify proper identification and retransmission of alarms from automatic fire -extinguishing systems [F] 904.5 Wet -chemical systems. Wet -chemical extinguish - mg systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 17A and their listing Records of inspections and testing shall be main - tamed [F] 904.6 Dry -chemical systems. Dry -chemical extinguish- ing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 17 and their listing Records of inspections and testing shall be main- tained [F] 904.7 Foam systems. Foam-extmguislung systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 11 and NFPA 16 and their listing Records of inspections and testing shall be maintained [F] 904.8 Carbon dioxide systems. Carbon dioxide extin- guishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 12 and their listing Records of inspections and testing shall be main- tained [F] 904.9 Halon systems. Halogenated extinguishing sys- tems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 12A and their listing Records of inspections and testing shall be maintained [F] 904.10 Clean -agent systems. Clean -agent fire -extin- guishing systems shall be installed, maintained, periodically inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 2001 and their listing Records of inspections and testing shall be main- tained [F] 904.11 Automatic water mist systems. Automatic water mist systems shall be perm tted in applications that are consis- tent with the applicable listing or approvals and shall comply with Sections 904 11 1 through 904 11 3 [F] 904.11.1 Design and installation requirements. Automatic water mist systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with Sections 904 11 1 1 through 90411 1 4 [F] 904.11.1.1 General. Automatic water mist systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 750 and the manufacturer's instructions [F] 904.11.1.2 Actuation. Automatic water mist sys- tems shall be automatically actuated [F] 904.11.1.3 Water supply protection. Connections to a potable water supply shall be protected against backflow in accordance with the International Plumb- ing Code [F] 904.11.1.4 Secondary water supply. Where a sec- ondary water supply is required for an automatic sprin- kler system, an automatic water mist system shall be provided with an approved secondary water supply [F] 904.11.2 Water mist system supervision and alarms. Supervision and alarms shall be provided as required for automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with Section 903 4 [F] 904.11.2.1 Monitoring. Monitoring shall be pro- vided as required for automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with Section 903 4 1 [F] 904.11.2.2 Alarms. Alarms shall be provided as required for automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with Section 903 4 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 225 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS [F] 904.11.2.3 Floor control valves. Floor control valves shall be provided as required for automatic sprinkler systems in accordance with Section 903 4 3 [F] 904.11.3 Testing and maintenance. Automatic water mist systems shall be tested and maintained in accordance with the International Fire Code [F] 904.12 Commercial cooking systems. The automatic fire -extinguishing system for commercial cooking systems shall be of a type recognized for protection of commercial cooking equipment and exhaust systems of the type and arrangement protected Preengmeered automatic dry- and wet -chemical extinguishing systems shall be tested in accor- dance with UL 300 and listed and labeled for the intended application Other types of automatic fire -extinguishing sys- tems shall be listed and labeled for specific use as protection for commercial cooking operations The system shall be installed in accordance with this code, NFPA 96, its listing and the manufacturer's installation instructions Automatic fire -extinguishing systems of the following types shall be installed in accordance with the referenced standard indi- cated, as follows 1 Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems, NFPA 12 2 Automatic sprinkler systems, NFPA 13 3 Automatic water mist systems, NFPA 750 4 Foam -water sprinkler system or foam -water spray sys- tems, NFPA 16 5 Dry -chemical extinguishing systems, NFPA 17 6 Wet -chemical extinguishing systems, NFPA 17A Exception: Factory -built commercial cooking recirculat- ing systems that are tested in accordance with UL 710B and listed, labeled and installed in accordance with Sec- tion 304 1 of the International Mechanical Code [F] 904.12.1 Manual system operation. A manual actua- tion device shall be located at or near a means of egress from the cooking area not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) and not more than 20 feet (6096 mm) from the kitchen exhaust system The manual actuation device shall be installed not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) or less than 42 inches (1067 mm) above the floor and shall clearly identify the hazard protected The manual actuation shall require a maximum force of 40 pounds (178 N) and a maximum movement of 14 inches (356 mm) to actuate the fire sup- pression system Exception: Automatic sprinkler systems shall not be required to be equipped with manual actuation means [F] 904.12.2 System interconnection. The actuation of the fire suppression system shall automatically shut down the fuel or electrical power supply to the cooking equip- ment The fuel and electrical supply reset shall be manual [F] 904.12.3 Carbon dioxide systems. Where carbon dioxide systems are used, there shall be a nozzle at the top of the ventilating duct Additional nozzles that are symmet- rically arranged to give uniform distribution shall be installed within vertical ducts exceeding 20 feet (6096 mm) and horizontal ducts exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm) Dampers shall be installed at either the top or the bottom of the duct and shall be arranged to operate automatically upon activation of the fire -extinguishing system Where the damper is installed at the top of the duct, the top nozzle shall be immediately below the damper Automatic carbon dioxide fire-extmguJslung systems shall be sufficiently sized to protect against all hazards venting through a com- mon duct simultaneously [F] 904.12.3.1 Ventilation system. Commercial -type cooking equipment protected by an automatic carbon dioxide -extinguishing system shall be arranged to shut off the ventilation system upon activation [F] 904.12.4 Special provisions for automatic sprinkler systems. Automatic sprinkler systems protecting commer- cial -type cooking equipment shall be supplied from a sep- arate, indicating -type control valve that is identified Access to the control valve shall be provided [F] 904.12.4.1 Listed sprinklers. Sprinklers used for the protection of fryers shall be tested in accordance with UL 199E, listed for that application and installed in accordance with their listing [F] 904.13 Domestic cooking systems. Cooktops and ranges installed in the following occupancies shall be protected in accordance with Section 904 13 1 1 In Group I-1 occupancies where domestic cooking facilities are installed in accordance with Section 420 8 2 In Group I-2, Condition 1 occupancies where domestic cooking facilities are installed in accordance with Sec- tion 407 2 6 3 In Group R-2 college dormitories where domestic cooking facilities are installed in accordance with Sec- tion 420 10 [F] 904.13.1 Protection from fire. Cooktops and ranges shall be protected in accordance with Section 904 13 1 1 or 904 13 1 2 [F] 904.13.1.1 Automatic fire -extinguishing system. The domestic recirculating or exterior vented cooking hood provided over the cooktop or range shall be equipped with an approved automatic fire -extinguish - mg system complying with the following 1 The automatic fire -extinguishing system shall be of a type recognized for protection of domestic cooking equipment Preengmeered automatic fire -extinguishing systems shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 300A and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions 2 Manual actuation of the fire -extinguishing sys- tem shall be provided in accordance with Section 904 12 1 3 Interconnection of the fuel and electric power supply shall be in accordance with Section 904 12 2 [F] 904.13.1.2 Ignition prevention. Cooktops and ranges shall include burners that have been tested and listed to prevent ignition of cooking oil with burners 226 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 UER CITy IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS turned on to their maximum heat settings and allowed to operate for 30 minutes [F] 904.14 Aerosol fire -extinguishing systems. Aerosol fire -extinguishing systems shall be installed, periodically inspected, tested and maintained in accordance with Sections 901 and 904 4, NFPA 2010, and in accordance with their list - mg Such devices and appurtenances shall be listed and installed in compliance with manufacturer's instructions SECTION 905 STANDPIPE SYSTEMS [F] 905.1 General. Standpipe systems shall be provided in new buildings and structures in accordance with Sections 905 2 through 905 11 In buildings used for high -piled com- bustible storage, fire protection shall be in accordance with the International Fire Code [F] 905.2 Installation standard. Standpipe systems shall be installed in accordance with this section and NFPA 14 Fire department connections for standpipe systems shall be in accordance with Section 912 [F] 905.3 Required installations. Standpipe systems shall be installed where required by Sections 905 3 1 through 905 3 8 Standpipe systems are allowed to be combined with auto- matic sprinkler systems Exception: Standpipe systems are not required in Group R-3 occupancies [F] 905.3.1 Height. Class III standpipe systems shall be installed throughout buildings where any of the following conditions exist 1 Four or more stories are above or below grade plane 2 The floor level of the highest story is located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access 3 The floor level of the lowest story is located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the highest level of fire department vehicle access Exceptions: 1 Class I standpipes are allowed in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903312 2 Class I standpipes are allowed in Group B and E occupancies 3 Class I manual standpipes are allowed in open parking garages where the highest floor is located not more than 150 feet (45 720 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access 4 Class I manual dry standpipes are allowed in open parbrig garages that are subject to freezing temperatures, provided that the hose connections are located as required for Class II standpipes in accordance with Section 905 5 Class I standpipes are allowed in basements equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system Class I standpipes are allowed in buildings where occupant -use hose lines will not be utilized by trained personnel or the fire department In determining the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, it shall not be required to consider either of the following 7 1 Recessed loading docks for four vehicles or less 7 2 Conditions where topography makes access from the fire department vehicle to the building impractical or impossible [F] 905.3.2 Group A. Class I automatic wet standpipes shall be provided in nonsprinklered Group A buildings having an occupant loadexceeding 1,000 persons Exceptions: 1 Open -air -seating spaces without enclosed spaces 2 Class I automatic dry and semiautomatic dry standpipes or manual wet standpipes are allowed in buildings that are not lugh-rise buildings [F] 905.3.3 Covered and open mall buildings. Covered mall and open mall bwldmgs shall be equipped throughout with a standpipe system where required by Section 905 3 1 Mall buildings not required to be equipped with a standpipe system by Section 905 3 1 shall be equipped with Class I hose connections connected to the automatic sprinkler system sized to deliver water at 250 gallons per mmute (9464 L/min) at the hydraulically most remote hose connection while concurrently supplying the auto- matic sprinkler system demand The standpipe system shall be designed to not exceed a 50 pounds per square inch (psi) (345 kPa) residual pressure loss with a flow of 250 gallons per mmute (946 4 L/min) from the fire depart- ment connection to the hydraulically most remote hose connection Hose connections shall be provided at each of the following locations 1 Within the mall at the entrance to each exit passage- way or corridor 2 At each floor -level landing within interior exit stair- ways opening directly on the mall 3 At exterior public entrances to the mall of a covered mall building 4 At public entrances at the perimeter line of an open mall building 5 At other locations as necessary so that the distance to reach all portions of a tenant space does not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm) from a hose connection [F] 905.3.4 Stages. Stages greater than 1,000 square feet in area (93 m') shall be equipped with a Class III wet standpipe system with 1'/z inch and 2'/z inch (38 mm and 64 mm) hose connections on each side of the stage Exception: Where the building or area is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system, a I'/z inch (38 mm) hose connection shall be installed in 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 227 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS accordance with NFPA 13 or in accordance with NFPA 14 for Class II or III standpipes [F] 905.3.4.1 Hose and cabinet. The 1'/z mch (38 mm) hose connections shall be equipped with sufficient lengths of 1'/z mch (38 mm) hose to provide fire pro- tection for the stage area Hose connections shall be equipped with an approved adjustable fog nozzle and be mounted in a cabinet or on a rack [F] 905.3.5 Underground buildings. Underground build- ings shall be equipped throughout with a Class I automatic wet or manual wet standpipe system [F] 905.3.6 Helistops and heliports. Buildings with a rooftop hehstop or heliport shall be equipped with a Class I or III standpipe system extended to the roof level on which the hehstop or heliport is located in accordance with Section 2007 5 of the International Fire Code [F] 905.3.7 Marinas and boatyards. Standpipes in mari- nas and boatyards shall comply with Chapter 36 of the International Fire Code [F] 905.3.8 Rooftop gardens and landscaped roofs. Buildings or structures that have rooftop gardens or land- scaped roofs and that are equipped with a standpipe sys- tem shall have the standpipe system extended to the roof level on which the rooftop garden or landscaped roof is located [F] 905.4 Location of Class I standpipe hose connections. Class I standpipe hose connections shall be provided in all of the following locations 1 In every required interior exit stairway, a hose connec- tion shall be provided for each story above and below grade plane Hose connections shall be located at the main floor landing unless otherwise approved by the fire code official Exception: A single hose connection shall be per- mitted to be installed in the open corridor or open breezeway between open stairs that are not greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm) apart 2 On each side of the wall adjacent to the exit opening of a horizontal exit Exception: Where floor areas adjacent to a horizon- tal exit are reachable from an interior exit stairway hose connection by a 30-foot (9144 mm) hose stream from a nozzle attached to 100 feet (30 480 mm) of hose, a hose connection shall not be required at the horizontal exit In every exit passageway, at the entrance from the exit passageway to other areas of a building Exception: Where floor areas adjacent to an exit passageway are reachable from an interior exit stair- way hose connection by a 30-foot (9144 mm) hose stream from a nozzle attached to 100 feet (30 480 mm) of hose, a hose connection shall not be required at the entrance from the exit passageway to other areas of the building 4 In covered mall buildings, adjacent to each exterior public entrance to the mall and adjacent to each entrance from an exit passageway or exit corridor to the mall In open mall buildings, adjacent to each public entrance to the mall at the perimeter line and adjacent to each entrance from an exit passageway or exit corri- dor to the mall 5 Where the roof has a slope less than four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33 3-percent slope), a hose con- nection shall be located to serve the roof or at the high- est landing of an interior exit stairway with access to the roof provided in accordance with Section 1011 12 6 Where the most remote portion of a nonspnnklered floor or story is more than 150 feet (45 720 mm) from a hose connection or the most remote portion of a sprm- klered floor or story is more than 200 feet (60 960 mm) from a hose connection, the fire code official is autho- rized to require that additional hose connections be pro- vided in approved locations [F] 905.4.1 Protection. Risers and laterals of Class I standpipe systems not located within an interior exit stair- way shall be protected by a degree of fire resistance equal to that required for vertical enclosures in the building in which they are located Exception: In buildings equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system, laterals that are not located within an interior exit stairway are not required to be enclosed within fire -resistance -rated construction [F] 905.4.2 Interconnection. In buildings where more than one standpipe is provided, the standpipes shall be interconnected in accordance with NFPA 14 [F] 905.5 Location of Class II standpipe hose connections. Class II standpipe hose connections located so that all por- tions of the building are within 30 feet (9144 mm) of a nozzle attached to 100 feet (30 480 mm) of hose Class II standpipe hose connections shall be located where they will have ready access [F] 905.5.1 Groups A-1 and A-2.In Group A-1 and A-2 occupancies having occupant loads exceeding 1,000 per- sons, hose connections shall be located on each side of any stage, on each side of the rear of the auditorium, on each side of the balcony and on each tier of dressing rooms [F] 905.5.2 Protection. Fire -resistance -rated protection of risers and laterals of Class II standpipe systems is not required [F] 905.5.3 Class H system 1-inch hose. A mimmum 1- inch (25 mm) hose shall be allowed to be used for hose stations in light -hazard occupancies where investigated and listed for this service and where approved by the fire code official [F] 905.6 Location of Class III standpipe hose connec- tions. Class III standpipe systems shall have hose connec- tions located as required for Class I standpipes in Section 905 4 and shall have Class II hose connections as required in Section 905 5 228 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS [F] 905.6.1 Protection. Risers and laterals of Class III standpipe systems shall be protected as required for Class I systems in accordance with Section 905 4 1 [F] 905.6.2 Interconnection. In buildings where more than one Class III standpipe is provided, the standpipes shall be interconnected in accordance with NFPA 14 [F] 905.7 Cabinets. Cabinets containing fire -fighting equip- ment such as standpipes, fire hoses, fire extinguishers or fire department valves shall not be blocked from use or obscured from view [F] 905.7.1 Cabinet equipment identification. Cabinets shall be identified in an approved manner by a perma- nently attached sign with letters not less than 2 inches (51 mm) high in a color that contrasts with the background color, indicating the equipment contained therein Exceptions: 1 Doors not large enough to accommodate a writ- ten sign shall be marked with a permanently attached pictogram of the equipment contained therein 2 Doors that have either an approved visual identi- fication clear glass panel or a complete glass door panel are not required to be marked [F] 905.7.2 Locking cabinet doors. Cabinets shall be unlocked Exceptions: 1 Visual identification panels of glass or other approved transparent frangible material that is easily broken and allows access 2 Approved locking arrangements 3 Group I-3 occupancies [F] 905.8 Dry standpipes. Dry standpipes shall not be installed Exception: Where subject to freezing and in accordance with NFPA 14 [F] 905.9 Valve supervision. Valves controlling water sup- plies shall be supervised in the open position so that a change in the normal position of the valve will generate a supervisory signal at the supervising station required by Section 903 4 Where a fire alarm system is provided, a signal shall be trans- mitted to the control unit Exceptions: 1 Valves to underground key or hub valves in road- way boxes provided by the municipality or public utility do not require supervision 2 Valves locked in the normal position and inspected as provided in this code in buildings not equipped with a fire alarm system [F] 905.10 During construction. Standpipe systems required during construction and demolition operations shall be pro- vided in accordance with Section 3311 I[F] 905.11 Locking standpipe outlet caps. The fire code official is authorized to require locking caps on the outlets on dry standpipes where the responding fire department carries key wrenches for the removal that are compatible with lock- I ing FDC connection caps SECTION 906 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS [F] 906.1 Where required. Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in all of the following locations 1 In Group A, B, E, F, H, I, M, R-1, R-2, R-4 and S occu- pancies Exceptions: 1 In Group R-2 occupancies, portable fire extin- guishers shall be required only in locations specified in Items 2 through 6 where each dwelling unit is provided with a portable fire extinguisher having a minimum rating of 1- A 10-B C 2 In Group E occupancies portable fire extin- guishers shall be required only in locations specified in Items 2 through 6 where each classroom is provided with a portable fire extinguisher having a minimum rating of 2- A 20-B C 2 Within 30 feet (9144 mm) distance of travel from com- mercial cooking equipment and from domestic cooking equipment in Group 1- 1, I-2, Condition 1, and R-2 col- lege dormitory occupancies 3 In areas where flammable or combustible liquids are stored, used or dispensed 4 On each floor of structures under construction, except Group R-3 occupancies, in accordance with Section 3315 1 of the International Fire Code 5 Where required by the International Fire Code sections indicated in Table 906 1 6 Special -hazard areas, including but not limited to labo- ratories, computer rooms and generator rooms, where required by the fire code official [F] 906.2 General requirements. Portable fire extinguishers shall be selected and installed in accordance with this section and NFPA 10 Exceptions: 1 The distance of travel to reach an extinguisher shall not apply to the spectator seating portions of Group A-5 occupancies 2 In Group I-3, portable fire extinguishers shall be permitted to be located at staff locations [F] 906.3 Size and distribution. The size and distribution of portable fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with Sec- tions 906 3 1 through 906 3 4 [F] 906.3.1 Class A fire hazards. The minimum sizes and distribution of portable fire extinguishers for occupancies that involve primarily Class A fire hazards shall comply with Table 906 3(1) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 229 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS [F] TABLE 906.1 ADDITIONAL REQUIRED PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN THE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE IFC SECTION SUBJECT 3035 Asphalt kettles 3075 Open burring 308 1 3 Open flames —torches 3094 Powered industrial trucks 20052 Aircraft towing velucles 20053 Aircraft welding apparatus 2005 4 Aircraft fuel -servicing tank velucles 2005 5 Aircraft hydrant fuel -servicing velucles 20056 Aircraft fuel -dispensing stations 20077 Heliports and helistops 21084 Dry cleaning plants 23055 Motor fuel -dispensing facilities 231064 Maine motor fuel -dispensing facilities 2311 6 Repair garages 24044 1 Spray-finislung operations 240542 Dip -tank operations 240642 Powder -coating areas 28043 Lumberyards/woodworking facilities 28088 Recycling facilities 2809 5 Exterior lumber storage 29035 Organic -coating areas 30063 Industrial ovens 3104 12 Tents and membrane structures 3206 10 High -piled storage 3315 1 Buildings under construction or demolition 33173 Roofing operations 34082 Tire rebuilding/storage 350426 Welding and other hot work 36044 Marinas 37036 Combustible fibers 57032 1 Flammable and combustible liquids, general 570433 1 Indoor storage of flammable and combustible Irguids 57043752 Liquid storage rooms for flammable and combustible liquids 570549 Solvent distillation units 570627 Farms and construction sitesflammable and combustible liquids storage 57064 10 1 Bulk plants and terminals for flammable and combustible liquids 5706545 Commercial, industnal, governmental or manufacturing establishments —fuel dispensing 570664 Tank velucles for flammable and combustible Irguids 590657 Flammable solids 61082 LP -gas [F] TABLE 906.3(1) FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR CLASS A FIRE HAZARDS LIGHT ORDINARY EXTRA (Low) (Moderate) (High) HAZARD HAZARD HAZARD OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY Mimmum-rated 2-A` 2-A 4-A' single extinguisher Maximum floor area 3,000 1,500 1,000 per unit of A square feet square feet square feet Maximum floor area 11,250 11,250 11,250 for extinguisher' square feet square feet square feet Maximum distance of 75 feet 75 feet 75 feet travel to extinguisher For SI 1 foot =3048 mm, 1 square foot =0 0929m', 1 gallon =3 785 L a Two 21/i gallon water -type extinguishers shall be deemed the equivalent of one 4-A rated extinguisher b Annex E 3 3 of NFPA 10 provides more details concerning application of the maximum floor area criteria c Two water -type extinguishers each with a 1-A rating shall be deemed the equivalent of one 2-A rated extinguisher for Light (Low) Hazard Occupancies [F] TABLE 906.3(2) FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS WITH DEPTHS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 0.25 INCH' MAXIMUM TYPE OF HAZARD BASIC MINIMUM DISTANCE OF TRAVEL EXTINGUISHER RATING TO EXTINGUISHERS (feet) Light (Low) 5-13 30 10-B 50 Ordinary 10-B 30 (Moderate) 20-B 50 Extra (High) 40-B 30 80-B 50 For SI 1 inch= 25 4 mm, 1 foot =304 8 min a For requirements on water-soluble flammable liquids and alternative sizing criteria, see Section 5 5 of NFPA 10 [F] 906.3.2 Class B fire hazards. Portable fire extinguish- ers for occupancies involving flammable or combustible liquids with depths less than or equal to 0 25-mch (6 4 mm) shall be selected and placed in accordance with Table 906 3(2) Portable fire extinguishers for occupancies involving flammable or combustible liquids with a depth of greater than 0 25-inch (6 4 mm) shall be selected and placed in accordance with NFPA 10 [F] 906.3.3 Class C fire hazards. Portable fire extin- guishers for Class C fire hazards shall be selected and placed on the basis of the anticipated Class A or B hazard [F] 906.3.4 Class D fire hazards. Portable fire extin- guishers for occupancies involving combustible metals shall be selected and placed in accordance with NFPA 10 [FJ 906.4 Cooking equipment fires. Fire extinguishers pro- ** vided for the protection of cooking equipment shall be of an I approved type compatible with the automatic fire -extinguish - mg system agent Cooking equipment involving solid fuels or I vegetable or animal oils and fats shall be protected by a Class 230 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill [ [ Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepr dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( RR I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva oily mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS 1K-rated portable extinguisher in accordance with Sections 906 1, Item 2, 906 4 1 and 906 4 2 of the International Fire Code, as applicable [F] 906.5 Conspicuous location. Portable fire extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will have ready access and be immediately available for use These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indi- cates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel [F] 906.6 Unobstructed and unobscured. Portable fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be com- pletely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the loca- tions of extinguishers [F] 906.7 Hangers and brackets. Hand-held portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions [F] 906.8 Cabinets. Cabinets used to house portable fire extinguishers shall not be locked Exceptions: 1 Where portable fire extinguishers subject to mali- cious use or damage are provided with a means of ready access 2 In Group I-3 occupancies and in mental health areas in Group I-2 occupancies, access to portable fire extinguishers shall be permitted to be locked or to be located in staff locations provided that the staff has keys [F] 906.9 Extinguisher installation. The installation of por- table fire extinguishers shall be in accordance with Sections 906 9 1 through 906 9 3 [F] 906.9.1 Extinguishers weighing 40 pounds or less. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that their tops are not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor [F] 906.9.2 Extinguishers weighing more than 40 pounds. Hand-held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that their tops are not more than 3 5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor [F] 906.9.3 Floor clearance. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of installed hand-held portable fire extinguishers shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) [F] 906.10 Wheeled units. Wheeled fire extinguishers shall be conspicuously located in a designated location SECTION 907 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS [F] 907.1 General. This section covers the application, installation, performance and maintenance of fire alarm sys- tems and their components [F] 907.1.1 Construction documents. Construction docu- ments for fire alarm systems shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent of the work pro- posed and show in detail that it will conform to the provi- sions of this code, the International Fire Code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, as deter- mmed by the fire code official [F] 907.1.2 Fire alarm shop drawings. Shop drawings for fire alarm systems shall be prepared in accordance with NFPA 72 and submitted for review and approval prior to system installation [F] 907.1.3 Equipment. Systems and components shall be listed and approved for the purpose for which they are installed [F] 907.2 Where required —new buildings and structures. An approved fire alarm system installed in accordance with the provisions of this code and NFPA 72 shall be provided in new buildings and structures in accordance with Sections 907 2 1 through 907 2 23 and provide occupant notification in accordance with Section 907 5, unless other requirements are provided by another section of this code Not fewer than one manual fire alarm box shall be pro- vided in an approved location to initiate a fire alarm signal for fire alarm systems employing automatic fire detectors or waterflow detection devices Where other sections of this code allow elimination of fire alarm boxes due to sprinklers, a single fire alarm box shall be installed Exceptions: The manual fire alarm box is not required for fire alarm systems dedicated to elevator recall control and supervisory service The manual fire alarm box is not required for Group R-2 occupancies unless required by the fire code official to provide a means for fire watch personnel to initiate an alarm during a sprinkler system impair- ment event Where provided, the manual fire alarm box shall not be located in an area that is open to the public [F] 907.2.1 Group A. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907 5 shall be installed in Group A occupan- cies where the occupant load due to the assembly occu- pancy is 300 or more, or where the Group A occupant load is more than 100 persons above or below the lowest level of exit discharge Group A occupancies not separated from one another in accordance with Section 707 3 10 shall be considered as a single occupancy for the purposes of applying this section Portions of Group E occupancies occupied for assembly purposes shall be provided with a fire alarm system as required for the Group E occupancy Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 and the occupant notification appli- ances will activate throughout the notification zones upon sprinkler water flow 4m 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 231 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS [F] 907.2.1.1 System initiation in Group A occupan- cies with an occupant load of 1,000 or more. Activa- tion of the fire alarm in Group A occupancies with an occupant load of 1,000 or more shall initiate a signal using an emergency voice/alarm communications sys- tem in accordance with Section 907 5 2 2 Exception: Where approved, the prerecorded announcement is allowed to be manually deacti- vated for a period of time, not to exceed 3 minutes, for the sole purpose of allowing a live voice announcement from an approved, constantly attended location [F] 907.2.1.2 Emergency voice/alarm communica- tion captions. Stadiums, arenas and grandstands required to caption audible public announcements shall be in accordance with Section 907 5 2 2 4 [F] 907.2.2 Group B. A manual fire alarm system shall be installed in Group B occupancies where one of the follow- ing conditions exists 1 The combined Group B occupant load of all floors is 500 or more 2 The Group B occupant load is more than 100 per- sons above or below the lowest level of exit dis- charge 3 The fire area contains an ambulatory care facility Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 and the occupant notification appli- ances will activate throughout the notification zones upon sprinkler water flow [F] 907.2.2.1 Ambulatory care facilities. Fire areas containing ambulatory care facilities shall be provided with an electronically supervised automatic smoke detection system installed within the ambulatory care facility and in public use areas outside of tenant spaces, including public corridors and elevator lobbies Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- tion 903 3 1 1, provided that the occupant notifica- tion appliances will activate throughout the notification zones upon sprinkler waterflow [F] 907.2.3 Group E. A manual fire alarm system that mi- tiates the occupant notification signal utilizing an emer- gency voice/alarm communication system meeting the requirements of Section 907 5 2 2 and installed in accor- dance with Section 907 6 shall be installed in Group E occupancies Where automatic sprinkler systems or smoke detectors are installed, such systems or detectors shall be connected to the bwldmg fire alarm system Exceptions: 1 A manual fire alarm system is not required in Group E occupancies with an occupant load of 50 or less 2 Emergency voice/alarm communication systems meeting the requirements of Section 907 5 2 2 and installed in accordance with Section 907 6 shall not be required in Group E occupancies with occupant loads of 100 or less, provided that activation of the manual fire alarm system initi- ates an approved occupant notification signal in accordance with Section 907 5 3 Manual fire alarm boxes are not required in Group E occupancies where all of the following apply 3 1 Interior corridors are protected by smoke detectors 32 Auditoriums, cafeterias, gymnasiums and similar areas are protected by heat detec- tors or other approved detection devices 33 Shops and laboratories involving dusts or vapors are protected by heat detectors or other approved detection devices 4 Manual fire alarm boxes shall not be required in Group E occupancies where all of the following apply 4 1 The building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903311 4 2 The emergency voice/alarm communica- tion system will activate on sprinkler waterflow 4 3 Manual activation is provided from a nor- mally occupied location [F] 907.2.4 Group F. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907 5 shall be installed in Group F occupan- cies where both of the following conditions exist 1 The Group F occupancy is two or more stones in height 2 The Group F occupancy has a combined occupant load of 500 or more above or below the lowest level of exit discharge Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 and the occupant notification appli- ances will activate throughout the notification zones upon sprinkler water flow [F] 907.2.5 Group 11. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907 5 shall be installed in Group H-5 occu- pancies and in occupancies used for the manufacture of organic coatings An automatic smoke detection system shall be installed for lughly toxic gases, organic peroxides and oxidizers in accordance with Chapters 60, 62 and 63, respectively, of the International Fire Code [F] 907.2.6 Group I. A manual fire alarm system that acti- vates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907 5 shall be installed in Group I occupancies An automatic smoke detection system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 232 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( RR I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS 907 5 shall be provided in accordance with Sections 907 2 6 1, 907 2 6 2 and 907 2 6 3 3 Exceptions: 1 Manual fire alarm boxes in sleeping units of Group I-1 and I-2 occupancies shall not be required at exits if located at all care providers' control stations or other constantly attended staff locations, provided that such manual fire alarm boxes are visible and provided with ready access, and the distances of travel required in Section 907 4 2 1 are not exceeded Occupant notification systems are not required to be activated where private mode signaling installed in accordance with NFPA 72 is approved by the fire code official and staff evac- uation responsibilities are included in the fire safety and evacuation plan required by Section 404 of the International Fire Code [F] 907.2.6.1 Group I-1. In Group I-1 occupancies, an automatic smoke detection system shall be installed in corridors, waiting areas open to corridors and habit- able spaces other than sleeping units and kitchens The system shall be activated in accordance with Section 9075 Exceptions: 1 For Group I-1, Condition 1 occupancies, smoke detection in habitable spaces is not required where the facility is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 Smoke detection is not required for exterior balcomes [F] 907.2.6.1.1 Smoke alarms. Single- and multi- ple -station smoke alarms shall be installed in accor- dance with Section 907 2 10 [F] 907.2.6.2 Group I-2. An automatic smoke detec- tion system shall be installed in corridors in Group I-2, Condition 1 facilities and spaces pernutted to be open to the corridors by Section 407 2 The system shall be activated in accordance with Section 907 4 Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies shall be equipped with an automatic smoke detection system as required in Sec- tion 407 Exceptions: 1 Corridor smoke detection is not required in smoke compartments that contain sleeping units where such units are provided with smoke detectors that comply with UL 268 Such detectors shall provide a visual display on the corridor side of each sleeping unit and shall provide an audible and visual alarm at the care providers' station attending each unit 2 Corridor smoke detection is not required in smoke compartments that contain sleeping units where sleeping unit doors are equipped with automatic door -closing devices with inte- gral smoke detectors on the unit sides installed in accordance with their listing, provided that the integral detectors perform the required alerting function [F] 907.2.6.3 Group I-3 occupancies. Group I-3 occu- pancies shall be equipped with a manual fire alarm sys- tem and automatic smoke detection system installed for alerting staff [F] 907.2.6.3.1 System initiation. Actuation of an automatic fire -extinguishing system, automatic sprinkler system, a manual fire alarm box or a fire detector shall initiate an approved fire alarm signal that automatically notifies staff [F] 907.2.6.3.2 Manual fire alarm boxes. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required to be located in accordance with Section 907 4 2 where the fire alarm boxes are provided at staff -attended locations having direct supervision over areas where manual fire alarm boxes have been omitted [F] 907.2.6.3.2.1 Manual fire alarm boxes in detainee areas. Manual fire alarm boxes are allowed to be locked in areas occupied by detain- ees, provided that staff members are present within the subject area and have keys readily available to operate the manual fire alarm boxes [F] 907.2.6.3.3 Automatic smoke detection sys- tem. An automatic smoke detection system shall be installed throughout resident housing areas, includ- ing sleeping units and contiguous day rooms, group activity spaces and other common spaces normally open to residents Exceptions: 1 Other approved smoke detection arrange- ments providing equivalent protection, including, but not limited to, placing detec- tors in exhaust ducts from cells or behind protective guards listed for the purpose, are allowed where necessary to prevent dam- age or tampering 2 Sleeping units in Use Conditions 2 and 3 as described in Section 308 3 Smoke detectors are not required in sleep- ing units with four or fewer occupants in smoke compartments that are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler sys- tem installed in accordance with Section 903311 [F] 907.2.7 Group M. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907 5 shall be installed in Group M occupan- cies where one of the following conditions exists 1 The combined Group M occupant load of all floors is 500 or more persons 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 233 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS The Group M occupant load is more than 100 per- sons above or below the lowest level of exit dis- charge Exceptions: 1 A manual fire alarm system is not required in covered or open mall buildings complying with Section 402 2 Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where the building is equipped throughout with an auto- matic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 and the occupant notifica- tion appliances will automatically activate throughout the notification zones upon sprinkler water flow [F] 907.2.7.1 Occupant notification. During times that the building is occupied, the initiation of a signal from a manual fire alarm box or from a waterflow switch shall not be required to activate the alarm notification appliances when an alarm signal is activated at a con- stantly attended location from wluch evacuation instructions shall be initiated over an emergency voice/ alarm communication system installed in accordance with Section 907 5 2 2 [F] 907.2.8 Group R-1. Fire alarm systems and smoke alarms shall be installed in Group R-1 occupancies as required in Sections 907 2 8 1 through 907 2 8 3 [F] 907.2.8.1 Manual fire alarm system. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notifica- tion system in accordance with Section 907 5 shall be installed in Group R- 1 occupancies Exceptions: 1 A manual fire alarm system is not required in buildings not more than two stones in height where all individual sleeping units and contig- uous attic and crawl spaces to those units are separated from each other and public or com- mon areas by not less than 1-hour fire parti- tions and each individual sleeping unit has an exit directly to a public way, egress court or yard 2 Manual fire alarm boxes are not required throughout the building where all of the fol- lowing conditions are met 21 The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 22 The notification appliances will activate upon sprinkler water flow 23 Not fewer than one manual fire alarm box is installed at an approved location [F] 907.2.8.2 Automatic smoke detection system. An automatic smoke detection system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Sec- tion 907 5 shall be installed throughout all interior cor- ridors serving sleeping units Exception: An automatic smoke detection system is not required in buildings that do not have interior corridors serving sleeping units and where each sleeping unit has a means of egress door opening directly to an exit or to an exterior exit access that leads directly to an exit [F] 907.2.8.3 Smoke alarms. Single- and multiple -sta- tion smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with Section 907 2 10 [F] 907.2.9 Group R-2. Fire alarm systems and smoke alarms shall be installed in Group R-2 occupancies as required in Sections 907 2 9 1 through 907 2 9 3 [F] 907.2.9.1 Manual fire alarm system. A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notifica- tion system in accordance with Section 907 5 shall be installed in Group R-2 occupancies where any of the following conditions apply 1 Any dwelling unit or sleeping unit is located three or more stones above the lowest level of exit dis- charge 2 Any dwelling unit or sleeping unit is located more than one story below the highest level of exit discharge of exits serving the dwelling unit or sleeping unit 3 The building contains more than 16 dwelling units or sleeping units Exceptions: 1 A fire alarm system is not required in build- ings not more than two stones in height where all dwelling units or sleeping units and contig- uous attic and crawl spaces are separated from each other and public or common areas by not less than 1-hour fire partitions and each dwell- ing unit or sleeping unit has an exit directly to a public way, egress court or yard 2 Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 9033 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 and the occupant notification appli- ances will automatically activate throughout the notification zones upon a sprinkler water flow A fire alarm system is not required in build- ings that do not have interior corridors serving dwelling units and are protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2, provided that dwelling units either have a means of egress door opening directly to an exterior exit access that leads directly to the exits or are served by open-ended corri- dors designed in accordance with Section 1027 6, Exception 3 234 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C'p IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS E* [F] 907.2.9.2 Smoke alarms. Single- and multiple -sta- tion smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with Section 907 2 10 [F] 907.2.9.3 Group R-2 college and university buildings. An automatic smoke detection system that activates the occupant notification system in accor- dance with Section 907 5 shall be installed in Group R- 2 occupancies operated by a college or university for student or staff housing in all of the following loca- tions 1 Common spaces outside of dwelling units and sleeping units 2 Laundry rooms, mechanical equipment rooms and storage rooms 3 All interior corridors serving sleeping units or dwelling units Exception: An automatic smoke detection system is not required in buildings that do not have interior corridors serving sleeping units or dwelling units and where each sleeping unit or dwelling unit either has a means of egress door opening directly to an exterior exit access that leads directly to an exit or a means of egress door opening directly to an exit Required smoke alarms in dwelling units and sleep- ing units in Group R-2 occupancies operated by a col- lege or university for student or staff housing shall be interconnected with the fire alarm system in accordance with NFPA 72 [F] 907.2.10 Single- and multiple -station smoke alarms. Listed single- and multiple -station smoke alarms comply- ing with UL 217 shall be installed in accordance with Sec- tions 907 2 10 1 through 907 2 10 7 and NFPA 72 [F] 907.2.10.1 Group R-1. Single- or multiple -station smoke alarms shall be installed in all of the following locations in Group R-1 1 In sleeping areas 2 In every room in the path of the means of egress from the sleeping area to the door leading from the sleeping unit 3 In each story within the sleeping unit, including basements For sleeping units with split levels and without an intervening door between the adjacent levels, a smoke alarm installed on the upper level shall suffice for the adjacent lower level provided that the lower level is less than one full story below the upper level [F] 907.2.10.2 Groups R-2, R-3, R-4 and I-1. Single - or multiple -station smoke alarms shall be installed and maintained in Groups R-2, R-3, R-4 and I-1 regardless of occupant load at all of the following locations 1 On the ceiling or wall outside of each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of bed- rooms 2 In each room used for sleeping purposes 3 In each story within a dwelling unit, including basements but not including crawl spaces and uninhabitable attics In dwellings or dwelling units with split levels and without an intervening door between the adjacent levels, a smoke alarm installed on the upper level shall suffice for the adjacent lower level provided that the lower level is less than one full story below the upper level [F] 907.2.10.3 Installation near cooking appliances. Smoke alarms shall not be installed in the following locations unless this would prevent placement of a smoke alarm in a location required by Section 907 2 10 1 or 907 2 10 2 1 Ionization smoke alarms shall not be installed less than 20 feet (6096 mm) horizontally from a permanently installed cooking appliance 2 Ionization smoke alarms with an alarm -silencing switch shall not be installed less than 10 feet (3048 mm) horizontally from a permanently installed cooking appliance 3 Photoelectric smoke alarms shall not be installed less than 6 feet (1829 mm) horizontally from a permanently installed cooking appliance [F] 907.2.10.4 Installation near bathrooms. Smoke alarms shall be installed not less than 3 feet (914 mm) horizontally from the door or opening of a bathroom that contains a bathtub or shower unless this would pre- vent placement of a smoke alarm required by Section 907 2 10 1 or 907 2 10 2 [F] 907.2.10.5 Interconnection. Where more than one smoke alarm is required to be installed within an indi- vidual dwelling unit or sleeping unit in Group R or I-1 occupancies, the smoke alarms shall be interconnected in such a manner that the activation of one alarm will activate all of the alarms in the individual unit Physi- cal interconnection of smoke alarms shall not be required where listed wireless alarms are installed and all alarms sound upon activation of one alarm The alarm shall be clearly audible in all bedrooms over background noise levels with all intervening doors closed [F] 907.2.10.6 Power source. In new construction, required smoke alarms shall receive their primary power from the building wiring where such wiring is served from a commercial source and shall be equipped with a battery backup Smoke alarms with integral strobes that are not equipped with battery backup shall be connected to an emergency electrical system in accordance with Section 2702 Smoke alarms shall emit a signal when the batteries are low Wiring shall be per- manent and without a disconnecting switch other than as required for overcurrent protection Exception: Smoke alarms are not required to be equipped with battery backup where they are con- nected to an emergency electrical system that com- plies with Section 2702 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 235 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS [E] 907.2.10.7 Smoke detection system. Smoke detec- tors listed in accordance with UL 268 and provided as part of the bwldmg fire alarm system shall be an acceptable alternative to single- and multiple -station smoke alarms and shall comply with the following 1 The fire alarm system shall comply with all appli- cable requirements in Section 907 2 Activation of a smoke detector in a dwelling unit or sleeping unit shall initiate alarm notification in the dwelling unit or sleeping unit in accordance with Section 907 5 2 3 Activation of a smoke detector in a dwelling unit or sleeping unit shall not activate alarm notifica- tion appliances outside of the dwelling unit or sleeping unit, provided that a supervisory signal is generated and monitored in accordance with Section 907 6 6 [E] 907.2.11 Special amusement buildings. An auto- matic smoke detection system shall be provided in special amusement buildings in accordance with Sections 907 2 11 1 through 907 2 11 3 [E] 907.2.11.1 Alarm. Activation of any single smoke detector, the automatic sprinkler system or any other automatic fire detection device shall immediately acti- vate an audible and visible alarm at the building at a constantly attended location from which emergency action can be initiated, including the capability of man- ual initiation of requirements in Section 907 2 11 2 [E] 907.2.11.2 System response. The activation of two or more smoke detectors, a single smoke detector equipped with an alarm verification feature, the auto- matic sprinkler system or other approved fire detection device shall automatically do all of the following 1 Cause illumination of the means of egress with light of not less than 1 footcandle (I I lux) at the walking surface level 2 Stop any conflicting or confusing sounds and visual distractions 3 Activate an approved directional exit marking that will become apparent in an emergency 4 Activate a prerecorded message, audible through- out the special amusement building, instructing patrons to proceed to the nearest exit Alarm sig- nals used in conjunction with the prerecorded message shall produce a sound that is distinctive from other sounds used during normal operation [E] 907.2.11.3 Emergency voice/alarm communica- tion system. An emergency voice/alarm communica- tion system, which is allowed to serve as a public address system, shall be installed in accordance with Section 907 5 2 2 and be audible throughout the entire special amusement building [E] 907.2.12 High-rise buildings. High-rise buildings shall be provided with an automatic smoke detection sys- tem in accordance with Section 907 2 12 1, a fire depart- ment communication system in accordance with Section 907 2 12 2 and an emergency voice/alarm communication system in accordance with Section 907 5 2 2 Exceptions: 1 Airport traffic control towers in accordance with Sections 412 and 907 2 21 2 Open parking garages in accordance with Sec- tion 406 5 3 Buildings with an occupancy in Group A-5 in accordance with Section 303 1 4 Low -hazard special occupancies in accordance with Section 503 1 1 5 Buildings with an occupancy in Group H-1, H-2 or H-3 in accordance with Section 415 6 In Group I-1 and I-2 occupancies, the alarm shall sound at a constantly attended location and occu- pant notification shall be broadcast by the emer- gency voice/alarm communication system [E] 907.2.12.1 Automatic smoke detection. Auto- matic smoke detection in high-rise buildings shall be in accordance with Sections 9072121 1 and 90721212 [E] 907.2.12.1.1 Area smoke detection. Area smoke detectors shall be provided in accordance with this section Smoke detectors shall be con- nected to an automatic fire alarm system The acti- vation of any detector required by this section shall activate the emergency voice/alarm communication system in accordance with Section 907 5 2 2 In addition to smoke detectors required by Sections 907 2 1 through 907 2 9, smoke detectors shall be located as follows 1 In each mechanical equipment, electrical, transformer, telephone equipment or similar room that is not provided with sprinkler pro- tection 2 In each elevator machine room, machinery space, control room and control space and in elevator lobbies [E] 907.2.12.1.2 Duct smoke detection. Duct smoke detectors complying with Section 907 3 1 shall be located as follows 1 In the main return air and exhaust air plenum of each air-conditioning system having a capacity greater than 2,000 cubic feet per min- ute (cfm) (0 94 m'/s) Such detectors shall be located in a serviceable area downstream of the last duct inlet 2 At each connection to a vertical duct or riser serving two or more stories from a return air duct or plenum of an air-conditioning system In Group R-1 and R-2 occupancies, a smoke detector is allowed to be used in each return air riser carrying not more than 5,000 cfm (2 4 m'/s) and serving not more than 10 air -inlet openings 236 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS [F] 907.2.12.2 Fire department communication sys- tem. Where a wired communication system is approved in lieu of an emergency responder radio cov- erage system in accordance with Section 510 of the International Fire Code, the wired fire department communication system shall be designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 72 and shall operate between a fire command center complying with Section 911, elevators, elevator lobbies, emergency and standby power rooms, fire pump rooms, areas of refuge and inside interior exitstairways The fire department com- munication device shall be provided at each floor level within the interior exit stairway [F] 907.2.12.3 Multiple -channel voice evacuation. In buildings with an occupied floor more than 120 feet (36 576 mm) above the lowest level of fire department velucle access, voice evacuation systems for high-rise buildings shall be multiple -channel systems [F] 907.2.13 Atriums connecting more than two stories. A fire alarm system shall be installed in occupancies with an atrium that connects more than two stones, with smoke detection installed in locations required by a rational anal- ysis in Section 909 4 and in accordance with the system operation requirements in Section 90917 The system shall be activated in accordance with Section 907 5 Such occupancies in Group A, E or M shall be provided with an emergency voice/alarm communication system complying with the requirements of Section 907 5 2 2 [F] 907.2.14 High -piled combustible storage areas. An automatic smoke detection system shall be installed throughout high -piled combustible storage areas where required by Section 3206 5 of the International Fire Code [F] 907.2.15 Aerosol storage uses. Aerosol product rooms and general-purpose warehouses containing aerosol products shall be provided with an approved manual fire alarm system where required by the International Fire Code [F] 907.2.16 Lumber, wood structural panel and veneer mills. Lumber, wood structural panel and veneer mills shall be provided with a manual fire alarm system [F] 907.2.17 Underground buildings with smoke con- trol systems. Where a smoke control system is installed in an underground building in accordance with this code, automatic smoke detectors shall be provided in accordance with Section 907 2 17 1 [F] 907.2.17.1 Smoke detectors. Not fewer than one smoke detector listed for the intended purpose shall be installed in all of the following areas 1 Mechanical equipment, electrical, transformer, telephone equipment, elevator machine or similar rooms 2 Elevator lobbies 3 The main return and exhaust air plenum of each air-conditioning system serving more than one story and located in a serviceable area down- stream of the last duct inlet 4 Each connection to a vertical duct or riser serving two or more floors from return air ducts or ple- nums of heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems, except that in Group R occupancies, a listed smoke detector is allowed to be used in each return air riser carrying not more than 5,000 cfim (2 4 m'/s) and serving not more than 10 air - inlet openings [F] 907.2.17.2 Alarm required. Activation of the smoke control system shall activate an audible alarm at a constantly attended location [F] 907.2.18 Deep underground buildings. Where the lowest level of a structure is more than 60 feet (18 288 mm) below the finished floor of the lowest level of exit discharge, the structure shall be equipped throughout with a manual fire alarm system, including an emergency voice/alarm communication system installed in accor- dance with Section 907 5 2 2 [F] 907.2.19 Covered and open mall buildings. Where the total floor area exceeds 50,000 square feet (4645 m') within either a covered mall building or within the perime- ter line of an open mall building, an emergency voice/ alarm communication system shall be provided Access to emergency voice/alarm communication systems serving a mall, required or otherwise, shall be provided for the fire department The system shall be provided in accordance with Section 907 5 2 2 [F] 907.2.20 Residential aircraft hangars. Not fewer than one single -station smoke alarm shall be installed within a residential aircraft hangar as defined in Chapter 2 and shall be interconnected into the residential smoke alarm or other sounding device to provide an alarm that will be audible in all sleeping areas of the dwelling [F] 907.2.21 Airport traffic control towers. An auto- matic smoke detection system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907 5 shall be provided in airport control towers in accordance with Sections 907 2 21 1 and 907 2 21 2 Exception: Audible appliances shall not be installed within the control tower cab [F] 907.2.21.1 Airport traffic control towers with multiple exits and automatic sprinklers. Airport traf- fic control towers with multiple exits and equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 shall be provided with smoke detectors in all of the following locations 1 Airport traffic control cab 2 Electrical and mechanical equipment rooms 3 Airport terminal radar and electronics rooms 4 Outside each opening into interior exitstairways 5 Along the single means of egress permitted from observation levels 6 Outside each opening into the single means of egress permitted from observation levels 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 237 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS [F] 907.2.21.2 Other airport traffic control towers. Airport traffic control towers with a single exit or where sprinklers are not installed throughout shall be provided with smoke detectors in all of the following locations 1 Airport traffic control cab 2 Electrical and mechanical equipment rooms 3 Airport terminal radar and electronics rooms 4 Office spaces incidental to the tower operation 5 Lounges for employees, including sanitary facili- ties 6 Means of egress 7 Utility shafts where access to smoke detectors can be provided [F] 907.2.22 Battery rooms. An automatic smoke detec- tion system shall be installed in areas containing stationary storage battery systems as required in Section 1206 2 of the International Fire Code [F] 907.2.23 Capacitor energy storage systems. An automatic smoke detection system shall be installed in areas containing capacitor energy storage systems as required by Section 1206 3 of the International Fire Code [F] 907.3 Fire safety functions. Automatic fire detectors uti- lized for the purpose of performing fire safety functions shall be connected to the bLulding's fire alarm control unit where a fire alarm system is required by Section 907 2 Detectors shall, upon actuation, perform the intended function and acti- vate the alarm notification appliances or activate a visible and audible supervisory signal at a constantly attended location In buildings not equipped with a fire alarm system, the auto- matic fire detector shall be powered by normal electrical ser- vice and, upon actuation, perform the intended function The detectors shall be located in accordance with NFPA 72 [F] 907.3.1 Duct smoke detectors. Smoke detectors installed in ducts shall be listed for the air velocity, tem- perature and humidity present in the duct Duct smoke detectors shall be connected to the building's fire alarm control unit where a fire alarm system is required by Sec- tion 907 2 Activation of a duct smoke detector shall initi- ate a visible and audible supervisory signal at a constantly attended location and shall perform the intended fire safety function in accordance with this code and the Inter- national Mechanical Code In facilities that are required to be monitored by a supervising station, duct smoke detec- tors shall report only as a supervisory signal and not as a fire alarm They shall not be used as a substitute for required open area detection Exceptions: 1 The supervisory signal at a constantly attended location is not required where duct smoke detec- tors activate the building's alarm notification appliances 2 In occupancies not required to be equipped with a fire alarm system, actuation of a smoke detector shall activate a visible and an audible signal in an approved location Smoke detector trouble condi- tions shall activate a visible or audible signal in an approved location and shall be identified as air duct detector trouble [F] 907.3.2 Special locking systems. Where special lock- ing systems are installed on means of egress doors in accordance with Sections 1010 1 9 7 or 1010 1 9 8, an automatic detection system shall be installed as required by that section [F] 907.3.3 Elevator emergency operation. Automatic fire detectors installed for elevator emergency operation shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of ASME A17 1/CSA B44 and NFPA 72 [F] 907.3.4 Wiring. The wiring to the auxiliary devices and equipment used to accomplish the fire safety functions shall be monitored for integrity in accordance with NFPA 72 [F] 907.4 Initiating devices. Where manual or automatic alarm initiation is required as part of a fire alarm system, the initiating devices shall be installed in accordance with Sec- tions 907 4 1 through 907 4 3 1 [F] 907.4.1 Protection of fire alarm control unit. In areas that are not continuously occupied, a single smoke detector shall be provided at the location of each fire alarm control unit, notification appliance circuit power extend- ers, and supervising station transmitting equipment Exception: Where ambient conditions prohibit instal- lation of a smoke detector, a heat detector shall be per- mitted [F] 907.4.2 Manual fire alarm boxes. Where a manual fire alarm system is required by another section of this code, it shall be activated by fire alarm boxes installed in accordance with Sections 907 4 2 1 through 907 4 2 6 [F] 907.4.2.1 Location. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be located not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the entrance to each exit In buildings not protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2, additional manual fire alarm boxes shall be located so that the distance of travel to the nearest box does not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm) [F] 907.4.2.2 Height. The height of the manual fire alarm boxes shall be not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) and not more than 48 inches (1372 mm) measured ver- tically, from the floor level to the activating handle or lever of the box [F] 907.4.2.3 Color. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be red in color [F] 907.4.2.4 Signs. Where fire alarm systems are not monitored by a supervising station, an approved perma- nent sign shall be installed adjacent to each manual fire alarm box that reads WHEN ALARM SOUNDS CALL FIRE DEPARTMENT Exception: Where the manufacturer has perma- nently provided this information on the manual fire alarm box [F] 907.4.2.5 Protective covers. The fire code official is authorized to require the installation of listed manual fire alarm box protective covers to prevent malicious 238 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( ITHR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS false alarms or to provide the manual fire alarm box with protection from physical damage The protective cover shall be transparent or red in color with a trans- parent face to permit visibility of the manual fire alarm box Each cover shall include proper operating instruc- tions A protective cover that emits a local alarm signal shall not be installed unless approved Protective cov- ers shall not project more than that permitted by Sec- tion 1003 3 3 [F] 907.4.2.6 Unobstructed and unobscured. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be provided with ready access, unobstructed, unobscured and visible at all times [F] 907.4.3 Automatic smoke detection. Where an auto- matic smoke detection system is required it shall utilize smoke detectors unless ambient conditions prohibit such an installation In spaces where smoke detectors cannot be utilized due to ambient conditions, approved automatic heat detectors shall be permitted [F] 907.4.3.1 Automatic sprinkler system. For condi- tions other than specific fire safety functions noted in Section 907 3, in areas where ambient conditions pro- hibit the installation of smoke detectors, an automatic sprinkler system installed in such areas in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 and that is con- nected to the fire alarm system shall be approved as automatic heat detection [F] 907.5 Occupant notification systems. A fire alarm sys- tem shall annunciate at the fire alarm control unit and shall initiate occupant notification upon activation, in accordance with Sections 907 5 1 through 907 5 2 3 3 Where a fire alarm system is required by another section of this code, it shall be activated by 1 Automatic fire detectors 2 Automatic sprinkler system waterflow devices 3 Manual fire alarm boxes 4 Automatic fire -extinguishing systems Exception: Where notification systems are allowed else- where in Section 907 to annunciate at a constantly attendedlocation [F] 907.5.1 Presignal feature. A presignal feature shall not be installed unless approved by the fire code official Where a presignal feature is provided, a signal shall be annunciated at a constantly attended location approved by the fire code official so that occupant notification can be activated in the event of fire or other emergency [F] 907.5.2 Alarm notification appliances. Alarm notifi- cation appliances shall be provided and shall be listed for their purpose [F] 907.5.2.1 Audible alarms. Audible alarm notifica- tion appliances shall be provided and emit a distinctive sound that is not to be used for any purpose other than that of a fire alarm Exceptions: 1 Audible alarm notification appliances are not required in critical care areas of Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies that are in compli- ance with Section 907 2 6, Exception 2 2 A visible alarm notification appliance installed in a nurses' control station or other contmu- ously attended staff location in a Group I-2, Condition 2 suite shall be an acceptable alter- native to the installation of audible alarm noti- fication appliances throughout the suite in Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies that are in compliance with Section 907 2 6, Exception 2 3 Where provided, audible notification appli- ances located in each enclosed occupant evac- uation elevator lobby in accordance with Section 3008 9 1 shall be connected to a sepa- rate notification zone for manual paging only [F] 907.5.2.1.1 Average sound pressure. The audi- ble alarm notification appliances shall provide a sound pressure level of 15 decibels (dBA) above the average ambient sound level or 5 dBA above the maximum sound level having a duration of not less than 60 seconds, whichever is greater, in every occupiable space within the building [F] 907.5.2.1.2 Maximum sound pressure. The maximum sound pressure level for audible alarm notification appliances shall be 110 dBA at the min- imum hearing distance from the audible appliance Where the average ambient noise is greater than 95 dBA, visible alarm notification appliances shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 72 and audible alarm notification appliances shall not be required [F] 907.5.2.2 Emergency voice/alarm communica- tion systems. Emergency voice/alarm communication systems required by this code shall be designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 72 The operation of any automatic fire detector, sprinkler waterflow device or manual fire alarm box shall automatically sound an alert tone followed by voice instructions giving approved information and directions for a general or staged evacuation in accordance with the building's fire safety and evacuation plans required by Section 404 of the International Fire Code In lugh-rise buildings, the system shall operate on at least the alarming floor, the floor above and the floor below Speakers shall be pro- vided throughout the building by paging zones At a minimum, paging zones shall be provided as follows 1 Elevator groups 2 Interior exit stairways 3 Each floor 4 Areas of refuge as defined in Chapter 2 Exception: In Group I-1 and I-2 occupancies, the alarm shall sound in a constantly attended area and a general occupant notification shall be broadcast over the overhead page [F] 907.5.2.2.1 Manual override. A manual over- ride for emergency voice communication shall be provided on a selective and all -call basis for all pag- ing zones 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 239 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS [F] 907.5.2.2.2 Live voice messages. The emer- gency voice/alarm communication system shall have the capability to broadcast live voice messages by paging zones on a selective and all -call basis [F] 907.5.2.2.3 Alternative uses. The emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be allowed to be used for other announcements, provided that the manual fire alarm use takes precedence over any other use [F] 907.5.2.2.4 Emergency voice/alarm communi- cation captions. Where stadiums, arenas and grand- stands have 15,000 fixed seats or more and provide audible public announcements, the emergency voice/alarm communication system shall provide prerecorded or real-time captions Prerecorded or live emergency captions shall be from an approved location constantly attended by personnel trained to respond to an emergency [F] 907.5.2.2.5 Emergency power. Emergency voice/alarm communications systems shall be pro- vided with emergency power in accordance with Section 2702 The system shall be capable of power- ing the required load for a duration of not less than 24 hours, as required in NFPA 72 [F] 907.5.2.3 Visible alarms. Visible alarm notifica- tion appliances shall be provided in accordance with Sections 907 5 2 3 1 through 907 5 2 3 3 Exceptions: 1 Visible alarm notification appliances are not required in alterations, except where an exist - mg fire alarm system is upgraded or replaced, or a new fire alarm system is installed 2 Visible alarm notification appliances shall not be required in exits as defined in Chapter 2 3 Visible alarm notification appliances shall not be required in elevator cars 4 Visual alarm notification appliances are not required in critical care areas of Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies that are in compli- ance with Section 907 2 6, Exception 2 [F] 907.5.2.3.1 Public use areas and common use areas. Visible alarm notification appliances shall be provided m public use areas and common use areas Exception: Where employee work areas have audible alarm coverage, the notification appli- ance circuits serving the employee work areas shall be initially designed with not less than 20- percent spare capacity to account for the potential of adding visible notification appliances in the future to accommodate hearing -impaired employee(s) [F] 907.5.2.3.2 Groups I-1 and R-L Habitable spaces in dwelling units and sleeping units in Group I-1 and R-1 occupancies in accordance with Table 907 5 2 3 2 shall be provided with visible alarm notification Visible alarms shall be activated by the in -room smoke alarm and the building fire alarm system [F] TABLE 907.5.2.3.2 VISIBLE ALARMS NUMBER OF SLEEP UNITS SLEEPING ACCOMMODATIONS WITH VISIBLE ALARMS 6 to 25 2 26 to 50 4 51 to 75 7 76 to 100 9 101 to 150 12 151 to 200 14 201 to 300 17 301 to 400 20 401 to 500 22 501 to 1,000 5% of total 1,001 and over 50 plus 3 for each 100 over 1,000 [F] 907.5.2.3.3 Group R-2.In Group R-2 occupan- cies required by Section 907 to have a fire alarm system, each story that contains dwelling units and sleeping units shall be provided with the capability to support visible alarm notification appliances in accordance with Chapter 10 of ICC Al17 1 Such capability shall accommodate wired or wireless equipment The future capability shall include one of the following 1 The interconnection of the building fire alarm system with the unit smoke alarms 2 The replacement of audible appliances with combination audible/visible appliances 3 The future extension of the existing wiring from the unit smoke alarm locations to required locations for visible appliances [F] 907.6 Installation and monitoring. A fire alarm system shall be installed and monitored in accordance with Sections 907 61 through 907 6 6 2 and NFPA 72 [F] 907.6.1 Wiring. Wiring shall comply with the require- ments of NFPA 70 and NFPA 72 Wireless protection sys- tems utilizing radio -frequency transmitting devices shall comply with the special requirements for supervision of low -power wireless systems in NFPA 72 [F] 907.6.2 Power supply. The primary and secondary power supply for the fire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 72 Exception: Back-up power for single -station and mul- tiple -station smoke alarms as required in Section 9072106 [F] 907.6.3 Initiating device identification. The fire alarm system shall identify the specific mitiating device address, location, device type, floor level where applicable 240 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill [ [ C'p IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( RR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS and status including indication of normal, alarm, trouble and supervisory status, as appropriate Exceptions: 1 Fire alarm systems in single -story buildings less than 22,500 square feet (2090 m') in area 2 Fire alarm systems that only include manual fire alarm boxes, waterflow initiating devices and not more than 10 additional alarm-imtiatmg devices 3 Special initiating devices that do not support indi- vidual device identification 4 Fire alarm systems or devices that are replacing existing equipment [F] 907.6.3.1 Annunciation. The initiating device sta- tus shall be annunciated at an approved on -site loca- tion [F] 907.6.4 Zones. Each floor shall be zoned separately and a zone shall not exceed 22,500 square feet (2090 m') The length of any zone shall not exceed 300 feet (91 440 mm) in any direction Exception: Automatic sprinkler system zones shall not exceed the area permitted by NFPA 13 [F] 907.6.4.1 Zoning indicator panel. A zoning indi- cator panel and the associated controls shall be pro- vided in an approved location The visual zone indication shall lock in until the system is reset and shall not be canceled by the operation of an audible - alarm silencing switch [F] 907.6.4.2 High-rise buildings. In lugh-rise build- ings, a separate zone by floor shall be provided for each of the following types of alarm-mitiating devices where provided 1 Smoke detectors 2 Sprinkler waterflow devices 3 Manual fire alarm boxes 4 Other approved types of automatic fire detection devices or suppression systems [F] 907.6.5 Access. Access shall be provided to each fire alarm device and notification appliance for periodic inspection, maintenance and testing [F] 907.6.6 Monitoring. Fire alarm systems required by this chapter or by the International Fire Code shall be monitored by an approved supervising station in accor- dance with NFPA 72 Exception: Monitoring by a supervising station is not required for 1 Single- and multiple -station smoke alarms required by Section 907 2 10 2 Smoke detectors in Group I-3 occupancies 3 Automatic sprinkler systems in one- and two- family dwellings [F] 907.6.6.1 Automatic telephone -dialing devices. Automatic telephone -dialing devices used to transmit an emergency alarm shall not be connected to any fire department telephone number unless approved by the fire chief [F] 907.6.6.2 Termination of monitoring service. Termination of fire alarm monitoring services shall be in accordance with Section 901 9 of the International Fire Code [F] 907.7 Acceptance tests and completion. Upon comple- tion of the installation, the fire alarm system and all fire alarm components shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 72 [F] 907.7.1 Single- and multiple -station alarm devices. When the installation of the alarm devices is complete, each device and interconnecting wiring for multiple -sta- tion alarm devices shall be tested in accordance with the smoke alarm provisions of NFPA 72 [F] 907.7.2 Record of completion. A record of comple- tion in accordance with NFPA 72 verifying that the system has been installed and tested in accordance with the approved plans and specifications shall be provided [F] 907.7.3 Instructions. Operating, testing and mainte- nance instructions and record drawings (as-builts") and equipment specifications shall be provided at an approved location [F] 907.8Inspection, testing and maintenance. The mainte- nance and testing schedules and procedures for fire alarm and fire detection systems shall be in accordance with Section 907 8 of the International Fire Code SECTION 908 EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEMS [F] 908.1 Group H occupancies. Emergency alarms for the detection and notification of an emergency condition in Group H occupancies shall be provided in accordance with Section 415 5 [F] 908.2 Group H-5 occupancy. Emergency alarms for notification of an emergency condition in an HIM facility shall be provided as required in Section 415 11 3 5 SECTION 909 SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS [F] 909.1 Scope and purpose. This section applies to mechanical or passive smoke control systems where they are required by other provisions of this code The purpose of this section is to establish minimum requirements for the design, installation and acceptance testing of smoke control systems that are intended to provide a tenable environment for the evacuation or relocation of occupants These provisions are not intended for the preservation of contents, the timely resto- ration of operations or for assistance in fire suppression or overhaul activities Smoke control systems regulated by this section serve a different purpose than the smoke- and heat - removal provisions found in Section 910 Mechanical smoke control systems shall not be considered exhaust systems under Chapter 5 of the International Mechanical Code [F] 909.2 General design requirements. Buildings, struc- tures or parts thereof required by this code to have a smoke control system or systems shall have such systems designed 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 241 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 909 and the generally accepted and well -established princi- ples of engineering relevant to the design The construction documents shall include sufficient information and detail to adequately describe the elements of the design necessary for the proper implementation of the smoke control systems These documents shall be accompamed by sufficient mfor- mation and analysis to demonstrate compliance with these provisions [F] 909.3 Special inspection and test requirements. In addition to the ordinary inspection and test requirements that buildings, structures and parts thereof are required to undergo, smoke control systems subject to the provisions of Section 909 shall undergo special inspections and tests suffi- cient to verify the proper commissioning of the smoke control design in its final installed condition The design submission accompanying the construction documents shall clearly detail procedures and methods to be used and the items subject to such inspections and tests Such commissioning shall be in accordance with generally accepted engineering practice and, where possible, based on published standards for the particu- lar testing involved The special inspections and tests required by this section shall be conducted under the same terms in Section 1704 [F] 909.4 Analysis. A rational analysis supporting the types of smoke control systems to be employed, their methods of operation, the systems supporting them and the methods of construction to be utilized shall accompany the submitted construction documents and shall include, but not be limited to, the items indicated in Sections 909 4 1 through 909 4 7 [F] 909.4.1 Stack effect. The system shall be designed such that the maximum probable normal or reverse stack effect will not adversely interfere with the system's capa- bilities In determining the maximum probable stack effect, altitude, elevation, weather history and interior temperatures shall be used [F] 909.4.2 Temperature effect of fire. Buoyancy and expansion caused by the design fire in accordance with Section 909 9 shall be analyzed The system shall be designed such that these effects do not adversely interfere with the system's capabilities [F] 909.4.3 Wind effect. The design shall consider the adverse effects of wind Such consideration shall be con- sistent with the wind -loading provisions of Chapter 16 [F] 909.4.4 HVAC systems. The design shall consider the effects of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems on both smoke and fire transport The analysis shall include all permutations of systems status The design shall consider the effects of the fire on the HVAC systems [F] 909.4.5 Climate. The design shall consider the effects of low temperatures on systems, property and occupants Air inlets and exhausts shall be located so as to prevent snow or lee blockage [F] 909.4.6 Duration of operation. All portions of active or engineered smoke control systems shall be capable of continued operation after detection of the fire event for a period of not less than either 20 minutes or 1 5 times the calculated egress time, whichever is greater 909.4.7 Smoke control system interaction. The design shall consider the interaction effects of the operation of multiple smoke control systems for all design scenarios [F] 909.5 Smoke barrier construction. Smoke barriers required for passive smoke control and a smoke control sys- tem using the pressurization method shall comply with Sec- tion 709 The maximum allowable leakage area shall be the aggregate area calculated using the following leakage area ratios 1 Walls A/Aw = 0 00100 2 Interior exit stairways and ramps and exztpassageways Al/A,, = 0 00035 3 Enclosed exit access stairways and ramps and all other shafts A/A,y = 0 00150 4 Floors and roofs A/AF = 0 00050 where A = Total leakage area, square feet (m) AF = Unit floor or roof area of barrier, square feet (m) Al,, = Unit wall area of barrier, square feet (m) The leakage area ratios shown do not include openings due to gaps around doors and operable windows The total leak- age area of the smoke barrier shall be determined in accor- dance with Section 909 5 1 and tested in accordance with Section 909 5 2 [F] 909.5.1 Total leakage area. Total leakage area of the barrier is the product of the smoke barrier gross area mul- tiplied by the allowable leakage area ratio, plus the area of other openings such as gaps around doors and operable windows [F] 909.5.2 Testing of leakage area. Compliance with the maximum total leakage area shall be determined by achieving the mimmum air pressure difference across the barrier with the system in the smoke control mode for mechanical smoke control systems utilizing the pressur- ization method Compliance with the maximum total leak- age area of passive smoke control systems shall be verified through methods such as door fan testing or other meth- ods, as approved by the fire code official [F] 909.5.3 Opening protection. Openings in smoke bar- ners shall be protected by automatic -closing devices actu- ated by the required controls for the mechanical smoke control system Door openings shall be protected by fire door assemblies complying with Section 716 Exceptions: 1 Passive smoke control systems with automatic - closing devices actuated by spot -type smoke detectors listed for releasing service installed in accordance with Section 907 3 2 Fixed openings between smoke zones that are protected utilizing the awflow method 3 In Group I-1, Condition 2, Group I-2, and ambu- latory care facilities, where a pair of opposite- 242 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 CITy IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I (fiTER I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS swinging doors are installed across a corridor in accordance with Section 909 5 3 1, the doors shall not be required to be protected in accor- dance with Section 716 The doors shall be close - fitting within operational tolerances and shall not have a center mullion or undercuts in excess of inch (19 1 mm), louvers or grilles The doors shall have head and jamb stops and astragals or rabbets at meeting edges and, where permitted by the door manufacturer's listing, positive -latching devices are not required 4 In Group I-2 and ambulatory care facilities, where such doors are special-purpose horizontal sliding, accordion or folding door assemblies installed in accordance with Section 1010 14 3 and are automatic closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section 716 2 6 5 5 Group I-3 6 Openings between smoke zones with clear ceil- ing heights of 14 feet (4267 mm) or greater and bank -down capacity of greater than 20 minutes as determined by the design fire size 909.5.3.1 Group I-1, Condition 2; Group I-2; and ambulatory care facilities. In Group I-1, Condition 2, Group I-2, and ambulatory care facilities, where doors are installed across a corridor, the doors shall be auto- matic closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section 716 2 6 5 and shall have a vision panel with fire -protection -rated glazing materials in fire protec- tion -rated frames, the area of which shall not exceed that tested [F] 909.5.3.2 Ducts and air transfer openings. Ducts and air transfer openings are required to be protected with a minimum Class II, 250°F (121°C) smoke damper complying with Section 717 [F] 909.6 Pressurization method. The primary mechanical means of controlling smoke shall be by pressure differences across smoke barriers Maintenance of a tenable environment is not required in the smoke control zone of fire origin [F] 909.6.1 Minimum pressure difference. The pressure difference across a smoke barrier used to separate smoke zones shall be not less than 0 05-inch water gage (0 0124 kPa) in fully sprmklered buildings In buildings permitted to be other than fully sprm- klered, the smoke control system shall be designed to achieve pressure differences not less than two times the maximum calculated pressure difference produced by the design fire [F] 909.6.2 Maximum pressure difference. The maxi- mum air pressure difference across a smoke barrier shall be determined by required door -opening or closing forces The actual force required to open exit doors when the sys- tem is in the smoke control mode shall be in accordance with Section 10101 3 Opening and closing forces for other doors shall be determined by standard engineering methods for the resolution of forces and reactions The calculated force to set a side -hinged, swinging door in motion shall be determined by F=FdL+K(WAOP)12(w-d) (Equation9-1) where A = Door area, square feet (m') d = Distance from door handle to latch edge of door, feet (m) F = Total door opening force, pounds (I) F,— Force required to overcome closing device, pounds K = Coefficient 5 2 (1 0) W = Door width, feet (m) AP = Design pressure difference, inches of water (Pa) [F] 909.6.3 Pressurized stairways and elevator hoist - ways. Where stairways or elevator hoistways are pressur- ized, such pressurization systems shall comply with Section 909 as smoke control systems, in addition to the requirements of Sections 909 20 of this code and 909 21 of the International Fire Code [F] 909.7 Airflow design method. Where approved by the fire code official, smoke migration through openings fixed in a permanently open position, which are located between smoke control zones by the use of the airflow method, shall be permitted The design airflow shall be in accordance with this section Airflow shall be directed to limit smoke migra- tion from the fire zone The geometry of openings shall be considered to prevent flow reversal from turbulent effects Smoke control systems using the airflow method shall be designed in accordance with NFPA 92 [F] 909.7.1 Prohibited conditions. This method shall not be employed where either the quantity of air or the veloc- ity of the airflow will adversely affect other portions of the smoke control system, unduly intensify the fire, disrupt plume dynamics or interfere with exiting Airflow toward the fire shall not exceed 200 feet per minute (1 02 m/s) Where the calculated airflow exceeds this limit, the air- flow method shall not be used [F] 909.8 Exhaust method. Where approved by the fire code official, mechanical smoke control for large enclosed vol- umes, such as in atriums or malls, shall be permitted to utilize the exhaust method Smoke control systems using the exhaust method shall be designed in accordance with NFPA 92 [F] 909.8.1 Smoke layer. The height of the lowest hori- zontal surface of the smoke layer interface shall be main- tained not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) above a walking surface that forms a portion of a required egress system within the smoke zone [F] 909.9 Design fire. The design fire shall be based on a rational analysis performed by the registered design profes- sional and approved by the fire code official The design fire shall be based on the analysis in accordance with Section 909 4 and this section 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 243 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS [F] 909.9.1 Factors considered. The engineering analysis shall include the characteristics of the fuel, fuel load, effects included by the fire and whether the fire is likely to be steady or unsteady [F] 909.9.2 Design fire fuel. Determination of the design fire shall include consideration of the type of fuel, fuel spacing and configuration [F] 909.9.3 Heat -release assumptions. The analysis shall make use of best available data from approved sources and shall not be based on excessively stringent limitations of combustible material [F] 909.9.4 Sprinkler effectiveness assumptions. A doc- umented engineering analysis shall be provided for condi- tions that assume fire growth is halted at the time of sprinkler activation [F] 909.10 Equipment. Equipment including, but not limited to, fans, ducts, automatic dampers and balance dampers, shall be suitable for its intended use, suitable for the probable exposure temperatures that the rational analysis indicates and as approved by the fire code official [F] 909.10.1 Exhaust fans. Components of exhaust fans shall be rated and certified by the manufacturer for the probable temperature rise to which the components will be exposed Tlus temperature rise shall be computed by T = (Q,Imc) + (TD where (Equation 9-2) = Specific heat of smoke at smoke layer temperature, Btu/lb°F (kJ/kg • K) in = Exhaust rate, pounds per second (kg/s) QL = Convective heat output of fire, Btu/s (kW) TG = Ambient temperature, °F (K) T = Smoke temperature, °F (K) Exception: Reduced T, as calculated based on the assurance of adequate dilution air [F] 909.10.2 Ducts. Duct materials and joints shall be capable of withstanding the probable temperatures and pressures to which they are exposed as determmed in accordance with Section 909 10 1 Ducts shall be con- structed and supported in accordance with the Intema- tional Mechanical Code Ducts shall be leak tested to 1 5 tunes the maximum design pressure in accordance with nationally accepted practices Measured leakage shall not exceed 5 percent of design flow Results of such testing shall be a part of the documentation procedure Ducts shall be supported directly from fire -resistance -rated structural elements of the building by substantial, noncombustible supports Exception: Flexible connections, for the purpose of vibration isolation, complying with the International Mechanical Code and that are constructed of approved fire -resistance -rated materials [F] 909.10.3 Equipment, inlets and outlets. Equipment shall be located so as to not expose uninvolved portions of the building to an additional fire hazard Outside au inlets shall be located so as to minimize the potential for intro- ducing smoke or flame into the building Exhaust outlets shall be so located as to minimize reintroduction of smoke into the building and to limit exposure of the building or adjacent buildings to an additional fire hazard [F] 909.10.4 Automatic dampers. Automatic dampers, regardless of the purpose for which they are installed within the smoke control system, shall be listed and con- form to the requirements of approved recognized stan- dards [F] 909.10.5 Fans. In addition to other requirements, belt - driven fans shall have 1 5 times the number of belts required for the design duty, with the minimum number of belts being two Fans shall be selected for stable perfor- mance based on normal temperature and, where applica- ble, elevated temperature Calculations and manufacturer's fan curves shall be part of the documentation procedures Fans shall be supported and restrained by noncombustible devices in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 16 Motors driving fans shall not be operated beyond their nameplate horsepower (kilowatts), as determined from measurement of actual current draw, and shall have a min- imum service factor of 1 15 [F] 909.11 Standby power. Smoke control systems shall be provided with standby power in accordance with Section 2702 909.11.1 Equipment room. The standby power source and its transfer switches shall be in a room separate from the normal power transformers and switch gears and venti- lated directly to and from the exterior The room shall be enclosed with not less than 1-hour fire barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both [F] 909.11.2 Power sources and power surges. Elements of the smoke control system relying on volatile memories or the like shall be supplied with unmterruptable power sources of sufficient duration to span 15-mmute primary power interruption Elements of the smoke control system susceptible to power surges shall be suitably protected by conditioners, suppressors or other approved means [F] 909.12 Detection and control systems. Fire detection systems providing control input or output signals to mecham- cal smoke control systems or elements thereof shall comply with the requirements of Section 907 Such systems shall be equipped with a control unit complying with UL 864 and listed as smoke control equipment 909.12.1 Verification. Control systems for mechanical smoke control systems shall include provisions for verifi- cation Verification shall include positive confirmation of actuation, testing, manual override and the presence of power downstream of all disconnects A preprogrammed weekly test sequence shall report abnormal conditions audibly, visually and by printed report The prepro- grammed weekly test shall operate all devices, equipment and components used for smoke control Exception: Where verification of individual compo- nents tested through the preprogrammed weekly testing 244 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 CITy IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( Fa I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS sequence will interfere with, and produce unwanted effects to, normal building operation, such individual components are permitted to be bypassed from the pre- programmed weekly testing, where approved by the building official and in accordance with both of the fol- lowing 1 Where the operation of components is bypassed from the preprogrammed weekly test, presence of power downstream of all disconnects shall be verified weekly by a listed control unit 2 Testing of all components bypassed from the pre- programmed weekly test shall be in accordance with Section 909 20 6 of the International Fire Code [F] 909.12.2 Wiring. In addition to meeting requirements of NFPA 70, all wiring, regardless of voltage, shall be fully enclosed within continuous raceways [F] 909.12.3 Activation. Smoke control systems shall be activated in accordance with this section [F] 909.12.3.1 Pressurization, airflow or exhaust method. Mechanical smoke control systems using the pressurization, airflow or exhaust method shall have completely automatic control [F] 909.12.3.2 Passive method. Passive smoke control systems actuated by approved spot -type detectors listed for releasing service shall be perm tried [F] 909.12.4 Automatic control. Where completely auto- matic control is required or used, the automatic -control sequences shall be initiated from an appropriately zoned automatic sprinkler system complying with Section 903 3 1 1, manual controls provided with ready access for the fire department and any smoke detectors required by engineering analysis [F] 909.13 Control air tubing. Control au tubing shall be of sufficient size to meet the required response times Tubing shall be flushed clean and dry prior to final connections and shall be adequately supported and protected from damage Tubing passing through concrete or masonry shall be sleeved and protected from abrasion and electrolytic action [F] 909.13.1 Materials. Control -au tubing shall be hard - drawn copper, Type L, ACR in accordance with ASTM B42, ASTM B43, ASTM B68, ASTM B88, ASTM B251 and ASTM B280 Fittings shall be wrought copper or brass, solder type in accordance with ASME B16 18 or ASME B16 22 Changes in direction shall be made with appropriate tool bends Brass compression -type fittings shall be used at final connection to devices, other joints shall be brazed using a BCuP-5 brazing alloy with solidus above 1,100°F (593°C) and liquids below I'500°F (816°C) Brazing flux shall be used on copper -to -brass joints only Exception: Nonmetallic tubing used within control panels and at the final connection to devices provided that all of the following conditions are met 1 Tubing shall comply with the requirements of Section 602 2 1 3 of the International Mechani- cal Code 2 Tubing and connected devices shall be com- pletely enclosed within a galvanized or paint - grade steel enclosure having a mimmum thick- ness of 0 0296 inch (0 7534 mm) (No 22 gage) Entry to the enclosure shall be by copper tubing with a protective grommet of neoprene or Teflon or by suitable brass compression to male barbed adapter 3 Tubing shall be identified by appropriately docu- mented coding 4 Tubing shall be neatly tied and supported within the enclosure Tubing bridging cabinets and doors or moveable devices shall be of sufficient length to avoid tension and excessive stress Tub- ing shall be protected against abrasion Tubing connected to devices on doors shall be fastened along hinges [F] 909.13.2 Isolation from other functions. Control tub- ing serving other than smoke control functions shall be isolated by automatic isolation valves or shall be an inde- pendent system [F] 909.13.3 Testing. Control air tubing shall be tested at three times the operating pressure for not less than 30 min- utes without any noticeable loss in gauge pressure prior to final connection to devices [F] 909.14 Marking and identification. The detection and control systems shall be clearly marked at all junctions, accesses and term mations [F] 909.15 Control diagrams. Identical control diagrams showing all devices in the system and identifying their loca- tion and function shall be maintained current and kept on file with the fire code official, the fire department and in the fire command center in a format and manner approved by the fire code official [F] 909.16 Fire fighter's smoke control panel. A fire fighter's smoke control panel for fire department emergency response purposes only shall be provided and shall include manual control or override of automatic control for mechani- cal smoke control systems The panel shall be located in a fire command center complying with Section 911 in high-rise buildings or buildings with smoke -protected assembly seat- ing In all other buildings, the fire fighter's smoke control panel shall be installed in an approved location adjacent to the fire alarm control panel The fire fighter's smoke control panel shall comply with Sections 909 16 1 through 909 16 3 [F] 909.16.1 Smoke control systems. Fans within the building shall be shown on the fire fighter's control panel A clear indication of the direction of airflow and the rela- tionship of components shall be displayed Status indica- tors shall be provided for all smoke control equipment, annunciated by fan and zone, and by pilot -lamp -type mdJ- cators as follows 1 Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in their normal status WHITE 2 Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in their off or closed status RED 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 245 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS 3 Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in their on or open status ---GREEN 4 Fans, dampers and other operating equipment in a fault status—YELLOW/AMBER [F] 909.16.2 Smoke control panel. The fire fighter's con- trol panel shall provide control capability over the com- plete smoke control system equipment within the building as follows ON -AUTO -OFF control over each individual piece of operating smoke control equipment that can be controlled from other sources within the building This includes stairway pressurization fans, smoke exhaust fans, supply, return and exhaust fans, eleva- tor shaft fans and other operating equipment used or intended for smoke control purposes OPEN -AUTO -CLOSE control over individual dampers relating to smoke control and that are con- trolled from other sources within the building ON -OFF or OPEN -CLOSE control over smoke con- trol and other critical equipment associated with a fire or smoke emergency and that can only be con- trolled from the fire fighter's control panel Exceptions 1 Complex systems, where approved, where the controls and indicators are combined to control and indicate all elements of a single smoke zone as a unit 2 Complex systems, where approved, where the control is accomplished by computer interface using approved, plain English commands [F] 909.16.3 Control action and priorities. The fire- fighter's control panel actions shall be as follows ON -OFF and OPEN -CLOSE control actions shall have the highest priority of any control point within the building Once issued from the fire fighter's con- trol panel, automatic or manual control from any other control point within the building shall not con- tradict the control action Where automatic means are provided to interrupt normal, nonemergency equipment operation or produce a specific result to safeguard the building or equipment including, but not limited to, duct freezestats, duct smoke detec- tors, high -temperature cutouts, temperature -actuated linkage and similar devices, such means shall be capable of being overridden by the fire fighter's control panel The last control action as indicated by each fire fighter's control panel switch position shall prevail Control actions shall not require the smoke control system to assume more than one configura- tion at any one time Exception: Power disconnects required by NFPA 70 2 Only the AUTO position of each three -position fire- fighter's control panel switch shall allow automatic or manual control action from other control points within the building The AUTO position shall be the NORMAL, nonemergency, building control posi- tion Where a fire fighter's control panel is in the AUTO position, the actual status of the device (on, off, open, closed) shall continue to be indicated by the status indicator described in Section 909 16 1 Where directed by an automatic signal to assume an emergency condition, the NORMAL position shall become the emergency condition for that device or group of devices within the zone Control actions shall not require the smoke control system to assume more than one configuration at any one time [F] 909.17 System response time. Smoke -control system activation shall be initiated immediately after receipt of an appropriate automatic or manual activation command Smoke control systems shall activate individual components (such as dampers and fans) in the sequence necessary to prevent phys- ical damage to the fans, dampers, ducts and other equipment For purposes of smoke control, the fire fighter's control panel response time shall be the same for automatic or manual smoke control action initiated from any other building control point The total response time, including that necessary for detection, shutdown of operating equipment and smoke con- trol system startup, shall allow for full operational mode to be achieved before the conditions in the space exceed the design smoke condition The system response time for each compo- nent and their sequential relationships shall be detailed in the required rational analysis and verification of their installed condition reported in the required final report [F] 909.18 Acceptance testing. Devices, equipment, compo- nents and sequences shall be individually tested These tests, in addition to those required by other provisions of this code, shall consist of determmation of function, sequence and, where applicable, capacity of their installed condition [F] 909.18.1 Detection devices. Smoke or fire detectors that are a part of a smoke control system shall be tested in accordance with Chapter 9 in their installed condition Where applicable, this testing shall include verification of airflow in both minimum and maximum conditions [F] 909.18.2 Ducts. Ducts that are part of a smoke control system shall be traversed using generally accepted prac- tices to determme actual air quantities [F] 909.18.3 Dampers. Dampers shall be tested for func- tion in their installed condition [F] 909.18.4 Inlets and outlets. Inlets and outlets shall be read using generally accepted practices to determine air quantities [F] 909.18.5 Fans. Fans shall be examined for correct rotation Measurements of voltage, amperage, revolutions per minute (rpm) and belt tension shall be made [F] 909.18.6 Smoke barriers. Measurements using inclined manometers or other approved calibrated measur- ing devices shall be made of the pressure differences across smoke barriers Such measurements shall be con- ducted for each possible smoke control condition [F] 909.18.7 Controls. Each smoke zone equipped with an automatic -initiation device shall be put into operation by the actuation of one such device Each additional device within the zone shall be verified to cause the same sequence without requiring the operation of fan motors in 246 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS order to prevent damage Control sequences shall be veri- fied throughout the system, including verification of over- ride from the fire fighter's control panel and simulation of standby power conditions [E] 909.18.8 Testing for smoke control. Smoke control systems shall be tested by a special inspector in accor- dance with Section 1705 18 [E] 909.18.8.1 Scope of testing. Testing shall be con- ducted in accordance with the following 1 During erection of ductwork and prior to conceal- ment for the purposes of leakage testing and recording of device location 2 Prior to occupancy and after sufficient comple- tion for the purposes of pressure -difference test- ing, flow measurements, and detection and control verification [E] 909.18.8.2 Qualifications. Approved agencies for smoke control testing shall have expertise in fire pro- tection engineering, mechanical engineering and certi- fication as air balancers [F] 909.18.8.3 Reports. A complete report of testing shall be prepared by the approved agency The report shall include identification of all devices by manufac- turer, nameplate data, design values, measured values and identification tag or mark The report shall be reviewed by the responsible registered design profes- sional and, when satisfied that the design intent has been achieved, the responsible registered design pro- fessional shall sign, seal and date the report [E] 909.18.8.3.1 Report filing. A copy of the final report shall be filed with the fire code official and an identical copy shall be maintained in an approved location at the building [F] 909.18.9 Identification and documentation. Charts, drawings and other documents identifying and locating each component of the smoke control system, and describ- ing its proper function and maintenance requirements, shall be maintained on file at the building as an attachment to the report required by Section 909 18 8 3 Devices shall have an approved identifying tag or mark on them consis- tent with the other required documentation and shall be dated indicating the last tune they were successfully tested and by whom [E] 909.19 System acceptance. Buildings, or portions thereof, required by this code to comply with this section shall not be issued a certificate of occupancy until such time that the fire code official determines that the provisions of this section have been fully complied with and that the fire department has received satisfactory instruction on the opera- tion, both automatic and manual, of the system and a written maintenance program complying with the requirements of Section 909 20 1 of the International Fire Code has been submitted and approved by the fire code official Exception: In buildings of phased construction, a tempo- rary certificate of occupancy, as approved by the fire code official, shall be allowed provided that those portions of the building to be occupied meet the requirements of this section and that the remainder does not pose a significant hazard to the safety of the proposed occupants or adjacent buildings 909.20 Smokeproof enclosures. Where required by Section 1023 11, a smokeproof enclosure shall be constructed in accordance with this section A smokeproof enclosure shall consist of an interior exitstairway or ramp that is enclosed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 1023 and an open exterior balcony or ventilated vestibule meeting the requirements of this section Where access to the roof is required by the International Fire Code, such access shall be from the smokeproof enclosure where a smokeproof enclo- sure is required 909.20.1 Access. Access to the stairway or ramp shall be by way of a vestibule or an open exterior balcony The minimum dimension of the vestibule shall be not less than the required width of the corridor leading to the vestibule but shall not have a width of less than 44 inches (1118 mm) and shall not have a length of less than 72 inches (1829 mm) in the direction of egress travel 909.20.2 Construction. The smokeproof enclosure shall be separated from the remainder of the building by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accor- dance with Section 711, or both Openings are not permJt- ted other than the required means of egress doors The vestibule shall be separated from the stairway or ramp by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accor- dance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies con- structed in accordance with Section 711, or both The open exterior balcony shall be constructed in accordance with the fire -resistance rating requirements for floor assem- blies 909.20.2.1 Door closers. Doors in a smokeproof enclo- sure shall be self- or automatic closing by actuation of a smoke detector in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6 and shall be installed at the floor -side entrance to the smokeproof enclosure The actuation of the smoke detector on any door shall activate the closing devices on all doors in the smokeproof enclosure at all levels Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section 907 3 909.20.3 Natural ventilation alternative. The provisions of Sections 909 20 3 1 through 909 20 3 3 shall apply to ventilation of smokeproof enclosures by natural means 909.20.3.1 Balcony doors. Where access to the stair- way or ramp is by way of an open exterior balcony, the door assembly into the enclosure shall be a fire door assembly in accordance with Section 716 909.20.3.2 Vestibule doors. Where access to the stair- way or ramp is by way of a vestibule, the door assem- bly into the vestibule shall be a fire door assembly complying with Section 716 The door assembly from the vestibule to the stairway shall have not less than a 20-mmute fire protection rating complying with Sec- tion 716 909.20.3.3 Vestibule ventilation. Each vestibule shall have a minimum net area of 16 square feet (1 5 m') of opening in a wall facing an outer court, yard or public way that is not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) in width 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 247 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS 909.20.4 Mechanical ventilation alternative. The provi- sions of Sections 909 20 4 1 through 909 20 4 4 shall apply to ventilation of smokeproof enclosures by mechan- ical means 909.20.4.1 Vestibule doors. The door assembly from the building into the vestibule shall be a fire door assembly complying with Section 716 2 2 1 The door assembly from the vestibule to the stairway or ramp shall not have less than a 20-mmute fire protection rat- ing and shall meet the requirements for a smoke door assembly in accordance with Section 716 2 2 1 The door shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 105 909.20.4.2 Vestibule ventilation. The vestibule shall be supplied with not less than one air change per mm- me and the exhaust shall be not less than 150 percent of supply Supply air shall enter and exhaust air shall dis- charge from the vestibule through separate, tightly con- structed ducts used only for that purpose Supply air shall enter the vestibule within 6 inches (152 mm) of the floor level The top of the exhaust register shall be located at the top of the smoke trap but not more than 6 inches (152 mm) down from the top of the trap, and shall be entirely within the smoke trap area Doors in the open position shall not obstruct duct openings Duct openings with controlling dampers are permitted where necessary to meet the design requirements, but dampers are not otherwise required 909.20.4.2.1 Engineered ventilation system. Where a specially engineered system is used, the system shall exhaust a quantity of air equal to not less than 90 air changes per hour from any vestibule in the emergency operation mode and shall be sized to handle three vestibules simultaneously Smoke detectors shall be located at the floor -side entrance to each vestibule and shall activate the system for the affected vestibule Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section 907 3 909.20.4.3 Smoke trap. The vestibule ceiling shall be not less than 20 inches (508 mm) higher than the door opening into the vestibule to serve as a smoke and heat trap and to provide an upward -moving air column The height shall not be decreased unless approved andjusti- fied by design and test 909.20.4.4 Stairway or ramp shaft air movement system. The stairway or ramp shaft shall be provided with a dampered relief opening and supplied with suffi- cient air to maintain a minimum positive pressure of 0 10 inch of water (25 Pa) in the shaft relative to the vestibule with all doors closed 909.20.5 Stairway and ramp pressurization alternative. Where the building is equipped throughout with an auto- matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, the vestibule is not required, provided that each interior exit stairway or ramp is pressurized to not less than 0 10 inch of water (25 Pa) and not more than 0 35 inches of water (87 Pa) in the shaft relative to the building measured with all interior exit stairway and ramp doors closed under maximum anticipated conditions of stack effect and wind effect 909.20.6 Ventilating equipment. The activation of venti- lating equipment required by the alternatives in Sections 909 20 4 and 909 20 5 shall be by smoke detectors installed at each floor level at an approved location at the entrance to the smokeproof enclosure When the closing device for the stairway and ramp shaft and vestibule doors is activated by smoke detection or power failure, the mechanical equipment shall activate and operate at the required performance levels Smoke detectors shall be installed in accordance with Section 907 3 909.20.6.1 Ventilation systems. Smokeproof enclo- sure ventilation systems shall be independent of other bwldmg ventilation systems The equipment, control wiring, power wiring and ductwork shall comply with one of the following 1 Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and ductwork shall be located exterior to the building and directly connected to the smokeproof enclo- sure or connected to the smokeproof enclosure by ductwork enclosed by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and ductwork shall be located within the smokeproof enclosure with intake or exhaust directly from and to the outside or through ductwork enclosed by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Sec- tion 711, or both Equipment, control wiring, power wiring and ductwork shall be located within the building if separated from the remainder of the building, including other mechanical equipment, by not less than 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Sec- tion 711, or both Exceptions: 1 Control wiring and power wiring located out- side of a 2-hour fire barrier construction shall be protected using any one of the following methods 11 Cables used for survivability of required critical circuits shall be listed in accordance with UL 2196 and shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours 1 2 Where encased with not less than 2 ' inches (51 mm) of concrete 13 Electrical circuit protective systems shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours Electrical circuit protective systems shall be installed in accordance with their listing requirements 248 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS 909.20.6.2 Standby power. Mechanical vestibule and stairway and ramp shaft ventilation systems and auto- matic fire detection systems shall be provided with standby power in accordance with Section 2702 909.20.6.3 Acceptance and testing. Before the mechanical equipment is approved, the system shall be tested in the presence of the building official to confirm that the system is operating in compliance with these requirements 909.21 Elevator hoistway pressurization alternative. Where elevator hoistway pressurization is provided in lieu of required enclosed elevator lobbies, the pressurization system shall comply with Sections 909 21 1 through 909 21 11 909.21.1 Pressurization requirements. Elevator hoist - ways shall be pressurized to maintain a minimum positive pressure of 0 10 inch of water (25 Pa) and a maximum positive pressure of 0 25 inch of water (67 Pa) with respect to adjacent occupied space on all floors This pressure shall be measured at the midpoint of each hoistway door, with all elevator cars at the floor of recall and all hoistway doors on the floor of recall open and all other hoistway doors closed The pressure differentials shall be measured between the hoistway and the adjacent elevator landing The opening and closing of hoistway doors at each level must be demonstrated during this test The supply air intake shall be from an outside, uncontaminated source located a minimum distance of 20 feet (6096 mm) from any air exhaust system or outlet Exceptions: 1 On floors containing only Group R occupancies, the pressure differential is permitted to be mea- sured between the hoistway and a dwelling unit or sleeping unit 2 Where an elevator opens into a lobby enclosed in accordance with Section 3007 6 or 3008 6, the pressure differential is permitted to be measured between the hoistway and the space immediately outside the door(s) from the floor to the enclosed lobby 3 The pressure differential is permitted to be mea- sured relative to the outdoor atmosphere on floors other than the following 3 1 The fire floor 3 2 The two floors immediately below the fire floor 33 The floor immediately above the fire floor 4 The minimum positive pressure of 010 inch of water (25 Pa) and a maximum positive pressure of 0 25 inch of water (67 Pa) with respect to occupied floors are not required at the floor of recall with the doors open 909.21.1.1 Use of ventilation systems. Ventilation sys- tems, other than hoistway supply air systems, are per- mitted to be used to exhaust air from adjacent spaces on the fire floor, two floors immediately below and one floor immediately above the fire floor to the building's exterior where necessary to maintain positive pressure relationships as required in Section 909 21 1 during operation of the elevator shaft pressurization system 909.21.2 Rational analysis. A rational analysis complying with Section 909 4 shall be submitted with the construc- tion documents 909.21.3 Ducts for system. Any duct system that is part of the pressurization system shall be protected with the same fire -resistance rating as required for the elevator shaft enclosure 909.21.4 Fan system. The fan system provided for the pressurization system shall be as required by Sections 909 21 4 1 through 909 214 4 909.21.4.1 Fire resistance. Where located within the building, the fan system that provides the pressurization shall be protected with the same fire -resistance rating required for the elevator shaft enclosure 909.21.4.2 Smoke detection. The fan system shall be equipped with a smoke detector that will automatically shut down the fan system when smoke is detected within the system 909.21.4.3 Separate systems. A separate fan system shall be used for each elevator hoistway 909.21.4.4 Fan capacity. The supply fan shall be either adjustable with a capacity of not less than 1,000 cfm (0 4719 m'/s) per door, or that specified by a registered design professional to meet the requirements of a designed pressurization system 909.21.5 Standby power. The pressurization system shall be provided with standby power in accordance with Sec- tion 2702 909.21.6 Activation of pressurization system. The eleva- tor pressurization system shall be activated upon activa- tion of either the building fire alarm system or the elevator lobby smoke detectors Where both a building fire alarm system and elevator lobby smoke detectors are present, each shall be independently capable of activating the pres- surization system 909.21.7 Testing. Testing for performance shall be required in accordance with Section 909 18 8 System acceptance shall be in accordance with Section 909 19 909.21.8 Marking and identification. Detection and con- trol systems shall be marked in accordance with Section 90914 909.21.9 Control diagrams. Control diagrams shall be provided in accordance with Section 909 15 909.21.10 Control panel. A control panel complying with Section 909 16 shall be provided 909.21.11 System response time. Hoistway pressuriza- tion systems shall comply with the requirements for smoke control system response time in Section 909 17 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 249 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS SECTION 910 SMOKE AND HEAT REMOVAL [F] 910.1 General. Where required by this code, smoke and heat vents or mechanical smoke removal systems shall con- form to the requirements of this section [F] 910.2 Where required. Smoke and heat vents or a mechanical smoke removal system shall be installed as required by Sections 910 2 1 and 910 2 2 Exceptions: 1 Frozen food warehouses used solely for storage of Class I and II commodities where protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system 2 Smoke and heat removal shall not be required in areas of bwldmgs equipped with early suppression fast -response (ESFR) sprinklers 3 Smoke and heat removal shall not be required in areas of buildings equipped with control mode spe- cial application sprinklers with a response tune index of 50 (m • s)" or less that are listed to control a fire in stored commodities with 12 or fewer sprinklers 910.2.1 Group F-1 or S-1. Smoke and heat vents installed in accordance with Section 910 3 or a mechanical smoke removal system installed in accordance with Section 910 4 shall be installed in buildings and portions thereof used as a Group F-1 or S-1 occupancy having more than 50,000 square feet (4645 m) of undivided area In occupied por- tions of a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 where the upper surface of the story is not a roof assembly, a mechanical smoke removal system in accordance with Section 910 4 shall be installed Exception: Group S-1 aircraft repair hangars [F] 910.2.2 High -piled combustible storage. Smoke and heat removal required by Table 3206 2 of the Interna- tional Fire Code for buildings and portions thereof con - turning high -piled combustible storage shall be installed in accordance with Section 910 3 in unsprmklered buildings In bwldmgs and portions thereof containing high -piled combustible storage equipped throughout with an auto- matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, a smoke and heat removal system shall be installed in accordance with Section 910 3 or 910 4 In occupied portions of a building equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, where the upper surface of the story is not a roof assembly, a mechanical smoke removal system in accordance with Section 910 4 shall be installed [F] 910.3 Smoke and heat vents. The design and installation of smoke and heat vents shall be in accordance with Sections 910 3 1 through 910 3 3 [F] 910.3.1 Listing and labeling. Smoke and heat vents shall be listed and labeled to indicate compliance with UL 793 or FM 4430 [F] 910.3.2 Smoke and heat vent locations. Smoke and heat vents shall be located 20 feet (6096 mm) or more from adjacent lot lines and fire walls and 10 feet (3048 mm) or more from fire barriers Vents shall be uniformly located within the roof in the areas of the building where the vents are required to be installed by Section 910 2 with consideration given to roof pitch, sprinkler location and structural members 910.3.3 Smoke and heat vents area. The required aggre- gate area of smoke and heat vents shall be calculated as follows For buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 ADR = V/9000 (Equation 9-3) where ADR = The required aggregate vent area (ft2) IT = Volume (ft') of the area that requires smoke removal For unsprmklered buildings ADR=AFAI50 (Equation 9-4) where ADR = The required aggregate vent area (ft2) AFA = The area of the floor in the area that requires smoke removal [F] 910.4 Mechanical smoke removal systems. Mechanical smoke removal systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with Sections 910 4 1 through 910 4 7 910.4.1 Automatic sprinklers required. The building shall be equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 910.4.2 Exhaust fan construction. Exhaust fans that are part of a mechanical smoke removal system shall be rated for operation at 221'F (105'C) Exhaust fan motors shall be located outside of the exhaust fan air stream 910.4.3 System design criteria. The mechanical smoke removal system shall be sized to exhaust the building at a minimum rate of two air changes per hour based on the volume of the building or portion thereof without contents The capacity of each exhaust fan shall not exceed 30,000 cubic feet per minute (14 2 m'/s) 910.4.3.1 Makeup air. Makeup air openings shall be provided within 6 feet (1829 mm) of the floor level Operation of makeup au openings shall be manual or automatic The minimum gross area of makeup air inlets shall be 8 square feet per 1,000 cubic feet per minute (0 74 m' per 0 4719 m'/s) of smoke exhaust 910.4.4 Activation. The mechanical smoke removal sys- tem shall be activated by manual controls only 910.4.5 Manual control location. Manual controls shall be located where they are able to be accessed by the fire service from an exterior door of the bwldmg and separated from the remainder of the bwldmg by not less than 1-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711 _ or both [F] 910.4.6 Control wiring. Wiring for operation and control of mechanical smoke removal systems shall be connected ahead of the main disconnect in accordance 250 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS with Section 701 12E of NFPA 70 and be protected against interior fire exposure to temperatures in excess of 1,000°F (538°C) for a period of not less than 15 minutes [F] 910.4.7 Controls. Where building au -handling and mechanical smoke removal systems are combined or where independent building air -handling systems are pro- vided, fans shall automatically shut down in accordance with the International Mechanical Code The manual con- trols provided for the smoke removal system shall have the capability to override the automatic shutdown of fans that are part of the smoke removal system 910.5 Maintenance. Smoke and heat vents and mechanical smoke removal systems shall be maintained in accordance with the International Fire Code SECTION 911 FIRE COMMAND CENTER [F] 911.1 General. Where required by other sections of this code and in buildings classified as high-rise buildings by this code, a fire command center for fire department operations shall be provided and shall comply with Sections 911 1 1 through 911 1 6 [F] 911.1.1 Location and access. The location and acces- sibility of the fire command center shall be approved by the fire code official [F] 911.1.2 Separation. The fire command center shall be separated from the remainder of the bwldmg by not less than a 1-hour fire barrier constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assembly constructed in accor- dance with Section 711 _ or both [F] 911.1.3 Size. The fire command center shall be not less than 0 015 percent of the total building area of the facility served or 200 square feet (19 m) in area, which- ever is greater, with a minimum dimension of 07 times the square root of the room area or 10 feet (3048 mm), whichever is greater [F] 911.1.4 Layout approval. A layout of the fire com- mand center and all features required by this section to be contained therein shall be submitted for approval prior to installation [F] 911.1.5 Storage. Storage unrelated to operation of the fire command center shall be prohibited [F] 911.1.6 Required features. The fire command center shall comply with NFPA 72 and shall contain all of the following features 1 The emergency voice/alarm communication sys- tem control unit 2 The fire department communications system 3 Fire detection and alarm system annunciator 4 Annunciator unit visually indicating the location of the elevators and whether they are operational 5 Status indicators and controls for air distribution systems 6 The fire fighter's control panel required by Section 909 16 for smoke control systems installed in the building 7 Controls for unlocking interior exit stairway doors simultaneously 8 Sprinkler valve and waterflow detector display panels 9 Emergency and standby power status indicators 10 A telephone for fire department use with con- trolled access to the public telephone system 11 Fire pump status indicators 12 Schematic building plans indicating the typical floor plan and detailing the building core, means of egress, fire protection systems, fire fighter air replenishment system, fire -fighting equipment and fire department access and the location of fire walls, fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers and smoke partitions 13 An approved Building Information Card that con- tains, but is not limited to, the following mforma- tion 131 General building information that includes property name, address, the number of floors in the building above and below grade, use and occupancy classification (for mixed uses, identify the different types of occupancies on each floor), and the estimated building population during the day, night and weekend 132 Building emergency contact information that includes a list of the building's emergency contacts including but not lnntied to building manager and building engineer and their respective work phone number, cell phone number, e-mail address 133 Bwldmg construction information that includes the type of building construc- tion including but not limited to floors, walls, columns, and roof assembly 134 Exit access and exit stairway information that includes number of exit access and exit stairways in the building, each exit access and exit stairway designation and floors served, location where each exit access and exit stairway discharges, mte- nor exit stairways that are pressurized, exit stairways provided with emergency lighting, each exit stairway that allows reentry, exit stairways providing roof access, elevator information that includes number of elevator banks, ele- vator bank designation, elevator car numbers and respective floors that they serve, location of elevator machine rooms, control rooms and control spaces, 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 251 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS location of sky lobby, location of freight elevator banks 135 Building services and system informa- tion that includes location of mechanical rooms, location of bwldmg management system, location and capacity of all fuel oil tanks, location of emergency genera- tor, location of natural gas service 136 Fire protection system information that includes location of standpipes, location of fire pump room, location of fire department connections, floors pro- tected by automatic sprinklers, location of different types of automatic sprinkler systems installed including, but not lim- ited to, dry, wet and pre -action 137 Hazardous material information that includes location of hazardous material, quantity of hazardous material 14 Work table 15 Generator supervision devices, manual start and transfer features 16 Public address system, where specifically required by other sections of this code 17 Elevator fire recall switch in accordance with ASNIE All 1/BSA 44 18 Elevator emergency or standby power selector switch(es), where emergency or standby power is provided SECTION 912 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS [F] 912.1 Installation. Fire department connections shall be installed in accordance with the NFPA standard applicable to the system design and shall comply with Sections 912 2 through 912 6 [F] 912.2 Location. With respect to hydrants, driveways, buildings and landscaping, fire department connections shall be so located that fire apparatus and hose connected to supply the system will not obstruct access to the buildings for other fire apparatus The location of fire department connections shall be approved by the fire code official [F] 912.2.1 Visible location. Fire department connections shall be located on the street side of buildings or facing approved fire apparatus access roads, fully visible and recognizable from the street, fire apparatus access road or nearest point of fire department velucle access or as other- wise approved by the fire code official [F] 912.2.2 Existing buildings. On existing buildings, wherever the fire department connection is not visible to approaching fire apparatus, the fire department connection shall be indicated by an approved sign mounted on the street front or on the side of the building Such sign shall have the letters "FDC not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high and words in letters not less than 2 inches (51 mm) high or an arrow to indicate the location Such signs shall be subject to the approval of the fire code official [F] 912.3 Fire hose threads. Fire hose threads used in con- nection with standpipe systems shall be approved and shall be compatible with fire department hose threads [F] 912.4 Access. Immediate access to fire department con- nections shall be maintained at all times and without obstruc- tion by fences, bushes, trees, walls or any other fixed or moveable object Access to fire department connections shall be appraved by the fire code official Exception: Fences, where provided with an access gate equipped with a sign complying with the legend require- ments of this section and a means of emergency operation The gate and the means of emergency operation shall be approved by the fire code official and maintained opera- tional at all times [F] 912.4.1 Locking fire department connection caps. The fire code official is authorized to require locking caps on fire department connections for water -based fire pro- tection systems where the responding fire department car- ries appropriate key wrenches for removal [F] 912.4.2 Clear space around connections. A working space of not less than 36 inches (762 mm) in width, 36 inches (914 mm) in depth and 78 inches (1981 mm) in height shall be provided and maintained in front of and to the sides of wall -mounted fire department connections and around the circumference of free-standing fire department connections, except as otherwise required or approved by the fire code official [F] 912.4.3 Physical protection. Where fire department connections are subject to impact by a motor vehicle, vehi- cle impact protection shall be provided in accordance with Section 312 of the International Fire Code. [F] 912.5 Signs. A metal sign with raised letters not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in size shall be mounted on all fire depart- ment connections serving automatic sprinklers, standpipes or fire pump connections Such signs shall read AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS or STANDPIPES or TEST CONNECTION or a combination thereof as applicable Where the fire depart- ment connection does not serve the entire building, a sign shall be provided indicating the portions of the building served [P] 912.6 Backflow protection. The potable water supply to automatic sprinkler and standpipe systems shall be protected against backflow as required by the International Plumbing Code SECTION 913 FIRE PUMPS [F] 913.1 General. Where provided, fire pumps shall be installed in accordance with this section and NFPA 20 [F] 913.2 Protection against interruption of service. The fire pump, driver and controller shall be protected in accor- dance with NFPA 20 against possible interruption of service through damage caused by explosion, fire, flood, earthquake, rodents, insects, windstorm, freezing, vandalism and other adverse conditions 252 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS 913.2.1 Protection of fire pump rooms. Fire pumps shall be located in rooms that are separated from all other areas of the building by 2-hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or 2-hour horizontal assem- blies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Exceptions: 1 In other than high-rise buildings, separation by 1- hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or 1-hour horizontal assemblies con- structed in accordance with Section 711, or both, shall be permitted in buildings equipped through- out with an automatic sprinkler system in accor- dance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 2 Separation is not required for fire pumps physi- cally separated in accordance with NFPA 20 [F] 913.2.2 Circuits supplying fire pumps. Cables used for survivability of circuits supplying fire pumps shall be protected using one of the following methods 1 Cables used for survivability of required critical cir- cuits shall be listed in accordance with UL 2196 and shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour 2 Electrical circuit protective systems shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour Electri- cal circuit protective systems shall be installed in accordance with their listing requirements 3 Construction having a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour [F] 913.3 Temperature of pump room. Suitable means shall be provided for maintaining the temperature of a pump room or pump house, where required, above 40°F (5°C) [F] 913.3.1 Engine manufacturer's recommendation. Temperature of the pump room, pump house or area where engines are installed shall never be less than the minimum recommended by the engine manufacturer The engine manufacturer's recommendations for oil heaters shall be followed [F] 913.4 Valve supervision. Where provided, the fire pump suction, discharge and bypass valves, and isolation valves on the backflow prevention device or assembly shall be super- vised open by one of the following methods 1 Central -station, proprietary or remote -station signaling service 2 Local signaling service that will cause the sounding of an audible signal at a constantly attended location 3 Locking valves open 4 Sealing of valves and approved weekly recorded inspection where valves are located within fenced enclosures under the control of the owner [F] 913.4.1 Test outlet valve supervision. Fire pump test outlet valves shall be supervised in the closed position [F] 913.5 Acceptance test. Acceptance testing shall be done in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 20 SECTION 914 EMERGENCY RESPONDER SAFETY FEATURES [F] 914.1 Shaftway markings. Vertical shafts shall be iden- tified as required by Sections 914 1 1 and 914 1 2 [F] 914.1.1 Exterior access to shaftways. Outside open- ings accessible to the fire department and that open directly on a hoistway or shaftway communicating between two or more floors in a building shall be plainly marked with the word "SHAFTWAY" in red letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high on a white background Such warning signs shall be placed so as to be readily dis- cernible from the outside of the building [F] 914.1.2 Interior access to shaftways. Door or win- dow openings to a hoistway or shaftway from the interior of the building shall be plainly marked with the word "SHAFTWAY" in red letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high on a white background Such warning signs shall be placed so as to be readily discernible Exception: Markings shall not be required on shaftway openings that are readily discernible as openings onto a shaftway by the construction or arrangement [F] 914.2 Equipment room identification. Fire protection equipment shall be identified in an approved manner Rooms containing controls for au -conditioning systems, sprinkler risers and valves or other fire detection, suppression or con- trol elements shall be identified for the use of the fire depart- ment Approved signs required to identify fire protection equipment and equipment location shall be constructed of durable materials, permanently installed and readily visible SECTION 915 CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTION [F] 915.1 General. Carbon monoxide detection shall be installed in new bwldmgs in accordance with Sections 915 1 1 through 915 6 Carbon monoxide detection shall be installed in existing buildings in accordance with Chapter 11 of the International Fire Code [F] 915.1.1 Where required. Carbon monoxide detection shall be provided in Group I-1, I-2, I-4 and R occupancies and in classrooms in Group E occupancies in the locations specified in Section 915 2 where any of the conditions in Sections 915 1 2 through 915 1 6 exist [F] 915.1.2 Fuel -burning appliances and fuel -burning fireplaces. Carbon monoxide detection shall be provided in dwelling units, sleeping units and classrooms that con- tain a fuel -burning appliance or a fuel -burning fireplace [F] 915.1.3 Fuel burning, forced -air furnaces. Carbon monoxide detection shall be provided in dwelling units, sleeping units and classrooms served by a fael-burning forced -air furnace Exception: Carbon monoxide detection shall not be required in dwelling units, sleeping units and class- rooms if a carbon monoxide detector is provided in the first room or area served by each main duct leaving the furnace, and the carbon monoxide alarm signals are automatically transmitted to an approved location 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 253 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmmLhod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS [F] 915.1.4 Fuel -burning appliances outside of dwelling units, sleeping units and classrooms. Carbon monoxide detection shall be provided in dwelling units, sleeping units and classrooms located in buildings that contain fuel - burning appliances or fuel -burning fireplaces Exceptions: 1 Carbon monoxide detection shall not be required in dwelling units, sleeping units and classrooms without communicating openings between the fuel -burning appliance or fuel -burning fireplace and the dwelling unit, sleeping unit or classroom 2 Carbon monoxide detection shall not be required in dwelling units, sleeping units and classrooms where a carbon monoxide detector is provided in one of the following locations 21 In an approved location between the fuel - burning appliance or fuel -burning fire- place and the dwelling unit, sleeping unit or classroom 22 On the ceiling of the room containing the fuel -burning appliance or fuel -burning fireplace [F] 915.1.5 Private garages. Carbon monoxide detection shall be provided in dwelling units, sleeping units and classrooms in bwldmgs with attached private garages Exceptions: 1 Carbon monoxide detection shall not be required in dwelling units, sleeping units and classrooms without communicating openings between the private garage and the dwelling unit, sleeping unit or classroom 2 Carbon monoxide detection shall not be required in dwelling units, sleeping units and classrooms located more than one story above or below a pri- vate garage 3 Carbon monoxide detection shall not be required where the private garage connects to the building through an open-ended corridor 4 Where a carbon monoxide detector is provided in an approved location between openings to a pri- vate garage and dwelling units, sleeping units or classrooms [F] 915.1.6 Exempt garages. For determining compliance with Section 915 1 5, an open parking garage complying with Section 406 5 or an enclosed parking garage comply- ing with Section 406 6 shall not be considered a private garage [F] 915.2 Locations. Where required by Section 915 1 1, car- bon monoxide detection shall be installed in the locations specified in Sections 915 2 1 through 915 2 3 [F] 915.2.1 Dwelling units. Carbon monoxide detection shall be installed in dwelling units outside of each separate sleeping area in the immediate vicinity of the bedrooms Where a fuel -burning appliance is located within a bed- room or its attached bathroom, carbon monoxide detection shall be installed within the bedroom [F] 915.2.2 Sleeping units. Carbon monoxide detection shall be installed in sleeping units Exception: Carbon monoxide detection shall be allowed to be installed outside of each separate sleep - mg area in the immediate vicinity of the sleeping unit where the sleeping unit or its attached bathroom does not contain a fuel -burning appliance and is not served by a forced air furnace [F] 915.2.3 Group E occupancies. Carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed in classrooms in Group E occu- pancies Carbon monoxide alarm signals shall be automat- ically transmitted to an on -site location that is staffed by school personnel Exception: Carbon monoxide alarm signals shall not be required to be automatically transmitted to an on -site location that is staffed by school personnel in Group E occupancies with an occupant load of 30 or less [F] 915.3 Carbon monoxide detection. Carbon monoxide detection required by Sections 915 1 through 915 2 3 shall be provided by carbon monoxide alarms complying with Section 915 4 or carbon monoxide detection systems complying with Section 915 5 [F] 915.4 Carbon monoxide alarms. Carbon monoxide alarms shall comply with Sections 915 4 1 through 915 4 4 [F] 915.4.1 Power source. Carbon monoxide alarms shall receive their primary power from the building wiring where such wiring is served from a commercial source, and when primary power is interrupted, shall receive power from a battery Wiring shall be permanent and with- out a disconnecting switch other than that required for overcurrent protection Exception: Where installed in buildings without com- mercial power, battery -powered carbon monoxide alarms shall be an acceptable alternative [F] 915.4.2 Listings. Carbon monoxide alarms shall be listed in accordance with UL 2034 [F] 915.4.3 Locations. Carbon monoxide alarms shall only be installed in dwelling units and in sleeping units They shall not be installed in locations where the code requires carbon monoxide detectors to be used [F] 915.4.4 Combination alarms. Combination carbon monoxide/smoke alarms shall be an acceptable alternative to carbon monoxide alarms Combination carbon monox- ide/smoke alarms shall be listed in accordance with UL 2034 and UL 217 [F] 915.5 Carbon monoxide detection systems. Carbon monoxide detection systems shall be an acceptable alterna- tive to carbon monoxide alarms and shall comply with Sec- tions 915 5 1 through 915 5 3 [F] 915.5.1 General. Carbon monoxide detection systems shall comply with NFPA 720 Carbon monoxide detectors shall be listed in accordance with UL 2075 [F] 915.5.2 Locations. Carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed in the locations specified in Section 915 2 These locations supersede the locations specified inNFPA 720 [F] 915.5.3 Combination detectors. Combination carbon monoxide/smoke detectors installed in carbon monoxide 254 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER FIRE PROTECTION AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS :353 detection systems shall be an acceptable alternative to car- bon monoxide detectors, provided that they are listed in accordance with UL 2075 and UL 268 [F] 915.6 Maintenance. Carbon monoxide alarms and car- bon monoxide detection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the Internahonal Fire Code SECTION 916 GAS DETECTION SYSTEMS [F] 916.1 Gas detection systems. Gas detection systems required by this code shall comply with Sections 916 2 through 916 11 [F] 916.2 Permits. Permits shall be required as set forth in Section 105 7 11 of the Internahonal Fire Code [F] 916.2.1 Construction documents. Documentation of the gas detection system design and equipment to be used that demonstrates compliance with the requirements of this code and the Internahonal Fire Code shall be pro- vided with the application for permit [F] 916.3 Equipment. Gas detection system equipment shall be designed for use with the gases being detected and shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions [F] 916.4 Power connections. Gas detection systems shall be permanently connected to the building electrical power sup- ply or shall be permitted to be cord connected to an unswitched receptacle using an approved restraining means that secures the plug to the receptacle [F] 916.5 Emergency and standby power. Standby or emer- gency power shall be provided or the gas detection system shall initiate a trouble signal at an approved location if the power supply is interrupted [F] 916.6 Sensor locations. Sensors shall be installed in approved locations where leaking gases are expected to accu- mulate [F] 916.7 Gas sampling. Gas sampling shall be performed continuously Sample analysis shall be processed immedi- ately after sampling, except as follows 1 For HPM gases, sample analysis shall be performed at intervals not exceeding 30 minutes 2 For toxic gases, sample analysis shall be performed at intervals not exceeding 5 minutes in accordance with Section 6004 2 2 7 of the Internahonal Fire Code 3 Where a less frequent or delayed sampling interval is approved [F] 916.8 System activation. A gas detection alarm shall be initiated where any sensor detects a concentration of gas exceeding the following thresholds 1 For flammable gases, a gas concentration exceeding 25 percent of the lower flammability limit (LFL) 2 For nonflammable gases, a gas concentration exceeding one-half of the IDLH, unless a different threshold is specified by the section of this code requiring a gas detection system Upon activation of a gas detection alarm, alarm signals or other required responses shall be as specified by the section of this code requiring a gas detection system Audible and visible alarm signals associated with a gas detection alarm shall be distinct from fire alarm and carbon monoxide alarm signals [F] 916.9 Signage. Signs shall be provided adjacent to gas detection system alarm signaling devices that advise occu- pants of the nature of the signals and actions to take in response to the signal [F] 916.10 Fire alarm system connections. Gas sensors and gas detection systems shall not be connected to fire alarm systems unless approved and connected in accordance with the fire alarm equipment manufacturer's instructions [F] 916.11 Inspection, testing and sensor calibration. Gas detection systems and sensors shall be inspected, tested and calibrated in accordance with the Internahonal Fire Code SECTION 917 MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS [F] 917.1 College and university campuses. Prior to con- struction of a new building requiring a fire alarm system on a multiple -building college or university campus having a cumulative building occupant load of 1,000 or more, a mass notification risk analysis shall be conducted in accordance with NFPA 72 Where the risk analysis determines a need for mass notification, an approved mass notification system shall be provided in accordance with the findings of the risk analy- sis SECTION 918 EMERGENCY RESPONDER RADIO COVERAGE [F] 918.1 General. Emergency responder radio coverage shall be provided in all new buildings in accordance with Section 510 of the Internahonal Fire Code 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 255 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 256 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 10 I►yiINFAL1RK0]0EEC] V4*1 User notes: About this chapter., Chapter 10 provides the general criteria for designing the means of egress established as the pnmarymethod tbrprotec- tion of people in buildings by allowing timely relocation or evacuation of budding occupants. Both prescriptive and performance language is utilized in this chapter to provide for a basic approach in the determination of a safe exiting system for all occupancies. It addresses all por- tions of the egress system (exit access, exits and exit discharge) and Includes design requirements as well as provisions regulating Individual components, The requirements detail the size, arrangement, number and protection of means of egress components. Functional and opera- tional characteristics that will permit the safe use of components without special knowledge or effort are specified. The means of egress protection requirements work in coordination with other sections of the code, such as protection of vertical openings (see Chapter 7), Interior finish (see Chapter 8), fire suppression and detection systems (see Chapter 9) and numerous others, all having an Impact on life safety. Chapter 10 is subdivided Into four main sections, general (Sections 1003-1015), exit access (Sections 1016-1021), exit (Sections 1022-1027) and exit discharge (Section 1028). Special allowances for the unique requirements for assembly spaces (Section 1029) and emergency escape and rescue openings (Section 1030) complete the chapter. Chapter 10 of this code is duplicated in Chapter 10 of the International Fire Code', however, the International Fire Code contains one additional section on maintenance of the means of egress system in existing buildings. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to sections preceded by the designation IF] will be considered by the International Fire Code Development Committee during the 2019 (Group B) Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION 1001 ADMINISTRATION 1001.1 General. Buildings or portions thereof shall be pro- vided with a means of egress system as required by this chap- ter The provisions of this chapter shall control the design, construction and arrangement of means ofegress components required to provide an approved means of egress from struc- tures and portions thereof 1001.2 Minimum requirements. It shall be unlawful to alter a building or structure in a manner that will reduce the num- ber of exits or the minimum width or required capacity of the means of egress to less than required by this code [F] SECTION 1002 MAINTENANCE AND PLANS [F] 1002.1 Maintenance. Means of egress shall be main- tained in accordance with the Internahonal Fire Code [F] 1002.2 Fire safety and evacuation plans. Fire safety and evacuation plans shall be provided for all occupancies and buildings where required by the International Fire Code Such fire safety and evacuation plans shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 4012 and 404 of the Inter- nahonal Fire Code SECTION 1003 GENERAL MEANS OF EGRESS 1003.1 Applicability. The general requirements specified in Sections 1003 through 1015 shall apply to all three elements of the means of egress system, in addition to those specific requirements for the exit access, the exit and the exit dis- charge detailed elsewhere in this chapter 1003.2 Ceiling height. The means of egress shall have a ceil- ing height of not less than 7 feet 6 inches (2286 mm) above the finished floor Exceptions: 1 Sloped ceilings in accordance with Section 1207 2 2 Ceilings of dwelling units and sleeping units within residential occupancies in accordance with Section 12072 3 Allowable projections in accordance with Section 10033 4 Stair headroom in accordance with Section 1011 3 5 Door height in accordance with Section 1010 1 1 6 Ramp headroom in accordance with Section 101252 7 The clear height of floor levels in vehicular and pedestrian traffic areas of public and private parking garages in accordance with Section 406 2 2 8 Areas above and below mezzanine floors in accor- dance with Section 505 2 1003.3 Protruding objects. Protruding objects on circula- tion paths shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1003 3 1 through 1003 3 4 1003.3.1 Headroom. Protruding objects are permitted to extend below the mimmum ceiling height required by Sec- tion 1003 2 where a mimmum headroom of 80 inches (2032 mm) is provided over any circulation paths, includ- ing walks, corridors, aisles and passageways Not more than 50 percent of the ceiling area of a means of egress shall be reduced in height by protruding objects Exception: Door closers and stops shall not reduce headroom to less than 78 inches (1981 mm) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 257 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfn d, od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS A barrier shall be provided where the vertical clearance above a circulation path is less than 80 inches (2032 mm) high above the finished floor The leading edge of such a barrier shall be located 27 inches (686 mm) maximum above the finished floor 1003.3.2 Post -mounted objects. A free-standing object mounted on a post or pylon shall not overhang that post or pylon more than 4 inches (102 mm) where the lowest point of the leading edge is more than 27 inches (686 mm) and less than 80 inches (2032 mm) above the finished floor Where a sign or other obstruction is mounted between posts or pylons and the clear distance between the posts or pylons is greater than 12 inches (305 mm), the lowest edge of such sign or obstruction shall be 27 inches (686 mm) maximum or 80 inches (2032 mm) minimum above the finished floor or ground Exception: These requirements shall not apply to slop - mg portions of handrails between the top and bottom riser of stairs and above the ramp run 1003.3.3 Horizontal projections. Objects with leading edges more than 27 inches (685 mm) and not more than 80 inches (2030 mm) above the finished floor shall not proj- ect horizontally more than 4 inches (102 mm) into the cir- culation path Exception: Handrails are permitted to protrude 4'/ inches (114 mm) from the wall or guard 1003.3.4 Clear width. Protruding objects shall not reduce the minimum clear width of accessible routes 1003.4 Slip -resistant surface. Circulation paths of the means of egress shall have a slip -resistant surface and be securely attached 1003.5 Elevation change. Where changes in elevation of less than 12 inches (305 mm) exist in the means of egress, sloped surfaces shall be used Where the slope is greater than one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope), ramps complying with Section 1012 shall be used Where the differ- ence in elevation is 6 inches (152 mm) or less, the ramp shall be equipped with either handrails or floor finish materials that contrast with adjacent floor finish materials Exceptions: 1 A single step with a maximum riser height of 7 inches (178 mm) is permitted for buildings with occupancies in Groups F, H, R-2, R-3, S and U at exterior doors not required to be accessible by Chapter 11 2 A stair with a single riser or with two risers and a tread is permitted at locations not required to be accessible by Chapter 11 where the risers and treads comply with Section 1011 5, the minmum depth of the tread is 13 inches (330 mm) and not less than one handrail complying with Section 1014 is pro- vided within 30 inches (762 mm) of the centerline of the normal path of egress travel on the stair 3 A step is permitted in aisles serving seating that has a difference in elevation less than 12 inches (305 mm) at locations not required to be accessible by Chapter 11, provided that the risers and treads com- ply with Section 1029 14 and the aisle is provided with a handrail complying with Section 1029 16 Throughout a story in a Group I-2 occupancy, any change in elevation in portions of the means of egress that serve nonambulatory persons shall be by means of a ramp or sloped walkway 1003.6 Means of egress continuity. The path of egress travel along a means of egress shall not be interrupted by a building element other than a means of egress component as specified in this chapter Obstructions shall not be placed in the minimum width or required capacity of a means of egress component except projections permitted by this chapter The minimum width or required capacity of a means of egress system shall not be diminished along the path of egress travel 1003.7 Elevators, escalators and moving walks. Elevators, escalators and moving walks shall not be used as a compo- nent of a required means of egress from any other part of the building Exception: Elevators used as an accessible means of egress in accordance with Section 1009 4 SECTION 1004 OCCUPANTLOAD 1004.1 Design occupant load. In determining means of egress requirements, the number of occupants for whom means of egress facilities are provided shall be determined in accordance with this section 1004.2 Cumulative occupant loads. Where the path of egress travel includes intervening rooms, areas or spaces, cumulative occupant loads shall be determined in accordance with this section 1004.2.1 Intervening spaces or accessory areas. Where occupants egress from one or more rooms, areas or spaces through others, the design occupant load shall be the com- bined occupant load of interconnected accessory or mter- vening spaces Design of egress path capacity shall be based on the cumulative portion of occupant loads of all rooms, areas or spaces to that point along the path of egress travel 1004.2.2 Adjacent levels for mezzanines. That portion of the occupant load of a mezzanine with required egress through a room, area or space on an adjacent level shall be added to the occupant load of that room, area or space 1004.2.3 Adjacent stories. Other than for the egress com- ponents designed for convergence in accordance with Sec- tion 1005 6, the occupant load from separate stories shall not be added 1004.3 Multiple function occupant load. Where an area under consideration contains multiple functions having dif- ferent occupant load factors, the design occupant load for such area shall be based on the floor area of each function calculated independently 258 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 1004.4 Multiple occupancies. Where a building contains two or more occupancies, the means of egress requirements shall apply to each portion of the building based on the occu- pancy of that space Where two or more occupancies utilize portions of the same means of egress system, those egress components shall meet the more stringent requirements of all occupancies that are served 1004.5 Areas without fixed seating. The number of occu- pants shall be computed at the rate of one occupant per unit of area as prescribed in Table 1004 5 For areas without fixed sealing, the occupant load shall be not less than that number detenmmed by dividing the floor area under consideration by the occupant load factor assigned to the function of the space as set forth in Table 1004 5 Where an intended function is not listed in Table 1004 5, the building official shall establish a function based on a listed function that most nearly resem- bles the intended function Exception: Where approved by the builchng official, the actual number of occupants for whom each occupied space, floor or building is designed, although less than those detenmmed by calculation, shall be pennitted to be used in the detennmation of the design occupant load 1004.5.1 Increased occupant load. The occupant load permitted in any building, or portion thereof, is pennitted to be increased from that number established for the occu- pancies in Table 1004 5, provided that all other require- ments of the code are met based on such modified number and the occupant load does not exceed one occupant per 7 square feet (0 65 m) of occupiable floor space Where required by the building official, an approved aisle, seat- ing or fixed equipment diagram substantiating any increase in occupant load shall be submitted Where required by the building official, such diagram shall be posted 1004.6 Fixed seating. For areas having fixed seats and aisles, the occupant load shall be determined by the number of fixed seats installed therein The occupant load for areas in which fixed seating is not installed, such as waiting spaces, shall be detenmmed in accordance with Section 1004 5 and added to the number of fixed seats The occupant load of wheelchair spaces and the associ- ated companion seat shall be based on one occupant for each wheelchair space and one occupant for the associated com- panion seat provided in accordance with Section 1108 2 3 For areas having fixed seating without dividing anus, the occupant load shall be not less than the number of seats based on one person for each 18 inches (457 mm) of seating length The occupant load of seating booths shall be based on one person for each 24 inches (610 mm) of booth seat length mea- sured at the backrest of the seating booth 1004.7 Outdoor areas. Yards, patios, occupied roofs, courts and similar outdoor areas accessible to and usable by the building occupants shall be provided with means of egress as required by this chapter The occupant load of such outdoor areas shall be assigned by the building official in accordance with the anticipated use Where outdoor areas are to be used by persons in addition to the occupants of the building, and the path of egress travel from the outdoor areas passes through the building, means of egress requirements for the TABLE 1004.5 MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA ALLOWANCES PER OCCUPANT FUNCTION OF SPACE OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR' Accessory storage areas, mechanical 300 gross equipment room Agricultural building 300 gross Aircraft hangars 500 gross Airport terminal Baggage claim 20 gross Baggage handling 300 gross Concourse 100 gross Waiting areas 15 gross Assembly Gaming floors (keno, slots, etc) 11 gross Exhibit gallery and museum 30 net Assembly with fixed seats See Section 1004 6 Assembly without fixed seats Concentrated 7 net (chairs only not fixed) Standing space 5 net Unconcentrated (tables and chairs) 15 net Bowling centers, allow 5 persons for each lane including 15 feet of runway, 7 net and for additional areas Business areas 150 gross Concentrated business use areas See Section 1004 8 Courtrooms —other than fixed 40 net seating areas Day care 35 net Dormitories 50 gross Educational Classroom area 20 net Shops and other vocational room 50 net areas Exercise rooms 50 gross Group H-5 fabrication and 200 gross manufactunng areas Industnal areas 100 gross Institutional areas Inpatient treatment areas 240 gross Outpatient areas 100 gross Sleeping areas 120 gross Kitchens, commercial 200 gross Library Reading rooms 50 net Stack area 100 gross Locker rooms 50 gross Mall buildings —covered and open See Section 402 8 2 Mercantile 60 gross Storage, stock, shipping areas 300 gross Parking garages 200 gross Residential 200 gross Skating rinks, swimming pools Rink and pool 50 gross Decks 15 gross Stages and platforms 15 net Warehouses 500 gross For SI 1 foot =3048 into, 1 square foot =0 0929 m' a Floor area in square feet per occupant 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 259 I I I I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS building shall be based on the sum of the occupant loads of the building plus the outdoor areas Exceptions: 1 Outdoor areas used exclusively for service of the building need only have one means of egress 2 Both outdoor areas associated with Group R-3 and individual dwelling units of Group R-2 1004.8 Concentrated business use areas. The occupant load factor for concentrated business use shall be applied to telephone call centers, trading floors, electronic data pro- cessing centers and similar business use areas with a higher density of occupants than would normally be expected in a typical business occupancy environment Where approved by the building official, the occupant load for concentrated business use areas shall be the actual occupant load, but not less than one occupant per 50 square feet (4 65 m) of gross occupiable floor space 1004.9 Posting of occupant load. Every room or space that is an assembly occupancy shall have the occupant load of the room or space posted in a conspicuous place, near the main exit or exit access doorway from the room or space, for the intended configurations Posted signs shall be of an approved legible permanent design and shall be maintained by the owner or the owner's authorized agent SECTION 1005 MEANS OF EGRESS SIZING 1005.1 General. All portions of the means of egress system shall be sized in accordance with this section Exception: Aisles and aisle accessways in rooms or spaces used for assembly purposes complying with Sec- tion 1029 1005.2 Minimum width based on component. The mim- mum width, in inches (mm), of any means of egress compo- nents shall be not less than that specified for such component, elsewhere in this code 1005.3 Required capacity based on occupant load. The required capacity, in inches (mm), of the means of egress for any room, area, space or story shall be not less than that deter- mmed in accordance with Sections 1005 3 1 and 1005 3 2 1005.3.1 Stairways. The capacity, in inches, of means of egress stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such stairways by a means of egress capacity factor of 0 3 inch (7 6 mm) per occupant Where stairways serve more than one story, only the occu- pant load of each story considered individually shall be used in calculating the required capacity of the stairways serving that story Exceptions: 1 For other than Group H and I-2 occupancies, the capacity, in inches, of means of egress stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such stairways by a means of egress capacity factor of 0 2 inch (5 1 mm) per occupant in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accor- dance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 and an emergency voice/alarm communication system in accordance with Section 907 5 2 2 2 Facilities with smoke -protected assembly seating shall be permitted to use the capacity factors in Table 1029 6 2 indicated for stepped aisles for exit access or exit stairways where the entire path for means of egress from the seating to the exit discharge is provided with a smoke control sys- tem complying with Section 909 3 Facilities with open-air assembly seating shall be permitted to the capacity factors in Section 102963 indicated for stepped aisles for exit access or exit stairways where the entire path for means of egress from the seating to the exit dis- charge is open to the outdoors 1005.3.2 Other egress components. The capacity, in inches, of means of egress components other than stair- ways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such component by a means of egress capacity factor of 0 2 inch (5 1 mm) per occupant Exceptions: 1 For other than Group H and I-2 occupancies, the capacity, in inches, of means of egress compo- nents other than stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such component by a means of egress capacity factor of 0 15 inch (3 8 mm) per occupant in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accorl01 4 7dance with Sec- tion 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 and an emergency voice/alarm communication system in accor- dance with Section 907 5 2 2 Facilities with smoke -protected assembly seating shall be permitted to use the capacity factors in Table 1029 6 2 indicated for level or ramped aisles for means of egress components other than stairways where the entire path for means of egress from the seating to the exit discharge is provided with a smoke control system complying with Section 909 Facilities with open-air assembly seating shall be permitted to the capacity factors in Section 1029 6 3 indicated for level or ramped aisles for means of egress components other than stairways where the entire path for means of egress from the seating to the exit cscharge is open to the outdoors 1005.4 Continuity. The minimum width or required capacity of the means of egress required from any story of a building shall not be reduced along the path of egress travel until arrival at the public way 1005.5 Distribution of minimum width and required capacity. Where more than one exit, or access to more than one exit, is required, the means of egress shall be configured such that the loss of any one exit, or access to one exit, shall not reduce the available capacity or width to less than 50 per- cent of the required capacity or width 260 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( RR I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 1005.6 Egress convergence. Where the means of egress from stories above and below converge at an intermediate level, the capacity of the means of egress from the point of convergence shall be not less than the largest minimum width or the sum of the required capacities for the stairways or ramps serving the two adjacent stories, whichever is larger 1005.7 Encroachment. Encroachments into the required means of egress width shall be in accordance with the provi- sions of this section 1005.7.1 Doors. Doors, when fully opened, shall not reduce the required width by more than 7 inches (178 mm) Doors in any position shall not reduce the required width by more than one-half Exceptions: 1 Surface -mounted latch release hardware shall be exempt from inclusion in the 7-inch maximum (178 mm) encroachment where both of the fol- lowing conditions exist 1 1 The hardware is mounted to the side of the door facing away from the adjacent wall where the door is in the open posi- tion 1 2 The hardware is mounted not less than 34 inches (865 mm) nor more than 48 inches (1219 mm) above the finished floor 2 The restrictions on door swing shall not apply to doors within individual dwelling units and sleep- ing units of Group R-2 occupancies and dwelling units of Group R-3 occupancies 1005.7.2 Other projections. Handrail projections shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 1014 8 Other nonstructural projections such as trim and similar decora- tive features shall be permitted to project into the required width not more than V/2 inches (38 mm) on each side Exception: Projections are permitted in corridors within Group I-2 Condition 1 in accordance with Sec- tion 407 4 3 1005.7.3 Protruding objects. Protruding objects shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 10033 SECTION 1006 NUMBER OF EXITS AND EXIT ACCESS DOORWAYS 1006.1 General. The number of exits or exit access doorways required within the means of egress system shall comply with the provisions of Section 1006 2 for spaces, including mezza- nines, and Section 1006 3 for stones or occupied roofs 1006.2 Egress from spaces. Rooms, areas or spaces, Jnclud- mg mezzanines, within a story or basement shall be provided with the number of exits or access to exits in accordance with this section 1006.2.1 Egress based on occupant load and common path of egress travel distance. Two exits or exit access doorways from any space shall be provided where the design occupant load or the common path of egress travel distance exceeds the values listed in Table 1006 2 1 The cumulative occupant load from adjacent rooms, areas or spaces shall be determmed in accordance with SectJon 10042 Exceptions: 1 The number of exits from foyers, lobbies, vesti- bules or similar spaces need not be based on cumulative occupant loads for areas discharging through such spaces, but the capacity of the exits from such spaces shall be based on applicable cumulative occupant loads 2 Care suites in Group I-2 occupancies complying with Section 407 4 1006.2.1.1 Three or more exits or exit access door- ways. Three exits or exit access doorways shall be pro- vided from any space with an occupant load of 501 to 1,000 Four exits or exit access doorways shall be pro- vided from any space with an occupant load greater than 1,000 1006.2.2 Egress based on use. The numbers of exits or access to exits shall be provided in the uses described in Sections 1006 2 2 1 through 1006 2 2 6 1006.2.2.1 Boiler, incinerator and furnace rooms. Two exit access doorways are required in boiler, incin- erator and furnace rooms where the area is over 500 square feet (46 in 2) and any fuel -fired equipment exceeds 400,000 British thermal units (Btu) (422 000 KI) input capacity Where two exit access doorways are required, one is permitted to be a fixed ladder or an alternating tread device Exit access doorways shall be separated by a horizontal distance equal to one-half the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the room 1006.2.2.2 Refrigeration machinery rooms. Machin- ery rooms larger than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) shall have not less than two exits or exit access doorways Where two exit access doorways are required, one such doorway is penmitted to be served by a fixed ladder or an alternating tread device Exit access doorways shall be separated by a horizontal distance equal to one-half the maximum horizontal dimension of the room All portions of machinery rooms shall be within 150 feet (45 720 mm) of an exit or exit access doorway An increase in exit access travel distance is permitted in accordance with Section 1017 1 Exit and exit access doorways shall swing in the direction of egress travel, regardless of the occupant load served Exit and exit access doorways shall be tight fitting and self -closing 1006.2.2.3 Refrigerated rooms or spaces. Rooms or spaces having a floor area larger than 1,000 square feet (93 m), containing a refrigerant evaporator and main - tamed at a temperature below 68°F (20°C), shall have access to not less than two exits or exit access doorways Exit access travel distance shall be determined as specified in Section 1017 1, but all portions of a refrig- erated room or space shall be within 150 feet (45 720 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 261 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS mm) of an exit or exit access doorway where such rooms are not protected by an approved automatic sprinkler system Egress is allowed through adjoining refrigerated rooms or spaces Exception: Where using refrigerants in quantities limited to the amounts based on the volume set forth in the International Mechanical Code 1006.2.2.4 Group I-4 means of egress. Group I-4 facilities, rooms or spaces where care is provided for more than 10 children that are 2'/z years of age or less, shall have access to not less than two exits or exit access doorways 1006.2.2.5 Vehicular ramps. Vehicular ramps shall not be considered as an exit access ramp unless pedes- trian facilities are provided 1006.2.2.6 Groups R-3 and R-4. Where Group R-3 occupancies are permitted by Section 903 2 8 to be pro- tected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3, the exit access travel distance for Group R-3 shall be not more than 125 feet (38 100 mm) Where Group R-4 occupancies are permitted by Section 903 2 8 to be protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3, the exit access travel distance for Group R-4 shall be not more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) 1006.3 Egress from stories or occupied roofs. The means of egress system serving any story or occupied roof shall be pro- vided with the number of separate and distinct exits or access to exits based on the aggregate occupant load served in accor- dance with this section Where stairways serve more than one story, only the occupant load of each story considered indi- vidually shall be used in calculating the required number of exits or access to exits serving that story 1006.3.1 Adjacent story. The path of egress travel to an exit shall not pass through more than one adjacent story. Exception: The path of egress travel to an exit shall be permitted to pass through more than one adjacent story in any of the following 1 In Group R-1, R-2 or R-3 occupancies, exit access stairways and ramps connecting four sto- ries or less serving and contained within an indi- vidual dwelling unit, sleeping unit or live/work unit 2 Exit access stairways serving and contained within a Group R-3 congregate residence or a Group R-4 facility 3 Exit access stairways and ramps in open parking garages that serve only the parking garage 4 Exit access stairways and ramps serving open-air assembly seating complying with the exit access travel distance requirements of Section 1029 7 TABLE 1006.2.1 SPACES WITH ONE EXIT OR EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY OCCUPANCY MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD OF SPACE MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL DISTANCE (feet) Without Sprinkler System (fee[) With Sprinkler System (feet) Occupant Load 01_530 OL>30 A`, E, M 49 75 75 75' B 49 100 75 100, F 49 75 75 100, H-1, H-2, H-3 3 NP NP 25' H-4, H-5 10 NP NP 75' 1- 1, I-2°, I-4 10 NP NP 75' I-3 10 NP NP 100, R-1 10 NP NP 75' R-2 20 NP NP 125' R-3' 20 NP NP 125A 6 R-4' 20 NP NP 125A 6 S' 29 100 75 100, U 49 100 75 75' For SI 1 foot— 304 8 min NP = Not Permitted a Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 See Section 903 for occupancies where automatic sprinkler systems are permitted in accordance with Section 903 3 1 2 b Group H occupancies equipped throughoutwith an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 5 c For a room or space used for assembly purposes having fixed seating, see Section 1029 8 d For the travel distance limitations in Group I-2, see Section 407 4 e The common path of egress travel distance shall only apply in a Group R-3 occupancy located in a mixed occupancy building f The length of common path of egress travel distance in a Group S-2 open parking garage shall be not more than 100 feet g For the travel distance limitations in Groups R-3 and R-4 equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3, see Section 1006 2 2 6 262 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyaghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto i I ( I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND R OJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 5 Exit access stairways and ramps between the bal- cony, gallery or press box and the main assembly floor in occupancies such as theaters, places of religious worship, auditoriums and sports facili- ties 1006.3.2 Egress based on occupant load. Each story and occupied roof shall have the mimmum number of separate and distinct exits, or access to exits, as specified in Table 1006 3 2 A single exit or access to a single exit shall be permitted in accordance with Section 1006 3 3 The required number of exits, or exit access stairways or ramps providing access to exits, from any story or occupied roof shall be maintained until arrival at the exit discharge or a public way TABLE 1006.3.2 MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS OR ACCESS TO EXITS PER STORY OCCUPANT LOAD PER STORY MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS OR ACCESS TO EXITS FROM STORY 1-500 2 501-1,000 3 More than 1,000 4 1006.3.3 Single exits. A single exit or access to a single exit shall be permitted from any story or occupied roof where one of the following conditions exists 1 The occupant load number of dwelling units and com- mon path of egress travel distance do not exceed the values in Table 1006 3 3(1) or 1006 3 3(2) 2 Rooms, areas and spaces complying with Section 1006 2 1 with exits that discharge directly to the exterior at the level of exit cscharge, are permitted to have one exit or access to a single exit 3 Parking garages where vehicles are mechanically parked shall be permitted to have one exit or access to a single exit 4 Group R-3 and R-4 occupancies shall be permitted to have one exit or access to a single exit 5 Individual single -story or multistory dwelling units shall be permitted to have a single exit or access to a single exit from the dwelling unit provided that both of the following criteria are met 5 1 The dwelling unit complies with Section 1006 2 1 as a space with one means of egress. TABLE 1006.3.3(1) STORIES WITH ONE EXIT OR ACCESS TO ONE EXIT FOR R-2 OCCUPANCIES STORY OCCUPANCY MAXIMUM NUMBER OF MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF DWELLING UNITS EGRESS TRAVEL DISTANCE Basement, first, second or thud story above grade plane R-2A b 4 dwelling units 125 feet Fourth story above grade plane and lugher NP NA NA For SI 1 foot =3048 mm NP = Not Permitted NA = Not Applicable a Buildings classified as Group R-2 equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 and provided with emergency escape and rescue openings in accordance with Section 1030 b This table is used for R-2 occupancies consisting of dwelling units For R-2 occupancies consisting of sleeping units, use Table 1006 3 3(2) TABLE 1006.3.3(2) STORIES WITH ONE EXIT OR ACCESS TO ONE EXIT FOR OTHER OCCUPANCIES STORY OCCUPANCY MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD PER STORY MAXIMUM COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL DISTANCE (feet) First story above or below grade plane A, Bb, E Fb, M, U 49 75 H-2, H-3 3 25 H-4, H-5, I, R-1, R-2' ` 10 75 Sb, d 29 75 Second story above grade plane B, F, M, Sd 29 75 Tlurd story above grade plane and lugher NP NA NA For SI 1 foot =304 8 mm NP = Not Permitted NA= Not Applicable a Buildings classified as Group R-2 equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 12 and provided with emergency escape and rescue openings in accordance with Section 1030 b Group B, F and S occupancies in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 shall have a maximum exit access travel distance of 100 feet c This table is used for R-2 occupancies consisting of sleeping units For R-2 occupancies consisting of dwelling units, use Table 1006 3 3(1) d The length of exit access travel distance in a Group S-2 open parking garage shall be not more than 100 feet 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 263 I I I I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 52 Either the exit from the dwelling unit dis- charges directly to the exterior at the level of exit discharge, or the exit access outside the dwelling umt's entrance door provides access to not less than two approved inde- pendent exits 1006.3.3.1 Mixed occupancies. Where one exit, or exit access stairway or ramp providing access to exits at other stones, is permitted to serve individual stones, mixed occupancies shall be permitted to be served by single exits provided each individual occupancy com- plies with the applicable requirements of Table 1006 3 3(1) or 1006 3 3(2) for that occupancy Where applicable, cumulative occupant loads from adjacent occupancies shall be considered to be in accordance with the provisions of Section 1004 1 In each story of a mixed occupancy building, the maximum number of occupants served by a single exit shall be such that the sum of the ratios of the calculated number of occupants of the space divided by the allowable number of occu- pants indicated in Table 1006 3 3(2) for each occu- pancy does not exceed one Where dwelling units are located on a story with other occupancies, the actual number of dwelling units divided by four plus the ratio from the other occupancy does not exceed one SECTION 1007 EXIT AND EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY CONFIGURATION 1007.1 General. Exits, exit access doorways, and exit access stairways and ramps serving spaces, including individual building stones, shall be separated in accordance with the provisions of this section 1007.1.1 Two exits or exit access doorways. Where two exits, exit access doorways, exit access stairways or ramps, or any combination thereof, are required from any portion of the exit access, they shall be placed a distance apart equal to not less than one-half of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or area to be served measured in a straight line between them Interlocking or scissor stairways shall be counted as one exit stairway Exceptions: 1 Where interior exit stairways or ramps are inter- connected by a 1-hour fire -resistance -rated corri- dor conforming to the requirements of Section 1020, the required exit separation shall be mea- sured along the shortest direct line of travel within the corridor 2 Where a building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2, the separation dis- tance shall be not less than one-third of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the area served 1007.1.1.1 Measurement point. The separation dis- tance required in Section 1007 1 1 shall be measured in accordance with the following 1 The separation distance to exit or exit access doorways shall be measured to any point along the width of the doorway 2 The separation distance to exit access stairways shall be measured to the closest riser 3 The separation distance to exit access ramps shall be measured to the start of the ramp run 1007.1.2 Three or more exits or exit access doorways. Where access to three or more exits is required, not less than two exit or exit access doorways shall be arranged in accordance with the provisions of Section 1007 1 1 Addi- tional required exit or exit access doorways shall be arranged a reasonable distance apart so that if one becomes blocked, the others will be available 1007.1.3 Remoteness of exit access stairways or ramps. Where two exit access stairways or ramps provide the required means of egress to exits at another story, the required separation distance shall be maintained for all portions of such exit access stairways or ramps 1007.1.3.1 Three or more exit access stairways or ramps. Where more than two exit access stairways or ramps provide the required means of egress, not less than two shall be arranged in accordance with Section 1007 1 3 SECTION 1008 MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION 1008.1 Means of egress illumination. Illumination shall be provided in the means of egress in accordance with Section 1008 2 Under emergency power, means of egress illumina- tion shall comply with Section 1008 3 1008.2 Illumination required. The means of egress serving a room or space shall be illuminated at all times that the room or space is occupied Exceptions: 1 Occupancies in Group U 2 Aisle accessways in Group A 3 Dwelling units and sleeping units in Groups R-1, R- 2 and R-3 4 Sleeping units of Group I occupancies 1008.2.1 Illumination level under normal power. The means of egress illumination level shall be not less than 1 footcandle (I I lux) at the walking surface Exception: For auditoriums, theaters, concert or opera halls and similar assembly occupancies, the illumination at the walking surface is permitted to be reduced during performances by one of the following methods provided that the required illumination is automatically restored upon activation of a premises' fire alarm system 1 Externally illuminated walking surfaces shall be permitted to be illumnated to not less than 0 2 footcandle (2 15 lux) 264 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER CITY IEbtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvzodmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Ag,e ntaAOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 2 Steps, landings and the sides of ramps shall be pernutted to be marked with self -luminous materi- als in accordance with Sections 1025 2 1, 1025 2 2 and 1025 2 4 by systems listed in accordance with UL 1994 1008.2.2 Group I-2. In Group I-2 occupancies where two or more exits are required, on the exterior landings required by Section 1010 1 6, means of egress illumma- tion levels for the exit discharge shall be provided such that failure of a single lamp in a lummaire shall not reduce the illumination level on that landing to less than 1 foot- candle (I I lux) 1008.2.3 Exit discharge. Illumination shall be provided along the path of travel for the exit cscharge from each exit to the public way Exception: Illumination shall not be required where the path of the exit discharge meets both of the follow- ing requirements 1 The path of exit discharge is illuminated from the exit to a safe dispersal area complying with Sec- tion 1028 5 2 A dispersal area shall be illumnated to a level not less than 1 footcandle (I I lux) at the walking sur- face 1008.3 Emergency power for illumination. The power sup- ply for means of egress illumination shall normally be pro- vided by the premises' electrical supply 1008.3.1 General. In the event of power supply failure in rooms and spaces that require two or more means of egress, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate all of the following areas 1 Aisles 2 Corridors 3 Exit access stairways and ramps 1008.3.2 Buildings. In the event of power supply failure in buildings that require two or more means of egress, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate all of the following areas 1 Interior exit access stairways and ramps 2 Interior and exterior exit stairways and ramps 3 Exitpassageways. 4 Vestibules and areas on the level of discharge used for exit discharge in accordance with Section 1028 1 5 Exterior landings as required by Section 1010 1 6 for exit doorways that lead directly to the exit cks- charge 1008.3.3 Rooms and spaces. In the event of power supply failure, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate all of the following areas 1 Electrical equipment rooms 2 Fire command centers 3 Fire pump rooms 4 Generator rooms Public restrooms with an area greater than 300 square feet (27 87 m) 1008.3.4 Duration. The emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or an on -site generator The installation of the emergency power system shall be in accordance with Section 2702 1008.3.5 Illumination level under emergency power. Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is not less than an average of 1 footcandle (I I lux) and a minimum at any point of 0 1 footcandle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0 6 footcandle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0 06 footcandle (0 6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration A maximum-to-mmi- mum illumination uniform ty ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded In Group I-2 occupancies, failure of a single lamp in a lummaire shall not reduce the illumination level to less than 0 2 footcandle (2 2 lux) SECTION 1009 ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS 1009.1 Accessible means of egress required. Accessible means of egress shall comply with this section Accessible spaces shall be provided with not less than one accessible means of egress Where more than one means of egress is required by Section 10062 or 10063 from any accessible space, each accessible portion of the space shall be served by not less than two accessible means of egress Exceptions: 1 One accessible means of egress is required from an accessible mezzanine level in accordance with Sec- tion 1009 3, 1009 4 or 1009 5 2 In assembly areas with ramped aisles or stepped aisles, one accessible means of egress is permitted where the common path of egress travel is accessi- ble and meets the requirements in Section 1029 8 1009.2 Continuity and components. Each required acces- sible means of egress shall be continuous to a public way and shall consist of one or more of the following compo- nents 1 Accessible routes complying with Section 1104 2 Interior exit stairways complying with Sections 1009 3 and 1023 3 Exit access stairways complying with Sections 1009 3 and 1019 3 or 1019 4 4 Exterior exit stairways complying with Sections 1009 3 and 1027 and serving levels other than the level of exit discharge 5 Elevators complying with Section 1009 4 6 Platform lifts complying with Section 1009 5 7 Horizontal exits complying with Section 1026 4m 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 265 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 8 Ramps complying with Section 1012 9 Areas of refuge complying with Section 1009 6 10 Exterior areas for assisted rescue complying with Section 1009 7 serving exits at the level of exit dis- charge 1009.2.1 Elevators required. In buildings where a required accessible floor is four or more stones above or below a level of exit discharge, not less than one required accessible means of egress shall be an elevator complying with Section 1009 4 Exceptions 1 In buildings equipped throughout with an auto- matic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 12, the elevator shall not be required on floors provided with a horizontal exit and located at or above the levels of exit discharge In buildings equipped throughout with an auto- matic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 12, the elevator shall not be required on floors provided with a ramp conforming to the provisions of Section 1012 1009.3 Stairways. In order to be considered part of an acces- sible means of egress, a stairway between stones shall com- ply with Sections 1009 3 1 through 1009 3 3 1009.3.1 Exit access stairways. Fait access stairways that connect levels in the same story are not permitted as part of an accessible means of egress. Exception: Exit access stairways providing means of egress from mezzanines are permitted as part of an accessible means of egress 1009.3.2 Stairway width. Stairways shall have a clear width of 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum between hand- rails Exceptions: 1 The clear width of 48 inches (1219 mm) between handrails is not required in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903312 2 The clear width of 48 inches (1219 mm) between handrails is not required for stairways accessed from a refuge area in conjunction with a horizon- tal exit 1009.3.3 Area of refuge. Stairways shall either incorpo- rate an area of refuge within an enlarged floor -level land- ing or shall be accessed from an area of refuge complying with Section 1009 6 Exceptions: 1 Areas of refuge are not required at exit access stairways where two-way communication is pro- vided at the elevator landing in accordance with Section 1009 8 2 Areas of refuge are not required at stairways in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 3 Areas of refuge are not required at stairways serving open parking garages 4 Areas of refuge are not required for smoke -pro- I tected or open-air assembly sealing areas com- plying with Sections 1029 6 2 and 1029 6 3 5 Areas of refuge are not required at stairways in Group R-2 occupancies 6 Areas of refuge are not required for stairways accessed from a refuge area in conjunction with a horizontal exit 1009.4 Elevators. In order to be considered part of an acces- sible means of egress, an elevator shall comply with Sections 1009 4 1 and 1009 4 2 1009.4.1 Standby power. The elevator shall meet the I emergency operation and signaling device requirements of Section 2 27 of ASME All 1/CSA B44 Standby power shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 27 and Sec- tion 3003 1009.4.2 Area of refuge. The elevator shall be accessed ' from an area of refuge complying with Section 1009 6 Exceptions: 1 Areas of refuge are not required at the elevator in open parking garages 2 Areas of refuge are not required in buildings and facilities equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 3 Areas of refuge are not required at elevators not required to be located in a shaft in accordance with Section 712 4 Areas of refuge are not required at elevators serv- ing smoke -protected or open-air assembly seat- ing areas complying with Sections 1029 6 2 and I 102963 5 Areas of refuge are not required for elevators accessed from a refuge area in conjunction with a horizontal exit 1009.5 Platform lifts. Platform lifts shall be permitted to serve as part of an accessible means of egress where allowed as part of a required accessible route in Section 1109 8 except for Item 10 Standby power for the platform lift shall be pro- vided in accordance with Chapter 27 1009.6 Areas of refuge. Every required area of refuge shall be accessible from the space it serves by an accessible means of egress 1009.6.1 Travel distance. The maximum travel distance from any accessible space to an area of refuge shall not exceed the exit access travel distance permitted for the occupancy in accordance with Section 1017 1 1009.6.2 Stairway or elevator access. Every required area of refuge shall have direct access to a stairway com- 266 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( RR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS plying with Sections 1009 3 and 1023 or an elevator com- plying with Section 1009 4 1009.6.3 Size. Each area of refuge shall be sized to accom- modate one wheelchair space of 30 inches by 48 inches (762 mm by 1219 mm) for each 200 occupants or portion thereof, based on the occupant load of the area of refuge and areas served by the area of refuge Such wheelchair spaces shall notreduce the means of egress minnnum width or required capacity Access to any of the required wheel- chair spaces in an area of refuge shall not be obstructed by more than one adjoining wheelchair space 1009.6.4 Separation. Each area of refuge shall be sepa- rated from the remainder of the story by a smoke barrier complying with Section 709 or a horizontal exit comply- ing with Section 1026 Each area of refuge shall be designed to minimize the intrusion of smoke Exceptions: 1 Areas of refuge located within an enclosure for interior exit stairways complying with Section 1023 2 Areas of refuge in outdoor facilities where exit access is essentially open to the outside 1009.6.5 Two-way communication. Areas of refuge shall be provided with a two-way communication system com- plying with Sections 1009 8 1 and 1009 8 2 1009.7 Exterior areas for assisted rescue. Exterior areas for assisted rescue shall be accessed by an accessible route from the area served Where the exit discharge does not include an accessible route from an exit located on the level of exit discharge to a public way, an exterior area of assisted rescue shall be pro- vided on the exterior landing in accordance with Sections 1009 7 1 through 1009 7 4 1009.7.1 Size. Each exterior area for assisted rescue shall be sized to accommodate wheelchair spaces in accordance with Section 1009 6 3 1009.7.2 Separation. Exterior walls separating the exte- rior area of assisted rescue from the interior of the building shall have a mimmum fire -resistance rating of 1 hour, rated for exposure to fire from the inside The fire -resis- tance -rated exterior wall construction shall extend hori- zontally not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) beyond the landing on either side of the landing or equivalent fire - resistance -rated construction is permitted to extend out perpendicular to the exterior wall not less than 4 feet (1220 mm) on the side of the landing The fire -resistance - rated construction shall extend vertically from the ground to a point not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) above the floor level of the area for assisted rescue or to the roof line, whichever is lower Openings within such fire -resistance - rated exterior walls shall be protected in accordance with Section 716 Exception: The fire -resistance rating and opening pro- tectwes are not required in the exterior wall where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section I 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 12 1009.7.3 Openness. The exterior area for assisted rescue shall be open to the outside au The sides other than the separation walls shall be not less than 50 percent open, and the open area shall be distributed so as to mimmize the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases 1009.7.4 Stairways. Stairways that are part of the means of egress for the exterior area for assisted rescue shall pro- vide a minimum clear width of 48 inches (1220 mm) between handrails Exception: The minimum clear width of 48 inches (1220 mm) between handrails is not required at stair- ways serving buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 1009.8 Two-way communication. A two-way communica- tion system complying with Sections 1009 8 1 and 1009 8 2 shall be provided at the landing serving each elevator or bank of elevators on each accessible floor that is one or more sto- nes above or below the level of exit discharge Exceptions: 1 Two-way communication systems are not required at the landing serving each elevator or bank of ele- vators where the two-way communication system is provided within areas of refuge in accordance with Section 1009 6 5 2 Two-way communication systems are not required on floors provided with ramps conforming to the provisions of Section 1012 3 Two-way communication systems are not required at the landings serving only service elevators that are not designated as part of the accessible means of egress or serve as part of the required accessible route into a facility 4 Two-way communication systems are not required at the landings serving only freight elevators 5 Two-way communication systems are not required at the landing serving a private residence elevator 6 Two-way communication systems are not required in Group I-2 or I-3 facilities 1009.8.1 System requirements. Two-way communica- tion systems shall provide communication between each required location and the fire command center or a central control point location approved by the fire department Where the central control point is not a constantly attended location, a two-way communication system shall have a timed automatic telephone dial -out capability to a monitoring location or 9-1-1 The two-way communica- tion system shall include both audible and visible signals 1009.8.2 Directions. Directions for the use of the two-way communication system, instructions for summoning assis- tance via the two-way communication system and written identification of the location shall be posted adjacent to the two-way communication system Signage shall comply with the ICC Al 17 1 requirements for visual characters 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 267 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e DIAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 1009.9 Signage. Signage indicating special accessibility pro- visions shall be provided as shown 1 Each door providing access to an area of refuge from an adjacent floor area shall be identified by a sign star - mg AREA OF REFUGE 2 Each door providing access to an exterior area for assisted rescue shall be identified by a sign stating EXTERIOR AREA FOR ASSISTED RESCUE Signage shall comply with the ICC A117.1 requirements for visual characters and include the International Symbol of Accessibility Where exit sign illumination is required by Section 1013 3, the signs shall be illuminated Additionally, visual characters, raised character and braille Signage com- plying with ICC Al17 1 shall be located at each door to an area of refuge and exterior area for assisted rescue in accor- dance with Section 1013 4 1009.10 Directional signage. Directional Signage indicating the location of all other means of egress and which of those are accessible means of egress shall be provided at the fol- lowing 1 At exits serving a required accessible space but not pro- viding an approved accessible means of egress 2 At elevator landings 3 Within areas of refuge 1009.11 Instructions. In areas of refuge and exterior areas for assisted rescue, instructions on the use of the area under emergency conditions shall be posted Signage shall comply with the ICC Al17 1 requirements for visual characters The instructions shall include all of the following 1 Persons able to use the exit stairway do so as soon as possible, unless they are assisting others 2 Information on planned availability of assistance in the use of stairs or supervised operation of elevators and how to summon such assistance 3 Directions for use of the two-way communication sys- tem where provided SECTION 1010 DOORS, GATES AND TURNSTILES 1010.1 Doors. Means of egress doors shall meet the require- ments of this section Doors serving a means of egress system shall meet the requirements of this section and Section 10222 Doors provided for egress purposes in numbers greater than required by this code shall meet the requirements of this section Means of egress doors shall be readily distinguishable from the adjacent construction and finishes such that the doors are easily recognizable as doors Nfirrors or similar reflecting materials shall not be used on means of egress doors Means of egress doors shall not be concealed by cur- tains, drapes, decorations or similar materials 1010.1.1 Size of doors. The required capacity of each door opening shall be sufficient for the occupant load thereof and shall provide a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches (813 mm) The clear opening width of door- ways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees (1 57 rad) Where this section requires a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches (813 mm) and a door opening includes two door leaves without a mullion, one leaf shall provide a minimum clear opening width of 32 inches (813 mm) In Group I-2, doors serving as means of egress doors where used for the movement of beds shall provide a minimum clear opening width of 41'/ inches (1054 mm) The maximum width of a swinging door leaf shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) nominal The minimum clear opening height of doors shall be not less than 80 inches (2032 mm) Exceptions: 1 In Group R-2 and R-3 dwelling and sleeping units that are not required to be an Accessible unit, Type A unit or Type B unit, the ininnnum and maximum width shall not apply to door openings that are not part of the required means of egress. 2 In Group I-3, door openings to resident sleeping units that are not required to be an Accessible unit shall have a minimum clear opening width of 28 inches (711 mm) 3 Door openings to storage closets less than 10 square feet (0 93 in 2) in area shall not be limited by the minimum clear opening width 4 The width of door leaves inrevolving doors that comply with Section 1010 1 4 1 shall not be hmtied 5 The maximum width of door leaves in power - operated doors that comply with Section 1010 14 2 shall not be limited 6 Door openings within a dwelling unit or sleep- ing unit shall have a minimum clear opening height of 78 inches (1981 mm) 7 In dwelling and sleeping units that are not required to be Accessible, Type A or Type B units, exterior door openings other than the required exit door shall have a minimum clear opening height of 76 inches (1930 mm) 8 In Groups I-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4, in dwelling and sleeping units that are not required to be Accessible, Type A or Type B units, the mim- mum clear opening widths shall not apply to interior egress doors 9 Door openings required to be accessible within Type B units intended for user passage shall have a minimum clear opening width of 31 75 inches (806 mm) 10 Doors to walk-in freezers and coolers less than 1,000 square feet (93 m2) in area shall have a maximum width of 60 inches (1524 mm) nomi- nal 268 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C'p IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 11 The mimmum clear opening width shall not apply to doors for nonaccessible shower or sauna compartments 12 The mimmum clear opening width shall not apply to the doors for nonaccessible toilet stalls 1010.1.1.1 Projections into clear width. There shall not be projections into the required clear opening width lower than 34 inches (864 mm) above the floor or ground Projections into the clear opening width between 34 inches (864 mm) and 80 inches (2032 mm) above the floor or ground shall not exceed 4 inches (102 mm) Exception: Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 78 inches (1980 mm) minimum above the floor 1010.1.2 Door swing. Egress doors shall be of the pivoted or side -hinged swinging type Exceptions: 1 Private garages, office areas, factory and storage areas with an occupant load of 10 or less 2 Group I-3 occupancies used as a place of deten- tion 3 Critical or intensive care patient rooms within suites of health care facilities 4 Doors within or serving a single dwelling unit in Groups R-2 and R-3 5 In other than Group H occupancies, revolving doors complying with Section 1010 14 1 6 In other than Group H occupancies, special pur- pose horizontal sliding, accordion or folding door assemblies complying with Section 1010 1 4 3 7 Power -operated doors in accordance with Section 1010142 8 Doors serving a bathroom within an individual sleeping unit in Group R-1 9 In other than Group H occupancies, manually operated horizontal sliding doors are permitted in a means of egress from spaces with an occupant load of 10 or less 1010.1.2.1 Direction of swing. Pivot or side -hinged swinging doors shall swing in the direction of egress travel where serving a room or area containing an occu- pant load of 50 or more persons or a Group H occu- pancy 1010.1.3 Door opening force. The force for pushing or pulling open interior swinging egress doors, other than fire doors, shall not exceed 5 pounds (22 I) These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or dis- engage other devices that hold the door in a closed posi- tion For other swinging doors, as well as sliding and folding doors, the door latch shall release when subjected to a 15-pound (67I) force The door shall be set in motion when subjected to a 30-pound (133 I) force The door shall swing to a full -open position when subjected to a 15- pound (67I) force 1010.1.3.1 Location of applied forces. Forces shall be applied to the latch side of the door 1010.1.4 Special doors. Special doors and security grilles shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1010 1 4 1 through 1010 14 5 1010.1.4.1 Revolving doors. Revolving doors shall comply with the following 1 Revolving doors shall comply with BHMA A156 27 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions 2 Each revolving door shall be capable of breakout in accordance with BHMA A156 27 and shall provide an aggregate width of not less than 36 inches (914 mm) 3 A revolving door shall not be located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the foot or top of stairways or escalators A dispersal area shall be provided between the stairways or escalators and the revolving doors 4 The revolutions per mmute (rpm) for a revolving door shall not exceed the maximum rpm as speci- fied in BHMA A156 27 Manual revolving doors shall comply with Table 101014l(1) Auto- matic or power -operated revolving doors shall comply with Table 1010 1 4 1(2) 5 An emergency stop switch shall be provided near each entry point of power or automatic operated revolving doors within 48 inches (1220 mm) of the door and between 24 inches (610 mm) and 48 inches (1220 mm) above the floor The activation area of the emergency stop switch button shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter and shall be red 6 Each revolving door shall have a side -hinged swinging door that complies with Section 1010 1 m the same wall and within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the revolving door 7 Revolving doors shall not be part of an accessible route required by Section 1009 and Chapter 11 TABLE 1010.1.4.1(1) MAXIMUM DOOR SPEED MANUAL REVOLVING DOORS REVOLVING DOOR MAXIMUM NOMINAL DIAMETER (FT -IN) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE REVOLVING DOOR SPEED (RPM) 6-0 12 7-0 11 8-0 10 9-0 9 10-0 8 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 into, 1 foot= 304 8 min 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 269 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS TABLE 1010.1.4.1(2) MAXIMUM DOOR SPEED AUTOMATIC OR POWER -OPERATED REVOLVING DOORS REVOLVING DOOR MAXIMUM NOMINAL DIAMETER (FT -IN) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE REVOLVING DOOR SPEED (RPM) 8-0 72 9-0 64 10-0 57 11-0 52 12-0 48 12-6 46 14-0 41 16-0 36 17-0 34 18-0 32 20-0 29 24-0 24 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 foot= 304 8 min 1010.1.4.1.1 Egress component. A revolving door used as a component of a means of egress shall com- ply with Section 1010 1 4 1 and the following three conditions 1 Revolving doors shall not be given credit for more than 50 percent of the minimum width or required capacity 2 Each revolving door shall be credited with a capacity based on not more than a 50-person occupant load 3 Each revolving door shall provide for egress in accordance with BHMA Al56 27 with a breakout force of not more than 130 pounds (578 N) 1010.1.4.1.2 Other than egress component. A revolving door used as other than a component of a means of egress shall comply with Section 1010 1 4 1 The breakout force of a revolving door not used as a component of a means of egress shall not be more than 180 pounds (801 N) Exception: A breakout force in excess of 180 pounds (801 N) is permitted if the breakout force is reduced to not more than 130 pounds (578 N) when not less than one of the following condi- tions is satisfied 1 There is a power failure or power is removed to the device holding the door wings in position 2 There is an actuation of the automatic sprinkler system where such system is pro- vided 3 There is an actuation of a smoke detection system that is installed in accordance with Section 907 to provide coverage in areas within the building that are within 75 feet (22 860 mm) of the revolving doors 4 There is an actuation of a manual control switch, in an approved location and clearly identified, that reduces the breakout force to not more than 130 pounds (578 N) 1010.1.4.2 Power -operated doors. Where means of egress doors are operated or assisted by power, the design shall be such that in the event of power failure, the door is capable of being opened manually to permit means of egress travel or closed where necessary to safeguard means of egress The forces required to open these doors manually shall not exceed those specified in Section 1010 1 3, except that the force to set the door in motion shall not exceed 50 pounds (220 N) The door shall be capable of opening from any position to the full width of the opening in which such door is installed when a force is applied to the door on the side from which egress is made Power -operated swinging doors, power -operated sliding doors and power -oper- ated folding doors shall comply with BHMA A156 10 Power -assisted swinging doors and low -energy power - operated swinging doors shall comply with BHMA A15619 Low -energy power -operated sliding doors and low -energy power -operated folding doors shall comply with BHMA A156 38 Exceptions: 1 Occupancies in Group I-3 2 Special purpose horizontal sliding, accordion or folding doors complying with Section 1010143 3 For a bipartmg door in the emergency break- out mode, a door leaf located within a multi- ple -leaf opening shall be exempt from the minimum 32-mch (813 mm) single -leaf requirement of Section 1010 1 1, provided that a minimum 32-inch (813 mm) clear opening is provided when the two biparting leaves meet - mg in the center are broken out 1010.1.4.3 Special purpose horizontal sliding, accor- dion or folding doors. In other than Group H occupan- cies, special purpose horizontal sliding, accordion or folding door assemblies permitted to be a component of a means of egress in accordance with Exception 6 to Section 1010 1 2 shall comply with all of the following criteria 1 The doors shall be power operated and shall be capable of being operated manually in the event of power failure 2 The doors shall be openable by a simple method from both sides without special knowledge or effort 3 The force required to operate the door shall not exceed 30 pounds (133 N) to set the door in motion and 15 pounds (67 N) to close the door or open it to the minimum required width 4 The door shall be openable with a force not to exceed 15 pounds (67 N) when a force of 250 270 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 1 1 TTRRClry'EhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto I I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, Axmboemamhoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO RED VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS pounds (1100 N) is applied perpendicular to the door adjacent to the operating device 5 The door assembly shall comply with the applica- ble fire protection rating and, where rated, shall be self -closing or automatic closing by smoke detection in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6, shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 80 and shall comply with Section 716 6 The door assembly shall have an integrated standby power supply 7 The door assembly power supply shall be electri- cally supervised 8 The door shall open to the minimum required width within 10 seconds after activation of the operating device 1010.1.4.4 Locking arrangements in educational occupancies. In Group E and Group B educational occupancies, egress doors from classrooms, offices and other occupied rooms shall be permitted to be provided with locking arrangements designed to keep intruders from entering the room where all of the following con- ditions are met 1 The door shall be capable of being unlocked from outside the room with a key or other approved means 2 The door shall be openable from within the room in accordance with Section 1010 19 3 Modifications shall not be made to listed panic hardware, fire door hardware or door closers 1010.1.4.4.1 Remote operation of locks. Remote operation of locks complying with Section 1010 14 4 shall be permitted 1010.1.4.5 Security grilles. In Groups B, F, M and S, horizontal sliding or vertical security grilles are permit- ted at the main exit and shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort during periods that the space is occupied The grilles shall remain secured in the full -open position during the period of occupancy by the general public Where two or more means of egress are required, not more than one-half of the exits or exit access doorways shall be equipped with horizontal sliding or vertical security grilles 1010.1.5 Floor elevation. There shall be a floor or landing on each side of a door Such floor or landing shall be at the same elevation on each side of the door Landings shall be level except for exterior landings, which are permitted to have a slope not to exceed 0 25 unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) Exceptions: 1 Doors serving individual dwelling units in Groups R-2 and R-3 where the following apply 1 1 A door is permitted to open at the top step of an interior flight of stairs, provided that the door does not swing over the top step 1 2 Screen doors and storm doors are permit- ted to swing over stairs or landings 2 Exterior doors as provided for in Section 1003 5, Exception 1, and Section 1022 2, which are not on an accessible route 3 In Group R-3 occupancies not required to be Accessible units, Type A units or Type B units, the landing at an exterior doorway shall be not more than 7'/q inches (197 mm) below the top of the threshold, provided the door, other than an exte- rior storm or screen door, does not swing over the landing 4 Variations in elevation due to differences in fin- ish materials, but not more than '/z inch (12 7 mm) 5 Exterior decks, patios or balconies that are part of Type B dwelling units, have impervious surfaces and that are not more than 4 inches (102 mm) below the finished floor level of the adjacent mte- nor space of the dwelling unit 6 Doors serving equipment spaces not required to be accessible in accordance with Section 1103 2 9 and serving an occupant load of five or less shall be permitted to have a landing on one side to be notmore than 7 inches (178 mm) above or below the landing on the egress side of the door 1010.1.6 Landings at doors. Landings shall have a width not less than the width of the stairway or the door, which- ever is greater Doors in the fully open position shall not reduce a required dimension by more than 7 inches (178 mm) Where a landing serves an occupant load of 50 or more, doors in any position shall not reduce the landing to less than one-half its required width Landings shall have a length measured in the direction of travel of not less than 44 inches (1118 mm) Exception: Landing length in the direction of travel in Groups R-3 and U and within individual units of Group R-2 need not exceed 36 inches (914 mm) 1010.1.7 Thresholds. Thresholds at doorways shall not exceed '/q inch (19 1 mm) in height above the finished floor or landing for sliding doors serving dwelling units or 1/2 inch (12 7 mm) above the finished floor or landing for other doors Raised thresholds and floor level changes greater than'/q inch (6 4 mm) at doorways shall be beveled with a slope not greater than one unit vertical in two units horizontal (50-percent slope) Exceptions 1 In occupancy Group R-2 or R-3, threshold heights for sliding and side -hinged exterior doors shall be permitted to be up to 7'/4 inches (197 mm) in height if all of the following apply 1 1 The door is not part of the required means of egress 1 2 The door is not part of an accessible route as required by Chapter 11 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 271 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 1 3 The door is not part of an Accessible unit, Type A unit or Type B unit 2 In Type B units, where Exception 5 to Section 1010 15 perunts a 4-inch (102 mm) elevation change at the door, the threshold height on the exterior side of the door shall not exceed 4'/4 inches (120 mm) in height above the exterior deck, patio or balcony for sliding doors or 4'/ inches (114 mm) above the exterior deck, patio or balcony for other doors 1010.1.8 Door arrangement. Space between two doors in a series shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) minimum plus the width of a door swinging into the space Doors in a series shall swing either in the same direction or away from the space between the doors Exceptions: 1 The minimum distance between horizontal slid - mg power -operated doors in a series shall be 48 inches (1219 mm) 2 Storm and screen doors serving individual dwell- ing units in Groups R-2 and R-3 need not be spaced 48 inches (1219 mm) from the other door 3 Doors within individual dwelling units in Groups R-2 and R-3 other than within Type A dwelling units 1010.1.9 Door operations. Except as specifically penmrt- ted by this section, egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort 1010.1.9.1 Hardware. Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to oper- ate 1010.1.9.2 Hardware height. Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices shall be installed 34 inches (864 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1219 mm) maximum above the finished floor Locks used only for security purposes and not used for normal operation are permitted at any height Exception: Access doors or gates in barrier walls and fences protecting pools, spas and hot tubs shall be permitted to have operable parts of the latch release on self-latclung devices at 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the finished floor or ground, provided that the self -latching devices are not also self-locking devices operated by means of a key, electronic opener or integral combination lock 1010.1.9.3 Monitored or recorded egress. Where electrical systems that monitor or record egress activity are incorporated, the locking system shall comply with Section 1010 1 9 7, 1010 1 9 8, 1010 1 9 9, 1010 1 9 10 or 1010 1 9 11 or shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowl- edge or effort 1010.1.9.4 Locks and latches. Locks and latches shall be pernutted to prevent operation of doors where any of the following exist 1 Places of detention or restraint 2 In buildings in occupancy Group A having an occupant load of 300 or less, Groups B, F, M and S, and in places of religious worship, the main door or doors are permitted to be equipped with key -operated locking devices from the egress side provided 2 1 The locking device is readily distinguish- able as locked 22 A readily visible durable sign is posted on the egress side on or adjacent to the door stating THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THIS SPACE IS OCCUPIED The sign shall be in letters 1 inch (25 mm) high on a contrasting back- ground 2 3 The use of the key -operated locking device is revocable by the building offi- cial for due cause 3 Where egress doors are used in pairs, approved automatic flush bolts shall be permitted to be used, provided that the door leaf having the auto- matic flush bolts does not have a doorknob or surface -mounted hardware 4 Doors from individual dwelling or sleeping units of Group R occupancies having an occupant load of 10 or less are permitted to be equipped with a night latch, dead bolt or security chain, provided such devices are openable from the inside with- out the use of a key or tool 5 Fire doors after the minimum elevated tem- perature has disabled the unlatching mechanism in accordance with listed fire door test proce- dures 6 Doors serving roofs not intended to be occupied shall be permitted to be locked preventing entry to the building from the roof 1010.1.9.5 Bolt locks. Manually operated flush bolts or surface bolts are not permitted Exceptions: 1 On doors not required for egress in individual dwelling units or sleeping units 2 Where a pair of doors serves a storage or equipment room, manually operated edge- or surface -mounted bolts are permitted on the inactive leaf 3 Where a pair of doors serves an occupant load of less than 50 persons in a Group B, F or S occupancy, manually operated edge- or sur- face -mounted bolts are permitted on the inac- tive leaf The inactive leaf shall not contain doorknobs, panic bars or similar operating hardware 272 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( TITTRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 4 Where a pair of doors serves a Group B, F or S occupancy, manually operated edge- or sur- face -mounted bolts are pernutted on the inac- tive leaf provided that such inactive leaf is not needed to meet egress capacity requirements and the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 The inactive leaf shall not contain doorknobs, panic bars or similar operating hardware 5 Where a pair of doors serves patient care rooms in Group I-2 occupancies, self -latching edge- or surface -mounted bolts are permitted on the inactive leaf provided that the inactive leaf is not needed to meet egress capacity requirements and the inactive leaf shall not contain doorknobs, panic bars or similar oper- ating hardware 1010.1.9.6 Unlatching. The unlatclung of any door or leaf shall not require more than one operation Exceptions: 1 Places of detention or restraint 2 Where manually operated bolt locks are per- mittedby Section 1010 1 9 5 3 Doors with automatic flush bolts as permitted by Section 1010 19 4, Item 3 4 Doors from individual dwelling units and sleeping units of Group R occupancies as per- mitted by Section 1010 1 9 4, Item 4 1010.1.9.6.1 Closet doors. Closet doors that latch in the closed position shall be openable from inside the closet 1010.1.9.7 Controlled egress doors in Groups I-1 and I-2. Electric locking systems, including electro- mechanical locking systems and electromagnetic lock- ing systems, shall be permitted to be locked in the means of egress in Group I-1 or I-2 occupancies where the chnical needs of persons receiving care require their containment Controlled egress doors shall be permitted in such occupancies where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or an approved automatic smoke or heat detection system installed in accordance with Section 907, provided that the doors are installed and operate in accordance with all of the following 1 The door locks shall unlock on actuation of the automatic sprinkler system or automatic fire detection system 2 The door locks shall unlock on loss of power con- trolling the lock or lock mechanism 3 The door locking system shall be installed to have the capability of being unlocked by a switch located at the fire command center, a nursing sta- tion or other approved location The switch shall directly break power to the lock 4 A building occupant shall not be required to pass through more than one door equipped with a con- trolled egress locking system before entering an exit 5 The procedures for unlocking the doors shall be described and approved as part of the emergency planning and preparedness required by Chapter 4 of the International Fire Code 6 All clinical staff shall have the keys, codes or other means necessary to operate the locking sys- tem s 7 Emergency lighting shall be provided at the door 8 The door locking system units shall be listed in accordance with UL 294 Exceptions: 1 Items 1 through 4 shall not apply to doors to areas occupied by persons who, because of clinical needs, require restraint or containment as part of the function of a psychiatric treat- ment area 2 Items 1 through 4 shall not apply to doors to areas where a listed egress control system is utilized to reduce the risk of child abduction from nursery and obstetric areas of a Group I- 2 hospital 1010.1.9.8 Delayed egress. Delayed egress locking systems shall be permitted to be installed on doors serv- ing the following occupancies in buildings that are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler sys- tem in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or an approved automatic smoke or heat detection system installed in accordance with Section 907 1 Group B, F, I, M, R, S and U occupancies 2 Group E classrooms with an occupant load of less than 50 Exception: Delayed egress locking systems shall be permitted to be installed on exit or exit access doors, other than the main exit or exit access door, serving a courtroom in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 1010.1.9.8.1 Delayed egress locking system. The delayed egress locking system shall be installed and operated in accordance with all of the following 1 The delay electronics of the delayed egress locking system shall deactivate upon actuation of the automatic sprinkler system or automatic fire detection system, allowing immediate free egress 2 The delay electronics of the delayed egress locking system shall deactivate upon loss of power controlling the lock or lock mechanism, allowing immediate free egress 3 The delayed egress locking system shall have the capability of being deactivated at the fire 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 273 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS command center and other approved loca- tions 4 An attempt to egress shall initiate an irrevers- ible process that shall allow such egress in not more than 15 seconds when a physical effort to exit is applied to the egress side door hard- ware for not more than 3 seconds Initiation of the irreversible process shall activate an audi- ble signal in the vicinity of the door Once the delay electronics have been deactivated, rearming the delay electronics shall be by manual means only Exception: Where approved, a delay of not more than 30 seconds is pernutted on a delayed egress door 5 The egress path from any point shall not pass through more than one delayed egress locking system Exceptions: 1 In Group I-2 or I-3 occupancies, the egress path from any point in the building shall pass through not more than two delayed egress locking systems provided that the combined delay does not exceed 30 seconds 2 In Group I-1 or I-4 occupancies, the egress path from any point in the building shall pass through not more than two delayed egress locking systems provided the combined delay does not exceed 30 seconds and the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 A sign shall be provided on the door and shall be located above and within 12 inches (305 mm) of the door exit hardware 61 For doors that swing in the direction of egress, the sign shall read PUSH UNTIL ALARM SOUNDS DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 15 [30] SECONDS 62 For doors that swing in the opposite direction of egress, the sign shall read PULL UNTIL ALARM SOUNDS DOOR CAN BE OPENED IN 15 [30] SECONDS 6 3 The sign shall comply with the visual character requirements in ICC Al17 1 Exception: Where approved, in Group I occupancies, the installation of a sign is not required where care recipients who because of clinical needs require restraint or con- tamment as part of the function of the treat- ment area 7 Emergency lighting shall be provided on the egress side of the door 8 The delayed egress locking system units shall be listed in accordance with UL 294 1010.1.9.9 Sensor release of electrically locked egress doors. Sensor release of electric locking sys- tems shall be permitted on doors located in the means of egress in any occupancy except Group H where installed and operated in accordance with all of the fol- lowing criteria 1 The sensor shall be installed on the egress side, arranged to detect an occupant approaching the doors, and shall cause the electric locking system to unlock 2 The electric locks shall be arranged to unlock by a signal from or loss of power to the sensor 3 Loss of power to the lock or locking system shall automatically unlock the electric locks 4 The doors shall be arranged to unlock from a manual unlocking device located 40 inches to 48 inches (1016 mm to 1219 mm) vertically above the floor and within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the secured doors Ready access shall be provided to the manual unlocking device and the device shall be clearly identified by a sign that reads "PUSH TO EXIT " When operated, the manual unlock- ing device shall result in direct interruption of power to the electric lockindependent of other electronics —and the electric lock shall remain I unlocked for not less than 30 seconds 5 Activation of the bwldmg fire alarm system, where provided, shall automatically unlock the electric lock, and the electric lock shall remain unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset 6 Activation of the building automatic sprinkler system or fire detection system, where provided, shall automatically unlock the electric lock The I electric lock shall remain unlocked until the fire alarm system has been reset 7 The door locking system units shall be listed in accordance with UL 294 1010.1.9.10 Door hardware release of electrically locked egress doors. Door hardware release of electric locking systems shall be permitted on doors in the means of egress in any occupancy except Group H where installed and operated in accordance with all of the following 1 The door hardware that is affixed to the door leaf has an obvious method of operation that is readily operated under all lighting conditions 2 The door hardware is capable of being operated with one hand and shall comply with Section 1010196 274 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17m5 ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S ( I I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossdANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 3 Operation of the door hardware directly mter- rupts the power to the electric lock and unlocks the door immediately 4 Loss of power to the electric locking system auto- matically unlocks the door 5 Where panic or fire exit hardware is required by Section 1010 1 10, operation of the panic or fire exit hardware also releases the electric lock 6 The locking system units shall be listed in accor- dance with UL 294 1010.1.9.11 Locking arrangements in buildings within correctional facilities. In buildings within cor- rectional and detention facilities, doors in means of egress serving rooms or spaces occupied by persons whose movements are controlled for security reasons shall be permitted to be locked where equipped with egress control devices that shall unlock manually and by not less than one of the following means 1 Activation of an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 2 Activation of an approved manual fire alarm box 3 A signal from a constantly attended location 1010.1.9.12 Stairway doors. Interior stairway means of egress doors shall be openable from both sides with- out the use of a key or special knowledge or effort Exceptions: 1 Stairway discharge doors shall be openable from the egress side and shall only be locked from the opposite side 2 This section shall not apply to doors arranged in accordance with Section 403 5 3 3 Stairway exit doors are permitted to be locked from the side opposite the egress side, provided that they are openable from the egress side and capable of being unlocked simultaneously without unlatching upon a signal from the fire command center, if pres- ent, or a signal by emergency personnel from a single location inside the main entrance to the building 4 Stairway exit doors shall be openable from the egress side and shall only be locked from the opposite side in Group B, F, M and S occu- pancies where the only interior access to the tenant space is from a single exit stairway where permitted in Section 10063 3 5 Stairway exit doors shall be openable from the egress side and shall only be locked from the opposite side in Group R-2 occupancies where the only interior access to the dwelling unit is from a single exit stairway where permitted in Section 1006 3 3 1010.1.10 Panic and fire exit hardware. Swinging doors serving a Group H occupancy and swinging doors serving rooms or spaces with an occupant load of 50 or more in a Group A or E occupancy shall not be provided with a latch or lock other than panic hardware or fire exit hardware Exceptions: 1 A main exit of a Group A occupancy shall be per- mitted to have locking devices in accordance with Section 1010 1 9 4, Item 2 2 Doors provided with panic hardware or fire exit hardware and serving a Group A or E occupancy shall be permitted to be electrically locked in accordance with Section 1010199 or 10101 910 Electrical rooms with equipment rated 1,200 amperes or more and over 6 feet (1829 mm) wide, and that contain overcurrent devices, switching devices or control devices with exit or exit access doors, shall be equipped with panic hardware or fire exit hardware The doors shall swing in the direction of egress travel 1010.1.10.1 Installation. Where panic or fire exit hardware is installed, it shall comply with the follow- ing 1 Panic hardware shall be listed in accordance with UL 305 2 Fire exit hardware shall be listed in accordance with UL 1 OC and UL 305 3 The actuating portion of the releasing device shall extend not less than one-half of the door leaf width 4 The maximum unlatching force shall not exceed 15 pounds (67I) 1010.1.10.2 Balanced doors. If balanced doors are used and panic hardware is required, the panic hard- ware shall be the push -pad type and the pad shall not extend more than one-half the width of the door mea- sured from the latch side 1010.2 Gates. Gates serving the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section Gates used as a component in a means of egress shall conform to the applica- ble requirements for doors Exception: Horizontal sliding or swinging gates exceed- ing the 4-foot (1219 mm) maximum leaf width limitation are permitted in fences and walls surrounding a stadium 1010.2.1 Stadiums. Panic hardware is not required on gates surrounding stadiums where such gates are under constant immediate supervision while the public is pres- ent, and where safe dispersal areas based on 3 square feet (0 28 m) per occupant are located between the fence and enclosed space Such required safe dispersal areas shall not be located less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) from the enclosed space See Section 1028 5 for means of egress from safe dispersal areas 1010.3 Turnstiles and similar devices. Turnstiles or similar devices that restrict travel to one direction shall not be placed so as to obstruct any required means of egress, except where permitted in accordance with Sections 1010 3 1, 1010 3 2 and 101033 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 275 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 1010.3.1 Capacity. Each turnstile or similar device shall be credited with a capacity based on not more than a 50- person occupant load where all of the following provi- sions are met 1 Each device shall turn free in the direction of egress travel when primary power is lost and on the manual release by an employee in the area 2 Such devices are not given credit for more than 50 percent of the required egress capacity or width 3 Each device is not more than 39 inches (991 mm) high 4 Each device has not less than 16'/ inches (419 mm) clear width at and below a height of 39 inches (991 mm) and not less than 22 inches (559 mm) clear width at heights above 39 inches (991 mm) 1010.3.1.1 Clear width. Where located as part of an accessible route, turnstiles shall have not less than 36 inches (914 mm) clear width at and below a height of 34 inches (864 mm), not less than 32 inches (813 mm) clear width between 34 inches (864 mm) and 80 inches (2032 mm) and shall consist of a mechamsm other than a revolving device 1010.3.2 Security access turnstiles. Security access turn- stiles that inhibit travel in the direction of egress utilizing a physical barrier shall be permitted to be considered as a component of the means of egress, provided that all of the following criteria are met 1 The builckng is protected throughout by an auto- matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903311 2 Each security access turnstile lane configuration has a minimum clear passage width of 22 inches (559 mm) 3 Any security access turnstile lane configuration pro- viding a clear passage width of less than 32 inches (810 mm) shall be credited with a maximum egress capacity of 50 persons 4 Any security access turnstile lane configuration pro- viding a clear passage width of 32 inches (810 mm) or more shall be credited with a maximum egress capacity as calculated in accordance with Section 1005 5 Each secured physical barrier shall automatically retract or swing to an unobstructed open position in the direction of egress, under each of the following conditions 5 1 Upon loss of power to the turnstile or any part of the access control system that secures the physical barrier 52 Upon actuation of a clearly identified man- ual release device with ready access that results in direct interruption of power to each secured physical barrier, after which such barriers remain in the open position for not less than 30 seconds The manual release device shall be positioned at one of the fol- lowing locations 5 2 1 On the egress side of each security access turnstile lane 5 2 2 At an approved location where it can be actuated by an employee assigned to the area at all times that the building is occupied 53 Upon actuation of the building fire alarm system, if provided, after which the physical barrier remains in the open position until the fire alarm system is manually reset Exception: Actuation of a manual fire alarm box 5 4 Upon actuation of the building automatic sprinkler or fire detection system, after which the physical barrier remains in the open position until the fire alarm system is manually reset 1010.3.3 High turnstile. Turnstiles more than 39 inches (991 mm) high shall meet the requirements for revolving doors or the requirements of Section 1010 3 2 for security I access turnstiles 1010.3.4 Additional door. Where serving an occupant load greater than 300, each turnstile that is not portable shall have a side -hinged swinging door that conforms to Section 1010 1 within 50 feet (15 240 mm) Exception: A side -hinged swinging door is not required at security access turnstiles that comply with Section 1010 3 2 SECTION 1011 STAIRWAYS 1011.1 General. Stairways serving occupied portions of a building shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1011 2 through 1011 13 Alternating tread devices shall com- ply with Section 1011 14 Ship's ladders shall comply with Section 1011 15 Ladders shall comply with Section 1011 16 Exception: Within rooms or spaces used for assembly purposes, stepped aisles shall comply with Section 1029 1011.2 Width and capacity. The required capacity of stair- ways shall be determined as specified in Section 1005 1, but the minimum width shall be not less than 44 inches (1118 mm) See Section 1009 3 for accessible means of egress stairways Exceptions: 1 Stairways serving an occupant load of less than 50 shall have a width of not less than 36 inches (914 mm) 2 Spiral stairways as provided for in Section 1011 10 3 Where an incline platform lift or stairway chairlift is installed on stairways serving occupancies in Group R-3, or within dwelling units in occupancies in Group R-2, a clear passage width not less than 20 inches (508 mm) shall be provided Where the seat and platform can be folded when not in use, the dis- tance shall be measured from the folded position 276 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( 1 TITTRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,Axmboemamhoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 1011.3 Headroom. Stairways shall have a headroom clear- ance of not less than 80 inches (2032 mm) measured verti- cally from a line connecting the edge of the nosmgs Such headroom shall be continuous above the stairway to the point where the line intersects the landing below, one tread depth beyond the bottom riser The minimum clearance shall be maintained the full width of the stairway and landing Exceptions: 1 Spiral stairways complying with Section 1011 10 are permitted a 78-inch (1981 mm) headroom clear- ance 2 In Group R-3 occupancies, within dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies, and in Group U occupan- cies that are accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy or accessory to individual dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies, where the nosmgs of treads at the side of a flight extend under the edge of a floor opening through which the stair passes, the floor opening shall be allowed to project horizontally into the required headroom not more than 4'/4 inches (121 mm) 1011.4 Walkline. The walklme across winder treads shall be concentric to the direction of travel through the turn and located 12 inches (305 mm) from the side where the winders are narrower The 12-inch (305 mm) dimension shall be mea- sured from the widest point of the clear stair width at the walking surface of the winder Where winders are adjacent within the flight, the point of the widest clear stair width of the adjacent winders shall be used 1011.5 Stair treads and risers. Stair treads and risers shall comply with Sections 1011 5 1 through 1011 5 5 3 1011.5.1 Dimension reference surfaces. For the purpose of this section, all dimensions are exclusive of carpets, rugs or runners 1011.5.2 Riser height and tread depth. Stair riser heights shall be 7 inches (178 mm) maximum and 4 inches (102 mm) minimum The riser height shall be measured vertically between the nosmgs of adjacent treads Rectangular tread depths shall be 11 inches (279 mm) minimum measured horizontally between the verti- cal planes of the foremost projection of adjacent treads and at a right angle to the tread's nosing Winder treads shall have a minimum tread depth of 11 inches (279 mm) between the vertical planes of the foremost projection of adjacent treads at the intersections with the walklme and a minimum tread depth of 10 inches (254 mm) within the clear width of the stair Exceptions: 1 Spiral stairways in accordance with Section 1011 10 2 Stairways connecting stepped aisles to cross aisles or concourses shall be permitted to use the riser/tread dimension in Section 1029 14 2 3 In Group R-3 occupancies, within dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies, and in Group U occu- pancies that are accessory to a Group R-3 occu- pancy or accessory to individual dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies, the maximum riser height shall be 7'/4 inches (197 mm), the mini- mum tread depth shall be 10 inches (254 mm), the minimum winder tread depth at the walklme shall be 10 inches (254 mm), and the minimum winder tread depth shall be 6 inches (152 mm) A nosing projection not less than '/q inch (19 1 mm) but not more than C/, inches (32 mm) shall be provided on stairways with solid risers where the tread depth is less than 11 inches (279 mm) 4 See Section 503 1 of the International Existing Building Code for the replacement of existing stairways 5 In Group I-3 facilities, stairways providing access to guard towers, observation stations and control rooms, not more than 250 square feet (23 m') in area, shall be permitted to have a maxi- mum riser height of 8 inches (203 mm) and a minimum tread depth of 9 inches (229 mm) 1011.5.3 Winder treads. Winder treads are not permitted in means of egress stairways except within a dwelling unit Exceptions: 1 Curved stairways in accordance with Section 10119 2 Spiral stairways in accordance with Section 1011 10 1011.5.4 Dimensional uniformity. Stair treads and risers shall be of uniform size and shape The tolerance between the largest and smallest riser height or between the largest and smallest tread depth shall not exceed'/A inch (9 5 mm) in any flight of stairs The greatest winder tread depth at the walklme within any flight of stairs shall not exceed the smallest by more than'/A inch (9 5 mm) Exceptions 1 Stairways connecting stepped aisles to cross aisles or concourses shall be permitted to comply with the dimensional nonumformity in Section 1029 14 2 2 Consistently shaped winders, complying with Section 1011 5, differing from rectangular treads in the same flight of stairs 3 Nonuniform riser dimension complying with Section 1011 5 4 1 1011.5.4.1 Nonuniform height risers. Where the bot- tom or top riser adjoins a sloping public way, walkway or driveway having an established grade and serving as a landing, the bottom or top riser is permitted to be reduced along the slope to less than 4 inches (102 mm) in height, with the variation in height of the bottom or top riser not to exceed one unit vertical in 12 units hori- zontal (8-percent slope) of stair width The nosmgs or leading edges of treads at such nonumform height risers shall have a distinctive marking stripe, different from any other nosing marking provided on the stair flight The distinctive marking stripe shall be visible in descent of the stair and shall have a slip -resistant sur- 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 277 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, IMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS face Marking stripes shall have a width of not less than 1 inch (25 mm) but not more than 2 inches (51 mm) 1011.5.5 Nosing and riser profile. Nosmgs shall have a curvature or bevel of not less than'116 inch (1 6 mm) but not more than'116 inch (14 3 mm) from the foremost pro- jection of the tread Risers shall be solid and vertical or sloped under the tread above from the underside of the nosing above at an angle not more than 30 degrees (0 52 rad) from the vertical 1011.5.5.1 Nosing projection size. The leading edge (nosmgs) of treads shall project not more than 11/4 inches (32 mm) beyond the tread below 1011.5.5.2 Nosing projection uniformity. Nosing pro- jections of the leading edges shall be of uniform size, including the projections of the nosing's leading edge of the floor at the top of a flight 1011.5.5.3 Solid risers. Risers shall be solid. Exceptions: 1 Solid risers are not required for stairways that are not required to comply with Section 1009 3, provided that the opening between treads does not permit the passage of a sphere with a diameter of 4 inches (102 mm) 2 Solid risers are not required for occupancies in Group I-3 or in Group F, H and S occupancies other than areas accessible to the public The size of the opening in the riser is not restricted 3 Solid risers are not required for spiral stair- ways constructed in accordance with Section 1011 10 1011.6 Stairway landings. There shall be a floor or landing at the top and bottom of each stairway The width of land- ings, measured perpendicularly to the direction of travel, shall be not less than the width of stairways served Every landing shall have a mmimum depth, measured parallel to the direction of travel, equal to the width of the stairway or 48 inches (1219 mm), whichever is less Doors opening onto a landing shall not reduce the landing to less than one-half the required width When fully open, the door shall not project more than 7 inches (178 mm) into a landing Where wheel- chair spaces are required on the stairway landing in accor- dance with Section 1009 6 3, the wheelchair space shall not be located in the required width of the landing and doors shall not swing over the wheelchair spaces Exception: Where stairways connect stepped aisles to cross aisles or concourses, stairway landings are not required at the transition between stairways and stepped aisles constructed in accordance with Section 1029 1011.7 Stairway construction. Stairways shall be built of materials consistent with the types permitted for the type of construction of the building, except that wood handrails shall be permitted for all types of construction 1011.7.1 Stairway walking surface. The walking surface of treads and landings of a stairway shall not be sloped steeper than one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal (2-per- cent slope) in any direction Stairway treads and landings shall have a solid surface Finish floor surfaces shall be securely attached Exceptions: 1 Openings in stair walking surfaces shall be a size that does not permit the passage of (12 7 mm) sphere Elongated openings shall be placed so that the long dimension is perpen- dicular to the direction of travel 2 In Group F, H and S occupancies, other than areas of parking structures accessible to the pub- lic, openings in treads and landings shall not be prohibited provided that a sphere with a diameter of l'/A inches (29 mm) cannot pass through the opening 1011.7.2 Outdoor conditions. Outdoor stairways and out- door approaches to stairways shall be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces 1011.7.3 Enclosures under interior stairways. The walls and soffits within enclosed usable spaces under enclosed and unenclosed stairways shall be protected by 1-hour fire -resistance -rated construction or the fire -resistance rat- ing of the stairway enclosure, whichever is greater Access to the enclosed space shall not be directly from within the stairway enclosure Exception: Spaces under stairways serving and con - tamed within a single residential dwelling unit in Group R-2 or R-3 shall be permitted to be protected on the enclosed side with '/z mch (12 7 mm) gypsum board 1011.7.4 Enclosures under exterior stairways. There shall not be enclosed usable space under exterior exit stairways unless the space is completely enclosed in 1- hour fire -resistance -rated construction The open space under exterior stairways shall not be used for any pur- pose 1011.8 Vertical rise. A flight of stairs shall not have a verti- cal rise greater than 12 feet (3658 mm) between floor levels or landings Exception: Spiral stairways used as a means of egress from technical production areas 1011.9 Curved stairways. Curved stairways with winder treads shall have treads and risers in accordance with Section 1011 5 and the smallest radius shall be not less than twice the mmimum width or required capacity of the stairway Exception: The radius restriction shall not apply to curved stairways in Group R-3 and within individual dwelling units in Group R-2 1011.10 Spiral stairways. Spiral stairways are permitted to be used as a component in the means of egress only within dwelling units or from a space not more than 250 square feet (23 m2) in area and serving not more than five occupants, or from technical production areas in accordance with Section 4105 A spiral stairway shall have a 6'/4-inch (171 mm) mim- mum clear tread depth at a point 12 inches (305 mm) from the narrow edge The risers shall be sufficient to provide a head- room of 78 inches (1981 mm) mmimum, but riser height shall 278 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( TITTRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, Axmboemamhoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS not be more than 9'/ inches (241 mm) The minimum stair- way clear width at and below the handrail shall be 26 inches (660 mm) ' 1011.11 Handrails. Flights of stairways shall have handrails on each side and shall comply with Section 1014 Where glass is used to provide the handrail, the handrail shall com- ply with Section 2407 Exceptions: 1 Flights ofstairways within dwelling units anditghts of spiral stairways are pernutted to have a handrail on one side only 2 Decks, patios and walkways that have a single change in elevation where the landing depth on each side of the change of elevation is greater than what is required for a landing do not require handrails 3 In Group R-3 occupancies, a change in elevation consisting of a single riser at an entrance or egress door does not require handrails 4 Changes in room elevations of three or fewer risers within dwelling units and sleeping units in Group R- 2 and R-3 do not require handrails 1011.12 Stairway to roof. In buildings four or more stories above grade plane, one stairway shall extend to the roof sur- face unless the roof has a slope steeper than four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33-percent slope) Exception: Other than where required by Section 1011 12 1, in buildings without an occupied roof access to the roof from the top story shall be permitted to be by an alternating tread device, a ship's ladder or a permanent ladder 1011.12.1 Stairway to elevator equipment. Roofs and penthouses containing elevator equipment that must be accessed for maintenance are required to be accessed by a stairway 1011.12.2 Roof access. Where a stairway is provided to a roof, access to the roof shall be provided through a pent- house complying with Section 1510 2 Exception: In buildings without an occupied roof, access to the roof shall be permitted to be a roof hatch or trap door not less than 16 square feet (1 5 m') in area and having a minimum dimension of 2 feet (610 mm) 1011.13 Guards. Guards shall be provided along stairways and landings where required by Section 1015 and shall be constructed in accordance with Section 1015 Where the roof hatch opening providing the required access is located within 10 feet (3049 mm) of the roof edge, such roof access or roof edge shall be protected by guards installed in accordance with Section 1015 1011.14 Alternating tread devices. Alternating tread devices are limited to an element of a means of egress in buildings of Groups F, H and S from a mezzanine not more than 250 square feet (23 m) in area and that serves not more than five occupants, in buildings of Group I-3 from a guard tower, observation station or control room not more than 250 square feet (23 m) in area and for access to unoccupied roofs Alternating tread devices used as a means of egress shall not have a rise greater than 20 feet (6096 mm) between floor levels or landings 1011.14.1 Handrails of alternating tread devices. Hand- rails shall be provided on both sides of alternating tread devices and shall comply with Section 1014 1011.14.2 Treads of alternating tread devices. Alternat- ing tread devices shall have a minimum tread depth of 5 inches (127 mm), a mimmum projected tread depth of 8'/ inches (216 mm), a minimum tread width of 7 inches (178 mm) and a maximum riser height of 9'/ inches (241 mm) The tread depth shall be measured horizontally between the vertical planes of the foremost projections of adjacent treads The riser height shall be measured vertically between the leading edges of adjacent treads The riser height and tread depth provided shall result in an angle of ascent from the horizontal of between 50 and 70 degrees (0 87 and 1 22 rad) The initial tread of the device shall begin at the same elevation as the platform, landing or floor surface Exception: Alternating tread devices used as an ele- ment of a means of egress in buildings from a mezza- nine area not more than 250 square feet (23 m') in area that serves not more than five occupants shall have a minimum tread depth of 3 inches (76 mm) with a mini- mum projected tread depth of 10'/ inches (267 mm) The rise to the next alternating tread surface shall not exceed 8 inches (203 mm) 1011.15 Ship's ladders. Ship's ladders are pernutted to be used in Group I-3 as a component of a means of egress to and from control rooms or elevated facility observation stations not more than 250 square feet (23 m') with not more than three occupants and for access to unoccupied roofs The min- imum clear width at and below the handrails shall be 20 inches (508 mm) 1011.15.1 Handrails of ship's ladders. Handrails shall be provided on both sides of ship's ladders 1011.15.2 Treads of ship's ladders. Ship's ladders shall have a minimum tread depth of 5 inches (127 mm) The tread shall be projected such that the total of the tread depth plus the nosing projection is not less than 8'/ inches (216 mm) The maximum riser height shall be 9'/ inches (241 mm) 1011.16 Ladders. Permanent ladders shall not serve as a part of the means of egress from occupied spaces within a build- ing Permanent ladders shall be constructed in accordance I with Section 306 5 of the International Mechanical Code. Permanent ladders shall be permitted to provide access to the following areas 1 Spaces frequented only by personnel for maintenance, repair or monitoring of equipment 2 Nonoccupiable spaces accessed only by catwalks, crawl spaces, freight elevators or very narrow passage- ways 3 Raised areas used primarily for purposes of security, life safety or fire safety including, but not limited to, observation galleries, prison guard towers, fire towers or lifeguard stands 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 279 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 4 Elevated levels in Group U not open to the general pub- lic 5 Nonoccupied roofs that are not required to have stair- way access in accordance with Section 1011 12 1 6 Where permitted to access equipment and appliances in accordance with Section 306 5 of the International Mechanical Code SECTION 1012 RAMPS 1012.1 Scope. The provisions of this section shall apply to ramps used as a component of a means of egress. Exceptions: 1 Ramped aisles within assembly rooms or spaces shall comply with the provisions in Section 1029 2 Curb ramps shall comply with ICC Al 17 1 3 Vehicle ramps in parking garages for pedestrian exit access shall not be required to comply with Sections 1012 3 through 1012 10 where they are not an accessible route serving accessible parking spaces, other required accessible elements or part of an accessible means of egress 1012.2 Slope. Ramps used as part of a means of egress shall have a running slope not steeper than one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8-percent slope) The slope of other pedes- trian ramps shall not be steeper than one unit vertical in eight units horizontal (12 5-percent slope) 1012.3 Cross slope. The slope measured perpendicular to the direction of travel of a ramp shall not be steeper than one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope) 1012.4 Vertical rise. The rise for any ramp run shall be 30 inches (762 mm) maximum 1012.5 Minimum dimensions. The mimmum dimensions of means of egress ramps shall comply with Sections 1012 5 1 through 1012 5 3 1012.5.1 Width and capacity. The minimum width and required capacity of a means of egress ramp shall be not less than that required for corridors by Section 1020 2 The clear width of a ramp between handrails, if provided, or other permissible projections shall be 36 inches (914 mm) minimum 1012.5.2 Headroom. The mimmum headroom in all parts of the means of egress ramp shall be not less than 80 inches (2032 mm) above the finished floor of the ramp run and any intermediate landings The minimum clearance shall be maintained for the full width of the ramp and landing 1012.5.3 Restrictions. Means of egress ramps shall not reduce in width in the direction of egress travel Projec- tions into the required ramp and landing width are prohib- ited Doors opening onto a landing shall not reduce the clear width to less than 42 inches (1067 mm) 1012.6 Landings. Ramps shall have landings at the bottom and top of each ramp, points of turning, entrance, exits and at doors Landings shall comply with Sections 1012 6 1 through 101265 1012.6.1 Slope. Landings shall have a slope not steeper than one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope) in any direction Changes in level are not perm tried 1012.6.2 Width. The landing width shall be not less than the width of the widest ramp run adjoining the landing 1012.6.3 Length. The landing length shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum Exceptions: 1 In Group R-2 and R-3 individual dwelling and sleeping units that are not required to be Accessi- ble units, Type A units or Type B units in accor- dance with Section 1107, landings are permitted to be 36 inches (914 mm) mimmum 2 Where the ramp is not a part of an accessible route, the length of the landing shall not be required to be more than 48 inches (1220 mm) in the direction of travel 1012.6.4 Change in direction. Where changes in direc- tion of travel occur at landings provided between ramp runs, the landing shall be 60 inches by 60 inches (1524 mm by 1524 mm) minimum Exception: In Group R-2 and R-3 individual dwelling or sleeping units that are not required to be Accessible units, Type A units or Type B units in accordance with Section 1107, landings are permitted to be 36 inches by 36 inches (914 mm by 914 mm) minimum 1012.6.5 Doorways. Where doorways are located adjacent to a ramp landing, maneuvering clearances required by ICC A117.1 are permitted to overlap the required landing area 1012.7 Ramp construction. Ramps shall be built of materi- als consistent with the types permitted for the type of con- struction of the building, except that wood handrails shall be permitted for all types of construction 1012.7.1 Ramp surface. The surface of ramps shall be of slip -resistant materials that are securely attached 1012.7.2 Outdoor conditions. Outdoor ramps and out- door approaches to ramps shall be designed so that water will not accumulate on walking surfaces 1012.8 Handrails. Ramps with a rise greater than 6 inches (152 mm) shall have handrails on both sides Handrails shall comply with Section 1014 1012.9 Guards. Guards shall be provided where required by Section 1015 and shall be constructed in accordance with Section 1015 1012.10 Edge protection. Edge protection complying with Section 1012 10 1 or 1012 10 2 shall be provided on each side of ramp runs and at each side of ramp landings Exceptions: 1 Edge protection is not required on ramps that are not required to have handrails, provided they have flared sides that comply with the ICC A117.1 curb ramp provisions 280 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 2 Edge protection is not required on the sides of ramp landings serving an adjoining ramp run or stairway 3 Edge protection is not required on the sides of ramp landings having a vertical dropoff of not more than '/ inch (12 7 mm) within 10 inches (254 mm) hori- zontally of the required landing area 1012.10.1 Curb, rail, wall or barrier. A curb, rail, wall or barrier shall be provided to serve as edge protection A curb shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in height Barriers shall be constructed so that the barrier prevents the passage of a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere, where any portion of the sphere is within 4 inches (102 mm) of the floor or ground surface 1012.10.2 Extended floor or ground surface. The floor or ground surface of the ramp ran or landing shall extend 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the inside face of a handrail complying with Section 1014 SECTION 1013 EXIT SIGNS 1013.1 Where required. Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel The path of egress travel to exits and within exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs to clearly indicate the direction of egress travel in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants Intervening means of egress doors within exits shall be marked by exit signs Exit sign place- ment shall be such that any point in an exit access corridor or exit passageway is within 100 feet (30 480 mm) or the listed viewing distance of the sign, whichever is less, from the near- est visible exit sign Exceptions: 1 Exit signs are not required in rooms or areas that require only one exit or exit access 2 Main exterior exit doors or gates that are obviously and clearly identifiable as exits need not have exit signs where approved by the building official 3 Exit signs are not required in occupancies in Group U and individual sleeping units or dwelling units in Group R-1, R-2 or R-3 4 Exit signs are not required in dayrooms, sleeping rooms or dormitories in occupancies in Group I-3 5 In occupancies in Groups A-4 and A-5, exit signs are not required on the seating side of vomitories or openings into seating areas where exit signs are pro- vided in the concourse that are readily apparent from the vomitories Egress lighting is provided to iden- tify each vomitory or opening within the seating area in an emergency 1013.2 Low-level exit signs in Group R-1. Where exit signs are required in Group R-1 occupancies by Section 1013 1, additional low-level exit signs shall be provided in all areas serving guest rooms in Group R-1 occupancies and shall comply with Section 1013 5 The bottom of the sign shall be not less than 10 inches (254 mm) nor more than 18 inches (455 mm) above the floor level The sign shall be flush mounted to the door or wall Where mounted on the wall, the edge of the sign shall be within 4 inches (102 mm) of the door frame on the latch side 1013.3 Illumination. Exit signs shall be internally or exter- nally illuminated Exception: Tactile signs required by Section 1013 4 need not be provided with illumination 1013.4 Raised character and braille exit signs. A sign stat- ing EXIT in visual characters, raised characters and braille and complying withICCA117.1 shall be provided adjacent to each door to an area of refuge, providing direct access to a I stairway, an exterior area for assisted rescue, an exit stairway or ramp, an exit passageway and the exit discharge 1013.5 Internally illuminated exit signs. Electrically pow- ered, self -luminous and photolummescent exit signs shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 924 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and Chapter 27 Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times 1013.6 Externally illuminated exit signs. Externally illumi- nated exit signs shall comply with Sections 1013 6 1 through 101363 1013.6.1 Graphics. Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plamly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than'/q inch (19 1 mm) wide The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide, except the letter "I," and the minimum spacing between letters shall be not less than '/A inch (9 5 mm) Signs larger than the minimum established in this section shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the means of exit sign illumination is or is not energized If a chevron directional indicator is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the direction of the chevron directional indicator cannot be readily changed 1013.6.2 Exit sign illumination. The face of an exit sign illuminated from an external source shall have an intensity of not less than 5 footcandles (54 lux) 1013.6.3 Power source. Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emer- gency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or an on -site generator The installation of the emergency power system shall be in accordance with Chapter 27 Group I-2, Condition 2 exit sign illumination shall not be provided by unit equipment batteries only Exception: Approved exit sign illumination types that provide continuous illumination independent of exter- nal power sources for a duration of not less than 90 minutes, in case of primary power loss, are not required to be connected to an emergency electrical system 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 281 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS SECTION 1014 HANDRAILS 1014.1 Where required. Handrails serving flights of stair- ways, ramps, stepped aisles and ramped aisles shall be ade- quate in strength and attachment in accordance with Section 1607 8 Handrails required for fights ofstairways by Section 1011 11 shall comply with Sections 1014 2 through 1014 9 Handrails required for ramps by Section 1012 8 shall comply with Sections 1014 2 through 1014 8 Handrails for stepped aisles and ramped aisles required by Section 1029 16 shall comply with Sections 1014 2 through 1014 8 1014.2 Height. Handrail height, measured above stair tread nosmgs, or finish surface of ramp slope, shall be uniform, not less than 34 inches (864 mm) and not more than 38 inches (965 mm) Handrail height of alternating tread devices and ship's ladders, measured above tread nosmgs, shall be um - form, not less than 30 inches (762 mm) and not more than 34 inches (864 mm) Exceptions: 1 Where handrail fittings or bendmgs are used to pro- vide continuous transition between flights, the fit- tings or bendmgs shall be permitted to exceed the maximum height 2. In Group R-3 occupancies, within dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies, and in Group U occupancies that are associated with a Group R-3 occupancy or associated with individual dwelling units in Group R- 2 occupancies, where handrail fittings or bendmgs are used to provide continuous transition betweenfghts, transition at winder treads, transition from handrail to guard or where used at the start of a flight, the hand- rail height at the fittings or bendmgs shall be permit- ted to exceed the maximum height 3 Handrails on top of a guard where permitted along stepped aisles and ramped aisles in accordance with Section 1029 16 1014.3 Handrail graspability. Required handrails shall comply with Section 1014 3 1 or shall provide equivalent graspability Exception: In Group R-3 occupancies, within dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies, and in Group U occupan- cies that are accessory to a Group R-3 occupancy or acces- sory to individual dwelling units in Group R-2 occupancies, handrails shall be Type I in accordance with Section 1014 3 1, Type II in accordance with Section 1014 3 2 or shall provide equivalent graspability 1014.3.1 Type L Handrails with a circular cross section shall have an outside diameter of not less than 1 Y, inches (32 mm) and not greater than 2 inches (51 mm) Where the handrail is not circular, it shall have a perimeter dimen- sion of not less than 4 inches (102 mm) and not greater than 6'/q inches (160 mm) with a maximum cross -sectional dimension of 2'/4 inches (57 mm) and minimum cross -sec- tional dimension of 1 inch (25 mm) Edges shall have a minimum radius of 0 01 inch (0 25 mm) 1014.3.2 Type IL Handrails with a perimeter greater than 6Y4 inches (160 mm) shall provide a graspable finger recess area on both sides of the profile The finger recess shall begin within a distance of inch (19 mm) measured vertically from the tallest portion of the profile and achieve a depth of not less than'/1, inch (8 mm) within'/A inch (22 mm) below the widest portion of the profile This required depth shall continue for not less than'/A inch (10 mm) to a level that is not less than f/q inches (45 mm) below the tallest portion of the profile The width of the handrail above the recess shall be not less than 1'/4 inches (32 mm) to not greater than 2'/4 inches (70 mm) Edges shall have a minimum radius of 0 01 inch (0 25 mm) 1014.4 Continuity. Handrail gripping surfaces shall be con- tinuous, without interruption by newel posts or other obstruc- tions Exceptions: 1 Handrads within dwelling units are permitted to be interrupted by a newel post at a turn or landing 2 Within a dwelling unit, the use of a volute, turnout, starting easing or starting newel is allowed over the lowest tread 3 Handrail brackets or balusters attached to the bottom surface of the handrail that do not project horizon- tally beyond the sides of the handrail within 1'/ inches (38 mm) of the bottom of the handrail shall not be considered obstructions For each Yz inch (12 7 min) of additional handrail perimeter dimen- sion above 4 inches (102 mm), the vertical clearance dimension of 1 Yz inches (38 min) shall be permitted to be reduced by'/A inch (3 2 min) 4 Where handrails are provided along walking sur- faces with slopes not steeper than 1 20, the bottoms of the handrail gripping surfaces shall be permitted to be obstructed along their entire length where they are integral to crash rails or bumper guards 5 Handrads serving stepped aisles or ramped aisles are permitted to be discontinuous in accordance with Section 1029 16 1 1014.5 Fittings. Handrails shall not rotate within their fit- tings 1014.6 Handrail extensions. Handrails shall return to a wall, guard or the walking surface or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent flight of stairs or ramp run Where handrails are not continuous between flights, the handrails shall extend horizontally not less than 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the top riser and continue to slope for the depth of one tread beyond the bottom riser At ramps where handrails are not continuous between runs, the handrails shall extend hori- zontally above the landing 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the top and bottom of ramp runs The extensions of handrails shall be in the same direction of the flights of stairs at stairways and the ramp runs at ramps Exceptions: 1 Handrads within a dwelling unit that is not required to be accessible need extend only from the top riser to the bottom riser 2 Handrails serving aisles in rooms or spaces used for assembly purposes are permitted to comply with the 282 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS handrail extensions in accordance with Section 102916 3 Handrails for alternating tread devices and ship's ladders are permitted to ter i mate at a location verti- cally above the top and bottom risers Handrails for alternating tread devices are not required to be con- tinuous between flights or to extend beyond the top or bottom risers 1014.7 Clearance. Clear space between a handrail and a wall or other surface shall be not less than V/2 inches (38 mm) A handrail and a wall or other surface adjacent to the handrail shall be free of any sharp or abrasive elements 1014.8 Projections. On ramps and on ramped aisles that are part of an accessible route, the clear width between handrails shall be 36 inches (914 mm) minimum Projections into the required width of aisles, stairways and ramps at each side shall not exceed 4'/2 inches (114 mm) at or below the handrail height Projections into the required width shall not be limited above the minimum headroom height required in Section 1011 3 Projections due to intermediate handrails shall not constitute a reduction in the egress width Where a pair of intermediate handrails are provided within the stairway width without a walking surface between the pair of interme- diate handrails and the distance between the pair of interme- diate handrails is greater than 6 inches (152 mm), the available egress width shall be reduced by the distance between the closest edges of each such intermediate pair of handrails that is greater than 6 inches (152 mm) 1014.9 Intermediate handrails. Stairways shall have inter- mediate handrails located in such a manner that all portions of the stairway mimmum width or required capacity are within 30 inches (762 mm) of a handrail On monumental stairs, handrails shall be located along the most direct path of egress travel SECTION 1015 GUARDS 1015.1 General. Guards shall comply with the provisions of Sections 1015 2 through 1015 7 Operable windows with sills located more than 72 inches (1829 mm) above finished grade or other surface below shall comply with Section 1015 8 1015.2 Where required. Guards shall be located along open -sided walking surfaces, including mezzanines, equip- ment platforms, aisles, stairs, ramps and landings that are located more than 30 inches (762 mm) measured vertically to the floor or grade below at any point within 36 inches (914 mm) horizontally to the edge of the open side Guards shall be adequate in strength and attachment in accordance with Section 1607 8 Exception: Guards are not required for the following locations 1 On the loading side of loading docks or piers 2 On the audience side of stages and raised platforms, including stairs leading up to the stage and raised platforms 3 On raised stage and platform floor areas, such as runways, ramps and side stages used for entertain- ment or presentations 4 At vertical openings in the performance area of stages and platforms 5 At elevated walking surfaces appurtenant to stages and platforms for access to and utilization of special lighting or equipment 6 Along vehicle service pits not accessible to the pub- lic 7 In assembly seating areas at cross aisles in accor- dance with Section 1029 17 2 1015.2.1 Glazing. Where glass is used to provide a guard or as a portion of the guard system, the guard shall com- ply with Section 2407 Where the glazing provided does not meet the strength and attachment requirements of Sec- tion 1607 8, complying guards shall be located along glazed sides of open -sided walking surfaces 1015.3 Height. Required guards shall be not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) high, measured vertically as follows 1 From the adjacent walking surfaces 2 On stairways and stepped aisles, from the line connect- ing the leading edges of the tread nosmgs 3 On ramps and ramped aisles, from the ramp surface at the guard Exceptions: 1 For occupancies in Group R-3 not more than three stories above grade in height and within individual dwelling units in occupancies in Group R-2 not more than three stories above grade in height with separate means of egress, required guards shall be not less than 36 inches (914 mm) in height measured vertically above the adjacent walking surfaces 2 For occupancies in Group R-3, and within individual dwelling units in occupancies in Group R-2, guards on the open sides of stairs shall have a height not less than 34 inches (864 mm) measured vertically from a line connecting the leading edges of the treads 3 For occupancies in Group R-3, and within individual dwelling units in occupancies in Group R-2, where the top of the guard serves as a handrail on the open sides of stairs, the top of the guard shall be not less than 34 inches (864 mm) and not more than 38 inches (965 mm) measured vertically from a line connecting the leading edges of the treads 4 The guard height in assembly seating areas shall comply with Section 1029 17 as applicable 5 Along alternating tread devices and ship's ladders, guards where the top rail serves as a handrail shall have height not less than 30 inches (762 mm) and not more than 34 inches (864 mm), measured vertically from the leading edge of the device tread nosing 6 In Group F occupancies where exit access stairways serve fewer than three stories and such stairways are not open to the public, and where the top of the guard 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 283 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS also serves as a handrail, the top of the guard shall be not less than 34 inches (864 mm) and not more than 38 inches (965 mm) measured vertically from a line connecting the leading edges of the treads 1015.4 Opening limitations. Required guards shall not have openings that allow passage of a sphere 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter from the walking surface to the required guard height Exceptions: 1 From a height of 36 inches (914 mm) to 42 inches (1067 mm), guards shall not have openings that allow passage of a sphere 4'/A inches (I I I mm) in diameter 2 The triangular openings at the open sides of a stair, formed by the riser, tread and bottom rail shall not allow passage of a sphere 6 inches (152 mm) in diameter 3 At elevated walking surfaces for access to and use of electrical, mechanical or plumbing systems or equipment, guards shall not have openings that allow passage of a sphere 21 inches (533 mm) in diameter 4 In areas that are not open to the public within occu- pancies in Group I-3, F, H or S, and for alternating tread devices and slup's ladders, guards shall not have openings that allow passage of a sphere 21 inches (533 mm) in diameter 5 In assembly seating areas, guards required at the end of aisles in accordance with Section 1029 17 4 shall not have openings that allow passage of a sphere 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter up to a height of 26 inches (660 mm) From a height of 26 inches (660 mm) to 42 inches (1067 mm) above the adjacent walking surfaces, guards shall not have openings that allow passage of a sphere 8 inches (203 mm) in diameter 6 Within individual dwelling units and sleeping units in Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies, guards on the open sides of stairs shall not have openings that allow passage of a sphere 4'/A (I I I mm) inches in diameter 1015.5 Screen porches. Porches and decks that are enclosed with insect screening shall be provided with guards where the walking surface is located more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor or grade below 1015.6 Mechanical equipment, systems and devices. Guards shall be provided where various components that require service are located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of a roof edge or open side of a walking surface and such edge or open side is located more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor, roof or grade below The guard shall extend not less than 30 inches (762 mm) beyond each end of such components The guard shall be constructed so as to prevent the passage of a sphere 21 inches (533 mm) in diameter Exception: Guards are not required where personal fall arrest anchorage connector devices that comply with ANSI/ASSE Z 359 1 are installed 1015.7 Roof access. Guards shall be provided where the roof hatch opening is located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of a roof edge or open side of a walking surface and such edge or open side is located more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor, roof or grade below The guard shall be constructed so as to prevent the passage of a sphere 21 inches (533 mm) in diame- ter Exception: Guards are not required where personal fall arrest anchorage connector devices that comply with I ANSFASSE Z 359 1 are installed 1015.8 Window openings. Windows in Group R-2 and R-3 buildings including dwelling units, where the top of the sill of an operable window opening is located less than 36 inches above the finished floor and more than 72 inches (1829 mm) above the finished grade or other surface below on the exterior of the building, shall comply with one of the following 1 Operable windows where the top of the sill of the open - mg is located more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above the finished grade or other surface below and that are pro- vided with window fall prevention devices that comply with ASTM F2006 2 Operable windows where the openings will not allow a 4-mch-diameter (102 mm) sphere to pass through the opening when the window is in its largest opened posi- tion 3 Operable windows where the openings are provided with window fall prevention devices that comply with ASTM F2090 4 Operable windows that are provided with window open - mg control devices that comply with Section 1015 8 1 1015.8.1 Window opening control devices. Window opening control devices shall comply with ASTM F2090 The window opening control device, after operation to release the control device allowing the window to fully open, shall not reduce the ininnnum net clear opening area of the window unit to less than the area required by Sec- tion 1030 2 SECTION 1016 EXIT ACCESS 1016.1 General. The exit access shall comply with the appli- cable provisions of Sections 1003 through 1015 Fait access arrangement shall comply with Sections 1016 through 1021 1016.2 Egress through intervening spaces. Egress through intervening spaces shall comply with this section Exit access through an enclosed elevator lobby is per- mitted Access to not less than one of the required exits shall be provided without travel through the enclosed elevator lobbies required by Section 3006 Where the path of exit access travel passes through an enclosed elevator lobby, the level of protection required for the enclosed elevator lobby is not required to be extended to the exit unless direct access to an exit is required by other sections of this code 284 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,o,,byany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 2 Egress from a room or space shall not pass through adjoining or intervening rooms or areas, except where such adjoining rooms or areas and the area served are accessory to one or the other, are not a Group H occu- pancy and provide a discernible path of egress travel to an exit Exception: Means of egress are not prohibited through adjoining or intervening rooms or spaces in a Group H, S or F occupancy where the adjoining or intervening rooms or spaces are the same or a lesser hazard occupancy group 3 An exit access shall not pass through a room that can be locked to prevent egress 4 Means of egress from dwelling units or sleeping areas shall not lead through other sleeping areas, toilet rooms or bathrooms 5 Egress shall not pass through kitchens, storage rooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes Exceptions: 1 Means of egress are not prolbited through a kitchen area serving adjoining rooms consti- tuting part of the same dwelling unit or sleep- ing unit. 2 Means of egress are not prohibited through stockrooms in Group M occupancies where all of the following are met 21 The stock is of the same hazard classification as that found in the main retail area 22 Not more than 50 percent of the exit access is through the stockroom 23 The stockroom is not subject to locking from the egress side 24 There is a demarcated, mimmum 44- mch-wide (1118 mm) aisle defined by full- or partial -height fixed walls or similar construction that will maintain the required width and lead directly from the retail area to the exit without obstructions 1016.2.1 Multiple tenants. Where more than one tenant occupies any one floor of a building or structure, each tenant space, dwelling umt and sleeping unit shall be pro- vided with access to the required exits without passing through adjacent tenant spaces, dwelling units and sleep- ing units Exception: The means of egress from a smaller tenant space shall not be prohibited from passing through a larger adjoining tenant space where such rooms or spaces of the smaller tenant occupy less than 10 percent of the area of the larger tenant space through which they pass, are the same or similar occupancy group, a discernible path of egress travel to an exit is provided, and the means of egress into the adjoining space is not subject to locking from the egress side A required means of egress serving the larger tenant space shall not pass through the smaller tenant space or spaces SECTION 1017 EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE 1017.1 General. Travel distance within the exit access por- tion of the means of egress system shall be in accordance with this section 1017.2 Limitations. Exit access travel distance shall not exceed the values given in Table 1017 2 1017.2.1 Exterior egress balcony increase. Exit access travel distances specified in Table 1017 2 shall be increased up to an additional 100 feet (30 480 mm) pro- vided that the last portion of the exit access leading to the exit occurs on an exterior egress balcony constructed in accordance with Section 1021 The length of such balcony shall be not less than the amount of the increase taken TABLE 1017.2 EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE' OCCUPANCY WITHOUT SPRINKLER SYSTEM (feet) WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM (feet) A, E, F-1, M, R, S-1 200' 250' I-1 Not Permitted 250' B 200 300' F-2, S-2, U 300 400' H-1 Not Permitted 75' H-2 Not Permitted 100° H-3 Not Permitted 150' H-4 Not Permitted 175' H-5 Not Permitted 200' 1-2,1-3 Not Permitted 200' I-4 150 200' For SI 1 foot =304 8 mm a See the following sections for modifications to exit access travel distance requirements Section 402 8 For the distance limitation in malls Section 404 9 For the distance limitation through an atrium space Section 407 4 For the distance limitation in Group I-2 Sections 408 6 1 and 408 8 1 For the distance limitations in Group I-3 Section 4113 For the distance limitation in special amusement buildings Section 4126 For the distance limitations in aircraft manufacturing facilities Section 1006222 For the distance limitation in refrigeration machinery rooms Section 1006 2 2 3 For the distance limitation in refrigerated rooms and spaces Section 1006 3 3 For buildings with one exit Section 1017 2 2 For increased distance limitation in Groups F-1 and S-1 Section 1029 7 For increased limitation in assembly seating Section 3103 4 For temporary structures Section 3104 9 For pedestrian walkways b Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 See Section 903 for occupancies where automatic sprinkler systems are permitted in accordance with Section 903 3 1 2 c Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 d Group H occupancies equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 2 5 1 e Group R-3 and R-4 buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3 See Section 903 2 8 for occupancies where automatic sprinkler systems are permitted in accordance with Section 903 3 13 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 285 I I1 I CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 1017.2.2 Groups F-1 and S-1 increase. The maximum exit access travel distance shall be 400 feet (122 m) in Group F-1 or S-1 occupancies where all of the following conditions are met 1 The portion of the building classified as Group F-1 or S-1 is limited to one story in height 2 The minimum height from the finished floor to the bottom of the ceiling or roof slab or deck is 24 feet (7315 mm) 3 The building is equipped throughout with an auto- matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903311 1017.3 Measurement. Exit access travel distance shall be measured from the most remote point of each room, area or space along the natural and unobstructed path of horizontal and vertical egress travel to the entrance to an exit Exception: In open parbrig garages, exit access travel distance is permitted to be measured to the closest riser of an exit access stairway or the closest slope of an exit access ramp 1017.3.1 Exit access stairways and ramps. Travel dis- tance on exit access stairways or ramps shall be included in the exit access travel distance measurement The mea- surement along stairways shall be made on a plane parallel and tangent to the stair tread nosings in the center of the stair and landings The measurement along ramps shall be made on the walking surface in the center of the ramp and landings SECTION 1018 AISLES 1018.1 General. Aisles and aisle accessways serving as a portion of the exit access in the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section Aisles or aisle accessways shall be provided from all occupied portions of the exit access that contain seats, tables, furnishings, displays and similar fixtures or equipment The minimum width or required capacity of aisles shall be unobstructed Exception: Encroachments complying with Section 10057 1018.2 Aisles in assembly spaces. Aisles and aisle access - ways serving a room or space used for assembly purposes shall comply with Section 1029 1018.3 Aisles in Groups B and M. In Group B and M occu- pancies, the minimum clear aisle width shall be determined by Section 1005 1 for the occupant load served, but shall be not less than that required for corridors by Section 1020 2 Exception: Nonpublic aisles serving less than 50 people and not required to be accessible by Chapter 11 need not exceed 28 inches (711 mm) in width 1018.4 Aisle accessways in Group M. An aisle accessway shall be provided on not less than one side of each element withinthe merchandise pad The minimum clear width for an aisle accessway not required to be accessible shall be 30 inches (762 mm) The required clear width of the aisle accessway shall be measured perpendicular to the elements and merchandise within the merchandise pad The 30-mch (762 mm) mimmum clear width shall be maintained to pro- vide a path to an adjacent aisle or aisle accessway The com- mon path of egress travel shall not exceed 30 feet (9144 mm) from any point in the merchanchse pad Exception: For areas serving not more than 50 occupants, the common path of egress travel shall not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm) 1018.5 Aisles in other than assembly spaces and Groups B and M. In other than rooms or spaces used for assembly pur- poses and Group B and M occupancies, the minimum clear aisle capacity shall be determined by Section 1005 1 for the occupant load served, but the width shall be not less than that required for corridors by Section 1020 2 Exception: Nonpublic aisles serving less than 50 people and not required to be accessible by Chapter 11 need not exceed 28 inches (711 mm) in width SECTION 1019 EXIT ACCESS STAIRWAYS AND RAMPS 1019.1 General. Exit access stairways and ramps serving as an exit access component in a means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section The number of stories connected by exit access stairways and ramps shall include basements, but not mezzanines 1019.2 All occupancies. Exit access stairways and ramps that serve floor levels within a single story are not required to be enclosed 1019.3 Occupancies other than Groups I-2 and I-3. In other than Group I-2 and I-3 occupancies, floor openings con - turning exit access stairways or ramps that do not comply with one of the conditions listed in this section shall be enclosed with a shaft enclosure constructed in accordance with Section 713 1 Exit access stairways and ramps that serve or atmo- spherically communicate between only two stories Such interconnected stories shall not be open to other stories 2 In Group R-1, R-2 or R-3 occupancies, exit access stairways and ramps connecting four stories or less serving and contained within an individual dwelling unit or sleeping unit or hve/work unit 3 Exit access stairways serving and contained within a Group R-3 congregate residence or a Group R-4 facility are not required to be enclosed 4 Exit access stairways and ramps in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, where the area of the vertical opening between stories does not exceed twice the horizontal projected area of the stairway or ramp and the opening is protected by a draft curtain and closely spaced sprinklers in accordance with NFPA 13 In other than Group B and M occupancies, this provi- sion is limited to openings that do not connect more than four stories 286 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv odam).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 5 Exit access stairways and ramps within an atrium com- plying with the provisions of Section 404 6 Exit access stairways and ramps in open parking garages that serve only the parking garage 7 Exit access stairways and ramps serving smoke -pro- tected or open-air assembly seating complying with the exit access travel distance requirements of Section 10297 8 Exit access stairways and ramps between the balcony, gallery or press box and the main assembly floor in occupancies such as theaters, places of religious wor- ship, auditoriums and sports facilities 1019.4 Group I-2 and I-3 occupancies. In Group I-2 and I-3 occupancies, floor openings between stories containing exit access stairways or ramps are required to be enclosed with a shaft enclosure constructed in accordance with Section 713 Exception: In Group I-3 occupancies, exit access stair- ways or ramps constructed in accordance with Section 408 are not required to be enclosed SECTION 1020 CORRIDORS 1020.1 Construction. Corridors shall be fire -resistance rated in accordance with Table 1020 1 The corridor walls required to be fire -resistance rated shall comply with Section 708 for fire partitions Exceptions: 1 Afire -resistance rating is not required for comdors in an occupancy in Group E where each room that is used for instruction has not less than one door open - mg directly to the exterior and rooms for assembly purposes have not less than one-half of the required means of egress doors opening directly to the exte- rior Exterior doors specified in this exception are required to be at ground level 2 Afire -resistance rating is not required for corridors contained within a dwelling unit or sleeping unit in an occupancy in Groups I-1 and R 3 Afire -resistance rating is not required for corridors in open parking garages 4 Afire -resistance rating is not required for corridors in an occupancy in Group B that is a space requiring only a single means of egress complying with Sec- tion 1006 2 5 Corridors adjacent to the extenor walls of buildings shall be permitted to have unprotected openings on unrated exterior walls where unrated walls are per- mitted by Table 602 and unprotected openings are permitted by Table 705 8 1020.1.1 Hoistway opening protection. Elevator hoist - way openings shall be protected in accordance with Sec- tion 3006 2 1 TABLE 1020.1 CORRIDOR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING OCCUPANCY OCCUPANT LOAD SERVED BY CORRIDOR REQUIRED FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING (hours) Without sprinkler system With sprinkler systems H-1, H-2, H-3 All Not Permitted 1 H-4, H-5 Greater than 30 Not Permitted 1 A, B, E, F, M, S, U Greater than 30 1 0 R Greater than 10 Not Permitted 0 5`11° I-2' All Not Permitted 0 1-1,1-3 All Not Permitted I I-4 All 1 0 a For requirements for occupancies in Group I-2, see Sections 407 2 and 4073 b For a reduction in the fire -resistance rating for occupancies in Group I-3, see Section 408 8 c Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 12 where allowed d Group R-3 and R-4 buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3 See Section 903 2 8 for occupancies where automatic sprinkler systems are permitted in accordance with Section 903 3 1 3 1020.2 Width and capacity. The required capacity of com- dors shall be detennmed as specified in Section 1005 1, but the minimum width shall be not less than that specified in Table 1020 2 Exception: In Group I-2 occupancies, corridors are not required to have a clear width of 96 inches (2438 mm) in areas where there will not be stretcher or bed movement for access to care or as part of the defend-m-place strategy TABLE 1020.2 MINIMUM CORRIDOR WIDTH OCCUPANCY MINIMUMWIDTH (inches) Any facility not listed in this table 44 Access to and utilization of mechanical, 24 plumbing or electrical systems or equipment With an occupant load of less than 50 36 Within a dwelling unit 36 In Group E with a corridor having an occupant 72 load of 100 or more In corridors and areas serving stretcher traffic 72 in ambulatory care faedines Group I-2 in areas where required for bed 96 movement For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min 1020.3 Obstruction. The minimum width or required capac- ity of corridors shall be unobstructed Exception: Encroachments complying with Section 10057 1020.4 Dead ends. Where more than one exit or exit access doorway is required, the exit access shall be arranged such 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 287 I I I I CopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vme oeJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS that dead-end corridors do not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) in length Exceptions: 1 In in Group I-3, Condition 2, 3 or 4, occupancies, the dead end in a corridor shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm) 2 In occupancies in Groups B, E, F, I-1, M, R-1, R-2, S and U, where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, the length of the dead-end corridors shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm) 3 A dead-end corridor shall not be limited in length where the length of the dead-end corridor is less than 2 5 times the least width of the dead-end com- dor 1020.5 Air movement in corridors. Corridors shall not serve as supply, return, exhaust, relief or ventilation au ducts Exceptions: 1 Use of a corridor as a source of makeup air for exhaust systems in rooms that open directly onto such corridors, including toilet rooms, bathrooms, dressing rooms, smoking lounges and janitor clos- ets, shall be permitted, provided that each such cor- ridor is directly supplied with outdoor au at a rate greater than the rate of makeup air taken from the corridor 2 Where located within a dwelling unit, the use of cor- ridors for conveying return au shall not be prohib- ited 3 Where located within tenant spaces of 1,000 square feet (93 m') or less in area, utilization of corridors for conveying return air is permitted 4 Incidental air movement from pressurized rooms within health care facilities, provided that the com- dor is not the primary source of supply or return to the room 1020.5.1 Corridor ceiling. Use of the space between the corridor ceiling and the floor or roof structure above as a return air plenum is permitted for one or more of the fol- lowing conditions 1 The corridor is not required to be of fire -resistance - rated construction 2 The corridor is separated from the plenum by fire - resistance -rated construction 3 The air -handling system serving the corridor is shut down upon activation of the air -handling unit smoke detectors required by the International Mechanical Code 4 The air -handling system serving the corridor is shut down upon detection of sprinkler water flow where the building is equipped throughout with an auto- matic sprinkler system 5 The space between the corridor ceiling and the floor or roof structure above the corridor is used as a component of an approved engineered smoke con- trol system 1020.6 Corridor continuity. Fire -resistance -rated com- dors shall be continuous from the point of entry to an exit, and shall not be interrupted by intervening rooms Where the path of egress travel within afire -resistance -rated com- dor to the exit includes travel along unenclosed exit access stairways or ramps, the fire -resistance rating shall be con- tinuous for the length of the stairway or ramp and for the length of the connecting corridor on the adjacent floor lead- ing to the exit Exceptions: 1 Foyers, lobbies or reception rooms constructed as required for corridors shall not be construed as intervening rooms 2 Enclosed elevator lobbies as permitted by Item 1 of Section 1016 2 shall not be construed as intervening rooms SECTION 1021 EGRESS BALCONIES 1021.1 General. Balconies used for egress purposes shall conform to the same requirements as corridors for minimum width, required capacity, headroom, dead ends and projec- tions 1021.2 Wall separation. Exterior egress balconies shall be separated from the interior of the building by walls and open- ing protectwes as required for corridors Exception: Separation is not required where the exterior egress balcony is served by not less than two stairways and a dead-end travel condition does not require travel past an unprotected opening to reach a stairway 1021.3 Openness. The long side of an egress balcony shall be not less than 50 percent open, and the open area above the guards shall be so distributed as to minimize the accumula- tion of smoke or toxic gases 1021.4 Location. Exterior egress balconies shall have a mini- mum fire separation distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) measured at right angles from the exterior edge of the egress balcony to the following 1 Adjacent lot lines 2 Other portions of the bwldmg 3 Other buildings on the same lot unless the adjacent bwldmg exterior walls and openings are protected in accordance with Section 705 based on fire separation distance For the purposes of this section, other portions of the building shall be treated as separate buildings SECTION 1022 EXITS 1022.1 General. Exits shall comply with Sections 1022 through 1027 and the applicable requirements of Sections 1003 through 1015 An exit shall not be used for any purpose that interferes with its function as a means of egress Once a given level of exit protection is achieved, such level of pro- tection shall not be reduced until arrival at the exit discharge 288 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS Exits shall be continuous from the point of entry into the exit to the exit discharge 1022.2 Exterior exit doors. Buildings or structures used for human occupancy shall have not less than one exterior door that meets the requirements of Section 1010 1 1 1022.2.1 Detailed requirements. Exterior exit doors shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 10101 1022.2.2 Arrangement. Exterior exit doors shall lead directly to the exit discharge or the public way SECTION 1023 INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAYS AND RAMPS 1023.1 General. Interior exit stairways and ramps serving as an exit component in a means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section Interior exit stairways and ramps shall be enclosed and lead directly to the exterior of the building or shall be extended to the exterior of the building with an exit passageway conforming to the require- ments of Section 1024, except as permitted in Section 1028 1 An interior exit stairway or ramp shall not be used for any purpose other than as a means of egress and a circulation path 1023.2 Construction. Enclosures for interior exit stairways and ramps shall be constructed as fire barriers in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Interior exit stairway and ramp enclosures shall have afire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours where connecting four stories or more and not less than 1 hour where connecting less than four stories The number of stories connected by the interior exit stair- ways or ramps shall include any basements, but not any mez- zanines Interior exit stairways and ramps shall have a fire - resistance rating not less than the floor assembly penetrated, but need not exceed 2 hours Exceptions: 1 Interior exit stairways and ramps in Group I-3 occu- pancies in accordance with the provisions of Section 40838 2 Interior exit stairways within an atrium enclosed in accordance with Section 404 6 1023.3 Termination. Interior exit stairways and ramps shall terminate at an exit discharge or a public way Exception: A combination of interior exit stairways, mte- nor exit ramps and exit passageways, constructed in accordance with Sections 1023 2, 1023 3 1 and 1024, respectively, and forming a continuous protected enclo- sure, shall be permitted to extend an interior exit stairway or ramp to the exit discharge or a public way 1023.3.1 Extension. Where interior exitstairways and ramps are extended to an exit discharge or a public way by an exit passageway, the interior exit stairway and ramp shall be separated from the exitpassageway by afire bar- ner constructed in accordance with Section 707 or a hori- zontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both The fire -resistance rating shall be not less than that required for the interior exit stairway and ramp Afire door assembly complying with Section 716 shall be installed in the fire barrier to provide a means of egress from the interior exit stairway and ramp to the exit pas- sageway Openings in the fire barrier other than the fire door assembly are prohibited Penetrations of the fire bar- ner are prohibited Exceptions: 1 Penetrations of the fire barrier in accordance with Section 1023 5 shall be permitted 2 Separation between an interior exit stairway or ramp and the exit passageway extension shall not be required where there are no openings into the exit passageway extension 3 Separation between an interior exit stairway or ramp and the exit passageway extension shall not be required where the interior exit stairway and the exit passageway extension are pressurized in accordance with Section 909 20 5 1023.4 Openings. Interior exit stairway and ramp opening protectives shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 716 Openings in interior exitstairways and ramps other than unprotected exterior openings shall be limited to those required for exit access to the enclosure from normally occu- pied spaces and for egress from the enclosure Elevators shall not open into interior exit stairways and ramps 1023.5 Penetrations. Penetrations into or through interior exit stairways and ramps are prohibited except for the follow- ing 1 Equipment and ductwork necessary for independent ventilation or pressurization 2. Eire protection systems 3 Security systems 4 Two-way communication systems 5 Electrical raceway for fire department communication systems 6 Electrical raceway serving the interior exit stairway and ramp and terminating at a steel box not exceeding 16 square inches (0 010 m) Such penetrations shall be protected in accordance with Section 714 There shall not be penetrations or communica- tion openings, whether protected or not, between adjacent interior exit stairways and ramps Exception: Membrane penetrations shall be permitted on the outside of the interior exit stairway and ramp Such penetrations shall be protected in accordance with Section 71442 1023.6 Ventilation. Equipment and ductwork for interior exitstairway and ramp ventilation as permitted by Section 1023 5 shall comply with one of the following items 1 Such equipment and ductwork shall be located exterior to the building and shall be directly connected to the 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 289 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS interior exitstairway and ramp by ductwork enclosed in construction as required for shafts 2 Where such equipment and ductwork is located within the interior exit stairway and ramp, the intake au shall be taken directly from the outdoors and the exhaust air shall be discharged directly to the outdoors, or such air shall be conveyed through ducts enclosed in construc- tion as required for shafts 3 Where located within the building, such equipment and ductwork shall be separated from the remainder of the building, including other mechanical equipment, with construction as required for shafts In each case, openings into the fire -resistance -rated con- struction shall be limited to those needed for maintenance and operation and shall be protected by opening protectives in accordance with Section 716 for shaft enclosures The interior exitstairway and ramp ventilation systems shall be independent of other building ventilation systems 1023.7 Interior exit stairway and ramp exterior walls. Exterior walls of the interior exitstairway or ramp shall com- ply with the requirements of Section 705 for extenor walls Where nonrated walls or unprotected openings enclose the exterior of the stairway or ramps and the walls or openings are exposed by other parts of the building at an angle of less than 180 degrees (3 14 rad), the building extenor walls within 10 feet (3048 mm) horizontally of a nonrated wall or unprotected opening shall have afire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour Openings within such extenor walls shall be protected by opening protectives having afire protection rat- ing of not less than'/q hour This construction shall extend vertically from the ground to a point 10 feet (3048 mm) above the topmost landing of the stairway or ramp, or to the roof line, whichever is lower 1023.8 Discharge identification. An interior exitstairway and ramp shall not continue below its level of exit discharge unless an approved barrier is provided at the level of exit dis- charge to prevent persons from unintentionally continuing into levels below Directional exit signs shall be provided as specified in Section 1013 1023.9 Stairway identification signs. A sign shall be pro- vided at each floor landing in an interior exit stairway and ramp connecting more than three stories designating the floor level, the terminus of the top and bottom of the interior exit stairway and ramp and the identification of the stairway or ramp The Signage shall state the story of and direction to the exit ckscharge, and the availability of roof access from the interior exit stairway and ramp for the fire department The sign shall be located 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor land- ing in a position that is readily visible when the doors are in the open and closed positions In addition to the stairway identification sign, a floor -level sign in visual characters, raised characters and braille complying with ICC A117.1 shall be located at each floor -level landing adjacent to the door leading from the interior exit stairway and ramp into the corridor to identify the floor level 1023.9.1 Signage requirements. Stairway identification signs shall comply with all of the following requirements 1 The signs shall be a minimum size of 18 inches (457 mm) by 12 inches (305 mm) 2 The letters designating the identification of the mte- nor exitstairway and ramp shall be not less than P/ inches (38 mm) in height 3 The number designating the floor level shall be not less than 5 inches (127 mm) in height and located in the center of the sign 4 Other lettering and numbers shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in height 5 Characters and their background shall have a non - glare finish Characters shall contrast with their background, with either light characters on a dark background or dark characters on a light back- ground 6 Where signs required by Section 1023 9 are installed in the interior exit stairways and ramps of buildings subject to Section 1025, the signs shall be made of the same materials as required by Section 1025 4 1023.10 Elevator lobby identification signs. At landings in interior exit stairways where two or more doors lead to the floor level, any door with direct access to an enclosed eleva- tor lobby shall be identified by signage located on the door or directly adjacent to the door stating "Elevator Lobby " Sig- nage shall be in accordance with Section 1023 9 1, Items 4, 5 and 6 1023.11 Smokeproof enclosures. Where required by Section 403 5 4, 405 7 2 or 412 2 2 1, interior exit stairways and ramps shall be smokeproof enclosures in accordance with Section 909 20 1023.11.1 Termination and extension. A smokeproof enclosure shall terminate at an exit discharge or a public way The smokeproof enclosure shall be permitted to be extended by an exit passageway in accordance with Sec- tion 1023 3 The exit passageway shall be without open- ings other than the fire door assembly required by Section 1023 3 1 and those necessary for egress from the exit pas- sageway The exitpassageway shall be separated from the remainder of the building by 2-hour fire barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both Exceptions: 1 Openings in the exit passageway serving a smokeproof enclosure are permitted where the exit passageway is protected and pressurized in the same manner as the smokeproof enclosure, and openings are protected as required for access from other floors 2 The fire barrierseparating the smokeproof enclo- sure from the exit passageway is not required, provided that the exit passageway is protected 290 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( RR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS and pressurized in the same manner as the smoke - proof enclosure A smokeproof enclosure shall be permitted to egress through areas on the level of exit discharge or vestibules as permitted by Section 1028 1023.11.2 Enclosure access. Access to the stairway or ramp within a smokeproof enclosure shall be by way of a vestibule or an open exterior balcony Exception: Access is not required by way of a vesti- bule or exterior balcony for stairways and ramps using the pressurization alternative complying with Section 909 20 5 1023.12 Standpipes. Standpipes and standpipe hose connec- tions shall be provided where required by Sections 905 3 and 9054 SECTION 1024 EXIT PASSAGEWAYS 1024.1 Exit passageways. Exit passageways serving as an exit component in a means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of this section An exit passageway shall not be used for any purpose other than as a means of egress and a circulation path 1024.2 Width and capacity. The required capacity of exit passageways shall be determined as specified in Section 1005 1 but the minimum width shall be not less than 44 inches (1118 mm), except that exit passageways serving an occupant load of less than 50 shall be not less than 36 inches (914 mm) in width The mimmum width or required capacity of exitpassageways shall be unobstructed Exception: Encroachments complying with Section 10057 1024.3 Construction. Exit passageway enclosures shall have walls, floors and ceilings of not less than a 1-hour fire -resis- tance rating, and not less than that required for any connect - mg interior exit stairway or ramp Exit passageways shall be constructed as fire barriers in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both 1024.4 Termination. Exit passageways on the level of exit cischarge shall terminate at an exit discharge Exitpassage- ways on other levels shall terminate at an exit 1024.5 Openings. Exit passageway opening protectives shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 716 Except as permitted in Section 402 8 7, openings in exit passageways other than unprotected exterior openings shall be hmtied to those necessary for exit access to the exit pas- sageway from normally occupied spaces and for egress from the exitpassageway Where an interior exit stairway or ramp is extended to an exit cischarge or a public way by an exitpassageway, the exit passageway shall comply with Section 1023 3 1 Elevators shall not open into an exit passageway 1024.6 Penetrations. Penetrations into or through an exit passageway are prohibited except for the following 1 Equipment and ductwork necessary for independent pressurization 2 Fire protection systems 3 Security systems 4 Two-way communication systems ' 5 Electrical raceway for fire department communication 6 Electrical raceway serving the exit passageway and ter- minating at a steel box not exceeding 16 square inches (0 010 m') Such penetrations shall be protected in accordance with Section 714 There shall not be penetrations or communicat- ing openings, whether protected or not, between adjacent exit passageways Exception: Membrane penetrations shall be permitted on the outside of the exit passageway Such penetrations shall be protected in accordance with Section 714 4 2 1024.7 Ventilation. Equipment and ductwork for exit pas- sageway ventilation as permitted by Section 1024 6 shall comply with one of the following 1 The equipment and ductwork shall be located exterior to the building and shall be directly connected to the exitpassageway by ductwork enclosed in construction as required for shafts 2 Where the equipment and ductwork is located within the exit passageway, the intake au shall be taken directly from the outdoors and the exhaust air shall be discharged directly to the outdoors, or the air shall be conveyed through ducts enclosed in construction as required for shafts 3 Where located within the building, the equipment and ductwork shall be separated from the remainder of the building, including other mechanical equipment, with construction as required for shafts In each case, openings into the fire -resistance -rated con- struction shall be limited to those needed for maintenance and operation and shall be protected by opening protectives in accordance with Section 716 for shaft enclosures Exit passageway ventilation systems shall be independent of other building ventilation systems 1024.8 Standpipes. Standpipes and standpipe hose connec- tions shall be provided where required by Sections 905 3 and I 9054 SECTION 1025 LUMINOUS EGRESS PATH MARKINGS 1025.1 General. Approved luminous egress path markings delineating the exit path shall be provided in high-rise build- ings of Group A, B, E, I-1, M or R-1 occupancies in accor- dance with this section Exception: Luminous egress path markings shall not be required on the level of exit discharge in lobbies that serve 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 291 I I I I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS as part of the exit path in accordance with Section 1028 1, Exception 1 1025.2 Markings within exit components. Egress path markings shall be provided in interior exit stairways, interior exit ramps and exitpassageways, in accordance with Sections 1025 2 1 through 1025 2 6 1025.2.1 Steps. A solid and continuous stripe shall be applied to the horizontal leading edge of each step and shall extend for the full length of the step Outlining stripes shall have a mimmum horizontal width of 1 inch (25 mm) and a maximum width of 2 inches (51 mm) The leading edge of the stripe shall be placed not more than Yz inch (12 7 mm) from the leading edge of the step and the stripe shall not overlap the leading edge of the step by not more than'/z inch (12 7 mm) down the vertical face of the step Exception: The minimum width of 1 inch (25 mm) shall not apply to outlining stripes listed in accordance with UL 1994 1025.2.2 Landings. The leading edge of landings shall be marked with a stripe consistent with the dimensional requirements for steps 1025.2.3 Handrails. Handrails and handrail extensions shall be marked with a solid and continuous stripe having a mmnnum width of 1 inch (25 mm) The stripe shall be placed on the top surface of the handrail for the entire length of the handrail, including extensions and newel post caps Where handrails or handrail extensions bend or turn comers, the stripe shall not have a gap of more than 4 inches (102 mm) Exception: The minimum width of 1 inch (25 mm) shall not apply to outlining stripes listed in accordance with UL 1994 1025.2.4 Perimeter demarcation lines. Stair landings and other floor areas within interior exit stairways, mte- nor exit ramps and exit passageways, with the exception of the sides of steps, shall be provided with solid and con- tinuous demarcation Imes on the floor or on the walls or a combination of both The stripes shall be 1 to 2 inches (25 mm to 51 mm) wide with interruptions not exceeding 4 inches (102 mm) Exception: The minimum width of 1 inch (25 mm) shall not apply to outlining stripes listed in accordance with UL 1994 1025.2.4.1 Floor -mounted demarcation lines. Perim- eter demarcation lines shall be placed within 4 inches (102 mm) of the wall and shall extend to within 2 inches (51 mm) of the markings on the leading edge of landings The demarcation Imes shall continue across the floor in front of all doors Exception: Demarcation lines shall not extend in front of exit discharge doors that lead out of an exit and through which occupants must travel to com- plete the exit path 1025.2.4.2 Wall -mounted demarcation lines. Perune- ter demarcation lines shall be placed on the wall with the bottom edge of the stripe not more than 4 inches (102 mm) above the finished floor At the top or bottom of the stairs, demarcation lines shall drop vertically to the floor within 2 inches (51 mm) of the step or landing edge Demarcation Imes on walls shall transition verti- cally to the floor and then extend across the floor where a line on the floor is the only practical method of outlm- mg the path Where the wall line is broken by a door, demarcation lines on walls shall continue across the face of the door or transition to the floor and extend across the floor in front of such door Exception: Demarcation lines shall not extend in front of exit discharge doors that lead out of an exit and through which occupants must travel to com- plete the exit path 1025.2.4.3 Transition. Where a wall -mounted demar- cation line transitions to a floor -mounted demarcation line, or vice versa, the wall -mounted demarcation line shall drop vertically to the floor to meet a compli- mentary extension of the floor -mounted demarcation line, thus forming a continuous marking 1025.2.5 Obstacles. Obstacles at or below 6 feet 6 inches (1981 mm) in height and projecting more than 4 inches (102 mm) into the egress path shall be outlined with mark- ings not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in width comprised of a pattern of alternating equal bands, of luminous material and black, with the alternating bands not more than 2 inches (51 mm) thick and angled at 45 degrees (0 79 rad) Obstacles shall include, but are not limited to, standpipes, hose cabinets, wall projections and restricted height areas However, such markings shall not conceal any required information or indicators including but not limited to instructions to occupants for the use of standpipes Exception: The minimum width of 1 inch (25 mm) shall not apply to markings listed in accordance with I UL 1994 1025.2.6 Doors within the exit path. Doors through which occupants must pass in order to complete the exit path shall be provided with markings complying with Sec- tions 1025 2 6 1 through 1025 2 6 3 1025.2.6.1 Emergency exit symbol. The doors shall be identified by a low -location luminous emergency exit symbol complying with NFPA 170 The exit symbol shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in height and shall be mounted on the door, centered horizontally, with the top of the symbol not higher than 18 inches (457 mm) above the finished floor 1025.2.6.2 Door hardware markings. Door hardware shall be marked with not less than 16 square inches (406 mm') of luminous material This marking shall be located behind, immediately adjacent to, or on the door handle or escutcheon Where a panic bar is installed, such material shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm) wide for the entire length of the actuating bar or touch - pad 1025.2.6.3 Door frame markings. The top and sides of the door frame shall be marked with a solid and contin- uous 1-inch- to 2-inch-wide (25 mm to 51 mm) stripe Where the door molding does not provide sufficient flat 292 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS surface on wluch to locate the stripe, the stripe shall be permitted to be located on the wall surrounding the fram e 1025.3 Uniformity. Placement and dimensions of markings shall be consistent and uniform throughout the same enclo- sure 1025.4 Self -luminous and photoluminescent. Luminous egress path markings shall be permitted to be made of any material, including paint, provided that an electrical charge is not required to maintain the required luminance Such materi- als shall include, but not be limited to, self -luminous materi- als and photoluminescent materials Materials shall comply with either of the following standards 1 UL 1994 2 ASTM E2072, except that the charging source shall be 1 footcandle (I I lux) of fluorescent illumination for 60 minutes, and the mimmum luminance shall be 30 mill - candelas per square meter at 10 minutes and 5 milican- delas per square meter after 90 minutes 1025.5 Illumination. Where photoluminescent exit path markings are installed, they shall be provided with not less than 1 footcandle (I I lux) of illumination for not less than 60 minutes prior to periods when the building is occupied and continuously during occupancy SECTION 1026 HORIZONTAL EXITS 1026.1 Horizontal exits. Horizontal exits serving as an exit in a means of egress system shall comply with the require- ments of this section A horizontal exit shall not serve as the only exit from a portion of a building, and where two or more exits are required, not more than one-half of the total number of exits or total exit minimum width or required capacity shall be horizontal exits Exceptions: 1 Horizontal exits are permitted to comprise two- thirds of the required exits from any building or floor area for occupancies in Group I-2 2 Horizontal exits are permitted to comprise 100 per- cent of the exits required for occupancies in Group I- 3 Not less than 6 square feet (0 6 m) of accessible space per occupant shall be provided on each side of the horizontal exit for the total number of people in adjoining compartments 1026.2 Separation. The separation between buildings or ref- uge areas connected by a horizontal exit shall be provided by afire wall complying with Section 706, or by afire barrier complying with Section 707 or a horizontal assembly com- plying with Section 711, or both The minimum fire -resis- tance rating of the separation shall be 2 hours Opening protectives in horizontal exits shall also comply with Section 716 Duct and air transfer openings in afire wall or fire bar- ner that serves as a horizontal exit shall also comply with Section 717 The horizontal exit separation shall extend verti- cally through all levels of the building unless floor assemblies have afire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours and do not have unprotected openings Exception: Afire -resistance rating is not required at hor- izontal exits between a building area and an above -grade pedestrian walkway constructed in accordance with Sec- tion 3104, provided that the distance between connected buildings is more than 20 feet (6096 mm) Horizontal exits constructed as fire barriers shall be con- tinuous from exterior wall to exterior wall so as to divide completely the floor served by the horizontal exit 1026.3 Opening protectives. Fire doors in horizontal exits shall be self -closing or automatic -closing when activated by a smoke detector in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6 Doors, where located in a cross -corridor condition, shall be auto- matic -closing by activation of a smoke detector installed in accordance with Section 716 2 6 6 1026.4 Refuge area. The refuge area of a horizontal exit shall be a space occupied by the same tenant or a public area and each such refuge area shall be adequate to accommodate the original occupant load of the refuge area plus the occu- pant load anticipated from the adjoining compartment The anticipated occupant load from the adjoining compartment shall be based on the capacity of the horizontal exit doors entering the refuge area or the total occupant load of the adjoining compartment, whichever is less 1026.4.1 Capacity. The capacity of the refuge area shall be computed based on a net floor area allowance of 3 square feet (0 2787 m) for each occupant to be accommo- dated therein Where the horizontal exit also forms a smoke compartment, the capacity of the refuge area for Group I-1, I-2 and I-3 occupancies and Group B ambula- tory care facilities shall comply with Sections 407 5 3, 408 6 2, 420 6 1 and 422 3 2 as applicable 1026.4.2 Number of exits. The refuge area into which a horizontal exit leads shall be provided with exits adequate to meet the occupant requirements of this chapter, but not including the added occupant load imposed by persons entering the refuge area through horizontal exits from other areas Not less than one refuge area exit shall lead directly to the exterior or to an interior exit stairway or ramp Exception: The adjoining compartment shall not be required to have a stairway or door leading directly out- side, provided that the refuge area into which a hori- zontal exit leads has stairways or doors leading directly outside and are so arranged that egress shall not require the occupants to return through the compartment from which egress originates 1026.5 Standpipes. Standpipes and standpipe hose connec- tions shall be provided where required by Sections 905 3 and 9054 SECTION 1027 EXTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAYS AND RAMPS 1027.1 Exterior exit stairways and ramps. Exterior exit stairways and ramps serving as an element of a required means of egress shall comply with this section 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 293 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 1027.2 Use in a means of egress. Exterior exit stairways shall not be used as an element of a required means of egress for Group I-2 occupancies For occupancies in other than Group I-2, extenor exitstairways and ramps shall be permit- ted as an element of a required means of egress for buildings not exceeding six stories above grade plane or that are not high-rise buildings 1027.3 Open side. Exterior exit stairways and ramps serving as an element of a required means of egress shall be open on not less than one side, except for required structural columns, beams, handrails and guards An open side shall have not less than 35 square feet (3 3 m) of aggregate open area adjacent to each floor level and the level of each intermediate landing The required open area shall be located not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) above the adjacent floor or landing level 1027.4 Side yards. The open areas adjoining exterior exit stairways or ramps shall be either yards, courts or public ways, the remaining sides are permitted to be enclosed by the extenor walls of the building 1027.5 Location. Exterior exit stairways and ramps shall have a minimum fire separation distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) measured at right angles from the exterior edge of the stairway or ramps, including landings, to 1 Adjacent lot lines 2 Other portions of the building 3 Other buildings on the same lot unless the adjacent building exterior walls and openings are protected in accordance with Section 705 based onfire separation distance. For the purposes of this section, other portions of the building shall be treated as separate buildings Exception: Exterior exit stairways and ramps serving individual dwelling units of Group R-3 shall have a mim- mum fire separation distance of 5 feet (1525 mm) 1027.6 Exterior exit stairway and ramp protection. Exte- nor exit stairways and ramps shall be separated from the interior of the building as required in Section 1023 2 Open- ings shall be limited to those necessary for egress from nor- mally occupied spaces Where a vertical plane projecting from the edge of an extenor exit stairway or ramp and land- ings is exposed by other parts of the building at an angle of less than 180 degrees (3 14 rad), the exterior wall shall be rated in accordance with Section 1023 7 Exceptions: 1 Separation from the interior of the building is not required for occupancies, other than those in Group R-1 or R-2, in buildings that are not more than two stories above grade plane where a level of exit dis- charge serving such occupancies is the first story above grade plane 2 Separation from the interior of the building is not required where the exterior exitstairway or ramp is served by an extenor exit ramp or balcony that connects two remote extenor exit stairways or other approved exits with a perimeter that is not less than 50 percent open To be considered open, the opening shall be not less than 50 percent of the height of the enclosing wall, with the top of the openings not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) above the top of the balcony 3 Separation from the open-ended corridor of the building is not required for extenor exit stairways or ramps, provided that Items 3 1 through 3 5 are met 3 1 The building, including open-ended corri- dors, and stairways and ramps, shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 12 32 The open-ended corridors comply with Sec- tion 1020 33 The open-ended corridors are connected on each end to an extenor exit stairway or ramp complying with Section 1027 34 The extenor walls and openings adjacent to the extenor exit stairway or ramp comply with Section 1023 7 35 At any location in an open-ended corridor where a change of direction exceeding 45 degrees (0 79 rad) occurs, a clear opening of not less than 35 square feet (3 3 m) or an extenor stairway or ramp shall be provided Where clear openings are provided, they shall be located so as to minimize the accu- mulation of smoke or toxic gases 4 In Group R-3 occupancies not more than four stories in height, exterior exit stairways and ramps serving individual dwelling units are not required to be sepa- rated from the interior of the building where the exte- nor exit stairway or ramp discharges directly to grade SECTION 1028 EXIT DISCHARGE 1028.1 General. Exits shall discharge directly to the exterior of the building The exit discharge shall be at grade or shall provide a direct path of egress travel to grade The exit dis- charge shall not reenter a building The combined use of Exceptions 1 and 2 shall not exceed 50 percent of the number and minimum width or required capacity of the required exits Exceptions: 1 Not more than 50 percent of the number and mim- mum width or required capacity of interior exit stairways and ramps is permitted to egress through areas on the level of discharge provided that all of the following conditions are met 1 1 Discharge of interior exit stairways and ramps shall be provided with a free and unobstructed path of travel to an exterior exit door and such exit is readily visible and identifiable from the point of termmation of the enclosure 1 2 The entire area of the level of exit discharge is separated from areas below by construc- 294 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C1pynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS tion conform mg to the fire -resistance rating for the enclosure 1 3 The egress path from the interior exit stair- way and ramp on the level of exit discharge is protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system Portions of the level of exit discharge with access to the egress path shall be either equipped through- out with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 12, or separated from the egress path in accordance with the require- ments for the enclosure of interior exit stair- ways or ramps 1 4 Where a required interior exit stairway or ramp and an exit access stairway or ramp serve the same floor level and terminate at the same level of exit discharge, the term ma- tion of the exit access stairway or ramp and the exit discharge door of the interior exit stairway or ramp shall be separated by a dis- tance of not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) or not less than one-fourth the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building, whichever is less The distance shall be measured in a straight line between the exit discharge door from the interior exit stairway or ramp and the last tread of the exit access stairway or termmation of slope of the exit access ramp 2 Not more than 50 percent of the number and minimum width or required capacity of the interior exit stairways and ramps is permitted to egress through a vestibule provided that all of the following conditions are met 21 The entire area of the vestibule is separated from areas below by construction conform - mg to the fire -resistance rating of the mte- nor exit stairway or ramp enclosure 22 The depth from the exterior of the building is not greater than 10 feet (3048 mm) and the length is not greater than 30 feet (9144 mm) 23 The area is separated from the remainder of the level of exit cscharge by afire partition constructed in accordance with Section 708 Exception: The maximum transmitted temperature rise is not required 2 4 The area is used only for means of egress and exits directly to the outside 3 Horizontal exits complying with Section 1026 shall not be required to discharge directly to the exterior of the building 1028.2 Exit discharge width or capacity. The minimum width or required capacity of the exit discharge shall be not less than the minimum width or required capacity of the exits being served 1028.3 Exit discharge components. Exit discharge compo- nents shall be sufficiently open to the exterior so as to mmi- mize the accumulation of smoke and toxic gases 1028.4 Egress courts. Egress courts serving as a portion of the exit discharge in the means of egress system shall com- ply with the requirements of Sections 1028 4 1 and 1028 4 2 1028.4.1 Width or capacity. The required capacity of egress courts shall be determined as specified in Section 1005 1, but the mimmum width shall be not less than 44 inches (1118 mm), except as specified herein Egress courts serving Group R-3 and U occupancies shall be not less than 36 inches (914 mm) in width The required capacity and width of egress courts shall be unobstructed to a height of 7 feet (2134 mm) The width of the egress court shall be not less than the required capacity Exception: Encroachments complying with Section 10057 1028.4.2 Construction and openings. Where an egress court serving a building or portion thereof is less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in width, the egress court walls shall have not less than 1-hour fire -resistance -rated construction for a distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) above the floor of the egress court Openings within such walls shall be pro- tected by opening protectives having a fire protection rat- ing of not less than'/q hour Exceptions: 1 Egress courts serving an occupant load of less than 10 2 Egress courts serving Group R-3 1028.5 Access to a public way. The exit discharge shall pro- vide a direct and unobstructed access to a public way Exception: Where access to a public way cannot be pro- vided, a safe dispersal area shall be provided where all of the following are met 1 The area shall be of a size to accommodate not less than 5 square feet (0 46 m') for each person 2 The area shall be located on the same lot not less than 50 feet (15 240 mm) away from the building requiring egress 3 The area shall be permanently maintained and iden- tified as a safe dispersal area 4 The area shall be provided with a safe and unob- structed path of travel from the building SECTION 1029 ASSEMBLY 1029.1 General. A room or space used for assembly pur- poses that contains seats, tables, displays, equipment or other material shall comply with this section 1029.1.1 Bleachers. Bleachers, grandstands and folding and telescopic seating, that are not building elements, shall comply with ICC 300 1029.1.1.1 Spaces under grandstands and bleachers. Spaces under grandstands or bleachers shall be sepa- 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 295 I I I I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS rated by fire barriers complying with Section 707 and horizontal assemblies complying with Section 711 with not less than 1-hour fire -resistance -rated construction Exceptions: 1 Ticket booths less than 100 square feet (9 29 m') in area 2 Toiletrooms 3 Other accessory use areas 1,000 square feet (92 9 m) or less in area and equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 1029.2 Assembly main exit. A building, room or space used for assembly purposes that has an occupant load of greater than 300 and is provided with a main exit, that main exit shall be of sufficient capacity to accommodate not less than one- half of the occupant load, but such capacity shall be not less than the total required capacity of all means of egress leading to the exit Where the building is classified as a Group A occupancy, the main exit shall front on not less than one street or an unoccupied space of not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in width that adjoins a street or public way In a building, room or space used for assembly purposes where there is not a well-defined main exit or where multiple main exits are pro- vided, exits shall be permitted to be distributed around the perimeter of the building provided that the total capacity of egress is not less than 100 percent of the required capacity 1029.3 Assembly other exits. In addition to having access to a main exit, each level in a building used for assembly pur- poses having an occupant load greater than 300 and provided with a main exit, shall be provided with additional means of egress that shall provide an egress capacity for not less than one-half of the total occupant load served by that level and shall comply with Section 10071 In a building used for assembly purposes where there is not a well-defined main exit or where multiple main exits are provided, exits for each level shall be permitted to be distributed around the perimeter of the building, provided that the total width of egress is not less than 100 percent of the required width 1029.4 Foyers and lobbies. In Group A-1 occupancies, where persons are admitted to the building at times when seats are not available, such persons shall be allowed to wait in a lobby or similar space, provided that such lobby or simi- lar space shall not encroach on the minimum width or required capacity of the means of egress Such foyer, if not directly connected to a public street by all the main entrances or exits, shall have a straight and unobstructed corridor or path of travel to every such main entrance or exit 1029.5 Interior balcony and gallery means of egress. For balconies, galleries or press boxes having a seating capacity of 50 or more located in a building, room or space used for assembly purposes, not less than two means of egress shall be provided, with one from each side of every balcony, gallery or press box 1029.6 Capacity of aisle for assembly. The required capacity of aisles shall be not less than that determined in accordance with Section 1029 6 1 where smoke -protected assembly seat- ing is not provided, Section 1029 6 2 where smoke -protected assembly seating is provided and Section 1029 6 3 where I open-air assembly seating is provided 1029.6.1 Without smoke protection. The required capac- ity in inches (mm) of the aisles for assembly seating with- out smoke protection shall be not less than the occupant load served by the egress element in accordance with all of the following, as applicable 1 Not less than 0 3 inch (7 6 mm) of aisle capacity for each occupant served shall be provided on stepped aisles having riser heights 7 inches (178 mm) or less and tread depths 11 inches (279 mm) or greater, measured horizontally between tread nosmgs 2 Not less than 0 005 inch (0 127 mm) of additional aisle capacity for each occupant shall be provided for each 0 10 inch (2 5 mm) of riser height above 7 inches (178 mm) 3 Where egress requires stepped aisle descent, not less than 0 075 inch (1 9 mm) of additional aisle capac- ity for each occupant shall be provided on those por- tions of aisle capacity that do not have a handrail within a horizontal distance of 30 inches (762 mm) 4 Ramped aisles, where slopes are steeper than one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8-percent slope), shall have not less than 0 22 inch (5 6 mm) of clear aisle capacity for each occupant served Level or ramped aisles, where slopes are not steeper than one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8-percent slope), shall have not less than 0 20 inch (5 1 mm) of clear aisle capacity for each occupant served 1029.6.2 Smoke -protected assembly seating. The required capacity in inches (mm) of the aisle for smoke - protected assembly seating shall be not less than the occu- pant load served by the egress element multiplied by the appropriate factor in Table 1029 6 2 The total number of TABLE 1029.6.2 CAPACITY FOR AISLES FOR SMOKE -PROTECTED ASSEMBLY TOTAL NUMBER OF SEATS IN THE SMOKE -PROTECTED ASSEMBLY SEATING INCHES OF CAPACITY PER SEAT SERVED Stepped aisles with handrails within 30 inches Stepped aisles without handrails within 30 inches Level aisles or ramped aisles not steeper than 1 in 10 in slope Ramped aisles steeper than 1 in 10 in slope Equal to or less than 5,000 0200 0 250 0 150 0 165 10,000 0130 0163 0100 0110 15,000 0 096 0 120 0 070 0 077 20,000 0 076 0 095 0 056 0 062 Equal to or greater than 25,000 0 060 0 075 0 044 0 048 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min 296 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 1 1 Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto I I ( TTRR I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS seats specified shall be those within the space exposed to the same smoke -protected environment Interpolation is permitted between the specific values shown A life safety evaluation, complying with NFPA 101, shall be done for a facility utilizing the reduced width requirements of Table 1029 6 2 for smoke -protected assembly sealing Exception: For open-air assembly sealing with an occupant load not greater than 18,000, the required capacity in inches (mm) shall be determined using the factors in Section 1029 6 3 1029.6.2.1 Smoke control. Aisles and aisle accessways serving a smoke -protected assembly sealing area shall be provided with a smoke control system complying with Section 909 or natural ventilation designed to maintain the smoke level not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor of the means of egress 1029.6.2.2 Roof height. A smoke -protected assembly seating area with a roof shall have the lowest portion of the roof deck not less than 15 feet (4572 mm) above the highest aisle or aisle accessway Exception: A roof canopy in an outdoor stadium shall be permitted to be less than 15 feet (4572 mm) above the highest aisle or aisle accessway provided that there are no objects less than 80 inches (2032 mm) above the highest aisle or aisle accessway 1029.6.2.3 Automatic sprinklers. Enclosed areas with walls and ceilings in buildings or structures containing smoke -protected assembly sealing shall be protected with an approved automatic sprinkler system in accor- dance with Section 903 3 1 1 Exceptions: 1 The floor area used for contests, performances or entertainment provided that the roof con- struction is more than 50 feet (15 240 mm) above the floor level and the use is restricted to low fire hazard uses 2 Press boxes and storage facilities less than 1,000 square feet (93 m) in area 3 Outdoor seating facilities where seating and the means of egress in the seating area are essentially open to the outside 1029.6.3 Open-air assembly seating. In open-air assem- bly seating, the required capacity in inches (mm) of aisles shall be not less than the total occupant load served by the egress element multiplied by 0 08 (2 0 mm) where egress is by stepped aisle and multiplied by 0 06 (1 52 mm) where egress is by level aisles and ramped aisles Exception: The required capacity in inches (mm) of aisles shall be permitted to comply with Section 1029 6 2 for the number of seats in the open-air assem- bly seating where Section 1029 6 2 permits less capac- ity I1029.7 Travel distance. The exit access travel distance shall comply with Section 1017 Where aisles are provided for seating, the distance shall be measured along the aisles and aisle accessways without travel over or on the seats Exceptions: 1 In facilities with smoke -protected assembly seating, the total exit access travel distance shall be not greater than 400 feet (122 m) That portion of the total permitted exit access travel distance from each seat to the nearest entrance to a vomitory or con- course shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm) The portion of the total permitted exit access travel dis- tance from the entrance to the vomitory or con- course to one of the following shall not exceed 200 feet (60 960 mm) 1 1 The closest riser of an exit access stairway 1 2 The closest slope of an exit access ramp 1 3 An exit 2 In facilities with open-air assembly seating of Type III, IV or V construction, the total exit access travel distance to one of the following shall not exceed 400 feet (122 m) 2 1 The closest riser of an exit access stairway 2 2 The closest slope of an exit access ramp 2 3 An exit 3 In facilities with open-air assembly sealing of Type I or II construction, the total exit access travel dis- tance shall not be limited 1029.8 Common path of egress travel. The common path of egress travel shall not exceed 30 feet (9144 mm) from any seat to a point where an occupant has a choice of two paths of egress travel to two exits Exceptions: 1 For areas serving less than 50 occupants, the com- mon path of egress travel shall not exceed 75 feet (22 860 mm) 2 For smoke -protected or open-air assembly seating, the common path of egress travel shall not exceed 50 feet (15 240 mm) 1029.8.1 Path through adjacent row. Where one of the two paths of travel is across the aisle through a row of seats to another aisle, there shall be not more than 24 seats between the two aisles, and the mimmum clear width between rows for the row between the two aisles shall be 12 inches (305 mm) plus 0 6 inch (15 2 mm) for each additional seat above seven in the row between aisles Exception: For smoke -protected or open-air assembly sealing there shall be not more than 40 seats between the two aisles and the minimum clear width shall be 12 inches (305 mm) plus 0 3 inch (7 6 mm) for each addi- tional seat 1029.9 Assembly aisles are required. Every occupied por- tion of any building, room or space used for assembly pur- poses that contains seats, tables, displays, similar fixtures or equipment shall be provided with aisles leading to exits or exit access doorways in accordance with this section 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 297 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 1029.9.1 Minimum aisle width. The minimum clear width for aisles shall comply with one of the following 1 Forty-eight inches (1219 mm) for stepped aisles having seating on both sides Exception: Thirty-six inches (914 mm) where the stepped aisles serve less than 50 seats 2 Thirty-six inches (914 mm) for stepped aisles hav- ing seating on only one side Exception: Twenty-three inches (584 mm) between a stepped aisle handrail and seating where a stepped aisle does not serve more than five rows on one side 3 Twenty-three inches (584 mm) between a stepped aisle handrail or guard and seating where the stepped aisle is subdivided by a mid -aisle handrail 4 Forty-two inches (1067 mm) for level or ramped aisles having seating on both sides Exceptions: 1 Thirty-six inches (914 mm) where the aisle serves less than 50 seats 2 Thirty inches (762 mm) where the aisle serves less than 15 seats and does not serve as part of an accessible route. 5 Thirty-six inches (914 mm) for level or ramped aisles having seating on only one side Exception: Thirty inches (762 mm) where the aisle serves fewer than 15 seats and does not serve as part of an accessible route 1029.9.2 Aisle catchment area. The aisle shall provide sufficient capacity for the number of persons accommo- dated by the catchment area served by the aisle The catch- ment area served by an aisle is that portion of the total space served by that section of the aisle In establishing catchment areas, the assumption shall be made that there is a balanced use of all means of egress, with the number of persons in proportion to egress capacity 1029.9.3 Converging aisles. Where aisles converge to form a single path of egress travel, the required capacity of that path shall be not less than the combined required capacity of the converging aisles 1029.9.4 Uniform width and capacity. Those portions of aisles, where egress is possible in either of two directions, shall be uniform in mimmum width or required capacity 1029.9.5 Dead-end aisles. Each end of an aisle shall be continuous to a cross aisle, foyer, doorway, vomitory, con- course or stairway in accordance with Section 1029 9 7 having access to an exit Exceptions: 1 Dead-end aisles shall be not greater than 20 feet (6096 mm) in length 2 Dead-end aisles longer than 16 rows are permit- ted where seats beyond the 16th row dead-end aisle are not more than 24 seats from another aisle, measured along a row of seats having a minimum clear width of 12 inches (305 mm) plus 0 6 inch (15 2 mm) for each additional seat above seven in the row where seats have backrests or beyond 10 where seats are without backrests in the row For smoke -protected or open-air assembly seat- ing, the dead-end aisle length of vertical aisles shall not exceed a distance of 21 rows For smoke -protected or open-air assembly seat- ing, a longer dead-end aisle is permitted where seats beyond the 21-row dead-end aisle are not more than 40 seats from another aisle, measured along a row of seats having an aisle accessway with a mimmum clear width of 12 inches (305 mm) plus 0 3 inch (7 6 mm) for each additional seat above seven in the row where seats have backrests or beyond 10 where seats are without backrests in the row 1029.9.6 Aisle measurement. The clear width for aisles shall be measured to walls, edges of seating and tread edges except for permitted projections Exception: The clear width of aisles adjacent to seat - mg at tables shall be permitted to be measured in accor- dance with Section 1029 13 1 1029.9.6.1 Assembly aisle obstructions. There shall not be obstructions in the minimum width or required capacity of aisles Exception: Handrails are permitted to project into the required width of stepped aisles and ramped aisles in accordance with Section 1014 8 1029.9.7 Stairways connecting to stepped aisles. A stairway that connects a stepped aisle to a cross aisle or concourse shall be permitted to comply with the assembly aisle walking surface requirements of Section 102914 Transitions between stairways and stepped aisles shall comply with Section 1029 10 1029.9.8 Stairways connecting to vomitories. A stair- way that connects a vomitory to a cross aisle or concourse shall be permitted to comply with the assembly aisle walk- ing surface requirements of Section 1029 14 Transitions between stairways and stepped aisles shall comply with Section 1029 10 1029.10 Transitions. Transitions between stairways and stepped aisles shall comply with either Section 1029 10 1 or 1029 10 2 1029.10.1 Transitions to stairways that maintain stepped aisle riser and tread dimensions. Stepped aisles, transitions and stairways that maintain the stepped aisle riser and tread dimensions shall comply with Section 1029 14 as one exit access component 1029.10.2 Transitions to stairways that do not maintain stepped aisle riser and tread dimensions. Transitions between stairways and stepped aisles having different riser and tread dimensions shall comply with Sections I 1029 10 2 1 through 1029 10 3 1029.10.2.1 Stairways and stepped aisles in a straight run. Where stairways and stepped aisles are 298 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS in a straight run, transitions shall have one of the fol- lowing 1 A depth of not less than 22 inches (559 mm) where the treads on the descending side of the transition have greater depth 2 A depth of not less than 30 inches (762 mm) where the treads on the descending side of the transition have lesser depth 1029.10.2.2 Stairways that change direction from stepped aisles. Transitions where the stairway changes direction from the stepped aisle shall have a minmum depth of 11 inches (280 mm) or the stepped aisle tread depth, whichever is greater, between the stepped aisle and stairway 1029.10.3 Transition marking. A distinctive marking stripe shall be provided at each nosing or leading edge adjacent to the transition Such stripe shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm), and not more than 2 inches (51 mm), wide The edge marking stripe shall be distinc- tively different from the stepped aisle contrasting mark- ing stripe 1029.11 Stepped aisles at vomitories. Stepped aisles that change direction at vomitories shall comply with Section 1029 11 1 Transitions between a stepped aisle above a vomi- tory and a stepped aisle to the side of a vomitory shall comply with Section 1029 11 2 1029.11.1 Stepped aisles that change direction at vomi- tories. Stepped aisle treads where the stepped aisle changes direction at a vomitory shall have a depth of not less than 11 inches (280 mm) or the stepped aisle tread depth, whichever is greater The height of a stepped aisle tread above a transition at a vomitory shall comply with Section 1029 14 2 2 1029.11.2 Stepped aisle transitions at the top of vomito- ries. Transitions between the stepped aisle above a vomi- tory and stepped aisles to the side of a vomitory shall have a depth of not less than 11 inches (280 mm) or the stepped aisle tread depth, whichever is greater 1029.12 Construction. Aisles, stepped aisles and ramped aisles shall be built of materials consistent with the types per- mitted for the type of construction of the building Exception: Wood handrails shall be permitted for all types of construction 1029.12.1 Walking surface. The surface of aisles, stepped aisles and ramped aisles shall be of slip -resistant materials that are securely attached The surface for stepped aisles shall comply with Section 1011 7 1 1029.12.2 Outdoor conditions. Outdoor aisles, stepped aisles and ramped aisles and outdoor approaches to aisles, stepped aisles and ramped aisles shall be designed so that water will not accumulate on the walking surface 1029.13 Aisle accessways. Aisle accessways for seating at tables shall comply with Section 1029 13 1 Aisle access - ways for seating in rows shall comply with Section 1029 132 1029.13.1 Seating at tables. Where seating is located at a table or counter and is adjacent to an aisle or aisle access - way, the measurement of required clear width of the aisle or aisle accessway shall be made to a line 19 inches (483 mm) away from and parallel to the edge of the table or counter The 19-mch (483 mm) distance shall be measured perpendicular to the side of the table or counter In the case of other side boundaries for aisles or aisle access - ways, the clear width shall be measured to walls, edges of seating and tread edges Exception: Where tables or counters are served by fixed seats, the width of the aisle or aisle accessway shall be measured from the back of the seat 1029.13.1.1 Aisle accessway capacity and width for seating at tables. Aisle accessways serving arrange- ments of seating at tables or counters shall comply with the capacity requirements of Section 1005 1 but shall not have less than 12 inches (305 mm) of width plus'/ inch (12 7 mm) of width for each additional 1 foot (305 mm), or fraction thereof, beyond 12 feet (3658 mm) of aisle accessway length measured from the center of the seat farthest from an aisle Exception: Portions of an aisle accessway having a length not exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) and used by a total of not more than four persons 1029.13.1.2 Seating at table aisle accessway length. The length of travel along the aisle accessway shall not exceed 30 feet (9144 mm) from any seat to the point where a person has a choice of two or more paths of egress travel to separate exits 1029.13.2 Clear width of aisle accessways serving seating in rows. Where seating rows have 14 or fewer seats, the minimum clear aisle accessway width shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm) measured as the clear horizontal distance from the back of the row ahead and the nearest projection of the row behind Where chairs have automatic or self -rising seats, the measurement shall be made with seats in the raised position Where any chair in the row does not have an automatic or self - rising seat, the measurements shall be made with the seat in the down position For seats with folding tablet arms, row spacing shall be determined with the tablet arm in the used position Exception: For seats with folding tablet arms, row spacing is permitted to be determined with the tablet arm in the stored position where the tablet arm when raised manually to vertical position in one motion auto- matically returns to the stored position by force of grav- ity 1029.13.2.1 Dual access. For rows of seating served by aisles or doorways at both ends, there shall be not more than 100 seats per row The minimum clear width of 12 inches (305 mm) between rows shall be increased by 0 3 inch (7 6 mm) for every additional seat beyond 14 seats where seats have backrests or beyond 21 where seats are without backrests The minimum clear width is not required to exceed 22 inches (559 mm) Exception: For smoke -protected or open-air assem- bly sealing, the row length limits for a 12-mch-wide 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 299 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS (305 mm) aisle accessway, beyond which the aisle accessway minimum clear width shall be increased, are in Table 1029 13 2 1 1029.13.2.2 Single access. For rows of seating served by an aisle or doorway at only one end of the row, the minimum clear width of 12 inches (305 mm) between rows shall be increased by 0 6 inch (15 2 mm) for every additional seat beyond seven seats where seats have backrests or beyond 10 where seats are without back- rests The mimmum clear width is not required to exceed 22 inches (559 mm) Exception: For smoke -protected or open-air assem- bly sealing, the row length lmnits for a 12-inch-wide (305 mm) aisle accessway, beyond which the aisle accessway minimum clear width shall be increased, are in Table 1029 13 2 1 1029.14 Assembly aisle walking surfaces. Ramped aisles shall comply with Sections 1029 14 1 through 1029 14 1 3 Stepped aisles shall comply with Sections 1029 14 2 through 10291424 1029.14.1 Ramped aisles. Aisles that are sloped more than one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope) shall be considered to be a ramped aisle Ramped aisles that serve as part of an accessible route in accor- dance with Sections 1009 and 1108 2 shall have a maxi- mum slope of one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8- percent slope) The slope of other ramped aisles shall not exceed one unit vertical in 8 units horizontal (12 5-percent slope) 1029.14.1.1 Cross slope. The slope measured perpen- dicular to the direction of travel of a ramped aisle shall not be steeper than one unit vertical in 48 units horizon- tal (2-percent slope) 1029.14.1.2 Landings. Ramped aisles shall have land- ings in accordance with Sections 10126 through 1012 6 5 Landings for ramped aisles shall be permitted to overlap required aisles or cross aisles 1029.14.1.3 Edge protection. Ramped aisles shall have edge protection in accordance with Sections 1012 10 and 1012 10 1 Exception: In assembly spaces with fixed seating, edge protection is not required on the sides of ramped aisles where the ramped aisles provide access to the adjacent seating and aisle accessways 1029.14.2 Stepped aisles. Aisles with a slope exceeding one unit vertical in eight units horizontal (12 5-percent slope) shall consist of a series of risers and treads that extends across the full width of aisles and complies with Sections 1029 14 2 1 through 1029 14 2 4 1029.14.2.1 Treads. Tread depths shall be not less than 11 inches (279 mm) and shall have dimensional unifor- mity Exception: The tolerance between adjacent treads shall not exceed'/16 inch (4 8 mm) 1029.14.2.2 Risers. Where the gradient of stepped aisles is to be the same as the gradient of adjoining seating areas, the riser height shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) nor more than 8 inches (203 mm) and shall be uniform within each flight Exceptions: 1 Riser height nonumformity shall be limited to the extent necessitated by changes in the gra- dient of the adjoining seating area to maintain adequate sightlmes Where nonumformities exceed '116 inch (4 8 mm) between adjacent risers, the exact location of such nommiforml- ties shall be indicated with a distinctive mark - mg stripe on each tread at the nosing or leading edge adjacent to the nonuniform ris- ers Such stripe shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm), and not more than 2 inches (51 mm), wide The edge marking stripe shall be distinc- tively different from the contrasting marking stripe 2 Riser heights not exceeding 9 inches (229 mm) shall be permitted where they are neces- sitated by the slope of the adjacent seating areas to maintain sightlmes 1029.14.2.2.1 Construction tolerances. The toler- ance between adjacent risers on a stepped aisle that were designed to be equal height shall not exceed'116 inch (4 8 mm) Where the stepped aisle is designed in accordance with Exception 1 of Section TABLE 1029.13.2.1 SMOKE -PROTECTED OR OPEN-AIR ASSEMBLY AISLE ACCESSWAYS TOTAL NUMBER OF SEATS IN THE SMOKE -PROTECTED OR OPEN-AIR ASSEMBLY SEATING MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SEATS PER ROW PERMITTED TO HAVE A MINIMUM 12-INCH CLEAR WIDTH AISLE ACCESSWAY Aisle or doorway at both ends of row Aisle or doorway at one end of row only Seals with backrests Seals without backrests Seals with backrests Seals without backrests Less than 4,000 14 21 7 10 4,000 15 22 7 10 7,000 16 23 8 11 10,000 17 24 8 11 13,000 18 25 9 12 16,000 19 26 9 12 19,000 20 27 10 13 22,000 and greater 21 28 11 14 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min 300 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 1 1 Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( TTRR I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS 1029 14 2 2, the stepped aisle shall be constructed so that each riser of unequal height, determined in the direction of descent, is not more than '/A inch (9 5 mm) in height different from adjacent risers where stepped aisle treads are less than 22 inches (560 mm) in depth and '/q inch (19 1 mm) in height different from adjacent risers where stepped aisle treads are 22 inches (560 mm) or greater in depth 1029.14.2.3 Tread contrasting marking stripe. A contrasting marking stripe shall be provided on each tread at the nosing or leading edge such that the loca- tion of each tread is readily apparent when viewed in descent Such stripe shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm) and not more than 2 inches (51 mm) wide Exception: The contrasting marking stripe is per- mitted to be omitted where tread surfaces are such that the location of each tread is readily apparent when viewed in descent 1029.14.2.4 Nosing and profile. Nosing and riser pro- file shall comply with Sections 1011 5 5 through 1011553 1029.15 Seat stability. In a building, room or space used for assembly purposes, the seats shall be securely fastened to the floor Exceptions: 1 In a building, room or space used for assembly pur- poses or portions thereof without ramped or tiered floors for seating and with 200 or fewer seats, the seats shall not be required to be fastened to the floor 2 In a building, room or space used for assembly pur- poses or portions thereof with seating at tables and without ramped or tiered floors for seating, the seats shall not be required to be fastened to the floor 3 In a building, room or space used for assembly pur- poses or portions thereof without ramped or tiered floors for seating and with greater than 200 seats, the seats shall be fastened together in groups of not less than three or the seats shall be securely fastened to the floor 4 In a building, room or space used for assembly pur- poses where flexibility of the seating arrangement is an integral part of the design and function of the space and seating is on tiered levels, not more than 200 seats shall not be required to be fastened to the floor Plans showing seating, hers and aisles shall be submitted for approval 5 Groups of seats within a building, room or space used for assembly purposes separated from other seating by railings, guards, partial height walls or similar barriers with level floors and having not more than 14 seats per group shall not be required to be fastened to the floor 6 Seats intended for musicians or other performers and separated by railings, guards, partial height walls or similar barriers shall not be required to be fastened to the floor 1029.16 Handrails. Ramped aisles having a slope exceeding one unit vertical in 15 units horizontal (6 7-percent slope) and stepped aisles shall be provided with handrails in compliance with Section 1014 located either at one or both sides of the aisle or within the aisle width Exceptions: 1 Handrails are not required for ramped aisles with seating on both sides 2 Handrails are not required where, at the side of the aisle, there is a guard with a top surface that com- plies with the graspability requirements of handrails in accordance with Section 1014 3 3 Handrail extensions are not required at the top and bottom of stepped aisles and ramped aisles to permit crossovers within the aisles 1029.16.1 Discontinuous handrails. Where there is seat- ing on both sides of the aisle, the mid -aisle handrails shall be discontinuous with gaps or breaks at intervals not exceeding five rows to facilitate access to seating and to permit crossing from one side of the aisle to the other These gaps or breaks shall have a clear width of not less than 22 inches (559 mm) and not greater than 36 inches (914 mm), measured horizontally, and the mid -aisle hand- rail shall have rounded terminations or bends 1029.16.2 Handrail termination. Handrails located on the side of stepped aisles shall return to a wall, guard or the walking surface or shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stepped aisle flight 1029.16.3 Mid -aisle termination. Nfid-aisle handrails shall not extend beyond the lowest riser and shall terminate within 18 inches (381 mm), measured horizontally, from the lowest riser Handrail extensions are not required Exception: Nfid-aisle handrails shall be permitted to extend beyond the lowest riser where the handrail extensions do not obstruct the width of the cross aisle 1029.16.4 Rails. Where mid -aisle handrails are provided in stepped aisles, there shall be an additional rail located approximately 12 inches (305 mm) below the handrail The rail shall be adequate in strength and attachment in accordance with Section 1607 8 1 2 1029.17 Assembly guards. Guards adjacent to seating in a building, room or space used for assembly purposes shall be provided where required by Section 1015 and shall be con- structed in accordance with Section 1015 except where pro- vided in accordance with Sections 1029 17 1 through 1029 17 4 At bleachers, grandstands and folding and tele- scopic seating, guards must be provided where required by ICC 300 and Section 1029 17 1 1029.17.1 Perimeter guards. Perimeter guards shall be provided where the footboards or walking surface of seat- ing facilities are more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor or grade below Where the seatboards are adjacent to the perimeter, guard height shall be 42 inches (1067 mm) high minimum, measured from the seatboard Where the seats are self -rising, guard height shall be 42 inches (1067 mm) lugh minimum, measured from the floor surface 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 301 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS Where there is an aisle between the seating and the perim- eter, the guard height shall be measured in accordance with Section 1015 3 Exceptions: 1 Guards that impact sightlines shall be permitted to comply with Section 1029 17 3 2 Bleachers, grandstands and folding and tele- scopic sealing shall not be required to have perimeter guards where the seating is located adjacent to a wall and the space between the wall and the seating is less than 4 inches (102 mm) 1029.17.2 Cross aisles. Cross aisles located more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor or grade below shall have guards in accordance with Section 1015 Where an elevation change of 30 inches (762 mm) or less occurs between a cross aisle and the adjacent floor or grade below, guards not less than 26 inches (660 mm) above the aisle floor shall be provided Exception: Where the backs of seats on the front of the cross aisle project 24 inches (610 mm) or more above the adjacent floor of the aisle, a guard need not be pro- vided 1029.17.3 Sightline-constrained guard heights. Unless subject to the requirements of Section 1029 17 4, a fascia or railing system in accordance with the guard require- ments of Section 1015 and having a minimum height of 26 inches (660 mm) shall be provided where the floor or foot- board elevation is more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor or grade below and the fascia or railing would otherwise interfere with the sightlines of immediately adjacent seating 1029.17.4 Guards at the end of aisles. A fascia or railing system complying with the guard requirements of Section 1015 shall be provided for the full width of the aisle where the foot of the aisle is more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor or grade below The fascia or railing shall be not less than 36 inches (914 mm) high and shall pro- vide not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) measured diago- nally between the top of the rail and the nosing of the nearest tread SECTION 1030 EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE 1030.1 General. In addition to the means of egress required by this chapter, emergency escape and rescue openings shall be provided in the following occupancies 1 Group R-2 occupancies located in stories with only one exit or access to only one exit as permitted by Tables 1006 3 3(1) and 1006 3 3(2) 2 Group R-3 and R-4 occupancies Basements and sleeping rooms below the fourth story above grade plane shall have not fewer than one exterior emergency escape and rescue opening in accordance with this section Where basements contain one or more sleeping rooms, emergency escape and rescue openings shall be required in each sleeping room, but shall not be required in adjoining areas of the basement Such openings shall open directly into a public way or to a yard or court that opens to a public way Exceptions: 1 Basements with a ceiling height of less than 80 inches (2032 mm) shall not be required to have emergency escape and rescue openings 2 Emergency escape and rescue openings are not required from basements or sleeping rooms that have an exit door or exit access door that opens directly into a public way or to a yard, court or exte- rior exit balcony that opens to a public way 3 Basements without habitable spaces and having not more than 200 square feet (18 6 m') in floor area shall not be required to have emergency escape and rescue openings 4 Within individual dwelling and sleeping units in Groups R-2 and R-3, where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, 903 3 1 2 or 903 3 1 3, sleeping rooms in basements shall not be required to have emergency escape and rescue openings provided that the basement has one of the following 4 1 One means of egress and one emergency escape and rescue opening. 4 2 Two means of egress 1030.1.1 Operational constraints and opening control devices. Emergency escape and rescue openings shall be operational from inside the room without the use of keys or tools Window -opening control devices complying with ASTM F2090 shall be permitted for use on windows serv- ing as a required emergency escape and rescue opening 1030.2 Minimum size. Emergency escape and rescue open- ings shall have a mimmum net clear opening of 5 7 square feet (0 53 m) Exception: The minimum net clear opening for grade - floor emergency escape and rescue openings shall be 5 square feet (0 46 m) 1030.2.1 Minimum dimensions. The minimum net clear opening height dimension shall be 24 inches (610 mm) The minimum net clear opening width dimension shall be 20 inches (508 mm) The net clear opening dimensions shall be the result of normal operation of the opening 1030.3 Maximum height from floor. Emergency escape and rescue openings shall have the bottom of the clear opening not greater than 44 inches (1118 mm) measured from the floor 1030.4 Window wells. An emergency escape and rescue opening with a finished sill height below the adjacent ground level shall be provided with a window well in accordance with Sections 1030 4 1 and 1030 4 2 1030.4.1 Minimum size. The minimum horizontal area of the window well shall be 9 square feet (0 84 m), with a minimum dimension of 36 inches (914 mm) The area of 302 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MEANS OF EGRESS the window well shall allow the emergency escape and rescue opening to be fully opened 1030.4.2 Ladders or steps. Window wells with a vertical depth of more than 44 inches (1118 mm) shall be equipped with an approved permanently affixed ladder or steps Ladders or rungs shall have an inside width of not less than 12 inches (305 mm), shall project not less than 3 inches (76 mm) from the wall and shall be spaced not more than 18 inches (457 mm) on center (o c ) vertically for the full height of the window well The ladder or steps shall not encroach into the required dimensions of the win- dow well by more than 6 inches (152 mm) The ladder or steps shall not be obstructed by the emergency escape and rescue opening Ladders or steps required by this section are exempt from the stairway requirements of Section 1011 1030.5 Bars, grilles, covers and screens. Bars, grilles, cov- ers, screens or similar devices are permitted to be placed over emergency escape and rescue openings, bulkhead enclosures or window wells that serve such openings, provided that the minimum net clear opening size complies with Sections 1030 1 1 through 1030 4 2 and such devices shall be releas- able or removable from the inside without the use of a key, tool or force greater than that wluch is required for normal operation of the emergency escape and rescue opening Where such bars, grilles, covers, screens or similar devices are installed in existing buildings, they shall not reduce the net clear opening of the emergency escape and rescue open- ing and smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with Section 907 2 10 regardless of the valuation of the alteration 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 303 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 304 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( " I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 11 ACCESSIBILITY User note: About this chapter. Chapter 11 contains provisions that set forth requirements for accessibility of buildings and their associated sites and facilities for people with physical disabilities. The fundamental philosophy of the code on the subject of accessibility is that everything is required to be accessible, This As reflected in the basic applicability requirement (see Section 1103. 1). The code's scoping requirements then address the conditions under which accessibility is not required in terms of exceptions to this general mandate. While the IBC contains scop- ing provisions for accessibility (for example, what where and how many), lCC A1171, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities, Is the referenced standard for the technical provisions (in other words, how). Accessibility criteria for existing buildings are addressed in the Interna- tional Existing Building Code°, The International Residential Code' references Chapter 11 for accessibility provisions, therefore, this chapter maybe applicable to housing covered under the International Residential Code, The provisions in the t-Codes are intended to meet or exceed the requirements in the federal accessibility requirement found in the Americans with Disabilities Act and the Fair Housing Act, There are many accessibility issues that not only benefit people wrath disabilities, but also provide a tangible benefit to people without disabili- ties. This type of requirement can be set forth in the code as generally applicable without necessarily identifying it specifically as an accessi- bility -related issue. Such a requirement would then be considered as having been "mainstreamed. "For example, visible alarms are located in Chapter 9 and accessible means of egress and ramp requirements are addressed in Chapter 10, SECTION 1101 GENERAL 1101.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the design and construction of facilities for accessibility for indi- viduals with disabilities SECTION 1102 COMPLIANCE 1102.1 Design. Buildings and facilities shall be designed and constructed to be accessible in accordance with this code and ICC Al 17 1 SECTION 1103 SCOPING REQUIREMENTS 1103.1 Where required. Sites, buildings, structures, facili- ties, elements and spaces, temporary or permanent, shall be accessible to individuals with disabilities 1103.2 General exceptions. Sites, buildings, structures, facilities, elements and spaces shall be exempt from this chapter to the extent specified in this section 1103.2.1 Specific requirements. Accessibility is not required in buildings and facilities, or portions thereof, to the extent permitted by Sections 1104 through I I11 1103.2.2 Employee work areas. Spaces and elements within employee work areas shall only be required to com- ply with Sections 907 5 2 3 1, 1009 and 1104 3 1 and shall be designed and constructed so that individuals with dis- abilities can approach, enter and exit the work area Work areas, or portions of work areas, other than raised court- room stations in accordance with Section 1108 4 1 4, that are less than 300 square feet (30 in) in area and located 7 inches (178 mm) or more above or below the ground or finished floor where the change in elevation is essential to the function of the space shall be exempt from all require - in ents 1103.2.3 Detached dwellings. Detached one- and two- family dwellings, their accessory structures and their asso- ciated sites and facthhes are not required to comply with this chapter 1103.2.4 Utility buildings. Group U occupancies are not required to comply with this chapter other than the follow- ing 1 In agricultural buildings, access is required to paved work areas and areas open to the general public 2 Private garages or carports that contain required accessible parking 1103.2.5 Construction sites. Structures, sites and equip- ment directly associated with the actual processes of con- struction including, but not limited to, scaffolding, bridging, materials hoists, materials storage or construc- tion trailers are not required to comply with this chapter 1103.2.6 Raised areas. Raised areas used primarily for purposes of security, life safety or fire safety including, but not limited to, observation galleries, prison guard tow- ers, fire towers or lifeguard stands are not required to com- ply with this chapter 1103.2.7 Limited access spaces. Spaces accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, freight elevators or very narrow passageways are not required to comply with this chapter 1103.2.8 Areas in places of religious worship. Raised or lowered areas, or portions of areas, in places of religious worship that are less than 300 square feet (30 m') in area and located 7 inches (178 mm) or more above or below the finished floor and used primarily for the performance of religious ceremonies are not required to comply with this chapter 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 305 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfn d, od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY 1103.2.9 Equipment spaces. Spaces frequented only by service personnel for maintenance, repair or occasional monitoring of equipment are not required to comply with this chapter 1103.2.10 Highway tollbooths. Highway tollbooths where the access is provided only by bridges above the vehicular traffic or underground tunnels are not required to comply with this chapter 1103.2.11 Residential Group R-1. Buildings of Group R-1 containing not more than five sleeping units for rent or hire that are also occupied as the residence of the proprietor are not required to comply with this chapter 1103.2.12 Day care facilities. Where a day care facility is part of a dwelling unit, only the portion of the structure uti- lized for the day care facility is required to comply with this chapter 1103.2.13 Detention and correctional facilities. In detention and correctional facilities, common use areas that are used only by inmates or detainees and security personnel, and that do not serve holding cells or housing cells required to be Accessible units, are not required to comply with this chapter 1103.2.14 Walk-in coolers and freezers. Walk-in cooler and freezer equipment accessed only from employee work areas is not required to comply with this chapter SECTION 1104 ACCESSIBLE ROUTE 1104.1 Site arrival points. At least one accessible route within the site shall be provided from public transportation stops, accessible parking, accessible passenger loading zones, and public streets or sidewalks to the accessible build- ing entrance served Exception: Other than in buildings or facilmes containing or serving Type B units, an accessible route shall not be required between site arrival points and the building or facility entrance if the only means of access between them is a vehicular way not providing for pedestrian access 1104.2 Within a site. At least one accessible route shall con- nect accessible buildings, accessible facilities, accessible ele- ments and accessible spaces that are on the same site Exceptions: 1 An accessible route is not required between accessi- ble buildings, accessible facilities, accessible ele- ments and accessible spaces that have, as the only means of access between them, a velucular way not providing for pedestrian access 2 An accessible route to recreational facilities shall only be required to the extent specified in Section 1110 1104.3 Connected spaces. Where a building or portion of a building is required to be accessible, at least one accessible route shall be provided to each portion of the bwldmg, to accessible building entrances connecting accessible pedes- trian walkways and to the public way Exceptions: 1 Stones and mezzanines exempted by Section 11044 2 In a building, room or space used for assembly pur- poses with fixed seating, an accessible route shall not be required to serve levels where wheelchair spaces are not provided 3 Vertical access to elevated employee work stations within a courtroom complying with Section 110841 4 4 An accessible route to recreational facilities shall only be required to the extent specified in Section 1110 1104.3.1 Employee work areas. Common use circulation paths within employee work areas shall be accessible routes Exceptions: 1 Common use circulation paths, located within employee work areas that are less than 1,000 square feet (93 m) in size and defined by perma- nently installed partitions, counters, casework or furnishings, shall not be required to be accessible routes 2 Common use circulation paths, located within employee work areas, that are an integral compo- nent of equipment, shall not be required to be accessible routes 3 Common use circulation paths, located within exterior employee work areas that are fully exposed to the weather, shall not be required to be accessible routes 1104.3.2 Press boxes. Press boxes in a building, room or space used for assembly purposes shall be on an accessible route Exceptions: 1 An accessible route shall not be required to press boxes in bleachers that have a single point of entry from the bleachers, provided that the aggre- gate area of all press boxes for each playing field is not more than 500 square feet (46 m') 2 An accessible route shall not be required to free- standing press boxes that are more than 12 feet (3660 mm) above grade provided that the aggre- gate area of all press boxes for each playing field is not more than 500 square feet (46 m') 1104.4 Multistory buildings and facilities. At least one accessible route shall connect each accessible story, mezza- nine and occupied roofs in multilevel buildings and facilmes Exceptions: 1 An accessible route is not required to stones, mezza- nines and occupied roofs that have an aggregate area 306 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY of not more than 3,000 square feet (278 7 m) and are located above and below accessible levels This exception shall not apply to 1 1 Multiple tenant facilities of Group M occu- pancies containing five or more tenant spaces used for the sales or rental of goods and where at least one such tenant space is located on a floor level above or below the accessible levels 1 2 Stones or mezzanines containing offices of health care providers (Group B or I) 1 3 Passenger transportation facilities and air- ports (Group A-3 or B) 14 Government buildings 2 Stones, mezzanines or occupied roofs that do not contain accessible elements or other spaces as deter- mined by Section 1107 or 1108 are not required to be served by an accessible route from an accessible level 3 In air traffic control towers, an accessible route is not required to serve the cab and the floor immedi- ately below the cab 4 Where a two-story building or facility has one story or mezzanine with an occupant load of five or fewer persons that does not contain public use space, that story or mezzanine shall not be required to be con- nected by an accessible route to the story above or below 1104.5 Location. Accessible routes shall coincide with or be located in the same area as a general circulation path Where the circulation path is interior, the accessible route shall be interior Where only one accessible route is provided, the accessible route shall not pass through kitchens, storage rooms, restrooms, closets or similar spaces Exceptions: 1 Accessible routes from parking garages contained within and serving Type B units are not required to be interior 2 A single accessible route is permitted to pass through a kitchen or storage room in an Accessible unit, Type A unit or Type B unit 1104.6 Security barriers. Security barriers including, but not limited to, security bollards and security check points shall not obstruct a required accessible route or accessible means of egress Exception: Where security barriers incorporate elements that cannot comply with these requirements, such as cer- tain metal detectors, fluoroscopes or other similar devices, the accessible route shall be permitted to be provided adja- cent to security screening devices The accessible route shall permit persons with disabilities passing around secu- rity barriers to maintain visual contact with their personal items to the same extent provided others passing through the security barrier SECTION 1105 ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES 1105.1 Public entrances. In addition to accessible entrances required by Sections 1105 1 1 through 1105 1 7, at least 60 percent of all public entrances shall be accessible Exceptions: 1 An accessible entrance is not required to areas not required to be accessible 2 Loading and service entrances that are not the only entrance to a tenant space 1105.1.1 Parking garage entrances. Where provided, direct access for pedestrians from parking structures to buildings or facility entrances shall be accessible 1105.1.2 Entrances from tunnels or elevated walkways. Where direct access is provided for pedestrians from a pedestrian tunnel or elevated walkway to a building or facility, at least one entrance to the building or facility from each tunnel or walkway shall be accessible 1105.1.3 Restricted entrances. Where restricted entrances are provided to a building or facility, at least one restricted entrance to the building or facility shall be accessible 1105.1.4 Entrances for inmates or detainees. Where entrances used only by inmates or detainees and security personnel are provided at judicial facilities, detention facilities or correctional facilities, at least one such entrance shall be accessible 1105.1.5 Service entrances. If a service entrance is the only entrance to a building or a tenant space in a facility, that entrance shall be accessible 1105.1.6 Tenant spaces. At least one accessible entrance shall be provided to each tenant in a facility Exception: An accessible entrance is not required to self-service storage facilities that are not required to be accessible 1105.1.7 Dwelling units and sleeping units. At least one accessible entrance shall be provided to each dwelling unit and sleeping unit in a facility Exception: An accessible entrance is not required to dwelling units and sleeping units that are not required to be Accessible units, Type A units or Type B units SECTION 1106 PARKING AND PASSENGER LOADING FACILITIES 1106.1 Required. Where parking is provided, accessible parking spaces shall be provided in compliance with Table 1106 1, except as required by Sections 1106 2 through 1106 4 Where more than one parking facility is provided on a site, the number of parking spaces required to be accessible shall be calculated separately for each parking facility Exception: This section does not apply to parking spaces used exclusively for buses, trucks, other delivery vehicles, law enforcement vehicles or vehicular impound and motor 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 307 I I 1 I CopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY pools where lots accessed by the public are provided with an accessible passenger loading zone TABLE 1106.1 ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES TOTAL PARKING SPACES PROVIDED IN PARKING FACILITIES REQUIRED MINIMUM NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE SPACES 1 to 25 1 26 to 50 2 51 to 75 3 76 to 100 4 101 to 150 5 151 to 200 6 201 to 300 7 301 to 400 8 401 to 500 9 501 to 1,000 2%oftotal 1,001 and over 20, plus one for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1,000 1106.2 Groups I-1, R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4. Accessible park- ing spaces shall be provided in Group I-1, R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4 occupancies in accordance with Items 1 through 4 as applicable 1 In Group R-2, R-3 and R-4 occupancies that are required to have Accessible, Type A or Type B dwelling units or sleeping units, at least 2 percent, but not less than one, of each type of parking space provided shall be accessible 2 In Group I-1 and R-1 occupancies, accessible parking shall be provided in accordance with Table 1106 1 3 Where at least one parking space is provided for each dwelling unit or sleeping unit, at least one accessible parking space shall be provided for each Accessible and Type A unit 4 Where parking is provided within or beneath a build - mg, accessible parking spaces shall be provided within or beneath the building 1106.3 Hospital outpatient facilities. At least 10 percent, but not less than one, of care recipient and visitor parking spaces provided to serve hospital outpatient facilities shall be accessible 1106.4 Rehabilitation facilities and outpatient physical therapy facilities. At least 20 percent, but not less than one, of the portion of care recipient and visitor parking spaces serving rehabilitation facilities specializing in treating condi- tions that affect mobility and outpatient physical therapy facilities shall be accessible 1106.5 Van spaces. For every six or fraction of six accessible parking spaces, at least one shall be a van -accessible parking space Exception: In Group U private garages that serve Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies, van -accessible spaces shall be permitted to have vehicular routes, entrances, parking spaces and access aisles with a minimum vertical clear- ance of 7 feet (2134 mm) 1106.6 Location. Accessible parking spaces shall be located on the shortest accessible route of travel from adjacent park- ing to an accessible building entrance In parking facilities that do not serve a particular building, accessible parking spaces shall be located on the shortest route to an accessible pedestrian entrance to the parking facility Where buildings have multiple accessible entrances with adjacent parking, accessible parking spaces shall be dispersed and located near the accessible entrances Exceptions: 1 In multilevel parking structures, van -accessible parking spaces are permitted on one level 2 Accessible parking spaces shall be permitted to be located in different parking facilities if substantially equivalent or greater accessibility is provided in terms of distance from an accessible entrance or entrances, parking fee and user convenience 1106.7 Passenger loading zones. Passenger loading zones shall be accessible 1106.7.1 Continuous loading zones. Where passenger loading zones are provided, one passenger loading zone in every continuous 100 linear feet (30 4 m) maximum of loading zone space shall be accessible 1106.7.2 Medical facilities. A passenger loading zone shall be provided at an accessible entrance to licensed medical and long-term care facilities where people receive physical or medical treatment or care and where the period of stay exceeds 24 hours 1106.7.3 Valet parking. A passenger loading zone shall be provided at valet parking services 1106.7.4 Mechanical access parking garages. Mechani- cal access parking garages shall provide at least one pas- senger loading zone at vehicle drop-off and vehicle pick- up areas SECTION 1107 DWELLING UNITS AND SLEEPING UNITS 1107.1 General. In addition to the other requirements of this chapter, occupancies having dwelling units or sleeping units shall be provided with accessible features in accordance with this section 1107.2 Design. Dwelling units and sleeping units that are required to be Accessible units, Type A units and Type B units shall comply with the applicable portions of Chapter 10 of ICC A117 1 Units required to be Type A units are permitted to be designed and constructed as Accessible units Units required to be Type B units are permitted to be designed and constructed as Accessible units or as Type A units 1107.3 Accessible spaces. Rooms and spaces available to the general public or available for use by residents and serving Accessible units, Type A units or Type B units shall be acces- sible Accessible spaces shall include toilet and bathing 308 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY rooms, kitchen, living and during areas and any exterior spaces, including patios, terraces and balconies Exceptions: 1 Stones and mezzanines exempted by Section 1107 4 2 Recreational facilities in accordance with Section 11102 3 Exterior decks, patios or balconies that are part of Type B units and have impervious surfaces, and that are not more than 4 inches (102 mm) below the fin- ished floor level of the adjacent interior space of the unit 1107.4 Accessible route. Not fewer than one accessible route shall connect accessible building or facility entrances with the primary entrance of each Accessible unit, Type A unit and Type B unit within the building or facility and with those exterior and interior spaces and facilities that serve the units Exceptions: 1 If due to circumstances outside the control of the owner, either the slope of the finished ground level between accessible facilities and buildings exceeds one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (1 12), or where physical barriers or legal restrictions prevent the installation of an accessible route, a vehicular route with parking that complies with Section 1106 at each public or common use facility or building is permitted in place of the accessible route 2 In Group I-3 facilities, an accessible route is not required to connect stones or mezzanines where Accessible units, all common use areas serving Accessible units and all public use areas are on an accessible route 3 In Group R-2 facilities with Type A units complying with Section 1107 6 2 2 1, an accessible route is not required to connect stones or mezzanines where Type A units, all common use areas serving Type A units and all public use areas are on an accessible route 4 In other than Group R-2 dormitory housing provided by places of education, in Group R-2 facilities with Accessible units complying with Section 1107 6 2 3 1, an accessible route is not required to connect stones or mezzanines where Accessible units, all common use areas serving Accessible units and all public use areas are on an accessible route 5 In Group R-1, an accessible route is not required to connect stones or mezzanines within individual units, provided the accessible level meets the provi- sions for Accessible units and sleeping accommoda- tions for two persons mimmum and a toilet facility are provided on that level 6 In congregate residences in Groups R-3 and R-4, an accessible route is not required to connect stones or mezzanines where Accessible units or Type B units, all common use areas serving Accessible units and Type B units and all public use areas serving Acces- sible units and Type B units are on an accessible route 7 An accessible route between stones is not required where Type B units are exempted by Section 1107 7 1107.5 Group I. Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in Group I occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107 5 1 through 1107 5 5 1107.5.1 Group I-1. Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in Group I-1 occupancies in accordance with Sections 11075 1 1 and 11075 1 2 1107.5.1.1 Accessible units. In Group I-1, Condition 1, at least 4 percent, but not less than one, of the dwelling units and sleeping units shall be Accessible units In Group 1- 1, Condition 2, at least 10 percent, but not less than one, of the dwelling units and sleeping units shall be Accessible units 1107.5.1.2 Type B units. In structures with four or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence, every dwelling unit and sleep- ing unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107 7 1107.5.2 Group I-2 nursing homes. Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in nursing homes of Group I-2 occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107 5 2 1 and 1107522 1107.5.2.1 Accessible units. At least 50 percent but not less than one of each type of the dwelling units and sleeping units shall be Accessible units 1107.5.2.2 Type B units. In structures with four or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence, every dwelling unit and sleep- ing unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107 7 1107.5.3 Group I-2 hospitals. Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in general-purpose hospitals, psychiatric facilities and detoxification facilities of Group I-2 occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107 5 3 1 and 1107532 1107.5.3.1 Accessible units. At least 10 percent, but not less than one, of the dwelling units and sleeping units shall be Accessible units Exception: Entry doors to Accessible dwelling units or sleeping units shall not be required to provide the maneuvering clearance beyond the latch side of the door 1107.5.3.2 Type B units. In structures with four or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence, every dwelling unit and sleep- ing unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107 7 1107.5.4 Group I-2 rehabilitation facilities. In hospitals and rehabilitation facilities of Group I-2 occupancies that 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 309 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY specialize in treating conditions that affect mobility, or units within either that specialize in treating conditions that affect mobility, 100 percent of the dwelling units and sleeping units shall be Accessible units 1107.5.5 Group I-3. Accessible units shall be provided in Group I-3 occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107 5 5 1 through 1107 5 5 3 1107.5.5.1 Group I-3 sleeping units. In Group I-3 occupancies, at least 3 percent of the total number of sleeping units in the facility, but not less than one unit in each classification level, shall be Accessible units 1107.5.5.2 Special holding cells and special housing cells or rooms. In addition to the Accessible units required by Section 1107 5 5 1, where special holding cells or special housing cells or rooms are provided, at least one serving each purpose shall be an Accessible unit Cells or rooms subject to this requirement include, but are not limited to, those used for purposes of orien- tation, protective custody, administrative or disci- plinary detention or segregation, detoxification and medical isolation Exception: Cells or rooms specially designed with- out protrusions and that are used solely for purposes of suicide prevention shall not be required to include grab bars 1107.5.5.3 Medical care facilities. Patient sleeping units or cells required to be Accessible units in medical care facilities shall be provided in addition to any med- ical isolation cells required to comply with Section 1107552 1107.6 Group R. Accessible units, Type A units and Type B units shall be provided in Group R occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107 6 1 through 1107 6 4 1107.6.1 Group R-1. Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in Group R-1 occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107 6 1 1 and 1107 6 1 2 1107.6.1.1 Accessible units. Accessible dwelling units and sleeping units shall be provided in accordance with Table 1107 6 1 1 On a multiple -building site, where structures contain more than 50 dwelling units or sleep- ing units, the number of Accessible units shall be deter- mined per structure On a multiple -building site, where structures contain 50 or fewer dwelling units or sleep- ing units, all dwelling units and sleeping units on a site shall be considered to determine the total number of Accessible units Accessible units shall be dispersed among the various classes of units 1107.6.1.2 Type B units. In structures with four or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence, every dwelling unit and sleep- ing unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107 7 1107.6.2 Group R-2. Accessible units, Type A units and Type B units shall be provided in Group R-2 occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107621 through 1107623 1107.6.2.1 Live/work units. In hve/work units con- structed in accordance with Section 419, the nonresi- dential portion is required to be accessible In a structure where there are four or more live/work units intended to be occupied as a residence, the residential portion of the live/workunit shall be a Type B unit Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107 7 1107.6.2.2 Apartment houses, monasteries and con- vents. Type A units and Type B units shall be provided in apartment houses, monasteries and convents in accordance with Sections 11076221 and 11076222 Bedrooms in monasteries and convents shall be counted as units for the purpose of determining the number of units Where the bedrooms are grouped in sleeping units, only one bedroom in each sleeping unit shall count toward the number of required Type A units TABLE 1107.6.1.1 ACCESSIBLE DWELLING UNITS AND SLEEPING UNITS TOTAL NUMBER OF UNITS PROVIDED MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE UNITS WITHOUT ROLL -IN SHOWERS MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE UNITS WITH ROLL -IN SHOWERS TOTAL NUMBER OF REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE UNITS 1 to 25 1 0 1 26 to 50 2 0 2 51 to 75 3 1 4 76 to 100 4 1 5 101 to 150 5 2 7 151 to 200 6 2 8 201 to 300 7 3 10 301 to 400 8 4 12 401 to 500 9 4 13 501 to 1,000 2%oftotal 1%oftotal 3%oftotal Over 1,000 20, plus 1 for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1,000 10 plus 1 for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1,000 30 plus 2 for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1,000 310 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto RT S I (PTITrITTRR I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO RED VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY 1107.6.2.2.1 Type A units. In Group R-2 occupan- cies containing more than 20 dwelling units or sleep- ing units, at least 2 percent but not less than one of the units shall be a Type A unit All Group R-2 units on a site shall be considered to determine the total number of units and the required number of Type A units Type A units shall be dispersed among the var- ious classes of units Exceptions: 1 The number of Type A units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 11077 2 Existing structures on a site shall not con- tribute to the total number of units on a site 1107.6.2.2.2 Type B units. Where there are four or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence in a single structure, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occu- pied as a residence shall be a Type B unit Exception: The number of Type B units is per- mitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 11077 1107.6.2.3 Group R-2 other than live/work units, apartment houses, monasteries and convents. In Group R-2 occupancies, other than live/work units, apartment houses, monasteries and convents falling within the scope of Sections 1107 6 2 1 and 1107 6 2 2, Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1107623 1 and 1107 6 2 3 2 Bedrooms within congregate living facili- ties, dormitories, sororities, fraternities and boarding houses shall be counted as sleeping units for the pur- pose of determining the number of units Where the bedrooms are grouped into dwelling or sleeping units, only one bedroom in each dwelling or sleeping unit shall be permitted to count toward the number of required Accessible units 1107.6.2.3.1 Accessible units. Accessible dwelling units and sleeping units shall be provided in accor- dance with Table 1107 6 1 1 1107.6.2.3.2 Type B units. Where there are four or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence in a single structure, every dwelling unit and every sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit Exception: The number of Type B units is per- mitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 11077 1107.6.3 Group R-3. In Group R-3 occupancies where there are four or more dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence in a single struc- ture, every dwelling unit and sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit Bedrooms within congregate living facilities, dormitories, sorori- ties, fraternities, and boarding houses shall be counted as sleeping units for the purpose of determining the number of units Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107 7 1107.6.4 Group R-4. Accessible units and Type B units shall be provided in Group R-4 occupancies in accordance with Sections 1107 6 4 1 and 1107 6 4 2 Bedrooms in Group R-4 facilities shall be counted as sleeping units for the purpose of determmmg the number of units 1107.6.4.1 Accessible units. In Group R-4, Condition 1, at least one of the sleeping units shall be an Accessi- ble unit In Group R-4, Condition 2, at least two of the sleeping units shall be an Accessible unit 1107.6.4.2 Type B units. In structures with four or more sleeping units intended to be occupied as a resi- dence, every sleeping unit intended to be occupied as a residence shall be a Type B unit Exception: The number of Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1107 7 1107.7 General exceptions. Where specifically permitted by Section 1107 5 or 1107 6, the required number of Type A units and Type B units is permitted to be reduced in accor- dance with Sections 1107 7 1 through 1107 7 5 1107.7.1 Structures without elevator service. Where elevator service is not provided in a structure, only the dwelling units and sleeping units that are located on stories indicated in Sections 1107 7 1 1 and 1107 7 1 2 are required to be Type A units and Type B units, respectively The number of Type A units shall be determined in accor- dance with Section 1107 6 2 2 1 1107.7.1.1 One story with Type B units required. At least one story containing dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence shall be provided with an accessible entrance from the exterior of the structure and all units intended to be occupied as a residence on that story shall be Type B units 1107.7.1.2 Additional stories with Type B units. Where stories have entrances not included in determin- ing compliance with Section 1107711, and such entrances are proximate to arrival points intended to serve units on that story, as indicated in Items 1 and 2, all dwelling units and sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence served by that entrance on that story shall be Type B units 1 Where the slopes of the undisturbed site mea- sured between the planned entrance and all veluc- ular or pedestrian arrival points within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of the planned entrance are 10 percent or less 2 Where the slopes of the planned finished grade measured between the entrance and all vehicular or pedestrian arrival points within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of the planned entrance are 10 percent or less 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 311 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY Where arrival points are not within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of the entrance, the closest arrival point shall be used to determine access unless that arrival point serves the story required by Section 1107 7 1 1 1107.7.2 Multistory units. A multistory dwelling unit or sleeping unit that is not provided with elevator service is not required to be a Type B unit Where a multistory unit is provided with external elevator service to only one floor, the floor provided with elevator service shall be the pri- mary entry to the unit, shall comply with the requirements for a Type B unit and, where provided within the unit, a living area, a kitchen and a toilet facility shall be provided on that floor 1107.7.3 Elevator service to the lowest story with units. Where elevator service in the building provides an accessible route only to the lowest story containing dwelling units or sleeping units intended to be occupied as a residence, only the units on that story that are intended to be occupied as a residence are required to be Type B units 1107.7.4 Site impracticality. On a site with multiple non - elevator buildings, the number of units required by Section 1107 7 1 to be Type B units is permitted to be reduced to a percentage that is equal to the percentage of the entire site having grades, prior to development, that are less than 10 percent, provided that all of the following conditions are met 1 Not less than 20 percent of the units required by Section 1107 7 1 on the site are Type B units 2 Units required by Section 1107 7 1, where the slope between the building entrance serving the units on that story and a pedestrian or vehicular arrival point is not greater than 8 33 percent, are Type B units 3 Units required by Section 1107 7 1, where an ele- vated walkway is planned between a building entrance serving the units on that story and a pedes- trian or velcular arrival point and the slope between them is 10 percent or less, are Type B units 4 Units served by an elevator in accordance with Sec- tion 1107 7 3 are Type B units 1107.7.5 Design flood elevation. The required number of Type A units and Type B units shall not apply to a site where the required elevation of the lowest floor or the low- est horizontal structural buJldmg members of nonelevator buildings are at or above the design flood elevation result- ing in all of the following 1 A difference in elevation between the minimum required floor elevation at the primary entrances and vehicular and pedestrian arrival points within 50 feet (15 240 mm) exceeding 30 inches (762 mm) 2 A slope exceeding 10 percent between the minimum required floor elevation at the primary entrances and vehicular and pedestrian arrival points within 50 feet (15 240 mm) Where such arrival points are not within 50 feet (15 240 mm) of the primary entrances, the closest arrival points shall be used SECTION 1108 SPECIAL OCCUPANCIES 1108.1 General. In addition to the other requirements of this chapter, the requirements of Sections 1108 2 through 1108 4 shall apply to specific occupancies 1108.2 Assembly area seating. A building, room or space used for assembly purposes with fixed sealing shall comply with Sections 1108 2 1 through 1108 2 5 Lawn seating shall comply with Section 1108 2 6 Assistive listening systems shall comply with Section 110827 Performance areas viewed from assembly seating areas shall comply with Sec- tion 110828 Dming areas shall comply with Section 110829 1108.2.1 Services. If a service or facility is provided in an area that is not accessible, the same service or facility shall be provided on an accessible level and shall be accessible 1108.2.2 Wheelchair spaces. In rooms and spaces used for assembly purposes with fixed seating, accessible wheelchair spaces shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1108 2 2 1 through 1108 2 2 3 1108.2.2.1 General seating. Wheelchair spaces shall be providedin accordance with Table 1108 2 2 1 1108.2.2.2 Luxury boxes, club boxes and suites. In each luxury box, club box and suite within arenas, sta- diums and grandstands, wheelchair spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 1108 2 2 1 1108.2.2.3 Other boxes. In boxes other than those required to comply with Section 1108 2 2 2, the total number of wheelchair spaces provided shall be deter- mined in accordance with Table 1108 2 2 1 Wheel- chair spaces shall be located in not less than 20 percent of all boxes provided TABLE 1108.2.2.1 ACCESSIBLE WHEELCHAIR SPACES CAPACITY OF SEATING IN MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF ASSEMBLY AREAS WHEELCHAIR SPACES 4 to 25 1 26 to 50 2 51 to 100 4 101 to 300 5 301 to 500 6 6, plus 1 for each 150, or fraction thereof, 501 to 5,000 between 501 through 5,000 5,001 and over 36 plus 1 for each 200, or fraction thereof, over 5,000 1108.2.3 Companion seats. At least one companion seat shall be provided for each wheelchair space required by Sections 1108 2 2 1 through 1108 2 2 3 312 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( RR I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY 1108.2.4 Dispersion of wheelchair spaces in multilevel assembly seating areas. In multilevel assembly seating areas, wheelchair spaces shall be provided on the main floor level and on one of each two additional floor or mezzanine levels Wheelchair spaces shall be provided in each luxury box, club box and suite within assembly facilities Exceptions: 1 In multilevel assembly sealing areas utilized for worship services where the second floor or mez- zanine level contains 25 percent or less of the total seating capacity, wheelchair spaces shall be permitted to all be located on the main level 2 In multilevel assembly sealing areas where the second floor or mezzanine level provides 25 per- cent or less of the total seating capacity and 300 or fewer seats, all wheelchair spaces shall be per- mitted to be located on the main level 3 Wheelchair spaces in team or player seating serv- ing areas of sport activity are not required to be dispersed 1108.2.5 Designated aisle seats. At least 5 percent, but not less than one, of the total number of aisle seats pro- vided shall be designated aisle seats and shall be the aisle seats located closest to accessible routes Exception: Designated aisle seats are not required in team or player seating serving areas of sport activity 1108.2.6 Lawn seating. Lawn seating areas and exterior overflow seating areas, where fixed seats are not provided, shall connect to an accessible route 1108.2.7 Assistive listening systems. Each building, room or space used for assembly purposes where audible com- munications are integral to the use of the space shall have an assistive listening system Exception: Other than in courtrooms, an assistive lts- tening system is not required where there is no audio amplification system 1108.2.7.1 Receivers. The number and type of receiv- ers shall be provided for assistive listening systems in accordance with Table 1108 2 7 1 total number of required receivers shall be permitted to be calculated based on the total number of seats in the building, provided that all receivers are usable with all systems and if the rooms or spaces used for assembly pur- poses required to provide assistive listening are under one management 2 Where all seats in a building, room or space used for assembly purposes are served by an induction loop assistive listening system, the minimum number of receivers required by Table 1108 2 7 1 to be hearing -aid compatible shall not be required 1108.2.7.2 Ticket windows. Where ticket windows are provided in stadiums and arenas, at least one win- dow at each location shall have an assistive listening system 1108.2.7.3 Public address systems. Where stadiums, arenas and grandstands have 15,000 fixed seats or more and provide audible public announcements, they shall also provide prerecorded or real-time captions of those audible public announcements 1108.2.8 Performance areas. An accessible route shall directly connect the performance area to the assembly seating area where a circulation path directly connects a performance area to an assembly seating area An accessi- ble route shall be provided from performance areas to ancillary areas or facilities used by performers 1108.2.9 Dining and drinking areas. In dining and drink- ing areas, all interior and exterior floor areas shall be accessible and be on an accessible route Exceptions: 1 An accessible route between accessible levels and stories above or below is not required where permitted by Section 1104 4, Exception 1 2 An accessible route to dining and drinking areas in a mezzanine is not required, provided that the mezzanine contains less than 25 percent of the total combined area for dining and drinking and the same services, and decor are provided in the accessible area Exceptions: 3 In sports facilities, tiered dining areas providing 1 Where a building contains more than one seating required to be accessible shall be required room or space used for assembly purposes, the to have accessible routes serving at least 25 per - TABLE 1108.2.7.1 RECEIVERS FOR ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEMS CAPACITY OF SEATING IN ASSEMBLY AREAS MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF RECEIVERS MINIMUM NUMBER OF RECEIVERS TO BE HEARING -AID COMPATIBLE 50 or less 2 2 51 to 200 2, plus 1 per 25 seats over 50 seats* 2 201 to 500 2, plus 1 per 25 seats over 50 seats* 1 per 4 receivers* 501 to 1,000 20, plus 1 per 33 seats over 500 seats* 1 per 4 receivers* 1,001 to 2,000 35, plus 1 per 50 seats over 1,000 seats* 1 per 4 receivers* Over 2,000 55, plus 1 per 100 seats over 2,000 seats* 1 per 4 receivers* Note: * —or fraction thereof 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 313 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY cent of the dining area, provided that accessible routes serve accessible seating and where each tier is provided with the same services 4 Employee -only work areas shall comply with Sections 1103 2 2 and 1104 3 1 1108.2.9.1 Dining surfaces. Where dmmg surfaces for the consumption of food or drink are provided, at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of the dmmg surfaces for the seating and standing spaces shall be accessible and be distributed throughout the facility and located on a level accessed by an accessible route 1108.3 Self-service storage facilities. Self-service storage facilities shall provide accessible individual self -storage spaces in accordance with Table 1108 3 TABLE 1108.3 ACCESSIBLE SELF-SERVICE STORAGE FACILITIES TOTAL SPACES IN FACILITY MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE SPACES 1 to 200 5%, but not less than 1 Over 200 10, plus 2% of total number of units over 200 1108.3.1 Dispersion. Accessible individual self-service storage spaces shall be dispersed throughout the various classes of spaces provided Where more classes of spaces are provided than the number of required accessible spaces, the number of accessible spaces shall not be required to exceed that required by Table 1108 3 Accessi- ble spaces are permitted to be dispersed in a single build- ing of a multiple -building facility 1108.4 Judicial facilities. Judicial facilities shall comply with Sections 1108 4 1 and 1108 4 2 1108.4.1 Courtrooms. Each courtroom shall be accessi- ble and comply with Sections 1108 4 1 1 through 11084 1 5 1108.4.1.1 Jury box. A wheelchair space shall be pro- vided within the jury box Exception: Adjacent companion seating is not required 1108.4.1.2 Gallery seating. Wheelchair spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 1108 2 2 1 Desig- nated aisle seats shall be provided in accordance with Section 1108 2 5 1108.4.1.3 Assistive listening systems. An assistwe listening system must be provided Receivers shall be provided for the assistive listening system in accor- dance with Section 1108 2 7 1 1108.4.1.4 Employee work stations. The judge's bench, clerk's station, bailiffs station, deputy clerk's station and court reporter's station shall be located on an accessible route The vertical access to elevated employee work stations within a courtroom is not required at the time of initial construction, provided a ramp, lift or elevator can be installed without requiring reconfiguration or extension of the courtroom or exten- sion of the electrical system 1108.4.1.5 Other work stations. The litigant's and coun- sel stations, including the lectern, shall be accessible 1108.4.2 Holding cells. Central holding cells and court - floor holding cells shall comply with Sections 1108 4 2 1 and 1108422 1108.4.2.1 Central holding cells. Where separate cen- tral holding cells are provided for adult males, juvenile males, adult females or juvenile females, one of each type shall be accessible Where central holding cells are provided and are not separated by age or sex, at least one accessible cell shall be provided 1108.4.2.2 Court -floor holding cells. Where separate court -floor holding cells are provided for adult males, juvenile males, adult females or juvenile females, each courtroom shall be served by one accessible cell of each type Where court -floor holding cells are provided and are not separated by age or sex, courtrooms shall be served by at least one accessible cell Accessible cells shall be permitted to serve more than one courtroom SECTION 1109 OTHER FEATURES AND FACILITIES 1109.1 General. Accessible buildmg features and facilities shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1109 2 through 1109 15 Exception: Accessible units, Type A units and Type B units shall comply with Chapter 10 of ICC Al 17 1 1109.2 Toilet and bathing facilities. Each toilet room and bathing room shall be accessible Where a floor level is not required to be connected by an accessible route, the only toi- let rooms or bathing rooms provided within the facility shall not be located on the inaccessible floor Except as provided for in Sections 1109 2 2 and 1109 2 3, at least one of each type of fixture, element, control or dispenser in each accessi- ble toilet room and bathing room shall be accessible Exceptions: 1 Toilet rooms or bathing rooms accessed only through a private office, not for common or public use and intended for use by a single occupant, shall be permitted to comply with the specific exceptions in ICC Al 17 1 2 This section is not applicable to toilet and bathing rooms that serve dwelling units or sleeping units that are not required to be accessible by Section 1107 3 Where multiple single -user toilet rooms or bathing rooms are clustered at a single location, at least 50 percent but not less than one room for each use at each cluster shall be accessible 4 Where no more than one urinal is provided in a toilet room or bathing room, the urinal is not required to be accessible 5 Toilet rooms or bathing rooms that are part of criti- cal care or intensive care patient sleeping rooms serving Accessible units are not required to be accessible 314 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY 6 Toilet rooms or bathing rooms designed for bariat- rics patients are not required to comply with the toi- let room and bathing room requirement in ICC Al 17 1 The sleeping units served by bariatrics toi- let or bathing rooms shall not count toward the required number of Accessible sleeping units. 7 Where toilet facilities are primarily for chldren's use, required accessible water closets, toilet com- partments and lavatories shall be permitted to com- ply with cluldren's provision of ICC Al 17 1 1109.2.1 Family or assisted -use toilet and bathing rooms. In assembly and mercantile occupancies, an acces- sible family or assisted -use toilet room shall be provided where an aggregate of six or more male and female water closets is required In buildings of mixed occupancy, only those water closets required for the assembly or mercantile occupancy shall be used to determine the family or assisted -use toilet room requirement In recreational facili- ties where separate -sex bathing rooms are provided, an accessible family or assisted -use bathing room shall be provided Fixtures located within family or assisted -use toilet and bathing rooms shall be included in determining the number of fixtures provided in an occupancy Exception: Where each separate -sex bathing room has only one shower or bathtub fixture, a family or assisted -use bathing room is not required 1109.2.1.1 Standard. Family or assisted -use toilet and bathing rooms shall comply with Sections 1109 2 1 2 through 1109 2 1 7 1109.2.1.2 Family or assisted -use toilet rooms. Fam- ily or assisted -use toilet rooms shall include only one water closet and only one lavatory A family or assisted -use bathing room in accordance with Section 1109 2 1 3 shall be considered to be a family or assisted -use toilet room Exception: The following additional fixtures shall be permitted in a family or assisted -use toilet room 1 A urinal 2 A child -height water closet 3 A child -height lavatory 1109.2.1.3 Family or assisted -use bathing rooms. Family or assisted -use bathing rooms shall include only one shower or bathtub fixture Family or assisted -use bathing rooms shall also include one water closet and one lavatory Where storage facilities are provided for separate -sex bathing rooms, accessible storage facili- ties shall be provided for family or assisted -use bathing rooms 1109.2.1.4 Location. Family or assisted -use toilet and bathing rooms shall be located on an accessible route Family or assisted -use toilet rooms shall be located not more than one story above or below separate -sex toilet rooms The accessible route from any separate -sex toi- let room to a family or assisted -use toilet room shall not exceed 500 feet (152 m) 1109.2.1.5 Prohibited location. In passenger transpor- tation facilities and airports, the accessible route from separate -sex toilet rooms to a family or assisted -use toi- let room shall not pass through security checkpoints 1109.2.1.6 Clear floor space. Where doors swing into a family or assisted -use toilet or bathing room, a clear floor space not less than 30 inches by 48 inches (762 mm by 1219 mm) shall be provided, within the room, beyond the area of the door swing 1109.2.1.7 Privacy. Doors to family or assisted -use toi- let and bathing rooms shall be securable from within the room 1109.2.2 Water closet compartment. Where water closet compartments are provided in a toilet room or bathing room, at least 5 percent of the total number of compart- ments shall be wheelchair accessible Where the combined total water closet compartments and urinals provided in a toilet room or bathing room is six or more, at least 5 per- cent of the total number of compartments shall be ambula- tory accessible, provided in addition to the wheelchair - accessible compartment 1109.2.3 Lavatories. Where lavatories are provided, at least 5 percent, but not less than one, shall be accessible Where an accessible lavatory is located within the accessi- ble water closet compartment at least one additional acces- sible lavatory shall be provided in the multicompartment toilet room outside the water closet compartment Where the total lavatories provided in a toilet room or bathing facility is six or more, at least one lavatory with enhanced reach ranges shall be provided 1109.3 Sinks. Where sinks are provided, at least 5 percent but not less than one provided in accessible spaces shall be accessible Exception: Mop or service sinks are not required to be accessible 1109.4 Kitchens and kitchenettes. Where kitchens and kitchenettes are provided in accessible spaces or rooms, they shall be accessible 1109.5 Drinking fountains. Where drinking fountains are provided on an exterior site, on a floor or within a secured area, the drinking fountains shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1109 5 1 and 1109 5 2 1109.5.1 Minimum number. Not fewer than two drinking fountains shall be provided One drinking fountain shall comply with the requirements for people who use a wheel- chair and one drinking fountain shall comply with the requirements for standing persons Exceptions 1 A single drinking fountain with two separate spouts that complies with the requirements for people who use a wheelchair and standing per- sons shall be permitted to be substituted for two separate drinking fountains 2 Where drinking fountains are primarily for chil- dren's use, drinking fountains for people using wheelchairs shall be permitted to comply with the chldren's provisions in ICC Al 17 1 and drinking fountains for standing children shall be permitted 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 315 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamtwit¢,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY to provide the spout at 30 inches (762 mm) mim- mum above the floor 1109.5.2 More than the minimum number. Where more than the minimum number of drinking fountains specified in Section 1109 5 1 is provided, 50 percent of the total number of drinking fountains provided shall comply with the requirements for persons who use a wheelchair and 50 percent of the total number of drinking fountains provided shall comply with the requirements for standing persons Exceptions: Where 50 percent of the drinking fountains yields a fraction, 50 percent shall be permitted to be rounded up or down, provided that the total num- ber of drinking fountains complying with this section equals 100 percent of the drinking foun- tains Where drinking fountains are primarily for chil- dren's use, drinking fountains for people using wheelchairs shall be permitted to comply with the children's provisions in ICC Al 17 1 and drinking fountains for standing children shall be permitted to provide the spout at 30 inches (762 mm) mim- mum above the floor 1109.6 Saunas and steam rooms. Where provided, saunas and steam rooms shall be accessible Exception: Where saunas or steam rooms are clustered at a single location, at least 5 percent of the saunas and steam rooms, but not less than one, of each type in each cluster shall be accessible 1109.7 Elevators. Passenger elevators on an accessible route shall be accessible and comply with Chapter 30 1109.8 Lifts. Platform (wheelchair) lifts are permitted to be a part of a required accessible route in new construction where indicated in Items 1 through 10 Platform (wheelchair) lifts shall be installed in accordance with ASME Al 1 1 An accessible route to a performing area and speaker platforms 2 An accessible route to wheelchair spaces required to comply with the wheelchair space dispersion require- ments of Sections 1108 2 2 through 1108 2 6 3 An accessible route to spaces that are not open to the general public with an occupant load of not more than five 4 An accessible route within an individual dwelling unit or sleeping unit required to be an Accessible unit, Type A unit or Type B unit 5 An accessible route to jury boxes and witness stands, raised courtroom stations including judges' benches, clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, deputy clerks' sta- tions and court reporters' stations, and to depressed areas such as the well of the court 6 An accessible route to load and unload areas serving amusement rides 7 An accessible route to play components or soft con- tained play structures 8 An accessible route to team or player seating areas serving areas of sport activity 9 An accessible route instead of gangways serving rec- reational boating facilities and fishing piers and plat- form s 10 An accessible route where existing exterior site con- straints make use of a ramp or elevator infeasible 1109.9 Storage. Where fixed or built-in storage elements such as cabinets, coat hooks, shelves, medicine cabinets, lockers, closets and drawers are provided in required accessi- ble spaces, at least 5 percent, but not less than one of each type shall be accessible 1109.9.1 Equity. Accessible facilities and spaces shall be provided with the same storage elements as provided in the similar nonaccessible facilities and spaces 1109.9.2 Shelving and display units. Self-service shelves and display units shall be located on an accessible route Such shelving and display units shall not be required to comply with reach -range provisions 1109.10 Detectable warnings. Passenger transit platform edges bordering a drop-off and not protected by platform screens or guards shall have a detectable warning Exception: Detectable warnings are not required at bus stops 1109.11 Seating at tables, counters and work surfaces. Where seating or standing space at fixed or bwlt-m tables, counters or work surfaces is provided in accessible spaces, at least 5 percent of the seating and standing spaces, but not less than one, shall be accessible Exception: Check-writmg surfaces at check-out aisles not required to comply with Section 1109 12 2 are not required to be accessible 1109.11.1 Dispersion. Accessible fixed or built-in seating at tables, counters or work surfaces shall be distributed throughout the space or facility containing such elements and located on a level accessed by an accessible route 1109.11.2 Visiting areas. Visiting areas in judicial facili- ties and Group I-3 shall comply with Sections 1109 11 2 1 and 1109 11 2 2 1109.11.2.1 Cubicles and counters. At least 5 percent, but not less than one of the cubicles, shall be accessible on both the visitor and detainee sides Where counters are provided, at least one shall be accessible on both the visitor and detainee sides Exception: This requirement shall not apply to the detainee side of cubicles or counters at noncontact visiting areas not serving Accessible unit holding cells 1109.11.2.2 Partitions. Where solid partitions or secu- rity glazing separate visitors from detainees, at least one of each type of cubicle or counter partition shall be accessible 316 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 UER CITy IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY 1109.12 Service facilities. Service facilities shall provide for accessible features in accordance with Sections 1109 12 1 through 1109 12 5 1109.12.1 Dressing, fitting and locker rooms. Where dressing rooms, fitting rooms or locker rooms are pro- vided, at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of each type of use in each cluster provided shall be accessible 1109.12.2 Check-out aisles. Where check-out aisles are provided, accessible check-out aisles shall be provided in accordance with Table 1109 12 2 Where check-out aisles serve different functions, accessible check-out aisles shall be provided in accordance with Table 1109 12 2 for each function Where check-out aisles are dispersed throughout the building or facility, accessible check-out aisles shall also be dispersed Traffic control devices, security devices and turnstiles located in accessible check-out aisles or lanes shall be accessible Exception: Where the public use area is under 5,000 square feet (465 in) not more than one accessible check-out aisle shall be required TABLE 1109.12.2 ACCESSIBLE CHECK-OUTAISLES TOTAL CHECK-OUT AISLES OF EACH FUNCTION MINIMUM NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE CHECK-OUT AISLES OF EACH FUNCTION 1 to 4 1 5to8 2 9to15 3 Over 15 3, plus 20% of additional aisles 1109.12.3 Point of sale and service counters. Where counters are provided for sales or distribution of goods or services, at least one of each type provided shall be acces- sible Where such counters are dispersed throughout the building or facility, accessible counters shall also be dis- persed 1109.12.4 Food service lines. Food service lines shall be accessible Where self-service shelves are provided, at least 50 percent, but not less than one, of each type pro- vided shall be accessible 1109.12.5 Queue and waiting lines. Queue and waiting Imes servicing accessible counters or check-out aisles shall be accessible 1109.13 Controls, operating mechanisms and hardware. Controls, operating mechanisms and hardware intended for operation by the occupant, including switches that control lighting and ventilation and electrical convenience outlets, in accessible spaces, along accessible routes or as parts of accessible elements shall be accessible Exceptions: 1 Operable parts that are intended for use only by ser- vice or maintenance personnel shall not be required to be accessible 2 Electrical or communication receptacles serving a dedicated use shall not be required to be accessible 3 Where two or more outlets are provided in a kitchen above a length of counter top that is uninterrupted by a sink or appliance, one outlet shall not be required to be accessible 4 Floor electrical receptacles shall not be required to be accessible 5 HVAC diffusers shall not be required to be accessi- ble 6 Except for light switches, where redundant controls are provided for a single element, one control in each space shall not be required to be accessible 7 Access doors or gates in barrier walls and fences protecting pools, spas and hot tubs shall be permit- ted to comply with Section 1010 1 9 2 1109.14 Fuel -dispensing systems. Fuel-dispensmg systems shall be accessible 1109.15 Gaming machines and gaming tables. At least two percent of the total, but not fewer than one, of each gaming machine type and gaming table type shall be accessible. Where multiple gaming areas occur, accessible gaming machines and gaming tables shall be distributed throughout SECTION 1110 RECREATIONAL FACILITIES 1110.1 General. Recreational facilities shall be provided with accessible features in accordance with Sections 1110 2 through 1110 4 1110.2 Facilities serving Group R-2, R-3 and R-4 occu- pancies. Recreational facilities that serve Group R-2, R-3 and Group R-4 occupancies shall comply with Sections 1110 2 1 through 1110 2 3, as applicable 1110.2.1 Facilities serving Accessible units. In Group R-2 and R-4 occupancies where recreational facilities serve Accessible units, every recreational facility of each type serving Accessible units shall be accessible 1110.2.2 Facilities serving Type A and Type B units in a single building. In Group R-2, R-3 and R-4 occupancies where recreational facilities serve a single bwldmg con- taining Type A units or Type B units, 25 percent, but not less than one, of each type of recreational facility shall be accessible Every recreational facility of each type on a site shall be considered to determine the total number of each type that is required to be accessible 1110.2.3 Facilities serving Type A and Type B units in multiple buildings. In Group R-2, R-3 and R-4 occupan- cies on a single site where multiple buildings containing Type A units or Type B units are served by recreational facilities, 25 percent, but not less than one, of each type of recreational facility serving each building shall be accessi- ble The total number of each type of recreational facility that is required to be accessible shall be determined by considering every recreational facility of each type serving each building on the site 1110.3 Other occupancies. Recreational facilities not falling within the purview of Section 1110 2 shall be accessible 1110.4 Recreational facilities. Recreational facilities shall be accessible and shall be on an accessible route to the extent specified in this section 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 317 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY 1110.4.1 Area of sport activity. Each area of sport activ- ity shall be on an accessible route and shall not be required to be accessible except as provided for in Sections 1110 4 2 through 1110 4 15 1110.4.2 Team or player seating. At least one wheelchair space shall be provided in team or player seating areas serving areas of sport activity Exception: Wheelchair spaces shall not be required in team or player seating areas serving bowling lanes that are not required to be accessible in accordance with Section 1110 4 3 1110.4.3 Bowling lanes. An accessible route shall be pro- vided to at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of each type of bowling lane 1110.4.4 Court sports. In court sports, at least one acces- sible route shall directly connect both sides of the court 1110.4.5 Raised boxing or wrestling rings. Raised box- ing or wrestling rings are not required to be accessible or to be on an accessible route 1110.4.6 Raised refereeing, judging and scoring areas. Raised structures used solely for refereeing, judging or scoring a sport are not required to be accessible or to be on an accessible route 1110.4.7 Animal containment areas. Animal contain- ment areas that are not within public -use areas are not required to be accessible or to be on an accessible route 1110.4.8 Amusement rides. Amusement rides that move persons through a fixed course within a defined area shall comply with Sections 1110 4 8 1 through 1110 4 8 3 Exception: Mobile or portable amusement rides shall not be required to be accessible 1110.4.8.1 Load and unload areas. Load and unload areas serving amusement rides shall be accessible and be on an accessible route Where load and unload areas have more than one loading or unloading position, at least one loading and unloading position shall be on an accessible route 1110.4.8.2 Wheelchair spaces, ride seats designed for transfer and transfer devices. Where amusement rides are in the load and unload position, the following shall be on an accessible route 1 The position serving a wheelchair space 2 Amusement ride seats designed for transfer 3 Transfer devices 1110.4.8.3 Minimum number. Amusement rides shall provide at least one wheelchair space, amusement ride seat designed for transfer or transfer device Exceptions: 1 Amusement rides that are controlled or oper- ated by the rider are not required to comply with this section 2 Amusement rides designed primarily for chil- dren, where children are assisted on and off the ride by an adult, are not required to comply with this section 3 Amusement rides that do not provide seats that are built-m or mechanically fastened shall not be required to comply with this section 1110.4.9 Recreational boating facilities. Boat slips required to be accessible by Sections 1110 4 9 1 and 1110492 and boarding piers at boat launch ramps required to be accessible by Section 1110 4 9 3 shall be on an accessible route TABLE 1110.4.9.1 BOAT SLIPS 1110.4.9.1 Boat slips. Accessible boat slips shall be provided in accordance with Table 1110 4 9 1 All units on the site shall be combined to determine the number of accessible boat slips required Where the number of boat slips is not identified, each 40 feet (12 m) of boat slip edge provided along the perimeter of the pier shall be counted as one boat slip for the purpose of this sec- tion Exception: Boat slips not designed for embarking or disembarking are not required to be accessible or be on an accessible route TOTAL NUMBER OF BOAT SLIPS PROVIDED MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE BOAT SLIPS 1 to 25 1 26 to 50 2 51 to 100 3 101 to 150 4 151 to 300 5 301 to 400 6 401 to 500 7 501 to 600 8 601 to 700 9 701 to 800 10 801 to 900 11 901 to 1000 12 1001 and over 12, plus 1 for every 100, or fraction thereof, over 1,000 318 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C'p IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY 1110.4.9.2 Dispersion. Accessible boat slips shall be dispersed throughout the various types of boat slips provided Where the minimum number of accessible boat slips has been met, further dispersion shall not be required 1110.4.9.3 Boarding piers at boat launch ramps. Where boarding piers are provided at boat launch ramps, at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of the boarding piers shall be accessible 1110.4.10 Exercise machines and equipment. At least one of each type of exercise machine and equipment shall be on an accessible route 1110.4.11 Fishing piers and platforms. Fishing piers and platforms shall be accessible and be on an accessible route 1110.4.12 Miniature golf facilities. Miniature golf facili- ties shall comply with Sections 1110 4 12 1 through 11104 123 1110.4.12.1 Minimum number. At least 50 percent of holes on miniature golf courses shall be accessible 1110.4.12.2 Miniature golf course configuration. Miniature golf courses shall be configured so that the accessible holes are consecutive Miniature golf courses shall provide an accessible route from the last accessible hole to the course entrance or exit without requiring travel through any other holes on the course Exception: One break in the sequence of consecu- tive holes shall be permitted provided that the last hole on the miniature golf course is the last hole in the sequence 1110.4.12.3 Accessible route. Holes required to com- ply with Section 1110 4 12 1, including the start of play, shall be on an accessible route 1110.4.13 Play areas. Play areas containing play compo- nents designed and constructed for cluldren shall be located on an accessible route 1110.4.14 Swimming pools, wading pools, hot tubs and spas. Swimming pools, wading pools, hot tubs and spas shall be accessible and be on an accessible route Exceptions 1 Catch pools or a designated section of a pool used as a terminus for a water slide flume shall not be required to provide an accessible means of entry, provided that a portion of the catch pool edge is on an accessible route 2 Where spas or hot tubs are provided in a cluster, at least 5 percent, but not less than one spa or hot tub in each cluster, shall be accessible and be on an accessible route 3 Swimming pools, wading pools, spas and hot tubs that are required to be accessible by Sections 1110 2 2 and 1110 2 3 are not required to provide accessible means of entry into the water 1110.4.14.1 Raised diving boards and diving plat- forms. Raised diving boards and diving platforms are not required to be accessible or to be on an accessible route 1110.4.14.2 Water slides. Water slides are not required to be accessible or to be on an accessible route 1110.4.15 Shooting facilities with firing positions. Where shooting facilities with firing positions are designed and constructed at a site, at least 5 percent, but not less than one, of each type of firing position shall be accessible and be on an accessible route SECTION 1111 SIGNAGE 1111.1 Signs. Required accessible elements shall be identi- fied by the International Symbol of Accessibility at the fol- lowing locations 1 Accessible parking spaces required by Section 1106 1 Exception: Where the total number of parking spaces provided is four or less, identification of accessible parking spaces is not required 2 Accessible parking spaces required by Section 1106 2 Exception: In Group I-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4 facili- ties, where parking spaces are assigned to specific dwelling units or sleeping units, identification of accessible parking spaces is not required 3 Accessible passenger loading zones 4 Accessible rooms where multiple single -user toilet or bathing rooms are clustered at a single location 5 Accessible entrances where not all entrances are accessible 6 Accessible check-out aisles where not all aisles are accessible The sign, where provided, shall be above the check-out aisle in the same location as the check- out aisle number or type of check-out identification 7 Family or assisted -use toilet and bathing rooms 8 Accessible dressing, fitting and locker rooms where not all such rooms are accessible 9 Accessible areas of refuge in accordance with Section 10099 10 Exterior areas for assisted rescue in accordance with Section 1009 9 11 In recreational facilities, lockers that are required to be accessible in accordance with Section 1109 9 1111.2 Directional signage. Directional signage indicating the route to the nearest like accessible element shall be pro- vided at the following locations These directional signs shall include the International Symbol of Accessibility and sign characters shall meet the visual character requirements in accordance with ICC At 17 1 1 Inaccessible bwldmg entrances 2 Inaccessible public toilets and bathing facilities 3 Elevators not serving an accessible route 4 At each separate -sex toilet and bathing room indicating the location of the nearest family/assisted use toilet or 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 319 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ACCESSIBILITY bathing room where provided in accordance with Sec- tion 1109 2 1 5 At exits and exitstairways serving a required accessible space, but not providing an approved accessible means of egress, signage shall be provided in accordance with Section 1009 10 6 Where drinking fountains for persons using wheel- chairs and drinking fountains for standing persons are not located adjacent to each other, directional signage shall be provided indicating the location of the other drinking fountains 1111.3 Other signs. Signage indicating special accessibility provisions shall be provided as shown 1 Each assembly area required to comply with Section 1108 2 7 shall provide a sign notifying patrons of the availability of assistive listening systems The sign shall comply with ICC Al 17 1 requirements for visual characters and include the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss Exception: Where ticket offices or windows are provided, signs are not required at each assembly area provided that signs are displayed at each ticket office or window informing patrons of the availabil- ity of assistive listening systems 2 At each door to an area of refuge providing direct access to a stairway, exterior area for assisted rescue, exit stairway, exit passageway or exit discharge, sig- nage shall be provided in accordance with Section 10134 3 At areas of refuge, signage shall be provided in accor- dance with Section 1009 11 4 At exterior areas for assisted rescue, signage shall be provided in accordance with Section 1009 11 5 At two-way communication systems, signage shall be provided in accordance with Section 1009 8 2 6 In interior exit stairways and ramps, floor level signage shall be provided in accordance with Section 1023 9 7 Signs identifying the type of access provided on amuse- ment rides required to be accessible by Section 1110 4 8 shall be provided at entries to queues and waiting Imes In addition, where accessible unload areas also serve as accessible load areas, signs mdicat- mg the location of the accessible load and unload areas shall be provided at entries to queues and waiting lines These directional sign characters shall meet the visual character requirements in accordance with ICC Al 17 1 1111.4 Variable message signs. Where provided in the loca- tions in Sections 1111 41 and 1111 42, variable message signs shall comply with the variable message sign require- ments of ICC Al 17 1 1111.4.1 Transportation facilities. Where provided in transportation facilities, variable message signs conveying transportation -related information shall comply with Sec- tion 1111 4 1111.4.2 Emergency shelters. Where provided in build- ings that are designated as emergency shelters, variable message signs conveying emergency -related information shall comply with Section 11114 Exception: Where equivalent information is provided in an audible manner, variable message signs are not required to comply with ICC Al 17 1 320 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C'p IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PM (PST) tto S I (firill RR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 12 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT User note: About this chapter., Chapter 12 provides minimum provisions for the interior of buildings —the occupied environment, Ventilation, lighting, and space heating are directly regulated in this chapter and in conjunction with the International Mechanical Code' and the International Energy Conservation Code'. Minimum room size and maximum room -to -room sound transmission are set for certain occupancies. SECTION 1201 GENERAL 1201.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern ventilation, temperature control, lighting, yards and courts, sound transmission, room dimensions, surrounding materials and rodentproofing associated with the interior spaces of buildings SECTION 1202 VENTILATION 1202.1 General. Buildings shall be provided with natural ' ventilation in accordance with Section 1202 5, or mechanical ventilation in accordance with the International Mechanical Code Where the air infiltration rate in a dwelling unit is less than 5 air changes per hour where tested with a blower door at a pressure 0 2 inch w c (50 Pa) in accordance with Section R402 4 1 2 of the International Energy Conservation Code Residenhal Provisions, the dwelling unit shall be ventilated by mechanical means in accordance with Section 403 of the International Mechanical Code Ambulatory care facilities and Group I-2 occupancies shall be ventilated by mechanical means in accordance with Section 407 of the International Mechanical Code 1202.2 Roof ventilation. Roof assemblies shall be ventilated in accordance with this section or shall comply with Section 12023 1202.2.1 Ventilated attics and rafter spaces. Enclosed attics and enclosed rafter spaces formed where ceilings are applied directly to the underside of roof framing members shall have cross ventilation for each separate space by ven- tilation openings protected against the entrance of ram and snow Blocking and bridging shall be arranged so as not to interfere with the movement of air An airspace of not less than 1 inch (25 mm) shall be provided between the insula- tion and the roof sheathing The net free ventilating area shall be not less than'/1s0 of the area of the space venti- lated Ventilators shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions Exception: The net free cross -ventilation area shall be permitted to be reduced to'/300 provided both of the fol- lowing conditions are met 1 In Clnnate Zones 6, 7 and 8, a Class I or II vapor retarder is installed on the warm-m-winter side of the ceiling At least 40 percent and not more than 50 percent of the required venting area is provided by venti- lators located in the upper portion of the attic or rafter space Upper ventilators shall be located not more than 3 feet (914 mm) below the ridge or highest point of the space, measured vertically, with the balance of the ventilation provided by eave or cornice vents Where the location of wall or roof framing members conflicts with the installation of upper ventilators, installation more than 3 feet (914 mm) below the ridge or highest point of the space shall be permitted 1202.2.2 Openings into attic. Exterior openings into the attic space of any building intended for human occupancy shall be protected to prevent the entry of birds, squirrels, rodents, snakes and other similar creatures Openings for ventilation having a least dimension of not less than'/16 inch (1 6 mm) and not more than'/q inch (6 4 mm) shall be permitted Openings for ventilation having a least dimen- sion larger than'/q inch (6 4 mm) shall be provided with corrosion -resistant wire cloth screening, hardware cloth, perforated vinyl or similar material with openings having a least dimension of not less than'/16 inch (1 6 mm) and not more than'/q inch (64 mm) Where combustion air is obtained from an attic area, it shall be in accordance with Chapter 7 of the Intemahonal Mechanical Code 1202.3 Unvented attic and unvented enclosed rafter assemblies. Unvented attics and unvented enclosed roof framing assemblies created by ceilings applied directly to the underside of the roof framing members/rafters and the struc- tural roof sheathing at the top of the roof framing members shall be permitted where all of the following conditions are met 1 The unvented attic space is completely within the building thermal envelope 2 No interior Class I vapor retarders are installed on the ceiling side (attic floor) of the unvented attic assembly or on the ceiling side of the unvented enclosed roof framing assembly 3 Where wood shingles or shakes are used, not less than a 1/4-inch (6 4 mm) vented airspace separates the shingles or shakes and the roofing underlayment above the struc- tural sheathing 4 In Climate Zones 5, 6, 7 and 8, any au -impermeable insulation shall be a Class II vapor retarder or shall 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 321 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfn d, od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,a¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmmLhod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT have a Class II vapor retarder coating or covering in direct contact with the underside of the insulation 5 Insulation shall be located in accordance with the fol- lowing 51 Item 51 1, 5 1 2, 5 1 3 or 5 1 4 shall be met, depending on the air permeability of the insula- tion directly under the structural roof sheathing 5 1 1 Where only air -impermeable insula- tion is provided, it shall be applied in direct contact with the underside of the structural roof sheathing 512 Where air -permeable insulation is provided inside the bwldmg thermal envelope, it shall be installed in accor- dance with Item 5 1 1 In addition to the air -permeable insulation installed directly below the structural sheath- ing, rigid board or sheet insulation shall be installed directly above the structural roof sheathing in accor- dance with the R-values in Table 1202 3 for condensation control 5 1 3 Where both air -impermeable and air - permeable insulation are provided, the air -impermeable insulation shall be applied in direct contact with the underside of the structural roof sheathing in accordance with Item 5 1 1 and shall be in accordance with the R-values in Table 1202 3 for con- densation control The air -permeable insulation shall be installed directly under the air -Impermeable insulation 5 1 4 Alternatively, sufficient rigid board or sheet insulation shall be installed directly above the structural roof sheathing to maintain the monthly average temperature of the underside of the structural roof sheathing above 45'F (7'C) For calculation purposes, an interior air temperature of 68'F (20'C) is assumed and the exterior air temperature is assumed to be the monthly average outside air tempera- ture of the three coldest months 5 2 Where preformed insulation board is used as the air -impermeable insulation layer, it shall be sealed at the perimeter of each individual sheet interior surface to form a continuous layer Exceptions: 1 Section 1202 3 does not apply to special use struc- tures or enclosures such as swimming pool enclo- sures, data processing centers, hospitals or art galleries 2 Section 1202 3 does not apply to enclosures in Cli- mate Zones 5 through 8 that are humidified beyond 35 percent during the three coldest months 1202.4 Under -floor ventilation. The space between the bot- tom of the floor joists and the earth under any building except spaces occupied by basements or cellars shall be provided with ventilation in accordance with Section 1202 4 1, 1202 4 2 or 1202 4 3 1202.4.1 Ventilation openings. Ventilation openings through foundation walls shall be provided The openings shall be placed so as to provide cross ventilation of the under -floor space The net area of ventilation openings shall be in accordance with Section 1202 4 1 1 or 1202 4 1 2 Ventilation openings shall be covered for their height and width with any of the following materials, pro- vided that the least dimension of the covering shall be not greater than'/q inch (6 4 mm) 1 Perforated sheet metal plates not less than 0 070 inch (1 8 mm) thick 2 Expanded sheet metal plates not less than 0 047 inch (1 2 mm) thick 3 Cast-iron grilles or gratings 4 Extruded load-bearmg vents 5 Hardware cloth of 0 035-mch (0 89 mm) wire or heavier 6 Corrosion -resistant wire mesh, with the least dnnen- sion not greater than'/g inch (3 2 mm) 7 Operable louvres, where ventilation is provided in accordance with Section 1202 4 1 2 TABLE 1202.3 INSULATION FOR CONDENSATION CONTROL CLIMATE ZONE MINIMUM R-VALUE OF AIR -IMPERMEABLE INSULATION' 213 and 313 rile roof only 0 (none required) 1, 2A, 2B, 3A, 3B, 3C R-5 4C R-10 4A, 4B R-15 5 R-20 6 R-25 7 R-30 8 R-35 a Contributes to, but does not supersede, thermal resistance requirements for attic and roof assemblies in Section C40221 of the Internohonat Energy Conservation Code 322 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND R OJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT 1202.4.1.1 Ventilation area for crawl spaces with open earth floors. The net area of ventilation openings for crawl spaces with uncovered earth floors shall be not less than 1 square foot for each 150 square feet (0 67 m' for each 100 m) of crawl space area 1202.4.1.2 Ventilation area for crawl spaces with covered floors. The net area of ventilation openings for crawl spaces with the ground surface covered with a Class I vapor retarder shall be not less than 1 square foot for each 1,500 square feet (0 67 m' for each 1000 m') of crawl space area 1202.4.2 Ventilation in cold climates. In extremely cold climates, where a ventilation opening will cause a detri- mental loss of energy, ventilation openings to the interior of the structure shall be provided 1202.4.3 Mechanical ventilation. Mechanical ventilation shall be provided to crawl spaces where the ground surface is covered with a Class I vapor retarder Ventilation shall be in accordance with Section 1202 4 3 1 or 1202 4 3 2 1202.4.3.1 Continuous mechanical ventilation. Con- tinuously operated mechanical ventilation shall be pro- vided at a rate of 1 0 cubic foot per minute (cfm) for each 50 square feet (1 02 L/s for each 10 m) of crawl space ground surface area and the ground surface shall be covered with a Class I vapor retarder 1202.4.3.2 Conditioned space. The crawl space shall be conditioned in accordance with the International Mechanical Code and the walls of the crawl space shall be insulated in accordance with the International Energy Conservation Code. 1202.4.4 Flood hazard areas. For buildings in flood haz- ard areas as established in Section 1612 3, the openings for under -floor ventilation shall be deemed as meeting the flood opening requirements of ASCE 24 provided that the ventilation openings are designed and installed in accor- dance with ASCE 24 1202.5 Natural ventilation. Natural ventilation of an occu- pied space shall be through windows, doors, louvers or other openings to the outdoors The operating mechanism for such openings shall be provided with ready access so that the openings are readily controllable by the building occupants 1202.5.1 Ventilation area required. The operable area of the openings to the outdoors shall be not less than 4 per- cent of the floor area being ventilated 1202.5.1.1 Adjoining spaces. Where rooms and spaces without openings to the outdoors are ventilated through an adjoining room, the opening to the adjoining room shall be unobstructed and shall have an area of not less than 8 percent of the floor area of the interior room or space, but not less than 25 square feet (23 m') The operable area of the openings to the outdoors shall be based on the total floor area being ventilated Exception: Exterior openings required for venhla- hon shall be allowed to open into a sunroom with thermal isolation or a patio cover provided that the operable area between the sunroom addition or patio cover and the interior room shall have an area of not less than 8 percent of the floor area of the interior room or space, but not less than 20 square feet (1 86 m) The operable area of the openings to the outdoors shall be based on the total floor area being ventilated 1202.5.1.2 Openings below grade. Where openings below grade provide required natural ventilation, the outside horizontal clear space measured perpendicular to the opening shall be one and one-half times the depth of the opening The depth of the opening shall be mea- sured from the average adjoining ground level to the bottom of the opening 1202.5.2 Contaminants exhausted. Contaminant sources in naturally ventilated spaces shall be removed in accor- dance with the International Mechanical Code and the International Fire Code 1202.5.2.1 Bathrooms. Rooms containing bathtubs, showers, spas and similar bathing fixtures shall be mechanically ventilated in accordance with the Interna- tional Mechanical Code 1202.5.3 Openings on yards or courts. Where natural ventilation is to be provided by openings onto yards or courts, such yards or courts shall comply with Section 1205 1202.6 Other ventilation and exhaust systems. Ventilation and exhaust systems for occupancies and operations involv- ing flammable or combustible hazards or other contaminant sources as covered in the International Mechanical Code or the International Fire Code shall be provided as required by both codes SECTION 1203 TEMPERATURE CONTROL 1203.1 Equipment and systems. Interior spaces intended for human occupancy shall be provided with active or passive space heating systems capable of maintaining an indoor tem- perature of not less than 68°F (20°C) at a point 3 feet (914 mm) above the floor on the design heating day Exceptions: Space heating systems are not required for 1 Interior spaces where the primary purpose of the space is not associated with human comfort 2 Group F, H, S or U occupancies SECTION 1204 LIGHTING 1204.1 General. Every space intended for human occupancy shall be provided with natural light by means of exterior glazed openings in accordance with Section 1204 2 or shall be provided with artificial light in accordance with Section 1204 3 Exterior glazed openings shall open directly onto a public way or onto a yard or court in accordance with Section 1205 1204.2 Natural light. The minimum net glazed area shall be not less than 8 percent of the floor area of the room served 1204.2.1 Adjoining spaces. For the purpose of natural lighting, any room is permitted to be considered as a por- tion of an adjoining room where one-half of the area of the 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 323 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT common wall is open and unobstructed and provides an opening of not less than one -tenth of the floor area of the interior room or 25 square feet (2 32 m), whichever is greater Exception: Openings required for natural light shall be permitted to open into a sunroom with thermal isola- tion or a patio cover where the common wall provides a glazed area of not less than one -tenth of the floor area of the interior room or 20 square feet (1 86 m), which- ever is greater 1204.2.2 Exterior openings. Exterior openings required by Section 1204 2 for natural light shall open directly onto a public way, yard or court, as set forth in Section 1205 Exceptions: 1 Required exterior openings are permitted to open into a roofed porch where the porch meets all of the following criteria 1 1 Abuts a public way, yard or court 1 2 Has a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) 13 Has a longer side at least 65 percent open and unobstructed 2 Skylights are not required to open directly onto a public way, yard or court 1204.3 Artificial light. Artificial light shall be provided that is adequate to provide an average illumination of 10 footcan- dles (107 lux) over the area of the room at a height of 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor level 1204.4 Stairway illumination. Stairways within dwelling units and extenor stairways serving a dwelling unitshall have an illumination level on tread runs of not less than 1 footcan- dle (11 lux) Stairways in other occupancies shall be gov- erned by Chapter 10 1204.4.1 Controls. The control for activation of the required stairway lighting shall be in accordance with NFPA 70 1204.5 Emergency egress lighting. The means of egress shall be illummated in accordance with Section 1008 1 SECTION 1205 YARDS OR COURTS 1205.1 General. This section shall apply to yards and courts adjacent to exterior openings that provide natural light or ventilation Such yards and courts shall be on the same lot as the building 1205.2 Yards. Yards shall be not less than 3 feet (914 mm) in width for buildings two stones or less above grade plane For buildings more than two stones above grade plane, the mmi- mum width of the yard shall be increased at the rate of 1 foot (305 mm) for each additional story For buildings exceeding 14 stones above grade plane, the required width of the yard shall be computed on the basis of 14 stones above grade plane 1205.3 Courts. Courts shall be not less than 3 feet (914 mm) in width Courts having windows opening on opposite sides shall be not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) in width Courts shall be not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in length unless bounded on one end by a public way or yard For buildings more than two stones above grade plane, the court shall be increased 1 foot (305 mm) in width and 2 feet (610 mm) in length for each additional story For buildings exceeding 14 stones above grade plane, the required dimensions shall be com- puted on the basis of 14 stones above grade plane 1205.3.1 Court access. Access shall be provided to the bottom of courts for cleaning purposes 1205.3.2 Air intake. Courts more than two stones in height shall be provided with a horizontal air intake at the bottom not less than 10 square feet (0 93 m) in area and leading to the exterior of the building unless abutting a yard or public way 1205.3.3 Court drainage. The bottom of every court shall be properly graded and drained to a public sewer or other approved disposal system complying with the Interna- tional Plumbing Code SECTION 1206 SOUND TRANSMISSION 1206.1 Scope. This section shall apply to common interior walls, partitions and floor/ceiling assemblies between adja- cent dwelling units and sleeping units or between dwelling units and sleeping units and adjacent public areas such as halls, corridors, stairways or service areas 1206.2 Airborne sound. Walls, partitions and floor -ceiling assemblies separating dwelling units and sleeping units from each other or from public or service areas shall have a sound transmission class of not less than 50, or not less than 45 if field tested, for airborne noise where tested in accordance with ASTM E90 Alternatively, the sound transmission class of walls, partitions and floor -ceiling assemblies shall be established by engineering analysis based on a comparison of walls, partitions and floor -ceiling assemblies having sound transmission class ratings as determined by the test proce- dures set forth in ASTM E90 Penetrations or openings in construction assemblies for piping, electrical devices, recessed cabinets, bathtubs, soffits, or heating, ventilating or exhaust ducts shall be sealed, lined, insulated or otherwise treated to maintain the required ratings This requirement shall not apply to entrance doors, however, such doors shall be tight fitting to the frame and sill 1206.2.1 Masonry. The sound transmission class of con- crete masonry and clay masonry assemblies shall be calcu- lated in accordance with TMS 0302 or determined through testing in accordance with ASTM E90 1206.3 Structure -borne sound. Floor -ceiling assemblies between dwelling units and sleeping units or between a dwell- ing unit or sleeping unit and a public or service area within the structure shall have an impact insulation class rating of not less than 50, or not less than 45 if field tested, where tested in accordance with ASTM E492 Alternatively, the impact insulation class of floor -ceiling assemblies shall be established by engineering analysis based on a comparison of floor -ceiling assemblies having impact insulation class rat- ings as determined by the test procedures in ASTM E492 324 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT SECTION 1207 INTERIOR SPACE DIMENSIONS 1207.1 Minimum room widths. Habitable spaces, other than a kitchen, shall be not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) in any plan dimension Kitchens shall have a clear passageway of not less than 3 feet (914 mm) between counter fronts and appliances or counter fronts and walls 1207.2 Minimum ceiling heights. Occupiable spaces, habit- able spaces and comdors shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet 6 inches (2286 mm) above the finished floor Bathrooms, toilet rooms, kitchens, storage rooms and laundry rooms shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) above the finished floor Exceptions: 1 In one- and two-family dwellings, beams or girders spaced not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center shall be permitted to project not more than 6 inches (152 mm) below the required ceiling height 2 If any room in a building has a sloped ceiling, the prescribed ceiling height for the room is required in one-half the area thereof Any portion of the room measuring less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the fin- ished floor to the ceiling shall not be included in any computation of the minimum area thereof 3 The height of mezzanines and spaces below mezza- nines shall be in accordance with Section 505 2 4 Corridors contained within a dwelling unit or sleep- ing unit in a Group R occupancy shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) above the finished floor 1207.2.1 Furred ceiling. Any room with a furred ceiling shall be required to have the minimum ceiling height in two-thirds of the area thereof, but in no case shall the height of the furred ceiling be less than 7 feet (2134 mm) 1207.3 Room area. Every dwelling unit shall have not less than one room that shall have not less than 120 square feet (11 2 m) of netfloor area Other habitable rooms shall have a netfloor area of not less than 70 square feet (6 5 m') Exception: Kitchens are not required to be of a minimum floor area 1207.4 Efficiency dwelling units. An efficiency living unit shall conform to the requirements of the code except as mod- ified herein 1 The unit shall have a living room of not less than 220 square feet (20 4 m') of floor area An additional 100 square feet (9 3 m) of floor area shall be provided for each occupant of such unit in excess of two 2 The unit shall be provided with a separate closet 3 The unit shall be provided with a kitchen sink, cooking appliance and refrigeration facilities, each having a clear working space of not less than 30 inches (762 mm) in front Light and ventilation conforming to this code shall be provided 4 The unit shall be provided with a separate bathroom containing a water closet, lavatory and bathtub or shower SECTION 1208 ACCESS TO UNOCCUPIED SPACES 1208.1 Crawl spaces. Crawl spaces shall be provided with not less than one access opening that shall be not less than 18 inches by 24 inches (457 mm by 610 mm) 1208.2 Attic spaces. An opening not less than 20 inches by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm) shall be provided to any attic area having a clear height of over 30 inches (762 mm) Clear headroom of not less than 30 inches (762 mm) shall be provided in the attic space at or above the access open- ing 1208.3 Mechanical appliances. Access to mechanical appli- ances installed in under -floor areas, in attic spaces and on roofs or elevated structures shall be in accordance with the International Mechanical Code SECTION 1209 TOILET AND BATHROOM REQUIREMENTS [P] 1209.1 Required fixtures. The number and type of plumbing fixtures provided in any occupancy shall comply with Chapter 29 1209.2 Finish materials. Walls, floors and partitions in toilet and bathrooms shall comply with Sections 1209 2 1 through 120924 1209.2.1 Floors and wall bases. In other than dwelling units, toilet, bathing and shower room floor finish materi- als shall have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface The intersections of such floors with walls shall have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent vertical base that extends upward onto the walls not less than 4 inches (102 mm) 1209.2.2 Walls and partitions. Walls and partitions within 2 feet (610 mm) of service sinks, urinals and water closets shall have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface, to a height of not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) above the floor, and except for structural elements, the materials used in such walls shall be of a type that is not adversely affected by moisture Exception: This section does not apply to the follow- ing buildings and spaces 1 Dwelling units and sleeping units 2 Toilet rooms that are not accessible to the public and that have not more than one water closet Accessories such as grab bars, towel bars, paper dis- pensers and soap dishes, provided on or within walls, shall be installed and sealed to protect structural elements from moisture 1209.2.3 Showers. Shower compartments and walls above bathtubs with installed shower heads shall be finished with a smooth, nonabsorbent surface to a height not less than 72 inches (1829 mm) above the dram inlet 1209.2.4 Waterproof joints. Built-in tubs with showers shall have waterproof joints between the tub and adjacent wall 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 325 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT [P] 1209.3 Privacy. Privacy at water closets and urinals shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1209 3 1 and 120932 [P] 1209.3.1 Water closet compartment. Each water closet utilized by the public or employees shall occupy a separate compartment with walls or partitions and a door enclosing the fixtures to ensure privacy Exceptions: 1 Water closet compartments shall not be required in a single -occupant toilet room with a lockable door 2 Toilet rooms located in child day care facilities and containing two or more water closets shall be permitted to have one water closet without an enclosing compartment 3 This provision is not applicable to toilet areas located within Group I-3 occupancy housing areas [P] 1209.3.2 Urinal partitions. Each urinal utilized by the public or employees shall occupy a separate area with walls or partitions to provide privacy The walls or parti- tions shall begin at a height not more than 12 inches (305 mm) from and extend not less than 60 inches (1524 mm) above the finished floor surface The walls or partitions shall extend from the wall surface at each side of the urinal not less than 18 inches (457 mm) or to a point not less than 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the outermost front lip of the urinal measured from the finished backwall surface, whichever is greater Exceptions: 1 Urinal partitions shall not be required in a single - occupant or family or assisted -use toilet room with a lockable door 2 Toilet rooms located in child day care facilities and containing two or more urinals shall be per- mitted to have one urinal without partitions 326 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C1pynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 13 ENERGY EFFICIENCY User notes: About this chapter., The purpose of Chapter 13 is to provide minimum design requirements that will promote efficient energy utilization in buildings. The requirements address the building thermal envelope, the selection of HVAC and lighting equipment, and the installation of con- trols that dictate efficient operation. Also promoted is efficient use ofpower where providing water and lighting to the users of the space. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this chapter will be considered by the International Energy Conservation Code Development Committee during the 2019 (Group B) Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION 1301 GENERAL [E] 1301.1 Scope. This chapter governs the design and con- struction of buildings for energy efficiency [E] 1301.1.1 Criteria. Buildings shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the Internahonal Energy Conservahon Code 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 327 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn d, od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 328 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( " I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 14 EXTERIOR WALLS User notes: About this chapter. Chapter 14 addresses requirements for exterior walls of buildings. Minimum standards for wall covering materials, such as material performance and fire resistance, installation of wall coverings and the ability of the wall to provide weatherprotection are provided. This chapter also contains limitations on the areas and heights of combustible wall coverings based on fire separation distances, radiant heat exposure and surface burning characteristics. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to sections preceded by the designation [BS] will be considered by the IBC —Struc- tural Code Development Committee during the 2019 (Group Bf Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION 1401 GENERAL 1401.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish the minimum requirements for exterior walls, exterior wall coverings, exterior wall openings, exterior windows and doors, and architectural tnm SECTION 1402 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1402.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to exterior walls, wall coverings and components thereof 1402.2 Weather protection. Exterior walls shall provide the building with a weather -resistant exterior wall envelope The exterior wall envelope shall include flashing, as described in Section 1404 4 The exterior wall envelope shall be designed and constructed in such a manner as to prevent the accumula- tion of water within the wall assembly by providing a water - resistive barrier behind the exterior veneer, as described in Section 1403 2, and a means for draining water that enters the assembly to the exterior Protection against condensation in the exterior wall assembly shall be provided in accordance with Section 1404 3 Exceptions: 1 A weather -resistant exterior wall envelope shall not be required over concrete or masonry walls designed in accordance with Chapters 19 and 21, respectively Compliance with the requirements for a means of drainage, and the requirements of Sections 1403 2 and 1404 4, shall not be required for an exterior wall envelope that has been demonstrated through testing to resist wind -driven ram, including joints, penetra- tions and intersections with dissimilar materials, in accordance with ASTM E331 under the following conditions 21 Exterior wall envelope test assemblies shall include not fewer than one opening, one control joint, one wall/eave interface and one wall sill Tested openings and penetra- tions shall be representative of the intended end -use configuration 22 Exterior wall envelope test assemblies shall be not less than 4 feet by 8 feet (1219 mm by 2438 mm) in size 23 Exterior wall envelope assemblies shall be tested at a minimum differential pressure of 6 24 pounds per square foot (psf) (0 297 kN/m ) 24 Exterior wall envelope assemblies shall be subjected to a minimum test exposure dura- tion of 2 hours The exterior wall envelope design shall be con- sidered to resist wind -driven ram where the results of testing indicate that water did not penetrate con- trol joints in the exterior wall envelope, joints at the perimeter of openings or intersections of termina- tions with dissimilar materials 3 Exterior insulation and finish systems (EIFS) com- plying with Section 1407 4 1 [BS] 1402.3 Structural. Exterior walls, and the associated openings, shall be designed and constructed to resist safely the superimposed loads required by Chapter 16 1402.4 Fire resistance. Exterior walls shall be fire -resistance rated as required by other sections of this code with opening protection as required by Chapter 7 1402.5 Vertical and lateral flame propagation. Exterior walls on buildings of Type I, II, III or IV construction that are greater than 40 feet (12 192 mm) in height above grade plane and contain a combustible water -resistive barrier shall be tested in accordance with and comply with the acceptance criteria of NFPA 285 For the purposes of this section, fenes- tration products, flashing of fenestration products and water - resistive -barrier flashing and accessories at other locations, including through wall flashmgs, shall not be considered part of the water -resistive barrier Exceptions: 1 Walls in which the water -resistive barrier is the only combustible component and the exterior wall has a wall covering of brick, concrete, stone, terra cotta, stucco or steel with minimum thicknesses in accordance with Table 1404 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 329 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfnmda od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER EXTERIOR WALLS Walls in which the water -resistive barrier is the only combustible component and the water -resistive barrier has a peak heat release rate of less than 150 kW/m', a total heat release of less than 20 MJ/m' and an effective heat of combustion of less than 18 MJ/kg as determined in accordance with ASTM E1354 and has a flame spread index of 25 or less and a smoke -developed index of 450 or less as determned in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 The ASTM E1354 test shall be conducted on specimens at the thickness intended for use, in the horizontal orientation and at an incident radiant heat flux of 50 kW/m' [BS] 1402.6 Flood resistance. For buildings in flood hazard areas as established in Section 1612 3, exterior walls extend- ing below the elevation required by Section 1612 shall be constructed with flood -damage -resistant materials [BS] 1402.7 Flood resistance for coastal high -hazard areas and coastal A zones. For bwldmgs in coastal high -hazard areas and coastal A zones as established in Section 1612 3, electrical, mechanical and plumbing system components shall not be mounted on or penetrate through exterior walls that are designed to break away under flood loads SECTION 1403 MATERIALS 1403.1 General. Materials used for the construction of exte- nor walls shall comply with the provisions of this section Materials not prescribed herein shall be permitted, provided that any such alternative has been approved 1403.2 Water -resistive barrier. Not fewer than one layer of No 15 asphalt felt, complying with ASTM D226 for Type 1 felt or other approved materials, shall be attached to the studs or sheathing, with flashing as described in Section 1404 4, in such a manner as to provide a continuous water -resistive bar- ner behind the exterior wall veneer [BS] 1403.3 Wood. Exterior walls of wood construction shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Chapter 23 [BS] 1403.3.1 Basic hardboard. Basic hardboard shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A135 4 [BS] 1403.3.2 Hardboard siding. Hardboard siding shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A135 6 and, where used structurally, shall be so identified by the label of an approvedagency [BS] 1403.4 Masonry. Exterior walls of masonry construc- tion shall be designed and constructed in accordance with this section and Chapter 21 Masonry units, mortar and metal accessories used in anchored and adhered veneer shall meet the physical requirements of Chapter 21 The backing of anchored and adhered veneer shall be of concrete, masonry, steel framing or wood framing Continuous insulation meet- ing the applicable requirements of this code shall be permit- ted between the backing and the masonry veneer [BS] 1403.5 Metal. Exterior walls constructed of cold - formed steel, structural steel or aluminum shall be designed in accordance with Chapters 22 and 20, respectively [BS] 1403.5.1 Aluminum siding. Aluminum siding shall conform to the requirements of AAMA 1402 [BS] 1403.5.2 Cold -rolled copper. Copper shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B370 [BS] 1403.5.3 Lead -coated copper. Lead -coated copper shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 13101 [BS] 1403.6 Concrete. Exterior walls of concrete construc- tion shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Chapter 19 [BS] 1403.7 Glass -unit masonry. Exterior walls of glass - unit masonry shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Chapter 21 1403.8 Plastics. Plastic panel, apron or spandrel walls as defined in this code shall not be limited in thickness, provided that such plastics and their assemblies conform to the require- ments of Chapter 26 and are constructed of approved weather -resistant materials of adequate strength to resist the wind loads for cladding specified in Chapter 16 1403.9 Vinyl siding. Vinyl siding shall be certified and labeled as conforming to the requirements of ASTM D3679 by an approved quality control agency 1403.10 Fiber -cement siding. Fiber -cement siding shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C1186, Type A (or ISO 8336, Category A), and shall be so identified on labeling listing an approved quality control agency 1403.11 Exterior insulation and finish systems. Exterior insulation and finish systems (EIFS) and exterior insulation and finish systems (EIFS) with drainage shall comply with Section 1407 1403.12 Polypropylene siding. Polypropylene sickng shall be certified and labeled as conforming to the requirements of ASTM D7254 and those of Section 1403 12 1 or 1403 12 2 by an approved quality control agency Polypropylene siding shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Sec- tion 140418 and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions Polypropylene siding shall be secured to the building so as to provide weather protection for the exterior walls of the building 1403.12.1 Flame spread index. The certification of the flame spread index shall be accompanied by a test report stating that all portions of the test specimen ahead of the flame front remained in position during the test in accor- dance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 1403.12.2 Fire separation distance. The fire separation distance between a building with polypropylene siding and the adjacent building shall be not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) 1403.13 Foam plastic insulation. Foam plastic insulation used in exterior wall covering assemblies shall comply with Chapter 26 SECTION 1404 INSTALLATION OF WALL COVERINGS 1404.1 General. Exterior wall coverings shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the applicable provisions of this section 1404.2 Weather protection. Exterior walls shall provide weather protection for the building The materials of the min- imum nominal thickness specified in Table 1404 2 shall be acceptable as approved weather coverings 330 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER EXTERIOR WALLS y TABLE 1404.2 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF WEATHER COVERINGS COVERING TYPE MINIMUM THICKNESS (inches) Adhered masonry veneer Architectural cast stone Other 075 025 Aluminum siding 0 019 Anchored masonry veneer Stone (natural) Architectural cast stone Other 20 1 25 20 Asbestos -cement boards 0 125 Asbestos shingles 0 156 Cold -rolled copper' 0 0216 nominal Copper shingles' 0 0162 nominal Extenor plywood (vnth sheathung) 0 313 Extenor plywood (without sheathung) See Section 2304 6 Fiber cement lap siding 0 25` Fiber cement panel siding 0 25` Fiberboard siding 05 Glass -fiber reinforced concrete panels 0 375 Hardboard sidmg` 025 High -yield copper' 0 0162 nominal Lead -coated copper' 0 0216 nominal Lead -coated lugh-yield copper 0 0162 nominal Marble slabs 1 Particleboard (vnth sheathung) See Section 2304 6 Particleboard (without sheathung) See Section 2304 6 Porcelain tile 025 Steel (approved corrosion resistant) 00149 Structural glass 0 344 Stucco or exterior cement plaster Three -coat work over Metal plaster base Unit masonry Cast -in -place or precast concrete Two -coat work over Unit masonry Cast -in -place or precast concrete 0 875' 0 625' 0 625' 0 5' 0 375' Terra cotta (anchored) 1 Terra cotta (adhered) 025 Vinyl siding 0 035 Wood shingles 0 375 Wood siding (without sheathung)' 05 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 ounce = 28 35 g, 1 square foot= 0 093 m' a Wood siding of thicknesses less than 05 inch shall be placed over sheathing that conforms to Section 2304 6 b Exclusive of texture c As measured at the bottom of decorative grooves d 16 ounces per square foot for cold -rolled copper and lead -coated copper, 12 ounces per square foot for copper shingles, high -yield copper and lead - coated high -yield copper 1404.3 Vapor retarders. Vapor retarders as described in Section 1404 3 3 shall be provided in accordance with Sec- tions 1404 3 1 and 1404 3 2, or an approved design using accepted engineering practice for hygrothermal analysis 1404.3.1 Class I and II vapor retarders. Class I and II vapor retarders shall not be provided on the interior side of frame walls in Zones 1 and 2 Class I vapor retarders shall not be provided on the interior side of frame walls in Zones 3 and 4 other than Marine 4 Class I or II vapor retarders shall be provided on the interior side of frame walls in Zones 5, 6, 7, 8 and Marine 4 The appropriate zone shall be selected in accordance with Chapter 3 [CE] of the Intemahonal Energy Conservahon Code-Commer- cYal Provisions Exceptions: 1 Basementwalls 2 Below -grade portion of any wall 3 Construction where moisture or its freezing will not damage the materials 4 Conditions where Class III vapor retarders are required in Section 1404 3 2 1404.3.2 Class III vapor retarders. Class III vapor retarders shall be permitted where any one of the condi- tions in Table 1404 3 2 is met Only Class III vapor retard- ers shall be used on the interior side of frame walls where foam plastic insulating sheathing with a perm rating of less than 1 is applied in accordance with Table 1404 3 2 on the exterior side of the frame wall TABLE 1404.3.2 CLASS III VAPOR RETARDERS ZONE CLASS III VAPOR RETARDERS PERMITTED FOR:' Vented cladding over wood structural panels Vented cladding over fiberboard Manne Vented cladding over gypsum 4 Continuous insulation wtthR-value >_ R2 5 over 2 x 4 wall Continuous insulation wAhR-value > R3 75 over 2 x 6 wall Vented cladding over wood structural panels Vented cladding over fiberboard 5 Vented cladding over gypsum Continuous insulation wAhR-value >_ R5 over 2 x 4 wall Continuous insulation wAhR-value > R7 5 over 2 x 6 wall Vented cladding over fiberboard Vented cladding over gypsum 6 Continuous insulation wAhR-value > R7 5 over 2 x 4 wall Continuous insulation wAhR-value > RI 125 over 2 x 6 wall 7 and 8 Continuous insulation wAhR-value >_ R10 over 2 x 4 wall Continuous insulation wAhR-value >_ R15 over 2 x 6 wall a Spray foam with a maximum permanence of 15 perms at the installed I thickness applied to the interior cavity side of wood structural panels, fiberboard, insulating sheathing or gypsum is deemed to meet the continuous insulation requirement where the spray foam R-value meets or exceeds the specified insulating sheathing R-value 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 331 I 11 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER EXTERIOR WALLS 1404.3.3 Material vapor retarder class. The vapor retarder class shall be based on the manufacturer's certi- fied testing or a tested assembly The following shall be deemed to meet the class speci- fied Class I Sheet polyethylene, nonperforated alum mum foil with a perm rating of less than or equal to 01 Class II Kraft -faced fiberglass baits or paint with a perm rating greater than 0 1 and less than or equal to 10 Class III Latex or enamel paint with a perm rating of greater than 1 0 and less than or equal to 100 1404.3.4 Minimum clear airspaces and vented openings for vented cladding. For the purposes of this section, vented cladding shall include the following minimum clear airspaces 1 Vinyl, polypropylene or horizontal alum mum siding applied over a weather -resistive barrier as specified in this chapter 2 Brick veneer with a clear airspace as specified in this code 3 Other approved vented claddings 1404.4 Flashing. Flaslung shall be installed in such a manner so as to prevent moisture from entering the wall or to redirect that moisture to the exterior Flaslung shall be installed at the perimeters of exterior door and window assemblies, penetra- tions and termmations of extenor wall assemblies, extenor wall intersections with roofs, chimneys, porches, decks, bal- conies and similar projections and at built-in gutters and simi- lar locations where moisture could enter the wall Flashing with projecting flanges shall be installed on both sides and the ends of copings, under sills and continuously above project- ing tnm Where self -adhered membranes are used as flash- mgs of fenestration in wall assemblies, those self -adhered flashings shall comply with AAMA 711 Where fluid applied membranes are used as flashing for extenor wall openings, those fluid applied membrane flaslungs shall comply with AAMA 714 1404.4.1 Exterior wall pockets. In extenor walls of buildings or structures, wall pockets or crevices in which moisture can accumulate shall be avoided or protected with caps or drips, or other approved means shall be pro- vided to prevent water damage 1404.4.2 Masonry. Flashing and weep holes in anchored veneer designed in accordance with Section 1404 6 shall be located not more than 10 inches (245 mm) above fin- ished ground level above the foundation wall or slab At other points of support including structural floors, shelf angles and lmtels, flashing and weep holes shall be located in the first course of masonry above the support 1404.5 Wood veneers. Wood veneers on extenor walls of buildings of Type I, II, III and IV construction shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm) nominal thickness, 0 438-inch (I I 1 mm) exterior hardboard siding or 0 375-inch (9 5 mm) exte- nor-type wood structural panels or particleboard and shall conform to the following 1 The veneer shall not exceed 40 feet (12 190 mm) in height above grade Where fire -retardant -treated wood is used, the height shall not exceed 60 feet (18 290 mm) in height above grade 2 The veneer is attached to or furred from a noncombusti- ble backing that is fire -resistance rated as required by other provisions of this code 3 Where open or spaced wood veneers (without con- cealed spaces) are used, they shall not project more than 24 inches (610 mm) from the building wall [BS] 1404.6 Anchored masonry veneer. Anchored masonry veneer shall comply with the provisions of Sections 1404 6 through 1404 9 and Sections 12 1 and 12 2 of TMS 402 [BS] 1404.6.1 Tolerances. Anchored masonry veneers in accordance with Chapter 14 are not required to meet the tol- erances in Article 3 3 Fl of TMS 602 [BS] 1404.6.2 Seismic requirements. Anchored masonry veneer located in Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F shall conform to the requirements of Section 12 2 2 11 of TMS 402 [BS] 1404.7 Stone veneer. Anchored stone veneer units not exceeding 10 inches (254 mm) in thickness shall be anchored directly to masonry, concrete or to stud construction by one of the following methods With concrete or masonry backing, anchor ties shall be not less than 0 1055-inch (2 68 mm) corrosion - resistant wire, or approved equal, formed beyond the base of the backing The legs of the loops shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in length bent at right angles and laid in the mortar joint, and spaced so that the eyes or loops are 12 inches (305 mm) maximum on center in both directions There shall be provided not less than a 0 1055-inch (2 68 mm) corrosion -resis- tant wire tie, or approved equal, threaded through the exposed loops for every 2 square feet (0 2 m') of stone veneer This tie shall be a loop having legs not less than 15 inches (381 mm) in length bent so that the tie will lie in the stone veneer mortar joint The last 2 inches (51 mm) of each wire leg shall have a right- angle bend One -inch (25 mm) minimum thickness of cement grout shall be placed between the backing and the stone veneer With wood stud backing, a 2-inch by 2-inch (51 by 51 mm) 0 0625-inch (1 59 mm) zinc -coated or nonmetallic coated wire mesh with two layers of water -resistive bamer in accordance with Section 1403 2 shall be applied directly to wood studs spaced not more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center On studs, the mesh shall be attached with 2-mch-long (51 mm) corrosion -resistant steel wire furring nails at 4 inches (102 mm) on center providing a minimum 1 125-inch (29 mm) penetration into each stud and with 8d annular threaded nails at 8 inches (203 mm) on center into top and bottom plates or with equivalent wire ties There shall be not less than a 0 1055-inch (2 68 mm) zinc -coated or nonmetallic coated wire, or approved equal, attached to the stud 332 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 UER CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER EXTERIOR WALLS with not smaller than an 8d (0 120 in diameter) annular threaded nail for every 2 square feet (0 2 m) of stone veneer This tie shall be a loop having legs not less than 15 inches (381 mm) in length, so bent that the tie will he in the stone veneer mortar joint The last 2 inches (51 mm) of each wire leg shall have a right- angle bend One-mch (25 mm) minimum thickness of cement grout shall be placed between the backing and the stone veneer With cold -formed steel stud backing, a 2-inch by 2-inch (51 by 51 mm) 0 0625-inch (1 59 mm) zinc -coated or nonmetallic coated wire mesh with two layers of water - resistive barrier in accordance with Section 1403 2 shall be applied directly to steel studs spaced a not more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center The mesh shall be attached with corrosion -resistant #8 self -drill - mg tapping screws at 4 inches (102 mm) on center, and at 8 inches (203 mm) on center into top and bottom tracks or with equivalent wire ties Screws shall extend through the steel connection not fewer than three exposed threads There shall be not less than a 0 1055- mch (2 68 mm) corrosion -resistant wire, or approved equal, attached to the stud with not smaller than a #8 self -drilling, tapping screw extending through the steel framing not fewer than three exposed threads for every 2 square feet (0 2 m') of stone veneer This tie shall be a loop having legs not less than 15 inches (381 mm) in length, so bent that the tie will lie in the stone veneer mortar joint The last 2 inches (51 mm) of each wire leg shall have a right-angle bend One -inch (25 mm) mmi- mum thickness of cement grout shall be placed between the backing and the stone veneer The cold -formed steel framing members shall have a minimum bare steel thickness of 0 0428 inches (1 087 mm) [BS] 1404.8 Slab -type veneer. Anchored slab -type veneer units not exceeding 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness shall be anchored directly to masonry, concrete or light -frame con- struction For veneer units of marble, travertine, granite or other stone units of slab form, ties of corrosion -resistant dow- els in drilled holes shall be located in the middle thud of the edge of the units, spaced not more than 24 inches (610 mm) apart around the periphery of each unit with not less than four ties per veneer unit Units shall not exceed 20 square feet (1 9 m') in area If the dowels are not tight fitting, the holes shall be drilled not more than 0 063 inch (1 6 mm) larger in diame- ter than the dowel, with the hole countersunk to a diameter and depth equal to twice the diameter of the dowel in order to provide a tight -fitting key of cement mortar at the dowel loca- tions where the mortar in the joint has set Veneer ties shall be corrosion -resistant metal capable of resisting, in tension or compression, a force equal to two times the weight of the attached veneer If made of sheet metal, veneer ties shall be not smaller in area than 0 0336 by 1 inch (0 853 by 25 mm) or, if made of wire, not smaller in diameter than 0 1483-inch (3 76 mm) wire [BS] 1404.9 Terra cotta. Anchored terra cotta or ceramic units not less than 15/g inches (41 mm) thick shall be anchored directly to masonry, concrete or stud construction Tied terra cotta or ceramic veneer units shall be not less than 15/g inches (41 mm) thick with projecting dovetail webs on the back sur- face spaced approximately 8 inches (203 mm) on center The facing shall be tied to the backing wall with corrosion -resis- tant metal anchors of not less than No 8 gage wire installed at the top of each piece in horizontal bed joints not less than 12 inches (305 mm) nor more than 18 inches (457 mm) on center, these anchors shall be secured to '/q inch (6 4 mm) corrosion -resistant pencil rods that pass through the vertical aligned loop anchors in the backing wall The veneer ties shall have sufficient strength to support the full weight of the veneer in tension The facing shall be set with not less than a 2-inch (51 mm) space from the backing wall and the space shall be filled solidly with Portland cement grout and pea gravel Immediately prior to setting, the backing wall and the facing shall be drenched with clean water and shall be dis- tinctly damp when the grout is poured [BS] 1404.10 Adhered masonry veneer. Adhered masonry veneer shall comply with the applicable requirements in this section and Sections 12 1 and 12 3 of TMS 402 [BS] 1404.10.1 Exterior adhered masonry veneer. Exterior adhered masonry veneer shall be installed in accordance with Section 1404 10 and the manufacturer's instructions [BS] 1404.10.1.1 Water -resistive barriers. Water - resistive barriers shall be installed as required in Sec- tion 2510 6 [BS] 1404.10.1.2 Flashing. Flashing shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 1404 4 and the following [BS] 1404.10.1.2.1 Flashing at foundation. A cor- rosion -resistant screed or flashing of a minimum 0 019-mch (0 48 mm) or 26 gage galvanized or plas- tic with a minimum vertical attachment flange of 3'/ inches (89 mm) shall be installed to extend not less than 1 inch (25 mm) below the foundation plate line on exterior stud walls in accordance with Sec- tion 1404 4 The water -resistive bamer shall lap over the exterior of the attachment flange of the screed or flashing [BS] 1404.10.1.3 Clearances. On exterior stud walls, adhered masonry veneer shall be installed not less than 4 inches (102 mm) above the earth, or not less than 2 inches (51 mm) above paved areas, or not less than Yz inch (12 7 mm) above exterior walking surfaces that are supported by the same foundation that supports the extenor wall. [BS] 1404.10.1.4 Adhered masonry veneer installed with lath and mortar. Exterior adhered masonry veneer installed with lath and mortar shall comply with the following [BS] 1404.10.1.4.1 Lathing. Lathing shall comply with the requirements of Section 2510 [BS] 1404.10.1.4.2 Scratch coat. A nominal I/Z mch-thick (127 mm) layer of mortar complying with the material requirements of Sections 2103 and 2512 2 shall be applied, encapsulating the lathing 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 333 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER EXTERIOR WALLS The surface of this mortar shall be scored horizon- tally, resulting in a scratch coat [BS] 1404.10.1.4.3 Adhering veneer. The masonry veneer units shall be adhered to the mortar scratch coat with a nominal '/z inch -thick (12 7 mm) setting bed of mortar complying with Sections 2103 and 2512 2 applied to create a full setting bed for the back of the masonry veneer units The masonry veneer units shall be worked into the setting bed resulting in a nominal '/g inch (9 5 mm) setting bed after the masonry veneer units are applied [BS] 1404.10.1.5 Adhered masonry veneer applied directly to masonry and concrete. Adhered masonry veneer applied directly to masonry or concrete shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 140410 and with the requirements of Section 1404 10 1 4 or 2510 7 [BS] 1404.10.1.6 Cold weather construction. Cold weather construction of adhered masonry veneer shall comply with the requirements of Sections 2104 and 25124 [BS] 1404.10.1.7 Hot weather construction. Hot weather construction of adhered masonry veneer shall comply with the requirements of Section 2104 [BS] 1404.10.2 Exterior adhered masonry veneers — porcelain file Adhered units shall not exceed '/A inch (15 8 mm) thickness and 24 inches (610 mm) in any face dimension nor more than 3 square feet (0 28 m2) in total face area and shall not weigh more than 9 pounds psf (0 43 kN/m2) Porcelain the shall be adhered to an approved backing system [BS] 1404.10.3 Interior adhered masonry veneers. Interior adhered masonry veneers shall have a maximum weight of 20 psf (0 958 kg/m2) and shall be installed in accordance with Section 140410 Where the interior adhered masonry veneer is supported by wood construc- tion, the supporting members shall be designed to limit deflection to'1600 of the span of the supporting members [BS] 1404.11 Metal veneers. Veneers of metal shall be fab- ricated from approved corrosion -resistant materials or shall be protected front and back with porcelain enamel, or other- wise be treated to render the metal resistant to corrosion Such veneers shall be not less than 0 0149-inch (0 378 mm) nominal thickness sheet steel mounted on wood or metal furring strips or approved sheathing on light -frame con- struction [BS] 1404.11.1 Attachment. Exterior metal veneer shall be securely attached to the supporting masonry or framing members with corrosion -resistant fastenings, metal ties or by other approved devices or methods The spacing of the fastenings or ties shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) either vertically or horizontally, but where units exceed 4 square feet (0 4 m2) in area there shall be not less than four attachments per unit The metal attachments shall have a cross -sectional area not less than provided by W 1 7 wire Such attachments and their supports shall be designed and constructed to resist the wind loads as specified in Section 1609 for components and cladding 1404.11.2 Weather protection. Metal supports for exte- rior metal veneer shall be protected by painting, galvaniz- ing or by other equivalent coating or treatment Wood studs, furring strips or other wood supports for exterior metal veneer shall be approved pressure -treated wood or protected as required in Section 1402 2 Joints and edges exposed to the weather shall be caulked with approved durable waterproofing material or by other approved means to prevent penetration of moisture 1404.11.3 Backup. Masonry backup shall not be required for metal veneer unless required by the fire -resistance requirements of this code 1404.11.4 Grounding. Grounding of metal veneers on buildings shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 27 of this code [BS] 1404.12 Glass veneer. The area of a single section of thin exterior structural glass veneer shall not exceed 10 square feet (0 93 m2) where that section is not more than 15 feet (4572 mm) above the level of the sidewalk or grade level directly below, and shall not exceed 6 square feet (0 56 m2) where it is more than 15 feet (4572 mm) above that level [BS] 1404.12.1 Length and height. The length or height of any section of thin exterior structural glass veneer shall not exceed 48 inches (1219 mm) [BS] 1404.12.2 Thickness. The thickness of thin exterior structural glass veneer shall be not less than 0 344 inch (8 7 mm) [BS] 1404.12.3 Application. Thin exterior structural glass veneer shall be set only after backing is thoroughly dry and after application of an approved bond coat uniformly over the entire surface of the backing so as to effectively seal the surface Glass shall be set in place with an approved mastic cement in sufficient quantity so that not less than 50 percent of the area of each glass unit is directly bonded to the backing by mastic not less than V, inch (6 4 mm) thick and not more than'/A mch (15 9 mm) thick The bond coat and mastic shall be evaluated for compatibility and shall bond firmly together [BS] 1404.12.4 Installation at sidewalk level. Where glass extends to a sidewalk surface, each section shall rest in an approved metal molding, and be set not less than Vq inch (6 4 mm) above the highest point of the sidewalk The space between the molding and the sidewalk shall be thoroughly caulked and made watertight [BS] 1404.12.4.1 Installation above sidewalk level. Where thin exterior structural glass veneer is installed above the level of the top of a bulkhead facing, or at a level more than 36 inches (914 mm) above the sidewalk level, the mastic cement binding shall be supplemented with approved nonferrous metal shelf angles located in the horizontal joints in every course Such shelf angles shall be not less than 0 0478-mch (1 2 mm) thick and not less than 2 inches (51 mm) long and shall be spaced at approved intervals, with not less than two angles for each glass unit Shelf angles shall be secured to the wall or backing with expansion bolts, toggle bolts or by other approved methods 334 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 CITy IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER EXTERIOR WALLS [BS] 1404.12.5 Joints. Unless otherwise specifically approved by the building official, abutting edges of thin exterior structural glass veneer shall be ground square Mitered joints shall not be used except where specifically approved for wide angles Joints shall be uniformly but- tered with an approved jointing compound and horizontal joints shall be held to not less than 0 063 inch (1 6 mm) by an approved nonrigid substance or device Where thin exterior structural glass veneer abuts nonresilient material at sides or top, expansion joints not less than V, inch (6 4 mm) wide shall be provided [BS] 1404.12.6 Mechanical fastenings. Thin exterior structural glass veneer installed above the level of the heads of show windows and veneer installed more than 12 feet (3658 mm) above sidewalk level shall, in addition to the mastic cement and shelf angles, be held in place by the use of fastenings at each vertical or horizontal edge, or at the four comers of each glass unit Fastenings shall be secured to the wall or backing with expansion bolts, toggle bolts or by other methods Fastenings shall be so designed as to hold the glass veneer in a vertical plane independent of the mastic cement Shelf angles providing both support and fastenings shall be permitted [BS] 1404.12.7 Flashing. Exposed edges of thin exterior structural glass veneer shall be flashed with overlapping corrosion -resistant metal flashing and caulked with a waterproof compound in a manner to effectively prevent the entrance of moisture between the glass veneer and the backing 1404.13 Exterior windows and doors. Windows and doors installed in exterior walls shall conform to the testing and performance requirements of Section 1709 5 1404.13.1 Installation. Windows and doors shall be installed in accordance with approved manufacturer's instructions Fastener size and spacing shall be provided in such instructions and shall be calculated based on maxi- mum loads and spacing used in the tests [BS] 1404.14 Vinyl siding. Vinyl siding conforming to the requirements of this section and complying with ASTM D3679 shall be permitted on exterior walls of buildings located in areas where V, as determined in accordance with Section 1609 3 1 does not exceed 100 miles per hour (45 m/s) and the building height is less than or equal to 40 feet (12 192 mm) in Exposure C Where construction is located in areas where V d as determined in accordance with Section 1609 3 1 exceeds 100 miles per hour (45 m/s), or building heights are in excess of 40 feet (12 192 mm), tests or calculations indicat- mg compliance with Chapter 16 shall be submitted Vinyl siding shall be secured to the building so as to provide weather protection for the exterior walls of the building [BS] 1404.14.1 Application. The siding shall be applied over sheathing or materials listed in Section 2304 6 Siding shall be applied to conform to the water -resistive bamer requirements in Section 1402 Siding and accessories shall be installed in accordance with approved manufacturer's instructions Unless otherwise specified in the approved manufacturer's instructions, nails used to fasten the siding and accessories shall have a minimum 0 313-inch (7 9 mm) head diameter and '/g inch (3 18 mm) shank diameter The nails shall be corrosion resistant and shall be long enough to penetrate the studs or nailing strip not less than'/q inch (19 mm) For cold -formed steel light -frame construction, corro- sion -resistant fasteners shall be used Screw fasteners shall penetrate the cold -formed steel framing not fewer than three exposed threads Other fasteners shall be installed in accor- dance with the approved construction documents and manu- facturer's instructions Where the siding is installed horizontally, the fastener spacing shall not exceed 16 inches (406 mm) horizontally and 12 inches (305 mm) vertically Where the siding is installed vertically, the fastener spacing shall not exceed 12 inches (305 mm) horizontally and 12 inches (305 mm) vertically [BS] 1404.15 Cement plaster. Cement plaster applied to exterior walls shall conform to the requirements specified in Chapter 25 [BS] 1404.16 Fiber -cement siding. Fiber -cement siding complying with Section 1403 10 shall be permitted on exte- nor walls of Type I, II, III, IV and V construction for wind pressure resistance or wind speed exposures as indicated by the manufacturer's listing and label and approved installation instructions Where specified, the siding shall be installed over sheathing or materials listed in Section 2304 6 and shall be installed to conform to the water -resistive barrier require- ments in Section 1402 Siding and accessories shall be installed in accordance with approved manufacturer's instructions Unless otherwise specified in the approved man- ufacturer's instructions, nails used to fasten the siding to wood studs shall be corrosion -resistant round head smooth shank and shall be long enough to penetrate the studs not less than 1 inch (25 mm) For cold -formed steel light -frame con- struction, corrosion -resistant fasteners shall be used Screw fasteners shall penetrate the cold -formed steel framing not fewer than three exposed full threads Other fasteners shall be installed in accordance with the approved construction docu- ments and manufacturer's instructions [BS] 1404.16.1 Panel siding. Fiber -cement panels shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C1186, Type A, minimum Grade II (or ISO 8336, Category A, minimum Class 2) Panels shall be installed with the long dimension either parallel or perpendicular to framing Vertical and horizontal joints shall occur over framing members and shall be protected with caulking, with battens or flashing, or be vertical or horizontal shiplap or otherwise designed to comply with Section 1402 2 Panel siding shall be installed with fasteners in accordance with the approved manufacturer's instructions [BS] 1404.16.2 Lap siding. Fiber -cement lap siding hav- ing a maximum width of 12 inches (305 mm) shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C1186, Type A, mini- mum Grade II (or ISO 8336, Category A, minimum Class 2) Lap siding shall be lapped not less than V/q inches (32 mm) and lap siding not having tongue -and -groove end joints shall have the ends protected with caulking, covered with an H-sectionjoint cover, located over a strip of flash- ing or shall be otherwise designed to comply with Section 1402 2 Lap siding courses shall be installed with the fas- tener heads exposed or concealed in accordance with the approved manufacturer's instructions 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 335 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER EXTERIOR WALLS [BS] 1404.17 Fastening. Weather boarding and wall coverings shall be securely fastened with aluminum, copper, zinc, zinc - coated or other approved corrosion -resistant fasteners in accor- dance with the nailing schedule in Table 2304 10 1 or the approved manufacturer's instructions Shingles and other weather coverings shall be attached with appropriate standard - shingle nails to furring strips securely nailed to studs, or with approved mechanically bonding nails, except where sheathing is of wood not less than 1-inch (25 mm) nominal thickness or of wood structural panels as specified in Table 2308 6 3(3) [BS] 1404.18 Polypropylene siding. Polypropylene siding conform mg to the requirements of this section and complying with Section 140312 shall be limited to exterior walls located in areas where the wind speed specified in Chapter 16 does not exceed 100 miles per hour (45 m/s) and the building height is less than or equal to 40 feet (12 192 mm) in Expo- sure C Where construction is located in areas where the basic wind speed exceeds 100 miles per hour (45 m/s), or building heights are in excess of 40 feet (12 192 mm), tests or calcula- tions indicating compliance with Chapter 16 shall be submit- ted Polypropylene siding shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions Polypropylene siding shall be secured to the bwldmg so as to provide weather pro- tection for the exterior walls of the building SECTION 1405 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS ON THE EXTERIOR SIDE OF EXTERIOR WALLS y 1405.1 Combustible exterior wall coverings. Combustible exterior wall coverings shall comply with this section Exception: Plastics complying with Chapter 26 1405.1.1 Types I, II, III and IV construction. On build- ings of Types I, II, III and IV construction, exterior wall coverings shall be permitted to be constructed of combus- tible materials, complying with the following limitations 1 Combustible exterior wall coverings shall not exceed 10 percent of an exterior wall surface area where the fire separation distance is 5 feet (1524 mm) or less 2 Combustible exterior wall coverings shall be limited to 40 feet (12 192 mm) in height above grade plane 3 Combustible exterior wall coverings constructed of fire -retardant -treated wood complying with Section 2303 2 for exterior installation shall not be limited in wall surface area where the fire separation distance is 5 feet (1524 mm) or less and shall be permitted up to 60 feet (18 288 mm) in height above grade plane regardless of the fire separation distance 4 Wood veneers shall comply with Section 1404 5 1405.1.1.1 Ignition resistance. Where permitted by Section 1405 1 1, combustible exterior wall coverings shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 268 Exceptions: 1 Wood or wood -based products Other combustible materials covered with an exterior weather covering, other than vinyl sidings, included in and complying with the thickness requirements of Table 1404 2 3 Aluminum having a minimum thickness of 0 019 inch (0 48 mm) 1405.1.1.1.1 Fire separation 5 feet or less. Where installed on exterior walls having a fire separation distance of 5 feet (1524 mm) or less, combustible exterior wall coverings shall not exhibit sustained flaming as defined in NFPA 268 1405.1.1.1.2 Fire separation greater than 5 feet. For fire separation distances greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), any exterior wall covering shall be per- mitted that has been exposed to a reduced level of incident radiant heat flux in accordance with the NFPA 268 test method without exhibiting sustained flaming The minimum fire separation distance required for the exterior wall covering shall be determined from Table 1405 1 1 1 2 based on the maximum tolerable level of incident radiant heat flux that does not cause sustained flaming of the exterior wall covering. TABLE 1405.1.1.1.2 MINIMUM FIRE SEPARATION FOR COMBUSTIBLE EXTERIOR WALL COVERINGS FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE (feet) TOLERABLE LEVELINCIDENT RADIANT HEAT ENERGY (kWIMS) FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE (feet) TOLERABLE LEVELINCIDENT RADIANT HEAT ENERGY (kWlm) 5 125 16 59 6 118 17 55 7 110 18 52 8 103 19 49 9 96 20 46 10 89 21 44 11 83 22 41 12 77 23 39 13 72 24 37 14 67 25 35 15 63 For SI 1 foot= 304 8 mm, 1 13twH2 - °F = 0 0057 kW/m' - K 1405.1.2 Location. Combustible exterior wall coverings located along the top of exterior walls shall be completely backed up by the exterior wall and shall not extend over or above the top of the exterior wall. 1405.1.3 Fireblocking. Where the combustible exterior wall covering is furred out from the exterior wall and forms a solid surface, the distance between the back of the exterior wall covering and the exterior wall shall not exceed 1% inches (41 mm) The concealed space thereby created shall be fireblocked in accordance with Section 718 Exception: The distance between the back of the exte- nor wall covering and the exterior wall shall be per- mitted to exceed 1% inches (41 mm) where the concealed space is not required to be fireblocked by Section 718 336 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CITY IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I (MPTITrITITIRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER EXTERIOR WALLS SECTION 1406 METAL COMPOSITE MATERIALS (MCM) 1406.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern the materials, construction and quality of metal composite materials (MCM) for use as exterior wall coverings in addi- tion to other applicable requirements of Chapters 14 and 16 1406.2 Exterior wall finish. MCM used as exterior wall finish or as elements of balconies and similar projections and bay and oriel windows to provide cladding or weather resistance shall comply with Sections 1406 4 through 140614 1406.3 Architectural trim and embellishments. MCM used as architectural trim or embellishments shall comply with Sections 1406 7 through 1406 14 1406.4 Structural design. MCM systems shall be designed and constructed to resist wind loads as required by Chapter 16 for components and cladding 1406.5 Approval. Results of approved tests or an engineer - mg analysis shall be submitted to the building official to ver- ify compliance with the requirements of Chapter 16 for wind loads 1406.6 Weather resistance. MCM systems shall comply with Section 1402 and shall be designed and constructed to resist wind and ram in accordance with this section and the manufacturer's installation instructions 1406.7 Durability. MCM systems shall be constructed of approved materials that maintain the performance character- istics required in Section 1406 for the duration of use 1406.8 Fire -resistance rating. Where MCM systems are used on exterior walls required to have afire -resistance rat- ing in accordance with Section 705, evidence shall be submit- ted to the building official that the required fire -resistance rating is maintained Exception: MCM systems not containing foam plastic insulation, which are installed on the outer surface of a fire -resistance -rated exterior wall in a manner such that the attachments do not penetrate through the entire exte- nor wall assembly, shall not be required to comply with this section 1406.9 Surface -burning characteristics. Unless otherwise specified, MCM shall have aflame spread index of 75 or less and a smoke -developed index of 450 or less when tested in the maximum thickness intended for use in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 1406.10 Type I, II, III and IV construction. Where installed on buildings of Type I, II, III and IV construction, MCM systems shall comply with Sections 1406 10 1 through 1406 10 4, or Section 1406 11 1406.10.1 Surface -burning characteristics. MCM shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke -developed index of not more than 450 when tested as an assembly in the maximum thickness intended for use in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 1406.10.2 Thermal barriers. MCM shall be separated from the interior of a building by an approved thermal bar- rier consisting of Yz -inch (12 7 mm) gypsum wallboard or a material that is tested in accordance with and meets the acceptance criteria of both the Temperature Transmission Fire Test and the Integrity Fire Test of NFPA 275 1406.10.3 Thermal barrier not required. The thermal barrier specified for MCM in Section 1406 10 2 is not required where The MCM system is specifically approved based on tests conducted in accordance with NFPA 286 and with the acceptance criteria of Section 803 1 1 1, UL 1040 or UL 1715 Such testing shall be performed with the MCM in the maximum thickness intended for use The MCM system shall include seams, joints and other typical details used in the mstalla- tion and shall be tested in the manner intended for use The MCM is used as elements of balconies and sim- ilar projections, architectural trim or embellish- ments 1406.10.4 Full-scale tests. The MCM system shall be tested in accordance with, and comply with, the accep- tance criteria of NFPA 285 Such testing shall be per- formed on the MCM system with the MCM in the maximum thickness intended for use 1406.11 Alternate conditions. MCM and MCM systems shall not be required to comply with Sections 1406 10 1 through 1406 10 4 provided that such systems comply with Section 1406 11 1, 1406 11 2, 1406 11 3 or 1406 11 4 1406.11.1 Installations up to 40 feet in height. MCM shall not be installed more than 40 feet (12 190 mm) in height above grade where installed in accordance with Sections 1406 11 1 1 and 1406 11 1 2 1406.11.1.1 Fire separation distance of 5 feet or less. Where the fire separation distance is 5 feet (1524 mm) or less, the area of MCM shall not exceed 10 percent of the exterior wall surface 1406.11.1.2 Fire separation distance greater than 5 feet. Where the fire separation distance is greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the area of exterior wall surface cov- erage using MCM shall not be limited 1406.11.2 Installations up to 50 feet in height. MCM shall not be installed more than 50 feet (15 240 mm) in height above grade where installed in accordance with Sections 1406 112 1 and 1406 11 2 2 1406.11.2.1 Self -ignition temperature. MCM shall have a self -ignition temperature of 650°F (343°C) or greater when tested in accordance with ASTM D1929 1406.11.2.2 Limitations. Sections of MCM shall not exceed 300 square feet (27 9 m) in area and shall be separated by not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) vertically 1406.11.3 Installations up to 75 feet in height (Option 1). MCM shall not be installed more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) in height above grade plane where installed in accor- dance with Sections 1406 11 3 1 through 1406 113 5 Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 shall be exempt from the height limitation 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 337 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER EXTERIOR WALLS 1406.11.3.1 Prohibited occupancies. MCM shall not be permitted on buildings classified as Group A-1, A-2, H, I-2 or I-3 occupancies 1406.11.3.2 Nonfire-resistance-rated exterior walls. MCM shall not be permitted on exterior walls required to have a fire -resistance rating by other provisions of this code 1406.11.3.3 Specifications. MCM shall be required to comply with all of the following 1 MCM shall have a self -ignition temperature of 650'F (343'C) or greater when tested in accor- dance with ASTM D1929 2 MCM shall conform to one of the following com- bustibility classifications when tested in accor- dance with ASTM D635 Class CC1: Materials that have a burning extent of 1 inch (25 mm) or less when tested at a nominal thickness of 0 060 inch (1 5 mm) or in the thickness intended for use Class CC2: Materials that have a burning rate of 2'/ inches per in mute (1 06 mm/s) or less when tested at a nominal thickness of 0 060 inch (1 5 mm) or in the thickness intended for use 1406.11.3.4 Area limitation and separation. The maximum area of a single MCM panel and the mim- mum vertical and horizontal separation requirements for MCM panels shall be as provided for in Table 1406 11 3 4 The maximum percentage of exterior wall area of any story covered with MCM panels shall not exceed that indicated in Table 1406 11 3 4 or the per- centage of unprotected openings permitted by Section 705 8, whichever is smaller Exception: In buildings provided with flame barri- ers complying with Section 705 8 5 and extending 30 inches (760 mm) beyond the exterior wall in the plane of the floor, a vertical separation shall not be required at the floor other than that provided by the vertical thickness of the flame barrier 1406.11.3.5 Automatic sprinkler system increases. Where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, the maximum percentage area of exterior wall of any story covered with MCM panels and the maximum square footage of a single area of MCM panels in Table 1406 11 3 4 shall be increased 100 per- cent The area of MCM panels shall not exceed 50 per- cent of the exterior wall area of any story or the area permitted by Section 705 8 for unprotected openings, whichever is smaller 1406.11.4 Installations up to 75 feet in height (Option 2). MCM shall not be installed more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) in height above grade plane where installed in accor- dance with Sections 1406 11 4 1 through 1406 11 4 4 Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 shall be exempt from the height limitation 1406.11.4.1 Minimum fire separation distance. MCM shall not be installed on any wall with a fire sep- aration distance less than 30 feet (9 144 mm) Exception: Where the building is equipped through- out with an automatic sprinkler system in accor- dance with Section 903 3 1 1, the fire separation distance shall be permitted to be reduced to not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) 1406.11.4.2 Specifications. MCM shall be required to comply with all of the following 1 MCM shall have a self -ignition temperature of 650'F (343'C) or greater when tested in accor- dance with ASTM D1929 2 MCM shall conform to one of the following com- bustibility classifications when tested in accor- dance with ASTM D635 Class CC1: Materials that have a burning extent of 1 inch (25 mm) or less when tested at a nominal thickness of 0 060 inch (1 5 mm), or in the thickness intended for use Class CC2: Materials that have a burning rate of 2'/ inches per mmute (1 06 mm/s) or less when tested at a nominal thickness of 0 060 inch (1 5 mm), or in the thickness intended for use TABLE 1406.11.3.4 AREA LIMITATION AND SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MCM PANELS MINIMUM SEPARATION FIRE SEPARATION MAXIMUM PERCENTAGE MAXIMUM SINGLE AREA OF MCM PANELS DISTANCE COMBUSTIBILITY AREA OF EXTERIOR WALL OF MCM PANELS (feet) (feet) CLASS OF MCM COVERED WITH MCM (square feet) PANELS Vertical Horizontal Less than 6 Not Permitted Not Permitted CCl 10 50 8 4 6 or more but less titan 11 CC2 Not Permitted Not Permitted 11 or more but less than or CCl 25 90 6 4 equal to 30 CC2 15 70 8 4 CCl 50 Not Limited 3' 0 More that 30 CC2 50 100 6' 3 For SI 1 foot= 304 8 min, 1 square foot= 0 0929 m' a For reductions in the minimum vertical separation, see Section 1406 11 3 4 338 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CopyaghtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HPOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER EXTERIOR WALLS 1406.11.4.3 Area and size limitations. The aggregate area of MCM panels shall not exceed 25 percent of the area of any exterior wall face of the story on which those panels are installed The area of a single MCM panel installed above the first story above grade plane shall not exceed 16 square feet (1 5 m') and the vertical dimension of a single MCM panel shall not exceed 4 feet (1219 mm) Exception: Where the building is equipped through- out with an automatic sprinkler system in accor- dance with Section 903 3 1 1, the maximum aggregate area of MCM panels shall be increased to 50 percent of the exterior wall face of the story on wluch those panels are installed and there shall not be a limit on the maximum dimension or area of a single MCM panel 1406.11.4.4 Vertical separations. Flame barriers com- plying with Section 705 8 and extending 30 inches (762 mm) beyond the exterior wall or a vertical separation of not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) in height shall be pro- vided to separate MCM panels located on the exterior walls at one-story intervals Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- tion 903 3 1 1 1406.12 Type V construction. MCM shall be permitted to be installed on buildings of Type V construction 1406.13 Foam plastic insulation. MCM systems containing foam plastic insulation shall also comply with the require- ments of Section 2603 1406.14 Labeling. MCM shall be labeled in accordance with Section 1703 5 SECTION 1407 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) 1407.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern the materials, construction and quality of exterior insulation and finish systems (EIFS) for use as exterior wall coverings in addition to other applicable requirements of Chapters 7, 14, 16, 17 and 26 1407.2 Performance characteristics. EIFS shall be con- structed such that it meets the performance characteristics required in ASTM E2568 [BS] 1407.3 Structural design. The underlying structural framing and substrate shall be designed and constructed to resist loads as required by Chapter 16 1407.4 Weather resistance. EIFS shall comply with Section 1402 and shall be designed and constructed to resist wind and ram in accordance with this section and the manufacturer's application instructions 1407.4.1 EIFS with drainage. EIFS with drainage shall have an average minimum drainage efficiency of 90 per- cent when tested in accordance the requirements of ASTM E2273 and is required on framed walls of Type V con- struction, Group RI, R2, R3 and R4 occupancies 1407.4.1.1 Water -resistive barrier. For EIFS with drainage, the water -resistive barrier shall comply with Section 1403 2 or ASTM E2570 1407.5 Installation. Installation of the EIFS and EIFS with drainage shall be in accordance with the EIFS manufacturer's instructions 1407.6 Special inspections. EIFS installations shall comply with the provisions of Sections 1704 2 and 1705 16 SECTION 1408 HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE EXTERIOR -GRADE COMPACT LAMINATES (HPL) 1408.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern the materials, construction and quality of High -Pressure Dec- orative Exterior -Grade Compact Laminates (HPL) for use as exterior wall coverings in addition to other applicable requirements of Chapters 14 and 16 1408.2 Exterior wall finish. HPL used as exterior wall cov- ering or as elements of balconies and similar projections and bay and oriel windows to provide cladding or weather resis- tance shall comply with Sections 1408 4 through 1408 14 1408.3 Architectural trim and embellishments. HPL used as architectural trim or embellishments shall comply with Sections 1408 7 through 1408 14 [BS] 1408.4 Structural design. HPL systems shall be designed and constructed to resist wind loads as required by Chapter 16 for components and cladding 1408.5 Approval. Results of approved tests or an engineer- ing analysis shall be submitted to the building official to ver- ify compliance with the requirements of Chapter 16 for wind loads 1408.6 Weather resistance. HPL systems shall comply with Section 1402 and shall be designed and constructed to resist wind and ram in accordance with this section and the manu- facturer's instructions 1408.7 Durability. HPL systems shall be constructed of approved materials that maintain the performance character- istics required in Section 1408 for the duration of use 1408.8 Fire -resistance rating. Where HPL systems are used on exterior walls required to have afire -resistance rating in accordance with Section 705, evidence shall be submitted to the building official that the required fire -resistance rating is maintained Exception: HPL systems not containing foam plastic msu- lation, which are installed on the outer surface of a fire - resistance -rated exterior wall in a manner such that the attachments do not penetrate through the entire exterior wall assembly, shall not be required to comply with this section 1408.9 Surface -burning characteristics. Unless otherwise specified, HPL shall have a flame spread index of 75 or less and a smoke -developed index of 450 or less when tested in the minimum and maximum thicknesses intended for use in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 1408.10 Type I, II, III and IV construction. Where installed on bwldmgs of Type I, II, III and IV construction, 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 339 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER EXTERIOR WALLS HPL systems shall comply with Sections 1408 10 1 through 1408 10 4, or Section 1408 11 1408.10.1 Surface -burning characteristics. HPL shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke -developed index of not more than 450 when tested in the minimum and maximum thicknesses intended for use in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 1408.10.2 Thermal barriers. HPL shall be separated from the interior of a building by an approved thermal bar- rier consisting of Yz inch (12 7 mm) gypsum wallboard or a material that is tested in accordance with and meets the acceptance criteria of both the Temperature Transmission Fire Test and the Integrity Fire Test of NFPA 275 1408.10.3 Thermal barrier not required. The thermal barrier specified for HPL in Section 1408 10 2 is not required where The HPL system is specifically approved based on tests conducted in accordance with UL 1040 or UL 1715 Such testing shall be performed with the HPL in the minimum and maximum thicknesses intended for use The HPL system shall include seams, joints and other typical details used in the installation and shall be tested in the manner intended for use 2 The HPL is used as elements of balconies and simi- lar projections, architectural tnm or embellishments 1408.10.4 Full-scale tests. The HPL system shall be tested in accordance with, and comply with, the accep- tance criteria of NFPA 285 Such testing shall be per- formed on the HPL system with the HPL in the minimum and maximum thicknesses intended for use 1408.11 Alternate conditions. HPL and HPL systems shall not be required to comply with Sections 1408 10 1 through 1408 10 4 provided that such systems comply with Section 1408 11 1 or 1408 11 2 1408.11.1 Installations up to 40 feet in height. HPL shall not be installed more than 40 feet (12 190 mm) in height above grade plane where installed in accordance with Sec- tions 1408 11 1 1 and 1408 11 1 2 1408.11.1.1 Fire separation distance of 5 feet or less. Where the fire separation distance is 5 feet (1524 mm) or less, the area of HPL shall not exceed 10 percent of the extenor wall surface 1408.11.1.2 Fire separation distance greater than 5 feet. Where the fire separation distance is greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the area of extenor wall surface cover- age using HPL shall not be limited 1408.11.2 Installations up to 50 feet in height. HPL shall not be installed more than 50 feet (15 240 mm) in height above grade plane where installed in accordance with Sec- tions 1408 11 2 1 and 1408 11 2 2 1408.11.2.1 Self -ignition temperature. HPL shall have a self -ignition temperature of 650'F (343'C) or greater when tested in accordance with ASTM D1929 1408.11.2.2 Limitations. Sections of HPL shall not exceed 300 square feet (27 9 m') in area and shall be separated by a minimum 4 feet (1219 mm) vertically 1408.12 Type V construction. HPL shall be permitted to be installed on buildings of Type V construction 1408.13 Foam plastic insulation. HPL systems containing foam plastic insulation shall comply with the requirements of Section 2603 1408.14 Labeling. HPL shall be labeled in accordance with Section 1703 5 SECTION 1409 PLASTIC COMPOSITE DECKING 1409.1 Plastic composite decking. Exterior deck boards, stair treads, handrails and guards constructed of plastic com- posites, including plastic lumber, shall comply with Section 2612 340 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( Fa I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 15 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES User notes: About this chapter., Chapter 15 provides minimum requirements for the design and construction of roof assemblies and rooftop structures. The cornea address the weather protective barrier at the roof and, in most circumstances, a fire-resistant barrier. The chapter is largely pre- scriptive in nature and is based on decades of experience with various traditional materials, but it also recognizes newer products such as photovoltaic shingles. Section 1510 addresses rooftop structures, which Include penthouses, tanks, towers and spires. Rooftop penthouses larger than prescribed In this chapter must be treated as a story under Chapter 5, Code development reminder., Code change proposals to sections preceded by the designation [BF], [BG] or [P] will be considered by one of the code development committees meeting during the 2018 (Group A) Code Development Cycle, All other code change proposals will be considered by the 1BC—Structural Code Development Committee during the 2019 (Group B) Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION 1501 GENERAL 1501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the design, materials, construction and quality of roof assemblies, and rooftop structures SECTION 1502 ROOF DRAINAGE [P] 1502.1 General. Design and installation of roof drainage systems shall comply with Section 1502 of this code and Sec- tions 1106 and 1108, as applicable, of the International Plumbing Code. [P] 1502.2 Secondary (emergency overflow) drains or scuppers. Where roof drams are required, secondary (emer- gency overflow) roof drams or scuppers shall be provided where the roof perimeter construction extends above the roof in such a manner that water will be entrapped if the primary drains allow buildup for any reason The installation and siz- mg of secondary emergency overflow drains, leaders and conductors shall comply with Sections 1106 and 1108, as applicable, of the Intematronal Plumbing Code. 1502.3 Scuppers. Where scuppers are used for secondary (emergency overflow) roof drainage, the quantity, size, loca- tion and mlet elevation of the scuppers shall be sized to pre- vent the depth of pondmg water from exceeding that for wluch the roof was designed as determmed by Section 1611 1 Scuppers shall not have an opening dimension of less than 4 inches (102 mm) The flow through the primary sys- tem shall not be considered when locating and sizing scup- pers 1502.4 Gutters. Gutters and leaders placed on the outside of buildings, other than Group R-3, private garages and build- ings of Type V construction, shall be of noncombustible material or not less than Schedule 40 plastic pipe SECTION 1503 WEATHER PROTECTION 1503.1 General. Roof decks shall be covered with approved roof coverings secured to the building or structure in accor- dance with the provisions of this chapter Roof coverings shall be designed in accordance with this code, and installed in accordance with this code and the manufacturer's approved instructions 1503.2 Flashing. Flashing shall be installed in such a manner so as to prevent water from entering the wall and roof through joints in copings, through moisture -permeable materials and at intersections with parapet walls and other penetrations through the roof plane 1503.2.1 Locations. Flashing shall be installed at wall and roof intersections, at gutters, wherever there is a change in roof slope or direction and around roof openings Where flashing is of metal, the metal shall be corrosion resistant with a thickness of not less than 0 019 inch (0 483 mm) (No 26 galvanized sheet) 1503.3 Coping. Parapet walls shall be properly coped with noncombustible, weatherproof materials of a width not less than the thickness of the parapet wall 1503.4 Attic and rafter ventilation. Intake and exhaust vents shall be provided in accordance with Section 1202 2 and the vent product manufacturer's installation instructions 1503.5 Crickets and saddles. A cricket or saddle shall be installed on the ridge side of any chimney or penetration greater than 30 inches (762 mm) wide as measured perpen- dicular to the slope Cricket or saddle coverings shall be sheet metal or of the same material as the roof covering Exception: Unit skylights installed in accordance with Section 2405 5 and flashed in accordance with the manu- facturer's instructions shall be permitted to be installed without a cricket or saddle 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 341 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES SECTION 1504 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1504.1 Wind resistance of roofs. Roof decks and roof cover- ings shall be designed for wind loads in accordance with Chapter 16 and Sections 1504 2, 1504 3 and 1504 4 1504.1.1 Wind resistance of asphalt shingles. Asphalt shingles shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D7158 Asphalt shingles shall meet the classification requirements of Table 15041 1 for the appropriate maximum basic wind speed Asphalt shingle packaging shall bear a label to indicate compliance with ASTM D7158 and the required classification in Table 1504 1 1 Exception: Asphalt shingles not included in the scope of ASTM D7158 shall be tested and labeled in accordance with ASTM D3161 Asphalt shingle packaging shall bear a label to indicate compliance with ASTM D3161 and the required classification in Table 1504 1 1 1504.2 Wind resistance of clay and concrete tile. Wind loads on clay and concrete the roof coverings shall be in accordance with Section 1609 5 1504.2.1 Testing. Testing of concrete and clay roof tiles shall be in accordance with Sections 1504 2 1 1 and 1504 2 12 1504.2.1.1 Overturning resistance. Concrete and clay roof tiles shall be tested to determine their resistance to overturning due to wind in accordance with Chapter 15 and either SBCCI SSTD 11 or ASTM C1568 1504.2.1.2 Wind tunnel testing. Where concrete and clay roof tiles do not satisfy the limitations in Chapter 16 for rigid tile, a wind tunnel test shall be used to determine the wind characteristics of the concrete or clay the roof covering in accordance with SBCCI SSTD 11 and Chapter 15 1504.3 Wind resistance of nonballasted roofs. Roof cover- ings installed on roofs in accordance with Section 1507 that are mechanically attached or adhered to the roof deck shall be designed to resist the design wind load pressures for compo- nents and cladding in accordance with Section 1609 5 2 The wind load on the roof covering shall be permitted to be deter- mined using allowable stress design 1504.3.1 Other roof systems. Built-up, modified bitu- men, fully adhered or mechanically attached single -ply roof systems, metal panel roof systems applied to a solid or closely fitted deck and other types of membrane roof coverings shall be tested in accordance with FM 4474, UL 580 or UL 1897 1504.3.2 Structural metal panel roof systems. Where the metal roof panel functions as the roof deck and roof covering and it provides both weather protection and sup- port for loads, the structural metal panel roof system shall comply with this section Structural standing -seam metal panel roof systems shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E1592 or FM 4474 Structural through -fastened metal panel roof systems shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E1592, FM 4474 or UL 580 Exceptions: 1 Metal roofs constructed of cold -formed steel shall be permitted to be designed and tested in accordance with the applicable referenced struc- tural design standard in Section 2210 1 2 Metal roofs constructed of aluminum shall be permitted to be designed and tested in accordance with the applicable referenced structural design standard in Section 2002 1 1504.3.3 Metal roof shingles. Metal roof shingles applied to a solid or closely fitted deck shall be tested in accor- dance with ASTM D3161, FM 4474, UL 580 or UL 1897 Metal roof shingles tested in accordance with ASTM D3161 shall meet the classification requirements of Table 1504 1 1 for the appropriate maximum basic wind speed and the metal shingle packaging shall bear a label to indi- cate compliance with ASTM D3161 and the required clas- sification in Table 1504 1 1 1504.4 Ballasted low -slope roof systems. Ballasted low - slope (roof slope < 2 12) single -ply roof system coverings installed in accordance with Sections 1507 12 and 1507 13 shall be designed in accordance with Section 1504 8 and ANSUSPRI RP-4 1504.5 Edge securement for low -slope roofs. Low -slope built-up, modified bitumen and single -ply roof system metal edge securement, except gutters, shall be designed and installed for wind loads in accordance with Chapter 16 and tested for resistance in accordance with Test Methods RE-1, TABLE 1504.1.1 CLASSIFICATION OF STEEP SLOPE ROOF SHINGLES TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D316 OR D71581 MAXIMUM BASIC WIND SPEED, V, FROM FIGURES 1609.3(1)-(8) OR ASCE 7 (mph) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN WIND SPEED, V. FROM TABLE 1609.3.1 (mph) ASTM D7158a CLASSIFICATION ASTM D3161 CLASSIFICATION 110 85 D, GorH A,DorF 116 90 D, GorH A,DorF 129 100 GorH A,DorF 142 110 G or H F 155 120 G or H F 168 130 H F 181 140 H F 194 150 H F For SI 1 foot= 304 8 mm, 1 mph = 0 447 m/s a The standard calculations contained in ASTM D7158 assume Exposure Category B or C and budding height of 60 feet or less Additional calculations are required for conditions outside of these assumptions 342 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I Clp lght@O?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 o, 5e PM(PST)pu�rvantto I ( 1 I I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva oily mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES RE-2 and RE-3 of ANSI/SPRI ES-1, except basic design wind speed, V, shall be determined from Figures 16093(1) through 1609 3(8) as applicable 1504.6 Physical properties. Roof coverings installed on low - slope roofs (roof slope < 2 12) in accordance with Section 1507 shall demonstrate physical integrity over the working life of the roof based on 2,000 hours of exposure to accelerated weathering tests conducted in accordance with ASTM G152, ASTM G154 or ASTM G155 Those roof coverings that are subject to cyclical flexural response due to wind loads shall not demonstrate any significant loss of tensile strength for unrem- forced membranes or breaking strength for reinforced mem- branes when tested as herein required 1504.7 Impact resistance. Roof coverings installed on low - slope roofs (roof slope < 2 12) in accordance with Section 1507 shall resist impact damage based on the results of tests conducted in accordance with ASTM D3746, ASTM D4272 or the "Resistance to Foot Traffic Test' in Section 4 6 of FM 4470 1504.8 Surfacing and ballast materials in hurricane - prone regions. For a building located in a hurricane -prone region as defined in Section 202, or on any other building with a mean roof height exceeding that permitted by Table 1504 8 based on the exposure category and basic wind Ispeed at the site, the following materials shall not be used on the roof 1 Aggregate used as surfacing for roof coverings 2 Aggregate, gravel or stone used as ballast TABLE 1504.8 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE MEAN ROOF HEIGHT PERMITTED FOR BUILDINGS WITH AGGREGATE ON THE ROOF IN AREAS OUTSIDE A HURRICANE -PRONE REGION NOMINAL DESIGN WIND SPEED, _,(mph)• MAXIMUM MEAN ROOF HEIGHT (ft)a•c Exposure category B C D 85 170 60 30 90 110 35 15 95 75 20 NP 100 55 15 NP 105 40 NP NP 110 30 NP NP 115 20 NP NP 120 15 NP NP Greater than 120 NP NP NP For SI 1 foot= 304 8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0 447 m/s a Mean roof height as defined in ASCE 7 It For intermediate values of V m the height associated with the next higher value of V e shall be used, or direct interpolation is permitted c NP= gravel and stone not permitted for any roof height d V,d shall be determined in accordance with Section 1609 3 1 SECTION 1505 FIRE CLASSIFICATION [BF] 1505.1 General. Roof assemblies shall be divided into the classes defined in this section Class A, B and C roof assemblies and roof coverings required to be listed by this sec- tion shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E108 or UL 790 In addition, fire -retardant -treated wood roof coverings shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D2898 The mim- mum roof coverings installed on buildings shall comply with Table 1505 1 based on the type of construction of the build - mg Exception: Skylights and sloped glazing that comply with Chapter 24 or Section 2610 [BF] 1505.2 Class A roof assemblies. Class A roof assem- blies are those that are effective against severe fire test expo- sure Class A roof assemblies and roof coverings shall be listed and identified as Class A by an approved testing agency Class A roof assemblies shall be permitted for use in buildings or structures of all types of construction Exceptions: 1 Class A roof assemblies include those with cover- ings of brick, masonry or an exposed concrete roof deck 2 Class A roof assemblies also include ferrous or cop- per shingles or sheets, metal sheets and shingles, clay or concrete roof the or slate installed on non- combustible decks or ferrous, copper or metal sheets installed without a roof deck on noncombustible framing 3 Class A roof assemblies include mmimum 16 ounce per square foot (0 0416 kg/m) copper sheets installed over combustible decks 4 Class A roof assemblies include slate installed over ASTM D226, Type II underlayment over combusti- ble decks TABLE 1505.1"n MINIMUM ROOF COVERING CLASSIFICATION FOR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION IA IB IIA IIB IIIA IIIB IV VA VB B B B C` B C` B B C° For SI 1 foot =304 8 mm, 1 square foot= 0 0929 m' a Unless otherwise required in accordance with the International Wddland- Urban Interface Code or due to the location of the building within a fire district in accordance with Appendix D It Nonclassified roof coverings shall be permitted on buildings of Group R-3 and Group U occupancies, where there is a minimum fire -separation distance of 6 feet measured from the leading edge of the roof c Buildings that are not more than two stones above grade plane and having not more than 6,000 square feet of projected roof area and where there is a minimum 10-foot fire -separation distance from the leading edge of the roof to a lot line on all sides of the building, except for street fronts or public ways, shall be permitted to have roofs of No 1 cedar or redwood shakes and No 1 shingles constructed in accordance with Section 1505 7 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 343 I I1 I CITFIghtOO?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10aelvmc 04JM IOZM0 o, 5e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYUNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES [BF] 1505.3 Class B roof assemblies. Class B roof assem- blies are those that are effective against moderate fire -test exposure Class B roof assemblies and roof coverings shall be listed and identified as Class B by an approved testing agency [BF] 1505.4 Class C roof assemblies. Class C roof assem- blies are those that are effective against light fire -test expo- sure Class C roof assemblies and roof coverings shall be listed and identified as Class C by an approved testing agency [BF] 1505.5 Nonclassified roofing. Nonclassified roofing is approved material that is not listed as a Class A, B or C roof covering [BF] 1505.6 Fire -retardant -treated wood shingles and shakes. Fire -retardant -treated wood shakes and shingles shall be treated by impregnation with chemicals by the full - cell vacuum -pressure process, in accordance with AWPA Cl Each bundle shall be marked to identify the manufactured unit and the manufacturer, and shall be labeled to identify the classification of the material in accordance with the testing required in Section 1505 1, the treating company and the quality control agency [BF] 1505.7 Special purpose roofs. Special purpose wood shingle or wood shake roofing shall conform to the grading and application requirements of Section 1507 8 or 1507 9 In addition, an underlayment of % inch (15 9 mm) Type X water-resistant gypsum backing board or gypsum sheathing shall be placed under minimum nominal'/z inch -thick (12 7 mm) wood structural panel solid sheathing or 1-inch (25 mm) nominal spaced sheathing [BF] 1505.8 Building -integrated photovoltaic products. Building -integrated photovoltaic products installed as the roof covering shall be tested, fisted and labeled for fire classi- fication in accordance with Section 1505 1 [BF] 1505.9 Rooftop mounted photovoltaic panel systems. Rooftop rack -mounted photovoltaic panel systems shall be tested, listed and identified with a fire classification in accor- dance with UL 1703 and UL 2703 The fire classification shall comply with Table 1505 1 based on the type of con- struction of the building [BF] 1505.10 Roof gardens and landscaped roofs. Roof gardens and landscaped roofs shall comply with Section 1505 1 and 1507 16 and shall be installed in accordance with ANSFSPRI VF-1 SECTION 1506 MATERIALS 1506.1 Scope. The requirements set forth in this section shall apply to the application of roof -covering materials specified herein Roof coverings shall be applied in accordance with this chapter and the manufacturer's installation instructions Installation of roof coverings shall comply with the applica- ble provisions of Section 1507 1506.2 Material specifications and physical characteris- tics. Roof -covering materials shall conform to the applicable standards listed in this chapter 1506.3 Product identification. Roof -covering materials shall be delivered in packages bearing the manufacturer's identifying marks and approved testing agency labels required in accordance with Section 1505 Bulk shipments of materials shall be accompamed with the same information issued in the form of a certificate or on a bill of lading by the manufacturer SECTION 1507 REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOF COVERINGS 1507.1 Scope. Roof coverings shall be applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this section and the manu- facturer's installation instructions 1507.1.1 Underlayment. Underlayment for asphalt shin- gles, clay and concrete tile, metal roof shingles, mineral - surfaced roll roofing, slate and slate -type shingles, wood shingles, wood shakes, metal roof panels and photovol- taic shingles shall conform to the applicable standards listed in this chapter Underlayment materials required to comply with ASTM D226, D1970, D4869 and D6757 shall bear a label indicating compliance with the standard designation and, if applicable, type classification indi- cated in Table 15071 l(1) Underlayment shall be applied in accordance with Table 1507 1 1(2) Underlay- ment shall be attached in accordance with Table 1507 1 1(3) Exceptions: As an alternative, self -adhering polymer modi- fied bitumen underlayment complying with ASTM D1970 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions for the deck material, roof ventilation configuration and climate exposure for the roof covering to be installed shall be permitted As an alternative, a minimum 4-inch-wide (102 mm) strip of self -adhering polymer modified bitumen membrane complying with ASTM D1970 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions for the deck material shall be applied over all joints in the roof decking An approved underlayment for the applicable roof covering for design wind speeds less than 120 mph (54 m/s) shall be applied over the 4-inch-wide (102 mm) mem- brane strips As an alternative, two layers of underlayment complying with ASTM D226 Type II or ASTM D4869 Type IV shall be permitted to be installed as follows Apply a 19-inch (483 mm) strip of underlayment parallel with the eave Starting at the eave, apply 36-inch-wide (914 mm) strips of underlayment felt, overlapping successive sheets 19 inches (483 mm) The underlayment shall be attached with corrosion - resistant fasteners in a grid pattern of 12 inches (305 mm) between side laps with a 6-inch (152 mm) spacing at side and end laps End laps shall 344 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tb S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES be 4 inches (102 mm) and shall be offset by 6 feet (1829 mm) Underlayment shall be attached using metal or plastic cap nails with a nominal cap diameter of not less than 1 inch (25 4 mm) Metal caps shall have a thickness of not less than 32-gage sheet metal Power -driven metal caps shall have a thickness of not less than 0 010 inch (mm) Thickness of the outside edge of plastic caps shall be not less than 0 035 inch (mm) The cap nail shank shall be not less than 0 083 inch for ring shank cap nails and 0 091 inch (mm) for smooth shank cap nails The cap nail shank shall have a length sufficient to pene- trate through the roof sheathing or not less than '/q inch (19 1 mm) into the roof sheathing 4 Structural metal panels that do not require a sub- strate or underlayment 1507.1.2 Ice barriers. In areas where there has been a history of lee forming along the eaves causing a backup of water, an lee barrier shall be installed for asphalt shin- gles, metal roof shingles, mineral -surfaced roll roofing, slate and slate -type shingles, wood shingles, and wood shakes The lee barrier shall consist of not less than two layers of underlayment cemented together, or a self - adhering polymer modified bitumen sheet shall be used in place of normal underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all roof surfaces to a point not less than 24 inches (610 mm) inside the exterior wall line of the building Exception: Detached accessory structures that do not contain conditioned floor area 1507.2 Asphalt shingles. The installation of asphalt slungles shall comply with the provisions of this section 1507.2.1 Deck requirements. Asphalt shingles shall be fastened to solidly sheathed decks 1507.2.2 Slope. Asphalt shingles shall only be used on roof slopes of two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (17- percent slope) or greater For roof slopes from two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (17-percent slope) up to four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33-percent slope), double underlayment application is required in accordance with Section 1507 2 8 1507.2.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply V with Section 1507 1 1 1507.2.4 Asphalt shingles. Asphalt shingles shall comply with ASTM D3462 1507.2.5 Fasteners. Fasteners for asphalt shingles shall be galvanized, stainless steel, aluminum or copper roofing nails, minimum 12-gage [0 105 inch (2 67 mm)] shank with a minimum 3/8inch-diameter (9 5 mm) head, of a length to penetrate through the roofing materials and not less than'/q inch (19 1 mm) into the roof sheathing Where the roof sheathing is less than'/q inch (19 1 mm) thick, the nails shall penetrate through the sheathing Fasteners shall comply with ASTM F1667 1507.2.6 Attachment. Asphalt shingles shall have the minimum number of fasteners required by the manufac- turer, but not less than four fasteners per strip shingle or two fasteners per individual shingle Where the roof slope exceeds 21 units vertical in 12 units horizontal (21 12), shingles shall be installed as required by the manufacturer 4m TABLE 1507.1.1(1) UNDERLAYMENT TYPES ROOF COVERING SECTION MAXIMUM BASIC DESIGN MAXIMUM BASIC DESIGN WIND SPEED, V< 140 MPH WIND SPEED, V 2140 MPH ASTM D226 Type I or II ASTM D226 Type II Asphalt shingles 15072 ASTM D4869 Type I, II, III or IV ASTM D4869 Type IV ASTM D6757 ASTM D6757 ASTM D226 Type II ASTM D226 Type II Clay and concrete tiles 15073 ASTM D2626 Type I ASTM D2626 Type I ASTM D6380 Class M ASTM D6380 Class M mineral surfaced roll roofing mineral surfaced roll roofing Metal panels 15074 Manufacturer's instructions ASTM D226 Type II ASTM D4869 Type IV Metal roof shingles 15075 ASTM D226 Type I or II ASTM D226 Type II ASTM D4869 Type I, II, III or IV ASTM D4869 Type IV Mineral -surfaced roll roofing 15076 ASTM D226 Type I or II ASTM D226 Type II ASTM D4869 Type I, II, III or IV ASTM D4869 Type IV Slate shungles 1507 7 ASTM D226 Type II ASTM D226 Type II ASTM D4869 Type III or IV ASTM D4869 Type IV Wood shingles 15078 ASTM D226 Type I or II ASTM D226 Type II ASTM D4869 Type I, II, III or IV ASTM D4869 Type IV Wood shakes 15079 ASTM D226 Type I or II ASTM D226 Type II ASTM D4869 Type I, II, III or IV ASTM D4869 Type IV ASTM D226 Type I or II ASTM D226 Type II Photovoltaic shingles 150717 ASTM D4869 Type I, II, III or IV ASTM D4869 Type IV ASTM D6757 ASTM D6757 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 345 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOO?.o,v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc 04JM IOZM0 o, 5e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES TABLE 1507.1.1(2) UNDERLAYM ENT APPLICATION ROOF SECTION MAXIMUM BASIC DESIGN MAXIMUM BASIC DESIGN COVERING WIND SPEED, V< 140 MPH WIND SPEED, V2 140 MPH For roof slopes from two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (2 12), up to four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4 12), underlayment shall be two layers applied as follows Apply a 19-inch strip of underlayment felt parallel to and starting at the eaves Starting at the cave, apply 36-mch-wide sheets of under- layment, overlapping successive sheets 19 niches End laps shall Asphalt be 4 inches and shall be offset by 6 feet Distortions inthe under- Same as Maximum Basic Design Wind Speed, slungles 15072 layment shall not interfere with the ability of the slungles to seal V < 140 mph except all laps shall be not less For roof slopes of four units vertical in 12 units horizontal than 4 inches (4 12) or greater, underlayment shall be one layer applied as follows Underlayment shall be applied shingle fasluon, par- allel to and starting from the cave and lapped 2 inches, Distor- tions in the underlayment shall not interfere with the ability of the slungles to seal End laps shall be 4 inches and shall be offset by 6 feet For roof slopes from two and one-half units vertical in 12 units horizontal (21/ 12), up to four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4 12), underlayment shall be not fewer than two layers applied as follows Starting at the cave, a 19-inch strip of underlayment shall be applied parallel with the cave Start- ing at the cave, a 36-inch-wide strip of underlayment felt shall Same as Maximum Basic Design Wind Speed, concrete tile1507 3 be applied, overlapping successive sheets 19 inches End laps IT< 140 mph except all laps shall be not less shall be 4 inches and shall be offset by 6 feet than 4 inches For roof slopes of four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4 12) or greater, underlayment shall be one layer applied as follows Underlayment shall be applied shingle fasluon, par- allel to and starting from the cave and lapped 2 inches End laps shall be 4 inches and shall be offset by 6 feet Metal roof 15074 For roof slopes from two units vertical in 12 panels units horizontal (2 12), up to four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4 12), underlayment shall Metal Metal roof slunginch 15075 be two layers applied as follows Apply a 19- strip of underlayment felt parallel to and starting at the eaves Starting at the cave, apply Mineral- surfaced roll 15076 Apply in accordance with the 36-inch-wide sheets of underlayment, overlap - roofing manufacturer's installation instructions ping successive sheets 19 inches End laps shall be 4 niches and shall be offset by 6 feet For roof slopes of four units vertical in 12 units Slate 15077 slungles horizontal (4 12) or greater, underlayment shall be one layer applied as follows Underlayment Wood shakes 15078 shall be applied slungle fashion, parallel to and starting from the cave and lapped 4 inches End Wood 15079 slungles laps shall be 4 inches and shall be offset by 6 feet For roof slopes from three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (3 12), up to four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4 12), underlayment shall be two layers applied as follows Apply a 19-mch strip of underlayment felt parallel to and starting at the eaves Starting at the cave, apply 36-inch-wide sheets of underlayment, overlapping successive sheets 19 inches End laps shall be 4 inches and shall be offset by 6 feet Distortions Same as Maximum Basic Design Wind Speed, Photovoltaic 150717 in the underlayment shall not interfere with the ability of the IT < 140 mph except all laps shall be not less slungles slungles to seal than 4 niches For roof slopes of four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4 12) or greater, underlayment shall be one layer applied as follows Underlayment shall be applied shingle fasluon, par- allel to and starting from the cave and lapped 2 inches Distor- tions in the underlayment shall not interfere with the ability of the slungles to seal End laps shall be 4 inches and shall be offset by 6 feet For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= 304 8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0 447 m/s 346 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 o, 5e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( " I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva oily mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES TABLE 1507.1.1(3) UNDERLAYM ENT ATTACHMENT MAXIMUM BASIC ROOF COVERING SECTION DESIGN WIND MAXIMUM BASIC DESIGN WIND SPEED, V2 140 MPH SPEED, V < 140 MPH Asphalt 15072 The underlayment shall be attached with corrosion -resistant fasteners in a grid patternslungles of 12 inches between side laps with a 6-inch spacing at side and end laps Underlayment shall be attached using metal or plastic cap nails or cap staples with a Clay and concrete tile 15073 nominal cap diameter of not less than 1 inch Metal caps shall have a duckness of not Fastened suffi- less than 32-gage (0 0134 inch) sheet metal Power -driven metal caps shall have a ciently to hold in mimmum thickness of 0 010 inch Minimum duckness of the outside edge of plastic place caps shall be 0 035 inch The cap nail shank shall be not less than 0 083 inch for nng Photovoltaic 150717 shank cap nails and 0 091 inch for smooth shank cap nails Staples shall be not less slungles than 21 gage (0 032 inch) The cap nail shank and cap staple legs shall have a length sufficient to penetrate through the roof sheathing or not less than inch into the roof sheathing Metal roof 15074 panels The underlayment shall be attached with corrosion -resistant fasteners in a grid pattern of 12 inches between side laps with a 6-inch spacing at side and end laps Metal roof slungles 15075 Underlayment shall be attached using metal or plastic cap nails or cap staples with a Manufacturer's nominal cap diameter of not less than 1 inch Metal caps shall have a duckness of not Mineral- installation less than 32-gage sheet metal Power -driven metal caps shall have a mimmum surfaced roll 15076 instructions duckness of 0 010 inch Minimum duckness of the outside edge of plastic caps shall roofing be 0 035 inch The cap nail shank shall be not less than 0 083 inch for nng shank cap nails and 0 091 inch for smooth shank cap ntanls Staples shall be not less than 21 gage Slate slungles 15077 The cap nail shank and cap staple legs shall have a length sufficient to penetrate Wood shingles 15078 through the roof sheathing or not less than / inch into the roof sheathing Wood shakes 15079 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 rum, 1 mile per hour = 0 447 m/s 1507.2.7 Ice barrier. Where required, Ice barriers shall comply with Section 1507 1 2 1507.2.8 Flashings. Flashing for asphalt shingles shall comply with this section Flashing shall be applied in accordance with this section and the asphalt shingle manu- facturer's printed instructions 1507.2.8.1 Base and cap flashing. Base and cap flash- ing shall be installed in accordance with the manufac- turer's instructions Base flashing shall be of either corrosion -resistant metal of minimum nominal 0 019- mch (0 483 mm) thickness or mineral -surfaced roll roofing weighing not less than 77 pounds per 100 square feet (3 76 kg/m) Cap flashing shall be corro- sion -resistant metal of minimum nominal 0019-inch (0 483 mm) thickness 1507.2.8.2 Valleys. Valley linings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions before applying shingles Valley linings of the following types shall be permitted 1 For open valleys (valley lining exposed) lined with metal, the valley hiring shall be not less than 24 inches (610 mm) wide and of any of the corro- sion -resistant metals in Table 1507 2 8 2 2 For open valleys, valley lining of two plies of mineral -surfaced roll roofing complying with ASTM D3909 or ASTM D6380 shall be permit- ted The bottom layer shall be 18 inches (457 mm) and the top layer not less than 36 inches (914 mm) wide 3 For closed valleys (valleys covered with shin- gles), valley lining of one ply of smooth roll roof- ing complying with ASTM D6380, and not less than 36 inches (914 mm) wide or types as described in Item 1 or 2 above shall be permitted Self -adhering polymer modified bitumen under- layment bearing a label indicating compliance with ASTM D1970 shall be permitted in lieu of the lining material 1507.2.8.3 Drip edge. A drip edge shall be provided at eaves and rake edges of shingle roofs Adjacent seg- ments of the drip edge shall be lapped not less than 2 inches (51 mm) The vertical leg of drip edges shall be not less than V/2 inches (38 mm) in width and shall extend not less than'/q inch (6 4 mm) below sheathing The drip edge shall extend back on the roof not less than 2 inches (51 mm) Underlayment shall be installed over drip edges along eaves Drip edges shall be installed over underlayment along rake edges Drip edges shall be mechanically fastened at intervals not greater than 12 inches (305 mm) on center 1507.3 Clay and concrete file. The installation of clay and concrete tile shall comply with the provisions of this section 1507.3.1 Deck requirements. Concrete and clay tile shall be installed only over solid sheathing or spaced structural sheathing boards 1507.3.2 Deck slope. Clay and concrete roof tile shall be installed on roof slopes of 2'/ units vertical in 12 units horizontal (21-percent slope) or greater For roof slopes 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 347 I 11 1 CITFIEItOO?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc04JM IOZM0 o, 5e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES E* from 2'/ units vertical in 12 units horizontal (21-percent slope) to four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33-per- cent slope), double underlayment application is required in accordance with Section 1507 3 3 1507.3.3 Underlayment. Unless otherwise noted, required underlayment shall conform to ASTM D226, Type II, ASTM D2626 or ASTM D6380, Class M min- eral -surfaced roll roofing 1507.3.4 Clay tile. Clay roof tile shall comply with ASTM C1167 1507.3.5 Concrete tile. Concrete roof tile shall comply with ASTM C1492 1507.3.6 Fasteners. Tile fasteners shall be corrosion resis- tant and not less than 11-gage, s/16 inch (8 0 mm) head, and of sufficient length to penetrate the deck not less than '/q inch (19 1 mm) or through the thickness of the deck, whichever is less Attaching wire for clay or concrete tile shall not be smaller than 0 083 inch (2 1 mm) Perimeter fastening areas include three tile courses but not less than 36 inches (914 mm) from either side of hips or ridges and edges of eaves and gable rakes 1507.3.7 Attachment. Clay and concrete roof tiles shall be fastened in accordance with Table 1507 3 7 1507.3.8 Application. Tile shall be applied according to the manufacturer's installation instructions, based on the following 1 Climatic conditions 2 Roof slope 3 Underlayment system 4 Type of tile being installed 1507.3.9 Flashing. At the juncture of the roof vertical sur- faces, flashing and counterflashmg shall be provided in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc- tions, and where of metal, shall be not less than 0 019-mch (0 48 mm) (No 26 galvanized sheet gage) corrosion -resis- tant metal The valley flashing shall extend not less than 11 inches (279 mm) from the centerlme each way and have a splash diverter rib not less than 1 inch (25 mm) high at the flow line formed as part of the flashing Sec- tions of flashing shall have an end lap of not less than 4 inches (102 mm) For roof slopes of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-percent slope) and over, the valley flashing shall have a 36-inch-wide (914 mm) underlay- ment of either one layer of Type I underlayment running the full length of the valley, or a self -adhering polymer - modified bitumen sheet bearing a label indicating compli- ance with ASTM D1970, in addition to other required underlayment In areas where the average daily tempera- ture in January is 25'F (-4'C) or less or where there is a possibility of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water, the metal valley flashing underlayment shall be solid cemented to the roofing underlayment for slopes under seven units vertical in 12 units horizontal (58-percent slope) or self -adhering polymer -modified bitumen sheet shall be installed 1507.4 Metal roof panels. The installation of metal roof pan- els shall comply with the provisions of this section 1507.4.1 Deck requirements. Metal roof panel roof cov- erings shall be applied to a solid or closely fitted deck, except where the roof covering is specifically designed to be applied to spaced supports 1507.4.2 Deck slope. Minimum slopes for metal roof pan- els shall comply with the following The minimum slope for lapped, nonsoldered seam metal roof panels without applied lap sealant shall be three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-per- cent slope) The minimum slope for lapped, nonsoldered seam metal roof panels with applied lap sealant shall be one-half unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (4-per- cent slope) Lap sealants shall be applied in accor- dance with the approved manufacturer's installation instructions The minimum slope for standing -seam metal roof panel systems shall be one -quarter unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) 1507.4.3 Material standards. Metal -sheet roof covering systems that incorporate supporting structural members shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 22 Metal - sheet roof coverings installed over structural decking shall comply with Table 1507 4 3(1) The materials used for TABLE 1507.2.8.2 VALLEY LINING MATERIAL MATERIAL MINIMUM THICKNESS GAGE WEIGHT Aluminum 0 024 in Cold -rolled copper 0 0216 in ASTM 13370, 16 oz per square ft Copper 16 oz Galvanized steel 0 0179 in 26 (zinc -coated G90) High -yield copper 0 0162 in ASTM 13370, 12 oz per square ft Lead 2 5 pounds Lead -coated copper 0 0216 in ASTM 13101, 16 oz per square ft Lead -coated lugh-yield copper 0 0162 in ASTM B 101, 12 oz per square ft Painted tern 20 pounds Stainless steel 28 Zinc alloy 0 027 in For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 pound= 0 454 kg, 1 ounce = 28 35 g, 1 square foot= 0 0929 m' 348 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopynghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hvardmepf da od om).(Qtyof FnmdNmod)Odo,Nomb,,x1ooe1vmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST)p­tto Lie Ag,, ^®'^^Ih ICC NofwN¢T,odomoo.mALLh¢,Aodomo,, by anytlud Party o, Axmbonmdmho[vsd 9cglo—ody op,,g andortwodmgLokb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DIRTRFRJTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES TABLE 1507.3.7 CLAY AND CONCRETE TILE ATTACHMENT""' GENERAL - CLAY OR CONCRETE ROOF TILE Maximum Allowable Stress Design Wind Speed, V. Mean roof height Roof slope < 3:12 Roof slope 3:12 and over (mph) (fee[) 85 0-60 One fastener per the Flat the Two fasteners per the Only one fastener on slopes of 7 12 without vertical laps, two and less for tiles with installed weight exceeding 7 5lbs /sq 100 0-40 fasteners per the ft having a width not more turn 16 inches The head of all tiles shall be nailed The nose of all cave tiles shall be fastened with 100 > 40-60 approved clips Rake tiles shall be puled with two nuls The nose of all ndge, lup and rake tiles shall be set in a bead of roofer's mastic 110 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609 5 3 120 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609 5 3 130 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609 5 3 All > 60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609 5 3 INTERLOCKING CLAY OR CONCRETE ROOF TILE WITH PROJECTING ANCHOR LUGS •e (Installations on spacedisolid sheathing with battens or spaced sheathing) Maximum Allowable Stress Design Wind Speed, V,,.af Mean roof height Roof slope < 5:12 Roof slope 5:12 < 12:12 Roof slope (Mph) (fee[) 12:12 and over 85 0-60 Fasteners me not required One fastener per e every One fastener required for Tiles with installed weight ter hies other row Penmt e every the Tiles with installed ta rn arn 9 lbs /sq ft require require one fastener Tiles with installed weight less than ten weight less than 9lbs /sq ft not fewer than one fastener require not fewer than one 100 0-40 per the 91bs /sq ft requue not fewer fastener per the than one fastener per the The head of all tiles shall be nailed The nose of all cave tiles shall be fastened with 100 > 40-60 approved clips Rake tiles shall be puled with two nuls The nose of all ndge, lup and rake tiles shall be set in a bead of roofer's mastic 110 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609 5 3 120 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609 5 3 130 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609 5 3 All > 60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609 5 3 INTERLOCKING CLAY OR CONCRETE ROOF TILE WITH PROJECTING ANCHOR LUGS (Installations on solid sheathing without battens) Maximum Allowable Stress Wind Speed, V,,.a Mean roof height All roof slopes (Mph) (fee[) 85 0-60 One fastener per the 100 0-40 One fastener per the The head of all tiles shall be nailed The nose of all cave tiles shall be fastened with 100 > 40-60 approved clips Rake tiles shall be puled with two nuls The nose of all ndge, lup and rake tiles shall be set in a bead of roofer's mastic 110 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609 5 3 120 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609 5 3 130 0-60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609 5 3 All > 60 The fastening system shall resist the wind forces in Section 1609 5 3 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 feet— 304 8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0 447 m/s, 1 pound per square feet— 4 882 kg/m' a Minimum fastener size Corrosion -resistant nails not less than No 11 gage with '/s inch head Fasteners shall be long enough to penetrate into the sheathing '/a inch or through the thickness of the sheathing, whichever is less Attaching wire for clay and concrete rile shall not be smaller than 0 083 inch b Snow areas Not fewer than two fasteners per rile are required or battens and one fastener c Roof slopes greater than 24 12 The nose of all tiles shall be securely fastened d Horizontal battens Battens shall be not less than 1 inch by 2 inch nominal Provisions shall be made for drainage by a riser of not less than'/, inch at each nail or by 4-foot-long battens with not less than a'/ -inch separation between battens Horizontal battens are required for slopes over 7 12 e Perimeter fastening areas include three the courses but not less than 36 inches from either side of hips or ridges and edges of eaves and gable rakes f V d shall be determined in accordance with Section 1609 3 1 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 349 I " ' CITFIghtOO?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb6xle¢elvmc 04JM IOZM0 o, 5e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,o,,,ofw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DIETRIRJTIO NISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES metal -sheet roof coverings shall be naturally corrosion resistant or provided with corrosion resistance in accor- dance with the standards and minimum thicknesses shown in Table 1507 4 3(2) 1507.4.4 Attachment. Metal roof panels shall be secured to the supports in accordance with the approved manufac- turer's fasteners In the absence of manufacturer recom- mendations, the following fasteners shall be used 1 Galvanized fasteners shall be used for steel roofs TABLE 1507.4.3(1) METAL ROOF COVERINGS ROOF COVERING STANDARD APPLICATION TYPE RATEITHICKNESS ASTM 13209, 0 024 inch mimmum ftuckness Aluminum for roll -formed panels and 0 019 inch mvn- mum ftuckness for press -formed slungles Aluminum -zinc ASTM A792 AZ 50 alloy coated steel ASTM B370 mirnmum 16 oz /sq ft and 12 Cold -rolled copper oz /sq ft lugh yield copper for metal -sheet roof coveting systems 12 oz /sq ft for pre- formed metal slungle systems 16 oz /sq ft for metal -sheet roof -covering Copper systems, 12 oz /sq ft for preformed metal slungle systems Galvanized steel ASTM A653 G-90 zinc -coated' Hardlead 2lbs /sq ft Lead -coated copper ASTM 13101 Prepmnted steel ASTM A755 Soft lead 3 lbs /sq ft Stainless steel ASTM A240, 300 Series Alloys Steel ASTM A924 Teme and teme- Terne coating of 40 lbs per double base box, coated stainless field painted where applicable in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions 0 027 inch mimmum thickness, 99 995% Zinc electrolytic lugh grade zinc with alloy addi- tives of copper (0 08% - 0 20%), titanium (0 07% - 0 12%) and aluminum (0 015%) For SI 1 ounce per square foot= 0 305 kg/m', 1 pound per square foot= 4 882 kg/m', 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 pound = 0 454 kg a For Group U buildings, the minimum coating thickness for ASTM A653 galvanized steel roofing shall be G-60 TABLE 1507.4.3(2) MINIMUM CORROSION RESISTANCE 55% Aluminum -zinc alloy coated steel ASTM A792 AZ 50 5% Aluminum alloy -coated steel ASTM A875 GF60 Aluminum -coated steel ASTM A463 T2 65 Galvanized steel ASTM A653 G-90 Prepmnted steel ASTM A755' a Paint systems in accordance with ASTM A755 shall be applied over steel products with corrosion -resistant coatings complying with ASTM A463, ASTM A653, ASTM A792 or ASTM A875 2 Copper, brass, bronze, copper alloy or 300 series stainless -steel fasteners shall be used for copper roofs 3 Stainless -steel fasteners are acceptable for all types of metal roofs 4 Aluminum fasteners are acceptable for aluminum roofs attached to aluminum supports 1507.4.5 Underlayment and high wind. Underlayment shall comply with Section 1507 1 1 1507.5 Metal roof shingles. The installation of metal roof shingles shall comply with the provisions of this section 1507.5.1 Deck requirements. Metal roof shingles shall be applied to a solid or closely fitted deck, except where the roof covering is specifically designed to be applied to spaced sheathing 1507.5.2 Deck slope. Metal roof shingles shall not be installed on roof slopes below three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-percent slope) 1507.5.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with Section 1507 1 1 4M 1507.5.4 Ice barrier. Where required, ice barriers shall I comply with Section 1507 12 1507.5.5 Material standards. Metal roof shingle roof cov- erings shall comply with Table 1507 4 3(1) The materials used for metal -roof shingle roof coverings shall be naturally corrosion resistant or provided with corrosion resistance in accordance with the standards and minimum thicknesses specified in the standards listed in Table 1507 4 3(2) 1507.5.6 Attachment. Metal roof shingles shall be secured to the roof in accordance with the approved manu- facturer's installation instructions 1507.5.7 Flashing. Roof valley flashing shall be of corro- sion-resistantmetal of the same material as the roof cover- ing or shall comply with the standards in Table 1507 4 3(1) The valley flashing shall extend not less than 8 inches (203 mm) from the centerline each way and shall have a splash diverter rib not less than'/q inch (19 1 mm) high at the flow line formed as part of the flashing Sec- tions of flashing shall have an end lap of not less than 4 inches (102 mm) In areas where the average daily tem- perature in January is 25'F (-4'C) or less or where there is a possibility of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water, the metal valley flashing shall have a 36- inch-wide (914 mm) underlayment directly under it con- sisting of either one layer of underlayment running the full length of the valley or a self -adhering polymer -modified bitumen sheet bearing a label indicating compliance with ASTM D1970, in addition to underlayment required for metal roof shingles The metal valley flashing underlay- ment shall be solidly cemented to the roofing underlay- ment for roof slopes under seven units vertical in 12 units horizontal (58-percent slope) or self -adhering polymer - modified bitumen sheet shall be installed 1507.6 Mineral -surfaced roll roofing. The installation of mmeral-surfaced roll roofing shall comply with this section 350 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CopynEhtOo2.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( fiTER I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES 1507.6.1 Deck requirements. Mmeral-surfaced roll roof- ing shall be fastened to solidly sheathed roofs 1507.6.2 Deck slope. Mineral -surfaced roll roofing shall not be applied on roof slopes below one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8-percent slope) 1507.6.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with Section 1507 1 1 1507.6.4 Ice barrier. Where required, ice barriers shall comply with Section 1507 1 2 1507.6.5 Material standards. Mineral -surfaced roll roof- ing shall conform to ASTM D3909 or ASTM D6380 1507.7 Slate shingles. The installation of slate shingles shall comply with the provisions of this section 1507.7.1 Deck requirements. Slate shingles shall be fas- tened to solidly sheathed roofs 1507.7.2 Deck slope. Slate shingles shall only be used on slopes of four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4 12) or greater 1507.7.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with Section 1507 1 1 1507.7.4 Ice barrier. Where required, ice barriers shall comply with Section 1507 1 2 1507.7.5 Material standards. Slate shingles shall comply with ASTM C406 1507.7.6 Application. Mimmum headlap for slate shingles shall be in accordance with Table 1507 7 6 Slate shingles shall be secured to the roof with two fasteners per slate TABLE 1507.7.6 SLATE SHINGLE HEADLAP SLOPE HEADLAP (inches) 4 12 < slope < 8 12 4 8 12 < slope < 20 12 3 slope >_ 20 12 2 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min 1507.7.7 Flashing. Flashing and counterflashmg shall be made with sheet metal Valley flashing shall be not less than 15 inches (381 mm) wide Valley and flaslung metal shall be a mmimum uncoated thickness of 0 0179-inch (0 455 mm) zinc -coated G90 Chimneys, stucco or brick walls shall have not fewer than two plies of felt for a cap flashing consisting of a 4-mch-wide (102 mm) strip of felt set in plastic cement and extending 1 inch (25 mm) above the first felt and a top coating of plastic cement The felt shall extend over the base flashing 2 inches (51 mm) 1507.8 Wood shingles. The installation of wood shingles shall comply with the provisions of this section and Table 15078 1507.8.1 Deck requirements. Wood shingles shall be installed on solid or spaced sheathing Where spaced sheathing is used, sheathing boards shall be not less than 1-inch by 4-inch (25 mm by 102 mm) nominal dimensions and shall be spaced on centers equal to the weather expo- sure to coincide with the placement of fasteners 1507.8.1.1 Solid sheathing required. Solid sheathing is required in areas where the average daily temperature in January is 25'F (-4'C) or less or where there is a possibility of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water 1507.8.2 Deck slope. Wood shingles shall be installed on slopes of not less than three units vertical in 12 units hori- zontal (25-percent slope) 1507.8.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with Section 1507 1 1 1507.8.4 Ice barrier. Where required, ice barriers shall comply with Section 1507 1 2 1507.8.5 Material standards. Wood shingles shall be of naturally durable wood and comply with the requirements of Table 1507 8 5 TABLE 1507.8.5 WOOD SHINGLE MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE GRADING MATERIAL MINIMUMGRADES RULES Wood slungles of naturally 1, 2 or 3 CSSB durable wood CSSB = Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau 1507.8.6 Attachment. Fasteners for wood shingles shall be corrosion resistant with a mmimum penetration of inch (19 1 mm) into the sheathing For sheathing less than 1/2 inch (12 7 mm) in thickness, the fasteners shall extend through the sheathing Each shingle shall be attached with not fewer than two fasteners 1507.8.7 Application. Wood shingles shall be laid with a side lap not less than 11/2 inches (38 mm) betweenlomts in adjacent courses, and not be in direct alignment in alter- nate courses Spacing between shingles shall be'/q to'/A inch (6 4 to 9 5 mm) Weather exposure for wood shingles shall not exceed that set in Table 1507 8 7 TABLE 1507.8.7 WOOD SHINGLE WEATHER EXPOSURE AND ROOF SLOPE EXPOSURE (inches) ROOFINGMATERIAL LENGTH (inches) GRADE 3:12 pitch 4:12 pitch or to<4:12 steeper No 1 375 5 16 No 2 35 4 No 3 3 35 Slungles of No 1 425 55 naturally durable 18 No 2 4 45 wood No 3 35 4 No 1 575 75 24 No 2 55 65 No 3 5 55 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min 1507.8.8 Flashing. At the juncture of the roof and vertical surfaces, flashing and counterflashmg shall be provided in accordance with the manufacturer's installation mstruc- tions, and where of metal, shall be not less than 0 019-mch (0 48 mm) (No 26 galvanized sheet gage) corrosion -resis- tant metal The valley flaslung shall extend not less than 11 inches (279 mm) from the centerline each way and have a splash diverter rib not less than 1 inch (25 mm) high at the flow line formed as part of the flashing Sec- tions of flashing shall have an end lap of not less than 4 r 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 351 I 11 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES inches (102 mm) For roof slopes of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-percent slope) and over, the valley flashing shall have a 36-inch-wide (914 mm) underlay- ment of either one layer of Type I underlayment running the full length of the valley or a self -adhering polymer - modified bitumen sheet bearing a label indicating compli- ance with ASTM D1970, in addition to other required underlayment In areas where the average daily tempera- ture in January is 25°F (-4°C) or less or where there is a possibility of Ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water, the metal valley flashing underlayment shall be solidly cemented to the roofing underlayment for slopes under seven units vertical in 12 units horizontal (58-percent slope) or self -adhering polymer -modified bitumen sheet shall be installed 1507.8.9 Label required. Each bundle of shingles shall be identified by a label of an approved grading or inspection bureau or agency 1507.9 Wood shakes. The installation of wood shakes shall comply with the provisions of this section and Table 1507 8 1507.9.1 Deck requirements. Wood shakes shall only be used on solid or spaced sheathing Where spaced sheath- ing is used, sheathing boards shall be not less than 1-mch by 4-inch (25 mm by 102 mm) nominal dimensions and shall be spaced on centers equal to the weather exposure to coincide with the placement of fasteners Where 1-inch by 4-mch (25 mm by 102 mm) spaced sheathing is installed at 10 inches (254 mm) on center, additional 1-inch by 4- inch (25 mm by 102 mm) boards shall be installed between the sheathing boards 1507.9.1.1 Solid sheathing required. Solid sheathing is required in areas where the average daily temperature in January is 25°F (-4°C) or less or where there is a possibility of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water TABLE 1507.8 WOOD SHINGLE AND SHAKE INSTALLATION 1 Roof slope Wood slungles shall be installed on slopes of not less Wood shakes shall be installed on slopes of not less than three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (3 12) than four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4 12) requirement Temperate climate Slungles shall be applied to roofs with solid or spaced sheathing Where spaced sheathing is used, sheathing boards shall be not less than 1" x 4" nominal dimen- sions and shall be spaced on centers equal to the weather exposure to coincide with the placement of fasteners Shakes shall be applied to roofs with solid or spaced sheathing Where spaced sheathing is used, sheathing boards shall be not less than 1" x 4" nominal dimen- sions and shall be spaced on centers equal to the weather exposure to coincide with the placement of fasteners Where 1" x 4" spaced sheatrung is installed at 10 inches, boards must be installed between the sheathing boards In areas where the average daily temperature in Janu- ary is 250F or less or where Solid sheathing is required Solid sheathing is required there is a possibility of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water 4 Underlayment Temperate clima 5 Application Attachment No of fasteners Exposure Method o requirements Section 1507 1 1 Fasteners for wood slungles shall be hot -dipped galvanized or Type 304 (Type 316 for coastal areas) stainless steel with a minimum penetration of 0 75 inch into the sheathing For sheathing less than 0 5 inch truck, the fasteners shall extend through the sheathing Two per shingle Weather exposures shall not exceed those set forth in Table 1507 8 7 Slungles shall be land with a side lap of not less than 1 5 inches between Joints in courses, and no two Joints in any three adjacent courses shall be in direct alignment Spacing between slungles shall be 0 25 to 0 375 inch For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, °C= [(oF) - 32]/1 8 Section 1507 1 1 Fasteners for wood shakes shall be hot -dipped galvanized or Type 304 (Type 316 for coastal areas) with a minimum penetration of 0 75 inch into the sheathing For sheathing less than 0 5 inch duck, the fasteners shall extend through the sheathing Two per shake Weather exposures shall not exceed those set forth in Table 1507 9 8 Shakes shall be land with a side lap of not less than 15 inches between Joints in adjacent courses Spacing between shakes shall not be less than 0 375 inch or more than 0 625 inch for shakes and taper sawn shakes of naturally durable wood and shall be 0 25 to 0 375 inch for preservative -treated taper sawn shakes 352 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 111 Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES 1507.9.2 Deck slope. Wood shakes shall only be used on course shall be'/A to 5/A inch (9 5 to 15 9 mm) for shakes and slopes of not less than four units vertical in 12 units hors- taper sawn shakes of naturally durable wood and shall be Yq zontal (33-percent slope) to '/a inch (6 4 to 9 5 mm) for preservative taper sawn 1507.9.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply shakes Weather exposure for wood shakes shall not exceed with Section 1507 1 1 those set in Table 1507 9 8 1507.9.4 Ice barrier. Where required, lee barriers shall comply with Section 1507 1 2 1507.9.5 Interlayment. Interlayment shall comply with ASTM D226, Type I 1507.9.6 Material standards. Wood shakes shall comply with the requirements of Table 1507 9 6 TABLE 1507.9.6 WOOD SHAKE MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS MATERIAL MINIMUM APPLICABLE GRADES GRADING RULES Wood shakes of naturally 1 CSSB durable wood Taper sawn shakes of naturally 1 or 2 CSSB durable wood Preservative -treated shakes and 1 CSSB slungles of naturally durable wood Fire -retardant -treated shakes and 1 CSSB slungles of naturally durable wood Preservative -treated taper sawn shakes of Southern pine treated in accordance with AWPA Ul 1 or 2 TFS (Commodity Specification A, Special Requirement 4 6 CSSB = Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau TFS = Forest Products Laboratory of the Texas Forest Services 1507.9.7 Attachment. Fasteners for wood shakes shall be corrosion resistant with a mimmum penetration of inch (19 1 mm) into the sheathing For sheathing less than '/ inch (12 7 mm) in thickness, the fasteners shall extend through the sheathing Each shake shall be attached with not fewer than two fasteners 1507.9.8 Application. Wood shakes shall be laid with a side lap not less than 11/ inches (38 mm) betweenloints in adjacent courses Spacing between shakes in the same 1507.9.9 Flashing. At the juncture of the roof and vertical surfaces, flashing and counterflashing shall be provided in accordance with the manufacturer's installation mstruc- tions, and where of metal, shall be not less than 0 019-inch (0 48 mm) (No 26 galvanized sheet gage) corrosion -resis- tant metal The valley flaslung shall extend not less than 11 inches (279 mm) from the centerline each way and have a splash diverter rib not less than 1 inch (25 mm) high at the flow line formed as part of the flashing Sec- tions of flashing shall have an end lap of not less than 4 inches (102 mm) For roof slopes of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-percent slope) and over, the valley flashing shall have a 36-mch-wide (914 mm) underlay- ment of either one layer of Type I underlayment running the full length of the valley or a self -adhering polymer - modified bitumen sheet bearing a label indicating compli- ance with ASTM D1970, in addition to other required I underlayment In areas where the average daily tempera- ture in January is 25'F (-4'C) or less or where there is a possibility of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup of water, the metal valley flashing underlayment shall be solidly cemented to the roofing underlayment for slopes under seven units vertical in 12 units horizontal (58-percent slope) or self -adhering polymer -modified bitumen sheet shall be installed 1507.9.10 Label required. Each bundle of shakes shall be identified by a label of an approved grading or inspection I bureau or agency 1507.10 Built-up roofs. The installation of built-up roofs shall comply with the provisions of this section 1507.10.1 Slope. Built-up roofs shall have a design slope of not less than one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units hori- zontal (2-percent slope) for drainage, except for coal -tar built-up roofs that shall have a design slope of not less than one -eighth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (1-per- cent slope) TABLE 1507.9.8 WOOD SHAKE WEATHER EXPOSURE AND ROOF SLOPE ROOFING MATERIAL LENGTH GRADE EXPOSURE (inches) (inches) 4:12 PITCH OR STEEPER Shakes of naturally durable wood 18 No 1 75 24 No 1 10, 18 No 1 75 24 No 1 10 Preservative -treated taper sawn shakes of Southern yellow pine 18 No 2 55 24 No 2 75 18 No 1 75 24 No 1 10 Taper sawn shakes of naturally durable wood 18 No 2 55 24 No 2 75 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min a For 24-inch by 0 375-inch handspht shakes, the maximum exposure is 7 5 inches 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 353 I 11 1 CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm, rhvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES 1507.10.2 Material standards. Built-up roof covering materials shall comply with the standards in Table 1507 10 2 or UL 55A 1507.11 Modified bitumen roofing. The installation of mod- ified bitumen roofing shall comply with the provisions of this section 1507.11.1 Slope. Modified bitumen roofing shall have a design slope of not less than one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) for drainage 1507.11.2 Material standards. Modified bitumen roofing materials shall comply with ASTM D6162, ASTM D6163, ASTM D6164, ASTM D6222, ASTM D6223, ASTM D6298 or ASTM D6509 1507.11.2.1 Base sheet. A base sheet that complies with the requirements of Section 150711 2, ASTM D1970 or ASTM D4601 shall be permitted to be used with a modified bitumen cap sheet TABLE 1507.10.2 BUILT-UP ROOFING MATERIAL STANDARDS MATERIAL STANDARD STANDARD Acrylic coatings used in roofing ASTM D6083 Aggregate surfacing ASTM D1863 Asphalt adhesive used in roofing ASTM D3747 Asphalt cements used in roofing ASTM D2822, D3019, D4586 Asphalt -coated glass fiber base sheet ASTM D4601 Asphalt coatings used in roofing ASTM D1227, D2823, D2824, D4479 Asphalt glass felt ASTM D2178 Asphalt pnmer used in roofing ASTM D41 Asphalt -saturated and asphalt -coated organic felt base sheet ASTM D2626 Asphalt -saturated organic felt (perforated) ASTM D226 Asphalt used in roofing ASTM D312 Coal -tar cements used in roofing ASTM D4022, D5643 Coal -tar saturated organic felt ASTM D227 Coal -tar pitch used in roofing ASTM D450, Type I or II Coal -tar pruner used in roofing, dampproofing and waterproofing ASTM D43 Glass mat, coal tar ASTM D4990 Glass mat, venting type ASTM D4897 Mineral -surfaced morganic cap sheet ASTM D3909 Thermoplastic fabrics usedinroofing ASTM D5665, D5726 1507.12 Thermoset single -ply roofing. The installation of thermoset single -ply roofing shall comply with the provisions of this section 1507.12.1 Slope. Thermoset single -ply membrane roofs shall have a design slope of not less than one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) for drain- age 1507.12.2 Material standards. Thermoset single -ply roof coverings shall comply with ASTM D4637 or ASTM D5019 1507.12.3 Ballasted thermoset low -slope roofs. Bal- lasted thermoset low -slope roofs (roof slope < 2 12) shall be installed in accordance with this section and Section 1504 4 Stone used as ballast shall comply with ASTM D448 or ASTM D7655 1507.13 Thermoplastic single -ply roofing. The installation of thermoplastic single -ply roofing shall comply with the pro- visions of this section 1507.13.1 Slope. Thermoplastic single -ply membrane roofs shall have a design slope of not less than one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) 1507.13.2 Material standards. Thermoplastic single -ply roof coverings shall comply with ASTM D4434, ASTM D6754 or ASTM D6878 1507.13.3 Ballasted thermoplastic low -slope roofs. Bal- lasted thermoplastic low -slope roofs (roof slope < 2 12) shall be installed in accordance with this section and Sec- tion 1504 4 Stone used as ballast shall comply with ASTM D448 or ASTM D7655 1507.14 Sprayed polyurethane foam roofing. The installa- tion of sprayed polyurethane foam roofing shall comply with the provisions of this section 1507.14.1 Slope. Sprayed polyurethane foam roofs shall have a design slope of not less than one-fourth unit verti- cal in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) for drainage 1507.14.2 Material standards. Spray -applied polyure- thane foam insulation shall comply with ASTM C1029 I Type III or IV or ASTM D7425 1507.14.3 Application. Foamed -in -place roof insulation shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions A liquid -applied protective coating that com- plies with Table 1507 14 3 shall be applied not less than 2 hours nor more than 72 hours following the application of the foam TABLE 1507.14.3 PROTECTIVE COATING MATERIAL STANDARDS MATERIAL STANDARD Acrylic coating ASTM D6083 Silicone coating ASTM D6694 Moisture -cured polyurethane coating ASTM D6947 1507.14.4 Foam plastics. Foam plastic materials and installation shall comply with Chapter 26 1507.15 Liquid -applied roofing. The installation of liquid - applied roofing shall comply with the provisions of this sec- tion 1507.15.1 Slope. Liquid -applied roofing shall have a design slope of not less than one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) 1507.15.2 Material standards. Liquid -applied roofing shall comply with ASTM C836, ASTM C957, ASTM 354 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 Clp lghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES D1227 or ASTM D3468, ASTM D6083, ASTM D6694 or ASTM D6947 1507.16 Vegetative roofs, roof gardens and landscaped roofs. Vegetative roofs, roof gardens and landscaped roofs shall comply with the requirements of this chapter, Section 1607 13 3 and the International Fire Code [BF] 1507.16.1 Structural fire resistance. The structural frame and roof construction supporting the load unposed on the roof by the vegetative roof, roof gardens or land- scaped roofs shall comply with the requirements of Table 601 1507.17 Photovoltaic shingles. The installation of photo- voltaic shingles shall comply with the provisions of this sec- tion 1507.17.1 Deck requirements. Photovoltaic shingles shall be applied to a solid or closely fitted deck, except where the shingles are specifically designed to be applied over spaced sheathing 1507.17.2 Deck slope. Photovoltaic shingles shall be installed on roof slopes of not less than two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (2 12) 1507.17.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with Section 1507 1 1 1507.17.4 Ice barrier. Where required, lee barriers shall comply with Section 1507 1 2 1507.17.5 Fasteners. Fasteners for photovoltaic shingles shall be galvanized, stainless steel, aluminum or copper roofing nails, minimum 12-gage [0 105 inch (2 67 mm)] shank with a mimmum '/g inch -diameter (9 5 mm) head, of a length to penetrate through the roofing materials and not less than'/q inch (19 1 mm) into the roof sheathing Where the roof sheathing is less than'/q inch (19 1 mm) thick, the nails shall penetrate through the sheathing Fas- teners shall comply with ASTM F 1667 1507.17.6 Material standards. Photovoltaic shingles shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 1703 1507.17.7 Attachment Photovoltaic shingles shall be attached in accordance with the manufacturer's installa- tion instructions 1507.17.8 Wind resistance. Photovoltaic shingles shall be tested in accordance with procedures and acceptance criteria in ASTM D3161 Photovoltaic shingles shall com- ply with the classification requirements of Table 1504 1 1 for the appropriate maximum nominal design wind speed Photovoltaic shingle packaging shall bear a label to indi- cate compliance with the procedures in ASTM D3161 and the required classification from Table 1504 1 1 1507.18 Building -integrated photovoltaic roof panels. The installation of building -integrated photovoltaic (BIPV) roof panels shall comply with the provisions of this section 1507.18.1 Deck requirements. BIPV roof panels shall be applied to a solid or closely fitted deck, except where the roof covering is specifically designed to be applied over spaced sheathing 1507.18.2 Deck slope. BIPV roof panels shall be used only on roof slopes of two units vertical in 12 units hori- zontal (2 12) or greater 1507.18.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with ASTM D226, ASTM D4869 or ASTM D6757 1507.18.4 Underlayment application. Underlayment shall be applied shingle fashion, parallel to and starting from the eave, lapped 2 inches (51 mm) and fastened suffi- ciently to hold in place 1507.18.4.1 High -wind attachment. Underlayment applied in areas subject to lugh winds [V�d greater than 110 mph (49 m/s) as determmed in accordance with Section 1609 3 1] shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions Fasteners shall be applied along the overlap at not more than 36 inches (914 mm) on center Underlayment installed where V.d is not less than 120 mph (54 m/s) shall comply with ASTM D226, Type III, ASTM D4869, Type IV or ASTM D6757 The underlayment shall be attached in a grid pattern of 12 inches (305 mm) between side laps with a 6-inch (152 mm) spacing at the side laps The underlayment shall be applied in accordance with Sec- tion 1507 1 1 except all laps shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) Underlayment shall be attached using cap nails or cap staples Caps shall be metal or plastic with a nominal head diameter of not less than 1 inch (25 4 mm) Metal caps shall have a thickness of not less than 0 010 inch (0 25 mm) Power -driven metal caps shall have a thickness of not less than 0 010 inch (0 25 mm) Thickness of the outside edge of plastic caps shall be not less than 0 035 inch (0 89 mm) The cap nail shank shall be not less than 0 083 inch (2 11 mm) for ring shank cap nails and 0 091 inch (2 31 mm) for smooth shank cap nails Staple gage shall be not less than 21 gage [0 0 2 inch (0 81 mm)] Cap nail shank and cap staple legs shall have a length sufficient to pen- etrate through -the -roof sheathing or not less than '/q inch (19 1 mm) into the roof sheathing Exception: As an alternative, adhered underlayment complying with ASTM D1970 shall be permitted 1507.18.4.2 Ice barrier. In areas where there has been a history of lee forming along the eaves causing a back- up of water, an lee barrier consisting of not fewer than two layers of underlayment cemented together or of a self -adhering polymer modified bitumen sheet shall be used instead of normal underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all roof surfaces to a point not less than 24 inches (610 mm) inside the exterior wall line of the building Exception: Detached accessory structures that do not contain conditioned floor area 1507.18.5 Material standards. BIPV roof panels shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 1703 1507.18.6 Attachment. BIPV roof panels shall be attached in accordance with the manufacturer's mstalla- tion instructions 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 355 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES 1507.18.7 Wind resistance. BIPV roof panels shall be tested in accordance with UL 1897 BIPV roof panel pack- aging shall bear a label to indicate compliance with UL 1897 SECTION 1508 ROOF INSULATION [BF] 1508.1 General. The use of above -deck thermal insula- tion shall be permitted provided that such insulation is cov- ered with an approved roof covering and passes the tests of NFPA 276 or UL 1256 when tested as an assembly Exceptions: 1 Foam plastic roof insulation shall conform to the material and installation requirements of Chapter 26 2 Where a concrete roof deck is used and the above - deck thermal insulation is covered with an approved roof covering [BF] 1508.2 Material standards. Above -deck thermal insu- lation board shall comply with the standards in Table 1508 2 [BF] TABLE 1508.2 MATERIAL STANDARDS FOR ROOF INSULATION Cellular glass board ASTM C552 Composite boards ASTM C1289, Type III, IV, V or VII Expanded polystyrene ASTM C578 Extruded polystyrene ASTM C578 Fiber -reinforced gypsum board ASTM C1278 Glass -faced gypsum board ASTM C1177 High -density polyisocyanurate board ASTM C1289, Type II, Class 4 Mineral fiber insulation board ASTM C726 Perhte board ASTM C728 Polyisocyanurate board ASTM C1289, Type I or II Wood fiberboard ASTM C208, Type II SECTION 1509 RADIANT BARRIERS INSTALLED ABOVE DECK [BF] 1509.1 General. A rackant barrier installed above a deck shall comply with Sections 1509 2 through 1509 4 [BF] 1509.2 Fire testing. Radiant barriers shall be permitted for use above decks where the radiantbamer is covered with an approved roof covering and the system consisting of the radiant barrier and the roof covering complies with the requirements of either FM 4450 or UL 1256 [BF] 1509.3 Installation. The low eeiittance surface of the radiant barrier shall face the continuous airspace between the radiant barrier and the roof covering [BF] 1509.4 Material standards. A radiant barrier installed above a deck shall comply with ASTM C1313/1313M SECTION 1510 ROOFTOP STRUCTURES [BG] 1510.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern the construction of rooftop structures 1510.1.1 Area limitation. The aggregate area of pent- houses and other enclosed rooftop structures shall not exceed one-third the area of the supporting roof deck Such penthouses and other enclosed rooftop structures shall not be required to be included in determining the building area or number of stories as regulated by Section 503 1 The area of such penthouses shall not be included in determining the fire area specified in Section 9017 [BG] 1510.2 Penthouses. Penthouses in compliance with Sections 1510 2 1 through 1510 2 4 shall be considered as a portion of the story directly below the roof deck on which such penthouses are located Other penthouses shall be con- sidered as an additional story of the building [BG] 1510.2.1 Height above roof deck. Penthouses con- structed on buildings of other than Type I construction shall not exceed 18 feet (5486 mm) in height above the roof deck as measured to the average height of the roof of the penthouse Penthouses located on the roof of buildings I of Type I construction shall not be luntied in height Exception: Where used to enclose tanks or elevators that travel to the roof level, penthouses shall be permit- ted to have a maximum height of 28 feet (8534 mm) above the roof deck 4m [BG] 1510.2.2 Use limitations. Penthouses shall not be ' used for purposes other than the shelter of mechanical or electrical equipment, tanks, elevators and related machin- ery, or vertical shaft openings in the roof assembly [BG] 1510.2.3 Weather protection. Provisions such as louvers, louver blades or flashing shall be made to protect the mechanical and electrical equipment and the building interior from the elements [BG] 1510.2.4 Type of construction. Penthouses shall be ' constructed with walls, floors and roofs as required for the type of construction of the building on which such pent- houses are built Exceptions: 1 On buildings of Type I construction, the exterior walls and roofs of penthouses with afire separa- tion ckstance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) and less than 20 feet (6096 mm) shall be permitted to have not less than a 1-hour fire -resistance rating The exterior walls and roofs of penthouses with a fire separation distance of 20 feet (6096 mm) or greater shall not be required to have a fire -resis- tance rating 2 On buildings of Type I construction two stories or less in height above grade plane or of Type II construction, the exterior walls and roofs of pent- houses with a fire separation distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) and less than 20 feet (6096 mm) shall be permitted to have not less than a 1- hour fire -resistance rating or a lesser fire-resis- 356 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® [ I C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( ITHR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES tance rating as required by Table 602 and be con- structed of fire -retardant -treated wood The exterior walls and roofs of penthouses with afire separation distance of 20 feet (6096 mm) or greater shall be permitted to be constructed of fire -retardant -treated wood and shall not be required to have a fire -resistance rating Interior framing and walls shall be permitted to be con- structed of fire -retardant -treated wood On buildings of Type III, IV or V construction, the exterior walls of penthouses with a fire sepa- ration distance greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) and less than 20 feet (6096 mm) shall be permitted to have not less than a 1-hour fire -resistance rating or a lesser fire -resistance rating as required by Table 602 On buildings of Type III, IV or VA construction, the exterior walls of penthouses with a fire separation distance of 20 feet (6096 mm) or greater shall be permitted to be of heavy timber construction complying with Sections 602 4 and 2304 11 or noncombustible construc- tion or fire -retardant -treated wood and shall not be required to have a fire -resistance rating [BG] 1510.3 Tanks. Tanks having a capacity of more than 500 gallons (1893 L) located on the roof deck of a building shall be supported on masonry, reinforced concrete, steel or heavy timber construction complying with Section 2304 11 provided that, where such supports are located in the building above the lowest story, the support shall be fire -resistance rated as required for Type IA construction [BG] 1510.3.1 Valve and drain. In the bottom or on the side near the bottom of the tank, a pipe or outlet, fitted with a suitable quick -opening valve for discharging the contents into a dram in an emergency shall be provided [BG] 1510.3.2 Location. Tanks shall not be placed over or near a stairway or an elevator shaft, unless there is a solid roof or floor underneath the tank [BG] 1510.3.3 Tank cover. Unenclosed roof tanks shall have covers sloping toward the perimeter of the tanks [BG] 1510.4 Cooling towers. Cooling towers located on the roof deck of a building and greater than 250 square feet (23 2 m') in base area or greater than 15 feet (4572 mm) in height above the roof deck, as measured to the highest point on the cooling tower, where the roof is greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) in height above grade plane shall be constructed of non- combustible materials The base area of cooling towers shall not exceed one-third the area of the supporting roof deck Exception: Drip boards and the enclosing construction shall be permitted to be of wood not less than 1 inch (25 mm) nominal thickness, provided that the wood is covered on the exterior of the tower with noncombustible material [BG] 1510.5 Towers, spires, domes and cupolas. Towers, spires, domes and cupolas shall be of a type of construction having fire -resistance ratings not less than required for the building on top of which such tower, spire, dome or cupola is built Towers, spires, domes and cupolas greater than 85 feet (25 908 mm) in height above grade plane as measured to the highest point on such structures, and either greater than 200 square feet (18 6 m') in horizontal area or used for any pur- pose other than a belfry or an architectural embellishment, shall be constructed of and supported on Type I or II con- struction [BG] 1510.5.1 Noncombustible construction required. Towers, spires, domes and cupolas greater than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in height above the highest point at which such structure contacts the roof as measured to the highest point on such structure, or that exceeds 200 square feet (18 6 m') in area at any horizontal section, or wluch is intended to be used for any purpose other than a belfry or architec- tural embellishment, or is located on the top of a bwldmg greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) in building height shall be constructed of and supported by noncombustible mate- rials and shall be separated from the building below by construction having a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 5 hours with openings protected in accordance with Sec- tion 711 Such structures located on the top of a bwldmg greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) in building height shall be supported by noncombustible construction [BG] 1510.5.2 Towers and spires. Enclosed towers and spires shall have exterior walls constructed as required for the bwldmg on top of which such towers and spires are built The roof covering of spires shall be not less than the same class of roof covering required for the building on top of which the spire is located [BG] 1510.6 Mechanical equipment screens. Mechanical equipment screens shall be constructed of the materials spec- ified for the exterior walls in accordance with the type of con- struction of the bwldmg Where the fire separation distance is greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), mechanical equipment screens shall not be required to comply with the fire -resistance rating requirements [BG] 1510.6.1 Height limitations. Mechanical equipment screens shall not exceed 18 feet (5486 mm) in height above the roof deck, as measured to the highest point on the mechanical equipment screen Exception: Where located on buildings of Type IA construction, the height of mechanical equipment screens shall not be limited [BG] 1510.6.2 Type I, II, III or IV construction. Regardless of the requirements in Section 15106, mechanical equipment screens that are located on the roof decks of buildings of Type I, II, III or IV construction shall be permitted to be constructed of combustible mate- rials in accordance with any one of the following limita- tions The fire separation distance shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) and the height of the mechanical equipment screen above the roof deck shall not exceed 4 feet (1219 mm) as measured to the highest point on the mechanical equipment screen The fire separation distance shall be not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) and the mechanical equipment screen shall be constructed of fire -retardant -treated 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 357 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES wood complying with Section 2303 2 for exterior installation Where exterior wall covering panels are used, the panels shall have a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested in the mimmum and maximum thick- nesses intended for use, with each face tested inde- pendently in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 The panels shall be tested in the minimum and maximum thicknesses intended for use in accor- dance with, and shall comply with the acceptance criteria of, NFPA 285 and shall be installed as tested Where the panels are tested as part of an exte- rior wall assembly in accordance with NFPA 285, the panels shall be installed on the face of the mechanical equipment screen supporting structure in the same manner as they were installed on the tested exterior wall assembly [BG] 1510.6.3 Type V construction. The height of mechanical equipment screens located on the roof decks of buildings of Type V construction, as measured from grade plane to the highest point on the mechanical equipment screen, shall be permitted to exceed the maximum build- ing height allowed for the building by other provisions of this code where complying with any one of the following limitations, provided that the fire separation distance is greater than 5 feet (1524 mm) 1 Where the fire separation distance is not less than 20 feet (6096 mm), the height above grade plane of the mechanical equipment screen shall not exceed 4 feet (1219 mm) more than the maximum building height allowed 2 The mechanical equipment screen shall be con- structed of noncombustible materials 3 The mechanical equipment screen shall be con- structed of fire -retardant -treated wood complying with Section 2303 2 for exterior installation 4 Where the fire separation distance is not less than 20 feet (6096 mm), the mechanical equipment screen shall be constructed of materials having a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested in the mini- mum and maximum thicknesses intended for use with each face tested independently in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 [BG] 1510.7 Photovoltaic panels and modules. Rooftop - mounted photovoltaic panels and modules shall be designed in accordance with this section ' [BG] 1510.7.1 Fire classification. Rooftop -mounted pho- tavoltaic panels and modules shall have the fire classifica- tion in accordance with Section 1505 9 ' [BG] 1510.7.2 Photovoltaic panels and modules. Roof- top -mounted photovoltaic panels and modules shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 1703 and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instruc- tions [BG] 1510.8 Other rooftop structures. Rooftop structures not regulated by Sections 1510 2 through 1510 7 shall com- ply with Sections 1510 8 1 through 1510 8 5, as applicable [BG] 1510.8.1 Aerial supports. Aerial supports shall be constructed of noncombustible materials Exception: Aerial supports not greater than 12 feet (3658 mm) in height as measured from the roof deck to the highest point on the aerial supports shall be permit- ted to be constructed of combustible materials [BG] 1510.8.2 Bulkheads. Bulkheads used for the shelter of mechanical or electrical equipment or vertical shaft openings in the roof assembly shall comply with Section 1510 2 as penthouses Bulkheads used for any other pur- pose shall be considered as an additional story of the building [BG] 1510.8.3 Dormers. Dormers shall be of the same type of construction as required for the roof in which such dormers are located or the exterior walls of the building [BG] 1510.8.4 Fences. Fences and similar structures shall comply with Section 1510 6 as mechanical equipment screens [BG] 1510.8.5 Flagpoles. Flagpoles and similar structures shall not be required to be constructed of noncombustible materials and shall not be limited in height or number [BG] 1510.9 Structural fire resistance. The structural frame and roof construction supporting loads imposed upon the roof by any rooftop structure shall comply with the requirements of Table 601 The fire -resistance reduction per nutted by Table 601, Note a, shall not apply to roofs containing rooftop structures SECTION 1511 REROOFING 1511.1 General. Materials and methods of application used for recovering or replacing an existing roof covering shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 15 Exceptions: 1 Roof replacement or roof recover of existing low - slope roof coverings shall not be required to meet the minimum design slope requirement of one -quar- ter unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) in Section 1507 for roofs that provide positive roof drainage 2 Recovering or replacing an existing roof covering shall not be required to meet the requirement for secondary (emergency overflow) drains or scuppers in Section 1502 2 for roofs that provide for positive roof drainage For the purposes of this exception, existing secondary drainage or scupper systems required in accordance with this code shall not be removed unless they are replaced by secondary drams or scuppers designed and installed in accor- dance with Section 1502 2 1511.2 Structural and construction loads. Structural roof components shall be capable of supporting the roof -covering system and the material and equipment loads that will be encountered during installation of the system 358 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I (firiTER I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES 1511.3 Roof replacement. Roof replacement shall include the removal of all existing layers of roof coverings down to the roof deck Exception: Where the existing roof assembly includes an lee barrier membrane that is adhered to the roof deck, the existing lee barrier membrane shall be permitted to remain in place and covered with an additional layer of lee barrier membrane in accordance with Section 1507 1511.3.1 Roof recover. The installation of a new roof covering over an existing roof covering shall be permitted where any of the following conditions occur 1 Where the new roof covering is installed in accor- dance with the roof covering manufacturer's approved instructions 2 Complete and separate roofing systems, such as standing -seam metal roof panel systems, that are designed to transmit the roof loads directly to the building's structural system and that do not rely on existing roofs and roof coverings for support, shall not require the removal of existing roof coverings 3 Metal panel, metal shingle and concrete and clay the roof coverings shall be permitted to be installed over existing wood shake roofs when applied in accor- dance with Section 1511 4 4 The application of a new protective roof coating over an existing protective roof coating, metal roof panel, built-up roof, spray polyurethane foam roof - mg system, metal roof shingles, mineral -surfaced roll roofing, modified bitumen roofing or thermoset and thermoplastic single -ply roofing shall be permit- ted without tear off of existing roof coverings 1511.3.1.1 Exceptions. A roof recaver shall not be per- mitted where any of the following conditions occur 1 Where the existing roof or roof covering is water soaked or has deteriorated to the point that the existing roof or roof covering is not adequate as a base for additional roofing 2 Where the existing roof covering is slate, clay, cement or asbestos -cement tile 3 Where the existing roof has two or more applica- tions of any type of roof covering 1511.4 Roof recovering. Where the application of a new roof covering over wood shingle or shake roofs creates a combus- tible concealed space, the entire existing surface shall be cov- ered with gypsum board, mineral fiber, glass fiber or other approved materials securely fastened in place 1511.5 Reinstallation of materials. Existing slate, clay or cement the shall be permitted for reinstallation, except that damaged, cracked or broken slate or the shall not be rein- stalled Existing vent flashing metal edgings, dram outlets, collars and metal counterflashmgs shall not be reinstalled where rusted, damaged or deteriorated Aggregate surfacing materials shall not be reinstalled 1511.6 Flashings. Flashmgs shall be reconstructed in accor- dance with approved manufacturer's installation instructions Metal flashing to which bituminous materials are to be adhered shall be primed prior to installation SECTION 1512 PHOTOVOLTAIC PANELS AND MODULES 1512.1 Photovoltaic panels and modules. Photovoltaic pan- els and modules installed on a roof or as an integral part of a roof assembly shall comply with the requirements of this code and the International Fire Code 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 359 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 360 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 16 STRUCTURAL DESIGN User notes: About this chapter., Chapter 16 establishes minimum design requirements so that the structural components of buildings are proportioned to resist the loads that are likely to be encountered, to addition, this chapter assigns buildings and structures to risk categories that are indicative of their intended use. The loads specified herein along with the required load combinations have been established through research and ser vice performance of buildings and structures. The application of these loads and adherence to the serviceability criteria enhances the protec- tion of life and property. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this chapter will be considered by the IBC —Structural Code Development Commit- tee during the 2019 (Group th Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION 1601 GENERAL 1601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the structural design of buildings, structures and portions thereof regulated by this code SECTION 1602 y NOTATIONS I1602.1 Notations. The following notations are used in this chapter D = Dead load D, = Weight of lee in accordance with Chapter 10 of ASCE 7 E = Combined effect of horizontal and vertical earthquake induced forces as defined in Section 2 3 6 of ASCE 7 F = Load due to fluids with well-defined pressures and maximum heights Fa = Flood load in accordance with Chapter 5 of ASCE 7 H = Load due to lateral earth pressures, ground water pressure or pressure of bulk materials L = Roof live load greater than 20 psf (0 96 kN/m) and floor live load L, = Roof live load of 20 psf (0 96 kN/m) or less R = Ram load S = Snow load I T = Cumulative effects of self -straining load forces and effects V a Allowable stress design wind speed, miles per hour (mph) (km/hr) where applicable I V = Basic design wind speeds, miles per hour (mph) (km/hr) determmed from Figures 16093(1) through 16093(8) or ASCE 7 W = Load due to wind pressure W, = Wind -on -ice in accordance with Chapter 10 of ASCE 7 SECTION 1603 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1603.1 General. Construction documents shall show the size, section and relative locations of structural members with floor levels, column centers and offsets dimensioned The design loads and other information pertinent to the structural design required by Sections 1603 1 1 through 1603 19 shall be indicated on the construction documents Exception: Construction documents for buildings con- structed in accordance with the conventional light -frame construction provisions of Section 2308 shall indicate the following structural design information 1 Floor and roof dead and live loads 2 Ground snow load, P. 3 Basic design wind speed, V, miles per hour (mph) (km/hr) and allowable stress design wind speed, V,d, as determined in accordance with Section 1609 3 1 and wind exposure 4 Seismic design category and site class 5 Flood design data, if located m flood hazard areas established in Section 1612 3 6 Design load -bearing values of soils 7 Ram load data 1603.1.1 Floor live load. The uniformly distributed, con- centrated and impact floor live load used in the design shall be indicated for floor areas Use of live load reduc- tion in accordance with Section 1607 11 shall be indicated for each type of live load used in the design 1603.1.2 Roof live load. The roof live load used in the design shall be indicated for roof areas (Section 1607 13) 1603.1.3 Roof snow load data. The ground snow load, p. shall be indicated In areas where the ground snow load, p. exceeds 10 pounds per square foot (psf) (0 479 kN/m ), the following additional information shall also be provided, regardless of whether snow loads govern the design of the roof 1 Flat -roof snow load, pf 2 Snow exposure factor, C, 3 Snow load importance factor, 1, I I I 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 361 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oa,ofw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 4 Thermal factor, Cr 5 Slope factor(s), CL 6 Drift surcharge load(s), pp, where the sum of pd and ptexceeds 20 psf (0 96 kN/m) 7 Width of snow drift(s), w 1603.1.4 Wind design data. The following mfonmation related to wind loads shall be shown, regardless of whether wind loads govern the design of the lateral force -resisting system of the structure 1 Basic design wind speed, V, miles per hour and allowable stress design wind speed, V p, as deter- mined in accordance with Section 1609 3 1 2 Risk category 3 Wind exposure Applicable wind direction if more than one wind exposure is utilized 4 Applicable internal pressure coefficient 5 Design wind pressures to be used for exterior com- ponent and cladding materials not specifically designed by the registered design professional responsible for the design of the structure, psf (kN/ m') 1603.1.5 Earthquake design data. The following infor- mation related to seismic loads shall be shown, regardless of whether seismic loads govern the design of the lateral force -resisting system of the structure 1 Risk category 2 Seismic importance factor,1, 3 Mapped spectral response acceleration parameters, SS and SJ 4 Site class 5 Design spectral response acceleration parameters, Sos and So, 6 Seismic design category 7 Basic seismic force -resisting system(s) 8 Design base shear(s) 9 Seismic response coefficient(s), CS 10 Response modification coefficient(s), R 11 Analysis procedure used 1603.1.6 Geotechnical information. The design load - hearing values of soils shall be shown on the construction documents 1603.1.7 Flood design data. For buildings located in whole or in part in flood hazard areas as established in Section 1612 3, the documentation pertaming to design, if required in Section 1612 4, shall be included and the fol- lowing information, referenced to the datum on the com- munity's Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), shall be shown, regardless of whether flood loads govern the design of the building 1 Flood design class assigned according to ASCE 24 2 In flood hazard areas other than coastal high hazard areas or coastal A zones, the elevation of the pro- posed lowest floor, including the basement 3 In flood hazard areas other than coastal high hazard areas or coastal A zones, the elevation to which any nonresidential building will be dry floodproofed 4 In coastal high hazard areas and coastal A zones, the proposed elevation of the bottom of the lowest horizontal structural member of the lowest floor, including the basement 1603.1.8 Special loads. Special loads that are applicable to the design of the building, structure or portions thereof, including but not limited to the loads of machinery or equipment, and that are greater than specified floor and roof loads shall be specified by their descriptions and loca- tions 1603.1.8.1 Photovoltaic panel systems. The dead load of rooftop -mounted photovoltaic panel systems, mclud- mg rack support systems, shall be indicated on the con- struction documents 1603.1.9 Roof rain load data. Ram intensity, i (in/hr) (cm/ hr), shall be shown regardless of whether ram loads govern the design SECTION 1604 GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 1604.1 General. Building, structures and parts thereof shall be designed and constructed in accordance with strength design, load and resistance factor design, allowable stress design, empirical design or conventional construction meth- ods, as permitted by the applicable material chapters and ref- I erenced standards 1604.2 Strength. Buildings and other structures, and parts thereof, shall be designed and constructed to support safely the factored loads in load combinations defined in this code without exceeding the appropriate strength hmit states for the materials of construction Alternatively, buildings and other structures, and parts thereof, shall be designed and con- structed to support safely the nominal loads in load combina- tions defined in this code without exceeding the appropriate specified allowable stresses for the materials of construction Loads and forces for occupancies or uses not covered in this chapter shall be subject to the approval of the building official 1604.3 Serviceability. Structural systems and members thereof shall be designed to have adequate stiffness to limit deflections as indicated in Table 1604 3 Drift lnnits applica- ble to earthquake loading shall be in accordance with ASCE 7 I Chapter 12, 13, 15 or 16, as applicable 1604.3.1 Deflections. The deflections of structural mem- bers shall not exceed the more restrictive of the limitations of Sections 1604 3 2 through 1604 3 5 or that permitted by Table 1604 3 1604.3.2 Reinforced concrete. The deflection of rem - forced concrete structural members shall not exceed that permitted by ACI 318 1604.3.3 Steel. The deflection of steel structural members shall not exceed that permitted by AISC 360, AISI S100, ASCE 8, SJI 100 or SJI 200, as applicable 362 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1604.3 DEFLECTION LIMITS., b,, h•' CONSTRUCTION Lor Lr Sor W` D+L"•a Roof members e Supporting plaster or stucco ceiling 1/360 1/360 1/240 Supporting nonplaster ceiling 1/240 1/240 1/180 Not supporting ceiling 1/180 1/180 1/120 Floor members 1/360 1/240 Exterior walls With plaster or stucco faushes 1/360 With other brittle finishes 1/240 With flexible finishes 1/120 Interior partitions With plaster or stucco faushes 1/360 With other brittle finishes 1/240 With flexible finishes 1/120 Farm bmldmgs 1/180 Greenhouses 1/120 For SI 1 foot=304 8 mm a For structural roofing and siding made of formed metal sheets, the total load deflection shall not exceed 1/60 For secondary roof structural members supporting formed metal roofing, the live load deflection shall not exceed 11150 For secondary wall members supporting formed metal siding, the design wind load deflection shall not exceed 1/90 For roofs, this exception only applies when the metal sheets have no roof covering b Flexible, folding and portable partitions are not governed by the provisions of this section The deflection criterion for interior partitions is based on the horizontal load defined in Section 1607 15 c See Section 2403 for glass supports d The deflection limit for the D+(L+L,) load combination only applies to the deflection due to the creep component of long-term dead load deflection plus the short-term live load deflection For lumber, structural glued laminated timber, prefabricated wood I -joists and structural composite lumber members that are dry at time of installation and used under dry conditions in accordance with the ANSI/AWC NDS, the creep component of the long -tern deflection shall be permitted to be estimated as the immediate dead load deflection resulting from 0 5D For lumber and glued laminated timber members installed or used at all other moisture conditions or cross laminated timber and wood structural panels that are dry at time of installation and used under dry conditions in accordance with the ANSI/AWC NDS, the creep component of the long-term deflection is permitted to be estimated as the immediate dead load deflection resulting from D The value of 0 5D shall not be used in combination with ANSI/AWC NDS provisions for long-term loading e The preceding deflections do not ensure against pending Roofs that do not have sufficient slope or camber to ensure adequate drainage shall be investigated for pending See Chapter 8 of ASCE 7 f The wind load shall be permitted to be taken as 0 42 times the "component and cladding" loads or directly calculated using the 10-year mean return interval wind speed for the purpose of determining deflection limits in Table 1604 3 Where framing members support glass, the deflection limit therein shall not exceed that specified in Section 1604 3 7 g For steel structural members, the detection due to creep component of long -tern dead load shall be permitted to be taken as zero It For aluminum structural members or aluminum panels used in skylights and sloped glazing framing, roofs or walls of sunroom additions or patio covers not supporting edge of glass or aluminum sandwich panels, the total load deflection shall not exceed 1/60 For continuous aluminum structural members supporting edge of glass, the total load deflection shall not exceed 1/175 for each glass lite or 1/60 for the entire length of the member, whichever is more stringent For aluminum sandwich panels used in roofs or walls of sunroom additions or patio covers, the total load deflection shall not exceed 1/120 ) 1=Length of the member between supports For cantilever members, I shall be taken as twice the length of the cantilever 1604.3.4 Masonry. The deflection of masonry structural members shall not exceed that permitted by TMS 402 1604.3.5 Aluminum. The deflection of aluminum struc- tural members shall not exceed that permitted by AA ADM 1604.3.6 Limits. The deflection lnnits of Section 1604 3 1 shall be used unless more restrictive deflection limits are required by a referenced standard for the element or finish material 1604.3.7 Framing supporting glass. The deflection of framing members supporting glass subjected to 0 6 times the "component and cladding" wind loads shall not exceed either of the following 1 '/75 of the length of span of the framing member, for framing members having a length not more than 13 feet 6 inches (4115 mm) 2 '/,,e of the length of span of the framing member+'/q inch (6 4 mm), for framing members having a length greater than 13 feet 6 inches (4115 mm) 1604.4 Analysis. Load effects on structural members and their connections shall be determined by methods of struc- tural analysis that take into account equilibrium, general sta- bility, geometric compatibility and both short- and long-term material properties Members that tend to accumulate residual deformations under repeated service loads shall have included in their anal- yses the effects of added deformations expected to occur during their service life Any system or method of construction to be used shall be based on a rational analysis in accordance with well -established principles of mechanics Such analysis shall result in a system that provides a complete load path capable of transferring loads from their point of origin to the load -resisting elements 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 363 I I I I CITFIEbtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, VPn Cm,(hvarndmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.i Ag,, ^nt,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN yl The total lateral force shall be distributed to the various ver- tical elements of the lateral force -resisting system in proportion to their rigidities, considering the rigidity of the horizontal bracing system or diaphragm Rigid elements assumed not to be a part of the lateral force -resisting system are permitted to be incorporated into buildings provided that their effect on the action of the system is considered and provided for in the design A diaphragm is rigid for the purpose of distribution of story shear and torsional moment when the lateral deformation of the diaphragm is less than or equal to two times the average story drift Where required by ASCE 7, provisions shall be made for the increased forces induced on resisting elements of the structural system resulting from torsion due to eccentricity between the center of application of the lateral forces and the center of rigidity of the lateral force -resisting system Every structure shall be designed to resist the effects caused by the forces specified in this chapter, including over- 4m turning, uplift and sliding Where sliding is used to isolate the elements, the effects of friction between sliding elements shall be included as a force 1604.5 Risk category. Each building and structure shall be assigned a risk category in accordance with Table 1604 5 Where a referenced standard specifies an occupancy cate- gory, the risk category shall not be taken as lower than the occupancy category specified therein Where a referenced standard specifies that the assignment of a risk category be in accordance with ASCE 7, Table 1 5-1, Table 1604 5 shall be used in lieu of ASCE 7, Table 1 5-1 Exception: The assignment of buildings and structures to Tsunami Risk Categories III and IV is permitted to be in I accordance with Section 6 4 of ASCE 7 TABLE 1604.5 RISK CATEGORY OF BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES RISK CATEGORY NATURE OF OCCUPANCY Buildings and other structures that represent a low hazard to human life in the event of failure, including but not limited to I • Agncultural facilities • Certain temporary facilities • Minor storage facilities II Buildings and other structures except those listed in Risk Categories I, III and IV Buildings and other structures that represent a substantial hazard to human life in the event of fmlure, including but not limited to • Buildings and other structures whose primary occupancy is public assembly with an occupant load greater than 300 • Buildings and other structures contairung Group E occupancies with an occupant load greater than 250 • Buildings and other structures contarmng educational occupancies for students above the 12th grade with an occu- pant load greater than 500 • Group I-2, Condition 1 occupancies with 50 or more care recipients III • Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies not having emergency surgery or emergency treatment facilities • Group I-3 occupancies • Any other occupancy with an occupant load greater than 5,000 a • Power -generating stations, water treatment facilities for potable water, wastewater treatment facilities and other pub- lic utility facilities not included in Risk Category IV • Buildings and other structures not included in Risk Category IV containing quantities of toxic or explosive materials that Exceed maximum allowable quantities per control area as given in Table 307 1(1) or 307 1(2) or per outdoor control area in accordance with the International Fire Code, and Are sufficient to pose a threat to the public if released h Buildings and other structures designated as essential facilities, including but not limited to • Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies having emergency surgery or emergency treatment facilities • Ambulatory care facilities having emergency surgery or emergency treatment facilities • Fire, rescue, ambulance and police stations and emergency velucle garages • Designated earthquake, hurricane or other emergency shelters • Designated emergency preparedness, communications and operations centers and other facilities required for emer- gency response IV • Power -generating stations and other public utility facilities required as emergency backup facilities for Risk Cate- gory IV structures • Buildings and other structures contarmng quantities of lughly toxic materials that Exceed maximum allowable quantities per control area as given in Table 307 1(2) or per outdoor control area in accordance with the International Fire Code, and Are sufficient to pose a threat to the public if released h • Aviation control towers, art traffic control centers and emergency mrcraft hangars • Buildings and other structures having critical national defense functions • Water storage facilities and pump structures required to marntam water pressure for fire suppression a For purposes of occupant load calculation, occupancies required by Table 1004 5 to use gross floor area calculations shall be permitted to use net floor areas to determine the total occupant load b Where approved by the building official, the classification of buildings and other structures as Risk Category III or IV based on their quantities of toxic, highly toxic or explosive materials is permitted to be reduced to Risk Category II, provided that it can be demonstrated by a hazard assessment in accordance with Section 1 5 3 of ASCE 7 that a release of the toxic, highly toxic or explosive materials is not sufficient to pose a threat to the public 364 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® RTS' CopyaghtOoz0lvICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmeoeJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto I ( " I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1604.5.1 Multiple occupancies. Where a building or struc- ture is occupied by two or more occupancies not included in the same risk category, it shall be assigned the classification of the highest risk category corresponding to the various occupancies Where bwldmgs or structures have two or more portions that are structurally separated, each portion shall be separately classified Where a separated portion of a building or structure provides required access to, required egress from or shares life safety components with another portion having a higher risk category, both portions shall be assigned to the higher risk category Exception: Where a storm shelter designed and con- structed in accordance with ICC 500 is provided in a building, structure or portion thereof normally occupied for other purposes, the risk category for the normal occupancy of the building shall apply unless the storm shelter is a designated emergency shelter in accordance with Table 1604 5 1604.6In-situ load tests. The building official is authorized to require an engineering analysis or a load test, or both, of any construction whenever there is reason to question the safety of the construction for the intended occupancy Engi- neering analysis and load tests shall be conducted in accor- dance with Section 1708 1604.7 Preconstruction load tests. Materials and methods of construction that are not capable of being designed by approved engineering analysis or that do not comply with the applicable referenced standards, or alternative test procedures in accordance with Section 1707, shall be load tested in accordance with Section 1709 1604.8 Anchorage. Buildings and other structures, and por- tions thereof, shall be provided with anchorage in accordance with Sections 1604 8 1 through 1604 8 3, as applicable 1604.8.1 General. Anchorage of the roof to walls and col- umns, and of walls and columns to foundations, shall be provided to resist the uplift and sliding forces that result from the application of the prescribed loads 1604.8.2 Structural walls. Walls that provide vertical load -bearing resistance or lateral shear resistance for a portion of the structure shall be anchored to the roof and to all floors and members that provide lateral support for the wall or that are supported by the wall The connections shall be capable of resisting the horizontal forces specified in Section 1 4 4 of ASCE 7 for walls of structures assigned to Seismic Design Category A and to Section 12 11 of ASCE 7 for walls of structures assigned to all other seis- mic design categories Required anchors in masonry walls of hollow units or cavity walls shall be embedded in a reinforced grouted structural element of the wall See Sec- tions 1609 for wind design requirements and 1613 for earthquake design requirements 1604.8.3 Decks. Where supported by attachment to an exterior wall, decks shall be positively anchored to the pri- mary structure and designed for both vertical and lateral loads as applicable Such attachment shall not be accom- plished by the use of toenails or nails subject to with- drawal Where positive connection to the primary building structure cannot be verified during inspection, decks shall be self-supporting Connections of decks with cantilevered framing members to exterior walls or other framing mem- bers shall be designed for both of the following 1 The reactions resulting from the dead load and live load specified in Table 1607 1, or the snow load specified in Section 1608, in accordance with Sec- tion 1605, acting on all portions of the deck 2 The reactions resulting from the dead load and live load specified in Table 1607 1, or the snow load specified in Section 1608, in accordance with Sec- tion 1605, acting on the cantilevered portion of the deck, and no live load or snow load on the remaining portion of the deck 1604.9 Wind and seismic detailing. Lateral force -resisting systems shall meet seismic detailing requirements and limita- tions prescribed in this code and ASCE 7 Chapters 11, 12, 13, 15, 17 and 18 as applicable, even where wind load effects are greater than seismic load effects. Exception: References within ASCE 7 to Chapter 14 shall not apply, except as specifically required herein 1604.10 Loads on storm shelters. Loads and load combina- tions on storm shelters shall be determined in accordance with ICC 500 SECTION 1605 LOAD COMBINATIONS 1605.1 General. Buildings and other structures and portions thereof shall be designed to resist all of the following 1 The load combinations specified in Section 1605 2, 1605 3 1 or 1605 3 2 2 The load combinations specified in Chapters 18 through 23 3 The seismic load effects including overstrength factor in accordance with Sections 2 3 6 and 2 4 5 of ASCE 7 where required by Chapters 12, 13, and 15 of ASCE 7 With the simplified procedure of ASCE 7, Section 12 14, the seismic load effects including overstrength factor in accordance with Section 12 14 3 2 and Chap- ter 2 of ASCE 7 shall be used Applicable loads shall be considered, including both earth- quake and wind, in accordance with the specified load combi- nations Each load combination shall also be investigated with one or more of the variable loads set to zero Where the load combinations with overstrength factor in Sections 2 3 6 and 2 4 5 of ASCE 7 apply, they shall be used as follows 1 The basic combinations for strength design with over - strength factor in lieu of Equations 16-5 and 16-7 in Section 1605 2 2 The basic combinations for allowable stress design with overstrength factor in lieu of Equations 16-12, 16- 14 and 16-16 in Section 1605 3 1 3 The basic combinations for allowable stress design with overstrength factor in lieu of Equations 16-21 and 16-22 in Section 1605 3 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 365 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1605.1.1 Stability. Regardless of which load combina- tions are used to design for strength, where overall struc- ture stability (such as stability against overturning, sliding, or buoyancy) is being verified, use of the load combina- tions specified in Section 1605 2 or 1605 3 shall be per- mitted Where the load combinations specified in Section 1605 2 are used, strength reduction factors applicable to soil resistance shall be provided by a registered design professional The stability of returning walls shall be veri- fied in accordance with Section 1807 2 3 1605.2 Load combinations using strength design or load and resistance factor design. Where strength design or load and resistance factor design is used, buildings and other struc- tures, and portions thereof, shall be designed to resist the most critical effects resulting from the following combma- tions of factored loads 1 4(D+F) (Equation 16-1) 12(D+F)+16(L+H)+05(LrorSorR) (Equation 16-2) 12(D+F)+I6(LrorSorR)+1611+(f,Lor05W) (Equation 16-3) 1 2(D+F)+ 1 OW+ f,L+ 1 611+0 5(Lr orSorR) (Equation 16-4) 1 2(D+F)+ 1 OE+ f,L+ 1 611+ fS (Equation 16-5) 0 9D+ 1 OW+ 1 611 (Equation 16-6) 0 9(D + F) + 1 OE+ 1611 (Equation 16-7) where f = 1 for places of public assembly live loads in excess of 100 pounds per square foot (4 79 kN/m ), and parking garages, and 0 5 for other live loads fz = 0 7 for roof configurations (such as saw tooth) that do not shed snow off the structure, and 0 2 for other roof configurations Exceptions: 1 Where other factored load combinations are specifi- cally required by other provisions of this code, such combinations shall take precedence 2 Where the effect of H resists the primary variable load effect, a load factor of 0 9 shall be included with H where H is permanent and H shall be set to zero for all other conditions 1605.2.1 Other loads. Where flood loads, Fa, are to be considered in the design, the load combinations of Section 2 3 2 of ASCE 7 shall be used Where self-strammg loads, T, are considered in design, their structural effects in com- bination with other loads shall be determined in accor- dance with Section 234 of ASCE 7 Where an lee - sensitive structure is subjected to loads due to atmospheric icing, the load combinations of Section 2 3 3 of ASCE 7 shall be considered 1605.3 Load combinations using allowable stress design. Load combinations for allowable stress design shall be in accordance with Section 1605 3 1 or 1605 3 2 1605.3.1 Basic load combinations. Where allowable stress design (working stress design), as permitted by this code, is used, structures and portions thereof shall resist the most critical effects resulting from the following com- binations of loads D + F (Equation 16-8) D + H + F + L (Equation 16-9) D + H + F + (Lr or S orR) (Equatiion16-10) D + H + F+ 0 75(L) + 0 75(Lr or S or R) (Equation 16-11) D + H + F + (0 6W or 0 7E) (Equatiion16-12) D+H+F+075(06W)+075L+075(LrorSorR) (Equation 16-13) D + H + F + 0 75 (0 7 E) + 0 75 L + 0 75 S (Equation 16-14) 0 6D + 0 6W+H (Equation 16-15) 0 6(D + F) + 0 7E+H (Equation 16-16) Exceptions: 1 Crane hook loads need not be combined with roof live load or with more than three -fourths of the snow load or one-half of the wind load 2 Flat roof snow loads of 30 psf (1 44 kN/m) or less and roof live loads of 30 psf (1 44 kN/m') or less need not be combined with seismic loads Where flat roof snow loads exceed 30 psf (1 44 kN/m'), 20 percent shall be combined with seis- mic loads 3 Where the effect of H resists the primary variable load effect, a load factor of 0 6 shall be included with H where H is permanent and H shall be set to zero for all other conditions 4 In Equation 16-15, the wind load, W, is permitted to be reduced in accordance with Exception 2 of Section 2 4 1 of ASCE 7 5 In Equation 16-16, 0 6 D is permitted to be increased to 0 9 D for the design of special rem - forced masonry shear walls complying with Chapter 21 1605.3.1.1 Stress increases. Increases in allowable stresses specified in the appropriate material chapter or the referenced standards shall not be used with the load combinations of Section 1605 3 1, except that increases shall be permitted in accordance with Chapter 23 1605.3.1.2 Other loads. Where flood loads, Fa, are to be considered in design, the load combinations of Sec- tion 2 4 2 of ASCE 7 shall be used Where self-stram- mg loads, T, are considered in design, their structural effects in combination with other loads shall be deter- mined in accordance with Section 2 4 4 of ASCE 7 Where an lee -sensitive structure is subjected to loads due to atmospheric icing, the load combinations of Sec- tion 2 4 3 of ASCE 7 shall be considered 366 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C'p IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PM (PST) tto I I (MPTITrITTRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1605.3.2 Alternative basic load combinations. In lieu of the basic load combinations specified in Section 1605 3 1, structures and portions thereof shall be permitted to be designed for the most critical effects resulting from the following combinations Where using these alternative basic allowable stress load combinations that include wind or seismic loads, allowable stresses are permitted to be increased or load combinations reduced where permitted by the material chapter of this code or the referenced stan- dards For load combinations that include the counteract- ing effects of dead and wind loads, only two -thuds of the minimum dead load likely to be in place during a design wind event shall be used Where using allowable stresses that have been increased or load combinations that have been reduced as permitted by the material chapter of this code or the referenced standards, where wind loads are calculated in accordance with Chapters 26 through 31 of ASCE 7, the coefficient (Fo) in the following equations shall be taken as 1 3 For other wind loads, (w) shall be taken as 1 Where allowable stresses have not been increased or load combinations have not been reduced as permitted by the material chapter of this code or the refer- enced standards, (w) shall be taken as 1 Where using these alternative load combinations to evaluate sliding, over- turning and soil bearing at the soil -structure interface, the reduction of foundation overturning from Section 12 13 4 in ASCE 7 shall not be used Where using these alternative basic load combinations for proportioning foundations for loadings, which include seismic loads, the vertical seismic load effect, EF, in Equation 12 4-4 of ASCE 7 is permitted to be taken equal to zero D + L + (L, or S or R) (Equatiion16-17) D +L + 0 6 wW (Equation 16-18) D+L+06FoW+S/2 (Equatiion16-19) D+L+S+06FoW/2 (Equatiion16-20) D+L+S+E/1 4 (Equation 16-21) 0 9D +E/1 4 (Equation 16-22) Exceptions: 1 Crane hook loads need not be combined with roof live loads or with more than three -fourths of the snow load or one-half of the wind load 2 Flat roof snow loads of 30 psf (1 44 kN/m') or less and roof live loads of 30 psf (1 44 kN/m') or less need not be combined with seismic loads Where flat roof snow loads exceed 30 psf (1 44 kN/m'), 20 percent shall be combined with seis- mic loads 1605.3.2.1 Other loads. Where F, H or T are to be con- sidered in the design, each applicable load shall be added to the combinations specified in Section 1605 3 2 Where self -straining loads, T, are considered in the design, their structural effects in combination with other loads shall be determined in accordance with Section 2 4 4 of ASCE 7 SECTION 1606 DEAD LOADS 1606.1 General. Dead loads are those loads defined in Chap- ter 2 of this code Dead loads shall be considered to be perm a- nentloads 1606.2 Design dead load. For purposes of design, the actual weights of materials of construction and fixed service equip- ment shall be used In the absence of definite information, val- ues used shall be subject to the approval of the building official SECTION 1607 LIVE LOADS 1607.1 General. Live loads are those loads defined in Chap- ter 2 of this code 1607.2 Loads not specified. For occupancies or uses not des- ignated in Table 1607 1, the live load shall be determined in accordance with a method approved by the building official 1607.3 Uniform live loads. The live loads used in the design of buildings and other structures shall be the maximum loads expected by the intended use or occupancy but shall not be less than the minimum uniformly distributed live loads given in Table 1607 1 1607.4 Concentrated live loads. Floors, roofs and other sim- ilar surfaces shall be designed to support the uniformly dis- tributed live loads prescribed in Section 1607 3 or the concentrated live loads, given in Table 1607 1, whichever produces the greater load effects Unless otherwise specified, the indicated concentration shall be assumed to be uniformly distributed over an area of 2'/2 feet by 2'/ feet (762 min by 762 mm) and shall be located so as to produce the maximum load effects in the structural members 1607.5 Partition loads. In office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to change, pro- visions for partition weight shall be made, whether or not par- titions are shown on the construction documents, unless the specified live load is 80 psf (3 83 kN/in2) or greater The par- tition load shall be not less than a uniformly distributed live load of 15 psf (0 72 kN/m2) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 367 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1607.1 TABLE 1607.1—continued MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS, Lo, MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS, Lo, AND MINIMUM CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADS9 AND MINIMUM CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADS9 OCCUPANCY OR USE UNIFORM CONCENTRATED (psf) (pounds) 1 Apartments (see residential) 2 Access floor systems Office use 50 2,000 Computer use 100 2,000 3 Armories and drill rooms 150" — 4 Assembly areas Fixed seats (fastened to floor) 60m Follow spot, projections and control rooms 50 Lobbies loom — Movable seats loom Stage floors 150" Platforms (assembly) loom Other assembly areas loom 1 5 times the live load for the 5 Balconies and decks" area served, not — required to exceed 100 6 Catwalks 40 300 7 Cornices 60 8 Corridors First floor 100 Other floors Same as occupancy served except as indicated 9 Dining rooms and restaurants loom — 10 Dwellings (see residential) 11 Elevator mach me room and controlroom grating 300 (on area of 2 inches by 2 inches) 12 Finish light floor plate constructon 200 (on area of 1 inch by 1 inch) 13 Fire escapes 100 _ On single-family dwellings only 40 14 Garages (passenger vehicles only) 400 Note a Trucks and buses See Section 1607 7 15 Handrails, guards and grab bars See Section 1607 8 16 Helipads See Section 1607 6 17 Hospitals Corridors above first floor 80 1,000 Operating rooms, laboratories 60 1,000 Patient rooms 40 1,000 18 Hotels (see residential) 19 Libraries Condors above first floor 80 1,000 Reading rooms 60 1,000 Stack rooms 150^" 1,000 20 Manufacturing Heavy 250" 3,000 Light 125" 2,000 21 Marquees, except one- and 75 two-family dwellings 22 Office buildings Condors above first floor 80 2,000 File and computer rooms shall be designed for heavier loads based on anticipated occupancy Lobbies and first -floor corridors 100 2,000 Offices 50 2,000 OCCUPANCY OR USE UNIFORM CONCENTRATED (psf) (pounds) 23 Penal institutions Cell blocks 40 Corridors 100 24 Recreational uses Bowling alleys, poolrooms and similar uses 75m Dance halls and ballrooms loom Gymnasiums loom Ice skating rink 250" Reviewing stands, grandstands and bleachers 100` m Roller skating rink loom Stadiums and arenas with fixed seats (fastened to floor) 60- 25 Residential One- and two-family dwellings Uninhabitable attics without storages 10 Uninhabitable attics with storage. 20 Habitable attics and sleeping areas" 30 Canopies, including marquees 20 All other areas 40 Hotels andmultifamsly dwellings Private rooms and corridors serving than 40 Public roomsm and corridors serving than 100 26 Roofs All roof surfaces subjectto main- tenance workers 300 Awnings and canopies Fabric construction supported by a 5m skeleton structure All other construction, except one - and two-family dwellings 20 Ordinary flat, pitched, and curved roofs (that are not occupiable) 20 Primary roof members exposed to a work floor Single panel point of lower chord of roof trusses or any point along primary structural members supporting roofs over manufac- turing, storage warehouses, and repair garages 2,000 All other primary roof members 300 Occupiable roofs Roof gardens 100 Assembly areas loom All other similar areas Note 1 Note 1 27 Schools Classrooms 40 1,000 Corridors above first floor 80 1,000 First -floor corridors 100 1,000 28 Scuttles, skylight ribs and accessible 200 ceilings 29 Sidewalks, vehicular driveways and 250'P" 8,000° yards, subject to trucking 30 Stairs and exits One- and two-family dwellings 40 300` All other 100 300` (continued) (continued) 368 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' CopyrightO@Z017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6N"mb6x10081vmco"JM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S I ( " I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyn"g andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAUTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND RREJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1607.1—continued MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS, Lo, AND MINIMUM CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADS9 OCCUPANCY OR USE UNIFORM CONCENTRATED (psf) (pounds) 31 Storage warehouses (shall be designed for heavier loads if required for anticipated storage) Heavy 250n Light 125" 32 Stores Retail First floor 100 1,000 Upper floors 75 1,000 Wholesale, all floors 125" 1,000 33 Vehicle barriers See Section 16079 34 Walkways and elevated platforms 60 — (other than eximays) 35 Yards and terraces, pedestrians 100, For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 square inch = 645 16 mm', 1 square foot= 0 0929 m', 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kN/m', 1 pound = 0 004448 kN, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16 kg/m' a Floors in garages or portions of buildings used for the storage of motor vehicles shall be designed for the uniformly distributed live loads of this table or the following concentrated loads (1) for garages restricted to passenger vehicles accommodating not more than nine passengers, 3,000 pounds acting on an area of 4'/, inches by 4'/, inches, (2) for mechanical parking structures without slab or deck that are used for storing passenger vehicles only, 2,250 pounds per wheel b The loading applies to stack room floors that support nonmobile, double- faced library book stacks, subject to the following limitations 1 The nominal book stack unit height shall not exceed 90 inches 2 The nominal shelf depth shall not exceed 12 inches for each face 3 Parallel rows of double-faced book stacks shall be separated by aisles not less than 36 inches wide c Design in accordance with ICC 300 d Other uniform loads in accordance with an approved method containing provisions for truck loadings shall be consideredwhere appropriate e The concentrated wheel load shall be applied on an area of 4 5 inches by 4 5 inches f The minimum concentrated load on stair treads shall be applied on an area of 2 inches by 2 inches This load need not be assumed to act concurrently with the uniform load g Where snow loads occur that are in excess of the design conditions, the structure shall be designed to support the loads due to the increased loads caused by drift buildup or a greater snow design determined by the building official (see Section 1608) h See Section 1604 8 3 for decks attached to exterior walls i Uninhabitable attics without storage are those where the maximum clear height between the Joists and rafters is less than 42 inches, or where there are not two or more adjacent trusses with web configurations capable of accommodating an assumed rectangle 42 inches in height by 24 inches in width, or greater, within the plane of the trusses This live load need not be assumed to act concurrently with any other live load requirements Uninhabitable attics with storage are those where the maximum clear height between the Joists and rafters is 42 inches or greater, or where there are two or more adjacent trusses with web configurations capable of accommodating an assumed rectangle 42 inches in height by 24 inches in width, or greater, within the plane of the trusses The live load need only be applied to those portions ofthe)oists or truss bottom chords where both of the following conditions are met i The attic area is accessible from an opening not less than 20 inches in width by 30 inches in length that is locatedwhere the clear height in the attic is not less than 30 inches it The slopes of the Joists or truss bottom chords are not greater than two units vertical in 12 units horizontal The remaining portions of the Joists or truss bottom chords shall be designed for a uniformly distributed concurrent live load of not less than 10 pounds per square foot (continued) TABLE 1607.1—continued MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS, Lo, AND MINIMUM CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADS9 k Attic spaces served by stairways other than the pull -down type shall be designed to support the minimum live load specified for habitable attics and sleeping rooms I Areas of occupiable roofs, other than roof gardens and assembly areas, shall be designed for appropriate loads as approved by the building official Unoccupied landscaped areas of roofs shall be designed in accordance with Section 1607 13 3 in Live load reduction is not permitted n Live load reduction is only permitted in accordancewith Section 1607 11 12 or Item 1 of Section 1607 112 o Live load reduction is only permitted in accordancewith Section 1607 11 13 or Item 2 of Section 1607 112 1607.6 Helipads. Helipads shall be designed for the follow- ing live loads 1 A uniform live load, L, as specified in Items 1 1 and 1 2 This load shall not be reduced 1 1 40 psf (1 92 kN/m') where the design basis heli- copter has a maximum take -off weight of 3,000 pounds (13 35 kN) or less 1 2 60 psf (2 87 kN/m') where the design basis heli- copter has a maximum take -off weight greater than 3,000 pounds (13 35 kN) A single concentrated live load, L, of 3,000 pounds (13 35 kN) applied over an area of 4 5 inches by 4 5 inches (114 mm by 114 mm) and located so as to pro- duce the maximum load effects on the structural ele- ments under consideration The concentrated load is not required to act concurrently with other uniform or con- centrated live loads Two single concentrated live loads, L, 8 feet (2438 mm) apart applied on the landing pad (representing the helicopter's two main landing gear, whether skid type or wheeled type), each having a magnitude of 075 times the maximum take -off weight of the helicopter, and located so as to produce the maximum load effects on the structural elements under consideration The concentrated loads shall be applied over an area of 8 inches by 8 inches (203 mm by 203 mm) and are not required to act concurrently with other uniform or con- centrated live loads Landing areas designed for a design basis helicopter with maximum take -off weight of 3,000-pounds (13 35 kN) shall be identified with a 3,000 pound (13 34 kN) weight limitation The landing area weight limitation shall be indicated by the numeral " K (laps) located in the bot- tom right comer of the landing area as viewed from the primary approach path The indication for the landing area weight limitation shall be a mimmum 5 feet (1524 mm) in height 1607.7 Heavy vehicle loads. Floors and other surfaces that are intended to support vehicle loads greater than a 10,000- pound (4536 kg) gross vehicle weight rating shall comply with Sections 1607 7 1 through 1607 7 5 1607.7.1 Loads. Where any structure does not restrict access for vehicles that exceed a 10,000-pound (4536 kg) gross vehicle weight rating, those portions of the structure subject 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 369 I 11 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYUNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN to such loads shall be designed using the velucular live loads, including consideration of impact and fatigue, in accordance with the codes and specifications required by the jurisdiction having authority for the design and construction of the road- ways and bridges in the same location of the structure 1607.7.2 Fire truck and emergency vehicles. Where a structure or portions of a structure are accessed and loaded by fire department access vehicles and other similar emer- gency vehicles, the structure shall be designed for the greater of the following loads 1 The actual operational loads, including outrigger reactions and contact areas of the vehicles as stipu- lated and approved by the building official 2 The live loading specified in Section 1607 7 1 1607.7.3 Heavy vehicle garages. Garages designed to accommodate vehicles that exceed a 10,000-pound (4536 kg) gross vehicle weight rating, shall be designed using the live loading specified by Section 1607 7 1 For garages the design for impact and fatigue is not required Exception: The vehicular live loads and load placement are allowed to be determined using the actual velucle weights for the velucles allowed onto the garage floors, provided that such loads and placement are based on rational engineering principles and are approved by the building official, but shall be not less than 50 psf (2 9 kN/m') This live load shall not be reduced 1607.7.4 Forklifts and movable equipment. Where a structure is intended to have forklifts or other movable equipment present, the structure shall be designed for the total vehicle or equipment load and the individual wheel loads for the anticipated vehicles as specified by the owner of the facility These loads shall be posted in accordance with Section 1607 7 5 1607.7.4.1 Impact and fatigue. Impact loads and fatigue loading shall be considered in the design of the supporting structure For the purposes of design, the vehicle and wheel loads shall be increased by 30 per- cent to account for impact 1607.7.5 Posting. The maximum weight of vehicles allowed into or on a garage or other structure shall be posted by the owner or the owner's authorized agent in accordance with Section 106 1 1607.8 Loads on handrails, guards, grab bars and seats. Handrails and guards shall be designed and constructed for the structural loading conditions set forth in Section 1607 8 1 Grab bars, shower seats and accessible benches shall be designed and constructed for the structural loading conditions set forth in Section 1607 8 2 1607.8.1 Handrails and guards. Handrails and guards shall be designed to resist a linear load of 50 pounds per linear foot (plf) (073 kN/m) in accordance with Section 4 5 1 1 of ASCE 7 Glass handrail assemblies and guards shall comply with Section 2407 Exceptions: 1 For one- and two-family dwellings, only the sin- gle concentrated load required by Section 1607 8 1 1 shall be applied 2 In Group I-3, F, H and S occupancies, for areas that are not accessible to the general public and that have an occupant load less than 50, the minimum load shall be 20 pounds per foot (0 29 kN/m) 1607.8.1.1 Concentrated load. Handrails and guards shall be designed to resist a concentrated load of 200 pounds (0 89 kN) in accordance with Section 4 5 1 1 of ASCE 7 1607.8.1.2 Intermediate rails. Intermediate rails (all those except the handrail), balusters and panel fillers shall be designed to resist a concentrated load of 50 pounds (0 22 kN) in accordance with Section 4 5 1 1 of ASCE 7 1607.8.2 Grab bars, shower seats and dressing room bench seats. Grab bars, shower seats and dressing room bench seats shall be designed to resist a single concen- trated load of 250 pounds (1 11 kN) applied in any direc- tion at any point on the grab bar or seat so as to produce the maximum load effects 1607.9 Vehicle barriers. Vehicle barriers for passenger velu- ' cles shall be designed to resist a concentrated load of 6,000 pounds (26 70 kN) in accordance with Section 4 5 3 of ASCE 7 Garages accommodating trucks and buses shall be designed in accordance with an approved method that con- tains provisions for traffic railings 1607.10 Impact loads. The live loads specified in Sections ' 1607 3 through 1607 9 shall be assumed to include adequate allowance for ordinary impact conditions Provisions shall be made in the structural design for uses and loads that involve unusual vibration and impact forces 1607.10.1 Elevators. Members, elements and components ' subject to dynamic loads from elevators shall be designed for impact loads and deflection limits prescribed by ASME A17 1/CSA B44 1607.10.2 Machinery. For the purpose of design, the weight of machinery and moving loads shall be increased as follows to allow for impact 1 Light machinery, shaft- or motor -driven, 20 percent 2 Reciprocating machinery or power -driven units, 50 percent Percentages shall be increased where specified by the manufacturer 1607.10.3 Elements supporting hoists for facade access and building maintenance equipment In addition to any other applicable live loads, structural elements that sup- port hoists for facade access and building maintenance equipment shall be designed for a live load of 2 5 tunes the rated load of the hoist or the stall load of the hoist, which- ever is larger 1607.10.4 Fall arrest and lifeline anchorages. In addi- tion to any other applicable live loads, fall arrest and life- line anchorages and structural elements that support these anchorages shall be designed for a live load of not less than 3,100 pounds (13 8 kN) for each attached lifeline, in every direction that a fall arrest load can be applied 370 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 1 1 CITy IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( TITTRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1607.11 Reduction in uniform live loads. Except for uni- form live loads at roofs, all other mmimum uniformly distrib- uted live loads, Lo, in Table 16071 are permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1607 11 1 or 1607 112 Uniform live loads at roofs are permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1607 13 2 1607.11.1 Basic uniform live load reduction. Subject to the limitations of Sections 16071111 through 1607 11 1 3 and Table 1607 1, members for which a value of KccAT is 400 square feet (37 16 m') or more are permit- ted to be designed for a reduced uniformly distributed live load, L, in accordance with the following equation L = Lo(0.25 + 15 (Equation 16-23) KLLAT For SI L = Lo0.25 + 4.57 KLLAT where L = Reduced design live load per square foot (m) of area supported by the member Lo = Unreduced design live load per square foot (m) of area supported by the member (see Table 1607 1) KLL_ Live load element factor (see Table 1607 11 1) AT = Tributary area, in square feet (m) L shall be not less than 0 50Lo for members supporting one floor and L shall be not less than 0 40Lo for members supporting two or more floors 1607.11.1.1 One-way slabs. The tributary area, AT, for use in Equation 16-23 for one-way slabs shall not exceed an area defined by the slab span times a width normal to the span of 1 5 tunes the slab span 1607.11.1.2 Heavy live loads. Live loads that exceed 100 psf (4 79 kN/m) shall not be reduced Exceptions: 1 The live loads for members supporting two or more floors are permitted to be reduced by not greater than 20 percent, but the live load shall be not less than L as calculated in Section 160711 1 2 For uses other than storage, where approved, additional live load reductions shall be permit- ted where shown by the registered design pro- fessional that a rational approach has been used and that such reductions are warranted 1607.11.1.3 Passenger vehicle garages. The live loads shall not be reduced in passenger vehicle garages Exception: The live loads for members supporting two or more floors are permitted to be reduced by not greater than 20 percent, but the live load be shall be not less than L as calculated in Section 1607 11 1 TABLE 1607.11.1 LIVE LOAD ELEMENT FACTOR, Ku ELEMENT K,, Intenor columns 4 Exterior columns without cantilever slabs 4 Edge columns with cantilever slabs 3 Comer columns with cantilever slabs 2 Edge beams without cantilever slabs 2 Intenor beams 2 Members not previously identified including Edge beams with cantilever slabs Cantilever beams One-way slabs I Two-way slabs Members without provisions for continuous shear transfer normal to their span 1607.11.2 Alternative uniform live load reduction. As an alternative to Section 1607 11 1 and subject to the limita- tions of Table 1607 1, unformly distributed live loads are permitted to be reduced in accordance with the following provisions Such reductions shall apply to slab systems, beams, girders, columns, piers, walls and foundations 1 A reduction shall not be permitted where the live load exceeds 100 psf (4 79 kN/m') except that the design live load for members supporting two or more floors is permitted to be reduced by not greater than 20 percent Exception: For uses other than storage, where approved, additional live load reductions shall be permitted where shown by the registered design professional that a rational approach has been used and that such reductions are warranted 2 A reduction shall not be permitted in passenger vehicle parking garages except that the live loads for members supporting two or more floors are permtt- ted to be reduced by not greater than 20 percent 3 For live loads not exceeding 100 psf (4 79 kN/m ), the design live load for any structural member sup- porting 150 square feet (13 94 m) or more is permit- ted to be reduced in accordance with Equation 16-24 4 For one-way slabs, the area, A, for use in Equation 16-24 shall not exceed the product of the slab span and a width normal to the span of 0 5 times the slab span R = 0 08(A —150) (Equation 16-24) ForSI R=0861(A-1394) Such reduction shall not exceed the smallest of 1 40 percent for members supporting one floor 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 371 I l l l CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 2 60 percent for members supporting two or more floors 3 Ras determmed by the following equation R = 23 1(1+ DLL) (Equation 16-25) where A = Area of floor supported by the member, square feet (m') D = Dead load per square foot (m) of area supported Lo = Unreduced live load per square foot (m') of area supported R = Reduction in percent ' 1607.12 Distribution of floor loads. Where uniform floor live loads are involved in the design of structural members arranged so as to create continuity, the minimum applied loads shall be the full dead loads on all spans in combination with the floor live loads on spans selected to produce the greatest load effect at each location under consideration Floor live loads are pernutted to be reduced in accordance with Section 1607 11 1607.13 Roof loads. The structural supports of roofs and marquees shall be designed to resist wind and, where applica- ble, snow and earthquake loads, in addition to the dead load of construction and the appropriate live loads as prescribed in this section, or as set forth in Table 1607 1 The live loads acting on a sloping surface shall be assumed to act vertically on the horizontal projection of that surface 1607.13.1 Distribution of roof loads. Where uniform roof live loads are reduced to less than 20 psf (0 96 kN/m ) in accordance with Section 1607 13 2 1 and are applied to the design of structural members arranged so as to create continuity, the reduced roof live load shall be applied to adjacent spans or to alternate spans, whichever produces the most unfavorable load effect See Section 1607 13 2 for reductions in minimum roof live loads and Section 7 5 of ASCE 7 for partial snow loading ' 1607.13.2 General. The minimum uniformly distributed live loads of roofs and marquees, Lo, in Table 1607 1 are permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section I 1607 132 1 1607.13.2.1 Ordinary roofs, awnings and canopies. Ordinary flat, pitched and curved roofs, and awnings and canopies other than of fabric construction sup- ported by a skeleton structure, are permitted to be designed for a reduced uniformly distributed roof live load, Lr as specified in the following equations or other controlling combinations of loads as specified in Sec- tion 1605, whichever produces the greater load effect In structures such as greenhouses, where special scaffolding is used as a work surface for workers and materials during maintenance and repair operations, a lower roof load than specified in the following equa- tions shall not be used unless approved by the building official Such structures shall be designed for a mini- mum roof live load of 12 psf (0 58 kN/m2) Lr = Lo R,R2 (Equation 16-26) where 12 < Lr < 20 For SI Lr=Lf2,Rz where 058 <Lr < 0 96 Lo = Unreduced roof live load per square foot (m2) of horizontal projection supported by the member (see Table 1607 1) Lr = Reduced roof live load per square foot (m2) of horizontal projection supported by the member The reduction factors R, and Rz shall be determmed as follows RJ =1 for Ar < 200 square feet (18 58 m2) (Equation 16-27) R, =1 2 - 0 001A, for 200 square feet <A, <600 square feet (Equation 16-28) For SI 12 - 0 0I IAr for 1858 square meters < Ar < 55 74 square meters RJ = 0 6 for Ar>_ 600 square feet (55 74 m2) (Equation 16-29) where At = Tributary area (span length multiplied by effective width) in square feet (m2) supported by the member, and Rz =1 for F < 4 (Equation 16-30) Rz =1 2 - 0 05 F for 4 <F < 12 (Equation 16-31) Rz = 0 6 for F>_ 12 (Equation 16-32) where F = For a sloped roof, the number of inches of rise per foot (for SI F = 0 12 x slope, with slope expressed as a percentage), or for an arch or dome, the rise -to -span ratio multiplied by 32 1607.13.3 Occupiable roofs. Areas of roofs that are occu- piable, such as vegetative roofs, roof gardens or for assem- bly or other similar purposes, and marquees are permitted to have their uniformly distributed live loads reduced in accordance with Section 1607 11 1607.13.3.1 Vegetative and landscaped roofs. The weight of all landscaping materials shall be considered as dead load and shall be computed on the basis of satu- ration of the soil as determmed in accordance with Sec- tion 3 1 4 of ASCE 7 The uniform design live load in unoccupied landscaped areas on roofs shall be 20 psf (0 958 kN/m2) The uniform design live load for occu- pied landscaped areas on roofs shall be determined in accordance with Table 1607 1 1607.13.4 Awnings and canopies. Awnings and canopies ' shall be designed for uniform live loads as required in Table 1607 1 as well as for snow loads and wind loads as specified in Sections 1608 and 1609 1607.13.5 Photovoltaic panel systems. Roof structures that provide support for photovoltaic panel systems shall be designed in accordance with Sections 1607 13 5 1 I through 1607 13 5 4, as applicable 372 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 1 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwoodm ).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( TITTRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1607.13.5.1 Roof live load. Roof structures that sup- port photovoltaic panel systems shall be designed to resist each of the following conditions 1 Applicable uniform and concentrated roof loads with the photovoltaic panel system dead loads Exception: Roof live loads need not be applied to the area covered by photovoltaic panels where the clear space between the panels and the roof surface is 24 inches (610 mm) or less 2 Applicable uniform and concentrated roof loads without the photovoltaic panel system present 1607.13.5.2 Photovoltaic panels or modules. The structure of a roof that supports solar photovoltaic pan- els or modules shall be designed to accommodate the full solar photovoltaic panels or modules and ballast dead load, including concentrated loads from support frames in combination with the loads from Section 1607 13 5 1 and other applicable loads Where applica- ble, snow drift loads created by the photovoltaic panels or modules shall be included 1607.13.5.2.1 Photovoltaic panels installed on open grid roof structures. Structures with open grid framing and without a roof deck or sheathing supporting photovoltaic panel systems shall be designed to support the umform and concentrated roof live loads specified in Section 1607 13 5 1, except that the umform roof live load shall be per- mitted to be reduced to 12 psf (0 57 kN/m ) 1607.13.5.3 Photovoltaic panels or modules installed as an independent structure. Solar photovoltaic panels or modules that are independent structures and do not have accessible/occupied space underneath are not required to accommodate a roof photovoltaic live load, provided that the area under the structure is restricted to keep the public away Other loads and combinations in accordance with Section 1605 shall be accommodated Solar photovoltaic panels or modules that are designed to be the roof, span to structural supports and have acces- sible/occupied space underneath shall have the panels or modules and all supporting structures designed to sup- port a roof photovoltaic live load, as defined in Section 1607 13 5 1 in combination with other applicable loads Solar photovoltaic panels or modules in this application are not permitted to be classified as "not accessible" in accordance with Section 1607 13 5 1 1607.13.5.4 Ballasted photovoltaic panel systems. Roof structures that provide support for ballasted pho- tovoltaic panel systems shall be designed, or analyzed, in accordance with Section 1604 4, checked in accor- dance with Section 1604 3 6 for deflections, and checked in accordance with Section 1611 for pondmg 1607.14 Crane loads. The crane live load shall be the rated capacity of the crane Design loads for the runway beams, including connections and support brackets, of moving bridge cranes and monorail cranes shall include the maximum wheel loads of the crane and the vertical impact, lateral and longitu- dinal forces induced by the moving crane 1607.14.1 Maximum wheel load. The maximum wheel loads shall be the wheel loads produced by the weight of the bridge, as applicable, plus the sum of the rated capac- ity and the weight of the trolley with the trolley positioned on its runway at the location where the resulting load effect is maximum 1607.14.2 Vertical impact force. The maximum wheel ' loads of the crane shall be increased by the following per- centages to determine the induced vertical impact or vibra- tion force Monorail cranes (powered) 25 percent Cab -operated or remotely operated bridge cranes (powered) 25 percent Pendant -operated bridge cranes (powered) 10 percent Bridge cranes or monorail cranes with hand -geared bridge, trolley and hoist 0 percent 1607.14.3 Lateral force. The lateral force on crane runway ' beams with electrically powered trolleys shall be calculated as 20 percent of the sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley The lateral force shall be assumed to act horizontally at the traction surface of a runway beam, in either direction perpendicular to the beam, and shall be distributed with due regard to the lateral stiffness of the runway beam and supporting structure 1607.14.4 Longitudinal force. The longitudinal force on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand - geared bridges, shall be calculated as 10 percent of the maximum wheel loads of the crane The longitudinal force shall be assumed to act horizontally at the traction surface of a runway beam, in either direction parallel to the beam 1607.15 Interior walls and partitions. Interior walls and ' partitions that exceed 6 feet (1829 mm) in height, including their finish materials, shall have adequate strength and stiff- ness to resist the loads to which they are subjected but not less than a horizontal load of 5 psf (0 240 kN/m ) 1607.15.1 Fabric partitions. Fabric partitions that exceed ' 6 feet (1829 mm) in height, including their finish materi- als, shall have adequate strength and stiffness to resist the following load conditions 1 The horizontal distributed load need only be applied to the partition framing The total area used to deter- mine the distributed load shall be the area of the fab- ric face between the framing members to which the fabric is attached The total distributed load shall be uniformly applied to such framing members in pro- portion to the length of each member 2 A concentrated load of 40 pounds (0176 kN) applied to an 8-inch-diameter (203 mm) area [50 3 square inches (32 452 mm)] of the fabric face at a height of 54 inches (1372 mm) above the floor 1607.15.2 Fire walls. In order to meet the structural stabil- ity requirements of Section 706 2 where the structure on either side of the wall has collapsed, fire walls and their supports shall be designed to withstand a minimum hori- zontal allowable stress load of 5 psf (0 240 kN/m') 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 373 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN SECTION 1608 SNOW LOADS 1608.1 General. Design snow loads shall be determined in accordance with Chapter 7 of ASCE 7, but the design roof load shall be not less than that determined by Section 1607 1608.2 Ground snow loads. The ground snow loads to be used in determining the design snow loads for roofs shall be deter- mined in accordance with ASCE 7 or Figure 1608 2 for the con- tiguous United States and Table 1608 2 for Alaska Site -specific case studies shall be made in areas designated "CS" in Figure 1608 2 Ground snow loads for sites at elevations above the lim- its indicated in Figure 1608 2 and for all sites within the CS areas shall be approved Ground snow load determination for such sites shall be based on an extreme value statistical analysis of data available in the vicinity of the site using a value with a 2- percent annual probability of being exceeded (50-year mean recurrence interval) Snow loads are zero for Hawaii, except in mountainous regions as approved by the building official 1608.3 Pending instability. Susceptible bays of roofs shall be evaluated for pondmg instability in accordance with Chap- ters 7 and 8 of ASCE 7 SECTION 1609 WIND LOADS 1609.1 Applications. Buildings, structures and parts thereof shall be designed to withstand the minimum wind loads pre- scribed herem Decreases in wind loads shall not be made for the effect of shielding by other structures 1609.1.1 Determination of wind loads. Wind loads on every building or structure shall be determined in accor- dance with Chapters 26 to 30 of ASCE 7 The type of opening protection required, the basic design wind speed, V, and the exposure category for a site is permitted to be determined in accordance with Section 1609 or ASCE 7 Wind shall be assumed to come from any horizontal direc- tion and wind pressures shall be assumed to act normal to the surface considered Exceptions: 1 Subject to the limitations of Section 1609 1 1 1, the provisions of ICC 600 shall be permitted for applicable Group R-2 and R-3 buildings 2 Subject to the limitations of Section 1609 1 1 1, residential structures using the provisions of AWC WFCM 3 Subject to the limitations of Section 1609 1 1 1, residential structures using the provisions of AISI S230 4 Designs using NAAMM FP 1001 5 Designs using TIA-222 for antenna -supporting structures and antennas, provided that the hori- zontal extent of Topographic Category 2 escarp- ments in Section 2 6 6 2 of TIA-222 shall be 16 tines the height of the escarpment 6 Wind tunnel tests in accordance with ASCE 49 and Sections 31 4 and 31 5 of ASCE 7 The wind speeds in Figures 1609 3(1) through 1609 3(8) are basic design wind speeds, V, and shall be converted in accordance with Section 1609 3 1 to allow- able stress design wind speeds, V p, when the provisions of the standards referenced in Exceptions 4 and 5 are used 1609.1.1.1 Applicability. The provisions of ICC 600 are applicable only to buildings located within Expo- sure B or C as defined in Section 1609 4 The provi- sions of ICC 600, AWC WFCM and AISI S230 shall not apply to buildings sited on the upper half of an iso- lated hill, ridge or escarpment meeting all of the fol- lowing conditions The hill, ridge or escarpment is 60 feet (18 288 mm) or higher if located in Exposure B or 30 feet (9144 mm) or higher if located in Exposure C The maximum average slope of the hill exceeds 10 percent The hill, ridge or escarpment is unobstructed upwind by other such topographic features for a distance from the high point of 50 times the height of the hill or 2 miles (3 22 km), whichever is greater TABLE 1608.2 GROUND SNOW LOADS, pq, FOR ALASKAN LOCATIONS LOCATION POUNDSPER SQUAREFOOT LOCATION POUNDSPER SQUAREFOOT LOCATION POUNDSPER SQUAREFOOT Adak 30 Galena 60 Petersburg 150 Anchorage 50 Gulkana 70 St Paul Islands 40 Angoon 70 Homer 40 Seward 50 Barrow 25 Juneau 60 Shemya 25 Barter Island 35 Kenm 70 Sitka 50 Bethel 40 Kodiak 30 Talkeema 120 Big Delta 50 Kotzebue 60 Unalakleet 50 Cold Bay 25 McGrath 70 Valdez 160 Cordova 100 Nenana 80 Wtuther 300 Fairbanks 60 Nome 70 Wrangell 60 Fort Yukon 60 Palmer 50 Yakutat 150 For SI 1 pound per square feet— 0 0479 kN/m' 374 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( RR I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN ' 1609.2 Protection of openings. In windborne debris regions, glazing in buildings shall be impact resistant or protected with an impact -resistant covering meeting the requirements of an approved impact -resistant standard or ASTM E1996 and ASTM E1886 referenced herein as follows 1 Glazed openings located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of grade shall meet the requirements of the large missile test of ASTM E1996 2 Glazed openings located more than 30 feet (9144 mm) above grade shall meet the provisions of the small mis- sile test of ASTM E1996 Exceptions: 1 Wood structural panels with a minimum thickness of 7/16 inch (I I 1 mm) and maximum panel span of 8 feet (2438 mm) shall be permitted for opening protection in buildings with a mean roof height of 33 feet (10 058 mm) or less that are classified as a Group R-3 or R-4 occupancy Panels shall be precut so that they shall be attached to the framing surrounding the open - mg containing the product with the glazed opening Panels shall be predrilled as required for the anchor- age method and shall be secured with the attachment hardware provided Attachments shall be designed to resist the components and cladding loads determined in accordance with the provisions of ASCE 7, with corrosion -resistant attachment hardware provided and anchors permanently installed on the building Attachment in accordance with Table 16092 with corrosion -resistant attachment hardware provided and anchors permanently installed on the building is per- mitted for buildings with a mean roof height of 45 feet (13 716 mm) or less where V.d determined in accordance with Section 1609 3 1 does not exceed 140 mph (63 m/s) 2 Glazing in Risk Category I buildings, including greenhouses that are occupied for growing plants on a production or research basis, without public access shall be permitted to be unprotected 3 Glazing in Risk Category II, III or IV buildings located over 60 feet (18 288 mm) above the ground and over 30 feet (9144 mm) above aggregate surface roofs located within 1,500 feet (458 m) of the build- ing shall be permitted to be unprotected 1609.2.1 Louvers. Louvers protecting intake and exhaust ventilation ducts not assumed to be open that are located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of grade shall meet the require- ments of AMCA 540 1609.2.2 Application of ASTM E1996. The text of Sec- tion 6 2 2 of ASTM E1996 shall be substituted as follows 6 2 2 Unless otherwise specified, select the wind zone based on the basic design wind speed, V, as follows 6 2 2 1 Wind Zone 1 130 mph < basic design wind speed, V< 140 mph 6 2 2 2 Wind Zone 2 140 mph < basic design wind speed, V < 150 mph at greater than one mile (1 6 km) from the coastline The coastline shall be measured from the mean high water mark 6 2 2 3 Wind Zone 3 150 mph (58 m/s) <basic design wind speed, V < 160 mph (63 m/s), or 140 mph (54 m/s) < basic design wind speed, V < 160 mph (63 m/s) and within one mile (1 6 km) of the coastline The coastline shall be measured from the mean high water mark 6 2 2 4 Wind Zone 4 basic design wind speed, V> 160 mph (63 m/s) 1609.2.3 Garage doors. Garage door glazed opening pro- tection for windbome debris shall meet the requirements of an approved impact -resisting standard or ANSU DASMA 115 1609.3 Basic design wind speed. The basic design wind 41M speed, V, in mph, for the determmation of the wind loads shall be determined by Figures 16093(1) through (8) The basic design wind speed, V, for use in the design of Risk Cat- egory II buildings and structures shall be obtained from Fig- ures 1609 3(1) and 1609 3(5) The basic design wind speed, V, for use in the design of Risk Category III buildings and structures shall be obtained from Figures 1609 3(2) and 1609 3(6) The basic design wind speed, V, for use in the design of Risk Category IV buildings and structures shall be obtained from Figures 1609 3(3) and 1609 3(7) The basic design wind speed, V, for use in the design of Risk Category I buildings and structures shall be obtained from Figures TABLE 1609.2 WINDBORNE DEBRIS PROTECTION FASTENING SCHEDULE FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS.,b,,d FASTENER TYPE FASTENER SPACING (inches) Panel Span 5 4 feet 4 feet < Panel Span 5 6 feet 6 feet < Panel Span 5 8 feet No 8 wood -screw -based anchor with 2-inch embedment length 16 10 8 No 10 wood -screw -based anchor with 2-inch embedment length 16 12 9 '/-inch diameter lag -screw -based anchor with 2-inch embedment length 16 16 16 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= 304 8 mm, 1 pound = 4 448 N, 1 mile per hour = 0 447 m/s a This table is based on 140 mph wind speeds and a 45-foot mean roof height b Fasteners shall be installed at opposing ends of the wood sin ctural panel Fasteners shall be located not less than 1 inch from the edge of the panel c Anchors shall penetrate through the exterior wall covering with an embedment length of 2 inches minimum into the building frame Fasteners shall be located not less than 21/ inches from the edge of concrete block or concrete d Where panels are attached to masonry or masonry/stucco, they shall be attached using vibration -resistant anchors having a minimum ultimate withdrawal capacity of 1,500 pounds 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 375 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER M 0 allot 019-110 1] *1 M 0 1 100817026 (1 0) (100) (620 ) In CS areas, site -specific Case Studies are required to establish ground snow loads. Extreme local variations in ground snow loads in these areas preclude mapping at this scale. Numbers in parentheses represent the upper elevation limits in feet for the ground snow load values presented below. Site -specific case studies are required to establish ground snow loads at elevations not covered. To convert Ib/sq ft to kNm , multiply by 0.0479. To convert feet to meters, multiply by 0.3048. FIGURE 1608.2 GROUND SNOW LOADS, pg, FOR THE UNITED STATES (psf) 376 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE° Copyright,F11I1ICC ALLRIGHTSRESERVED Aceemdby Heather VauDue(h,aud�urgf,ends ,,dcom),(C�tyof Pnends ,,d)Order Numbu x..........�Je .g2oao o. Sa PM (PST) pueav tto L�,e Agreement HnthJCC No further reprodumou, no further reprodumousby euy Nerd party, or d�smbuhou euNonzed S�ugle uaeroNy, copy�ug end uetworluug proh�b�ted ANY UNAUPHORIZED REPRODUCTION ORDISTRIRUPION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SDRECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 100817026 M 0 :11Isb iul 9-110 0 *11cl 0 FIGURE 1608.2—continued GROUND SNOW LOADS, pg, FOR THE UNITED STATES (psf) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE° 377 Copyright, a,,,]CC ALLRIGHTSRESERVED A and by Heather Veu Due(h—d—@f—d—dmin),(C�ty of F—d—d) Order Numberx 111111116 ouJeu 1a--11 PM(PST)pur—tro L-- Agreem -thICC No further reproducmu,mfurther reproducmusby euy third party, or d�smbumueuthomed Single uaer only, mpymgeud uetworkmgproh�b�ted ANY UNA[TTHORIZED REPRODUCTION ORDISTRIRUTION IS A VIOLATION OFTHE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT ANDTHELIC-SE AGREEMENT, AND SUR]ECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1609 3(4) and 1609 3(8) The basic design wind speed, V,, for the special wind regions indicated near mountainous terrain and near gorges shall be in accordance with local jurisdiction requirements The basic design wind speeds, V, determined by the local jurisdiction shall be in accordance with Chapter 26 of ASCE 7 In nonhurricane-prone regions, when the basic design wind speed, V, is estimated from regional climatic data, the basic design wind speed, V, shall be determined in accor- dance with Chapter 26 of ASCE 7 1609.3.1 Wind speed conversion. Where required, the basic design wind speeds of Figures 1609 3(1) through 1609 3(8) shall be converted to allowable stress design wind speeds, V d, using Table 1609 3 1 or Equation 16-33 V,d = V40 6 (Equation 16-33) where V sd = Allowable stress design wind speed applicable to methods specified in Exceptions 4 and 5 of Section 1609 1 1 V —Basic design wind speeds determined from Figures 1609 3(1) through 1609 3(8) 1609.4 Exposure category. For each wind direction consid- ered, an exposure category that adequately reflects the char- acteristics of ground surface irregularities shall be determined for the site at which the building or structure is to be con- structed Account shall be taken of variations in ground sur- face roughness that arise from natural topography and vegetation as well as from constructed features 1609.4.1 Wind directions and sectors. For each selected wind direction at which the wind loads are to be evaluated, the exposure of the building or structure shall be deter- mined for the two upwind sectors extending 45 degrees (0 79 rad) either side of the selected wind direction The exposures in these two sectors shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1609 4 2 and 1609 4 3 and the exposure resulting in the highest wind loads shall be used to represent winds from that direction 1609.4.2 Surface roughness categories. A ground sur- face roughness within each 45-degree (079 rad) sector shall be determined for a distance upwind of the site as defined in Section 1609 4 3 from the following categories, for the purpose of assigning an exposure category as defined in Section 1609 4 3 Surface Roughness B. Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single-family dwellings or larger Surface Roughness C. Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights generally less than 30 feet (9144 mm) This category includes flat open country, and grasslands Surface Roughness D. Flat, unobstructed areas and water surfaces This category includes smooth mud flats, salt flats and unbroken ice 1609.4.3 Exposure categories. An exposure category shall be determined in accordance with the following Exposure B. For buildings with a mean roof height of less than or equal to 30 feet (9144 mm), Exposure B shall apply where the ground surface roughness, as defined by Surface Roughness B, prevails in the upwind direction for a distance of not less than 1,500 feet (457 m) For buildings with a mean roof height greater than 30 feet (9144 mm), Exposure B shall apply where Surface Roughness B prevails in the upwind direction for a distance of not less than 2,600 feet (792 m) or 20 times the height of the building, whichever is greater Exposure C. Exposure C shall apply for all cases where Exposure B or D does not apply Exposure D. Exposure D shall apply where the ground surface roughness, as defined by Surface Roughness D, prevails in the upwind direction for a distance of not less than 5,000 feet (1524 m) or 20 times the height of the building, whichever is greater Exposure D shall apply where the ground surface roughness immediately upwind of the site is B or C, and the site is within a dis- tance of 600 feet (183 m) or 20 times the building height, whichever is greater, from an Exposure D con- dition as defined in the previous sentence 1609.5 Roof systems. Roof systems shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Sections 1609 5 1 through 1609 5 3, as applicable 1609.5.1 Roof deck. The roof deck shall be designed to withstand the wind pressures determined in accordance with ASCE 7 1609.5.2 Roof coverings. Roof coverings shall comply with Section 1609 5 1 Exception: Rigid tile roof coverings that are air perme- able and installed over a roof deck complying with Sec- tion 1609 5 1 are permitted to be designed in accordance with Section 1609 5 3 Asphalt shingles installed over a roof deck complying with Section 1609 5 1 shall comply with the wind -resis- tance requirements of Section 1504 1 1 TABLE 1609.3.1 WIND SPEED CONVERSIONSa•"•` V 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 Via 78 85 93 101 108 116 124 132 139 147 155 For SI 1 mile per hour = 0 44 m/s a Linear interpolation is permitted Ib V,d= allowable stress design wind speed applicable to methods specified in Exceptions 1 through 5 of Section 1609 1 1 c V— basic design wind speeds determined from Figures 1609 3(1) through 1609 3(8) 378 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto i I ( " I.i A&g,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 100817026 V Lo In ao O N O N f0 v m o 04 a c� . v N R In O In 0 0 E ti! N C y N d } O O O rS c� v d +• o 0 U co c= 0 0n K V N W C_ O `O 3a d 0 � � o CL 0 y N O O O 0 7 d 3 0 N 0 C K pf 0 MC01—aw - N w y a, U C .0 E c or• m C 0 3x .. d r�:E�.n03 to ow �o y 0 41 to c .0 E 0 C C1 7 0 N C o 0 CL (4 41 E G M 0 K w y c 3 0) 0)y 41 0 — "0 0) 0 d E > to CU1 w 0 ++ IC O to O t 'O N d C) O CL ° q a � y O •' '2 d O. C_ C O C d 3 0 0 0 d O " r 0 3 ° E y ommmod d o 0) 0) a CL Vl 0)c 0CL y N CE�0)0 y C. N O C V C1 y y" 0f 0 'y ' C CL N E N d O OO p_ y y y 0 c " m =.0 a c CL U O •- 0 J y 2 J z e- (V (M V' (A (G CO 0 W W M CO 0 z_ z 0 CO w 0 U Q m 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE° 379 Copyright@ 2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Accessed by Heather Van Dine (hvandme@friendswoodcom),(City of Friendswood) Order Number a100817026onJan14,2020 or ss PM(PST)pursuantto 1 License Agreement with ICC No futtherreproduction,nof rther reproductions by any thud patty, or distribution authorized Single user only, copying and networking prohibited ANYUNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN _ i� n , d/�\2 /009/7026 STRUCTURAL DESIGN N d O O O M 11 T O e y e 0 po U o II d _ T 0 uc W c ` O 0Mly O C C C y `OI --, O00 K d d w W W L3 did M :410a a. —o N .O.wG c p. E 0 c u 5 'o`—q 0ma 'da»:a9c t d a u E d d O C y duo3ov 22 ^ y a E > m a o v a°OaO d d ydax d c c o « @ d 3 u y o a a N c c E d m d M O %L cnE0 oaaadi o0 d d C O a d ei€=uidv d d v F O'd n �`cdd cad d °c am�ya T O »`ao d d d 'O C 9 ai c c_u d C d O . C > J 2 3: J Z �NMVV G 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 381 Copyoght@2017 ICC ALL RIGHTS R9 SERVED Ar¢ved by H+aih¢Vary Dee(hloal. D—d—od Am).(I,of FF-d—d)O,N,Neobarxloo8I7DR ocJan 14.2020 o 1 se PM(PSI)T--tta 1 I 1, ®ee Ag I lmlt of, I CC No Avtho, odl,fol, no ALLho, od,,folI by shod Party.ofI F,to,autleosd&ogle—ody coL,ngmdc#wdwgl,okbYed ANY VNARTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIS VT ION IS A V IOLATION OPT HE FED SEAL COPYRIGHTA Ci AND THE LICENCE A —Flo ENT. AND 8UW1 IC OVIlL AND CAIAIN" PENALTIESTHERP.VNDEft STRUCTURAL DESIGN 100917026 \ 2 382 m,m_n_._mm e� •,I, H � � d L �°: STRUCTURAL DESIGN 0 6 10 Is III oy—.0 s1e1I.— Iw ba Ieh.. e1 MalM...eItl 1-n OOPaoIe' r MVF.6..F Glegoryb wee Mgbr FOed Effentive Wind Speetl (mph) -- 110 120 130 — nm — 150 15d — 170 -- I80 --- 200 enw..wmsw.eeMla�rmre.Im.eea M.+..0 brMN£PS, PAMGbypryll Basic Wind Speeds for Risk Category 11 Buildings and Other Structures (Hawaii). Notes 1 Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 3311(10m) above ground for Exposure C category 2 Linear interpolation between contours is permitted 3 Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the las wind speed contour of the coastal area 4 It is permitted to use the standard values of K. of 1 0 and Kd as given in Table 26 6-1 of ASCE 7 5 Ocean promontories and local escarpments shall be examined for unusual wind conditions 6 Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 7 % probability of exceedance in 50 years (Annual Exeeedance Probability = 0 00143, MRI=700 Years) FIGURE 1609.3(5) BASIC DESIGN WIND SPEEDS, V, FOR RISK CATEGORY II BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES IN HAWAII (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 383 ( CyVgbt@—ICC NLCGNTSCIcCcFDA—,�byNwLu6a°Cme(QtY,(Pomd—m 0,l N—b—..oeieme®k—»�mse PM @m Purvantw ,,Aa,—b—hlm Noaw,er�a�2rorww�au�a<ev�,vmuaw�.orm.°m�aoo°�,wNm n.*.-omymw=a,m--Cbgemmm,m ArreuNAorx00. EEe0oo=0 OR Irr0Eun0NaA�AU N0PT EPEO COP=GxTAcrerm Txeua_+w-eAGreevmwr.ArmsueME TOa�iA,maurmNxe .nvsTNE.c STRUCTURAL DESIGN 0 35 5 Me" Road Ive Wind SpeeUtmphl 110 120 130 140 150 190 170 1e0 i. EXeclrve NAntl Spell Conlwr bnhe lsieM al Nauai lASCE -tot E) Basic Wind Speeds for Risk Category 11 Buildings and Other Structures (Hawaii). Notes 1 Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 ft (10m) aboveground for Exposure C category 2 Linear interpolation between contours is permitted 3 Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the Ins wind speed contour of the coastal area 4 It is permitted to use the standard values of K. of 1 0 and Ktl as given in Table 26 6-1 of ASCE 7 5 Ocean promontories and local escarpments shall be examined for unusual wind conditions 6 Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 7 % probability of exceedance in 50 years (Annual Exceedance Probability = 0 00143, MRI = 700 Years) FIGURE 1609.3(5)—continued BASIC DESIGN WIND SPEEDS, V, FOR RISK CATEGORY II BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES IN HAWAII 384 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' I I 1 �s3,m,01,1CCIII ,GHTFE���s��� s��,,....,.,..... mm,.,o,y4F.�m,�p.�,�No- moo„ y—o,„PMOM--b �,.o.m FFEb-1--lb-1—„—,'AvouvopOF,NFN.I.GHTA'AI,F,NE..NSE..m...nre� oay.<�.,. P„�.n��. STRUCTURAL DESIGN k�M'MR6wl v gIll' MIda Tali NMwl.NeIOMA to . Mli Poetl Effective Wind Speed (mph) —130 —100 --150 —160 — 170 --- im V. tO Mlbs � a". 1M1Mtl imli k, tlu ...% Rak CMpay 111 Basic Wind Speeds for Risk Category III Buildings and Other Structures (Hawaii). Notes 1 Values are nominal design &second gust wind speeds In miles per hour at 33 It (10m) above ground for Exposure C category 2 linear interpolation between contours Is permitted 3 Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the Ins wind speed contour of the coastal area 4 It Is permitted to use the standard values of Kr of 1 0 and Kid as given In Table 26 6-1 of ASCE 7 5 Cosen promontories and local escarpments shall be examined for unusual wind conditions 6 Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 3% probability of exceedance In 50 years (Annual Exceedance Probability = 0 00143, MILL = 700 Years) FIGURE 1601 BASIC DESIGN WIND SPEEDS, V, FOR RISK CATEGORY III BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES IN HAWAII (contuu�ed) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODEx 385 1. 11�uER..—Is,H-tlI aa,��„�. �.(.soan—sao„eM "e--. aaRO CT,onoRR,. a� Ion,P. hoa„on oE1.�E n� .�.�1NE��,,.�. M.�,o lb ahL�D�n.nPw LT�S� STRUCTURAL DESIGN Major Rwd Fftecdve Wind S 100 U. — 150 aid _ 170 _.1. — zoo —no --- 240 nN /V es,ll Im M WFRS. P bk Crispy III. Basic Wind Speeds for Risk Category III Buildings and Other Structures (Hawaii). Notes 1 Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 331t (10m) above ground for Exposure C category 2 Linear interpolation between contours is permitted 3 Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the las wind speed contour of the coastal area 4 It is permitted to use the standard values of K. of 1 0 and Kd as given in Table 26 6-1 of ASCE 7 5 Ocean promontories and local escarpments shall be examined for unusual wind conditions 6 Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 3 % probability of exceedance in 50 years (Annual Exceedance Probability = 0 00143, MRI = 700 Years) FIGURE 1609.3(6)—continued BASIC DESIGN WIND SPEEDS, V, FOR RISK CATEGORY III BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES IN HAWAII 386 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® w�,o�,,,a .u��n�uEo.�s,P��us� a..� . ).r�9ort ��oo�",oPORo,.�w„oPc, "h moP�. ... ,'nr,'E�w,.�. M.�i,".' bah i n..rn"1H. STRUCTURAL DESIGN I \ \\vr I i• %edge N{M 9ppee..tlGmmNMIn. 44MsoINWI. MdpXMenplantlN6CEi:Mt& r NrvFRfia6FGbppryry ro Malor Roae EMOUve Wind Speed Im ph) — 130 —140 — is. —160 — V0 —1116 — ]00 — no .0 Basic Wind Speeds for Risk Category 1V Buildings and Other Structures (Hawaii). Notes 1 Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 It (10m) above ground for Exposure C category 2 Linear Interpolation between contours is permitted 3 Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the las wind speed contour of the coastal area. 4 It is permitted to use the standard values of K. of 1 0 and Kd as given in Table 26 6-1 of ASCE 7 5 Ocean promontories and local escarpments shall be examined for unusual wind conditions 6 Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 1 7% probability of exceedance in 50 years (Annual Exceedance Probability = 0 00143, MRI = 700 Years) FIGURE 1609.3(7) BASIC DESIGN WIND SPEEDS, V, FOR RISK CATEGORY IV BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES IN HAWAII (contmuea) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 387 .egNdmc.v.vc,E1F.,m0—., o,.IF N—m.,m„—..t=...mmFm SOFT Fe —I. p �) ue,e w, O-- br,.ruma oxavrxowgo FmroFocnoNo FrmueunoN IS �ounoN of OFF FFFFFu.coeewTAT ACT um THE uaNSFa=OIEtlr. um SNFIFCr To dVhNIF aurmNu.FvwunFSTTTFF=a STRUCTURAL DESIGN mqI aaea — 130 WO 150 1B0 — 170 —'180 — 300 — M. 240 EMdIw YbAE6PoX4cmlomb,MmsM1nE el XeuagP6CE ];0161a MNYNRS, MXObpwylk � Basic Wind Speeds for Risk Category IV Buildings and Othei Structures (Hawaii). Notes 1 Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 ft (10m) above ground for Exposure C category 2 Linear interpolation between contours is permitted 3 Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the las wind speed contour of the coastal area 4 It is permitted to use the standard values of Kr of 1 0 and Kd as given in Table 26 6-1 of ASCE 7 5 Ocean promontories and local escarpments shall be examined for unusual wind conditions 6 Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 1 7% probability of exceedance in 50 years (Annual Exoiedance Probability = 0 00143, MRI = 700 Years) FIGURE 1609.3(7)—continued BASIC DESIGN WIND SPEEDS, V, FOR RISK CATEGORY IV BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES IN HAWAII 388 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I I 1 UNA==,e u����ror.a�ao"PX,�E� ,.em,��.'r' nv-�eoNX.mrE ,�� Eemb,,.�vNP ,. �oov�,oN oRo,swX�oNSP�ou,�oN oX�eao�."wa�MP���ec�NwP��r�,T.�"e,To a�r� �wN�.eE„�.�w��. STRUCTURAL DESIGN M mve NmE 6pvE Conbw br fis IYmN N Mem, MobM mi I�ne IASGE hA,F bs MWi6S. wul Cakyryl Zee Malor Road Effective wind Speed (mph) —too -- 110 --- 120 1A -14a —150 —180 — 200 NO Basic Wind Speeds for Risk Category I Buildings and Other Structures (Hawaii). Notes 1 Values are nominal design 3-seoend gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 It (10m) above ground for Exposure C category 2 Linear interpolation between contours is permitted 3 Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the las wind speed contour of the coastal area 4 It is permitted to use the standard values of Kr of 1 0 and Kd as given in Table 26 6-1 of ASCE 7 5 Ocean promontories and local escarpments shall be examined for unusual wind conditions 6 Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 15% probability of exceedance in 50 years (Annual Exeeedance Probability = 0 00143, MRI = 700 Years) FIGURE 1609.3(8) BASIC DESIGN WIND SPEEDS, V, FOR RISK CATEGORY I BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES IN HAWAII (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 389 e�edr0— Im w FJGHisFsmcvm aa,4aq Nmne vo.a � �.N �a'.m,a,..mat o�N.e---.eommem rem e re s eN �e ay.mevEs,wm,..e.k�se Mw urcuNa ESxo o eeaa000cnoN oeolmueunoNlsa�nounoN oerxeemeuu. memuvMracrumixeu�gav�somir.a,No.roerecrro a�nium aarmNu.eervunasra�uN STRUCTURAL DESIGN Mapr Road active Wind Spend (mph) 100 110 120 - 130 —taa 150 too 170 tag 111 Basic Wind Speeds for Risk Category I Buildings and Other Structures (Hawaii). Notes 1 Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 ft (10m) above ground for Exposure C category 2 Linear interpolation between contours is permitted 3 Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the las wind speed contour of the coastal area 4 It is permitted to use the standard values of Kr of 1 0 and Kd as given in Table 26 6-1 of ASCE 7 5 Ocean promontories and local escarpments shall be examined for unusual wind conditions 6 Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 15% probability of exceedance in 50 years (Annual Exceedance Probability — 0 00143, MRI — 700 Years) FIGURE 1609.3(8)—continued BASIC DESIGN WIND SPEEDS, V, FOR RISK CATEGORY I BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES IN HAWAII 390 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® r I I I cmot—,,,a STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1609.5.3 Rigid tile. Wind loads on rigid the roof cover- ings shall be determined in accordance with the following equation MG = qhC bLLa[1 0 - GCP] (Equation 16-34) For SI M — 4hCLbLLa[1.0—GCP] a 1.000 where b = Exposed width, feet (mm) of the roof the C, = Lift coefficient The lift coefficient for concrete and clay the shall be 0 2 or shall be determined by test in accordance with Section 1504 2 1 GCP= Roof pressure coefficient for each applicable roof zone determined from Chapter 30 of ASCE 7 Roof coefficients shall not be adjusted for internal pressure L = Length, feet (mm) of the roof the La M= qh Moment arm, feet (mm) from the axis of rotation to the point of uplift on the roof the The point of uplift shall be taken at 0 76L from the head of the the and the middle of the exposed width For roof tiles with nails or screws (with or without a tall clip), the axis of rotation shall be taken as the head of the the for direct deck application or as the top edge of the batten for battened applications For roof tiles fastened only by a nail or screw along the side of the tile, the axis of rotation shall be determined by testing For roof tiles installed with battens and fastened only by a clip near the tall of the tile, the moment arm shall be determmed about the top edge of the batten with consideration given for the point of rotation of the tiles based on straight bond or broken bond and the the profile Aerodynamic uplift moment, feet -pounds (N-mm) acting to raise the tall of the the Wind velocity pressure, psf (kN/m) detenmmed from Section 2610 2 of ASCE 7 Concrete and clay roof tiles complying with the follow- ing limitations shall be designed to withstand the aerody- namic uplift moment as determmed by this section 1 The roof tiles shall be either loose laid on battens, mechanically fastened, mortar set or adhesive set 2 The roof tiles shall be installed on solid sheathing that has been designed as components and cladding 3 An underlayment shall be installed in accordance with Chapter 15 4 The the shall be single lapped interlocking with a minimum head lap of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) 5 The length of the the shall be between 1 0 and 1 75 feet (305 mm and 533 mm) 6 The exposed width of the the shall be between 0 67 and 1 25 feet (204 mm and 381 mm) 7 The maximum thickness of the tall of the the shall not exceed 1 3 inches (33 mm) 8 Roof tiles using mortar set or adhesive set systems shall have not less than two-thirds of the tile's area free of mortar or adhesive contact SECTION 1610 SOIL LATERAL LOADS 1610.1 General. Foundation walls and retaining walls shall be designed to resist lateral soil loads Soil loads specified in Table 1610 1 shall be used as the minimum design lateral soil loads unless determmed otherwise by a geotechnical investi- gation in accordance with Section 1803 Foundation walls and other walls in which horizontal movement is restricted at the top shall be designed for at -rest pressure Retaining walls free to move and rotate at the top shall be permitted to be designed for active pressure Design lateral pressure from surcharge loads shall be added to the lateral earth pressure load Design lateral pressure shall be increased if soils at the site are expansive Foundation walls shall be designed to sup- port the weight of the full hydrostatic pressure of undramed backfill unless a drainage system is installed in accordance with Sections 1805 4 2 and 1805 4 3 Exception: Foundation walls extending not more than 8 feet (2438 mm) below grade and laterally supported at the top by flexible diaphragms shall be permitted to be designed for active pressure SECTION 1611 RAIN LOADS 1611.1 Design rain loads. Each portion of a roof shall be designed to sustain the load of rainwater that will accumulate on it if the primary drainage system for that portion is blocked plus the uniform load caused by water that rises above the inlet of the secondary drainage system at its design flow The design rainfall shall be based on the 100-year hourly rainfall rate indicated in Figure 1611 1 or on other rainfall rates determined from approved local weather data R = 5 2(d + dJ (Equation 16-35) For SI R = 0 0098(d + d,) where = Additional depth of water on the undeflected roof above the inlet of secondary drainage system at its design flow (in other words, the hydraulic head), in inches (mm) d = Depth of water on the undeflected roof up to the inlet of secondary drainage system when the primary drainage system is blocked (in other words, the static head), in inches (mm) 4m 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 391 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN R = Ram load on the undeflected roof, in psf (kN/m) Where the phrase "undeflected roof' is used, deflections from loads (including dead loads) shall not be considered when determining the amount of ram on the roof 1611.2 Pending instability. Susceptible bays of roofs shall be evaluated for ponding instability in accordance with Sec- tion 8 4 of ASCE 7 1611.3 Controlled drainage. Roofs equipped with hardware to control the rate of drainage shall be equipped with a sec- ondary drainage system at a higher elevation that limits accu- mulation of water on the roof above that elevation Such roofs shall be designed to sustain the load of rainwater that will accumulate on them to the elevation of the secondary drain- age system plus the uniform load caused by water that rises above the inlet of the secondary drainage system at its design flow determined from Section 1611 1 Such roofs shall be checked for ponding instability in accordance with Section 1611 2 SECTION 1612 FLOOD LOADS 1612.1 General. Withinflood hazard areas as established in Section 1612 3, all new construction of buildings, structures and portions of buildings and structures, including substantial improvement and restoration of substantial damage to build- ings and structures, shall be designed and constructed to resist the effects of flood hazards and flood loads For buildings that are located in more than one flood hazard area, the pro- visions associated with the most restrictive flood hazard area shall apply 1612.2 Design and construction. The design and construc- tion of buildings and structures located m flood hazard areas, including coastal high hazard areas and coastal A zones, shall be in accordance with Chapter 5 of ASCE 7 and ASCE 24 1612.3 Establishment of flood hazard areas. To establish flood hazard areas, the applicable governing authority shall adopt a flood hazard map and supporting data The flood haz- ard map shall include, at a mimmum, areas of special flood hazard as identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency in an engineering report entitled "The Flood Insur- ance Study for [INSERT NAME OF JURISDICTION]," dated [INSERT DATE OF ISSUANCE], as amended or revised with the accompanying Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) and Flood Boundary and Floodway Map (FBFM) and related supporting data along with any revisions thereto The adopted flood haz- ard map and supporting data are hereby adopted by reference and declared to be part of this section TABLE 1610.1 LATERAL SOIL LOAD DESCRIPTION OF BACKFILL MATERIAL` UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION DESIGN LATERAL SOIL LOAD' (pound per square foot per foot of depth) Active pressure At -rest pressure Well -graded, clean gravels, gravel -sand mixes GW 30 60 Poorly graded clean gravels, gravel -sand mixes GP 30 60 Silty gravels, poorly graded gravel -sand mixes GM 40 60 Clayey gravels, poorly graded gravel -and -clay mixes GC 45 60 Well -graded, clean sands, gravelly sand mixes SW 30 60 Poorly graded clean sands, sand -gravel mixes SP 30 60 Silty sands, poorly graded sand -silt mixes SM 45 60 Sand -silt clay tiux with plastic fines SM-SC 45 100 Clayey sands, poorly graded sand -clay mixes SC 60 100 Inorgaruc silts and clayey silts ML 45 100 Mixture of inorganic silt and clay ML-CL 60 100 Inorgaruc clays of low to medium plasticity CL 60 100 Organic silts and silt clays, low plasticity OL Note b Note b Inorganic clayey silts, elastic silts MH Note b Note b Inorgaruc clays of lugh plasticity CH Note b Note b Organic clays and silty clays OH Note b Note b For SI 1 pound per square foot per foot of depth= 0 157 kPa/m, 1 foot =304 8 mm a Design lateral sod loads are given for moist conditions for the specified sods at their optimum densities Actual field conditions shall govem Submerged or saturated sod pressures shall include the weight of the buoyant sod plus the hydrostatic loads b Unsuitable as backfill material c The definition and classification of sod materials shall be in accordance with ASTM D2487 392 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto I ( [ I TTRR I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm Source National Weather Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Washington, DC [P] FIGURE 1611.1 100-YEAR, 1-HOUR RAINFALL (INCHES) WESTERN UNITED STATES (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 393 I [ [ t CoAttght OO xo 17 POO ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A— ... of by THPL,, Van Dme(hvo AeA,Pfi—d—od om).(Qty of IF—d—od)PALO,Nombsx 100e1702e 01 JM 14.2020 015e PM (PST) p—t to LA,—Ag,—^ '^ot, POO No AtOo,, CyodmYm, m AtOo,, gAod Atm, by oo,dt party, o, Aembmoo-Oo—d Single w¢®Iy mpy g and mtwdmg Iyofthted AND VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBITCON IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHTACr AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER 100817026 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 2.75 For SI 1 mch= 25 4 mm Source National Weather Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Admrmstratron, Washington, DC [P] FIGURE 1611.1—continued 100-YEAR, 1-HOUR RAINFALL (INCHES) CENTRAL UNITED STATES (continued) 394 2018INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Copyright ® Nis ITT ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Asca—dby Heather Van Dine (hvaudme@m-cls,rood wm), (City of Pueudasorod) Order Number nt ooetfo26 ou Jau 14, uu of se PM (PST) purniaut to License Agreement with ITT No ruMer reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorved Single user only, copying and networking prohibited ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODIJCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVI L AND CRIMINAL PENALTI AS THERBIIN STRUCTURAL DESIGN /008/7026 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm Source National Weather Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Adrnimstiatron, Wallington, DC [P] FIGURE 1611.1—continued 100-YEAR, 1-HOUR RAINFALL (INCHES) EASTERN UNITED STATES (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 395 Copynght02017 ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Accessed by H®Na Van Fine (hvandmepin®d,voodcm),(Clty of Pu®dswood)Orda Numb-100817026 on Jan 14. 2020015E PM BEST) pwsmt to ItceaseAgresnAL vnN ICC No futtha reprodumon.no futtha reprodumonsbyany GUd parry or Isnlbuuon auHmVd Singe user only, mp;4ng and nttwotlangproNblted ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN /008/7026 BARROW ,q .4 BARTER POINT 3AY .5 ..i_ 5 ALA KA 100 0 1 0 200 300 ii 11INNI I I I •KOT B FT. YUKON .6 7 GALENA IF G MBEL NOME , NE MCGRATH ;,$ THWAY CAPE N NIVAK 1 1 1.2 KIN M 12 12 8 1 KOD KNAS U ST. PAU Q57 PORT 1 . GEORGE HEIDEN '6 1 CHIGN K COLI BAY 2 e' 1 E�}d S EMVA AFBg-°ATKA o a q A CHITKA For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm Source National Weather Sertnce, National Oceamc and Atinosphenc Administration, Waslungton, DC [P] FIGURE 1611.1—continued 100-YEAR, 1-HOUR RAINFALL (INCHES) ALASKA (continued) 396 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' [ [ Copyughl@,d, ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A,vsed by HeatherVan Dine(hvandlne®fneudswood core), (CIS of Pueudswood)Order Number#10081fou on Jan 14, uu 0158 PM(PST) puesuao[ro I1 LlrenseAgreementwith ICC No fuller reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorised Smgleuser only, Preying and nen°omm,proh beted ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINALPENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 100817026 11 rwil-OF M U) .o w x w O c Z 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 397 Copyright 0 2017 ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Accessed by Heather Van Dine (hvandineTgrnendawood coat (City of Eriendawood) Order Numbe, t o0et 7026 on]an 14, 2020 of se PM (PST) pursuantto License Agreement with ICC No fuller repro dudion, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorised Single user only, copying and networking prohibited ANY tTNA3THOMZED REPRODUCTION OR DISPRIBtITI ON IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND StIMECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREtTNDER, STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1612.3.1 Design flood elevations. Where design flood elevations are not included in the flood hazard areas established in Section 1612 3, or where floodways are not designated, the building official is authorized to require the applicant to do one of the following 1 Obtain and reasonably utilize any design flood ele- vation and floodway data available from a federal, state or other source 2 Determme the design flood elevation or floodway in accordance with accepted hydrologic and hydraulic engineering practices used to define special flood hazard areas Determinations shall be undertaken by a registered design professional who shall document that the technical methods used reflect currently accepted engineering practice 1612.3.2 Determination of impacts. In riverme flood hazard areas where design flood elevations are specified but floodways have not been designated, the applicant shall provide a floodway analysis that demonstrates that the proposed work will not increase the design flood ele- vation more than 1 foot (305 mm) at any point within the jurisdiction of the applicable governing authority ' 1612.4 Flood hazard documentation. The following docu- mentation shall be prepared and sealed by a registered design professional and submitted to the building official For construction in flood hazard areas other than coastal high hazard areas or coastal A zones 1 1 The elevation of the lowest floor, including the basement, as required by the lowest floor eleva- tion inspection in Section 110 3 3 and for the final inspection in Section 110 3 11 1 1 2 For fully enclosed areas below the design flood elevation where provisions to allow for the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters do not meet the minimum requirements in Section 2 7 2 1 of ASCE 24, construction documents shall include a statement that the design will provide for equalization of hydrostatic flood forces in accordance with Section 2 7 2 2 of ASCE 24 1 3 For dry floodproofed nonresidential buildings, construction documents shall include a state- ment that the dry floodproofmg is designed in accordance with ASCE 24 For construction in coastal high hazard areas and coastal A zones 2 1 The elevation of the bottom of the lowest hori- zontal structural member as required by the lowest floor elevation inspection in Section 110 3 3 and for the final inspection in Section 1103 11 1 22 Construction documents shall include a state- ment that the building is designed in accordance with ASCE 24, including that the pile or col- umn foundation and building or structure to be attached thereto is designed to be anchored to resist flotation, collapse and lateral movement due to the effects of wind and flood loads acting simultaneously on all building components, and other load requirements of Chapter 16 23 For breakaway walls designed to have a resis- tance of more than 20 psf (0 96 kN/m) deter- mmed using allowable stress design, construction documents shall include a state- ment that the breakaway wall is designed in accordance with ASCE 24 SECTION 1613 EARTHQUAKE LOADS 1613.1 Scope. Every structure, and portion thereof, including nonstructural components that are permanently attached to structures and their supports and attachments, shall be designed and constructed to resist the effects of earthquake motions in accordance with Chapters 11, 12, 13, 15, 17 and 18 of ASCE 7, as applicable The seismic design category for a structure is permitted to be determined in accordance with Section 1613 or ASCE 7 Exceptions: 1 Detached one- and two-family dwellings, assigned to Seismic Design Category A, B or C, or located where the mapped short -period spectral response acceleration, Ss, is less than 0 4 g 2 The seismic force -resisting system of wood -frame buildings that conform to the provisions of Section 2308 are not required to be analyzed as specified in this section 3 Agricultural storage structures intended only for incidental human occupancy 4 Structures that require special consideration of their response characteristics and environment that are not addressed by this code or ASCE 7 and for which other regulations provide seismic criteria, such as vehicular bridges, electrical transmission towers, hydraulic structures, buried utility lines and their appurtenances and nuclear reactors 5 References within ASCE 7 to Chapter 14 shall not apply, except as specifically required herein 1613.2 Seismic ground motion values. Seismic ground motion values shall be determined in accordance with this section 1613.2.1 Mapped acceleration parameters. The parame- ters SS and S( shall be determined from the 0 2 and 1-sec- ond spectral response accelerations shown on Figures 398 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1613 2 1(1) through 1613 2 1(8) Where SJ is less than or equal to 0 04 and SS is less than or equal to 0 15, the struc- ture is permitted to be assigned Seismic Design Category A 1613.2.2 Site class definitions. Based on the site soil properties, the site shall be classified as Site Class A, B, C, D, E or F in accordance with Chapter 20 of ASCE 7 Where the soil properties are not known in sufficient detail to determine the site class, Site Class D, subjected to the requirements of Section 1613 2 3, shall be used unless the building official or geotechnical data determines that Site Class E or F soils are present at the site Where site investigations that are performed in accor- dance with Chapter 20 of ASCE 7 reveal rock conditions consistent with Site Class B, but site -specific velocity measurements are not made, the site coefficients Fa and Fv shall be taken at unity (1 0) 1613.2.3 Site coefficients and adjusted maximum con- sidered earthquake spectral response acceleration parameters. The maximum considered earthquake spec- tral response acceleration for short periods, SMS, and at 1- second period, SMJ, adjusted for site class effects shall be determined by Equations 16-36 and 16-37, respectively SMs=FGSL (Equation 16-36) SMJ = FY SJ (Equation 16-37) but S. shall not be taken less than SM, except when deter- mining the seismic design category in accordance with Section 1613 2 5 where Fa = Site coefficient defined in Table 1613 2 3(1) FF = Site coefficient defined in Table 1613 2 3(2) SS = The mapped spectral accelerations for short periods as determined in Section 1613 2 1 SJ = The mapped spectral accelerations for a 1-second period as determined in Section 1613 2 1 Where Site Class D is selected as the default site class per Section 1613 2 2, the value of Fa shall be not less than 1 2 Where the simplified design procedure of ASCE 7 Section 12 14 is used, the value of Fa shall be determined in accordance with ASCE 7 Section 12 14 8 1, and the val- ues of Fy, SMs and SM( need not be determined 1613.2.4 Design spectral response acceleration parame- ters. Five -percent damped design spectral response accel- eration at short periods, Sos and at 1-second period, SoJ, shall be determined from Equations 16-38 and 16-39, respectively Sys = 2 SMS (Equation 16-38) SDI = 2 SM, (Equation 16-39) where SMS = The maximum considered earthquake spectral response accelerations for short period as determined in Section 1613 2 3 SMJ = The maximum considered earthquake spectral response accelerations for 1-second period as determined in Section 1613 2 3 1613.2.5 Determination of seismic design category. Structures classified as Risk Category I, II or III that are located where the mapped spectral response acceleration parameter at 1-second period, SJ, is greater than or equal to 0 75 shall be assigned to Seismic Design Category E Structures classified as Risk Category IV that are located where the mapped spectral response acceleration parame- ter at 1-second period, SJ, is greater than or equal to 0 75 shall be assigned to Seismic Design Category F Other structures shall be assigned to a seismic design category based on their risk category and the design spectral response acceleration parameters, Sos and SoJ, determined in accordance with Section 1613 2 4 or the site -specific procedures of ASCE 7 Each building and structure shall be assigned to the more severe seismic design category in accordance with Table 1613 2 5(1) or 1613 2 5(2), irre- spective of the fundamental period of vibration of the structure, T TABLE 1613.2.3(1) VALUES OF SITE COEFFICIENT F. a SITE CLASS MAPPED RISK TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCER) SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION PARAMETER AT SHORT PERIOD Ss 5 0.25 Ss = 0.50 Ss = 0.75 Ss = 1.00 Ss = 1.25 Ss 2 1.5 A 08 08 08 08 08 08 B 09 09 09 09 09 09 C 13 13 12 12 12 12 D 16 14 12 11 10 10 E 24 1 7 1 3 Note IF Note IF Note IF F Note IF Note IF Note IF Note IF Note IF Note IF a Use straight-line interpolation for intermediate values of mapped spectral response acceleration at short period, S, b Values shall be determined in accordancew)th Section 114 8 of ASCE 7 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 399 I I I I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYUNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE 1613.2.3(2) VALUES OF SITE COEFFICIENT F), a SITE CLASS MAPPED RISK TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCER) SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION PARAMETER AT 1-SECOND PERIOD SIS 0.1 SI=0.2 SI=0.3 SI=0.4 SI=0.5 S,20.6 A 08 08 08 08 08 08 B 08 08 08 08 08 08 C 15 15 15 15 15 14 D 24 22` 20` 191 181 17` E 42 33` 28` 24` 22` 20` F Note b Note b Note b Note b Note b Note b ' a Use straight-line interpolation for intermediate values of mapped spectral response acceleration at 1-second period, SI b Values shall be determined in accordance with Section 114 8 of ASCE 7 ' c See requirements for site -specific ground motions in Section 114 8 of ASCE 7 TABLE 1613.2.5(1) SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY BASED ON SHORT -PERIOD (0.2 second) RESPONSE ACCELERATION VALUE OF Sos RISK CATEGORY I or II III IV Sns < 0 167g A A A 0 167g < Sns < 0 33g B B C 0 33g < Sns < 0 50g C C D 0 50g < Sns D D D TABLE 1613.2.5(2) SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY BASED ON 1-SECOND PERIOD RESPONSE ACCELERATION VALUE OF Soy RISK CATEGORY I or ll III IV SnJ < 0 067g A A A 0 067g < SnJ < 0 133g B B C 0 133g <SnJ <0 20g C C D 0 20g < SnJ D D D 400 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® r " ' TTRRCopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto TL S I ( I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva tidy mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN E*' 1613.2.5.1 Alternative seismic design category deter- mination. Where S) is less than 075, the seismic design category is permitted to be detennmed from Table 1613 2 5(1) alone where all of the following apply 1 In each of the two orthogonal directions, the approximate fundamental period of the structure, Tp, in each of the two orthogonal directions deter- mmed in accordance with Section 12 8 2 1 of ASCE 7, is less than 0 8 T, detennmed in accor- dance with Section 11 8 6 of ASCE 7 2 In each of the two orthogonal directions, the fun- damental period of the structure used to calculate the story drift is less than T 3 Equation 12 8-2 of ASCE 7 is used to detennme the seismic response coefficient, C, 4 The diaphragms are rigid or are permitted to be idealized as rigid in accordance with Section 12 3 1 of ASCE 7 or, for diaphragms permitted to be idealized as flexible in accordance with Section 12 3 1 of ASCE 7, the distances between vertical elements of the seismic force - resisting system do not exceed 40 feet (12 192 mm) 1613.2.5.2 Simplified design procedure. Where the alternate simplified design procedure of ASCE 7 is used, the seismic design category shall be detennmed in accordance with ASCE 7 1613.3 Ballasted photovoltaic panel systems. Ballasted, roof -mounted photovoltaic panel systems need not be rigidly attached to the roof or supporting structure Ballasted non - penetrating systems shall be designed and installed only on roofs with slopes not more than one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal Ballasted nonpenetratmg systems shall be designed to resist sliding and uplift resulting from lateral and vertical forces as required by Section 1605, using a coeffi- cient of friction determined by acceptable engineering princi- ples In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, ballasted nonpenetratmg systems shall be designed to accommodate seismic displacement detennmed by nonlinear response -history or other approved analysis or shake -table testing, using input motions consistent with ASCE 7 lateral and vertical seismic forces for nonstructural components on roofs SECTION 1614 ATMOSPHERIC ICE LOADS 1614.1 General. Ice -sensitive structures shall be designed for atmospheric lee loads in accordance with Chapter 10 of ASCE 7 SECTION 1615 TSUNAMI LOADS 1615.1 General. The design and construction of Risk Cate- gory III and IV buildings and structures located in the Tsu- nami Design Zones defined in the Tsunami Design Geodatabase shall be in accordance with Chapter 6 of ASCE 7, except as modified by this code SECTION 1616 STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY 1616.1 General. High-rise buildings that are assigned to Risk Category III or IV shall comply with the requirements of Sec- tion 16162 if they are frame structures, or Section 16163 if they are bearing wall structures 1616.2 Frame structures. Frame structures shall comply 4m with the requirements of this section 1616.2.1 Concrete frame structures. Frame structures constructed primarily of reinforced or prestressed con- crete, either cast-m-place or precast, or a combination of these, shall conform to the requirements of Section 4 10 of ACI 318 Where ACI 318 requires that nonprestressed reinforcing or prestressing steel pass through the region bounded by the longitudinal column reinforcement, that reinforcing or prestressing steel shall have a minimum nominal tensile strength equal to two-thirds of the required one-way vertical strength of the connection of the floor or roof system to the column in each direction of beam or slab reinforcement passing through the col- umn Exception: Where concrete slabs with continuous reinforcement having an area not less than 00015 times the concrete area in each of two orthogonal directions are present and are either monolithic with or equivalently bonded to beams, girders or columns, the longitudinal reinforcing or prestressing steel pass- ing through the column reinforcement shall have a nominal tensile strength of one-third of the required one-way vertical strength of the connection of the floor or roof system to the column in each direction of beam or slab reinforcement passing through the col- umn 1616.2.2 Structural steel, open web steel joist or joist girder, or composite steel and concrete frame struc- tures. Frame structures constructed with a structural steel frame or a frame composed of open web steel joists, joist girders with or without other structural steel elements or a frame composed of composite steel or composite steel joists and reinforced concrete elements shall conform to the requirements of this section 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 401 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1616.2.2.1 Columns. Each column splice shall have the mmain uni design strength in tension to transfer the design dead and live load tributary to the column between the splice and the splice or base immediately below 1616.2.2.2 Beams. End connections of all beams and girders shall have a minimum nominal axial tensile strength equal to the required vertical shear strength for allowable stress design (ASD) or two-thirds of the required shear strength for load and resistance factor design (LRFD) but not less than 10 kips (45 kN) For the purpose of this section, the shear force and the axial tensile force need not be considered to act simultane- ously Exception: Where beams, girders, open web joist and joist girders support a concrete slab or concrete slab on metal deck that is attached to the beam or girder with not less than '/g inch -diameter (9 5 mm) headed shear studs, at a spacing of not more than 12 inches (305 mm) on center, averaged over the length of the member, or other attachment having equiva- lent shear strength, and the slab contains continuous distributed reinforcement in each of two orthogonal directions with an area not less than 0 0015 times the concrete area, the nominal axial tension strength of the end connection shall be permitted to be taken as half the required vertical shear strength for ASD or one -thud of the required shear strength for LRFD, but not less than 10 kips (45 kN) 1616.3 Bearing wall structures. Bearing wall structures shall have vertical ties in all load -bearing walls and longitudi- nal ties, transverse ties and perimeter ties at each floor level in accordance with this section and as shown in Figure 16163 1616.3.1 Concrete wall structures. Precast bearing wall structures constructed solely of reinforced or prestressed concrete, or combinations of these shall conform to the requirements of Sections 16 2 4 and 16 2 5 of ACI 318 1616.3.2 Other bearing wall structures. Ties in bearing wall structures other than those covered in Section 1616 3 1 shall conform to this section 1616.3.2.1 Longitudinal ties. Longitudinal ties shall consist of continuous reinforcement in slabs, contmu- ous or spliced decks or sheathing, continuous or spliced members framing to, within or across walls, or connec- tions of continuous framing members to walls Longim- dinal ties shall extend across interior load -bearing walls and shall connect to exterior load -bearing walls and shall be spaced at not greater than 10 feet (3038 mm) on center Ties shall have a minimum nominal tensile strength, T, given by Equation 16-40 For ASD the minimum nominal tensile strength shall be permitted to be taken as 15 times the allowable tensile stress times the area of the he TT wLS<aS where (Equation 16-40) 1 L = The span of the horizontal element in the direction of the tie, between bearing walls, feet (m) w = The weight per unit area of the floor or roof in the span being tied to or across the wall, psf (N/m ) S = The spacing between ties, feet (m) ar = A coefficient with a value of 1,500 pounds per foot (2 25 kN/m) for masonry bearing wall structures and a value of 375 pounds per foot (0 6 kN/m) for structures with bearing walls of cold - formed steel light -frame construction 1616.3.2.2 Transverse ties. Transverse ties shall con- sist of continuous reinforcement in slabs, continuous or spliced decks or sheathing, continuous or spliced mem- bers framing to, within or across walls, or connections of continuous framing members to walls Transverse ties shall be placed not farther apart than the spacing of load -bearing walls Transverse ties shall have minimum nominal tensile strength TT, given by Equation 16-24 For ASD the minimum nominal tensile strength shall be permitted to be taken as 1 5 times the allowable ten- sile stress times the area of the tie 1616.3.2.3 Perimeter ties. Perimeter ties shall consist of continuous reinforcement in slabs, continuous or spliced decks or sheathing, continuous or spliced members framing to, within or across walls, or con- nections of continuous framing members to walls Ties around the perimeter of each floor and roof shall be located within 4 feet (1219 mm) of the edge and shall provide a nominal strength in tension not less than T,, given by Equation 16-41 For ASD the mini- mum nominal tensile strength shall be permitted to be taken as 1 5 times the allowable tensile stress times the area of the tie TP = 200w < RT (Equation 16-41) For SI TP 90 7w _< RT where w= As defined in Section 1616 3 2 1 RT = A coefficient with a value of 16,000 pounds (7200 kN) for structures with masonry bearing walls and a value of 4,000 pounds (1300 kN) for structures with bearing walls of cold -formed steel light -frame construction 402 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C'p IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PM (PST) tto iff ff., I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,o,,byany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1616.3.2.4 Vertical ties. Vertical ties shall consist of continuous or spliced reinforcing, continuous or spliced members, wall sheathing or other engineered systems Vertical tension ties shall be provided in bearing walls and shall be continuous over the height of the bwldmg The minimum nominal tensile strength for vertical ties within a bearing wall shall be equal to the weight of the wall within that story plus the weight of the diaphragm tributary to the wall in the story below Not fewer than two ties shall be provided for each wall The strength of each tie need not exceed 3,000 pounds per foot (450 kN/m) of wall tributary to the tie for walls of masonry construction or 750 pounds per foot (140 kN/m) of wall tributary to the he for walls of cold -formed steel light - frame construction 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 403 I l l l CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 100817026 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 120° 110° �o ins . 28.5 i 26.0 I 30 + 2 25.2 I O / J � I 30 + I 39.7 � K 0 7.0 pin I + I 24.6 - + DISCUSSION REFERENCES Maps prepared by United States Geological Survey (USGS) in American Society of Civil Engineers, 2010, Minimum Design Loads S collaboration with the Federal Emergency Management Agency for Buildings and Other Structures: ASCE/SEI 7-10, ASCE (FEMA)-funded Building Seismic Safety Council (BSSC) and the Structural Engineering Institute, Reston, Virginia. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE). The basis is Building Seismic Safety Council, 2009, NEHRP Recommended \ ` �v 30' explained in commentaries prepared by BSSC and ASCE and in Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures: FEMA the references. P-750/2009 Edition, Federal Emergency Management Agency, i .5 Ground motion values contoured on these maps incorporate: Washington, DC. • a target risk of structural collapse equal to 1 % in 50 years Huang, Yin -Nan, Whittaker, A.S., and Luce, Nicolas, 2008, Maximum based upon a generic structural fragility spectral demands in the near -fault region, Earthquake Spectra, 1 • a factor of 1.1 to adjust from a geometric mean to the Volume 24, Issue 1, pp. 319-341. maximum response regardless of direction Luce, N., Ellingwood, B.R., Hamburger, R.O., Hooper, J.D., • deterministic upper limits imposed near large, active faults, Kimball, J.K., and Kircher, C.A., 2007, Risk -Targeted versus which are taken as 1.8 times the estimated median response Current Seismic Design Maps for the Conterminous United States, 1 to the characteristic earthquake for the governing fault Structural Engineers Association of California 2007 Convention (1.8 is used to represent the 84th percentile response), but Proceedings, pp. 163-175. not less than 150 % g. Petersen, M.D., Moschetti, M.P., Powers, PM., Mueller, C.S., As such, the values are different from those on the uniform- Haller, K.M., Frankel, A.D., Zeng, Y., Rezaeian, S., H armsen, S.C., hazard 2014 USGS National Seismic Hazard Maps posted at: Boyd, O.L., Field, E.H., Chen, R., Rukstales, K.S., Luce, N., http://earthquake.usgs.g.v/huuds/products/. Wheeler, R.L., Williams, R.A., and Olsen, A.H., 2014, `� I Larger, more detailed versions of these maps are not provided Documentation for the 2014 Update of the United States National I because it is recommended that the corresponding USGS web Seismic Hazard Maps: U.S. Geological Survey Open -File Report tool (http://earthquake.usgs.gov/huuds/designmaps/ or 2014-1091, 224 p. http://contentseinstitute.org) be used to determine the mapped value for a specified location. FIGURE 1613.2.1(1) RISK -TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCER) GROUND MOTION RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS FOR THE CONTERMINOUS UNITED STATES OF 0.2-SECOND SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (5% OF CRITICAL DAMPING) (continued) 404 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Copyright ©2017ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Heather Van Dme (hvandme@fnendswood.com), (City of Friendswood) Order Number #100817026 on Jan 14, 2020 01:58 PM (PST) pursuant to j I 1 License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authonmd. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. 100817026 STRUCTURAL DESIGN Boo Boo 70o W 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Miles 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Kilometers 11 � a i A°\ 1 ri ` rli, k I I I I ---Ir— Explanation Contour intervals, %g p h 200 0 150 0 125 100 90 90 70 60 50 40 35 30 \ 25 20 5 0 5 Areas with a constant spectral response acceleration of 150% g 10 Contours of spectral response 10 �� acceleration expressed as a percent 10 of gravity. Hachures point in _ 10 � direction of decreasing values + Point value of spectral response acceleration expressed as a percent 16.9 ofgravity 45o 40o 35' 30o 25o FIGURE 1613.2.1(1)—continued RISK -TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCER) GROUND MOTION RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS FOR THE CONTERMINOUS UNITED STATES OF 0.2-SECOND SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (5% OF CRITICAL DAMPING) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE° 405 I Copyright 02017ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Heather Van Dine (hvandine@friendswood.com), (City of Friendswood) Order Number on Jan 14, 2020 01:sa PM (PST) pursuant to OilI i License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. STRUCTURAL DESIGN 100817026 120° l lo° 100° \ o T I - U� mVV I \ iB 40 2 15 + — 47 F 0 B. do zo 1` a + + 13.3 si I S� I 66 s v I 1 +s + 4.8 � I o `tL b s o I .0 14 9 6.3 + I C- In B o DISCUSSION REFERENCES I Maps prepared by United States Geological Survey (IISGS) in American Society of Civil Engineers, 2010, Minimum Design Toads collaboration with the Federal Emergency Management Agency for Buildings and Other Structures: ASCE/SEI 7-10, ASCE (FEMA)-funded Building Seismic Safety Council (BSSC) and the Structural Engineering Institute, Reston, Virginia. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE). The basis is Building Seismic Safety Council, 2009, NEHRP Recommended '\ explained in commentaries prepared by BSSC and ASCE and in Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures: FEMA the references. P-750/2009 Edition, Federal Emergency Management Agency, �� 5 Ground motion values contoured on these maps incorporate: Washington, DC. • a target risk of structural collapse equal to 1 % in 50 years Huang, Yin -Nan, Whittaker, A.S., and Luce, Nicolas, 2008, Maximum based upon a generic structural fragility spectral demands in the near -fault region, Earthquake Spectra, s • a factor of 1.3 to adjust from a geometric mean to the Volume 24, Issue 1, pp. 319-341. maximum response regardless of direction Luco, N., Ellingwood, B.R., Hamburger, R.O., Hooper, J.D., • deterministic upper limits imposed near large, active faults, Kimball, J.K., and Kircher, C.A., 2007, Risk -Targeted versus which are taken as 1.8 times the estimated median response Current Seismic Design Maps for the Conterminous United States, 1 to the characteristic earthquake for the governing fault Structural Engineers Association of California 2007 Convention (1.8 is used to represent the 84th percentile response), but Proceedings, pp. 163-175. not less than 60% g. Petersen, M.D., Moschetti, M.P., Powers, PM., Mueller, C.S., As such, the values are different from those on the uniform- Haller, K.M., Frankel, A.D., Zeng, Y., Rezaeian, S., Harmsen, S.C., hazard 2014 USGS National Seismic Hazard Maps posted at: Boyd, O.L., Field, E.H., Chen, R., Rukstales, K.S., Luce, N., http://earthquake.usgs.gov/ha udsiproducts/. Wheeler, R.L., Williams, R.A., and Olsen, A.H., 2014, Larger, more detailed versions of these maps are not provided Documentation for the 2014 Update of the United States National because it is recommended that the corresponding USGS web Seismic Hazard Maps: U.S. Geological Survey Open -File Report tool (http://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/desigrunapsi or 2014-1091, 224 p. http://contenL.institute.org) be used to determine the mapped value for a specified location. EN Mi EN 0 FIGURE 1613.2.1(2) RISK -TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCER) GROUND MOTION RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS FOR THE CONTERMINOUS UNITED STATES OF 1-SECOND SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (5% OF CRITICAL DAMPING) (continued) 406 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' I I Copyright O 2017 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Heather Van Dine (hvandine@friendswood.com), (City of Friendswood) Order Number #100817026 on Jan 14, 2020 01:58 PM (PST) pursuant to ME ' License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. STRUCTURAL DESIGN 100817026 90, Boo 70o 0 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Miles ' 100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Kilometers ] o i 31 I / I � T\ "J_�_\ L ' Yi' V' L ? �L l' I ;1 a 1 h Explanation Contour intervals, %g s Jo0 i � 75 — 60 50 _ 40 — 30 25 _ 20 15 10 6 _ r 4 2 Areas with a constant spectral response acceleration of 60% g Contours of spectral response acceleration expressed as a percent 10 of gravity. Hachures point in Z direction of decreasing values 2 } Point value of spectral response 10.7 a as acceleration expressed percent „r of gravity 45o 40o 35o 30' 25o FIGURE 1613.2.1(2)—continued RISK -TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCER) GROUND MOTION RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS FOR THE CONTERMINOUS UNITED STATES OF 1-SECOND SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (5% OF CRITICAL DAMPING) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE° 407 I Copyright 02017ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Heather Van Dine (hvandine@friendswood.com), (City of Friendswood) Order Number on Jan 14, 2020 01:sa PM (PST) pursuant to OilI i License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. A1:11LglU:E10e13l0401 161• IW' IY se- 4C IS° I51' A° e 9° 100 0 100 MAee _ 1 100 0 100 Wlomters 0.2 Second Spectral Response Acceleration (5% of Critical Danping) pi 11° I¢r lsY Is 1.0 Second Spectral Response Accel"lon (5% of COHcW Dar ping) j 7 tis l \ 100 0 100 MJes 100 0 100101ane[ers -- FIGURE 1613 2 1(3) RISK -TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCER) GROUND MOTION RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS FOR HAWAII OF 02-AND 1-SECOND SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (5% OF CRITICAL DAMPING) 408 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' I I 1 I I I �r°om„�«�.. �.>m� �a�ae�a �am�.e,.mme�N.o„�•.m„�®s,.�w.,�am�°m STRUCTURAL DESIGN 100817026 �5 a T ; IT a„ =g Etc ow o�UV �,08 Ea OIn F c o�=€" w �Z?T N�Aao�a w_a0 z N� or �qo wx _mow °°''boll aS v _ V210 aE0� r53 IF r�0 E owgz a?V1 EW awq Eo °'wow'op7 o"v+-6 Or in �E„rRn i p d 1 `m n E o Y d o0 0 uSS .. AVc'.Eticti o0 5 ya 'd' a o..v. o, }•. q yy v'd, � 8 v ON Po�avw �_ oN �a o'x,EcoEo I• O • m A •' y qw Ew �. oZoBaEcv 2 w `u,+ m v u 5 m • O d a6 m a E w S .�. _ Uo O a a8v �z 0 Eqv_ j j7A j �qv `oE€r tNsv� �� aq o qIF, Z-l4 AEa3o q pm ..--areo��E,�v O � 'd 5 U) Z O F w Z J d W � Q 0 J Z U O� IL N U W W LL O O� 0 OZ M O 0 F Z 7 O W W J W v U V Q N W Z Y O Q N 7 7 W ILLL = K F J �' KQ W 0 W K V) W 0 Z N O Z O W U N N 7 0 LL � Y0 W W Q aLL ° F Y 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 409 Copyright©2017 ITO ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Aacessedby Heather Van Dine(hvandinexfriendswood coach, (City of Frlendswood) Order Number#1008leat5 on Jan 14,2020 oI 58 PM(PST) pursuantto License AgreemeotwAh ITO No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, ordismbuhon authorized Single user only, copying and networlang prohibited ANYUNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION ORDISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECTTO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STRUCTURAL DESIGN 100817026 / Ez6 Pore == soy O UA oa V F W Z w a �za `s or�aa W ?W S E N_Eo O F i o eo o�E�ox_W d K C� c Er �'EaZ,�vZ�r4 �Ea W U LL O o F v m 20 0 F Z Q z K + _ J K �0 N W Q U ri W � 4 W Z _ + / W Y d K Q V) 7 W 0 O K + y rLQ W U 0 n ^o m W W W ELL d. W 0 n o p Z Y Z O U N °' a��q Eo TeavW� ado€ 2 LL 516 -N PE'B E` SE�veEa h N a s Ew 6 F J G V = 2c9am W Q LL a$9 e aYa a r�29 voe=- �YJ o K A4E a v c�9w^ E.'=5 5o vPo AW6q� �Ea 38 .oa yaN��,v �EO a A 5 410 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE° Copyright Ow,e ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED AaYsrd by Heather V- IC- (h,-d—@f.-dswoodcom),(CLyofF—dswoodyOrdu Number a 111. Ieou—J—P, NO (PST) pur—tto L—_Agree—,L-thICC S�rigleurerorily,copy�rigeridrietworlarigproh�b�ted ANYUNAUTHOR=D REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 6111:111"01:1110-1311010I Cn�w�mvrdr, My 6]'s 6]'D] YD W90 6YT 6VV SX� �M mn[I eo �y�ra�p1 r- NNE, �ociip INp IPm IYm 0.2 Second Spectral Response Acceleration (5% of Critical Damping) Mv6 IYID' I--- - _ wxfro iax C' ?,4�E 1�l �xr 553 """VVV _- IYm A,9 —1 xme y ------------- 1.0 Second Spectral Response Acceleration (5% of Critical Damping) 50 0 50 Mlles I I 50 0 so Kilometers ee..sc a wiaa:>�a oa'rx� '"iwn p.lHJ3p6968�e pebN 6nvdmq bmodmmNgary. ]Wmx.n•.rm ..nswar.. uda vn Ids..�N w=1.Ai d,n.rnm.e i. u.... raovey %..um+ke SPmpVVTnM91 m.. rory Gro in tem.ta.ma :an.x'wee eoe n,i D. Wmea M�mumeNu vµ Nn� ae Sxn. Rumuei Npee aetCW(aueEoplCmvnew HueNlGp�rw FIGURE 1613 2 1(6) RISK -TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCEP) GROUND MOTION RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS FOR PUERTO RICO AND THE UNITED STATES VIRGIN ISLANDS OF 0 2- AND 1-SECOND SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE' 411 krI6rom„�«�.. �.�� �pm���a �am�.e,.mmn�x.rv„�•.m„x�®s,.>�x.:,�amrm �� en�,nxnrvea e�,nx� PNna„nxnr„ffrm�.n 9�n�Pxi�„ffry� Pn� ��;r rox nag ,.�� �,ff „�� YI:1111"01:E1■v13.9[H01 n ..... .m.a.,v —m- -w- -A- -a— Northern Mariana Islands Northern Mariana Islands cr ms O Guam As 0 ii +x Northam Mariana Island. an Northern Mariana Islands u Gpa Second 5pecfrol Response Acceleration 1.0 Second Spectral Response Accelemgt 15%a Critical Damping) (5%of Critical Damping) 100 0 100 200 Miss 1 100 0 100 200 Kllometere Ezppvvdpv �s sorer w e� mocKlOol e s c..1I, ee"AF G.a ' FIGURE 161321(7) RISK -TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCEs) GROUND MOTION RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS FOR GUAM AND THE NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS OF 0 2- AND 1-SECOND SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING) 412 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Second 5pecfrol Response Acceleration 1.0 Second Spectral Response Accelemgt 15%a Critical Damping) (5%of Critical Damping) 100 0 100 200 Miss 1 100 0 100 200 Kllometere Ezppvvdpv �s sorer w e� mocKlOol e s c..1I, ee"AF G.a ' FIGURE 161321(7) RISK -TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCEs) GROUND MOTION RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS FOR GUAM AND THE NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS OF 0 2- AND 1-SECOND SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (5%OF CRITICAL DAMPING) 412 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 611:111"01:1110-1aN1`10I —w— cw'® \Swains Island American Samoa One'. Tutuila Ofu� / % -Apnu'u Ta'u Rosa Atoll 0.2 Second Spectral Response Acrclmalion (5X of Crpiral0ampinp) an \Swains Island American Samoa ' Olosega Tutuila Ofu� -Aunu'u Ta'u ft. Atoll Is e 1.0 Second Spectral Response Acmlmadon (S%of Critical Damping) 50 . 0 W 100 Miles ri-r�"r1T1 W 0 W 100 Kilpme[em annanwas rvw— FbmYsmu' w. m.r ao..u"ci:.::...... FIGURE 161321(8) RISK -TARGETED MAXIMUM CONSIDERED EARTHQUAKE (MCER) GROUND MOTION RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS FOR AMERICAN SAMOA OF 0 2- AND 1-SECOND SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATION (5 % OF CRITICAL DAMPING) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 413 ­noaIS— Rsxxoa„onoRI—ACTa­ am�;��U,na— —�� �„4 „��� STRUCTURAL DESIGN FIGURE 1616.3 LONGITUDINAL, PERIMETER, TRANSVERSE AND VERTICAL TIES 414 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmep -d—od Pm),(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T-mmtto ITL S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER E* E* CHAPTER 17 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS User notes: About this chapter., Chapter 17 provides a vanety ofprocedures and criteria for testing materials and assemblies, and labeling materials and assemblies. Its keypurposes are to establish where additional inspections/observations and testing mustbe provided, and the submittals and verifications that must be provided to the budding official, This chapter expands on the inspections of Chapter 1 by requiring special inspection by a qualified individual where indicated and, in some cases, structural observation by a registered design professional, Quality assurance measures that venfy proper assembly of structural components and the suitability of the installed materials are intended to provide a building that, once constructed, complies with the minimum structural and fire -resistance code requirements as well as the approved design. To deter- mine this compliance often requires frequent inspections and testing at specific stages of construction. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to sections preceded by the designation [BF] will be considered by the IBC —Fire Safety Code Development Committee during the 2018 (Group A) Code Development Cycle, Sections preceded by the designation IF] will be considered by the International Fire Code Development Committee during the 2018 (Group A) Code Development Cycle, All other code change proposals will be considered by the IBC —Structural Code Development Committee during the Group B cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION 1701 GENERAL 1701.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the quality, workmanship and requirements for materials cov- ered Materials of construction and tests shall conform to the applicable standards listed in this code SECTION 1702 NEW MATERIALS 1702.1 General. New building materials, equipment, appli- ances, systems or methods of construction not provided for in this code, and any material of questioned suitability proposed for use in the construction of a bwldmg or structure, shall be subjected to the tests prescribed in this chapter and in the approved rules to determme character, quality and limitations of use SECTION 1703 APPROVALS 1703.1 Approved agency. An approved agency shall provide all information as necessary for the building official to deter- mine that the agency meets the applicable requirements spec- ified in Sections 1703 1 1 through 1703 1 3 1703.1.1 Independence. An approved agency shall be objective, competent and independent from the contractor responsible for the work being inspected The agency shall disclose to the building official and the registered design professional in responsible charge possible conflicts of interest so that objectivity can be confirmed 1703.1.2 Equipment. An approved agency shall have adequate equipment to perform required tests The equip- ment shall be periodically calibrated 1703.1.3 Personnel. An approved agency shall employ experienced personnel educated in conducting, supervis- ing and evaluating tests and special inspections 1703.2 Written approval. Any material, appliance, equip- ment, system or method of construction meeting the require- ments of this code shall be approved in writing after satisfactory completion of the required tests and submission of required test reports 1703.3 Record of approval. For any material, appliance, equipment, system or method of construction that has been approved a record of such approval, including the conditions and limitations of the approval, shall be kept on file in the building official's office and shall be available for public review at appropriate times 1703.4 Performance. Specific information consisting of test reports conducted by an approved agency in accordance with the appropriate referenced standards, or other such informa- tion as necessary, shall be provided for the building official to determine that the product, material or assembly meets the applicable code requirements 1703.4.1 Research and investigation. Sufficient techni- cal data shall be submitted to the building official to sub- stantiate the proposed use of any product, material or assembly If it is determmedthat the evidence submitted is satisfactory proof of performance for the use intended, the building official shall approve the use of the product, material or assembly subject to the requirements of this code The costs, reports and investigations required under these provisions shall be paid by the owner or the owner's authorized agent 1703.4.2 Research reports. Supporting data, where nec- essary to assist in the approval of products, materials or assemblies not specifically provided for in this code, shall consist of valid research reports from approved sources 1703.5 Labeling. Products, materials or assemblies required to be labeled shall be labeled in accordance with the proce- dures set forth in Sections 1703 5 1 through 1703 5 4 1703.5.1 Testing. An approved agency shall test a repre- sentative sample of the product, material or assembly being labeled to the relevant standard or standards The 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 415 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfnmda od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS approved agency shall maintain a record of the tests per- formed The record shall provide sufficient detail to verify compliance with the test standard 1703.5.2 Inspection and identification. The approved agency shall periodically perform an inspection, wluch shall be in -plant if necessary, of the product or material that is to be labeled The inspection shall verify that the labeled product, material or assembly is representative of the product, material or assembly tested 1703.5.3 Label information. The label shall contain the manufacturer's identification, model number, serial num- ber or definitive information describing the performance characteristics of the product, material or assembly and the approved agency's identification 1703.5.4 Method of labeling. Infonmation required to be permanently identified on the product, material or assem- bly shall be acid etched, sand blasted, ceramic fired, laser etched, embossed or of a type that, once applied, cannot be removed without being destroyed 1703.6 Evaluation and follow-up inspection services. Where structural components or other items regulated by this code are not visible for inspection after completion of a pre- fabricated assembly, the owner or the owner's authorized agent shall submit a report of each prefabricated assembly The report shall indicate the complete details of the assembly, including a description of the assembly and its components, the basis upon which the assembly is being evaluated, test results and similar information and other data as necessary for the building official to determme conformance to this code Such a report shall be appraved by the building official 1703.6.1 Follow-up inspection. The owner or the owner's authorized agent shall provide for special inspections of fabricated items in accordance with Section 1704 2 5 1703.6.2 Test and inspection records. Copies of neces- sary test and special inspection records shall be filed with the bwldmg official SECTION 1704 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS, CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION 1704.1 General. Special inspections and tests, statements of special inspections, responsibilities of contractors, submittals to the building official and structural observations shall meet the applicable requirements of this section 1704.2 Special inspections and tests. Where application is made to the building official for construction as specified in Section 105, the owner or the owner's authorized agent, other than the contractor, shall employ one or more approved agen- cies to provide special inspections and tests during construc- tion on the types of work specified in Section 1705 and identify the approved agencies to the building official These special inspections and tests are in addition to the inspections by the building official that are identified in Section 110 Exceptions: 1 Special inspections and tests are not required for construction of a minor nature or as warranted by conditions in the jurisdiction as approved by the building official. Unless otherwise required by the building official, special inspections and tests are not required for Group U occupancies that are accessory to a resi- dential occupancy including, but not limited to, those listed in Section 312 1 3 Special inspections and tests are not required for portions of structures designed and constructed in accordance with the cold -formed steel light -frame construction provisions of Section 2211 1 2 or the conventional light -frame construction provisions of Section 2308 4 The contractor is permitted to employ the approved agencies where the contractor is also the owner 1704.2.1 Special inspector qualifications. Prior to the start of the construction, the approved agencies shall pro- vide written documentation to the building official demon- strating the competence and relevant experience or training of the special inspectors who will perform the special inspections and tests during construction Experi- ence or training shall be considered to be relevant where the documented experience or training is related in com- plexity to the same type of special inspection or testing activities for projects of similar complexity and material qualities These qualifications are in addition to qualifica- tions specified in other sections of this code The registered design professional in responsible charge and engineers of record involved in the design of the project are permitted to act as the approved agency and their personnel are permitted to act as special inspectors for the work designed by them, provided they qualify as special inspectors 1704.2.2 Access for special inspection. The construction or work for which special inspection or testing is required shall remain accessible and exposed for special inspection or testing purposes until completion of the required special inspections or tests 1704.2.3 Statement of special inspections. The applicant shall submit a statement of special inspections in accor- dance with Section 107 1 as a condition for permit issu- ance This statement shall be in accordance with Section 17043 Exception: A statement of special inspections is not required for portions of structures designed and con- structed in accordance with the cold -formed steel light - frame construction provisions of Section 2211 1 2 or ' the conventional light -frame construction provisions of Section 2308 1704.2.4 Report requirement. Approved agencies shall keep records of special inspections and tests The approved agency shall submit reports of special inspec- tions and tests to the building official and to the registered design professional in responsible charge Reports shall indicate that work inspected or tested was or was not com- pleted in conformance to approved construction docu- ments Discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the contractor for correction If they are not 416 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® iffff.,( 1 I CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto I firiTER I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS i corrected, the discrepancies shall be brought to the atten- tion of the building official and to the registered design professional in responsible charge prior to the completion of that phase of the work A final report documenting required special inspections and tests, and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections or tests, shall be submitted at a point in time agreed upon prior to the start of work by the owner or the owner's authorized agent to the building official 1704.2.5 Special inspection of fabricated items. Where fabrication of structural, load -bearing or lateral load - resisting members or assemblies is being conducted on the premises of a fabricator's shop, special inspections of the fabricated items shall be performed during fabrication, except where the fabricator has been approved to perform work without special inspections in accordance with Sec- tion 1704 2 5 1 1704.2.5.1 Fabricator approval. Special inspections during fabrication are not required where the work is done on the premises of a fabricator approved to per- form such work without special inspection. Approval shall be based on review of the fabricator's written fab- rication procedures and quality control manuals that provide a basis for control of materials and workman- ship, with periodic auditing of fabrication and quality control practices by an approved agency or the building official. At completion of fabrication, the approved fab- ricator shall submit a certificate of compliance to the owner or the owner's authorized agent for submittal to the building official as specified in Section 1704 5 stat- ing that the work was performed in accordance with the approved construction documents 1704.3 Statement of special inspections. Where special inspections or tests are required by Section 1705, the regis- tered design professional in responsible charge shall prepare a statement of special inspections in accordance with Section 17043 1 for submittal by the applicant in accordance with Section 1704 2 3 Exception: The statement of special inspections is permit- ted to be prepared by a qualified person approved by the building official for construction not designed by a regis- tered design professional 1704.3.1 Content of statement of special inspections. The statement of special inspections shall identify the fol- lowing 1 The materials, systems, components and work required to have special inspections or tests by the building official or by the registered design profes- sional responsible for each portion of the work 2 The type and extent of each special inspection 3 The type and extent of each test 4 Additional requirements for special inspections or tests for seismic or wind resistance as specified in Sections 1705 11, 1705 12 and 1705 13 5 For each type of special inspection, identification as to whether it will be continuous special inspection, periodic special inspection or performed in accor- dance with the notation used in the referenced stan- dard where the inspections are defined 1704.3.2 Seismic requirements in the statement of spe- cial inspections. Where Section 1705 12 or 1705 13 spec- ifies special inspections or tests for seismic resistance, the statement of special inspections shall identify the desig- nated seismic systems and seismic force -resisting systems that are subject to the special inspections or tests 1704.3.3 Wind requirements in the statement of special inspections. Where Section 170511 specifies special inspection for wind resistance, the statement of special inspections shall identify the main wmdforce-resisting systems and wind -resisting components that are subject to special inspections 1704.4 Contractor responsibility. Each contractor responsi- ble for the construction of a main wind- or seismic force - resisting system, designated seismic system or a wind- or seismic force -resisting component listed in the statement of special inspections shall submit a written statement of responsibility to the building official and the owner or the owner's authorized agent prior to the commencement of work on the system or component The contractor's statement of responsibility shall contain acknowledgement of awareness of the special requirements contained in the statement of spe- cial inspections 1704.5 Submittals to the building official. In addition to the submittal of reports of special inspections and tests in accor- dance with Section 1704 2 4, reports and certificates shall be submitted by the owner or the owner's authorized agent to the building official for each of the following 1 Certificates of compliance for the fabrication of struc- tural, load -bearing or lateral load -resisting members or assemblies on the premises of an approved fabricator in accordance with Section 1704 2 5 1 2 Certificates of compliance for the seismic qualification of nonstructural components, supports and attachments in accordance with Section 1705 13 2 3 Certificates of compliance for designated seismic sys- tems in accordance with Section 1705 13 3 4 Reports of preconstruction tests for shotcrete in accor- dance with Section 1908 5 5 Certificates of compliance for open web steel joists and joist girders in accordance with Section 2207 5 6 Reports of material properties verifying compliance with the requirements of AWS DI 4 for weldability as specified in Section 26 6 4 of ACI 318 for reinforcing bars in concrete complying with a standard other than ASTM A706 that are to be welded 7 Reports of mill tests in accordance with Section 20 2 2 5 of ACI 318 for reinforcing bars complying with ASTM A615 and used to resist earthquake - induced flexural or axial forces in the special moment frames, special structural walls or coupling beams con- necting special structural walls of seismic force -resist- ing systems in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B, C, D, E or F 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 417 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS E*I EI 1704.6 Structural observations. Where required by the pro- visions of Section 1704 6 1, 1704 6 2 or 1704 6 3, the owner or the owner's authorized agent shall employ a registered design professional to perform structural observations Struc- tural observation does not include or waive the responsibility for the inspections in Section 110 or the special inspections in Section 1705 or other sections of this code Prior to the commencement of observations, the structural observer shall submit to the building official a written state- ment identifying the frequency and extent of structural obser- vations At the conclusion of the work included in the permit, the structural observer shall submit to the builckng official a writ- ten statement that the site visits have been made and identify any reported deficiencies that, to the best of the structural observer's knowledge, have not been resolved 1704.6.1 Structural observations for structures. Struc- tural observations shall be provided for those structures where one or more of the following conditions exist 1 The structure is classified as Risk Category IV 2 The structure is a high-rise building. 3 Such observation is required by the registered design professional responsible for the structural design 4 Such observation is specifically required by the building official. 1704.6.2 Structural observations for seismic resistance. Structural observations shall be provided for those struc- tures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F where one or more of the following conditions exist 1 The structure is classified as Risk Category III or IV 2 The structure is assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory E, is classified as Risk Category I or II, and is greater than two stones above the grade plane 1704.6.3 Structural observations for wind resistance. Structural observations shall be provided for those struc- tures sited where V is 130 mph (58 m/sec) or greater and the structure is classified as Risk Category III or IV SECTION 1705 REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS 1705.1 General. Special inspections and tests of elements and nonstructural components of buildings and structures shall meet the applicable requirements of this section 1705.1.1 Special cases. Special inspections and tests shall be required for proposed work that is, in the opinion of the building official, unusual in its nature, such as, but not limited to, the following examples 1 Construction materials and systems that are alterna- tives to materials and systems prescribed by this code 2 Unusual design applications of materials described in this code 3 Materials and systems required to be installed in accordance with additional manufacturer's mstruc- tions that prescribe requirements not contained in this code or in standards referenced by this code 1705.2 Steel construction. The special inspections and non- destructive testing of steel construction in buildings, struc- tures, and portions thereof shall be in accordance with this section Exception: Special inspections of the steel fabrication process shall not be required where the fabrication process for the entire building or structure does not include any welding, thermal cutting or heating operation of any kind In such cases, the fabricator shall be required to submit a detailed procedure for material control that demonstrates the fabricator's ability to maintain suitable records and procedures such that, at any time during the fabrication process, the material specification and grade for the main stress -carrying elements are capable of being detennmed Mill test reports shall be identifiable to the main stress-car- rymg elements where required by the approved construc- tion documents 1705.2.1 Structural steel. Special inspections and nonde- structive testing of structural steel elements in buildings, structures and portions thereof shall be in accordance with the quality assurance inspection requirements of AISC 360 Exception: Special inspection of railing systems com- posed of structural steel elements shall be limited to welding inspection of welds at the base of cantilevered rail posts 1705.2.2 Cold -formed steel deck. Special inspections and qualification of welding special inspectors for cold -formed steel floor and roof deck shall be in accordance with the quality assurance inspection requirements of SDI QA/QC 1705.2.3 Open -web steel joists and joist girders. Special inspections of open -web steel joists and joist girders in buildings, structures and portions thereof shall be in accor- dance with Table 1705 2 3 1705.2.4 Cold -formed steel trusses spanning 60 feet or greater. Where a cold -formed steel truss clear span is 60 feet (18 288 mm) or greater, the special inspector shall verify that the temporary installation restraint/bracing and the permanent individual truss member restraint/bracing are installed in accordance with the approved truss submit- talpackage 1705.3 Concrete construction. Special inspections and tests of concrete construction shall be performed in accordance with this section and Table 1705 3 Exception: Special inspections and tests shall not be required for 1 Isolated spread concrete footings of buildings three stories or less above grade plane that are fully sup- ported on earth or rock 2 Continuous concrete footings supporting walls of buildings three stories or less above grade plane that are fully supported on earth or rock where 2 1 The footings support walls of light -frame construction 418 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyrightOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf da od om).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)Odo,N=b,,x1ooe1vmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) Potto Lie Affiee^® ,Ath ICC No fwN¢ T,odomoo. m ALLh¢ gAodomo,, by oo,thd,t, o, IMb,tm ,Ooriud 9cglo— ody mpyncg and oPt,P, m,okb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS TABLE 1705.2.3 REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS OF OPEN -WEB STEEL JOISTS AND JOIST GIRDERS CONTINUOUS PERIODIC TYPE SPECIAL SPECIAL REFERENCED STANDARD' INSPECTION INSPECTION 1 Installation of open -web steel joists andjoist girders a End connections —welding or bolted X SJI specifications listed in Section 2207 1 b Bridging —horizontal or diagonal 1 Standard bridging X SJI specifications listed in Section 2207 1 2 Bridging that differs from the SJI X specifications listed in Section 2207 1 For SI 1 inch — 25 4 min a Where applicable, see Section 1705 12, Special inspections for seismic resistance 22 The footings are designed in accordance with Table 1809 7 23 The structural design of the footing is based on a specified compressive strength, f ,, not more than 2,500 pounds per square inch (psi) (17 2 Mpa), regardless of the compres- sive strength specified in the approved con- struction documents or used in the footing construction 3 Nonstructural concrete slabs supported directly on the ground, including prestressed slabs on grade, where the effective prestress in the concrete is less than 150 psi (1 03 Mpa) 4 Concrete foundation walls constructed in accor- dance with Table 1807 1 6 2 5 Concrete patios, driveways and sidewalks, on grade 1705.3.1 Welding of reinforcing bars. Special inspec- tions of welding and qualifications of special inspectors for reinforcing bars shall be in accordance with the requirements of AWS DI 4 for special inspection and of AWS D1 4 for special inspector qualification 1705.3.2 Material tests. In the absence of sufficient data or documentation providing evidence of conformance to quality standards for materials in Chapters 19 and 20 of ACI 318, the building official shall require testing of mate- rials in accordance with the appropriate standards and cri- teria for the material in Chapters 19 and 20 of ACI 318 1705.4 Masonry construction. Special inspections and tests of masonry construction shall be performed in accordance with the quality assurance program requirements of TMS 402 and TMS 602 Exception: Special inspections and tests shall not be required for 1 Empirically designed masonry, glass umt masonry or masonry veneer designed in accordance with Sec- tion 2109, 2110 or Chapter 14, respectively, where they are part of a structure classified as Risk Cate- gory I, II or III 2 Masonry foundation walls constructed in accordance with Table 1807 163(1), 1807 163(2), 1807 163(3) or 1807 1 63(4) 3 Masonry fireplaces, masonry heaters or masonry chimneys installed or constructed in accordance with Section 2111, 2112 or 2113, respectively 1705.4.1 Empirically designed masonry, glass unit masonry and masonry veneer in Risk Category IV. Special inspections and tests for empirically designed masonry, glass unit masonry or masonry veneer designed in accordance with Section 2109, 2110 or Chapter 14, respectively, where they are part of a structure classified as Risk Category IV shall be performed in accordance with TMS 602, Level 2 1705.4.2 Vertical masonry foundation elements. Special inspections and tests of vertical masonry foundation ele- ments shall be performed in accordance with Section 17054 1705.5 Wood construction. Special inspections of prefabri- cated wood structural elements and assemblies shall be in accordance with Section 1704 2 5 Special inspections of site - built assemblies shall be in accordance with this section 1705.5.1 High -load diaphragms. High -load diaphragms designed in accordance with Section 2306 2 shall be installed with special inspections as indicated in Section 1704 2 The special inspector shall inspect the wood struc- tural panel sheathing to ascertain whether it is of the grade and thickness shown on the approved construction docu- ments Additionally, the special inspector must verify the nominal size of framing members at adjoining panel edges, the nail or staple diameter and length, the number of fastener lines and that the spacing between fasteners in each line and at edge margins agrees with the approved construction documents 1705.5.2 Metal -plate -connected wood trusses spanning 60 feet or greater. Where a truss clear span is 60 feet (18 288 mm) or greater, the special inspector shall verify that the tem- porary installation restraint/bracing and the permanent indi- vidual truss member restramt/bracmg are installed in accordance with the approved truss submittal package 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 419 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oa,ofw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS TABLE 1705.3 REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION TYPE CONTINUOUS SPECIAL PERIODIC SPECIAL REFERENCED IBC INSPECTION INSPECTION STANDARD' REFERENCE 1 Inspect reinforcement, including prestressing X ACI 318 Ch 20, 25 2, 1908 4 tendons, and verify placement 25 3, 26 6 1-26 6 3 2 Reinforcing bar welding a Verify weldability of reinforcing bars X other than ASTM A706, AWS DI 4 b Inspect single -pass fillet welds, maximum X ACI 318 26 6 4 '/1fi", and c Inspect all other welds X 3 Inspect anchors cast in concrete X ACI 318 17 8 2 4 Inspect anchors post -installed in hardened concrete members h a Adhesive anchors installed in horizontally or upwardly inclined orientations to resist X ACI 318 17 8 2 4 sustained tension loads b Mechanical anchors and adhesive anchors not defined in 4 a X ACI 318 17 8 2 5 Verify use of required design mix X ACI 318 Ch 19, 19041, 19042, 2643,2644 1908 2, 1908 3 6 Prior to concrete placement, fabricate speci- ASTM C172 mens for strength tests, perform slump and air X ASTM C31 1908 10 content tests, and determine the temperature of ACI 318 26 5, 26 12 the concrete 7 Inspect concrete and shotcrete placement for X ACI 318 26 5 1908 6, 1908 7, proper application techniques 19088 8 Verify maintenance of specified curing tem- X ACI 318 26 5 3-26 5 5 19089 perature and techniques 9 Inspect prestressed concrete for a Application of prestressing forces, and X ACI 318 26 10 b Grouting of bonded prestressing tendons X 10 Inspect erection of precast concrete members X ACI 318 26 9 11 Verify in -situ concrete strength, prior to stress- ing of tendons in post -tensioned concrete and X ACI 318 26 11 2 prior to removal of shores and forms from beams and structural slabs 12 Inspect formwork for shape, location and dimensions of the concrete member being X ACI 318 26 11 1 2(b) formed For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min a Where applicable, see Section 1705 12, Special inspections for seismic resistance b Specific requirements for special inspection shall be included in the research report for the anchor issued by an approved source in accordance with 17 8 2 in ACI 318, or other qualification procedures Where specific requirements are not provided, special inspection requirements shall be specified by the registered design professional and shall be approved by the building official prior to the commencement of the work 1705.6 Soils. Special inspections and tests of existing site soil conditions, fill placement and load -bearing requirements shall be performed in accordance with this section and Table 1705 6 The approved geotechnical report and the construc- tion documents prepared by the registered design profession- als shall be used to determine compliance During fill placement, the special inspector shall verify that proper mate- rials and procedures are used in accordance with the provi- sions of the approved geotechnical report Exception: Where Section 1803 does not require report- ing of materials and procedures for fill placement, the spe- cial inspector shall verify that the in -place dry density of the compacted fill is not less than 90 percent of the maxi- mum dry density at optimum moisture content determined in accordance with ASTM D1557 1705.7 Driven deep foundations. Special inspections and tests shall be performed during installation of driven deep foundation elements as specified in Table 1705 7 The approved geotechnical report and the construction documents prepared by the registered design professionals shall be used to determme compliance 420 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C1pynEhtOoZ.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS TABLE 1705.6 REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OF SOILS TYPE CONTINUOUS SPECIAL PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION INSPECTION 1 Verify materials below shallow foundations are adequate to aclueve the design bearing X capacity 2 Verify excavations are extended to proper depth and have reached proper material X 3 Perform classification and testing of compacted fill materials X 4 Verify use of proper materials, densities and lift thicknesses during placement and com- X paction of compacted fill 5 Prior to placement of compacted fill, inspect subgrade and venfy that site has been pre- X pared properly TABLE 1705.7 REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OF DRIVEN DEEP FOUNDATION ELEMENTS TYPE CONTINUOUS SPECIAL PERIODICSPECIAL INSPECTION INSPECTION 1 Verify element materials, sizes and lengths comply with the requirements X 2 Determine capacities of test elements and conduct additional load tests, as required X 3 Inspect driving operations and maintain complete and accurate records for each element X 4 Verify placement locations and plumbness, confirm type and size of hammer, record number of blows per foot of penetration, determine required penetrations to aclueve design capacity, X record hp and butt elevations and document any damage to foundation element 5 For steel elements, perform additional special inspections in accordance with Section 1705 2 6 For concrete elements and concrete -filled elements, perform tests and additional special inspections in accordance with Section 1705 3 7 For specialty elements, perform additional inspections as determined by the registered design professional in responsible charge 1705.8 Cast -in -place deep foundations. Special inspections and tests shall be performed during installation of cast -in - place deep foundation elements as specified in Table 1705 8 The approved geotechnical report and the construction docu- ments prepared by the registered design professionals shall be used to determine compliance 1705.9 Helical pile foundations. Continuous special inspec- tions shall be performed during installation of helical pile foundations The information recorded shall include installa- tion equipment used, pile dimensions, tip elevations, final depth, final installation torque and other pertinent installation data as required by the registered design professional in responsible charge The approved geotechnical report and the construction documents prepared by the registered design professional shall be used to determine compliance 1705.10 Fabricated items. Special inspections of fabricated items shall be performed in accordance with Section 1704 2 5 1705.11 Special inspections for wind resistance. Special inspections for wind resistance specified in Sections 1705 11 1 through 1705 11 3, unless exempted by the excep- tions to Section 1704 2, are required for buildings and struc- tures constructed in the following areas 1 In wind Exposure Category 13, where V d as determined in accordance with Section 1609 3 1 is 120 miles per hour (52 8 m/sec) or greater 2 In wind Exposure Category C or D, where V , as deter- mined in accordance with Section 1609 3 1 is 110 mph (49 m/sec) or greater TABLE 1705.8 REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS OF CAST -IN -PLACE DEEP FOUNDATION ELEMENTS TYPE CONTINUOUS SPECIAL PERIODICSPECIAL INSPECTION INSPECTION 1 Inspect drilling operations and maintain complete and accurate records for each element X 2 Verify placement locations and plumbness, confirm element diameters, bell diameters (if applicable), lengths, embedment into bedrock (if applicable) and adequate end -bearing strata X capacity Record concrete or grout volumes 3 For concrete elements, perform tests and additional special inspections in accordance with Section 1705 3 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 421 I I I I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS 1705.11.1 Structural wood. Continuous special mspec- tion is required during field glumg operations of elements of the main wmdforce-resisting system Periodic special inspection is required for nailing, bolting, anchoring and other fastening of elements of the main wmdforce-resist- ing system, including wood shear walls, wood dia- phragms, drag struts, braces and hold-downs Exception: Special inspections are not required for wood shear walls, shear panels and diaphragms, includ- ing nailing, bolting, anchoring and other fastening to other elements of the main wmdforce-resisting system, where the specified fastener spacing at panel edges is more than 4 inches (102 mm) on center 1705.11.2 Cold -formed steel light -frame construction. Periodic special inspection is required for welding opera- tions of elements of the main wmdforce-resisting system Periodic special inspection is required for screw attach- ment, bolting, anchoring and other fastening of elements of the main wmdforce-resisting system, including shear walls, braces, diaphragms, collectors (drag struts) and hold-downs Exception: Special inspections are not required for cold -formed steel light -frame shear walls and dia- phragms, including screwing, bolting, anchoring and other fastening to components of the wmdforce resist - mg system, where either of the following applies 1 The sheathing is gypsum board or fiberboard 2 The sheathing is wood structural panel or steel sheets on only one side of the shear wall, shear panel or diaphragm assembly and the fastener spacing of the sheathing is more than 4 inches (102 mm) on center (o c ) 1705.11.3 Wind -resisting components. Periodic special inspection is required for fastening of the following sys- tems and components 1 Roof covering, roof deck and roof framing connec- tions 2 Exterior wall covering and wall connections to roof and floor diaphragms and framing 1705.12 Special inspections for seismic resistance. Special inspections for seismic resistance shall be required as speci- fied in Sections 1705 12 1 through 1705 12 9, unless exempted by the exceptions of Section 1704 2 Exception: The special inspections specified in Sections 1705 12 1 through 1705 12 9 are not required for struc- tures designed and constructed in accordance with one of the following 1 The structure consists of light -frame construction, the design spectral response acceleration at short periods, Sos, as detemi med in Section 1613 2 4, does not exceed 0 5, and the building height of the struc- ture does not exceed 35 feet (10 668 mm) 2 The seismic force -resisting system of the structure consists of reinforced masonry or reinforced concrete, the design spectral response acceleration at short peri- ods, Sos, as determined in Section 1613 2 4, does not exceed 0 5, and the building height of the structure does not exceed 25 feet (7620 mm) 3 The structure is a detached one- or two-family dwelling not exceeding two stones above grade plane and does not have any of the following hori- zontal or vertical irregularities in accordance with Section 12 3 of ASCE 7 3 1 Torsional or extreme torsional irregularity 3 2 Nonparallel systems irregularity 3 3 Stiffness -soft story or stiffness -extreme soft story irregularity 3 4 Discontinuity in lateral strength -weak story irregularity 1705.12.1 Structural steel. Special inspections for seis- mic resistance shall be in accordance with Section 1705 12 1 1 or 1705 12 1 2, as applicable 1705.12.1.1 Seismic force -resisting systems. Special inspections of structural steel in the seismic force - resisting systems in buildings and structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B, C, D, E or F shall be per- formed in accordance with the quality assurance requirements of AISC 341 Exceptions: 1 In buildings and structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B or C, special inspections are not required for structural steel seismic force -resisting systems where the response modification coefficient, R, designated for "Steel systems not specifically detailed for seismic resistance, excluding cantilever col- umn systems" in ASCE 7, Table 12 2-1, has been used for design and detailing 2 In structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory D, E, or F, special inspections are not required for structural steel seismic force - resisting systems where design and detailing in accordance with AISC 360 is permitted by ASCE 7, Table 15 4-1 1705.12.1.2 Structural steel elements. Special mspec- hons of structural steel elements in the seismic force - resisting systems of buildings and structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B, C, D, E or F other than those covered in Section 1705 12 1 1, including struts, collectors, chords and foundation elements, shall be performed in accordance with the quality assurance requirements of AISC 341 Exceptions: 1 In buildings and structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B or C, special inspections of structural steel elements are not required for seismic force -resisting systems with a response modification coefficient, R, of 3 or less 2 In structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory D, E, or F, special inspections of struc- tural steel elements are not required for 422 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17MR ocJM IOZMo 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS seismic force -resisting systems where design and detailing other than AISC 341 is permitted by ASCE 7, Table 15 4-1 Special inspection shall be in accordance with the applicable ref- erenced standard listed in ASCE 7, Table 15 4-1 1705.12.2 Structural wood. For the seismic force -resist- ing systems of structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory C, D, E or F Continuous special inspection shall be required during field gluing operations of elements of the seismic force -resisting system 2 Periodic special inspection shall be required for nailing, bolting, anchoring and other fastening of elements of the seismic force -resisting system, including wood shear walls, wood diaphragms, drag struts, braces, shear panels and hold-downs Exception: Special inspections are not required for wood shear walls, shear panels and diaphragms, includ- ing nailing, bolting, anchoring and other fastening to other elements of the seismic force -resisting system, where the fastener spacing of the sheathing is more than 4 inches (102 mm) on center 1705.12.3 Cold -formed steel light -frame construction. For the seismic force -resisting systems of structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, peri- odic special inspection shall be required for both 1 Welding operations of elements of the seismic force -resisting system 2 Screw attachment, bolting, anchoring and other fas- tening of elements of the seismic force -resisting sys- tem, including shear walls, braces, diaphragms, collectors (drag struts) and hold-downs Exception: Special inspections are not required for cold -formed steel light -frame shear walls and dia- phragms, including screw installation, bolting, anchor- ing and other fastening to components of the seismic force -resisting system, where either of the following applies 1 The sheathing is gypsum board or fiberboard 2 The sheathing is wood structural panel or steel sheets on only one side of the shear wall, shear panel or diaphragm assembly and the fastener spacing of the sheathing is more than 4 inches (102 mm) on center 1705.12.4 Designated seismic systems. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the special inspector shall examine designated seismic sys- tems requiring seismic qualification in accordance with Section 13 2 2 of ASCE 7 and verify that the label, anchorage and mounting conform to the certificate of compliance 1705.12.5 Architectural components. Periodic special inspection is required for the erection and fastening of exterior cladding, interior and exterior nonbearing walls and interior and exterior veneer in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F Exception: Periodic special inspection is not required for the following 1 Exterior cladding, interior and exterior nonbear- ing walls and interior and exterior veneer 30 feet (9144 mm) or less in height above grade or walk- ing surface 2 Exterior cladding and interior and exterior veneer weighing 5 psf (24 5 N/m) or less 3 Interior nonbearmg walls weighing 15 psf (73 5 N/m') or less 1705.12.5.1 Access floors. Periodic special inspection is required for the anchorage of access floors in struc- tures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F 1705.12.6 Plumbing, mechanical and electrical compo- nents. Periodic special inspection of plumbing, mechani- cal and electrical components shall be required for the following 1 Anchorage of electrical equipment for emergency and standby power systems in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F 2 Anchorage of other electrical equipment in struc- tures assigned to Seismic Design Category E or F 3 Installation and anchorage of piping systems designed to carry hazardous materials and their associated mechanical units in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F 4 Installation and anchorage of ductwork designed to carry hazardous materials in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F 5 Installation and anchorage of vibration isolation sys- tems in structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory C, D, E or F where the approved construction documents require a nominal clearance of '/q inch (64 mm) or less between the equipment support frame and restraint 6 Installation of mechanical and electrical equipment, including duct work, piping systems and their struc- tural supports, where automatic fire sprinkler sys- tems are installed in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F to verify one of the following 61 Nfinimum clearances have been provided as required by Section 13 2 3 ASCE/SEI 7 62 A nominal clearance of not less than 3 inches (76 mm) has been be provided between fire protection sprinkler system drops and sprigs and structural members not used collectively or independently to support the sprinklers, equipment attached to the building structure, and other systems' piping Where flexible sprinkler hose fittings are used, special inspection of minimum clearances is not required 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 423 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS 1705.12.7 Storage racks. Penockc special inspection is required for the anchorage of storage racks that are 8 feet (2438 mm) or greater in height in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F 1705.12.8 Seismic isolation systems. Periodic special inspection shall be provided for seismic isolation systems in seismically isolated structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B, C, D, E or F during the fabrication and installation of isolator units and energy dissipation devices 1705.12.9 Cold -formed steel special bolted moment frames. Periodic special inspection shall be provided for the installation of cold -formed steel special bolted moment frames in the seismic force -resisting systems of structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F 1705.13 Testing for seismic resistance. Testing for seismic resistance shall be required as specified in Sections 1705 13 1 through 1705 13 4, unless exempted from special inspections by the exceptions of Section 1704 2 1705.13.1 Structural steel. Nondestructive testing for seismic resistance shall be in accordance with Section 1705 13 1 1 or 1705 13 1 2, as applicable 1705.13.1.1 Seismic force -resisting systems. Nonde- structive testing of structural steel in the seismic force - resisting systems m buildings and structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B, C, D, E or F shall be per- formed in accordance with the quality assurance requirements of AISC 341 Exceptions: 1 In buildings and structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B or C, nondestructive test - mg is not required for structural steel seismic force -resisting systems where the response modification coefficient, R, designated for "Steel systems not specifically detailed for seismic resistance, excluding cantilever col- umn systems" in ASCE 7, Table 12 2-1, has been used for design and detailing 2 In structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory D, E, or F, nondestructive testing is not required for structural steel seismic force - resisting systems where design and detailing in accordance with AISC 360 is permitted by ASCE 7, Table 15 4-1 1705.13.1.2 Structural steel elements. Nondestructive testing of structural steel elements in the seismic force - resisting systems of buildings and structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B, C, D, E or F other than those covered in Section 1705 13 1 1, including struts, collectors, chords and foundation elements, shall be performed in accordance with the quality assurance requirements of AISC 341 Exceptions: 1 In buildings and structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B or C, nondestructive test - mg of structural steel elements is not required for seismic force -resisting systems with a response modification coefficient, R, of 3 or less In structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory D, E or F, nondestructive testing of struc- tural steel elements is not required for seismic force -resisting systems where design and detailing other than AISC 341 is permitted by ASCE 7, Table 15 4-1 Nondestructive testing of structural steel elements shall be in accor- dance with the applicable referenced standard listed in ASCE 7_ Table 15 4-1 1705.13.2 Nonstructural components. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B, C, D, E or F, where the requirements of Section 13 2 1 of ASCE 7 for nonstructural components, supports or attachments are met by seismic qualification as specified in Item 2 therein, the registered design professional shall specify on the approved construction documents the requirements for seismic qualification by analysis, testing or experience data Certificates of compliance for the seismic qualifica- tion shall be submitted to the building official as specified in Section 1704 5 1705.13.3 Designated seismic systems. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F and with designated seismic systems that are subject to the requirements of Section 13 2 2 of ASCE 7 for certifica- tion, the registered design professional shall specify on the approved construction documents the requirements to be met by analysis, testing or experience data as specified therein Certificates of compliance documenting that the requirements are met shall be submitted to the building official as specified in Section 1704 5 1705.13.4 Seismic isolation systems. Seismic isolation systems in seismically isolated structures assigned to Seis- mic Design Category B, C, D, E or F shall be tested in accordance with Section 17 8 of ASCE 7 [BF] 1705.14 Sprayed fire-resistant materials. Special inspections and tests of sprayed fire-resistant materials applied to floor, roof and wall assemblies and structural members shall be performed in accordance with Sections 1705 14 1 through 1705 14 6 Special inspections shall be based on the fire -resistance design as designated in the approved construction documents The tests set forth in this section shall be based on samplings from specific floor, roof and wall assemblies and structural members Special inspec- tions and tests shall be performed after the rough installation of electrical, automatic sprinkler, mechanical and plumbing systems and suspension systems for ceilings, where applica- ble [BF] 1705.14.1 Physical and visual tests. The special inspections and tests shall include the following to demon- strate compliance with the listing and the fire -resistance rating 1 Condition of substrates 2 Thickness of application 3 Density in pounds per cubic foot (kg/m') 424 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17MR ocJM IOZMo 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS 4 Bond strength adhesion/cohesion 5 Condition of finished application [BF] 1705.14.2 Structural member surface conditions. The surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the approved fire -resistance design and the written instruc- tions of approved manufacturers The prepared surface of structural members to be sprayed shall be inspected by the special inspector before the application of the sprayed fire- resistant material [BF] 1705.14.3 Application. The substrate shall have a minimum ambient temperature before and after applica- tion as specified in the written instructions of approved manufacturers The area for application shall be ventilated during and after application as required by the written instructions of approved manufacturers [BF] 1705.14.4 Thickness. Not more than 10 percent of the thickness measurements of the sprayed fire-resistant materials applied to floor, roof and wall assemblies and structural members shall be less than the thickness required by the approved fire -resistance design, and none shall be less than the minimum allowable thickness required by Section 1705 14 4 1 [BF] 1705.14.4.1 Minimum allowable thickness. For design thicknesses 1 inch (25 mm) or greater, the mmi- mum allowable individual thickness shall be the design thickness minus '/q inch (6 4 mm) For design thick- nesses less than 1 inch (25 mm), the minimum allow- able individual thickness shall be the design thickness minus 25 percent Thickness shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E605 Samples of the sprayed fire-resistant materials shall be selected in accordance with Sections 1705 14 4 2 and 1705 14 4 3 [BF] 1705.14.4.2 Floor, roof and wall assemblies. The thickness of the sprayed fire-resistant material applied to floor, roof and wall assemblies shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E605, making not less than four measurements for each 1,000 square feet (93 m) of the sprayed area, or portion thereof, in each story [BF] 1705.14.4.3 Cellular decks. Thickness measure- ments shall be selected from a square area, 12 inches by 12 inches (305 mm by 305 mm) in size Not fewer than four measurements shall be made, located symmetri- cally within the square area [BF] 1705.14.4.4 Fluted decks. Thickness measure- ments shall be selected from a square area, 12 inches by 12 inches (305 mm by 305 mm) in size Not fewer than four measurements shall be made, located symmetri- cally within the square area, including one each of the following valley, crest and sides The average of the measurements shall be reported [BF] 1705.14.4.5 Structural members. The thickness of the sprayed fire-resistant material applied to struc- tural members shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E605 Thickness testing shall be performed on not less than 25 percent of the structural members on each floor [BF] 1705.14.4.6 Beams and girders. At beams and girders thickness measurements shall be made at nine locations around the beam or girder at each end of a 12- inch (305 mm) length [BF] 1705.14.4.7 Joists and trusses. At joists and trusses, thickness measurements shall be made at seven locations around the joist or truss at each end of a 12- inch (305 mm) length [BF] 1705.14.4.8 Wide -flanged columns. At wide - flanged columns, thickness measurements shall be made at 12 locations around the column at each end of a 12-inch (305 mm) length [BF] 1705.14.4.9 Hollow structural section and pipe columns. At hollow structural section and pipe col- umns, thickness measurements shall be made at not fewer than four locations around the column at each end of a 12-inch (305 mm) length [BF] 1705.14.5 Density. The density of the sprayed fire- resistant material shall be not less than the density speci- fied in the approved fire -resistance design Density of the sprayed fire-resistant material shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E605 The test samples for deter- mining the density of the sprayed fire-resistant materials shall be selected as follows 1 From each floor, roof and wall assembly at the rate of not less than one sample for every 2,500 square feet (232 m') or portion thereof of the sprayed area in each story 2 From beams, girders, trusses and columns at the rate of not less than one sample for each type of struc- tural member for each 2,500 square feet (232 m) of floor area or portion thereof in each story [BF] 1705.14.6 Bond strength. The cohesive/adhesive bond strength of the cured sprayed fire-resistant material applied to floor, roof and wall assemblies and structural members shall be not less than 150 pounds per square foot (psf) (7 18 kN/m) The cohesive/adhesive bond strength shall be determined in accordance with the field test speci- fied in ASTM E736 by testing in -place samples of the sprayed fire-resistant material selected in accordance with Sections 1705 14 6 1 through 1705 14 6 3 [BF] 1705.14.6.1 Floor, roof and wall assemblies. The test samples for determining the cohesive/adhesive bond strength of the sprayed fire-resistant materials shall be selected from each floor, roof and wall assem- bly at the rate of not less than one sample for every 2,500 square feet (232 m) of the sprayed area, or por- tion thereof, in each story [BF] 1705.14.6.2 Structural members. The test sam- ples for determining the cohesive/adhesive bond strength of the sprayed fire-resistant materials shall be selected from beams, girders, trusses, columns and other structural members at the rate of not less than one sample for each type of structural member for each 2,500 square feet (232 m) of floor area or portion thereof in each story 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 425 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS [BF] 1705.14.6.3 Primer, paint and encapsulant bond tests. Bond tests to qualify a primer, paint or encapsulant shall be conducted where the sprayed fire- resistant material is applied to a primed, painted or encapsulated surface for which acceptable bond - strength performance between these coatings and the fire-resistant material has not beendetennmed Abond- mg agent approved by the SFRM manufacturer shall be applied to a primed, painted or encapsulated surface where the bond strengths are found to be less than required values [BF] 1705.15 Mastic and intumescent fire-resistant coat- ings. Special inspections and tests for mastic and intumescent fire-resistant coatings applied to structural elements and decks shall be performed in accordance with AWCI 12-B Special inspections and tests shall be based on the fire -resis- tance design as designated in the approved construction doc- uments 1705.16 Exterior insulation and finish systems (EIFS). Special inspections shall be required for all EIFS applica- tions Exceptions: 1 Special inspections shall not be required for EIFS applications installed over a water -resistive barrier with a means of draining moisture to the exterior 2 Special inspections shall not be required for EIFS applications installed over masonry or concrete walls 1705.16.1 Water -resistive barrier coating. A water - resistive barrier coating complying with ASTM E2570 requires special inspection of the water -resistive barrier coating where installed over a sheathing substrate [BF] 1705.17 Fire-resistant penetrations and joints. In high-rise buildings or in buildings assigned to Risk Category III or IV, special inspections for through -penetrations, mem- brane penetration firestops, fire-resistant joint systems and perimeter fire barrier systems that are tested and listed in accordance with Sections 714 4 12, 714 5 1 2, 715 3 and 715 4 shall be in accordance with Section 1705 17 1 or 1705 172 [BF] 1705.17.1 Penetration firestops. Inspections of pen- etration firestop systems that are tested and listed in accor- dance with Sections 714 4 12 and 714 5 1 2 shall be conducted by an approved agency in accordance with ASTM E2174 [BF] 1705.17.2 Fire-resistant joint systems. Inspection of fire-resistant joint systems that are tested and listed in accordance with Sections 715 3 and 715 4 shall be con- ducted by an approved agency in accordance with ASTM E2393 [F] 1705.18 Testing for smoke control. Smoke control sys- tems shall be tested by a special inspector [F] 1705.18.1 Testing scope. The test scope shall be as follows 1 During erection of ductwork and prior to conceal- ment for the purposes of leakage testing and record- ing of device location 2 Prior to occupancy and after sufficient completion for the purposes of pressure difference testing, flow measurements and detection and control verifica- tion [F] 1705.18.2 Qualifications. Approved agencies for smoke control testing shall have expertise in fire protec- tion engineering, mechanical engineering and certification as au balancers SECTION 1706 DESIGN STRENGTHS OF MATERIALS 1706.1 Conformance to standards. The design strengths and permissible stresses of any structural material that are identified by a manufacturer's designation as to manufacture and grade by mill tests, or the strength and stress grade is oth- erwise confirmed to the satisfaction of the building official, shall conform to the specifications and methods of design of accepted engineering practice or the approved rules in the absence of applicable standards 1706.2 New materials. For materials that are not specifically provided for in this code, the design strengths and permissible stresses shall be established by tests as provided for in Sec- tion 1707 SECTION 1707 ALTERNATIVE TEST PROCEDURE 1707.1 General. In the absence of approved rules or other approved standards, the building official shall make, or cause to be made, the necessary tests and investigations, or the building official shall accept duly authenticated reports from approved agencies m respect to the quality and manner of use of new materials or assemblies as provided for in Section 104 11 The cost of all tests and other investigations required under the provisions of this code shall be home by the owner or the owner's authorized agent SECTION 1708 IN -SITU LOAD TESTS 1708.1 General. Whenever there is a reasonable doubt as to the stability or load -bearing capacity of a completed building, structure or portion thereof for the expected loads, an engi- neering assessment shall be required The engineering assess- ment shall involve either a structural analysis or an in -situ load test, or both The structural analysis shall be based on actual material properties and other as -built conditions that affect stability or load -bearing capacity, and shall be con- ducted in accordance with the applicable design standard The in -situ load tests shall be conducted in accordance with Section 1708 2 If the building, structure or portion thereof is found to have inadequate stability or load -bearing capacity for the expected loads, modifications to ensure structural ade- quacy or the removal of the inadequate construction shall be required 1708.2 In -situ load tests. In -situ load tests shall be con- ducted in accordance with Section 1708 2 1 or 1708 2 2 and shall be supervised by a registered design professional The 426 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I CITY IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) Lummtb S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS test shall simulate the applicable loading conditions specified in Chapter 16 as necessary to address the concerns regarding structural stability of the building, structure or portion thereof 1708.2.1 Load test procedure specified. Where a refer- enced material standard contains an applicable load test procedure and acceptance criteria, the test procedure and acceptance criteria in the standard shall apply In the absence of specific load factors or acceptance criteria, the load factors and acceptance criteria in Section 1708 2 2 shall apply 1708.2.2 Load test procedure not specified. In the absence of applicable load test procedures contained within a material standard referenced by this code or acceptance criteria for a specific material or method of construction, such existing structure shall be subjected to an approved test procedure developed by a registered design professional that simulates applicable loading and deformation conditions For components that are not a part of the seismic force -resisting system, at a minimum the test load shall be equal to the specified factored design loads For materials such as wood that have strengths that are dependent on load duration, the test load shall be adjusted to account for the difference in load duration of the test compared to the expected duration of the design loads being considered For statically loaded components, the test load shall be left in place for a period of 24 hours For components that carry dynamic loads (for example, machine supports or fall arrest anchors), the load shall be left in place for a period consistent with the component's actual function The structure shall be considered to have successfully met the test requirements where the following criteria are satisfied 1 Under the design load, the deflection shall not exceed the limitations specified in Section 1604 3 2 Within 24 hours after removal of the test load, the structure shall have recovered not less than 75 per- cent of the maximum deflection 3 During and immediately after the test, the structure shall not show evidence of failure SECTION 1709 PRECONSTRUCTION LOAD TESTS 1709.1 General. Where proposed construction is not capable of being designed by approved engineering analysis, or where proposed construction design method does not comply with the applicable material design standard, the system of construction or the structural unit and the connections shall be subjected to the tests prescribed in Section 1709 The building official shall accept certified reports of such tests conducted by an approved testing agency, provided that such tests meet the requirements of this code and approved proce- dures 1709.2 Load test procedures specified. Where specific load test procedures, load factors and acceptance criteria are included in the applicable referenced standards, such test pro- cedures, load factors and acceptance criteria shall apply In the absence of specific test procedures, load factors or accep- tance criteria, the corresponding provisions in Section 1709 3 shall apply 1709.3 Load test procedures not specified. Where load test procedures are not specified in the applicable referenced stan- dards, the load -bearing and deformation capacity of structural components and assemblies shall be determmed on the basis of a test procedure developed by a registered design profes- sional that simulates applicable loading and deformation con- ditions For components and assemblies that are not a part of the seismic force -resisting system, the test shall be as speci- fied in Section 1709 3 1 Load tests shall simulate the appli- cable loading conditions specified in Chapter 16 1709.3.1 Test procedure. The test assembly shall be sub- jected to an increasing superimposed load equal to not less than two times the superimposed design load The test load shall be left in place for a period of 24 hours The tested assembly shall be considered to have successfully met the test requirements if the assembly recovers not less than 75 percent of the maximum deflection within 24 hours after the removal of the test load The test assembly shall then be reloaded and subjected to an increasing superimposed load until either structural failure occurs or the superimposed load is equal to two and one-half tunes the load at which the deflection limitations specified in Section 1709 3 2 were reached, or the load is equal to two and one-half tunes the superimposed design load In the case of structural components and assemblies for which deflection limitations are not specified in Section 1709 3 2, the test specimen shall be subjected to an increasing superimposed load until structural failure occurs or the load is equal to two and one-half times the desired superimposed design load The allowable superim- posed design load shall be taken as the lesser of 1 The load at the deflection limitation given in Section 170932 2 The failure load divided by 2 5 3 The maximum load applied divided by 2 5 1709.3.2 Deflection. The deflection of structural members under the design load shall not exceed the limitations in Section 1604 3 1709.4 Wall and partition assemblies. Load -bearing wall and partition assemblies shall sustain the test load both with and without window framing The test load shall include all design load components Wall and partition assemblies shall be tested both with and without door and window framing 1709.5 Exterior window and door assemblies. The design pressure rating of exterior windows and doors in buildings shall be determmed in accordance with Section 1709 5 1 or 1709 5 2 For exterior windows and doors tested in accor- dance with Sections 1709 5 1 or 1709 5 2, required design wind pressures determmed from ASCE 7 shall be permitted to be converted to allowable stress design by multiplying by 06 Exception: Structural wind load design pressures for win- dow units smaller than the size tested in accordance with Section 1709 5 1 or 1709 5 2 shall be permitted to be higher than the design value of the tested unit provided 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 427 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS such higher pressures are determined by accepted engi- neering analysis Components of the small unit shall be the same as the tested unit Where such calculated design pressures are used, they shall be validated by an additional test of the window unit having the highest allowable design pressure 1709.5.1 Exterior windows and doors. Exterior windows and sliding doors shall be tested and labeled as conform- ing to AAMA/WDMA/CSAl01Q S 2/A440 The label shall state the name of the manufacturer, the approved labeling agency and the product designation as specified in AAMA/WDMA/CSAl01Q S 2/A440 Exterior side - hinged doors shall be tested and labeled as conforming to AAMA/WDMA/CSAl01Q S 2/A440 or comply with Sec- tion 1709 5 2 Products tested and labeled as conforming to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101A S 2/A440 shall not be sub- ject to the requirements of Sections 2403 2 and 2403 3 1709.5.2 Exterior windows and door assemblies not provided for in Section 1709.5.1. Exterior window and door assemblies shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E330 Structural performance of garage doors and rolling doors shall be determined in accordance with either ASTM E330 or ANSUDASMA 108, and shall meet the acceptance criteria of ANSIMASMA 108 Exterior win- dow and door assemblies containing glass shall comply with Section 2403 The design pressure for testing shall be calculated in accordance with Chapter 16 Each assembly shall be tested for 10 seconds at a load equal to 1 5 times the design pressure 1709.6 Skylights and sloped glazing. Skylights and sloped glazing shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 24 1709.7 Test specimens. Test specimens and construction shall be representative of the materials, workmanship and details normally used in practice The properties of the mate- rials used to construct the test assembly shall be determined on the basis of tests on samples taken from the load assembly or on representative samples of the materials used to con- struct the load test assembly Required tests shall be con- ducted or witnessed by an approved agency 428 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® iffff., ( 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto I ITHR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER M* M* CHAPTER 18 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS User notes: About this chapter., Chapter 18 provides criteria for geotechmcal and structural considerations in the selection, design and installation of foundation systems to support the loads imposed by the structure above. This chapter includes requirements for sods investigation and site preparation for receiving a foundation, including the loadbearingvalues for sods and protection for the foundation from frost and water intru- sion. Section 1808 addresses the basic requirements for all foundation types while subsequent sections address foundation requirements that are specific to shallow foundations and deep foundations. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this chapter will be considered by the IBC —Structural Code Development Commit- tee during the 2019 (Group th Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page ro. SECTION 1801 GENERAL 1801.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to building and foundation systems SECTION 1802 DESIGN BASIS 1802.1 General. Allowable bearing pressures, allowable stresses and design formulas provided in this chapter shall be used with the allowable stress design load combinations specified in Section 1605 3 The quality and design of materi- als used structurally in excavations and foundations shall comply with the requirements specified in Chapters 16, 19, 21, 22 and 23 Excavations and fills shall comply with Chap- ter 33 SECTION 1803 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONS 1803.1 General. Geotechnical investigations shall be con- ducted in accordance with Section 1803 2 and reported in accordance with Section 1803 6 Where required by the building official or where geotechmcal investigations involve m-situ testing, laboratory testing or engineering calculations, such investigations shall be conducted by a registered design professional 1803.2 Investigations required. Geotechnical investiga- tions shall be conducted in accordance with Sections 1803 3 through 1803 5 Exception: The building official shall be permitted to waive the requirement for a geotechmcal investigation where satisfactory data from adjacent areas is available that demonstrates an investigation is not necessary for any of the conditions in Sections 1803 5 1 through 1803 5 6 and Sections 1803 5 10 and 1803 5 11 1803.3 Basis of investigation. Soil classification shall be based on observation and any necessary tests of the materials disclosed by borings, test pits or other subsurface exploration made in appropriate locations Additional studies shall be made as necessary to evaluate slope stability, soil strength, position and adequacy of load-bearmg soils, the effect of moisture variation on soil -bearing capacity, compressibility, liquefaction and expansiveness 1803.3.1 Scope of investigation. The scope of the geo- techmcal investigation including the number and types of borings or soundings, the equipment used to drill or sam- ple, the in-situtesting equipment and the laboratory testing program shall be determined by a registered design pro- fessional 1803.4 Qualified representative. The investigation proce- dure and apparatus shall be in accordance with generally accepted engineering practice The registered design profes- sional shall have a fully qualified representative on site during all boring or sampling operations 1803.5 Investigated conditions. Geotechnical investigations shall be conducted as indicated in Sections 1803 5 1 through 18035 12 1803.5.1 Classification. Soil materials shall be classified in accordance with ASTM D2487 1803.5.2 Questionable soil. Where the classification, strength or compressibility of the soil is in doubt or where a load -bearing value superior to that specified in this code is claimed, the building official shall be permitted to require that a geotechmcal investigation be conducted 1803.5.3 Expansive soil. In areas likely to have expansive soil, the building official shall require soil tests to deter- inmewhere such soils do exist Soils meeting all four of the following provisions shall be considered to be expansive, except that tests to show compliance with Items 1, 2 and 3 shall not be required if the test prescribed in Item 4 is conducted 1 Plasticity index (PI) of 15 or greater, determined in accordance with ASTM D4318 2 More than 10 percent of the soil particles pass a No 200 sieve (75 µm), determined in accordance with ASTM D422 3 More than 10 percent of the soil particles are less than 5 micrometers in size, determined in accor- dance with ASTM D422 4 Expansion index greater than 20, determined in accordance with ASTM D4829 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 429 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfn d, od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 1803.5.4 Ground water table. A subsurface soil investi- gation shall be performed to determine whether the exist- ing ground water table is above or within 5 feet (1524 mm) below the elevation of the lowest floor level where such floor is located below the finished ground level adja- cent to the foundation Exception: A subsurface soil investigation to deter- mine the location of the ground water table shall not be required where waterproofing is provided in accor- dance with Section 1805 1803.5.5 Deep foundations. Where deep foundations will be used, a geotechnical investigation shall be conducted and shall include all of the following, unless sufficient data on which to base the design and installation is other- wise available 1 Recommended deep foundation types and installed capacities 2 Recommended center -to -center spacing of deep foundation elements 3 Driving criteria 4 Installation procedures 5 Field inspection and reporting procedures (to include procedures for verification of the installed bearing capacity where required) 6 Load test requirements 7 Suitability of deep foundation materials for the intended environment 8 Designation of bearing stratum or strata 9 Reductions for group action, where necessary 1803.5.6 Rock strata. Where subsurface explorations at the project site indicate variations in the structure of rock on which foundations are to be constructed, a sufficient number of borings shall be drilled to sufficient depths to assess the competency of the rock and its load -bearing capacity 1803.5.7 Excavation near foundations. Where excava- tion will reduce support from any foundation, a registered design professional shall prepare an assessment of the structure as determined from examination of the structure, the review of available design documents and, if neces- sary, excavation of test pits The registered design profes- sional shall determine the requirements for underpinning and protection and prepare site -specific plans, details and sequence of work for submission Such support shall be provided by underpinning, sheeting and bracing, or by other means acceptable to the building official 1803.5.8 Compacted fill material. Where shallow foun- dations will bear on compacted fill material more than 12 inches (305 mm) in depth, a geotechmcal investigation shall be conducted and shall include all of the following 1 Specifications for the preparation of the site prior to placement of compacted fill material 2 Specifications for material to be used as compacted fill 3 Test methods to be used to determine the maximum dry density and optimum moisture content of the material to be used as compacted fill 4 Maximum allowable thickness of each lift of com- pacted fill material 5 Field test method for determining the in -place dry density of the compacted fill 6 Minimum acceptable in -place dry density expressed as a percentage of the maximum dry density deter- mmed in accordance with Item 3 7 Number and frequency of field tests required to determine compliance with Item 6 1803.5.9 Controlled low -strength material (CLSM). Where shallow foundations will bear on controlled low - strength material (CLSM), a geotechnical investigation shall be conducted and shall include all of the following 1 Specifications for the preparation of the site prior to placement of the CLSM 2 Specifications for the CLSM 3 Laboratory or field test method(s) to be used to determine the compressive strength or bearing capacity of the CLSM 4 Test methods for determining the acceptance of the CLSM in the field 5 Number and frequency of field tests required to determine compliance with Item 4 1803.5.10 Alternate setback and clearance. Where set- backs or clearances other than those required in Section 1808 7 are desired, the building official shall be permitted to require a geotechmcal investigation by a registered design professional to demonstrate that the intent of Sec- tion 1808 7 would be satisfied Such an investigation shall include consideration of material, height of slope, slope gradient, load intensity and erosion characteristics of slope material 1803.5.11 Seismic Design Categories C through F. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, a geotechnical investigation shall be conducted, and shall include an evaluation of all of the following potential geologic and seismic hazards 1 Slope instability 2 Liquefaction 3 Total and differential settlement 4 Surface displacement due to faulting or seismically induced lateral spreading or lateral flow 1803.5.12 Seismic Design Categories D through F. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, the geotechnical investigation required by Section 1803 5 11 shall include all of the following as applicable 1 The determination of dynamic seismic lateral earth pressures on foundation walls and retaining walls supporting more than 6 feet (1 83 m) of backfill height due to design earthquake ground motions 2 The potential for liquefaction and soil strength loss evaluated for site peak ground acceleration, earth- 430 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS quake magnitude and source characteristics consis- tent with the maximum considered earthquake ground motions Peak ground acceleration shall be determined based on one of the following 21 A site -specific study in accordance with Chapter 21 of ASCE 7 2 2 In accordance with Section 11 8 3 of ASCE 7 3 An assessment of potential consequences of lique- faction and soil strength loss including, but not lnn- ited to, the following 3 1 Estimation of total and differential settle- ment 3 2 Lateral soil movement 3 3 Lateral soil loads on foundations 34 Reduction in foundation soil -bearing capac- ity and lateral soil reaction 35 Soil downdrag and reduction in axial and lat- eral soil reaction for pile foundations 36 Increases in soil lateral pressures on retain - mg walls 37 Flotation of buried structures 4 Discussion of mitigation measures such as, but not limited to, the following 41 Selection of appropriate foundation type and depths 42 Selection of appropriate structural systems to accommodate anticipated displacements and forces 4 3 Ground stabilization 44 Any combination of these measures and how they shall be considered in the design of the structure 1803.6 Reporting. Where geotechnical investigations are required, a written report of the investigations shall be sub- mitted to the building official by the permit applicant at the time of permit application This geotechnical report shall include, but need not be limited to, the following information 1 A plot showing the location of the soil investigations 2 A complete record of the soil boring and penetration test logs and soil samples 3 A record of the soil profile 4 Elevation of the water table, if encountered 5 Recommendations for foundation type and design cri- teria, including but not limited to bearing capacity of natural or compacted soil, provisions to mitigate the effects of expansive soils, mitigation of the effects of liquefaction, differential settlement and varying soil strength, and the effects of adjacent loads 6 Expected total and differential settlement 7 Deep foundation information in accordance with Sec- tion 1803 5 5 8 Special design and construction provisions for foun- dations of structures founded on expansive soils, as necessary 9 Compacted fill material properties and testing in accordance with Section 1803 5 8 10 Controlled low -strength material properties and test- ing in accordance with Section 1803 5 9 SECTION 1804 EXCAVATION, GRADING AND FILL 1804.1 Excavation near foundations. Excavation for any purpose shall not reduce vertical or lateral support for any foundation or adjacent foundation without first underpinning or protecting the foundation against detrimental lateral or ver- tical movement, or both 1804.2 Underpinning. Where underpinning is chosen to pro- vide the protection or support of adjacent structures, the underpinning system shall be designed and installed in accor- dance with provisions of this chapter and Chapter 33 1804.2.1 Underpinning sequencing. Underpinning shall be installed in a sequential manner that protects the neigh- boring structure and the working construction site The sequence of installation shall be identified in the approved construction documents 1804.3 Placement of backfill. The excavation outside the foundation shall be backfilled with soil that is free of organic material, construction debris, cobbles and boulders or with a controlled low -strength material (CLSM) The backfill shall be placed in lifts and compacted in a manner that does not damage the foundation or the waterproofing or dampproofmg material Exception: CLSM need not be compacted 1804.4 Site grading. The ground immediately adjacent to the foundation shall be sloped away from the building at a slope of not less than one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-per- cent slope) for a minimum distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) measured perpendicular to the face of the wall If physical obstructions or lot lines prohibit 10 feet (3048 mm) of hori- zontal distance, a 5-percent slope shall be provided to an approved alternative method of diverting water away from the foundation Swales used for this purpose shall be sloped not less than 2 percent where located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the building foundation Impervious surfaces within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the building foundation shall be sloped not less than 2 percent away from the building Exceptions: 1 Where climatic or soil conditions warrant, the slope of the ground away from the bwldmg foundation shall be permitted to be reduced to not less than one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope) 2 Impervious surfaces shall be permitted to be sloped I less than 2 percent where the surface is a door land- ing or ramp that is required to comply with Section 101015, 1012 3 or 1012 6 1 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 431 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS The procedure used to establish the final ground level adjacent to the foundation shall account for additional settle- ment of the backfill 1804.5 Grading and fill in flood hazard areas. In flood haz- ard areas established in Section 1612 3, grading, fill, or both, shall not be approved 1 Unless such fill is placed, compacted and sloped to minimize shifting, slumping and erosion during the rise and fall of floodwater and, as applicable, wave action 2 In floodways, unless it has been demonstrated through hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed by a reg- istered design professional in accordance with standard engineering practice that the proposed grading or fill, or both, will not result in any increase in flood levels during the occurrence of the design flood 3 In coastal high hazard areas, unless such fill is con- ducted or placed to avoid diversion of water and waves toward any building or structure 4 Where design flood elevations are specified but flood - ways have not been designated, unless it has been demonstrated that the cumulative effect of the proposed flood hazard area encroachment, when combined with all other existing and anticipated flood hazard area encroachment, will not increase the design flood eleva- tion more than 1 foot (305 mm) at any point 1804.6 Compacted fill material. Where shallow foundations will bear on compacted fill material, the compacted fill shall comply with the provisions of an approved geotechnical report, as set forth in Section 1803 Exception: Compacted fill material 12 inches (305 mm) in depth or less need not comply with an approved report, provided that the in -place dry density is not less than 90 percent of the maximum dry density at optimum moisture content determmed in accordance with ASTM D1557 The compaction shall be verified by special inspection in accordance with Section 1705 6 1804.7 Controlled low -strength material (CLSM). Where shallow foundations will bear on controlled low -strength material (CLSM), the CLSM shall comply with the provi- sions of an approved geotechmcal report, as set forth in Sec- tion 1803 SECTION 1805 DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING 1805.1 General. Walls or portions thereof that retain earth and enclose interior spaces and floors below grade shall be waterproofed and dampproofed in accordance with this sec- tion, with the exception of those spaces containing groups other than residential and institutional where such omission is not detrimental to the bwldmg or occupancy Ventilation for crawl spaces shall comply with Section 12034 1805.1.1 Story above grade plane. Where a basement is considered a story above grade plane and the finished ground level adjacent to the basement wall is below the basement floor elevation for 25 percent or more of the perimeter, the floor and walls shall be dampproofed in accordance with Section 1805 2 and a foundation dram shall be installed in accordance with Section 1805 4 2 The foundation dram shall be installed around the portion of the perimeter where the basement floor is below ground level The provisions of Sections 1803 5 4, 1805 3 and 1805 4 1 shall not apply in this case 1805.1.2 Under -floor space. The finished ground level of an under -floor space such as a crawl space shall not be located below the bottom of the footings Where there is evidence that the ground water table rises to within 6 inches (152 mm) of the ground level at the outside build- ing perimeter, or that the surface water does not readily dram from the building site, the ground level of the under- floor space shall be as high as the outside finished ground level, unless an approved drainage system is provided The provisions of Sections 1803 5 4, 1805 2, 1805 3 and 1805 4 shall not apply in this case 1805.1.2.1 Flood hazard areas. For buildings and structures m flood hazard areas as established in Sec- tion 1612 3, the finished ground level of an under -floor space such as a crawl space shall be equal to or higher than the outside finished ground level on one side or more Exception: Under -floor spaces of Group R-3 build- ings that meet the requirements of FEMA TE 11 1805.1.3 Ground water control. Where the ground water table is lowered and maintained at an elevation not less than 6 inches (152 mm) below the bottom of the lowest floor, the floor and walls shall be dampproofed in accor- dance with Section 1805 2 The design of the system to lower the ground water table shall be based on accepted principles of engineering that shall consider, but not nec- essarily be limited to, permeability of the soil, rate at which water enters the drainage system, rated capacity of pumps, head against which pumps are to operate and the rated capacity of the disposal area of the system 1805.2 Dampprooflng. Where hydrostatic pressure will not occur as determmed by Section 1803 5 4, floors and walls for other than wood foundation systems shall be dampproofed in accordance with this section Wood foundation systems shall be constructed in accordance with AWC PWF 1805.2.1 Floors. Dampproofmg materials for floors shall be installed between the floor and the base course required by Section 1805 4 1, except where a separate floor is pro- vided above a concrete slab Where installed beneath the slab, dampproofing shall consist of not less than 6-mil (0 006 inch, 0 152 mm) poly- ethylene with joints lapped not less than 6 inches (152 mm), or other approved methods or materials Where per- mitted to be installed on top of the slab, dampproofing shall consist of mopped -on bitumen, not less than 4-mil (0 004 inch, 0 102 mm) polyethylene, or other approved methods or materials Joints in the membrane shall be lapped and sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions 432 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, Axmboemamhoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 1805.2.2 Walls. Dampproofmg materials for walls shall be installed on the exterior surface of the wall, and shall extend from the top of the footing to above ground level Dampproofmg shall consist of a bituminous material, 3 pounds per square yard (16 N/m) of acrylic modified cement, '/A inch (3 2 mm) coat of surface -bonding mortar complying with ASTM C887, any of the materials permit- ted for waterproofing by Section 1805 3 2 or other approved methods or materials 1805.2.2.1 Surface preparation of walls. Prior to application of dampproofmg materials on concrete walls, holes and recesses resulting from the removal of form ties shall be sealed with a bituminous material or other approved methods or materials Unit masonry walls shall be parged on the exterior surface below ground level with not less than'/g inch (95 mm) of Portland cement mortar The parging shall be coved at the footing Exception: Pargmg of unit masonry walls is not required where a material is approved for direct application to the masonry 1805.3 Waterproofing. Where the ground water investiga- tion required by Section 1803 5 4 indicates that a hydrostatic pressure condition exists, and the design does not include a ground water control system as described in Section 1805 13, walls and floors shall be waterproofed in accor- dance with this section 1805.3.1 Floors. Floors required to be waterproofed shall be of concrete and designed and constructed to withstand the hydrostatic pressures to which the floors will be sub- jected Waterproofing shall be accomplished by placing a membrane of rubberized asphalt, butyl rubber, fully adhered/fully bonded HDPE or polyolefm composite membrane or not less than 6-mil [0 006 inch (0 152 mm)] polyvinyl chloride withjomts lapped not less than 6 inches (152 mm) or other approved materials under the slab Joints in the membrane shall be lapped and sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc- tions 1805.3.2 Walls. Walls required to be waterproofed shall be of concrete or masonry and shall be designed and con- structed to withstand the hydrostatic pressures and other lateral loads to which the walls will be subjected Waterproofing shall be applied from the bottom of the wall to not less than 12 inches (305 mm) above the maxi- mum elevation of the ground water table The remainder of the wall shall be dampproofed in accordance with Sec- tion 1805 2 2 Waterproofing shall consist of two-ply hot - mopped felts, not less than 6-mil (0 006 inch, 0 152 mm) polyvinyl chloride, 40-mil (0 040 inch, 1 02 mm) poly- mer -modified asphalt, 6-mil (0 006 inch, 0 152 mm) poly- ethylene or other approved methods or materials capable of bridging nonstructural cracks Joints in the membrane shall be lapped and sealed in accordance with the manu- facturer's installation instructions 1805.3.2.1 Surface preparation of walls. Prior to the application of waterproofing materials on concrete or masonry walls, the walls shall be prepared in accor- dance with Section 1805 2 2 1 1805.3.3 Joints and penetrations. Joints in walls and floors, joints between the wall and floor and penetrations of the wall and floor shall be made watertight utilizing approved methods and materials 1805.4 Subsoil drainage system. Where a hydrostatic pres- sure condition does not exist, dampproofing shall be provided and a base shall be installed under the floor and a dram installed around the foundation perimeter A subsoil drainage system designed and constructed in accordance with Section 1805 1 3 shall be deemed adequate for lowering the ground- water table 1805.4.1 Floor base course. Floors of basements, except as provided for in Section 1805 1 1, shall be placed over a floor base course not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in thick- ness that consists of gravel or crushed stone containing not more than 10 percent of material that passes through a No 4 (4 75 mm) sieve Exception: Where a site is located in well -drained gravel or sand/gravel mixture soils, a floor base course is not required 1805.4.2 Foundation drain. A drain shall be placed around the perimeter of a foundation that consists of gravel or crushed stone containing not more than 10-per- cent material that passes through a No 4 (4 75 mm) sieve The drain shall extend not less than 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the outside edge of the footing The thickness shall be such that the bottom of the drain is not higher than the bottom of the base under the floor, and that the top of the dram is not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the top of the footing The top of the drain shall be covered with an approved filter membrane material Where a drain the or perforated pipe is used, the invert of the pipe or the shall not be higher than the floor elevation The top of joints or the top of perforations shall be protected with an approved filter membrane material The pipe or the shall be placed on not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of gravel or crushed stone complying with Section 1805 4 1, and shall be cov- ered with not less than 6 inches (152 mm) of the same material 1805.4.3 Drainage discharge. The floor base and founda- tion perimeter dram shall discharge by gravity or mechan- ical means into an approved drainage system that complies with the International Plumbing Code Exception: Where a site is located in well -drained gravel or sand/gravel mixture soils, a dedicated drain- age system is not required SECTION 1806 PRESUMPTIVE LOAD -BEARING VALUES OF SOILS 1806.1 Load combinations. The presumptive load -bearing values provided in Table 1806 2 shall be used with the allow- able stress design load combinations specified in Section 1605 3 The values of vertical foundation pressure and lateral bearing pressure given in Table 1806 2 shall be permitted to 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 433 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS be increased by one -thud where used with the alternative basic load combinations of Section 1605 3 2 that include wind or earthquake loads 1806.2 Presumptive load -bearing values. The load -bearing values used in design for supporting soils near the surface shall not exceed the values specified in Table 1806 2 unless data to substantiate the use of higher values are submitted and approved Where the building official has reason to doubt the classification, strength or compressibility of the soil, the requirements of Section 1803 5 2 shall be satisfied Presumptive load -bearing values shall apply to materials with similar physical characteristics and dispositions Mud, organic silt, organic clays, peat or unprepared fill shall not be assumed to have a presumptive load -bearing capacity unless data to substantiate the use of such a value are submitted Exception: A presumptive load -bearing capacity shall be pennitted to be used where the building official deems the load -bearing capacity of mud, organic silt or unprepared fill is adequate for the support of lightweight or temporary structures 1806.3 Lateral load resistance. Where the presumptive val- ues of Table 1806 2 are used to detennme resistance to lateral loads, the calculations shall be in accordance with Sections 1806 3 1 through 1806 3 4 1806.3.1 Combined resistance. The total resistance to lat- eral loads shall be pennitted to be determmed by combin- ing the values derived from the lateral bearing pressure and the lateral sliding resistance specified in Table 1806 2 1806.3.2 Lateral sliding resistance limit For clay, sandy clay, silty clay, clayey silt, silt and sandy silt, the lateral sliding resistance shall not exceed one-half the dead load 1806.3.3 Increase for depth. The lateral bearing pres- sures specified in Table 1806 2 shall be permitted to be increased by the tabular value for each additional foot (305 mm) of depth to a value that is not greater than 15 times the tabular value 1806.3.4 Increase for poles. Isolated poles for uses such as flagpoles or signs and poles used to support buildings that are not adversely affected by a Yz inch (12 7 mm) motion at the ground surface due to short-term lateral loads shall be permitted to be designed using lateral bear- ing pressures equal to two times the tabular values SECTION 1807 FOUNDATION WALLS, RETAINING WALLS AND EMBEDDED POSTS AND POLES 1807.1 Foundation walls. Foundation walls shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Sections 1807 1 1 through 1807 16 Foundation walls shall be supported by foundations designed in accordance with Section 1808 1807.1.1 Design lateral soil loads. Foundation walls shall be designed for the lateral soil loads set forth in Section 1610 1807.1.2 Unbalanced bacldill height. Unbalanced back - fill height is the difference in height between the exterior finish ground level and the lower of the top of the concrete footing that supports the foundation wall or the interior finish ground level Where an interior concrete slab on grade is provided and is in contact with the interior surface of the foundation wall, the unbalanced backfill height shall be permitted to be measured from the exterior finish ground level to the top of the interior concrete slab 1807.1.3 Rubble stone foundation walls. Foundation walls of rough or random rubble stone shall be not less than 16 inches (406 mm) thick Rubble stone shall not be used for foundation walls of structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F 1807.1.4 Permanent wood foundation systems. Penna- nent wood foundation systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with AWC PWF Lumber and ply- wood shall be preservative treated in accordance with AWPA Ul (Commodity Specification A, Special Require- ment 4 2) and shall be identified in accordance with Sec- tion 2303 1 9 1 1807.1.5 Concrete and masonry foundation walls. Con- crete and masonry foundation walls shall be designed in accordance with Chapter 19 or 21, as applicable Exception: Concrete and masonry foundation walls shall be permitted to be designed and constructed in accordance with Section 1807 1 6 1807.1.6 Prescriptive design of concrete and masonry foundation walls. Concrete and masonry foundation walls that are laterally supported at the top and bottom shall be permitted to be designed and constructed in accordance with this section TABLE 1806.2 PRESUMPTIVE LOAD -BEARING VALUES VERTICAL FOUNDATION LATERAL BEARING LATERAL SLIDING RESISTANCE CLASS OF MATERIALS PRESSURE (psf) PRESSURE (psfiff below natural grade) Coefficient of friction- Cohesion (psf)" 1 Crystalline bedrock 12,000 1,200 070 2 Sedimentary and foliated rock 4,000 400 035 3 Sandy gravel and gravel (GW and GP) 3,000 200 035 4 Sand, silty sand, clayey sand, silty gravel and clayey gravel (SW, SP, SM, SC, GM 2,000 150 025 and GC) 5 Clay, sandy clay, silty clay, clayey silt, silt 1,500 100 130 and sandy silt (CL, ML, MH and CH) For SI 1 pound per square foot = 0 0479kPa, 1 pound per square foot per foot = 0 157 kPa/m a Coefficient to be multiplied by the dead load b Cohesion value to be multiplied by the contact area, as limited by Section 1806 3 2 434 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® r I1 I Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 1807.1.6.1 Foundation wall thickness. The thickness of prescriptively designed foundation walls shall be not less than the thickness of the wall supported, except that foundation walls of not less than 8-inch (203 mm) nominal width shall be permitted to support brick - veneered frame walls and 10-inch-wide (254 mm) cav- ity walls provided that the requirements of Section 1807 1 6 2 or 1807 16 3 are met 1807.1.6.2 Concrete foundation walls. Concrete foun- dation walls shall comply with the following 1 The thickness shall comply with the requirements of Table 1807 16 2 2 The size and spacing of vertical reinforcement shown in Table 1807 1 6 2 are based on the use of reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 pounds per square inch (psi) (414 Mpa) Vertical reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi (276 Mpa) or 50,000 psi (345 Mpa) shall be permitted, provided that the same size bar is used and the spacing shown in the table is reduced by multiplying the spacing by 0 67 or 0 83, respectively 3 Vertical reinforcement, where required, shall be placed nearest the inside face of the wall a dis- tance, d, from the outside face (soil face) of the wall The distance, d, is equal to the wall thick- ness, t, minus 125 inches (32 mm) plus one-half the bar diameter, db, [d = t - (1 25 + db l 2)] The reinforcement shall be placed within a tolerance of f '/A inch (9 5 mm) where d is less than or equal to 8 inches (203 mm) or f f inch (12 7 mm) where d is greater than 8 inches (203 mm) 4 In lieu of the reinforcement shown in Table 1807 1 6 2, smaller reinforcing bar sizes with closer spacings that provide an equivalent cross - sectional area of reinforcement per unit length shall be permitted 5 Concrete cover for reinforcement measured from the inside face of the wall shall be not less than'/q inch (19 1 mm) Concrete cover for reinforcement measured from the outside face of the wall shall be not less than 1'/z inches (38 mm) for No 5 bars and smaller, and not less than 2 inches (51 mm) for larger bars 6 Concrete shall have a specified compressive strength, f'L, of not less than 2,500 psi (17 2 Mpa) 7 The unfactored axial load per linear foot of wall shall not exceed 1 2 if', where t is the specified wall thickness in inches 1807.1.6.2.1 Seismic requirements. Based on the seismic design category assigned to the structure in accordance with Section 1613, concrete foundation walls designed using Table 1807 1 6 2 shall be sub- ject to the following lnnitations 1 Seismic Design Categories A and B Not less than one No 5 bar shall be provided around window, door and similar sized openings The bar shall be anchored to develop f intension at the corners of openings 2 Seismic Design Categories C, D, E and F Tables shall not be used except as allowed for plain concrete members in Section 1905 1 7 1807.1.6.3 Masonry foundation walls. Masonry foun- dation walls shall comply with the following 1 The thickness shall comply with the require- ments of Table 1807 1 6 3(1) for plain masonry walls or Table 18071 63(2), 18071 63(3) or 1807 1 6 3(4) for masonry walls with reinforce- ment 2 Vertical reinforcement shall have a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi (414 Mpa) 3 The specified location of the reinforcement shall equal or exceed the effective depth distance, d, noted in Tables 1807 16 3(2), 1807 16 3(3) and 1807 163(4) and shall be measured from the face of the exterior (soil) side of the wall to the center of the vertical reinforcement The rein- forcement shall be placed within the tolerances specified in TMS 602, Article 3 4 B 11, of the specified location 4 Grout shall comply with Section 2103 3 5 Concrete masonry units shall comply with ASTM C90 6 Clay masonry units shall comply with ASTM C652 for hollow brick, except compliance with ASTM C62 or ASTM C216 shall be permitted where solid masonry units are installed in accordance with Table 18071 63(1) for plain masonry 7 Masonry units shall be laid in running bond and installed with Type M or S mortar in accor- dance with Section 2103 2 1 8 The unfactored axial load per linear foot of wall shall not exceed 1 2 if'. where t is the specified wall thickness in inches and f',p is the specified compressive strength of masonry in pounds per square inch 9 Not less than 4 inches (102 mm) of solid masonry shall be provided at girder supports at the top of hollow masonry unit foundation walls 10 Corbeling of masonry shall be in accordance with Section 2104 1 Where an 8-mch (203 mm) wall is corbeled, the top corbel shall not extend higher than the bottom of the floor framing and shall be a full course of headers not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in length or the top course bed joint shall be tied to the vertical wall projection The he shall be W2 8 (4 8 mm) and spaced at a maximum horizontal distance of 36 inches (914 mm) The hollow space behind the corbelled masonry shall be filled with mortar or grout 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 435 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS TABLE 1807.1.6.2 CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALLS"' MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT -BAR SIZE AND SPACING (inches) MAXIMUM MAXIMUM Design lateral soil load' (psf per foot of depth) WALL UNBALANCED 30" 45" 60 HEIGHT BACKFILL Minimum wall thickness (inches) (feet) HEIGHT`(feet) 7.5 9.5 11.5 7.5 9.5 11.5 7.5 9.5 11.5 5 4 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 5 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 4 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 6 5 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 6 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 4 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 7 5 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 6 PC PC PC PC PC PC #5 at 48 PC PC 7 PC PC PC #5 at 46 PC PC #6 at 48 PC PC 4 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 5 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 8 6 PC PC PC PC PC PC #5 at 43 PC PC 7 PC PC PC #5 at 41 PC PC #6 at 43 PC PC 8 #5 at 47 PC PC #6 at 43 PC PC #6 at 32 #6 at 44 PC 4 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 5 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 6 PC PC PC PC PC PC #5 at 39 PC PC g 7 PC PC PC #5 at 37 PC PC #6 at 38 #5 at 37 PC 8 #5 at 41 PC PC #6 at 38 #5 at 37 PC #7 at 39 #6 at 39 #4 at 48 9d #6 at 46 PC PC #7 at 41 #6 at 41 PC #7 at 31 #7 at 41 #6 at 39 4 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 5 PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC PC 6 PC PC PC PC PC PC #5 at 37 PC PC 10 7 PC PC PC #6 at 48 PC PC #6 at 35 #6 at 48 PC 8 #5 at 38 PC PC #7 at 47 #6 at 47 PC #7 at 35 #7 at 47 #6 at 45 9d #6 at 41 #4 at 48 PC #7 at 37 #7 at 48 #4 at 48 #6 at 22 #7 at 37 #7 at 47 10° #7 at 45 #6 at 45 PC #7 at 31 #7 at 40 #6 at 38 #6 at 22 #7 at 30 #7 at 38 For SI 1 inch= 25 4 min, 1 foot =304 8 min, 1 pound per square foot per foot= 0 157 kPa/m a For design lateral soil loads, see Section 1610 b Provisions for this table are based on design and construction requirements specified in Section 1807 1 6 2 c PC=Plain Concrete d Where unbalanced backfill height exceeds 8 feet and design lateral soil loads from Table 1610 1 are used, the requirements for 30 and 45 psf per foot of depth are not applicable (see Section 1610) e For height of unbalanced backfill, see Section 1807 1 2 1807.1.6.3.1 Alternative foundation wall rein- forcement. In lieu of the reinforcement provisions for masonry foundation walls in Table 18071 63(2), 18071 63(3) or 18071 63(4), alter- native reinforcing bar sizes and spacings having an equivalent cross -sectional area of reinforcement per lmear foot (mm) of wall shall be permitted to be used, provided that the spacing of reinforcement does not exceed 72 inches (1829 mm) and reinforc- ing bar sizes do not exceed No 11 1807.1.6.3.2 Seismic requirements. Based on the seismic design category assigned to the structure in accordance with Section 1613, masonry foundation walls designed using Tables 1807 1 63(1) through 1807 1 63(4) shall be subject to the following lim- itations subject to the seismic requirements of Section 7 4 3 of TMS 402 3 Seismic Design Category D A design using Tables 1807 1 63(2) through 18071 63(4) is subject to the seismic requirements of Section 7 4 4 of TMS 402 4 Seismic Design Categories E and F A design using Tables 1807163(2) through 1807 1 6 3(4) is subject to the seismic require- ments of Section 7 4 5 of TMS 402 1807.2 Retaining walls. Retaining walls shall be designed in accordance with Sections 1807 2 1 through 1807 2 3 1807.2.1 General. Retaining walls shall be designed to ensure stability against overturning, sliding, excessive foundation pressure and water uplift 1 Seismic Design Categories A and B No addi- 1807.2.2 Design lateral soil loads. Retaining walls shall tional seismic requirements be designed for the lateral soil loads set forth in Section 2 Seismic Design Category C A design using 1610 For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category Tables 1807 1 6 3(1) through 1807 1 6 3(4) is D, E, or F, the design of retaining walls supporting more 436 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® r C,ght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto i I ( 11 1EL Fa I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS TABLE 1807.1.6.3(1) PLAIN MASONRY FOUNDATION WALLSa•"•` MINIMUM NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS (inches) MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT (feet) MAXIMUM UNBALANCED BACKFILL HEIGHT¢ (feet) Design lateral soil load' (psf per foot of depth) 30 46 60 4 (or less) 8 8 8 7 5 8 10 10 6 10 12 10 (solid`) 7 12 10 (solid`) 10 (solid`) 4 (or less) 8 8 8 5 8 10 12 8 6 10 12 12 (solid`) 7 12 12 (solid`) Note d 8 10 (solid`) 12 (solid`) Note d 4 (or less) 8 8 8 5 8 10 12 g 6 12 12 12 (solid`) 7 12 (solid`) 12 (solid`) Note d 8 12 (solid`) Note d Note d 9i Note d Note d Note d For SI 1 inch =25 4 mm, 1 foot =3048 min, 1 pound per square foot per foot =0 157 kPa/m a For design lateral sod loads, see Section 1610 b Provisions for this table are based on design and constn ction requirements specified in Section 1807 1 6 3 c Solid grouted hollow units or solid masonry units d A design in compliance with Chapter 21 or reinforcement in accordance with Table 1807 1 63(2) is required e For height of unbalanced backfill, see Section 180712 f Where unbalanced backfill height exceeds 8 feet and design lateral soil loads from Table 1610 1 are used, the requirements for 30 and 45 psf per foot of depth are not applicable (see Section 1610) than 6 feet (1829 mm) of backfill height shall incorporate the additional seismic lateral earth pressure in accordance with the geotechnical investigation where required in Sec- tion 1803 2 1807.2.3 Safety factor. Retaining walls shall be designed to resist the lateral action of soil to produce sliding and overturning with a mimmum safety factor of 1 5 in each case The load combinations of Section 1605 shall not apply to this requirement Instead, design shall be based on 0 7 times nominal earthquake loads, 10 times other nomi- nal loads, and investigation with one or more of the vari- able loads set to zero The safety factor against lateral sliding shall be taken as the available soil resistance at the base of the retaining wall foundation divided by the net lateral force applied to the retaining wall Exception: Where earthquake loads are included, the minimum safety factor for retaining wall sliding and overturning shall be 1 1 1807.3 Embedded posts and poles. Designs to resist both axial and lateral loads employing posts or poles as columns embedded in earth or in concrete footings in earth shall be in accordance with Sections 1807 3 1 through 1807 3 3 1807.3.1 Limitations. The design procedures outlined in this section are subject to the following limitations 1 The frictional resistance for structural walls and slabs on silts and clays shall be lnntied to one-half of the normal force imposed on the soil by the weight of the footing or slab 2 Posts embedded in earth shall not be used to provide lateral support for structural or nonstructural materi- als such as plaster, masonry or concrete unless brac- ing is provided that develops the limited deflection required Wood poles shall be treated in accordance with AWPA Ul for sawn timber posts (Commodity Specification A, Use Category 413) and for round timber posts (Commodity Specification B, Use Category 413) 1807.3.2 Design criteria. The depth to resist lateral loads shall be determined using the design criteria established in Sections 1807 3 2 1 through 1807 3 2 3, or by other meth- ods approved by the building official 1807.3.2.1 Nonconstrained. The following formula shall be used in determining the depth of embedment required to resist lateral loads where lateral constraint is not provided at the ground surface, such as by a rigid floor or rigid ground surface pavement, and where lat- eral constraint is not provided above the ground sur- face, such as by a structural diaphragm d = 0 5A { 1 + [1 + (4 36h1A)] `j (Equation 18-1) where A = 2 34P/(S,b) b = Diameter of round post or footing or diagonal dnnension of square post or footing, feet (m) d = Depth of embedment in earth in feet (m) but not over 12 feet (3658 mm) for purpose of computing lateral pressure h = Distance in feet (m) from ground surface to point of application of "P " P = Applied lateral force in pounds (kN) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 437 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS TABLE 1807.1.6.3(2) 8-INCH MASONRY FOUNDATION WALLS WITH REINFORCEMENT WHERE d >_ 5INCHES 1, b, MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT -BAR SIZE AND SPACING (inches) MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT MAXIMUM UNBALANCED BACKFILL Design lateral soil load' (fee[ -inches) (fee[ -inches) (psf per foot of depth) 30e 45e 60 4-0 (or less) #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 5-0 #4at48 #4at48 #4at48 74 6-0 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 #5 at 48 7-4 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 4-0 (or less) #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 5-0 #4at48 #4at48 #4at48 8-0 6-0 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 #5 at 48 7-0 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 8-0 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 4-0 (or less) #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 5-0 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 8-8 6-0 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 7-0 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 8-81 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 #8 at 48 4-0 (or less) #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 5-0 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 6-0 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 9-4 7-0 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 8-0 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 #8 at 48 9-4` #7 at 48 #8 at 48 #9 at 48 4-0 (or less) #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 5-0 #4 at 48 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 6-0 #4 at 48 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 10-0 7-0 #5 at 48 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 8-0 #6 at 48 #7 at 48 #8 at 48 9-01 #7 at 48 #8 at 48 #9 at 48 10-01 #7 at 48 #9 at 48 #9 at 48 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 foot =304 8 min, 1 pound per square foot per foot= 0 157 kPa/m a For design lateral soil loads, see Section 1610 b Provisions for this table are based on design and construction requirements specified in Section 1807 1 6 3 c For alternative reinforcement, see Section 1807 1 63 1 d For height of unbalanced backfill, see Section 1807 12 e Where unbalanced backfill height exceeds 8 feet and design lateral soil loads from Table 1610 1 are used, the requirements for 30 and 45 psf per foot of depth are not applicable See Section 1610 Si = Allowable lateral soil -bearing pressure as set forth in Section 1806 2 based on a depth of one- third the depth of embedment in pounds per square foot (psf) (kPa) 1807.3.2.2 Constrained. The following formula shall be used to determine the depth of embedment required to resist lateral loads where lateral constraint is pro- vided at the ground surface, such as by a rigid floor or pavement d= 4. M S3 b or alternatively 4.25 M� d = S3 b (Equation 18-2) (Equation 18-3) where Mg = Moment in the post at grade, in foot-pounds (kN-m) S3 = Allowable lateral soil -bearing pressure as set forth in Section 1806 2 based on a depth equal to the depth of embedment in pounds per square foot (kPa) 1807.3.2.3 Vertical load. The resistance to vertical loads shall be determmed using the vertical foundation pressure set forth in Table 1806 2 1807.3.3 Backfill. The backfill in the annular space around columns not embedded in poured footings shall be by one of the following methods 1 Backfill shall be of concrete with a specified com- pressive strength of not less than 2,000 psi (13 8 MPa) The hole shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) larger than the diameter of the column at its bottom or 4 inches (102 mm) larger than the diago- nal dimension of a square or rectangular column 2 Backfill shall be of clean sand The sand shall be thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than 8 inches (203 mm) in depth 3 Backfill shall be of controlled low -strength material (CL SM) 438 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® r CITy IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto ff.,I ( 11PETER I.i AEffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS TABLE 1807.1.6.3(3) 10-INCH MASONRY FOUNDATION WALLS WITH REINFORCEMENT WHERE d >_ 6.75 INCHES b, MAXIMUM UNBALANCED MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT -BAR SIZE AND SPACING (inches) MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT (fee[ -inches) BACKFILL HEIGHT' Design lateral soil loada(psf per foot of depth) (feet -inches) 30e 45e 60 4-0 (or less) #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 5-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 7 4 6-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 7-4 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 4-0 (or less) #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 5-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 8-0 6-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 7-0 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 8-0 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 #7 at 56 4-0 (or less) #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 5-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 8-8 6-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 7-0 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 8-81 #5 at 56 #7 at 56 #8 at 56 4-0 (or less) #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 5-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 6-0 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 #5 at 56 9-4 7-0 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 8-0 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 #7 at 56 94` #6 at 56 #7 at 56 #7 at 56 4-0 (or less) #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 5-0 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 #4 at 56 6-0 #4 at 56 #5 at 56 #5 at 56 10-0 7-0 #5 at 56 #6 at 56 #7 at 56 8-0 #5 at 56 #7 at 56 #8 at 56 9-01 #6 at 56 #7 at 56 #9 at 56 10-01 #7 at 56 #8 at 56 #9 at 56 For SI 1 inch= 25 4 min, 1 foot =304 8 mm, 1 pound per square foot per foot =l 157 kPa/m a For design lateral soil loads, see Section 1610 b Provisions for this table are based on design and consWction requirements specified in Section 1807 16 3 c For alternative reinforcement, see Section 1807 16 3 1 d For height of unbalanced backfill, see Section 1807 1 2 e Where unbalanced backfill height exceeds 8 feet and design lateral soil loads from Table 1610 1 are used, the requirements for 30 and 45 psf per foot of depth are not applicable See Section 1610 SECTION 1808 FOUNDATIONS 1808.1 General. Foundations shall be designed and con- structed in accordance with Sections 1808 2 through 1808 9 Shallow foundations shall satisfy the requirements of Section 1809 Deep foundations shall satisfy the requirements of Sec- tion 1810 1808.2 Design for capacity and settlement. Foundations shall be so designed that the allowable bearing capacity of the soil is not exceeded, and that differential settlement is mini- mized Foundations in areas with expansive soils shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of Section 18086 1808.3 Design loads. Foundations shall be designed for the most unfavorable effects due to the combinations of loads specified in Section 1605 2 or 1605 3 The dead load is per- mitted to include the weight of foundations and overlying fill Reduced live loads, as specified in Sections 1607 11 and 1607 13, shall be permitted to be used in the design of foun- dations 1808.3.1 Seismic overturning. Where foundations are proportioned using the load combinations of Section 1605 2 or 1605 3 1, and the computation of seismic over- turning effects is by equivalent lateral force analysis or modal analysis, the proportioning shall be in accordance with Section 12 13 4 of ASCE 7 1808.3.2 Surcharge. Fill or other surcharge loads shall not be placed adjacent to any building or structure unless such building or structure is capable of withstanding the additional loads caused by the fill or the surcharge Exist- ing footings or foundations that will be affected by any excavation shall be underpinned or otherwise protected against settlement and shall be protected against detrimen- tal lateral or vertical movement or both Exception: Minor grading for landscaping purposes shall be permitted where done with walk -behind equip- ment, where the grade is not increased more than 1 foot (305 mm) from original design grade or where approved by the building official 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 439 I I1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS TABLE 1807.1.6.3(4) 12-INCH MASONRY FOUNDATION WALLS WITH REINFORCEMENT WHERE d >_ 8.75 1NCHES.,b, MAXIMUM UNBALANCED MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT -BAR SIZE AND SPACING (inches) MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT (fee[ -inches) BACKFILL HEIGHT" Design lateral soil load- (psf perfoot of depth) (feet -inches) 30e 45e 60 4(or less) #4at72 #4at72 #4at72 7 4 5-0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 6-0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 7-4 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 4(or less) #4at72 #4at72 #4at72 5-0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 8-0 6-0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 7-0 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 8-0 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 #8 at 72 4(or less) #4at72 #4at72 #4at72 5-0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 8-8 6-0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 7-0 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 8-81 #5 at 72 #7 at 72 #8 at 72 4(or less) #4at72 #4at72 #4at72 5-0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 9-4 6-0 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 #5 at 72 7-0 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 8-0 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 #7 at 72 94` #6 at 72 #7 at 72 #8 at 72 4(or less) #4at72 #4at72 #4at72 5-0 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 #4 at 72 6-0 #4 at 72 #5 at 72 #5 at 72 10-0 7-0 #4 at 72 #6 at 72 #6 at 72 8-0 #5 at 72 #6 at 72 #7 at 72 9-01 #6 at 72 #7 at 72 #8 at 72 10-01 #7 at 72 #8 at 72 #9 at 72 For SI 1 inch =25 4 min, 1 foot =3048 min, 1 pound per square foot per foot =0 157 kPa/m a For design lateral soil loads, see Section 1610 b Provisions for this table are based on design and construction requirements specified in Section 1807 1 6 3 c For alternative reinforcement, see Section 1807 1 6 3 1 d For height of unbalanced backfill, see Section 1807 1 2 e Where unbalanced backfill height exceeds 8 feet and design lateral soil loads from Table 1610 1 are used, the requirements for 30 and 45 psf per foot of depth are not applicable See Section 1610 1808.4 Vibratory loads. Where machinery operations or other vibrations are transmitted through the foundation, con- sideration shall be given in the foundation design to prevent detrimental disturbances of the soil 1808.5 Shifting or moving soils. Where it is known that the shallow subsoils are of a shifting or moving character, foun- dations shall be carried to a sufficient depth to ensure stabil- ity 1808.6 Design for expansive soils. Foundations for buildings and structures founded on expansive soils shall be designed in accordance with Section 1808 6 1 or 1808 6 2 Exception: Foundation design need not comply with Sec- tion 1808 6 1 or 1808 6 2 where one of the following con- ditions is satisfied 1 The soil is removed in accordance with Section 180863 2 The building official approves stabilization of the soil in accordance with Section 1808 6 4 1808.6.1 Foundations. Foundations placed on or within the active zone of expansive soils shall be designed to resist differential volume changes and to prevent structural damage to the supported structure Deflection and racking of the supported structure shall be limited to that which will not interfere with the usability and serviceability of the structure Foundations placed below where volume change occurs or below expansive soil shall comply with the fol- lowing provisions 1 Foundations extending into or penetrating expansive soils shall be designed to prevent uplift of the sup- ported structure 2 Foundations penetrating expansive soils shall be designed to resist forces exerted on the foundation due to soil volume changes or shall be isolated from the expansive soil 1808.6.2 Slab -on -ground foundations. Moments, shears and deflections for use in designing slab -on -ground, mat 440 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® r 11 1 Clry'EhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto i I ( UER I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS or raft foundations on expansive soils shall be determined in accordance with WRTICRSI Design of Slab -on -Ground Foundations or PTI DC 10.5. Using the moments, shears and deflections determined above, nonprestressed slabs - on -ground, mat or raft foundations on expansive soils shall be designed in accordance with WRTICRSI Design of Slab - on -Ground Foundations and post -tensioned slab -on - ground, mat or raft foundations on expansive soils shall be designed in accordance with PTI DC 10.5 It shall be per- mitted to analyze and design such slabs by other methods that account for soil -structure interaction, the deformed shape of the soil support, the plate or stiffened plate action of the slab as well as both center lift and edge lift condi- tions Such alternative methods shall be rational and the basis for all aspects and parameters of the method shall be available for peer review 1808.6.3 Removal of expansive soil. Where expansive soil is removed in lieu of designing foundations in accor- dance with Section 1808 6 1 or 1808 6 2, the soil shall be removed to a depth sufficientto ensure a constant moisture content in the remaining soil Fill material shall not con- tain expansive soils and shall comply with Section 1804 5 or 1804 6 Exception: Expansive soil need not be removed to the depth of constant moisture, provided that the confining pressure in the expansive soil created by the fill and supported structure exceeds the swell pressure 1808.6.4 Stabilization. Where the active zone of expan- sive soils is stabilized in lieu of designing foundations in accordance with Section 1808 6 1 or 1808 6 2, the soil shall be stabilized by chemical, dewatering, presaturation or equivalent techniques 1808.7 Foundations on or adjacent to slopes. The place- ment of buildings and structures on or adjacent to slopes steeper than one unit vertical in three units horizontal (33 3- percent slope) shall comply with Sections 1808 7 1 through 180875 1808.7.1 Building clearance from ascending slopes. In general, buildings below slopes shall be set a sufficient distance from the slope to provide protection from slope drainage, erosion and shallow failures Except as provided in Section 1808 7 5 and Figure 1808 7 1, the following cri- teria will be assumed to provide this protection Where the For SI 1 foot= 304 8 min FACE OF STRUCTURE TOE OF SLOPE existing slope is steeper than one unit vertical in one unit horizontal (100-percent slope), the toe of the slope shall be assumed to be at the intersection of a horizontal plane drawn from the top of the foundation and a plane drawn tangent to the slope at an angle of 45 degrees (0 79 rad) to the horizontal Where a returning wall is constructed at the toe of the slope, the height of the slope shall be measured from the top of the wall to the top of the slope 1808.7.2 Foundation setback from descending slope surface. Foundations on or adjacent to slope surfaces shall be founded in firm material with an embedment and set back from the slope surface sufficient to provide vertical and lateral support for the foundation without detrimental settlement Except as provided for in Section 1808 7 5 and Figure 1808 7 1, the following setback is deemed adequate to meet the criteria Where the slope is steeper than 1 unit vertical in 1 unit horizontal (100-percent slope), the required setback shall be measured from an imaginary plane 45 degrees (0 79 rad) to the horizontal, projected upward from the toe of the slope 1808.7.3 Pools. The setback between pools regulated by this code and slopes shall be equal to one-half the building footing setback distance required by this section That por- tion of the pool wall within a horizontal distance of 7 feet (2134 mm) from the top of the slope shall be capable of supporting the water in the pool without soil support 1808.7.4 Foundation elevation. On graded sites, the top of any exterior foundation shall extend above the elevation of the street gutter at point of discharge or the inlet of an approved drainage device not less than 12 inches (305 mm) plus 2 percent Alternate elevations are permitted subject to the approval of the building official, provided that it can be demonstrated that required drainage to the point of discharge and away from the structure is provided at all locations on the site 1808.7.5 Alternate setback and clearance. Alternate set- backs and clearances are permitted, subject to the approval of the building official The builckng official shall be per- mitted to require a geotechnical investigation as set forth in Section 1803 5 10 1808.8 Concrete foundations. The design, materials and construction of concrete foundations shall comply with Sec - TOP OF SLOPE AT LEAST THE SMALLER OF H2 AND 15 FEET FIGURE 1808.7.1 FOUNDATION CLEARANCES FROM SLOPES FACE OF FOOTING AT LEAST THE SMALLER OF H13 AND 40 FEET 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 441 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS tions 1808 8 1 through 1808 8 6 and the provisions of Chap- ter 19 Exception: Where concrete footings supporting walls of light -frame construction are designed in accordance with Table 1809 7, a specific design in accordance with Chap- ter 19 is not required 1808.8.1 Concrete or grout strength and mix propor- tioning. Concrete or grout in foundations shall have a specified compressive strength (f') not less than the larg- est applicable value indicated in Table 1808 8 1 Where concrete is placed through a funnel hopper at the top of a deep foundation element, the concrete mix shall be designed and proportioned so as to produce a cohesive workable mix having a slump of not less than 4 inches (102 mm) and not more than 8 inches (204 mm) Where concrete or grout is to be pumped, the mix design includ- ing slump shall be adjusted to produce a pumpable mix- ture 1808.8.2 Concrete cover. The concrete cover provided for prestressed and nonprestressed reinforcement in foun- dations shall be not less than the largest applicable value specified in Table 1808 8 2 Longitudinal bars spaced less than V/2 inches (38 mm) clear distance apart shall be con- sidered to be bundled bars for which the concrete cover provided shall be not less than that required by Section 20 6 1 3 4 of ACI 318 Concrete cover shall be measured from the concrete surface to the outermost surface of the steel to which the cover requirement applies Where con- crete is placed in a temporary or permanent casing or a mandrel, the inside face of the casing or mandrel shall be considered to be the concrete surface 1808.8.3 Placement of concrete. Concrete shall be placed in such a manner as to ensure the exclusion of any foreign matter and to secure a full-size foundation Concrete shall not be placed through water unless a tremie or other method approved by the building official is used Where placed under or in the presence of water, the concrete shall be deposited by approved means to ensure mmimum seg- regation of the mix and negligible turbulence of the water Where depositing concrete from the top of a deep founda- tion element, the concrete shall be chuted directly into smooth -sided pipes or tubes or placed in a rapid and con- tinuous operation through a funnel hopper centered at the top of the element 1808.8.4 Protection of concrete. Concrete foundations shall be protected from freezing during depositing and for TABLE 1808.8.1 MINIMUM SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH f'c OF CONCRETE OR GROUT FOUNDATION ELEMENT OR CONDITION SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, f'. 1 Foundations for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category A, B or C 2,500 psi 2a Foundations for Group R or U occupancies of light -frame construction, two stories or less in height, assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F 2,500 psi 2b Foundations for other structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F 3,000 psi 3 Precast nonprestressed driven piles 4,000 psi 4 Socketed drilled shafts 4,000 psi 5 Micropiles 4,000 psi 6 Precast prestressed driven piles 5,000 psi For SI 1 pound per square inch = 0 00689 MPa TABLE 1808.8.2 MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOUNDATION ELEMENT OR CONDITION MINIMUM COVER 1 Shallow foundations In accordance with Section 20 6 of ACI 318 2 Precast nonprestressed deep foundation elements Exposed to seawater 3 inches Not manufactured under plant conditions 2 inches In accordance with Section 20 6 13 3 ofACI Manufactured under plant control conditions 318 3 Precast prestressed deep foundation elements Exposed to seawater 2 5 inches In accordance with Section 20 6 13 3 of ACI Other 318 4 Cast-m-place deep foundation elements not enclosed by a steel pipe, tube or permanent casing 2 5 inches 5 Cast -in -place deep foundation elements enclosed by a steel pipe, tube or permanent casing 1 inch 6 Structural steel core within a steel pipe, tube or permanent casing 2 inches 7 Cast -in -place drilled shafts enclosed by a stable rock socket 15 inches For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min 442 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C'p IEItOO?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 o, 5e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS a period of not less than 5 days thereafter Water shall not be allowed to flow through the deposited concrete 1808.8.5 Forming of concrete. Concrete foundations are permitted to be cast against the earth where, in the opinion of the building official, soil conditions do not require formwork Where formwork is required, it shall be in accordance with Section 26 11 of ACI 318 1808.8.6 Seismic requirements. See Section 1905 for additional requirements for foundations of structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, provisions of Section 18 13 of ACI 318 shall apply where not in conflict with the provisions of Sections 1808 through 1810 Exceptions: 1 Detached one- and two-family dwellings of light - frame construction and two stories or less above grade plane are not required to comply with the provisions of Section 18 13 of ACI 318 2 Section 18 13 4 3(a) of ACI 318 shall not apply 1808.9 Vertical masonry foundation elements. Vertical masonry foundation elements that are not foundation piers as defined in Section 202 shall be designed as piers, walls or columns, as applicable, in accordance with TMS 402 SECTION 1809 SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS 1809.1 General. Shallow foundations shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Sections 1809 2 through 1809 13 1809.2 Supporting soils. Shallow foundations shall be built on undisturbed soil, compacted fill material or controlled low -strength material (CLSM) Compacted fill material shall be placed in accordance with Section 1804 5 CLSM shall be placed in accordance with Section 1804 6 1809.3 Stepped footings. The top surface of footings shall be level The bottom surface of footings shall be permitted to have a slope not exceeding one runt vertical in 10 units hori- zontal (10-percent slope) Footings shall be stepped where it is necessary to change the elevation of the top surface of the footing or where the surface of the ground slopes more than one unit vertical in 10 units horizontal (10-percent slope) 1809.4 Depth and width of footings. The minimum depth of footings below the undisturbed ground surface shall be 12 inches (305 mm) Where applicable, the requirements of Sec- tion 1809 5 shall be satisfied The minimum width of footings shall be 12 inches (305 mm) 1809.5 Frost protection. Except where otherwise protected from frost, foundations and other permanent supports of buildings and structures shall be protected from frost by one or more of the following methods 1 Extending below the frost line of the locality 2 Constructing in accordance with ASCE 32 3 Erecting on solid rock Exception: Free-standing buildings meeting all of the following conditions shall not be required to be pro- tected 1 Assigned to Risk Category I 2 Area of 600 square feet (56 m') or less for light - frame construction or 400 square feet (37 m') or less for other than light -frame construction 3 Eave height of 10 feet (3048 mm) or less Shallow foundations shall not bear on frozen soil unless such frozen condition is of a permanent character 1809.6 Location of footings. Footings on granular soil shall be so located that the line drawn between the lower edges of adjoining footings shall not have a slope steeper than 30 degrees (0 52 rad) with the horizontal, unless the material supporting the higher footing is braced or retained or other- wise laterally supported in an approved manner or a greater slope has been properly established by engineering analysis 1809.7 Prescriptive footings for light -frame construction. Where a specific design is not provided, concrete or masonry - unit footings supporting walls of light -frame construction shall be permitted to be designed in accordance with Table 1809 7 TABLE 1809.7 PRESCRIPTIVE FOOTINGS SUPPORTING WALLS OF LIGHT -FRAME CONSTRUCTION 1, b,, d•e NUMBER OF FLOORS SUPPORTED BY THE FOOTING` WIDTH OF FOOTING (inches) THICKNESS OF FOOTING (inches) 1 12 6 2 15 6 3 18 8g For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= 304 8 mm a Depth of footings shall be in accordance with Section 1809 4 b The ground under the floor shall be permitted to be excavated to the elevation of the top of the footing c Interior stud -bearing walls shall be permitted to be supported by isolated footings The footing width and length shall be twice the width shown in this table, and footings shall be spaced not more than 6 feet on center d See Section 1905 for additional requirements for concrete footings of structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F e For thickness of foundation walls, see Section 1807 1 6 f Footings shall be permitted to support a roof in addition to the stipulated number of floors Footings supporting roof only shall be as required for supporting one floor g Plain concrete footings for Group R-3 occupancies shall be permitted to be 6 inches thick 1809.8 Plain concrete footings. The edge thickness of plain concrete footings supporting walls of other than light -frame construction shall be not less than 8 inches (203 mm) where placed on soil or rock Exception: For plain concrete footings supporting Group R-3 occupancies, the edge thickness is permitted to be 6 inches (152 mm), provided that the footing does not extend beyond a distance greater than the thickness of the footing on either side of the supported wall 1809.9 Masonry -unit footings. The design, materials and construction of masonry -unit footings shall comply with Sec- 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 443 I I1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS tions 1809 9 1 and 1809 9 2, and the provisions of Chapter 21 Exception: Where a specific design is not provided, masonry -unit footings supporting walls of light -frame construction shall be permitted to be designed in accor- dance with Table 1809 7 1809.9.1 Dimensions. Masonry -unit footings shall be laid in Type M or S mortar complying with Section 2103 2 1 and the depth shall be not less than twice the projection beyond the wall, pier or column The width shall be not less than 8 inches (203 mm) wider than the wall supported thereon 1809.9.2 Offsets. The maximum offset of each course in brick foundation walls stepped up from the footings shall be 1'/ inches (38 mm) where laid in single courses, and 3 inches (76 mm) where laid in double courses 1809.10 Pier and curtain wall foundations. Except in Seis- mic Design Categories D, E and F, pier and curtain wall foundations shall be permitted to be used to support light - frame construction not more than two stones above grade plane, provided that the following requirements are met 1 All load -bearing walls shall be placed on continuous concrete footings bonded integrally with the exterior wall footings The minimum actual thickness of a load -bearing masonry wall shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) nominal or 3'/A inches (92 mm) actual thickness, and shall be bonded integrally with piers spaced 6 feet (1829 mm) on center (o c ) Piers shall be constructed in accordance with Chapter 21 and the following 3 1 The unsupported height of the masonry piers shall not exceed 10 tunes their least dimension 32 Where structural clay the or hollow concrete masonry units are used for piers supporting beams and girders, the cellular spaces shall be filled solidly with concrete or Type M or S mor- tar Exception: Unfilled hollow piers shall be permitted where the unsupported height of the pier is not more than four times its least dimension 3 3 Hollow piers shall be capped with 4 inches (102 mm) of solid masonry or concrete or the cavi- ties of the top course shall be filled with con- crete or grout The maximum height of a 4-inch (102 mm) load -bear - mg masonry foundation wall supporting wood frame walls and floors shall not be more than 4 feet (1219 mm) in height 5 The unbalanced fill for 4-inch (102 mm) foundation walls shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) for solid masonry, nor 12 inches (305 mm) for hollow masonry 1809.11 Steel grillage footings. Grillage footings of struc- tural steel elements shall be separated with approved steel spacers and be entirely encased in concrete with not less than 6 inches (152 mm) on the bottom and not less than 4 inches (102 mm) at all other points The spaces between the shapes shall be completely filled with concrete or cement grout 1809.12 Timber footings. Timber footings shall be permitted for buildings of Type V construction and as otherwise approved by the building official Such footings shall be treated in accordance with AWPA Ul (Commodity Specifi- cation A, Use Category 4B) Treated timbers are not required where placed entirely below permanent water level, or where used as capping for wood piles that project above the water level over submerged or marsh lands The compressive stresses perpendicular to gram in untreated timber footings supported on treated piles shall not exceed 70 percent of the allowable stresses for the species and grade of timber as spec- ified in the ANSUAWC NDS 1809.13 Footing seismic ties. Where a structure is assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, individual spread foot- ings founded on soil defined in Chapter 20 of ASCE 7 as Site Class E or F shall be interconnected by ties Unless it is demonstrated that equivalent restraint is provided by rem - forced concrete beams within slabs on grade or reinforced concrete slabs on grade, ties shall be capable of carrying, in tension or compression, a force equal to the lesser of the product of the larger footing design gravity load tunes the seismic coefficient, SDs, divided by 10 and 25 percent of the smaller footing design gravity load SECTION 1810 DEEP FOUNDATIONS 1810.1 General. Deep foundations shall be analyzed, designed, detailed and installed in accordance with Sections 1810 1 through 1810 4 1810.1.1 Geotechnical investigation. Deep foundations shall be designed and installed on the basis of a geotechm- cal investigation as set forth in Section 1803 1810.1.2 Use of existing deep foundation elements. Deep foundation elements left in place where a structure has been demolished shall not be used for the support of new construction unless satisfactory evidence is submitted to the building official, which indicates that the elements are sound and meet the requirements of this code Such elements shall be load tested or redrwen to verify their capacities The design load applied to such elements shall be the lowest allowable load as determined by tests or redrivmg data 1810.1.3 Deep foundation elements classified as col- umns. Deep foundation elements standing unbraced in air, water or fluid soils shall be classified as columns and designed as such in accordance with the provisions of this code from their top down to the point where adequate lat- eral support is provided in accordance with Section 18102 1 Exception: Where the unsupported height to leasthori- zontaldimension of a cast-m-place deep foundation element does not exceed three, it shall be permitted to 444 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS design and construct such an element as a pedestal in accordance with ACI 318 1810.1.4 Special types of deep foundations. The use of types of deep foundation elements not specifically men- tioned herein is permitted, subject to the approval of the building official, upon the submission of acceptable test data, calculations and other information relating to the structural properties and load capacity of such elements The allowable stresses for materials shall not in any case exceed the limitations specified herein 1810.2 Analysis. The analysis of deep foundations for design shall be in accordance with Sections 1810 2 1 through 181025 1810.2.1 Lateral support. Any soil other than fluid soil shall be deemed to afford sufficient lateral support to pre- vent buckling of deep foundation elements and to permit the design of the elements in accordance with accepted engineering practice and the applicable provisions of this code Where deep foundation elements stand unbraced in air, water or fluid soils, it shall be permitted to consider them laterally supported at a point 5 feet (1524 mm) into stiff soil or 10 feet (3048 mm) into soft soil unless otherwise approved by the building official on the basis of a geotech- nical investigation by a registered design professional 1810.2.2 Stability. Deep foundation elements shall be braced to provide lateral stability in all directions Three or more elements connected by a rigid cap shall be consid- ered to be braced, provided that the elements are located in radial directions from the centroid of the group not less than 60 degrees (1 rad) apart A two -element group in a rigid cap shall be considered to be braced along the axis connecting the two elements Methods used to brace deep foundation elements shall be subject to the approval of the building official Deep foundation elements supporting walls shall be placed alternately in Imes spaced not less than 1 foot (305 mm) apart and located symmetrically under the center of gravity of the wall load carried, unless effective measures are taken to provide for eccentricity and lateral forces, or the foundation elements are adequately braced to provide for lateral stability Exceptions: Isolated cast -in -place deep foundation elements without lateral bracing shall be permitted where the least horizontal dimension is not less than 2 feet (610 mm), adequate lateral support in accor- dance with Section 1810 2 1 is provided for the entire height and the height does not exceed 12 times the least horizontal dimension A single row of deep foundation elements with- out lateral bracing is permitted for one- and two- family dwellings and lightweight construction not exceeding two stones above grade plane or 35 feet (10 668 mm) in building height, provided that the centers of the elements are located within the width of the supported wall 1810.2.3 Settlement. The settlement of a single deep foundation element or group thereof shall be estimated based on approved methods of analysis The predicted set- tlement shall cause neither harmful distortion of, nor insta- bility in, the structure, nor cause any element to be loaded beyond its capacity 1810.2.4 Lateral loads. The moments, shears and lateral deflections used for design of deep foundation elements shall be established considering the nonlinear interaction of the shaft and soil, as determined by a registered design professional Where the ratio of the depth of embedment of the element to its least horizontal dimension is less than or equal to six, it shall be permitted to assume the element is rigid 1810.2.4.1 Seismic Design Categories D through F. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, deep foundation elements on Site Class E or F sites, as determined in Section 1613 2 2, shall be designed and constructed to withstand maximum imposed curvatures from earthquake ground motions and structure response Curvatures shall include free - field soil strains modified for soil -foundation -structure interaction coupled with foundation element deforma- tions associated with earthquake loads imparted to the foundation by the structure Exception: Deep foundation elements that satisfy the following additional detailing requirements shall be deemed to comply with the curvature capacity requirements of this section 1 Precast prestressed concrete piles detailed in accordance with Section 1810 3 8 3 3 2 Cast-m-place deep foundation elements with a mmimum longitudinal reinforcement ratio of 0 005 extending the full length of the element and detailed in accordance with Sections 18752, 18753 and 18754 ofACI 318 as required by Section 1810 3 9 4 2 2 1810.2.5 Group effects. The analysis shall include group effects on lateral behavior where the center -to -center spac- ing of deep foundation elements in the direction of lateral force is less than eight times the least horizontal dimen- sion of an element The analysis shall include group effects on axial behavior where the center -to -center spac- ing of deep foundation elements is less than three tunes the least horizontal dimension of an element Group effects shall be evaluated using a generally accepted method of analysis, the analysis for uplift of grouped ele- ments with center -to -center spacing less than three times the least horizontal dimension of an element shall be eval- uated in accordance with Section 1810 3 3 16 1810.3 Design and detailing. Deep foundations shall be designed and detailed in accordance with Sections 1810 3 1 through 1810 3 13 1810.3.1 Design conditions. Design of deep foundations shall include the design conditions specified in Sections 1810 3 1 1 through 1810 3 16, as applicable 1810.3.1.1 Design methods for concrete elements. Where concrete deep foundations are laterally sup- 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 445 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS ported in accordance with Section 1810 2 1 for the entire height and applied forces cause bending moments not greater than those resulting from acciden- tal eccentricities, structural design of the element using the load combinations of Section 1605 3 and the allow- able stresses specified in this chapter shall be permitted Otherwise, the structural design of concrete deep foun- dation elements shall use the load combinations of Sec- tion 1605 2 and approved strength design methods 1810.3.1.2 Composite elements. Where a single deep foundation element comprises two or more sections of different materials or different types spliced together, each section of the composite assembly shall satisfy the applicable requirements of this code, and the maximum allowable load in each section shall be limited by the structural capacity of that section 1810.3.1.3 Mislocation. The foundation or superstruc- ture shall be designed to resist the effects of the mislo- cation of any deep foundation element by not less than 3 inches (76 mm) To resist the effects of mislocation, compressive overload of deep foundation elements to 110 percent of the allowable design load shall be per- mitted 1810.3.1.4 Driven piles. Driven piles shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with accepted engi- neering practice to resist all stresses induced by han- dling, driving and service loads 1810.3.1.5 Helical piles. Helical piles shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with accepted engi- neering practice to resist all stresses induced by instal- lation into the ground and service loads 1810.3.1.6 Casings. Temporary and permanent casings shall be of steel and shall be sufficiently strong to resist collapse and sufficiently watertight to exclude any for- eign materials during the placing of concrete Where a permanent casing is considered reinforcing steel, the steel shall be protected under the conditions specified in Section 1810 3 2 5 Horizontal joints in the casing shall be spliced in accordance with Section 1810 3 6 1810.3.2 Materials. The materials used in deep founda- tion elements shall satisfy the requirements of Sections 1810 3 2 1 through 1810 3 2 8, as applicable 1810.3.2.1 Concrete. Where concrete is cast in a steel pipe or where an enlarged base is formed by compact - mg concrete, the maximum size for coarse aggregate shall be'/q inch (19 1 mm) Concrete to be compacted shall have a zero slump 1810.3.2.1.1 Seismic hooks. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the ends of hoops, spirals and ties used in concrete deep founda- tion elements shall be terminated with seismic hooks, as defined in ACI 318, and shall be turned into the confined concrete core 1810.3.2.2 Prestressing steel. Prestressing steel shall conform to ASTM A416 1810.3.2.3 Steel. Structural steel H-piles and structural steel sheet piling shall conform to the material require- ments in ASTM A6 Steel pipe piles shall conform to the material requirements in ASTM A252 Fully welded steel piles shall be fabricated from plates that conform to the material requirements in ASTM A36, ASTM A283, ASTM A572, ASTM A588 or ASTM A690 1810.3.2.4 Timber. Timber deep foundation elements shall be designed as piles or poles in accordance with ANSUAWC NDS Round timber elements shall con- form to ASTM D25 Sawn timber elements shall con- form to DOC PS-20 1810.3.2.4.1 Preservative treatment. Timber deep foundation elements used to support permanent structures shall be treated in accordance with this section unless it is established that the tops of the untreated timber elements will be below the lowest ground water level assumed to exist during the life of the structure Preservative and mmimum final retention shall be in accordance with AWPA Ul (Commodity Specification E, Use Category 4C) for round timber elements and AWPA Ul (Commodity Specification A, Use Category 4B) for sawn timber elements Preservative -treated timber elements shall be subject to a quality control program admmistered by an approved agency Element cutoffs shall be treated in accordance with AWPA M4 1810.3.2.5 Protection of materials. Where boring records or site conditions indicate possible deleterious action on the materials used in deep foundation ele- ments because of soil constituents, changing water lev- els or other factors, the elements shall be adequately protected by materials, methods or processes approved by the building official Protective materials shall be applied to the elements so as not to be rendered ineffec- tive by installation The effectiveness of such protective measures for the particular purpose shall have been thoroughly established by satisfactory service records or other evidence 1810.3.2.6 Allowable stresses. The allowable stresses for materials used in deep foundation elements shall not exceed those specified in Table 1810 3 2 6 1810.3.2.7 Increased allowable compressive stress for cased mandrell-driven cast -in -place elements. The allowable compressive stress in the concrete shall be permitted to be increased as specified in Table 1810 3 2 6 for those portions of permanently cased cast-m-place elements that satisfy all of the following conditions 1810.3.2.1.2 ACI 318 Equation (25.7.3.3). Where 1 The design shall not use the casing to resist any this chapter requires detailing of concrete deep foun- portion of the axial load imposed dation elements in accordance with Section 18 7 5 4 of ACI 318, compliance with Equation (25 7 3 3) of 2 The casing shall have a sealed tip and be mandrel ACI 318 shall not be required driven 446 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 UER C,ght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS TABLE 1810.3.2.6 ALLOWABLE STRESSES FOR MATERIALS USED IN DEEP FOUNDATION ELEMENTS MATERIAL TYPE AND CONDITION MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESS' 1 Concrete or grout in compression' Cast -in -place with a permanent casing in accordance with Section 1810 3 2 7 0 4f, Cast -in -place in a pipe, tube, other permanent casing or rock 0 33f, Cast -in -place without a permanent casing 0 3 f, Precast nonprestiessed 0 33f, Precast prestressed 0 33 f, - 0 27f, 2 Nonprestiessed reinforcement in compression 0 4 f <_ 30,000 psi 3 Steel in compression Cores wAhm concrete -filled pipes or tubes 0 5 Fy < 32,000 psi Pipes, tubes or H-piles, where justified in accordance with Section 1810 3 2 8 0 5 F, < 32,000 psi Pipes or tubes for micropiles 0 4 F, < 32,000 psi Other pipes, tubes or H-piles 0 35 F, < 16,000 psi Helical piles 0 6 Fy < 0 5 F„ 4 Nonprestiessed reinforcement intension Within micropiles 0 6 f Other conditions 0 5 f < 24,000 psi 5 Steelmtension Pipes, tubes or H-piles, where justified in accordance with Section 1810 3 2 8 0 5 Fy < 32,000 psi Other pipes, tubes or H-piles 0 35 F, < 16,000 psi Helical piles 0 6 F, < 0 5 F„ 6 Timber In accordance with the ANSI/AWC NDS a f', is the specified compressive strength of the concrete or grout, f I is the compressive stress on the gross concrete section due to effective prestress forces only, f is the specified yield strength of reinforcement, FI, is the specified minimum yield stress of steel, F„ is the specified minimum tensile stress of structural steel b The stresses specified apply to the gross cross -sectional area within the concrete surface Where a temporary or permanent casing is used, the inside face of the casing shall be considered to be the concrete surface 3 The thickness of the casing shall be not less than manufacturer's standard gage No 14 (0 068 inch) (1 75 mm) 4 The casing shall be seamless or provided with seams of strength equal to the basic material and be of a configuration that will provide confine- toentto the cast -in -place concrete 5 The ratio of steel yield strength (F),) to specified compressive strength (f',) shall be not less than six 6 The nominal diameter of the element shall not be greater than 16 inches (406 mm) 1810.3.2.8 Justification of higher allowable stresses. Use of allowable stresses greater than those specified in Section 1810 3 2 6 shall be permitted where supporting data justifying such higher stresses is filed with the building official Such substantiating data shall include the following 1 A geotechnical investigation in accordance with Section 1803 2 Load tests in accordance with Section 1810 3 3 1 2, regardless of the load supported by the element The design and installation of the deep foundation elements shall be under the direct supervision of a reg- istered design professional knowledgeable in the field of soil mechanics and deep foundations who shall sub- mit a report to the building official stating that the ele- ments as installed satisfy the design criteria 1810.3.3 Determination of allowable loads. The allow- able axial and lateral loads on deep foundation elements shall be determined by an approved formula, load tests or method of analysis 1810.3.3.1 Allowable axial load. The allowable axial load on a deep foundation element shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1810 3 3 1 1 through 18103319 1810.3.3.1.1 Driving criteria. The allowable com- pressive load on any driven deep foundation element where determined by the application of an approved driving formula shall not exceed 40 tons (356 kN) For allowable loads above 40 tons (356 kN), the wave equation method of analysis shall be used to estimate driveability for both driving stresses and net displacement per blow at the ultimate load Allowable loads shall be verified by load tests in accordance with Section 1810 3 3 1 2 The formula or wave equation load shall be determined for grav- ity -drop or power -actuated hammers and the ham- mer energy used shall be the maximum consistent with the size, strength and weight of the driven ele- ments The use of a follower is permitted only with the approval of the building official The introduc- tion of fresh hammer cushion or pile cushion mate- rial just prior to final penetration is not permitted 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 447 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DIETRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 1810.3.3.1.2 Load tests. Where design compressive loads are greater than those determmed using the allowable stresses specified in Section 1810 3 2 6, where the design load for any deep foundation ele- ment is in doubt, or where cast-m-place deep foun- dation elements have an enlarged base formed either by compacting concrete or by driving a precast base, control test elements shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D1143 or ASTM D4945 One element or more shall be load tested in each area of uniform subsoil conditions Where required by the building official, additional elements shall be load tested where necessary to establish the safe design capac- ity The resulting allowable loads shall not be more than one-half of the ultimate axial load capacity of the test element as assessed by one of the published methods listed in Section 1810 3 3 13 with consid- eration for the test type, duration and subsoil The ultimate axial load capacity shall be determined by a registered design professional with consideration given to tolerable total and differential settlements at design load in accordance with Section 1810 2 3 In subsequent installation of the balance of deep foun- dation elements, all elements shall be deemed to have a supporting capacity equal to that of the con- trol element where such elements are of the same type, size and relative length as the test element, are installed using the same or comparable methods and equipment as the test element, are installed in simi- lar subsoil conditions as the test element, and, for driven elements, where the rate of penetration (for example, net displacement per blow) of such ele- ments is equal to or less than that of the test element driven with the same hammer through a comparable driving distance 1810.3.3.1.3 Load test evaluation methods. It shall be permitted to evaluate load tests of deep founda- tion elements using any of the following methods 1 Davisson Offset Limit 2 Brinch-Hansen 90-percent Criterion 3 Butler -Hoy Criterion 4 Other methods approved by the building offi- cial 1810.3.3.1.4 Allowable shaft resistance. The assumed shaft resistance developed by any uncased cast-m-place deep foundation element shall not exceed one -sixth of the bearing value of the soil material at minimum depth as set forth in Table 1806 2, up to 500 psf (24 kPa), unless a greater value is allowed by the building official on the basis of a geotechnical investigation as specified in Sec- tion 1803 or a greater value is substantiated by a load test in accordance with Section 181033 1 2 Shaft resistance and end -bearing resistance shall not be assumed to act simultaneously unless determmed by a geotechnical investigation in accordance with Section1803 1810.3.3.1.5 Uplift capacity of a single deep foun- dation element. Where required by the design, the uplift capacity of a single deep foundation element shall be determned by an approved method of anal- ysis based on a minimum factor of safety of three or by load tests conducted in accordance with ASTM D3689 The maximum allowable uplift load shall not exceed the ultimate load capacity as determmed in Section 1810 3 3 1 2, using the results of load tests conducted in accordance with ASTM D3689, divided by a factor of safety of two Exception: Where uplift is due to wind or seis- mic loading, the minimum factor of safety shall be two where capacity is determmed by an analy- sis and one and one-half where capacity is deter- mined by load tests 1810.3.3.1.6 Allowable uplift load of grouped deep foundation elements. For grouped deep foun- dation elements subjected to uplift, the allowable uplift load for the group shall be calculated by a gen- erally accepted method of analysis Where the deep foundation elements in the group are placed at a cen- ter -to -center spacing less than three times the least horizontal dimension of the largest single element, the allowable uplift load for the group is permitted to be calculated as the lesser of 1 The proposed individual allowable uplift load times the number of elements in the group 2 Two -thuds of the effective weight of the group and the soil contained within a block defined by the perimeter of the group and the length of the element, plus two -thuds of the ultimate shear resistance along the soil block 1810.3.3.1.7 Load -bearing capacity. Deep founda- tion elements shall develop ultimate load capacities of not less than twice the design working loads in the designated load -bearing layers Analysis shall show that soil layers underlying the designated load - bearing layers do not cause the load -bearing capac- ity safety factor to be less than two 1810.3.3.1.8 Bent deep foundation elements. The load -bearing capacity of deep foundation elements discovered to have a sharp or sweeping bend shall be determined by an approved method of analysis or by load testing a representative element 1810.3.3.1.9 Helical piles. The allowable axial design load, Pa, of helical piles shall be determmed as follows Pa = 0 5 P (Equation 18-4) where P. is the least value of 1 Sum of the areas of the helical bearing plates times the ultimate bearing capacity of the soil or rock comprising the bearing stratum 2 Ultimate capacity determined from well -docu- mented correlations with installation torque 3 Ultimate capacity determined from load tests 448 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17MR ocJM IOZMo 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 4 Ultimate axial capacity of pile shaft 5 Ultimate axial capacity of pile shaft couplings 6 Sum of the ultimate axial capacity of helical bearing plates affixed to pile 1810.3.3.2 Allowable lateral load. Where required by the design, the lateral load capacity of a single deep foundation element or a group thereof shall be deter- mined by an approved method of analysis or by lateral load tests to not less than twice the proposed design working load The resulting allowable load shall not be more than one-half of the load that produces a gross lat- eral movement of 1 inch (25 mm) at the lower of the top of foundation element and the ground surface, unless it can be shown that the predicted lateral move- ment shall cause neither harmfal distortion of, nor instability in, the structure, nor cause any element to be loaded beyond its capacity 1810.3.4 Subsiding soils. Where deep foundation ele- ments are installed through subsiding fills or other subsid- ing strata and derive support from underlying firmer materials, consideration shall be given to the downward frictional forces potentially imposed on the elements by the subsiding upper strata Where the influence of subsiding fills is considered as imposing loads on the element, the allowable stresses specified in this chapter shall be permitted to be increased where satisfactory substantiating data are submitted 1810.3.5 Dimensions of deep foundation elements. The dimensions of deep foundation elements shall be in accor- dance with Sections 1810 3 5 1 through 1810 3 5 3, as applicable 1810.3.5.1 Precast. The minimum lateral dimension of precast concrete deep foundation elements shall be 8 inches (203 mm) Comers of square elements shall be chamfered 1810.3.5.2 Cast -in -place or grouted -in -place. Cast - in -place and grouted-m-place deep foundation elements shall satisfy the requirements of this section 1810.3.5.2.1 Cased. Cast -in -place or grouted -in - place deep foundation elements with a permanent casing shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less than 8 inches (203 mm) 1810.3.5.2.2 Uncased. Cast -in -place or grouted -in - place deep foundation elements without a permanent casing shall have a specified diameter of not less than 12 inches (305 mm) The element length shall not exceed 30 times the specified diameter Exception: The length of the element is permit- ted to exceed 30 times the specified diameter, provided that the design and installation of the deep foundations are under the direct supervision of a registered design professional knowledge- able in the field of soil mechanics and deep foun- dations The registered design professional shall submit a report to the building official stating that the elements were installed in compliance with the approved construction documents 1810.3.5.2.3 Micropiles. Micropiles shall have a I nominal diameter of 12 inches (305 mm) or less The minimum diameter set forth elsewhere in Sec- tion 1810 3 5 shall not apply to micropiles 1810.3.5.3 Steel. Steel deep foundation elements shall satisfy the requirements of this section 1810.3.5.3.1 Structural steel H-piles. Sections of structural steel H-piles shall comply with the requirements for HP shapes in ASTM A6, or the fol- lowing 1 The flange projections shall not exceed 14 times the minimum thickness of metal in either the flange or the web and the flange widths shall be not less than 80 percent of the depth of the section 2 The nominal depth in the direction of the web shall be not less than 8 inches (203 mm) 3 Flanges and web shall have a mimmum nomi- nal thickness of/A inch (9 5 mm) 1810.3.5.3.2 Fully welded steel piles fabricated from plates. Sections of fully welded steel piles fab- ricated from plates shall comply with the following 1 The flange projections shall not exceed 14 times the minimum thickness of metal in either the flange or the web and the flange widths shall be not less than 80 percent of the depth of the section 2 The nominal depth in the direction of the web shall be not less than 8 inches (203 mm) 3 Flanges and web shall have a mimmum nomi- nal thickness of inch (9 5 mm) 1810.3.5.3.3 Structural steel sheet piling. Individ- ual sections of structural steel sheet piling shall con- form to the profile indicated by the manufacturer, and shall conform to the general requirements speci- fied by ASTM A6 1810.3.5.3.4 Steel pipes and tubes. Steel pipes and tubes used as deep foundation elements shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less than 8 inches (203 mm) Where steel pipes or tubes are driven open ended, they shall have not less than 0 34 square inch (219 mm) of steel in cross section to resist each 1,000 foot-pounds (1356 Nm) of pile hammer energy, or shall have the equivalent strength for steels having a yield strength greater than 35,000 psi (241 MPa) or the wave equation analysis shall be permitted to be used to assess compression stresses induced by driving to evaluate if the pile section is appropriate for the selected hammer Where a pipe or tube with wall thickness less than 0 179 inch (4 6 mm) is driven open ended, a suitable cutting shoe shall be provided Concrete -filled steel pipes or tubes in structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory C, D, E or F shall have a wall thickness of not less than'116 inch (5 mm) The pipe or tube casing for socketed drilled shafts shall have a nominal out- side diameter of not less than 18 inches (457 mm), a 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 449 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS wall thickness of not less than'/g inch (9 5 mm) and a suitable steel driving shoe welded to the bottom, the diameter of the rock socket shall be approxi- mately equal to the inside diameter of the casing Exceptions: 1 There is no minimum diameter for steel pipes or tubes used in micropiles 2 For mandrel -driven pipes or tubes, the min- imum wall thickness shall be Y,E inch (2 5 mm) 1810.3.5.3.5 Helical piles. Dimensions of the cen- tral shaft and the number, size and thickness of heli- cal bearing plates shall be sufficient to support the design loads 1810.3.6 Splices. Splices shall be constructed so as to pro- vide and maintain true alignment and position of the com- ponent parts of the deep foundation element during installation and subsequent thereto and shall be designed to resist the axial and shear forces and moments occurring at the location of the splice during driving and for design load combinations Where deep foundation elements of the same type are being spliced, splices shall develop not less than 50 percent of the bending strength of the weaker section Where deep foundation elements of different materials or different types are being spliced, splices shall develop the full compressive strength and not less than 50 percent of the tension and bending strength of the weaker section Where structural steel cores are to be spliced, the ends shall be milled or ground to provide full contact and shall be full -depth welded Splices occurring in the upper 10 feet (3048 mm) of the embedded portion of an element shall be designed to resist at allowable stresses the moment and shear that would result from an assumed eccentricity of the axial load of 3 inches (76 mm), or the element shall be braced in accor- dance with Section 1810 2 2 to other deep foundation ele- ments that do not have splices in the upper 10 feet (3048 mm) of embedment 1810.3.6.1 Seismic Design Categories C through F. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F splices of deep foundation elements shall develop the lesser of the following 1 The nominal strength of the deep foundation ele- ment 2 The axial and shear forces and moments from the seismic load effects including overstrength factor in accordance with Section 2 3 6 or 2 4 5 of ASCE 7 1810.3.7 Top of element detailing at cutoffs. Where a minimum length for reinforcement or the extent of closely spaced confinement reinforcement is specified at the top of a deep foundation element, provisions shall be made so that those specified lengths or extents are maintained after cutoff 1810.3.8.1 Reinforcement. Longitudinal steel shall be arranged in a symmetrical pattern and be laterally tied with steel ties or wire spiral spaced center to center as follows 1 At not more than 1 inch (25 mm) for the first five ties or spirals at each end, then 2 At not more than 4 inches (102 mm), for the remainder of the first 2 feet (610 mm) from each end, and then 3 At not more than 6 inches (152 mm) elsewhere The size of ties and spirals shall be as follows 1 For piles having a least horizontal dimension of 16 inches (406 mm) or less, wire shall not be smaller than 0 22 inch (5 6 mm) (No 5 gage) 2 For piles having a least horizontal dimension of more than 16 inches (406 mm) and less than 20 inches (508 mm), wire shall not be smaller than 0 238 inch (6 mm) (No 4 gage) 3 For piles having a least horizontal dimension of 20 inches (508 mm) and larger, wire shall not be smaller than Y, inch (6 4 mm) round or 0 259 inch (6 6 mm) (No 3 gage) 1810.3.8.2 Precast nonprestressed piles. Precast non - prestressed concrete piles shall comply with the requirements of Sections 18103 82 1 through 18103823 1810.3.8.2.1 Minimum reinforcement Longitudi- nal reinforcement shall consist of not fewer than four bars with a minimum longitudinal reinforce- ment ratio of 0 008 1810.3.8.2.2 Seismic reinforcement in Seismic Design Categories C through F. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, precast nonprestressed piles shall be reinforced as specified in this section The minimum longitudinal reinforcement ratio shall be 0 01 throughout the length Transverse reinforcement shall consist of closed ties or spirals with a minimum '/A inch (9 5 mm) diameter Spacing of transverse reinforcement shall not exceed the smaller of eight times the diam- eter of the smallest longitudinal bar or 6 inches (152 mm) within a distance of three times the least pile dimension from the bottom of the pile cap Spacing of transverse reinforcement shall not exceed 6 inches (152 mm) throughout the remainder of the pile 1810.3.8.2.3 Additional seismic reinforcement in Seismic Design Categories D through F. For struc- tures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, transverse reinforcement shall be in accordance with Section 1810 3 9 4 2 1810.3.8 Precast concrete piles. Precast concrete piles 1810.3.8.3 Precast prestressed piles. Precast pre - shall be designed and detailed in accordance with Sections stressed concrete piles shall comply with the require- 1810 3 8 1 through 1810 3 8 3 ments of Sections 1810 3 8 3 1 through 1810 3 8 3 3 450 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® iffff.,( 11 1 C,,,,ght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv odim).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto I fiTER I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 1810.3.8.3.1 Effective prestress. The effective pre- stress in the pile shall be not less than 400 psi (2 76 XIPa) for piles up to 30 feet (9144 mm) in length, 550 psi (3 79 XIPa) for piles up to 50 feet (15 240 mm) in length and 700 psi (4 83 XlPa) for piles greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) in length Effective prestress shall be based on an assumed loss of 30,000 psi (207 XlPa) in the prestressing steel The tensile stress in the prestressing steel shall not exceed the values specified in ACI 318 1810.3.8.3.2 Seismic reinforcement in Seismic Design Category C. For structures assigned to Seis- mic Design Category C, precast prestressed piles shall have transverse reinforcement in accordance with this section The volumetric ratio of spiral rein- forcement shall not be less than the amount required by the following formula for the upper 20 feet (6096 mm) of the pile pL = 0 04(f'L /f h)[2 8 + 2 34P/f'LA,)](Equation 18-5) where Ag = Pile cross -sectional area square inches (mm) f = Specified compressive strength of concrete, psi (IvIPa) f h = Yield strength of spiral reinforcement <_ 85,000 psi (586 XlPa) P = Axial load on pile, pounds (kN), as determined from Equations 16-5 and 16-7 p, = Spiral reinforcement index or volumetric ratio (vol spiral/vol core) Not less than one-half the volumetric ratio required by Equation 18-5 shall be provided below the upper 20 feet (6096 mm) of the pile Exception: The minimum spiral reinforcement index required by Equation 18-5 shall not apply in cases where the design includes full consider- ation of load combinations specified in ASCE 7, Section 2 3 6 and the applicable overstrength fac- tor, Q0 In such cases, minimum spiral reinforce- ment index shall be as specified in Section 18103 8 1 1810.3.8.3.3 Seismic reinforcement in Seismic Design Categories D through F. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, pre- cast prestressed piles shall have transverse reinforce- ment in accordance with the following 1 Requirements in ACI 318, Chapter 18, need not apply, unless specifically referenced 2 Where the total pile length in the soil is 35 feet (10 668 mm) or less, the lateral transverse reinforcement in the ductile region shall occur through the length of the pile Where the pile length exceeds 35 feet (10 668 mm), the duc- tile pile region shall be taken as the greater of 35 feet (10 668 mm) or the distance from the underside of the pile cap to the point of zero curvature plus three tunes the least pile dimen- sion 3 In the ductile region, the center -to -center spac- ing of the spirals or hoop reinforcement shall not exceed one -fifth of the least pile dimen- sion, six times the diameter of the longitudinal strand or 8 inches (203 mm), whichever is smallest 4 Circular spiral reinforcement shall be spliced by lapping one full turn and bending the end of each spiral to a 90-degree hook or by use of a mechanical or welded splice complying with Section 25 5 7 of ACI 318 5 Where the transverse reinforcement consists of circular spirals, the volumetric ratio of spi- ral transverse reinforcement in the ductile region shall comply with the following pL = 0 06(f'L /f h)[2 8 + 2 34P1f'LA,,)] (Equation 18-6) but not exceed pL = 0 021 (Equation 18-7) where Ag = Pile cross -sectional area, square inches (mm� F f = Specified compressive strength of concrete, psi (N4Pa) fh = Yield strength of spiral reinforcement < 85,000 psi (586 XlPa) P = Axial load on pile, pounds (kN), as determined from Equations 16-5 and I 16-7 pL = Volumetric ratio (vol spiral/vol core) This required amount of spiral reinforce- ment is permitted to be obtained by providing an inner and outer spiral Exception: The minimum spiral rein- forcement required by Equation 18-6 shall not apply in cases where the design includes full consideration of load combi- nations specified in ASCE 7, Section 2 3 6 and the applicable overstrength factor, Q. In such cases, minimum spiral reinforce- ment shall be as specified in Section 1810381 Where transverse reinforcement consists of rectangular hoops and cross ties, the total cross -sectional area of lateral transverse rein- forcement in the ductile region with spacing, s, and perpendicular dimension, ti , shall con- form to Al h = 0 3s hL (f't if h)(Ag 1A, - 1 0) [0 5 + 1 4PI(f', Ag)] (Equation 18-8) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 451 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS but not less than Ash = 0 12s hL (f't if [0 5 + 1 4PI(f', Al,,)] (Equation 18-9) where f = yield strength of transverse reinforcement s 70,000 psi (483 MPa) tit = Cross -sectional dimension of pile core measured center to center of hoop reinforcement, inch (mm) s = Spacing of transverse reinforcement measured along length of pile, inch (mm) AA,, = Cross -sectional area of transverse reinforcement, square inches (mm) f = Specified compressive strength of concrete, psi (N4Pa) The hoops and cross ties shall be equivalent to deformed bars not less than No 3 in size Rectangu- lar hoop ends shall terminate at a comer with seis- mic hooks Outside of the length of the pile requiring trans- verse confinement reinforcing, the spiral or hoop reinforcing with a volumetric ratio not less than one- half of that required for transverse confinement rem - forcing shall be provided 1810.3.8.3.4 Axial load limit in Seismic Design Categories C through F. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F, the maxi- mum factored axial load on precast prestressed piles subjected to a combination of seismic lateral force and axial load shall not exceed the following values 1 0 2f " Ag for square piles 2 0 4f S7 Ag for circular or octagonal piles 1810.3.9 Cast -in -place deep foundations. Cast -in -place deep foundation elements shall be designed and detailed in accordance with Sections 181039 1 through 1810396 1810.3.9.1 Design cracking moment. The design cracking moment (OMJ for a cast-m-place deep foun- dation element not enclosed by a structural steel pipe or tube shall be determined using the following equa- tion �M = 3 f7,& (Equation 18-10) For SI �M = 0.25'Sm where f = Specified compressive strength of concrete or grout, psi Q Ta) Sri, = Elastic section modulus, neglecting reinforcement and casing, cubic inches (min') 1810.3.9.2 Required reinforcement Where subject to uplift or where the required moment strength deter- mined using the load combinations of Section 1605 2 exceeds the design cracking moment determined in accordance with Section 1810 3 9 1, cast-m-place deep foundations not enclosed by a structural steel pipe or tube shall be reinforced 1810.3.9.3 Placement of reinforcement. Reinforce- ment where required shall be assembled and tied together and shall be placed in the deep foundation ele- ment as a unit before the reinforced portion of the ele- ment is filled with concrete Exceptions: 1 Steel dowels embedded 5 feet (1524 mm) or less shall be permitted to be placed after con- creting, while the concrete is still in a semi- fluid state 2 For deep foundation elements installed with a hollow -stem auger, tied reinforcement shall be placed after elements are concreted, while the concrete is still in a semifluid state Longitudi- nal reinforcement without lateral ties shall be placed either through the hollow stem of the auger prior to concreting or after concreting, while the concrete is still in a semifluid state 3 For Group R-3 and U occupancies not exceed - mg two stories of light -frame construction, reinforcement is permitted to be placed after concreting, while the concrete is still in a semifluid state, and the concrete cover requirement is permitted to be reduced to 2 inches (51 mm), provided that the construction method can be demonstrated to the satisfac- tion of the building official 1810.3.9.4 Seismic reinforcement Where a structure is assigned to Seismic Design Category C, reinforce- ment shall be provided in accordance with Section 1810 3 9 4 1 Where a structure is assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, reinforcement shall be pro- vided in accordance with Section 1810 3 9 4 2 Exceptions: 1 Isolated deep foundation elements supporting posts of Group R-3 and U occupancies not exceeding two stories of light -frame construc- tion shall be permitted to be reinforced as required by rational analysis but with not less than one No 4 bar, without ties or spirals, where detailed so the element is not subject to lateral loads and the soil provides adequate lateral support in accordance with Section 18102 1 Isolated deep foundation elements supporting posts and bracing from decks and patios appurtenant to Group R-3 and U occupancies not exceeding two stories of light -frame con- struction shall be permitted to be reinforced as required by rational analysis but with not less than one No 4 bar, without ties or spirals, where the lateral load, E, to the top of the ele- ment does not exceed 200 pounds (890 N) and 452 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS the soil provides adequate lateral support in accordance with Section 1810 2 1 3 Deep foundation elements supporting the con- crete foundation wall of Group R-3 and U occupancies not exceeding two stories of light -frame construction shall be permitted to be reinforced as required by rational analysis but with not less than two No 4 bars, without ties or spirals, where the design cracking moment determined in accordance with Sec- tion 1810 3 9 1 exceeds the required moment strength determined using the load combina- tions with overstrength factor in Section 2 3 6 or 2 4 5 of ASCE 7 and the soil provides ade- quate lateral support in accordance with Sec- tion 1810 2 1 4 Closed ties or spirals where required by Sec- tion 1810 3 9 4 2 shall be permitted to be lim- ited to the top 3 feet (914 mm) of deep foundation elements 10 feet (3048 mm) or less in depth supporting Group R-3 and U occu- pancies of Seismic Design Category D, not exceeding two stories of light -frame construc- tion 1810.3.9.4.1 Seismic reinforcement in Seismic Design Category C. For structures assigned to Seis- mic Design Category C, cast-m-place deep founda- tion elements shall be reinforced as specified in this section Reinforcement shall be provided where required by analysis Not fewer than four longitudinal bars, with a minimum longitudinal reinforcement ratio of 0 0025, shall be provided throughout the minimum reinforced length of the element as defined in this section starting at the top of the element The mini- mum reinforced length of the element shall be taken as the greatest of the following 1 One-third of the element length 2 A distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) 3 Three times the least element dimension 4 The distance from the top of the element to the point where the design cracking moment determined in accordance with Section 1810 3 9 1 exceeds the required moment strength determined using the load combina- tions of Section 1605 2 Transverse reinforcement shall consist of closed ties or spirals with a minimum '/A inch (9 5 mm) diameter Spacing of transverse reinforcement shall not exceed the smaller of 6 inches (152 mm) or 8- longitudinal-bar diameters, within a distance of three times the least element dimension from the bottom of the pile cap Spacing of transverse rein- forcement shall not exceed 16 longitudinal bar diameters throughout the remainder of the rein- forced length Exceptions: 1 The requirements of this section shall not apply to concrete cast in structural steel pipes or tubes 2 A spiral -welded metal casing of a thickness not less than the manufacturer's standard No 14 gage (0 068 inch) is permitted to provide concrete confinement in lieu of the closed ties or spirals Where used as such, the metal casing shall be protected against possible deleterious action due to soil con- stituents, changing water levels or other factors indicated by boring records of site conditions 1810.3.9.4.2 Seismic reinforcement in Seismic Design Categories D through F. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, cast- or -place deep foundation elements shall be rein- forced as specified in this section Reinforcement shall be provided where required by analysis Not fewer than four longitudinal bars, with a minimum longitudinal reinforcement ratio of 0 005, shall be provided throughout the minimum rein- forced length of the element as defined in this sec- tion starting at the top of the element The minimum reinforced length of the element shall be taken as the greatest of the following 1 One-half of the element length 2 A distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) 3 Three times the least element dimension 4 The distance from the top of the element to the point where the design cracking moment determined in accordance with Section 1810 3 9 1 exceeds the required moment strength determined using the load combma- tions of Section 1605 2 Transverse reinforcement shall consist of closed ties or spirals not smaller than No 3 bars for ele- ments with a least dimension up to 20 inches (508 mm), and No 4 bars for larger elements Through- out the remainder of the reinforced length outside the regions with transverse confinement reinforce- ment, as specified in Section 1810 3 9 4 2 1 or 1810 3 9 4 2 2, the spacing of transverse reinforce- ment shall not exceed the least of the following 1 12 longitudinal bar diameters 2 One-half the least dimension of the element 3 12 inches (305 mm) Exceptions: 1 The requirements of this section shall not apply to concrete cast in structural steel pipes or tubes 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 453 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS 2 A spiral -welded metal casing of a thickness not less than manufacturer's standard No 14 gage (0 068 inch) is permitted to pro- vide concrete confinement in lieu of the closed ties or spirals Where used as such, the metal casing shall be protected against possible deleterious action due to soil con- stituents, changing water levels or other factors indicated by boring records of site conditions 1810.3.9.4.2.1 Site Classes A through D. For Site Class A, B, C or D sites, transverse confine- ment reinforcement shall be provided in the ele- ment in accordance with Sections 18 7 5 2, 18 7 5 3 and 18 7 5 4 of ACI 318 within three tines the least element dimension of the bottom of the pile cap A transverse spiral reinforcement ratio of not less than one-half of that required in Table 18 10 6 4(f) of ACI 318 shall be permitted 1810.3.9.4.2.2 Site Classes E and F. For Site Class E or F sites, transverse confinement rem- forcement shall be provided in the element in accordance with Sections 18 7 5 2, 18 7 5 3 and 18 7 5 4 of ACI 318 within seven times the least element dimension of the pile cap and within seven times the least element dimension of the interfaces of strata that are hard or stiff and strata that are liquefiable or are composed of soft- to medium -stiff clay 1810.3.9.5 Belled drilled shafts. Where drilled shafts are belled at the bottom, the edge thickness of the bell shall be not less than that required for the edge of foot- ings Where the sides of the bell slope at an angle less than 60 degrees (1 rad) from the horizontal, the effects of vertical shear shall be considered 1810.3.9.6 Socketed drilled shafts. Socketed drilled shafts shall have a permanent pipe or tube casing that extends down to bedrock and an uncased socket drilled into the bedrock, both filled with concrete Socketed drilled shafts shall have reinforcement or a structural steel core for the length as indicated by an approved method of analysis The depth of the rock socket shall be sufficient to develop the full load -bearing capacity of the element with a minimum safety factor of two, but the depth shall be not less than the outside diameter of the pipe or tube casing The design of the rock socket is permitted to be predicated on the sum of the allowable load -bear - mg pressure on the bottom of the socket plus bond along the sides of the socket Where a structural steel core is used, the gross cross -sectional area of the core shall not exceed 25 per- cent of the gross area of the drilled shaft 1810.3.10 Micropiles. Nficropiles shall be designed and detailed in accordance with Sections 1810 3 10 1 through 18103 104 1810.3.10.1 Construction. Micropiles shall develop their load -carrying capacity by means of a bond zone in soil, bedrock or a combination of soil and bedrock Nficropiles shall be grouted and have either a steel pipe or tube or steel reinforcement at every section along the length It shall be pernutted to transition from deformed reinforcing bars to steel pipe or tube reinforcement by extending the bars into the pipe or tube section by not less than their development length in tension in accor- dance with ACI 318 1810.3.10.2 Materials. Reinforcement shall consist of deformed reinforcing bars in accordance with ASTM A615 Grade 60 or 75 or ASTM A722 Grade 150 The steel pipe or tube shall have a minimum wall thickness of '/16 inch (4 8 mm) Splices shall comply with Section 1810 3 6 The steel pipe or tube shall have a minimum yield strength of 45,000 psi (310 MPa) and a minimum elongation of 15 percent as shown by mill certifications or two coupon test samples per 40,000 pounds (18 160 kg) of pipe or tube 1810.3.10.3 Reinforcement. For micropiles or portions thereof grouted inside a temporary or permanent casing or inside a hole drilled into bedrock or a hole drilled with grout, the steel pipe or tube or steel reinforcement shall be designed to carry not less than 40 percent of the design compression load Micropiles or portions thereof grouted in an open hole in soil without tempo- rary or permanent casing and without suitable means of verifying the hole diameter during grouting shall be designed to carry the entire compression load in the reinforcing steel Where a steel pipe or tube is used for reinforcement, the portion of the grout enclosed within the pipe is permitted to be included in the determination of the allowable stress in the grout 1810.3.10.4 Seismic reinforcement For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, a permanent steel casing shall be provided from the top of the micro - pile down to the point of zero curvature For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, the micropile shall be considered as an alternative system in accordance with Section 104 11 The altemative sys- tem design, supporting documentation and test data shall be submitted to the building official for review and approval 1810.3.11 Pile caps. Pile caps shall be of reinforced con- crete, and shall include all elements to which vertical deep foundation elements are connected, including grade beams and mats The soil immediately below the pile cap shall not be considered as carrying any vertical load, with the exception of a combined pile raft The tops of vertical deep foundation elements shall be embedded not less than 3 inches (76 mm) into pile caps and the caps shall extend not less than 4 inches (102 mm) beyond the edges of the elements The tops of elements shall be cut or chipped back to sound material before capping 1810.3.11.1 Seismic Design Categories C through F. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, concrete deep foundation elements shall be 454 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 1 1 CITy IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS connected to the pile cap by embedding the element reinforcement or field -placed dowels anchored in the element into the pile cap for a distance equal to their development length in accordance with ACI 318 It shall be permitted to connect precast prestressed piles to the pile cap by developing the element prestressing strands into the pile cap provided that the connection is ductile For deformed bars, the development length is the full development length for compression, or tension in the case of uplift, without reduction for excess rein- forcement in accordance with Section 25 4 10 of ACI 318 Alternative measures for laterally confining con- crete and maintaining toughness and ductile -like behavior at the top of the element shall be permitted provided that the design is such that any hinging occurs in the confined region The minimum transverse steel ratio for confinement shall be not less than one-half of that required for col- umns For resistance to uplift forces, anchorage of steel pipes, tubes or H-piles to the pile cap shall be made by means other than concrete bond to the bare steel sec- tion Concrete -filled steel pipes or tubes shall have reinforcement of not less than 0 01 times the cross -sec- tional area of the concrete fill developed into the cap and extending into the fill a length equal to two times the required cap embedment, but not less than the development length intension of the reinforcement 1810.3.11.2 Seismic Design Categories D through F. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, deep foundation element resistance to uplift forces or rotational restraint shall be provided by anchorage into the pile cap, designed considering the combined effect of axial forces due to uplift and bend- ing moments due to fixity to the pile cap Anchorage shall develop not less than 25 percent of the strength of the element in tension Anchorage into the pile cap shall comply with the following 1 In the case of uplift, the anchorage shall be capa- ble of developing the least of the following 1 1 The nominal tensile strength of the longi- tudinal reinforcement in a concrete ele- ment 1 2 The nominal tensile strength of a steel element 1 3 The frictional force developed between the element and the soil multiplied by 1 3 Exception: The anchorage is permitted to be designed to resist the axial tension force resulting from the seismic load effects includ- ing overstrength factor in accordance with Section 2 3 6 or 2 4 5 of ASCE 7 2 In the case of rotational restraint, the anchorage shall be designed to resist the axial and shear forces, and moments resulting from the seismic load effects including overstrength factor in accordance with Section 2 3 6 or 2 4 5 of ASCE 7 or the anchorage shall be capable of developing the full axial, bending and shear nominal strength of the element Where the vertical lateral -force -resisting elements are columns, the pile cap flexural strengths shall exceed the column flexural strength The connection between batter piles and pile caps shall be designed to resist the nominal strength of the pile acting as a short column Batter piles and their connection shall be designed to resist forces and moments that result from the applica- tion of seismic load effects including overstrength factor in accordance with Section 2 3 6 or 2 4 5 of ASCE 7 ' 1810.3.12 Grade beams. For structures assigned to Seis- mic Design Category D, E or F, grade beams shall comply with the provisions in Section 18 13 3 of ACI 318 for grade beams, except where they are designed to resist the seismic load effects including overstrength factor in accor- dance with Section 2 3 6 or 2 4 5 of ASCE 7 1810.3.13 Seismic ties. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, individual deep foundations shall be interconnected by ties Unless it can be demon- strated that equivalent restraint is provided by reinforced concrete beams within slabs on grade or reinforced con- crete slabs on grade or confinement by competent rock, hard cohesive soils or very dense granular soils, ties shall be capable of carrying, in tension or compression, a force equal to the lesser of the product of the larger pile cap or column design gravity load times the seismic coefficient, Sos, divided by 10, and 25 percent of the smaller pile or column design gravity load Exception: In Group R-3 and U occupancies of light - frame construction, deep foundation elements support- ing foundation walls, isolated interior posts detailed so the element is not subject to lateral loads or exterior decks and patios are not subject to interconnection where the soils are of adequate stiffness, subject to the approval of the building official 1810.4 Installation. Deep foundations shall be installed in accordance with Section 1810 4 Where a single deep founda- tion element comprises two or more sections of different materials or different types spliced together, each section shall satisfy the applicable conditions of installation 1810.4.1 Structural integrity. Deep foundation elements shall be installed in such a manner and sequence as to pre- vent distortion or damage that would adversely affect the structural integrity of adjacent structures or of foundation elements being installed or already in place and as to avoid compacting the surrounding soil to the extent that other foundation elements cannot be installed properly 1810.4.1.1 Compressive strength of precast con- crete piles. A precast concrete pile shall not be driven before the concrete has attained a compressive strength of not less than 75 percent of the specified compressive strength (f 'J, but not less than the strength sufficient to withstand handling and driving forces 1810.4.1.2 Casing. Where cast-m-place deep founda- tion elements are formed through unstable soils and concrete is placed in an open -drilled hole, a casing shall 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 455 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS be inserted in the hole prior to placing the concrete Where the casing is withdrawn during concreting, the level of concrete shall be maintained above the bottom of the casing at a sufficient height to offset any hydro- static or lateral soil pressure Driven casings shall be mandrel driven their full length in contact with the sur- rounding soil 1810.4.1.3 Driving near uncased concrete. Deep foundation elements shall not be driven within six ele- ment diameters center to center in granular soils or within one-half the element length in cohesive soils of an uncased element filled with concrete less than 48 hours old unless approved by the building official If the concrete surface in any completed element rises or drops, the element shall be replaced Driven uncased deep foundation elements shall not be installed in soils that could cause heave 1810.4.1.4 Driving near cased concrete. Deep foun- dation elements shall not be driven within four and one- half average diameters of a cased element filled with concrete less than 24 hours old unless approved by the building official Concrete shall not be placed in cas- ings within heave range of driving 1810.4.1.5 Defective timber piles. Any substantial sudden change in rate of penetration of a timber pile shall be investigated for possible damage If the sudden change in rate of penetration cannot be correlated to soil strata, the pile shall be removed for inspection or rejected 1810.4.2 Identification. Deep foundation materials shall be identified for conformity to the specified grade with this identity maintained continuously from the point of manufacture to the point of installation or shall be tested by an approved agency to determine conformity to the specified grade The approved agency shall furnish an affidavit of compliance to the building official 1810.4.3 Location plan. A plan showing the location and designation of deep foundation elements by an identifica- tion system shall be filed with the building official prior to installation of such elements Detailed records for ele- ments shall bear an identification corresponding to that shown on the plan 1810.4.4 Preexcavation. The use of jetting, angering or other methods of preexcavation shall be subject to the approval of the building official Where permitted, preex- cavation shall be carried out in the same manner as used for deep foundation elements subject to load tests and in such a manner that will not impair the carrying capacity of the elements already in place or damage adjacent struc- tures Element tips shall be advanced below the preexca- vated depth until the required resistance or penetration is obtained 1810.4.5 Vibratory driving. Vibratory drivers shall only be used to install deep foundation elements where the ele- ment load capacity is verified by load tests in accordance with Section 1810 3 3 1 2 The installation of production elements shall be controlled according to power consump- tion, rate of penetration or other approved means that ensure element capacities equal or exceed those of the test elements 1810.4.6 Heaved elements. Deep foundation elements that have heaved during the driving of adjacent elements shall be redriven as necessary to develop the required capacity and penetration, or the capacity of the element shall be verified by load tests in accordance with Section 18103312 1810.4.7 Enlarged base cast -in -place elements. Enlarged bases for cast-m-place deep foundation elements formed by compacting concrete or by driving a precast base shall be formed in or driven into granular soils Such elements shall be constructed in the same manner as suc- cessful prototype test elements driven for the project Shafts extending through peat or other organic soil shall be encased in a permanent steel casing Where a cased shaft is used, the shaft shall be adequately reinforced to resist column action or the annular space around the shaft shall be filled sufficiently to reestablish lateral support by the soil Where heave occurs, the element shall be replaced unless it is demonstrated that the element is undamaged and capable of carrying twice its design load 1810.4.8 Hollow -stem angered, cast -in -place elements. Where concrete or grout is placed by pumping through a hollow -stem auger, the auger shall be permitted to rotate in a clockwise direction during withdrawal As the auger is withdrawn at a steady rate or in increments not to exceed 1 foot (305 mm), concreting or grouting pumping pressures shall be measured and maintained high enough at all times to offset hydrostatic and lateral earth pressures Concrete or grout volumes shall be measured to ensure that the vol- ume of concrete or grout placed in each element is equal to or greater than the theoretical volume of the hole created by the auger Where the installation process of any ele- ment is interrupted or a loss of concreting or grouting pressure occurs, the element shall be redrilled to 5 feet (1524 mm) below the elevation of the tip of the auger when the installation was interrupted or concrete or grout pressure was lost and reformed Angered cast -in -place ele- ments shall not be installed within six diameters center to center of an element filled with concrete or grout less than 12 hours old, unless approved by the building official If the concrete or grout level in any completed element drops due to installation of an adjacent element, the element shall be replaced 1810.4.9 Socketed drilled shafts. The rock socket and pipe or tube casing of socketed drilled shafts shall be thor- oughly cleaned of foreign materials before filling with concrete Steel cores shall be bedded in cement grout at the base of the rock socket 1810.4.10 Micropiles. Ivficropile deep foundation ele- ments shall be permitted to be formed in holes advanced by rotary or percussive drilling methods, with or without casing The elements shall be grouted with a fluid cement grout The grout shall be pumped through a tremie pipe extending to the bottom of the element until grout of suit- 456 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ff.,( rill 1 1 CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto iffI I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS able quality returns at the top of the element The follow- ing requirements apply to specific installation methods 1 For micropiles grouted inside a temporary casing, the reinforcing bars shall be inserted prior to with- drawal of the casing The casing shall be withdrawn in a controlled manner with the grout level main- tained at the top of the element to ensure that the grout completely fills the drill hole During with- drawal of the casing, the grout level inside the cas- ing shall be monitored to verify that the flow of grout inside the casing is not obstructed 2 For a micropile or portion thereof grouted in an open drill hole in soil without temporary casing, the mmi- mum design diameter of the drill hole shall be veri- fied by a suitable device during grouting 3 For micropiles designed for end bearing, a suitable means shall be employed to verify that the bearing surface is properly cleaned prior to grouting 4 Subsequent micropiles shall not be drilled near ele- ments that have been grouted until the grout has had sufficient time to harden 5 Nficropiles shall be grouted as soon as possible after drilling is completed 6 For micropiles designed with a full-length casing, the casing shall be pulled back to the top of the bond zone and reinserted or some other suitable means employed to ensure grout coverage outside the cas- ing 1810.4.11 Helical piles. Helical piles shall be installed to specified embedment depth and torsional resistance crite- ria as determined by a registered design professional The torque applied during installation shall not exceed the maximum allowable installation torque of the helical pile 1810.4.12 Special inspection. Special inspections in accordance with Sections 1705 7 and 1705 8 shall be pro- vided for driven and cast-m-place deep foundation ele- ments, respectively Special inspections in accordance with Section 1705 9 shall be provided for helical piles 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 457 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 458 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 19 Itahcs are used for text within Sections 1903 through 1905 of this code to indicate provisions that differfrom ACI 318. User notes: About this chapter: Chapter 19 provides minimum accepted practices for the design and construction of buildings and structural compo- nents using concrete both plain and reinforced. Chapter 19 relies primarily on the reference to American Concrete Institute (A CB 318, Build- ing Code Requirements for Structural Concrete, Structural concrete must be designed and constructed to comply with this code and all listed standards. There are also specific provisions addressing concrete slabs and shotcrete. Code development reminder: Code change proposals to this chapter will he considered by the IBC —Structural Code Development Commit- tee during the 2019 (Group B) Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page ro. SECTION 1901 8 Details and location of contraction or isolation joints GENERAL specified for plain concrete 1901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the 9 Minimum concrete compressive strength at time of materials, quality control, design and construction of concrete posttensioning used in structures 10 Stressing sequence for posttensioning tendons 1901.2 Plain and reinforced concrete. Structural concrete shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of this chapter and ACI 318 as amended in Sec- tion 1905 of this code Except for the provisions of Sections 1904 and 1907, the design and construction of slabs on grade shall not be governed by this chapter unless they transmit ver- tical loads or lateral forces from other parts of the structure to the soil Precast concrete diaphragms in buildings assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of ASCE 7, Section 14 2 4 1901.3 Anchoring to concrete. Anchoring to concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 318 as amended in Section 1905, and applies to cast -in (headed bolts, headed studs and hooked J- or L-bolts), post -installed expansion (torque -controlled and displacement -controlled), undercut and adhesive anchors 1901.4 Composite structural steel and concrete struc- tures. Systems of structural steel acting compositely with reinforced concrete shall be designed in accordance with Sec- tion 2206 of this code 1901.5 Construction documents. The construchon docu- ments for structural concrete construction shall include 1 The specified compressive strength of concrete at the stated ages or stages of construction for which each concrete element is designed 2 The specified strength or grade of reinforcement 3 The size and location of structural elements, rem- forcement and anchors 4 Provision for dimensional changes resulting from creep, shrinkage and temperature 5 The magnitude and location of prestressing forces 6 Anchorage length of reinforcement and location and length of lap splices 7 Type and location of mechanical and welded splices of reinforcement 11 For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, a statement if slab on grade is designed as a structural diaphragm 1901.6 Special inspections and tests. Special inspechons and tests of concrete elements of buildings and structures and concreting operations shall be as required by Chapter 17 SECTION 1902 DEFINITIONS 1902.1 General. The words and terms defined in ACI 318 shall, for the purposes of this chapter and as used elsewhere in this code for concrete construction, have the meanings shown in ACI 318 as modified by Section 1905 1 1 SECTION 1903 SPECIFICATIONS FOR TESTS AND MATERIALS 1903.1 General. Materials used to produce concrete, con- crete itself and testing thereof shall comply with the applica- ble standards listed in ACI 318 Exception: The following standards as referenced in Chapter 35 shall be permitted to be used 1. ASTM C150 2. ASTM C595 3. ASTM C1157 1903.2 Special inspections. Where required special inspec- tions and tests shall be in accordance with Chapter 17. 1903.3 Glass fiber -reinforced concrete. Glass fiber -rem - forced concrete (GFRC) and the materials used in such con- crete shall be in accordance with the PCI MAIL 128 standard 1903.4 Flat wall insulating concrete form (1CF) systems. Insulahng concrete form material used for forming flat con- crete walls shall conform to ASTME2634. 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 459 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfnmda od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER CONCRETE SECTION 1904 DURABILITY REQUIREMENTS 1904.1 Structural concrete. Structural concrete shall con- form to the durability requirements of ACI 318 Exception: For Group R-2 andR-3 occupancies not more than three stones above grade plane, the specified com- pressive strength, f for concrete in basement walls, foun- dation walls, exterior walls and other vertical surfaces exposed to the weather shall be not less than 3,000 psi (20.7MPa). 1904.2 Nonstructural concrete. The registered design profes- sional shall assign nonstructural concrete a freeze -thaw expo- sure class, as defined in ACI 318, based on the anticipated exposure of nonstructural concrete. Nonstructural concrete shall have a minimum specified compressive strength, fc of 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) for Class F0; 3, 000 psi (20.7 MPa) for Class Fl; and 3,500 psi (24.1 MPa) for Classes F2 and F3. Nonstructural concrete shall be air entrained in accordance with ACI 318. SECTION 1905 MODIFICATIONS TO ACI 318 1905.1 General. The text of ACI 318 shall be modified as indicated in Sections 1905 1 1 through 1905 1 8 1905.1.1 ACI 318, Section 2.3. Modify existing defini- tions and add the following definitions to ACI 318, Sec- tion 2 3 DESIGN DISPLACEMENT. Total lateral displace- ment expected for the design -basis earthquake, as spec- fied by Section 12.8.6 ofASCE 7. DETAILED PLAIN CONCRETE STRUCTURAL WALL. A wall complying with the requirements of Chapter 14, including 14 6 2 ORDINARY PRECAST STRUCTURAL WALL. A precast wall complying with the requirements of Chap- ters 1 through 13, 15, 16 and 19 through 26 ORDINARY REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURAL WALL. A cast-m-place wall com- plying with the requirements of Chapters 1 through 13, 15, 16 and 19 through 26 ORDINARY STRUCTURAL PLAIN CONCRETE WALL. A wall complying with the requirements of Chapter 14, excluding 14.6.2 SPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALL. A cast-m-place or precast wall complying with the requirements of 18 2 4 through 18 2 8, 18 10 and 18 11, as applicable, in addition to the requirements for ordinary reinforced concrete structural walls or ordinary precast structural walls, as applicable Where ASCE 7 refers to a "spe- cial reinforced concrete structural wall," it shall be deemed to mean a "special structural wall. " 1905.1.2 ACI 318, Section 18.2.1. Modify ACI 318 Sec- tions 18 2 1 2 and 18 2 1 6 to read as follows 18.2.1.2 — Structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory A shall satisfy requirements of Chapters 1 through 17 and 19 through 26; Chapter 18 does not apply Structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B, C, D, E or F shall satisfy 18 2 1 3 through 18 2 1 7, as applicable Exceptfor structural elements ofplazn con- crete complying with Section 1905.1.7 of the Interna- tional Building Code, structural elements of plain concrete are prohibited in structures assigned to Seis- mic Design Category C, D, E or F. 18 2 1 6 — Structural systems designated as part of the seismic force -resisting system shall be restricted to those permitted by ASCE 7 Except for Seismic Design Category A, for which Chapter 18 does not apply, the following provisions shall be satisfied for each struc- tural system designated as part of the seismic force - resisting system, regardless of the seismic design cate- gory (a) Ordinary moment frames shall satisfy 18 3 (b) Ordinary reinforced concrete structural walls and ordinary precast structural walls need not satisfy any provisions in Chapter 18 (c) Intermediate moment frames shall satisfy 18 4 (d) Intenmediate precast structural walls shall sat- isfy 18 5 (e) Special moment frames shall satisfy 18 6 through 18 9 (f) Special structural walls shall satisfy 18 10 (g) Special structural walls constructed using pre- cast concrete shall satisfy 18 11 Special moment frames and special structural walls shall also satisfy 18 2 4 through 18 2 8 1905.1.3 ACI 318, Section 18.5. Modify ACI 318, Sec- tion 18 5 by adding new Section 18 5 2 2 and renumbering existing Sections 18 5 2 2 and 18 5 2 3 to become 18 5 2 3 and 18 5 2 4, respectively 18.5.2.2 — Connections that are designed to yield shall be capable of maintaining 80 percent of their design strength at the deformation induced by the design dis- placement or shall use Type 2 mechanical splices. 18 5 2 3 — Elements of the connection that are not designed to yield shall develop at least 1 5 SY 18 5 2 4 — In structures assigned to SDC D, E or F, wall piers shall be designed in accordance with 18 10 8 or 18 14 in ACI 318 1905.1.4 ACI 318, Section 18.11. Modify ACI 318, Sec- tion 18 11 2 1 to read as follows 18 11 2 1 — Special structural walls constructed using precast concrete shall satisfy all the requirements of 18 10 for cast-m-place special structural walls in addi- tion to 18 5 2 1905.1.5 ACI 318, Section 18.13.1.1. Modify ACI 318, Section 18 13 1 1 to read as follows 18 13 1 1 — Foundations resisting earthquake -induced forces or transferring earthquake -induced forces between a structure and ground shall comply with the requirements of 18 13 and other applicable provisions of ACI 318 unless modified by Chapter 18 of the Inter- national Building Code. 460 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Ll 1 I Co EIRSIZ01�ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dme(Kv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x100817— ocJan 10-0 015e PAL (PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Ag,e KtaAOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmbK,®PKOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION OR DISI RI B VTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER CONCRETE 1905.1.6 ACI 318, Section 14.6. Modify ACI 318, Sec- the projection of the footing beyond the tion 14 6 by adding new Section 14 6 2 to read as follows face of the supported member is permitted 14.6.2 —Detailed plain concrete structural walls. to exceed the footing thickness. 14.6.2.1 — Detailed plain concrete structural walls are (c) Plain concrete footings supporting walls are walls conforming to the requirements of orchnary struc- permitted provided the footings have at least tural plain concrete walls and 14.6.2.2. two continuous longitudinal reinforcing bars. 14.6.2.2— Reinforcement shall be provded asfollows: Bars shall not be smaller than No. 4 and shall have a total area of not less than 0.002 times (a) Vertical reinforcement of at least 0 20 square the gross cross -sectional area of the footing. inch (129 mm') in cross -sectional area shall be For footings that exceed 8 inches (203 mm) in provided continuously from support to support thickness, a minimum of one bar shall be gro- at each comer, at each side of each opening and vided at the top and bottom of the footing. Con - at the ends of walls The continuous vertical bar tinuity of reinforcement shall be provided at required beside an opening is permitted to sub- corners and intersections. stitute for one of the two No 5 bars required by Exceptions: 1461 (b) Horizontal reinforcement at least 0.20 square 1. In Seismic Design Categories A, B inch (129 mm) in cross -sectional area shall be and C, detached one- and two-family provided: dwellings three stones or less in height constructed with stud -bearing 1. Continuously at structurally connected walls are permitted to have plain roof and floor levels and at the top of concrete footings without longitudinal walls. reinforcement 2. At the bottom of load -bearing walls or 2. For foundation systems consisting of in the top offoundations where doweled a plain concrete footing and a plain to the wall, concrete stemwall, a minimum of one 3. At a maximum spacing of 120 inches barshall be provided at the top ofthe (3048 min). stemwall and at the bottom of the Reinforcement at the top and bottom of open- footing. rags, where used in determining the maximum 3. Where a slab on ground is cast spacing specified in Item 3 above, shall be con- monolithically with the footing, one tinuous in the wall. No. 5 bar is permitted to be located 1905.1.7 ACI 318, Section 14.1.4. Delete ACI 318, Sec- at either the top of the slab or bottom tion 14 1 4 and replace with the following of the footing. 14.1.4 —Plain concrete in structures assigned to Seis- 1905.1.8 ACI 318, Section 17.2.3. Modify ACI 318 Sec- mic Design Category C, D, E or F. tions 17 2 3 4 2, 17 2 3 4 3(d) and 17 2 3 5 2 to read as fol- 14.1.4.1 — Structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- lows gory C, D, E or F shall not have elements of structural 17 2 3 4 2 — Where the tensile component of the plain concrete, exceptasfollows: strength -level earthquake force applied to anchors (a) Structural plain concrete basement, foundation exceeds 20 percent of the total factored anchor tensile or other walls below the base as defined in force associated with the same load combination, ASCE 7 are permitted in detached one- and anchors and their attachments shall be designed in accor- two family dwellings three stones or less in dance with 17 2 3 4 3 The anchor design tensile strength height constructed with stud -bearing walls. In shall be determmed in accordance with 17 2 3 4 4 dwellings assigned to Seismic Design Category Exception: Anchors designed to resist wall out-of- D or E, the height of the wall shall not exceed 8 plane forces with design strengths equal to or feet (2438 min), the thickness shall be not less greater than the force determined in accordance than 7`/z inches (190 min), and the wall shall with ASCE 7 Equation 12.11-1 or 12.14-10 shall be retain no more than 4 feet (1219 mm) ofunbal- deemed to satisfy Section 17.2.3.4.3(d). anced fill. Walls shall have reinforcement in 17 2 3 4 3(d) — The anchor or group of anchors shall be accordance with 14.6.1. designed for the maximum tension obtained from (b) Isolated footings of plain concrete supporting design load combinations that include E, with E pedestals or columns are permitted provided increased by Q. The anchor design tensile strength the projection of the footing beyond the face of shall be calculated from 17.2.3.4.4 the supported member does not exceed the foot- 172352 — Where the shear component of the ing thickness. strength -level earthquake force applied to anchors Exception: In detached one- and two Jam- exceeds 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear ily dwellings three stones or less in height, force associated with the same load combination, 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 461 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER CONCRETE anchors and their attachments shall be designed in 2.5. The track is 33 to 68 mil (0.84 mm to accordance with 17 2 3 5 3 The anchor design shear 1.73 min) designation thickness. strength for resisting earthquake forces shall be deter- Allowable in -plane shear strength of exempt mined in accordance with 17 5 anchors, parallel to the edge of concrete, shall be Exceptions: permitted to be determined in accordance with 1. For the calculation of the in plane shear AISI S100 Section E3.3.1. strength of anchor bolts attaching wood sill 3. In lightframe construction bearing or non - plates of bearing or nonbeanng walls of light- bearing walls, shear strength of concrete frame wood structures to foundations or foun- anchors less than or equal to I inch [25 mm] dahon stem walls, the in -plane shear strength in diameter attaching sill plate or track to in accordance with 17.5.2 and 17.5.3 need not foundation or foundation stem wall need not be computed and 17.2.3.5.3 shall be deemed to satisfy 172.3.5.3(a) through (c) when the be satisfied provided all of the following are design strength of the anchors is determined met: in accordance with 17.5.2.1(c). 1.1. The allowable in -plane shear strength of the anchor is determined in accordance with ANSTAWC NDS Table 12E for lateral design values parallel to gram. 1.2. The maximum anchor nominal diameter is'/s inch (16 min). 1.3. Anchor bolts are embedded into concrete a minimum of 7 inches (178 min). 1.4. Anchor bolts are located a minimum of 1'/q inches (45 min) from the edge of the concrete parallel to the length of the wood sill plate. 1.5. Anchor bolts are located a minimum of 15 anchor diameters from the edge of the concrete perpenccular to the length of the wood sill plate. 1.6. The sill plate is 2-inch (51 min) or 3- inch (76mm) nominal thickness. 2. For the calculation of the in -plane shear strength of anchor bolts attaching cold - formed steel track of bearing or nonbeanng walls of light -frame construction to founda- tions or foundation stem walls, the in -plane shear strength in accordance with 17.5.2 and 17.5.3 need not be computed and 17.2.3.5.3 shall be deemed to be satisfied provided all of the following are met: 2.1. The maximum anchor nominal diameter is 'I, inch (16 min). 2.2. Anchors are embedded into concrete a minimum of inches (178 min). 2.3. Anchors are located a minimum of 1'/q inches (45 min) from the edge of the concrete parallel to the length of the track 2.4. Anchors are located a minimum of 15 anchor diameters from the edge of the concrete perpendicular to the length of the track SECTION 1906 STRUCTURAL PLAIN CONCRETE 1906.1 Scope. The design and construction of structural plain concrete, both cast-m-place and precast, shall comply with the minimum requirements of ACI 318, as modified in Sec- tion 1905 Exception: For Group R-3 occupancies and buildings of other occupancies less than two stories above grade plane of light -frame construction, the required footing thickness of ACI 318 is permitted to be reduced to 6 inches (152 mm), provided that the footing does not extend more than 4 inches (102 mm) on either side of the supported wall SECTION 1907 MINIMUM SLAB PROVISIONS 1907.1 General. The thickness of concrete floor slabs sup- ported directly on the ground shall be not less than 3'/ inches (89 mm) A 6-mil (0 006 inch, 0 15 mm) polyethylene vapor retarder with joints lapped not less than 6 inches (152 mm) shall be placed between the base course or subgrade and the concrete floor slab, or other approved equivalent methods or materials shall be used to retard vapor transmission through the floor slab Exception: A vapor retarder is not required 1 For detached structures accessory to occupancies in Group R-3, such as garages, utility buildings or other unheated facilities 2 For unheated storage rooms having an area of less than 70 square feet (6 5 m') and carports attached to occupancies in Group R-3 3 For buildings of other occupancies where migration of moisture through the slab from below will not be detrimental to the intended occupancy of the build- ing 4 For driveways, walks, patios and other flatwork that will not be enclosed at a later date 5 Where approved based on local site conditions 462 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Ll 1 I C',EItSIZ017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dme(Kv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x100817— ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Ag,e KtaAOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmbK,®PKOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION OR DISI RI B VTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER CONCRETE SECTION 1908 SHOTCRETE 1908.1 General. Shotcrete is mortar or concrete that is pneu- matically projected at high velocity onto a surface Except as specified in this section, shotcrete shall conform to the requirements of this chapter for plain or reinforced concrete 1908.2 Proportions and materials. Shotcrete proportions shall be selected that allow suitable placement procedures using the delivery equipment selected and shall result in fin- ished in -place hardened shotcrete meeting the strength requirements of this code 1908.3 Aggregate. Coarse aggregate, if used, shall not exceed'/q inch (19 1 mm) 1908.4 Reinforcement. Reinforcement used in shotcrete construction shall comply with the provisions of Sections 1908 4 1 through 1908 4 4 1908.4.1 Size. The maximum size of reinforcement shall be No 5 bars unless it is demonstrated by preconstruction tests that adequate encasement of larger bars will be aclueved 1908.4.2 Clearance. Where No 5 or smaller bars are used, there shall be a minimum clearance between parallel reinforcement bars of 2'/ inches (64 mm) When bars larger than No 5 are penni ted, there shall be a minimum clearance between parallel bars equal to six diameters of the bars used Where two curtains of steel are provided, the curtain nearer the nozzle shall have a minimum spac- ing equal to 12 bar diameters and the remaining curtain shall have a mimmum spacing of six bar diameters Exception: Subject to the approval of the building offi- cial, required clearances shall be reduced where it is demonstrated by preconstruction tests that adequate encasement of the bars used in the design will be achieved 1908.4.3 Splices. Lap splices of reinforcing bars shall uti- lize the noncontact lap splice method with a mimmum clearance of 2 inches (51 mm) between bars The use of contact lap splices necessary for support of the reinforcing is penmitted where approved by the building official, based on satisfactory preconstruction tests that show that adequate encasement of the bars will be achieved, and pro- vided that the splice is oriented so that a plane through the center of the spliced bars is perpendicular to the surface of the shotcrete 1908.4.4 Spirally tied columns. Shotcrete shall not be applied to spirally tied columns 1908.5 Preconstruction tests. Where preconstruction tests are required by Section 1908 4, a test panel shall be shot, cured, cored or sawn, examined and tested prior to com- mencement of the project The sample panel shall be repre- sentative of the project and simulate job conditions as closely as possible The panel thickness and reinforcing shall repro- duce the thickest and most congested area specified in the structural design It shall be shot at the same angle, using the same nozzleman and with the same concrete mix design that will be used on the project The equipment used in precon- struction testing shall be the same equipment used in the work requiring such testing, unless substitute equipment is approved by the building official Reports of preconstruction tests shall be submitted to the building official as specified in Section 1704 5 1908.6 Rebound. Any rebound or accumulated loose aggre- gate shall be removed from the surfaces to be covered prior to placing the initial or any succeeding layers of shotcrete Rebound shall not be used as aggregate 1908.7 Joints. Except where permitted herein, unfinished work shall not be allowed to stand for more than 30 minutes unless edges are sloped to a thin edge For structural elements that will be under compression and for construction joints shown on the approved construction documents, square joints are permitted Before placing additional material adjacent to previously applied work, sloping and square edges shall be cleaned and wetted 1908.8 Damage. In -place shotcrete that exhibits sags, sloughs, segregation, honeycombing sand pockets or other obvious defects shall be removed and replaced Shotcrete above sags and sloughs shall be removed and replaced while still plastic 1908.9 Curing. During the curing periods specified herein, shotcrete shall be maintained above 40'F (4'C) and in moist condition 1908.9.1 Initial curing. Shotcrete shall be kept continu- ously moist for 24 hours after shotcreting is complete or shall be sealed with an approved curing compound 1908.9.2 Final curing. Final curing shall continue for seven days after shotcreting or for three days if high - early -strength cement is used, or until the specified strength is obtained Final curing shall consist of the initial curing process or the shotcrete shall be covered with an appraved moisture-retaming cover 1908.9.3 Natural curing. Natural curing shall not be used in lieu of that specified in this section unless the relative humidity remains at or above 85 percent, and is authorized by the registered design professional and approved by the building official 1908.10 Strength tests. Strength tests for shotcrete shall be made by an approved agency on specimens that are represen- tative of the work and that have been water soaked for not fewer than 24 hours prior to testing Where the maximum - size aggregate is larger than '/A inch (9 5 mm), specimens shall consist of not less than three 3-inch-diameter (76 mm) cores or 3-inch (76 mm) cubes Where the maximum -size aggregate is '/A inch (9 5 mm) or smaller, specimens shall consist of not less than 2-inch-diameter (51 mm) cores or 2- inch (51 mm) cubes 1908.10.1 Sampling. Specimens shall be taken from the in -place work or from test panels, and shall be taken not less than once each shift, but not less than one for each 50 cubic yards (38 2 m') of shotcrete 1908.10.2 Panel criteria. Where the maximum -size aggregate is larger than'/A inch (9 5 mm), the test panels shall have minimum dimensions of 18 inches by 18 inches (457 mm by 457 mm) Where the maximum -size aggre- gate is'/A inch (9 5 mm) or smaller, the test panels shall 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 463 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER CONCRETE have minimum dimensions of 12 inches by 12 inches (305 mm by 305 mm) Panels shall be shot in the same position as the work, during the course of the work and by the noz- zlemen doing the work The conditions under which the panels are cured shall be the same as the work 1908.10.3 Acceptance criteria. The average compressive strength of three cores from the in -place work or a single test panel shall equal or exceed 0 85f, with no single core less than 0 75 f ', The average compressive strength of three cubes taken from the in -place work or a single test panel shall equal or exceed f , with no individual cube less than 0 88 f c To check accuracy, locations represented by erratic core or cube strengths shall be retested 464 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( " ' I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 20 ALUMINUM User notes: About this chapter., Chapter 20 contains standards for the use of aluminum in budding construction. Only the structural applications of alumi- num are addressed so it would not apply to the use of aluminum in specialty products such as storefront or window framing or architectural hardware. The use of aluminum in heating, ventilating or air-conditioning systems is addressed in the International Mechanical Code dMC, This chapter references national standards from the Aluminum Association for use of aluminum in budding construction, AA ASM 35, Alumi- num Sheet Metal Work in Building Construction, and AA ADM 1, Aluminum Design Manual, Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this chapter will be considered by the IBC —Structural Code Development Commit- tee during the 2019 (Group 8f Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page ro. SECTION 2001 GENERAL 2001.1 Scope. This chapter shall govern the quality, design, fabrication and erection of aluminum SECTION 2002 MATERIALS 2002.1 General. Aluminum used for structural purposes in buildings and structures shall comply with AA ASM 35 and AA ADM The nominal loads shall be the mmimum design loads required by Chapter 16 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 465 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn d, od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,a¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tm PuOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 466 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto iffffI ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 21 MASONRY User notes: About this chapter. Chapter21 establishes minimum requirements for masonry construction. The provisions address, material specifications and test methods, types of wall construction, criteria for engineered and empirical designs, and required details of construction, including the execution of construction. The provisions provide a framework for applying applicable standards to the design and construction of masonry structures. Masonry design methodologies including allowable stress design, strength design and empirical design are covered by the provi- sions of this chapter. Also addressed are masonry fireplaces and chimneys, masonry heaters and glass unit masonry. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this chapter will be considered by the IBC —Structural Code Development Commit- tee during the 2019 (Group th Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page ro. SECTION 2101 GENERAL 2101.1 Scope. This chapter shall govern the materials, design, construction and quality of masonry 2101.2 Design methods. Masonry shall comply with the pro- visions of TMS 402, TMS 403 or TMS 404 as well as appli- cable requirements of this chapter 2101.2.1 Masonry veneer. Masonry veneer shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 14 2101.3 Special inspection. The special inspection of masonry shall be as defined in Chapter 17, or an itemized testing and inspection program shall be provided that meets or exceeds the requirements of Chapter 17 SECTION 2102 NOTATIONS 12102.1 General. The following notations are used in the chap- ter NOTATIONS. db = Diameter of reinforcement, inches (mm) F, = Allowable tensile or compressive stress in reinforcement, psi (MPa) fr = Modulus of rupture, psi (MPa) f'�c = Specified compressive strength of AAC masonry, the mimmum compressive strength for a class of AAC masonry as specified in ASTM C1386, psi (MPa) f'm = Specified compressive strength of masonry at age of 28 days, psi (MPa) Fir = Specified compressive strength of masonry at the time of prestress transfer, psi (MPa) K = The lesser of the masonry cover, clear spacing between adjacent reinforcement, or five tunes dr, inches (mm) LL = Distance between supports, inches (mm) ld = Required development length or lap length of reinforcement; inches (mm) p = The applied load at failure, pounds (I) St = Thickness of the test specimen measured parallel to the direction of load, inches (mm) SIP = Width of the test specimen measured parallel to the loading cylinder, inches (mm) SECTION 2103 MASONRY CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS 2103.1 Masonry units. Concrete masonry units, clay or shale masonry units, stone masonry units, glass unit masonry and AAC masonry units shall comply with Article 2 3 of TMS 602 Architectural cast stone shall conform to ASTM C1364 and TMS 504 Adhered manufactured stone masonry veneer I units shall conform to ASTM C1670 Exception: Structural clay the for nonstructural use in fireproofing of structural members and in wall furring shall not be required to meet the compressive strength specifications The fire -resistance rating shall be deter- mmed in accordance with ASTM E119 or UL 263 and shall comply with the requirements of Table 602 2103.1.1 Second-hand units. Second-hand masonry units shall not be reused unless they conform to the require- ments of new units The units shall be of whole, sound materials and free from cracks and other defects that will interfere with proper laying or use Old mortar shall be cleaned from the unit before reuse 2103.2 Mortar. Mortar for masonry construction shall com- ply with Section 2103 2 1, 2103 2 2, 2103 2 3 or 2103 2 4 2103.2.1 Masonry mortar. Mortar for use in masonry construction shall conform to Articles 2 1 and 2 6 A of TMS 602 2103.2.2 Surface -bonding mortar. Surface -bonding mortar shall comply with ASTM C887 Surface bonding of concrete masonry units shall comply with ASTM C946 2103.2.3 Mortars for ceramic wall and floor tile. Port- land cement mortars for installing ceramic wall and floor the shall comply with ANSI A108 IA and ANSI A108 113 and be of the compositions indicated in Table 2103 2 3 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 467 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MASONRY TABLE 2103.2.3 CERAMIC TILE MORTAR COMPOSITIONS LOCATION MORTAR COMPOSITION Scratchcoat 1 cement,'/, hydrated lime, 4 dry or 5 damp sand Walls Setting bed and 1 cement,'/L hydrated lime, leveling coat 5 damp sand to 1 cement 1 hydrated lime, 7 damp sand 1 cement,'/o hydrated lime, Floors Setting bed 5 dry or 6 damp sand, or 1 cement, 5 dry or 6 damp sand Ceilings Scratchcoat and 1 cement,'/L hydrated time, sand bed 2 /L dry sand or 3 damp sand 2103.2.3.1 Dry -set Portland cement mortars. Pre- mixed prepared Portland cement mortars, which require only the addition of water and are used in the installa- tion of ceramic tile, shall comply with ANSI Al 18 1 The shear bond strength for tile set in such mortar shall be as required in accordance with ANSI Al 18 1 Tile set in dry -set Portland cement mortar shall be installed in accordance with ANSI Al08 5 2103.2.3.2 Latex -modified Portland cement mortar. Latex -modified Portland cement thin -set mortars in which latex is added to dry -set mortar as a replacement for all or part of the gauging water that are used for the installation of ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI Al 18 4 Tile set in latex -modified Portland cement shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A108 5 2103.2.3.3 Epoxy mortar. Ceramic tile set and grouted with chemical -resistant epoxy shall comply with ANSI Al 18 3 Tile set and grouted with epoxy shall be installed in accordance with ANSI Al08 6 2103.2.3.4 Furan mortar and grout. Chemical -resis- tant faran mortar and grout that are used to install ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI Al 18 5 Tile set and grouted with furan shall be installed in accordance with ANSI Al08 8 2103.2.3.5 Modified epoxy -emulsion mortar and grout Modified epoxy -emulsion mortar and grout that are used to install ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI Al 18 8 Tile set and grouted with modified epoxy - emulsion mortar and grout shall be installed in accor- dance with ANSI Al08 9 2103.2.3.6 Organic adhesives. Water-resistant orgamc adhesives used for the installation of ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI A136 1 The shear bond strength after water immersion shall be not less than 40 psi (275 kPa) for Type I adhesive and not less than 20 psi (138 kPa) for Type II adhesive when tested in accordance with ANSI A136 1 Tile set in organic adhesives shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A108 4 2103.2.3.7 Portland cement grouts. Portland cement grouts used for the installation of ceramic tile shall comply with ANSI Al 18 6 Portland cement grouts for tile work shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A108 10 2103.2.4 Mortar for adhered masonry veneer. Mortar for use with adhered masonry veneer shall conform to ASTM C270 for Type N or S, or shall comply with ANSI Al 18 4 for latex -modified Portland cement mortar 2103.3 Grout Grout shall comply with Article 2 2 of TMS 602 2103.4 Metal reinforcement and accessories. Metal rein- forcement and accessories shall conform to Article 2 4 of TMS 602 Where unidentified reinforcement is approved for use, not less than three tension and three bending tests shall be made on representative specimens of the reinforcement from each shipment and grade of reinforcing steel proposed for use in the work SECTION 2104 CONSTRUCTION 2104.1 Masonry construction. Masonry construction shall comply with the requirements of Sections 2104 1 1 through 21041 3 and with the requirements of either TMS 602 or TMS 604 2104.1.1 Support on wood. Masonry shall not be sup- ported on wood girders or other forms of wood construc- tion except as permitted in Section 2304 12 2104.1.2 Molded cornices. Unless structural support and anchorage are provided to resist the overturning moment, the center of gravity of projecting masonry or molded cor- nices shall lie within the middle one-third of the support- ing wall Terra cotta and metal cornices shall be provided with a structural frame of approved noncombustible mate- rial anchored in an approved manner SECTION 2105 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2105.1 General. A quality assurance program shall be used to ensure that the constructed masonry is in compliance with the approved construction documents The quality assurance program shall comply with the inspection and testing requirements of Chapter 17 and TMS 602 SECTION 2106 SEISMIC DESIGN 2106.1 Seismic design requirements for masonry. Masonry structures and components shall comply with the require- ments in Chapter 7 of TMS 402 depending on the structure's seismic design category SECTION 2107 ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN 2107.1 General. The design of masonry structures using allowable stress design shall comply with Section 2106 and the requirements of Chapters 1 through 8 of TMS 402 except as modified by Sections 2107 2 through 2107 3 468 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( TTRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MASONRY E* 2107.2 TMS 402, Section 6.1.6.1.1, lap splices. As an alter- native to Section 6 1 6 1 1, it shall be permitted to design lap splices in accordance with Section 2107 2 1 2107.2.1 Lap splices. The minimum length of lap splices for reinforcing bars in tension or compression, ld, shall be ld — 0 002df (Equation 21-1) For SI ld — 0 29df but not less than 12 inches (305 mm) The length of the lapped splice shall be not less than 40 bar diameters where db — Diameter of reinforcement, inches (mm) f — Computed stress in reinforcement due to design loads, psi (MPa) In regions of moment where the design tensile stresses in the reinforcement are greater than 80 percent of the allowable steel tension stress, Fs, the lap length of splices shall be increased not less than 50 percent of the minimum required length, but need not be greater than 72 db Other equivalent means of stress transfer to accomplish the same 50 percent increase shall be permitted Where epoxy coated bars are used, lap length shall be increased by 50 percent 2107.3 TMS 402, Section 6.1.6.1, splices of reinforcement. Modify Section 6 1 6 1 as follows 6 1 61 — Splices of reinforcement Lap splices, welded splices or mechanical splices are permitted in accordance with the provisions of this section Welding shall conform to AWS DI 4 Welded splices shall be of ASTM A706 steel reinforcement Reinforcement larger than No 9 (1\4 #29) shall be spliced using mechanical connections in accordance with Section 6 1 6 1 3 SECTION 2108 STRENGTH DESIGN OF MASONRY 2108.1 General. The design of masonry structures using strength design shall comply with Section 2106 and the requirements of Chapters 1 through 7 and Chapter 9 of TMS 402, except as modified by Sections 2108 2 through 2108 3 Exception: AAC masonry shall comply with the require- ments of Chapters 1 through 7 and Chapter 11 of TMS 402 2108.2 TMS 402, Section 6.1.5.1.1, development. Modify the second paragraph of Section 6 1 5 1 1 as follows The required development length of reinforcement shall be determined by Equation (6-1), but shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm) and need not be greater than 72 db 2108.3 TMS 402, Section 6.1.6.1.1, splices. Modify Sections 6 1 6 1 2 and 6 1 6 1 3 as follows 6 16 12 — A welded splice shall have the bars butted and welded to develop not less than 125 percent of the yield strength, f of the bar in tension or compression, as required Welded splices shall be of ASTM A706 steel rem- forcement Welded splices shall not be permitted in plastic lunge zones of intermediate or special reinforced walls 6 1 6 1 3 — Mechanical splices shall be classified as Type 1 or 2 in accordance with Section 18 2 7 1 of ACI 318 Type 1 mechanical splices shall not be used within a plastic hinge zone or within a beam -column joint of intermediate or special reinforced masonry shear walls Type 2 mechanical splices are permitted in any location within a member SECTION 2109 EMPIRICAL DESIGN OF ADOBE MASONRY 2109.1 General. Empirically designed adobe masonry shall conform to the requirements of Appendix A of TMS 402, except where otherwise noted in this section 2109.1.1 Limitations. The use of empirical design of adobe masonry shall be limited as noted in Section A 1 2 of TMS 402 In buildings that exceed one or more of the limitations of Section A 1 2 of TMS 402, masonry shall be designed in accordance with the engineered design provi- sions of Section 2101 2 or the foundation wall provisions of Section 1807 1 5 Section A 1 2 2 of TMS 402 shall be modified as fol- lows A.1.2.2 — Wind Empirical requirements shall not apply to the design or construction of masonry for buildings, parts of buildings, or other structures to be located in areas where V d as determined in accordance with Sec- tion 160931 of the International Building Code exceeds 110 mph 2109.2 Adobe construction. Adobe construction shall com- ply with this section and shall be subject to the requirements of this code for Type V construction, Appendix A of TMS 402, and this section 2109.2.1 Unstabilized adobe. Unstabilized adobe shall I comply with Sections 2109 2 1 1 through 2109 2 1 4 2109.2.1.1 Compressive strength. Adobe units shall have an average compressive strength of 300 psi (2068 kPa) when tested in accordance with ASTM C67 Five samples shall be tested and individual units are not per- mitted to have a compressive strength of less than 250 psi (1724 kPa) 2109.2.1.2 Modulus of rupture. Adobe units shall have an average modulus of rupture of 50 psi (345 kPa) when tested in accordance with the following proce- dure Five samples shall be tested and individual units shall not have a modulus of rupture of less than 35 psi (241 kPa) 2109.2.1.2.1 Support conditions. A cured unit shall ' be simply supported by 2-mch-diameter (51 mm) cylindrical supports located 2 inches (51 mm) in from each end and extending the full width of the unit 2109.2.1.2.2 Loading conditions. A 2-mch-diame- ' ter (51 mm) cylinder shall be placed at midspan par- allel to the supports 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 469 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MASONRY 2109.2.1.2.3 Testing procedure. A vertical load shall be applied to the cylinder at the rate of 500 pounds per mmute (37 N/s) until failure occurs 2109.2.1.2.4 Modulus of rupture determination. The modulus of rupture shall be determined by the equation f , = 3 PLL /2 SIP (Sr2) (Equation 21-2) where, for the purposes of this section only SIP = Width of the test specimen measured parallel to the loading cylinder, inches (mm) f, = Modulus of rupture, psi (MPa) LL = Distance between supports, inches (mm) St = Thickness of the test specimen measured parallel to the direction of load, inches (mm) P = The applied load at failure, pounds (N) 2109.2.1.3 Moisture content requirements. Adobe units shall have a moisture content not exceeding 4 per- cent by weight 2109.2.1.4 Shrinkage cracks. Adobe units shall not contain more than three shrinkage cracks and any sin- gle shrinkage crack shall not exceed 3 inches (76 mm) in length or'/g inch (3 2 mm) in width 2109.2.2 Stabilized adobe. Stabilized adobe shall comply with Section 2109 2 1 for unstabilized adobe in addition to Sections 2109 2 2 1 and 2109 2 2 2 2109.2.2.1 Soil requirements. Soil used for stabilized adobe units shall be chemically compatible with the stabilizing material 2109.2.2.2 Absorption requirements. A 4-inch (102 mm) cube, cut from a stabilized adobe unit dried to a constant weight in a ventilated oven at 212'F to 239017 (100'C to 115'C), shall not absorb more than 2'/2 per- cent moisture by weight when placed on a constantly water -saturated, porous surface for seven days Not fewer than five specimens shall be tested and each specimen shall be cut from a separate unit 2109.2.3 Allowable stress. The allowable compressive stress based on gross cross -sectional area of adobe shall not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa) 2109.2.3.1 Bolts. Bolt values shall not exceed those set forth in Table 2109 2 3 1 TABLE 2109.2.3.1 ALLOWABLE SHEAR ON BOLTS IN ADOBE MASONRY DIAMETER OF BOLTS (inches) MINIMUM EMBEDMENT (inches) SHEAR (pounds) I/ '/E 12 200 f/ 15 300 7/g 18 400 1 21 500 11/E 24 600 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 pound = 4 448 N 2109.2.4 Detailed requirements. Adobe construction I shall comply with Sections 2109 2 4 1 through 2109 2 4 9 2109.2.4.1 Number of stories. Adobe construction shall be limited to buildings not exceeding one story, except that two-story construction is allowed where designed by a registered design professional 2109.2.4.2 Mortar. Mortar for adobe construction shall comply with Sections 2109 2 4 2 1 and 2109 2 4 2 2 2109.2.4.2.1 General. Mortar for adobe units shall be in accordance with Section 2103 2 1, or be com- posed of adobe soil of the same composition and sta- bilization as the adobe brick units Unstabilized adobe soil mortar is permitted in conjunction with unstabilized adobe brick units 2109.2.4.2.2 Mortar joints. Adobe units shall be ' laid with full head and bed joints and in full running bond 2109.2.4.3 Parapet walls. Parapet walls constructed of adobe units shall be waterproofed 2109.2.4.4 Wall thickness. The mmimum thickness of ' exterior walls in one-story buildings shall be 10 inches (254 mm) The walls shall be laterally supported at intervals not exceeding 24 feet (7315 mm) The mim- mum thickness of interior load -bearing walls shall be 8 inches (203 mm) The unsupported height of any wall constructed of adobe units shall not exceed 10 times the thickness of such wall 2109.2.4.5 Foundations. Foundations for adobe con- ' struction shall be in accordance with Sections 2109 2 4 5 1 and 2109 2 4 5 2 2109.2.4.5.1 Foundation support. Walls and parti- tionsconstructed of adobe units shall be supported by foundations or footings that extend not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above adjacent ground surfaces and are constructed of solid masonry (excluding adobe) or concrete Footings and foundations shall comply with Chapter 18 2109.2.4.5.2 Lower course requirements. Stabi- lized adobe units shall be used in adobe walls for the first 4 inches (102 mm) above the finished first -floor elevation 2109.2.4.6 Isolated piers or columns. Adobe units shall not be used for isolated piers or columns in a load - bearing capacity Walls less than 24 inches (610 mm) in length shall be considered to be isolated piers or col- umns 2109.2.4.7 Tie beams. Exterior walls and interior load - bearing walls constructed of adobe units shall have a continuous tie beam at the level of the floor or roof bearing and meeting the following requirements 2109.2.4.7.1 Concrete tie beams. Concrete he beams shall be 6 inches (152 mm) or more in depth and10 inches (254 mm) or more in width Concrete tie beams shall be continuously reinforced with not fewer than two No 4 reinforcing bars The specified compressive strength of concrete shall be not less than 2,500 psi (17 2 MPa) 470 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( TITTRR I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,o,,byany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MASONRY 2109.2.4.7.2 Wood tie beams. Wood tie beams shall be solid or built up of lumber having a nominal thickness of not less than 1 inch (25 mm), and shall have a depth of not less than 6 inches (152 mm) and a width of not less than 10 inches (254 mm) Joints in wood tie beams shall be spliced not less than 6 inches (152 mm) Splices shall not be allowed within 12 inches (305 mm) of an opening Wood used intie beams shall be approved naturally decay - resistant or preservative -treated wood 2109.2.4.8 Exterior finish. Exterior walls constructed of unstabilized adobe units shall have their exterior sur- face covered with not fewer than two coats of Portland cement plaster having a minimum thickness of inch (191 mm) and conforming to ASTM C926 Lathing shall comply with ASTM C1063 Fasteners shall be spaced at 16 inches (406 mm) on center maximum Exposed wood surfaces shall be treated with an approved wood preservative or other protective coating prior to lath application 2109.2.4.9 Lintels. Lintels shall be considered to be structural members and shall be designed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Chapter 16 SECTION 2110 GLASS UNIT MASONRY 2110.1 General. Glass unit masonry construction shall com- ply with Chapter 13 of TMS 402 and this section 2110.1.1 Limitations. Solid or hollow approved glass block shall not be used in fire walls, party walls, fire barri- ers, fire partitions or smoke barriers, or for load -bearing construction Such blocks shall be erected with mortar and reinforcement in metal channel -type frames, structural frames, masonry or concrete recesses, embedded panel anchors as provided for both exterior and interior walls or other approved Ioint materials Wood strip framing shall not be used in walls required to have a fire -resistance rat- ing by other provisions of this code Exceptions: 1 Glass -block assemblies having a fire protection rating of not less than'/q hour shall be permitted as opening protectives in accordance with Sec- tion 716 in fire barriers, fire partitions and smoke barriers that have a required fire -resistance rating of 1 hour or less and do not enclose exit stairways and ramps or exit passageways 2 Glass -block assemblies as permitted in Section 404 6, Exception 2 SECTION 2111 MASONRY FIREPLACES 2111.1 General. The construction of masonry fireplaces, consisting of concrete or masonry, shall be in accordance with this section 2111.2 Fireplace drawings. The construction documents shall describe in sufficient detail the location, size and con- struction of masonry fireplaces The thickness and character- istics of materials and the clearances from walls, partitions and ceilings shall be indicated 2111.3 Footings and foundations. Footings for masonry fireplaces and their chimneys shall be constructed of concrete or solid masonry not less than 12 inches (305 mm) thick and shall extend not less than 6 inches (153 mm) beyond the face of the fireplace or foundation wall on all sides Footings shall be founded on natural undisturbed earth or engineered fill below frost depth In areas not subjected to freezing, footings shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm) below finished grade 2111.3.1 Ash dump cleanout. Cleanout openings, located within foundation walls below fireboxes, where provided, shall be equipped with ferrous metal or masonry doors and frames constructed to remain tightly closed, except when in use Cleanouts shall be accessible and located so that ash removal will not create a hazard to combustible mate- rials 2111.4 Seismic reinforcement. In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category A or B, seismic reinforcement is not required In structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory C or D, masonry fireplaces shall be reinforced and anchored in accordance with Sections 2111 4 1, 2111 4 2 and 2111 5 In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category E or F, masonry fireplaces shall be reinforced in accordance with the requirements of Sections 2101 through 2108 2111.4.1 Vertical reinforcing. For fireplaces with chim- neys up to 40 inches (1016 mm) wide, four No 4 continu- ous vertical bars, anchored in the foundation, shall be placed in the concrete between wythes of solid masonry or within the cells of hollow unit masonry and grouted in accordance with Section 2103 3 For fireplaces with chim- neys greater than 40 inches (1016 mm) wide, two addi- tional No 4 vertical bars shall be provided for each additional 40 inches (1016 mm) in width or fraction thereof 2111.4.2 Horizontal reinforcing. Vertical reinforcement shall be placed enclosed within '/q inch (6 4 mm) ties or other reinforcing of equivalent net cross -sectional area, spaced not to exceed 18 inches (457 mm) on center in con- crete, or placed in the bed Ioints of unit masonry at not less than every 18 inches (457 mm) of vertical height Two such ties shall be provided at each bend in the vertical bars 2111.5 Seismic anchorage. Masonry fireplaces and founda- tions shall be anchored at each floor, ceiling or roof line more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above grade with two'/16 inch by 1-inch (4 8 mm by 25 mm) straps embedded not less than 12 inches (305 mm) into the clumney Straps shall be hooked around the outer bars and extend 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the bend Each strap shall be fastened to not fewer than four floor joists with two Yz inch (12 7 mm) bolts Exception: Seismic anchorage is not required for the fol- lowing 1 In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category A or B 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 471 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MASONRY Where the masonry fireplace is constructed com- pletely within the exterior walls 2111.6 Firebox walls. Masonry fireboxes shall be con- structed of solid masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted solid, stone or concrete Where a lining of firebrick not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness or other approved lining is provided, the minimum thickness of back and sidewalls shall each be 8 inches (203 mm) of solid masonry, including the lining The width of joints between firebricks shall be not greater than'/4 inch (6 4 mm) Where a lining is not provided, the total minimum thickness of back and sidewalls shall be 10 inches (254 mm) of solid masonry Firebrick shall conform to ASTM C27 or ASTM C1261 and shall be laid with medium - duty refractory mortar conforming to ASTM C199 2111.6.1 Steel fireplace units. Steel fireplace units are permitted to be installed with solid masonry to form a masonry fireplace provided that they are installed accord- ing to either the requirements of their listing or the requirements of this section Steel fireplace units incorpo- rating a steel firebox lining shall be constructed with steel not less than'/q inch (6 4 mm) in thickness, and an air -cir- culating chamber that is ducted to the interior of the build- ing The firebox lining shall be encased with solid masonry to provide a total thickness at the back and sides of not less than 8 inches (203 mm), of which not less than 4 inches (102 mm) shall be of solid masonry or concrete Circulating air ducts employed with steel fireplace units shall be constructed of metal or masonry 2111.7 Firebox dimensions. The firebox of a concrete or masonry fireplace shall have a mimmum depth of 20 inches (508 mm) The throat shall be not less than 8 inches (203 mm) above the fireplace opening The throat opening shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in depth The cross -sectional area of the passageway above the firebox, including the throat, damper and smoke chamber, shall be not less than the cross -sectional area of the flue Exception: Rumford fireplaces shall be permitted pro- vided that the depth of the fireplace is not less than 12 inches (305 mm) and not less than one-third of the width of the fireplace opening, and the throat is not less than 12 inches (305 mm) above the lintel, and not less than'/,, the cross -sectional area of the fireplace opening 2111.8 Lintel and throat Masonry over a fireplace opening shall be supported by a lintel of noncombustible material The minimum required bearing length on each end of the fireplace opening shall be 4 inches (102 mm) The fireplace throat or damper shall be located not less than 8 inches (203 mm) above the top of the fireplace opening 2111.8.1 Damper. Masonry fireplaces shall be equipped with a ferrous metal damper located not less than 8 inches (203 mm) above the top of the fireplace opening Dampers shall be installed in the fireplace or at the top of the flue venting the fireplace, and shall be operable from the room containing the fireplace Damper controls shall be permit- ted to be located in the fireplace 2111.9 Smoke chamber walls. Smoke chamber walls shall be constructed of solid masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted solid, stone or concrete The total minimum thickness of front, back and sidewalls shall be 8 inches (203 mm) of solid masonry The inside surface shall be parged smooth with refractory mortar conforming to ASTM C199 Where a lining of firebrick not less than 2 inches (51 mm) thick, or a lining of vitrified clay not less than'/A inch (15 9 mm) thick, is provided, the total minimum thickness of front, back and sidewalls shall be 6 inches (152 mm) of solid masonry, including the lining Firebrick shall conform to ASTM C1261 and shall be laid with refractory mortar conforming to ASTM C199 Vitrified clay linings shall conform to ASTM C315 2111.9.1 Smoke chamber dimensions. The inside height of the smoke chamber from the fireplace throat to the beginning of the flue shall be not greater than the inside width of the fireplace opening The inside surface of the smoke chamber shall not be inclined more than 45 degrees (0 76 rad) from vertical where prefabricated smoke cham- ber linings are used or where the smoke chamber walls are rolled or sloped rather than corbeled Where the inside sur- face of the smoke chamber is formed by corbeled masonry, the walls shall not be corbeled more than 30 degrees (0 52 rad) from vertical 2111.10 Hearth and hearth extension. Masonry fireplace hearths and hearth extensions shall be constructed of concrete or masonry, supported by noncombustible materials, and reinforced to carry their own weight and all imposed loads Combustible material shall not remain against the underside of hearths or hearth extensions after construction 2111.10.1 Hearth thickness. The minimum thickness of fireplace hearths shall be 4 inches (102 mm) 2111.10.2 Hearth extension thickness. The minimum thickness of hearth extensions shall be 2 inches (51 mm) Exception: Where the bottom of the firebox opening is raised not less than 8 inches (203 mm) above the top of the hearth extension, a hearth extension of not less than 3/8inch-thick (9 5 mm) brick, concrete, stone, tile or other approved noncombustible material is permitted 2111.11 Hearth extension dimensions. Hearth extensions shall extend not less than 16 inches (406 mm) in front of, and not less than 8 inches (203 mm) beyond, each side of the fire- place opening Where the fireplace opening is 6 square feet (0 557 m) or larger, the hearth extension shall extend not less than 20 inches (508 mm) in front of, and not less than 12 inches (305 mm) beyond, each side of the fireplace opening 2111.12 Fireplace clearance. Any portion of a masonry fire- place located in the interior of a building or within the exte- nor wall of a building shall have a clearance to combustibles of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) from the front faces and sides of masonry fireplaces and not less than 4 inches (102 mm) from the back faces of masonry fireplaces The airspace shall not be filled, except to provide fireblockmg in accor- dance with Section 2111 13 Exceptions 1 Masonry fireplaces listed and labeled for use in contact with combustibles in accordance with UL 127 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions are permittedto have combustible material in contact with their exterior surfaces 472 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 1 1 CITy IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MASONRY 100817026 2. Where masonry fireplaces are constructed as part of masonry or concrete walls, combustible materials shall not be in contact with the masonry or concrete walls less than 12 inches (306 mm) from the inside surface of the nearest firebox lining. 3. Exposed combustible trim and the edges of sheath- ing materials, such as wood siding, flooring and dry- wall, are permitted to abut the masonry fireplace sidewalls and hearth extension, in accordance with Figure 2111.12, provided that such combustible trim or sheathing is not less than 12 inches (306 mm) from the inside surface of the nearest firebox lining. 4. Exposed combustible mantels or trim is permitted to be placed directly on the masonry fireplace front surrounding the fireplace opening, provided that such combustible materials shall not be placed within 6 inches (153 mm) of a fireplace opening. Combustible material directly above and within 12 inches (305 mm) of the fireplace opening shall not project more than '/$ inch (3.2 mm) for each 1-inch (25 mm) distance from such opening. Combustible materials located along the sides of the fireplace opening that project more than 11/2 inches (38 mm) from the face of the fireplace shall have an addi- tional clearance equal to the projection. MBUSTIBLE jj/A (2 " MIN. FROM FIREBOX G EDGE ABUTTING MASONRY �S� / 2" CLEARANCE (AIRSPACE) 'TO COMBUSTIBLE FRAMING WALL WOOD MANTEL For SL 1 inch = 25.4 mm FIGURE 2111.12 ILLUSTRATION OF EXCEPTION TO FIREPLACE CLEARANCE PROVISION 2111.13 Fireplace fireblocking. All spaces between fire- places and floors and ceilings through which fireplaces pass shall be fireblocked with noncombustible material securely fastened in place. The fireblocking of spaces between wood joists, beams or headers shall be to a depth of 1 inch (25 mm) and shall only be placed on strips of metal or metal lath laid across the spaces between combustible material and the chimney. 2111.14 Exterior air. Factory -built or masonry fireplaces covered in this section shall be equipped with an exterior air supply to ensure proper fuel combustion unless the room is mechanically ventilated and controlled so that the indoor pressure is neutral or positive. 2111.14.1 Factory -built fireplaces. Exterior combustion air ducts for factory -built fireplaces shall be listed compo- nents of the fireplace, and installed according to the fire- place manufacturer's instructions. 2111.14.2 Masonry fireplaces. Listed combustion air ducts for masonry fireplaces shall be installed according to the terms of their listing and manufacturer's instructions. 2111.14.3 Exterior air intake. The exterior air intake shall be capable of providing all combustion air from the exterior of the dwelling. The exterior air intake shall not be located within a garage, attic, basement or crawl space of the dwelling nor shall the air intake be located at an eleva- tion higher than the firebox. The exterior air intake shall be covered with a corrosion -resistant screen of '/4 inch (6.4 mm) mesh. 2111.14.4 Clearance. Unlisted combustion air ducts shall be installed with a minimum 1-inch (25 mm) clearance to combustibles for all parts of the duct within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the duct outlet. 2111.14.5 Passageway. The combustion air passageway shall be not less than 6 square inches (3870 mm2) and not more than 55 square inches (0.035 m2), except that com- bustion air systems for listed fireplaces or for fireplaces tested for emissions shall be constructed according to the fireplace manufacturer's instructions. 2111.14.6 Outlet. The exterior air outlet is permitted to be located in the back or sides of the firebox chamber or within 24 inches (610 mm) of the firebox opening on or near the floor. The outlet shall be closable and designed to prevent burning material from dropping into concealed combustible spaces. SECTION 2112 MASONRY HEATERS 2112.1 Definition. A masonry heater is a heating appliance constructed of concrete or solid masonry, hereinafter referred to as "masonry," which is designed to absorb and store heat from a solid fuel fire built in the firebox by routing the exhaust gases through internal heat exchange channels in which the flow path downstream of the firebox includes flow in either a horizontal or downward direction before entering the chimney and which delivers heat by radiation from the masonry surface of the heater. 2112.2 Installation. Masonry heaters shall be installed in accordance with this section and comply with one of the fol- lowing: 1. Masonry heaters shall comply with the requirements of ASTM El602. 2. Masonry heaters shall be listed and labeled in accor- dance with UL 1482 or EN 15250 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2112.3 Footings and foundation. The firebox floor of a masonry heater shall be a minimum thickness of 4 inches (102 mm) of noncombustible material and be supported on a noncombustible footing and foundation in accordance with Section 2113.2. 2112.4 Seismic reinforcing. In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, masonry heaters shall be anchored to the masonry foundation in accordance with Sec- tion 2113.3. Seismic reinforcing shall not be required within 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE° 473 I I I ' Copyoeoght 1 2017 ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Accessed by Hesth,, V,, Doe (hv d� @fn dswood m ), (ILty of Fo ttdswood) O,d,, N,mbe 100817026 oo Jao 14, 2020 01 se PM (PST) pvcsv to Lm , Agceemh ICC No further cepmdvc, , , oo I lh,, ,,p,,l ,, by soy thad patty, o, d�stobvtioo avtho,.,d Smgle —, only,,opymg sod tt t odaog pmh�baed ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MASONRY the body of a masonry heater with a height that is equal to or less than 3 5 times its body width and where the masonry chimney serving the heater is not supported by the body of the heater Where the masonry chimney shares a common wall with the facing of the masonry heater, the clumney por- tion of the structure shall be reinforced in accordance with Section 2113 2112.5 Masonry heater clearance. Combustible materials shall not be placed within 36 inches (914 mm) or the distance of the allowed reduction method from the outside surface of a masonry heater in accordance with NFPA 211, Section 12 6, and the required space between the heater and combustible material shall be fully vented to permit the free flow of air around all heater surfaces Exceptions: 1 Where the masonry heater wall thickness is not less than 8 inches (203 mm) of solid masonry and the wall thickness of the heat exchange channels is not less than 5 inches (127 mm) of solid masonry, com- bustible materials shall not be placed within 4 inches (102 mm) of the outside surface of a masonry heater A clearance of not less than 8 inches (203 mm) shall be provided between the gastight capping slab of the heater and a combustible ceiling 2 Masonry heaters listed and labeled in accordance with UL 1482 or EN 15250 and installed in accor- dance with the manufacturer's instructions SECTION 2113 MASONRY CHIMNEYS 2113.1 General. The construction of masonry chimneys con- sisting of solid masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted solid, stone or concrete shall be in accordance with this sec- tion 2113.2 Footings and foundations. Footings for masonry chimneys shall be constructed of concrete or solid masonry not less than 12 inches (305 mm) thick and shall extend not less than 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the face of the founda- tion or support wall on all sides Footings shall be founded on natural undisturbed earth or engineered fill below frost depth In areas not subjected to freezing, footings shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm) below finished grade 2113.3 Seismic reinforcement. In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category A or B, seismic reinforcement is not required In structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory C or D, masonry chimneys shall be reinforced and anchored in accordance with Sections 2113 3 1, 2113 3 2 and 2113 4 In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category E or F, masonry chimneys shall be reinforced in accordance with the requirements of Sections 2101 through 2108 and anchored in accordance with Section 2113 4 2113.3.1 Vertical reinforcement For clumneys up to 40 inches (1016 mm) wide, four No 4 continuous vertical bars anchored in the foundation shall be placed in the con- crete between wythes of solid masonry or within the cells of hollow unit masonry and grouted in accordance with Section 2103 3 Grout shall be prevented from bonding with the flue liner so that the flue liner is free to move with thermal expansion For chimneys greater than 40 inches (1016 mm) wide, two additional No 4 vertical bars shall be provided for each additional 40 inches (1016 mm) in width or fraction thereof 2113.3.2 Horizontal reinforcement. Vertical reinforce- ment shall be placed enclosed within '/q inch (6 4 mm) ties, or other reinforcing of equivalent net cross -sectional area, spaced not to exceed 18 inches (457 mm) on center in concrete, or placed in the bed joints of unit masonry, at not less than every 18 inches (457 mm) of vertical height Two such ties shall be provided at each bend in the verti- cal bars 2113.4 Seismic anchorage. Masonry chimneys and founda- tions shall be anchored at each floor, ceiling or roof line more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above grade with two '/16 inch by 1- inch (4 8 mm by 25 mm) straps embedded not less than 12 inches (305 mm) into the chimney Straps shall be hooked around the outer bars and extend 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the bend Each strap shall be fastened to not less than four floorloists with two '/z inch (12 7 mm) bolts Exception: Seismic anchorage is not required for the fol- lowing 1 In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category A or B 2 Where the masonry fireplace is constructed com- pletely within the exterior walls 2113.5 Corbeling. Masonry clumneys shall not be corbeled more than half of the chimney's wall thickness from a wall or foundation, nor shall a chimney be corbeled from a wall or foundation that is less than 12 inches (305 mm) in thickness unless it projects equally on each side of the wall, except that on the second story of a two-story dwelling, corbeling of chimneys on the exterior of the enclosing walls is permitted to equal the wall thickness The projection of a single course shall not exceed one-half the unit height or one-third of the unit bed depth, whichever is less 2113.6 Changes in dimension. The chimney wall or chim- ney flue lining shall not change in size or shape within 6 inches (152 mm) above or below where the chimney passes through floor components, ceiling components or roof com- ponents 2113.7 Offsets. Where a masonry chimney is constructed with a fireclay flue liner surrounded by one wythe of masonry, the maximum offset shall be such that the centerline of the flue above the offset does not extend beyond the center of the clumney wall below the offset Where the chimney off- set is supported by masonry below the offset in an approved manner, the maximum offset limitations shall not apply Each individual corbeled masonry course of the offset shall not exceed the projection limitations specified in Section 2113 5 2113.8 Additional load. Chimneys shall not support loads other than their own weight unless they are designed and con- structed to support the additional load Masonry chimneys are permitted to be constructed as part of the masonry walls or concrete walls of the building 474 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I CITY IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER MASONRY 2113.9 Termination. Chimneys shall extend not less than 2 feet (610 mm) higher than any portion of the building within 10 feet (3048 mm), but shall be not less than 3 feet (914 mm) above the highest point where the clumney passes through the roof 2113.9.1 Chimney caps. Masonry clumneys shall have a concrete, metal or stone cap, sloped to shed water, a drip edge and a caulked bond break around any flue liners in accordance with ASTM C1283 2113.9.2 Spark arrestors. Where a spark arrestor is installed on a masonry chimney, the spark arrestor shall meet all of the following requirements 1 The net free area of the arrestor shall be not less than four times the net free area of the outlet of the chim- ney flue it serves 2 The arrestor screen shall have heat and corrosion resistance equivalent to 19-gage galvanized steel or 24-gage stainless steel 3 Openings shall not pernut the passage of spheres having a diameter greater than Yz inch (127 mm) nor block the passage of spheres having a diameter less than'/g inch (9 5 mm) 4 The spark arrestor shall be accessible for cleaning and the screen or chimney cap shall be removable to allow for cleaning of the chimney flue 2113.9.3 Rain caps. Where a masonry or metal ram cap is installed on a masonry chimney, the net free area under the cap shall be not less than four times the net free area of the outlet of the chimney flue it serves 2113.10 Wall thickness. Masonry clumney walls shall be constructed of concrete, solid masonry units or hollow masonry units grouted solid with not less than 4 inches (102 mm) nominal thickness 2113.10.1 Masonry veneer chimneys. Where masonry is used as veneer for a framed chimney, through flashing and weep holes shall be provided as required by Chapter 14 2113.11 Flue lining (material). Masonry chimneys shall be lined The lining material shall be appropriate for the type of appliance connected, according to the terms of the appliance listing and the manufacturer's instructions 2113.11.1 Residential -type appliances (general). Flue lining systems shall comply with one of the following 1 Clay flue lining complying with the requirements of ASTM C315 2 Listed chimney lining systems complying with UL 1777 3 Factory -built chimneys or chimney units listed for installation within masonry chimneys 4 Other approved materials that will resist corrosion, erosion, softening or cracking from flue gases and condensate at temperatures up to 1,800'F (982'C) 2113.11.1.1 Flue linings for specific appliances. Flue linings other than those covered in Section 2113 11 1 intended for use with specific appliances shall comply with Sections 21131112 through 21131114, 2113 11 2 and 2113 11 3 2113.11.1.2 Gas appliances. Flue lining systems for gas appliances shall be in accordance with the Interna- tional Fuel Gas Code 2113.11.1.3 Pellet fuel -burning appliances. Flue lin- ing and vent systems for use in masonry chimneys with pellet fuel -burning appliances shall be limited to flue lining systems complying with Section 2113 11 1 and pellet vents listed for installation within masonry chim- neys (see Section 2113 11 1 5 for marking) 2113.11.1.4 Oil -fired appliances approved for use with L-vent. Flue lining and vent systems for use in masonry chimneys with oil -fired appliances approved for use with Type L vent shall be limited to flue lining systems complying with Section 2113 11 1 and listed chimney liners complying with UL 641 (see Section 2113 11 1 5 form arking) 2113.11.1.5 Notice of usage. When a flue is relined with a material not complying with Section 2113 11 1, the chimney shall be plamly and permanently identified by a label attached to a wall, ceiling or other conspicu- ous location adjacent to where the connector enters the chimney The label shall include the following message or equivalent language "This clumney is for use only with (type or category of appliance) that burns (type of fuel) Do not connect other types of appliances " 2113.11.2 Concrete and masonry chimneys for medium -heat appliances. Concrete and masonry chim- neys for medium -heat appliances shall comply with Sec- tions 2113 11 2 1 through 2113 112 5 2113.11.2.1 Construction. Chimneys for medium -heat appliances shall be constructed of solid masonry units or of concrete with walls not less than 8 inches (203 mm) thick, or with stone masonry not less than 12 inches (305 mm) thick 2113.11.2.2 Lining. Concrete and masonry chimneys ' shall be lined with an approved medium -duty refrac- tory brick not less than 4'/ inches (114 mm) thick laid on the 4'/2-inch bed (114 mm) in an approved medium - duty refractory mortar The lining shall start 2 feet (610 mm) or more below the lowest chimney connector entrance Chimneys terminating 25 feet (7620 mm) or less above a chimney connector entrance shall be lined to the top 2113.11.2.3 Multiple passageway. Concrete and masonry chimneys containing more than one passage- way shall have the liners separated by a mimmum 4- inch-thick (102 mm) concrete or solid masonry wall 2113.11.2.4 Termination height. Concrete and masonry chimneys for medium -heat appliances shall extend not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) higher than any portion of any building within 25 feet (7620 mm) 2113.11.2.5 Clearance. A minimum clearance of 4 ' inches (102 mm) shall be provided between the exterior surfaces of a concrete or masonry chimney for medium -heat appliances and combustible material 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 475 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER MASONRY a 2113.11.3 Concrete and masonry chimneys for high - heat appliances. Concrete and masonry clumneys for high -heat appliances shall comply with 21131131 through 2113 11 3 4 2113.11.3.1 Construction. Chimneys for lugh-heat appliances shall be constructed with double walls of solid masonry units or of concrete, each wall to be not less than 8 inches (203 mm) thick with a minimum air- space of 2 inches (51 mm) between the walls 2113.11.3.2 Lining. The inside of the interior wall shall be lined with an approved high -duty refractory brick, not less than 4'/ inches (114 mm) thick laid on the 4'/2- inch bed (114 mm) in an approved high -duty refractory mortar The lining shall start at the base of the chimney and extend continuously to the top 2113.11.3.3 Termination height. Concrete and masonry chimneys for lugh-heat appliances shall extend not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) higher than any portion of any building within 50 feet (15 240 mm) 2113.11.3.4 Clearance. Concrete and masonry chim- neys for high -heat appliances shall have approved clearance from buildings and structures to prevent overheating combustible materials, permit inspection and maintenance operations on the chimney and pre- vent danger of bums to persons 2113.12 Clay flue lining (installation). Clay flue liners shall be installed in accordance with ASTM C1283 and extend from a point not less than 8 inches (203 mm) below the low- est inlet or, in the case of fireplaces, from the top of the smoke chamber to a point above the enclosing walls The lin- ing shall be carried up vertically, with a maximum slope not greater than 30 degrees (0 52 rad) from the vertical Clay flue liners shall be laid in medium -duty nonwater- soluble refractory mortar conforming to ASTM C199 with tight mortar joints left smooth on the inside and installed to maintain an airspace or insulation not to exceed the thickness of the flue liner separating the flue liners from the interior face of the chimney masonry walls Flue lining shall be sup- ported on all sides Only enough mortar shall be placed to make the joint and hold the liners in position 2113.13 Additional requirements. 2113.13.1 Listed materials. Listed materials used as flue linings shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listings and the manufacturer's instructions 2113.13.2 Space around lining. The space surrounding a chimney lining system or vent installed within a masonry chimney shall not be used to vent any other appliance Exception: This shall not prevent the installation of a separate flue lining in accordance with the manufac- turer's instructions 2113.14 Multiple flues. Where two or more flues are located in the same chimney, masonry wythes shall be built between adjacent flue linings The masonry wythes shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) thick and bonded into the walls of the chimney Exception: Where venting only one appliance, two flues are permitted to adjoin each other in the same chimney with only the flue lining separation between them The joints of the adjacent flue linings shall be staggered not less than 4 inches (102 mm) 2113.15 Flue area (appliance). Chimney flues shall not be smaller in area than the area of the connector from the appli- ance Chimney flues connected to more than one appliance shall be not less than the area of the largest connector plus 50 percent of the areas of additional chimney connectors Exceptions: 1 Clumney flues serving oil -fired appliances sized in accordance with NFPA 31 2 Clumney flues serving gas -fired appliances sized in accordance with the International Fuel Gas Code 2113.16 Flue area (masonry fireplace). Flue sizing for chimneys serving fireplaces shall be in accordance with Sec- tion 2113 16 1 or 2113 16 2 2113.16.1 Minimum area. Round chimney flues shall have a minimum net cross -sectional area of not less than 1/12 of the fireplace opening Square chimney flues shall have a minimum net cross -sectional area of not less than 1/10 of the fireplace opening Rectangular chimney flues with an aspect ratio less than 2 to 1 shall have a minimum net cross -sectional area of not less than'/10 of the fireplace opening Rectangular chimney flues with an aspect ratio of 2 to 1 or more shall have a mimmum net cross -sectional area of not less than of the fireplace opening 2113.16.2 Determination of minimum area. The mini- mum net cross -sectional area of the flue shall be deter- mined in accordance with Figure 2113 16 A flue size providing not less than the equivalent net cross -sectional area shall be used Cross -sectional areas of clay flue lin- ings are as provided in Tables 2113 16(1) and 2113 16(2) or as provided by the manufacturer or as measured in the field The height of the chimney shall be measured from the firebox floor to the top of the chimney flue 2113.17 Inlet. Inlets to masonry chimneys shall enter from the side Inlets shall have a thimble of fireclay, rigid refrac- tory material or metal that will prevent the connector from pulling out of the inlet or from extending beyond the wall of the liner 2113.18 Masonry chimney cleanout openings. Cleanout openings shall be provided within 6 inches (152 mm) of the base of each flue within every masonry chimney The upper edge of the cleanout shall be located not less than 6 inches (152 mm) below the lowest chimney inlet opening The height of the opening shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm) The cleanout shall be provided with a noncombustible cover Exception: Chimney flues serving masonry fireplaces, where cleaning is possible through the fireplace opening 476 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf da od om),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)Odo,N=b,,x1ooe1vmc ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST) Potto Lie Affiee^® ,Ath ICC No fwN¢ T,odomoo. m ALLh¢ gAodomo,, by oo,thd,t, o, Axmboemdmhorissd 9cglo— ody mpyncg and oPt,P,k. lokb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR MASONRY 100817026 in m U 224 c co Q 187 w Q J Q Z O 140 U w vU U) 110 U) O U 76 Z g 70 53 32 269 214 168 124 91 82 58 37 3000 2800 2600 2400 2200 2000 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 w Q 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 � J 0 Z J LL U w Z Q HEIGHT, MEASURED FROM FLOOR J z =)U � OF COMBUSTION CHAMBER TO d Z Q O W O w J U) �w TOP OF FLUE (FT) Uj LU Uj E: O Q For SL 1 inch = 25.4 min, 1 square inch = 645 mm2. FIGURE 2113.16 FLUE SIZES FOR MASONRY CHIMNEYS TABLE 2113.16(1) NET CROSS -SECTIONAL AREA OF ROUND FLUE SIZES FLUE SIZE, INSIDE DIAMETER (inches) CROSS -SECTIONAL AREA (square inches) 6 28 7 38 8 50 10 78 10'/4 90 12 113 15 176 18 254 For SL 1 inch = 25.4 min, 1 square inch = 645.16 mm2. a. Flue sizes are based on ASTM C315. TABLE 2113.16(2) NET CROSS -SECTIONAL AREA OF SQUARE AND RECTANGULAR FLUE SIZES FLUE SIZE, OUTSIDE NOMINAL DIMENSIONS (inches) CROSS -SECTIONAL AREA (square inches) 4.5 X 8.5 23 4.5 X 13 34 8X8 42 8.5 X 8.5 49 8X12 67 8.5 X 13 76 12 X 12 102 8.5 X 18 101 13 X13 127 12 X 16 131 13 X 18 173 16 X 16 181 16 X 20 222 18 X 18 233 20 X 20 298 20 X 24 335 24 X 24 431 For SL 1 inch = 25.4 min, 1 square inch = 645.16 min'. 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE° 477 Copyright ©2017 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Heather Van Dine (hvandine@friendswood.com), (City of Friendswood) Order Number #100817026 on Jan 14, 2020 oi:5s PM (PST) pursuant to 1 License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. MASONRY 2113.19 Chimney clearances. Any portion of a masonry chimney located in the interior of the building or within the extenor wall of the building shall have a minimum airspace clearance to combustibles of 2 inches (51 mm) Chimneys located entirely outside the extenor walls of the building, including chimneys that pass through the soffit or cornice, shall have a mimmum airspace clearance of 1 inch (25 mm) The airspace shall not be filled, except to provide fireblock- ing in accordance with Section 2113 20 Exceptions: 1 Masonry chimneys equipped with a chimney lining system listed and labeled for use in clumneys in contact with combustibles in accordance with UL 1777, and installed in accordance with the manufac- turer's instructions, are permitted to have combusti- ble material in contact with their exterior surfaces 2 Where masonry chimneys are constructed as part of masonry or concrete walls, combustible materials shall not be in contact with the masonry or concrete wall less than 12 inches (305 mm) from the inside surface of the nearest flue lining 3 Exposed combustible tnm and the edges of sheath- ing materials, such as wood siding, are permitted to abut the masonry chimney sidewalls, in accordance with Figure 2113 19, provided that such combusti- ble tnm or sheathing is not less than 12 inches (305 mm) from the inside surface of the nearest flue lin- ing Combustible material and tnm shall not overlap the comers of the chimney by more than 1 inch (25 mm) FIGURE 2113.19 ILLUSTRATION OF EXCEPTION THREE CHIMNEY CLEARANCE PROVISION 2113.20 Chimney fireblocking. All spaces between chim- neys and floors and ceilings through which chimneys pass shall be fireblocked with noncombustible material securely fastened in place The fireblocking of spaces between wood joists, beams or headers shall be self-supporting or be placed on strips of metal or metal lath laid across the spaces between combustible material and the chimney SECTION 2114 DRY -STACK MASONRY 2114.1 General. The design of dry -stack masonry structures shall comply with the requirements of Chapters 1 through 8 of TMS 402 except as modified by Sections 2114 2 through 21145 2114.2 Limitations. Dry -stack masonry shall be prohibited in Risk Category IV structures 2114.3 Materials. Concrete masonry units complying with ASTM C90 shall be used 2114.4 Strength. Dry -stack masonry shall be of adequate strength and proportions to support all superimposed loads without exceeding the allowable stresses listed in Table 2114 4 Allowable stresses not specified in Table 2114 4 shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 8 of TMS 402 TABLE 2114.4 GROSS CROSS -SECTIONAL AREA ALLOWABLE STRESS FOR DRY -STACK MASONRY DESCRIPTION MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESS (psi) Compression 45 Flexural tension Horizontal span Vertical span 30 18 Shear 10 For SI 1 pound per square inch = 0 006895 MPa 2114.5 Construction. Construction of dry -stack masonry shall comply with ASTM C946 478 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I ClrylghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 22 STEEL User notes: About this chapter., Chapter 22 provides the minimum requirements for the design and construction of structural steel (including composite construction), cold formed steel, steelJoists, steel cable structures and steel storage racks. This chapter specifies appropriate design and construction standards for these types of structures, it also provides a road map of the applicable technical requirements for steel structures. Chapter 22 requires that the design and use of steel structures and components be in accordance with the applicable specifications and stan- dards of the American Institute of Steel Construction, the American Iron and Steel Institute, the Steel Joist Institute and the American Society of Civil Engineers, Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this chapter will be considered by the IBC —Structural Code Development Commit- tee during the 2019 (Group B) Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page ro. SECTION 2201 GENERAL 2201.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter govern the qual- ity, design, fabrication and erection of steel construction SECTION 2202 IDENTIFICATION OF STEEL FOR STRUCTURAL PURPOSES 2202.1 General. Identification of structural steel elements shall be in accordance with AISC 360 Identification of cold - formed steel members shall be in accordance with AISI S 100 Identification of cold -formed steel light -frame construction shall also comply with the requirements contained in AISI S240 or AISI S220, as applicable Other steel furnished for structural load -carrying purposes shall be properly identified for conformJty to the ordered grade in accordance with the specified ASTM standard or other specification and the pro- visions of this chapter Where the steel grade is not readily identifiable from marking and test records, the steel shall be tested to verify conform try to such standards SECTION 2203 PROTECTION OF STEEL FOR STRUCTURAL PURPOSES 2203.1 General. Painting of structural steel elements shall be in accordance with AISC 360 Painting of open -web steel Ijoists and joist girders shall be in accordance with SH 100 and SH 200 Individual structural members and assembled panels of cold -formed steel construction shall be protected against corrosion in accordance with the requirements con - tamed in AISI S100 Protection of cold -formed steel light - frame construction shall be in accordance with AISI S240 or AISI S220, as applicable SECTION 2204 CONNECTIONS 2204.1 Welding. The details of design, workmanship and technique for welding and qualification of welding personnel shall be in accordance with the specifications listed in Sec - tions 2205, 2206, 2207, 2208, 2210 and 2211 For special inspection of welding, see Section 1705 2 2204.2 Bolting. The design, installation and inspection of bolts shall be in accordance with the requirements of Sections 2205, 2206, 2207, 2210 and 2211 For special inspection of the installation of high -strength bolts, see Section 1705 2 2204.3 Anchor rods. Anchor rods shall be set in accordance with the approved construction documents The protrusion of the threaded ends through the connected material shall fully engage the threads of the nuts but shall not be greater than the length of the threads on the bolts SECTION 2205 STRUCTURAL STEEL 2205.1 General. The design, fabrication and erection of structural steel elements in buildings, structures and portions thereof shall be in accordance with AISC 360 2205.2 Seismic design. Where required, the seismic design, fabrication and erection of buildings, structures and portions thereof shall be in accordance with Section 2205 2 1 or 2205 2 2, as applicable 2205.2.1 Structural steel seismic force -resisting sys- tems. The design, detailing, fabrication and erection of structural steel seismic force -resisting systems shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 2205 2 1 1 or 2205 2 1 2, as applicable 2205.2.1.1 Seismic Design Category B or C. Struc- tures assigned to Seismic Design Category B or C shall be of any construction permitted in Section 2205 Where a response modification coefficient, R, in accor- dance with ASCE 7, Table 12 2-1, is used for the design of structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory B or C, the structures shall be designed and detailed in accordance with the requirements of AISC 341 Exception: The response modification coefficient, R, designated for "Steel systems not specifically detailed for seismic resistance, excluding cantilever column systems" in ASCE 7, Table 12 2-1, shall be permitted for systems designed and detailed in 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 479 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfnmda od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STEEL accordance with AISC 360, and need not be designed and detailed in accordance with AISC 341 2205.2.1.2 Seismic Design Category D, E or F. Struc- tures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F shall be designed and detailed in accordance with AISC 341, except as permitted in ASCE 7, Table 15 4-1 2205.2.2 Structural steel elements. The design, detailing, fabrication and erection of structural steel elements in seismic force -resisting systems other than those covered in Section 2205 2 1, including struts, collectors, chords and foundation elements, shall be in accordance with AISC 341 where either of the following applies 1 The structure is assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory D, E or F, except as permitted in ASCE 7, Table 15 4-1 2 A response modification coefficient, R, greater than 3 in accordance with ASCE 7, Table 12 2-1, is used for the design of the structure assigned to Seismic Design Category B or C SECTION 2206 COMPOSITE STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CONCRETE STRUCTURES 2206.1 General. Systems of structural steel elements acting compositely with reinforced concrete shall be designed in accordance with AISC 360 and ACI 318, excluding ACI 318 Chapter 14 2206.2 Seismic design. Where required, the seismic design, fabrication and erection of composite steel and concrete sys- tems shall be in accordance with Section 2206 2 1 2206.2.1 Seismic requirements for composite structural steel and concrete construction. Where a response modi- fication coefficient, R, in accordance with ASCE 7, Table 12 2-1, is used for the design of systems of structural steel acting compositely with reinforced concrete, the structures shall be designed and detailed in accordance with the requirements of AISC 341 SECTION 2207 STEEL JOISTS 2207.1 General. The design, manufacture and use of open - web steel joists and joist girders shall be in accordance with either SJI 100 or SJI 200, as applicable 2207.1.1 Seismic design. Where required, the seismic design of buildings shall be in accordance with the addi- tional provisions of Section 2205 2 or 2211 1 1 2207.2 Design. The registered design professional shall indi- cate on the construction documents the steel joist and steel joist girder designations from the specifications listed in Sec- tion 2207 1, and shall indicate the requirements for joist and joist girder design, layout, end supports, anchorage, bridging design that differs from the SJI specifications listed in Sec- tion 2207 1, bridging termination connections and bearing connection design to resist uplift and lateral loads These doc- uments shall indicate special requirements as follows 1 Special loads including 1 1 Concentrated loads 1 2 Nonuniform loads 1 3 Net uplift loads 1 4 Axial loads 15 End moments 1 6 Connection forces 2 Special considerations including 2 1 Profiles for joist and joist girder configurations that differ from those defined by the SJI specifi- cations listed in Section 2207 1 2 2 Oversized or other nonstandard web openings 2 3 Extended ends 3 Live and total load deflection criteria for joists and joist girder configurations that differ from those defined by the SJI specifications listed in Section 2207 1 2207.3 Calculations. The steel j oist and j oist girder manufac- turer shall design the steel joists and steel joist girders in accordance with the SJI specifications listed in Section 2207 1 to support the load requirements of Section 2207 2 The registered design professional shall be permitted to require submission of the steel joist and joist girder calcula- tions as prepared by a registered design professional respon- sible for the product design Where requested by the registered design professional, the steel joist manufacturer shall submit design calculations with a cover letter bearing the seal and signature of the joist manufacturer's registered design professional In addition to the design calculations submitted under seal and signature, the following shall be included 1 Bridging design that differs from the SJI specifications listed in Section 2207 1, such as cantilevered condi- tions and net uplift 2 Connection design for 2 1 Connections that differ from the SJI specifica- tions listed in Section 22071, such as flush - framed or framed connections 2 2 Field splices 2 3 Joist headers 2207.4 Steel joist drawings. Steel joist placement plans shall be provided to show the steel joist products as specified on the approved construction documents and are to be utilized for field installation in accordance with specific project requirements as stated in Section 2207 2 Steel joist place- ment plans shall include, at a minimum, the following Listing of applicable loads as stated in Section 2207 2 and used in the design of the steel joists and joist gird- ers as specified in the approved construction docu- ments 480 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER STEEL E* 2 Profiles for joist and joist girder configurations that dif- fer from those defined by the SJI specifications listed in Section 2207 1 3 Connection requirements for 3 1 Joist supports 3 2 Joist girder supports 3 3 Field splices 3 4 Bridging attachments 4 Live and total load deflection criteria for joists and joist girder configurations that differ from those defined by the SJI specifications listed in Section 2207 1 5 Size, location and connections for bridging 6 Joistheaders Steel joist placement plans do not require the seal and sig- nature of the joist manufacturer's registered design profes- sional 2207.5 Certification. At completion of manufacture, the steel joist manufacturer shall submit a certificate of compliance to the owner or the owner's authorized agent for submittal to the building official as specified in Section 1704 5 stating that work was performed in accordance with approved construc- tion documents and with SJI specifications listed in Section 22071 SECTION 2208 STEEL CABLE STRUCTURES 2208.1 General. The design, fabrication and erection includ- ing related connections, and protective coatings of steel cables for buildings shall be in accordance with ASCE 19 SECTION 2209 STEEL STORAGE RACKS 2209.1 Storage racks. The design, testing and utilization of storage racks made of cold -formed or hot -rolled steel struc- tural members shall be in accordance with RMI ANSI/MH 16 1 Where required by ASCE 7, the seismic design of stor- age racks shall be in accordance with Section 15 5 3 of ASCE 7 2209.2 Cantilevered steel storage racks. The design, testing, and utilization of cantilevered storage racks made of cold - formed or hot -rolled steel structural members shall be in accordance with RMI ANSI/MH 16 3 Where required by ASCE 7, the seismic design of cantilevered steel storage racks shall be in accordance with Section 15 5 3 of ASCE 7 SECTION 2210 COLD -FORMED STEEL 2210.1 General. The design of cold -formed carbon and low - alloy steel structural members shall be in accordance with AISI S100 The design of cold -formed stainless -steel struc- tural members shall be in accordance with ASCE 8 Cold - formed steel light -frame construction shall comply with Sec- tion 2211 Where required, the seismic design of cold -formed steel structures shall be in accordance with the additional pro- visions of Section 2210 2 2210.1.1 Steel decks. The design and construction of cold - formed steel decks shall be in accordance with this section 2210.1.1.1 Noncomposite steel floor decks. Noncom- posite steel floor decks shall be permitted to be designed and constructed in accordance with ANSUSDI-NCI 0 2210.1.1.2 Steel roof deck. Steel roof decks shall be permitted to be designed and constructed in accordance with ANSUSDI-RDI 0 2210.1.1.3 Composite slabs on steel decks. Composite slabs of concrete and steel deck shall be permitted to be designed and constructed in accordance with SDI-C 2210.2 Seismic requirements for cold -formed steel struc- tures. Where a response modification coefficient, R, in accor- dance with ASCE 7, Table 12 2-1, is used for the design of cold -formed steel structures, the structures shall be designed and detailed in accordance with the requirements of AISI S100, ASCE 8, or, for cold -formed steel special -bolted moment frames, AISI S400 SECTION 2211 COLD -FORMED STEEL LIGHT -FRAME CONSTRUCTION 2211.1 Structural framing. For cold -formed steel light - frame construction, the design and installation of the follow- ing structural framing systems, including their members and connections, shall be in accordance with AISI S240, and Sec- tions 2211 1 1 through 2211 1 3, as applicable 1 Floor and roof systems 2 Structural walls 3 Shear walls, strap -braced walls and diaphragms that resist m-plane lateral loads 4 Trusses 2211.1.1 Seismic requirements for cold -formed steel structural systems. The design of cold -formed steel light - frame construction to resist seismic forces shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section 2211 1 1 1 or 2211 1 1 2, as applicable 2211.1.1.1 Seismic Design Categories B and C. Where a response modification coefficient, R, in accordance with ASCE 7, Table 12 2-1 is used for the design of cold -formed steel light -frame construction assigned to Seismic Design Category B or C, the seismic force - resisting system shall be designed and detailed in accor- dance with the requirements of AISI S400 Exception: The response modification coefficient, R, designated for "Steel systems not specifically detailed for seismic resistance, excluding cantilever column systems" in ASCE 7, Table 12 2-1, shall be permitted for systems designed and detailed in accor- dance with AISI S240 and need not be designed and detailed in accordance with AISI S400 2211.1.1.2 Seismic Design Categories D through F. In cold -formed steel light -frame construction assigned to 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 481 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER STEEL Seismic Design Category D, E or F, the seismic force - resisting system shall be designed and detailed in accordance with AISI S400 2211.1.2 Prescriptive framing. Detached one- and two- family dwellings and townhouses, less than or equal to three stones above grade plane, shall be permitted to be constructed in accordance with AISI S230 subject to the limitations therein 2211.1.3 Truss design. Cold -formed steel trusses shall I comply with the additional provisions of Sections 2211 1 3 1 through 2211 1 3 3 2211.1.3.1 Truss design drawings. The truss design drawings shall conform to the requirements of Section Il of AISI S202 and shall be provided with the ship- ment of trusses delivered to the job site The truss design drawings shall include the details of permanent individual truss member restraint/bracing in accordance ' with Section Il 6 of AISI S202 where these methods are utilized to provide restramt/bracmg 2211.1.3.2 Trusses spanning 60 feet or greater. The owner or the owner's authorized agent shall contract with a registered design professional for the design of the temporary installation restrainVbracmg and the per- manent individual truss member restraint/bracing for trusses with clear spans 60 feet (18 288 mm) or greater Special inspection of trusses over 60 feet (18 288 mm) in length shall be in accordance with Section 1705 2 2211.1.3.3 Truss quality assurance. Trusses not part of a manufacturing process that provides requirements for quality control done under the supervision of a I third -party quality control agency in accordance with AISI S240 Chapter D shall be fabricated in compliance with Sections 1704 2 5 and 1705 2, as applicable 2211.2 Nonstructural members. For cold -formed steel light -frame construction, the design and installation of non- structural members and connections shall be in accordance with AISI S220 482 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17MR ocJM IOZMo 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 23 WOOD User notes: About this chapter., Chapter 23 provides minimum requirements for the design of buildings and structures that use wood and wood based products. The chapter As organized around three design methodologies, allowable stress design (ASD), load and resistance factor design (LRFD) and conventional light -Game construction. In addition it allows the use of the American Wood Council Wood Frame Construction Man- ual for a limited range of structures. Included in the chapter are references to design and manufacturing standards for various wood and wood based products, general construction requirements, design criteria for lateral force -resisting systems and specific requirements for the application of the three design methods. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this chapter will be considered by the IBC —Structural Code Development Commit- tee during the 2019 (Group th Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page ro. SECTION 2301 GENERAL 2301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the materials, design, construction and quality of wood members and their fasteners 2301.2 Nominal sizes. For the purposes of this chapter, where dimensions of lumber are specified, they shall be deemed to be nominal dimensions unless specifically desig- nated as actual dimensions (see Section 2304 2) SECTION 2302 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 2302.1 General. The design of structural elements or sys- tems, constructed partially or wholly of wood or wood -based products, shall be in accordance with one of the following methods 1 Allowable stress design in accordance with Sections 2304, 2305 and 2306 2 Load and resistance factor design in accordance with Sections 2304, 2305 and 2307 3 Conventional light -frame construction in accordance with Sections 2304 and 2308 4 AWC WFCM in accordance with Section 2309 5 The design and construction of log structures in accor- dance with the provisions of ICC 400 SECTION 2303 MINIMUM STANDARDS AND QUALITY 2303.1 General. Structural sawn lumber, end -jointed lumber, prefabricated wood I -joists, structural glued -laminated tim- ber, wood structural panels, fiberboard sheathing (where used structurally), hardboard siding (where used structurally), par- ticleboard, preservative -treated wood, structural log mem- bers, structural composite lumber, round timber poles and piles, fire -retardant -treated wood, hardwood plywood, wood trusses, joist hangers, nails, and staples shall conform to the applicable provisions of this section 2303.1.1 Sawn lumber. Sawn lumber used for load -sup- porting purposes, including end -jointed or edge -glued lumber, machine stress -rated or machine -evaluated lum- ber, shall be identified by the grade mark of a lumber grad- ing or inspection agency that has been approved by an accreditation body that complies with DOC PS 20 or equivalent Grading practices and identification shall com- ply with rules published by an agency approved in accor- dance with the procedures of DOC PS 20 or equivalent procedures 2303.1.1.1 Certificate of inspection. In lieu of a grade mark on the material, a certificate of inspection as to species and grade issued by a lumber grading or mspec- tion agency meeting the requirements of this section is permitted to be accepted for precut, remanufactured or rough -sawn lumber and for sizes larger than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal thickness 2303.1.1.2 End -jointed lumber. Approved end -jointed lumber is permitted to be used interchangeably with solid -sawn members of the same species and grade End -jointed lumber used in an assembly required to have a fire -resistance rating shall have the designation "Heat Resistant Adhesive" or "HRA" included in its grade mark 2303.1.2 Prefabricated wood I -joists. Structural capaci- ties and design provisions for prefabricated wood I -joists shall be established and monitored in accordance with ASTM D5055 2303.1.3 Structural glued -laminated timber. Glued - laminated timbers shall be manufactured and identified as required in ANSFAITC A 190 1 and ASTM D3737 2303.1.4 Structural glued cross -laminated timber. Cross -laminated timbers shall be manufactured and identi- fied in accordance with ANSI/APA PRG 320 2303.1.5 Wood structural panels. Wood structural pan- els, where used structurally (including those used for sid- ing, roof and wall sheathing, subfloormg, diaphragms and built-up members), shall conform to the requirements for their type in DOC PS 1, DOC PS 2 or ANSFAPA PRP 210 Each panel or member shall be identified for grade, 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 483 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD bond classification, and Performance Category by the trademarks of an approved testing and grading agency The Performance Category value shall be used as the "nominal panel thickness" or "panel thickness" whenever referenced in this code Wood structural panel components shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with the applicable standards listed in Section 2306 1 and identi- fied by the trademarks of an approved testing and inspec- tion agency indicating conformance to the applicable standard In addition, wood structural panels where perma- nently exposed in outdoor applications shall be of exterior type, except that wood structural panel roof sheathing exposed to the outdoors on the underside is permitted to be Exposure 1 type 2303.1.6 Fiberboard. Fiberboard for its various uses shall conform to ASTM C208 Fiberboard sheathing, where used structurally, shall be identified by an approved agency as conforming to ASTM C208 2303.1.6.1 Jointing. To ensure tight -fitting assemblies, edges shall be manufactured with square, shiplapped, beveled, tongue -and -groove or U-shaped joints 2303.1.6.2 Roof insulation. Where used as roof insula- tion in all types of construction, fiberboard shall be pro- tected with an approved roof covering 2303.1.6.3 Wall insulation. Where installed and fire - blocked to comply with Chapter 7, fiberboards are per- mitted as wall insulation in all types of construction In fire walls and fire barriers, unless treated to comply with Section 803 1 for Class A materials, the boards shall be cemented directly to the concrete, masonry or other noncombustible base and shall be protected with an approved noncombustible veneer anchored to the base without intervening airspaces 2303.1.6.3.1 Protection. Fiberboard wall insulation applied on the exterior of foundation walls shall be protected below ground level with a bituminous coating 2303.1.7 Hardboard. Hardboard siding shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A135 6 and, where used struc- turally, shall be identified by the label of an approved agency Hardboard underlayment shall meet the strength requirements of '/z inch (5 6 mm) or '/q mch (6 4 mm) service class hardboard planed or sanded on one side to a uniform thickness of not less than 0 200 inch (5 1 mm) Prefmished hardboard paneling shall meet the require- ments of ANSI A135 5 Other basic hardboard products shall meet the requirements of ANSI A135 4 Hardboard products shall be installed in accordance with manufac- ture's recommendations 2303.1.8 Particleboard. Particleboard shall conform to ANSI A208 1 Particleboard shall be identified by the grade mark or certificate of inspection issued by an approved agency Particleboard shall not be utilized for applications other than indicated in this section unless the particleboard complies with the provisions of Section 23063 2303.1.8.1 Floor underlayment. Particleboard floor underlayment shall conform to Type PBU of ANSI A208 1 Type PBU underlayment shall be not less than '/q inch (6 4 mm) thick and shall be installed in accor- dance with the instructions of the Composite Panel Association 2303.1.9 Preservative -treated wood. Lumber, timber, plywood, piles and poles supporting permanent structures required by Section 2304 12 to be preservative treated shall conform to AWPA Ul and M4 Lumber and ply- I wood used in permanent wood foundation systems shall conform to Chapter18 2303.1.9.1 Identification. Wood required by Section 2304 12 to be preservative treated shall bear the quality mark of an inspection agency that maintains continuing supervision, testing and inspection over the quality of the preservaive-treated wood Inspection agencies for preservaive-treated wood shall be fisted by an accredi- tation body that complies with the requirements of the American Lumber Standards Treated Wood Program, or equivalent The quality mark shall be on a stamp or label affixed to the preservaive-treated wood, and shall include the following information 1 Identification of treating manufacturer 2 Type of preservative used 3 Xlmimum preservative retention (pcf) 4 End use for which the product is treated 5 AWPA standard to which the product was treated 6 Identity of the accredited inspection agency 2303.1.9.2 Moisture content. Where preservahve- treated wood is used in enclosed locations where dry - mg in service cannot readily occur, such wood shall be at a moisture content of 19 percent or less before being covered with insulation, interior wall finish, floor cov- ering or other materials 2303.1.10 Structural composite lumber. Structural capacities for structural composite lumber shall be estab- lished and monitored in accordance with ASTM D5456 2303.1.11 Structural log members. Stress grading of structural log members of nonrectangular shape, as typi- cally used in log buildings, shall be in accordance with ASTM D3957 Such structural log members shall be iden- tified by the grade mark of an approved lumber grading or inspection agency In lieu of a grade mark on the material, a certificate of inspection as to species and grade issued by a lumber grading or inspection agency meeting the requirements of this section shall be permitted 2303.1.12 Round timber poles and piles. Round timber poles and piles shall comply with ASTM D3200 and ASTM D25, respectively 2303.1.13 Engineered wood rim board. Engineered wood rim boards shall conform to ANSI/APA PRR 410 or shall be evaluated in accordance with ASTM D7672 Structural capacities shall be in accordance with ANSI/ APA PRR 410 or established in accordance with ASTM D7672 Run boards conforming to ANSPAPA PRR 410 shall be marked in accordance with that standard 484 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER WOOD 2303.2 Fire -retardant -treated wood. Fire -retardant -treated wood is any wood product that, when impregnated with chemicals by a pressure process or other means during manu- facture, shall have, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723, a listed flame spread index of 25 or less and show no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is continued for an additional 20-mmute period Additionally, the flame front shall not progress more than 10'/ feet (3200 mm) beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test 2303.2.1 Pressure process. For wood products impreg- nated with chemicals by a pressure process, the process shall be performed in closed vessels under pressures not less than 50 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) (345 kPa) 2303.2.2 Other means during manufacture. For wood products impregnated with chemicals by other means during manufacture, the treatment shall be an integral part of the manufacturing process of the wood product The treatment shall provide permanent protection to all sur- faces of the wood product The use of paints, coating, stains or other surface treatments is not an approved method of protection as required in this section 2303.2.3 Testing. For wood products produced by other means during manufacture, other than a pressure process, all sides of the wood product shall be tested in accordance with and produce the results required in Section 2303 2 Wood structural panels shall be permitted to test only the front and back faces 2303.2.4 Labeling. In addition to the labels required in Section 2303 1 1 for sawn lumber and Section 2303 1 5 for wood structural panels, each piece of fire -retardant - treated lumber and wood structural panels shall be labeled The label shall contain the following items 1 The identification mark of an approved agency in accordance with Section 1703 5 2 Identification of the treating manufacturer 3 The name of the fire -retardant treatment 4 The species of wood treated 5 Flame spread and smoke -developed index 6 Method of drying after treatment 7 Conformance with appropriate standards in accor- dance with Sections 2303 2 5 through 2303 2 8 8 For fire -retardant -treated wood exposed to weather, damp or wet locations, include the words "No increase in the listed classification when subjected to the Standard Ram Test' (ASTM D2898) 2303.2.5 Strength adjustments. Design values for untreated lumber and wood structural panels, as specified in Section 2303 1, shall be adjusted for fire -retardant - treated wood Adjustments to design values shall be based on an approved method of investigation that takes into consideration the effects of the anticipated temperature and humidity to which the fire -retardant -treated wood will be subjected, the type of treatment and redrying pro- cedures 2303.2.5.1 Wood structural panels. The effect of treatment and the method of redrying after treatment, and exposure to high temperatures and high humidities on the flexure properties of fire -retardant -treated soft- wood plywood shall be determmed in accordance with ASTM D5516 The test data developed by ASTM D5516 shall be used to develop adjustment factors, maximum loads and spans, or both, for untreated ply- wood design values in accordance with ASTM D6305 Each manufacturer shall publish the allowable maxi- mum loads and spans for service as floor and roof sheathing for its treatment 2303.2.5.2 Lumber. For each species of wood that is treated, the effects of the treatment, the method of redrymg after treatment and exposure to lugh tempera- tures and lugh humidities on the allowable design prop- erties of fire -retardant -treated lumber shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D5664 The test data developed by ASTM D5664 shall be used to develop modification factors for use at or near room temperature and at elevated temperatures and humidity in accordance with ASTM D6841 Each manufacturer shall publish the modification factors for service at temperatures of not less than 80'F (27'C) and for roof framing The roof framing modification factors shall take into consideration the climatological location 2303.2.6 Exposure to weather, damp or wet locations. Where fire -retardant -treated wood is exposed to weather, or damp or wet locations, it shall be identified as "Exte- rior" to indicate there is no increase in the listed flame spread index as defined in Section 2303 2 when subjected to ASTM D2898 2303.2.7 Interior applications. Interior fire -retardant - treated wood shall have moisture content of not over 28 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D3201 procedures at 92-percent relative humidity Interior fire - retardant -treated wood shall be tested in accordance with Section 2303 2 5 1 or 2303 2 5 2 Interior fire -retardant - treated wood designated as Type A shall be tested in accordance with the provisions of this section 2303.2.8 Moisture content. Fire -retardant -treated wood shall be dried to a moisture content of 19 percent or less for lumber and 15 percent or less for wood structural pan- els before use For wood kiln -dried after treatment (KDAT), the kiln temperatures shall not exceed those used in kiln drying the lumber and plywood submitted for the tests described in Section 2303 2 5 1 for plywood and 2303 2 5 2 for lumber 2303.2.9 Type I and II construction applications. See Section 603 1 for limitations on the use of fire -retardant - treated wood in buildings of Type I or II construction 2303.3 Hardwood and plywood. Hardwood and decorative plywood shall be manufactured and identified as required in HPVA HP-1 2303.4 Trusses. Wood trusses shall comply with Sections 2303 4 1 through 2303 4 7 2303.4.1 Design. Wood trusses shall be designed in accor- dance with the provisions of this code and accepted engi- 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 485 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD neermg practice Members are permitted to be joined by nails, glue, bolts, timber connectors, metal connector plates or other approved framing devices 2303.4.1.1 Truss design drawings. The written, graphic and pictorial depiction of each individual truss shall be provided to the building official for approval prior to installation Truss design drawings shall be provided with the shipment of trusses delivered to the job site Truss design drawings shall include, at a mim- mum, the following information 1 Slope or depth, span and spacing 2 Location of all joints and support locations 3 Number of plies if greater than one 4 Required bearing widths 5 Design loads as applicable, including 5 1 Top chord live load 5 2 Top chord dead load 5 3 Bottom chord live load 5 4 Bottom chord dead load 5 5 Additional loads and locations 5 6 Environmental design criteria and loads (such as wind, ram, snow, seismic) 6 Other lateral loads, including drag strut loads 7 Adjustments to wood member and metal con- nector plate design value for conditions of use 8 Maximum reaction force and direction, includ- ing maximum uplift reaction forces where applicable 9 Joint connection type and description, such as size and thickness or gage, and the dimensioned location of each joint connector except where symmetrically located relative to the joint inter- face 10 Size, species and grade for each wood member 11 Truss -to -truss connections and truss field assembly requirements 12 Calculated span -to -deflection ratio and maxi- mum vertical and horizontal deflection for live and total load as applicable 13 Maximum axial tension and compression forces in the truss members 14 Required permanent individual truss member restraint location and the method and details of restraint/bracing to be used in accordance with Section 2303 4 12 2303.4.1.2 Permanent individual truss member restraint. Where permanent restraint of truss members is required on the truss design drawings, it shall be accomplished by one of the following methods 1 Permanent individual truss member restraint/ bracing shall be installed using standard industry lateral restraint/bracing details in accordance with generally accepted engineering practice Locations for lateral restraint shall be identified on the truss design drawing The trusses shall be designed so that the buckling of any individual truss member is resisted inter- nally by the individual truss through suitable means (for example, buckling reinforcement by T-remforcement or L-reinforcement, proprietary reinforcement) The buckling reinforcement of individual members of the trusses shall be installed as shown on the truss design drawing or on supplemental truss member buckling rein- forcement details provided by the truss designer A project -specific permanent individual truss member restraint/bracing design shall be penmit- ted to be specified by any registered design pro- fessional 2303.4.1.3 Trusses spanning 60 feet or greater. The owner or the owner's authorized agent shall contract with any qualified registered design professional for the design of the temporary installation restraint/brac- mg and the permanent individual truss member restraint/bracing for all trusses with clear spans 60 feet (18 288 mm) or greater 2303.4.1.4 Truss designer. The individual or organiza- tion responsible for the design of trusses 2303.4.1.4.1 Truss design drawings. Where required by the registered design professional, the building official or the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed, each individ- ual truss design drawing shall bear the seal and sig- nature of the truss designer Exceptions: 1 Where a cover sheet and truss index sheet are combined into a single sheet and attached to the set of truss design drawings, the single cover/truss index sheet is the only document required to be signed and sealed by the truss designer 2 Where a cover sheet and a truss index sheet are separately provided and attached to the set of truss design drawings, the cover sheet and the truss index sheet are the only documents required to be signed and sealed by the truss designer 2303.4.2 Truss placement diagram. The truss manufac- turer shall provide a truss placement diagram that identi- fies the proposed location for each individually designated truss and references the corresponding truss design draw- ing The truss placement diagram shall be provided as part of the truss submittal package, and with the shipment of trusses delivered to the job site Truss placement diagrams that serve only as a guide for installation and do not devi- ate from the permit submittal drawings shall not be required to bear the seal or signature of the truss designer 2303.4.3 Truss submittal package. The truss submittal package provided by the truss manufacturer shall consist of each individual truss design drawing, the truss place- 486 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CITY IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER WOOD ment diagram, the permanent individual truss member restramt/bracmg method and details and any other struc- tural details germane to the trusses, and, as applicable, the cover/truss index sheet 2303.4.4 Anchorage. The design for the transfer of loads and anchorage of each truss to the supporting structure is the responsibility of the registered design professional 2303.4.5 Alterations to trusses. Truss members and com- ponents shall not be cut, notched, drilled, spliced or other- wise altered in any way without written concurrence and approval of a registered design professional Alterations resulting in the addition of loads to any member (for exam- ple, HVAC equipment, piping, additional roofing or insula- tion) shall not be permitted without verification that the truss is capable of supporting such additional loading 2303.4.6 TPI 1 specifications. In addition to Sections 2303 4 1 through 2303 4 5, the design, manufacture and quality assurance of metal -plate -connected wood trusses shall be in accordance with TPI 1 Job -site inspections shall be in compliance with Section 110 4, as applicable 2303.4.7 Truss quality assurance. Trusses not part of a manufacturing process in accordance with either Section 2303 4 6 or a referenced standard, which provides require- ments for quality control done under the supervision of a third -party quality control agency, shall be manufactured in compliance with Sections 1704 2 5 and 1705 5, as applica- ble 2303.5 Test standard for joist hangers. Joist hangers shall be in accordance with ASTM D7147 2303.6 Nails and staples. Nails and staples shall conform to requirements of ASTM F1667, including Supplement 1 Nails used for framing and sheathing connections shall have mmi- mum average bending yield strengths as follows 80 kips per square inch (ksi) (551 MPa) for shank diameters larger than 0177 inch (4 50 mm) but not larger than 0 254 inch (6 45 mm), 90 ksi (620 MPa) for shank diameters larger than 0 142 inch (3 61 mm) but not larger than 0 177 inch (4 50 mm) and 100 ksi (689 MPa) for shank diameters of not less than 0 099 inch (2 51 mm) but not larger than 0 142 inch (3 61 mm) Staples used for framing and sheathing connections shall have minimum aver- age bending moments as follows 3 6 m -lbs (0 41 N-m) for No 16 gage staples, 4 0 in -lbs (0 45 N-m) for No 15 gage staples, and 4 3 in -lbs (0 49 N-m) for No 14 gage staples 2303.7 Shrinkage. Consideration shall be given in design to the possible effect of cross -grain dimensional changes con- sidered vertically that may occur in lumber fabricated in a green condition SECTION 2304 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 2304.1 General. The provisions of this section apply to design methods specified in Section 2302 1 2304.2 Size of structural members. Computations to deter- mine the required sizes of members shall be based on the net dimensions (actual sizes) and not nominal sizes 2304.3 Wall framing. The framing of exterior and interior walls shall be in accordance with the provisions specified in Section 2308 unless a specific design is furnished 2304.3.1 Bottom plates. Studs shall have full bearing on a 2-inch-thick (actual P/z inch, 38 mm) or larger plate or sill having a width not less than equal to the width of the studs 2304.3.2 Framing over openings. Headers, double joists, trusses or other approved assemblies that are of adequate size to transfer loads to the vertical members shall be pro- vided over window and door openings in load -bearing walls and partitions 2304.3.3 Shrinkage. Wood walls and bearing partitions shall not support more than two floors and a roof unless an analysis satisfactory to the building official shows that shrinkage of the wood framing will not have adverse effects on the structure or any plumbing, electrical or mechanical systems or other equipment installed therein due to excessive shrinkage or differential movements caused by shrinkage The analysis shall show that the roof drainage system and the foregoing systems or equipment will not be adversely affected or, as an alternate, such sys- tems shall be designed to accommodate the differential shrinkage or movements 2304.4 Floor and roof framing. The framing of wood- joisted floors and wood -framed roofs shall be in accordance with the provisions specified in Section 2308 unless a spe- cific design is furnished 2304.5 Framing around flues and chimneys. Combustible framing shall be not less than 2 inches (51 mm), but shall be not less than the distance specified in Sections 2111 and 2113 and the International Mechanical Code, from flues, chimneys and fireplaces, and 6 inches (152 mm) away from flue openings 2304.6 Exterior wall sheathing. Wall sheathing on the out- side of exterior walls, including gables, and the connection of the sheathing to framing shall be designed in accordance with the general provisions of this code and shall be capable of resisting wind pressures in accordance with Section 1609 2304.6.1 Wood structural panel sheathing. Where wood structural panel sheathing is used as the exposed finish on the outside of exterior walls, it shall have an exterior expo- sure durability classification Where wood structural panel sheathing is used elsewhere, but not as the exposed finish, it shall be of a type manufactured with exterior glue (Expo- sure 1 or Exterior) Wood structural panel sheathing, con- nections and framing spacing shall be in accordance with Table 2304 6 1 for the applicable wind speed and exposure category where used in enclosed buildings with a mean roof height not greater than 30 feet (9144 mm) and a topo- graphic factor (K,) of 1 0 2304.7 Interior paneling. Softwood wood structural panels used for interior paneling shall conform to the provisions of Chapter 8 and shall be installed in accordance with Table 2304 10 1 Panels shall comply with DOC PS 1, DOC PS 2 or ANSI/APA PRP 210 Prefinished hardboard paneling shall meet the requirements of ANSI A135 5 Hardwood plywood shall conform to HPVA HP-1 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 487 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2304.6.1 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN WIND SPEED, V..,J PERMITTED FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL WALL SHEATHING USED TO RESIST WIND PRESSURES""' MINIMUM NAIL MINIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM PANELNAIL MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESS WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SPAN NOMINAL PANEL THICKNESS WALL STUD SPACING SPACING SPACING DESIGN WIND SPEED, wa"(MPH) Penetration Edges Field Wind exposure category Size (inches) inches RATING (inches) (inches) inches o.c. ( ) inches o.c. ( ) B C D 24/0 3/S 16 6 12 110 90 85 6d common (2 0" x 0 113") 1 5 12 110 100 90 24/16 7/16 16 6 6 150 125 110 12 130 110 105 16 6 6 150 125 110 8d common ") 1 75 24/16 '/I6 12 110 90 85 (2 5" x 0 131 24 6 6 110 90 85 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 mile per hour = 0 447 m/s a Panel strength axis shall be parallel or perpendicular to supports Three-ply plywood sheathing with studs spaced more than 16 inches on center shall be applied with panel strength axis perpendicular to supports b The table is based on wind pressures acting toward and away from building surfaces in accordance with Section 30 7 of ASCE 7 Lateral requirements shall be in accordance with Section 2305 or 2308 c Wood structural panels with span ratings of wall-16 or wall-24 shall be permitted as an alternative to panels with a 24/0 span rating Plywood siding rated 16 on center or 24 on center shall be permitted as an alternative to panels with a 24/16 span rating Wall-16 and plywood siding 16 on center shall be used with studs spaced not more than 16 inches on center d V 6 shall be determined in accordance with Section 1609 3 1 2304.8 Floor and roof sheathing. Structural floor sheathing and structural roof sheathing shall comply with Sections 2304 8 1 and 2304 8 2, respectively 2304.8.1 Structural floor sheathing. Structural floor sheathing shall be designed in accordance with the general provisions of this code Floor sheathing conforming to the provisions of Table 2304 8(1), 2304 8(2), 2304 8(3) or 2304 8(4) shall be deemed to meet the requirements of this section 2304.8.2 Structural roof sheathing. Structural roof sheathing shall be designed in accordance with the general provisions of this code and the special provisions in this section Roof sheathing conforming to the provisions of Table 2304 8(1), 2304 8(2), 2304 8(3) or 2304 8(5) shall be deemed to meet the requirements of this section Wood structural panel roof sheathing shall be of a type manufactured with exterior glue (Exposure 1 or Exterior) 2304.9 Lumber decking. Lumber decking shall be designed and installed in accordance with the general provisions of this code and Sections 2304 9 1 through 2304 9 5 3 2304.9.1 General. Each piece of lumber decking shall be square -end trimmed Where random lengths are famished, each piece shall be square end trimmed across the face so that not less than 90 percent of the pieces are within 0 5 degrees (0 00873 rad) of square The ends of the pieces shall be permitted to be beveled up to 2 degrees (0 0349 rad) from the vertical with the exposed face of the piece slightly longer than the opposite face of the piece Tongue - and -groove decking shall be installed with the tongues up on sloped or pitched roofs with pattern faces down 2304.9.2 Layup patterns. Lumber decking is permitted to be lard up following one of five standard patterns as defined in Sections 2304 9 2 1 through 2304 9 2 5 Other patterns are permitted to be used provided that they are substantiated through engineering analysis TABLE 2304.8(1) ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR LUMBER FLOOR AND ROOF SHEATHING MINIMUM NET THICKNESS (inches) OF LUMBER PLACED SPAN (inches) Perpendicular to supports Diagonally to supports Surfaced dry' Surfaced unseasoned Surfaced dry' Surfaced unseasoned Floors 24 16 3/ s/B 25/32 II/I6 3/ s/S 25/32 II/I6 Roofs 24 s/S II/I6 3/ 25/32 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm a Maximum 19-percent moisture content 488 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CITFIghtOO?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hvardmepf da od om),(Qtyof FnmdNmod)Od6Numb¢x,00e,vmc ocJM IOZM.o o, 5e PAL (PST) Tug tto Lie Ag,, ^® 'Ath ICC No fwN¢ T,odomo,, m ALLh¢ TAodomo,, by any the Party o, Axmboemdmho[vsd 9cglo— ody mpyncg and , w , mg T,okb¢d ANY VNAVTHO SPEED REPRODUCTION OR DIRTRFRJTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR WOOD TABLE 2304.8(2) SHEATHING LUMBER, MINIMUM GRADE REQUIREMENTS: BOARD GRADE SOLID FLOOR OR ROOF SHEATHING SPACED ROOF SHEATHING GRADING RULES Utility Standard NLGA, WCLIB, WWPA 4 common or uhhty 3 common or standard NLGA, WCLIB, W WPA, NSLB or NELMA No 3 No 2 SPIB Merchantable Construction common RIS 2304.9.2.1 Simple span pattern. All pieces shall be supported on their ends (in other words, by two sup- ports) 2304.9.2.2 Two -span continuous pattern. All pieces shall be supported by three supports, and all end joints shall occur in line on alternating supports Supportmg members shall be designed to accommodate the load redistribution caused by this pattern 2304.9.2.3 Combination simple and two -span con- tinuous pattern. Courses in end spans shall be alter- nating simple -span pattern and two -span continuous pattern End joints shall be staggered in adjacent courses and shall bear on supports 2304.9.2.4 Cantilevered pieces intermixed pattern. The decking shall extend across not fewer than three spans Pieces m each starter course and every third course shall be simple span pattern Pieces in other courses shall be cantilevered over the supports with end joints at alternating quarter or third pomts of the spans Each piece shall bear on one support or more 2304.9.2.5 Controlled random pattern. The deckmg shall extend across not fewer than three spans End joints of pieces within 6 mches (152 mm) of the end joints of the adjacent pieces in either direction shall be separated by not fewer than two intervening courses In the end bays, each piece shall bear on one support or more Where an endjomt occurs in an end bay, the next piece in the same course shall continue over the first inner support for not less than 24 inches (610 mm) The details of the controlled random pattern shall be as specified for each decking material in Section 2304 9 3 3, 2304 9 4 3 or 2304 9 5 3 Decking that cantilevers beyond a support for a hor- izontal distance greater than 18 inches (457 mm), 24 inches (610 mm) or 36 inches (914 mm) for 2-inch (51 mm), 3-inch (76 mm) and 4-inch (102 mm) nominal thickness deckmg respectively, shall comply with the following 1 The maximum cantilevered length shall be 30 percent of the length of the first adjacent interior span 2 A structural fascia shall be fastened to each deck - mg piece to maintain a continuous, straight line 3 Endlomts shall not be m the deckmg between the cantilevered end of the decking and the centerline of the first adjacent interior span 2304.9.3 Mechanically laminated decking. Mechani- cally lammated decking shall comply with Sections 2304 9 3 1 through 2304 9 3 3 2304.9.3.1 General. Mechanically laminated deckmg consists of square -edged dimension lumber laminations set on edge and nailed to the adjacent pieces and to the supports 2304.9.3.2 Nailing. The length of nails connecting lam- inations shall be not less than two and one-half tunes the net thickness of each lamination Where decking supports are 48 inches (1219 mm) on center or less, side nails shall be mstalled not more than 30 inches (762 mm) on center alternating between top and bottom edges, and staggered one-third of the spacing m adja- cent laminations Where supports are spaced more than 48 inches (1219 mm) on center, side nails shall be installed not more than 18 inches (457 mm) on center alternating between top and bottom edges and stag- gered one-third of the spacmg in adjacent laminations For mechanically laminated decking constructed with lammations of 2-mch (51 mm) nominal thickness, nail- ing m accordance with Table 2304 9 3 2 shall be per- mitted Two side nails shall be installed at each end of butt -jointed pieces Lammations shall be toenaJled to supports with 20d or larger common nails Where the supports are 48 inches (1219 mm) on center or less, alternate lamina- tions shall be toenaJled to alternate supports, where supports are spaced more than 48 inches (1219 mm) on center, alternate lammations shall be toenaJled to every support For mechanically laminated deckmg con- structed with laminations of 2-mch (51 mm) nominal thickness, toenaJling in accordance with Table 2304 9 3 2 shall be permitted 2304.9.3.3 Controlled random pattern. There shall be a minimum distance of 24 mches (610 mm) between end joints m adjacent courses The pieces m the first and sec- ond courses shall bear on not fewer than two supports with end jomts m these two courses occurring on alter- nate supports Not more than seven intervening courses shall be permitted before this pattern is repeated 2304.9.4 Two-inch sawn tongue -and -groove decking. Two-inch (51 mm) sawn tongue -and -groove decking shall comply with Sections 2304 9 4 1 through 2304 9 4 3 2304.9.4.1 General. Two-inch (51 mm) decking shall have a maximum moisture content of 15 percent Deck- ing shall be machined with a single tongue -and -groove pattern Each decking piece shall be nailed to each sup- port 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 489 I 1 1 1 CITFIEbtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, VPn Cm,(hvzodmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^nt,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2304.8(3) ALLOWABLE SPANS AND LOADS FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEATHING AND SINGLE -FLOOR GRADES CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE SPANS WITH STRENGTH AXIS PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS' SHEATHING GRADES ROOF' FLOOR` Panel span rating roof/ Floor span Panel thickness (inches) Maximum span (inches) Load'(psf) Maximum span (inches) With edge support¢ Without edge support Total load Live load 16/0 3/S 16 16 40 30 0 20/0 3/S 20 20 40 30 0 24/0 3/S17/1611/2 24 203 40 30 0 24/16 7/16,1/2 24 24 50 40 16 32/16 15/2,1/2,5/S 32 28 40 30 162 40/20 19/ s/S 3/'/S 40 32 40 30 20& h 48/24 23/2,3/4,7/S 48 36 45 35 24 54/32 7/S, 1 54 40 45 35 32 60/32 7/S, 1'/S 60 48 45 35 32 SINGLE FLOOR GRADES ROOF' FLOOR` Panel span rating(inches) Panel thickness Maximum span (inches) Loade(psf) Maximum span (inches) With edge support¢ Without edge support Total load Live load 16 o c 1/2,19/2,5/S 24 24 50 40 162 20 o c 19/32 5/S 3/ 32 32 40 30 20& h 24 o c 23/32,3/4 48 36 35 25 24 32 o c 7/S, 1 48 40 50 40 32 48 o c 13/321 1'/S 60 48 50 40 48 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kN/m2 a Applies to panels 24 inches or wider N b Uniform load deflection limitations'/Igo of span under live load plus dead load,'/M under live load only c Panel edges shall have approved tongue -and -groove joints or shall be supported with blocking unless 1/4-inch minimum thickness underlayment or 11/ inches of approved cellular or lightweight concrete is placed over the subfloor, or finish floor is 3/4-inch wood strip Allowable uniform load based on deflection of /36, of span is 100 pounds per square foot except the span rating of 48 inches on center is based on a total load of 65 pounds per square foot d Allowable load at maximum span e Tongue -and -groove edges, panel edge clips (one midway between each support, except two equally spaced between supports 48 inches on center), lumber blocking or other Only lumber blocking shall satisfy blocked diaphragm requirements f For '/i inch panel, maximum span shall be 24 inches g Span is permitted to be 24 inches on center where 3/4-inch wood strip flooring is installed at right angles to joist h Span is permitted to be 24 inches on center for floors where 11/ inches of cellular or lightweight concrete is applied over the panels TABLE 2304.8(4) ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL COMBINATION SUBFLOOR-UNDERLAYM ENT (SINGLE FLOOR)' (Panels Continuous Over Two or More Spans and Strength Axis Perpendicular to Supports) IDENTIFICATION MAXIMUM SPACING OF JOISTS (inches) 16 20 24 32 48 Species group" Thickness (inches) 1 1/2 J/S 3/4 2,3 J/S 3/4 7/S 4 3/ 7/S Single floor span rating' 16 o c 20 o c 24 o c 32 o c 48 o c For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kxCM2 a Spans limited to value shown because of possible effects of concentrated loads Allowable uniform loads based on deflection of /3,, of span is 100 pounds per square foot except allowable total uniform load for 1'/g inch wood structural panels over joists spaced 48 inches on center is 65 pounds per square foot Panel edges shall have approved tongue -and -groove joints or shall be supported with blocking, unless '/a inch minimum thickness underlayment or 11/ inches of approved cellular or lightweight concrete is placed over the subfloor, or finish floor is 3/Q inch wood strip b Applicable to all grades of sanded exterior -type plywood See DOC PS 1 for plywood species groups c Applicable to Underlayment grade, C-C (Plugged) plywood, and Single Floor grade wood structural panels 490 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® r Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb6xle¢elvmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto ff.,I ( "PETER I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAUTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2304.8(5) ALLOWABLE LOAD (PSF) FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL ROOF SHEATHING CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR MORE SPANS AND STRENGTH AXIS PARALLEL TO SUPPORTS (Plywood structural panels are five-ply, five -layer unless otherwise noted)' 1M LOAD AT MAXIMUM SPAN (psf) PANEL GRADE THICKNESS (inch) MAXIMUM SPAN (inches) Live Total 7 /16 24 20 30 15/32 24 35' 45' Structural I sheathing 1/2 24 40' 50' 19/32, J/S 24 70 80 23/2, 3/ 24 90 100 7/16 16 40 50 I5/32 24 20 25 Sheathung, other grades covered 1/2 24 25 30 in DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2 19/32 24 40' 50' 5/2 24 45' 55' 23/32, 3/ 24 60' 65' For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kN/m2 a Uniform load deflection limitations 1/IB0 of span under live load plus dead load, 1/M under live load only Edges shall be blocked with lumber or other 14M approved type of edge supports b For composite and four -ply plywood structural panel, load shall be reduced by 15 pounds per square foot TABLE 2304.9.3.2 FASTENING SCHEDULE FOR MECHANICALLY LAMINATED DECKING USING LAMINATIONS OF 2-INCH NOMINAL THICKNESS MINIMUM NAIL SIZE (Length x Diameter) (inches) MAXIMUM SPACING BETWEEN FACE NAILS (inches) NUMBER OF TOENAILS INTO SUPPORTS` Decking Supports <48 inches o.c. Decking Supports > 48 inches o.c. 4 x 0 192 30 18 1 4x0162 24 14 2 4x0148 22 13 2 31/2 x 0 162 20 12 2 31/2 x 0 148 19 11 2 31/2 x 0 135 17 10 2 3 x 0 148 11 7 2 3x0128 9 5 2 23/ x 0 148 10 6 2 23/ x 0 131 9 6 3 23/ x 0 120 8 5 3 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm a Nails shall be driven perpendicular to the lamination face, alternating between top and bottom edges b Where nails penetrate through two laminations and into the third, they shall be staggered one-third of the spacing in adjacent laminations Otherwise, nails shall be staggered one-half of the spacing in adjacent laminations c Where supports are 48 inches on center or less, alternate laminations shall be toenailed to alternate supports, where supports are spaced more than 48 inches on center, alternate laminations shall be toenailed to every support 2304.9.4.2 Nailing. Each piece of decking shall be toe - nailed at each support with one 16d common nail through the tongue and face -nailed with one 16d com- mon nail 2304.9.4.3 Controlled random pattern. There shall be a mmimum distance of 24 inches (610 mm) between end joints in adjacent courses The pieces in the first and sec- ond courses shall bear on not fewer than two supports with end joints in these two courses occurring on alter- 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 491 I I I I CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tm PuOod ANYUNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD nate supports Not more than seven intervening courses shall be permitted before this pattern is repeated 2304.9.5 Three- and four -inch sawn tongue -and -groove decking. Three- and four -inch (76 mm and 102 mm) sawn tongue -and -groove decking shall comply with Sections 2304 9 5 1 through 2304 9 5 3 2304.9.5.1 General. Three-inch (76 mm) and four -inch (102 mm) decking shall have a maximum moisture content of 19 percent Decking shall be machined with a double tongue -and -groove pattern Decking pieces shall be interconnected and nailed to the supports 2304.9.5.2 Nailing. Each piece shall be toenailed at each support with one 40d common nail and face - nailed with one 60d common nail Courses shall be spiked to each other with 8-mch (203 mm) spikes at maximum intervals of 30 inches (762 mm) through pre - drilled edge holes penetrating to a depth of approxi- mately 4 inches (102 mm) One spike shall be installed at a distance not exceeding 10 inches (254 mm) from the end of each piece 2304.9.5.3 Controlled random pattern. There shall be a mimmum distance of 48 inches (1219 mm) between end joints in adjacent courses Pieces not bearing on a support are permitted to be located in interior bays pro- vided that the adjacent pieces in the same course con- tinue over the support for not less than 24 inches (610 mm) This condition shall not occur more than once in every six courses in each interior bay 2304.10 Connectors and fasteners. Connectors and fasten- ers shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 2304 10 1 through 2304 10 7 2304.10.1 Fastener requirements. Connections for wood members shall be designed in accordance with the appro- priate methodology in Section 2302 1 The number and size of fasteners connecting wood members shall be not less than that set forth in Table 2304 10 1 2304.10.2 Sheathing fasteners. Sheathing nails or other approved sheathing connectors shall be driven so that their head or crown is flush with the surface of the sheathing 2304.10.3 Joist hangers and framing anchors. Connec- tions depending on joist hangers or framing anchors, ties and other mechanical fastenings not otherwise covered are permitted where approved The vertical load -bearing capacity, torsional moment capacity and deflection char- acteristics of joist hangers shall be determined in accor- dance with ASTM D7147 2304.10.4 Other fasteners. Clips, staples, glues and other approved methods of fastening are permitted where approved 2304.10.5 Fasteners and connectors in contact with pre- servative -treated and fire -retardant -treated wood. Fas- teners, including nuts and washers, and connectors in contact with preservahve-treated andfire-retardant-treated wood shall be in accordance with Sections 2304 10 5 1 through 2304 10 5 4 The coating weights for zmc-coated fasteners shall be in accordance with ASTM A153 Stam- less steel driven fasteners shall be in accordance with the I material requirements of ASTM F1667 2304.10.5.1 Fasteners and connectors for preserva- tive -treated wood. Fasteners, including nuts and wash- ers, in contact with preservahve-treated wood shall be of hot -dipped zinc -coated galvanized steel, stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper Staples shall be of stain- less steel Fasteners other than nails, staples, timber riv- ets, wood screws and lag screws shall be permitted to be of mechanically deposited zinc -coated steel with coating weights in accordance with ASTM 13695, Class 55 minimum Connectors that are used in exterior applications and in contact with preservahve-treated wood shall have coating types and weights in accor- dance with the treated wood or connector manufacturer's recommendations In the absence of manufacturer's rec- ommendations, not less than ASTM A653, Type G185 zmc-coated galvanized steel, or equivalent, shall be used Exception: Plain carbon steel fasteners, including nuts and washers, in SBX/DOT and zinc borate pre- servahve-treated wood in an interior, dry environ- ment shall be permitted 2304.10.5.2 Fastenings for wood foundations. Fas- tenings, including nuts and washers, for wood founda- tions shall be as required in AWC PWF 2304.10.5.3 Fasteners for fire -retardant -treated wood used in exterior applications or wet or damp locations. Fasteners, including nuts and washers, for fire -retardant -treated wood used in exterior applica- tions or wet or damp locations shall be of hot -dipped zinc -coated galvanized steel, stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper Staples shall be of stainless steel Fasteners other than nails, staples, timber rivets, wood screws and lag screws shall be permitted to be of mechanically deposited zinc -coated steel with coating weights in accordance with ASTM 13695, Class 55 minimum 2304.10.5.4 Fasteners for fire -retardant -treated wood used in interior applications. Fasteners, includ- mg nuts and washers, for fire -retardant -treated wood used in interior locations shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations In the absence of manufacturer's recommendations, Section 2304 10 5 3 shall apply 2304.10.6 Load path. Where wall framing members are not continuous from the foundation sill to the roof, the members shall be secured to ensure a continuous load path Where required, sheet metal clamps, ties or clips shall be formed of galvanized steel or other approved cor- rosion -resistant material not less than 0 0329-inch (0 836 mm) base metal thickness 2304.10.7 Framing requirements. Wood columns and posts shall be framed to provide full end bearing Alterna- tively, column -and -post end connections shall be designed to resist the full compressive loads, neglecting end -bearing capacity Column -and -post end connections shall be fas- tened to resist lateral and net induced uplift forces 492 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C1pynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, Axmboemamhoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2304.10.1 FASTENING SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS NUMBER AND TYPE OF FASTENER SPACING AND LOCATION Roof 3-8d common (2'/2" x 0 131 "), or 1 Blocking between ceilmg joists, rafters or trusses 3-1 Od box (Y x 0 128"), or Each end, tocrual to top plate or other framing below 3-3" x 0 131" nails, or 3-3" 14 gage staples,'/1fi' crown 2-8d common (2'/2" x 0 131'� 2-3" x 0 131" mils Each end, tocrual Blocking between rafters or truss not at the wall 2-3" 14 gage staples top plate, to rafter or truss 2-16 d common (3'/2' x 0 162") 3-3" x 0 131" mils End nark 3-3" 14 gage staples 16d common (3'/2' x 0 162") @ 6" o c Flat blocking to truss and web filler 3" x 0 131" nuls @ 6" o c Face nark 3" x 14 gage staples @ 6" o c 3-8d common (2'/2" x 0 131"), or 2 Cerlmg joists to top plate 3-1 Od box (3" x 0 128"), or Each joist, tocrual 3-3" x 0 131" mils, or 3-3" 14 gage staples,'/1fi' crown 3-16d common (0 162'), or, 3 Ceiling joist not attached to parallel rafter, laps " 4-1 Od box (3" x 0 0 128), or over partitions (no thrust) 4-3" x 0 131" nuls, or Face nark (see Section 2308 7 3 1, Table 2308 7 3 1) 4-3" 14 gage staples,'11fi' crown 4 Cerlmgjorst attached to parallel rafter (heel joint) per Table 2308 7 3 1 Face nark (see Section 2308 7 3 1, Table 2308 7 3 1) 3-1 Od common (3" x 0 148"), or 5 Collar he to rafter 4-1 Od box (3" x 0 128"), or Face nark 4-3" x 0 131" mils, or 4-3" 14 gage staples,'11fi' crown 3-16 common (3" x 0 148"), or 3-16d box (3'/z" x 0 135"), or 6 Rafter or roof truss to top plate 4-1box x 0 128"), or Toenul` (See Section 2308 7 5, Table 2308 7 5) x 0 131 4-3"" 1 narks, or 4-3" 14 gage staples,'11fi' crown 2-16d common (31/2" x 0 162"), or 3-1 Od box (3" x 0 128"), or End nark 3-3" x 0 131" mils, or 3-3" 14 gage staples,'11fi' crown, or 7 Roof rafters to edge valley or kup rafters, or roof rafter to 2-inch ndge beam Od common (3" x 0 148"), or 6d box (3'/z" x0 135"), or [4Odbox (3" x 0 128"), or Toenul " x 0 131" mils, or " 14 gage staples,'11fi' crown (continued) 2018 INTERNATI0NAL BUILDING CODE® 493 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep -d—od Pm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 01 Se PAL (PST) mtto ( I.—A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD y TABLE 2304.10.1—continued FASTENING SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS NUMBER AND TYPE OF FASTENER SPACING AND LOCATION Wall 16d common (3'/2" x 0 162"), 24" o c face nail 8 Stud to stud (not at braced wall panels) 1 Od box (3" x 0 128"), or 3" x 0 131" nails, or 16" o c face nail 3-3" 14 gage staples,'/1fi' crown 16d common (3'/2" x 0 162"), or 16" o c face nail 9 Stud to stud and abutting studs at intersecting wall 16d box (31/2" x 0 135 ), or 12" o c face nail comers (at braced wall panels) 3" x 0 131" nails, or 3-3" 14 gage staples,'116' crown 12" o c face nail 16d common (31/2" x 0 162"), or 16" o c each edge, face nail 10 Built-up header (2" Tp 2" header) 16d box (31/2" x 0 135") 12" o c each edge, face nail 11 Continuous header to stud 4-8d common (2'/L" x 0 13 F), or Toenail 4-1 Od box (3" x 0 12811) 16d common (31/2" x 0 162"), or 16" o c face nail 12 Top plate to top plate 1 Od box (3" x 0 128"), or 3" x 0 131" nails, or 12" o c face nail 3" 14 gage staples,'/16" crown 8-16d common (31/2" x 0 162"), or 12-10d box (3" x 0 128"), or Each side of end joint, face mil 13 Top plate to top plate, at endjomts 12-3" x 0 131" nails, or (minimum 24" lap splice length 12-3" 14 gage staples,'/16' crown each side of end joint) 16d common (31/2" x 0 162"), or 16" o c face nail 14 Bottom plate to joist, rim joist, band joist or block- 16d box (31/2" x 0 135 ), or ing (not at braced wall panels) 3" x 0 131" nails, or 12" o c face nail 3" 14 gage staples,'/16" crown 2-16d common (31/2" x 0 162"), or 15 Bottom plate to joist, rim joist, hand joist or block- 3-16d box (31/2" x 0 135"), or 16" o c face nail ing at braced wall panels 4-3" x 0 131" nails, or 4-3" 14 gage staples ,'/1fi' crown 4-8d common (21/2" x 0 13 F), or 4-1 Od box (3" x 0 128"), or Toenail 4-3" x 0 131"nails, or 4-3" 14 gage staples, '/1fi' crown, or 16 Stud to top or bottom plate 2-16d common (3'/2' x 0 162"), or 3-1 Od box (3" x 0 128"), or End nail3-3" x 0 131"nails, or 3-3" 14 gage staples ,'/1fi' crown 2-16d common (31/2" x 0 162"), or 17 Top plates, laps at comers and intersections 3-1 Od box (3" x 0 128"), or Face nail 3-3" x 0 131"nails, or 3-3" 14 gage staples, '/1fi' crown (continued) 494 2018 INTERNATI0NAL BUILDING CODE® C'p IEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 01 Se PM (PST) tto ITL S I ( I.i AEffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2304.10.1—continued FASTENING SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS NUMBER AND TYPE OF FASTENER SPACING AND LOCATION Wall 2-8d common (2'/2' x 0 131"), or 18 1" brace to each stud and plate 2-l0d box (3" x 0 128"), or Face nut 2-3" x 0 131" nails, or 2-3" 14 gage staples,'/1fi' crown 19 1" x 6" sheathing to each bearing 2-8d common (2'/2' x 0 131"), or Face nut 2-10dbox (3" x 0 12811) 20 1" x 8" and wider sheathing to each bearing 3-8d common (2'/2' x 0 131"), or Face nut 3-10dbox (3" x 0 12811) Floor 3-8d common (2'/2' x 0 131"), or floor 21 Joist to sill, top plate, or girder 3-1 Od box (3" x 0 128"), or Toenail 3-3" x 0 131" nails, or 3-3" 14 gage staples,'/1fi' crown 8d common (2'/2" x 0 131"), or 22 Rim Joist, band Joist, or bloclang to top plate, 1 Od box (3" x 0 128"), or 6" o c sill or other framing below 3" x 0 131" nails, or ,toenail 3" 14 gage staples,'/1fi' crown 23 1" x 6" subfloor or less to each Joist 2-8d common (2'/2' x 0 131"), or Face nut 2-10dbox (3" x 0 12811) 24 2" subfloor to Joist or girder 2-16d common (3'/2" x 0 162") Face nut 25 2" planks (plank & beam —floor & roof) 2-16d common (3'/2" x 0 162") Each bearing, face nut 20d common 0" x 0 192" 32" o c , face nut at top and bot- tom staggered on opposite sides 1 Od box (3" x 0 128"), or 24" o c face nut at top and bot- 3" x 0 131" nails, or tom staggered on opposite sides 26 Built-up girders and beams, 2" lumber layers 3" 14 gage staples,'/1fi' crown And 2-20d common 0" x 0 192"), or 3-1Od box (3" x 0 128"), or Ends and at each splice, face nut 3-3" x 0 131" nails, or 3-3" 14 gage staples,'/1fi' crown 3-16d common (3'/2" x 0 162"), or 27 Ledger strip4-l0dbox supporting Joists or rafters (3" x 0 128"), or 4-3" x 0 131" nails, or Each Joist or rafter, face nail 4-3" 14 gage staples,'/1fi' crown 3-16d common (3'/2" x 0 162"), or 28 Joist to band Joist or nm Joist 4- l Od box (3" x 0 128"), or End nut 4-3" x 0 131" nails, or 4-3" 14 gage staples,'/1fi' crown 2-8d common (2'/2' x 0 131"), or 29 Bridging or bloclang to Joist, rafter or truss 2-10d box (3" x 0 128"), or 2-3" x 0 131" nails, or Each end, toenail 2-3" 14 gage staples,'/1fi' crown (continued) 2018 INTERNATI0NAL BUILDING CODE® 495 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2304.10.1—continued FASTENING SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS INUMBER AND TYPE OF FASTENER ISPACING AND LOCATION Wood structural panels (WSP), subfloor, roof and interior wall sheathing to framing and particleboard wall sheathing to framing' Edges Intermediate supports (inches) (inches) 6d common or deformed (2" x 0 113") 6 12 (subfloor and wall) 8d common or deformed (2'/2" x 0 131'� (roof) or RSRS-01 (2'/g' x 0 113") nail 6 12 (roof)" 30 3/g' —1/2" 23/2" x 0 113" nail (subfloor and wall) 6 12 13/q" 16 gage staple,'11fi' crown 4 8 (subfloor and wall) 23/2" x 0 113" nail (roof) 4 8 13/4" 16 gage staple,'11fi' crown (roof) 3 6 8d common (21/2" x 0 131'), or 6d deformed (2" x 0 113") (subfloor and 6 12 wall) 31 "/ "—'/ „ 8d common or deformed (21/2" x 0 131'� " ' (roof) or RSRS-01 (23/g' x 0 113") nad 6 12 (roof)" 23/2" x 0 113" nail, or 4 8 2" 16 gage staple,'116" crown 32 '/ "— 11/ " 1 Od common (3" x 0 148"), or 6 12 a ° 8d deformed (21/2" x 0 131'� Other exterior wall sheathing 11/2" galvanized roofing nail 33 1/2" fiberboard sheathing' (7/16" head diameter), or 3 6 11/4" 16 gage staple with'/1fi' or P crown 13/4" galvanized roofing nail 34 25/32" fiberboard sheathing' (7/16" diameter head), or 3 6 11/2" 16 gage staple with'/1fi' or 1" crown Wood structural panels, combination subfloor underlayment to framing 35 3/4' and less 8d common (21/2" x 0 131'), or 6 12 6d deformed (2" x 0 113") 36 '/"— 1" 8d common (21/2" x 0 131'), or 6 12 a 8d deformed (21/2" x 0 13 P) 37 1'/ " — 11/ " 1 Od common (3" x 0 148"), or 6 12 a ° 8d deformed (21/2" x 0 131'� Panel siding to framing 6d corrosion -resistant siding 38 1/2" or less (P/g' x 0 106"), or 6 12 6d corrosion -resistant casing (2" x 0 099") 8d corrosion -resistant siding 39 5/„ (23/$, x 0 128"), or 6 12 a 8d corrosion -resistant casing (21/2" x 0 113") (continued) 496 2018 INTERNATI0NAL BUILDING CODE® rS ( " ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 o, Se PM(PST)pu�rvantto II.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2304.10.1—continued FASTENING SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS INUMBER AND TYPE OF FASTENER ISPACING AND LOCATION Wood structural panels (WSP), sub0oor, roof and interior wall sheathing to framing and particleboard wall sheathing to framing' Edges Intermediate supports (inches) (inches) Interior paneling 4d casing (V/2" x 0 080"), or 40 /q" 4d finish 01/2" x 0 072") 6 12 f 41 /R" 6d casing (2" x 0 099"), or 6 12 6d finish (Panel supports at 24 inches) For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm a Nails spaced at 6 inches at intermediate supports where spans are 48 inches or more For nailing of wood structural panel and particleboard diaphragms and shear walls, refer to Section 2305 Nails for wall sheathing are permitted to be common, box or casing b Spacing shall be 6 inches on center on the edges and 12 inches on center at intermediate supports for nonstructural applications Panel supports at 16 inches (20 inches if strength axis in the long direction of the panel, unless otherwise marked) c Where a rafter is fastened to an adjacent parallel ceiling joist in accordance with this schedule and the ceiling joist is fastened to the top plate in accordance with this schedule, the number of toenails in the rafter shall be permitted to be reduced by one nail d RSRS-01 is a Roof Sheathing Ring Shank nail meeting the specifications in ASTM F1667 , 2304.11 Heavy timber construction. Where a structure, por- tion thereof or individual structural elements are required by provisions of this code to be of heavy timber, the building elements therein shall comply with the applicable provisions of Sections 2304 11 1 through 2304 11 4 Minimum dimen- sions of heavy timber shall comply with the applicable requirements in Table 2304 11 based on roofs or floors sup- ported and the configuration of each structural element, or in Sections 2304 112 through 2304 11 4 Lumber decking shall be in accordance with Section 2304 9 2304.11.1 Details of heavy timber structural members. Heavy timber structural members shall be detailed and constructed in accordance with Sections 2304 11 1 through 2304 11 1 3 2304.11.1.1 Columns. Minimum dimensions of col- umns shall be in accordance with Table 2304 11 Col- umns shall be continuous or superimposed throughout all stories and connected in an approved manner Gird- ers and beams at column connections shall be closely fitted around columns and adjoining ends shall be cross tied to each other, or intertied by caps or ties, to transfer horizontal loads across Joints Wood bolsters shall not be placed on tops of columns unless the columns sup- port roof loads only Where traditional heavy timber detailing is used, connections shall be by means of rein- forced concrete or metal caps with brackets, by prop- erly designed steel or iron caps, with pmtles and base plates, by timber splice plates affixed to the columns by metal connectors housed within the contact faces, or by other approved methods 2304.11.1.2 Floor framing. Minimum dimensions of floor framing shall be in accordance with Table 2304 11 Approved wall plate boxes or hangers shall be provided where wood beams, girders or trusses rest on masonry or concrete walls Where intermediate beams are used to support a floor, they shall rest on top of girders, or shall be supported by an approved metal hanger into which the ends of the beams shall be closely fitted Where traditional heavy timber detailing is used, these connections shall be permitted to be sup- ported by ledgers or blocks securely fastened to the sides of the girders 2304.11.1.3 Roof framing. Minimum dimensions of roof framing shall be in accordance with Table 2304 11 Every roof girder and not less than every alternate roof beam shall be anchored to its supporting member to resist forces as required in Chapter 16 2304.11.2 Partitions and walls. Partitions and walls shall comply with Section 2304 11 2 1 or 2304 11 2 2 2304.11.2.1 Exterior walls. Exterior walls shall be per- mitted to be cross -laminated timber not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in thickness meeting the requirements of Section 2303 1 4 2304.11.2.2 Interior walls and partitions. Interior walls and partitions shall be of solid wood construction formed by not less than two layers of 1-inch (25 mm) matched boards or laminated construction 4 inches (102 mm) thick, or of 1-hour fire -resistance -rated con- struction 2304.11.3 Floors. Floors shall be without concealed spaces Wood floors shall be constructed in accordance with Section 2304 113 1 or 2304 113 2 2304.11.3.1 Cross -laminated timber floors. Cross - laminated timber shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in actual thickness Cross-lammated timber shall be continuous from support to support and mechani- cally fastened to one another Cross -laminated timber shall be permitted to be connected to walls without a shrinkage gap providing swelling or shrinking is con- sidered in the design Corbelling of masonry walls under the floor shall be permitted to be used 2304.11.3.2 Sawn or glued -laminated plank floors. Sawn or glued -laminated plank floors shall be one of the following 1 Sawn or glued -laminated planks, splined or tongue -and -groove, of not less than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in thickness covered with 1-inch 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 497 I 11 1 CITFIEItOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc04JM IOZM0 o, 5e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD (25 mm) nominal dimension tongue -and -groove flooring, laid crosswise or diagonally, "/32 inch (12 mm) wood structural panel or Yz inch (12 7 mm) particleboard Planks not less than 4 inches (102 mm) nominal in width set on edge close together and well spiked and covered with 1-mch (25 mm) nominal dimension flooring or "/32 mch (12 mm) wood structural panel or '/z mch (12 7 mm) particle- board The lumber shall be laid so that continuous lines of joints will occur only at points of support Floors shall not extend closer than'/Z inch (12 7 mm) to walls Such '/z mch (12 7 mm) space shall be covered by a molding fastened to the wall and so arranged that it will not obstruct the swelling or shrinkage movements of the floor Corbelling of masonry walls under the floor shall be permitted to be used in place of molding 2304.11.4 Roof decks. Roofs shall be without concealed spaces and roof decks shall be constructed in accordance with Section 2304 11 4 1 or 2304 11 4 2 Other types of decking shall be an alternative that provides equivalent fire resistance and structural properties Where supported by a wall, roof decks shall be anchored to walls to resist forces detenmmed in accordance with Chapter 16 Such anchors shall consist of steel bolts, lags, screws or approved hardware of sufficient strength to resist pre- scribed forces 2304.11.4.1 Cross -laminated timber roofs. Cross - laminated timber roofs shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in thickness and shall be continuous from support to support and mechanically fastened to one another 2304.11.4.2 Sawn, wood structural panel, or glued - laminated plank roofs. Sawn, wood structural panel, or glued -laminated plank roofs shall be one of the fol- lowing 1 Sawn or glued laminated, splmed or tongue -and - groove plank, not less than 2 inches (51 mm) nominal in thickness 2 IV. -inch -thick (32 mm) wood structural panel (exterior glue) 3 Planks not less than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in width, set on edge close together and laid as required for floors 2304.12 Protection against decay and termites. Wood shall be protected from decay and termites in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 2304 12 1 through 2304 12 7 2304.12.1 Locations requiring waterborne preserva- tives or naturally durable wood. Wood used above ground in the locations specified in Sections 2304 12 1 1 through 2304 12 1 5, 2304 12 3 and 2304 12 5 shall be naturally durable wood or preservahve-treated wood using waterborne preservatives, in accordance with AWPA Ul for above -ground use TABLE 2304.11 MINIMUM DIMENSIONS OF HEAVY TIMBER STRUCTURAL MEMBERS MINIMUM NOMINAL MINIMUM GLUED- MINIMUM STRUCTURAL SOLID SAWN SIZE LAMINATED NET SIZE COMPOSITE LUMBER NET SIZE SUPPORTING HEAVY TIMBER STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS Width, inch Depth, inch Width, inch Depth, inch Width, inch Depth, inch Columns, Framed sawn or glued-larrunated Floor loads only timber arches that spring from the 8 8 6/ 81/4 7 71/2 or combined floor floor line, and roof loads Framed timber trusses Wood beams and girders 6 10 5 101/2 51/4 91/2 Columns (roof and ceiling loads), Lower half of wood -frame or glued-larrunated arches 6 8 5 81/4 51/4 71/2 that spring from the floor line or from grade Upper half of wood -frame Roof loads only or glued -laminated arches 6 6 5 6 51/4 51/2 that spring from the floor line or from grade Framed timber trusses and other roof framing, a Framed or glued-larrunated 4h 6 3h 6/R 31/2h 51/2 arches that spring from the top of walls or wall abutments For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm a Spaced members shall be permitted to be composed of two or more pieces not less than 3 inches nominal in thickness where blocked solidly throughout their intervening spaces or where spaces are tightly closed by a continuous wood cover plate of not less than 2 inches nominal in thickness secured to the underside of the members Splice plates shall be not less than 3 inches nominal in thickness b Where protected by approved automatic sprinklers under the roof deck, framing members shall be not less than 3 inches nominal in width 498 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CITFIEItOO?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hvardmepf da od om),(Qtyof FnmdNmod)Odo,Nomb,, x,00e,vmc ocJM 10-0 o, 5e PAL (PST)p­tto Lie Ag,, ^®,Ath ICC NofwN¢T,odomo,,mALLh¢gAodomo,, by anytlud Party o, Axmboemdmho[vsd 9cglo—ody oL,,g andoPt,P,mgL,okb¢d ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DIRTRFRITION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PBNALTIBSTHBRB VNDBR WOOD 2304.12.1.1 Joists, girders and subfloor. Wood joists or wood structural floors that are closer than 18 inches (457 mm) or wood girders that are closer than 12 inches (305 mm) to the exposed ground in crawl spaces or unexcavated areas located within the perimeter of the building foundation shall be of naturally durable or pre- servative -treated wood 2304.12.1.2 Wood supported by exterior foundation walls. Wood framing members, including wood sheath- ing, that are in contact with exterior foundation walls and are less than 8 inches (203 mm) from exposed earth shall be of naturally durable or preservative -treated wood 2304.12.1.3 Exterior walls below grade. Wood fram- ing members and furring strips in direct contact with the interior of exterior masonry or concrete walls below grade shall be of naturally durable or preservative - treated wood 2304.12.1.4 Sleepers and sills. Sleepers and sills on a concrete or masonry slab that is in direct contact with earth shall be of naturally durable or preservative - treated wood 2304.12.1.5 Wood siding. Clearance between wood siding and earth on the exterior of a building shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm) or less than 2 inches (51 mm) vertical from concrete steps, porch slabs, patio slabs and similar horizontal surfaces exposed to the weather except where siding, sheathing and wall fram- ing are of naturally durable or preservative -treated wood 2304.12.2 Other locations. Wood used in the locations specified in Sections 2304 12 2 1 through 2304 12 2 5 shall be naturally durable wood or preservative -treated wood in accordance with AWPA Ul Preservative -treated wood used in interior locations shall be protected with two coats of urethane, shellac, latex epoxy or varnish unless waterborne preservatives are used Prior to application of the protective finish, the wood shall be dried in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations 2304.12.2.1 Girder ends. The ends of wood girders entering exterior masonry or concrete walls shall be provided with a '/z inch (12 7 mm) airspace on top, sides and end, unless naturally durable or preservative - treated wood is used 2304.12.2.2 Posts or columns. Posts or columns sup- porting permanent structures and supported by a con- crete or masonry slab or footing that is in direct contact with the earth shall be of naturally durable or preserva- tive -treated wood Exception: Posts or columns that meet all of the fol- lowing 1 Are not exposed to the weather, or are pro- tected by a roof, eave, overhang, or other cov- ering if exposed to the weather 2 Are supported by concrete piers or metal ped- estals projected not less than 1 inch (25 mm) above the slab or deck and are separated from the concrete pier by an impervious moisture barrier 3 Are located not less than 8 inches (203 mm) above exposed earth 2304.12.2.3 Supporting member for permanent appurtenances. Naturally durable or preservative - treated wood shall be utilized for those portions of wood members that form the structural supports of buildings, balconies, porches or similar permanent building appurtenances where such members are exposed to the weather without adequate protection from a roof, eave, overhang or other covering to pre- vent moisture or water accumulation on the surface or atlomts between members Exception: Buildings located in a geographical region where experience has demonstrated that cli- matic conditions preclude the need to use durable materials where the structure is exposed to the weather 2304.12.2.4 Laminated timbers. The portions of glued-lammated timbers that form the structural sup- ports of a bwldmg or other structure and are exposed to weather and not fully protected from moisture by a roof, eave or similar covering shall be pressure treated with preservative or be manufactured from naturally durable or preservative -treated wood 2304.12.2.5 Supporting members for permeable floors and roofs. Wood structural members that sup- port moisture -permeable floors or roofs that are exposed to the weather, such as concrete or masonry slabs, shall be of naturally durable or preservative - treated wood unless separated from such floors or roofs by an impervious moisture barrier The impervious moisture barrier system protecting the structure sup- porting floors shall provide positive drainage of water that infiltrates the moisture -permeable floor topping 2304.12.2.6 Ventilation beneath balcony or elevated walking surfaces. Enclosed framing in exterior balco- nies and elevated walking surfaces that are exposed to ram, snow or drainage from irrigation shall be provided with openings that provide a net free cross -ventilation area not less than '/sE of the area of each separate space 2304.12.3 Wood in contact with the ground or fresh water. Wood used in contact with exposed earth shall be naturally durable for both decay and termite resistance or preservative treated in accordance with AWPA Ul for soil or fresh water use Exception: Untreated wood is permitted where such wood is continuously and entirely below the ground- water level or submerged in freshwater 2304.12.3.1 Posts or columns. Posts and columns that are supporting permanent structures and embedded in concrete that is exposed to the weather or in direct con- tact with the earth shall be of preservative -treated wood 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 499 I 1 1 1 COTFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD 2304.12.4 Termite protection. In geographical areas where hazard of termite damage is known to be very heavy, wood floor framing in the locations specified in Section 23041211 and exposed framing of exterior decks or balconies shall be of naturally durable species (tennite resistant) or preservative treated in accordance with AWPA Ul for the species, product preservative and end use or provided with approved methods of tennite protection 2304.12.5 Wood used in retaining walls and cribs. Wood installed in retaining or crib walls shall be preserva- tive treated in accordance with AWPA Ul for soil and fresh water use 2304.12.6 Attic ventilation. For attic ventilation, see Sec- tion 1202 2 2 2304.12.7 Under -floor ventilation (crawl space). For under -floor ventilation (crawl space), see Section 1202 4 2304.13 Long-term loading. Wood members supporting concrete, masonry or similar materials shall be checked for the effects of long-term loading using the provisions of the ANSFAWC NDS The total deflection, including the effects of long-term loading, shall be limited in accordance with Sec- tion 1604 3 1 for these supported materials Exception: Horizontal wood members supporting masonry or concrete nonstructural floor or roof surfacing not more than 4 inches (102 mm) thick need not be checked for long-term loading SECTION 2305 GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR LATERAL FORCE -RESISTING SYSTEMS 2305.1 General. Structures using wood -frame shear walls or wood -frame diaphragms to resist wind, seismic or other lat- eral loads shall be designed and constructed in accordance with AWC SDPWS and the applicable provisions of Sections 2305, 2306 and 2307 2305.1.1 Openings in shear panels. Openings in shear panels that materially affect their strength shall be detailed on the plans and shall have their edges adequately rein- forced to transfer all shearing stresses 2305.2 Diaphragm deflection. The deflection of wood - frame diaphragms shall be determined in accordance with AWC SDPWS The deflection (Ad,J of a blocked wood struc- tural panel diaphragm uniformly fastened throughout with staples is permitted to be calculated in accordance with Equa- tion 23-1 If not uniformly fastened, the constant 0 188 (For SI 1/1627) in the third term shall be modified by an approved method AdEa=5vL/8EAW+vLl4Gt+0188Le +E(xA)/2W (Equation 23-1) ForSI Od„=0052vLlEAW+vL/4Gt+Le, 1627+E(xAJ/2W where A = Area of chord cross section, in square inches (mm') E —Modulus of elasticity of diaphragm chords, in pounds per square inch (N/mm ) e„ = Staple slip, in inches (mm) [see Table 2305 2(1)] Gt = Panel rigidity through the thickness, in pounds per inch (N/mm) of panel width or depth [see Table 2305 2(2)] L = Diaphragm length (dimension perpendicular to the direction of the applied load), in feet (mm) IS = Induced umt shear in pounds per linear foot (plf) (N/ mm) W = Diaphragm width [in the direction of applied force, in feet (mm)] x = Distance from chord splice to nearest support, in feet (mm) A, = Diaphragm chord splice slip at the induced unit shear, in inches (mm) Ad„ = Maximum mid -span diaphragm deflection determined by elastic analysis, in inches (mm) TABLE 2305.2(1) e„ VALUES (inches) FOR USE IN CALCULATING DIAPHRAGM AND SHEAR WALL DEFLECTION DUE TO FASTENER SLIP (Structural 1)a• LOAD PER FASTENER' (pounds) FASTENER DESIGNATIONS 14-Ga staple x 2 inches long 60 0 011 80 0 018 100 0 028 120 004 140 0 053 60 0 068 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= 304 8 mm, 1 pound = 4 448 N a Increase e„ values 20 percent for plywood grades other than Structural I b Load per fastener = maximum shear per foot divided by the number of fasteners per foot at interior panel edges c Decrease e„ values 50 percent for seasoned lumber (moisture content < 19 percent) 2305.3 Shear wall deflection. The deflection of wood -frame shear walls shall be determined in accordance with AWC SDPWS The deflection (D,w) of a blocked wood structural panel shear wall uniformly fastened throughout with staples is permitted to be calculated in accordance with Equation 23-2 A, = 8vh'/EAb + vh/4Gt+ 0 75he + d fi/b (Equation 23-2) For SI vb'13EAb+ vb/Gt+ be. + d,b/b 407.6 where A = Area of end -post cross section in square inches (mm) Shear wall length, in feet (mm) d = Total vertical elongation of wall anchorage system (such as fastener slip, device elongation, rod elongation) at the induced umt shear in the shear wall (v) E = Modulus of elasticity of end posts, in pounds per square inch (N/mm ) 500 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( RR I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD e„ = Staple slip, in inches (mm) [see Table 2305 2(1)] Gt = Panel rigidity through the thickness, in pounds per inch (N/mm) of panel width or depth [see Table 2305 2(2)] h = Shear wall height, in feet (mm) v = Induced unit shear, in pounds per linear foot (N/mm) A,, - Maximum shear wall deflection determined by elastic analysis, in inches (mm) SECTION 2306 ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN 2306.1 Allowable stress design. The design and construction of wood elements in structures using allowable stress design shall be in accordance with the following applicable stan- dards American Wood Council. ANSI/AWCNDS National Design Specification for Wood Construction SDPWS Special Design Provisions for Wind and Seismic TABLE 2305.2(2) VALUES OF Gt FOR USE IN CALCULATING DEFLECTION OF WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEAR WALLS AND DIAPHRAGMS PANEL TYPE SPAN RATING VALUES OF Gt (Iblin. panel depth or width) Structural Sheathing Structural I Plywood OSB Plywood OSB 3-ply 4-ply 5-ply' 3-ply 4-ply 5-ply' 24/0 25,000 32,500 37,500 77,500 32,500 42,500 41,500 77,500 24/16 27,000 35,000 40,500 83,500 35,000 45,500 44,500 83,500 Sheathing 32/16 27,000 35,000 40,500 83,500 35,000 45,500 44,500 83,500 40/20 28,500 37,000 43,000 88,500 37,000 48,000 47,500 88,500 48/24 31,000 40,500 46,500 96,000 40,500 52,500 51,000 96,000 16 o c 27,000 35,000 40,500 83,500 35,000 45,500 44,500 83,500 20 o c 28,000 36,500 42,000 87,000 36,500 47,500 46,000 87,000 Single Floor 24 o c 30,000 39,000 45,000 93,000 39,000 50,500 49,500 93,000 32 o c 36,000 47,000 54,000 110,000 47,000 61,000 59,500 110,000 48 o c 50,500 65,500 76,000 155,000 65,500 85,000 83,500 155,000 Structural Sheathing Structural I Thickness (in.) A -A, A-C Marine All Other Grades A -A, A-C Marine All Other Grades 1/4 24,000 31,000 24,000 31,000 31,000 31,000 11/32 25,500 33,000 25,500 33,000 33,000 33,000 3/2 26,000 34,000 26,000 34,000 34,000 34,000 15/32 38,000 49,500 38,000 49,500 49,500 49,500 1/2 38,500 50,000 38,500 50,000 50,000 50,000 19/32 49,000 63,500 49,000 63,500 63,500 63,500 Sanded Plywood 5/S 49,500 64,500 49,500 64,500 64,500 64,500 23/32 50,500 65,500 50,500 65,500 65,500 65,500 3/4 51,000 66,500 51,000 66,500 66,500 66,500 '/g 52,500 68,500 52,500 68,500 68,500 68,500 1 73,500 95,500 73,500 95,500 95,500 95,500 11/2 75,000 97,500 75,000 97,500 97,500 97,500 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 pound/inch = 0 1751 N/min a 5-ply applies to plywood with five or more layers For 5-ply plywood with three layers, use values for 4-ply panels 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 501 I I I I CITFIghtOO?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc 04JM IOZM0 o, 5e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD E* E* American Society of Agricultural and Biological Engineers. ASABE EP 484 2 Diaphragm Design of Metal -clad, Post - Frame Rectangular Buildings ASABE EP 486 2 Shallow Post Foundation Design ASABE 559 1 Design Requirements and Bending Properties for Mechanically Laminated Columns APA—The Engineered Wood Association. ANSI 117 Standard Specifications for Structural Glued Laminated Timber of Softwood Species ANSI Al90 1 Structural Glued Laminated Timber Panel Design Specification Plywood Design Specification Supplement 1- Design & Fabrication of Plywood Curved Panel Plywood Design Specification Supplement 2 Design & Fabrication of Glued Plywood -lumber Beams Plywood Design Specification Supplement 3 Design & Fabrication of Plywood Stressed -skin Panels Plywood Design Specification Supplement 4 Design & Fabrication of Plywood Sandwich Panels Plywood Design Specification Supplement 5 Design & Fabrication of All -plywood Beams APA T300 Glulam Connection Details APA S560 Field Notching and Drilling of Glued Laminated Timber Beams APA S475 Glued Laminated Beam Design Tables APA X450 Glulam in Residential Construction APA X440 Product and Application Guide Glulam APA R540 Builders Tips Proper Storage and Han- dling of Glulam Beams Truss Plate Institute, Inc. TPI1 National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construc- tion West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau AITC 104 Typical Construction Details AITC 110 Standard Appearance Grades for Struc- tural Glued Laminated Timber AITC 113 Standard for Dimensions of Structural Glued Laminated Timber AITC 119 Standard Specifications for Structural Glued Laminated Timber of Hardwood Species AITC 200 Inspection Manual 2306.1.1 Joists and rafters. The design of rafter spans is permitted to be in accordance with the AWC STJR 2306.1.2 Plank and beam flooring. The design of plank and beam flooring is permitted to be in accordance with the AWC Wood Constructon Data No. 4 2306.1.3 Treated wood stress adjustments. The allow- able unit stresses for preservahve-treated wood need not be adjusted for treatment, but are subject to other adjust - in ents The allowable unit stresses for fire -retardant -treated wood, including fastener values, shall be developed from an approved method of investigation that considers the effects of anticipated temperature and humidity to wluch the fire -retardant -treated wood will be subjected, the type of treatment and the redrymg process Other adjustments are applicable except that the impact load duration shall not apply 2306.1.4 Lumber decking. The capacity of lumber deck- ing arranged according to the patterns described in Section 2304 9 2 shall be the lesser of the capacities determined for flexure and deflection according to the formulas in Table 2306 1 4 TABLE 2306.1.4 ALLOWABLE LOADS FOR LUMBER DECKING ALLOWABLE AREA LOAD" PATTERN Flexure Deflection 8FV 384AE'd' Sim le s an P P a b — — f6 G ° _ 51' 12 8 bI 18 E'd' Two -span continuous 66 = 6° — � 12 Combination simple -and 8Fbd' 131AE'd' two-spanconhnuous 66 _ f6 6p __ j1 12 Cantilevered pieces 20Fb'd 105AE'd' intermixed 66 _ 3�6 GA __ 12 Controlled random layup Mechanically lananated 20Fbd' 100AE'd' decking 6b __ 3�6 6p P 12 20Fbd' 100AE'd' 2-inch decking 66 = V IS P 12 20Fbd' 116AE'd' 3-inch and 4-inch decking 6b = 12 V6 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min a ah = Allowable total uniform load limited by bending ah = Allowable total uniform load limited by deflection b d= Actual decking thickness 1= Span of decking Fa = Allowable bending stress adjusted by applicable factors E' =Modulus of elasticity adjusted by applicable factors 502 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CopyaghtOoz0lvICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( fiTER I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. INC REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD 2306.2 Wood -frame diaphragms. Wood -frame diaphragms shall be designed and constructed in accordance with AWC SDPWS Where panels are fastened to framing members with staples, requirements and limitations of AWC SDPWS shall be met and the allowable shear values set forth in Table 2306 2(1) or 2306 2(2) shall be permitted The allowable shear values in Tables 2306 2(1) and 2306 2(2) are permitted to be increased 40 percent for wind design 2306.2.1 Gypsum board diaphragm ceilings. Gypsum board diaphragm ceilings shall be in accordance with Sec- tion 2508 6 2306.3 Wood -frame shear walls. Wood -frame shear walls shall be designed and constructed in accordance with AWC SDPWS Where panels are fastened to framing members with staples, requirements and limitations of AWC SDPWS shall be met and the allowable shear values set forth in Table 23063(1), 23063(2) or 23063(3) shall be permitted The allowable shear values in Tables 23063(1) and 23063(2) are permitted to be increased 40 percent for wind design Panels complying with ANSUAPA PRP-210 shall be permitted to use design values for Plywood Siding in the AWC SDPWS SECTION 2307 LOAD AND RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN 2307.1 Load and resistance factor design. The design and construction of wood elements and structures using load and resistance factor design shall be in accordance with ANSU AWC NDS and AWC SDPWS SECTION 2308 CONVENTIONAL LIGHT -FRAME CONSTRUCTION 2308.1 General. The requirements of this section are intended for conventional hghtframe construction Other construction methods are permitted to be used, provided that a satisfactory design is submitted showing compliance with other provisions of this code Interior nonload-bearing parti- tions, ceilings and curtain walls of conventional light frame construction are not subject to the limitations of Section 2308 2 Detached one- and two-family dwellings and town- houses not more than three stones above grade plane in height with a separate means of egress and their accessory structures shall comply with the International Residential Code 2308.1.1 Portions exceeding limitations of conventional light -frame construction. Where portions of a building of otherwise conventional light -frame construction exceed the limits of Section 2308 2, those portions and the sup- porting load path shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice and the provisions of this code For the purposes of this section, the term "portions" shall mean parts of buildings containing volume and area such as a room or a series of rooms The extent of such design need only demonstrate compliance of the noncon- ventional light -framed elements with other applicable pro- visions of this code and shall be compatible with the performance of the conventional light -framed system 2308.1.2 Connections and fasteners. Connectors and fas- teners used in conventional construction shall comply with the requirements of Section 2304 10 2308.2 Limitations. Buildings are permitted to be con- structed in accordance with the provisions of conventional light frame construction, subject to the lnnitatlons in Sections 2308 2 1 through 2308 2 6 2308.2.1 Stories. Structures of conventional light frame construction shall be limited in story height in accordance with Table 2308 2 1 TABLE 2308.2.1 ALLOWABLE STORY HEIGHT SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY ALLOWABLE STORY ABOVE GRADE PLANE A and B Three stones C Two stones D and E, One story For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min a For the purposes of this section, for buildings assigned to Seismic Design Category D or E, cripple walls shall be considered to be a story unless cripple walls are solid blocked and do not exceed 14 inches in height 2308.2.2 Allowable floor -to -floor height. Maxunum floor - to -floor height shall not exceed 11 feet, 7 inches (3531 mm) Exterior bearing wall and interior braced wall heights shall not exceed a stud height of 10 feet (3048 mm) 2308.2.3 Allowable loads. Loads shall be in accordance with Chapter 16 and shall not exceed the following 1 Average dead loads shall not exceed 15 psf (718 N/ m') for combined roof and ceiling, exterior walls, floors and partitions Exceptions: 1 Subject to the limitations of Section 2308 6 10, stone or masonry veneer up to the lesser of 5 inches (127 mm) thick or 50 psf (2395 N/m') and installed in accor- dance with Chapter 14 is permitted to a height of 30 feet (9144 mm) above a non- combustible foundation, with an additional 8 feet (2438 mm) permitted for gable ends 2 Concrete or masonry fireplaces, heaters and chimneys shall be permitted in accor- dance with the provisions of this code Live loads shall not exceed 40 psf (1916N/m) for floors Exception: Live loads for concrete slab -on - ground floors in Risk Categories I and II shall be not more than 125 psf Ground snow loads shall not exceed 50 psf (2395 N/m� 2308.2.4 Basic wind speed. V shall not exceed 130 miles ' per hour (57 m/s) (3-second gust) Exceptions: 1 V shall not exceed 140 mph (61 6 m/s) (3-second gust) for buildings in Exposure Category B that are not located in a hurricane -prone region 2 Where V exceeds 130 mph (3-second gust), the provisions of either AWC WFCM or ICC 600 are permitted to be used 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 503 I I1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 14rPPIst TABLE 2306 2(1) ALLOWABLE SHEAR VALUES (POUNDS PER FOOT) FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL DIAPHRAGMS UTILIZING STAPLES WITH FRAMING OF DOUGLAS FIR -LARCH, OR SOUTHERN PINE' FOR WIND OR SEISMIC LOADING' BLOCKED UNBLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS DIAPHRAGMS MINIMUM Fastener spacing (inches) at NOMINAL WIDTH diaphragm boundaries (all cases) Fasteners spaced MINIMUM MINIMUM OF FRAMING at continuous panel edges parallel 6max at STAPLE FASTENER NOMINAL MEMBERS AT to load (Cases 3, 4), and at all supported etlgese PANEL LENGTH PENETRATION PANEL ADJOINING panel edges (Cases 5, die GRADE AND GAGE° IN FRAMING THICKNESS PANEL (Inches) (Inch) EDGESAND 6 4 I Sh I 2` I Case 1(No BOUNDARIES` unblocked All other (inches) etlges or configurations Fastener spacing (inches) at other paneledges(Cas es 11213an ,I)° continuous (Cases 2, 3, 4, joints parallel 5 and 6) 6 6 4 3 to Ioatl) 2 175 235 350 400 155 115 e/e 3 200 265 395 450 175 130 StructuralI 11/2 1 2 175 235 350 400 155 120 grades 16gage 3 200 265 395 450 175 130 m 2 160 210 315 360 140 105 3 180 235 355 400 160 120 Sheathing, 9ngle A nor a/ 2 165 225 335 380 150 110 3 190 250 375 425 165 125 ther 14 c grade 1 2 160 210 315 360 140 105 Doveredin 16gage lF 3 180 235 355 405 160 120 DOCPSI m and PS2 2 175 235 350 400 155 115 3 200 265 395 450 175 130 m to Ilxking typical, bad_ Framing Bawd I I I I �typical Continuous panel joints 's6aphragm boundary ' Cgntin al panel Ioims Framing Blacking For SI 1 inch= 25 4 ram, 1 pound per foot= 14 5939 N/m a F or framing of other sped es (1)Find specific gravity for sped es of lamb er In ANSLAWCND S (2)For start es fin d shear value from tabl e for Structural panels (regardless of actual grade) and multiply value by 0 82 for species with specific gravity of 0 42 or greater, or 0 65 for all other species IS Space fasteners mancmum 12 Inches on center al ong intern erhate framing in embers (6 inches on center where supports are spaced 48 inches on center) c Framing at adr coming panel edges shall IS e 3 in ones n initial or wr der d Start es shall have a minimum crown wr din of'/1c Inch and shall be Install ed with their crowns parall el to the l ong arm ensmn of the framing in embers e The minimum n initial wr din of framing in embers n or1oated at IS oun darn es or adr oming panel edges shall be 2 Inches f For shear loads of normal or permanent load duration as defined by the ANSI/AWC ND$ the values In the table shall be multiplied by 0 63 or 0 56, respectively 504 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODES coerppLro m-¢ amSay—scuravmAs ure 0amr,z—Iiiser0wk,eMhIrrrme ®rm I— or se naame�re+ -o-scur—MIu-wevnoulISA xouw OF rasmesu. (creco-STAcTAITS) cwaAca nrr AND Scarrcrvo wu.A-CrIemau.ewu.assmisaeun WOOD TABLE 2306.2(2) ALLOWABLE SHEAR VALUES (POUNDS PER FOOT) FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL BLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS UTILIZING MULTIPLE ROWS OF STAPLES (HIGH -LOAD DIAPHRAGMS) WITH FRAMING OF DOUGLAS FIR -LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE' FOR WIND OR SEISMIC LOADING"•9•" BLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS Cases 1 and 2" PANEL GRADED STAPLE GAG MINIMUM FASTENER PENETRATION IN FRAMING (inches) MINIMUM NOMINAL PANEL THICKNESS (inch) MINIMUMNOMINAL WIDTH OF FRAMING MEMBER AT AD EDIGESANDNING NEL BOUNDARIES¢ LINES OF FASTENERS Fastener Spacing Per Line at Boundaries (inches) 4 2"S 2 Fastener Spacing Per Line at Other Panel Edges (inches) 6 4 4 3 3 2 StructuralI grades t staples P 2 15 /32 3 2 600 600 860 960 1,060 1,200 4 3 860 900 1,160 1,295 1,295 1,400 9 /32 3 2 600 600 875 960 1,075 1,200 4 3 875 900 1,175 1,440 1,475 1,795 Sheatlung single 15 /32 3 2 540 540 735 865 915 1,080 4 3 735 810 1,005 1,105 1,105 1,195 floor and other grades covered in DOC PS and PS 14 gage staples 2 P /32 3 2 600 600 865 960 1,065 1,200 4 1 3 1 865 190011,13011,430 1,370 1,485 23/32 4 1 3 1 865 190011,13011,4901 1,430 1,545 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 pound per foot =l4 5939 N/m a For framing of other species (1) Find specific gravity for species of framing lumber in ANSI/AWC NDS (2) For staples, find shear value from table for Structural I panels (regardless of actual grade) and multiply value by 0 82 for species with specific gravity of 0 42 or greater, or 0 65 for all other species b Fastening along intermediate framing members Space fasteners not greater than 12 inches on center, except 6 inches on center for spans greater than 32 inches c Panels conforming to PS 1 or PS 2 d This table gives shear values for Cases 1 and 2 as shown in Table 2306 2(1) The values shown are applicable to Cases 3, 4, 5 and 6 as shown in Table 2306 2(1), providing fasteners at all continuous panel edges are spaced in accordance with the boundary fastener spacing e The minimum nominal depth of framing members shall be 3 inches nominal The minimum nominal width of framing members not located at boundaries or adjoining panel edges shall be 2 inches f Staples shall have a minimum crown width of inch, and shall be installed with their crowns parallel to the long dimension of the framing members g High -load diaphragms shall be subject to special inspection in accordance with Section 1705 5 1 h For shear loads of normal or permanent load duration as defined by the ANSI/AWC NDS, the values in the table shall be multiplied by 0 63 or 0 56, respectively (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 505 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DIETRIRJTIO NISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER /008/7026 TABLE 2306.2(2)—continued ALLOWABLE SHEAR VALUES (POUNDS PER FOOT) FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL BLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS UTILIZING MULTIPLE ROWS OF STAPLES (HIGH -LOAD DIAPHRAGMS) WITH FRAMING OF DOUGLAS FIR -LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE FOR WIND OR SEISMIC LOADING JOINT 3" NOMINAL —TWO LINES JOINT 4" NOMINAL —TWO LINES 4" NOMINAL —THREE LINES TYPICAL BOUNDARY FASTENING (Shown is two lines staggered.) NOTE SPACE PANEL END AND EDGE JOINT 1/8 INCH REDUCE SPACING BETWEEN LINES OF NAILS AS NECESSARYTO MAINTAIN MINIMUM 3/8 INCH FASTERNER EDGE MARGINS, MINIMUM SPACING BETWEEN LINES IS 3/8 INCH JOINT EDGE 506 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Copyright ®201f ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Accessed by Heather Van Dine(hvandme@fnendswood com),(City of Pueudawood)Order Number# 100817026 on Jan 14, uu 0158 PM (PST) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC No fuller reproduction, no fuller reproductions by anythnd party, or distribution authorusd Single user only, copying and nenvomm, prohibited ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2306.3(1) ALLOWABLE SHEAR VALUES (POUNDS PER FOOT) FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEAR WALLS UTILIZING STAPLES WITH FRAMING OF DOUGLAS FIR -LARCH OR SOUTHERN PINE' FOR WIND OR SEISMIC LOADING b, f, g,' PANEL GRADE MINIMUM NOMINAL PANEL THICKNESS (inch) MINIMUM FASTENER PENETRATION IN FRAMING (inches) PANELS APPLIED DIRECT TO FRAMING PANELS APPLIED OVER'12" OR'la" GYPSUM SHEATHING Staple length and gageh (inches) Fastener spacing at panel edges (inches) Staple length and (inches) Fastener spacing at panel edges (inches) 6 4 3 2' 6 4 3 2n 3/S 155 235 315 400 155 235 310 400 Structural I sheatlung 1 Gage 11/2 16 2 16 Gage g T/ 16 170 260 345 440 155 235 310 400 15/2 185 280 375 475 155 235 300 400 5/161or 1/4' 145 220 295 375 110 165 220 285 Sheathing, ply- wood siding' except Group 5 Species, 1 11/2 16 Gage 2 16 Gage 3/S 140 210 280 360 140 210 280 360 '/16 155 230 310 395 140 210 280 360 /32 170 255 335 430 140 210 280 360 ANSI/APA PRP 1'/32 f Gage 185 280 375 475 210 siding' For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 pound per foot =l4 5939 N/m a For framing of other species (1) Find specific gravity for species of lumber in ANSI/AWC NDS (2) For staples find shear value from table for Structural I panels (regardless of actual grade) and multiply value by 0 82 for species with specific gravity of 0 42 or greater, or 0 65 for all other species b Panel edges backed with 2-inch nominal or wider framing Install panels either horizontally or vertically Space fasteners maximum 6 inches on center along intermediate framing members for'/B -inch and '/s inch panels installed on studs spaced 24 inches on center For other conditions and panel thickness, space fasteners maximum 12 inches on center on intermediate supports c 3/B-inch panel thickness or siding with a span rating of 16 inches on center is the minimum recommended where applied directly to framing as exterior siding For grooved panel siding, the nominal panel thickness is the thickness of the panel measured at the point of fastening d Framing at adjoining panel edges shall be 3 inches nominal or wider e Values apply to all -veneer plywood Thickness at point of fastening on panel edges governs shear values f Where panels are applied on both faces of a wall and fastener spacing is less than 6 inches on center on either side, panel joints shall be offset to fall on different framing members, or framing shall be 3 inches nominal or thicker at adjoining panel edges g In Seismic Design Category D, E or F, where shear design values exceed 350 pounds per linear foot, all framing members receiving edge fastening from abutting panels shall be not less than a single 3-inch nominal member, or two 2-inch nominal members fastened together in accordance with Section 2306 1 to transfer the design shear value between framing members Wood structural panel joint and sill plate nailing shall be staggered at all panel edges See AWC SDPWS for sill plate size and anchorage requirements h Staples shall have a minimum crown width of inch and shall be installed with their crowns parallel to the long dimension of the framing members i For shear loads of normal or permanent load duration as defined by the ANSI/AWC NDS, the values in the table shall be multiplied by 0 63 or 0 56, respectively TABLE 2306.3(2) ALLOWABLE SHEAR VALUES (plf) FOR WIND OR SEISMIC LOADING ON SHEAR WALLS OF FIBERBOARD SHEATHING BOARD CONSTRUCTION UTILIZING STAPLES FOR TYPE V CONSTRUCTION ONLY., b,`,d•e ALLOWABLE SHEAR VALUE THICKNESS AND GRADE (inches) STAPLE GAGE AND DIMENSIONS (pounds per linear foot) STAPLE SPACING AT PANEL EDGES (inches)' 4 3 2 No 16 gage galvanized staple,'11fi' crown 1'/ inch long 150 200 225 1/2 or 25/32 Structural No 16 gage galvanized staple, 1" crown 1 % inch long 220 290 1 325 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 pound per foot=l4 5939 N/m a Fiberboard sheathing shall not be used to brace concrete or masonrywalls b Panel edges shall be backed with 2-inch or wider framing of Douglas Fir -larch or Southern Pine For framing of other species (1) Find specific gravity for species of framing lumber in ANSI/AWC NDS (2) For staples, multiply the shear value from the table by 0 82 for species with specific gravity of 0 42 or greater, or 0 65 for all other species c Values shown are for fiberboard sheathing on one side only with long panel dimension either parallel or perpendicular to studs d Fastener shall be spaced 6 inches on center along intermediate framing members e Values are not permitted in Seismic Design Category D, E or F 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 507 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oam(with¢,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2306.3(3) ALLOWABLE SHEAR VALUES FOR WIND OR SEISMIC FORCES FOR SHEAR WALLS OF LATH AND PLASTER OR GYPSUM BOARD WOOD FRAMED WALL ASSEMBLIES UTILIZING STAPLES TYPE OF MATERIAL THICKNESS OF MATERIAL WALL CONSTRUCTION STAPLE SPACING' MAXIMUM (inches) SHEAR VALUE" (plf) MINIMUM STAPLE SIZED 1 Expanded metal or woven wire lath and Portland cement plaster 7/g' Unblocked 6 180 No 16 gage galv staple,'/g" legs 2 Gypsum lath, plain or perforated yz" lath a rd Unblocked 5 100 No 16 gage galv staple, 1'/," long 1/2" x 2' x 81 Unblocked 4 75 3 Gypsum sheattung No 16 gage galv staple, 1'/4' long /' 4 Blocked' Unblocked 4 7 175 100 Unblocked' 7 75 Unblocked' 4 110 1/2" No 16 gage galv staple, 11/2" long Unblocked 7 100 Unblocked 4 125 Blocked' 7 125 4 Gypsum board, gypsum veneer base or water-resistant gypsum Blocked' 4 150 Unblocked' 7 115 baclang board 4 145 No 16 gage galv staple, 11/2" '/a, legs, I %" long Blocked' 7 145 4 175 Blocked' Two-ply Base ply 9 Face ply 7 250 No 16 gage gals staple 1'/g" long No 15 gage galv staple, 21/4" long For SI 1 inch = 25 Liman, 1 feet— 304 8 mm, 1 pound per foot= 14 5939 N/m a These shear walls shall not be used to resist loads imposed by masonry or concrete walls (see AWC SDPWS) Values shown are for short-term loading due to wind or seismic loading Walls resisting seismic loads shall be subject to the limitations in Section 12 2 1 of ASCE 7 Values shown shall be reduced 25 percent for normal loading b Applies to fastening at studs, top and bottom plates and blocking c Except as noted, shear values are based on a maximum framing spacing of 16 inches on center d Maximum framing spacing of 24 inches on center e All edges are blocked, and edge fastening is provided at all supports and all panel edges f Staples shall have a minimum crown width of inch, measured outside the legs, and shall be installed with their crowns parallel to the long dimension of the framing members g Staples for the attachment of gypsum lath and woven -wire lath shall have a minimum crown width of inch, measured outside the legs 2308.2.5 Allowable roof span. Ceiling joist and rafter framing constructed in accordance with Section 2308 7 and trusses shall not span more than 40 feet (12 192 mm) between points of vertical support A ridge board in accor- dance with Section 2308 7 or 2308 7 3 1 shall not be con- sidered a vertical support 2308.2.6 Risk category limitation. The use of the provi- sions for conventional light frame construction in this sec- tion shall not be permitted for Risk Category IV buildings assigned to Seismic Design Category B, C, D or F 2308.3 Foundations and footings. Foundations and footings shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Chapter 18 Connections to foundations and footings shall comply with this section 2308.3.1 Foundation plates or sills. Foundation plates or sills resting on concrete or masonry foundations shall comply with Section 2304 3 1 Foundation plates or sills shall be bolted or anchored to the foundation with not less than '/z inch -diameter (127 mm) steel bolts or approved anchors spaced to provide equivalent anchorage as the steel bolts Bolts shall be embedded not less than 7 inches (178 mm) into concrete or masonry The bolts shall be located in the middle third of the width of the plate Bolts shall be spaced not more than 6 feet (1829 mm) on center and there shall be not less than two bolts or anchor straps per piece with one bolt or anchor strap located not more than 12 inches (305 mm) or less than 4 inches (102 mm) from each end of each piece Bolts in sill plates of braced I wall Imes in structures over two stories above grade shall be spaced not more than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center A properly sized nut and washer shall be tightened on each bolt to the plate 508 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I (fiTER I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD 2308.3.1.1 Braced wall line sill plate anchorage in Seismic Design Category D. Sill plates along braced wall lines in buildings assigned to Seismic Design Cat- egory D shall be anchored with not less than '/z inch (12 7 mm) diameter anchor bolts with steel plate wash- ers between the foundation sill plate and the nut, or approved anchor straps load -rated in accordance with Section 2304 10 3 and spaced to provide equivalent anchorage Plate washers shall be not less than 0 229 inch by 3 inches by 3 inches (5 82 mm by 76 mm by 76 mm) in size The hole in the plate washer is permitted to be diagonally slotted with a width of up to'116 inch (4 76 mm) larger than the bolt diameter and a slot length not to exceed C/, inches (44 mm), provided that a standard cut washer is placed between the plate washer and the nut 2308.3.1.2 Braced wall line sill plate anchorage in Seismic Design Category E. Sill plates along braced wall lines in buildings assigned to Seismic Design Cat- egory E shall be anchored with not less than % mch diameter (15 9 mm) anchor bolts with steel plate wash- ers between the foundation sill plate and the nut, or approved anchor straps load -rated in accordance with Section 2304 10 3 and spaced to provide equivalent anchorage Plate washers shall be not less than 0 229 inch by 3 inches by 3 inches (5 82 mm by 76 mm by 76 mm) in size The hole in the plate washer is permitted to be diagonally slotted with a width of up to'116 inch (4 76 mm) larger than the bolt diameter and a slot length not to exceed 1'/4 inches (44 mm), provided that a standard cut washer is placed between the plate washer and the nut 2308.4 Floor framing. Floor framing shall comply with this section 2308.4.1 Girders. Girders for single -story construction or girders supporting loads from a single floor shall be not less than 4 inches by 6 inches (102 mm by 152 mm) for spans 6 feet (1829 mm) or less, provided that girders are spaced not more than 8 feet (2438 mm) on center Other girders shall be designed to support the loads spec- ified in this code Girder end joints shall occur over sup- ports Where a girder is spliced over a support, an adequate tie shall be provided The ends of beams or girders supported on masonry or concrete shall not have less than 3 inches (76 mm) of bearing 2308.4.1.1 Allowable girder spans. The allowable spans of girders that are fabricated of dimension lumber shall not exceed the values set forth in Table 2308 4 1 l(1) or 2308 4 1 1(2) 2308.4.2 Floor joists. Floor joists shall comply with this section 2308.4.2.1 Span. Spans for floor joists shall be in accordance with Table 2308 4 2 1(1) or 2308 4 2 1(2) or the AWC STJR 2308.4.2.2 Bearing. The ends of each joist shall have not less than 11/ inches (38 mm) of bearing on wood or metal, or not less than 3 inches (76 mm) on masonry, except where supported on a 1-inch by 4-mch (25 mm by 102 mm) ribbon strip and nailed to the adj ommg stud 2308.4.2.3 Framing details. Joists shall be supported laterally at the ends and at each support by solid block- ing except where the ends of the joists are nailed to a header, band or run joist or to an adjoining stud or by other means Solid blocking shall be not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness and the full depth of the joist Joist framing from opposite sides of a beam, girder or partition shall be lapped not less than 3 inches (76 mm) or the opposing joists shall be tied together in an approved manner Joists framing into the side of a wood girder shall be supported by framing anchors or on ledger strips not less than 2 inches by 2 inches (51 mm by 51 mm) 2308.4.2.4 Notches and holes. Notches on the ends of joists shall not exceed one-fourth the joist depth Notches in the top or bottom of joists shall not exceed one -sixth the depth and shall not be located in the mid- dle third of the span Holes bored in joists shall not be within 2 inches (51 mm) of the top or bottom of the joist and the diameter of any such hole shall not exceed one-third the depth of the joist 2308.4.3 Engineered wood products. Engineered wood products shall be installed in accordance with manufac- turer's recommendations Cuts, notches and holes bored in trusses, structural composite lumber, structural glued -lam - mated members or I -joists are not permitted except where permitted by the manufacturer's recommendations or where the effects of such alterations are specifically con- sidered in the design of the member by a registered design professional 2308.4.4 Framing around openings. Trimmer and header joists shall be doubled, or of lumber of equivalent cross section, where the span of the header exceeds 4 feet (1219 mm) The ends of header joists more than 6 feet (1829 mm) in length shall be supported by framing anchors or joist hangers unless bearing on a beam, parti- tion or wall Tall joists over 12 feet (3658 mm) in length shall be supported at the header by framing anchors or on ledger strips not less than 2 inches by 2 inches (51 mm by 51 mm) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 509 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.4.1.1(1) HEADER AND GIRDER SPANS"' FOR EXTERIOR BEARING WALLS (Maximum spans for Douglas fir -larch, hem -fir, Southern pine and spruce -pine -fir and required number of jack studs) GIRDERS AND HEADERS SUPPORTING SIZE GROUND SNOW LOAD (psf)e 30 50 70 Building widthe(feet) 12 24 36 12 24 36 12 24 36 Span` NJd Span` NJd Span` NJd Span` N,1' Span` N,1' Span` NJd Span` NJd Span` NJd Span` NJd 1-2 x 6 4-0 1 3-1 2 2-7 2 3-5 1 2-8 2 2-3 2 3-0 2 2-4 2 2-0 2 1-2 x 8 5-1 2 3-11 2 3-3 2 4-4 2 3-4 2 2-10 2 3-10 2 3-0 2 2-6 3 1-2 x 10 6-0 2 4-8 2 3-11 2 5-2 2 4-0 2 3-4 3 4-7 2 3-6 3 3-0 3 1-2 x 12 7-1 2 5-5 2 4-7 3 6-1 2 4-8 3 3-11 3 5-5 2 4-2 3 3-6 3 2-2 x 4 4-0 1 3-1 1 2-7 1 3-5 1 2-7 1 2-2 1 3-0 1 2-4 1 2-0 1 2-2 x 6 6-0 1 4-7 1 3-10 1 5-1 1 3-11 1 3-3 2 4-6 1 3-6 2 2-11 2 2-2 x 8 7-7 1 5-9 1 4-10 2 6-5 1 5-0 2 4-2 2 5-9 1 4-5 2 3-9 2 Roof and ceiling 2-2 A 10 9-0 1 6-10 2 5-9 2 7-8 2 5-11 2 4-11 2 6-9 2 5-3 2 4-5 2 2-2 x 12 10-7 2 8-1 2 6-10 2 9-0 2 6-11 2 5-10 2 8-0 2 6-2 2 5-2 3 3-2 x 8 9-5 1 7-3 1 6-1 1 8-1 1 6-3 1 5-3 2 7-2 1 5-6 2 4-8 2 3-2 x 10 11-3 1 8-7 1 7-3 2 9-7 1 7-4 2 6-2 2 8-6 1 6-7 2 5-6 2 3-2 x 12 13-2 1 10-1 2 8-6 2 11-3 2 8-8 2 7-4 2 10-0 2 7-9 2 6-6 2 4-2 x 8 10-11 1 8-4 1 7-0 1 9-4 1 7-2 1 6-0 1 8-3 1 6-4 1 5-4 2 4-2 x 10 12-11 1 9-11 1 8-4 1 11-1 1 8-6 1 7-2 2 9-10 1 7-7 2 6-4 2 4-2 x 12 15-3 1 11-8 1 9-10 2 13-0 1 10-0 2 8-5 2 11-7 1 8-11 2 7-6 2 1-2 x 6 3-3 1 2-7 2 2-2 2 3-0 2 2-4 2 2-0 2 2-9 2 2-2 2 1-10 2 1-2 x 8 4-1 2 3-3 2 2-9 2 3-9 2 3-0 2 2-6 3 3-6 2 2-9 2 2-4 3 1-2 x 10 4-11 2 3-10 2 3-3 3 4-6 2 3-6 3 3-0 3 4-1 2 3-3 3 2-9 3 1-2 x 12 5-9 2 4-6 3 3-10 3 5-3 2 4-2 3 3-6 3 4-10 3 3-10 3 3-3 4 2-2 x 4 3-3 1 2-6 1 2-2 1 3-0 1 2-4 1 2-0 1 2-8 1 2-2 1 1-10 1 2-2 x 6 4-10 1 3-9 1 3-3 2 4-5 1 3-6 2 3-0 2 4-1 1 3-3 2 2-9 2 Roof, ceding and 2-2 A 8 6-1 1 4-10 2 4-1 2 5-7 2 4-5 2 3-9 2 5-2 2 4-1 2 3-6 2 one center -bearing 2-2 A 10 7-3 2 5-8 2 4-10 2 6-8 2 5-3 2 4-5 2 6-1 2 4-10 2 4-1 2 floor 2-2 x 12 8-6 2 6-8 2 5-8 2 7-10 2 6-2 2 5-3 3 7-2 2 5-8 2 4-10 3 3-2 x 8 7-8 1 6-0 1 5-1 2 7-0 1 5-6 2 4-8 2 6-5 1 5-1 2 4-4 2 3-2 x 10 9-1 1 7-2 2 6-1 2 8-4 1 6-7 2 5-7 2 7-8 2 6-1 2 5-2 2 3-2 x 12 10-8 2 8-5 2 7-2 2 9-10 2 7-8 2 6-7 2 9-0 2 7-1 2 6-1 2 4-2 x 8 8-10 1 6-11 1 5-11 1 8-1 1 6-4 1 5-5 2 7-5 1 5-11 1 5-0 2 4-2 x 10 10-6 1 8-3 2 7-0 2 9-8 1 7-7 2 6-5 2 8-10 1 7-0 2 6-0 2 4-2 x 12 12-4 1 9-8 2 8-3 2 11-4 2 8-11 2 7-7 2 10-4 2 8-3 2 7-0 2 1-2 x 6 2-11 2 2-3 2 1-11 2 2-9 2 2-1 2 1-9 2 2-7 2 2-0 2 1-8 2 1-2 x 8 3-9 2 2-10 2 2-5 3 3-6 2 2-8 2 2-3 3 3-3 2 2-6 3 2-2 3 1-2 x 10 4-5 2 3-5 3 2-10 3 4-2 2 3-2 3 2-8 3 3-11 2 3-0 3 2-6 3 1-2 x 12 5-2 2 4-0 3 3-4 3 4-10 3 3-9 3 3-2 4 4-7 3 3-6 3 3-0 4 2-2 x 4 2-11 1 2-3 1 1-10 1 2-9 1 2-1 1 1-9 1 2-7 1 2-0 1 1-8 1 2-2 x 6 4-4 1 3-4 2 2-10 2 4-1 1 3-2 2 2-8 2 3-10 1 3-0 2 2-6 2 Roof, ceiling and 2-2 * 8 5-6 2 4-3 2 3-7 2 5-2 2 4-0 2 3-4 2 4-10 2 3-9 2 3-2 2 one clear span 2-2 A 10 6-7 2 5-0 2 4-2 2 6-1 2 4-9 2 4-0 2 5-9 2 4-5 2 3-9 3 floor 2-2 x 12 7-9 2 5-11 2 4-11 3 7-2 2 5-7 2 4-8 3 6-9 2 5-3 3 4-5 3 3-2 x 8 6-11 1 5-3 2 4-5 2 6-5 1 5-0 2 4-2 2 6-1 1 4-8 2 4-0 2 3-2 x 10 8-3 2 6-3 2 5-3 2 7-8 2 5-11 2 5-0 2 7-3 2 5-7 2 4-8 2 3-2 x 12 9-8 2 7-5 2 6-2 2 9-0 2 7-0 2 5-10 2 8-6 2 6-7 2 5-6 3 4-2 x 8 8-0 1 6-1 1 5-1 2 7-5 1 5-9 2 4-10 2 7-0 1 5-5 2 4-7 2 4-2 x 10 9-6 1 7-3 2 6-1 2 8-10 1 6-10 2 5-9 2 8-4 1 6-5 2 5-5 2 4-2 x 12 11-2 2 8-6 2 7-2 2 10-5 2 8-0 2 6-9 2 9-10 2 7-7 2 6-5 2 (continued) 510 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff.."FrT' Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6N=b,,xle¢elvmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto k MR, ff., I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9cgle �ss¢ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REP RODVCIION OR DISI RIB VTIONISA VIO CATION OP THE PE D ERAL CO PYRIG HT ACI AND THE LICE NSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREVNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.4.1.1(1)—continued HEADER AND GIRDER SPANS',' FOR EXTERIOR BEARING WALLS (Maximum spans for Douglas fir -larch, hem -fir, Southern pine and spruce -pine -fir" and required number of jack studs) GIRDERSAND HEADERS SUPPORTING SIZE GROUND SNOW LOAD (psoe 30 50 70 Building widthe(feet) 12 24 36 12 24 36 12 24 36 Span` NJd Span` NJd Span` N,P Span` NJd Span` NJd Span` NJd Span` NJd Span` NJd Span` NJd 1-2 x 6 2-8 2 2-1 2 1-10 2 2-7 2 2-0 2 1-9 2 2-5 2 1-11 2 1-8 2 1-2 x 8 3-5 2 2-8 2 2-4 3 3-3 2 2-7 2 2-2 3 3-1 2 2-5 3 2-1 3 1-2 x 10 4-0 2 3-2 3 2-9 3 3-10 2 3-1 3 2-7 3 3-8 2 2-11 3 2-5 3 1-2 x 12 4-9 3 3-9 3 3-2 4 4-6 3 3-7 3 3-1 4 4-3 3 3-5 3 2-11 4 2-2 x 4 2-8 1 2-1 1 1-9 1 2-6 1 2-0 1 1-8 1 2-5 1 1-11 1 1-7 1 2-2 x 6 4-0 1 3-2 2 2-8 2 3-9 1 3-0 2 2-7 2 3-7 1 2-10 2 2-5 2 Roof, ceiling and 2-2 * 8 5-0 2 4-0 2 3-5 2 4-10 2 3-10 2 3-3 2 4-7 2 3-7 2 3-1 2 two center -bearing 2-2 A 10 6-0 2 4-9 2 4-0 2 5-8 2 4-6 2 3-10 3 5-5 2 4-3 2 3-8 3 floors 2-2 x 12 7-0 2 5-7 2 4-9 3 6-8 2 5-4 3 4-6 3 6-4 2 5-0 3 4-3 3 3-2 x 8 6-4 1 5-0 2 4-3 2 6-0 1 4-9 2 4-1 2 5-8 2 4-6 2 3-10 2 3-2 x 10 7-6 2 5-11 2 5-1 2 7-1 2 5-8 2 4-10 2 6-9 2 5-4 2 4-7 2 3-2 x 12 8-10 2 7-0 2 5-11 2 8-5 2 6-8 2 5-8 3 8-0 2 6-4 2 5-4 3 4-2 x 8 7-3 1 5-9 1 4-11 2 6-11 1 5-6 2 4-8 2 6-7 1 5-2 2 4-5 2 4-2 x 10 8-8 1 6-10 2 5-10 2 8-3 2 6-6 2 5-7 2 7-10 2 6-2 2 5-3 2 4-2 x 12 10-2 2 8-1 2 6-10 2 9-8 2 7-8 2 6-7 2 9-2 2 7-3 2 6-2 2 1-2 x 6 2-3 2 1-9 2 1-5 2 2-3 2 1-9 2 1-5 3 2-2 2 1-8 2 1-5 3 1-2 x 8 2-10 2 2-2 3 1-10 3 2-10 2 2-2 3 1-10 3 2-9 2 2-1 3 1-10 3 1-2 x 10 3-4 2 2-7 3 2-2 3 3-4 3 2-7 3 2-2 4 3-3 3 2-6 3 2-2 4 1-2 x 12 4-0 3 3-0 3 2-7 4 4-0 3 3-0 4 2-7 4 3-10 3 3-0 4 2-6 4 2-2 x 4 2-3 1 1-8 1 1-4 1 2-3 1 1-8 1 1-4 1 2-2 1 1-8 1 1-4 2 2-2 x 6 3-4 1 2-6 2 2-2 2 3-4 2 2-6 2 2-2 2 3-3 2 2-6 2 2-1 2 Roof, ceiling and 2-2 * 8 4-3 2 3-3 2 2-8 2 4-3 2 3-3 2 2-8 2 4-1 2 3-2 2 2-8 3 two clear span 2-2 * 10 5-0 2 3-10 2 3-2 3 5-0 2 3-10 2 3-2 3 4-10 2 3-9 3 3-2 3 floors 2-2 x 12 5-11 2 4-6 3 3-9 3 5-11 2 4-6 3 3-9 3 5-8 2 4-5 3 3-9 3 3-2 x 8 5-3 1 4-0 2 3-5 2 5-3 2 4-0 2 3-5 2 5-1 2 3-11 2 3-4 2 3-2 x 10 6-3 2 4-9 2 4-0 2 6-3 2 4-9 2 4-0 2 6-1 2 4-8 2 4-0 3 3-2 x 12 7-5 2 5-8 2 4-9 3 7-5 2 5-8 2 4-9 3 7-2 2 5-6 3 4-8 3 4-2 x 8 6-1 1 4-8 2 3-11 2 6-1 1 4-8 2 3-11 2 5-11 1 4-7 2 3-10 2 4-2 x 10 7-3 2 5-6 2 4-8 2 7-3 2 5-6 2 4-8 2 7-0 2 5-5 2 4-7 2 4-2 x 12 8-6 2 6-6 2 5-6 2 8-6 2 6-6 2 5-6 2 8-3 2 6-4 2 5-4 3 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0 0479 kPa a Spans are given in feet and inches b Spans are based on minimum design properties for No 2 grade lumber of Douglas fir -larch, hem -fir, Southern pine and spruce -pine fir c Building width is measured perpendicular to the ridge For widths between those shown, spans are permitted to be interpolated d NJ = Number of jack studs required to support each end Where the number of required jack studs equals one, the header is permitted to be supported by an approved framing anchor attached to the full -height wall stud and to the header e Use 30 psf ground snow load for cases in which ground snow load is less than 30 psf and the roof live load is equal to or less than 20 psf f Spans are calculated assuming the top of the header or girder is laterally braced by perpendicular framing Where the top of the header or girder is not laterally braced (for example, cripple studs bearing on the header), tabulated spans for headers consisting of 2 x 8, 2 x 10, or 2 x 12 sizes shall be multiplied by 0 70 or the header or girder shall be designed 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 511 I " ' CITFIghtOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6 Numb,, xle¢elvmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tm POod ANYUNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DIETRIRJTIO NIS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.4.1.1(2) HEADER AND GIRDER SPANS',' FOR INTERIOR BEARING WALLS (Maximum spans for Douglas fir -larch, hem -fir, Southern pine and spruce -pine -fir and required number of jack studs) HEADERSAND GIRDERS SUPPORTING SIZE BUILDING WIDTH`(feet) 12 24 36 Spane NJ" Spane NJ" Spane NJ" 2-2 A 4 4-1 1 2-10 1 2-4 1 2-2 x 6 6-1 1 4-4 1 3-6 1 2-2 x 8 7-9 1 5-5 1 4-5 2 2-2 x 10 9-2 1 6-6 2 5-3 2 2-2 x 12 10-9 1 7-7 2 6-3 2 One floor Only 3-2 x 8 9-8 1 6-10 1 5-7 1 3-2 x 10 11-5 1 8-1 1 6-7 2 3-2 x 12 13-6 1 9-6 2 7-9 2 4-2 x 8 11-2 1 7-11 1 6-5 1 4-2 x 10 13-3 1 9-4 1 7-8 1 4-2 x 12 15-7 1 11-0 1 9-0 2 2-2 x 4 2-7 1 1-11 1 1-7 1 2-2 x 6 3-11 1 2-11 2 2-5 2 2-2 x 8 5-0 1 3-8 2 3-1 2 2-2 x 10 5-11 2 4-4 2 3-7 2 2-2 x 12 6-11 2 5-2 2 4-3 3 Two floors 3-2 x 8 6-3 1 4-7 2 3-10 2 3-2 x 10 7-5 1 5-6 2 4-6 2 3-2 x 12 8-8 2 6-5 2 5-4 2 4-2 x 8 7-2 1 5-4 1 4-5 2 4-2 x 10 8-6 1 6-4 2 5-3 2 4-2 x 12 10-1 1 7-5 2 6-2 2 ForSI 1inch =254 mm, 1foot =3048mm a Spans are given in feet and inches ' b Spans are based on minimum design properties for No 2 grade lumber of Douglas fir -larch, hem -fir, Southern pine and spruce -pine fir c Building width is measured perpendicular to the ridge For widths between those shown, spans are permitted to be interpolated d NJ = Number of jack studs required to support each end Where the number of required jack studs equals one, the header is permitted to be supported by an approved framing anchor attached to the full -height wall stud and to the header I e Spans are calculated assuming the top of the header or girder is laterally braced by perpendicular framing Where the top of the header or girder is not laterally braced (for example, cripple studs bearing on the header), tabulated spans for headers consisting of 2 x 8, 2 x 10, or 2 x 12 sizes shall be multiplied by 0 70 or the header or girder shall be designed 512 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® RTS' TTRRCopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto I ( " I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9cgle �ss¢ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPRODVCIION OR DISI RIB VTIONISA VIO CATION OP THE PE D ERAL CO PYRIG HT ACI AND THE LICE NSEA G RE EM ENT. AND RREJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREVNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.4.2.1(1) FLOOR JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Residential sleeping areas, live load = 30 psf, L/A = 360) JOIST SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE DEAD LOAD = 10 psf IDEAD LOAD = 20 psf 2x6 2x8 2-10 2- 12 2x6 2x8 2x 10 2x 12 Maximum floorjoist spans (ft—in.) in.) (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 12-6 16-6 21-0 25-7 12-6 16-6 21-0 25-7 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 12-0 15-10 20-3 24-8 12-0 15-7 19-0 22-0 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 11-10 15-7 19-10 23-0 11-6 14-7 17-9 20-7 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 9-8 12-4 15-0 17-5 8-8 11-0 13-5 15-7 Hem -Fir SS 11-10 15-7 19-10 24-2 11-10 15-7 19-10 24-2 Hem -Fir #1 11-7 15-3 19-5 23-7 11-7 15-2 18-6 21-6 Hem -Fir #2 11-0 14-6 18-6 22-6 11-0 14-4 17-6 20-4 12 Hem -Fir #3 9-8 12-4 15-0 17-5 8-8 11-0 13-5 15-7 Southern Pine SS 12-3 16-2 20-8 25-1 12-3 16-2 20-8 25-1 Southern Pine #1 11-10 15-7 19-10 24-2 11-10 15-7 18-7 22-0 Southern Pine #2 11-3 14-11 18-1 21-4 10-9 13-8 16-2 19-1 Southern Pine #3 9-2 11-6 14-0 16-6 8-2 10-3 12-6 14-9 Spruce-Pme-Fir SS 11-7 15-3 19-5 23-7 11-7 15-3 19-5 23-7 Spruce-Pme-Fir #1 11-3 14-11 19-0 23-0 11-3 14-7 17-9 20-7 Spruce-Pme-Fir #2 11-3 14-11 19-0 23-0 11-3 14-7 17-9 20-7 Spruce-Pme-Fir #3 9-8 12-4 15-0 17-5 8-8 11-0 13-5 15-7 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 11-4 15-0 19-1 23-3 11-4 15-0 19-1 23-0 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 10-11 14-5 18-5 21-4 10-8 13-6 16-5 19-1 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 10-9 14-1 17-2 19-11 9-11 12-7 15-5 17-10 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 8-5 10-8 13-0 15-1 7-6 9-6 11-8 13-6 Hem -Fir SS 10-9 14-2 18-0 21-11 10-9 14-2 18-0 21-11 Hem -Fir #1 10-6 13-10 17-8 20-9 10-4 13-1 16-0 18-7 Hem -Fir #2 10-0 13-2 16-10 19-8 9-10 12-5 15-2 17-7 16 Hem -Fir #3 8-5 10-8 13-0 15-1 7-6 9-6 11-8 13-6 Southern Pine SS 11-2 14-8 18-9 22-10 11-2 14-8 18-9 22-10 Southern Pine #1 10-9 14-2 18-0 21-4 10-9 13-9 16-1 19-1 Southern Pine #2 10-3 13-3 15-8 18-6 9-4 11-10 14-0 16-6 Southern Pine #3 7-11 10-10 12-1 14-4 7-1 8-11 10-10 12-10 Spruce-Pme-Fir SS 10-6 13-10 17-8 21-6 10-6 13-10 17-8 21-4 Spruce-Pme-Fir #1 10-3 13-6 17-2 19-11 9-11 12-7 15-5 17-10 Spruce-Pme-Fir #2 10-3 13-6 17-2 19-11 9-11 12-7 15-5 17-10 Spruce-Pme-Fir #3 8-5 10-8 13-0 15-1 7-6 9-6 11-8 13-6 (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 513 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmc 01jM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tm POo�vsd 9cgle ass¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DIETRIBVTIO NIS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.4.2.1(1)—continued FLOOR JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Residential sleeping areas, live load = 30 psf, L/A = 360) JOIST SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf 2x6 2x8 2-10 2- 12 2x6 2x8 2- 10 2- 12 Maximum floorjoist spans (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 10-8 14-1 18-0 21-10 10-8 14-1 18-0 21-0 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 10-4 13-7 16-9 19-6 9-8 12-4 15-0 17-5 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 10-1 12-10 15-8 18-3 9-1 11-6 14-1 16-3 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 7-8 9-9 11-10 13-9 6-10 8-8 10-7 12-4 Hem -Fir SS 10-1 13-4 17-0 20-8 10-1 13-4 17-0 20-7 Hem -Fir #1 9-10 13-0 16-4 19-0 9-6 12-0 14-8 17-0 Hem -Fir #2 9-5 12-5 15-6 17-1 8-11 11-4 13-10 16-1 192 Hem -Fir #3 7-8 9-9 11-10 13-9 6-10 8-8 10-7 12-4 Southern Pme SS 10-6 13-10 17-8 21-6 10-6 13-10 17-8 21-6 Southern Pme #1 10-1 13-4 16-5 19-6 9-11 12-7 14-8 17-5 Southern Pme #2 9-6 12-1 14-4 16-10 8-6 10-10 12-10 15-1 Southern Pme #3 7-3 9-1 11-0 13-1 6-5 8-2 9-10 11-8 Spruce-Pme-Fir SS 9-10 13-0 16-7 20-2 9-10 13-0 16-7 19-6 Spruce-Pme-Fir #1 9-8 12-9 15-8 18-3 9-1 11-6 14-1 16-3 Spruce-Pme-Fir #2 9-8 12-9 15-8 18-3 9-1 11-6 14-1 16-3 Spruce-Pme-Fir #3 7-8 9-9 11-10 13-9 6-10 8-8 10-7 12-4 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 9-11 13-1 16-8 20-3 9-11 13-1 16-2 18-9 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 9-7 12-4 15-0 17-5 8-8 11-0 13-5 15-7 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 9-1 11-6 14-1 16-3 8-1 10-3 12-7 14-7 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 6-10 8-8 10-7 12-4 6-2 7-9 9-6 11-0 Hem -Fir SS 9-4 12-4 15-9 19-2 9-4 12-4 15-9 18-5 Hem -Fir #1 9-2 12-0 14-8 17-0 8-6 10-9 13-1 15-2 Hem -Fir #2 8-9 11-4 13-10 16-1 8-0 10-2 12-5 14-4 24 Hem -Fir #3 6-10 8-8 10-7 12-4 6-2 7-9 9-6 11-0 Southern Pme SS 9-9 12-10 16-5 19-11 9-9 12-10 16-5 19-8 Southern Pme #1 9-4 12-4 14-8 17-5 8-10 11-3 13-1 15-7 Southern Pme #2 8-6 10-10 12-10 15-1 7-7 9-8 11-5 13-6 Southern Pme #3 6-5 8-2 9-10 11-8 5-9 7-3 8-10 10-5 Spruce-Pme-Fir SS 9-2 12-1 15-5 18-9 9-2 12-1 15-0 17-5 Spruce-Pme-Fir #1 8-11 11-6 14-1 16-3 8-1 10-3 12-7 14-7 Spruce-Pme-Fir #2 8-11 11-6 14-1 16-3 8-1 10-3 12-7 14-7 Spruce-Pme-Fir #3 6-10 8-8 10-7 12-4 6-2 7-9 9-6 11-0 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot =304 8 mm, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kPa Note: Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet 514 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' C'TF'ghtO@Z017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,Nomb¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14.zmoo1se PM(PST)pu mtto I ( 4 L—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Oow.d ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPRODVCIION ORDISI RIBV LION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEAGREEMENTLAND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBVNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.4.2.1(2) FLOOR JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Residential living areas, live load = 40 psf, L/A = 360) JOIST SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf 2x6 2x8 2-10 2- 12 2x6 2x8 2x 10 2x 12 Maximum 0oorjoist spans (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 11-4 15-0 19-1 23-3 11-4 15-0 19-1 23-3 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 10-11 14-5 18-5 22-0 10-11 14-2 17-4 20-1 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 10-9 14-2 17-9 20-7 10-6 13-3 16-3 18-10 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 8-8 11-0 13-5 15-7 7-11 10-0 12-3 14-3 Hem -Fir SS 10-9 14-2 18-0 21-11 10-9 14-2 18-0 21-11 Hem -Fir #1 10-6 13-10 17-8 21-6 10-6 13-10 16-11 19-7 Hem -Fir #2 10-0 13-2 16-10 20-4 10-0 13-1 16-0 18-6 12 Hem -Fir #3 8-8 11-0 13-5 15-7 7-11 10-0 12-3 14-3 Southern Pine SS 11-2 14-8 18-9 22-10 11-2 14-8 18-9 22-10 Southern Pine #1 10-9 14-2 18-0 21-11 10-9 14-2 16-11 20-1 Southern Pine #2 10-3 13-6 16-2 19-1 9-10 12-6 14-9 17-5 Southern Pine #3 8-2 10-3 12-6 14-9 7-5 9-5 11-5 13-6 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 10-6 13-10 17-8 21-6 10-6 13-10 17-8 21-6 Spruce- Pme- Fu #1 10-3 13-6 17-3 20-7 10-3 13-3 16-3 18-10 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 10-3 13-6 17-3 20-7 10-3 13-3 16-3 18-10 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 8-8 11-0 13-5 15-7 7-11 10-0 12-3 14-3 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 10-4 13-7 17-4 21-1 10-4 13-7 17-4 21-0 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 9-11 13-1 16-5 19-1 9-8 12-4 15-0 17-5 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 9-9 12-7 15-5 17-10 9-1 11-6 14-1 16-3 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 7-6 9-6 11-8 13-6 6-10 8-8 10-7 12-4 Hem -Fir SS 9-9 12-10 16-5 19-11 9-9 12-10 16-5 19-11 Hem -Fir #1 9-6 12-7 16-0 18-7 9-6 12-0 14-8 17-0 Hem -Fir #2 9-1 12-0 15-2 17-7 8-11 11-4 13-10 16-1 16 Hem -Fir #3 7-6 9-6 11-8 13-6 6-10 8-8 10-7 12-4 Southern Pine SS 10-2 13-4 17-0 20-9 10-2 13-4 17-0 20-9 Southern Pine #1 9-9 12-10 16-1 19-1 9-9 12-7 14-8 17-5 Southern Pine #2 9-4 11-10 14-0 16-6 8-6 10-10 12-10 15-1 Southern Pine #3 7-1 8-11 10-10 12-10 6-5 8-2 9-10 11-8 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 9-6 12-7 16-0 19-6 9-6 12-7 16-0 19-6 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 9-4 12-3 15-5 17-10 9-1 11-6 14-1 16-3 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 9-4 12-3 15-5 17-10 9-1 11-6 14-1 16-3 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 7-6 9-6 11-8 13-6 6-10 8-8 10-7 12-4 (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 515 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmc 01jM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tm POo�vsd 9cgle ass¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DIETRIBVTIO NIS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.4.2.1(2)—continued FLOOR JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Residential living areas, live load = 40 psf, L/A = 360) JOIST SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf 276 2x8 2- 10 2- 12 2x6 2x8 2- 10 2- 12 Maximum 0oorjoist spans (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 9-8 12-10 16-4 19-10 9-8 12-10 16-4 19-2 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 9-4 12-4 15-0 17-5 8-10 11-3 13-8 15-11 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 9-1 11-6 14-1 16-3 8-3 10-6 12-10 14-10 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 6-10 8-8 10-7 12-4 6-3 7-11 9-8 11-3 Hem -Fir SS 9-2 12-1 15-5 18-9 9-2 12-1 15-5 18-9 Hem -Fir #1 9-0 11-10 14-8 17-0 8-8 10-11 13-4 15-6 Hem -Fir #2 8-7 11-3 13-10 16-1 8-2 10-4 12-8 14-8 192 Hem -Fir #3 6-10 8-8 10-7 12-4 6-3 7-11 9-8 11-3 Southern Pine SS 9-6 12-7 16-0 19-6 9-6 12-7 16-0 19-6 Southern Pine #1 9-2 12-1 14-8 17-5 9-0 11-5 13-5 15-11 Southern Pine #2 8-6 10-10 12-10 15-1 7-9 9-10 11-8 13-9 Southern Pine #3 6-5 8-2 9-10 11-8 5-11 7-5 9-0 10-8 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 9-0 11-10 15-1 18-4 9-0 11-10 15-1 17-9 Spruce -Pine -Fir # 8-9 11-6 14-1 16-3 8-3 10-6 12-10 14-10 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 8-9 11-6 14-1 16-3 8-3 10-6 12-10 14-10 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 6-10 8-8 10-7 12-4 6-3 7-11 9-8 11-3 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 9-0 11-11 15-2 18-5 9-0 11-11 14-9 17-1 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 8-8 11-0 13-5 15-7 7-11 10-0 12-3 14-3 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 8-1 10-3 12-7 14-7 7-5 9-5 11-6 13-4 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 6-2 7-9 9-6 11-0 5-7 7-1 8-8 10-1 Hem -Fir SS 8-6 11-3 14-4 17-5 8-6 11-3 14-4 16-10' Hem -Fir #1 8-4 10-9 13-1 15-2 7-9 9-9 11-11 13-10 Hem -Fir #2 7-11 10-2 12-5 14-4 7-4 9-3 11-4 13-1 24 Hem -Fir #3 6-2 7-9 9-6 11-0 5-7 7-1 8-8 10-1 Southern Pine SS 8-10 11-8 14-11 18-1 8-10 11-8 14-11 18-0 Southern Pine #1 8-6 11-3 13-1 15-7 8-1 10-3 12-0 14-3 Southern Pine #2 7-7 9-8 11-5 13-6 7-0 8-10 10-5 12-4 Southern Pine #3 5-9 7-3 8-10 10-5 5-3 6-8 8-1 9-6 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 8-4 11-0 14-0 17-0 8-4 11-0 13-8 15-11 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 8-1 10-3 12-7 14-7 7-5 9-5 11-6 13-4 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 8-1 10-3 12-7 14-7 7-5 9-5 11-6 13-4 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 6-2 7-9 9-6 11-0 5-7 7-1 8-8 10-1 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= 304 8 min, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kPa Note: Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet a End bearing length shall be increased to 2 inches 516 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' TTRRClrylghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto I I ( " I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9cgle �ss¢ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO REDVCIION OR DISI RIB VTIONISA VIO CATION OP THE PE D ERAL CO PYRIG HT ACI AND THE LICE NSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREVNDER WOOD 2308.4.4.1 Openings in floor diaphragms in Seismic Design Categories B, C, D and E. Openings in hori- zontal diaphragms m Seismic Design Categories B, C, D and E with a dimension that is greater than 4 feet (1219 mm) shall be constructed with metal ties and blocking in accordance with this section and Figure 2308 4 4 1(1) Metal ties shall be not less than 0 058 inch [1 47 mm (16 galvanized gage)] in thickness by IY8 inches (38 mm) in width and shall have a yield stress not less than 33,000 psi (227 Mpa) Blocking shall extend not less than the dimension of the opening in the direction of the tie and blocking Ties shall be attached to blocking in accor- dance with the manufacturer's instructions but with not less than eight 16d common nails on each side of the header -joist intersection Openings in floor diaphragms in Seismic Design Categories D and E shall not have any dimension exceeding 50 percent of the distance between braced wall Imes or an area greater than 25 percent of the area between orthogonal pairs of braced wall lines [see Fig- ure 2308 4 4 1(2)], or the portion of the structure con- taining the opening shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice to resist the forces specified in Chapter 16, to the extent such irregular opening affects the performance of the conventional framing system 2308.4.4.2 Vertical offsets in floor diaphragms in Seismic Design Categories D and E. In Seismic Design Categories D and E, portions of a floor level shall not be vertically offset such that the framing members on either side of the offset cannot be lapped or tied together in an approved manner in accordance with Figure 2308 4 4 2 unless the portion of the struc- ture containing the irregular offset is designed in accor- dance with accepted engineering practice Exception: Framing supported directly by founda- tions need not be lapped or tied directly together 2308.4.5 Joists supporting bearing partitions. Bearing partitions parallel to joists shall be supported on beams, girders, doubled joists, walls or other bearing partitions Bearing partitions perpendicular to joists shall not be off- set from supporting girders, walls or partitions more than the joist depth unless such joists are of sufficient size to carry the additional load 2308.4.6 Lateral support. Floor and ceiling framing with a nominal depth -to -thickness ratio not less than 5 to 1 shall have one edge held in line for the entire span Where the nominal depth -to -thickness ratio of the framing member exceeds 6 to 1, there shall be one line of bridging for each 8 feet (2438 mm) of span, unless both edges of the mem- ber are held in line The bridging shall consist of not less than 1-inch by 3-mch (25 mm by 76 mm) lumber, double nailed at each end, or equivalent metal bracing of equal rigidity, full -depth solid blocking or other approved means A line of bridging shall be required at supports where equivalent lateral support is not otherwise provided 2308.4.7 Structural floor sheathing. Structural floor sheathing shall comply with the provisions of Section 23048 1 2308.4.8 Under -floor ventilation. For under -floor venti- lation, see Section 1202 4 JOISTS OR RAFTERS PANEL SHEATHING BLOCKINGAT STRAP LOCATION (TOP) 11 II II II III II II I II I I_r----L �LLLLJL__ OPENING IIIII IIIII DIMENSION OF OPENING � • III — — L I TIEAND B LOCKING EgUA TIEAND BLOCKING Eq UAL TO THE DIMENSION PTO THE DIMENSION OF OPENING OF OPENING FIGURE 2308.4.4.1(1) OPENINGS IN FLOOR AND ROOF DIAPHRAGMS 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 517 I 1 1 1 Copyrig11tOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Aan Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc 01Tan I4%m0 015e PM(PST)tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD 2308.4.9 Floor framing supporting braced wall panels. Where braced wall panels are supported by cantilevered floors or are setback from the floor joist support, the floor framing shall comply with Section 2308 6 7 2308.4.10 Anchorage of exterior means of egress com- ponents in Seismic Design Categories D and E. Exterior egress balconies, exterior stairways and ramps and similar means of egress components in structures assigned to Seis- mic Design Category D or E shall be positively anchored to the primary structure at not more than 8 feet (2438 mm) on center or shall be designed for lateral forces Such attachment shall not be accomplished by use of toenails or nails subject to withdrawal 2308.5 Wall construction. Walls of conventional light frame construction shall be in accordance with this section 2308.5.1 Stud size, height and spacing. The size, height and spacing of studs shall be in accordance with Table 23085 1 MORE THAN b2/2 �r IS IRREGULAR MORE THAN IS IRREGULAR r L J IIII III J PLAN VIEW SECTION VIEW FIGURE 2308.4.4.1(2) OPENING LIMITATIONS FOR FLOOR AND ROOF DIAPHRAGMS FLOOR JC CANNOT[ TIED DIRE TOGETHE FIGURE 2308.4.4.2 PORTIONS OF FLOOR LEVEL OFFSET VERTICALLY TABLE 2308.5.1 SIZE, HEIGHT AND SPACING OF WOOD STUDS` PLAN VIEW SECTION VIEW BEARING WALLS NONBEARING WALLS STUD SIZE inches (inches) Laterally unsupportetl stud height, (feet) Supporting roof and ceiling only Supporting one Floor, roof antl ceiling Supporting two floors, roof antl ceiling Laterally unsupported stud height, (fee[) Spacing (inches) Spacing (inches) 21 3 10 16 2 x 4 10 24 16 14 24 3 x 4 10 24 24 16 14 24 2 x 5 10 24 24 16 24 2 x 6 10 24 24 16 20 24 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 arm, 1 foot= 304 8 min a Listed heights are distances between points of lateral support placed perpendicular to the plane of the wall Increases in unsupported height are permitted where Justified by an analysis b Shall not be used in exterior walls c Utility -grade studs shall not be spaced more than 16 inches on center or support more than a roof and ceiling, or exceed 8 feet in height for exterior walls and load -bearing walls or 10 feet for interior nonload-bearing walls 518 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 ITHRClrylght@O?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 o, 5e PM (PST) p-mmtto S I ( I.i Agffi,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dputyo, AMb�tmPOod 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAUTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD Studs shall be continuous from a support at the sole plate to a support at the top plate to resist loads perpendic- ular to the wall The support shall be a foundation or floor, ceiling or roof diaphragm or shall be designed in accor- dance with accepted engineering practice Exception: Jack studs, trimmer studs and cripple studs at openings in walls that comply with Table 2308 4 1 l(1) or 2308 4 1 1(2) 2308.5.2 Framing details. Studs shall be placed with their wide dimension perpendicular to the wall Not less than three studs shall be installed at each corner of an exterior wall Exceptions: 1 In interior nonbearmg walls and partitions, studs are permitted to be set with the long dimension parallel to the wall 2 At comers, two studs are pernutted, provided that wood spacers or backup cleats of % mch-thick (9 5 mm) wood structural panel, '/g mch (9 5 mm) Type M "Exterior Glue" particleboard, 1- inch-thick (25 mm) lumber or other approved devices that will serve as an adequate backing for the attachment of facing materials are used Where fire -resistance ratings or shear values are involved, wood spacers, backup cleats or other devices shall not be used unless specifically approved for such use 2308.5.3 Plates and sills. Studs shall have plates and sills in accordance with this section 2308.5.3.1 Bottom plate or sill. Studs shall have full bearing on a plate or sill Plates or sills shall be not less than 2 inches (51 mm) nominal in thickness and have a width not less than the width of the wall studs 2308.5.3.2 Top plates. Bearing and exterior wall studs shall be capped with double top plates installed to pro- vide overlapping at corners and at intersections with other partitions End joints in double top plates shall be offset not less than 48 inches (1219 mm), and shall be nailed in accordance with Table 2304 10 1 Plates shall be a nominal 2 inches (51 mm) in depth and have a width not less than the width of the studs Exception: A single top plate is permitted, provided that the plate is adequately tied at comers and mter- sectmg walls by not less than the equivalent of 3- inch by 6-mch (76 mm by 152 mm) by 0 036-mch- thick (0 914 mm) galvanized steel plate that is nailed to each wall or segment of wall by six 8d [2'/" x 0 113" (64-mm by 2 87 mm)] box nails or equiva- lent on each side of the joint For the butt -joint splice between adjacent single top plates, not less than the equivalent of a 3-inch by 12-inch (76 mm by 304 mm) by 0 036-inch-thick (0 914 mm) galvanized steel plate that is nailed to each wall or segment of wall by 12 8d [2'/z mch x 0 113-inch (64 mm by 2 87 mm)] box naJls on each side of the joint shall be required, provided that the rafters, joists or trusses are centered over the studs with a tolerance of not more than 1 inch (25 mm) The top plate shall not be required over headers that are in the same plane and in line with the upper surface of the adjacent top plates and are tied to adjacent wall sections as required for the butt joint splice between adjacent single top plates Where bearing studs are spaced at 24-inch (610 mm) intervals, top plates are less than two 2-inch by 6- inch (51 mm by 152 mm) or two 3-mch by 4-mch (76 mm by 102 mm) members and the floor joists, floor trusses or roof trusses that they support are spaced at more than 16-inch (406 mm) intervals, such joists or trusses shall bear within 5 inches (127 mm) of the studs beneath or a thud plate shall be installed 2308.5.4 Nonload-bearing walls and partitions. In non - load -bearing walls and partitions, that are not part of a braced wall panel, studs shall be spaced not more than 24 inches (610 mm) on center In interior nonload-bearing walls and partitions, studs are permitted to be set with the long dimension parallel to the wall Where studs are set with the long dimensions parallel to the wall, use of utility grade lumber or studs exceeding 10 feet (3048 mm) is not permitted Interior nonload-bearing partitions shall be capped with not less than a single top plate installed to provide overlapping at comers and at intersections with other walls and partitions The plate shall be continuously tied atlomts by solid blocking not less than 16 inches (406 mm) in length and equal in size to the plate or by '/z mch by 1'/z mch (12 7 mm by 38 mm) metal ties with spliced sections fastened with two 16d nails on each side of the joint 2308.5.5 Openings in walls and partitions. Openings in exterior and interior walls and partitions shall comply with Sections 2308 5 5 1 through 2308 5 5 3 2308.5.5.1 Openings in exterior bearing walls. Head- ers shall be provided over each opening in exterior bearing walls The size and spans in Table 2308 4 1 l(1) are permitted to be used for one- and two-family dwellings Headers for other bwldmgs shall be designed in accordance with Section 23012, Item 1 or 2 Headers of two or more pieces of nominal 2-inch (51 mm) framing lumber set on edge shall be pernutted in accordance with Table 2308 4 1 l(1) and nailed together in accordance with Table 2304 10 1 or of solid lumber of equivalent size Single -member headers of nominal 2-mch (51 mm) thickness shall be framed with a single flat 2-inch-nom- inal (51 mm) member or wall plate not less in width than the wall studs on the top and bottom of the header in accordance with Figures 2308 5 5 l(1) and 2308 5 5 1(2) and face nailed to the top and bottom of the header with 10d box nails [3 inches x 0 128 inches (76 mm x 3 3 mm)] spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on cen- ter Wall studs shall support the ends of the header in accordance with Table 2308 4 1 1(1) Each end of a lin- tel or header shall have a bearing length of not less than 11/ inches (38 mm) for the full width of the lintel 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 519 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD 2308.5.5.2 Openings in interior bearing partitions. Headers shall be provided over each opening in interior bearing partitions as required in Section 2308 5 5 1 The spans in Table 2308 4 1 1(2) are permitted to be used Wall studs shall support the ends of the header in accordance with Table 2308 4 1 l(1) or 2308 4 1 1(2), as applicable 2308.5.5.3 Openings in interior nonbearmg parti- tions. Openings in nonbearmg partitions are permitted to be framed with single studs and headers Each end of a lintel or header shall have a bearing length of not less than 1'/ inches (38 mm) for the full width of the lintel 2308.5.6 Cripple walls. Foundation cripple walls shall be framed of studs that are not less than the size of the stud- ding above and not less than 14 inches (356 mm) in length, or shall be framed of solid blocking Where exceeding 4 feet (1219 mm) in height, such walls shall be framed of studs having the size required for an additional story See Section 2308 6 6 for cripple wall bracing 2308.5.7 Bridging. Unless covered by interior or exterior wall coverings or sheathing meeting the mmimum require- ments of this code, stud partitions or walls with studs hav- ing a height -to -least -thickness ratio exceeding 50 shall have bridging that is not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in thickness and of the same width as the studs fitted snugly and nailed thereto to provide adequate lateral support Bridging shall be placed in every stud cavity and at a fre- quency such that studs so braced shall not have a height - to -least -thickness ratio exceeding 50 with the height of the stud measured between horizontal framing and bridging or between bridging, whichever is greater 2308.5.8 Pipes in walls. Stud partitions containing plumb- ing, heating or other pipes shall be framed and the joists underneath spaced to provide proper clearance for the pip- ing Where a partition containing piping runs parallel to the floor joists, the joists underneath such partitions shall be doubled and spaced to permit the passage of pipes and shall be bridged Where plumbing, heating or other pipes are placed in, or partly in, a partition, necessitating the cut- ting of the soles or plates, a metal tie not less than 0 058 inch (1 47 mm) (16 galvanized gage) and P/ inches (38 PLATE 'PLE PLATE TO HEADER CONNECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2308 5 5 1 .,....�< STUD FIGURE 2308.5.5.1(1) SINGLE -MEMBER HEADER IN EXTERIOR BEARING WALL mm) in width shall be fastened to each plate across and to each side of the opening with not less than six 16d nails 2308.5.9 Cutting and notching. In exterior walls and bearing partitions, wood studs are permitted to be cut or notched to a depth not exceeding 25 percent of the width of the stud Cutting or notching of studs to a depth not greater than 40 percent of the width of the stud is permit- ted in nonbearmg partitions not supporting loads other than the weight of the partition 2308.5.10 Bored holes. Bored holes not greater than 40 percent of the stud width are permitted to be bored in any wood stud Bored holes not greater than 60 percent of the stud width are permitted in nonbearmg partitions or in any wall where each bored stud is doubled, provided that not more than two such successive doubled studs are so bored The edge of a bored hole shall not be nearer than'/A inch (15 9 mm) to the edge of the stud Bored holes shall not be located at the same section of stud as a cut or notch 2308.5.11 Exterior wall sheathing. Except where stucco construction that complies with Section 2510 is installed, the outside of exterior walls, including gables, of enclosed buildings shall be sheathed with one of the materials of the nominal thickness specified in Table 2308 5 11 with fas- teners in accordance with the requirements of Section 2304 10 or fasteners designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice Alternatively, sheathing materials and fasteners complying with Section 2304 6 shall be per- mitted 2308.6 Wall bracing. Buildings shall be provided with exte- rior and interior braced wall lines as described in Sections 2308 61 through 2308 6 10 2 2308.6.1 Braced wall lines. For the purpose of determin- ing the amount and location of bracing required along each story level of a building, braced wall lines shall be desig- nated as straight lines through the building plan in both the longitudinal and transverse direction and placed in accor- dance with Table 2308 6 1 and Figure 2308 6 1 Braced wall line spacing shall not exceed the distance specified in Table 2308 6 1 In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D or E, braced wall Imes shall intersect perpen- dicularly to each other PLATE PLATE TO HEADER CONNECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2308 5 51 .,...,�C STUD FIGURE 2308.5.5.1(2) ALTERNATIVE SINGLE -MEMBER HEADER WITHOUT CRIPPLE 520 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( RR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAUTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.5.11 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF WALL SHEATHING SHEATHING TYPE MINIMUM THICKNESS MAXIMUM WALL STUD SPACING Diagonal wood boards '/g inch 24 inches on center Structural fiberboard '/ inch 16 inches on center Wood structural panel In accordance with Tables 2308 6 3(2) and 2308 6 3(3) M-S "Exterior Glue" and M-2 "Exterior Glue" particleboard In accordance with Section 2306 3 and Table 2308 6 3(4) Gypsum sheathing '/ inch 16 inches on center Reinforced cement mortar 1 inch 24 inches on center Hardboard panel siding In accordance with Table 2308 6 3(5) For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min 2308.6.2 Braced wall panels. Braced wall panels shall be placed along braced wall lines in accordance with Table 2308 6 1 and Figure 2308 6 1 and as specified in Table 2308 6 3(1) A braced wall panel shall be located at each end of the braced wall line and at the comers of intersect- ing braced wall lines or shall begin within the maximum distance from the end of the braced wall line in accor- dance with Table 2308 61 Braced wall panels in a braced wall line shall not be offset from each other by more than 4 feet (1219 mm) Braced wall panels shall be clearly indi- cated on the plans 2308.6.3 Braced wall panel methods. Construction of braced wall panels shall be by one or a combination of the methods in Table 2308 63(1) Braced wall panel length shall be in accordance with Section 2308 6 4 or 2308 6 5 2308.6.4 Braced wall panel construction. For Methods DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP and HPS, each panel must be not less than 48 inches (1219 mm) in length, covering three stud spaces where studs are spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center and covering two stud spaces where studs are spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center Braced wall panels less than 48 inches (1219 mm) in length shall not contribute toward the amount of required bracing Braced wall panels that are longer than the required length shall be credited for their actual length For Method GB, each panel must be not less than 96 inches (2438 mm) in length where applied to one side of the studs or 48 inches (1219 mm) in length where applied to both sides Vertical joints of panel sheathing shall occur over studs and adjacent panel joints shall be nailed to common fram- ing members Horizontal joints shall occur over blocking or other framing equal in size to the studding except where waived by the installation requirements for the specific sheathing materials Sole plates shall be nailed to the floor framing in accordance with Section 2308 6 7 and top plates shall be connected to the framing above in accor- dance with Section 2308 6 7 2 Where joists are perpen- dicular to braced wall lines above, blocking shall be provided under and in line with the braced wall panels 2308.6.5 Alternative bracing. An alternate braced wall (ABW) or a portal frame with hold-downs (PFH) de- scribed in this section is permitted to substitute for a 48- inch (1219 mm) braced wall panel of Method DWB, WSP, SFB, PBS, PCP or HPS For Method GB, each 96- mch (2438 mm) section (applied to one face) or 48-inch (1219 mm) section (applied to both faces) or portion thereof required by Table 2308 6 1 is permitted to be replaced by one panel constructed in accordance with Method ABW or PFH 2308.6.5.1. Alternate braced wall (ABW). An ABW shall be constructed in accordance with this section and Figure 2308 6 5 1 In one-story buildings, each panel shall have a length of not less than 2 feet 8 inches (813 mm) and a height of not more than 10 feet (3048 mm) Each panel shall be sheathed on one face with '/g mch (3 2 mm) minimum -thickness wood structural panel sheathing nailed with 8d common or galvanized box nails in accordance with Table 2304 10 1 and blocked at wood structural panel edges Two anchor bolts installed in accordance with Section 2308 3 1 shall be provided in each panel Anchor bolts shall be placed at each panel outside quarter points Each panel end stud shall have a hold-down device fastened to the founda- tion, capable of providing an approved uplift capacity of not less than 1,800 pounds (8006 N) The hold-down device shall be installed in accordance with the manu- facturer's recommendations The ABW shall be sup- ported directly on a foundation or on floor framing supported directly on a foundation that is continuous across the entire length of the braced wall line This foundation shall be reinforced with not less than one No 4 bar top and bottom Where the continuous foun- dation is required to have a depth greater than 12 inches (305 mm), a mmimum 12-inch by 12-inch (305 mm by 305 mm) continuous footing or turned -down slab edge is permitted at door openings in the braced wall line This continuous footing or turned -down slab edge shall be reinforced with not less than one No 4 bar top and bottom This reinforcement shall be lapped 15 inches (381 mm) with the reinforcement required in the con- tinuous foundation located directly under the braced wall line 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 521 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD BRACED PANELS ALLOWED UP TO 4' OFFSET FROM BRACED WALL LINE MAX DISTANCE FROM END OF BWLTO BRACED PANEL PER TABLE 2308 6 1 BOX 1 e —. EXAMPLES OF THE SUM OF BRACING PER BWL BWL 3=BWP IA+BWP IB+BWP IC� BWL3 =BWP 3A+313 e� OF BOX2\ BWL 2 CAN BE CONSIDERED SEPARATE BWL FROM BWL3 IF IT HAS BRACED PANELS PER TABLE 2308 6 1 BRACED PANELS ALLOWED UP TO 4' OFFSET FROM BRACED WALL LINE CONTINUOUS FOUNDATION AND BRACED CRIPPLE WALL RECOMMENDED UNDER LOWER STORY BRACED WALL PANELS @W 6 F @WP I 1A^ @WP @WP BAP P @, 6 i�F eWP OF e v 2j�-a 1C• EXAMPLES OF THE SUM OF BRACING PER BWL �se "�"rT MAX DISTANCE OF BWP EXTENDING OVER BWL 1 = BWP 1A+ BWP 1B + BWP1C ` F'a OPENING BELOW IN SEISMIC DESIGN F i 9s-2/ CATEGORIES D AND E IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2308 6 8 1 For SI 1 Foot- 304 8 mm FIGURE 2308.6.1 BASIC COMPONENTS OF THE LATERAL BRACING SYSTEM 522 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CopyRghtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van DmA(hv dmep ,,dA oodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d¢N=b¢x100e17mcOIJM14.zm0015e PM(PST)po mtto 4 I ( Io—Ag,,—Kt'Ath ICC No(Uth,T,odomoam AUO, TAodomo,, by any OodParty o,AMb�tm-Oo4vsd&,gh—odA,o,,,g and Mwodmgp4okb¢Ad ANY VNAUTHORIVED RBPROD UCI ION OR DISI RI B UTION IS VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.6.1' WALL BRACING REQUIREMENTS MAXIMUM MAXIMUM BRACED PANEL LOCATION, DISTANCE OF SEISMIC STORY SPACING OF SPACING (O.C.) AND MINIMUM PERCENTAGE (X) BRACED WALL DESIGN CONDITION (SEE BRACED PANELS FROM CATEGORY SECTION 2308.2 WALL LINES EACH END OF BRACED WALL LINE Bracing method" LIB DWB, WSP SFB, PBS, PCP, HPS, GB'•" e 35'- 0" Each end and < ache 0" a c Each end and < 25'- 0" o c Each end and < 25'- 0" o c 12'- 6" ❑ A and B 35'- 0" Each end and< Each end and < 25'- 0" o c Each end and < 25'- 0" o c 12'- 6" 25'- 0" o c 35'- 0" NP Each end and < 25'- 0" o c Each end and < 25'- 0" o c 12'- 6" 35'- 0" NP Each end and < 25'- 0" o c Each end and < 25'- 0" o c 12'- 6" C Each end and < 25'- 0" o c Each end and < 25'- 0" o c 35'- 0" NP (mimmum 25% of wall (nummum 25% of wall 12'- 6" length)' length)' S�<050 Each end and < S�<050 Each end and < 25'- 0" o c (nu== 21% 25'- 0" o c (mimmum 43% of wall length)' of wall length)' 0 5 < Sns < 0 75 Each end 0 5 < Sns < 0 75 Each end and < 25'- 0" o c (mimmum and < 25'- 0" o c (nu== 32°%ofwall length)' 59°%ofwall length)' D and E 25'- 0" NP 81- 0" 0 75 < Sns < 1 00 Each end 0 75 < S, < 1 00 Each end and < 25'- 0" o c (mimmum and < 25'- 0" o c (nu== 37°%ofwall length)' 75°%ofwall length)' S�> 100 Each end and < S�> 1 00 Each end and < 25'- 0" o c (nu== 48% 25'- 0" o c (mimmum 100% of wall length)' of wall length)' For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= 304 8 min NP = Not Permuted a This table specifies minimum requirements for braced wall panels along interior or exterior braced wall Imes b See Section 2308 6 3 for full description of bracing methods c For Method GB, gypsum wallboard applied to framing supports that are spaced at 16 inches on center d The required lengths shall be doubled for gypsum board applied to only one face of a braced wall panel e Percentage shown represents the minimum amount of bracing required along the building length (or wall length if the stmcture has an irregular shape) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 523 I " ' CITFIEItOO?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmep-dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 o, 5e PAL (PST)p--tto ( I.—A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD Where the ABW is installed at the first story of two- story buildings, the wood structural panel sheathing shall be provided on both faces, three anchor bolts shall be placed at one -quarter points and tie -down device uplift capacity shall be not less than 3,000 pounds (13 344 N) 2308.6.5.2 Portal frame with hold-downs (PFH). A PFH shall be constructed in accordance with this sec- tion and Figure 2308 6 5 2 The adjacent door or win- dow opening shall have a full-length header In one-story buildings, each panel shall have a length of not less than 16 inches (406 mm) and a height of not more than 10 feet (3048 mm) Each panel shall be sheathed on one face with a single layer of/g inch (9 5 mm) minimum -thickness wood structural panel sheathing nailed with 8d common or galvanized box nails in accordance with Figure 2308 6 5 2 The wood structural panel sheathing shall extend up over the solid sawn or glued -laminated header and shall be nailed in accordance with Figure 2308 6 5 2 A built-up header consisting of not fewer than two 2-inch by 12-inch (51 mm by 305 mm) boards, fastened in accordance with Item 24 of Table 2304 10 1 shall be permitted to be used A spacer, if used, shall be placed on the side of the built-up beam opposite the wood structural panel sheathing The header shall extend between the inside faces of the first full-length outer studs of each panel The clear span of the header between the inner studs of each panel shall be not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) and not more than 18 feet (5486 mm) in length A strap with an uplift capacity of not less than 1,000 pounds (4,400 N) shall fasten the header to the inner studs opposite the sheathing One anchor bolt not less than'/A inch (15 9 mm) diameter and installed in accordance with Section 2308 3 1 shall be provided in the center of each sill plate The studs at each end of the panel shall have a hold-down device fastened to the foundation with an uplift capacity of not less than 3,500 pounds (15 570 N) Where a panel is located on one side of the opening, the header shall extend between the inside face of the first full-length stud of the panel and the bearing studs at the other end of the opening A strap with an uplift capacity of not less than 1,000 pounds (4400 N) shall fasten the header to the bearing studs The bearing studs shall have a hold-down device fastened to the foundation with an uplift capacity of not less than 1,000 pounds (4400 N) The hold-down devices shall be an embedded strap type, installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations The PFH panels shall be supported directly on a foundation that is con- tinuous across the entire length of the braced wall line This foundation shall be reinforced with not less than one No 4 bar top and bottom Where the continuous foundation is required to have a depth greater than 12 inches (305 mm), a minimum 12-inch by 12-inch (305 mm by 305 mm) continuous footing or turned -down slab edge is permitted at door openings in the braced wall line This continuous footing or turned -down slab edge shall be reinforced with not less than one No 4 TABLE 2308.6.3(1) BRACING METHODS METHODS, CONNECTION CRITERIA' MATERIAL MINIMUM THICKNESS FIGURE Fasteners Spacing Table 2304 10 1 Wood per stud plus top 1" x 4" wood approved and bottom plates LIB' Let -in -bracing metal straps attached at t 450 to 600 angles to studs at maximum of 16" o c Metal strap installed in Metal strap installed in accordancewithmanufacturer's accordance with manufacturer's recommendations recommendations '/4" ttuck (P nominal) x 6" DWB Diagonal wood minimum width to studs at Table 2304 10 1 Per stud boards maximum of 24" o c _ WSP Wood structural in accordance with panel Table 2308 6 3(2) or Table 2304 10 1 6" edges 12" field 2308 6 3(3) I/2" in accordance with SFB Structural Table 2304 10 1 to studs at Table 2304 10 1 3" edges 6" field fiberboard sheathing maximum 16" o c (continued) 524 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CITY IEItOO?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 o, 5e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i AEffi,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND R OJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.6.3(1)—continued BRACING METHODS METHODS, MATERIAL MINIMUM THICKNESS FIGURE CONNECTION CRITERIA' Fasteners Spacing Section 2506 2 for extenor and GB '/z' or %" by not less than mtenor sheatlung 5d annual nnged cooler pals For all braced wall panel locations 7" o c along Gypsum board 4' wide to studs at (1'/g' x 0 086") or V/4" screws panel edges (including top (Double sided) maximum of 24" o c (Type W or S) for'/z' gypsum and bottom plates) and 7" board or 1'/g' screws (Type W or o c in the field H H S) for'/g' gypsum board PBS Particleboard sheathing or'/ " in accordance with Table 2308 6 3(4) to studs at maximum of 16" o c 6d common (2" long x 0 113" dia ) nuls for %" duck sheathung or 8d common (2 /z' long x 0 131" dia) nmis for'/" duck sheatlung 3" edges 6" field _ PCP Portland cement plaster Section 2510 to studs at maximum of 16" o c F/a' long, 11 gage,'/1fi' dia head nails or /g' long, 16 gage staples 6" o c on all framing members HPS Hardboard panel sitting inaccordance with Tab Table 2308 6 3(5) Table 2304 10 1 4" edges 8" field ABW Alternate braced wall f/R„ Figure 236 5 1 and Section 23 2308 6 5 1 Figure 2308 6 5 1 PFH Portal frame with hold- downs f/R" Figure 2308 6 5 2 and Section 2308 6 5 2 Figure 2308 6 5 2 For SI 1 foot =304 8 mm, 1 degree =0 01745 Fact a Method LIB shall have gypsum board fastened to one or more side(s) with nails or screws TABLE 2308.6.3(2) EXPOSED PLYWOOD PANEL SIDING MINIMUM THICKNESS' STUD SPACING (inch) MINIMUM NUMBER OF PLIES (inches) Plywood siding applied directly to studs or over sheathing '/R 3 16' '/ 4 24 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min a Thickness of grooved panels is measured at bottom of grooves b Spans are permitted to be 24 inches if plywood siding applied with face grain perpendicular to studs or over one of the following 1-inch board sheathing,'/d - mch wood structural panel sheathing, or '/-inch wood structural panel sheathing with strength axis (which is the long direction of the panel unless otherwise marked) of sheathing perpendicular to studs 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 525 I " ' CITFIghtOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc 04JM IOZM0 o, 5e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,o,,,ofw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.6.3(3) WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL WALL SHEATHING (Not exposed to the weather, strength axis parallel or perpendicular to studs except as Indicated) STUD SPACING (inches) MINIMUM THICKNESS (inch) PANEL SPAN RATING Siding nailed to studs Nailable sheathing Sheathing parallel to studs Sheathing perpendicular to studs 3/ I5/ 1/ a= 3z= z 16/0, 20/0, 24/0, 32/16 Wall24" o c 24 16 24 ] I65I5 / /3vI /z 24/0, 24/16, 32/16 Wall24" o c 24 24' 24 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 Rum a Plywood shall consist of four or more plies b Blocking of horizontal joints shall not be required except as specified in Section 2308 6 4 TABLE 2308.6.3(4) ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PARTICLEBOARD WALL SHEATHING (Not exposed to the weather, long dimension of the panel parallel or perpendicular to studs) STUD SPACING (inches) GRADE THICKNESS Sheathing under (inch) Siding nailed coverings specified in to studs Section 2308.6.3 parallel or perpendicular to studs M-S "Exterior Glue" 3/E 16 and M-2 "Exterior Glue" 1/2 16 16 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 Rum TABLE 2308.6.3(5) HARDBOARD SIDING SIDING MINIMUM NOMINAL THICKNESS (inch) 2 x 4 FRAMING MAXIMUM SPACING NAIL SIZE' b,a NAIL SPACING General Bracing panels` 1. Lap siding Direct to studs 3/g 16" o c 8d 16" o c Not applicable Over sheathing 3/g 16" o c 10d 16" o c Not applicable 2. Square edge panel siding Direct to studs 3/g 24" o c 6d 6" o c edges, 12" o c at intermediate supports 4" o c edges, 8" o c at intermediate supports Over sheathing 3/g 24" o c 8d 6" o c edges, 12" o c at intermediate supports 4" o c edges, 8" o c at intermediate supports 3. Shiplap edge panel siding Direct to studs 3/g 16" o c 6d 6" o c edges, 12" o c at intermediate supports 4" o c edges, 8" o c at intermediate supports Over sheathing 3/g 16" o c gd 6" o c edges, 12" o c at intermediate supports 4" o c edges, 8" o c at intermediate supports For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm a Nails shall be corrosion resistant b Minimum acceptable nail dimensions c Where used to comply with Section 2308 6 Panel Siding (inch) Lap Siding (inch) Shank diameter Head diameter 0 092 0 225 0 099 0 240 d Nail length must accommodate the sheathing and penetrate framing 11/2 inches 526 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' CopyaghtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep-dwood mm).(CLAdR—d—od)O,d,,Numb¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T-mmtto S I 1 I.—Agffi,—,AOICC Nofith,, ,od,S,o,,,o th,,e od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva oily mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD 2'-8" MIN PANEL FOR PANEL SPLICE (IF NEEDED) ADJOINING PANEL LENGTH EDGES SHALL MEET OVER AND BE FASTENED TO COMMON FRAMING OR GALVANIZED OX NAILS AT 6" 0 C SHEATHINGG ON ONE FACE !,II II Till AT PANEL NEOL EDGES FOR THE RR TOR 2ANDAT "0 C 11 AT PA V11N 2x4 FRAMING MIN DOUBLE I STUDS REQUIRED STUDS UNDER HEADER AS1';II 1� ANCHOR BOLTS PER SECTION 2308 6 51 REQUIRED ',II II MINIMUM REINFORCING OF FOUNDATION, ONE HOLD-DOWN PER SECTION /j, #4 BAR TOPAND BOTTOM OF FOOTING 230865 1 REINFORCING SHALL BE LAPPED 15 INCHES MIN For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= 304 8 Firm FIGURE 2308.6.5.1 ALTERNATE BRACED WALL PANEL (ABW) EXTENT OF HEADER DOUBLE PORTAL FRAME (TWO BRACED WALL PANELS) EXTENT OF HEADER SINGLE PORTAL FRAME (ONE BRACED WALL PANEL) MIN. 1000 LB TIE-DOWN DEVICE MIN. 3"x11.25" NET HEADER TYPICAL PORTAL FRAME 6' TO 18' CONSTRUCTION Ij -1000lb STRAP OPPOSITE SHEATHING �I ' i FASTEN TOP PLATE TO HEADER WITH TWO FOR PANEL SPLICE (IF II I o j 11 ROWS OF 16d SINKER NAILS AT 3" O.C. TYP. NEEDED) PANEL EDGES II o l y SHALL BE BLOCKED AND II i P FASTEN SHEATHING TO HEADER WITH 8d COMMON OCCUR WITHIN MIDDLE 1 d OR GALVANIZED BOX NAILS IN 3" GRID PATTERN AS 24 IN. OF PORTAL HEIGHT. II ] SHOWN AND 3" O.C. IN ALL FRAMING (STUDS, ONE ROW OF TYPICAL C=7 i BLOCKING AND SILLS) TYP. SHEATHING -TO -FRAMING �I = V G MIN. WIDTH = 16" FOR ONE-STORY STRUCTURES NAILING IS REQUIRED II h MIN. WIDTH = 24" FOR USE IN FIRST OF TWO STOR AT EACH PANEL EDGE. X STRUCTURES IF 2x4 DOUBLE BLOCKING �I 1 IS USED THE 2x4S MUST BE NAILED TOGETHER II MIN. 2x4 FRAMING WITH (3) 16d SINKERS II h '/F" MIN. THICKNESS WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL II SHEATHING ,—MIN. DOUBLE 2x4 POST MIN. 3500 LB TIE -DOWN DEVICE (EMBEDDED INTO CONCRETE AND NAILED INTO FRAMING IN MIN. 1000 LB TIE -DOWN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DEVICE _ RECOMMENDATIONS) .., g ..,. SEE SECTION 2308.6.5.2— .. .. For SI I inch=25 4 mm, I foot=3048 mm, I pound=4448 N FIGURE 2308.6.5.2 PORTAL FRAME WITH HOLD-DOWNS (PFH) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 527 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od Pm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc01jM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od�o,,,o ih,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,tmPOo�vsd 9cgle,ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD bar top and bottom This reinforcement shall be lapped not less than 15 inches (381 mm) with the reinforce- ment required in the continuous foundation located directly under the braced wall line Where a PFH is installed at the first story of two- story buildings, each panel shall have a length of not less than 24 inches (610 mm) 2308.6.6 Cripple wall bracing. Cripple walls shall be braced in accordance with Section 2308 6 6 1 or 2308662 2308.6.6.1 Cripple wall bracing in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C. For the purposes of this sec- tion, cripple walls in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C having a stud height exceeding 14 inches (356 mm) shall be considered to be a story and shall be braced in accordance with Table 2308 6 1 Spacing of edge nailing for required cripple wall bracing shall not exceed 6 inches (152 mm) on center along the founda- tion plate and the top plate of the cripple wall Nall size, nail spacing for field nailing and more restrictive boundary nailing requirements shall be as required elsewhere in the code for the specific bracing material used 2308.6.6.2 Cripple wall bracing in Seismic Design Categories D and E. For the purposes of this section, cripple walls in Seismic Design Categories D and E having a stud height exceeding 14 inches (356 mm) shall be considered to be a story and shall be braced in accordance with Table 2308 6 1 Where interior braced wall lines occur without a continuous founda- tion below, the length of parallel exterior cripple wall bracing shall be one and one-half times the lengths required by Table 2308 6 1 Where the cripple wall sheathing type used is Method WSP or DWB and this additional length of bracing cannot be provided, the capacity of WSP or DWB sheathing shall be increased by reducing the spacing of fasteners along the perime- ter of each piece of sheathing to 4 inches (102 mm) on center 2308.6.7 Connections of braced wall panels. Braced wall panel joints shall occur over studs or blocking Braced wall panels shall be fastened to studs, top and bot- tom plates and at panel edges Braced wall panels shall be applied to nominal 2-mch-wide [actual 1'/z inch (38 mm)] or larger stud framing 2308.6.7.1 Bottom plate connection. Braced wall line bottom plates shall be connected to joists or fall - depth blocking below in accordance with Table 2304 10 1, or to foundations in accordance with Sec- tion 2308 6 7 3 2308.6.7.2 Top plate connection. Where joists or raf- ters are used, braced wall line top plates shall be fas- tened over the full length of the braced wall line to joists, rafters, rim boards or full -depth blocking above in accordance with Table 2304 10 1, as applicable, based on the orientation of the joists or rafters to the braced wall line Blocking shall be not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in nominal thickness and shall be fas- tened to the braced wall line top plate as specified in Table 2304 10 1 Notching or drilling of holes in block - mg in accordance with the requirements of Section 2308 4 2 4 or 2308 7 4 shall be permitted At exterior gable end walls, braced wall panel sheathing in the top story shall be extended and fas- tened to the roof framing where the spacing between parallel exterior braced wall Imes is greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) Where roof trusses are used and are installed per- pendicular to an exterior braced wall line, lateral forces shall be transferred from the roof diaphragm to the braced wall over the full length of the braced wall line by blocking of the ends of the trusses or by other approved methods providing equivalent lateral force transfer Blocking shall be not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in nominal thickness and equal to the depth of the truss at the wall line and shall be fastened to the braced wall line top plate as specified in Table 2304 10 1 Notching or drilling of holes in blocking in accordance with the requirements of Section 2308 4 2 4 or 2308 7 4 shall be penrutted Exception: Where the roof sheathing is greater than 9'/4 inches (235 mm) above the top plate, solid blocking is not required where the framing members are connected using one of the following methods 1 In accordance with Figure 2308 6 7 2(1) 2 In accordance with Figure 2308 6 7 2(2) 3 Full -height engineered blocking panels de- signed for values listed in AWC WFCM 4 A design in accordance with accepted engi- neering methods 2308.6.7.3 Sill anchorage. Where foundations are required by Section 2308 6 8, braced wall line sills shall be anchored to concrete or masonry foundations Such anchorage shall conform to the requirements of Section 2308 3 The anchors shall be distributed along the length of the braced wall line Other anchorage devices having equivalent capacity are permitted 2308.6.7.4 Anchorage to all -wood foundations. Where all -wood foundations are used, the force transfer from the braced wall lines shall be determined based on calculation and shall have a capacity that is not less than the connections required by Section 2308 3 2308.6.8 Braced wall line and diaphragm support. Braced wall lines and floor and roof diaphragms shall be supported in accordance with this section 528 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( ITHR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD ROOF SHEATHING EDGE NAILING PER TABLE 2304 101 LFYP) 2x BLOCKING ATTACHED TO TRUSS TOP CHORD PER TABLE 2304 101, ITEM 1 IJ MIDDLE 1/3 AVAILABLE FOR VENT HOLES (CONT VENT NOTALLOWED) BRACINGa 91RANaIR1U/:1INN1017 BLOCKING -ENGINEERED TRUSSES NAILING PER TABLE 2304 101, ITEM 1 PROVIDE VENTING PER SECTION 1202 2 a Methods of bracing shall be as described In Table 2308 6 3H) DWB, WSP, SFB, GB, PBS, PCP or HPS For SI 1 foot =304 8 mm For SI 1 foot =304 8 mm FIGURE 2308.6.7.2(1) BRACED WALL LINE TOP PLATE CONNECTION I] ATTACH BLOCKING TO TRUSS TOP CHORD PER TABLE 2304 101 ITEM 1 SIDES & WLB F ILLE ATTACH PER TABLE 2304 10 1, ITEM 1 BIRACED WALL TRUSSES WITH TABLE 2304 10 1, 6'ry' MAX I ITEM 1 EDGE NAILING PER TABLE 2304 101 (TYP) ROOF SHEATHING WALL BRACING BELOW NOT SHOWN SECTION ELEVATION U a Methods of bracing shall be as described in Table 2306 6 3L) DWB, WSP, SFB, GB, PBS, PCP or HPS FIGURE 2308.6.7.2(2) BRACED WALL PANEL TOP PLATE CONNECTION 0 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 529 I " ' Copyrighi ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,VP, Cm,dhPPdm,Aff,,dNVod mm).(Qtyof Fnmdvwood)O,d¢N=b¢x,00e,vmc ocJM 10-0 o, 5e PAP (PST)pu,rvantt, ( Ic—Affiev ,i ATICC Nofi th,, ,od„S,o,,,o u ,,, od„S,00zbyany ,dPartyo, Am,boema,W,00ssd 9cgle,ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp,okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISIIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD 2308.6.8.1 Foundation requirements. Braced wall lines shall be supported by continuous foundations Exception: For structures with a maximum plan dimension not more than 50 feet (15 240 mm), contin- uous foundations are required at exterior walls only For structures in Seismic Design Categories D and E, exterior braced wall panels shall be in the same plane vertically with the foundation or the portion of the structure containing the offset shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice and Section 2308 1 1 Exceptions: 1 Exterior braced wall panels shall be permitted to be located not more than 4 feet (1219 mm) from the foundation below where supported by a floor constructed in accordance with all of the following 11 Cantilevers or setbacks shall not exceed four times the nominal depth of the floor joists 1 2 Floor joists shall be 2 inches by 10 inches (51 mm by 254 mm) or larger and spaced not more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center 1 3 The ratio of the back span to the canti- lever shall be not less than 2 to 1 1 4 Floor joists at ends of braced wall panels shall be doubled 1 5 A continuous rim joist shall be con- nected to the ends of cantilevered jousts The rim joust is permitted to be spliced using a metal tie not less than 0 058 inch (1 47 mm) (16 galvanized gage) and P/ inches (38 mm) in width fastened with six 16d common nails on each side The metal tie shall have a yield stress not less than 33,000 psi (227 XlPa) 16 Joists at setbacks or the end of cantile- vered joists shall not carry gravity loads from more than a single story having umform wall and roof loads nor carry the reactions from headers having a span of 8 feet (2438 mm) or more 2 The end of a required braced wall panel shall be allowed to extend not more than 1 foot (305 mm) over an opening in the wall below Thus requirement is applicable to braced wall panels offset in plane and braced wall panels offset out of plane as permitted by Exception 1 Braced wall panels are permitted to extend over an opening not more than 8 feet (2438 mm) in width where the header is a 4-mch by 12-mch (102 mm by 305 mm) or larger member 2308.6.8.2 Floor and roof diaphragm support in Seismic Design Categories D and E. In structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories D or E, floor and roof diaphragms shall be laterally supported by braced wall lines on all edges and connected in accor- dance with Section 2308 6 7 [see Figure 2308 6 8 2(1)] Exception: Portions of roofs or floors that do not support braced wall panels above are permitted to extend up to 6 feet (1829 mm) beyond a braced wall line [see Figure 2308 6 8 2(2)] provided that the framing members are connected to the braced wall line below in accordance with Section 2308 6 7 2308.6.8.3 Stepped footings in Seismic Design Cate- gories B, C, D and E. In Seismic Design Categories B, C, D and E, where the height of a required braced wall panel extending from foundation to floor above varies more than 4 feet (1219 mm), the following construction shall be used 1 Where the bottom of the footing is stepped and the lowest floor framing rests directly on a sill bolted to the footings, the sill shall be anchored as required in Section 2308 3 2 Where the lowest floor framing rests directly on a sill bolted to a footing not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in length along a line of bracing, the line shall be considered to be braced The double plate of the cripple stud wall beyond the segment of footing extending to the lowest framed floor shall be spliced to the sill plate with metal ties, one on each side of the sill and plate The metal ties shall be not less than 0058 inch [1 47 mm (16 galvanized gage)] by P/ inches (38 mm) in width by 48 inches (1219 mm) with eight 16d common nails on each side of the splice location (see Figure 2308 6 8 3) The metal tie shall have a yield stress not less than 33,000 pounds per square inch (psi) (227 XIPa) 3 Where cripple walls occur between the top of the footing and the lowest floor framing, the bracing requirements for a story shall apply 2308.6.9 Attachment of sheathing. Fastening of braced wall panel sheathing shall be not less than that prescribed in Tables 2308 6 1 and 2304 10 1 Wall sheathing shall not be attached to framing members by adhesives 2308.6.10 Limitations of concrete or masonry veneer. Concrete or masonry veneer shall comply with Chapter 14 and this section 2308.6.10.1 Limitations of concrete or masonry veneer in Seismic Design Category B or C. In Seis- mic Design Categories B and C, concrete or masonry walls and stone or masonry veneer shall not extend above a basement Exceptions: 1 In structures assigned to Seismic Design Cate- gory B, stone and masonry veneer is permitted to be used in the first two stones above grade plane or the first three stones above grade plane where the lowest story has concrete or masonry walls, provided that wood structural panel wall bracing is used and the length of 530 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17MR ocJM IOZMo 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD bracing provided is one and one-half tunes the required length specified in Table 2308 6 1 2 Stone and masonry veneer is permitted to be used in the first story above grade plane or the first two stones above grade plane where the lowest story has concrete or masonry walls 3 Stone and masonry veneer is permitted to be used in both stones of buildings with two sto- nes above grade plane, provided that the fol- lowing criteria are met 3 1 Type of brace in accordance with Sec- tion 230861 shall be WSP and the allowable shear capacity in accor- dance with Section 2306 3 shall be not less than 350 plf (5108 N/m) 32 Braced wall panels in the second story shall be located in accordance with For SI 1 foot= 304 8 mm Section 2308 6 1 and not more than 25 feet (7620 mm) on center, and the total length of braced wall panels shall be not less than 25 percent of the braced wall line length Braced wall panels in the first story shall be located in accor- dance with Section 2308 61 and not more than 25 feet (7620 mm) on cen- ter, and the total length of braced wall panels shall be not less than 45 percent of the braced wall line length 33 Hold-down connectors with an allow- able capacity of 2,000 pounds (8896 N) shall be provided at the ends of each braced wall panel for the second story to the first story connection Hold- down connectors with an allowable capacity of 3,900 pounds (17 347 N) """"--'"'ALL LINES PLAN VILVV I THERE IS NO BRACED WALL LINE SUPPORTING THIS EDGE OF ROOF FIGURE 2308.6.8.2(1) ROOF IN SDC D OR E NOT SUPPORTED ON ALL EDGES BRACED WALL LINES PLAN VIEW— — ROOF SHALL BE PERMITTED TO EXTEND UP TO 6' BEYOND THE BRACED WALL LINE FIGURE 2308.6.8.2(2) ROOF EXTENSION IN SDC D OR E BEYOND BRACED WALL LINE 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 531 I " ' CITFIght0"2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od�o,,,o ih,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD 2'-0 MIN SILL PLATE SPLICE CONCRETE �I III STEPPED FOOTING FOOTING SECTION "A" For SI 1 inch = 25 4 into, 1 foot= 304 8 into WHERE FOOTING SECTION "A" IS MORE THAN 6'-O' PROVIDE METALTI E 16GA x 112' x 4'TL MIN, EACH SIDE W181W COMMON NAILS EACH SIDE OF SPLICE 2-2x PLATE i 2x CRIPPLED �'I STUD WALL _�� NOTE WHERE FOOTING SECTION "A" IS LESS THAN 6'TL LONG IN A 25'TLTOTAL LENGTH WALL, PROVIDE BRACING AT CRIPPLE STUD WALL FIGURE 2308.6.8.3 STEPPED FOOTING CONNECTION DETAILS shall be provided at the ends of each rafters and ceiling joists such as ridge board, hips and valleys braced wall panel for the first story to shall be designed as beams the foundation connection In all cases, 2308.7.1 Ceiling joist spans. Spans for ceiling joists shall the hold-down connector force shall be be in accordance with Table 2308 7 1(1) or 2308 7 1(2) transferred to the foundation For other grades and species, and other loading conditions, 3 4 Cripple walls shall not be permitted refer to the AWC STJR 2308.6.10.2 Limitations of concrete or masonry in Seismic Design Categories D and E. In Seismic Design Categories D and E, concrete or masonry walls and stone or masonry veneer shall not extend above a basement Exception: In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, stone and masonry veneer is permitted to be used in the first story above grade plane, pro- vided that the following criteria are met 1 Type of brace in accordance with Section 2308 6 1 shall be WSP and the allowable shear capacity in accordance with Section 23063 shall be not less than 350 plf (5108 N/m) 2 The braced wall panels in the first story shall be located at each end of the braced wall line and not more than 25 feet (7620 mm) on cen- ter, and the total length of braced wall panels shall be not less than 45 percent of the braced wall line length 3 Hold-down connectors shall be provided at the ends of braced walls for the first floor to foun- dation with an allowable capacity of 2,100 pounds (9341 N) 4 Cripple walls shall not be permitted 2308.7 Roof and ceiling framing. The framing details required in this section apply to roofs having a slope of not less than three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-percent slope) Where the roof slope is less than three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-percent slope), members supporting 2308.7.2 Rafter spans. Spans for rafters shall be in accor- dance with Table 2308 7 2(1), 2308 7 2(2), 2308 7 2(3), 2308 7 2(4), 2308 7 2(5) or 2308 7 2(6) For other grades and species and other loading conditions, refer to the AWC STJR The span of each rafter shall be measured along the horizontal projection of the rafter 2308.7.3 Ceiling joist and rafter framing. Rafters shall be framed directly opposite each other at the ridge There shall be a ridge board not less than 1-inch (25 mm) nomi- nal thickness at ridges and not less in depth than the cut end of the rafter At valleys and hips, there shall be a sin- gle valley or lup rafter not less than 2-mch (51 mm) nomi- nal thickness and not less in depth than the cut end of the rafter 2308.7.3.1 Ceiling joist and rafter connections. Ceil- ing joists and rafters shall be nailed to each other and the assembly shall be nailed to the top wall plate in accordance with Tables 2304 10 1 and 2308 7 5 Ceil- ing joists shall be continuous or securely joined where they meet over interior partitions and be fastened to adjacent rafters in accordance with Tables 2304 10 1 and 2308 7 3 1 to provide a continuous rafter tie across the building where such joists are parallel to the rafters Ceiling joists shall have a bearing surface of not less than 1'/2 inches (38 mm) on the top plate at each end Where ceiling joists are not parallel to rafters, an equivalent rafter tie shall be installed in a manner to provide a continuous tie across the building, at a spac- ing of not more than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center The connections shall be in accordance with Tables 2308 7 3 1 and 2304 10 1, or connections of equivalent 532 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dm,Afn dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,ATICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,o,,byany ,dputyo,AxmboemPToossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD capacities shall be provided Where ceilmgjoists or raf- ter ties are not provided at the top of the rafter support walls, the ridge formed by these rafters shall be sup- ported by a girder conform mg to Section 2308 8 Rafter ties shall be spaced not more than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center Rafter tie connections shall be based on the equiva- lent rafter spacing in Table 2308 7 3 1 Rafter -to -cell - mg joist connections and rafter tie connections shall be of sufficient size and number to prevent splitting from nailing Roof framing member connection to braced wall lines shall be in accordance with Section 2308 6 7 2 2308.7.4 Notches and holes. Notching at the ends of raf- ters or ceiling joists shall not exceed one-fourth the depth Notches in the top or bottom of the rafter or ceiling joist shall not exceed one -sixth the depth and shall not be located in the middle one-third of the span, except that a notch not more than one-third of the depth is permitted in the top of the rafter or ceiling joist not further from the face of the support than the depth of the member Holes bored in rafters or ceiling joists shall not be within 2 inches (51 mm) of the top and bottom and their diameter shall not exceed one-third the depth of the member 2308.7.5 Wind uplift. The roof construction shall have rafter and truss ties to the wall below Resultant uplift loads shall be transferred to the foundation using a contin- uous load path The rafter or truss to wall connection shall comply with Tables 2304 10 1 and 2308 7 5 2308.7.6 Framing around openings. Trimmer and header rafters shall be doubled, or of lumber of equivalent cross section, where the span of the header exceeds 4 feet (1219 mm) The ends of header rafters that are more than 6 feet (1829 mm) in length shall be supported by framing anchors or rafter hangers unless bearing on a beam, parti- tion or wall 2308.7.6.1 Openings in roof diaphragms in Seismic Design Categories B, C, D and E. In buildings classi- fied as Seismic Design Category B, C, D or E openings in horizontal diaphragms with a dimension that is greater than 4 feet (1219 mm) shall be constructed with metal ties and blocking in accordance with this section and Figure 2308 4 4 1(1) Metal ties shall be not less than 0 058 inch [1 47 mm (16 galvanized gage)] in thickness by I'/z inches (38 mm) in width and shall have a yield stress not less than 33,000 psi (227 Mpa) Blocking shall extend not less than the dimension of the opening in the direction of the tie and blocking Ties TABLE 2308.7.5 REQUIRED RATING OF APPROVED UPLIFT CONNECTORS(pounds)', b,, e, r, g.h NOMINAL DESIGN WIND SPEED,V_a' ROOF SPAN (feet) OVERHANGS (Poundsifeet)d 12 20 24 28 32 36 40 85 -72 -120 -145 -169 -193 -217 -241 -38 55 90 -91 -151 -181 -212 -242 -272 -302 -43 22 100 -131 -281 -262 -305 -349 -393 -436 -53 36 110 -175 -292 -351 -409 -467 -526 -584 -64 56 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= 304 8 mm, 1 mile per hour — 161 km/hr, 1 pound = 0 454 Kg, 1 pound/foot— 14 5939 N/m a The uplift connection requirements are based on a 30-foot mean roof height located in Exposure B For Exposure C or D and for other mean roof heights, multiply the loads by the following adjustment coefficients Mean Roof Height (feet) EXPOSURE 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 B 100 100 100 100 105 109 112 116 119 122 C 121 129 135 140 145 149 153 156 159 162 D 147 155 161 166 170 174 178 181 184 187 The uplift connection requirements are based on the framing being spaced 24 inches on center Multiply by 0 67 for framing spaced 16 inches on center and multiply by 0 5 for framing spaced 12 inches on center The uplift connection requirements include an allowance for 10 pounds of dead load The uplift connection requirements do not account for the effects of overhangs The magnitude of the loads shall be increased by adding the overhang loads found in the table The overhang loads are based on framing spaced 24 inches on center The overhang loads given shall be multiplied by the overhang projection and added to the roof uplift value in the table The uplift connection requirements are based on wind loading on end zones as defined in Figure 28 5-1 of ASCE 7 Connection loads for connections located a distance of 20 percent of the least horizontal dimension of the building from the corner of the building are permitted to be reduced by multiplying the table connection value by 0 7 and multiplying the overhang load by 0 8 For wall-to-wall and wall -to -foundation connections, the capacity of the uplift connector is permitted to be reduced by 100 pounds for each full wall above (For example, if a 500-pound rated connector is used on the roof framing, a 400-pound rated connector is permitted at the next floor level down) Interpolation is permitted for intermediate values of V e and roof spans The rated capacity of approved tie -down devices is permitted to include up to a 60-percent increase for wind effectswhere allowed by material specifications V,d shall be determined in accordance with Section 1609 3 1 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 533 I 11 1 CITFIghtOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb6xle¢elvme04JM IOZM0 o, 5e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD shall be attached to blocking in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions but with not less than eight 16d common nails on each side of the header -joist intersection 2308.7.7 Purlins. Purlms to support roof loads are permit- ted to be installed to reduce the span of rafters within allowable lnnits and shall be supported by struts to bearing walls The maximum span of 2-inch by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) purlms shall be 4 feet (1219 mm) The maximum span of the 2-inch by 6-inch (51 mm by 152 mm) purlm shall be 6 feet (1829 mm), but the purlm shall not be smaller than the supported rafter Struts shall be not less than 2-mch by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) members The unbraced length of struts shall not exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) and the slope of the struts shall be not less than 45 degrees (0 79 rad) from the horizontal 2308.7.8 Blocking. Roof rafters and ceiling joists shall be supported laterally to prevent rotation and lateral displace- ment in accordance with Section 2308 4 6 and connected to braced wall lines in accordance with Section 2308 6 7 2 2308.7.9 Engineered wood products. Prefabricated wood I -joists, structural glued-lammated timber and structural composite lumber shall not be notched or drilled except where permitted by the manufacturer's recommendations or where the effects of such alterations are specifically considered in the design of the member by a registered design professional 2308.7.10 Roof sheathing. Roof sheathing shall be in accordance with Tables 2304 8(3) and 2304 8(5) for wood structural panels, and Tables 2304 8(1) and 2304 8(2) for lumber and shall comply with Section 2304 8 2 2308.7.11 Joints. Joints in lumber sheathing shall occur over supports unless approved end -matched lumber is used, in which case each piece shall bear on not fewer than two supports 2308.7.12 Roof planking. Planking shall be designed in accordance with the general provisions of this code In lieu of such design, 2-inch (51 mm) tongue -and groove planking is permitted in accordance with Table 2308 7 12 Joints in such planking are permitted to be ran- domly spaced, provided that the system is applied to not less than three continuous spans, planks are center matched and end matched or splined, each plank bears on one support or more, and Iomts are separated by not less than 24 inches (610 mm) in adjacent pieces 2308.7.13 Wood trusses. Wood trusses shall be designed in accordance with Section 2303 4 Connection to braced wall lines shall be in accordance with Section 2308 6 7 2 2308.7.14 Attic ventilation. For attic ventilation, see Sec- tion 1203 2 2308.8 Design of elements. Combining of engineered ele- ments or systems and conventionally specified elements or systems shall be permitted subject to the limits of Sections 2308 8 1 and 2308 8 2 2308.8.1 Elements exceeding limitations of conven- tional construction. Where a building of otherwise con- ventional construction contains structural elements exceeding the limits of Section 2308 2, these elements and the supporting load path shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice and the provisions of this code 2308.8.2 Structural elements or systems not described herein. Where a building of otherwise conventional con- struction contains structural elements or systems not described in Section 2308, these elements or systems shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering prac- tice and the provisions of this code The extent of such design need only demonstrate compliance of the noncon- ventional elements with other applicable provisions of this code and shall be compatible with the performance of the conventionally framed system SECTION 2309 WOOD FRAME CONSTRUCTION MANUAL 2309.1 Wood Frame Construction Manual. Structural design in accordance with the AWC WFCM shall be permit- ted for buildings assigned to Risk Category I or II subject to the limitations of Section 1 1 3 of the AWC WFCM and the load assumptions contained therein Structural elements beyond these limitations shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice 534 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.1(1) CEILING JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Uninhabitable attics without storage, live load = 10 psf, L/d = 240) DEAD LOAD = 5 psf CEILINGJOIST SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE 2-4 2x6 2-8 2- 10 Maximum ceiling joist spans (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 13-2 20-8 Note a Note a Douglas Fir -Larch #1 12-8 19-11 Note a Note a Douglas Fir -Larch #2 12-5 19-6 25-8 Note a Douglas Fir -Larch #3 10-10 15-10 20-1 24-6 Hem -Fir SS 12-5 19-6 25-8 Note a Hem -Fir #1 12-2 19-1 25-2 Note a Hem -Fir #2 11-7 18-2 24-0 Note a Hem -Fir #3 10-10 15-10 20-1 24-6 12 Southem Pine SS 12-11 20-3 Note a Note a Southem Pine #1 12-5 19-6 25-8 Note a Southem Pine #2 11-10 18-8 24-7 Note a Southem Pine #3 10-1 14-11 18-9 22-9 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 12-2 19-1 25-2 Note a Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 11-10 18-8 24-7 Note a Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 11-10 18-8 24-7 Note a Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 10-10 15-10 20-1 24-6 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 11-11 18-9 24-8 Note a Douglas Fir -Larch #1 11-6 18-1 23-10 Note a Douglas Fir -Larch #2 11-3 17-8 23-0 Note a Douglas Fir -Larch #3 9-5 13-9 17-5 21-3 Hem -Fir SS 11-3 17-8 23-4 Note a Hem -Fir #1 11-0 17-4 22-10 Note a Hem -Fir #2 10-6 16-6 21-9 Note a Hem -Fir #3 9-5 13-9 17-5 21-3 16 Southem Pine SS 11-9 18-5 24-3 Note a Southem Pine #1 11-3 17-8 23-4 Note a Southem Pine #2 10-9 16-11 21-7 25-7 Southem Pine #3 8-9 12-11 16-3 19-9 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 11-0 17-4 22-10 Note a Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 10-9 16-11 22-4 Note a Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 10-9 16-11 22-4 Note a Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 9-5 13-9 17-5 21-3 (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 535 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.1(1)—continued CEILING JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Uninhabitable attics without storage, live load = 10 last, L/A = 240) DEAD LOAD = 5 psf CEILING JOIST SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE 2-4 2-6 12-8 2 x 10 Maximum ceiling joist spans (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 11-3 17-8 23-3 Note a Douglas Fir -Larch #1 10-10 17-0 22-5 Note a Douglas Fir -Larch #2 10-7 16-7 21-0 25-8 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 8-7 12-6 15-10 19-5 Hem -Fir SS 10-7 16-8 21-11 Note a Hem -Fir #1 10-4 16-4 21-6 Note a Hem -Fir #2 9-11 15-7 20-6 25-3 Hem -Fir #3 8-7 12-6 15-10 19-5 192 Southern Pine SS 11-0 17-4 22-10 Note Southern Pine #1 10-7 16-8 22-0 Note a Southern Pine #2 10-2 15-7 19-8 23-5 Southern Pine #3 8-0 11-9 14-10 18-0 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 10-4 16-4 21-6 Note a Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 10-2 15-11 21-0 25-8 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 10-2 15-11 21-0 25-8 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 8-7 12-6 15-10 19-5 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 10-5 16-4 21-7 Note a Douglas Fir -Larch #1 10-0 15-9 20-1 24-6 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 9-10 14-10 18-9 22-11 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 7-8 11-2 14-2 17-4 Hem -Fir SS 9-10 15-6 20-5 Note a Hem -Fir #1 9-8 15-2 19-7 23-11 Hem -Fir #2 9-2 14-5 18-6 22-7 Hem -Fir #3 7-8 11-2 14-2 17-4 24 Southern Pine SS 10-3 16-1 21-2 Note a Southern Pine #1 9-10 15-6 20-5 24-0 Southern Pine #2 9-3 13-11 17-7 20-11 Southern Pine #3 7-2 10-6 13-3 16-1 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 9-8 15-2 19-11 25-5 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 9-5 14-9 18-9 22-11 Spruce-Pme-Fir #2 9-5 14-9 18-9 22-11 Spruce-Pme-Fir #3 7-8 11-2 14-2 17-4 Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 foot= 304 8 min, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kpa a Span exceeds 26 feet in length 536 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' TTRRClrylghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto I ( " I I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva oily mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO RED VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.1(2) CEILING JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Uninhabitable attics with limited storage, live load = 20 psf, L/d = 240) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf CEILINGJOIST SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE 2-4 2x6 2-8 2- 10 Maximum ceiling joist spans (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 10-5 16-4 21-7 Note a Douglas Fir -Larch #1 10-0 15-9 20-1 24-6 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 9-10 14-10 18-9 22-11 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 7-8 11-2 14-2 17-4 Hem -Fir SS 9-10 15-6 20-5 Note a Hem -Fir #1 9-8 15-2 19-7 23-11 Hem -Fir #2 9-2 14-5 18-6 22-7 Hem -Fir #3 7-8 11-2 14-2 17-4 12 Southem Pine SS 10-3 16-1 21-2 Note a Southem Pine #1 9-10 15-6 20-5 24-0 Southem Pine #2 9-3 13-11 17-7 20-11 Southem Pine #3 7-2 10-6 13-3 16-1 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 9-8 15-2 19-11 25-5 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 9-5 14-9 18-9 22-11 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 9-5 14-9 18-9 22-11 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 7-8 11-2 14-2 17-4 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 9-6 14-11 19-7 25-0 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 9-1 13-9 17-5 21-3 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 8-9 12-10 16-3 19-10 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 6-8 9-8 12-4 15-0 Hem -Fir SS 8-11 14-1 18-6 23-8 Hem -Fir #1 8-9 13-5 16-10 20-8 Hem -Fir #2 8-4 12-8 16-0 19-7 Hem -Fir #3 6-8 9-8 12-4 15-0 16 Southem Pine SS 9-4 14-7 19-3 24-7 Southem Pine #1 8-11 14-0 17-9 20-9 Southem Pine #2 8-0 12-0 15-3 18-1 Southern Pine #3 6-2 9-2 11-6 14-0 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 8-9 13-9 18-1 23-1 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 8-7 12-10 16-3 19-10 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 8-7 12-10 16-3 19-10 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 6-8 9-8 12-4 15-0 (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 537 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.1(2)—continued CEILING JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Uninhabitable attics with limited storage, live load = 20 psf, L/A = 240) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf CEILING JOIST SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE 2-4 2-6 2-8 2 x 10 Maximum ceiling joist spans (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 8-11 14-0 18-5 23-4 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 8-7 12-6 15-10 19-5 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 8-0 11-9 14-10 18-2 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 6-1 8-10 11-3 13-8 Hem -Fir SS 8-5 13-3 17-5 22-3 Hem -Fir #1 8-3 12-3 15-6 18-11 Hem -Fir #2 7-10 11-7 14-8 17-10 Hem -Fir #3 6-1 8-10 11-3 13-8 192 Southern Pine SS 8-9 13-9 18-2 23-1 Southern Pine #1 8-5 12-9 16-2 18-11 Southern Pine #2 7-4 11-0 13-11 16-6 Southern Pine #3 5-8 8-4 10-6 12-9 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 8-3 12-11 17-1 21-8 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 8-0 11-9 14-10 18-2 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 8-0 11-9 14-10 18-2 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 6-1 8-10 11-3 13-8 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 8-3 13-0 17-1 20-11 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 7-8 11-2 14-2 17-4 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 7-2 10-6 13-3 16-3 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 5-5 7-11 10-0 12-3 Hem -Fir SS 7-10 12-3 16-2 20-6 Hem -Fir #1 7-6 10-11 13-10 16-11 Hem -Fir #2 7-1 10-4 13-1 16-0 Hem -Fir #3 5-5 7-11 10-0 12-3 24 Southern Pine SS 8-1 12-9 16-10 21-6 Southern Pine #1 7-8 11-5 14-6 16-11 Southern Pine #2 6-7 9-10 12-6 14-9 Southern Pine #3 5-1 7-5 9-5 11-5 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 7-8 12-0 15-10 19-5 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 7-2 10-6 13-3 16-3 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 7-2 10-6 13-3 16-3 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 5-5 7-11 10-0 12-3 Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= 304 8 mm, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kpa a Span exceeds 26 feet in length 538 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' TTRRClrylghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto I ( " I I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva oily mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO REDVCIION ORDISIRIBVTIONISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREVNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.2(1) RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Roof live load = 20 psf, ceiling not attached to rafters, L/d = 180) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf RAFTER 2xq 2x6 2-8 2x 10 2x 12 2xq 2x6 2xg 2x10 2x12 SPACING SPECIES AND GRADE Maximum rafter spans' (inches) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) Doug as F1 Larc SS 11-6 18-0 23-9 Note Note 11-6 18-0 23-5 Note Note Douglas Fir -Larch #1 11-1 17-4 22-5 Note b Note b 10-6 15-4 19-5 23-9 Note b Douglas Fir -Larch #2 10-10 16-7 21-0 25-8 Note b 9-10 14-4 18-2 22-3 25-9 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 8-7 12-6 15-10 19-5 22-6 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 Hem -Fir SS 10-10 17-0 22-5 Note b Note b 10-10 17-0 22-5 Note b Note b Hem -Fir #1 10-7 16-8 21-10 Note b Note b 10-3 14-11 18-11 23-2 Note b Hem -Fir #2 10-1 15-11 20-8 25-3 Note 9-8 14-2 17-11 21-11 25-5 Hem -Fir #3 8-7 12-6 15-10 19-5 22-6 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 12 Southem Pme SS 11-3 17-8 23-4 Note b Note b 11-3 17-8 23-4 Note b Note b Southem Pme #1 10-10 17-0 22-5 26-0 26-0 10-6 15-8 19-10 23-2 Note b Southem Pme #2 10-4 15-7 19-8 23-5 26-0 9-0 13-6 17-1 20-3 23-10 Southem Pme #3 8-0 11-9 14-10 18-0 21-4 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-7 18-6 Spmce-Pme-Fir SS 10-7 16-8 21-11 Note b Note b 10-7 16-8 21-9 Note b Note b Spmce-Pme-Fir #1 10-4 16-3 21-0 25-8 Note b 9-10 14-4 18-2 22-3 25-9 Spmce-Pme-Fir #2 10-4 16-3 21-0 25-8 Note b 9-10 14-4 18-2 22-3 25-9 Spruce-Pme-Fir #3 8-7 12-6 15-10 19-5 22-6 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 10-5 16-4 21-7 Note b Note b 10-5 16-0 20-3 24-9 Note b Douglas Fir -Larch #1 10-0 15-4 19-5 23-9 Note b 9-1 13-3 16-10 20-7 23-10 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 9-10 14-4 18-2 22-3 25-9 8-6 12-5 15-9 19-3 22-4 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 6-5 9-5 11-11 14-6 16-10 Hem -Fir SS 9-10 15-6 20-5 Note b Note b 9-10 15-6 19-11 24-4 Note b Hem -Fir #1 9-8 14-11 18-11 23-2 Note b 8-10 12-11 16-5 20-0 23-3 Hem -Fir #2 9-2 14-2 17-11 21-11 25-5 8-5 12-3 15-6 18-11 22-0 Hem -Fir #3 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 6-5 9-5 11-11 14-6 16-10 16 Southem Pme SS 10-3 16-1 21-2 Note b Note b 10-3 16-1 21-2 25-7 Note b Southem Pme #1 9-10 15-6 19-10 23-2 26-0 9-1 13-7 17-2 20-1 23-10 Southem Pme #2 9-0 13-6 17-1 20-3 23-10 7-9 11-8 14-9 17-6 20-8 Southem Pme #3 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-7 18-6 6-0 8-10 11-2 13-6 16-0 Spruce-Pme-Fir SS 9-8 15-2 19-11 25-5 Note b 9-8 14-10 18-10 23-0 Note b Spmce-Pme-Fir #1 9-5 14-4 18-2 22-3 25-9 8-6 12-5 15-9 19-3 22-4 Spmce-Pme-Fir #2 9-5 14-4 18-2 22-3 25-9 8-6 12-5 15-9 19-3 22-4 Spruce-Pme-Fir #3 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 6-5 9-5 11-11 14-6 16-10 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 9-10 15-5 20-4 25-11 Note b 9-10 14-7 18-6 22-7 Note b Douglas Fir -Larch #1 9-5 14-0 17-9 21-8 25-2 8-4 12-2 15-4 18-9 21-9 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 8-11 13-1 16-7 20-3 23-6 7-9 11-4 14-4 17-7 20-4 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 6-9 9-11 12-7 15-4 17-9 5-10 8-7 10-10 13-3 15-5 Hem -Fir SS 9-3 14-7 19-2 24-6 Note b 9-3 14-4 18-2 22-3 25-9 Hem -Fir #1 9-1 13-8 17-4 21-1 24-6 8-1 11-10 15-0 18-4 21-3 Hem -Fir #2 8-8 12-11 16-4 20-0 23-2 7-8 11-2 14-2 17-4 20-1 Hem -Fir #3 6-9 9-11 12-7 15-4 17-9 5-10 8-7 10-10 13-3 15-5 192 Southem Pme SS 9-8 15-2 19-11 25-5 Note b 9-8 15-2 19-7 23-4 Note b Southem Pme #1 9-3 14-3 18-1 21-2 25-2 8-4 12-4 15-8 18-4 21-9 Southem Pme #2 8-2 12-3 15-7 18-6 21-9 7-1 10-8 13-6 16-0 18-10 Southem Pme #3 6-4 9-4 11-9 14-3 16-10 5-6 8-1 10-2 12-4 14-7 Spmce-Pme-Fir SS 9-1 14-3 18-9 23-11 Note b 9-1 13-7 17-2 21-0 24-4 Spmce-Pme-Fir #1 8-10 13-1 16-7 20-3 23-6 7-9 11-4 14-4 17-7 20-4 Spmce-Pme-Fir #2 8-10 13-1 16-7 20-3 23-6 7-9 11-4 14-4 17-7 20-4 Spruce-Pme-Fir #3 6-9 9-11 12-7 15-4 17-9 5-10 8-7 10-10 13-3 15-5 (eonhnued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 539 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISIRIBVTIO NIS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.2(1)—continued RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Roof live load = 20 psf, ceiling not attached to rafters, L/A = 180) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf RAFTER 2xq 2x6 2x8 2x 10 1 2- 12 2x4 2x6 2x8 2- 10 2- 12 SPACING SPECIES AND GRADE Maximum rafter spans' (inches) (ft.-in.) (ft.-in.) (ft.-in.) (H.-in.) (H.-in.) (H.-in.) (H.-in.) (H.-in.) (H.-in.) (H.-in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 9-1 14-4 18-10 23-4 Note b 8-11 13-1 16-7 20-3 23-5 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 8-7 12-6 15-10 19-5 22-6 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 8-0 11-9 14-10 18-2 21-0 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-8 18-3 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 6-1 8-10 11-3 13-8 15-11 5-3 7-8 9-9 11-10 13-9 Hem -Fir SS 8-7 13-6 17-10 22-9 Note 8-7 12-10 16-3 19-10 23-0 Hem -Fir #1 8-4 12-3 15-6 18-11 21-11 7-3 10-7 13-5 16-4 19-0 Hem -Fir #2 7-11 11-7 14-8 17-10 20-9 6-10 10-0 12-8 15-6 17-11 Hem -Fir #3 6-1 8-10 11-3 13-8 15-11 5-3 7-8 9-9 11-10 13-9 24 Southern Pine SS 8-11 14-1 18-6 23-8 Note b 8-11 13-10 17-6 20-10 24-8 Southern Pine #1 8-7 12-9 16-2 18-11 22-6 7-5 11-1 14-0 16-5 19-6 Southern Pine #2 7-4 11-0 13-11 16-6 19-6 6-4 9-6 12-1 14-4 16-10 Southern Pine #3 5-8 8-4 10-6 12-9 15-1 4-11 7-3 9-1 11-0 13-1 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 8-5 13-3 17-5 21-8 25-2 8-4 12-2 15-4 18-9 21-9 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 8-0 11-9 14-10 18-2 21-0 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-8 18-3 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 8-0 11-9 14-10 18-2 21-0 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-8 18-3 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 6-1 8-10 11-3 13-8 15-11 5-3 7-8 9-9 11-10 13-9 Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= 304 8 mm, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kPa a The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceding joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location Where ceding joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be multiplied by the following factors H,IHa 1/3 1/4 115 1/6 1/7 5 or less where H,=Height of ceding joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls HE = Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls b Span exceeds 26 feet in length Rafter Span Adjustment Factor 067 076 083 090 1 00 540 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® RTS' TTRRCopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto I ( " I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva oily mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO REDVCIION ORDISIRIBVTIONISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREVNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.2(2) RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Roof live load = 20 psf, ceiling attached to rafters, L/A = 240) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf RAFTER 2x4 2x6 2x8 2- 10 1 2- 12 2xq 2x6 2x8 2- 10 2- 12 SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE Maximum rafter spans' (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 10-5 16-4 21-7 Note b Note b 10-5 16-4 21-7 Note b Note b Douglas Fir -Larch #1 10-0 15-9 20-10 Note b Note b 10-0 15-4 19-5 23-9 Note b Douglas Fir -Larch #2 9-10 15-6 20-5 25-8 Note b 9-10 14-4 18-2 22-3 25-9 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 8-7 12-6 15-10 19-5 22-6 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 Hem -Fir SS 9-10 15-6 20-5 Note b Note b 9-10 15-6 20-5 Note b Note b Hem -Fir #1 9-8 15-2 19-11 25-5 Note b 9-8 14-11 18-11 23-2 Note b Hem -Fir #2 9-2 14-5 19-0 24-3 Note b 9-2 14-2 17-11 21-11 25-5 Hem -Fir #3 8-7 12-6 15-10 19-5 22-6 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 12 Southern Pine SS 10-3 16-1 21-2 Note Note 10-3 16-1 21-2 Note Note Southern Pine #1 9-10 15-6 20-5 26-0 26-0 9-10 15-6 19-10 23-2 26-0 Southern Pine #2 9-5 14-9 19-6 23-5 26-0 9-0 13-6 17-1 20-3 23-10 Southern Pine #3 8-0 11-9 14-10 18-0 21-4 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-7 18-6 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 9-8 15-2 19-11 25-5 Note b 9-8 15-2 19-11 25-5 Note b Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 9-5 14-9 19-6 24-10 Note b 9-5 14-4 18-2 22-3 25-9 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 9-5 14-9 19-6 24-10 Note b 9-5 14-4 18-2 22-3 25-9 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 8-7 12-6 15-10 19-5 22-6 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 9-6 14-11 19-7 25-0 Note b 9-6 14-11 19-7 24-9 Note b Douglas Fir -Larch #1 9-1 14-4 18-11 23-9 Note b 9-1 13-3 16-10 20-7 23-10 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 8-11 14-1 18-2 22-3 25-9 8-6 12-5 15-9 19-3 22-4 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 6-5 9-5 11-11 14-6 16-10 Hem -Fir SS 8-11 14-1 18-6 23-8 Note b 8-11 14-1 18-6 23-8 Note b Hem -Fir #1 8-9 13-9 18-1 23-1 Note 8-9 12-11 16-5 20-0 23-3 Hem -Fir #2 8-4 13-1 17-3 21-11 25-5 8-4 12-3 15-6 18-11 22-0 Hem -Fir #3 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 6-5 9-5 11-11 14-6 16-10 16 Southern Pine SS 9-4 14-7 19-3 24-7 Note b 9-4 14-7 19-3 24-7 Note b Southern Pine #1 8-11 14-1 18-6 23-2 26-0 8-11 13-7 17-2 20-1 23-10 Southern Pine #2 8-7 13-5 17-1 20-3 23-10 7-9 11-8 14-9 17-6 20-8 Southern Pine #3 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-7 18-6 6-0 8-10 11-2 13-6 16-0 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 8-9 13-9 18-1 23-1 Note 8-9 13-9 18-1 23-0 Note Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 8-7 13-5 17-9 22-3 25-9 8-6 12-5 15-9 19-3 22-4 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 8-7 13-5 17-9 22-3 25-9 8-6 12-5 15-9 19-3 22-4 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 6-5 9-5 11-11 14-6 16-10 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 8-11 14-0 18-5 23-7 Note b 8-11 14-0 18-5 22-7 Note b Douglas Fir -Larch #1 8-7 13-6 17-9 21-8 25-2 8-4 12-2 15-4 18-9 21-9 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 8-5 13-1 16-7 20-3 23-6 7-9 11-4 14-4 17-7 20-4 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 6-9 9-11 12-7 15-4 17-9 5-10 8-7 10-10 13-3 15-5 192 Hem -Fir SS 8-5 13-3 17-5 22-3 Note b 8-5 13-3 17-5 22-3 25-9 Hem -Fir #1 8-3 12-11 17-1 21-1 24-6 8-1 11-10 15-0 18-4 21-3 Hem -Fir #2 7-10 12-4 16-3 20-0 23-2 7-8 11-2 14-2 17-4 20-1 Hem -Fir #3 6-9 9-11 12-7 15-4 17-9 5-10 8-7 10-10 13-3 15-5 (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 541 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISIRIBVTIO NIS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.2(2)—continued RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Roof live load = 20 psf, ceiling attached to rafters, L/A = 240) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf RAFTER 2xq 2x6 2x8 2x 10 1 2- 12 2x4 2x6 2x8 2- 10 2- 12 SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE Maximum rafter spans' (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) Southern Pine SS 8-9 13-9 18-2 23-1 Note b 8-9 13-9 18-2 23-1 Note b Southern Pine #1 8-5 13-3 17-5 21-2 25-2 8-4 12-4 15-8 18-4 21-9 Southern Pine #2 8-1 12-3 15-7 18-6 21-9 7-1 10-8 13-6 16-0 18-10 Southern Pine #3 6-4 9-4 11-9 14-3 16-10 5-6 8-1 10-2 12-4 14-7 192 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 8-3 12-11 17-1 21-9 Note 8-3 12-11 17-1 21-0 24-4 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 8-1 12-8 16-7 20-3 23-6 7-9 11-4 14-4 17-7 20-4 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 8-1 12-8 16-7 20-3 23-6 7-9 11-4 14-4 17-7 20-4 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 6-9 9-11 12-7 15-4 17-9 5-10 8-7 10-10 13-3 15-5 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 8-3 13-0 17-2 21-10 Note b 8-3 13-0 16-7 20-3 23-5 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 8-0 12-6 15-10 19-5 22-6 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-6 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 7-10 11-9 14-10 18-2 21-0 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-8 18-3 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 6-1 8-10 11-3 13-8 15-11 5-3 7-8 9-9 11-10 13-9 Hem -Fir SS 7-10 12-3 16-2 20-8 25-1 7-10 12-3 16-2 19-10 23-0 Hem -Fir #1 7-8 12-0 15-6 18-11 21-11 7-3 10-7 13-5 16-4 19-0 Hem -Fir #2 7-3 11-5 14-8 17-10 20-9 6-10 10-0 12-8 15-6 17-11 Hem -Fir #3 6-1 8-10 11-3 13-8 15-11 5-3 7-8 9-9 11-10 13-9 24 Southern Pine SS 8-1 12-9 16-10 21-6 Note b 8-1 12-9 16-10 20-10 24-8 Southern Pine #1 7-10 12-3 16-2 18-11 22-6 7-5 11-1 14-0 16-5 19-6 Southern Pine #2 7-4 11-0 13-11 16-6 19-6 6-4 9-6 12-1 14-4 16-10 Southern Pine #3 5-8 8-4 10-6 12-9 15-1 4-11 7-3 9-1 11-0 13-1 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 7-8 12-0 15-10 20-2 24-7 7-8 12-0 15-4 18-9 21-9 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 7-6 11-9 14-10 18-2 21-0 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-8 18-3 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 7-6 11-9 14-10 18-2 21-0 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-8 18-3 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 6-1 8-10 11-3 13-8 15-11 5-3 7-8 9-9 11-10 13-9 Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot =304 8 mm, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kPa a The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceding joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location Where ceding joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be multiplied by the following factors HD Ha 1/3 1/4 115 1/6 1/7 5 or less where H,=Height of ceding joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls HE = Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls b Span exceeds 26 feet in length Rafter Span Adjustment Factor 067 076 083 090 100 542 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® RTS' TTRRCopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto I ( " I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva oily mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO REDVCIION ORDISIRIBVTIONISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREVNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.2(3) RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Ground snow load = 30 psf, ceiling not attached to rafters, L/d = 180) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf IDEAD LOAD = 20 psf RAFTER 2xq 2x6 2-8 2- 10 2x 12 2xq 2x6 2x8 2x 10 2x 12 SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE Maximum rafter spans' (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 10-0 15-9 20-9 Note b Note b 10-0 15-9 20-1 24-6 Note b Douglas Fir -Larch #1 9-8 14-9 18-8 22-9 Note b 9-0 13-2 16-8 20-4 23-7 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 9-5 13-9 17-5 21-4 24-8 8-5 12-4 15-7 19-1 22-1 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 6-4 9-4 11-9 14-5 16-8 Hem -Fir SS 9-6 14-10 19-7 25-0 Note b 9-6 14-10 19-7 24-1 Note b Hem -Fir #1 9-3 14-4 18-2 22-2 25-9 8-9 12-10 16-3 19-10 23-0 Hem -Fir #2 8-10 13-7 17-2 21-0 24-4 8-4 12-2 15-4 18-9 21-9 Hem -Fir #3 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 6-4 9-4 11-9 14-5 16-8 12 Southem Pine SS 9-10 15-6 20-5 Note b Note b 9-10 15-6 20-5 25-4 Note b Southem Pine #1 9-6 14-10 19-0 22-3 26-0 9-0 13-5 17-0 19-11 23-7 Southem Pine #2 8-7 12-11 16-4 19-5 22-10 7-8 11-7 14-8 17-4 20-5 Southem Pine #3 6-7 9-9 12-4 15-0 17-9 5-11 8-9 11-0 13-5 15-10 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 9-3 14-7 19-2 24-6 Note b 9-3 14-7 18-8 22-9 Note b Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 9-1 13-9 17-5 21-4 24-8 8-5 12-4 15-7 19-1 22-1 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 9-1 13-9 17-5 21-4 24-8 8-5 12-4 15-7 19-1 22-1 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 6-4 9-4 11-9 14-5 16-8 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 9-1 14-4 18-10 23-9 Note b 9-1 13-9 17-5 21-3 24-8 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 8-9 12-9 16-2 19-9 22-10 7-10 11-5 14-5 17-8 20-5 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 8-2 11-11 15-1 18-5 21-5 7-3 10-8 13-6 16-6 19-2 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 6-2 9-0 11-5 13-11 16-2 5-6 8-1 10-3 12-6 14-6 Hem -Fir SS 8-7 13-6 17-10 22-9 Note 8-7 13-6 17-1 20-10 24-2 Hem -Fir #1 8-5 12-5 15-9 19-3 22-3 7-7 11-1 14-1 17-2 19-11 Hem -Fir #2 8-0 11-9 14-11 18-2 21-1 7-2 10-6 13-4 16-3 18-10 Hem -Fir #3 6-2 9-0 11-5 13-11 16-2 5-6 8-1 10-3 12-6 14-6 16 Southem Pine SS 8-11 14-1 18-6 23-8 Note b 8-11 14-1 18-5 21-11 25-11 Southem Pine #1 8-7 13-0 16-6 19-3 22-10 7-10 11-7 14-9 17-3 20-5 Southem Pine #2 7-6 11-2 14-2 16-10 19-10 6-8 10-0 12-8 15-1 17-9 Southem Pine #3 5-9 8-6 10-8 13-0 15-4 5-2 7-7 9-7 11-7 13-9 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 8-5 13-3 17-5 22-1 25-7 8-5 12-9 16-2 19-9 22-10 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 8-2 11-11 15-1 18-5 21-5 7-3 10-8 13-6 16-6 19-2 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 8-2 11-11 15-1 18-5 21-5 7-3 10-8 13-6 16-6 19-2 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 6-2 9-0 11-5 13-11 16-2 5-6 8-1 10-3 12-6 14-6 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 8-7 13-6 17-9 21-8 25-2 8-7 12-6 15-10 19-5 22-6 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 7-11 11-8 14-9 18-0 20-11 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 7-5 10-11 13-9 16-10 19-6 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 5-7 8-3 10-5 12-9 14-9 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 192 Hem -Fir SS 8-1 12-9 16-9 21-4 24-8 8-1 12-4 15-7 19-1 22-1 Hem -Fir #1 7-9 11-4 14-4 17-7 20-4 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-8 18-2 Hem -Fir #2 7-4 10-9 13-7 16-7 19-3 6-7 9-7 12-2 14-10 17-3 Hem -Fir #3 5-7 8-3 10-5 12-9 14-9 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 543 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tm POo�vsd 9cgle ass¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISIRIBVTIO NIS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.2(3)—continued RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Ground snow load = 30 psf, ceiling not attached to rafters, L/A = 180) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf RAFTER 2xq 2x6 2x8 2x 10 1 2-12 1 2x4 12x6 2x8 2x 10 2x 12 SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE Maximum rafter spans' (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) Southern Pine SS 8-5 13-3 17-5 22-3 Note b 8-5 13-3 16-10 20-0 23-7 Southern Pine #1 8-0 11-10 15-1 17-7 20-11 7-1 10-7 13-5 15-9 18-8 Southern Pine #2 6-10 10-2 12-11 15-4 18-1 6-1 9-2 11-7 13-9 16-2 Southern Pine #3 5-3 7-9 9-9 11-10 14-0 4-8 6-11 8-9 10-7 12-6 192 Sprace-Pine-Fir SS 7-11 12-5 16-5 20-2 23-4 7-11 11-8 14-9 18-0 20-11 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 7-5 10-11 13-9 16-10 19-6 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 7-5 10-11 13-9 16-10 19-6 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 5-7 8-3 10-5 12-9 14-9 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 7-11 12-6 15-10 19-5 22-6 7-8 11-3 14-2 17-4 20-1 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 6-4 9-4 11-9 14-5 16-8 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 5-11 8-8 11-0 13-6 15-7 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 4-6 6-7 8-4 10-2 11-10 Hem -Fir SS 7-6 11-10 15-7 19-1 22-1 7-6 11-0 13-11 17-0 19-9 Hem -Fir #1 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-8 18-2 6-2 9-1 11-6 14-0 16-3 Hem -Fir #2 6-7 9-7 12-2 14-10 17-3 5-10 8-7 10-10 13-3 15-5 Hem -Fir #3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 4-6 6-7 8-4 10-2 11-10 24 Southern Pine SS 7-10 12-3 16-2 20-0 23-7 7-10 11-10 15-0 17-11 21-2 Southern Pine #1 7-1 10-7 13-5 15-9 18-8 6-4 9-6 12-0 14-1 16-8 Southern Pine #2 6-1 9-2 11-7 13-9 16-2 5-5 8-2 10-4 12-3 14-6 Southern Pine #3 4-8 6-11 8-9 10-7 12-6 4-2 6-2 7-10 9-6 11-2 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 7-4 11-7 14-9 18-0 20-11 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 5-11 8-8 11-0 13-6 15-7 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 5-11 8-8 11-0 13-6 15-7 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 4-6 6-7 8-4 10-2 11-10 Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet For SI 1 inch= 25 4 min, 1 foot =304 8 min, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kPa a The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceiling joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location Where ceding joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be multiplied by the following factors HD/Ha 1/3 1/4 115 1/6 1/7 5 or less where H, =Height of ceding joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls HE = Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls b Span exceeds 26 feet in length Rafter Span Adjustment Factor 067 076 083 090 100 544 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® RTS' TTRRCopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto I ( " I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9cgle �ss¢ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO REDVCIION OR DISI RIB VTIONISA VIO CATION OP THE PE D ERAL CO PYRIG HT ACI AND THE LICE NSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREVNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.2(4) RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Ground snow load = 50 psf, ceiling not attached to rafters, L/A = 180) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf RAFTER 2x4 2x6 2x8 2-10 1 2x 12 1 2x4 1 2x6 2x8 2x 10 2x 12 SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE Maximum rafter spans' (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 8-5 13-3 17-6 22-4 26-0 8-5 13-3 17-0 20-9 24-0 Douglas Fir -larch #1 8-2 12-0 15-3 18-7 21-7 7-7 11-2 14-1 17-3 20-0 Douglas Fir -larch #2 7-8 11-3 14-3 17-5 20-2 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 Douglas Fir -larch #3 5-10 8-6 10-9 13-2 15-3 5-5 7-10 10-0 12-2 14-1 Hem -Fir SS 8-0 12-6 16-6 21-1 25-6 8-0 12-6 16-6 20-4 23-7 Hem -Fir #1 7-10 11-9 14-10 18-1 21-0 7-5 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-5 Hem -Fir #2 7-5 11-1 14-0 17-2 19-11 7-0 10-3 13-0 15-10 18-5 Hem -Fir #3 5-10 8-6 10-9 13-2 15-3 5-5 7-10 10-0 12-2 14-1 12 Southem Pine SS 8-4 13-1 17-2 21-11 Note b 8-4 13-1 17-2 21-5 25-3 Southem Pine #1 8-0 12-3 15-6 18-2 21-7 7-7 11-4 14-5 16-10 20-0 Southem Pine #2 7-0 10-6 13-4 15-10 18-8 6-6 9-9 12-4 14-8 17-3 Southem Pine #3 5-5 8-0 10-1 12-3 14-6 5-0 7-5 9-4 11-4 13-5 Spmce-Pine-Fir SS 7-10 12-3 16-2 20-8 24-1 7-10 12-3 15-9 19-3 22-4 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 7-8 11-3 14-3 17-5 20-2 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 Spmce-Pine-Fir #2 7-8 11-3 14-3 17-5 20-2 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 5-10 8-6 10-9 13-2 15-3 5-5 7-10 10-0 12-2 14-1 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 7-8 12-1 15-10 19-5 22-6 7-8 11-7 14-8 17-11 20-10 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 6-7 9-8 12-2 14-11 17-3 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 6-2 9-0 11-5 13-11 16-2 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 4-8 6-10 8-8 10-6 12-3 Hem -Fir SS 7-3 11-5 15-0 19-1 22-1 7-3 11-5 14-5 17-8 20-5 Hem -Fir #1 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-8 18-2 6-5 9-5 11-11 14-6 16-10 Hem -Fir #2 6-7 9-7 12-2 14-10 17-3 6-1 8-11 11-3 13-9 15-11 Hem -Fir #3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 4-8 6-10 8-8 10-6 12-3 16 Southem Pine SS 7-6 11-10 15-7 19-11 23-7 7-6 11-10 15-7 18-6 21-10 Southem Pine #1 7-1 10-7 13-5 15-9 18-8 6-7 9-10 12-5 14-7 17-3 Southem Pine #2 6-1 9-2 11-7 13-9 16-2 5-8 8-5 10-9 12-9 15-0 Southem Pine #3 4-8 6-11 8-9 10-7 12-6 4-4 6-5 8-1 9-10 11-7 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 7-1 11-2 14-8 18-0 20-11 7-1 10-9 13-8 15-11 19-4 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 6-2 9-0 11-5 13-11 16-2 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 6-2 9-0 11-5 13-11 16-2 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 4-8 6-10 8-8 10-6 12-3 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 7-3 11-4 14-6 17-8 20-6 7-3 10-7 13-5 16-5 19-0 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 6-6 9-6 12-0 14-8 17-1 6-0 8-10 11-2 13-7 15-9 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 6-1 8-11 11-3 13-9 15-11 5-7 8-3 10-5 12-9 14-9 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 4-7 6-9 8-6 10-5 12-1 4-3 6-3 7-11 9-7 11-2 192 Hem -Fir SS 6-10 10-9 14-2 17-5 20-2 6-10 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 Hem -Fir #1 6-4 9-3 11-9 14-4 16-7 5-10 8-7 10-10 13-3 15-5 Hem -Fir #2 6-0 8-9 11-1 13-7 15-9 5-7 8-1 10-3 12-7 14-7 Hem -Fir #3 4-7 6-9 8-6 10-5 12-1 4-3 6-3 7-11 9-7 11-2 (eontinued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 545 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tm POo�vsd 9cgle ass¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISIRIBVTIO NIS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.2(4) RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Ground snow load = 50 psf, ceiling not attached to rafters, L/A = 180) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf RAFTER 2xq 2x6 2x8 2x 10 1 2-12 1 2x4 12x6 2x8 2x 10 2x 12 SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE Maximum rafter spans' (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) Southern Pme SS 7-1 11-2 14-8 18-3 21-7 7-1 11-2 14-2 16-11 20-0 Southern Pme #1 6-6 9-8 12-3 14-4 17-1 6-0 9-0 11-4 13-4 15-9 Southern Pme #2 5-7 8-4 10-7 12-6 14-9 5-2 7-9 9-9 11-7 13-8 Southern Pme #3 4-3 6-4 8-0 9-8 11-5 4-0 5-10 7-4 8-11 10-7 192 Spruce-Pme-Fir SS 6-8 10-6 13-5 16-5 19-1 6-8 9-10 12-5 15-3 17-8 Spruce-Pme-Fir #1 6-1 8-11 11-3 13-9 15-11 5-7 8-3 10-5 12-9 14-9 Spruce-Pme-Fir #2 6-1 8-11 11-3 13-9 15-11 5-7 8-3 10-5 12-9 14-9 Spruce-Pme-Fir #3 4-7 6-9 8-6 10-5 12-1 4-3 6-3 7-11 9-7 11-2 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 6-8 10-3 13-0 15-10 18-4 6-6 9-6 12-0 14-8 17-0 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 5-10 8-6 10-9 13-2 15-3 5-5 7-10 10-0 12-2 14-1 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 5-5 7-11 10-1 12-4 14-3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 4-1 6-0 7-7 9-4 10-9 3-10 5-7 7-1 8-7 10-0 Hem -Fir SS 6-4 9-11 12-9 15-7 18-0 6-4 9-4 11-9 14-5 16-8 Hem -Fir #1 5-8 8-3 10-6 12-10 14-10 5-3 7-8 9-9 11-10 13-9 Hem -Fir #2 5-4 7-10 9-11 12-1 14-1 4-11 7-3 9-2 11-3 13-0 Hem -Fir #3 4-1 6-0 7-7 9-4 10-9 3-10 5-7 7-1 8-7 10-0 24 Southern Pme SS 6-7 10-4 13-8 16-4 19-3 6-7 10-0 12-8 15-2 17-10 Southern Pme #1 5-10 8-8 11-0 12-10 15-3 5-5 8-0 10-2 11-11 14-1 Southern Pme #2 5-0 7-5 9-5 11-3 13-2 4-7 6-11 8-9 10-5 12-3 Southern Pme #3 3-10 5-8 7-1 8-8 10-3 3-6 5-3 6-7 8-0 9-6 Spruce-Pme-Fir SS 6-2 9-6 12-0 14-8 17-1 6-0 8-10 11-2 13-7 15-9 Spruce-Pme-Fir #1 5-5 7-11 10-1 12-4 14-3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 Spruce-Pme-Fir #2 5-5 7-11 10-1 12-4 14-3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 Spruce-Pme-Fir #3 4-1 6-0 7-7 9-4 10-9 3-10 5-7 7-1 8-7 10-0 Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet For SI 1 inch= 25 4 min, 1 foot =304 8 min, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kPa a The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceiling joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location Where ceding joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be multiplied by the following factors HPIHa 1/3 1/4 115 1/6 1/7 5 or less where H,=Height of cedmgjo)sts or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls HE = Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls b Span exceeds 26 feet in length Rafter Span Adjustment Factor 067 076 083 090 1 00 546 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® RTS' TTRRCopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto I ( " I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO REDVCIION ORDISIRIBVTIONISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREVNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.2(5) RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Ground snow load = 30 psf, ceiling attached to rafters, L/d = 240) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf RAFTER 2xq 2x6 2x8 2- 10 2x 12 2xq 2x6 2x8 2x 10 2x 12 SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE Maximum rafter spans' (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) (H. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 9-1 14-4 18-10 24-1 Note b 9-1 14-4 18-10 24-1 Note b Douglas Fir -Larch #1 8-9 13-9 18-2 22-9 Note b 8-9 13-2 16-8 20-4 23-7 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 8-7 13-6 17-5 21-4 24-8 8-5 12-4 15-7 19-1 22-1 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 6-4 9-4 11-9 14-5 16-8 Hem -Fir SS 8-7 13-6 17-10 22-9 Note b 8-7 13-6 17-10 22-9 Note b Hem -Fir #1 8-5 13-3 17-5 22-2 25-9 8-5 12-10 16-3 19-10 23-0 Hem -Fir #2 8-0 12-7 16-7 21-0 24-4 8-0 12-2 15-4 18-9 21-9 Hem -Fir #3 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 6-4 9-4 11-9 14-5 16-8 12 Southern Pine SS 8-11 14-1 18-6 23-8 Note b 8-11 14-1 18-6 23-8 Note b Southern Pine #1 8-7 13-6 17-10 22-3 Note b 8-7 13-5 17-0 19-11 23-7 Southern Pine #2 8-3 12-11 16-4 19-5 22-10 7-8 11-7 14-8 17-4 20-5 Southern Pine #3 6-7 9-9 12-4 15-0 17-9 5-11 8-9 11-0 13-5 15-10 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 8-5 13-3 17-5 22-3 Note b 8-5 13-3 17-5 22-3 Note b Spruce-Pme-Fir #1 8-3 12-11 17-0 21-4 24-8 8-3 12-4 15-7 19-1 22-1 Spruce-Pme-Fir #2 8-3 12-11 17-0 21-4 24-8 8-3 12-4 15-7 19-1 22-1 Spruce-Pme-Fir #3 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 6-4 9-4 11-9 14-5 16-8 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 8-3 13-0 17-2 21-10 Note b 8-3 13-0 17-2 21-3 24-8 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 8-0 12-6 16-2 19-9 22-10 7-10 11-5 14-5 17-8 20-5 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 7-10 11-11 15-1 18-5 21-5 7-3 10-8 13-6 16-6 19-2 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 6-2 9-0 11-5 13-11 16-2 5-6 8-1 10-3 12-6 14-6 Hem -Fir SS 7-10 12-3 16-2 20-8 25-1 7-10 12-3 16-2 20-8 24-2 Hem -Fir #1 7-8 12-0 15-9 19-3 22-3 7-7 11-1 14-1 17-2 19-11 Hem -Fir #2 7-3 11-5 14-11 18-2 21-1 7-2 10-6 13-4 16-3 18-10 Hem -Fir #3 6-2 9-0 11-5 13-11 16-2 5-6 8-1 10-3 12-6 14-6 16 Southern Pine SS 8-1 12-9 16-10 21-6 Note b 8-1 12-9 16-10 21-6 25-11 Southern Pine #1 7-10 12-3 16-2 19-3 22-10 7-10 11-7 14-9 17-3 20-5 Southern Pine #2 7-6 11-2 14-2 16-10 19-10 6-8 10-0 12-8 15-1 17-9 Southern Pine #3 5-9 8-6 10-8 13-0 15-4 5-2 7-7 9-7 11-7 13-9 Spruce-Pme-Fir SS 7-8 12-0 15-10 20-2 24-7 7-8 12-0 15-10 19-9 22-10 Spruce-Pme-Fir #1 7-6 11-9 15-1 18-5 21-5 7-3 10-8 13-6 16-6 19-2 Spruce-Pme-Fir #2 7-6 11-9 15-1 18-5 21-5 7-3 10-8 13-6 16-6 19-2 Spruce-Pme-Fir #3 6-2 9-0 11-5 13-11 16-2 5-6 8-1 10-3 12-6 14-6 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 7-9 12-3 16-1 20-7 25-0 7-9 12-3 15-10 19-5 22-6 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 7-6 11-8 14-9 18-0 20-11 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 7-4 10-11 13-9 16-10 19-6 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 5-7 8-3 10-5 12-9 14-9 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 192 Hem -Fir SS 7-4 11-7 15-3 19-5 23-7 7-4 11-7 15-3 19-1 22-1 Hem -Fir #1 7-2 11-4 14-4 17-7 20-4 6-11 10-2 12-10 15-8 18-2 Hem -Fir #2 6-10 10-9 13-7 16-7 19-3 6-7 9-7 12-2 14-10 17-3 Hem -Fir #3 5-7 8-3 10-5 12-9 14-9 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 (eontinued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 547 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tm POo�vsd 9cgle ass¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISIRIBVTIO NIS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.2(5)—continued RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Ground snow load = 30 psf, ceiling attached to rafters, L/A = 240) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf RAFTER 2xq 2x6 2x8 2x 10 1 2-12 1 2x4 12x6 2x8 2x10 2x12 SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE Maximum rafter spansa (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) Southern Pine SS 7-8 12-0 15-10 20-2 24-7 7-8 12-0 15-10 20-0 23-7 Southern Pine #1 7-4 11-7 15-1 17-7 20-11 7-1 10-7 13-5 15-9 18-8 Southern Pine #2 6-10 10-2 12-11 15-4 18-1 6-1 9-2 11-7 13-9 16-2 Southern Pine #3 5-3 7-9 9-9 11-10 14-0 4-8 6-11 8-9 10-7 12-6 192 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 7-2 11-4 14-11 19-0 23-1 7-2 11-4 14-9 18-0 20-11 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 7-0 10-11 13-9 16-10 19-6 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 7-0 10-11 13-9 16-10 19-6 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 5-7 8-3 10-5 12-9 14-9 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 7-3 11-4 15-0 19-1 22-6 7-3 11-3 14-2 17-4 20-1 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 7-0 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 6-4 9-4 11-9 14-5 16-8 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 6-8 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 5-11 8-8 11-0 13-6 15-7 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 4-6 6-7 8-4 10-2 11-10 Hem -Fir SS 6-10 10-9 14-2 18-0 21-11 6-10 10-9 13-11 17-0 19-9 Hem -Fir #1 6-8 10-2 12-10 15-8 18-2 6-2 9-1 11-6 14-0 16-3 Hem -Fir #2 6-4 9-7 12-2 14-10 17-3 5-10 8-7 10-10 13-3 15-5 Hem -Fir #3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 4-6 6-7 8-4 10-2 11-10 24 Southern Pine SS 7-1 11-2 14-8 18-9 22-10 7-1 11-2 14-8 17-11 21-2 Southern Pine #1 6-10 10-7 13-5 15-9 18-8 6-4 9-6 12-0 14-1 16-8 Southern Pine #2 6-1 9-2 11-7 13-9 16-2 5-5 8-2 10-4 12-3 14-6 Southern Pine #3 4-8 6-11 8-9 10-7 12-6 4-2 6-2 7-10 9-6 11-2 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 6-8 10-6 13-10 17-8 20-11 6-8 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 6-6 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 5-11 8-8 11-0 13-6 15-7 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 6-6 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 5-11 8-8 11-0 13-6 15-7 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 4-6 6-7 8-4 10-2 11-10 Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet For SI 1 inch= 25 4 min, 1 foot =304 8 mm, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kPa a The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceding joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location Where ceding joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be multiplied by the following factors H,IHa Rafter Span Adjustment Factor 1/3 067 1/4 076 115 083 1/6 090 1/7 5 or less 1 00 where H, =Height of ceding joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls HE = Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls b Span exceeds 26 feet in length 548 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® RTS' TTRRCopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto I ( " I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9cgle �ss¢ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO REDVCIION OR DISI RIB VTIONISA VIO CATION OP THE PE D ERAL CO PYRIG HT ACI AND THE LICE NSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREVNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.2(6) RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Ground snow load = 50 psf, ceiling attached to rafters, L/A = 240) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf RAFTER 2x4 2x6 2x8 2- 10 1 2- 12 2x4 1 2x6 2x8 2- 10 2-12 SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE Maximum rafter spans - (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) Douglas Fir -Larch SS 7-8 12-1 15-11 20-3 24-8 7-8 12-1 15-11 20-3 24-0 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 7-5 11-7 15-3 18-7 21-7 7-5 11-2 14-1 17-3 20-0 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 7-3 11-3 14-3 17-5 20-2 7-1 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 5-10 8-6 10-9 13-2 15-3 5-5 7-10 10-0 12-2 14-1 Hem -Fir SS 7-3 11-5 15-0 19-2 23-4 7-3 11-5 15-0 19-2 23-4 Hem -Fir #1 7-1 11-2 14-8 18-1 21-0 7-1 10-10 13-9 16-9 19-5 Hem -Fir #2 6-9 10-8 14-0 17-2 19-11 6-9 10-3 13-0 15-10 18-5 Hem -Fir #3 5-10 8-6 10-9 13-2 15-3 5-5 7-10 10-0 12-2 14-1 12 Southem Pine SS 7-6 11-10 15-7 19-11 24-3 7-6 11-10 15-7 19-11 24-3 Southem Pine #1 7-3 11-5 15-0 18-2 21-7 7-3 11-4 14-5 16-10 20-0 Southem Pine #2 6-11 10-6 13-4 15-10 18-8 6-6 9-9 12-4 14-8 17-3 Southem Pine #3 5-5 8-0 10-1 12-3 14-6 5-0 7-5 9-4 11-4 13-5 Spmce-Pine-Fir SS 7-1 11-2 14-8 18-9 22-10 7-1 11-2 14-8 18-9 22-4 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 6-11 10-11 14-3 17-5 20-2 6-11 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 6-11 10-11 14-3 17-5 20-2 6-11 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 5-10 8-6 10-9 13-2 15-3 5-5 7-10 10-0 12-2 14-1 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 7-0 11-0 14-5 18-5 22-5 7-0 11-0 14-5 17-11 20-10 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 6-9 10-5 13-2 16-1 18-8 6-7 9-8 12-2 14-11 17-3 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 6-7 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 6-2 9-0 11-5 13-11 16-2 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 4-8 6-10 8-8 10-6 12-3 Hem -Fir SS 6-7 10-4 13-8 17-5 21-2 6-7 10-4 13-8 17-5 20-5 Hem -Fir #1 6-5 10-2 12-10 15-8 18-2 6-5 9-5 11-11 14-6 16-10 Hem -Fir #2 6-2 9-7 12-2 14-10 17-3 6-1 8-11 11-3 13-9 15-11 Hem -Fir #3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 4-8 6-10 8-8 10-6 12-3 16 Southem Pine SS 6-10 10-9 14-2 18-1 22-0 6-10 10-9 14-2 18-1 21-10 Southem Pine #1 6-7 10-4 13-5 15-9 18-8 6-7 9-10 12-5 14-7 17-3 Southem Pine #2 6-1 9-2 11-7 13-9 16-2 5-8 8-5 10-9 12-9 15-0 Southem Pine #3 4-8 6-11 8-9 10-7 12-6 4-4 6-5 8-1 9-10 11-7 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 6-5 10-2 13-4 17-0 20-9 6-5 10-2 13-4 16-8 19-4 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 6-4 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 6-2 9-0 11-5 13-11 16-2 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 6-4 9-9 12-4 15-1 17-6 6-2 9-0 11-5 13-11 16-2 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 4-8 6-10 8-8 10-6 12-3 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 6-7 10-4 13-7 17-4 20-6 6-7 10-4 13-5 16-5 19-0 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 6-4 9-6 12-0 14-8 17-1 6-0 8-10 11-2 13-7 15-9 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 6-1 8-11 11-3 13-9 15-11 5-7 8-3 10-5 12-9 14-9 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 4-7 6-9 8-6 10-5 12-1 4-3 6-3 7-11 9-7 11-2 192 Hem -Fir SS 6-2 9-9 12-10 16-5 19-11 6-2 9-9 12-10 16-1 18-8 Hem -Fir #1 6-1 9-3 11-9 14-4 16-7 5-10 8-7 10-10 13-3 15-5 Hem -Fir #2 5-9 8-9 11-1 13-7 15-9 5-7 8-1 10-3 12-7 14-7 Hem -Fir #3 4-7 6-9 8-6 10-5 12-1 4-3 6-3 7-11 9-7 11-2 (eontinued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 549 I " ' CITFIght OO?.-MCC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb6xl-O817D6 ocJM IOZM0015e PAL (PST)T­tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISIRIBVTIO NIS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.2(6)—continued RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES (Ground snow load = 50 psf, ceiling attached to rafters, L/A = 240) DEAD LOAD = 10 psf DEAD LOAD = 20 psf RAFTER 27q 2, 6-7 2x8 2x 10 1 2x 12 1 2x4 1 2x6 2x8 2x 10 2x 12 SPACING (inches) SPECIES AND GRADE Maximum rafter spans' (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft. - in.) (ft.-in.) (ft.-in.) Southern Pine SS 6-5 10-2 13-4 17-0 20-9 6-5 10-2 13-4 16-11 20-0 Southern Pine #1 6-2 9-8 12-3 14-4 17-1 6-0 9-0 11-4 13-4 15-9 Southern Pine #2 5-7 8-4 10-7 12-6 14-9 5-2 7-9 9-9 11-7 13-8 Southern Pine #3 4-3 6-4 8-0 9-8 11-5 4-0 5-10 7-4 8-11 10-7 192 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 6-1 9-6 12-7 16-0 19-1 6-1 9-6 12-5 15-3 17-8 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 5-11 8-11 11-3 13-9 15-11 5-7 8-3 10-5 12-9 14-9 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 5-11 8-11 11-3 13-9 15-11 5-7 8-3 10-5 12-9 14-9 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 4-7 6-9 8-6 10-5 12-1 4-3 6-3 7-11 9-7 11-2 Douglas Fir -Larch SS 6-1 9-7 12-7 15-10 18-4 6-1 9-6 12-0 14-8 17-0 Douglas Fir -Larch #1 5-10 8-6 10-9 13-2 15-3 5-5 7-10 10-0 12-2 14-1 Douglas Fir -Larch #2 5-5 7-11 10-1 12-4 14-3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 Douglas Fir -Larch #3 4-1 6-0 7-7 9-4 10-9 3-10 5-7 7-1 8-7 10-0 Hem -Fir SS 5-9 9-1 11-11 15-2 18-0 5-9 9-1 11-9 14-5 15-11 Hem -Fir #1 5-8 8-3 10-6 12-10 14-10 5-3 7-8 9-9 11-10 13-9 Hem -Fir #2 5-4 7-10 9-11 12-1 14-1 4-11 7-3 9-2 11-3 13-0 Hem -Fir #3 4-1 6-0 7-7 9-4 10-9 3-10 5-7 7-1 8-7 10-0 24 Southern Pine SS 6-0 9-5 12-5 15-10 19-3 6-0 9-5 12-5 15-2 17-10 Southern Pine #1 5-9 8-8 11-0 12-10 15-3 5-5 8-0 10-2 11-11 14-1 Southern Pine #2 5-0 7-5 9-5 11-3 13-2 4-7 6-11 8-9 10-5 12-3 Southern Pine #3 3-10 5-8 7-1 8-8 10-3 3-6 5-3 6-7 8-0 9-6 Spruce -Pine -Fir SS 5-8 8-10 11-8 14-8 17-1 5-8 8-10 11-2 13-7 15-9 Spruce -Pine -Fir #1 5-5 7-11 10-1 12-4 14-3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 Spruce -Pine -Fir #2 5-5 7-11 10-1 12-4 14-3 5-0 7-4 9-4 11-5 13-2 Spruce -Pine -Fir #3 4-1 6-0 7-7 9-4 10-9 3-10 5-7 7-1 8-7 10-0 Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot=304 8 mm, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kPa a The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceiling joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location Where ceding joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be multiplied by the following factors H,IHa Rafter Span Adjustment Factor 1/3 067 1/4 076 115 083 1/6 090 1/7 5 or less 1 00 where H, =Height of ceding joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls HE = Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls 550 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® RTS' TTRRCopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto I ( " I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9cgle �ss¢ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO REDVCIION OR DISI RIB VTIONISA VIO CATION OP THE PE D ERAL CO PYRIG HT ACI AND THE LICE NSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREVNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.3.1 RAFTER TIE CONNECTIONS9 RAFTER SLOPE TIE SPACING (inches) NO SNOW LOAD GROUND SNOW LOAD (pound per square foot) 30 pounds per square foot 50 pounds per square foot Roof span (feet) 12 1 20 1 28 36 12 1 20 28 1 36 12 1 20 28 36 Required number of 16d common (3'I2' x 0.162") nailsa•b per connection `• "•e•f 12 4 6 8 10 4 6 8 11 5 8 12 15 16 5 7 10 13 5 8 11 14 6 11 15 20 3 12 24 7 11 15 19 7 11 16 21 9 16 23 30 32 10 14 19 25 10 16 22 28 12 27 30 40 48 14 21 29 37 14 32 36 42 18 32 46 60 12 3 4 5 6 3 5 6 8 4 6 9 11 16 3 5 7 8 4 6 8 11 5 8 12 15 4 12 24 4 7 10 12 5 9 12 16 7 12 17 22 32 6 9 13 16 8 12 16 22 10 16 24 30 48 8 14 19 24 10 18 24 32 14 24 34 44 12 3 3 4 5 3 4 5 7 3 5 7 9 16 3 4 5 7 3 5 7 9 4 7 9 12 5 12 24 4 6 8 10 4 7 10 13 6 10 14 18 32 5 8 10 13 6 10 14 18 8 14 18 24 48 7 11 15 20 8 14 20 26 12 20 28 36 12 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 5 3 4 5 7 16 3 3 4 5 3 4 5 6 3 5 7 9 712 24 3 4 6 7 3 5 7 9 4 7 10 13 32 4 6 8 10 4 8 10 12 6 10 14 18 48 5 8 11 14 6 10 14 18 9 14 20 26 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 5 16 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 5 3 4 5 7 912 24 3 3 5 6 3 4 6 7 3 6 8 10 32 3 4 6 8 4 6 8 10 5 8 10 14 48 4 6 9 11 5 8 12 14 7 12 16 20 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 16 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 5 1212 24 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 6 3 4 6 8 32 3 3 4 5 3 5 6 8 4 6 8 10 48 3 4 6 7 4 7 8 12 6 8 12 16 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 foot= 304 8 min, 1 pound per square foot= 47 8 N/m' a 40d box (5" A 0 162") or 16d sinker (3'/4' A 0 148") nails are permitted to be substituted for 16d common (3'/" A 0 16") nails b Nailing requirements are permitted to be reduced 25 percent if nails are clinched c Rafter tie heel joint connections are not required where the ridge is supported by a load -bearing wall, header or ridge beam d Where intermediate support of the rafter is provided by vertical salts or purlms to a load -bearing wall, the tabulated heel joint connection requirements are permitted to be reduced proportionally to the reduction in span e Equivalent nailing patterns are required for ceiling joist to ceiling joist lap splices f Connected members shall be of sufficient size to prevent splitting due to nailing g For snow loads less than 30 pounds per square foot, the required number of nails is permitted to be reduced by multiplying by the ratio of actual snow load plus 10 divided by 40, but not less than the number required for no snow load 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 551 I " ' CITFIghtOO2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmep-dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10aelvmcocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p--tto ( I.—A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.12 ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR 2-INCH TONGUE -AND -GROOVE DECKING SPAN' LIVE LOAD DEFLECTION LIMIT BENDING STRESS if) MODULUS OF ELASTICITY (E) (feet) (pountls per square foot) (pounds per square inch) (pounds per square inch) Roofs 20 1/240 160 170,000 1/360 256,000 4 30 1/240 210 256,000 1/360 384,000 40 1/240 270 340,000 1/360 512,000 20 1/240 200 242,000 1/360 305,000 45 30 1/240 270 363,000 1/360 405,000 40 1/240 350 484,000 1/360 725,000 20 1/240 250 332,000 1/360 500,000 5 0 30 1/240 330 495,000 1/360 742,000 40 1/240 420 660,000 1/360 1,000,000 20 1/240 300 442,000 1/360 660,000 5 5 30 1/240 400 662,000 1/360 998,000 40 1/240 500 884,000 1/360 1,330,000 20 1/240 360 575,000 1/360 862,000 6 0 30 1/240 480 862,000 1/360 1,295,000 40 1/240 600 1,150,000 1/360 1,730,000 (continued) 552 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® C,ght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,da oodmm).(Qtyof Primdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x100e17mcOIJM14,zm0015e PM(PST)pu mtto S I ( I.—Affie—o ,A IcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,o,,byany ,dpartyo,Axmboemamhoossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION ORDISI RIBV LION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBVNDER WOOD TABLE 2308.7.12—continued ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR 2-INCH TONGUE -AND -GROOVE DECKING SPAq LIVE LOAD DEFLECTION LIMIT BENDING STRESS (f) MODULUS OF ELASTICITY (E) (fee[) (pounds per square foot) (pounds per square inch) (pounds per square inch) Roofs 20 1/240 420 595,000 1/360 892,000 6 5 30 1/240 560 892,000 1/360 1,340,000 40 1/240 700 1,190,000 1/360 1,730,000 20 1/240 490 910,000 1/360 1,360,000 7 0 30 1/240 650 1,370,000 1/360 2,000,000 40 1/240 810 1,820,000 1/360 2,725,000 20 1/240 560 1,125,000 1/360 1,685,000 7 5 30 1/240 750 1,685,000 1/360 2,530,000 40 1/240 930 2,250,000 1/360 3,380,000 20 1/240 640 1,360,000 80 1/360 2,040,000 30 1/240 850 2,040,000 1/360 3,060,000 Floors 4 840 1,000,000 45 40 1/360 950 1,300,000 50 1,060 1,600,000 For SI 1 inch = 25 4 min, 1 foot =304 8 mm, 1 pound per square foot= 0 0479 kN/m', 1 pound per square inch = 0 00689 N/min' a Spans are based on simple beam action with 10 pounds per square foot dead load and provisions for a 300-pound concentrated load on a 12-inch width of decking Random layup is permitted in accordance with the provisions of Section 2308 7 12 Lumber thickness is V/2 inches nominal 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 553 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6 Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)p--tto ( I.—A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dPartyo, AMb,tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 554 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( " I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 24 GLASS AND GLAZING User notes: About this chapter. Chapter 24 establishes regulations for glass and glazing used in buildings and structures. Engineering and design requirements are included in the chapter for glazing that is subjected to wind and snow loads. Another concern of this chapter is glass and glazing used in areas where it is likely to be impacted by the occupants. Section 2406 identifies hazardous locations where glazing must either be safety glazing or protected to prevent impacts by occupants. Safety glazing must meet stringent standards and be appropriately marked or identified. Additional requirements are provided for glass and glazing in guards, handrails, elevator hoistways and elevator cars, as well as in athletic facilities. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this chapter will he considered by the IBC —Structural Code Development Commit- tee during the 2019 (Group th Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page ro. SECTION 2401 GENERAL 2401.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the materials, design, construction and quality of glass, light - transmitting ceramic and light -transmitting plastic panels for exterior and interior use in both vertical and sloped applica- tions in buildings and structures SECTION 2402 ~ GLAZING REPLACEMENT 2402.1 General. The installation of replacement glass shall be as required for new installations SECTION 2403 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GLASS 2403.1 Identification. Each pane shall bear the manufac- turer's mark designating the type and thickness of the glass or glazing material The identification shall not be omitted unless approved and an affidavit is furnished by the glazing contractor certifying that each light is glazed in accordance with approved construction documents that comply with the provisions of this chapter Safety glazing shall be identified in accordance with Section 2406 3 Each pane of tempered glass, except tempered spandrel glass, shall be permanently identified by the manufacturer The identification mark shall be acid etched, sand blasted, ceramic fired, laser etched, embossed or of a type that, once applied, cannot be removed without being destroyed Tempered spandrel glass shall be provided with a remov- able paper marking by the manufacturer 2403.2 Glass supports. Where one or more sides of any pane of glass are not firmly supported, or are subjected to unusual load conditions, detailed construction documents, detailed shop drawings and analysis or test data ensuring safe perfor- mance for the specific installation shall be prepared by a reg- istered design professional 2403.3 Framing. To be considered firmly supported, the framing members for each individual pane of glass shall be designed so the deflection of the edge of the glass perpendic- ular to the glass pane shall not exceed'/ns of the glass edge length or'/q inch (191 mm), whichever is less, when sub- jected to the larger of the positive or negative load where loads are combined as specified in Section 1605 2403.4 Interior glazed areas. Where interior glazing is installed adjacent to a walking surface, the differential deflec- tion of two adjacent unsupported edges shall be not greater than the thickness of the panels when a force of 50 pounds per linear foot (plf) (730 N/m) is applied horizontally to one panel at any point up to 42 inches (1067 mm) above the walk- ing surface 2403.5 Louvered windows or jalousies. Float, wired and patterned glass in louvered windows and jalousies shall be not thinner than nominal'116 inch (4 8 mm) and not longer than 48 inches (1219 mm) Exposed glass edges shall be smooth Wired glass with wire exposed on longitudinal edges shall not be used in louvered windows or jalousies Where other glass types are used, the design shall be sub- mitted to the building official for approval SECTION 2404 WIND, SNOW, SEISMIC AND DEAD LOADS ON GLASS 2404.1 Vertical glass. Glass sloped 15 degrees (0 26 rad) or less from vertical in windows, curtain and window walls, doors and other exterior applications shall be designed to resist the wind loads due to basic design wind speed, V, in Section 1609 for components and cladding Glass in glazed curtain walls, glazed storefronts and glazed partitions shall meet the seismic requirements of ASCE 7, Section 13 5 9 The load resistance of glass under uniform load shall be detennmed in accordance with ASTM E1300 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 555 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfnmda od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GLASS AND GLAZING The design of vertical glazing shall be based on Equation 24-1 0 6FEH, <Fga (Equation 24-1) where I Fg,,,= Wind load on the glass due to basic design wind speed, V, computed in accordance with Section 1609 Fga= Short duration load on the glass as determmed in accordance with ASTM E1300 2404.2 Sloped glass. Glass sloped more than 15 degrees (0 26 rad) from vertical in skylights, sunrooms, sloped roofs and other exterior applications shall be designed to resist the most critical combinations of loads determined by Equations 24-2, 24-3 and 24-4 Fg = 0 6Wo—D (Equation 24-2) Fg = 0 6W, + D + 0 5 S (Equation 24-3) Fg = 0 3 W, + D + S (Equation 24-4) where D = Glass dead load psf (kN/m ) For glass sloped 30 degrees (0 52 rad) or less from horizontal, 13 tg (For SI 0 0245 Q For glass sloped more than 30 degrees (0 52 rad) from horizontal, 13 tg cos 0 (For SI 0 0245 tg cos 0) Fg = Total load, psf (kN/m') on glass S = Snow load, psf (kN/m') as determined in Section 1608 tg = Total glass thickness, inches (mm) of glass panes and plies W, = Inward wind force, psf (kN/m) due to basic design wind speed, V, as calculated in Section 1609 Wo = Outward wind force, psf (kN/m') due to basic design wind speed, V, as calculated in Section 1609 0 = Angle of slope from horizontal Exception: The performance grade rating of unit skylights and tubular daylightmg devices shall be determmed in accordance with Section 2405 5 The design of sloped glazing shall be based on Equation 24-5 Fg <Fga (Equation 24-5) where Fg = Total load on the glass as determined by Equations 24-2, 24-3 and 24-4 Fga = Short duration load resistance of the glass as determined in accordance with ASTM E1300 for Equations 24-2 and 24-3, or the long duration load resistance of the glass as determined in accordance with ASTM E1300 for Equation 24-4 2404.3 Wired, patterned and sandblasted glass. 2404.3.1 Vertical wired glass. Wired glass sloped 15 degrees (0 26 rad) or less from vertical in windows, cur- tain and window walls, doors and other exterior applica- tions shall be designed to resist the wind loads in Section 1609 for components and cladding according to the fol- lowing equation 0 6FEH, < 0 5 Fge (Equation 24-6) where Fgw Wind load on the glass due to basic design wind I speed, V, computed in accordance with Section 1609 Fge= Nonfactored load from ASTM E1300 using a thickness designation for monolithic glass that is not greater than the thickness of wired glass 2404.3.2 Sloped wired glass. Wired glass sloped more than 15 degrees (0 26 rad) from vertical in skylights, sun- spaces, sloped roofs and other exterior applications shall be designed to resist the most critical of the combinations of loads from Section 2404 2 For Equations 24-2 and 24-3 Fg <0 5 Fge (Equation 24-7) For Equation 24-4 Fg <0 3 Fge (Equation 24-8) where Fg = Total load on the glass as determined by Equations 24-2, 24-3 and 24-4 Fge= Nonfactored load in accordance with ASTM E1300 2404.3.3 Vertical patterned glass. Patterned glass sloped 15 degrees (0 26 rad) or less from vertical in windows, curtain and window walls, doors and other exterior appli- cations shall be designed to resist the wind loads in Sec- tion 1609 for components and cladding according to Equation 24-9 Fg,y < 1 0 Fge where (Equation 24-9) Fgw Wind load on the glass due to basic design wind I speed, V, computed in accordance with Section 1609 Fge= Nonfactored load in accordance with ASTM E1300 The value for patterned glass shall be based on the thinnest part of the glass Interpolation between nonfactored load charts in ASTM E1300 shall be permitted 2404.3.4 Sloped patterned glass. Patterned glass sloped more than 15 degrees (0 26 rad) from vertical in skylights, sunspaces, sloped roofs and other exterior applications shall be designed to resist the most critical of the combina- tions of loads from Section 2404 2 For Equations 24-2 and 24-3 Fg < 1 0 Fge (Equation 24-10) For Equation 24-4 Fg <0 6Fge (Equation 24-11) where Fg = Total load on the glass as determined by Equations 24-2, 24-3 and 24-4 556 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 1 1 C',F'EhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( S I.—Ag,,v ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI—IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER GLASS AND GLAZING Fge= Nonfactored load in accordance with ASTM E1300 The value for patterned glass shall be based on the thinnest part of the glass Interpolation between the nonfactored load charts in ASTM E1300 shall be permitted 2404.3.5 Vertical sandblasted glass. Sandblasted glass sloped 15 degrees (0 26 rad) or less from vertical in win- dows, curtain and window walls, doors, and other exterior applications shall be designed to resist the wind loads in Section 1609 for components and cladding according to Equation 24-12 061Fg,<05Fge where (Equation 24-12) Fg = Wind load on the glass due to basic design wind speed, V, computed in accordance with Section 1609 Fge= Nonfactored load in accordance with ASTM El300 The value for sandblasted glass is for moderate levels of sandblasting 2404.4 Other designs. For designs outside the scope of this section, an analysis or test data for the specific installation shall be prepared by a registered design professional SECTION 2405 SLOPED GLAZING AND SKYLIGHTS 2405.1 Scope. This section applies to the installation of glass and other transparent, translucent or opaque glazing material installed at a slope more than 15 degrees (0 26 rad) from the vertical plane, including glazing materials in skylights, roofs and sloped walls 2405.2 Allowable glazing materials and limitations. Sloped glazing shall be any of the following materials, sub- ject to the listed limitations 1 For monolithic glazing systems, the glazing material of the single light or layer shall be laminated glass with a minimum 30-mil (076 mm) polyvinyl butyral (or equivalent) mterlayer, wired glass, light -transmitting plastic materials meeting the requirements of Section 2607, heat -strengthened glass or fully tempered glass 2 For multiple -layer glazing systems, each light or layer shall consist of any of the glazing materials specified in Item 1 Annealed glass is permitted to be used as specified in Exceptions 2 and 3 of Section 2405 3 For additional requirements for plastic skylights, see Sec- tion 2610 Glass -block construction shall conform to the requirements of Section 2110 1 2405.3 Screening. Where used in monolithic glazing sys- tems, heat -strengthened and fully tempered glass shall have screens installed below the glazing material The screens and their fastenings shall be capable of supporting twice the weight of the glazing, firmly and substantially fastened to the framing members, and installed within 4 inches (102 mm) of the glass The screens shall be constructed of a noncombusti- ble material not thinner than No 12 B&S gage (0 0808 inch) with mesh not larger than 1 inch by 1 inch (25 mm by 25 mm) In a corrosive atmosphere, structurally equivalent non- corrosive screen materials shall be used Heat -strengthened glass, fully tempered glass and wired glass, where used in multiple -layer glazing systems as the bottom glass layer over the walking surface, shall be equipped with screening that conforms to the requirements for monolithic glazing systems Exception: In monolithic and multiple -layer sloped glaz- ing systems, the following applies 1 Fully tempered glass installed without protective screens where glazed between intervening floors at a slope of 30 degrees (0 52 rad) or less from the verti- cal plane shall have the highest point of the glass 10 feet (3048 mm) or less above the walking surface 2 Screens are not required below any glazing material, including annealed glass, where the walking surface below the glazing material is permanently protected from the risk of falling glass or the area below the glazing material is not a walking surface 3 Any glazing material, including annealed glass, is permitted to be installed without screens in the sloped glazing systems of commercial or detached noncombustible greenhouses used exclusively for growing plants and not open to the public, provided that the height of the greenhouse at the ridge does not exceed 30 feet (9144 mm) above grade 4 Screens shall not be required in individual dwelling units in Groups R-2, R-3 and R-4 where fully tem- pered glass is used as single glazing or as both panes in an insulating glass unit, and the following condi- tions are met 41 Each pane of the glass is 16 square feet (1 5 m') or less in area 42 The highest point of the glass is 12 feet (3658 mm) or less above any walking sur- face or other accessible area 43 The glass thickness is '/16 inch (4 8 mm) or less Screens shall not be required for laminated glass with a 15-mil (0 38 mm) polyvinyl butyral (or equivalent) mterlayer used in individual dwelling units in Groups R-2, R-3 and R-4 within the follow- ing limits 5 1 Each pane of glass is 16 square feet (1 5 m') or less in area 5 2 The highest point of the glass is 12 feet (3658 mm) or less above a walking surface or other accessible area 2405.4 Framing. In Type I and II construction, sloped glaz- ing and skylight frames shall be constructed of noncombusti- ble materials In structures where acid fumes deleterious to metal are incidental to the use of the buildings, approved pressure -treated wood or other approved noncorrosive mate- rials are permitted to be used for sash and frames Framing supporting sloped glazing and skylights shall be designed to resist the tributary roof loads in Chapter 16 Skylights set at an angle of less than 45 degrees (0 79 rad) from the horizontal 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 557 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IO2M0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GLASS AND GLAZING plane shall be mounted not less than 4 inches (102 mm) above the plane of the roof on a curb constructed as required for the frame Skylights shall not be installed in the plane of the roof where the roof pitch is less than 45 degrees (0 79 rad) from the horizontal Exception: Installation of a skylight without a curb shall be permitted on roofs with a mmimum slope of 14 degrees (three units vertical in 12 units horizontal) in Group R-3 occupancies Unit skylights installed in a roof with a pitch flatter than 14 degrees (0 25 rad) shall be mounted not less than 4 inches (102 mm) above the plane of the roof on a curb constructed as required for the frame unless other- wise specified in the manufacturer's installation instruc- tions 2405.5 Unit skylights and tubular daylighting devices. Unit skylights and tubular daylighting devices shall be tested and labeled as complying with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/ I S 2/A440 The label shall state the name of the manufac- turer, the approved labeling agency, the product designation and the performance grade rating as specified in AAMA/ WDMA/CSA 101/1 S 2/A440 Where the product manufac- turer has chosen to have the performance grade of the sky- light rated separately for positive and negative design pressure, then the label shall state both performance grade ratings as specified in AAN A/WDN A/CSA 101/1 S 2/A440 and the skylight shall comply with Section 2405 5 2 Where the skylight is not rated separately for positive and negative pressure, then the performance grade rating shown on the label shall be the performance grade rating determined in accordance with AAN A/WDN A/CSA 1014 S 2/A440 for both positive and negative design pressure and the skylight shall conform to Section 2405 5 1 2405.5.1 Skylights rated for the same performance grade for both positive and negative design pressure. The design of skylights shall be based on Equation 24-13 a<PG where (Equation 24-13) Fg = Maximum load on the skylight determmed from Equations 24-2 through 24-4 in Section 2404 2 PG = Performance grade rating of the skylight 2405.5.2 Skylights rated for separate performance grades for positive and negative design pressure. The design of skylights rated for performance grade for both positive and negative design pressures shall be based on Equations 24-14 and 24-15 Fg, < PG, (Equation 24-14) Fgo < PG,,, (Equation 24-15) where PG, = Performance grade rating of the skylight under positive design pressure, PGNg = Performance grade rating of the skylight under negative design pressure, and Fg, and Fgo are determined in accordance with the follow- ing For 0 6Wo >_ D, where WO— Outward wind force, psf (kN/m) due to basic design wind speed, V, as calculated in Section 1609 D = The dead weight of the glazing, psf (kN/m) as determined in Section 2404 2 for glass, or by the weight of the plastic, psf (kN/m) for plastic glazing Fg,= Maximum load on the skylight determmed from Equations 24-3 and 24-4 in Section 2404 2 Fgo= Maximum load on the skylight determmed from Equation 24-2 For 06Wo<D, where Wo= The outward wind force, psf (kN/m) due to basic design wind speed, V, as calculated in Section 1609 D = The dead weight of the glazing, psf (kN/m) as determined in Section 2404 2 for glass, or by the weight of the plastic for plastic glazing Fg,= Maximum load on the skylight determmed from Equations 24-2 through 24-4 in Section 2404 2 Fgo= 0 SECTION 2406 SAFETY GLAZING 2406.1 Human impact loads. Individual glazed areas, including glass mirrors, in hazardous locations as defined in Section 2406 4 shall comply with Sections 2406 1 1 through 240614 Exception: Mirrors and other glass panels mounted or hung on a surface that provides a continuous backing sup- port 2406.1.1 Impact test. Except as provided in Sections 24061 2 through 24061 4, all glazing shall pass the impact test requirements of Section 2406 2 2406.1.2 Plastic glazing. Plastic glazing shall meet the weathering requirements of ANSI Z97 1 2406.1.3 Glass block. Glass -block walls shall comply with Section 2110 2406.1.4 Louvered windows and jalousies. Louvered windows and jalousies shall comply with Section 2403 5 2406.2 Impact test. Where required by other sections of this code, glazing shall be tested in accordance with CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 Glazing shall comply with the test criteria for Category II, unless otherwise indicated in Table 2406 2(1) Exception: Glazing not in doors or enclosures for hot tubs, whirlpools, saunas, steam rooms, bathtubs and show- ers shall be permitted to be tested in accordance with ANSI Z97 1 Glazing shall comply with the test criteria for Class A, unless otherwise indicated in Table 2406 2(2) 2406.3 Identification of safety glazing. Except as indicated in Section 2406 3 1, each pane of safety glazing installed in hazardous locations shall be identified by a manufacturer's designation specifying who applied the designation, the man- 558 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I C',F,EhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmcooJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( S LAffievo ,A IcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI—IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER GLASS AND GLAZING ufacturer or installer and the safety glazing standard with wluch it complies, as well as the information specified in Sec- tion 24031 The designation shall be acid etched, sand blasted, ceramic fired, laser etched, embossed or of a type that once applied, cannot be removed without being destroyed A label meeting the requirements of this section shall be permitted in lieu of the manufacturer's designation Exceptions: 1 For other than tempered glass, manufacturer's desig- nations are not required, provided that the building official approves the use of a certificate, affidavit or other evidence confirming compliance with this code 2 Tempered spandrel glass is permitted to be identi- fied by the manufacturer with a removable paper designation 2406.3.1 Multipane assemblies. Multipane glazed assem- blies having individual panes not exceeding 1 square foot (0 09 m) in exposed areas shall have one pane or more in the assembly marked as indicated in Section 2406 3 Other panes in the assembly shall be marked "CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 " or "ANSI Z97 1," as appropriate 2406.4 Hazardous locations. The locations specified in Sec- tions 2406 4 1 through 2406 4 7 shall be considered to be specific hazardous locations requiring safety glazing materi- als 2406.4.1 Glazing in doors. Glazing in all fixed and opera- ble panels of swinging, sliding and bifold doors shall be considered to be a hazardous location Exceptions: 1 Glazed openings of a size through which a 3- inch-diameter (76 mm) sphere is unable to pass 2 Decorative glazing 3 Glazing materials used as curved glazed panels in revolving doors 4 Commercial refrigerated cabinet glazed doors 2406.4.2 Glazing adjacent to doors. Glazing in an indi- vidual fixed or operable panel adjacent to a door where the nearest vertical edge of the glazing is within a 24-inch (610 mm) are of either vertical edge of the door in a closed position and where the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches (1524 mm) above the walking sur- face shall be considered to be a hazardous location Exceptions: 1 Decorative glazing 2 Where there is an intervening wall or other per- manent barrier between the door and glazing 3 Where access through the door is to a closet or stor- age area 3 feet (914 mm) or less in depth Glazing in this application shall comply with Section 240643 4 Glazing in walls on the latch side of and perpen- dicular to the plane of the door in a closed posi- tion in one- and two-family dwellings or within dwelling units in Group R-2 2406.4.3 Glazing in windows. Glazing in an individual fixed or operable panel that meets all of the following con- ditions shall be considered to be a hazardous location 1 The exposed area of an individual pane is greater than 9 square feet (0 84 m') 2 The bottom edge of the glazing is less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor 3 The top edge of the glazing is greater than 36 inches (914 mm) above the floor 4 One or more walking surface(s) are within 36 inches (914 mm), measured horizontally and in a straight line, of the plane of the glazing Exceptions: 1 Decorative glazing 2 Where a horizontal rail is installed on the accessi- ble side(s) of the glazing 34 to 38 inches (864 to TABLE 2406.2(1) MINIMUM CATEGORY CLASSIFICATION OF GLAZING USING CPSC 16 CFR PART 1201 GLAZING IN GLAZED PANELS GLAZED PANELS DOORS AND EXPOSED SURFACE STORM OR ENCLOSURES SLIDING GLASS AREA OF ONE SIDE OF COMBINATION GLAZING IN DOORS REGULATED BY REGULATED BY REGULATED BY DOORS PATIO TYPE ONE LITE DOORS (Category class) SECTION 2406.4.3 SECTION 2406.4.2 SECTION 2406.4.5 (Category class) (Category class) (Category class) (Category class) (Category class) 9 squSue feet or less I I No requirement I II II More than 9 squSue feet II II II II II II For SI 1 square foot= 0 0929 M2 TABLE 2406.2(2) MINIMUM CATEGORY CLASSIFICATION OF GLAZING USING ANSI Z97.1 EXPOSED SURFACE AREA OF ONE GLAZED PANELS REGULATED BY GLAZED PANELS REGULATED BY DOORS AND ENCLOSURES REGULATED SECTION 2406.4.5a SIDE OF ONE LITE SECTION 2406.4.3 (Category class) SECTION 2406.4.2 (Category class) (Cateegg ory class) 9 squSue feet or less No requirement B A More than 9 squSue feet A A A For SI square foot= 0 0929 M2 a Use is only permitted by the exception to Section 2406 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 559 I 11 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,�,o,,,o ih,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYUNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GLASS AND GLAZING 965 mm) above the walking surface The rail shall be capable of withstanding a horizontal load of 50 pounds per linear foot (730 N/m) without contacting the glass and be not less than 1'/ inches (38 mm) in cross -sectional height 3 Outboard panes in insulating glass units or multi- ple glazing where the bottom exposed edge of the glass is 25 feet (7620 mm) or more above any grade, roof, walking surface or other horizontal or sloped (within 45 degrees of horizontal) (0 79 rad) surface adjacent to the glass exterior 2406.4.4 Glazing in guards and railings. Glazing in guards and railings, including structural baluster panels and nonstructural in -fill panels, regardless of area or height above a walking surface shall be considered to be a hazardous location 2406.4.5 Glazing and wet surfaces. Glazing in walls, enclosures or fences containing or facing hot tubs, spas, whirlpools, saunas, steam rooms, bathtubs, showers and indoor or outdoor swimming pools where the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches (1524 mm) measured vertically above any standing or walking surface shall be considered to be a hazardous location This shall apply to single glazing and all panes in multiple glaz- ing Exception: Glazing that is more than 60 inches (1524 mm), measured horizontally and in a straight line, from the water's edge of a bathtub, hot tub, spa, whirlpool or swimming pool 2406.4.6 Glazing adjacent to stairways and ramps. Glazing where the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches (1524 mm) above the plane of the adja- cent walking surface of stairways, landings between flights of stairs and ramps shall be considered to be a haz- ardous location Exceptions: 1 The side of a stairway, landing or ramp that has a guard complying with the provisions of Sections 1015 and 1607 8, and the plane of the glass is greater than 18 inches (457 mm) from the railing 2 Glazing 36 inches (914 mm) or more measured horizontally from the walking surface 2406.4.7 Glazing adjacent to the bottom stairway land- ing. Glazing adjacent to the landing at the bottom of a stairway where the glazing is less than 60 inches (1524 mm) above the landing and within a 60-inch (1524 mm) horizontal are that is less than 180 degrees (3 14 rad) from the bottom tread nosing shall be considered to be a hazard- ous location Exception: Glazing that is protected by a guard com- plying with Sections 1015 and 1607 8 where the plane of the glass is greater than 18 inches (457 mm) from the guard 2406.5 Fire department access panels. Fire department glass access panels shall be of tempered glass For insulating glass units, all panes shall be tempered glass SECTION 2407 GLASS IN HANDRAILS AND GUARDS 2407.1 Materials. Glass used in a handrail or a guard shall be laminated glass constructed of fully tempered or heat - strengthened glass and shall comply with Category II or CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 or Class A of ANSI Z97 1 Glazing in railing in -fill panels shall be of an approved safety glazing material that conforms to the provisions of Section 2406 1 1 For all glazing types, the mimmum nominal thickness shall be'/q inch (6 4 mm) Exception: Single fully tempered glass complying with Category II of CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 or Class A of ANSI Z97 1 shall be permitted to be used in handrails and guardrails where there is no walking surface beneath them or the walking surface is permanently protected from the risk of falling glass 2407.1.1 Loads. The panels and their support system shall be designed to withstand the loads specified in Section 1607 8 Glass guard elements shall be designed using a factor of safety of four 2407.1.2 Structural glass baluster panels. Guards with structural glass baluster panels shall be installed with an attached top rail or handrail The top rail or handrail shall be supported by not fewer than three glass baluster panels, or shall be otherwise supported to remain in place should one glass baluster panel fall Exception: An attached top rail or handrail is not required where the glass baluster panels are laminated glass with two or more glass plies of equal thickness and of the same glass type The panels shall be tested to remain in place as a barrier following impact or glass breakage in accordance with ASTM E2353 2407.1.3 Parking garages. Glazing materials shall not be installed in handrails or guards in parking garages except for pedestrian areas not exposed to impact from vehicles 2407.1.4 Glazing in windborne debris regions. Glazing installed in in -fill panels or balusters in windborne debris regions shall comply with the following 2407.1.4.1 Balusters and in -fill panels. Glass installed in exterior railing in -fill panels or balusters shall be laminated glass complying with Category II of CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 or Class A of ANSI Z97 1 2407.1.4.2 Glass supporting top rail. Where the top rail is supported by glass, the assembly shall be tested according to the impact requirements of Section 1609 2 The top rail shall remain in place after impact ' SECTION 2408 GLAZING IN ATHLETIC FACILITIES 2408.1 General. Glazing in athletic facilities and similar uses subject to impact loads, which forms whole or partial wall sections or which is used as a door or part of a door, shall comply with this section 2408.2 Racquetball and squash courts. 2408.2.1 Testing. Test methods and loads for individual glazed areas in racquetball and squash courts subject to 560 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER GLASS AND GLAZING impact loads shall conform to those of CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 or ANSI Z97 1 with impacts being applied at a height of 59 inches (1499 mm) above the playing surface to an actual or simulated glass wall installation with fix- tures, fittings and methods of assembly identical to those used in practice Glass walls shall comply with the following conditions 1 A glass wall in a racquetball or squash court, or sim- ilar use subject to impact loads, shall remain intact following a test impact 2 The deflection of such walls shall be not greater than 11/ inches (38 mm) at the point of impact for a drop height of 48 inches (1219 mm) Glass doors shall comply with the following condi- tions 1 Glass doors shall remain intact following a test impact at the prescribed height in the center of the door 2 The relative deflection between the edge of a glass door and the adjacent wall shall not exceed the thickness of the wall plus '/ inch (12 7 mm) for a drop height of 48 inches (1219 mm) 2408.3 Gymnasiums and basketball courts. Glazing in multipurpose gymnasiums, basketball courts and similar ath- letic facilities subject to human impact loads shall comply with Category II of CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 or Class A of ANSI Z97 1 SECTION 2409 GLASS IN WALKWAYS, ELEVATOR HOISTWAYS AND ELEVATOR CARS 2409.1 Glass walkways. Glass installed as a part of a floor/ ceiling assembly as a walking surface and constructed with laminated glass shall comply with ASTM E2751 or with the load requirements specified in Chapter 16 Such assemblies shall comply with the fire -resistance rating and marking requirements of this code where applicable 2409.2 Glass in elevator hoistway enclosures. Glass in ele- vator hoistway enclosures and hoistway doors shall be lami- nated glass conforming to ANSI Z97 1 or CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 2409.2.1 Fire -resistance -rated hoistways. Glass installed in hoistways and hoistway doors where the hoistway is required to have a fire -resistance rating shall comply with Section 716 2409.2.2 Glass hoistway doors. The glass in glass hoist - way doors shall be not less than 60 percent of the total vis- ible door panel surface area as seen from the landing side 2409.3 Visions panels in elevator hoistway doors. Glass in vision panels in elevator hoistway doors shall be permitted to be any transparent glazing material not less than'/q inch (6 4 mm) in thickness conforming to Class A in accordance with ANSI Z97 1 or Category II in accordance with CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 The area of any single vision panel shall be not less than 24 square inches (15 484 mm) and the total area of one or more vision panels in any hoistway door shall be not more than 85 square inches (54 839 mm2) 2409.4 Glass in elevator cars. Glass in elevator cars shall be in accordance with this section 2409.4.1 Glass types. Glass in elevator car enclosures, glass elevator car doors and glass used for lining walls and ceilings of elevator cars shall be laminated glass conform- ing to Class A in accordance with ANSI Z97 1 or Category II in accordance with CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 Exception: Tempered glass shall be permitted to be used for lming walls and ceilings of elevator cars pro- vided that 1 The glass is bonded to a nonpolymeric coating, sheeting or film backing having a physical integ- rity to hold the fragments when the glass breaks 2 The glass is not subjected to further treatment such as sandblasting, etching, heat treatment or painting that could alter the original properties of the glass 3 The glass is tested to the acceptance criteria for laminated glass as specified for Class A in accor- dance with ANSI Z97 1 or Category II in accor- dance with CPSC 16 CFR Part 1201 2409.4.2 Surface area. The glass in glass elevator car doors shall be not less than 60 percent of the total visible door panel surface area as seen from the car side of the doors 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 561 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IO2M0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 562 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 25 GYPSUM BOARD, GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AND PLASTER User notes: About this chapter., Chapter 25 contains the provisions and referenced standards that regulate the design, construction and quality of gyp- sum hoard, gypsum panel products and plaster and, In addition, addresses reinforced gypsum concrete. These materials are some of the most commonly used interior and exterior finish materials in the budding industry. This chapter primarily addresses quality -control -related issues with regard to material specifications and installation requirements. Most products are manufactured in accordance with industrystan- dards, The budding official or inspector needs to verify that the appropriate product is used and properly installed for the intended use and location. Proper design and installation of these materials are necessary to provide weather resistance and required fire protection for both structural and nonstructural budding components. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this chapter will be considered by the IBC —Structural Code Development Commit- tee during the 2019 (Group Eg Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page ro. SECTION 2501 GENERAL 2501.1 Scope. Provisions of this chapter shall govern the materials, design, construction and quality of gypsum board, gypsum panel products, lath, gypsum plaster, cement plaster and reinforced gypsum concrete ' 2501.2 Other materials. Other approved wall or ceiling cov- erings shall be permitted to be installed in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and the conditions of approval E*I SECTION 2502 PERFORMANCE 2502.1 General. Lathing, plastering and gypsum board and gypsum panel product construction shall be done in the man- ner and with the materials specified in this chapter and, where required for fire protection, shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 7 SECTION 2503 INSPECTION 2503.1 Inspection. Lath, gypsum board and gypsum panel products shall be inspected in accordance with Section 11035 SECTION 2504 VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES 2504.1 Scope. The following requirements shall be met where construction involves gypsum board, gypsum panel products or lath and plaster in vertical and horizontal assem- blies 2504.1.1 Wood framing. Wood supports for lath, gypsum board or gypsum panel products, as well as wood stripping or furring, shall be not less than 2 inches (51 mm) nominal thickness in the least dimension Exception: The minimum nominal dimension of wood furring strips installed over solid backing shall be not less than 1 inch by 2 inches (25 mm by 51 mm) 2504.1.2 Studless partitions. The minimum thickness of vertically erected studless solid plaster partitions of '/g inch (9 5 mm) and '/q mch (19 1 mm) rib metal lath, 1/2- inch-thick (12 7 mm) gypsum lath, gypsum board or gyp- sum panel product shall be 2 inches (51 mm) SECTION 2505 SHEAR WALL CONSTRUCTION 2505.1 Resistance to shear (wood framing). Wood -frame shear walls sheathed with gypsum board, gypsum panel prod- ucts or lath and plaster shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Section 23063 and are permitted to resist wind and seismic loads Walls resisting seismic loads shall be subject to the limitations in Section 12 2 1 of ASCE 7 2505.2 Resistance to shear (steel framing). Cold -formed steel -frame shear walls sheathed with gypsum board or gyp- sum panel products and constructed in accordance with the materials and provisions of Section 2211 1 1 are permitted to resist wind and seismic loads Walls resisting seismic loads shall be subject to the limitations in Section 12 2 1 of ASCE 7 SECTION 2506 GYPSUM BOARD AND GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT MATERIALS 2506.1 General. Gypsum board, gypsum panel products and accessories shall be identified by the manufacturer's designa- tion to indicate compliance with the appropriate standards referenced in this section and stored to protect such materials from the weather 2506.2 Standards. Gypsum board and gypsum panel prod- ucts shall conform to the appropriate standards listed in Table 2506 2 and Chapter 35 and, where required for fire protec- tion, shall conform to the provisions of Chapter 7 2506.2.1 Other materials. Metal suspension systems for acoustical and lay -in panel ceilings shall comply with ASTM C635 listed in Chapter 35 and Section 13 5 6 of ASCE 7 for installation in high seismic areas 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 563 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GYPSUM BOARD, GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AND PLASTER TABLE 2506.2 GYPSUM BOARD AND GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES MATERIAL STANDARD Accessories for gypsum board ASTM C1047 Adhesives for fastening gypsum board ASTM C557 Cold -formed steel studs and track, structural AISI S240 Cold -formed steel studs and track, nonstructural AISI S220 Elastomenc Joint sealants ASTM C920 Expandable foam adhesives for fastening gypsum wallboard ASTM D6464 Factory -laminated gypsum panel products ASTM C1766 Fiber -reinforced gypsum panels ASTM C1278 Glass mat gypsum backing panel ASTM C1178 Glass mat gypsum panel 5 ASTM C1658 Glass mat gypsum substrate ASTM C1177 Joint reinforcing tape and compound ASTM C474, C475 Nails for gypsum boards ASTM C514, F547, F1667 Steel screws JASTM C954, C1002 Standard specification for gypsum board JASTM C1396 Testing gypsum and gypsum products I ASTM C22, C472, C473 SECTION 2507 LATHING AND PLASTERING 2507.1 General. Lathing and plastering materials and acces- sories shall be marked by the manufacturer's designation to indicate compliance with the appropriate standards refer- enced in this section and stored in such a manner to protect them from the weather 2507.2 Standards. Lathing and plastering materials shall conform to the standards listed in Table 2507 2 and Chapter 35 and, where required for fire protection, shall conform to the provisions of Chapter 7 SECTION 2508 GYPSUM CONSTRUCTION 2508.1 General. Gypsum board, gypsum panel products and gypsum plaster construction shall be of the materials listed in Tables 2506 2 and 2507 2 These materials shall be assem- bled and installed in compliance with the appropriate stan- dards listed in Tables 2508 1 and 2511 1 1 and Chapter 35 TABLE 2508.1 INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL STANDARD Gypsum board and gypsum panel GA-216, ASTM C840 products Gypsum sheathing and gypsum panel ASTM C1280 products Gypsum veneer base ASTM C844 Interior lathing and furring ASTM C841 Steel framing for gypsum board and ASTM C754, C1007 gypsum panel products 2508.2 Limitations. Gypsum wallboard or gypsum plaster shall not be used in any exterior surface where such gypsum construction will be exposed directly to the weather Gypsum wallboard shall not be used where there will be direct expo- sure to water or continuous high humidity conditions Gyp- sum sheathing shall be installed on exterior surfaces in accordance with ASTM C1280 2508.2.1 Weather protection. Gypsum wallboard, gyp- sum lath or gypsum plaster shall not be installed until weather protection for the installation is provided 2508.3 Single -ply application. Edges and ends of gypsum board and gypsum panel products shall occur on the framing members, except those edges and ends that are perpendicular to the framing members Edges and ends of gypsum board and gypsum panel products shall be in moderate contact except in concealed spaces where fire -resistance -rated con- struction, shear resistance or diaphragm action is not required 2508.3.1 Floating angles. Fasteners at the top and bottom plates of vertical assemblies, or the edges and ends of hor- izontal assemblies perpendicular to supports, and at the wall line are permitted to be omitted except on shear resisting elements or fire -resistance -rated assemblies Fas- teners shall be applied in such a manner as not to fracture the face paper with the fastener head 2508.4 Adhesives. Gypsum board and gypsum panel prod- ucts secured to framing with adhesives in ceiling assemblies shall be attached using an approved fastening schedule Expandable foam adhesives for fastening gypsum wallboard shall conform to ASTM D6464 Other adhesives for the installation of gypsum wallboard shall conform to ASTM C557 564 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I CopynEht@Z0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto I ( 1 I I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO RED VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER GYPSUM BOARD, GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AND PLASTER TABLE 2507.2 LATH, PLASTERING MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES MATERIAL STANDARD Accessories for gypsum veneer base ASTM C1047 Blended cement ASTM C595 Cold -formed steel studs and track, structural AISI S240 Cold -formed steel studs and track, nonstructural AISI S220 Exterior plaster bonding compounds ASTM C932 Hydraulic cement ASTM C1157, C1600 Gypsum casting and molding plaster ASTM C59 Gypsum Keene's cement ASTM C61 Gypsum plaster ASTM C28 Gypsum veneer plaster ASTM C587 Interior bonding compounds, gypsum ASTM C631 Lime plasters ASTM C5, C206 Masonry cement ASTM C91 Metal lath ASTM C847 Plaster aggregates Sand Perlite Vermiculite ASTM C35, C897 ASTM C35 ASTM C35 Plastic cement ASTM C1328 Portland cement ASTM C150 Steel screws ASTM C1002, C954 Welded wire lath ASTM C933 Woven wire plaster base ASTM C1032 ' 2508.5 Joint treatment. Gypsum board and gypsum panel product fire -resistance -rated assemblies shall have joints and fasteners treated Exception: Joint and fastener treatment need not be pro- vided where any of the following conditions occur 1 Where the gypsum board or the gypsum panel prod- uct is to receive a decorative finish such as wood paneling, battens, acoustical finishes or any similar application that would be equivalent to joint treat- ment 2 On single -layer systems where joints occur over wood framing members 3 Square edge or tongue -and -groove edge gypsum board (V-edge), gypsum panel products, gypsum backing board or gypsum sheathing 4 On multilayer systems where the joints of adjacent layers are offset 5 Assemblies tested withoutlointtreatment 2508.6 Horizontal gypsum board or gypsum panel prod- uct diaphragm ceilings. Gypsum board or gypsum panel products shall be permitted to be used on wood joists to cre- ate a horizontal diaphragm ceiling in accordance with Table 25086 2508.6.1 Diaphragm proportions. The maximum allow- able diaphragm proportions shall be 1 Vz 1 between shear resisting elements Rotation or cantilever conditions shall not be permitted 2508.6.2 Installation. Gypsum board or gypsum panel products used in a horizontal diaphragm ceiling shall be installed perpendicular to ceiling framing members End joints of adjacent courses of gypsum board shall not occur on the same joist 2508.6.3 Blocking of perimeter edges. Perimeter edges shall be blocked using a wood member not less than 2- inch by 6-inch (51 mm by 152 mm) nominal dimension Blocking material shall be installed flat over the top plate of the wall to provide a nailing surface not less than 2 inches (51 mm) inwidth for the attachment of the gypsum board or gypsum panel product 2508.6.4 Fasteners. Fasteners used for the attachment of gypsum board or gypsum panel products to a horizontal diaphragm ceiling shall be as defined in Table 2508 6 Fasteners shall be spaced not more than 7 inches (178 mm) on center at all supports, including perimeter block- ing, and not more than'/A inch (9 5 mm) from the edges and ends of the gypsum board or gypsum panel product 2508.6.5 Lateral force restrictions. Gypsum board or gypsum panel products shall not be used in diaphragm ceilings to resist lateral forces imposed by masonry or con- crete construction 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 565 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,,v ,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,00.mfw ,,e od,S,00zbyany ,dPartyo, AxmboemPOo[vs3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GYPSUM BOARD, GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AND PLASTER TABLE 2508.6 SHEAR CAPACITY FOR HORIZONTAL WOOD -FRAME GYPSUM BOARD DIAPHRAGM CEILING ASSEMBLIES MATERIAL THICKNESS OF MATERIAL (MINIMUM) (inches) SPACING OF FRAMING MEMBERS (inches) SHEAR VALUE.," (PLF OF CEILING) MIMIMUM FASTENER SIZE Gypsum board or gypsum 5d cooler or wallboard nml, panel product I /Z 16 o c 90 1'/,-inch long, 0 086-inch shank, /6a mch head` Gypsum board or gypsum 5d cooler or wallboard nml, I /L 24 o c 70 1 /E-mch long, 0 086-inch shank, panel product /64-mch head` For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 pound per foot = 14 59 N/m a Values are not cumulative with other horizontal diaphragm values and are for short-term wind or seismic loading Values shall be reduced 25 percent for normal loading b Values shall be reduced 50 percent in Seismic Design Categories D, E and F c 11/4-mch, No 6 Type S or W screws are permitted to be substituted for the listed nails SECTION 2509 SHOWERS AND WATER CLOSETS 2509.1 Wet areas. Showers and public toilet walls shall con- form to Section 1210 2 2509.2 Base for tile. Materials used as a base for wall tile in tub and shower areas and wall and ceiling panels in shower areas shall be of materials listed in Table 2509 2 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations Water-resistant gypsum backing board shall be used as a base for tile in water closet compartment walls when installed in accordance with GA-216 or ASTM C840 and the manufac- turer's recommendations Regular gypsum wallboard is per- mitted under tile or wall panels in other wall and ceiling areas when installed in accordance with GA-216 or ASTM C840 TABLE 2509.2 BACKERBOARD MATERIALS MATERIAL STANDARD Glass mat gypsum backing panel ASTM C1178 Nonasbestos fiber -cement backer ASTM C1288 or ISO 8336, board Category C Nonasbestos fiber -mat reinforced cementitious backer unit ASTM C1325 2509.3 Limitations. Water-resistant gypsum backing board shall not be used in the following locations 1 Over a vapor retarder in shower or bathtub compart- ments 2 Where there will be direct exposure to water or in areas subject to continuous high humidity SECTION 2510 LATHING AND FURRING FOR CEMENT PLASTER (STUCCO) 2510.1 General. Exterior and interior cement plaster and lathing shall be done with the appropriate materials listed in Table 2507 2 and Chapter 35 2510.2 Weather protection. Materials shall be stored in such a manner as to protect them from the weather 2510.3 Installation. Installation of these materials shall be in compliance with ASTM C926 and ASTM C1063 2510.4 Corrosion resistance. Metal lath and lath attach- ments shall be of corrosion -resistant material 2510.5 Backing. Backing or a lath shall provide sufficient rigidity to permit plaster applications 2510.5.1 Support of lath. Where lath on vertical surfaces extends between rafters or other similar projecting mem- bers, solid backing shall be installed to provide support for lath and attachments 2510.5.2 Use of gypsum backing board. Gypsum back- ing for cement plaster shall be in accordance with Section 2510 5 2 1 or 2510 5 2 2 2510.5.2.1 Gypsum board as a backing board. Gyp- sum lath or gypsum wallboard shall not be used as a backing for cement plaster Exception: Gypsum lath or gypsum wallboard is permitted, with a water -resistive bamer, as a back- ing for self -furred metal lath or self -furred wire fab- ric lath and cement plaster where either of the following conditions occur 1 On horizontal supports of ceilings or roof sof- fits 2 On interior walls 2510.5.2.2 Gypsum sheathing backing. Gypsum sheathing is permitted as a backing for metal or wire fabric lath and cement plaster on walls A water-resis- hve barrier shall be provided in accordance with Sec- tion 2510 6 2510.5.3 Backing not required. Wire backing is not required under expanded metal lath or paperbacked wire fabric lath 2510.6 Water -resistive barriers. Water -resistive bamers shall be installed as required in Section 1403 2 and, where applied over wood -based sheathing, shall include a water - resistive vapor -permeable barrier with a performance at least equivalent to two layers of water -resistive bamer complying with ASTM E2556, Type I The individual layers shall be installed independently such that each layer provides a sepa- rate continuous plane and any flashing (installed in accor- 566 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 CopynEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S I 1 I1 I I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER GYPSUM BOARD, GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AND PLASTER dance with Section 1404 4) intended to dram to the water - resistive barrier is directed between the layers Exceptions: 1 Where the water -resistive barrier that is applied over wood -based sheathing has a water resistance equal to or greater than that of a water -resistive bar- ner complying with ASTM E2556, Type II and is separated from the stucco by an intervening, sub- stantially nonwater-absorbing layer or drainage space 2 Where the water -resistive barrier is applied over wood -based sheathing in Climate Zone IA, 2A or 3A, a ventilated air space shall be provided between the stucco and water -resistive barrier. 2510.7 Preparation of masonry and concrete. Surfaces shall be clean, free from efflorescence, sufficiently damp and rough for proper bond If the surface is insufficiently rough, approved bonding agents or a Portland cement dash bond coat mixed in proportions of not more than two parts volume of sand to one part volume of Portland cement or plastic cement shall be applied The dash bond coat shall be left undisturbed and shall be moist cured not less than 24 hours SECTION 2511 INTERIOR PLASTER 2511.1 General. Plastering gypsum plaster or cement plaster shall be not less than three coats where applied over metal lath or wire fabric lath and not less than two coats where applied over other bases permitted by this chapter Exception: Gypsum veneer plaster and cement plaster specifically designed and approved for one -coat applica- tions 2511.1.1 Installation. Installation of lathing and plaster materials shall conform to Table 2511 1 1 and Section 2507 TABLE 2511.1.1 INSTALLATION OF PLASTER CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL STANDARD Cement plaster ASTM C926 Gypsum plaster ASTM C842 Gypsum veneer plaster ASTM C843 Intenor latlung and fiurmg (gypsum plaster) ASTM C841 Lattung and fairing (cement plaster) ASTM C1063 Steel framing ASTM C754, C1007 2511.2 Limitations. Plaster shall not be applied directly to fiber insulation board Cement plaster shall not be applied directly to gypsum lath or gypsum plaster except as specified in Sections 2510 5 1 and 2510 5 2 2511.3 Grounds. Where installed, grounds shall ensure the minimum thickness of plaster as set forth in ASTM C842 and ASTM C926 Plaster thickness shall be measured from the face of lath and other bases 2511.4 Interior masonry or concrete. Condition of surfaces shall be as specified in Section 2510 7 Approved specially prepared gypsum plaster designed for application to concrete surfaces or approved acoustical plaster is permitted The total thickness of base coat plaster applied to concrete ceilings shall be as set forth in ASTM C842 or ASTM C926 Should ceiling surfaces require more than the maximum thickness permitted in ASTM C842 or ASTM C926, metal lath or wire fabric lath shall be installed on such surfaces before plaster- ing 2511.5 Wet areas. Showers and public toilet walls shall con- form to Sections 1209 2 and 1209 3 Where wood frame walls and partitions are covered on the interior with cement plaster or the of similar material and are subject to water splash, the framing shall be protected with an approved mois- ture barrier SECTION 2512 EXTERIOR PLASTER 2512.1 General. Plastering with cement plaster shall be not less than three coats where applied over metal lath or wire fabric lath or gypsum board backing as specified in Section 2510 5 and shall be not less than two coats where applied over masonry or concrete If the plaster surface is to be com- pletely covered by veneer or other facing material, or is com- pletely concealed by another wall, plaster application need only be two coats, provided that the total thickness is as set forth in ASTM C926 2512.1.1 On -grade floor slab. On wood frame or steel stud construction with an on -grade concrete floor slab sys- tem, exterior plaster shall be applied in such a manner as to cover, but not to extend below, the lath and paper The application of lath, paper and flashing or drip screeds shall comply with ASTM C1063 2512.1.2 Weep screeds. A minimum 0 019-mch (0 48 mm) (No 26 galvanized sheet gage), corrosion -resistant weep screed with a mmimum vertical attachment flange of 3'/ inches (89 mm) shall be provided at or below the foun- dation plate line on exterior stud walls in accordance with ASTM C926 The weep screed shall be placed not less than 4 inches (102 mm) above the earth or 2 inches (51 mm) above paved areas and be of a type that will allow trapped water to dram to the exterior of the building The water -resistive barrier shall lap the attachment flange The exterior lath shall cover and tennmate on the attach- ment flange of the weep screed 2512.2 Plasticity agents. Only approved plasticity agents and approved amounts thereof shall be added to Portland cement or blended cements Where plastic cement or masonry cement is used, additional lime or plasticizers shall not be added Hydrated lime or the equivalent amount of lime putty used as a plasticizer is permitted to be added to cement plaster or cement and lime plaster in an amount not to exceed that set forth in ASTM C926 2512.3 Limitations. Gypsum plaster shall not be used on exterior surfaces 2512.4 Cement plaster. Plaster coats shall be protected from freezing for a period of not less than 24 hours after set has occurred Plaster shall be applied when the ambient tempera- 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 567 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,,v ,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,00.mfw ,,e od,S,00zbyany ,dPartyo, AxmboemPOo[vs3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER GYPSUM BOARD, GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS AND PLASTER lure is higher than 40'F (4'C), unless provisions are made to keep cement plaster work above 40'F (4'C) during applica- tion and 48 hours thereafter 2512.5 Second -coat application. The second coat shall be brought out to proper thickness, rodded and floated suffi- ciently rough to provide adequate bond for the finish coat The second coat shall not have variations greater than'/4 inch (6 4 mm) in any direction under a 5-foot (1524 mm) straight edge 2512.6 Curing and interval. First and second coats of cement plaster shall be applied and moist cured as set forth in ASTM C926 and Table 2512 6 TABLE 2512.6 CEMENT PLASTERS COAT MINIMUMPERIOD MOISTCURING MINIMUMINTERVAL BETWEEN COATS First 48 hours' 48 hours' Second 48 hours 7 days' Finish Note c a The first two coats shall be as required for the first coats of exterior plaster, except that the moist -curing time period between the first and second coats shall be not less than 24 hours Most curing shall not be required where job and weather conditions are favorable to the retention of moisture in the cement plaster for the required time period b Twenty -four-hour minimum interval between coats of interior cement plaster For alternative method of application, see Section 2512 8 c Finish coat plaster is permitted to be applied to interior cement plaster base coats after a 48-hour period 2512.7 Application to solid backings. Where applied over gypsum backing as specified in Section 2510 5 or directly to unit masonry surfaces, the second coat is permitted to be applied as soon as the first coat has attained sufficient hard- ness 2512.8 Alternate method of application. The second coat is permitted to be applied as soon as the first coat has attained sufficient rigidity to receive the second coat 2512.8.1 Admixtures. Where using this method of appli- cation, calcium alummate cement up to 15 percent of the weight of the Portland cement is permitted to be added to the mix 2512.8.2 Curing. Curing of the first coat is permitted to be omitted and the second coat shall be cured as set forth in ASTM C926 and Table 2512 6 2512.9 Finish coats. Cement plaster finish coats shall be applied over base coats that have been in place for the time periods set forth in ASTM C926 The third or finish coat shall be applied with sufficient material and pressure to bond and to cover the brown coat and shall be of sufficient thickness to conceal the brown coat SECTION 2513 EXPOSED AGGREGATE PLASTER 2513.1 General. Exposed natural or integrally colored aggre- gate is permitted to be partially embedded in a natural or col- ored bedding coat of cement plaster or gypsum plaster, subject to the provisions of this section 2513.2 Aggregate. The aggregate shall be applied manually or mechanically and shall consist of marble chips, pebbles or similar durable, moderately hard (three or more on the Mobs hardness scale), norreactive materials 2513.3 Bedding coat proportions. The bedding coat for interior or exterior surfaces shall be composed of one part Portland cement and one part Type S line, or one part blended cement and one part Type S lime, or masonry cement, or plastic cement and not more than three parts of graded white or natural sand by volume The bedding coat for interior surfaces shall be composed of 100 pounds (45 4 kg) of neat gypsum plaster and not more than 200 pounds (90 8 kg) of graded white sand A factory -prepared bedding coat for interior or exterior use is permitted The bedding coat for exterior surfaces shall have a mimmum compressive strength of 1,000 pounds per square inch (psi) (6895 kPa) 2513.4 Application. The bedding coat is permitted to be applied directly over the first (scratch) coat of plaster, pro- vided that the ultimate overall thickness is not less than '/a inch (22 mm), including lath Over concrete or masonry sur- faces, the overall thickness shall be not less than inch (12 7 mm) 2513.5 Bases. Exposed aggregate plaster is permitted to be applied over concrete, masonry, cement plaster base coats or gypsum plaster base coats installed in accordance with Sec- tion 2511 or 2512 2513.6 Preparation of masonry and concrete. Masonry and concrete surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Section 2510 7 2513.7 Curing of base coats. Cement plaster base coats shall be cured in accordance with ASTM C926 Cement plaster bedding coats shall retain sufficient moisture for hydration (hardening) for 24 hours ininnnurn or, where necessary, shall be kept damp for 24 hours by light water spraying SECTION 2514 REINFORCED GYPSUM CONCRETE 2514.1 General. Reinforced gypsum concrete shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C317 and ASTM C956 2514.2 Minimum thickness. The minimum thickness of reinforced gypsum concrete shall be 2 inches (51 mm) except the minimum required thickness shall be reduced to 1'/ inches (38 mm), provided that the following conditions are satisfied 1 The overall thickness, including the formboard, is not less than 2 inches (51 mm) 2 The clear span of the gypsum concrete between sup- ports does not exceed 33 inches (838 mm) 3 Diaphragm action is not required 4 The design live load does not exceed 40 pounds per square foot (psf) (1915 Pa) 568 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S I ( I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 26 PLASTIC User note: About this chapter. The use ofplastics in budding construction and components As addressed in Chapter 26, This chapter provides standards addressing foam plastic insulation, foam plastics used as interior finish and trim, and other plastic veneers used on the inside or outside of a budding. This chapter addresses the use of light -transmitting plastics in various configurations such as walls, roof panels, skylights, signs and glazing. Requirements for the use of fiber -reinforced polymers, fiberglass -reinforced polymers and reflective plastic core insulation are also con- tained in this chapter. Additionally, requirements specific to the use of wood plastic composites and plastic lumber are contained in this chapter. SECTION 2601 GENERAL 2601.1 Scope. These provisions shall govern the materials, design, application, construction and installation of foam plastic, foam plastic insulation, plastic veneer, interior plastic finish and trim, light -transmitting plastics and plastic com- posites, mcluding plastic lumber SECTION 2602 y FINISH AND TRIM 2602.1 Exterior finish and trim. See Chapter 14 for require- ments for exterior wall finish and trim 2602.2 Interior finish and trim. See Section 2604 for requirements for interior finish and trim SECTION 2603 FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION 2603.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern the requirements and uses of foam plastic insulation in build- ings and structures 2603.2 Labeling and identification. Packages and contain- ers of foam plastic insulation and foam plastic insulation components delivered to the job site shall bear the label of an approved agency showing the manufacturer's name, product listing, product identification and information sufficient to determine that the end use will comply with the code require- ments 2603.3 Surface -burning characteristics. Unless otherwise indicated in this section, foam plastic insulation and foam plastic cores of manufactured assemblies shall have a flame spread index of not more than 75 and a smoke -developed index of not more than 450 where tested in the maximum thickness intended for use in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 Loose fill -type foam plastic insulation shall be tested as board stock for the flame spread and smoke -developed indices Exceptions: 1 Smoke -developed index for interior trim as provided for in Section 2604 2 2 In cold storage buildings, ice plants, food plants, food processing rooms and similar areas, foam plas- tic insulation where tested in a thickness of 4 inches (102 mm) shall be permitted in a thickness up to 10 inches (254 mm) where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic fire sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 The approved automatic sprinkler system shall be provided in both the room and that part of the building in which the room is located 3 Foam plastic insulation that is a part of a Class A, B or C roof -covering assembly provided that the assembly with the foam plastic insulation satisfacto- rily passes NFPA 276 or UL 1256 The smoke - developed index shall not be limited for roof appli- cations 4 Foam plastic insulation greater than 4 inches (102 mm) in thickness shall have a maximum flame spread index of 75 and a smoke -developed index of 450 where tested at a inimmnurn thickness of 4 inches (102 mm), provided that the end use is approved in accordance with Section 2603 9 using the maximum thickness and density intended for use 5 Flame spread and smoke -developed indices for foam plastic interior signs in covered and open mall buildings provided that the signs comply with Sec- tion 402 6 4 2603.4 Thermal barrier. Except as provided for in Sections 2603 4 1 and 2603 9, foam plastic shall be separated from the interior of a building by an approved thermal barrier of I/Z inch (12 7 mm) gypsum wallboard, heavy timber in accor- dance with Section 602 4 or a material that is tested in accor- dance with and meets the acceptance criteria of both the Temperature Transmission Fire Test and the Integrity Fire Test of NFPA 275 Combustible concealed spaces shall com- ply with Section 718 2603.4.1 Thermal barrier not required. The thermal barrier specified in Section 2603 4 is not required under the conditions set forth in Sections 2603 4 1 1 through 260341 14 2603.4.1.1 Masonry or concrete construction. A ther- mal barrier is not required for foam plastic installed in a masonry or concrete wall, floor or roof system where the foam plastic insulation is covered on each face by not less than 1-inch (25 mm) thickness of masonry or concrete 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 569 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfn d, od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM(PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER PLASTIC 2603.4.1.2 Cooler and freezer walls. Foam plastic installed in a maximum thickness of 10 inches (254 mm) in cooler and freezer walls shall 1 Have a flame spread index of 25 or less and a smoke -developed index of not more than 450, where tested in a minimum 4-inch (102 mm) thickness 2 Have flash ignition and self -ignition temperatures of not less than 600'F and 800'F (316'C and 427C), respectively 3 Have a covering of not less than 0 032-inch (0 8 mm) aluminum or corrosion -resistant steel hav- ing a base metal thickness not less than 0 0160 inch (0 4 mm) at any point 4 Be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 Where the cooler or freezer is within a building, both the cooler or freezer and that part of the building in which it is located shall be sprmklered 2603.4.1.3 Walk-in coolers. In nonsprinklered build- ings, foam plastic having a thickness that does not exceed 4 inches (102 mm) and a maximum flame spread index of 75 is permitted in walk-in coolers or freezer units where the aggregate floor area does not exceed 400 square feet (37 m) and the foam plastic is covered by a metal facing not less than 0 032-mch- thick (0 81 mm) aluminum or corrosion -resistant steel having a minimum base metal thickness of 0 016 inch (0 41 mm) A thickness of up to 10 inches (254 mm) is permitted where protected by a thermal barrier 2603.4.1.4 Exterior walls -one-story buildings. For one-story buildings, foam plastic having a flame spread index of 25 or less, and a smoke -developed index of not more than 450, shall be permitted without thermal bar- riers in or on exterior walls in a thickness not more than 4 inches (102 mm) where the foam plastic is covered by a thickness of not less than 0 032-inch-thick (0 81 mm) aluminum or corrosion -resistant steel having a base metal thickness of 00160 inch (0 41 mm) and the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 2603.4.1.5 Roofing. A thermal barrier is not required for foam plastic insulation that is a part of a Class A, B or C roof -covering assembly that is installed in accor- dance with the code and the manufacturer's instructions and is either constructed as described in Item 1 or tested as described in Item 2 The roof assembly is separated from the interior of the building by wood structural panel sheath - mg not less than 0 47 inch (11 9 mm) in thickness bonded with exterior glue, with edges supported by blocking, tongue -and -groove joints, other approved type of edge support or an equivalent material The assembly with the foam plastic insulation satisfactorily passes NFPA 276 or UL 1256 2603.4.1.6 Attics and crawl spaces. Within an attic or crawl space where entry is made only for service of utilities, foam plastic insulation shall be protected against ignition by 1'/z mch-thick (38 mm) mineral fiber insulation, '/q mch-thick (6 4 mm) wood structural panel, particleboard or hardboard, '/g mch (9 5 mm) gypsum wallboard, corrosion -resistant steel having a base metal thickness of 0 016 inch (0 4 mm), 1'/z mch- thick (38 mm) self -supported spray -applied cellulose insulation in attic spaces only or other approved mate- rial installed in such a manner that the foam plastic insulation is not exposed The protective covering shall be consistent with the requirements for the type of con- struction 2603.4.1.7 Doors not required to have a fire protec- tion rating. Where pivoted or side -hinged doors are permitted without a fire protection rating, foam plastic insulation, having a flame spread index of 75 or less and a smoke -developed index of not more than 450, shall be permitted as a core material where the door facing is of metal having a minimum thickness of 0 032-inch (0 8 mm) aluminum or steel having a base metal thickness of not less than 0 016 inch (0 4 mm) at any point 2603.4.1.8 Exterior doors in buildings of Group R-2 or R-3. In occupancies classified as Group R-2 or R-3, foam -filled exterior entrance doors to individual dwell- ing units that do not require a fire -resistance rating shall be faced with aluminum, steel, fiberglass, wood or other approved materials 2603.4.1.9 Garage doors. Where garage doors are per- mitted without a fire -resistance rating and foam plastic is used as a core material, the door facing shall be metal having a minimum thickness of 0 032-mch (0 8 mm) aluminum or 0 010-inch (0 25 mm) steel or the facing shall be mimmum 0 125-inch-thick (3 2 mm) wood Garage doors having facings other than those described in this section shall be tested in accordance with, and meet the acceptance criteria of, DASMA 107 Exception: Garage doors using foam plastic insula- tion complying with Section 2603 3 in detached and attached garages associated with one- and two-fam- ily dwellings need not be provided with a thermal barrier 2603.4.1.10 Siding backer board. Foam plastic insula- tion of not more than 2,000 British thermal units per square feet (Btu/sq ft) (227 mJ/m) as determined by NFPA 259 shall be permitted as a siding backer board with a maximum thickness of/ inch (12 7 mm), pro- vided that it is separated from the interior of the build - mg by not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of mineral fiber insulation or equivalent or where applied as insulation with re -siding over existing wall construction 2603.4.1.11 Interior trim. Foam plastic used as inte- rior trim in accordance with Section 2604 shall be per- mitted without a thermal barrier 2603.4.1.12 Interior signs. Foam plastic used for inte- rior signs in covered mall buildings in accordance with 570 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 1 1 CITy IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( TITTRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER PLASTIC Section 402 6 4 shall be permitted without a thermal barrier Foam plastic signs that are not affixed to inte- rior building surfaces shall comply with Chapter 8 of the International Fire Code 2603.4.1.13 Type V construction. Foam plastic spray applied to a sill plate, joist header and run joist in Type V construction is subject to all of the following 1 The maximum thickness of the foam plastic shall be 3'/4 inches (82 6 mm) 2 The density of the foam plastic shall be in the range of 15 to 2 0 pcf (24 to 32 kg/m') 3 The foam plastic shall have a flame spread index of 25 or less and an accompanying smoke -devel- oped index of 450 or less when tested in accor- dance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 2603.4.1.14 Floors. The thermal barrier specified in Section 2603 4 is not required to be installed on the walking surface of a structural floor system that con - tams foam plastic insulation where the foam plastic is covered by a mimmum nominal '/z inch -thick (12 7 mm) wood structural panel or approved equivalent The thermal barrier specified in Section 2603 4 is required on the underside of the structural floor system that con - tams foam plastic insulation where the underside of the structural floor system is exposed to the interior of the building Exception: Foam plastic used as part of an interior floor finish 2603.5 Exterior walls of buildings of any height. Extenor walls of buildings of Type I, II, III or IV construction of any height shall comply with Sections 2603 5 1 through 2603 5 7 Extenor walls of cold storage buildings required to be con- structed of noncombustible materials, where the building is more than one story in height, shall comply with the provi- sions of Sections 2603 5 1 through 2603 5 7 Extenor walls of buildings of Type V construction shall comply with Sec- tions 2603 2, 2603 3 and 2603 4 Fireblockmg shall be in accordance with Section 718 2 2603.5.1 Fire -resistance -rated walls. Where the wall is required to have a fire -resistance rating, data based on tests conducted in accordance with ASTM El19 or UL 263 shall be provided to substantiate that the fire -resis- tance rating is maintained 2603.5.2 Thermal barrier. Any foam plastic insulation shall be separated from the building interior by a thermal barrier meeting the provisions of Section 2603 4, unless special approval is obtained on the basis of Section 26039 Exception: One-story buildings complying with Sec- tion 2603 4 14 2603.5.3 Potential heat. The potential heat of foam plas- tic insulation in any portion of the wall or panel shall not exceed the potential heat expressed in Btu per square feet (mJ/m') of the foam plastic insulation contained in the wall assembly tested in accordance with Section 2603 5 5 The potential heat of the foam plastic insulation shall be determined by tests conducted in accordance with NFPA 259 and the results shall be expressed in Btu per square feet (mJ/m') Exception: One-story buildings complying with Sec- tion 2603 4 1 4 2603.5.4 Flame spread and smoke -developed indices. Foam plastic insulation, exterior coatings and facings shall be tested separately in the thickness intended for use, but not to exceed 4 inches (102 mm), and shall each have a flame spread index of 25 or less and a smoke -developed index of 450 or less as determined in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 Exception: Prefabricated or factory -manufactured pan- els having minimum 0 020-inch (0 51 mm) alum mum facings and a total thickness of inch (6 4 mm) or less are permitted to be tested as an assembly where the foam plastic core is not exposed in the course of con- struction 2603.5.5 Vertical and lateral fire propagation. The exterior wall assembly shall be tested in accordance with and comply with the acceptance criteria of NFPA 285 Exceptions: 1 One-story buildings complying with Section 26034 1 4 2 Wall assemblies where the foam plastic insulation is covered on each face by not less than 1-mch (25 mm) thickness of masonry or concrete and meet - mg one of the following 21 There is no airspace between the insula- tion and the concrete or masonry 22 The insulation has a flame spread index of not more than 25 as determmed in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 and the maximum airspace between the insulation and the concrete or masonry is not more than 1 inch (25 mm) 2603.5.6 Label required. The edge or face of each piece, package or container of foam plastic insulation shall bear the label of an approved agency The label shall contain the manufacturer's or distributor's identification, model number, serial number or definitive information describ- ing the product or materials' performance characteristics and approved agency's identification 2603.5.7 Ignition. Extenor walls shall not exhibit sus- tained flaming where tested in accordance with NFPA 268 Where a material is intended to be installed in more than one thickness, tests of the minimum and maximum thickness intended for use shall be performed Exception: Assemblies protected on the outside with one of the following 1 A thermal barrier complying with Section 2603 4 2 A minimum 1-mch (25 mm) thickness of con- crete or masonry 3 Glass -fiber -reinforced concrete panels of a mini- mum thickness of/A inch (9 5 mm) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 571 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 9w5.9114 4 Metal -faced panels having mInmmm 0 019-Inch- thmk (048 min) aluminum or 0016-inch-thick (0 41 min) corrosion -resistant steel enter facings 5 A mrmmum %-mch (222 min) thickness of stucco complying with Section 2510 6 A minimum'/a mch (64 min) thickness of fiber - cement lap, panel or shingle siding complying with Section 140416 and Section 1404 161 or 1404162 2603.6 Roofing. Foam plastic insulation meeting the require - merits of Sections 2603 2, 2603 3 and 2603 4 shall be penmt- ted as part of a roof -covering assembly, provided that the assembly with thefoam plastic insulation is a Class A, B or C roofing assembly where tested In accordance with ASTM E108 or UL 790 2603.7 Foam plastic in plenums as interior finish or trite rior trim. Foam plastic In plenums used as interior wall or ceiling finish, or interior trim, shall exhibit a flame spread index of 25 or less and a smoke -developed index of 50 or less when tested In accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 at the maximum thickness and density intended for use, and shall be tested In accordance with NFPA 286 and meet the acceptance criteria of Section 803 11 As an alternative to testing to NFPA 286, the foam plastic shall be approved based on tests conducted In accordance with Section 2603 9 Exceptions: 1 Foam plastic In plenums used as interior wall or ceiling finish, or interior trim, shall exhibit a flame spread index of 75 or less and a smoke -developed index of 450 or less when tested In accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 at the maximum thickness and density intended for use, where it is separated from the airflow In the plenum by a thermal banner complying with Section 2603 4 ONONEMSUG r Foam plastic In plenums used as interior wall or ceiling finish, or interior trim, shall exhibit a flame spread index of 75 or less and a smoke -developed index of 450 or less when tested In accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 at the maximum thickness and density intended for use, where it is separated from the airflow in the plenum by corrosion-resrs- taut steel having a base metal thickness of not less than 0 0160 inch (0 4 min) 3 Foam plastic In plenums used as interior wall or ceiling finish, or interior trim, shall exhibit a flame spread index of 75 or less and a smoke -developed index of 450 or less when tested In accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 at the maximum thickness and density intended for use, where it is separated from the aiflow In the plenum by not less than a 1- inch (25 min) thickness of masonry or concrete 2603.8 Protection against termites. In areas where the prob- ability of termite infestation is very heavy In accordance with Figure 2603 8, extruded and expanded polystyrene, polyrso- cyanwate and other foam plastics shall not be installed on the exterior face or under Interior or exterior foundation walls or slab foundations located below grade The clearance between foam plastics Installed above grade and exposed earth shall be not less than 6Inches (152 min) Exceptions: 1 Buildings where the structural members of walls, floors, ceilings and roofs are entirely ofnoncombus- bble materials or preservative -treated wood 2 An approved method of protecting the foam plastic and structure from subterranean ternite damage is provided 3 On the Interior side of basement walls FIGURE 2603 8 TERMITE INFESTATION PROBABILITY MAP 572 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® r r 11 Copy 1@W11-- PE90ure ammdre�Fm�-nae (C,4r,zz.a O0­x.m�hv.m ®hmu—1,11MOMwm 1 �ND w���aaw.e mRMNv �a m�e.� aemae�. veae0oo«oxoaou-wev�ox�sxxou«oxoeraemesu. mexuv�rrxcrrmmraucwaxva�nrr ramsue�rcrvowu. rmmca�emau.ewu.>�s>�euri PLASTIC 2603.9 Special approval. Foam plastic shall not be required to comply with the requirements of Section 2603 4 or those of Section 2603 6 where specifically approved based on large- scale tests such as, but not limited to, NFPA 286 (with the acceptance criteria of Section 803 1 1 1), FM 4880, UL 1040 or UL 1715 Such testing shall be related to the actual end -use configuration and be performed on the finished manufactured foam plastic assembly in the maximum thickness intended for use Foam plastics that are used as interior finish on the basis of special tests shall conform to the flame spread and smoke - developed requirements of Chapter 8 Assemblies tested shall include seams, joints and other typical details used in the installation of the assembly and shall be tested in the manner intended for use 2603.10 Wind resistance. Foam plastic insulation complying with ASTM C578 and ASTM C1289 and used as exterior wall sheathing on framed wall assemblies shall comply with ANSI/FS 100 for wind pressure resistance 2603.11 Cladding attachment over foam sheathing to masonry or concrete wall construction. Cladding shall be specified and installed in accordance with Chapter 14 and the cladding manufacturer's installation instructions or an approved design Foam sheathing shall be attached to masonry or concrete construction in accordance with the insulation manufacturer's installation instructions or an approved design Furring and furring attachments through foam sheathing shall be designed to resist design loads deter- mined in accordance with Chapter 16, including support of cladding weight as applicable Fasteners used to attach clad- ding or furring through foam sheathing to masonry or con- crete substrates shall be approved for application into masonry or concrete material and shall be installed in accor- dance with the fastener manufacturer's installation instruc- tions Exceptions: 1 Where the cladding manufacturer has provided approved installation instructions for application over foam sheathing and connection to a masonry or concrete substrate, those requirements shall apply 2 For exterior insulation and finish systems, refer to Section 1407 3 For anchored masonry or stone veneer installed over foam sheathing, refer to Section 1404 2603.12 Cladding attachment over foam sheathing to cold -formed steel framing. Cladding shall be specified and installed in accordance with Chapter 14 and the cladding manufacturer's approved installation instructions, including any limitations for use over foam plastic sheathing, or an approved design Where used, furring and furring attach- ments shall be designed to resist design loads determined in accordance with Chapter 16 In addition, the cladding or far - ring attachments through foam sheathing to cold -formed steel framing shall meet or exceed the minimum fastening require- ments of Sections 2603 12 1 and 2603 12 2, or an approved design for support of cladding weight Exceptions: 1 Where the cladding manufacturer has provided approved installation instructions for application over foam sheathing, those requirements shall apply 2 For exterior insulation and finish systems, refer to Section 1407 3 For anchored masonry or stone veneer installed over foam sheathing, refer to Section 1404 2603.12.1 Direct attachment. Where cladding is installed directly over foam sheathing without the use of furring, cladding minimum fastening requirements to support the cladding weight shall be as specified in Table 2603 12 1 2603.12.2 Furred cladding attachment. Where steel or wood furring is used to attach cladding over foam sheath- ing, furring mimmum fastening requirements to support the cladding weight shall be as specified in Table 2603 12 2 Where placed horizontally, wood furring shall be preservative -treated wood in accordance with Section 2303 19 or naturally durable wood and fasteners shall be corrosion resistant in accordance Section 2304 10 5 Steel furring shall have a minimum G60 galvanized coating 2603.13 Cladding attachment over foam sheathing to wood framing. Cladding shall be specified and installed in accordance with Chapter 14 and the cladding manufacturer's installation instructions Where used, furring and furring attachments shall be designed to resist design loads deter- mined in accordance with Chapter 16 In addition, the clad- ding or furring attachments through foam sheathing to framing shall meet or exceed the mimmum fastening require- ments of Section 2603 13 1 or 2603 13 2, or an approved design for support of cladding weight Exceptions: 1 Where the cladding manufacturer has provided approved installation instructions for application over foam sheathing, those requirements shall apply 2 For exterior insulation and finish systems, refer to Section 1407 3 For anchored masonry or stone veneer installed over foam sheathing, refer to Section 1404 2603.13.1 Direct attachment Where cladding is installed directly over foam sheathing without the use of furring, minimum fastening requirements to support the cladding weight shall be as specified in Table 2603 13 1 2603.13.2 Furred cladding attachment. Where wood furring is used to attach cladding over foam sheathing, fur- ring minimum fastening requirements to support the clad- ding weight shall be as specified in Table 2603 13 2 Where placed horizontally, wood furring shall be preser- vative -treated wood in accordance with Section 2303 1 9 or naturally durable wood and fasteners shall be corrosion resistant in accordance with Section 2304 10 5 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 573 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwoodm ).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER PLASTIC TABLE 2603.12.1 CLADDING MINIMUM FASTENING REQUIREMENTS FOR DIRECT ATTACHMENT OVER FOAM PLASTIC SHEATHING TO SUPPORT CLADDING WEIGHT' MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF FOAM SHEATHINGc CLADDING CLADDING (inches) CLADDING FASTENER THROUGH FOAM FASTENER FASTENER VERTICAL 16" o.c. fastener horizontal spacing 24" o.c. fastener horizontal spacing SHEATHING INTO: TYPE AND MINIMUM SIZE" SPACING Cladding weight Cladding weight (inches) 3 psf 11 psf 18 psf 25 psf 3 psf 11 psf 18 psf 25 psf #8 screw into 6 300 295 220 1 45 300 235 1 25 DR 8 300 255 160 060 300 1 80 DR DR 33 mil steel or trucker 12 300 180 DR DR 300 065 DR DR Cold -formed steel framing (nummum 6 400 350 270 1 95 400 290 1 70 055 penetration of steel # 10 screw into 8 400 310 205 1 00 400 225 070 DR 33 mil steel duckness plus 12 400 225 070 DR 370 1 OS DR DR 3 threads) #10 screw into 6 400 400 400 360 400 400 345 270 8 400 400 370 300 400 385 280 1 80 43 mil steel or trucker 12 400 385 280 1 80 400 305 1 50 DR For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 pound per square foot (psf) = 0 0479 kPa, 1 pound per square inch = 0 00689 MPa DR= design required, o c = on center a Cold -formed steel framing shall be minimum 33 ksi steel for 33 mil and 43 mil steel and 50 ksi steel for 54 mil steel or thicker b Screws shall complywith the requirements of AISI S240 c Foam sheathing shall have a minimum compressive strength of 15 pounds per square inch in accordance with ASTM C578 or ASTM C1289 TABLE 2603.12.2 FURRING MINIMUM FASTENING REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICATION OVER FOAM PLASTIC SHEATHING TO SUPPORT CLADDING WEIGHT' MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF FOAM SHEATHING" FURRING MATERIAL FRAMING MEMBER FASTENER TYPE AND MINIMUM SIZE" MINIMUM PENETRATION INTO WALL FAMING (Ruches) FASTENER SPACING IN FURRING (inches) (inches) 16" o.c. fun'in ge 24"o.c. furrin ge Cladding weight Cladding weight 3 psf 11 psf 18 psf 25 psf 3 psf 11 psf 18 psf 25 psf 12 300 1 80 DR DR 300 065 DR DR 33 m11 cold- #8 screw Steel truckness plus 3 threads 16 —TOO— 1 00 DR DR 285 DR DR DR 24 285 DR DR DR 220 DR DR DR formed steel #10 screw Steel truckness plus 3 threads 12 400 225 070 DR 370 1 OS DR DR Mimmum 33 mil stud 16 385 1 45 DR DR 340 DR DR DR 24 340 DR DR DR 270 DR DR DR steel furring or mrmmum Ix 12 300 1 80 DR DR 300 065 DR DR wood furnng` 43 m11 or #8 Screw Steel truckness plus 3 threads 16 300 1 00 DR DR 285 DR DR DR 24 285 DR DR DR 220 DR DR DR trucker cold- formed steel 12 400 385 280 1 80 400 305 1 50 DR stud #10 screw Steel truckness plus 3 threads 16 400 330 1 95 060 4 00 225 DR DR 24 400 225 1 DR DR 400 065 DR DR For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 pound per square foot (psf) = 0 0479 kPa, 1 pound per square inch— 0 00689 MPa DR= Design Required, o c = on center a Wood furring shall be spruce -pine -fir or any softwood species with a specific gravity of 0 42 or greater Steel furring shall be minimum 33 ksi steel Cold - formed steel studs shall be minimum 33 ksi steel for 33 mil and 43 mil thickness and 50 ksi steel for 54 mil steel or thicker b Screws shall complywith the requirements of AISI S240 c Where the required cladding fastener penetration into wood material exceeds'/a inch and is not more than 1'/ inches, a minimum 2-inch nominal wood furring or an approved design shall be used d Foam sheathing shall have a minimum compressive strength of 15 pounds per square inch in accordance with ASTM C578 or ASTM C1289 e Furring shall be spaced not more than 24 inches on center, in a vertical or horizontal orientation In a vertical orientation, furring shall be located over wall studs and attached with the required fastener spacing In a horizontal orientation, the indicated 8-inch and 12-inch fastener spacing in furring shall be achieved by use of two fasteners into studs at 16 inches and 24 inches on center, respectively 574 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' Clp lghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Cm Cm, rhv dmep -dwood mm).(QtyofR—d—od)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17m5 ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER PLASTIC TABLE 2603.13.1 CLADDING MINIMUM FASTENING REQUIREMENTS FOR DIRECT ATTACHMENT OVER FOAM PLASTIC SHEATHING TO SUPPORT CLADDING WEIGHT' CLADDING MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF FOAM SHEATHINGc (INCHES) CLADDING FASTENER CLADDING FASTENER TYPE FASTENER 16" o.c. fastener horizontal spacing 24" o.c. fastener horizontal spacing THROUGH FOAM AND MINIMUM VERTICAL SPACING Cladding weigh[: Cladding weigh[: SHEATHING INTO: SIZE" (INCHES) 3 psf 11 psf 18 psf 25 psf 3 psf 11 psf 18 psf 25 psf 6 200 1 45 075 DR 200 085 DR DR 0 113" 8 200 1 00 DR DR 200 055 DR DR diameter nail 12 200 055 DR DR 1 85 DR DR DR 6 300 1 70 090 055 300 105 050 DR 0 12 8 300 1 20 060 DR 300 070 DR DR diameterr nail Wood Frame 12 300 070 DR DR 215 DR DR DR (nurumum 1'/4- inch penetration) 6 400 2 15 1 20 075 400 135 070 DR 0 131" 8 400 1 55 080 DR 400 090 DR DR diameter nail 12 400 090 DR DR 270 050 DR DR 6 400 355 205 1 40 400 225 1 25 080 0 162" 8 400 255 1 45 095 400 160 085 050 diameter nail 12 400 1 60 085 050 400 095 DR DR For SI 1 inch— 25 4 mm, 1 pound per square foot (psf)= 0 0479 kPa DR= Design Required, o c = on center a Wood framing shall be spruce -pine -fir or any wood species with a specific gravity of 0 42 or greater in accordance with ANSI/AWC NDS b Nail fasteners shall comply with ASTM F1667, except nail length shall be penmtted to exceed ASTM F1667 standard lengths c Foam sheathing shall have a minimum compressive strength of 15 psi in accordance with ASTM C578 or ASTM C1289 SECTION 2604 INTERIOR FINISH AND TRIM 2604.1 General. Plastic materials installed as interior finish or tnm shall comply with Chapter 8 Foam plastics shall only be installed as interior finish where approved in accordance with the special provisions of Section 2603 9 Foam plastics that are used as interior finish shall meet the flame spread and smoke -developed index requirements for interior finish in accordance with Chapter 8 Foam plastics installed as interior tnm shall comply with Section 2604 2 2604.1.1 Plenums. Foam plastics installed in plenums as interior wall or ceiling finish shall comply with Section 2603 7 Foam plastics installed in plenums as interior trim shall comply with Sections 2604 2 and 2603 7 [F] 2604.2 Interior trim. Foam plastic used as interior tnm shall comply with Sections 2604 2 1 through 2604 2 4 [F] 2604.2.1 Density. The minimum density of the interior tnm shall be 20 pcf (320 kg/m') [F] 2604.2.2 Thickness. The maximum thickness of the interior tnm shall be inch (12 7 mm) and the maximum width shall be 8 inches (204 mm) [F] 2604.2.3 Area limitation. The interior tnm shall not constitute more than 10 percent of the specific wall or ceil- ing areas to which it is attached [F] 2604.2.4 Flame spread. The flame spread index shall not exceed 75 where tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 The smoke -developed index shall not be lim- ited Exception: Where the interior tnm material has been tested as an interior finish in accordance with NFPA 286 and complies with the acceptance criteria in Sec- tion 803 1 1 1, it shall not be required to be tested for flame spread index in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 SECTION 2605 PLASTIC VENEER 2605.1 Interior use. Where used within a building, plastic veneer shall comply with the interior finish requirements of Chapter 8 2605.2 Exterior use. Exterior plastic veneer, other than plas- tic siding, shall be permitted to be installed on the extenor walls of buildings of any type of construction in accordance with all of the following requirements 1 Plastic veneer shall comply with Section 2606 4 2 Plastic veneer shall not be attached to any exterior wall to a height greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) above grade 3 Sections of plastic veneer shall not exceed 300 square feet (27 9 m) in area and shall be separated by not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) vertically Exception: The area and separation requirements and the smoke -density limitation are not applicable to plastic veneer applied to buildings constructed of Type VE con- struction, provided that the walls are not required to have a fire -resistance rating 2605.3 Plastic siding. Plastic siding shall comply with the requirements of Sections 1403 and 1404 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 575 I I1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm, rhvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER PLASTIC TABLE 2603.13.2 FURRING MINIMUM FASTENING REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICATION OVER FOAM PLASTIC SHEATHING TO SUPPORT CLADDING WEIGHT'," MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF FOAM SHEATHING" (INCHES) O y Z 16" o.c. furring' 24" o.c. furring¢ a w w N w 0 U Z w Siding weigh[: Siding weigh[: w m LLy F3 ¢ Eix U Q� F y Z `L (7 ZEDZ W Z Z� �a rc _ y M LL Z_ m M 3 psf 11 psf 18 psf 25 psf 3 psf 11 psf 18 psf 25 psf LL LL¢ J N LL Z_ 3 0 131" 8 400 245 1 45 095 400 1 60 085 DR 12 400 1 60 085 DR 400 095 DR DR diameter 11/4 nml 16 400 1 10 DR DR 305 060 DR DR 0162" 8 400 400 245 160 400 275 145 085 12 400 275 1 45 085 400 1 65 075 DR diameter 11/4 Minimum Minimum nail 16 400 1 90 095 DR 400 1 05 DR DR IxWood 2x Wood Forting` Stud No 10 12 400 230 1 20 070 400 1 40 060 DR 16 400 1 65 075 DR 400 090 DR DR wood 1 screw 24 400 090 DR DR 285 DR DR DR 12 400 265 1 50 090 400 1 65 0 80 DR ' lag 11/2 16 400 1 95 095 050 400 1 10 DR DR screw screw 24 400 1 10 DR DR 325 050 DR DR For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 pound per square foot (psf) = 0 0479 kPa, 1 pound per square inch = 0 00689 MPa DR = Design Required, o c = on center a Wood framing and furring shall be spruce -pine -fir or any wood species with a specific gravity of 0 42 or greater in accordance with ANSI/AWC NDS b Nail fasteners shall comply with ASTM 171667, except nail length shall be permitted to exceed ASTM 171667 standard lengths c Where the required cladding fastener penetration into wood material exceeds'/a inch and is not more than 11/ inches, a minimum 2-inch nominal wood furring or an approved design shall be used d Foam sheathing shall have a minimum compressive strength of 15 psi in accordance with ASTM C578 or ASTM C1289 e Fumng shall be spaced not greater than 24 inches on center in a vertical or horizontal orientation In a vertical orientation, furring shall be located over wall studs and attachedw)th the required fastener spacing In a horizontal orientation, the indicated 8-inch and 12-inch fastener spacing in furring shall be achieved by use of two fasteners into studs at 16 inches and 24 inches on center, respectively SECTION 2606 LIGHT -TRANSMITTING PLASTICS 2606.1 General. The provisions of this section and Sections 2607 through 2611 shall govern the quality and methods of application of light -transmitting plastics for use as light - transmitting materials in buildings and structures Foam plas- tics shall comply with Section 2603 Light -transmitting plas- tic materials that meet the other code requirements for walls and roofs shall be permitted to be used in accordance with the other applicable chapters of the code 2606.2 Approval for use. Sufficient technical data shall be submitted to substantiate the proposed use of any light -trans- mitting material, as approved by the building official and sub- lectto the requirements of this section 2606.3 Identification. Each unit or package of light -trans- mitting plastic shall be identified with a mark or decal satis- factory to the building official, which includes identification as to the material classification 2606.4 Specifications. Light -transmitting plastics, including thermoplastic, thermosetting or reinforced thermosetting plastic material, shall have a self -ignition temperature of 650'F (343'C) or greater where tested in accordance with ASTM D1929, a smoke -developed index not greater than 450 where tested in the manner intended for use in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723, or a maximum average smoke density rating not greater than 75 where tested in the thick- ness intended for use in accordance with ASTM D2843 and shall conform to one of the following combustibility classifi- cations Class CC1: Plastic materials that have a burning extent of 1 inch (25 mm) or less where tested at a nominal thickness of 0 060 inch (1 5 mm), or in the thickness intended for use, in accordance with ASTM D635 Class CC2: Plastic materials that have a burning rate of 2'/ inches per minute (1 06 mm/s) or less where tested at a nominal thickness of 0 060 inch (1 5 mm), or in the thick- ness intended for use, in accordance with ASTM D635 576 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I 1 I1 TITTRR I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d &,ge odA,o, and,P o,k,okb¢ed ANY VNAVTHORIVED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEMEM. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER PLASTIC 2606.5 Structural requirements. Light -transmitting plastic materials in their assembly shall be of adequate strength and durability to withstand the loads indicated in Chapter 16 Technical data shall be submitted to establish stresses, maxi- mum unsupported spans and such other information for the various thicknesses and forms used as deemed necessary by the builckng official 2606.6 Fastening. Fastening shall be adequate to withstand the loads in Chapter 16 Proper allowance shall be made for expansion and contraction of light -transmitting plastic materials in accordance with accepted data on the coefficient of expansion of the material and other material in conjunction with which it is employed 2606.7 Light -diffusing systems. Unless the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, light -diffusing systems shall not be installed in the following occupancies and loca- tions 1 Group A with an occupantload of 1,000 or more 2 Theaters with a stage and proscenium opening and an occupant load of 700 or more 3 Group I-2 4 Group I-3 5 Interior exit stairways and ramps and exit passageways 2606.7.1 Support. Light -transmitting plastic diffusers shall be supported directly or indirectly from ceiling or roof construction by use of noncombustible hangers Hangers shall be not less than No 12 steel -wire gage (0 106 inch) galvanized wire or equivalent 2606.7.2 Installation. Light -transmitting plastic diffusers shall comply with Chapter 8 unless the light -transmitting plastic diffusers will fall from the mountings before ignit- ing, at an ambient temperature of not less than 200°F (I I I'Q below the ignition temperature of the panels The panels shall remain in place at an ambient room tempera- ture of 175°F (79°C) for a period of not less than 15 min- utes 2606.7.3 Size limitations. Individual panels or units shall not exceed 10 feet (3048 mm) in length nor 30 square feet (2 79 m') in area 2606.7.4 Fire suppression system. In buildings that are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, plastic light -diffusing systems shall be protected both above and below unless the sprinkler system has been specifically approved for installation only above the light -diffusing system Areas of light -diffusing systems that are protected in accordance with this section shall not be limited 2606.7.5 Electrical luminaires. Light -transmitting plastic panels and light -diffuser panels that are installed in approved electrical luminaires shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 8 unless the light -transmitting plastic panels conform to the requirements of Section 26067 2 The area of approved light -transmitting plastic materials that is used in required exits or corridors shall not exceed 30 percent of the aggregate area of the ceiling in which such panels are installed, unless the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 2606.8 Partitions. Light -transmitting plastics used in or as partitions shall comply with the requirements of Chapters 6 and 8 2606.9 Bathroom accessories. Light -transmitting plastics shall be permitted as glazing in shower stalls, shower doors, bathtub enclosures and similar accessory units Safety glazing shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 24 2606.10 Awnings, patio covers and similar structures. Awnings constructed of light -transmitting plastics shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions specified in Section 3105 and Chapter 32 for projections Patio covers constructed of light -transmitting plastics shall comply with Section 2606 Light -transmitting plastics used in canopies at motor fuel -dispensing facilities shall comply with Section 2606, except as modified by Section 406 7 2 2606.11 Greenhouses. Light -transmitting plastics shall be permitted in lieu of glass in greenhouses 2606.12 Solar collectors. Light -transmitting plastic covers on solar collectors having noncombustible sides and bottoms shall be permitted on buildings not over three stones above grade plane or 9,000 square feet (836 1 m) in total floor area, provided that the light -transmitting plastic cover does not exceed 33 33 percent of the roof area for CCl materials or 25 percent of the roof area for CC2 materials Exception: Light -transmitting plastic covers having a thickness of 0 010 inch (0 3 mm) or less shall be permit- ted to be of any plastic material provided that the area of the solar collectors does not exceed 33 33 percent of the roof area SECTION 2607 LIGHT -TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS 2607.1 General. Light -transmitting plastics shall not be used as wall panels in exterior walls in occupancies in Groups A-1, A-2, H, I-2 and I-3 In other groups, light -transmitting plas- tics shall be permitted to be used as wall panels in exterior walls, provided that the walls are not required to have a fire - resistance rating and the installation conforms to the require- ments of this section Such panels shall be erected and anchored on a foundation, waterproofed or otherwise pro- tected from moisture absorption and sealed with a coat of mastic or other approved waterproof coating Light -transmit- ting plastic wall panels shall comply with Section 2606 2607.2 Installation. Exterior wall panels installed as pro- vided for herein shall not alter the type of construction classi- fication of the building 2607.3 Height limitation. Light -transmitting plastics shall not be installed more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above grade plane, except as allowed by Section 2607 5 2607.4 Area limitation and separation. The maximum area of a single wall panel and minimum vertical and horizontal separation requirements for exterior light -transmitting plastic wall panels shall be as provided for in Table 2607 4 The maximum percentage of wall area of any story in light -trans - mitring plastic wall panels shall not exceed that indicated in Table 2607 4 or the percentage of unprotected openings per- mitted by Section 705 8, whichever is smaller Exceptions: 1 In structures provided with approved flame barriers extending 30 inches (760 mm) beyond the exterior 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 577 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER PLASTIC TABLE 2607.4 AREA LIMITATION AND SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHT -TRANSMITTING PLASTIC WALL PANELS' MAXIMUM PERCENTAGE MAXIMUM SINGLE AREA MINIMUM SEPARATION OF PLASTIC WALL FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE CLASS OF AREA OF EXTERIOR OF PLASTIC WALL PANELS PANELS (feet) (feet) PLASTIC WALL IN PLASTIC WALL (square fee[) PANELS Vertical Horizontal Less than 6 Not Permitted Not Permitted CCl 10 50 8 4 6 or more but less than 11 CC2 Not Permitted Not Permitted 11 or more but less than or CCl 25 90 6 4 equal to 30 CC2 15 70 8 4 CCl 50 Not Limited 3h 0 Over 30 CC2 50 100 6h 3 For SI 1 foot =3048 min, 1 square foot =0 0929 m' a For combinations of plastic glazing and plastic wall panel areas permitted, see Section 2607 6 b For reductions in vertical separation allowed, see Section 2607 4 wall in the plane of the floor, a vertical separation is not required at the floor except that provided by the vertical thickness of the flame barrier projection 2 Veneers of approved weather -resistant light -trans- mitting plastics used as exterior siding in buildings of Type V construction in compliance with Section 1405 3 The area of light -transmitting plastic wall panels in extenor walls of greenhouses shall be exempt from the area limitations of Table 2607 4 but shall be lim- ited as required for unprotected openings in accor- dance with Section 705 8 2607.5 Automatic sprinkler system. Where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, the maximum percentage area of extenor wall in any story in light -transmitting plastic wall panels and the maximum square footage of a single area given in Table 2607 4 shall be increased 100 percent, but the area of light -transmitting plastic wall panels shall not exceed 50 percent of the wall area in any story, or the area permitted by Section 705 8 for unprotected openings, whichever is smaller These installations shall be exempt from height lim- itations 2607.6 Combinations of glazing and wall panels. Combina- tions of light -transmitting plastic glazing and light -transmit- ting plastic wall panels shall be subject to the area, height and percentage limitations and the separation requirements appli- cable to the class of light -transmitting plastic as prescribed for light -transmitting plastic wall panel installations SECTION 2608 LIGHT -TRANSMITTING PLASTIC GLAZING 2608.1 Buildings of Type VB construction. Openings in the extenor walls of buildings of Type VB construction, where not required to be protected by Section 705, shall be permit- ted to be glazed or equipped with light -transmitting plastic Light -transmitting plastic glazing shall comply with Section 2606 2608.2 Buildings of other types of construction. Openings in the extenor walls of buildings of types of construction other than Type VB, where not required to be protected by Section 705, shall be permitted to be glazed or equipped with light -transmitting plastic in accordance with Section 2606 and all of the following 1 The aggregate area of light -transmitting plastic glazing shall not exceed 25 percent of the area of any wall face of the story in which it is installed The area of a single pane of glazing installed above the first story above grade plane shall not exceed 16 square feet (1 5 m) and the vertical dimension of a single pane shall not exceed 4 feet (1219 mm) Exception: Where an automatic sprinkler system is provided throughout in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, the area of allowable glazing shall be increased to not more than 50 percent of the wall face of the story in which it is installed with no lnnit on the maximum dimension or area of a single pane of glazing 2 Approved flame barriers extending 30 inches (762 mm) beyond the extenor wall in the plane of the floor, or vertical panels not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) in height, shall be installed between glazed units located in adja- cent stories Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- tion 903 3 1 1 3 Light -transmitting plastics shall not be installed more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) above grade level Exception: Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- tion 903 3 1 1 SECTION 2609 LIGHT -TRANSMITTING PLASTIC ROOF PANELS 2609.1 General. Light -transmitting plastic roof panels shall comply with this section and Section 2606 Light -transmit - ling plastic roof panels shall not be installed in Groups H, I-2 578 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® Clrylght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto I I (MPTITrITTRR I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SVEJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER PLASTIC and I-3 In all other groups, light -transmitting plastic roof panels shall comply with any one of the following conditions 1 The building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 2 The roof construction is not required to have a fire - resistance rating by Table 601 3 The roof panels meet the requirements for roof cover- ings in accordance with Chapter 15 2609.2 Separation. Individual roof panels shall be separated from each other by a distance of not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) measured in a horizontal plane Exceptions: 1 The separation between roof panels is not required in a building equipped throughout with an automatic spnnkler system in accordance with Section 903311 2 The separation between roof panels is not required in low -hazard occupancy buildings complying with the conditions of Section 2609 4, Exception 2 or 3 2609.3 Location. Where extenor wall openings are required to be protected by Section 705 8, a roof panel shall not be installed within 6 feet (1829 mm) of such extenor wall 2609.4 Area limitations. Roof panels shall be limited in area and the aggregate area of panels shall be limited by a percent- age of the floor area of the room or space sheltered in accor- dance with Table 2609 4 Exceptions: 1 The area limitations of Table 2609 4 shall be permit- ted to be increased by 100 percent in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic spnnkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 2 Low -hazard occupancy buildings, such as swim- ming pool shelters, shall be exempt from the area limitations of Table 2609 4, provided that the build- ings do not exceed 5,000 square feet (465 in in area and have a minimum fire separation distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) 3 Greenhouses that are occupied for growing or main - taming plants, without public access, shall be exempt from the area limitations of Table 2609 4 provided that they have a mimmum fire separation distance of 4 feet (1220 mm) 4 Roof coverings over terraces and patios in occupan- cies in Group R-3 shall be exempt from the area lim- itations of Table 2609 4 and shall be permitted with light -transmitting plastics TABLE 2609.4 AREA LIMITATIONS FOR LIGHT -TRANSMITTING PLASTIC ROOF PANELS CLASS OF MAXIMUM AREA OF MAXIMUM AGGREGATE PLASTIC INDIVIDUAL ROOF PANELS AREA OF ROOF PANELS (square feet) (percent of Floor area) CCI 300 30 CC2 100 25 For SI 1 square foot= 0 0929 m' SECTION 2610 LIGHT -TRANSMITTING PLASTIC SKYLIGHT GLAZING 2610.1 Light -transmitting plastic glazing of skylight assemblies. Skylight assemblies glazed with light -transmit- ting plastic shall conform to the provisions of this section and Section 2606 Unit skylights glazed with light -transmitting plastic shall comply with Section 2405 5 Exception: Skylights in which the light -transmitting plas- tic conforms to the required roof -covering class in accor- dance with Section 1505 2610.2 Mounting. The light -transmitting plastic shall be mounted above the plane of the roof on a curb constructed in accordance with the requirements for the type of construction classification, but not less than 4 inches (102 mm) above the plane of the roof Edges of the light -transmitting plastic sky- lights or domes shall be protected by metal or other approved noncombustible material, or the light transmitting plastic dome or skylight shall be shown to be able to resist ignition where exposed at the edge to a flame from a Class B brand as described in ASTM E108 or UL 790 The Class B brand test shall be conducted on a skylight that is elevated to a height as specified in the manufacturer's installation instructions, but not less than 4 inches (102 mm) Exceptions: 1 Curbs shall not be required for skylights used on roofs having a minimum slope of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-percent slope) in occupan- cies in Group R-3 and on buildings with a nonclassi- fied roof covering 2 The metal or noncombustible edge material is not required where nonclassified roof coverings are per- mitted 2610.3 Slope. Flat or corrugated light -transmitting plastic skylights shall slope not less than four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4 12) Dome -shaped skylights shall rise above the mounting flange a mimmum distance equal to 10 percent of the maximum width of the dome but not less than 3 inches (76 mm) Exception: Skylights that pass the Class B Burning Brand Test specified in ASTM El08 or UL 790 2610.4 Maximum area of skylights. Each skylight shall have a maximum area within the curb of 100 square feet (9 3 m') Exception: The area limitation shall not apply where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprin- kler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or the building is equipped with smoke and heat vents in accor- dance with Section 910 2610.5 Aggregate area of skylights. The aggregate area of skylights shall not exceed 33'/ percent of the floor area of the room or space sheltered by the roof in which such skylights are installed where Class CCl materials are utilized, and 25 percent where Class CC2 materials are utilized Exception: The aggregate area limitations of light -trans- mitting plastic skylights shall be increased 100 percent beyond the limitations set forth in this section where the 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 579 I I1 I CopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER PLASTIC building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprin- kler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or the building is equipped with smoke and heat vents in accor- dance with Section 910 2610.6 Separation. Skylights shall be separated from each other by a distance of not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) mea- sured in a horizontal plane Exceptions: 1 Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903311 2 In Group R-3, multiple skylights located above the same room or space with a combined area not exceeding the limits set forth in Section 2610 4 2610.7 Location. Where exterior wall openings are required to be protected in accordance with Section 705, a skylight shall not be installed within 6 feet (1829 mm) of such exterior wall 2610.8 Combinations of roof panels and skylights. Combi- nations of light -transmitting plastic roof panels and skylights shall be subject to the area and percentage limitations and separation requirements applicable to roof panel installations SECTION 2611 LIGHT -TRANSMITTING PLASTIC INTERIOR SIGNS 2611.1 General. Light -transmitting plastic interior signs shall be limited as specified in Sections 2606 and 2611 2 through 2611 4 Exception: Light -transmitting plastic interior wall signs in covered and open mall builckngs shall comply with Sec- tion 402 6 4 2611.2 Maximum area. The aggregate area of all light -trans- mitting plastics shall not exceed 24 square feet (2 23 m') Exception: In bwldmgs equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, the aggregate area of light -transmitting plastics shall not exceed 100 square feet (9 29 m), provided that all plastics are Class CCl in accordance with Section 26064 2611.3 Separation. Signs exceeding the aggregate area of Section 2611 2 shall be separated from each other by not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) horizontally and 8 feet (2438 mm) ver- tically 2611.4 Encasement. Backs of wall -mounted signs and non - illuminated portions of all signs regulated by this section shall be fully encased in metal SECTION 2612 PLASTIC COMPOSITES 2612.1 General. Plastic composites shall consist of either wood/plastic composites or plastic lumber Plastic compos- ites shall comply with the provisions of this code and with the additional requirements of Section 2612 2612.2 Labeling. Plastic composite deck boards and stair treads, or their packaging, shall bear a label that indicates compliance with ASTM D7032 and includes the allowable load and maximum allowable span determined in accordance with ASTM D7032 Plastic composite handrails and guards, or their packaging, shall bear a label that indicates compli- ance with ASTM D7032 and includes the maximum allow- able span determined in accordance with ASTM D7032 F 2612.3 Flame spread index. Plastic composite deck boards, stair treads, handrails and guards shall exhibit a flame spread index not exceeding 200 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 with the test specimen remaining in place during the test Exception: Materials determined to be noncombustible in accordance with Section 703 5 2612.4 Termite and decay resistance. Where required by Section 2304 12, plastic composite deck boards, stair treads, handrails and guards containing wood, cellulosic or any other biodegradable materials shall be termite and decay resistant as determined in accordance with ASTM D7032 2612.5 Construction requirements. Plastic composites meeting the requirements of Section 2612 shall be permitted to be used as exterior deck boards, stair treads, handrails and guards where combustible construction is permitted 2612.5.1 Span rating. Plastic composites used as exterior deck boards shall have a span rating determined in accor- dance with ASTM D7032 2612.6 Plastic composite deck boards, stair treads, hand- rails and guards. Plastic composite deck boards, stair treads, handrails and guards shall be installed in accordance with this code and the manufacturer's instructions SECTION 2613 FIBER -REINFORCED POLYMER 2613.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern the requirements and uses of fiber -reinforced polymer in and on buildings and structures 2613.2 Labeling and identification. Packages and contain- ers of fiber -reinforced polymer and their components deliv- ered to the job site shall bear the label of an approved agency showing the manufacturer's name, product listing, product identification and information sufficient to determine that the end use will comply with the code requirements 2613.3 Interior finishes. Fiber -reinforced polymer used as interior finishes, decorative materials or trim shall comply with Chapter 8 2613.3.1 Foam plastic cores. Fiber -reinforced polymer used as interior finish and that contains foam plastic cores shall comply with Chapter 8 and this chapter 2613.4 Light -transmitting materials. Fiber -reinforced polymer used as light -transmitting materials shall comply with Sections 2606 through 2611 as required for the specific application 2613.5 Exterior use. Fiber -reinforced polymer shall be per- mitted to be installed on the exterior walls of buildings of any 580 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv odim).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) Lummtto S I (firiTER I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER PLASTIC type of construction where such polymers meet the require- ments of Section 2603 5 FJreblockmg shall be installed in accordance with Section 718 Exceptions: 1 Compliance with Section 2603 5 is not required where all of the following conditions are met 11 The fiber -reinforced polymer shall not exceed an aggregate total of 20 percent of the area of the specific wall to which it is attached, and single architectural elements shall not exceed 10 percent of the area of the specific wall to which it is attached, and no contiguous sets of architectural elements shall not exceed 10 percent of the area of the specific wall to which they are attached 1 2 The fiber -reinforced polymer shall have a flame spread index of 25 or less The flame spread index requirement shall not be required for coatings or paints having a thickness of less than 0 036 inch (0 9 mm) that are applied directly to the surface of the fiber -reinforced polymer. 13 Fireblocking complying with Section 718 2 6 shall be installed 14 The fiber -reinforced polymer shall be installed directly to a noncombustible sub- strate or be separated from the exterior wall by one of the following materials corrosion - resistant steel having a mmimum base metal thickness of 0 016 inch (0 41 mm) at any point, aluminum having a mmimum thick- ness of 0 019 inch (0 5 mm) or other approved noncombustible material 2 Compliance with Section 2603 5 is not required where the fiber -reinforced polymer is installed on buildings that are 40 feet (12 190 mm) or less above grade and the following conditions are met 21 The fiber -reinforced polymer shall meet the requirements of Section 1405 1 22 Where the fire separation distance is 5 feet (1524 mm) or less, the area of the fiber -rein- forced polymer shall not exceed 10 percent of the wall area Where the fire separation distance is greater than 5 feet (1524 mm), the area of the exterior wall coverage using fiber -reinforced polymer shall not be lim- ited 23 The fiber -reinforced polymer shall have a flame spread index of 200 or less The flame spread index requirements do not apply to coatings or paints having a thickness of less than 0 036 inch (0 9 mm) that are applied directly to the surface of the fiber -reinforced polymer. 2 4 Fireblockmg complying with Section 718 2 6 shall be installed SECTION 2614 REFLECTIVE PLASTIC CORE INSULATION 2614.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern the requirements and uses of reflective plastic core insulation in buildings and structures Reflective plastic core insulation shall comply with the requirements of Section 2614 and of Section 2614 3 or 2614 4 2614.2 Identification. Packages and containers of reflective plastic core insulation delivered to the job site shall show the manufacturer's or supplier's name, product identification and information sufficient to determine that the end use will com- ply with the code requirements 2614.3 Surface -burning characteristics. Reflective plastic core insulation shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke -developed index of not more than 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 The reflective plastic core insulation shall be tested at the maxi- mum thickness intended for use Test specimen preparation and mounting shall be in accordance with ASTM E2599 2614.4 Room corner test heat release. Reflective plastic core insulation shall comply with the acceptance criteria of Section 803 1 1 1 when tested in accordance with NFPA 286 or UL 1715 in the manner intended for use and at the maxi- mum thickness intended for use 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 581 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 582 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( " I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 27 ELECTRICAL User note: About this chapter. Electrical systems and components are integral to most structures, therefore it As necessary for the code to address their installation and protection. Structures depend on electricity for the operation of many fife safety systems including fire alarm, smoke control and exhaust fire suppression, fire command and communication systems. Since power supply to these systems Is essential, Chapter 27 addresses where standby and emergencypower must he provided. SECTION 2701 GENERAL 2701.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter and NFPA 70 shall govern the design, construction, erection and installa- tion of the electrical components, appliances, equipment and systems used m buildings and structures covered by this code The International Fire Code, the International Property Maintenance Code and NFPA 70 shall govern the use and maintenance of electrical components, appliances, equipment and systems The International Existing Building Code and NFPA 70 shall govern the alteration, repair, relocation, replacement and addition of electrical components, appli- ances, or equipment and systems SECTION 2702 EMERGENCY AND STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS [F] 2702.1 General. Emergency power systems and standby power systems shall comply with Sections 2702 1 1 through 270218 [F] 2702.1.1 Stationary generators. Stationary emer- gency and standby power generators required by this code shall be listed in accordance with UL 2200 [F] 2702.1.2 Fuel -line piping protection. Fuel lines sup- plying a generator set inside a high-rise building shall be separated from areas of the building other than the room the generator is located in by an approved method, or an assembly that has a fire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours Where the building is protected throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, the required fire -resistance rating shall be reduced to 1 hour [F] 2702.1.3 Installation. Emergency power systems and standby power systems required by this code or the Inter- national Fire Code shall be installed in accordance with the International Fire Code, NFPA 70, NFPA 110 and NFPA I I I [F] 2702.1.4 Load transfer. Emergency power systems shall automatically provide secondary power within 10 seconds after primary power is lost, unless specified other- wise in this code Standby power systems shall automati- cally provide secondary power within 60 seconds after primary power is lost, unless specified otherwise in this code [F] 2702.1.5 Load duration. Emergency power systems and standby power systems shall be designed to provide the required power for a mimmum duration of 2 hours without being refueled or recharged, unless specified oth- erwise in this code [F] 2702.1.6 Uninterruptable power source. An unmter- rupted source of power shall be provided for equipment where required by the manufacturer's instructions, the list- ing, this code or applicable referenced standards [F] 2702.1.7 Interchangeability. Emergency power sys- tems shall be an acceptable alternative for installations that require standby power systems [F] 2702.1.8 Group I-2 occupancies. In Group I-2 occu- pancies located in flood hazard areas established in Sec- tion 1612 3, where new essential electrical systems are installed, and where new essential electrical system gener- ators are installed, the systems and generators shall be located and installed in accordance with ASCE 24 Where connections for hookup of temporary generators are pro- vided, the connections shall be located at or above the ele- vation required in ASCE 24 [F] 2702.2 Where required. Emergency and standby power systems shall be provided where required by Sections 2702 2 1 through 2702 2 18 [F] 2702.2.1 Ambulatory care facilities. Essential elec- trical systems for ambulatory care facilities shall comply with Section 422 6 [F] 2702.2.2 Elevators and platform lifts. Standby power shall be provided for elevators and platform lifts as required in Sections 1009 4 1, 1009 5, 3003 1, 3007 8 and 3008 8 [F] 2702.2.3 Emergency responder radio coverage sys- tems. Standby power shall be provided for emergency responder radio coverage systems required in Section 918 and the International Fire Code The standby power sup- ply shall be capable of operating the emergency responder radio coverage system for a duration of not less than 12 hours at 100-percent system operation capacity [F] 2702.2.4 Emergency voice/alarm communication systems. Emergency power shall be provided for emer- gency voice/alarm communication systems as required in Section 907 5 2 2 5 The system shall be capable of pow- ermg the required load for a duration of not less than 24 hours, as required in NFPA 72 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 583 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfnmda od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ELECTRICAL [E] 2702.2.5 Exhaust systems. Standby power shall be provided for common exhaust systems for domestic kitch- ens located in multistory structures as required in Section 505 5 of the International Mechanical Code. Standby power shall be provided for common exhaust systems for clothes dryers located in multistory structures as required in Section 504 10 of the International Mechanical Code and Section 614 10 of the International Fuel Gas Code [E] 2702.2.6 Exit signs. Emergency power shall be pro- vided for exit signs as required in Section 1013 6 3 The system shall be capable of powering the required load for a duration of not less than 90 minutes [E] 2702.2.7 Gas detection system. Emergency or standby power shall be provided for gas detection systems in accordance with the International Fire Code [E] 2702.2.8 Group I-2 occupancies. Essential electrical systems for Group I-2 occupancies shall be in accordance with Section 407 11 [E] 2702.2.9 Group I-3 occupancies. Emergency power shall be provided for power -operated doors and locks in Group I-3 occupancies as required in Section 408 4 2 [E] 2702.2.10 Hazardous materials. Emergency or standby power shall be provided in occupancies with haz- ardous materials where required by the International Fire Code [E] 2702.2.11 High-rise buildings. Emergency and standby power shall be provided in high-rise buildings as required in Section 403 4 8 [E] 2702.2.12 Laboratory suites. Standby or emergency power shall be provided in accordance with Section 5004 7 of the International Fire Code where laboratory suites are located above the sixth story above grade plane or located in a story below grade plane [E] 2702.2.13 Means of egress illumination. Emergency power shall be provided for means of egress illumination as required in Section 1008 3 The system shall be capable of powering the required load for a duration of not less than 90 minutes [E] 2702.2.14 Membrane structures. Standby power shall be provided for auxiliary inflation systems in perma- nent membrane structures as required in Section 3102 8 2 Standby power shall be provided for a duration of not less than 4 hours Auxiliary inflation systems in temporary air - supported and air -inflated membrane structures shall be provided in accordance with Section 3103 10 4 of the International Fire Code. [E] 2702.2.15 Semiconductor fabrication facilities. Emergency power shall be provided for semiconductor fabrication facilities as required in Section 415 11 10 [E] 2702.2.16 Smoke control systems. Standby power shall be provided for smoke control systems as required in Sections 404 7, 909 11, 909 20 6 2 and 909 215 [E] 2702.2.17 Special purpose horizontal sliding, accor- dion or folding doors. Standby power shall be provided for special purpose horizontal sliding, accordion or folding doors as required in Section 1010 1 4 3 The standby power supply shall have a capacity to operate not fewer than 50 closing cycles of the door [E] 2702.2.18 Underground buildings. Emergency and standby power shall be provided in underground buildings as required in Section 405 [E] 2702.3 Critical circuits. Required critical circuits shall be protected using one of the following methods 1 Cables, used for survivability of required critical cir- cuits, that are listed in accordance with UL 2196 and have a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour 2 Electrical circuit protective systems having a fire -resis- tance rating of not less than 1 hour Electrical circuit protective systems are installed in accordance with their listing requirements 3 Construction having a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour [E] 2702.4 Maintenance. Emergency and standby power systems shall be maintained and tested in accordance with the International Fire Code 584 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 28 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS User note: About this chapter., Mechanical systems are a key element ofanybudding, Chapter 28 regulates such systems by linking to the International Mechanical Code' and International Fuel Gas Code', where details of mechanical system requirements are provided. SECTION 2801 GENERAL [MJ 2801.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter, the Inter- national Mechanical Code and the International Fuel Gas Code shall govern the design, construction, erection and installation of mechanical appliances, equipment and systems used in buildings and structures covered by this code Masonry chimneys, fireplaces and barbecues shall comply with the International Mechanical Code and Chapter 21 of this code The International Fire Code, the International Property Maintenance Code, the International Mechanical Code and the International Fuel Gas Code shall govern the use and maintenance of mechanical components, appliances, equipment and systems The International Existing Building Code, the International Mechanical Code and the Interna- tional Fuel Gas Code shall govern the alteration, repair, relo- cation, replacement and addition of mechanical components, appliances, equipment and systems 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 585 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 586 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 29 PLUMBING SYSTEMS User note: About this chapter., Plumbing systems are another key element ofanybudding, Chapter 29 provides the necessarynumber ofplumbing fix- tures, including water closets, lavatories, bathtubs and showers, The quality and design of each fixture must be in accordance with the Inter- national Plumbing Code'. SECTION 2901 GENERAL [P] 2901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter and the International Plumbing Code shall govern the design, con- struction, erection and installation of plumbing components, appliances, equipment and systems used in buildings and structures covered by this code Toilet and bathing rooms shall be constructed in accordance with Section 1209 Private sewage disposal systems shall conform to the International Private Sewage Disposal Code The International Fire Code, the International Properly Maintenance Code and the Inter- national Plumbing Code shall govern the use and mainte- nance of plumbing components, appliances, equipment and systems The International Existing Building Code and the International Plumbing Code shall govern the alteration, repair, relocation, replacement and addition of plumbing components, appliances, equipment and systems SECTION 2902 MINIMUM PLUMBING FACILITIES [P] 2902.1 Minimum number of fixtures. Plumbing fixtures shall be provided in the mmimum number as shown in Table 2902 1 based on the actual use of the building or space Uses not shown in Table 2902 1 shall be considered individually by the code official The number of occupants shall be deter- mined by this code [P] 2902.1.1 Fixture calculations. To determine the occu- pant load of each sex, the total occupant load shall be divided in half To determine the required number of fix- tures, the fixture ratio or ratios for each fixture type shall be applied to the occupant load of each sex in accordance with Table 29021 Fractional numbers resulting from applying the fixture ratios of Table 29021 shall be rounded up to the next whole number For calculations involving multiple occupancies, such fractional numbers for each occupancy shall first be summed and then rounded up to the next whole number Exception: The total occupant load shall not be required to be divided in half where approved statistical data indicate a distribution of the sexes of other than 50 percent of each sex [P] 2902.1.2 Single -user toilet facility and bathing room fixtures. The plumbing fixtures located in single -user toi- let facilities and bathing rooms, including family or assisted -use toilet and bathing rooms that are required by Section 1109 2, shall contribute toward the total number of [PI TABLE 2902.1 MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED PLUMBING FIXTURES' (See Sections 2902.1.1 and 2902.2) WATER CLOSETS DRINKING (URINALS SEE SECTION FOUNTAINS 424.2 OF THE LAVATORIES BATHTUBS/ (SEE SECTION No. CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION INTERNATIONAL SHOWERS 410 OF THE OTHER PLUNISING CODE) INTERNATIONAL PLUNISING Male Female Male Female CODE) Theaters and other buildings for the per- 1 per 125 1 per 65 1 per 200 1 per 500 1 service forming arts and motion sink pictures° Nightclubs, bars, tav- ems, dance halls and 1 per 40 1 per 40 1 per 75 1 per 500 1 service buildings for similar sink purposes° 1 Assembly Restaurants, banquet 1 service halls and food courtsd 1 per 75 1 per 75 1 per 200 1 per 500 sink 1 per 100 for 1 per 50 for the first 400 the first 400 1 per 250 for the first and 1 per 250 and 1 per l50 750 and 1 per 500 1 service Casino gaming areas for the for the remainder for the remainder 1 per 1,000 sink remainder remainder exceeding 750 exceeding exceeding 400 400 (continued) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 587 I I [ I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER PLUMBING SYSTEMS [P] TABLE 2902.1—(continued) MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED PLUMBING FIXTURES' (See Sections 2902.1.1 and 2902.2) WATER CLOSETS DRINKING (URINALS SEE SECTION FOUNTAINS 424.2 OF THE LAVATORIES BATHTUBS/ (SEE SECTION No. CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION INTERNATIONAL SHOWERS 410 OF THE OTHER PLUMBING CODE) INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING Male Female Male Female CODE) Auditoriums without per- manent seating, art galler- ies, exlubition halls, 1 per 125 1 per 65 1 per 200 1 per 500 1 service museums, lecture halls, sink libraries, arcades and gymnasiums° Passenger terminals and transportation facilities 1 per 500 1 per 500 1 per 750 1 per 1,000 1 service sink Places of worslup and other religious services° 1 per 150 1 per 75 1 per 200 1 per 1,000 1 service smk 1 per 75 for 1 per 40 for 1 Assembly Coliseums, arenas, skat- the first the first ing miles, pools and tennis 1,500 and 1 1,520 and 1 1 per 1 per 1 service courts for indoors sporting Per 120 for per for 200 150 1 per 1,000 smk events and activities the remain- re the remain- der exceed- der exceed- ing 1,500 ing 1,520 1 per 75 for 1 per 40 for Stadiums, amusement the first the first parks, bleachers and 1,500 and 1 1,520 and 1 1 per 1 per 1 service grandstands for outdoor per 120 for per 60 for 200 150 1 per 1,000 sink sporting events and the remain- the remain- activitiesi der exceed- der exceed- ing 1,500 ing 1,520 Buildings for the transac- tion of business, profes- sional services, other 1 per 25 for the first 50 1 per 40 for the Business services involving mer- and 1 per 50 for the first 80 and 1 per 1 per 100 1 service chand2 office buildings, reminder exceeding 50 80 for the remain- sink' banks, light banks, fight industrial, der exceeding 80 ambulatory care and sirui- lar uses 3 Educational Educational 1 per 50 1 per 50 1 per 100 1 service facilities smk Structures in which occu- Factory and pants are engaged in work 1 service 4 industrial fabricating, assembly or 1 per 100 1 per 100 1 per 400 sink o processing f products or materials Custodial care facilities 1 per 10 1 per 10 1 per 8 1 per 100 1 service sink Medical care recipients in 1 service hospitals and nursing 1 per room' 1 per room' 1 per 15 1 per 100 smk homes' 5 Institutional Employees in hospitals and nursing homes 1 per 25 1 per 35 1 per 100 Visitors in hospitals and 1 per 75 1 per 100 1 per 500 nursing homes Pnsonsh 1 per cell 1 per cell 1 per 15 1 per 100 1 service smk (continued) 588 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill [ [ UER CITy IEhtOoz0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc 01JM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED R9PROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP TH9 P9D9RAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND TH9 LIC9NS9AGR99M ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHER9UNDE11 PLUMBING SYSTEMS [P] TABLE 2902.1continued MINIMUM NUMBER OF REQUIRED PLUMBING FIXTURES' (See Sections 2902.1.1 and 2902.2) WATER CLOSETS DRINKING (URINALS SEE SECTION 424.2 OF THE LAVATORIES BATHTUBS FOUNTAINS (SEE SESE SECTION 410 No. CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION INTERNATIONAL OR THE OTHER PLUMBING CODE) SHOWERS INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE) Male Female Male Female Reformatones, deten- tion centers and correc- 1 per 15 1 per 15 1 per 15 1 per 100 1 service sink tnonal centers' 5 Instntutiortal Employees in reformito- nes, detention centers 1 per 25 1 per 35 1 per 100 and correctional centers° Adult day care and cluld 1 per 15 1 per 15 1 1 per 100 1 service sink day care Retail stores, service sta- 6 Mercantile lions, shops, sales- 1 per 500 1 per 750 1 per 1,000 1 service sink' rooms, markets and shopping centers Hotels, motels, boarding 1 per sleeping unit 1 per sleeping 1 per sleeping 1 service sink houses (transient) unit unit Dormitories, fraterm- ties, sorontnes and 1 per 10 1 per 10 1 per 8 1 per 100 1 service sink boarding houses (not transient) 1 latchen sink 1 per per dwelling Apartment house 1 per dwelling unit 1 per dwelling dwelling unit, 1 automatic 7 Residential unit unit clothes washer connection per 20 dwelling units 1 latchen sink One- and two-family 1 per per dwelling dwellings and lodging 1 per dwelling unit 1 per 10 dwlling unit, 1 automatic houses with five or unit clothes washer fewer guestrooms connection per dwelling unit Congregate living facili- ties with 16 or fewer per- 1 per 10 1 per 10 1 per 8 1 per 100 1 service sink sons Structures for the storage of goods, warehouses, 8 Storage storehouses and freight 1 per 100 1 per 100 1 per 1,000 1 service sink depots, low and moder- ate hazard a The fixtures shown are based on one fixture being the minimum required for the number of persons indicated or any fraction of the number of persons indicated The number of occupants shall be determined by this code b Toilet facilities for employees shall be separate from facilities for inmates or care recipients c A single -occupant toilet room with one water closet and one lavatory serving not more than two adjacent patient sleeping units shall be permitted, provided that each patient sleeping unit has direct access to the toilet room and provisions for privacy for the toilet room user are provided d The occupant load for seasonal outdoor seating and entertainment areas shall be included when detertnining the minimum number of facilities required e For business and mercantile classifications with an occupant load of 15 or fewer, a service sink shall not be required f The required number and type of plumbing fixtures for outdoor swimming pools shall be in accordance with Section 609 of the International Swimming Pool and Spa Code 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 589 I [ [ [ CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER PLUMBING SYSTEMS required plumbing fixtures for a building or tenant space Single -user toilet facilities and bathing rooms, and family or assisted -use toilet rooms and bathing rooms shall be identified for use by either sex [P] 2902.1.3 Lavatory distribution. Where two or more toilet rooms are provided for each sex, the required num- ber of lavatories shall be distributed proportionately to the required number of water closets [P] 2902.2 Separate facilities. Where plumbing fixtures are required, separate facilities shall be provided for each sex Exceptions: 1 Separate facilities shall not be required for dwelling units and sleeping units 2 Separate facilities shall not be required in structures or tenant spaces with a total occupant load, includ- ing both employees and customers, of 15 or fewer 3 Separate facilities shall not be required in mercantile occupancies in which the maximum occupant load is 100 or fewer 4 Separate facilities shall not be required in business occupancies in which the maximum occupant load is 25 or fewer [P] 2902.2.1 Family or assisted -use toilet facilities serv- ing as separate facilities. Where a building or tenant space requires a separate toilet facility for each sex and each toilet facility is required to have only one water closet, two family or assisted -use toilet facilities shall be permitted to serve as the required separate facilities Fam- ily or assisted -use toilet facilities shall not be required to be identified for exclusive use by either sex as required by Section 2902 4 [P] 2902.3 Employee and public toilet facilities. For struc- tures and tenant spaces intended for public utilization, cus- tomers, patrons and visitors shall be provided with public toilet facilities Employees associated with structures and tenant spaces shall be provided with toilet facilities The number of plumbing fixtures located within the required toi- let facilities shall be provided in accordance with Section 2902 for all users Employee toilet facilities shall be either separate or combined employee and public toilet facilities Exception: Public toilet facilities shall not be required for 1 Parking garages where operated without parking attendants 2 Structures and tenant spaces intended for quick transactions, including takeout, pickup and drop-off, having a public access area less than or equal to 300 square feet (28 m) [P] 2902.3.1 Access. The route to the public toilet facili- ties required by Section 2902 3 shall not pass through kitchens, storage rooms or closets Access to the required facilities shall be from within the building or from the exterior of the building Routes shall comply with the accessibility requirements of this code The public shall have access to the required toilet facilities at all times that the bwldmg is occupied [P] 2902.3.2 Prohibited toilet room location. Toilet rooms shall not open directly into a room used for the preparation of food for service to the public [P] 2902.3.3 Location of toilet facilities in occupancies other than malls. In occupancies other than covered and open mall buildings, the required public and employee toi- let facilities shall be located not more than one story above or below the space required to be provided with toilet facilities, and the path of travel to such facilities shall not exceed a distance of 500 feet (152 m) Exception: The location and maximum distances of travel to required employee facilities in factory and industrial occupancies are permitted to exceed that required by this section, provided that the location and maximum distance of travel are approved [P] 2902.3.4 Location of toilet facilities in malls. In cov- ered and open mall buildings, the required public and employee toilet facilities shall be located not more than one story above or below the space required to be provided with toilet facilities, and the path of travel to such facilities shall not exceed a distance of 300 feet (91 mm) In mall buildings, the required facilities shall be based on total square footage (m') within a covered mall building or within the perimeter line of an open mall building, and facilities shall be installed in each individual store or in a central toilet area located in accordance with this section The maximum distance of travel to central toilet facilities in mall buildings shall be measured from the main entrance of any store or tenant space In mall buildings, where employees' toilet facilities are not provided in the individual store, the maximum distance of travel shall be measured from the employees' work area of the store or tenantspace [P] 2902.3.5 Pay facilities. Where pay facilities are installed, such facilities shall be in excess of the required minimum facilities Required facilities shall be free of charge [P] 2902.3.6 Door locking. Where a toilet room is provided for the use of multiple occupants, the egress door for the room shall not be lockable from the inside of the room This section does not apply to family or assisted -use toilet rooms [P] 2902.4 Signage. Required public facilities shall be pro- vided with signs that designate the sex as required by Section 2902 2 Signs shall be readily visible and located near the entrance to each toilet facility Signs for accessible toilet facilities shall comply with Section I I I I [P] 2902.4.1 Directional signage. Directional Signage indicating the route to the required public toilet facilities shall be posted in a lobby, corridor, aisle or similar space, such that the sign can be readily seen from the main entrance to the building or tenant space [P] 2902.5 Drinking fountain location. Drinking fountains shall not be required to be located in individual tenant spaces provided that public drinking fountains are located within a distance of travel of 500 feet (152 m) of the most remote location in the tenant space and not more than one story above or below the tenant space Where the tenant space is in a covered or open mall, such distance shall not exceed 300 feet (91 440 mm) Drinking fountains shall be located on an accessible route [P] 2902.6 Small occupancies. Drinking fountains shall not be required for an occupant load of 15 or fewer 590 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( fiTER I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 30 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS User note: About this chapter., Chapter 30 contains the provisions that regulate vertical and horizontal transportation and material -handling systems installed in buildings. This chapter also provides several elements that protect occupants and assist emergency responders during fires. SECTION 3001 GENERAL 3001.1 Scope. This chapter governs the design, construction, installation, alteration and repair of elevators and conveying systems and their components 3001.2 Emergency elevator communication systems for the deaf, hard of hearing and speech impaired. An emer- gency two-way communication system shall be provided that 1 Is a visual and text -based and a video -based 24/7 live interactive system 2 Is fully accessible by the deaf, hard of hearing and speech impaired, and shall include voice -only options for hearing individuals 3 Has the ability to communicate with emergency per- sonnel utilizing existing video conferencmg technol- ogy, chat/text software or other approved technology 3001.3 Referenced standards. Except as otherwise pro- vided for in this code, the design, construction, installation, alteration, repair and maintenance of elevators and convey- ing systems and their components shall conform to the applicable standard specified in Table 3001 3 and ASCE 24 for construction in flood hazard areas established in Section 16123 3001.4 Accessibility. Passenger elevators required to be accessible or to serve as part of an accessible means of egress shall comply with Sections 1009 and 1109 7 3001.5 Change in use. A change in use of an elevator from freight to passenger, passenger to freight, or from one freight class to another freight class shall comply with Section 8 7 of ASN E Al 1/CSA B44 TABLE 3001.3 ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS TYPE STANDARD Automotive lifts ALI ALCT V Belt manlifts ASME A90 I Conveyors and related equipment ASME B20 1 Elevators, escalators, dumbwaiters, moving walks, material lifts ASME At 1/CSA B44, ASME A17 7/CSA B447 Industrial scissor lifts ANSI MH29 1 Platform lifts, stairway chairlifts, wheelchair lifts ASME A18 1 SECTION 3002 HOISTWAY ENCLOSURES 3002.1 Hoistway enclosure protection. Elevator, dumb- waiter and other hoistway enclosures shall be shaft enclo- sures complying with Sections 712 and 713 3002.1.1 Opening protectives. Openings in hoistway enclosures shall be protected as required in Chapter 7 Exception: The elevator car doors and the associated hoistway enclosure doors at the floor level designated for recall in accordance with Section 3003 2 shall be permitted to remain open during Phase I Emergency Recall Operation 3002.1.2 Hardware. Hardware on opening protectives shall be of an approved type installed as tested, except that approved interlocks, mechanical locks and electric con- tacts, door and gate electric contacts and door -operating mechanisms shall be exempt from the fire test require - in ents 3002.2 Number of elevator cars in a hoistway. Where four or more elevator cars serve all or the same portion of a build- ing, the elevators shall be located in not fewer than two sepa- rate hoistways Not more than four elevator cars shall be located in any single hoistway enclosure 3002.3 Emergency signs. An approved pictorial sign of a standardized design shall be posted adjacent to each elevator call station on all floors instructing occupants to use the exit stairways and not to use the elevators in case of fire The sign shall read IN CASE OF FIRE, ELEVATORS ARE OUT OF SERVICE USE EXIT STAIRS Exceptions: 1 The emergency sign shall not be required for eleva- tors that are part of an accessible means of egress complying with Section 1009 4 2 The emergency sign shall not be required for eleva- tors that are used for occupant self -evacuation in accordance with Section 3008 3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate ambulance stretcher. Where elevators are provided in buildings four or more stones above, or four or more stones below, grade plane, not fewer than one elevator shall be provided for fire department emergency access to all floors The elevator car shall be of such a size and arrangement to accommodate an ambulance stretcher 24 inches by 84 inches (610 mm by 2134 mm) with not less than 5-mch (127 mm) radius comers, in the horizontal, open position and shall be identified by the 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 591 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm, rhv dmsNfn dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS international symbol for emergency medical services (star of life) The symbol shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm) in height and shall be placed inside on both sides of the hoist - way door frame 3002.5 Emergency doors. Where an elevator is installed in a single blind hoistway or on the outside of a building, there shall be installed in the blind portion of the hoistway or blank face of the building, an emergency door in accordance with ASME A17 1/CSA B44 3002.6 Prohibited doors. Doors, other than hoistway doors and the elevator car door, shall be prolubited at the point of access to an elevator car unless such doors are readily open - able from the car side without a key, tool, special knowledge or effort 3002.7 Common enclosure with stairway. Elevators shall not be in a common shaft enclosure with a stairway Exception: Elevators within open parking garages need not be separated from stairway enclosures 3002.8 Glass in elevator enclosures. Glass in elevator enclo- sures shall comply with Section 2409 2 3002.9 Plumbing and mechanical systems. Plumbing and mechanical systems shall not be located in an elevator hoist - way enclosure Exception: Floor drains, sumps and sump pumps shall be permitted at the base of the hoistway enclosure provided that they are indirectly connected to the plumbing system SECTION 3003 EMERGENCY OPERATIONS [F] 3003.1 Standby power. In buildings and structures where standby power is required or furnished to operate an elevator, the operation shall be in accordance with Sections 3003 1 1 through 3003 1 4 [F] 3003.1.1 Manual transfer. Standby power shall be manually transferable to all elevators in each bank [F] 3003.1.2 One elevator. Where only one elevator is installed, the elevator shall automatically transfer to standby power within 60 seconds after failure of normal power [F] 3003.1.3 Two or more elevators. Where two or more elevators are controlled by a common operating system, all elevators shall automatically transfer to standby power within 60 seconds after failure of normal power where the standby power source is of sufficient capacity to operate all elevators at the same time Where the standby power source is not of sufficient capacity to operate all elevators at the same time, all elevators shall transfer to standby power in sequence, return to the designated landing and disconnect from the standby power source After all eleva- tors have been returned to the designated level, not less than one elevator shall remain operable from the standby power source [F] 3003.1.4 Venting. Where standby power is connected to elevators, the machine room ventilation or air condi- tioning shall be connected to the standby power source [F] 3003.2 Fire fighters' emergency operation. Elevators shall be provided with Phase I emergency recall operation and Phase II emergency m-car operation in accordance with ASME All 1/CSA B44 [F] 3003.3 Standardized fire service elevator keys. All ele- vators shall be equipped to operate with a standardized fire service elevator key in accordance with the International Fire Code SECTION 3004 CONVEYING SYSTEMS 3004.1 General. Escalators, moving walks, conveyors, per- sonnel hoists and material hoists shall comply with the provi- sions of Sections 3004 2 through 3004 4 3004.2 Escalators and moving walks. Escalators and mov- ing walks shall be constructed of approved noncombustible and fire -retardant materials This requirement shall not apply to electrical equipment, wiring, wheels, handrails and the use of/2,- inch (0 9 mm) wood veneers on balustrades backed up with noncombustible materials 3004.2.1 Enclosure. Escalator floor openings shall be enclosed with shaft enclosures complying with Section 713 3004.2.2 Escalators. Where provided in below -grade transportation stations, escalators shall have a clear width of not less than 32 inches (815 mm) 3004.3 Conveyors. Conveyors and conveying systems shall comply with ASME B20 1 3004.3.1 Enclosure. Conveyors and related equipment connecting successive floors or levels shall be enclosed with shaft enclosures complying with Section 713 3004.3.2 Conveyor safeties. Power -operated conveyors, belts and other material -moving devices shall be equipped with automatic limit switches that will shut off the power in an emergency and automatically stop all operation of the device 3004.4 Personnel and material hoists. Personnel and mate- rial hoists shall be designed utilizing an approved method that accounts for the conditions imposed during the intended operation of the hoist device The design shall include, but is not limited to, anticipated loads, structural stability, impact, vibration, stresses and seismic restraint The design shall account for the construction, installation, operation and inspection of the hoist tower, car, machinery and control equipment, guide members and hoisting mechanism Addi- tionally, the design of personnel hoists shall include provi- sions for field testing and maintenance that will demonstrate that the hoist device functions in accordance with the design Field tests shall be conducted upon the completion of an installation or following a major alteration of a personnel hoist 4m 592 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) tto S I (firiTER I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS SECTION 3005 MACHINE ROOMS 3005.1 Access. An approved means of access shall be pro- vided to elevator machine rooms, control rooms, control spaces and machinery spaces 3005.2 Venting. Elevator machine rooms, machinery spaces that contain the driving machine, and control rooms or spaces that contain the operation or motion controller for elevator operation shall be provided with an independent ventilation or air-conditioning system to protect against the overheating of the electrical equipment The system shall be capable of maintaining temperatures within the range established for the elevator equipment 3005.3 Pressurization. The elevator machine room, control rooms or control space with openings into a pressurized ele- vator hoistway shall be pressurized upon activation of a heat or smoke detector located in the elevator machine room, con- trol room or control space 3005.4 Machine rooms, control rooms, machinery spaces, and control spaces. Elevator machine rooms, control rooms, control spaces and machinery spaces outside of but attached to a hoistway that have openings into the hoistway shall be enclosed with fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies constructed in accor- dance with Section 711, or both Thefire-resistancerating shall be not less than the required rating of the hoistway enclosure served by the machinery Openings in the fire bar- ners shall be protected with assemblies having a fire protec- tion rating not less than that required for the hoistway enclosure doors Exceptions: 1 For other than fire service access elevators and occupant evacuation elevators, where machine rooms, machinery spaces, control rooms and control spaces do not abut and do not have openings to the hoistway enclosure they serve, the fire barriers con- structed in accordance with Section 707 or horizon- tal assemblies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both, shall be permitted to be reduced to a 1-hourfire-resistance rating 2 For other than fire service access elevators and occupant evacuation elevators, in bwldmgs four sto- nes or less above grade plane where machine room, machinery spaces, control rooms and control spaces do not abut and do not have openings to the hoist - way enclosure they serve, the machine room, machinery spaces, control rooms and control spaces are not required to be fire -resistance rated 3005.5 Shunt trip. Where elevator hoistways, elevator machine rooms, control rooms and control spaces containing elevator control equipment are protected with automatic sprinklers, a means installed in accordance with Section 21 4 of NFPA 72 shall be provided to automatically disconnect the main line power supply to the affected elevator prior to the application of water This means shall not be self -resetting The activation of automatic sprinklers outside the hoistway, machine room, machinery space, control room or control space shall not disconnect the main line power supply 3005.6 Plumbing systems. Plumbing systems shall not be located in elevator equipment rooms SECTION 3006 ELEVATOR LOBBIES AND HOISTWAY OPENING PROTECTION 3006.1 General. Elevator hoistway openings and enclosed elevator lobbies shall be provided in accordance with the fol- lowing 1 Where hoistway opening protection is required by Sec- tion 3006 2, such protection shall be in accordance with Section 3006 3 2 Where enclosed elevator lobbies are required for under- ground buildings, such lobbies shall comply with Sec- tion 405 4 3 3 Where an area of refuge is required and an enclosed elevator lobby is provided to serve as an area of refuge, the enclosed elevator lobby shall comply with Section 10096 4 Where fire service access elevators are provided, enclosed elevator lobbies shall comply with Section 30076 5 Where occupant evacuation elevators are provided, enclosed elevator lobbies shall comply with Section 30086 3006.2 Hoistway opening protection required. Elevator hoistway door openings shall be protected in accordance with Section 30063 where an elevator hoistway connects more than three stories, is required to be enclosed within a shaft enclosure in accordance with Section 712 1 1 and any of the following conditions apply 1 The bwldmg is not protected throughout with an auto- matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 12 2 The building contains a Group I-1, Condition 2 occu- pancy 3 The building contains a Group I-2 occupancy 4 The building contains a Group I-3 occupancy 5 The building is a high rise and the elevator hoistway is more than 75 feet (22 860 mm) in height The height of the hoistway shall be measured from the lowest floor to the highest floor of the floors served by the hoistway Exceptions: 1 Protection of elevator hoistway door openings is not required where the elevator serves only open park- ing garages in accordance with Section 406 5 2 Protection of elevator hoistway door openings is not required at the level(s) of exit discharge, provided thatthe level(s) of exit discharge is equipped with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec- tion 903 3 1 1 3 Enclosed elevator lobbies and protection of elevator hoistway door openings are not required on levels where the elevator hoistway opens to the exterior 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 593 I I 1 I CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS I 3006.2.1 Rated corridors. Where corridors are required to be fire -resistance rated in accordance with Section 1020 1, elevator hoistway openings shall be protected in accordance with Section 3006 3 3006.3 Hoistway opening protection. Where Section 3006 2 requires protection of the elevator hoistway door opening, the protection shall be provided by one of the following 1 An enclosed elevator lobby shall be provided at each floor to separate the elevator hoistway shaft enclosure doors from each floor by fire partitions in accordance with Section 708 In addition, doors protecting open- ings in the elevator lobby enclosure walls shall comply with Section 716 2 2 1 as required for corridor walls Penetrations of the enclosed elevator lobby by ducts and air transfer openings shall be protected as required for corridors in accordance with Section 717 5 4 1 2 An enclosed elevator lobby shall be provided at each floor to separate the elevator hoistway shaft enclosure doors from each floor by smoke partitions in accor- dance with Section 710 where the building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 or 903 3 1 2 In addition, doors protecting openings in the smoke parti- tions shall comply with Sections 710 5 2 2, 710 5 2 3 and 716 2 6 1 Penetrations of the enclosed elevator lobby by ducts and au transfer openings shall be pro- tected as required for corridors in accordance with Sec- tion 717 5 4 1 3 Additional doors shall be provided at each elevator hoistway door opening in accordance with Section 3002 6 Such door shall comply with the smoke and draft control door assembly requirements in Section 716 2 2 1 1 when tested in accordance with UL 1784 without an artificial bottom seal 4 The elevator hoistway shall be pressurized in accor- dance with Section 909 21 3006.4 Means of egress. Elevator lobbies shall be provided with not less than one means of egress complying with Chap- ter 10 and other provisions in this code Egress through an enclosed elevator lobby shall be permitted in accordance with Item 1 of Section 1016 2 SECTION 3007 FIRE SERVICE ACCESS ELEVATOR 3007.1 General. Where required by Section 403 6 1, every floor above and including the lowest level of fire department vehicle access of the building shall be served by fire service access elevators complying with Sections 30071 through 3007 9 Except as modified in this section, fire service access elevators shall be installed in accordance with this chapter and ASME A17 1/CSA B44 Exception: Elevators that only service an open or enclosed parking garage and the lobby of the building shall not be required to serve as fire service access eleva- tors 3007.2 Automatic sprinkler system. The building shall be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, except as otherwise per- mitted by Section 903 3 1 1 1 and as prohibited by Section 300721 3007.2.1 Prohibited locations. Automatic sprinklers shall not be installed in machine rooms, elevator machinery spaces, control rooms, control spaces and elevator hoist - ways of fire service access elevators 3007.2.2 Sprinkler system monitoring. The sprinkler system shall have a sprinkler control valve supervisory switch and water-flow-mitiating device provided for each floor that is monitored by the building's fire alarm system. 3007.3 Water protection. Water from the operation of an automatic sprinkler system outside the enclosed lobby shall be prevented from infiltrating into the hoistway enclosure in accordance with an approved method 3007.4 Shunt trip. Means for elevator shutdown in accor- dance with Section 3005 5 shall not be installed on elevator systems used for fire service access elevators 3007.5 Hoistway enclosures. The fire service access elevator hoistway shall be located in a shaft enclosure complying with Section 713 3007.5.1 Structural integrity of hoistway enclosures. The fire service access elevator hoistway enclosure shall comply with Sections 403 2 3 1 through 403 2 3 4 3007.5.2 Hoistway lighting. When fire-fighters' emer- gency operation is active, the entire height of the hoistway shall be illuminated at not less than 1 foot-candle (I I lux) as measured from the top of the car of each fire service access elevator 3007.6 Fire service access elevator lobby. The fire service access elevator shall open into an enclosed fire service access elevator lobby in accordance with Sections 3007 6 1 through 3007 6 5 Egress is permitted through the enclosed elevator lobby in accordance with Item 1 of Section 1016 2 Exception: Where a fire service access elevator has two entrances onto a floor, the second entrance shall be permit- ted to be protected in accordance with Section 3006 3 3007.6.1 Access to interior exit stairway or ramp. The enclosed fire service access elevator lobby shall have direct access from the enclosed elevator lobby to an enclo- sure for an interior exit stairway or ramp Exception: Access to an interior exit stairway or ramp shall be permitted to be through a protected path of travel that has a level of fire protection not less than the elevator lobby enclosure The protected path shall be separated from the enclosed elevator lobby through an opening protected by a smoke and draft control assem- bly in accordance Section 716 2 2 1 3007.6.2 Lobby enclosure. The fire service access eleva- tor lobby shall be enclosed with a smoke barrier having a fire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour, except that lobby doorways shall comply with Section 3007 6 3 Exception: Enclosed fire service access elevator lob- bies are not required at the levels of exit discharge 594 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv odam).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( 1 TITIRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS 100817026 3007.6.3 Lobby doorways. Other than doors to the hoist - way, elevator control room or elevator control space, each doorway to an enclosed fire service access elevator lobby shall be provided with a 3/4 hour fire door assembly com- plying with Section 716. The fire door assembly shall comply with the smoke and draft control door assembly requirements of Section 716.2.2.1.1 and be tested in accor- dance with UL 1784 without an artificial bottom seal. 3007.6.4 Lobby size. Regardless of the number of fire ser- vice access elevators served by the same elevator lobby, the enclosed fire service access elevator lobby shall be not less than 150 square feet (14 m') in an area with a dimen- sion of not less than 8 feet (2440 mm). 3007.6.5 Fire service access elevator symbol. A pictorial symbol of a standardized design designating which eleva- tors are fire service access elevators shall be installed on each side of the hoistway door frame on the portion of the frame at right angles to the fire service access elevator lobby. The fire service access elevator symbol shall be designed as shown in Figure 3007.6.5 and shall comply with the following: 1. The fire service access elevator symbol shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm) in height. 2. The helmet shall contrast with the background, with either a light helmet on a dark background or a dark helmet on a light background. 3. The vertical center line of the fire service access ele- vator symbol shall be centered on the hoistway door frame. Each symbol shall be not less than 78 inches (1981 mm), and not more than 84 inches (2134 mm) above the finished floor at the threshold. For SL I inch = 25.4 nun. FIGURE 3007.6.5 FIRE SERVICE ACCESS ELEVATOR SYMBOL 3007.7 Elevator system monitoring. The fire service access elevator shall be continuously monitored at the fire command center by a standard emergency service interface system meeting the requirements of NFPA 72. 3007.8 Electrical power. The following features serving each fire service access elevator shall be supplied by both normal power and Type 60/Class 2/Level 1 standby power: 1. Elevator equipment. 2. Elevator hoistway lighting. 3. Ventilation and cooling equipment for elevator machine rooms, control rooms, machine spaces and control spaces. 4. Elevator car lighting. 3007.8.1 Protection of wiring or cables. Wires or cables that are located outside of the elevator hoistway and machine room and that provide normal or standby power, control signals, communication with the car, lighting, heating, air conditioning, ventilation and fire -detecting systems to fire service access elevators shall be protected using one of the following methods: 1. Cables used for survivability of required critical cir- cuits shall be listed in accordance with UL 2196 and shall have afire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. 2. Electrical circuit protective systems shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. Elec- trical circuit protective systems shall be installed in accordance with their listing requirements. 3. Construction having afire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours. Exception: Wiring and cables to control signals are not required to be protected provided that wiring and cables do not serve Phase II emergency in -car operations. 3007.9 Standpipe hose connection. A Class I standpipe hose connection in accordance with Section 905 shall be provided in the interior exit stairway and ramp having direct access from the enclosed fire service access elevator lobby. 3007.9.1 Access. The exit enclosure containing the stand- pipe shall have access to the floor without passing through the enclosed fire service access elevator lobby. SECTION 3008 OCCUPANT EVACUATION ELEVATORS 3008.1 General. Elevators used for occupant self -evacuation during fires shall comply with Sections 3008.1 through 3008.10. 3008.1.1 Number of occupant evacuation elevators. The number of elevators available for occupant evacuation shall be determined based on an egress analysis that addresses one of the following scenarios: 1. Full -building evacuation where the analysis demon- strates that the number of elevators provided for evacuation results in an evacuation time less than 1 hour. 2. Evacuation of the five consecutive floors with the highest cumulative occupant load where the analysis demonstrates that the number of elevators provided for evacuation results in an evacuation time less than 15 minutes. Not less than one elevator in each bank shall be desig- nated for occupant evacuation. Not less than two shall be provided in each occupant evacuation elevator lobby where more than one elevator opens into the lobby. Sig- nage shall be provided to denote which elevators are avail- able for occupant evacuation. 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE" 595 Copyright G 2017 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by Heather Van Dine (hvandine@firiendswood.com), (City ofFriendswood) Order Number #100817026 on Jan 14, 2020 01:58 PM (PST) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER. ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS 3008.1.2 Additional exit stairway. Where an additional means of egress is required in accordance with Section 403 5 2, an additional exitstairway shall notbe required to be installed in buildings provided with occupant evacua- tion elevators complying with Section 3008 1 3008.1.3 Fire safety and evacuation plan. The building shall have an approved fire safety and evacuation plan in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 404 of the International Fire Code The fire safety and evacuation plan shall incorporate specific procedures for the occupants using evacuation elevators 3008.1.4 Operation. The occupant evacuation elevators shall be used for occupant self -evacuation in accordance with the occupant evacuation operation requirements in ASME A17 1/CSA B44 and the building's fire safety and evacuation plan 3008.2 Automatic sprinkler system. The building shall be equipped throughout with an approved, electrically super- vised automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, except as otherwise permitted by Section 903 3 1 1 1 and as prohibited by Section 3008 2 1 3008.2.1 Prohibited locations. Automatic sprinklers shall not be installed in elevator machine rooms, machinery spaces, control rooms, control spaces and elevator hoist - ways of occupant evacuation elevators 3008.2.2 Sprinkler system monitoring. The automatic sprinkler system shall have a sprinkler control valve super- visory switch and water-flow-mitiatmg device provided for each floor that is monitored by the building's fire alarm system 3008.3 Water protection. Water from the operation of an automatic sprinkler system outside the enclosed lobby shall be prevented from infiltrating into the hoistway enclosure in accordance with an approved method 3008.4 Shunt trip. Means for elevator shutdown in accor- dance with Section 3005 5 shall not be installed on elevator systems used for occupant evacuation elevators 3008.5 Hoistway enclosure protection. Occupant evacua- tion elevator hoistways shall be located in shaft enclosures complying with Section 713 3008.5.1 Structural integrity of hoistway enclosures. Occupant evacuation elevator hoistway enclosures shall comply with Sections 403 2 3 1 through 403 2 3 4 3008.6 Occupant evacuation elevator lobby. Occupant evacuation elevators shall open into an enclosed elevator lobby in accordance with Sections 3008 6 1 through 3008 6 6 Egress is permitted through the elevator lobby in accordance with Item 1 of Section 1016 2 3008.6.1 Access to interior exit stairway or ramp. The occupant evacuation elevator lobby shall have direct access from the enclosed elevator lobby to an interior exit stairway or ramp Exceptions: 1 Access to an interior exit stairway or ramp shall be permitted to be through a protected path of travel that has a level of fire protection not less than the elevator lobby enclosure The protected path shall be separated from the enclosed elevator lobby through an opening protected by a smoke and draft control assembly in accordance Section 716221 Elevators that only service an open parking garage and the lobby of the building shall not be required to provide direct access 3008.6.2 Lobby enclosure. The occupant evacuation ele- vator lobby shall be enclosed with a smoke barrier having afire -resistance rating of not less than 1 hour, except that lobby doorways shall comply with Section 3008 6 3 Exception: Enclosed occupant evacuation elevator lob- bies are not required at the levels of exit discharge 3008.6.3 Lobby doorways. Other than the doors to the hoistway, elevator machine rooms, machinery spaces, control rooms and control spaces within the lobby enclo- sure smoke barrier, each doorway to an occupant evacua- tion elevator lobby shall be provided with a'/q hour fire door assembly complying with Section 716 The fire door assembly shall comply with the smoke and draft control assembly requirements of Section 716 2 2 1 1 and be tested in accordance with UL 1784 without an artificial bottom seal 3008.6.3.1 Vision panel. A vision panel shall be installed in each fire door assembly protecting the lobby doorway The vision panel shall consist of fire - protection -rated glazing, shall comply with the require- ments of Section 716 and shall be located to furnish clear vision of the occupant evacuation elevator lobby 3008.6.3.2 Door closing. Each fire door assembly pro- tecting the lobby doorway shall be automatic -closing upon receipt of any fire alarm signal from the emer- gency voice/alarm communication system serving the bwldmg 3008.6.4 Lobby size. Each occupant evacuation elevator lobby shall have mimmum floor area as follows 1 The occupant evacuation elevator lobby floor area shall accommodate, at 3 square feet (0 28 m') per person, not less than 25 percent of the occupant load of the floor area served by the lobby 2 The occupant evacuation elevator lobby floor area shall accommodate one wheelchair space of 30 inches by 48 inches (760 mm by 1220 mm) for each 50 persons, or portion thereof, of the occupant load of the floor area served by the lobby Exception: The size of lobbies serving multiple banks of elevators shall have the minimum floor area approved on an individual basis and shall be consistent with the building's fire safety and evacuation plan 3008.6.5 Signage. An approved sign indicating elevators are suitable for occupant self -evacuation shall be posted on all floors adjacent to each elevator call station serving occupant evacuation elevators 3008.6.6 Two-way communication system. A two-way communication system shall be provided in each occupant evacuation elevator lobby for the purpose of mitiating communication with the fire command center or an alter- 596 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 11 1 Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS nate location approved by the fire department The two- way communication system shall be designed and installed in accordance with Sections 1009 8 1 and 100982 3008.7 Elevator system monitoring. The occupant evacua- tion elevators shall be continuously monitored at the fire command center or a central control point approved by the fire department and arranged to display all of the following information 1 Floor location of each elevator car 2 Direction of travel of each elevator car 3 Status of each elevator car with respect to whether it is occupied 4 Status of normal power to the elevator equipment, ele- vator machinery and electrical apparatus cooling equip- ment where provided, elevator machine room, control room and control space ventilation and cooling equip - in ent 5 Status of standby or emergency power system that pro- vides backup power to the elevator equipment, elevator machinery and electrical cooling equipment where pro- vided, elevator machine room, control room and con- trol space ventilation and cooling equipment 6 Activation of any fire alarm initiating device in any ele- vator lobby, elevator machine room, machine space containing a motor controller or electric driving machine, control space, control room or elevator hoist - way 3008.7.1 Elevator recall. The fire command center or an alternate location approved by the fire department shall be provided with the means to manually initiate a Phase I Emergency Recall of the occupant evacuation elevators in accordance with ASNE A17 1/CSA B44 3008.8 Electrical power. The following features serving each occupant evacuation elevator shall be supplied by both normal power and Type 60/Class 2/Level 1 standby power 1 Elevator equipment 2 Ventilation and cooling equipment for elevator machine rooms, control rooms, machinery spaces and control spaces 3 Elevator car lighting 3008.8.1 Determination of standby power load. Standby power loads shall be based on the determination of the number of occupant evacuation elevators in Section 30081 1 3008.8.2 Protection of wiring or cables. Wires or cables that are located outside of the elevator hoistway, machine room, control room and control space and that provide normal or standby power, control signals, communication with the car, lighting, heating, air conditioning, ventilation and fire -detecting systems to occupant evacuation eleva- tors shall be protected using one of the following methods 1 Cables used for survivability of required critical cir- cuits shall be listed in accordance with UL 2196 and shall have afire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours 2 Electrical circuit protective systems shall have a fire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours Elec- trical circuit protective systems shall be installed in accordance with their listing requirements 3 Construction having a fire -resistance rating of not less than 2 hours Exception: Wiring and cables to control signals are not required to be protected provided that wiring and cables do not serve Phase II emergency in -car operation 3008.9 Emergency voice/alarm communication system. The building shall be provided with an emergency voice/ alarm communication system The emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be accessible to the fire depart- ment The system shall be provided in accordance with Sec- tion 907 5 2 2 3008.9.1 Notification appliances. Not fewer than one audible and one visible notification appliance shall be installed within each occupant evacuation elevator lobby 3008.10 Hazardous material areas. Building areas shall not contain hazardous materials exceeding the maximum allow- able quantities per control area as addressed in Section 4142 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 597 I 1 1 1 CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 598 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( " I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER E* CHAPTER 31 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION User notes: About this chapter., Chapter 31 provides regulations for unique buildings and budding elements. Those include buildings such as membrane structures, greenhouses and relocatable buildings. Special elements include pedestrian walkways and tunnels, awnings, canopies and mar- quees, vehicular gates and solar energy systems. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to sections preceded by the designation tBS] will be considered by the IBC —Struc- tural Code Development Committee during the 2019 (Group B) Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION 3101 GENERAL 3101.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern special building construction including membrane structures, temporary structures, pedestrian walkways and tunnels, auto- matic vehicular gates, awnings and canopies, marquees, Isigns, towers, antennas, relocatable buildings, swimming pool enclosures and safety devices, and solar energy systems SECTION 3102 MEMBRANE STRUCTURES 3102.1 General. The provisions of Sections 3102 1 through 3102 8 shall apply to air -supported, air -inflated, membrane - covered cable, membrane -covered frame and tensile mem- brane structures, collectively known as membrane structures, erected for a period of 180 days or longer Those erected for a shorter period of time shall comply with the International Fire Code Membrane structures covering water storage facil- ities, water clarifiers, water treatment plants, sewage treat- ment plants, greenhouses and similar facilities not used for human occupancy are required to meet only the requirements of Sections 3102 3 1 and 3102 7 Membrane structures erected on a building, balcony, deck or other structure for any period of time shall comply with this section 3102.2 Tensile membrane structures and air -supported structures. Tensile membrane structures and air -supported structures, including permanent and temporary structures, shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ASCE 55 The provisions in Sections 3102 3 through 3102 6 shall apply 3102.3 Type of construction. Noncombustible membrane structures shall be classified as Type IIB construction Non- combustible frame or cable -supported structures covered by an approved membrane in accordance with Section 3102 3 1 shall be classified as Type IIB construction Heavy timber frame -supported structures covered by an approved mem- brane in accordance with Section 3102 3 1 shall be classified as Type IV construction Other membrane structures shall be classified as Type V construction Exception: Plastic less than 30 feet (9144 mm) above any floor used in greenhouses, where occupancy by the gen- eral public is not authorized, and for aquaculture pond covers is not required to meet the fire propagation perfor- mance criteria of Test Method 1 or Test Method 2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701 3102.3.1 Membrane and interior liner material. Mem- branes and interior liners shall be either noncombustible as set forth in Section 703 5 or meet the fire propagation per- formance criteria of Test Method 1 or Test Method 2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701 and the manufacturer's test pro- tocol Exception: Plastic less than 20 mil (0 5 mm) in thick- ness used in greenhouses, where occupancy by the gen- eral public is not authorized, and for aquaculture pond covers is not required to meet the fire propagation per- formance criteria of Test Method 1 or Test Method 2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701 3102.4 Allowable floor areas. The area of a membrane structure shall not exceed the limitations specified in Section 506 3102.5 Maximum height. Membrane structures shall not exceed one story nor shall such structures exceed the height limitations in feet specified in Section 504 3 Exception: Noncombustible membrane structures serving as roofs only 3102.6 Mixed construction. Membrane structures shall be permitted to be utilized as specified in this section as a por- tion of buildings of other types of construction Height and area limits shall be as specified for the type of construction and occupancy of the building 3102.6.1 Noncombustible membrane. A noncombustible membrane shall be permitted for use as the roof or as a skylight of any building or atrium of a building of any type of construction provided that the membrane is not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) above any floor, balcony or gal- lery 3102.6.1.1 Membrane. A membrane meeting the fire propagation performance criteria of Test Method 1 or Test Method 2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701 shall be permitted to be used as the roof or as a skylight on buildings of Type IIB, III, IV and V construction, pro- vided that the membrane is not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) above any floor, balcony or gallery 3102.7 Engineering design. The structure shall be designed and constructed to sustain dead loads, loads due to tension or 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 599 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION inflation, live loads including wind, snow or flood and seis- mic loads and in accordance with Chapter 16 3102.7.1 Lateral restraint. For membrane -covered frame structures, the membrane shall not be considered to pro- vide lateral restraint in the calculation of the capacities of the frame members 3102.8 Inflation systems. Air -supported and air -inflated structures shall be provided with primary and auxiliary mfla- tion systems to meet the minimum requirements of Sections 3102 8 1 through 3102 8 3 3102.8.1 Equipment requirements. The inflation system shall consist of one or more blowers and shall include pro- visions for automatic control to maintain the required inflation pressures The system shall be so designed as to prevent overpressurization of the system 3102.8.1.1 Auxiliary inflation system. In addition to the primary inflation system, in buildings larger than 1,500 square feet (140 in 2) in area, an auxiliary inflation system shall be provided with sufficient capacity to maintain the inflation of the structure in case of primary system failure The auxiliary inflation system shall operate automatically when there is a loss of internal pressure and when the primary blower system becomes inoperative 3102.8.1.2 Blower equipment Blower equipment shall meet all of the following requirements 1 Blowers shall be powered by continuous -rated motors at the maximum power required for any flow condition as required by the structural design 2 Blowers shall be provided with inlet screens, belt guards and other protective devices as required by the building official to provide protection from injury 3 Blowers shall be housed within a weather -pro- tecting structure 4 Blowers shall be equipped with backdraft check dampers to minimize air loss when inoperative 5 Blower inlets shall be located to provide protec- tion from air contamination The location of inlets shall be approved 3102.8.2 Standby power. Wherever an auxiliary inflation system is required, an approved standby power -generating system shall be provided The system shall be equipped with a suitable means for automatically starting the gener- ator set upon failure of the normal electrical service and for automatic transfer and operation of all of the required electrical functions at full power within 60 seconds of such service failure Standby power shall be capable of operat- ing independently for not less than 4 hours 3102.8.3 Support provisions. A system capable of sup- porting the membrane in the event of deflation shall be provided for in au -supported and air -inflated structures having an occupant load of 50 or more or where covering a swimming pool regardless of occupant load The support system shall be capable of maintaining membrane struc- tures used as a roof for Type I construction not less than 20 feet (6096 mm) above floor or seating areas The sup- port system shall be capable of maintaining other mem- branes not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) above the floor, seating area or surface of the water SECTION 3103 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES 3103.1 General. The provisions of Sections 3103 1 through 3103 4 shall apply to structures erected for a period of less than 180 days Tents, umbrella structures and other mem- brane structures erected for a period of less than 180 days shall comply with the International Fire Code Those erected for a longer period of time shall comply with applicable sec- tions of this code 3103.1.1 Conformance. Temporary structures and uses shall conform to the structural strength, fire safety, means of egress, accessibility, light, ventilation and sanitary requirements of this code as necessary to ensure public health, safety and general welfare 3103.1.2 Permit required. Temporary structures that cover an area greater than 120 square feet (11 16 m'), including connecting areas or spaces with a common means of egress or entrance that are used or intended to be used for the gathering together of 10 or more persons, shall not be erected, operated or maintained for any pur- pose without obtaining a permit from the building offi- cial 3103.2 Construction documents. A permit application and construction documents shall be submitted for each installa- tion of a temporary structure The construction documents shall include a site plan indicating the location of the tempo- rary structure and information delineating the means of egress and the occupant load 3103.3 Location. Temporary structures shall be located in accordance with the requirements of Table 602 based on the fire -resistance rating of the exterior walls for the proposed type of construction 3103.4 Means of egress. Temporary structures shall conform to the means of egress requirements of Chapter 10 and shall have an exit access travel distance of 100 feet (30 480 mm) or less SECTION 3104 PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS AND TUNNELS 3104.1 General. This section shall apply to connections between bwldmgs such as pedestrian walkways or tunnels, located at, above or below grade level, that are used as a means of travel by persons The pedestrian walkway shall not contribute to the building area or the number of stones or height of connected buildings 3104.1.1 Application. Pedestrian walkways shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Sections 3104 2 through 3104 9 Tunnels shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Sections 3104 2 and 3104 10 600 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 3104.2 Separate structures. Buildings connected by pedes- trian walkways or tunnels shall be considered to be separate structures Exceptions: 1 Buildings that are on the same lot and considered as portions of a single building in accordance with Sec- tion 503 1 2 2 For purposes of calculating the number of Type B units required by Chapter 11, structurally connected buildings and buildings with multiple wings shall be considered to be one structure 3104.3 Construction. The pedestrian walkway shall be of noncombustible construction Exceptions: 1 Combustible construction shall be permitted where connected buildings are of combustible construc- tion 2 Fire -retardant -treated wood, in accordance with Section 603 1, Item 13, shall be permitted for the roof construction of the pedestrian walkway where connected buildings are not less than Type I or II construction 3104.4 Contents. Only materials and decorations approved by the building official shall be located in the pedestrian walkway 3104.5 Connections of pedestrian walkways to buildings. The connection of a pedestrian walkway to a building shall comply with Section 3104 5 1, 3104 5 2, 3104 5 3 or 310454 Exception: Buildings that are on the same lot and consid- ered as portions of a single building in accordance with Section 503 1 2 3104.5.1 Fire barriers. Pedestrian walkways shall be sep- arated from the interior of the building by not less than 2- hour fire barriers constructed in accordance with Section 707 and Sections 3104 5 1 1 through 3104 5 1 3 3104.5.1.1 Exterior walls. Exterior walls of buildings connected to pedestrian walkways shall be 2-hour fire - resistance rated This protection shall extend not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) in every direction surrounding the perimeter of the pedestrian walkway 3104.5.1.2 Openings in exterior walls of connected buildings. Openings in exterior walls required to be fire -resistance rated in accordance with Section 3104 5 1 1 shall be equipped with opening protectives providing a not less than '/q hour fire protection rating in accordance with Section 716 3104.5.1.3 Supporting construction. The fire barrier shall be supported by construction as required by Sec- tion 707 5 1 3104.5.2 Alternative separation. The wall separating the pedestrian walkway and the building shall comply with Section 3104 5 2 1 or 3104 5 2 2 where The distance between the connected buildings is more than 10 feet (3048 mm) The pedestrian walkway and connected buildings are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, and the roof of the walkway is not more than 55 feet (16 764 mm) above grade connecting to the fifth, or lower, story above grade plane, of each building Exception: Open parking garages need not be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system 3104.5.2.1 Passage of smoke. The wall shall be capa- ble of resisting the passage of smoke 3104.5.2.2 Glass. The wall shall be constructed of a tempered, wired or lammated glass and doors separat- ing the interior of the building from the pedestrian walkway The glass shall be protected by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 that, when actuated, shall completely wet the entire sur- face of interior sides of the wall or glass Obstructions shall not be installed between the sprinkler heads and the wall or glass The glass shall be in a gasketed frame and installed in such a manner that the framing system will deflect without breaking (loading) the glass before the sprinkler operates 3104.5.3 Open sides on walkway. Where the distance between the connected buildings is more than 10 feet (3048 mm), the walls at the intersection of the pedestrian walkway and each building need not be fire -resistance rated provided that both sidewalls of the pedestrian walk- way are not less than 50 percent open with the open area uniformly distributed to prevent the accumulation of smoke and toxic gases The roof of the walkway shall be located not more than 40 feet (12 160 mm) above grade plane, and the walkway shall only be permitted to connect to the thud or lower story of each building Exception: Where the pedestrian walkway is protected with a sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, the roof of the walkway shall be located not more than 55 feet (16 764 mm) above grade plane and the walkway shall only be permitted to connect to the fifth or lower story of each building 3104.5.4 Exterior walls greater than 2 hours. Where exterior walls of connected buildings are required by Sec- tion 705 to have a fire -resistance rating greater than 2 hours, the walls at the intersection of the pedestrian walk- way and each building need not be fire -resistance rated provided The pedestrian walkway is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 2 The roof of the walkway is not located more than 55 feet (16 764 mm) above grade plane and the walk- way connects to the fifth, or lower, story above grade plane of each building 3104.6 Public way. Pedestrian walkways over a public way shall comply with Chapter 32 3104.7 Egress. Access shall be provided at all tunes to a pedestrian walkway that serves as a required exit 3104.8 Width. The unobstructed width of pedestrian walk- ways shall be not less than 36 inches (914 mm) The total width shall be not greater than 30 feet (9144 mm) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 601 I 1 1 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION E* 3104.9 Exit access travel. The length of exit access travel shall be 200 feet (60 960 mm) or less Exceptions: 1 Exit access travel distance on a pedestrian walkway equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 shall be 250 feet (76 200 mm) or less 2 Exit access travel distance on a pedestrian walkway constructed with both sides not less than 50 percent open shall be 300 feet (91 440 mm) or less 3 Exit access travel distance on a pedestrian walkway constructed with both sides not less than 50 percent open, and equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903 3 1 1, shall be 400 feet (122 m) or less 3104.10 Tunneled walkway. Separation between the tun- neled walkway and the building to which it is connected shall be not less than 2-hour fire-resistant construction and open- ings therein shall be protected in accordance with Section 716 SECTION 3105 AWNINGS AND CANOPIES 3105.1 General. Awnings and canopies shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3105 2 and 3105 3 and other appli- cable sections of this code 3105.2 Design and construction. Awnings and canopies shall be designed and constructed to withstand wind or other lateral loads and live loads as required by Chapter 16 with due allowance for shape, open construction and similar fea- tures that relieve the pressures or loads Structural members shall be protected to prevent deterioration Awnings shall have frames of noncombustible material, fire -retardant - treated wood heavy timber complying with Section 2304 11, or 1-hour construction with combustible or noncombustible covers and shall be either fixed, retractable, folding or col- lapsible 3105.3 Awnings and canopy materials. Awnings and cano- pies shall be provided with an approved covering that com- plies with one of the following 1 The fire propagation performance criteria of Test Method 1 or Test Method 2, as appropriate, of NFPA 701 2 Has a flame spread index not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 3 Meets all of the following criteria when tested in accor- dance with NFPA 286 3 1 During the 40 kW exposure, flames shall not spread to the ceiling 32 Flashover, as defined in NFPA 286, shall not occur 33 The flame shall not spread to the outer extrem- ity of the sample on any wall or ceiling 34 The peak heat release rate throughout the test shall not exceed 800 kW Exception: The fire propagation performance and flame spread index requirements shall not apply to awnings installed on detached one- and two-family dwellings SECTION 3106 MARQUEES 3106.1 General. Marquees shall comply with Sections 3106 2 through 3106 5 and other applicable sections of this code 3106.2 Thickness. The height or thickness of a marquee measured vertically from its lowest to its highest point shall be not greater than 3 feet (914 mm) where the marquee proj- ects more than two-thirds of the distance from the lot line to the curb line, and shall be not greater than 9 feet (2743 mm) where the marquee is less than two-thirds of the distance from the lot line to the curb line 3106.3 Roof construction. Where the roof or any part thereof is a skylight, the skylight shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 24 Every roof and skylight of a mar- quee shall be sloped to downspouts that shall conduct any drainage from the marquee in such a manner so as not to spill over the sidewalk 3106.4 Location prohibited. Every marquee shall be so located as not to interfere with the operation of any exterior standpipe, and such that the marquee does not obstruct the clear passage of stairways or exit discharge from the building or the installation or maintenance of street lighting 3106.5 Construction. A marquee shall be supported entirely from the building and constructed of noncombustible materi- als Marquees shall be designed as required in Chapter 16 Structural members shall be protected to prevent deterioration SECTION 3107 SIGNS 3107.1 General. Signs shall be designed, constructed and maintained in accordance with this code SECTION 3108 TELECOMMUNICATION AND BROADCAST TOWERS [BS] 3108.1 General. Towers shall be designed and con- structed in accordance with the provisions of TIA-222 Tow- ers shall be designed for seismic loads, exceptions related to seismic design listed in Section 2 7 3 of TIA-222 shall not apply In Section 2 6 6 2 of TIA 222, the horizontal extent of Topographic Category 2, escarpments, shall be 16 tunes the height of the escarpment Exception: Single free-standing poles used to support antennas not greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm), measured from the top of the pole to grade, shall not be required to be noncombustible [BS] 3108.2 Location and access. Towers shall be located such that guy wires and other accessories shall not cross or encroach on any street or other public space, or over above- ground electric utility lines, or encroach on any privately owned property without the written consent of the owner of the encroached -upon property, space or above -ground elec- tric utility Imes Towers shall be equipped with climbing and working facilities in compliance with TIA-222 Access to the tower sites shall be limited as required by applicable OSHA, FCC and EPA regulations 602 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossdANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION E* SECTION 3109 SWIMMING POOLS, SPAS AND HOT TUBS 3109.1 General. The design and construction of swimming pools, spas and hot tubs shall comply with the International Swimming Pool and Spa Code SECTION 3110 AUTOMATIC VEHICULAR GATES 3110.1 General. Automatic vehicular gates shall comply with the requirements of Sections 3110 2 and 3110 3 and other applicable sections of this code 3110.2 Vehicular gates intended for automation. Vehicular gates intended for automation shall be designed, constructed and installed to comply with the requirements of ASTM F2200 3110.3 Vehicular gate openers. Vehicular gate openers, where provided, shall be listed in accordance with UL 325 SECTION 3111 SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS 3111.1 General. Solar energy systems shall comply with the requirements of this section 3111.1.1 Wind resistance. Rooftop -mounted photovoltaic panels and modules and solar thermal collectors shall be designed in accordance with Section 1609 3111.1.2 Roof live load. Roof structures that provide sup- port for solar energy systems shall be designed in accor- dance with Section 1607 13 5 3111.2 Solar thermal systems. Solar thermal systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with Section 2606 12, the International Plumbing Code, the International Mechanical Code and the International Fire Code. 3111.2.1 Equipment Solar thermal systems and compo- nents shall be listed and labeled in accordance with ICC 900/SRCC 300 and ICC 901/SRCC 100 3111.3 Photovoltaic solar energy systems. Photovoltaic solar energy systems shall be designed and installed in accor- dance with this section, the International Fire Code, NFPA 70 and the manufacturer's installation instructions 3111.3.1 Equipment Photovoltaic panels and modules shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 1703 Inverters shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL 1741 Systems connected to the utility grid shall use inverters listed for utility interaction 3111.3.2 Fire classification. Rooftop -mounted photovol- taic systems shall have a fire classification in accordance with Section 1505 9 Building -integrated photovoltaic sys- tems shall have a fire classification in accordance with Section 1505 8 3111.3.3 Building -integrated photovoltaic systems. Building -integrated photovoltaic systems that serve as roof coverings shall be designed and installed in accor- dance with Section 1507 18 3111.3.4 Access and pathways. Roof access, pathways and spacing requirements shall be provided in accordance with Section 1204 of the International Fire Code. 3111.3.5 Ground -mounted photovoltaic systems. Ground -mounted photovoltaic systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with Chapter 16 and the Inter- national Fire Code. 3111.3.5.1 Fire separation distances. Ground - mounted photovoltaic systems shall be subject to the fire separation distance requirements determined by the local jurisdiction SECTION 3112 GREENHOUSES 3112.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to greenhouses that are designed and used for the cultivation, maintenance, or protection of plants 3112.2 Accessibility. Greenhouses shall be accessible in accordance with Chapter11 3112.3 Structural design. Greenhouses shall comply with the structural design requirements for greenhouses in Chapter 16 3112.4 Glass and glazing. Glass and glazing used in green- houses shall comply with Section 2405 3112.5 Light -transmitting plastics. Light -transmitting plas- tics shall be permitted in lieu of plain glass in greenhouses and shall comply with Section 2606 3112.6 Membrane structures. Greenhouses that are mem- brane structures shall comply with Section 3102 3112.6.1 Plastic film. Plastic films used in greenhouses shall comply with Section 3102 3 SECTION 3113 RELOCATABLE BUILDINGS 3113.1 General. The provisions of this section shall apply to relocatable buildings Relocatable buildings manufactured after the effective date of this code shall comply with the applicable provisions of this code Exception: This section shall not apply to manufactured housing used as dwellings 3113.1.1 Compliance. A newly constructed relocatable building shall comply with the requirements of this code for new construction An existing relocatable building that is undergoing alteration, addition, change of occupancy or relocation shall comply with Chapter 14 of the Interna- tional Existing Building Code. 3113.2 Supplemental information. Supplemental mforma- tion specific to a relocatable building shall be submitted to the authority having jurisdiction It shall, as a mmimum, include the following in addition to the information required by Section 105 1 Manufacturer's name and address 2 Date of manufacture 3 Serial number of module 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 603 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 4 Manufacturer's design drawings 5 Type of construction in accordance with Section 602 6 Design loads including roof live load, roof snow load, floor live load, wind load and seismic site class, use group and design category 7 Additional building planning and structural design data 8 Site -built structure or appurtenance attached to the relo- eatable building 3113.3 Manufacturer's data plate. Each relocatable module shall have a data plate that is permanently attached on or adjacent to the electrical panel, and shall include the follow- ing information 1 Occupancy group 2 Manufacturer's name and address 3 Date of manufacture 4 Serial number of module 5 Design roof live load, design floor live load, snow load, wind and seismic design 6 Approved quality assurance agency or approved inspection agency 7 Codes and standards of construction 8 Envelope thermal resistance values 9 Electrical service size 10 Fuel -burning equipment and size 11 Special limitations if any 3113.4 Inspection agencies. The building official is autho- rized to accept reports of inspections conducted by approved inspection agencies during off -site construction of the relo- eatable building, and to satisfy the applicable requirements of Sections 110 3 through 110 3 11 1 604 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rill 1 1 CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 32 ENCROACHMENTS INTO THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY User note: About this chapter. From time to time it As necessary or appropriate for a portion of a budding to encroach onto an adjoining public right-of- way, Chapter 32 establishes parameters forsuch encroachments not only atgrade but also above and belowgrade, SECTION 3201 GENERAL 3201.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the encroachment of structures into the public right-of-way 3201.2 Measurement. The projection of any structure or por- tion thereof shall be the distance measured horizontally from the lot hne to the outermost point of the projection 3201.3 Other laws. The provisions of this chapter shall not be construed to penmrt the violation of other laws or ordi- nances regulating the use and occupancy of public property 3201.4 Drainage. Drainage water collected from a roof, awning, canopy or marquee, and condensate from mechanical equipment shall not flow over a public walking surface SECTION 3202 ENCROACHMENTS 3202.1 Encroachments below grade. Encroachments below grade shall comply with Sections 3202 1 1 through 3202 1 3 3202.1.1 Structural support. A part of a building erected below grade that is necessary for structural support of the building or structure shall not project beyond the lot lines, except that the footings of street walls or their supports that are located not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) below grade shall not project more than 12 inches (305 mm) beyond the street lot hne 3202.1.2 Vaults and other enclosed spaces. The con- struction and utilization of vaults and other enclosed spaces below grade shall be subject to the terms and con- ditions of the applicable governing authority 3202.1.3 Areaways. Areaways shall be protected by grates, guards or other approved means 3202.2 Encroachments above grade and below 8 feet in height. Encroachments into the public right-of-way above grade and below 8 feet (2438 mm) in height shall be prohib- ited except as provided for in Sections 3202 2 1 through 3202 2 3 Doors and windows shall not open or project into the public right-of-way 3202.2.1 Steps. Steps shall not project more than 12 inches (305 mm) and shall be guarded by approved devices not less than 3 feet (914 mm) in height, or shall be located between columns or pilasters 3202.2.2 Architectural features. Columns or pilasters, including bases and moldings, shall not project more than 12 inches (305 mm) Belt courses, lintels, sills, archi- traves, pediments and similar architectural features shall not project more than 4 inches (102 mm) 3202.2.3 Awnings. The vertical clearance from the public right-of-way to the lowest part of any awning, including valances, shall be not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) 3202.3 Encroachments 8 feet or more above grade. Encroachments 8 feet (2438 mm) or more above grade shall comply with Sections 3202 3 1 through 3202 3 4 3202.3.1 Awnings, canopies, marquees and signs. Awnings, canopies, marquees and signs shall be con- structed so as to support applicable loads as specified in Chapter 16 Awnings, canopies, marquees and signs with less than 15 feet (4572 mm) of clearance above the side- walk shall not extend into or occupy more than two -thuds the width of the sidewalk measured from the building Stanchions or columns that support awnings, canopies, marquees and signs shall be located not less than 2 feet (610 mm) in from the curb line 3202.3.2 Windows, balconies, architectural features and mechanical equipment Where the vertical clearance above grade to projecting windows, balconies, arclutec- tural features or mechanical equipment is more than 8 feet (2438 mm), 1 inch (25 mm) of encroachment is permitted for each additional 1 inch (25 mm) of clearance above 8 feet (2438 mm), but the maximum encroachment shall be 4 feet (1219 mm) 3202.3.3 Encroachments 15 feet or more above grade. Encroachments 15 feet (4572 mm) or more above grade shall not be limited 3202.3.4 Pedestrian walkways. The installation of a pedestrian walkway over a public right-of-way shall be subject to the approval of the applicable governing author- ity The vertical clearance from the public right-of-way to the lowest part of a pedestrian walkway shall be not less than 15 feet (4572 mm) 3202.4 Temporary encroachments. Where allowed by the applicable governing authority, vestibules and storm enclo- sures shall not be erected for a period of time exceeding 7 months in any 1 year and shall not encroach more than 3 feet (914 mm) nor more than one-fourth of the width of the side- walk beyond the street lot hne Temporary entrance awnings shall be erected with a clearance of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) to the lowest portion of the hood or awning where sup- ported on removable steel or other approved noncombustible support 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 605 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfn dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 606 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 33 SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION User notes: About this chapter., While the balance of the chapters in this code specdy how a budding is to he designed and constructed in order to he in compliance with the code, Chapter 33 looks to the actual construction process. Parameters are provided for demolition and for protecting adjacent property during demolition and construction. Issues such as how to provide egress while the budding is growing, the timing ofstand- pipe and sprinkler installation, and protection of pedestrians are addressed. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to sections preceded by the designation [BS] will be considered by the IBC —Struc- tural Code Development Committee during the 2019 (Group Ig Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION 3301 GENERAL 3301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern safety during construction and the protection of adjacent pub- lic and private properties 3301.2 Storage and placement. Construction equipment and materials shall be stored and placed so as not to endanger the public, the workers or adjoining property for the duration of the construction project SECTION 3302 CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS 3302.1 Alterations, repairs and additions. Required exits, existing structural elements, fire protection devices and sani- tary safeguards shall be maintained at all times during alter- ations, repairs or additions to any building or structure Exceptions: 1 Where such required elements or devices are being altered or repaired, adequate substitute provisions shall be made 2 Maintenance of such elements and devices is not required where the existing building is not occupied 3302.2 Manner of removal. Waste materials shall be removed in a manner that prevents injury or damage to per- sons, adjoining properties and public rights -of -way 3302.3 Fire safety during construction. Fire safety during construction shall comply with the applicable requirements of this code and the applicable provisions of Chapter 33 of the Intemational Fire Code. SECTION 3303 DEMOLITION 3303.1 Construction documents. Construction documents and a schedule for demolition shall be submitted where required by the building official Where such information is required, work shall not be done until such construction doc- uments or schedule, or both, are approved 3303.2 Pedestrian protection. The work of demolishing any building shall not be commenced until pedestrian protection is in place as required by this chapter 3303.3 Means of egress. A horizontal exit shall not be destroyed unless and until a substitute means of egress has been provided and approved 3303.4 Vacant lot. Where a structure has been demolished or removed, the vacant lot shall be filled and maintained to the existing grade or in accordance with the ordinances of the jurisdiction having authority 3303.5 Water accumulation. Provision shall be made to pre- vent the accumulation of water or damage to any foundations on the premises or the adjoining property 3303.6 Utility connections. Service utility connections shall be discontinued and capped in accordance with the approved rules and the requirements of the applicable governing authority 3303.7 Fire safety during demolition. Fire safety during demolition shall comply with the applicable requirements of this code and the applicable provisions of Chapter 33 of the International Fire Code. SECTION 3304 SITE WORK 3304.1 Excavation and fill. Excavation and fill for buildings and structures shall be constructed or protected so as not to endanger life or property Stumps and roots shall be removed from the soil to a depth of not less than 12 inches (305 mm) below the surface of the ground in the area to be occupied by the building Wood forms that have been used in placing con- crete, if within the ground or between foundation sills and the ground, shall be removed before a building is occupied or used for any purpose Before completion, loose or casual wood shall be removed from direct contact with the ground under the building 3304.1.1 Slope limits. Slopes for permanent fill shall be not steeper than one unit vertical in two units horizontal (50-percent slope) Cut slopes for permanent excavations shall be not steeper than one unit vertical in two units hor- izontal (50-percent slope) Deviation from the foregoing limitations for cut slopes shall be permitted only upon the presentation of a soil investigation report acceptable to the building official 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 607 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu, tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION 3304.1.2 Surcharge. Fill or other surcharge loads shall not be placed adjacent to any building or structure unless such building or structure is capable of withstanding the additional loads caused by the fill or surcharge Existing footings or foundations that can be affected by any exca- vation shall be underpinned adequately or otherwise pro- tected against settlement and shall be protected against lateral movement 3304.1.3 Footings on adjacent slopes. For footings on adjacent slopes, see Chapter 18 3304.1.4 Fill supporting foundations. Fill to be used to support the foundations of any building or structure shall comply with Section 1804 6 Special inspections of com- pacted fill shall be in accordance with Section 1705 6 SECTION 3305 SANITARY 3305.1 Facilities required. Sanitary facilities shall be pro- vided during construction, remodeling or demolition activi- ties in accordance with the International Plumbing Code SECTION 3306 PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS [BS] 3306.1 Protection required. Pedestrians shall be pro- tected during construction, remodeling and demolition activi- ties as required by this chapter and Table 3306 1 Signs shall be provided to direct pedestrian traffic [BS] 3306.2 Walkways. A walkway shall be provided for pedestrian travel in front of every construction and demoli- tion site unless the applicable governing authority authorizes the sidewalk to be fenced or closed A walkway shall be pro- vided for pedestrian travel that leads from a building entrance or exit of an occupied structure to a public way Walkways shall be of sufficient width to accommodate the pedestrian traffic, but shall be not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) in width Walkways shall be provided with a durable walking surface Walkways shall be accessible in accordance with Chapter 11 and shall be designed to support all imposed loads, and the design live load shall be not less than 150 pounds per square foot (psf) (7 2 kN/m') [BS] 3306.3 Directional barricades. Pedestrian traffic shall be protected by a directional barricade where the walkway extends into the street The directional barricade shall be of sufficient size and construction to direct vehicular traffic away from the pedestrian path [BS] 3306.4 Construction railings. Construction railings shall be not less than 42 inches (1067 mm) in height and shall be sufficient to direct pedestrians around construction areas [BS] 3306.5 Barriers. Barriers shall be not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in height and shall be placed on the side of the walkway nearest the construction Barriers shall extend the entire length of the construction site Openings in such barri- ers shall be protected by doors that are normally kept closed [BS] 3306.6 Barrier design. Barriers shall be designed to resist loads required in Chapter 16 unless constructed as fol- lows 1 Barriers shall be provided with 2-mch by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) top and bottom plates 2 The barrier material shall be boards not less than '/q mch (19 1 mm) thick or wood structural panels not less than'/4-inch (6 4 mm) thick 3 Wood structural use panels shall be bonded with an adhesive identical to that for exterior wood structural use panels 4 Wood structural use panels'/4 inch (6 4 mm) ors/1, inch (23 8 mm) in thickness shall have studs spaced not more than 2 feet (610 mm) on center 5 Wood structural use panels'/A inch (9 5 mm) or Yz inch (12 7 mm) in thickness shall have studs spaced not more than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center provided that a 2-mch by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) stiffener is placed horizontally at mid -height where the stud spac- ing is greater than 2 feet (610 mm) on center 6 Wood structural use panels '/A inch (15 9 mm) or thicker shall not span over 8 feet (2438 mm) [BS] 3306.7 Covered walkways. Covered walkways shall have a clear height of not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) as mea- sured from the floor surface to the canopy overhead Ade- quate lighting shall be provided at all times Covered walkways shall be designed to support all imposed loads The design live load shall be not less than 150 psf (7 2 kN/m') for the entire structure Exception: Roofs and supporting structures of covered walkways for new, light -frame construction not exceeding two stones above grade plane are permitted to be designed for a live load of 75 psf (3 6kN/m) or the loads imposed on them, whichever is greater In lieu of such TABLE 3306.1 PROTECTION OF PEDESTRIANS HEIGHT OF CONSTRUCTION DISTANCE FROM CONSTRUCTION TO LOT LINE TYPE OF PROTECTION REQUIRED 8 feet less Less trtan 5 feet Construction rulings or 5 feet or more None Less thm 5 feet Boner and covered walkway More than 8 feet 5 feet or more, but not more thm one-fourth the height of construction Boner and covered walkway 5 feet or more, but between one-fourth and one-half the height of construction Boner 5 feet or more, but exceeding one-half the height of construction I None For SI 1 foot =3048 mm 608 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEM ENT. AND R OJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION designs, the roof and supporting structure of a covered walkway are permitted to be constructed as follows 1 Footings shall be continuous 2-inch by 6-mch (51 mm by 152 mm) members 2 Posts not less than 4 inches by 6 inches (102 mm by 152 mm) shall be provided on both sides of the roof and spaced not more than 12 feet (3658 mm) on cen- ter 3 Stringers not less than 4 inches by 12 inches (102 mm by 305 mm) shall be placed on edge upon the posts 4 Joists resting on the stringers shall be not less than 2 inches by 8 inches (51 mm by 203 mm) and shall be spaced not more than 2 feet (610 mm) on center 5 The deck shall be planks not less than 2 inches (51 mm) thick or wood structural panels with an exterior exposure durability classification not less than /32 inch (18 3 mm) thick nailed to the joists 6 Each post shall be knee braced to joists and stringers by members not less than 2 inches by 4 inches (51 mm by 102 mm), 4 feet (1219 mm) in length 7 A curb that is not less than 2 inches by 4 inches (51 mm by 102 mm) shall be set on edge along the out- side edge of the deck [BS] 3306.8 Repair, maintenance and removal. Pedestrian protection required by this chapter shall be maintained in place and kept in good order for the entire length of time pedestrians are subject to being endangered The owner or the owner's authorized agent, on completion of the construction activity, shall immediately remove walkways, debris and other obstructions and leave such public property in as good a condition as it was before such work was commenced [BS] 3306.9 Adjacent to excavations. Every excavation on a site located 5 feet (1524 mm) or less from the street lot line shall be enclosed with a barrier not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) in height Where located more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the street lot line, a barrier shall be erected where required by the building official Barriers shall be of adequate strength to resist wind pressure as specified in Chapter 16 SECTION 3307 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY [BS] 3307.1 Protection required. Adjoining public and pri- vate property shall be protected from damage during con- struction, remodeling and demolition work Protection shall be provided for footings, foundations, party walls, chimneys, skylights and roofs Provisions shall be made to control water runoff and erosion during construction or demolition activi- ties The person making or causing an excavation to be made shall provide written notice to the owners of adjoining build- ings advising them that the excavation is to be made and that the adjoining buildings should be protected Said notification shall be delivered not less than 10 days prior to the scheduled starting date of the excavation SECTION 3308 TEMPORARY USE OF STREETS, ALLEYS AND PUBLIC PROPERTY 3308.1 Storage and handling of materials. The temporary use of streets or public property for the storage or handling of materials or of equipment required for construction or demo- lition, and the protection provided to the public shall comply with the provisions of the applicable governing authority and tlus chapter 3308.1.1 Obstructions. Construction materials and equip- ment shall not be placed or stored so as to obstruct access to fire hydrants, standpipes, fire or police alarm boxes, catch basins or manholes, nor shall such material or equip- ment be located within 20 feet (6096 mm) of a street inter- section, or placed so as to obstruct normal observations of traffic signals or to hinder the use of public transit loading platforms 3308.2 Utility fixtures. Building materials, fences, sheds or any obstruction of any kind shall not be placed so as to obstruct free approach to any fire hydrant, fire department connection, utility pole, manhole, fire alarm box or catch basin, or so as to interfere with the passage of water in the gutter Protection against damage shall be provided to such utility fixtures during the progress of the work, but sight of them shall not be obstructed SECTION 3309 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS [F] 3309.1 Where required. Structures under construction, alteration or demolition shall be provided with not fewer than one approved portable fire extinguisher in accordance with Section 906 and sized for not less than ordinary hazard as fol- lows 1 At each stairway on all floor levels where combustible materials have accumulated 2 In every storage and construction shed 3 Additional portable fire extinguishers shall be provided where special hazards exist, such as the storage and use of flammable and combustible liquids [F] 3309.2 Fire hazards. The provisions of this code and the International Fire Code shall be strictly observed to safe- guard against all fire hazards attendant upon construction operations SECTION 3310 MEANS OF EGRESS 3310.1 Stairways required. Where building construction exceeds 40 feet (12 192 mm) in height above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, a temporary or permanent stairway shall be provided As construction progresses, such stairway shall be extended to within one floor of the highest point of construction having secured decking or flooring [F] 3310.2 Maintenance of means of egress. Means of egress and required accessible means of egress shall be main- 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 609 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION tamed at all times during construction, demolition, remodel- ing or alterations and additions to any building Exception: Existing means of egress need not be main- tained where approved temporary means of egress systems and facilities are provided SECTION 3311 STANDPIPES [F] 3311.1 Where required. In buildings required to have standpipes by Section 905 3 1, not fewer than one standpipe shall be provided for use during construction Such stand- pipes shall be installed prior to construction exceeding 40 feet (12 192 mm) in height above the lowest level of fire depart- ment vehicle access Such standpipes shall be provided with fire department hose connections at locations adjacent to stairways complying with Section 3310 1 As construction progresses, such standpipes shall be extended to within one floor of the highest point of construction having secured decking or flooring [F] 3311.2 Buildings being demolished. Where a building is being demolished and a standpipe exists within such a build- ing, such standpipe shall be maintained in an operable condi- tion so as to be available for use by the fire department Such standpipe shall be demolished with the building but shall not be demolished more than one floor below the floor being demolished [F] 3311.3 Detailed requirements. Standpipes shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 9 Exception: Standpipes shall be either temporary or per- manent in nature, and with or without a water supply, pro- vided that such standpipes conform to the requirements of Section 905 as to capacity, outlets and materials SECTION 3312 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM [F] 3312.1 Completion before occupancy. In buildings where an automatic sprinkler system is required by this code, it shall be unlawful to occupy any portion of a building or structure until the automatic sprinkler system installation has been tested and approved except as provided in Section 111 3 [F] 3312.2 Operation of valves. Operation of sprinkler con- trol valves shall be permitted only by properly authorized personnel and shall be accompanied by notification of duly designated parties When the sprinkler protection is being regularly turned off and on to facilitate connection of newly completed segments, the sprinkler control valves shall be checked at the end of each work period to ascertain that pro- tection is in service SECTION 3313 WATER SUPPLY FOR FIRE PROTECTION [F] 3313.1 Where required. An approved water supply for fire protection, either temporary or permanent, shall be made available as soon as combustible material arrives on the site SECTION 3314 FIRE WATCH DURING CONSTRUCTON [F] 3314.1 Fire watch during combustible construction. Where required by the fire code official, a fire watch shall be provided during nonworking hours for construction that exceeds 40 feet (12 192 mm) in height above the lowest adja- cent grade 610 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 34 RESERVED Action taken during the 2012 Code Development Process removed Chapter 34, Existing Structures, from the IBC. The provisions of this chapter are contained in the International Existing Building Code. See Section 101.4.7. 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 611 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep ,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 14,ZM0 015e PAL (PST)p--tto ( I.—A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 612 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER CHAPTER 36 I V A a A V A L1 M A II&I IM L1I97AN91.1 User note: About this chapter., The International Building Code contains numerous references to standards promulgated by other organizations that are used to provide requirements for materials and methods of construction. This chapter contains a comprehensive list of all standards that are referenced in this code. These standards, in essence, are part of this code to the extent of the reference to the standard. This chapter lists the standards that are referenced in various sections of this document, The standards are listed herein by the promulgating agency of the standard, the standard identification, the effective date and title, and the section or sections of this document that reference the standard. The application of the referenced standards shall be as specified in Section 102.4. AAAluminum Association 1400 Crystal Drive, Suite 430 Arlington, VA 22202 ADM-2015: Aluminum Design Manual: Part 1-A Specification for Aluminum Structures 1604 3 5, 2002 1 ASM 35-00: Aluminum Sheet Metal Work in Building Construction (Fourth Edition) 2002 1 AANUAmerican Arclutectural Manufacturers Association 1827 Waldon Office Square, Suite 550 Schaumburg IL 60173 711-13: Voluntary Specification for Self Adhering Flashing Used for Installation of Exterior Wall Fenestration Products 14044 714-15: Voluntary Specification for Liquid Applied Flashing Used to Create a Water -resistive Seal around Exterior Wall Openings in Buildings 14044 1402-09: Standard Specifications for Aluminum Siding, Soffit and Fascia 14035 1 AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17: North American Fenestration Standard/Specifications for Windows, Doors and Skylights 1709 5 1, 2405 5 ACIAmerican Concrete Institute 38800 Country Club Drive Farmington Hills, MI 48331 216.1-14: Code Requirements for Determining Fire Resistance of Concrete and Masonry Construction Assemblies Table 721 1(2), 722 1 318-14: Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 722 2 4 3, 1604 3 2, 1616 2 1, 1616 3 1, 1704 5, Table 1705 3, 1705 3 2, 1808 8 2, Table 1808 8 2, 180885, 180886, 181013, 1810241, 18103211, 18103212, 18103831, 18103833, 1810 3 9 4 2 1, 1810 3 9 4 2 2, 1810 3 10 1, 1810 3 11 1, 1810 3 12, 1901 2, 19013, 1902 1, 1903 1, 19041, 19042, 19051, 190511, 190512, 190513, 190514, 190515, 190516, 190517, 1905 18, 1906 1, 2108 3, 2206 1 RISC American Institute of Steel 130 East Randolph Street, Suite 2000 Clucago, IL 60601-6219 ANSI/AISC 341-16: Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings 1705 12 1 1, 1705 12 1 2, 1705 13 1 1, 1705 13 1 2, 2205 2 1 1, 2205 2 1 2, 2205 2 2, 2206 2 1 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 613 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvardmsNf-d-od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vme oeJM 10-0 015e To (PST) T--tb ( I.-Ag,,- ,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,00.mfw ,,e od,S,00,byany ,dPartyo, A,mboemPOo[vs3 9ogleuva tidy mpyncg and Mwodwgp,okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS AISC-continued ANSI/AISC 360-16: Specification for Structural Steel Buildings 722 5 2 2 1, 1604 3 3, 1705 2 1, 2202 1, 2203 1, 2205 1, 2205 2 1 1, 2206 1 AISIAmerican Iron and Steel Institute 25 Massachusetts Avenue, NW Suite 800 Washington, DC 20001 AISI S100-16: North American Specification for the Design of Cold -formed Steel Structural Members, 2016 1604 3 3, 1905 18, 2202 1, 2203 1, 2210 1, 2210 2 AISI S202-15: Code of Standard Practice for Cold -formed Steel Framing, 2015 2211 13 1 AISI S220-15: North American Standard for Cold -formed Steel Framing -Nonstructural Members, 2015 2202 1, 2203 1, 2211 2, Table 2506 2, Table 2507 2 AISI S230-15: Standard for Cold -formed Steel Framing -Prescriptive Method for One- and Two-family Dwellings, 2015 1609 1 1, 1609 1 1 1, 2211 12 AISI S240-15: North American Standard for Cold -Formed Steel Structuring Framing, 2015 1705 2 2 2, 2202 1, 2203 1, 2211 1, 2211 1 1 1, 2211 1 3 3, Table 2306 12 2, Table 2506 2, Table 2507 2, Table 2603 12 1 AISI S400-15/S1-16: North American Standard for Seismic Design of Cold -formed Steel Structural Systems, 2015, with Supplement 1, dated 2016. 2210 2, 2211 1 1 1, 2211 1 1 2 ALIAutomotive Lift Institute, Inc P O Box 85 Cortland, NY 13045 ALI ALCTV-2017: Standard for Automotive Lifts -Safety Requirements for Construction, Testing and Validation (ANSI) Table 3001 3 AMCAAir Movement and Control Association International 30 West University Drive Arlington Heights, IL 60004 540-13: Test Method for Louvers Impacted by Wind Borne Debris T 16092 1 ANSIAmerican National Standards Institute 25 West 43rd Street, Fourth Floor New York, NY 10036 A13.1-2015: Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems 4151165 A108.lA-16: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet -set Method, with Portland Cement Mortar 210323 A108.111-99: Installation of Ceramic Tile, Quarry Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry -set or Latex - Portland Mortar 210323 A108.4-99: Installation of Ceramic Tile with Organic Adhesives or Water -cleanable Tile -setting Epoxy Adhesive 2103236 A108.5-99: Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry -set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex -Portland Cement Mortar 2103231, 2103232 A108.6-99: Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical -resistant, Water Cleanable Tile -setting and -grouting Epoxy 2103233 A108.8-99: Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical -resistant Furan Resin Mortar and Grout 2103234 614 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® S ill ' CopynEht@Z0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmep -d-od mm).(CLAdR-d-od)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T-mmtto I( I.-A&g,-o ,AOICC Nofi th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. INC REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ANSI —continued A108.9-99: Installation of Ceramic Tile with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout 2103235 A108.10-99: Installation of Grout in Tilework 2103237 A118.1-16: American National Standard Specifications for Dry -set Portland Cement Mortar 210323 1 A118.3-13: American National Standard Specifications for Chemical -resistant, Water -cleanable Tile -setting and -grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile -setting Epoxy Adhesive 2103233 A118.4-16: American National Standard Specifications for Modified Dry -set Cement Mortar 2103232, 210324 A118.5-99: American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant Furan Mortar and Grouts for Tile Installation 2103234 A118.6-10: American National Standard Specifications for Cement Grouts for Tile Installation 2103237 A118.8-99: American National Standard Specifications for Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout 2103235 A136.1-08: American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile 2103236 A137.1-17: American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile 202 Z 97.1-14: Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings —Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test 2406 12, 2406 2, Table 2406 2(2), 2406 3 1, 2407 1, 2407 1 4 1, 2408 2 1, 2408 3, 2409 2, 2409 3, 240941 APAAPA - Engineered Wood Association 7011 South 19th Street Tacoma, WA 98466 ANSI 117-15: Standard Specification for Structural Glued Laminated Timber of Softwood Species 2306 1 ANSI/APA A190.1-17: Structural Glued Laminated Timber 2303 13, 2306 1 ANSI/APA PRP 210-14: Standard for Performance -Rated Engineered Wood Siding 2303 15, 2304 7, 2306 3, Table 2306 3(1) ANSI/APA PRR 410-16: Standard for Performance -Rated Engineered Wood Rim Boards 2303 1 13 APA PDS-12: Panel Design Specification 2306 1 APA PDS Supplement 1-12: Design and Fabrication of Plywood Curved Panels (revised 2013) 2306 1 APA PDS Supplement 2-12: Design and Fabrication of Plywood -lumber Beams (revised 2013) 2306 1 APA PDS Supplement 3-12: Design and Fabrication of Plywood Stressed -skin Panels (revised 2013) 2306 1 APA PDS Supplement 4-12: Design and Fabrication of Plywood Sandwich Panels (revised 2013) 2306 1 APA PDS Supplement 5-16: Design and Fabrication of All -plywood Beams (revised 2013) 2306 1 ANSI/APA PRG 320-17: Standard for Performance -rated Cross -laminated Timber 2303 14 APA R540-13: Builders Tips: Proper Storage and Handling of Glulam Beams 2306 1 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 615 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS APA-continued APA S475-16: Glued Laminated Beam Design Tables 2306 1 APA S560-14: Field Notching and Drilling of Glued Laminated Timber Beams 2306 1 APA T300-16: Glulam Connection Details 2306 1 APA X440-17: Product Guide: Glulam 2306 1 APA X450-01: Glulam in Residential Construction -Western Edition 2306 1 ASABEAmerican Society of Agncultural and Biological Engineers 2950 Niles Road St Joseph, MI 49085 EP 484.3 MON2016: Diaphragm Design of Metal -clad, Wood -frame Rectangular Buildings 2306 1 EP 486.2 OCT 2012ED: Shallow -post and Pier Foundation Design 2306 1 EP 559.2 MON2016: Design Requirements and Bending Properties for Mechanically Laminated Wood Assemblies 2306 1 ASCE/SEI American Society of Civil Engineers Structural Engineering Institute 1801 Alexander Bell Drive Reston, VA 20191-4400 7-16: Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures 202, Table 1504 1 1, Table 1504 8, 1602 1, 1604 3, Table 1604 3, 1604 5, Table 1604 5, 1604 8 2, 1604 9, 1605 1, 1605 2 1, 1605 3 1, 1605 3 12, 1605 3 2, 1605 3 2 1, 1607 8 1, 1607 8 1 1, 1607 8 1 2, 1607 9, 1607 13 1, 1607 13 3 1, 1608 1, 1608 2, 1608 3, 1609 1 1, 1609 2, 1609 3, 1609 5 1, 1609 5 3, 16112, 1612 2, 1613 1, 1613 2 2, 1613 2 3, 1613 2 5, Table 1613 2 3(1), Table 1613 2 3(2), 1613 2 5 1, 1613 2 5 2, 1613 3, 1614 1, 1615 1, 1705 12, 1705 12 1 1, 1705 12 1 2, 1705 12 4, 1705 13 1 1, 1705 13 1 2, 1705 13 2, 1705 13 3, 1705 13 4, 1709 5, 1803 5 12, 1808 3 1, 180913, 1810361, 18103832, 18103833, 1810394, 1810311 2, 1810312, 1901 2, 19051 1, 1905 12, 1905 17, 1905 1 8, 2205 2 1 1, 2205 2 1 2, 2205 2 2, 2206 2 1, 2209 1, 2209 2, 2210 2, 2211 1 1 1, Table 2304 6 1, Table 2306 3(3), Table 2308 7 5, 2404 1, 2505 1, 2505 2, 2506 2 1 8-02: Standard Specification for the Design of Cold -formed Stainless Steel Structural Members 1604 3 3, 2210 1, 2210 2 19-16: Structural Applications of Steel Cables for Buildings 2208 1 24-14: Flood Resistant Design and Construction 1202 4 2, 1202 4 4, 1612 4, 1612 5, 2702 18, 3001 3 29-05: Standard Calculation Methods for Structural Fire Protection 722 1 32-01: Design and Construction of Frost Protected Shallow Foundations 18095 49-12: Wind Tunnel Testing for Buildings and Other Structures 1609 1 1 55-16: Tensile Membrane Structures 31022 616 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' CopyaghtOoz0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmep -dwood mm).(CLAdR-d-od)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T-mmtto S I ( I.-Agffi,-o ,AOICC Nofi th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers Two Park Avenue New York, NY 10016-5990 ASME/A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16: Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators 907 3 3, 911 16, 1009 4 1, 1607 10 1, 30012, Table 3001 3, 3001 4, 3001 5, 3002 5, 3003 2, 3007 1, 3008 14, 3008 7 1 A17.7-2007/CSA B44-07(R2012): Performance -based Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators Table 3001 3, 3001 5, 3002 5 A18.1-2014: Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifis 1109 8, Table 3001 3 A90.1-2015: Safety Standard for Belt Manlifis Table 3001 3 B16.18-2012: Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings 909 13 1 B16.22-2013: Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings 909 13 1 B20.1-2015: Safety Standard for Conveyors and Related Equipment Table 3001 3, 3004 3 B31.3-2016: Process Piping 415 116 ASSEAmerican Society of Safety Engineers 520 N Northwest Highway Park Ridge, IL 60068 ANSI/ASSE Z359.1-2016: Requirements for the ANSFASSE Z359 Fall Protection Code 1015 6, 1015 7 AS 1T M ASTM International 100 Ban Harbor Drive, P O Box C700 West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 A6/A6M-14: Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes and Sheet Piling 1810323, 18103531, 18103533 A36/A36M-14: Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 1810323 A153/A153M-09: Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 2304 105 A240/A240M-15a: Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium -nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications Table 1507 4 3(1) A252-10: Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles 1810323 A283/A283M-13: Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates 1810323 A416/A416M-15: Specification for Steel Strand, Uncoated Seven -wire for Prestressed Concrete 1810322 A463/A463M-15: Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Aluminum -coated, by the Hot -dip Process Table 1507 4 3(2) A572/A572M-15: Specification for High -strength Low -alloy Columbium -Vanadium Structural Steel 1810323 A588/A58SM-15: Specification for High -strength Low -alloy Structural Steel with 50 ksi (345 MPa) Minimum Yield Point with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance 1810323 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 617 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 01jM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.—Ag,,vo ,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,00.mfw ,,e od,S,00zbyany ,dPartyo, AxmboemPOo[vs3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM—continued A615/A615M-15ae1: Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 17045, 18103102 A653/A653M-15: Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -coated Galvanized or Zinc -iron Alloy -coated Galvannealed by the Hot -dip Process Table 1507 4 3(1), Table 1507 4 3(2), 2304 10 5 1 A690/A690M-13a: Standard Specification for High -strength Low -alloy Nickel, Copper, Phosphorus Steel H-piles and Sheet Piling with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance for Use in Marine Environments 1810323 A706/A706M-15: Specification for Low -alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 1704 5, Table 1705 3, 2107 3, 2108 3 A722/A722M-15: Specification for High -strength Steel Bars for Prestressed Concrete 18103 102 A755/A755M-15: Specification for Steel Sheet Metallic -coated by the Hot -dip Process and Prepainted by the Coil -coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products Table 1507 4 3(1), Table 1507 4 3(2) A792/A792M-10(2015): Specification for Steel Sheet 55% Aluminum -zinc Alloy -coated by the Hot -dip Process Table 1507 4 3(1), Table 1507 4 3(2) A875/A875M-13: Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-5%, Aluminum Alloy -coated by the Hot -dip Process Table 150743(2) A924/A924M-14: Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet Metallic -coated by the Hot -dip Process Table 150743(1) B42-2015A: Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes 909 13 1 B43-15: Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes 909 13 1 B68/B68M-11: Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed (Metric) 909 13 1 B88-14: Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube 909 13 1 B101-12: Specification for Lead -coated Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction 1403 5 3, Table 1507 2 8 2, Table 1507 4 3(1) B209-14: Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Steel and Plate Table 150743(1) B251-10: Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and Copper -alloy Tube 909 13 1 B280-13: Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service 909 13 1 B370-12: Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction 1403 5 2, Table 1507 2 8 2, Table 1507 4 3(1) B695-04(2009): Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel Strip for Building Construction 2304 10 5 1, 2304 10 5 3 C5-10: Specification for Quicklime for Structural Purposes Table 2507 2 C22/C22M-00(2015): Specification for Gypsum Table 2506 2 C27-98(2013): Specification for Classification of Fireclay and High -alumina Refractory Brick 21116 C28/C28M-10(2015): Specification for Gypsum Plasters Table 2507 2 C31/C31M-15: Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field Table 1705 3 618 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® fir,71 ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM—continued C33/C33M-13: Specification for Concrete Aggregates 722 3 1 4, 722 4 1 1 3 C35/C35-01(2014): Specification for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plaster Table 2507 2 C55-2014a: Specification for Concrete Building Brick Table 722 3 2 C59/C59M-00(2015): Specification for Gypsum Casting Plaster and Molding Plaster Table 2507 2 C61/C61M-00(2015): Specification for Gypsum Keene's Cement Table 2507 2 C62-13a: Standard Specification for Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) 1807 1 6 3 C67-14: Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile 722 4 1 1 1, 2109 2 1 1 C73-14: Specification for Calcium Silicate Brick (Sand -lime Brick) Table 722 3 2 C90-14: Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units Table 722 3 2, 1807 1 6 3, 2114 3 C91/C91M-12: Specification for Masonry Cement Table 2507 2 C94/C94M-15a: Specification for Ready -mixed Concrete 110 3 1 C140/C140M-15: Test Method Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units 722312 C150/C150M-15: Specification for Portland Cement 1903 1, Table 2507 2 C172/C172M-14a: Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete Table 1705 3 C199-84(2011): Test Method for Pier Test for Refractory Mortars 2111 6, 2111 9, 2113 12 C206-14: Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime Table 2507 2 C208-12: Specification for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board Table 1508 2, 2303 1 6 C216-15: Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) Table 721 1(2), 1807 1 6 3 C270-14a: Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry 210324 C315-07(2011): Specification for Clay Flue Liners and Chimney Pots 2111 9, 2113 11 1, Table 2113 16(1) C317/C317M-00(2015): Specification for Gypsum Concrete 2514 1 C330/C330M-14: Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete 202 C331/C331M-14: Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Concrete Masonry Units 722 3 1 4, 722 4 1 1 3 C406/C406M-15: Specification for Roofing Slate 150775 C472-99(2014): Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum, Gypsum Plasters and Gypsum Concrete Table 2506 2 C473-15: Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum Panel Products Table 2506 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 619 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A,s,dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep ,,da od Pm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b,,x10081vmc 01jan 10-0 015e PAL (PST) tt, ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM—continued C474-15: Test Methods for Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Board Construction Table 2506 2 C475/C475M-15: Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board Table 2506 2 C514-04(2014): Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board Table 721 1(2), Table 721 1(3), Table 2506 2 C516-05(2014)el: Specifications for Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal Insulation 722 3 1 4, 722 4 1 13 C547-15: Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation Table 721 1(2), Table 721 1(3) C549-06(2012): Specification for Perlite Loose Fill Insulation 722 3 1 4, 722 4 1 13 C552-15: Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation Table 1508 2 C557-03(2009)e01: Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing Table 2506 2, 2508 4 C578-15: Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation Table 1508 2, 2603 10, Table 2603 12 1, Table 2603 12 2, Table 2603 13 1, Table 2603 13 2 C587-04(2014): Specification for Gypsum Veneer Plaster Table 2507 2 C595/C595M-14el: Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements 1903 1, Table 2507 2 C631-09(2014): Specification for Bonding Compounds for Interior Gypsum Plastering Table 2507 2 C635/C635M-13a: Specification for the Manufacture, Performance and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings 801 1 1 1, 2506 2 1 C636/C636M-13: Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panels 808111 C652-15: Specification for Hollow Brick (Hollow Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) 1807163 C726-12: Standard Specification for Mineral Wool Roof Insulation Board Table 1508 2 C728-15: Standard Specification for Perlite Thermal Insulation Board Table 1508 2 C744-14: Specification for Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Silicate Masonry Units Table 722 3 2 C754-15: Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw -attached Gypsum Panel Products Table 2508 1, Table 2511 1 1 C836/CS36M-15: Specification for High -solids Content, Cold Liquid -applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing Course 1507 152 C840-13: Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board Table 2508 1, 2509 2 C841-03(2013): Specification for Installation of Interior Lathing and Furring Table 2508 1, Table 2511 1 1 C842-05(2015): Specification for Application of Interior Gypsum Plaster Table 2511 1 1, 2511 3, 2511 4 C843-99(2012): Specification for Application of Gypsum Veneer Plaster Table 2511 1 1 C844-2015: Specification for Application of Gypsum Base to Receive Gypsum Veneer Plaster Table 2508 1 620 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM—continued C847--14a: Specification for Metal Lath Table 2507 2 C887--13: Specification for Packaged, Dry Combined Materials for Surface Bonding Mortar 180522, 210322 C897--15: Specification for Aggregate for Job -mixed Portland Cement -based Plaster Table 2507 2 C920-14a: Standard for Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants Table 2506 2 C926-15b: Specification for Application of Portland Cement -based Plaster 2109 2 4 8, 2510 3, Table 2511 1 1, 2511 3, 2511 4, 2512 1, 2512 1 2, 2512 2, 2512 6, 2512 8 2, 2512 9, 2513 7 C932-06(2013): Specification for Surface -applied Bonding Compounds for Exterior Plastering Table 2507 2 C933-14: Specification for Welded Wire Lath Table 2507 2 C946-10: Specification for Construction of Dry -stacked, Surface -bonded Walls 210322, 21145 C954-15: Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 inch (0.84 mm) to 0.112 inch (2.84 mm) in Thickness Table 2506 2, Table 2507 2 C956-04(2015): Specification for Installation of Cast -in -place Reinforced Gypsum Concrete 2514 1 C957/C957M-15: Specification for High -solids Content, Cold Liquid -applied Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane with Integral Wearing Surface 1507 152 C1002-14: Specification for Steel Self -piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs Table 2506 2, Table 2507 2 C1007-11a(2015): Specification for Installation of Load Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs and Related Accessories Table 2508 1, Table 2511 1 1 C1029-15: Specification for Spray -applied Rigid Cellular Polyurethane Thermal Insulation 1507 142 C1032-14: Specification for Woven Wire Plaster Base Table 2507 2 C1047-14a: Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base Table 2506 2, Table 2507 2 C1063-15a: Specification for Installation of Lathing and Furring to Receive Interior and Exterior Portland Cement -based Plaster 2109 2 4 8, 2510 3, Table 2511 1 1, 2512 1 1 C1088-14: Specification for Thin Veneer Brick Units Made from Clay or Shale Table 721 1(2) C1157/C1157M-11: Standard Performance Specification for Hydraulic Cement 1903 1, Table 2507 2 C1167-11: Specification for Clay Roof Tiles 150734 C1177/C1177M-13: Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing Table 1508 2, Table 2506 2 C1178/C1178M-13: Specification for Coated Mat Water-resistant Gypsum Backing Panel Table 2506 2, Table 2509 2 C 1186-08(2012): Specification for Flat Fiber Cement Sheets 1403 10, 1404 16 1, 1404 16 2 C1261-13: Specification for Firebox Brick for Residential Fireplaces 2111 6, 2111 9 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 621 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep -dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc 01jM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) T--tto ( I.—Ag,,—®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMbtmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM—continued C1278/C127SM-07a(2011): Specification for Fiber -reinforced Gypsum Panel Table 1508 2, Table 2506 2 C1280-13a: Specification for Application of Exterior Gypsum Panel Productsfor Use as Sheathing Table 2508 L 2508 2 C1283-11: Practicefor Installing Clay Flue Lining 2113 9 1, 2113 12 C1288-14: Standard Specification for Discrete Nonasbestos Fiber -cement Interior Substrate Sheets Table 2509 2 C1289-15: Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board Table 1508 2, 2603 10, Table 2603 12 1, Table 2603 12 2 C1313/C1313M-13: Standard Specification for Sheet Radiant Barriers for Building Construction Applications 15094 C1325-14: Standard Specification for Nonasbestos Fiber -mat Reinforced Cement Backer Units Table 2509 2 C1328/C1328M-12: Specification for Plastic (Stucco Cement) Table 2507 2 C1364-10B: Standard Specification for Architectural Cast Stone 2103 1 C1396/C1396M-14a: Specification for Gypsum Board Figure 722 5 1(2), Figure 722 5 1(3), Table 2506 2 C1492-03(2009): Standard Specification for Concrete Roof Tile 150735 C1568-08(2013): Standard Test Method for Wind Resistance of Concrete and Clay Roof Tiles (Mechanical Uplift Resistance Method) 15042 1 1 C1600/C1600M-11: Standard Specification for Rapid Hardening Hydraulic Cement Table 2507 2 C1629/C1629M-15: Standard Classification for Abuse -resistant Nondecorated Interior Gypsum Panel Products and Fiber -reinforced Cement Panels 403231, 403232, 403234 C1658/C1658M-13: Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels Table 2506 2 C1670-16: Standard Specification for Adhered Manufactured Stone Masonry Veneer Units 2103 1 C1766-13: Standard Specification for Factory -laminated Gypsum Panel Products Table 2506 2 D25-12: Specification for Round Timber Piles 1810324, 2303112 D41/D41M-11: Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampprooflng and Waterproofing Table 1507 10 2 D43/D43M-00(2012)el: Specification for Coal Tar Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing Table 1507 10 2 D56-05(2010): Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Cup Tester 202 D86-15: Test Method for Distillation of Petroleum Products and Liquid Fuels at Atmospheric Pressure 202 D93-15: Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester 202 D226/D226M-09: Specification for Asphalt -saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing 1403 2, 1505 2, 1507 1 1, Table 1507 1 l (1), 1507 3 3, Table 1507 8, 1507 9 5, Table 1507 10 2, 1507 18 3, 1507 18 4 1 D227/D227M-03(2011)el: Specification for Coal -tar -saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing Table 1507 10 2 622 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® fir,71 ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A,s,dby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hvdmep,,da od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantt, S I ( I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM—continued D312/D312M-15: Specification for Asphalt Used in Roofing Table 1507 10 2 D422-63(2007)e2: Test Method for Particle -size Analysis of Soils 180353 D448-2012: Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge Construction 1507 12 3, 1507 13 3 D450/D450M-07(2013)el: Specification for Coal -tar Pitch Used in Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing Table 1507 10 2 D635-14: Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position 26064 D1143/Dll43M-07(2013): Test Methods for Deep Foundations Under Static Axial Compressive Load 18103312 D1227-13: Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing Table 1507 10 2, 1507 15 2 D1557-12el: Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort [56,000 ff-lb/ft3 (2,700 kN m/m)] 1705 6, 1804 6 D1863/Dl863M-05(2011)el: Specification for Mineral Aggregate Used on Built-up Roofs Table 1507 10 2 D1929-16: Standard Test Method for Determining Ignition Temperature of Plastics 402 6 4 4, 406 7 2, 1406 112 1, 1406 11 3 3, 1406 11 4 2, 1408 112 1, 2606 4 D1970/D1970M-15a: Specification for Self -adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roof Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection 1507 1 1, 1502 2 8 2, 1507 3 9, 1507 5 7, 1507 8 8, 1507 9 9, 1507 11 2 1, 1507 18 4 1 D2178/D217SM-15: Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing Table 1507 10 2 D2487--11: Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) Table 1610 1, 1803 5 1 D2626/D2626M-04(2012)el: Specification for Asphalt Saturated and Coated Organic Felt Base Sheet Used in Roofing Table 1507 1 l(1),1507 3 3, Table 1507 10 2 D2822/D2822M-05(2011)el: Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement Asbestos Containing Table 1507 102 D2823/D2823M-05(2011)el: Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings, Asbestos Containing Table 1507 102 D2824/D2824M-13: Standard Specification for Aluminum -pigmented Asphalt Roof Coatings, Nonfibered and Fibered without Asbestos Table 1507 10 2 D2843-16: Standard Test Method for Density of Smoke from the Burning or Decomposition of Plastics 26064 D2859-16: Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials 804 4 1, 804 4 2 D2898-10: Test Methods for Accelerated Weathering of Fire -retardant -treated Wood for Fire Testing 1505 1, 2303 2 4, 2303 2 6 D3019-05: Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Nonfibered, Asbestos Fibered and Nonasbestos Fibered Table 1507 10 2 D3161/D3161M-15: Test Method for Wind Resistance of Steep Slope Roofing Products (Fan Induced Method) 1504 1 1, Table 1504 1 1, 1504 3 3, 1507 17 8 D3200-74(2012): Standard Specification and Test Method for Establishing Recommended Design Stresses for Round Timber Construction Poles 2303 1 12 D3201/D3201M-13: Test Method for Hygroscopic Properties of Fire -retardant -treated Wood and Wood -based Products 230327 D3278-96(2011): Test Methods for Flash Point of Liquids by Small Scale Closed -cup Apparatus 202 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 623 I [ [ [ CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmep -dwood mm).(CLAdFRmdwood)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) T-mmtto ( I.—Ag,—^ ,AOICC Nofith,,e,od,�,oamfiu,,eod,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo,AMbtmPOo3ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM—continued D3462/D3462M-10a: Specification for Asphalt Shingles Made from Glass Felt and Surfaced with Mineral Granules 150724 D3468/D346SM-99(2013)el: Specification for Liquid -applied Neoprene and Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Used in Roofing and Waterproofing 1507 152 D3679-13: Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Siding 1403 9, 1404 14 D3689/D369SM-07(2013)el: Test Methods for Deep Foundations under Static Axial Tensile Load 18103315 D3737-12: Practice for Establishing Allowable Properties for Structural Glued Laminated Timber (Glulam) 2303 13 D3746-55(2005): Test Method for Impact Resistance of Bituminous Roofing Systems 15047 D3747-79(2007): Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Adhesive for Adhering Roof Insulation Table 1507 10 2 D3909/D3909M-14: Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Glass Felt) Surfaced with Mineral Granules 1507 2 8 2, 1507 6 5, Table 1507 10 2 D3957-09: Standard Practices for Establishing Stress Grades for Structural Members Used in Log Buildings 2303 1 11 D4022/D4022M-07(2012)el: Specification for Coal Tar Roof Cement, Asbestos Containing Table 1507 10 2 D4272-15: Test Method for Total Energy Impact of Plastic Films by Dart Drop 15047 D4318-10el: Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils 180353 D4434/D4434M-12: Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Sheet Roofing 1507 132 D4479/D4479M-07(2012)el: Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings —Asbestos -free Table 1507 102 D4586/D4586M-07(2012)el: Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement —Asbestos -free Table 1507 102 D4601/D4601M-04(2012)el: Specification for Asphalt -coated Glass Fiber Base Sheet Used in Roofing Table 1507 10 2, 1507 11 2 1 D4637/D4637M-14el: Specification for EPDM Sheet Used in Single -ply Roof Membrane 1507 122 D4829-11: Test Method for Expansion Index of Soils 180353 D4869/D4869M-15: Specification for Asphalt -saturated (Organic Felt) Underlayment Used in Steep Slope Roofing 1507 1 1, Table 1507 1 l (1), 1507 18 3, 1507 18 4 1 D4897/D4897M-01(2009): Specification for Asphalt -coated Glass Fiber Venting Base Sheet Used in Roofing Table 1507 10 2 D4945-12: Test Method for High -strain Dynamic Testing of Deep Foundations 18103312 D4990-97a(2013): Specification for Coal Tar Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing Table 1507 10 2 D5019-07a: Specification for Reinforced Nonvulcanized Polymeric Sheet Used in Roofing Membrane 1507 122 D5055-13el: Specification for Establishing and Monitoring Structural Capacities of Prefabricated Wood I -joists 2303 12 D5456-14b: Specification for Evaluation of Structural Composite Lumber Products 2303 1 10 624 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmep -dwood mm).(CLAdR—d—od)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nofi th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM—continued D5516-09: Test Method of Evaluating the Flexural Properties of Fire -retardant Treated Softwood Plywood Exposed to Elevated Temperatures 230325 1 D5643/D5643M-06(2012)el: Specification for Coal Tar Roof Cement, Asbestos -free Table 1507 10 2 D5664-10: Standard Test Method for Evaluating the Effects of Fire -retardant Treatment and Elevated Temperatures on Strength Properties of Fire -retardant Treated Lumber 2303252 D5665/D5665M-99a(2014)el: Specification for Thermoplastic Fabrics Used in Cold -applied Roofing and Waterproofing Table 1507 10 2 D5726-95(2013): Specification for Thermoplastic Fabrics Used in Hot -applied Roofing and Waterproofing Table 1507 10 2 D6083-05e01: Specification for Liquid Applied Acrylic Coating Used in Roofing Table 1507 10 2, Table 1507 14 3, 1507 15 2 D6162/D6162M-00a(2015)el: Specification for Styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Using a Combination of Polyester and Glass Fiber Reinforcements 1507 11 2 D6163/D6163M-00(2015)el: Specification for Styrene-limadiene-styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Using Glass Fiber Reinforcements 1507 11 2 D6164/D6164M-11: Specification for Styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Metal Materials Using Polyester Reinforcements 1507 11 2 D6222/D6222M-11: Specification for Atactic Polypropylene (APP) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Using Polyester Reinforcements 1507 11 2 D6223/D6223M-02(2009)el: Specification for Atactic Polypropylene (APP) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Using a Combination of Polyester and Glass Fiber Reinforcements 1507 11 2 D6298-13: Specification for Fiberglass Reinforced Styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheets with a Factory Applied Metal Surface 1507 11 2 D6305-08(2015)el: Practice for Calculating Bending Strength Design Adjustment Factors for Fire -retardant -treated Plywood Roof Sheathing 230325 1 D6380/D63SOM-03(2013)el: Standard Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Organic) Felt Table 1507 1 l(1), 1507 2 8 2, 1507 3 3, 1507 6 5 D6464-03a(2009)el: Standard Specification for Expandable Foam Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing Table 2506 2, 2508 4 D6509/D6509M-09(2015): Standard Specification for Atactic Polypropylene (APP) Modified Bituminous Base Sheet Materials Using Glass Fiber Reinforcements 1507 11 2 D6694/D6694M-08(2013)el: Standard Specification for Liquid -applied Silicone Coating Used in Spray Polyurethane Foam Roofing Systems Table 1507 14 3, 1507 15 2 D6754/D6754M-10: Standard Specification for Ketone Ethylene Ester Based Sheet Roofing 1507 132 D6757-2013: Specification for Underlayment Felt Containing Inorganic Fibers Used in Steep Slope Roofing 1507 1 1, Table 1507 1 l (1), 1507 18 3, 1507 18 4 1 D6841-08: Standard Practice for Calculating Design Value Treatment Adjustment Factors for Fire -retardant Treated Lumber 2303252 D6878/D687SM-13: Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing 1507 132 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 625 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep -dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) T--tto ( I.—Ag,,—®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMbtmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM-continued D6947/D6947M-07(2013)el: Standard Specification for Liquid Applied Moisture Cured Polyurethane Coating Used in Spray Polyurethane Foam Roofing System Table 1507 14 3, 1507 15 2 D7032-14: Standard Specification for Establishing Performance Ratings for Wood, Plastic Composite Deck Boards and Guardrail Systems (Guards or Rails) 705 2 3 1, 2612 2, 2612 4, 2612 5 1 D7147-11: Specification for Testing and Establishing Allowable Loads of Joist Hangers 2303 5, 2304 10 3 D7158/D715SM-16: Standard Test Method for Wind Resistance of Asphalt Sldngles (Uplift Force/Uplift Resistance Method) 1504 1 1, Table 1504 1 1 D7254-15: Standard Specification for Polypropylene (PP) Siding 1403 12 D7425/D7425M-13: Standard Specification for Spray Polyurethane Foam Used for Roofing Applications 1507 142 D7655/D7655M-12: Standard Classification for Size of Aggregate Used as Ballast for Roof Membrane Systems 1507 12 3, 1507 13 3 D7672-14: Standard Specification for Evaluating Structural Capacities of Rim Board Products and Assemblies 2303 1 13 E84-16: Standard Test Methods for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 202, 402 6 4 4, 406 7 2, 703 5 2, 720 1, 720 4, 803 12, 803 5 2, 803 10, 803 11, 803 12, 803 13, 806 7, 1402 5, 1403 12 1, 1406 9, 1406 10 1, 1408 9, 1408 10 1, 1510 6 2, 1510 6 3, 2303 2, 2603 3, 2603 4 1 13, 2603 5 4, 2603 5 5, 2603 7, 2604 2 4, 2606 4, 2612 3, 2614 3, 3105 3, D 102 2 8 E90-09: Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements 1206 2, 1206 2 1 E96/E96M-15: Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials 202 E108-16: Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings 1505 1, 2603 6, 2610 2, 2610 3 E119-16: Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 703 2, 703 2 1, 703 2 3, 703 2 5, 703 3, 703 4, 703 6, 704 12, 705 7, 705 8 5, 707 6, 712 1 13 2, 714 4 1, 714 5 1, 715 1, 715 4, Table 716 1(1), Table 716 1(2), Table 716 1(3), 716 1 2 3, 716 2 5 1 1, 716 2 5 4, 716 3 2 1 1, 717 3 1, 717 5 2, 717 5 3, 717 6 1, 71762, Table 721 l(1), 21031, 260351 E136-16: Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 7500C 7035 1 E283-04(2012): Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences across the Specimen 202 E330/E330M-14: Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 170952 E331-00(2009): Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 14022 E492-09: Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor -ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine 12063 E605/E605M-93(2015)el: Test Method for Thickness and Density of Sprayed Fire -resistive Material (SFRM) Applied to Structural Members 1705 14 4 1, 1705 14 4 2, 1705 14 4 5, 1705 14 5 E648-15el: Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor -covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source 406 2 4, 424 2, 804 2, 804 3 E681-09(2015): Test Methods for Concentration Limits of Flammability of Chemical Vapors and Gases 202 626 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmep -dwood mm).(CLAdR-d-od)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T-mmtto TEN I ( " I.-Agffi,-o ,AOICC Nofi th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM—continued E736/E736M-00(2015)el: Test Method for Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire -resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members 704 13 3 2, 1705 14 6 E814-2013A: Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems 202, 714412, 71442, 714512 E970-14: Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Exposed Attic Floor Insulation Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source 7203 1 E1300-12ael: Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings 2404 1, 2404 2, 2404 3 1, 2404 3 2, 2404 3 3, 2404 3 4, 2404 3 5 E1354-16: Standard Test Method for Heat and Visible Smoke Release Rates for Materials and Products Using an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter 4242 E1592-05(2012): Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 150432 E1602-03(2010)el: Guide for Construction of Solid Fuel -burning Masonry Heaters 21122 E1886-13A: Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Missile(s) and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials 16092 E1966-15: Standard Test Method for Fire -resistive Joint Systems 202,7153 E1996-14a: Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes 1609 2, 1609 2 2 E2072-14: Standard Specification for Photoluminescent (Phosphorescent) Safety Markings 10254 E2174-14b: Standard Practice for On -site Inspection of Installed Fire Stops 1705 17 1 E2178-13: Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials 202 E2273-03(2011): Standard Test Method for Determining the Drainage Efficiency of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) Clad Wall Assemblies 140741 E2307-15b: Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barriers Using the Intermediate -scale, Multistory Test Apparatus 7154 E2353-14: Standard Test Methods for Performance of Glazing in Permanent Railing Systems, Guards and Balustrades 2407 12 E2393-10a(2015): Standard Practice for On -site Inspection of Installed Fire Resistive Joint Systems and Perimeter Fire Barriers 1705 172 E2404-15a: Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Textile, Paper or Polymeric (Including Vinyl) and Wood Wall or Ceiling Coverings, Facing and Veneers to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics 803 5 2, 803 12 E2556/E2556M-10: Standard Specification for Vapor Permeable Flexible Sheet Water -resistive Barriers Intended for Mechanical Attachment 25106 E2568-09el: Standard Specification for PB Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems 14072 E2570/E2570M-07(2014)el: Standard Test Method for Evaluating Water -resistive Barrier (WRB) Coatings Used under Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) for EIFS with Drainage 1407 4 1 1, 1705 16 1 E2573-12: Standard Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Site -fabricated Stretch Systems to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics 803 10 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 627 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep -d—od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc 01jan 10-0 015e PAL(PST) T--tto ( I.—Ag,,—®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMbtmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM-continued E2579-13: Standard Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Wood Products to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics 803 11 E2599-15: Standard Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Reflective Insulation, Radiant Barrier and Vinyl Stretch Ceiling Materials for Building Applications to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics 26143 E2634-11(2015): Standard Specification for Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Systems 19034 E2751/E2751M-13: Practice for Design and Performance of Supported Laminated Glass Walkways 2409 1 F547-06(2012): Terminology of Nails for Use with Wood and Wood -base Materials Table 2506 2 F1667-15: Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes and Staples Table 721 1(2), Table 721 1(3), 1507 2 5, 1507 17 5, 2303 6, Table 2304 10 1, 2304 10 5, Table 2506 2, Table 2603 13 1, Table 2603 13 2 F2006-17: Standard/Safety Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices for Nonemergency Escape (Egress) and Rescue (Ingress) Windows 10158 F2090-17: Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices with Emergency Escape (Egress) Release Mechanisms 1015 8, 1015 8 1 F2200-14: Standard Specification for Automated Vehicular Gate Construction 31102 G152-13: Practice for Operating Open Flame Carbon Are Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 15046 G154-12a: Practice for Operating Fluorescent Light Apparatus for UV Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 15046 G155-13: Practice for Operating Xenon Are Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 15046 AWCAmencan Wood Council 222 Catoctin Circle SE, Suite 201 Leesburg, VA 20175 AWC WCD No. 4-2003: Wood Construction Data -Plank and Beam Framing for Residential Buildings 2306 12 ANSI/AWC WFCM-2018: Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two -Family Dwellings 1609 1 1, 1609 1 1 1, 2302 1, 2308 2 4, 2308 6 7 2, 2309 1 ANSI/AWC NDS-2018: National Design Specification (NDS) for Wood Construction -with 2018NDS Supplement 202, 722 1, Table 1604 3, 1809 12, 1810 3 2 4, Table 1810 3 2 6, 1905 1 8, 2304 13, 2306 1, Table 23062(1), Table 23062(2), Table 23063(1), Table 23063(2), 23071, Table 2603 13 1, Table 2603 132 AWC STJR-2015: Span Tables for Joists and Rafters 2306 1 1, 2308 4 2 1, 2308 7 1, 2308 7 2 ANSI/AWC PWF-2015: Permanent Wood Foundation Design Specification 1805 2, 1807 1 4, 2304 10 5 2 ANSI/AWC SDPWS-2015: Special Design Provisions for Wind and Seismic 202, 2305 1, 2305 2, 2305 3, 2306 1, 2306 2, 2306 3, Table 2306 3(1), Table 2306 3(3), 2307 1 AWC1 Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry 513 West Broad Street, Suite 210 Falls Church, VA 22046 12-B-14: Technical Manual 12B, Third Edition; Standard Practice for the Testing and Inspection of Field Applied Thin Film Intumescent Fire -resistive Materials; an Annotated Guide: 1705 15 628 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® rff.,"FrT' CopyaghtOoz0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc 01jM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto k MR, ff.' I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS AWi A Amencan Wood Protection Association P O Box 361784 Burmngham, AL 35236-1784 C1-03: All Timber Products —Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes 15056 M4-16: Standard for the Care of Preservative -treated Wood Products 1810 3 2 4 1, 2303 1 9 U1-16: USE CATEGORY SYSTEM: User Specification for Treated Wood Except Commodity Specification H Table 1507 9 6, 1807 1 4, 1807 3 1, 1809 12, 1810 3 2 4 1, 2303 1 9, 2304 12 1, 2304 12 2, 2304 12 3, 2304 12 4, 2304 12 5 A�� 7 V� S Amencan Welding Society 8669 NW 36 Street, #130 Miami, FL 33166 D1.4/D1.4M-2011: Structural Welding Code —Reinforcing Steel Including Metal Inserts and Connections In Reinforced Concrete Construction 1704 5, Table 1705 3, 1705 3 1, 2107 3 Blluu NIA Builders Hardware Manufacturers' Association 355 Lexington Avenue, 15th Floor New York, NY 10017-6603 A 156.10-2011: Power Operated Pedestrian Doors 1010142 A 156.19-2013: Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors 1010142 A 156.27-2011: Power and Manual Operated Revolving Pedestrian Doors 1010 141 1 A 156.38-2014: Low Energy Power Operated Sliding and Folding Doors 1010142 CEl\ European Connimbee for Standardization (CEN) Central Secretanat Rue de Stassart 36 B-10 50 Brussels EN 1081-98: Resilient Floor Coverings —Determination of the Electrical Resistance 4067 1 BS EN 15250-2007: Slow Heat Release Appliances Fired by Solid Fuel Requirements and Test Methods 2112 2, 2112 5 CPA Composite Panel Association 19465 Deerfield Avenue, Suite 306 Leesburg, VA 20176 ANSI A135.4-2012: Basic Hardboard 1403 3 1, 2303 17 ANSI A135.5-2012: Prefinished Hardboard Paneling 2303 17, 2304 7 ANSI A135.6-2012: Engineered Wood Siding 1403 3 2, 2303 17 A208.1-2016: Particleboard 2303 18, 2303 18 1 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 629 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep -d—od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)p--tto ( I.—A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission 4330 East/West Highway Bethesda, MD 20814 16 CFR Part 1201 (2002): Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Material 2406 2, Table 2406 2(1), 2406 3 1, 2407 1, 2407 1 4 1, 2408 2 1, 2408 3, 2409 2, 2409 3 1, 2409 4 1 16 CFR Part 1209 (2002): Interim Safety Standard for Cellulose Insulation 7206 16 CFR Part 1404 (2002): Cellulose Insulation 7206 16 CFR Part 1500 (2009): Hazardous Substances and Articles; Administration and Enforcement Regulations 202 16 CFR Part 1500.44 (2009): Method for Determining Extremely Flammable and Flammable Solids 202 16 CFR Part 1507 (2002): Fireworks Devices 202 16 CFR Part 1630 (2007): Standard for the Surface Flammability of Carpets and Rugs 8044 1 CSA Canadian Standards Association 8501 East Pleasant Valley Road Cleveland, OH 44131-5516 AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17: North American Fenestration Standard/Specifications for Windows, Doors and Unit Skylights 1709 5 1, 2405 5 ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-16: Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators 907 3 3, 911 1 6, 1009 4 1, 1607 10 1, 3001 2, Table 3001 3, 3001 5, 3002 5, 3003 2, 3007 1, 3008 14, 3008 7 1 ASME A17.7-2007/CSA B44.7-07: Performance -based Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators Table 3001 3, 3001 5, 3002 5 CSSB Cedar Shake & Slungle Bureau P O Box 1178 Sumas, WA 98295-1178 CSSB-97: Grading and Packing Rules for Western Red Cedar Shakes and Western Red Shingles of the Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau Table 1507 8 5, Table 1507 9 6 DASMA Door & Access Systems Manufacturers Association International 1300 Sumner Avenue Cleveland, OH 44115-2851 ANSI/DASMA 107-2017: Room Fire Test Standard for Garage Doors Using Foam Plastic Insulation 260341 9 ANSI/DASMA 108-2017: Standard Method for Testing Sectional Garage Doors, Rolling Doors and Flexible Doors: Determination of Structural Performance Under Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 170952 ANSI/DASMA 115-2016: Standard Method for Testing Sectional Garage Doors, Rolling Doors and Flexible Doors: Determination of Structural Performance Under Missile Impact and Cyclic Wind Pressure 160923 630 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmep -d—od mm).(CLAdR—d—od)O,d,,Numb¢x1ooe1vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T-mmtto S I ( " I.—Agffi,—,AOICC Nofi th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOow.d ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS DOCU S Department of Commerce National Institute of Standards and Technology 1401 Constitution Avenue NW Waslungton, DC 20230 PS 1-09: Structural Plywood 2303 15, 2304 7, Table 2304 8(4), Table 2304 8(5), Table 2306 2(1), Table 2306 2(2) PS 2-10: Performance Standard for Wood -based Structural -use Panels 2303 15, 2304 7, Table 2304 8(5), Table 2306 2(1), Table 2306 2(2) PS 20-05: American Softwood Lumber Standard 202, 1810 3 2 4, 2303 1 1 DOL 29 CFR Part 1910.1000 (2015) : Air Contaminants 202 DOTn 49 CFR Parts 100-185-2015: Hazardous Materials Regulations 202 U S Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration c/o Superintendent of Documents U S Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402-9325 U S Department of Transportation Office of Hazardous Material Safety 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE East Building, 2nd Floor Waslungton, DC 20590 49 CFR Parts 173.137—(2009): Shippers —General Requirements for Shipments and Packaging —Class 8—Assignment of Packing Group 202 49 CFR Parts 173-178-2015: Specification of Transportation of Explosive and Other Dangerous Articles, UN 0335, UN 0336 Shipping Containers 202 FEMAFederal Emergency Management Agency Federal Center Plaza 500 C Street S W Waslungton, DC 20472 FEMA-TB-11-01: Crawlspace Construction for Buildings Located in Special Flood Hazard Areas 1805121 FM 4430-2012: Approval Standard for Heat and Smoke Vents 91031 FM Approvals Headquarters Office 1151 Boston -Providence Tumpike P O Box 9102 Norwood, MA 02062 4450—(1989): Approval Standard for Class 1 Insulated Steel Deck Roofs —with Supplements through July 1992 15092 4470-2016: Approval Standard for Single -ply Polymer -modified Bitumen Sheet, Built-up Roof (BUR) and Liquid Applied Roof Assemblies for Use in Class 1 and Noncombustible Roof Deck Construction 15047 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 631 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,rhvdmep-dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc01jM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) T--tto ( I.—Ag,,—,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,00.mfw ,,e od,S,00zbyany ,dPartyo, AxmboemPOo[vs3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS FM -continued 4474-2011: American National Standard for Evaluating the Simulated Wind Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies Using Static Positive and/or Negative Differential Pressures 1504 3 1, 1504 3 2, 1504 3 3 4880-2015: Approval Standard for Class 1 Fire Rating of Building Panels or Interior Finish Materials 2603 4, 2603 9 GAGypsum GA 216-2016: Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products Table 2508 1, 2509 2 GA 600-2015: Fire -resistance Design Manual, 21st Edition Table 721 1(1), Table 721 1(2), Table 721 1(3) Association 6525 Belcrest Road, Suite 480 Hyattsville, MD 20782 7 V A Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association HPVA 1825 Michael Faraday Drive Reston, VA 20190 ANSI/HPVA HP-1-2016: American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood 2303 3, 23047 //''�� Il. C International Code Council, Inc 500 New Jersey Ave NW 6th Floor Washington, DC 20001 ICC A117.1-09: Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities 202, 907 5 2 3 3, 1009 8 2, 1009 9, 1009 11, 1010 1 9 8 1, 1012 1, 1012 6 5, 1012 10, 1013 4, 1023 9, 1102 1, 1107 2,1109 1, 1109 2, 1109 5 1, 1109 5 2,1111 2, 1111 3, 1111 4,1111 4 2 ICC 300-17: ICC Standard on Bleachers, Folding and Telescopic Seating and Grandstands 1029 1 1, 1029 7, Table 1607 1 ICC 400-17: Standard on Design and Construction of Log Structures 23022 ICC 500-14: ICC/NSSA Standard on the Design and Construction of Storm Shelters 202, 423 1, 423 2, 423 3, 423 4, 1604 5 1, 1604 10 ICC 600-14: Standard for Residential Construction in High -wind Regions 1609 1 1, 1609 1 1 1, 2308 2 4 ICC 900/SRCC 300-2015: Solar Thermal System Standard 3111 2 1 ICC 901/SRCC 100-2015: Solar Thermal Collector Standard 3111 2 1 IEBC-18: International Existing Building Code® 101 4 7, 102 6, 116 5, 201 3, Table 504 3, Table 504 4, Table 504 6, 2701 1, 2801 1, 3113 1 1 IECC-18: International Energy Conservation Code® 101 4 6, 201 3, 202, 1202 1, 1202 4 3 2, 1301 1 1, 1405 3 632 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® " ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmep -d-od mm).(CLAdR-d-od)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T-mmtto S I ( RR I.-Agffi,-o ,AOICC Nofi th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. INC REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS ICC-continued IFC-18: International Fire Code® 101 4 5, 102 6, 102 6 2, 201 3, 202, 307 1, Table 307 1(1), Table 307 1(2), 307 1 1, 307 1 2, 403 4 5, 404 2, 406 2 9, 406 7, 406 8, 407 4, 410 2 6, 411 1, 412 1, 412 5 1, 413 1, 414 1 1, 414 1 2, 414 1 2 1, 4142, Table 41425(1),414251,414252,Table 41425(2), 414253, 4143, 4145, 41451, Table 41451, 41452, 41453, 4146, 4152, 4156, 41561, 41561 1, 41561 4, Table 41562, 41573, 41582,4159, 41591, 415913, 415914, 415916, 415917, 415918, 41592, 41593, 41510, 415 11, 415 11 1 7, 415 11 4, 415 11 7 2, 415 11 9 3, 415 11 10 1, 416 1, 416 2 3, 416 4, 422 3 1, 426 1, 426 1 4, 427 1, 427 2 3, 428 1, 428 2, 428 3, Table 504 3, Table 504 4, Table 506 2, 507 4, 507 8 1 1 1, 507 8 1 12, 507 8 1 13, Table 509, 705 8 1, 707 1, 806 3, 901 2, 901 3, 901 5, 9016 3, 901 6 4, 903 2 7 1, Table 903 2 11 6, 903 2 12, 903 5, 904 2 2, 904 11 3, 905 1, 905 3 6, 905 3 7, 906 1, Table 906 1, 906 4, 907 1 1, 907 2 5, 907 2 6, 907 2 8, 907 2 12 2, 907 2 14, 907 2 15, 907 2 22, 907 5 2 2, 907 6 6, 907 6 6 2, 907 8, 909 6 3, 909 12 1, 909 19, 909 20, 910 2 2, 910 5, 912 4 3, 915 1, 915 6, 916 7, 916 11, 918 1, 1002 1, 1002 2, 1010 1 9 7, 1202 5 2, 1202 6, 1507 16, 1512 1, Table 1604 5, 2603 4 1 12, 2701 1, 2702 13, 2702 2 3, 2702 2 7, 2702 2 10, 2702 2 12, 2702 2 14, 2702 4, 3003 3, 3008 1 3, 3102 1, 3102 8 3, 3103 1, 3111 1 2, 3111 2, 3111 3, 31113 4, 3111 3 5, 3302 3, 3303 7, 3309 2 IFGC-18: International Fuel Gas Code® 101 4 1, 201 3, Table 307 l (1), 415 9 2, 2113 11 1 2, 2113 15, 2702 2 6, 2801 1 IMC-18: International Mechanical Code® 101 4 2, 2013, Table 307 l(1), 406 2 9, 406 6 2, 406 8 1, 406 8 4, 407 2 6, 409 3, 412 5 6, 414 1 2, 414 3, 415 9 1, 415 9 2, 415 9 3, 415 11 11, 416 2 3, 420 8, 420 9, 420 10 1, 421 4, 426 1 4, 427 2 2, 427 2 3, 428 4 7, 603 1, 603 1 1, 603 1 2, 712 1 6, 717 2 2, 717 5 3, 715 4, 715 5, 717 6 1, 717 6 2, 717 6 3, 718 5, 720 1, 720 7, 903 2 114, 904 2 2, 904 12, 907 3 1, 909 1, 909 10 2, 909 13 1, 910 4 7, 1006 2 2 3, 1011 16, 1020 5 1, 1202 1, 1202 2 2, 1202 4 3 2, 1202 5 2 1, 1202 6, 1208 3, 2702 2 5, 2801 1, 3111 2 IPC-18: International Plumbing Code® 101 4 3, 201 3, 415 9 3, 603 1 2, 718 5, 903 3 5, 1205 3 3, 1502 1, 1502 2, 1805 4 3, 2901 1, Table 2902 1, 3111 2, 3305 1 IPMC-18: International Property Maintenance Code® 101 4 4, 102 6, 102 6 2, 103 3, 2701 1, 2801 1 IPSDC-18: International Private Sewage Disposal Code® 101 4 3, 2901 1 IRC-18: International Residential Code® 1012, 10261, 30523, 30824, 30832, 30854, 3101, 31041, 31042, 23081 ISPSC-18: International Swimming Pool and Spa Code® 3109 1 IWUIC-18: International Wildland-Urban Interface Code® Table 1505 1 SBCCI SSTD 11-97: Test Standard for Determining Wind Resistance of Concrete or Clay Roof Tiles 150421 1, 150421 2 ISO ISO 8115-86: Cotton Bales -Dimensions and Density Table 307 1(1), Table 415 11 1 1 1 ISO 8336-09: Fiber -cement Flat Sheets -Product Specification and Test Methods 1403 10, 1404 16 1, 1404 16 2, Table 2509 2 International Orgarizabon for Standardization Chemm de Blandonnet 8 CP 401 1214 Vernier Geneva, SwAzerland 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 633 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hvdmep-dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST)p--tto ( I.-A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vs3 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS MHIMaterial Handling Institute 8720 Red Oak Blvd Suite 201 Charlotte, NC 28217 ANSI MH29.1-08: Safety Requirements for Industrial Scissors Lifts Table 3001 3 NAAMMNational Association of Arclutectural Metal Manufacturers 800 Roosevelt Road, Bldg C, Suite 312 Glen Ellyn, IL 60137 FP 1001-07: Guide Specifications for Design of Metal Flag Poles 16091 1 NCMANational Concrete Masonry Association 13750 Sunrise Valley Herndon, VA 22071-4662 TEK 5-54(1996): Details for Concrete Masonry Fire Walls Table 721 1(2) NFPANational Fire Protection Association 1 Batterymarch Park Quincy, MA 02169-7471 10-15: Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers 906 2, 906 3 2, 906 3 4, Table 906 3(1), Table 906 3(2) 11-16: Standard for Low Expansion Foam 9047 12-15: Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems 904 8, 904 12 12A-15: Standard on Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems 9049 13-16: Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems 712131, 903311, 90332, 903382, 903385, 90412, 90534, 90764, 10193 13D-16: Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes 903313 13R-16: Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Low-rise Residential Occupancies 903 3 1 2, 903 3 5 2, 903 4 14-16: Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose System 905 2, 905 3 4, 905 4 2, 905 6 2, 905 8 16-15: Standard for the Installation of Foam -water Sprinkler and Foam -water Spray Systems 904 7, 904 12 17-17: Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems 904 6, 904 12 17A-17: Standard for Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems 904 5, 904 12 20-16: Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection 412241, 9131, 9132, 91321, 9135 30-15: Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code 415 6, 507 8 1 1 1, 507 8 1 1 2 30A-18: Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages 406292 31-16: Standard for the Installation of Oil -burning Equipment 2113 15 634 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 271151133 'Irl CopyaghtOoz0ly ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmep -dwood mm).(QtyofR—d—od)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto I( " I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS NFPA-continued 32-16: Standard for Dry Cleaning Plants 41593 40-16: Standard for the Storage and Handling of Cellulose Nitrate Film 409 1 45-15: Standard on Fire Protection Laboratories Using Chemicals (2015 Edition) 42837 58-17: Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code 41592 61-17: Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Dust Explosions in Agricultural and Food Product Facilities 426 1 70-17: National Electrical Code 108 3, 406 2 7, 406 2 9, 412 5 7, 415 11 18, Table 509, 904 3 1, 907 6 1, 909 12 2, 909 16 3, 910 4 6, 1204 4 1, 2701 1, 2702 13, 3111 3 72-16: National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code 407 4 4 3, 407 4 4 5, 407 4 4 5 1, 901 6, 903 4 1, 904 3 5, 90712, 9072, 90726, 907293, 907210, 907 2 12 2, 907 3, 907 3 3, 907 3 4, 907 5 2 12, 907 5 2 2, 907 5 2 2 5, 907 6, 907 6 1, 907 6 2, 907 6 6, 907 7, 907 7 1, 907 7 2, 911 1 6, 917 1, 2702 2 4, 3005 5, 3007 7 80-16: Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives 410 2 5, 509 4 2, 716 1, 716 2 5 1, 716 2 6 4, 71629, 716341, 71635, 1010 14 3 82-14: Standard on Incinerators and Waste and Linen Handling Systems and Equipment 713 13 85-15: Boiler and Combustion System Hazards Code 426 1 92-15: Standard for Smoke Control Systems 909 7, 909 8 99-18: Health Care Facilities Code 407 11, 422 6, 425 1 101-18: Life Safety Code 102962 105-16: Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives 40542, 710522, 716210, 9092041 110-16: Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems 2702 13 111-13: Standard on Stored Electrical Energy Emergency and Standby Power Systems 2702 13 120-15: Standard for Fire Prevention and Control in Coal Mines 426 1 170-15: Standard for Fire Safety and Emergency Symbols 102526 1 211-16: Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents and Solid Fuel -burning Appliances 21125 221-18: Standard for High Challenge Fire Walls, Fire Walls and Fire Barrier Walls 7062 252-17: Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies Table 716l(1),71611,7161221,716211,716212, 716221, 716222, 7162231, 7162511 253-15: Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source 406 2 4, 424 2, 804 2, 804 3 257-17: Standard for Fire Test for Window and Glass Block Assemblies Table 7161(1),71611,7161222,T716213, 716311, 716312, 7163213, 71634 259-18: Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials 2603 4 1 10, 2603 5 3 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 635 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep -dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) T--tto ( I.-Ag,,-®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS N F PA -continued 265-15: Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Room Fire Growth Contribution of Textile Wall Coverings on Full Height Panels and Walls 803 5 1, 803 5 1 1 268-17: Standard Test Method for Determining Ignitability of Exterior Wall Assemblies Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source 1405 1 1 1, 1405 1 1 1 1, 1405 1 1 1 2,2603 5 7 275-17: Standard Method of Fire Tests for the Evaluation of Thermal Barriers 1406 10 2, 1408 10 2, 2603 4 276-15: Standard Method of Fire Tests for Determining the Heat Release Rate of Roofing Assemblies with Combustible Above -deck Roofing Components 1508 1, 2603 3, 2603 4 15 285-12: Standard Fire Test Method for the Evaluation of Fire Propagation Characteristics of Exterior Nonload-bearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components 718 2 6, 1402 5, 1406 10 4, 1408 10 4, 1510 6 2, 2603 5 5 286-15: Standard Methods of Fire Test for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth 402 6 4 4, 803 1 1, 803 1 1 1, 803 11, 803 12, 803 13, 1406 10 3, 2603 7, 2603 9, 2604 2 4, 2614 4, 31053 288-17: Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Horizontal Fire Door Assemblies Installed in Horizontal in Fire -resistance -rated Floor Systems 7121 131 289-13: Standard Method of Fire Test for Individual Fuel Packages 402 6 2, 402 6 4 5, 424 2, 806 4 409-16: Standard for Aircraft Hangars 41236, Table 41236, 412361, 41255 418-16: Standard for Heliports 41274 484-18: Standard for Combustible Metals 426 1 652-16: Standard on the Fundamentals of Combustible Dust 426 1 654-17: Standard for the Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing, Processing and Handling of Combustible Particulate Solids 426 1 655-17: Standard for the Prevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions 426 1 664-17: Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Explosions in Wood Processing and Woodworking Facilities 426 1 701-15: Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films 41026,4242, 8064, 31023, 310231, 3102611, 31053 704-17: Standard System for the Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response 202,41552 720-15: Standard for the Installation of Carbon Monoxide (CO) Detection and Warning Equipment 915 5 1, 915 5 2 750-15: Standard on Water Mist Fire Protection Systems 202, 904 11 1 1, 904 12 1124-17: Code for the Manufacture, Transportation and Storage of Fireworks and Pyrotechnic Articles 415611 2001-15: Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems 904 10 2010-15: Standard for Fixed Aerosol Fire -extinguishing Systems 904 14 636 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmep -dwood mm).(CLAdR-d-od)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T-mmtto I ( " I I.-Agffi,-o ,AOICC Nofi th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS PCI NINL 124-11: Design for Fire Resistance of Precast Prestressed Concrete 72223 1 NINL 128-01: Recommended Practice for Glass Fiber Reinforced Concrete Panels 19033 P11 Precast Prestressed Concrete Institute 200 West Adams Street, Suite 2100 Clucago, IL 60606-6938 Post -Tensioning Institute 38800 Country Club Drive Farmington Hills, MI 48331 PTI DC-10.5-12: Standard Requirements for Design and Analysis of Shallow Concrete Foundations on Expansive Soils 180862 RMIRack Manufacturers Institute 8720 Red Oak Boulevard, Suite 201 Cktarlotte, NC 28217 ANSI/MH16.1-12: Specification for Design, Testing and Utilization of Industrial Steel Storage Racks 2209 1 ANSI/NIH16.3-16: Specification for the Design, Testing and Utilization of Industrial Steel Cantilevered Storage Racks 22092 SBCA Structural Building Components Association 6300 Enterprise Lane Madison, WI 53719 ANSI/FS 100-12: Standard Requirements for Wind Pressure Resistance of Foam Plastic Insulating Sheathing Used in Exterior Wall Covering Assemblies 2603 10 SDI Steel Deck Institute 2661 Clearview Road #3 Allison Park, PA 15101 SDI NC-2017: Standard for Noncomposite Steel Floor Deck 2210111 SDI RD-2017: Standard for Steel Roof Deck 2210112 SDI-C-2017: Standard for Composite Steel Floor Deck —Slabs 2210113 SDI-QA/QC-2017: Standard for Quality Control and Quality Assurance for Installation of Steel Deck 170522 SJISteel Joist Institute 234 W Cheves Street Florence, SC 29501 SJI 100-15: 44th Edition Standard Specification Load Tables and Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders K-Series, LH- Series, DHL-Series, Joist Girders 1604 3 3, 2203 2, 2207 1 SJI 200-15: Standard Specification for Composite Steel Joists, CJ-Series 1604 3 3, 2203 2, 2207 1 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 637 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep -d—od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc 01jM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) T--tto ( I.—Ag,,— ,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,00.mfw ,,e od,S,00zbyany ,dPartyo, AxmboemPOo[vs3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS SPRI Single -Ply Roofing Institute 465 Waverly Oaks Road, Suite 421 Waltham, MA 02452 ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435-ES-1-11: Wind Test Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems 15045 ANSI/SPRI RP-4-13: Wind Design Guide for Ballasted Single -ply Roofing Systems 15044 ANSI/SPRI VF1-10: External Fire Design Standard for Vegetative Roofs 1505 10 SRCC ICC 900/SRCC 300-2015: Solar Thermal System Standard 3111 2 1 ICC 901/SRCC 100-2015: Solar Thermal Collector Standard 3111 2 1 Solar Rating & Certification Corporation 400 High Point Drive, Suite 400 Cocoa, FL 32926 TIATelecommunications Industry Association 1320 N Courthouse Road #200 Arlington, VA 22201-3834 222-H-2016: Structural Standards for Antenna Supporting Structures and Antennas 1609 1 1, 3108 1, 3108 2 TMSThe Masonry Society 105 South Sunset Street, Suite Q Longmont, CO 80501 216-2013: Standard Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Concrete and Masonry Construction Assemblies Table 721 1(2), 722 1 302-2012: Standard Method for Determining the Sound Transmission Class Rating for Masonry Walls 12072 1 402-2016: Building Code for Masonry Structures 1404 6, 1404 6 2, 1404 10, 1604 3 4, 1705 4, 1705 4 1, 1807 1 6 3 2, 1808 9, 21012, 2106 1, 2107 1, 2107 2, 2107 3, 2108 1, 2108 2, 2108 3, 2109 1, 2109 1 1, 2109 2, 2110 1, 2114 1, 2114 4 403-2017: Direct Design Handbook for Masonry Structures 2101 2 404-2016: Standard for the Design of Architectural Cast Stone 21022 504-2016: Standard for the Fabrication of Architectural Cast Stone 2103 1 602-2016: Specification for Masonry Structures 1404 6 1, 1705 4, 1807 1 6 3, 2103 1, 2103 2 1, 2103 3, 2103 4, 2104 1, 2105 1 604-2016: Standard for the Installation of Architectural Cast Stone 2104 1 TPITruss Plate Institute 218 N Lee Street, Suite 312 Alexandria, VA 22314 TPI 1-2014: National Design Standard for Metal -plate -connected Wood Truss Construction 2303 4 6, 2306 1 638 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢e3 ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS UL UL LLC 333 Pfingsten Road Northbrook, IL 60062-2096 9-2009: Fire Tests of Window Assemblies -with Revisions through February 2015 Table 716l(1),71611,7161222,716213,716311, 716312, 7163213, 71634, 10135 1OA-2009: Tin Clad Fire Doors -with Revisions through December 2013 71621 1OB-2008: Fire Tests of Door Assemblies -with Revisions through February 2015 Table 716l(1),71611,7161221, 716212, 716222, 7162231, 7162511 1OC-2009: Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies -with Revisions through February 2015 Table 716l(1),71611,7161221,716211,716221, 716222, 7162231, 7162511, 10101101 14B-2008: Sliding Hardware for Standard Horizontally Mounted Tin Clad Fire Doors -with Revisions through May 2013 71621 14C-06: Swinging Hardware for Standard Tin Clad Fire Doors Mounted Singly and in Pairs -with Revisions through May 2013 71621 55A-04: Materials for Built-up Roof Coverings 1507 102 103-2010: Factory -built Chimneys, for Residential Type and Building Heating Appliances -with Revisions through July 2012 718251 127-2011: Factory -built Fireplaces -with Revisions through May 2015 718 2 5 1, 2111 12 199E-04: Outline of Investigation for Fire Testing of Sprinklers and Water Spray Nozzles for Protection of Deep Fat Fryers 904 124 1 217-06: Single and Multiple Station Smoke Alarms -with Revisions through October 2015 9072 10 263-11: Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials -with Revisions through June 2015 703 2, 703 2 1, 703 2 3, 703 2 5, 703 3, 703 4, 703 6, 704 12, 705 7, 705 8 5, 707 6, 712 1 13 2, 714 4 1, 714 5 1, 715 1, Table 716 1 (1), Table 716 1(3), 716123, 7162511, 716254, 7163211, 717 3 1, 717 5 2, 717 5 3, 717 6 1, 71762, Table 721 l(1), 21031, 260351 268-09: Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Systems 4079, 907262, 9072107 294-1999: Access Control System Units -with Revisions through February 2015 10 10 19 7, 10101 981, 10101 99, 10101 910 300-05(R2010): Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishing Systems for Protection of Commercial Cooking Equipment -with Revisions through December 2014 904 12 30OA-06: Outline of Investigation for Extinguishing System Units for Residential Range Top Cooking Surfaces 904 13 1 1 305-2012: Panic Hardware -with Revisions through August 2014 10101 101 325-02: Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver and Window Operations and Systems -with Revisions through May 2015 40621, 31103 555-2006: Fire Dampers -with Revisions through May 2014 71731 555C-2006: Ceiling Dampers -with Revisions through December 2014 71731 555S-99: Smoke Dampers -with Revisions through February 2014 71731 550-2006: Test for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies -with Revisions through October 2013 1504 3 1, 1504 3 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 639 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc 01jM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.-Ag,,vo ,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,00.mfw ,,e od,S,00zbyany ,dPartyo, AxmboemPOo[vs3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS UL-continued 641-2010: Type L Low -temperature Venting Systems -with Revisions through June 2013 2113 11 14 71OB-2011: Recirculating Systems -with Revisions through August 2014 904 12 723-2008: Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials -with Revisions through August 2013 202, 402 6 4 4, 406 7 2, 703 5 2, 720 1, 720 4, 803 1 2, 803 5 2, 803 10, 803 11, 803 12, 803 13, 806 7, 1402 5, 1403 12 1, 1406 9, 1406 10 1, 1408 9, 1408 10 1, 1510 6 2, 1510 6 3, 2303 2, 2603 3, 2603 4 1 13, 2603 5 4, 2603 5 5, 2603 7, 2604 2 4, 2606 4, 2612 3, 2614 3, 3105 3 790-04: Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings -with Revisions through July 2014 1505 1, 2603 6, 2610 2, 2610 3 793-08: Automatically Operated Roof Vents for Smoke and Heat -with Revisions through September 2011 9103 1 864-03: Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems -with Revisions through December 2014 909 12 924-06: Safety Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment -with Revisions through April 2014 10135 1040-96: Fire Test of Insulated Wall Construction -with Revisions through October 2012 1406 10 3, 1408 10 3, 2603 9 1256-02: Fire Test of Roof Deck Construction -with Revisions through July 2013 1508 1, 2603 3, 2603 4 15 1479-03: Fire Tests of Penetration Firestops-with Revisions through June 2015 202, 714412, 71442, 714512, 71454 1482-2011: Solid -fuel Type Room Heaters -with Revisions through August 2015 2112 2, 2112 5 1703-02: Flat -plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels -with Revisions through October 2015 1505 9, 1507 17 6, 1507 18 5, 1510 7 2, 3111 3 1 1715-97: Fire Test of Interior Finish Materiat-with Revisions through January 2013 1406 10 3, 1408 10 3, 2603 9, 2614 4 1741-2010: Inverters, Converters, Controllers and Interconnection System Equipmentfor Use with Distributed Energy Resources - with Revisions through January 2015 3111 3 1 1777-2007: Chimney Liners -with Revisions through October 2015 2113 11 1, 2113 19 1784-01: Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies -with Revisions through February 2015 405 4 3, 710 5 2 2, 710 5 2 2 1, 716 2 1 4, 716 2 9 1, 716293, 30063, 300763, 300863 1897--12: Uplift Tests for Roof Covering Systems -with Revisions through September 2015 1504 3 1, 1504 3 3, 1507 18 7 1975-06: Fire Tests for Foamed Plastics Used for Decorative Purposes 40262, 402645, 4242 1994-04: Luminous Egress Path Marking Systems -with Revisions through May 2015 411 6, 1008 2 1, 1025 2 1, 1025 2 3, 1025 2 4, 1025 2 5, 1025 4 2034-2008: Single- and Multiple -station Carbon Monoxide Alarms -with Revisions through March 2015 91542, 91544 2075-2013: Standard for Gas and Vapor Detectors and Sensors 915 5 1, 915 5 3 2079-04: Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems -with Revisions through August 2015 202, 7153, 7156 2196-2001: Tests for Fire Resistive Cables -with Revisions through March 2012 909 20 6 1, 913 2 2, 2702 3, 3007 8 1, 3008 8 2 2200-2012: Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies -with Revisions through July 2015 2702 1 1 2202-2009: Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging System Equipment 40627 640 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmep -d-od mm).(CLAdR-d-od)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T-mmtto S I ( " I.-Agffi,-o ,AOICC Nofi th,, ,od,S,o,,,o u ,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgpokb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER REFERENCED STANDARDS UL—continued 2594-2013: Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment 40627 2703-2014: Outline of Investigation for Mounting Systems, Mounting Devices, Clamping/Retention Devices and Ground Lugs for Use with Flat -plate Photovoltaic Modules and Panels 15059 ULC Underwriters Laboratories of Canada 13775 Commerce Parkway Richmond, BC V6V 2V4 CAN/ULC S 102.2-2010: Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies —with 2000 Revisions 720 2, 720 3, 720 4 USC United States Code c/o Superintendent of Documents U S Government Printing Office 732 North Capitol Street NW Waslington, DC 20401 18 USC Part 1, Ch.40: Importation, Manufacture, Distribution and Storage of Explosive Materials 202 WCLIT B West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau P O Box 23145 Portland, OR 97281 AITC 104-03: Typical Construction Details 2306 1 AITC 110-01: Standard Appearance Grades for Structural Glued Laminated Timber 2306 1 AITC 113-10: Standard for Dimensions of Structural Glued Laminated Timber 2306 1 AITC 119-96: Standard Specifications for Structural Glued Laminated Timber of Hardwood Species 2306 1 AITC 200-09: Manufacturing Quality Control Systems Manual for Structural Glued Laminated Timber 2306 1 WDNUWindow and Door Manufacturers Association 2025 M Street NW, Suite 800 Washington, DC 20036-3309 AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17: Specifications for Windows, Doors and Unit Skylights 1709 5 1, 2405 5 WRIWire Reinforcement Institute, Inc 942 Main Street, Suite 300 Hartford, CT 06103 WRUCRSI-81: Design of Slab -on -ground Foundations —with 1996 Update 180862 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 641 I " ' CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,rhvdmep-dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmcocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) T--tto ( I.—Ag,,— ,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,00.mfw ,,e od,S,00zbyany ,dPartyo, AxmboemPOo[vs3 ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 642 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX A EMPLOYEE QUALIFICATIONS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User notes: About this appendix., Appendix A provides optional criteria forthe qualifications Porjunsdictions to consider when hiring personnel to enforce the budding code. Criteria for the budding official, plan reviewers and inspectors are provided, Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this appendix will be considered by the Administrative Code Development Committee during the 2019 (Group B) Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION A101 BUILDING OFFICIAL QUALIFICATIONS [A] AlOLl Building official. The building official shall have not fewer than 10 years' experience or equivalent as an archi- tect, engineer, inspector, contractor or superintendent of con- struction, or any combination of these, 5 years of which shall have been supervisory experience The building official should be certified as a building official through a recognized certification program The building official shall be appointed or hired by the applicable governing authority [A] A101.2 Chief inspector. The building official can desig- nate supervisors to administer the provisions of this code and the International Mechanical, Plumbing and Fuel Gas Codes Each supervisor shall have not fewer than 10 years experi- ence or equivalent as an architect, engineer, inspector, con- tractor or superintendent of construction, or any combination of these, 5 years of which shall have been in a supervisory capacity They shall be certified through a recognized certifi- cation program for the appropriate trade [A] A101.3 Inspector and plans examiner. The building official shall appoint or hire such number of officers, mspec- tors, assistants and other employees as shall be authorized by the jurisdiction A person who has fewer than 5 years of expe- rience as a contractor, engineer, architect, or as a superinten- dent, foreman or competent mechanic in charge of construction shall not be appointed or hired as inspector of construction or plans examiner The inspector or plans exam- mer shall be certified through a recognized certification pro- gram for the appropriate trade [A] A101.4 Termination of employment. Employees in the position of building official, chief inspector or inspector shall not be removed from office except for cause after full oppor- tunity has been given to be heard on specific charges before such applicable governing authority [A] SECTION A102 REFERENCED STANDARDS IBC-18 International Building Code' A1012 IMC-18 International Mechanical Code' A1012 IPC-18 International Plumbing Code' A1012 IFGC-18 International Fuel Gas Code® A101 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 643 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 644 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX B BOARD OF APPEALS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User notes: About this appendix., Appendix B provides criteria for Board of Appeals members, Also provided are procedures by which the Board of Appeals should conduct its business. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this appendix will be considered by the Administrative Code Development Committee during the 2019 (Group B) Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION B101 GENERAL [A] B101.1 Application. Applications for appeal shall be obtained from the building official Applications shall be filed within 20 days after notice has been served [A] B101.2 Membership of board. The board of appeals shall consist of persons appointed by the chief appointing authority as follows 1 One for 5 years, one for 4 years, one for 3 years, one for 2 years, and one for 1 year 2 Thereafter, each new member shall serve for 5 years or until a successor has been appointed The building official shall be an ex officio member of said board but shall have no vote on any matter before the board [A] B101.2.1 Alternate members. The chief appointing authority shall appoint two alternate members who shall be called by the board chairperson to hear appeals during the absence or disqualification of a member Alternate members shall possess the qualifications required for board membership and shall be appointed for 5 years, or until a successor has been appointed [A] B101.2.2 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of five individuals, one from each of the following professions or disciplines 1 Registered design professional with architectural experience or a builder or superintendent of building construction with not fewer than 10 years of experi- ence, 5 of which shall have been in responsible charge of work 2 Registered design professional with structural engi- neering experience 3 Registered design professional with mechanical and plumbing engineering experience or a mechanical contractor with not fewer than 10 years of experi- ence, 5 of which shall have been in responsible charge of work 4 Registered design professional with electrical engi- neering experience or an electrical contractor with not fewer than 10 years of experience, 5 of which shall have been in responsible charge of work 5 Registered design professional with fire protection engineering experience or a fire protection contrac- tor with not fewer than 10 years of experience, 5 of which shall have been in responsible charge of work [A] B101.2.3 Rules and procedures. The board is autho- rized to establish policies and procedures necessary to carry out its duties [A] B101.2.4 Chairperson. The board shall annually select one of its members to serve as chairperson [A] B101.2.5 Disqualification of member. A member shall not hear an appeal in which that member has a per- sonal, professional or financial interest [A] B101.2.6 Secretary. The chief administrative officer shall designate a qualified clerk to serve as secretary to the board The secretary shall file a detailed record of all pro- ceedings in the office of the cluef administrative officer [A] B101.2.7 Compensation of members. Compensation of members shall be detennmed by law [A] B101.3 Notice of meeting. The board shall meet upon notice from the chairperson, within 10 days of the filing of an appeal or at stated periodic meetings [A] B101.3.1 Open hearing. All hearings before the board shall be open to the public The appellant, the appel- lant's representative, the building official and any person whose interests are affected shall be given an opportunity to be heard [A] B101.3.2 Procedure. The board shall adopt and make available to the public through the secretary procedures under which a hearing will be conducted The procedures shall not require compliance with strict rules of evidence, but shall mandate that only relevant information be received [A] B101.3.3 Postponed hearing. When five members are not present to hear an appeal, either the appellant or the appellant's representative shall have the right to request a postponement of the hearing [A] B101.4 Board decision. The board shall modify or reverse the decision of the building official by a concurring vote of two-thirds of its members [A] B101.4.1 Resolution. The decision of the board shall be by resolution Certified copies shall be furnished to the appellant and to the building official [A] B101.4.2 Administration. The building official shall take immediate action in accordance with the decision of the board 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 645 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 646 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX C GROUP U-AGRICULTURAL BUILDINGS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User note: About this appendix: Agricultural buildings are given special consideration in Appendix C. Often such buildings have unique uses and struc- tural needs. Where an agricultural building is surrounded by 60 feet of open area on all sides, size limits are waived. Automatic sprinkler pro- tection maybe required, SECTION C101 C102.3 Two-story unlimited area. The area of a two-story GENERAL Group U agricultural building shall not be limited if the C101.1 Scope. The provisions of this appendix shall apply building is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards exclusively to agricultural buildings Such buildings shall be not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width and is provided classified as Group U and shall include the following uses with an approved automatic sprinkler system throughout in 1 Livestock shelters or buildings, including shade struc- accordance with Section 903 3 1 1 tures and milking barns 2 Poultry buildings or shelters 3 Barns 4 Storage of equipment and machinery used exclusively in agriculture 5 Horticultural structures, including detached production greenhouses and crop protection shelters 6 Sheds 7 Gram silos 8 Stables SECTION C102 ALLOWABLE HEIGHT AND AREA C102.1 General. Buildings classified as Group U Agricul- tural shall not exceed the area or height limits specified in Table C102 1 C102.2 One-story unlimited area. The area of a one-story Group U agricultural building shall not be limited if the building is surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in width SECTION C103 MIXED OCCUPANCIES C103.1 Mixed occupancies. Mixed occupancies shall be protected in accordance with Section 508 SECTION C104 EXITS C104.1 Exit facilities. Exits shall be provided in accordance with Chapters 10 and 11 Exceptions: 1 The maximum travel distance from any point in the building to an approved exit shall not exceed 300 feet (91 440 mm) 2 One exit is required for each 15,000 square feet (1393 5 m) of area or fraction thereof TABLE C102.1 BASIC ALLOWABLE AREA FOR A GROUP U, ONE STORY IN HEIGHT AND MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF SUCH OCCUPANCY I II 1 III and IV V A B A B I IIIAand IV IIIB A B ALLOWABLE AREA (square feet) - Unlimited 60,000 27,100 18,000 27,100 18,000 21,100 12,000 MAXIMUM HEIGHT IN STORIES Unlimited 12 4 2 1 4 2 3 2 MAXIMUM HEIGHT IN FEET Unlimited 160 65 55 65 55 50 40 For SI 1 square foot= 0 0929 m' a See Section C102 for unlimited area under certain conditions 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 647 I I1 I Copyright OO?.-MCC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm, (hvdmep,,da od Pm),(Qtyof FrimdNmod)O[d6 Nomb6xl-O817D6 01JM10zm.0015e PAL (PST) tt, ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢,byany ,dpartyo, AMb�NmPOorissd 9cgle�ss¢oily mpyncg and Mwodwgp,okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBVTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 648 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX D FIRE DISTRICTS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User note: About this appendix: Appendix D establishes a framework by which ajunsdiction can establish a portion of a junsdiction as a fire district. Fire districts are often designated in a more densely developed portion of a city where limiting the potential spread of fire is a key consider- ation, Within a fire district specific construction types and users are prohibited, SECTION D101 GENERAL D101.1 Scope. The fire district shall include such territory or portion as outlined in an ordinance or law entitled "An Ordi- nance (Resolution) Creating and Establishing a Fire District " Wherever, in such ordinance creating and establishing a fire district, reference is made to the fire district, it shall be con- strued to mean the fire district designated and referred to in this appendix D101.1.1 Mapping. The fire district complying with the provisions of Section D101 1 shall be shown on a map that shall be available to the public D101.2 Establishment of area. For the purpose of this code, the fire district shall include that territory or area as described in Sections D101 2 1 through D101 2 3 D101.2.1 Adjoining blocks. Two or more adjoining blocks, exclusive of intervening streets, where not less than 50 percent of the ground area is built upon and more than 50 percent of the built -on area is devoted to hotels and motels of Group R-1, Group B occupancies, theaters, nightclubs, restaurants of Group A-1 and A-2 occupan- cies, garages, express and freight depots, warehouses and storage bwldmgs used for the storage of finished products (not located with and forming a part of a manufactured or industrial plant), or Group S occupancy Where the aver- age height of a building is two and one-half stones or more, a block should be considered if the ground area built upon is not less than 40 percent D101.2.2 Buffer zone. Where four contiguous blocks or more comprise a fire district, there shall be a buffer zone of 200 feet (60 960 mm) around the perimeter of such dis- trict Streets, rights -of -way and other open spaces not sub- ject to building construction can be included in the 200- foot (60 960 mm) buffer zone D101.2.3 Developed blocks. Where blocks adjacent to the fire district have developed to the extent that not less than 25 percent of the ground area is built upon and 40 percent or more of the built -on area is devoted to the occupancies specified in Section D101 2 1, they can be considered for inclusion in the fire district, and can form all or a portion of the 200-foot (60 960 mm) buffer zone required in Sec- tion D 101 2 2 SECTION D102 BUILDING RESTRICTIONS D102.1 Types of construction permitted. Within the fire district every building hereafter erected shall be either Type I, II, III or IV, except as permitted in Section D104 D102.2 Other specific requirements. D102.2.1 Exterior walls. Exterior walls of buildings located in the fire district shall comply with the require- ments in Table 601 except as required in Section D10226 D102.2.2 Group IT prohibited. Group H occupancies shall be prohibited from location within the fire district D102.2.3 Construction type. Every building shall be con- structed as required based on the type of construction indi- cated in Chapter 6 D102.2.4 Roof covering. Roof covering in the fire district shall conform to the requirements of Class A or B roof coverings as defined in Section 1505 D102.2.5 Structural fire rating. Walls, floors, roofs and their supporting structural members shall be not less than 1-hour fire -resistance -rated construction Exceptions: 1 Buildings of Type IV construction 2 Buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903311 3 Automobile parking structures 4 Buildings surrounded on all sides by a perma- nently open space of not less than 30 feet (9144 mm) 5 Partitions complying with Section 603 1, Item 11 D102.2.6 Exterior walls. Exterior load -bearing walls of Type II buildings shall have afire -resistance rating of 2 hours or more where such walls are located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of a common property line or an assumed property line Exterior nonload-bearing walls of Type II buildings located within 30 feet (9144 mm) of a common property line or an assumed property line shall have fire - resistance ratings as required by Table 601, but not less than 1 hour Exterior walls located more than 30 feet 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 649 I I 1 I CITFTEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER APPENDIX D (9144 mm) from a common property line or an assumed property line shall comply with Table 601 Exception: In the case of one-story buildings that are 2,000 square feet (186 m) or less in area, exterior walls located more than 15 feet (4572 mm) from a common property line or an assumed property line need only comply with Table 601 D102.2.7 Architectural trim. Architectural trim on build- ings located in the fire district shall be constructed of approved noncombustible materials or fire -retardant - treated wood D102.2.8 Permanent canopies. Permanent canopies are permitted to extend over adjacent open spaces provided that all of the following are met 1 The canopy and its supports shall be of noncombus- tible material, fire -retardant -treated wood, Type IV construction or of 1-hour fire -resistance -rated con- struction Exception: Any textile covering for the canopy shall be flame resistant as determined by tests conducted in accordance with NFPA 701 after both accelerated water leaching and accelerated weathering 2 Any canopy covering, other than textiles, shall have aflame spread mdex not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723 in the form intended for use 3 The canopy shall have one long side open 4 The maximum horizontal width of the canopy shall be not greater than 15 feet (4572 mm) 5 The fire resistance of exterior walls shall not be reduced D102.2.9 Roof structures. Structures, except aerial sup- ports 12 feet (3658 mm) lugh or less, flagpoles, water tanks and cooling towers, placed above the roof of any building within the fire district shall be of noncombustible material and shall be supported by construction of non- combustible material D102.2.10 Plastic signs. The use of plastics complying with Section 2611 for signs is permitted provided that the structure of the sign in which the plastic is mounted or installed is noncombustible D102.2.11 Plastic veneer. Exterior plastic veneer is not permitted in the fire district SECTION D103 CHANGES TO BUILDINGS D103.1 Existing buildings within the fire district. An exist- ing building shall not be increased in height or area unless it is of a type of construction permitted for new buildings within the fire district or is altered to comply with the require- ments for such type of construction Nor shall any existing building be extended on any side, nor square footage or floors added within the existing building unless such modifications are of a type of construction permitted for new buildings within the fire district D103.2 Other alterations. Nothing in Section D103 1 shall prohibit other alterations within the fire district provided that such alterations do not create a change of occupancy that is otherwise prohibited or increase the fire hazard D103.3 Moving buildings. Buildings shall not hereafter be moved into the fire district or to another lot in the fire district unless the building is of a type of construction permitted in the fire district SECTION D104 BUILDINGS LOCATED PARTIALLY IN THE FIRE DISTRICT D104.1 General. Any building located partially in the fire district shall be of a type of construction required for the fire district unless the major portion of such building lies outside of the fire district and all portions of it extend not more than 10 feet (3048 mm) inside the boundaries of the fire district SECTION D105 EXCEPTIONS TO RESTRICTIONS IN FIRE DISTRICT D105.1 General. The preceding provisions of this appendix shall not apply in the following instances 1 Temporary buildings used in connection with duly authorized construction 2 A private garage used exclusively as such, not more than one story in height, nor more than 650 square feet (60 m) in area, located on the same lot with a dwelling 3 Fences not over 8 feet (2438 mm) high 4 Coal tipples, material bins and trestles of Type IV construction 5 Water tanks and cooling towers conforming to Sec- tions 1509 3 and 1509 4 6 Greenhouses less than 15 feet (4572 mm) high 7 Porches on dwellings not over one story in height, and not over 10 feet (3048 mm) wide from the face of the building, provided that such porch does not come within 5 feet (1524 mm) of any property line 8 Sheds open on a long side not over 15 feet (4572 mm) high and 500 square feet (46 in 2) in area 9 One- and two-family dwellings where of a type of construction not permitted in the fire district can be extended 25 percent of the floor area existing at the time of inclusion in the fire district by any type of construction permitted by this code 10 Wood decks less than 600 square feet (56 m2) where constructed of 2-inch (51 mm) nominal wood, pres- sure treated for exterior use 11 Wood veneers on exterior walls conforming to Sec- tion 1404 5 12 Exterior plastic veneer complying with Section 2605 2 where installed on exterior walls required to have afire -resistance rating not less than 1 hour, pro- vided that the exterior plastic veneer does not exhibit sustained flaming as defined in NFPA 268 650 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX D SECTION D106 REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM E84— Test Method for Surface D102 2 8 2016 Burning Characteristics of Building Materials NFPA 26817 Test Method for Determining D105 1 Ignitability of Exterior Wall Assemblies Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source NFPA 70115 Methods of Fire Tests for D102 2 8 Flame -Propagation of Textiles and Films UL 723- 08 Standard for Test for Surface D102 2 8 Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, with Revisions through August 2013 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 651 I I I I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, IMb,t—tho�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 652 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX E SUPPLEMENTARY ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User note: About this appendix., The Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (U.S. Access Board) has revised and updated its accessibility guidelines for buildings and facilities covered by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Architectural Barriers Act (ABA), Appendix E includes scoring requirements contained in the 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design that are not in Chapter 11 and not otherwise mentioned or mainstreamed throughout the code. Items in this appendix address subjects not typically addressed in building codes (for example, beds, room signage, transportation facilities), SECTION E101 GENERAL ElOLl Scope. The provisions of this appendix shall control the supplementary requirements for the design and construc- tion of facilities for accessibility for individuals with disabili- ties E101.2 Design. Technical requirements for items herein shall comply with this code and ICC Al 17 1 SECTION E102 DEFINITIONS E102.1 General. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this appendix, have the meanings shown herein Refer to Chapter 2 of this code for general definitions CLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEPHONE. A telephone with a dedicated line such as a house phone, courtesy phone or phone that must be used to gam entrance to a facility MAILBOXES. Receptacles for the receipt of documents, packages or other deliverable matter Mailboxes include, but are not limited to, post office boxes and receptacles provided by commercial mail -receiving agencies, apartment houses and schools TRANSIENT LODGING. A building, facility or portion thereof, excluding inpatient medical care facilities and long- term care facilities, that contains one or more dwelling units or sleeping units Examples of transient lodging include, but are not limited to, resorts, group homes, hotels, motels, dor- mitories, homeless shelters, halfway houses and social ser- vice lodging SECTION E103 ACCESSIBLE ROUTE E103.1 Raised platforms. In banquet rooms or spaces where a head table or speaker's lectern is located on a raised plat- form, an accessible route shall be provided to the platform SECTION E104 SPECIAL OCCUPANCIES E104.1 General. Transient lodging facilities shall be pro- vided with accessible features in accordance with Section E104 2 Group I-3 occupancies shall be provided with acces- sible features in accordance with Section E104 2 E104.2 Communication features. Accessible communica- tion features shall be provided in accordance with Sections E104 2 1 through E104 2 4 E104.2.1 Transient lodging. In transient lodging facili- ties, sleeping units with accessible communication fea- tures shall be provided in accordance with Table E104 2 1 Units required to comply with Table E104 2 1 shall be dis- persed among the various classes of units E104.2.2 Group I-3. In Group I-3 occupancies at least 2 percent, but no fewer than one of the total number of gen- eral holding cells and general housing cells equipped with audible emergency alarm systems and permanently installed telephones within the cell, shall comply with Sec- tion E104 2 4 E104.2.3 Dwelling units and sleeping units. Where dwelling units and sleeping units are altered or added, the requirements of Section E104 2 shall apply only to the units being altered or added until the number of units with accessible communication features complies with the min- imum number required for new construction E104.2.4 Notification devices. Visual notification devices shall be provided to alert room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a door knock or bell Notification devices shall not be connected to visual alarm signal appli- ances Permanently installed telephones shall have volume controls and an electrical outlet complying with ICC Al17 1 located within 48 inches (1219 mm) of the tele- phone to facilitate the use of a TTY 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 653 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER APPENDIX E SECTION E105 OTHER FEATURES AND FACILITIES E105.1 Portable toilets and bathing rooms. Where multiple single -user portable toilet or bathing units are clustered at a single location, at least 5 percent, but not less than one toilet unit or bathing unit at each cluster, shall be accessible Signs containing the International Symbol of Accessibility shall identify accessible portable toilets and bathing units Exception: Portable toilet units provided for use exclu- sively by construction personnel on a construction site E105.2 Laundry equipment. Where provided in spaces required to be accessible, washing machines and clothes dry- ers shall comply with this section E105.2.1 Washing machines. Where three or fewer washing machines are provided, one or more shall be accessible Where more than three washing maclunes are provided, two or more shall be accessible E105.2.2 Clothes dryers. Where three or fewer clothes dryers are provided, one or more shall be accessible Where more than three clothes dryers are provided, two or more shall be accessible E105.3 Gaming machines, depositories, vending machines, change machines and similar equipment. Not fewer than one of each type of depository, vending machine, change machine and similar equipment shall be accessible Two percent of gaming machines shall be accessible and pro- vided with a front approach Accessible gaming machines shall be distributed throughout the different types of gaming machines provided Exception: Drive -up -only depositories are not required to comply with this section E105.4 Mailboxes. Where mailboxes are provided in an inte- rior location, 5 percent of the total, but not less than one, of each type shall be accessible In residential and institutional facilities, where mailboxes are provided for each dwelling unit or sleeping unit, accessible mailboxes shall be provided for each unit required to be an Accessible unit E105.5 Automatic teller machines and fare machines. Where automatic teller machines or self-service fare vending, collection or adjustment maclunes are provided, not fewer than one machine of each type at each location where such machines are provided shall be accessible Where bms are provided for envelopes, wastepaper or other purposes, not fewer than one of each type shall be accessible E105.6 Two-way communication systems. Where two-way communication systems are provided to gam admittance to a building or facility or to restricted areas within a building or facility, the system shall be accessible SECTION E106 TELEPHONES E106.1 General. Where com-operated public pay telephones, comless public pay telephones, public closed-circuit tele- phones, courtesy phones or other types of public telephones are provided, accessible public telephones shall be provided in accordance with Sections E106 2 through E106 5 for each type of public telephone provided For purposes of this sec- tion, a bank of telephones shall be considered to consist of two or more adjacent telephones E106.2 Wheelchair -accessible telephones. Where public telephones are provided, wheelchair -accessible telephones shall be provided in accordance with Table E106 2 Exception: Drive -up -only public telephones are not required to be accessible TABLE El 06.2 WHEELCHAIR -ACCESSIBLE TELEPHONES NUMBER OF TELEPHONES PROVIDED ON A FLOOR, LEVEL OR EXTERIOR SITE MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF WHEELCHAIR -ACCESSIBLE TELEPHONES 1 or more single unit 1 per floor, level and exterior site 1 bank 1 per floor, level and exterior site Tor more banks 1 per bank E106.3 Volume controls. All public telephones provided shall have accessible volume control E106.4 TTYs. TTYs shall be provided in accordance with Sections E106 4 1 through E106 4 9 TABLE E104.2.1 DWELLING OR SLEEPING UNITS WITH ACCESSIBLE COMMUNICATION FEATURES TOTAL NUMBER OF DWELLING OR SLEEPING UNITS PROVIDED MINIMUM REQUIRED NUMBER OF DWELLING OR SLEEPING UNITS WITH ACCESSIBLE COMMUNICATION FEATURES 1 1 2 to 25 2 26 to 50 4 51 to 75 7 76 to 100 9 101 to 150 12 151 to 200 14 201 to 300 17 301 to 400 20 401 to 500 22 501 to 1,000 5%oftotal 1,001 and over 50 plus 3 for each 100 over 1,000 654 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I CopynghtOO?.o,vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 o, 5e PM (PST) L--tto I ( 1 I I.i Agffi,m� ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED PRO RED VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX E E106.4.1 Bank requirement. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided at a bank of telephones, at least one public TTY shall be provided at that bank Exception: TTYs are not required at banks of tele- phones located within 200 feet (60 960 mm) of, and on the same floor as, a bank containing a public TTY E106.4.2 Floor requirement. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided on a floor of a privately owned building, one or more public TTY shall be pro- vided on that floor Where one public pay telephone or more, is provided on a floor of a publicly owned building, not fewer than one public TTY shall be provided on that floor E106.4.3 Building requirement. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided in a privately owned building, one or more public TTY shall be provided in the building Where at least one public pay telephone is pro- vided in a publicly owned building, one or more public TTY shall be provided in the building E106.4.4 Site requirement. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided on a site, one or more public TTY shall be provided on the site E106.4.5 Rest stops, emergency road stops and service plazas. Where a public pay telephone is provided at a pub- lic rest stop, emergency road stop or service plaza, at least one public TTY shall be provided E106.4.6 Hospitals. Where a public pay telephone is pro- vided in or adjacent to a hospital emergency room, hospi- tal recovery room or hospital waiting room, one or more public TTY shall be provided at each such location E106.4.7 Transportation facilities. Transportation facili- ties shall be provided with TTYs in accordance with Sec- tions E109 2 5 and E110 2 in addition to the TTYs required by Sections E106 4 1 through E106 4 4 E106.4.8 Detention and correctional facilities. In deten- tion and correctional facilities, where a public pay tele- phone is provided in a secured area used only by detainees or inmates and security personnel, then not fewer than one TTY shall be provided in not fewer than one secured area E106.4.9 Signs. Public TTYs shall be identified by the International Symbol of TTY complying with ICC Al171 Directional signs indicating the location of the nearest public TTY shall be provided at banks of public pay telephones not containing a public TTY Additionally, where signs provide direction to public pay telephones, they shall provide direction to public TTYs Such signs shall comply with visual signage requirements in ICC Al171 and shall include the International Symbol of TTY E106.5 Shelves for portable TTYs. Where a bank of tele- phones in the interior of a building consists of three or more public pay telephones, not fewer than one public pay tele- phone at the bank shall be provided with a shelf and an elec- trical outlet Exceptions: 1 In secured areas of detention and correctional facili- ties, if shelves and outlets are prolubited for pur- poses of security or safety shelves and outlets for TTYs are not required to be provided 2 The shelf and electrical outlet shall not be required at a bank of telephones with a TTY SECTION E107 SIGNAGE ElOZl Signs. Required accessible portable toilets and bath- ing facilities shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility E107.2 Designations. Interior and exterior signs identifying permanent rooms and spaces shall be visual characters, raised characters and braille complying with ICC Al 17 1 Where pictograms are provided as designations of interior rooms and spaces, the pictograms shall have visual characters, raised characters and braille complying with ICC Al 17 1 Exceptions: 1 Exterior signs that are not located at the door to the space they serve are not required to comply 2 Building directories, menus, seat and row designa- tions in assembly areas, occupant names, building addresses and company names and logos are not required to comply 3 Signs in parking facilities are not required to com- ply 4 Temporary (seven days or less) signs are not required to comply 5 In detention and correctional facilities, signs not located in public areas are not required to comply E107.3 Directional and informational signs. Signs that pro- vide direction to, or information about, permanent interior spaces of the site and facilities shall contain visual characters complying with ICC Al 17 1 Exception: Building directories, personnel names, com- pany or occupant names and logos, menus and temporary (seven days or less) signs are not required to comply with ICC Al 17 1 E107.4 Other signs. Signage indicating special accessibility provisions shall be provided as follows 1 At bus stops and terminals, signage must be provided in accordance with Section El08 4 2 At fixed facilities and stations, signage must be pro- vided in accordance with Sections E109 2 2 through El09223 3 At airports, terminal information systems must be pro- vided in accordance with Section El 10 3 SECTION E108 BUS STOPS E108.1 General. Bus stops shall comply with Sections E108 2 through E108 5 E108.2 Bus boarding and alighting areas. Bus boarding and alighting areas shall comply with Sections E108 2 1 through El08 2 4 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 655 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwoodm ).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmmLhod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER APPENDIX E E108.2.1 Surface. Bus boarding and alighting areas shall have a firm, stable surface E108.2.2 Dimensions. Bus boarding and alighting areas shall have a clear length of 96 inches (2440 mm) mini- mum, measured perpendicular to the curb or vehicle road- way edge, and a clear width of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum, measured parallel to the vehicle roadway E108.2.3 Connection. Bus boarding and alighting areas shall be connected to streets, sidewalks or pedestrian paths by an accessible route complying with Section 1104 E108.2.4 Slope. Parallel to the roadway, the slope of the bus boarding and alighting area shall be the same as the roadway, to the maximum extent practicable For water drainage, a maximum slope of 1 48 perpendicular to the roadway is allowed E108.3 Bus shelters. Where provided, new or replaced bus shelters shall provide a mnimum clear floor or ground space complying with ICC Al 17 1, Section 305, entirely within the shelter Such shelters shall be connected by an accessible route to the boarding area required by Section El08 2 E108.4 Signs. New bus route identification signs shall have finish and contrast complying with ICC Al 17 1 Addition- ally, to the maximum extent practicable, new bus route iden- tification signs shall provide visual characters complying with ICC Al 17 1 Exception: Bus schedules, timetables and maps that are posted at the bus stop or bus bay are not required to meet this requirement E108.5 Bus stop siting. Bus stop sites shall be chosen such that, to the maximum extent practicable, the areas where lifts or ramps are to be deployed comply with Sections E108 2 and E108 3 SECTION E109 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES AND STATIONS E109.1 General. Fixed transportation facilities and stations shall comply with the applicable provisions of Section E109 2 E109.2 New construction. New stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail, intercity rail, high speed rail and other fixed guideway systems shall comply with Sections El09 2 1 through E 109 2 8 E109.2.1 Station entrances. Where different entrances to a station serve different transportation fixed routes or groups of fixed routes, at least one entrance serving each group or route shall comply with Section 1104 E109.2.2 Signs. Signage in fixed transportation facilities and stations shall comply with Sections E109 2 2 1 through E109 2 2 3 E109.2.2.1 Raised character and braille signs. Where signs are provided at entrances to stations identifying the station or the entrance, or both, at least one sign at each entrance shall be raised characters and braille A minimum of one raised character and braille sign iden- tifying the specific station shall be provided on each platform or boarding area Such signs shall be placed in uniform locations at entrances and on platforms or boarding areas within the transit system to the maxi- mum extent practicable Exceptions: 1 Where the station does not have a defined entrance but signs are provided, the raised characters and braille signs shall be placed in a central location 2 Signs are not required to be raised characters and braille where audible signs are remotely transmitted to hand-held receivers, or are user or proximity actuated E109.2.2.2 Identification signs. Stations covered by this section shall have identification signs containing visual characters complying with ICC Al 17 1 Signs shall be clearly visible and within the sightlmes of a standing or sitting passenger from within the tram on both sides when not obstructed by another tram E109.2.2.3 Informational signs. Lists of stations, routes and destinations served by the station that are located on boarding areas, platforms or mezzanines shall provide visual characters complying with ICC Al 17 1 Signs covered by this provision shall, to the maximum extent practicable, be placed in uniform locations within the transit system E109.2.3 Fare machines. Self-service fare vending, col- lection and adjustment machines shall comply with ICC Al 17 1, Section 707 Where self-service fare vending, col- lection or adjustment machines are provided for the use of the general public, at least one accessible machine of each type provided shall be provided at each accessible point of entry and exit E109.2.4 Rail -to -platform height. Station platforms shall be positioned to coordinate with velucles in accordance with the applicable provisions of 36 CFR, Part 1192 Low- level platforms shall be 8 inches (250 mm) minimum above top of rail Exception: Where vehicles are boarded from side- walks or street level, low-level platforms shall be per- mitted to be less than 8 inches (250 mm) E109.2.5 TTYs. Where a public pay telephone is provided in a transit facility (as defined by the Department of Trans- portation), at least one public TTY complying with ICC Al 17 1, Section 704 4, shall be provided in the station In addition, where one or more public pay telephones serve a particular entrance to a transportation facility, at least one TTY telephone complying with ICC Al171, Section 704 4, shall be provided to serve that entrance E109.2.6 Track crossings. Where a circulation path serv- ing boarding platforms crosses tracks, an accessible route shall be provided Exception: Openings for wheel flanges shall be per- mitted to be 2'/ inches (64 mm) maximum E109.2.7 Public address systems. Where public address systems convey audible information to the public, the same or equivalent information shall be provided in a visual form at 656 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I CopynEhtOoZ.0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX E E109.2.8 Clocks. Where clocks are provided for use by the general public, the clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible Hands, numerals and digits shall contrast with the background either light -on - dark or dark -on -light Where clocks are mounted over- head, numerals and digits shall comply with visual charac- ter requirements SECTION Ell AIRPORTS E110.1 New construction. New construction of airports shall comply with Sections El 10 2 through El 10 4 E110.2 TTYs. Where public pay telephones are provided, at least one TTY shall be provided in compliance with ICC A117 1, Section 704 4 Additionally, if four or more public pay telephones are located in a main terminal outside the security areas, a concourse within the security areas or a bag- gage claim area in a terminal, at least one public TTY com- plying with ICC A117 1, Section 7044, shall also be provided in each such location E110.3 Terminal information systems. Where terminal mformation systems convey audible information to the pub- lic, the same or equivalent information shall be provided in a visual format E110.4 Clocks. Where clocks are provided for use by the general public, the clock face shall be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible Hands, numerals and digits shall contrast with the background either light -on -dark or dark -on - light Where clocks are mounted overhead, numerals and dig- its shall comply with visual character requirements SECTION Ell REFERENCED STANDARDS DOJ 36 CFR Americans with Disabilities Act E109 2 4 Part 1192 (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Transportation Vehicles (ADAAG) Washington, DC Department of Justice, 1991 IBC-18 International Building Code E1021 ICC Accessible and Usable E101 2, E104 2 4, A117 1-09 Buildings and Facilities E106 4 9, E 107 2, E 107 3, E108 3, E108 4, E109 2 2 2, E109 2 2 3, E109 2 3, E109 2 5, El 10 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 657 I I I I CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc 01jM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 658 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX F RODENTPROOFING The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User notes: About this appendix., The provisions o(Appendix F are minimum mechanical methods to prevent the entry of rodents into a budding. These standards, when used in conjunction with cleanliness and maintenance programs, can significantly reduce the potential ofrodents invading a budding. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this appendix will be considered by the IBCStructuralCode Development Com- mittee during the 2019 (Group B) Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION F101 GENERAL F101.1 General. Buildings or structures and the walls enclosing habitable or occupiable rooms and spaces in which persons live, sleep or work, or in which feed, food or food- stuffs are stored, prepared, processed, served or sold, shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of this section F101.2 Foundation wall ventilation openings. Foundation wall ventilation openings shall be covered for their height and width with perforated sheet metal plates not less than 0 070 inch (1 8 mm) thick, expanded sheet metal plates not less than 0 047 inch (1 2 mm) thick, cast-iron grills or grating, extruded aluminum load -bearing vents or with hardware cloth of 0 035 inch (0 89 mm) wire or heavier The openings therein shall not exceed'/4 inch (6 4 mm) F101.3 Foundation and exterior wall sealing. Annular spaces around pipes, electric cables, conduits or other open- ings in the walls shall be protected against the passage of rodents by closing such openings with cement mortar, con- crete masonry or noncorrosive metal F101.4 Doors. Doors on which metal protection has been applied shall be hinged so as to be free swinging When closed, the maximum clearance between any door, door Iambs and sills shall be not greater than'/A inch (9 5 mm) F101.5 Windows and other openings. Windows and other openings for the purpose of light or ventilation located in exterior walls within 2 feet (610 mm) above the existing ground level immediately below such opening shall be cov- ered for their entire height and width, including frame, with hardware cloth of not less than 0 035-inch (0 89 mm) wire or heavier F101.5.1 Rodent -accessible openings. Windows and other openings for the purpose of light and ventilation in the exterior walls not covered in this chapter, accessible to rodents by way of exposed pipes, wires, conduits and other appurtenances, shall be covered with wire cloth of at least 0 035-mch (0 89 mm) wire In lieu of wire cloth covering, said pipes, wires, conduits and other appurtenances shall be blocked from rodent usage by installing solid sheet metal guards 0 024 inch (0 61 mm) thick or heavier Guards shall be fitted around pipes, wires, conduits or other appurtenances In addition, they shall be fastened securely to and shall extend perpendicularly from the exte- rior wall for not less than 12 inches (305 mm) beyond and on either side of pipes, wires, conduits or appurtenances F101.6 Pier and wood construction. F101.6.1 Sill less than 12 inches above ground. Build- ings not provided with a continuous foundation shall be provided with protection against rodents at grade by pro- viding either an apron in accordance with Section 17101 611 or a floor slab in accordance with Section F101612 F101.6.1.1 Apron. Where an apron is provided, the apron shall be not less than 8 inches (203 mm) above, nor less than 24 inches (610 mm) below, grade The apron shall not terminate below the lower edge of the siding material The apron shall be constructed of an approved nondecayable, water-resistant rodentproof- mg material of required strength and shall be installed around the entire perimeter of the building Where con- structed of masonry or concrete materials, the apron shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in thickness F101.6.1.2 Grade floors. Where continuous concrete - grade floor slabs are provided, open spaces shall not be left between the slab and walls, and openings in the slab shall be protected F101.6.2 Sill at or above 12 inches above ground. Build- ings not provided with a continuous foundation and that have sills 12 inches (305 mm) or more above ground level shall be provided with protection against rodents at grade in accordance with any of the following 1 SectlonF101 61 1 orF101 61 2 2 By installing solid sheet metal collars not less than 0 024 inch (0 6 mm) thick at the top of each pier or pile and around each pipe, cable, conduit, wire or other item that provides a continuous pathway from the ground to the floor 3 By encasing the pipes, cables, conduits or wires in an enclosure constructed in accordance with Section F101611 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 659 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn d, od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 660 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX G FLOOD -RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User notes: About this appendix: Appendix G is intended to provide the additional foodplainmanagement and administrative requirements of the National Flood Insurance Program (NF1P) that are not included in the code. Commentaries that adopt the International Building Code' and Appendix G will meet the minimum requirements ofNFIP as set Port in Title 44 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Code development reminder: Code change proposals to this appendix will he considered by the IBCStructuralCode Development Com- mittee during the 2019 (Group Ig Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION G101 ADMINISTRATION G101.1 Purpose. The purpose of this appendix is to promote the public health, safety and general welfare and to minimize public and private losses due to flood conditions in specific flood hazard areas through the establishment of comprehen- sive regulations for management of flood hazard areas designed to 1 Prevent unnecessary disruption of commerce, access and public service during tunes of flooding 2 Manage the alteration of natural flood plains, stream channels and shorelines 3 Manage filling, grading, dredging and other develop- ment that may increase flood damage or erosion poten- tial 4 Prevent or regulate the construction of flood barriers that will divert floodwaters or that can increase flood hazards 5 Contribute to improved construction techniques in the flood plain G101.2 Objectives. The objectives of this appendix are to protect human life, minimize the expenditure of public money for flood control projects, minimize the need for res- cue and relief efforts associated with flooding, ininunize pro- longed business interruption, minimize damage to public facilities and utilities, help maintain a stable tax base by pro- viding for the sound use and development of flood -prone areas, contribute to improved construction techniques in the flood plain and ensure that potential owners and occupants are notified that property is withinflood hazard areas G101.3 Scope. The provisions of this appendix shall apply to all proposed development in a flood hazard area established in Section 1612 of this code, including certain building work exempt from permit under Section 105 2 G101.4 Violations. Any violation of a provision of this appendix, or failure to comply with a permit or variance issued pursuant to this appendix or any requirement of this appendix, shall be handled in accordance with Section 114 SECTION G102 APPLICABILITY G102.1 General. This appendix, in conjunction with this code, provides minimum requirements for development located in flood hazard areas, including 1 The subdivision of land 2 Site improvements and installation of utilities 3 Placement and replacement of manufactured homes 4 Placement of recreational vehicles 5 New construction and repair, reconstruction, rehabili- tation or additions to new construction 6 Substantial improvement of existing buildings and structures, including restoration after damage 7 Installation of tanks 8 Temporary structures 9 Temporary or permanent storage, utility and miscella- neous Group U buildings and structures 10 Certain building work exempt from permit under Sec- tion 105 2 and other buildings and development activ- ities G102.2 Establishment of flood hazard areas. Flood hazard areas are established in Section 1612 3 of this code, adopted by the applicable governing authority on [INSERT DATE] SECTION G103 POWERS AND DUTIES G103.1 Permit applications. All applications for permits must comply with the following 1 The building official shall review all permit applica- tions to determine whether proposed development is located in flood hazard areas established in Section G102 2 2 Where a proposed development site is in a flood hazard area, all development to which this appendix is appli- cable as specified in Section G102 1 shall be designed and constructed with methods, practices and materials that minimize flood damage and that are in accordance with this code and ASCE 24 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 661 I I [ I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER APPENDIX G G103.2 Other permits. It shall be the responsibility of the building official to ensure that approval of a proposed devel- opment shall not be given until proof that necessary permits have been granted by federal or state agencies having juris- diction over such development G103.3 Determination of design flood elevations. If design flood elevations are not specified, the building official is authorized to require the applicant to meet one of the follow- ing Obtain, review and reasonably utilize data available from a federal, state or other source Determine the design flood elevation in accordance with accepted hydrologic and hydraulic engineering tech- mques Such analyses shall be performed and sealed by a registered design professional Studies, analyses and computations shall be submitted in sufficient detail to allow review and approval by the building official The accuracy of data submitted for such determination shall be the responsibility of the applicant G103.4 Activities in riverine flood hazard areas. In river - me flood hazard areas where design flood elevations are specified but floodways have not been designated, the build- ing official shall not permit any new construction, substantial improvement or other development, including fill, unless the applicant submits an engineering analysis prepared by a reg- istered design professional, demonstrating that the cumula- tive effect of the proposed development, when combined with all other existing and anticipated flood hazard area encroach- ment, will not increase the design flood elevation more than 1 foot (305 mm) at any point within the community G103.5 Floodway encroachment. Prior to issuing a permit for any floodway encroachment, including fill, new construc- tion, substantial improvements and other development or land -disturbing activity, the building official shall require submission of a certification, prepared by a registered design professional, along with supporting technical data, demon- strating that such development will not cause any increase of the base flood level G103.5.1 Floodway revisions. Afloodway encroachment that increases the level of the base flood is authorized if the applicant has applied for a conditional Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) revision and has received the approval of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) G103.6 Watercourse alteration. Prior to issuing a permit for any alteration or relocation of any watercourse, the building official shall require the applicant to provide notification of the proposal to the appropriate authorities of all adjacent gov- emmentjurisdictions, as well as appropriate state agencies A copy of the notification shall be maintained in the permit records and submitted to FEMA G103.6.1 Engineering analysis. The building official shall require submission of an engineering analysis, pre- pared by a registered design professional, demonstrating that the flood -carrying capacity of the altered or relocated portion of the watercourse will not be decreased Such watercourses shall be maintained in a manner that pre- serves the channel's flood -carrying capacity G103.7 Alterations in coastal areas. Prior to issuing a per- mit for any alteration of sand dunes and mangrove stands in coastal high -hazard areas and coastal A zones, the building official shall require submission of an engineering analysis, prepared by a registered design professional, demonstrating that the proposed alteration will not increase the potential for flood damage G103.8 Records. The building official shall maintain a per- manent record of all permits issued in flood hazard areas, including supporting certifications and documentation required by this appendix and copies of inspection reports, design certifications and documentation of elevations required in Section 1612 of this code and Section R322 of the International Residential Code. G103.9 Inspections. Development for which a permit under this appendix is required shall be subject to inspection The building official or the building official's designee shall make, or cause to be made, inspections of all development in flood hazard areas authorized by issuance of a permit under this appendix SECTION G104 PERMITS G104.1 Required. Any person, owner or owner's authorized agent who intends to conduct any development in a flood haz- ard area shall first make application to the building official and shall obtain the required permit G104.2 Application for permit. The applicant shall file an application in writing on a form furnished by the building official Such application shall 1 Identify and describe the development to be covered by the permit 2 Describe the land on which the proposed development is to be conducted by legal description, street address or similar description that will readily identify and defi- nitely locate the site 3 Include a site plan showing the delineation of flood hazard areas, floodway boundaries, flood zones, design flood elevations, ground elevations, proposed fill and excavation and drainage patterns and facilities 4 Include in subdivision proposals and other proposed developments with more than 50 lots or larger than 5 acres (20 234 m'), base flood elevation data in accor- dance with Section 1612 3 1 if such data are not identi- fied for the flood hazard areas established in Section G 102 2 5 Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed development is intended 6 Be accompamed by construction documents, grading and filling plans and other information deemed appro- priate by the builckng official 7 State the valuation of the proposed work 8 Be signed by the applicant or the applicant's authorized agent 662 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX G G104.3 Validity of permit. The issuance of a permit under this appendix shall not be construed to be a permit for, or approval of, any violation of this appendix or any other ordi- nance of the jurisdiction The issuance of a permit based on submitted documents and information shall not prevent the building official from requiring the correction of errors The building official is authorized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure or site that is in violation of this appendix or other ordinances of this jurisdiction G104.4 Expiration. Apermit shall become invalid if the pro- posed development is not commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized is suspended or aban- doned for a period of 180 days after the work commences Extensions shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated The building official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each G104.5 Suspension or revocation. The building official is authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under this appendix wherever the permit is issued in error or on the basis of incorrect, inaccurate or incomplete information, or in violation of any ordinance or code of this jurisdiction SECTION G105 VARIANCES G105.1 General. The board of appeals established pursuant to Section 113 shall hear and decide requests for variances The board of appeals shall base its determination on techni- cal justifications, and has the right to attach such conditions to variances as it deems necessary to further the purposes and objectives of this appendix and Section 1612 G105.2 Records. The building official shall maintain a per- manent record of all variance actions, including justification for their issuance G105.3 Historic structures. A variance is authorized to be issued for the repair or rehabilitation of a historic structure upon a determination that the proposed repair or rehabilita- tion will not preclude the structure's continued designation as a historic structure, and the variance is the minimum neces- sary to preserve the historic character and design of the struc- ture Exception: Withinflood hazard areas, historic structures that do not meet one or more of the following designa- tions 1 Listed or preliminarily determined to be eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places 2 Determined by the Secretary of the U S Department of Interior as contributing to the historical signifi- cance of a registered historic district or a district pre- liminarily determined to qualify as an historic district 3 Designated as historic under a state or local historic preservation program that is approved by the Department of Interior G105.4 Functionally dependent facilities. A variance is authorized to be issued for the construction or substantial improvement of a functionally dependent facility provided that the criteria in Section 1612 1 are met and the variance is the minimum necessary to allow the construction or substan- tial improvement, and that all due consideration has been given to methods and materials that minimize flood damages during the design flood and do not create additional threats to public safety G105.5 Restrictions. The board of appeals shall not issue a variance for any proposed development in a floodway if any increase in flood levels would result during the base flood discharge G105.6 Considerations. In reviewing applications for vari- ances, the board of appeals shall consider all technical evalu- ations, all relevant factors, all other portions of this appendix and the following 1 The danger that materials and debris may be swept onto other lands resulting in further injury or damage 2 The danger to life and property due to flooding or ero- sion damage 3 The susceptibility of the proposed development, including contents, to flood damage and the effect of such damage on current and future owners 4 The importance of the services provided by the pro- posed development to the community 5 The availability of alternate locations for the proposed development that are not subject to flooding or ero- sion 6 The compatibility of the proposed development with existing and anticipated development 7 The relationship of the proposed development to the comprehensive plan and flood plain management pro- gram for that area 8 The safety of access to the property in times of flood for ordinary and emergency vehicles 9 The expected heights, velocity, duration, rate of rise and debris and sediment transport of the floodwaters and the effects of wave action, if applicable, expected at the site 10 The costs of providing governmental services during and after flood conditions including maintenance and repair of public utilities and facilities such as sewer, gas, electrical and water systems, streets and bridges G105.7 Conditions for issuance. Variances shall only be issued by the board of appeals where all of the following cri- teria are met 1 A technical showing of good and sufficient cause that the unique characteristics of the size, configuration or topography of the site renders the elevation standards inappropriate 2 A detenmmation that failure to grant the variance would result in exceptional hardship by rendering the lot undevelopable 3 A determination that the granting of a variance will not result in increased flood heights, additional threats to public safety, extraordinary public expense, nor create 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 663 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER APPENDIX G nuisances, cause fraud on or victimization of the public or conflict with existing local laws or ordinances 4 A determination that the variance is the minimum nec- essary, considering the flood hazard, to afford relief 5 Notification to the applicant in writing over the signa- ture of the building official that the issuance of a vari- ance to construct a structure below the base flood level will result in increased premium rates for flood insur- ance up to amounts as high as $25 for $100 of insur- ance coverage, and that such construction below the base flood level increases risks to life and property SECTION G201 DEFINITIONS G201.1 General. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this appendix, have the meanings shown herein Refer to Chapter 2 of this code for general definitions G201.2 Definitions. DEVELOPMENT. Any man-made change to improved or unimproved real estate, including but not limited to, buildings or other structures, temporary structures, temporary or per- manent storage of materials, mining, dredging, filling, grad- ing, paving, excavations, operations and other land -disturbing activities FUNCTIONALLY DEPENDENT FACILITY. A facility that cannot be used for its intended purpose unless it is located or earned out in close proximity to water, such as a docking or port facility necessary for the loading or unloading of cargo or pas- sengers, shipbwldmg or ship repair The term does not include long-term storage, manufacture, sales or service facilities MANUFACTURED HOME. A structure that is transport- able in one or more sections, built on a permanent chassis, designed for use with or without a permanent foundation when attached to the required utilities, and constructed to the Federal Mobile Home Construction and Safety Standards and rules and regulations promulgated by the U S Department of Housing and Urban Development The term also includes mobile homes, park trailers, travel trailers and similar trans- portable structures that are placed on a site for 180 consecu- tive days or longer MANUFACTURED HOME PARK OR SUBDIVISION. A parcel (or contiguous parcels) of land divided into two or more manufactured home lots for rent or sale RECREATIONAL VEHICLE. A vehicle that is built on a single chassis, 400 square feet (37 16 m) or less when mea- sured at the largest horizontal projection, designed to be self- propelled or permanently towable by a light -duty truck, and designed primarily not for use as a permanent dwelling but as temporary living quarters for recreational, camping, travel or seasonal use A recreational vehicle is ready for highway use if it is on its wheels or Iackmg system, is attached to the site only by quick disconnect -type utilities and security devices and has no permanently attached additions VARIANCE. A grant of relief from the requirements of this section that permits construction in a manner otherwise pro- hibited by this section where specific enforcement would result in unnecessary hardship VIOLATION. A development that is not fully compliant with this appendix or Section 1612, as applicable SECTION G301 G301.1 General. Any subdivision proposal, including pro- posals for manufactured home parks and subdivisions, or other proposed new development in a flood hazard area shall be reviewed to verify all of the following 1 Such proposals are consistent with the need to mim- mize flood damage 2 Public utilities and facilities, such as sewer, gas, elec- tric and water systems, are located and constructed to minimize or chin mate flood damage 3 Adequate drainage is provided to reduce exposure to flood hazards G301.2 Subdivision requirements. The following require- ments shall apply in the case of any proposed subdivision, including proposals for manufactured home parks and subdi- visions, any portion of which lies within a flood hazard area 1 The flood hazard area, including floodways, coastal high -hazard areas and coastal A zones, as appropriate, shall be delineated on tentative and final subdivision plats 2 Design flood elevations shall be shown on tentative and final subdivision plats 3 Residential bwldmg lots shall be provided with ade- quate buildable area outside the floodway 4 The design criteria for utilities and facilities set forth in this appendix and appropriate International Codes shall be met SECTION G401 SITE IMPROVEMENT G401.1 Development in floodways. Development or land - disturbing activity shall not be authorized in the floodway unless it has been demonstrated through hydrologic and hydraulic analyses performed in accordance with standard engineering practice, and prepared by a registered design professional, that the proposed encroachment will not result in any increase in the base flood level G401.2 Coastal high -hazard areas and coastal A zones. In coastal high -hazard areas and coastal A zones 1 New buildings and buildings that are substantially unproved shall only be authorized landward of the reach of mean high tide 2 The use of fill for structural support of buildings is pro- hibited G401.3 Sewer facilities. All new or replaced sanitary sewer facilities, private sewage treatment plants (including all pumping stations and collector systems) and on -site waste 664 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX G disposal systems shall be designed in accordance with Chap- ter 7, ASCE 24, to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood- waters into the facilities and discharge from the facilities into floodwaters, or impairment of the facilities and systems G401.4 Water facilities. All new or replacement water facil- ities shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 7, ASCE 24, to minimize or eliminate infiltration of floodwaters into the systems G401.5 Storm drainage. Storm drainage shall be designed to convey the flow of surface waters to minimize or eliminate damage to persons or property G401.6 Streets and sidewalks. Streets and sidewalks shall be designed to minimize potential for increasing or aggravat- ing flood levels SECTION G501 MANUFACTURED HOMES G501.1 Elevation. All new and replacement manufactured homes to be placed or substantially improved in a flood haz- ard area shall be elevated such that the lowest floor of the manufactured home is elevated to or above the design flood elevation G501.2 Foundations. All new and replacement manufac- tured homes, including substantial improvement of existing manufactured homes, shall be placed on a permanent, rein- forced foundation that is designed in accordance with Section R322 of the International Residential Code G501.3 Anchoring. All new and replacement manufactured homes to be placed or substantially improved in a flood haz- ard area shall be installed using methods and practices that minimize flood damage Manufactured homes shall be securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation sys- tem to resist flotation, collapse and lateral movement Meth- ods of anchoring are authorized to include, but are not limited to, use of over -the -top or frame ties to ground anchors This requirement is in addition to applicable state and local anchoring requirements for resisting wind forces G501.4 Protection of mechanical equipment and outside appliances. Mechanical equipment and outside appliances shall be elevated to or above the design flood elevation Exception: Where such equipment and appliances are designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within their components and the systems are constructed to resist hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flooding up to the elevation required by Sec- tion R322 of the International Residential Code, the sys- tems and equipment shall be permitted to be located below the elevation required by Section R322 of the Interna- honal Residential Code Electrical wiring systems shall be permitted below the design flood elevation provided that they conform to the provisions of NFPA 70 G501.5 Enclosures. Fully enclosed areas below elevated manufactured homes shall comply with the requirements of Section R322 of the International Residential Code SECTION G601 RECREATIONAL VEHICLES G601.1 Placement prohibited. The placement of recre- ational vehicles shall not be authorized in coastal lugh-hazard areas and mfloodways G601.2 Temporary placement. Recreational vehicles in flood hazard areas shall be fully licensed and ready for lugh- way use, or shall be placed on a site for less than 180 consec- utive days G601.3 Permanent placement. Recreational vehicles that are not fully licensed and ready for highway use, or that are to be placed on a site for more than 180 consecutive days, shall meet the requirements of Section G501 for manufactured homes SECTION G701 TANKS G701.1 Tanks. Underground and above -ground tanks shall be designed, constructed, installed and anchored in accor- dance with ASCE 24 SECTION G801 OTHER BUILDING WORK G801.1 Garages and accessory structures. Garages and accessory structures shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ASCE 24 G801.2 Fences. Fences in floodways that have the potential to block the passage of floodwaters, such as stockade fences and wire mesh fences, shall meet the requirement of Section G 103 5 G801.3 Oil derricks. Oil derricks located in flood hazard areas shall be designed in conformance with the flood loads in Sections 1603 1 7 and 1612 G801.4 Retaining walls, sidewalks and driveways. Retain- ing walls, sidewalks and driveways shall meet the require- ments of Section 1804 5 G801.5 Swimming pools. Swimming pools shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ASCE 24 Above -ground swimming pools, on -ground swimming pools and in -ground swimming pools that involve placement of fill m floodways shall also meet the requirements of Section G103 5 G801.6 Decks, porches, and patios. Decks, porches and patios shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ASCE 24 G801.7 Nonstructural concrete slabs in coastal high -haz- ard areas and coastal A zones. In coastal high -hazard areas and coastal A zones, nonstructural concrete slabs used as parking pads, enclosure floors, landings, decks, walkways, patios and similar nonstructural uses are permitted beneath or adjacent to buildings and structures provided that the con- crete slabs shall be constructed in accordance with ASCE 24 G801.8 Roads and watercourse crossings in regulated floodways. Roads and watercourse crossings that encroach into regulated floodways, including roads, bridges, culverts, 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 665 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER APPENDIX G low-water crossings and similar means for vehicles or pedes- trians to travel from one side of a watercourse to the other, shall meet the requirement of Section G103 5 SECTION G901 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND TEMPORARY STORAGE G901.1 Temporary structures. Temporary structures shall be erected for a period of less than 180 days Temporary structures shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse or lateral movement resulting from hydrostatic loads, including the effects of buoyancy, during conditions of the design flood Fully enclosed temporary structures shall have flood openings that are in accordance with ASCE 24 to allow for the automatic entry and exit of floodwaters G901.2 Temporary storage. Temporary storage includes storage of goods and materials for a period of less than 180 days Stored materials shall not include hazardous materials G901.3 Floodway encroachment. Temporary structures and temporary storage in floodways shall meet the requirements ofG1035 SECTION G1001 UTILITY AND MISCELLANEOUS GROUP U G1001.1 Utility and miscellaneous Group U. Utility and miscellaneous Group U includes buildings that are accessory in character and miscellaneous structures not classified in any specific occupancy in this code, including, but not limited to, agricultural buildings, aircraft hangars (accessory to a one- or two-family residence), barns, carports, fences more than 6 feet (1829 mm) high, gram silos (accessory to a residential occupancy), greenhouses, livestock shelters, private garages, returning walls, sheds, stables and towers G1001.2 Flood loads. Utility and miscellaneous Group U buildings and structures, including substantial improvement of such buildings and structures, shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse or lateral movement resulting from flood loads, including the effects of buoyancy, during conditions of the design flood G1001.3 Elevation. Utility and miscellaneous Group U buildings and structures, including substantial improvement of such buildings and structures, shall be elevated such that the lowest floor, including basement, is elevated to or above the design flood elevation in accordance with Section 1612 of this code G1001.4 Enclosures below design flood elevation. Fully enclosed areas below the design flood elevation shall be con- structed in accordance with ASCE 24 G1001.5 Flood -damage -resistant materials. Flood -dam- age -resistant materials shall be used below the design flood elevation G1001.6 Protection of mechanical, plumbing and electri- cal systems. Mechanical, plumbing and electrical systems, including plumbing fixtures, shall be elevated to or above the design flood elevation Exception: Electrical systems, equipment and compo- nents, heating, ventilating, air conditioning and plumbing appliances, plumbing fixtures, duct systems and other ser- vice equipment shall be permitted to be located below the design flood elevation provided that they are designed and installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating within the components and to resist hydrostatic and hydro- dynamic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoy- ancy, during the occurrence of flooding to the design flood elevation in compliance with the flood -resistant construc- tion requirements of this code Electrical wiring systems shall be permitted to be located below the design flood elevation provided that they conform to the provisions of NFPA 70 SECTION G1101 REFERENCED STANDARDS ASCE 24 13 Flood Resistant Design G1031, and Construction G401 3, G401 4, G701 1, G801 1, G801 5, G801 6, G801 7, G901 1, G1001 4 HUD 24 CFR Manufactured Home G201 Part 3280 Construction and Safety (2008) Standards IBC 18 InternahonalBuilckngCode G1022, G1001 1, G1001 3 IRC 18 InternahonalRerrdenhalCock G5012, G501 4, G501 5 NFPA 7017 Nahonal Electncal Code G501 4, G1001 6 666 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I CopynEht@Z0I7ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm, (hv dmepf dv od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX H SIGNS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User notes: About this appendix., Appendix H gathers in one place the various standards that regulate the construction and protection of outdoor signs. Wherever possible, the appendix provides standards in performance language, thus allowing the widest possible application. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this appendix will he considered by the IBCStructuralCode Development Com- mittee during the 2019 (Group Eg Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION H101 GENERAL 11101.1 General. A sign shall not be erected in a manner that would confuse or obstruct the view of or interfere with exit signs required by Chapter 10 or with official traffic signs, sig- nals or devices Signs and sign support structures, together with their supports, braces, guys and anchors, shall be kept in repair and in proper state of preservation The display sur- faces of signs shall be kept neatly painted or posted at all times 11101.2 Signs exempt from permits. The following signs are exempt from the requirements to obtain a permit before erec- tion 1 Painted nonillummated signs 2 Temporary signs announcing the sale or rent of prop- erty 3 Signs erected by transportation authorities 4 Projecting signs not exceeding 2 5 square feet (0 23 m') 5 The changing of moveable parts of an approved sign that is designed for such changes, or the repainting or repositioning of display matter shall not be deemed an alteration SECTION H102 DEFINITIONS 11102.1 General. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this appendix, have the meanings shown herein Refer to Chapter 2 of this code for general definitions COMBINATION SIGN. A sign incorporating any combma- tion of the features of pole, projecting and roof signs DISPLAY SIGN. The area made available by the sign struc- ture for the purpose of displaying the advertising message ELECTRIC SIGN. A sign containing electrical wiring, but not including signs illumnated by an exterior light source GROUND SIGN. A billboard or similar type of sign that is supported by one or more uprights, poles or braces in or upon the ground other than a combination sign or pole sign, as defined by this code POLE SIGN. A sign wholly supported by a sign structure in the ground PORTABLE DISPLAY SURFACE. A display surface tem- porarily fixed to a standardized advertising structure that is regularly moved from structure to structure at periodic inter- vals PROJECTING SIGN. A sign other than a wall sign that projects from and is supported by a wall of a building or structure ROOF SIGN. A sign erected on or above a roof or parapet of a building or structure SIGN. Any letter, figure, character, mark, plane, point, mar- quee sign, design, poster, pictorial, picture, stroke, stripe, line, trademark, reading matter or illuminated service, which shall be constructed, placed, attached, painted, erected, fas- tened or manufactured in any manner whatsoever, so that the same shall be used for the attraction of the public to any place, subject, person, firm, corporation, public performance, article, machine or merchandise, whatsoever, which is dis- played in any manner outdoors Every sign shall be classified and conform to the requirements of that classification as set forth in this chapter SIGN STRUCTURE. Any structure that supports or is capa- ble of supporting a sign as defined in this code A sign struc- ture is permitted to be a single pole and is not required to be an integral part of the building WALL SIGN. Any sign attached to or erected against the wall of a building or structure, with the exposed face of the sign in a plane parallel to the plane of said wall SECTION H103 LOCATION 11103.1 Location restrictions. Signs shall not be erected, constructed or maintained so as to obstruct any fire escape or any window or door or opening used as a means of egress or so as to prevent free passage from one part of a roof to any other part thereof A sign shall not be attached in any form, shape or manner to a fire escape, nor be placed in such man- ner as to interfere with any opening required for ventilation 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 667 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER APPENDIX H SECTION H104 IDENTIFICATION 11104.1 Identification. Every outdoor advertising display sign hereafter erected, constructed or maintained, for which a permit is required, shall be plainly marked with the name of the person, firm or corporation erecting and maintaining such sign and shall have affixed on the front thereof the permit number issued for said sign or other method of identification approved by the building official SECTION H105 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION 11105.1 General requirements. Signs shall be designed and constructed to comply with the provisions of this code for use of materials, loads and stresses 11105.2 Permits, drawings and specifications. Where a per- mit is required, as provided in Chapter 1, construction docu- ments shall be required These documents shall show the dimensions, material and required details of construction, including loads, stresses and anchors 11105.3 Wind load. Signs shall be designed and constructed to withstand wind pressure as provided for in Chapter 16 11105.4 Seismic load. Signs designed to withstand wind pres- sures shall be considered capable of withstanding earthquake loads, except as provided for in Chapter 16 11105.5 Working stresses. In outdoor advertising display signs, the allowable working stresses shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 16 The working stresses of wire rope and its fastenings shall not exceed 25 percent of the ulti- mate strength of the rope or fasteners Exceptions: 1 The allowable working stresses for steel and wood shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chap- ters 22 and 23 2 The working strength of chains, cables, guys or steel rods shall not exceed one -fifth of the ultimate strength of such chains, cables, guys or steel 11105.6 Attachment. Signs attached to masonry, concrete or steel shall be safely and securely fastened by means of metal anchors, bolts or approved expansion screws of sufficient size and anchorage to safely support the loads applied SECTION H106 ELECTRICAL 11106.1 Illumination. A sign shall not be illuminated by other than electrical means, and electrical devices and wiring shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70 Any open spark or flame shall not be used for dis- play purposes unless specifically approved 11106.1.1 Internally illuminated signs. Except as pro- vided for in Section 2611, where internally illuminated signs have facings of wood or of approved plastic comply- ing with the requirements of Section 2606 4, the area of such facing section shall be not more than 120 square feet (11 16 m') and the wiring for electric lighting shall be entirely enclosed in the sign cabinet with a clearance of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) from the facing material The dimensional limitation of 120 square feet (11 16 in 2) shall not apply to sign facing sections made from flame - resistant -coated fabric (ordinarily known as "flexible sign face plastic") that weighs less than 20 ounces per square yard (678 g/m2) and that, when tested in accordance with NFPA 701, meets the fire propagation performance requirements of both Test 1 and Test 2 or that, when tested in accordance with an approved test method, exhibits an average bum time of 2 seconds or less and a burning extent of 5 9 inches (150 mm) or less for 10 specimens 11106.2 Electrical service. Signs that require electrical ser- vice shall comply with NFPA 70 SECTION H107 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS 11107.1 Use of combustibles. Wood, plastics complying with the requirements of Section H107 1 1 or plastic veneer pan- I els as provided for in Chapter 26, or other materials of com- bustible characteristics similar to wood, used for moldings, cappings, nailing blocks, letters and latticing, shall comply with Section H109 1 and shall not be used for other ornamen- tal features of signs, unless approved 11107.1.1 Plastic materials. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this code, plastics that bum at a rate not faster than 2 5 inches per minute (64 mm/s) when tested in accordance with ASTM D635 shall be approved for use as the display surface material and for the letters, decorations and facings on signs and outdoor display structures 11107.1.2 Electric sign faces. Individual plastic facings of electric signs shall not exceed 200 square feet (18 6 m) in area 11107.1.3 Area limitation. If the area of a display surface exceeds 200 square feet (18 6 m'), the area occupied or covered by plastics complying with the requirements of Section H107 1 1 shall be limited to 200 square feet (18 6 m') plus 50 percent of the difference between 200 square feet (18 6 m) and the area of display surface The area of plastic on a display surface shall not in any case exceed 1,100 square feet (102 m') 11107.1.4 Plastic appurtenances. Letters and decorations mounted on a plastic facing or display surface can be made of plastics complying with the requirements of Section I H107 1 1 SECTION H108 ANIMATED DEVICES 11108.1 Fail-safe device. Signs that contain moving sections or ornaments shall have fail-safe provisions to prevent the section or ornament from releasing and falling or shifting its center of gravity more than 15 inches (381 mm) The fail-safe device shall be in addition to the mechanism and the mecha- nism's housing that operate the movable section or ornament The fail-safe device shall be capable of supporting the full 668 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I CITY IEhtOo2.01v ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hv dmepf dwoodm ).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L--tto S I (firiTER I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGRE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX H dead weight of the section or ornament when the moving mechanism releases SECTION H109 GROUND SIGNS H109.1 Height restrictions. The structural frame of ground signs shall not be erected of combustible materials to a height of more than 35 feet (10 668 mm) above the ground Ground signs constructed entirely of noncombustible material shall not be erected to a height of greater than 100 feet (30 480 mm) above the ground Greater heights are permitted where approved and located so as not to create a hazard or danger to the public H109.2 Required clearance. The bottom coping of every ground sign shall be not less than 3 feet (914 mm) above the ground or street level, which space can be filled with platform decorative trim or light wooden construction H109.3 Wood anchors and supports. Where wood anchors or supports are embedded in the soil, the wood shall be pres- sure treated with an approved preservative SECTION H110 ROOF SIGNS H110.1 General. Roof signs shall be constructed entirely of metal or other approved noncombustible material except as provided for in Sections H106 1 1 and H1071 Provisions shall be made for electric grounding of metallic parts Where combustible materials are permitted in letters or other orna- mental features, wiring and tubmg shall be kept free and insu- lated therefrom Roof signs shall be so constructed as to leave a clear space of not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) between the roof level and the lowest part of the sign and shall have not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) clearance between the vertical supports thereof Roof sign structures shall not project beyond an exterior wall Exception: Signs on flat roofs with every part of the roof accessible H110.2 Bearing plates. The bearing plates of roof signs shall distribute the load directly to or on masonry walls, steel roof girders, columns or beams The building shall be designed to avoid overstress of these members H110.3 Height of solid signs. A roof sign having a solid sur- face shall not exceed, at any point, a height of 24 feet (7315 mm) measured from the roof surface HHOA Height of open signs. Open roof signs in which the uniform open area is not less than 40 percent of total gross area shall not exceed a height of 75 feet (22 860 mm) on buildings of Type 1 or Type 2 construction On bwldmgs of other construction types, the height shall not exceed 40 feet (12 192 mm) Such signs shall be thoroughly secured to the building on which they are installed, erected or constructed by won, metal anchors, bolts, supports, chains, stranded cables, steel rods or braces and they shall be maintained in good condition H110.5 Height of closed signs. A closed roof sign shall not be erected to a height greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) above the roof of buildings of Type 1 or 2 construction or more than 35 feet (10 668 mm) above the roof of bwldmgs of Type 3, 4 or 5 construction SECTION H111 WALL SIGNS HH1.1 Materials. Wall signs that have an area exceeding 40 square feet (3 72 m') shall be constructed of metal or other approved noncombustible material, except for nailing rails and as provided for in Sections 11106 1 1 and 11107 1 H111.2 Exterior wall mounting details. Wall signs attached to extenor walls of solid masonry, concrete or stone shall be safely and securely attached by means of metal anchors, bolts or expansion screws of not less than'/A inch (9 5 mm) diame- ter and shall be embedded not less than 5 inches (127 mm) Wood blocks shall not be used for anchorage, except in the case of wall signs attached to buildings with walls of wood A wall sign shall not be supported by anchorages secured to an unbraced parapet wall H111.3 Extension. Wall signs shall not extend above the top of the wall or beyond the ends of the wall to which the signs are attached unless such signs conform to the requirements for roof signs, projecting signs or ground signs SECTION H112 PROJECTING SIGNS H112.1 General. Projecting signs shall be constructed entirely of metal or other noncombustible material and securely attached to a building or structure by metal supports such as bolts, anchors, supports, chains, guys or steel rods Staples or nails shall not be used to secure any projecting sign to any building or structure The dead load of projecting signs not parallel to the building or structure and the load due to wind pressure shall be supported with chains, guys or steel rods having net cross -sectional dimension of not less than'/A inch (9 5 mm) diameter Such supports shall be erected or maintained at an angle of not less than 45 percent (0 78 rad) with the horizontal to resist the dead load and at angle of 45 percent (0 78 rad) or more with the face of the sign to resist the specified wind pressure If such projecting sign exceeds 30 square feet (2 8 m) in one facial area, there shall be pro- vided not fewer than two such supports on each side not more than 8 feet (2438 mm) apart to resist the wind pressure H112.2 Attachment of supports. Supports shall be secured to a bolt or expansion screw that will develop the strength of the supporting chains, guys or steel rods, with a minimum '/g inch (15 9 mm) bolt or lag screw, by an expansion shield Turnbuckles shall be placed in chains, guys or steel rods sup- porting projecting signs H112.3 Wall mounting details. Chains, cables, guys or steel rods used to support the live or dead load of projecting signs are permitted to be fastened to solid masonry walls with expansion bolts or by machine screws in won supports, but such supports shall not be attached to an unbraced parapet 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 669 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb,t—thod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER APPENDIX H wall Where the supports must be fastened to walls made of wood, the supporting anchor bolts must go through the wall and be plated or fastened on the inside in a secure manner H112.4 Height limitation. A projecting sign shall not be erected on the wall of any building so as to project above the roof or cornice wall or, on buildings without a cornice wall, above the roof level except that a sign erected at a right angle to the building, the horizontal width of which sign is perpen- dicular to such a wall and does not exceed 18 inches (457 mm), is permitted to be erected to a height not exceeding 2 feet (610 mm) above the roof or cornice wall or above the roof level where there is no cornice wall A sign attached to a comer of a building and parallel to the vertical line of such comer shall be deemed to be erected at a right angle to the building wall H112.5 Additional loads. Projecting sign structures that will be used to support an individual on a ladder or other servicing device, whether or not specifically designed for the servicing device, shall be capable of supporting the anticipated addi- tional load, but not less than a 100-pound (445 N) concen- trated horizontal load and a 300-pound (1334 N) concentrated vertical load applied at the point of assumed or most eccentric loading The building component to which the projecting sign is attached shall be designed to support the additional loads SECTION H113 MARQUEE SIGNS H113.1 Materials. Marquee signs shall be constructed entirely of metal or other approved noncombustible material except as provided for in Sections H106 1 1 and H107 1 H113.2 Attachment. Marquee signs shall be attached to approved marquees that are constructed in accordance with Section 3106 H113.3 Dimensions. Marquee signs, whether on the front or side, shall not project beyond the perimeter of the marquee H113.4 Height limitation. Marquee signs shall not extend more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above, or 1 foot (305 mm) below such marquee Signs shall not have a vertical dimension greater than 8 feet (2438 mm) SECTION H114 PORTABLE SIGNS H114.1 General. Portable signs shall conform to require- ments for ground, roof, projecting, flat and temporary signs where such signs are used in a similar capacity The require- ments of this section shall not be construed to require porta- ble signs to have connections to surfaces, tie -downs or foundations where provisions are made by temporary means or configuration of the structure to provide stability for the expected duration of the installation TABLE 4-A SIZE, THICKNESS AND TYPE OF GLASS PANELS IN SIGNS MAXIMUM SIZE OF EXPOSED PANEL MINIMUM THICKNESS OF GLASS (inches) TYPE OF GLASS Any dimension (inches) Area (square inches) 30 500 1/' Plain, plate or wired 45 700 '116 Plain, plate or wired 144 3,600 1/4 Plain, plate or wired > 144 > 3,600 1/4 Wired glass For SI 1 inch = 25 4 mm, 1 square inch = 645 16 min' TABLE 4-B THICKNESS OF PROJECTION SIGN PROJECTION (feet) MAXIMUM THICKNESS (feet) 5 2 4 25 3 3 2 35 1 4 For SI 1 foot=304 8 mm SECTION H115 REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM D63510 Test Method for H107 1 1 Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position NFPA 7017 National Electrical Code H106 1, H106 2 NFPA 70110 Methods of Fire Test for H106 1 1 Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films 670 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I TITTRRClry'EhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,Nomb,,x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) T--tto S I ( I1 I.i A&g,­,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOow.d 9e�gleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX I PATIO COVERS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User notes: About this appendix: Appendix l provides standards applicable to the construction and use ofpatio covers. It is limited in application to patio covers accessory to dwelling units. Covers of patios and other outdoor areas associated with restaurants, mercantile buildings, offices, nurs- ing homes or other nondwelling occupancies would be subject to standards in the main code and not this appendix. Code development reminder: Code change proposals to this appendix will be considered by the IBCStructuralCode Development Com- mittee during the 2019 (Group Bf Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION 1101 GENERAL I101.1 General. Patio covers shall be permitted to be detached from or attached to dwelling units Patio covers shall be used only for recreational, outdoor living purposes and not as carports, garages, storage rooms or habitable rooms SECTION 1102 DEFINITION I102.1 General. The following term shall, for the purposes of this appendix, have the meaning shown herein Refer to Chapter 2 of this code for general definitions PATIO COVER. A structure with open or glazed walls that is used for recreational, outdoor living purposes associated with a dwelling unit SECTION 1103 EXTERIOR WALLS AND OPENINGS I103.1 Enclosure walls. Enclosure walls shall be permuted to be of any configuration, provided that the open or glazed area of the longer wall and one additional wall is equal to not less than 65 percent of the area below not less than 6 feet 8 inches (2032 mm) of each wall, measured from the floor Openings shall be permuted to be enclosed with insect screening, translucent or transparent plastic conforming to the provisions of Sections 2606 through 2610, glass conforming to the provisions of Chapter 24 or any combination of the foregoing I103.2 Light, ventilation and emergency egress. Exterior openings of the dwelling unit required for light and ventila- tion shall be permitted to open into a patio structure How- ever, the patio structure shall be unenclosed if such openings are serving as emergency egress or rescue openings from sleeping rooms Where such exterior openings serve as an exit from the dwelling unit, the patio structure, unless unen- closed, shall be provided with exits conform mg to the provi- sions of Chapter 10 SECTION 1104 HEIGHT I104.1 Height. Patio covers shall be limited to one-story structures not more than 12 feet (3657 mm) in height SECTION 1105 STRUCTURAL PROVISIONS I105.1 Design loads. Patio covers shall be designed and con- structed to sustam, within the stress limits of this code, all dead loads plus a minimum vertical live load of 10 pounds per square foot (0 48 kN/m) except that snow loads shall be used where such snow loads exceed this minimum Such patio covers shall be designed to resist the minimum wind and seismic loads set forth in this code I105.2 Footings. In areas with a frost depth of zero, a patio cover shall be permitted to be supported on a concrete slab on grade without footings, provided that the slab conforms to the provisions of Chapter 19 of this code and is not less than 3'/ inches (89 mm) thick, and the columns do not support loads in excess of 750 pounds (3 36 kN) per column 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 671 I 1 I 1 CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu, tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o,,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 672 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( " I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX J GRADING The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User notes: About this appendix., Appendix / provides standards for the grading otproperves. The appendix also provides standards for the administra- tion and enforcement of a grading program, including permit and inspection requirements, Appendix / was originally developed in the 1960s and used for many years injunsdictions throughout the western United States, it is intended to provide consistent and uniform code require- ments anywhere grading Is considered an Issue. Code development reminder., Code change proposals to this appendix will he considered by the IBCStructuralCode Development Com- mittee during the 2019 (Group B) Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION J101 GENERAL J101.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter apply to grad- ing, excavation and earthwork construction, including fills and embankments Where conflicts occur between the techni- cal requirements of this chapter and the geotechnical report, the geotechnical report shall govern J101.2 Flood hazard areas. Unless the applicant has submit- ted an engineering analysis, prepared in accordance with standard engineering practice by a registered design profes- sional that demonstrates the proposed work will not result in any increase in the level of the base flood, grading, excava- tion and earthwork construction, including fills and embank- ments, shall not be permitted infioodways that are inflood hazard areas established in Section 1612 3 or inflood hazard areas where design flood elevations are specified but flood - ways have not been designated SECTION J102 DEFINITIONS J102.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this appendix, have the meanings shown herein Refer to Chapter 2 of this code for general definitions BENCH. A relatively level step excavated into earth material on which fill is to be placed COMPACTION. The densification of a fill by mechanical means CUT. See "Excavation" DOWN DRAIN. A device for collecting water from a swale or ditch located on or above a slope, and safely delivering it to an approved drainage facility EROSION. The wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water or ice EXCAVATION. The removal of earth material by artificial means, also referred to as a cut FILL. Deposition of earth materials by artificial means GRADE. The vertical location of the ground surface GRADE, EXISTING. The grade prior to grading GRADE, FINISHED. The grade of the site at the conclusion of all grading efforts GRADING. An excavation or fill or combination thereof KEY. A compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the toe of a slope SLOPE. An inclined surface, the inclination of which is expressed as a ratio of horizontal distance to vertical distance TERRACE. A relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope for drainage and maintenance purposes SECTION J103 PERMITS REQUIRED J103.1 Permits required. Except as exempted in Section J103 2, grading shall not be performed without first having obtained a permit therefor from the building official A grad- ing permit does not include the construction of retaining walls or other structures J103.2 Exemptions. A grading permit shall not be required for the following 1 Grading in an isolated, self-contained area, provided that the public is not endangered and that such grading will not adversely affect adjoining properties 2 Excavation for construction of a structure permitted under this code 3 Cemetery graves 4 Refuse disposal sites controlled by other regulations 5 Excavations for wells, or trenches for utilities 6 Mining, quarrying, excavating, processing or stockpil- ing rock, sand, gravel, aggregate or clay controlled by other regulations, provided that such operations do not affect the lateral support of, or significantly increase stresses in, soil on adjoining properties 7 Exploratory excavations performed under the direction of a registered design professional. Exemption from the permit requirements of this appendix shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work to be 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 673 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu, tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER APPENDIX J done in any manner in violation of the provisions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction SECTION J104 PERMIT APPLICATION AND SUBMITTALS J104.1 Submittal requirements. In addition to the provi- sions of Section 105 3, the applicant shall state the estimated quantities of excavation and fill J104.2 Site plan requirements. In addition to the provisions of Section 107, a grading plan shall show the existing grade and finished grade in contour intervals of sufficient clarity to indicate the nature and extent of the work and show in detail that it complies with the requirements of this code The plans shall show the existing grade on adjoining properties in suffi- cient detail to identify how grade changes will conform to the requirements of this code J104.3 Geotechnical report A geotechnical report prepared by a registered design professional shall be provided The report shall contain not less than the following 1 The nature and distribution of existing soils 2 Conclusions and recommendations for grading proce- dures 3 Soil design criteria for any structures or embankments required to accomplish the proposed grading 4 Where necessary, slope stability studies, and recom- mendations and conclusions regarding site geology Exception: A geotechnical report is not required where the building official determines that the nature of the work applied for is such that a report is not necessary J104.4 Liquefaction study. For sites with mapped maximum considered earthquake spectral response accelerations at short periods (SL) greater than 0 5g as determined by Section 1613, a study of the liquefaction potential of the site shall be provided and the recommendations incorporated in the plans Exception: A liquefaction study is not required where the building official determines from established local data that the liquefaction potential is low SECTION J105 INSPECTIONS J105.1 General. Inspections shall be governed by Section 110 of this code J105.2 Special inspections. The special inspection require- ments of Section 1705 6 shall apply to work performed under a grading permit where required by the building official SECTION J106 EXCAVATIONS J106.1 Maximum slope. The slope of cut surfaces shall be not steeper than is safe for the intended use, and shall be not more than one unit vertical in two units horizontal (50-per- cent slope) unless the owner or the owner's authorized agent furnishes a geotechnical reportjustifymg a steeper slope Exceptions: 1 A cut surface shall be permitted to be at a slope of 1 5 units horizontal to one unit vertical (67-percent slope) provided that all of the following are met 1 1 It is not intended to support structures or surcharges 1 2 It is adequately protected against erosion 13 It is not more than 8 feet (2438 mm) in height 1 4 It is approved by the building code official 1 5 Ground water is not encountered 2 A cut surface in bedrock shall be permitted to beat a slope of one unit horizontal to one unit vertical (100- percent slope) SECTION J107 FILLS J107.1 General. Unless otherwise recommended in the geo- technical report, fills shall comply with the provisions of this section J107.2 Surface preparation. The ground surface shall be prepared to receive fill by removing vegetation, topsoil and other unsuitable materials, and scarifying the ground to pro- vide a bond with the fill material J107.3 Benching. Where existing grade is at a slope steeper than one unit vertical in five units horizontal (20-percent slope) and the depth of the fill exceeds 5 feet (1524 mm) benching shall be provided in accordance with Figure J107 3 A key shall be provided that is not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) m width and 2 feet (610 mm) m depth J107.4 Fill material. Fill material shall not include organic, frozen or other deleterious materials Rock or similar irreduc- ible material greater than 12 inches (305 mm) in any dimen- sion shall not be included in fills J107.5 Compaction. All fill material shall be compacted to 90 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D1557, Modified Proctor, in lifts not exceeding 12 inches (305 mm) in depth J107.6 Maximum slope. The slope of fill surfaces shall be not steeper than is safe for the intended use Fill slopes steeper than one unit vertical in two units horizontal (50-per- cent slope) shall be justified by a geotechnical report or engi- neering data SECTION J108 SETBACKS J108.1 General. Cut and fill slopes shall be set back from the property lines in accordance with this section Setback dimensions shall be measured perpendicular to the property line and shall be as shown in Figure J108 1, unless substanti- ating data is submitted justifying reduced setbacks 674 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( 1 I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX J TOP OF FILL 5 FT OR GREATER For SI 1 foot =304 8 mm Property Line B/5 but 2It minimum and need not exceed 20 It maximum Natural or Finish Grade For SI 1 foot =3048 mm FILLSLOPE NATURAL SLOPE i 2 FT MINIMUM REMOVE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL F► t �10 FT MINIMUM Toe of Slope FIGURE J107.3 BENCHING DETAILS Property Line Top of B/5 but 2It minimum Slope and need not exceed i 10ft maximum Cut Fill Slope FIGURE J108.1 DRAINAGE DIMENSIONS Natural or Finish Grade Interceptor Drain (if required) 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 675 I " ' CITFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmep ,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b6x10081vmc ocJM 10-0 015e PAL (PST) mtto ( I.—A,e^®,AOICC Nof th,, ,od�o,,,o ih,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�NmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAUTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTIUBUTIO NIS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER APPENDIX J J108.2 Top of slope. The setback at the top of a cut slope shall be not less than that shown in Figure J108 1, or than is required to accommodate any required interceptor drams, whichever is greater J108.3 Slope protection. Where required to protect adjacent properties at the toe of a slope from adverse effects of the grading, additional protection, approved by the building offi- cial, shall be included Examples of such protection include but are not be hmited to 1 Setbacks greater than those required by Figure J108 1 2 Provisions for returning walls or similar construction 3 Erosion protection of the fill slopes 4 Provision for the control of surface waters SECTION J109 DRAINAGE AND TERRACING J109.1 General. Unless otherwise recommended by a regis- tered design professional, drainage facilities and terracing shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of this section Exception: Drainage facilities and terracing need not be provided where the ground slope is not steeper than one unit vertical in three units horizontal (33-percent slope) J109.2 Terraces. Terraces not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) in width shall be established at not more than 30-foot (9144 mm) vertical intervals on all cut or fill slopes to control sur- face drainage and debris Suitable access shall be provided to allow for cleaning and maintenance Where more than two terraces are required, one terrace, located at approximately mid -height, shall be not less than 12 feet (3658 mm) in width Swales or ditches shall be provided on terraces They shall have a minimum gradient of one unit vertical in 20 units hori- zontal (5-percent slope) and shall be paved with concrete not less than 3 inches (76 mm) in thickness, or with other materi- als suitable to the application They shall have a depth not less than 12 inches (305 mm) and a width not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) A single run of swale or ditch shall not collect runoff from a tributary area exceeding 13,500 square feet (1256 m) (pro- jected) without discharging into a down dram J109.3 Interceptor drains. Interceptor drams shall be installed along the top of cut slopes receiving drainage from a tributary width greater than 40 feet (12 192 mm), measured horizontally They shall have a minimum depth of 1 foot (305 mm) and a minimum width of 3 feet (915 mm) The slope shall be approved by the building official, but shall be not less than one unit vertical in 50 units horizontal (2-percent slope) The dram shall be paved with concrete not less than 3 inches (76 mm) in thickness, or by other materials suitable to the application Discharge from the dram shall be accomplished in a manner to prevent erosion and shall be approved by the building official J109.4 Drainage across property lines. Drainage across property lines shall not exceed that which existed prior to grading Excess or concentrated drainage shall be contained on site or directed to an approved drainage facility Erosion of the ground in the area of discharge shall be prevented by installation of nonerosive down drams or other devices SECTION J110 EROSION CONTROL J110.1 General. The faces of cut and fill slopes shall be pre- pared and maintained to control erosion This control shall be permitted to consist of effective planting Exception: Erosion control measures need not be pro- vided on cut slopes not subject to erosion due to the ero- sion -resistant character of the materials Erosion control for the slopes shall be installed as soon as practicable and prior to calling for final inspection J110.2 Other devices. Where necessary, check dams, crib- bing, riprap or other devices or methods shall be employed to control erosion and provide safety SECTION J111 REFERENCED STANDARDS ASTM Test Method for Laboratory J107 5 D1557-12 Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort [56,000 ft-lb/ft' (2,700 kN-m/m')] 676 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto I ( 1 I I.i Agffi,vo ,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo,AxmboemPOoossd9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX K ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User note: About this appendix., Appendix K primarily provides the administrative mechanisms for the enforcement of NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code. While NFPA 70 includes an administrative annex, the provisions of Appendix K are designed to he compatible with the administrative provisions Pound in Chapter 1 of the International Building Code' and the otherl-Codes. With the exception of Section K111, this appendix contains only administrative provisions that are intended to be used by a jurisdiction to implement and enforce NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code. Annex H ofNFPA 70 also contains administrative and enforcement provisions, and these provi- sions may or may not be completely compatible with or con- sistent with Chapter I of the IBC, whereas the provisions in IBC Appendix K are compatible and consistent with Chapter I of the IBC and other ICC codes. Section Klll contains technical provisions that are unique to this appendix and are in addition to those ofNFPA 70. The provisions of Appendix K are specific to what might be designated as an Electrical Department of Inspection and Code Enforcement and could be implemented where other such provisions are not adopted SECTION K101 GENERAL K101.1 Purpose. A purpose of this code is to establish mini- mum requirements to safeguard public health, safety and gen- eral welfare by regulating and controlling the design, construction, installation, quality of materials, location, oper- ation and maintenance or use of electrical systems and equip- ment K101.2 Scope. This code applies to the design, construction, installation, alteration, repairs, relocation, replacement, addi- tion to, use or maintenance of electrical systems and equip- ment SECTION K102 APPLICABILITY K102.1 General. The provisions of this code apply to all matters affecting or relating to structures and premises, as set forth in Section K101 K102.2 Existing installations. Except as otherwise provided for in this chapter, a provision in this code shall not require the removal, alteration or abandonment of, or prevent the continued utilization and maintenance of, existing electrical systems and equipment lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption of this code K102.3 Maintenance. Electrical systems, equipment, materi- als and appurtenances, both existing and new, and parts thereof shall be maintained in proper operating condition in accordance with the original design and in a safe, hazard -free condition Devices or safeguards that are required by this code shall be maintained in compliance with the code edition under which installed The owner or the owner's authorized agent shall be responsible for the maintenance of the electri- cal systems and equipment To detennme compliance with this provision, the building official shall have the authority to require that the electrical systems and equipment be rein- spected K102.4 Additions, alterations and repairs. Additions, alter- ations, renovations and repairs to electrical systems and equipment shall conform to that required for new electrical systems and equipment without requiring that the existing electrical systems or equipment comply with all of the requirements of this code Additions, alterations and repairs shall not cause existing electrical systems or equipment to become unsafe, hazardous or overloaded Minor additions, alterations, renovations and repairs to existing electrical systems and equipment shall meet the pro- visions for new construction, except where such work is per- formed in the same manner and arrangement as was in the existing system, is not hazardous and is approved K102.5 Subjects not regulated by this code. Where no applicable standards or requirements are set forth in this code, or are contained within other laws, codes, regulations, ordi- nances or bylaws adopted by the jurisdiction, compliance with applicable standards of nationally recognized standards as are approved shall be deemed as print facie evidence of compliance with the intent of this code Nothing herein shall derogate from the authority of the building official to deter- mine compliance with codes or standards for those activities or installations within the building official's jurisdiction or responsibility SECTION K103 PERMITS K103.1 Types of permits. An owner, authorized agent or contractor who desires to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish or change the occupancy of a building or structure, or to erect, install, enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert or replace electrical systems or equipment, the mstal- lation of which is regulated by this code, or to cause such work to be done, shall first make application to the building official and obtain the required permit for the work Exception: Where repair or replacement of electrical sys- tems or equipmentmustbe performed in an emergency sit- uation, the permit application shall be submitted withinthe next working business day of the department of electrical inspection 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 677 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn d, od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu, tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER APPENDIX K K103.2 Work exempt from permit. The following work shall be exempt from the requirement for a permit 1 Listed cord- and plug -connected temporary decorative lighting 2 Reinstallation of attachment plug receptacles, but not the outlets therefor 3 Replacement of branch circuit overcurrent devices of the required capacity in the same location 4 Temporary wiring for experimental purposes in suit- able experimental laboratories 5 Electrical wiring, devices, appliances, apparatus or equipment operating at less than 25 volts and not capa- ble of supplying more than 50 watts of energy Exemption from the permit requirements of this code shall not be deemed to grant authorization for work to be done in violation of the provisions of this code or other laws or ordi- nances of this jurisdiction SECTION K104 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS K104.1 Information on construction documents. Con- struction documents shall be drawn to scale upon suitable material Electronic media documents are permitted to be submitted where appraved by the building official Construc- tion documents shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent of the work proposed and show in detail that such work will conform to the provisions of this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, as determined by the building official K104.2 Penetrations. Construction documents shall indicate where penetrations will be made for electrical systems and shall indicate the materials and methods for maintaining required structural safety, fire -resistance rating and fire - blocking K104.3 Load calculations. Where an addition or alteration is made to an existing electrical system, an electrical load cal- culation shall be prepared to determine if the existing electri- cal service has the capacity to serve the added load SECTION K105 ALTERNATIVE ENGINEERED DESIGN K105.1 General. The design, documentation, inspection, testing and approval of an alternative engineered design elec- trical system shall comply with this section K105.2 Design criteria. An alternative engineered design shall conform to the intent of the provisions of this code and shall provide an equivalent level of quality, strength, effec- tiveness, fire resistance, durability and safety Materials, equipment or components shall be designed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions K105.3 Submittal. The registered design professional shall indicate on the permit application that the electrical system is an alternative engineered design The permit and permanent permit records shall indicate that an alternative engineered design was part of the approved installation K105.4 Technical data. The registered design professional shall submit sufficient technical data to substantiate the pro- posed alternative engineered design and to prove that the per- formance meets the intent of this code K105.5 Construction documents. The registered design professional shall submit to the building official two com- plete sets of signed and sealed construction documents for the alternative engineered design The construction documents shall include floor plans and a diagram of the work K105.6 Design approval. Where the building official deter- mmes that the alternative engineered design conforms to the intent of this code, the electrical system shall be approved If the alternative engineered design is not approved, the build- ing official shall notify the registered design professional in writing, stating the reasons therefor K105.7 Inspection and testing. The alternative engineered design shall be tested and inspected in accordance with the requirements of this code SECTION K106 REQUIRED INSPECTIONS K106.1 General. The building official, upon notification, shall make the inspections set forth in this section K106.2 Underground. Underground inspection shall be made after trenches or ditches are excavated and bedded, pip- ing and conductors installed, and before backfill is put in place Where excavated soil contains rocks, broken concrete, frozen chunks and other rubble that would damage or break the raceway, cable or conductors, or where corrosive action will occur, protection shall be provided in the form of granu- lar or selected material, approved running boards, sleeves or other means K106.3 Rough -in. Rough -in inspection shall be made after the roof, framing, fireblocking and bracing are in place and all wiring and other components to be concealed are com- plete, and prior to the installation of wall or ceiling mem- branes K106.4 Contractors' responsibilities. It shall be the respon- sibility of every contractor who enters into contracts for the installation or repair of electrical systems for which a permit is required to comply with adopted state and local rules and regulations concerning licensing SECTION K107 PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTION K107.1 Prefabricated construction. Prefabricated construc- tion is subject to Sections K107 2 through K107 5 K107.2 Evaluation and follow-up inspection services. Prior to the approval of a prefabricated construction assembly having concealed electrical work and the issuance of an elec- trical permit, the building official shall require the submittal of an evaluation report on each prefabricated construction assembly, indicating the complete details of the electrical sys- tem, including a description of the system and its compo- nents, the basis upon which the system is being evaluated, test results and similar information, and other data as neces- sary for the building official to detenmme conformance to this code 678 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I CITY IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Dm,(hvdmepf dv odmm).(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe1vmS ocJM 10-0 015e PM(PST)pu�rvantto S I ( 1 TITTRR I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX K K107.3 Evaluation service. The building official shall desig- nate the evaluation service of an approved agency as the eval- uation agency and review such agency's evaluation report for adequacy and conformance to this code K107.4 Follow-up inspection. Except where ready access is provided to electrical systems, service equipment and acces- sories for complete inspection at the site without disassembly or dismantling, the building official shall conduct the in -plant inspections as frequently as necessary to ensure conformance to the approved evaluation report or shall designate an inde- pendent, approved inspection agency to conduct such mspec- tions The inspection agency shall furnish the building official with the follow-up inspection manual and a report of mspec- tions upon request, and the electrical system shall have an identifying label permanently affixed to the system indicating that factory inspections have been performed K107.5 Test and inspection records. Required test and inspection records shall be available to the building official at all tunes during the fabrication of the electrical system and the erection of the building, or such records as the building official designates shall be filed SECTION K108 TESTING K108.1 Testing. Electrical work shall be tested as required in this code Tests shall be performed by the permit holder and observed by the building official K108.1.1 Apparatus, material and labor for tests. Apparatus, material and labor required for testing an elec- trical system or part thereof shall be furnished by the per- mit holder K108.1.2 Reinspection and testing. Where any work or installation does not pass an initial test or inspection, the necessary corrections shall be made so as to achieve com- pliance with this code The work or installation shall then be resubmitted to the builckng official for inspection and testing SECTION K109 RECONNECTION K109.1 Connection after order to disconnect A person shall not make utility service or energy source connections to systems regulated by this code, which have been discon- nected or ordered to be disconnected by the building official, or the use of which has been ordered to be discontinued by the building official until the building official authorizes the reconnection and use of such systems SECTION K110 CONDEMNING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS K110.1 Authority to condemn electrical systems. Wher- ever the builckng official determines that any electrical sys- tem, or portion thereof, regulated by this code has become hazardous to life, health or property, the building official shall order in writing that such electrical systems either be removed or restored to a safe condition A time limit for com- pliance with such order shall be specified in the written notice A person shall not use or maintain a defective electri- cal system or equipment after receiving such notice Where such electrical system is to be disconnected, writ- ten notice as prescribed in this code shall be given In cases of immediate danger to life or property, such disconnection shall be made immediately without such notice SECTION K111 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS K111.1 Adoption. Electrical systems and equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the International Residential Code or NFPA 70 as applicable, except as otherwise provided in this code [F] K111.2 Abatement of electrical hazards. All identified electrical hazards shall be abated All identified hazardous electrical conditions in permanent wiring shall be brought to the attention of the building official responsible for enforce- ment of this code Electrical wiring, devices, appliances and other equipment that is modified or damaged and constitutes an electrical shock or fire hazard shall not be used [F] K111.3 Appliance and fixture listing. Electrical appli- ances and fixtures shall be tested and listed in published reports of inspected electrical equipment by an approved agency and installed in accordance with all instructions included as part of such listing K111.4 Nonmetallic -sheathed cable. The use of Type NM, NMC and NMS (nonmetallic sheathed) cable wiring methods shall not be limited based on height, number of stories or con- struction type of the building or structure K111.5 Cutting, notching and boring. The cutting, notch- ing and boring of wood and steel framing members, structural members and engineered wood products shall be in accor- dance with this code K111.6 Smoke alarm circuits. Single- and multiple -station smoke alarms required by this code and installed within dwelling units shall not be connected as the only load on a branch circuit Such alarms shall be supplied by branch cir- cuits having lighting loads consisting of lighting outlets in habitable spaces K111.7 Equipment and door labeling. Doors into electrical control panel rooms shall be marked with a plainly visible and legible sign stating ELECTRICAL ROOM or similar approved wording The disconnecting means for each ser- vice, feeder or branch circuit originating on a switchboard or panelboard shall be legibly and durably marked to indicate its purpose unless such purpose is clearly evident 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 679 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)p­tto ( I.—Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 680 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX L EARTHQUAKE RECORDING INSTRUMENTATION The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User notes: About this appendix: The purpose of Appendix L is to Poster the collection of ground motion data, particularly from strong -motion earth- quakes. When this ground motion data is synthesized, it maybe useful in developing future improvements to the earthquake provisions of the code. Code development reminder: Code change proposals to this appendix will he considered by the IBCStructuralCode Development Com- mittee during the 2019 (Group B) Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page rv. SECTION L101 GENERAL L101.1 General. Every structure located where the 1-second spectral response acceleration, S), determined in accordance with Section 1613 2, is greater than 0 40 and either exceeds six stories in height with an aggregate floor area of 60,000 square feet (5574 m') or more, or exceeds 10 stones m height regardless of floor area, shall be equipped with not fewer than three approved recording accelerographs The accelerographs shall be interconnected for common start and common tim- ing L101.2 Location. As a minimum, instruments shall be located at the lowest level, mid -height, and near the top of the structure Each instrument shall be located so that access is maintained at all times and is unobstructed by room contents A sign stating "MAINTAIN CLEAR ACCESS TO THIS INSTRUMENT" in 1-inch (25 mm) block letters shall be posted in a conspicuous location L101.3 Maintenance. Maintenance and service of the instru- mentation shall be provided by the owner of the structure Data produced by the instrument shall be made available to the building official on request Maintenance and service of the instruments shall be per- formed annually by an approved testing agency The owner shall file with the building official a written report from an approved testing agency certifying that each instrument has been serviced and is in proper working condition This report shall be submitted when the instruments are installed and annually thereafter Each instrument shall have affixed to it an externally visible tag specifying the date of the last main- tenance or service and the printed name and address of the testing agency 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 681 I I I I CITFTEhtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsNfn d, od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST)pu,rvantto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢,byany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 682 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX M TSUNAMI -GENERATED FLOOD HAZARD The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User notes: About this appendix: Appendix M allows the adoption of guidelines for constructing vertical evacuation refuge structures within areas that are considered tsunami hazard zones. Code development reminder: Code change proposals to this appendix will he considered by the IBCStructuralCode Development Com- mittee during the 2019 (Group Eg Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION M101 REFUGE STRUCTURES FOR VERTICAL EVACUATION FROM TSUNAMI -GENERATED FLOOD HAZARD M101.1 General. The purpose of this appendix is to provide Itsunami vertical evacuation planning criteria for those coastal communities that have a tsunami hazard as shown in a Tsu- nami Design Zone Map M101.2 Definitions. The following term shall, for the pur- poses of this appendix, have the meaning shown herein Refer to Chapter 2 of this code for general definitions TSUNAMI DESIGN ZONE MAP. A map that designates the extent of inundation by a Maximum Considered Tsunami, as defined by Chapter 6 of ASCE 7 M101.3 Establishment of tsunami design zone. Where applicable, the Tsunami Design Zone Map shall meet or exceed the inundation limit given by the ASCE 7 Tsunami Design Geodatabase M101.4 Planning of tsunami vertical evacuation refuge structures within the tsunami design zone. Tsunami Verti- cal Evacuation Refuge Structures located within a tsunami hazard design zone shall be planned, sited, and developed in general accordance with the planning criteria of the FEMA P646 guidelines Exception: These criteria shall not be considered manda- tory for evaluation of existing buildings for evacuation planning purposes SECTION M102 REFERENCED STANDARDS ASCE 716 Minimum Design Load and M101 2, Associated Criteria for M101 3 Buildings and Other Structures FEMA P64612 Guidelines for Design of M101 4 Structures for Vertical Evacuation from Tsunamis 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 683 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf da od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IO2M0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢oily mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 684 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firill ' Clp lght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER APPENDIX N REPLICABLE BUILDINGS The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance. User notes: About this appendix: Appendix N providesjunsdictions with a means of incorporating guidelines for replicahle buildings into their budding code adoption process. The intent of these provisions As to givejunsdictions a means ofstreamlining their document reviewprocess while ver- ifying code compliance. Code development reminder: Code change proposals to this appendix will be considered by the IBCStructuralCode Development Com- mittee during the 2019 (Group Eg Code Development Cycle, See explanation on page % SECTION N101 ADMINISTRATION N101.1 Purpose. The purpose of this appendix is to provide a format and direction regarding the implementation of a repli- cable building program N101.2 Objectives. Such programs allow a jurisdiction to recover from a natural disaster faster and allow for consistent application of the codes for replcable building projects It will result in faster turnaround for the end user, and a quicker turnaround through the plan review process SECTION N102 DEFINITIONS N102.1 Definitions. The following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this appendix, have the meanings shown herein REPLICABLE BUILDING. A building or structure utiliz- ing a rephcable design REPLICABLE DESIGN. A prototypical design developed for application in multiple locations with minimal variation or modification SECTION N103 REPLICABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS N103.1 Prototypical construction documents. A replcable design shall establish prototypical construction documents for application at multiple locations The construction docu- ments shall include details appropriate to each wind region, seismic design category, and climate zone for locations in wluch the replcable design is intended for application Appli- cation of replcable design shall not vary with regard to the following, except for allowable variations in accordance with Section N106 1 Use and occupancy classification 2 Building heights and area limitations 3 Type of construction classification 4 Fire -resistance ratings 5 Interior finishes 6 Fire protection system 7 Means of egress 8 Accessibility 9 Structural design criteria 10 Energy efficiency 11 Type of mechanical and electrical systems 12 Type of plumbing system and number of fixtures SECTION N104 REPLICABLE DESIGN SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS N104.1 General. A summary description of the replcable design and related construction documents shall be submitted to an approved agency Where approval is requested for ele- ments of the replcable design that is not within the scope of the International Building Code, the construction documents shall specifically designate the codes for which review is sought Construction documents shall be signed, sealed and dated by a registered design professional N104.1.1 Architectural plans and specifications. Where approval of the architectural requirements of the rephcable design is sought, the submittal documents shall include architectural plans and specifications as follows 1 Description of uses and the proposed occupancy groups for all portions of the building 2 Proposed type of construction of the building 3 Fully dimensioned drawings to determine building areas and height 4 Adequate details and dimensions to evaluate means of egress, including occupant loads for each floor, exit arrangement and sizes, corridors, doors and stairs 5 Exit signs and means of egress lighting, including power supply 6 Accessibility scoping provisions 7 Description and details of proposed special occu- pancies such as a covered mall, high-rise, mezza- nine, atrium and public garage 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 685 I I 1 I CITFIEhtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmsfnmda od mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od,�,oamfw ,,e od,�,o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOod ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER APPENDIX N 8 Adequate details to evaluate fire -resistance -rated construction requirements, including data substan- tiating required ratings 9 Details for plastics, insulation and safety glazing installation 10 Details of required fire protection systems 11 Material specifications demonstrating fire -resis- tance criteria N104.1.2 Structural plans, specifications and engineer- ing details. Where approval of the structural requirements of the replicable design is sought, the submittal documents shall include details for each wind region, seismic design category and climate zone for wluch approval is sought, and shall include the following 1 Signed and sealed structural design calculations that support the member sizes on the drawings 2 Design load criteria, including frost depth, live loads, snow loads, wind loads, earthquake design date, and other special loads 3 Details of foundations and superstructure 4 Provisions for special inspections N104.1.3 Energy conservation details. Where approval of the energy conservation requirements of the replicable design is sought, the submittal documents shall include details for each chin ate zone for which approval is sought, and shall include the following 1 Chin ate zones for which approval is sought 2 Building envelope details 3 Building mechanical system details 4 Details of electrical power and lighting systems 5 Provisions for system commissioning SECTION N105 REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF REPLICABLE DESIGN N105.1 General. Proposed replicable designs shall be reviewed by an approved agency The review shall be appli- cable only to the replicable design features submitted in accordance with Section N104 The review shall determine compliance with this code and additional codes specified in Section N104 1 N105.2 Documentation. The results of the review shall be documented indicating compliance with the code require- d ents N105.3 Deficiencies. Where the review of the submitted con- struction documents identifies elements where the design is deficient and will not comply with the applicable code requirements, the approved agency shall notify the proponent of the replicable design, in writing, of the specific areas of noncompliance and request correction N105.4 Approval. Where the review of the submitted con- struction documents determines that the design is in compli- ance with the codes designated in Section N104 1, and where deficiencies identified in Section N105 3 have been corrected the approved agency shall issue a summary report of Approved Replicable Design The summary report shall include any limitations on the approved replicable design including, but not limited to climate zones, wind regions and seismic design categories SECTION N106 SITE -SPECIFIC APPLICATION OF APPROVED REPLICABLE DESIGN N106.1 General. Where site -specific application of a replica- ble design that has been approved under the provisions of Section N105 is sought, the construction documents submit- ted to the building official shall comply with this section N106.2 Submittal documents. A summary description of the replicable design and related construction document shall be submitted Construction documents shall be signed, sealed and dated by the registered design professional A statement, signed, sealed and dated by the registered design profes- sional, that the replicable design submitted for local review is the same as the replicable design reviewed by the approved agency, shall be submitted N106.2.1 Architectural plans and specifications. Arclu- tectural plans and specifications shall include the follow- ing 1 Construction documents for variations from the rep- licable design 2 Construction for portions that are not part of the rep- licable design 3 Documents for local requirements as identified by the building official 4 Construction documents detailing the foundation system SECTION N107 SITE -SPECIFIC REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF REPLICABLE DESIGN N107.1 General. Proposed site -specific application of repli- cable design shall be submitted to the bwldmg official in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 1 and Appendix N N107.2 Site -specific review and approval of replicable design. The building official shall verify that the replicable design submitted for site -specific application is the same as the approved replicable design reviewed by the approved agency In addition, the building official shall review the fol- lowing for code compliance 1 Construction documents for variations from the replica- ble design 2 Construction for portions of the building that are not part of the replicable design 3 Documents for local requirements as identified by the bwldmg official 686 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® firi1 I UER C'p IEhtOo2.01vICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Cm Cm,(hvdmepf da od mm).(Qtyof PRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PM (PST) Lummtto S I ( I.i A&g,vo ,AOICC Nof th,, ,od,S,00.mf�ut,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEAGREEME NT. AND REJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER 0 I_TOI63 **Ze] J :4 0110 [CV INDEX Attic 12082 Crawl space 12081 Doors 7121 132 Fire damper 7174 Fire department 40275 Mechanical appliances 12083 Refuse/laundry chutes 713 13 3 ACCESSIBILITY 1009, Chapter 11, Appendix E Airport E110 Airport control towers 41226 Assembly 10091, 11082, 110911, 1110 Bus stops E108 Construction sites 110325 Controls 110913 Detectable warnings 110910 Detention and correctional facilities 1103213 1107 5 5,1108 4 2, E104 1 Dining areas 1108 2 9, 1109 11 Dressing rooms 1109 12 1 Drinking fountains 11095 Dwelling units 1103 2 3, 1105 1 6, 1107 Egress (see ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS) 1009 Elevators 1009 2 1,1009 4, 1009 7 3, 1109 7, 3001 2, 3001 4 Employee work areas 9075231, 1103 2 2, 1104 3 1 Entrances 1105 Exceptions 1103 2, 1104 4, 1107 7 Existing buildings 10091 Fuel dispensing 110914 Gaming tables and machines 1109 15, E105 3 Institutional 1103 2 12, 1103 2 13, 1107, 1109 11 2, E104 2 2 Judicial facilities 1108 4, 1109 11 2 Kitchens 11094 Laundry E105 2 Lifts 10095, 11098 Live/work unit 419 7, 1107 6 2 1 Parking and passenger loading facilities 1106 Performance areas 110828 Platform 1108 2 8, E103 1 Press box 110432 Ramps 1012 Recreational facilities (see RECREATION FACILITIES) 11042, 1110 Religious worship, places of 110328 Residential 1103 2 3, 1103 2 11, 1107, E104 Route 1003 4, 1104, 1107 4, E104 Saunas and steam rooms 11096 Scoping 1101, 11031, E101 1 Seating 1108 2, 1109 11 Service facility 110912 Signage 1009 8 through 1009 11, 1110, E107 Sleeping units 1107, 1105 1 6 Storage 1108 3, 1109 9 Technical standard 1102 1, E101 2 Telephone E106 Toilet and bathing facilities 1107 6 1 1, 1109 2, 1109 3, E105 1 Train and light -rail stations E109 Transient lodging 1103 2 11, 1107 6 1, E104 2 Utility 110324 ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS 1009 Areas of refuge (see AREA OF REFUGE) Assembly 1009 1, 1029 8 Elevators 1009 2 1, 1009 4, 1009 8 Existing building 10091 Exterior area for assisted rescue (see EXTERIOR AREA FOR ASSISTED RESCUE) Horizontal exit (see HORIZONTAL EXIT) Mezzanine 10091 Platform lift 10095 Required 10091 Signage 1009 8 through 1009 11, 30023 Stairways 10093 ACCESSORY OCCUPANCIES As occupancy exceptions 3031 2, 3031 4, 3051 1,311 1 1,3121 Live/work units 419 1 Mixed occupancy buildings 5082 Height 50822 Occupancy classification 50821 Separations 50824 Unlimited area buildings 5071 1 ADDITION 101 4 7, D103 1 Means of egress 33021, 3310 ADDRESS IDENTIFICATION 5021 ADMINISTRATION Chapter 1 ADOBE CONSTRUCTION 202, 21092 AEROSOL PRODUCTS 202, 307 1, 311 2, 414 1 2 1, 414 2 5, 907 2 16 AGGREGATE 202 Ballast 15048 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 687 I 1 I 1 COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dme(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b6 x100817m6 01jM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX AGRICULTURAL BUILDINGS (see GROUP U) 312 1, 1103 2 4, Appendix C AIR CONDITIONING (see MECHANICAL) 2801 1, 3005 2 AIR INTAKES (see YARDS OR COURTS) 120532 AIRCRAFT HANGARS 4123 Aircraft paint hangars 412 5, 507 10 Basements 41232 Construction 412 3 1, 412 3 6, 412 5 2 Fire area 412362 Fire suppression system 412 3 6, 412 5 5 Heliports and helistops 412 7, 905 3 6, 9061, 16076 Residential 412 4, 907 2 21 Unlimited height and area 50710 AIRCRAFT MANUFACTURING FACILITIES 4126 AIRCRAFT -RELATED OCCUPANCIES 412, Ell Airport traffic control towers 412 2, 907 2 22 Alarms and detection 412 2 3 1, 907 2 22 Construction type 412 2 1, 412 5 2, 412 6 Egress 412 2 2, 412 2 5 1, 412 6 1, 412 7 3 Finishing 41235 Fire suppression 412 2 4, 412 3 6, 41255 Separation 412 3 6 2, 412 4 1 AISLE 1018, 1029 9, 1029 14 Aisle accessways 1018 4, 1029 13 Assembly seating 1018 2, 1029 6 Bleachers 10291 1 Business 10183 Check-out 1109 12 2 Construction 102912 Converging 102993 Egress 1018, 1029 Folding and telescopic seating 10291 1 Grandstands 10291 1 Mercantile 1018 3, 1018 4 Obstructions 102996 Tables 1029 13 1 Temporary structures 31034 Transitions 102910 Width 10299 ALARM SYSTEMS, EMERGENCY 908 ALARMS, FIRE (see FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS) ALARMS, VISIBLE 907523 Common areas 9075231 Employee work areas 9075231 Group 1-1 9075232 Group R-1 9075232 Group R-2 9075233 Public areas 9075231 ALARMS, VOICE 907522 Amusement buildings, special 411 5,907 2 12 3 Covered and open mall buildings 40274, 907220 Emergency power 27022 High-rise buildings 403 4 4, 907 2 13 Occupant evacuation elevators 30089 Underground buildings 405 8 2, 907 2 19 ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN 202 Load combinations 16053 Masonry design 2107 Wood design 21021, 2306 ALTERATIONS 101 4 7, D103 1 Means of egress 3302 1, 3310 2 ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICES 1011 14 Construction 1011 142 Equipment platform 5055 Heliports 41273 Technical production areas 410534 ALTERNATIVE MATERIALS, DESIGN AND METHODS 10411 ALUMINUM 1403 5 1, 1604 3 5, Chapter 20 AMBULATORY CARE FACILITIES 422 Alarm and detection 907221 Emergency and standby power 27022 Incapable of self-preservation 202 Medical gas systems 427 Smoke compartment 422 2, 422 3 AMUSEMENT BUILDING, SPECIAL 411 Alarm and detection 411 2, 411 4, 907 2 12 Classification 411 1 Emergency voice/alarm communications system 411 5,907 2 12 3 Exit marking 411 6, 411 61 Interior finish 411 7 Sprinklers protection 411 3 AMUSEMENT PARK STRUCTURES 303 Accessibility 111048 ANCHOR BUILDING (see COVERED MALL AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS) 402 Construction type 40241 2 Means of egress 402841 Occupant load 402823 Separation 402422, 402423 Sprinkler protection 4025 ANCHORAGE 16048 Braced wall line sills 2308 3 1 1, 2308 3 1 2, 2308 6 7, 2308 6 7 3 Concrete 1901 3 Conventional light -frame construction 230831, 2308410 688 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( S I.i Ag,,vo ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER INDEX Decks 160483 Seismic anchorage for masonry chimneys 21134 Seismic anchorage for masonry fireplaces 2111 5 Walls 160482 Wood sill plates 230831 APARTMENT HOUSES 3104 APPEALS 113 APPROVED AGENCY 202, 17031 ARCHITECT (see definition for REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL) ARCHITECTURAL TRIM 6031, 1405 1 2, D102 2 7 AREA, BUILDING Chapter 5, 506, Table 506 2 Accessory uses 50823 Aircraft hangars, residential 41245 Allowable area determination 506 2, 506 3 Basements 5061 3 Buildings on same lot 5031 2 Covered and open mall building 402 4 1, 402 4 1 1 Enclosed parking garage 40661,5103 Equipment platforms 50531 Frontage bonus 5063 Incidental uses 5093 Limitations 503,506 Membrane structures 31024 Mezzanines 50521 Mixed construction types 31026 Mixed occupancy 508 2 3, 508 3 2, 508 4 2 Modifications 506,510 Occupied roof 5031 4 Open mall building 40241 Open parking garage 406 5 4, 406 5 4 1, 406 5 5, 510 2, 510 3, 510 4, 510 7, 510 8, 510 9 Private garages and carports 40631 Special provisions 510 Unlimited area 503 1 1, 503 1 3, 506 1 1, 506 2, 507 AREA FOR ASSISTED RESCUE, EXTERIOR (see EXTERIOR AREAS FOR ASSISTED RESCUE) AREA OF REFUGE (see ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS) Requirements 10096 Signage 1009 9, 1009 10, 1009 11 Two-way communication 100965 Where required 1009 2, 1009 3, 1009 4 ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY (GROUP A) 303, 1029 Accessibility 1108 2, 1108 4, 1109 2 1, 1110, E103 Alarms and detection 90721 Area 503, 506, 507, 508 Bleachers (see BLEACHERS) Folding and telescopic seating (see BLEACHERS) General 3031 Grandstands (see GRANDSTANDS) Group -specific provisions A-1 3032 A-2 3033 A-3 3034 A-4 3035 A-5 3036 Motion picture theater 409, 50712 Special amusement buildings 411 Stages and platforms 410 Height 503, 504, 505, 508, 510 Incidental uses 509 Interior finishes Table 803 13, 804 Live load Table 1607 1, 1607 13 3 1 Means of egress Aisles 1018 2, 1029 9, 1029 10, 1029 11 Assembly spaces 1029 Exit signs 10131 Guards 1015 2, 1029 17 Main exit 10293 Open air 1005 3 1, 1005 3 2, 1006 3, 1009 6 4,1019 3, 1027, 1029 6 2 Panic hardware 1010 1 10, 1010 2 1 Smoke -protected 1005 3 1, 1005 3 2, 1006 3, 1009 6 4, 1019 3, 1027, 1029 6 2 Travel distance 1016 2 1, 1017 2, 1006 3, 1029 7 Mixed occupancies 508 3, 508 4 Accessory 5082 Education 3031 3 Live/work units 419 Mall buildings 402 Other occupancies 303 1 1, 303 1 2, 303 1 3 Parking below/above 510 7, 510 9 Religious facilities 3031 4 Special mixed 5102 Motion picture theaters 409, 50712 Occupancy exceptions 30311,30312, 303 1 3, 303 1 4, 305 1 1, 305 2 1 Plumbing fixtures 2902 Risk category Table 1604 5 Seating, fixed (see SEATING, FIXED) Seating, smoke -protected 102962 Sprinkler protection 410, 504 3, 506 2, 507 3, 507 4, 507 6, 507 7, 507 12, 903 2 1 Stages and platforms 410,90534 Standpipes 905 3 2, 905 3 4, 905 5 1 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 689 I I I I COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Unlimited area 507 4, 507 4 1, 507 6, 507 7, 507 12 ASSISTED LIVING (see GROUP 1-1) 308 2, 310 5 Sixteen or fewer residents (see Group R-4) 308 2 3, 308 2 4, 310 4 1, 310 5 ATMOSPHERIC ICE LOADS 1614 ATRIUM 404 Alarms and detection 404 4, 907 2 14 Enclosure 4046, 70735 Interior finish 4048 Smoke control 404 5, 909 Sprinkler protection 4043 Standby power 4047 Travel distance 404 9, 1016 2 1, 1017 2, 1006 3 Use 4042 ATTIC Access 12082 Combustible storage 4132 Draftstopping 7184 Insulation 71931 Live load Table 1607 1 Unusable space fire protection 71126 Ventilation 12022 AUDITORIUM 303, 3051 1 Accessibility 11082 Foyers and lobbies 10294 Interior balconies 10295 Motion picture projection rooms 409 Stages and platforms 410 AUTOMOBILE PARKING GARAGE (see GARAGE, AUTOMOBILE PARKING) 406 AWNINGS 3105 Design and construction 31052 Drainage, water 3201 4 Encroachment, public right-of-way 320223, 3202 3 1, 3202 4 Fire district D102 2 8 Live load Table 1607 1, 1607 13 2 1, 1607 13 4 Materials 31053 Motor vehicle service stations (canopies) 40672 Permanent D102 2 8 Plastic 260610 0 BALCONIES Accessibility Assembly Construction, exterior Documents Guards 110824 10295 705321 10725, 11036 10152 Live load Table 1607 1 Means of egress 1021, 10295 Open mall building 40243, 4025 Projection 705 2, 705 2 3 1 Public right-of-way encroachments 320232, 320233 Travel distance 101721 BARBECUES 2801 BARRIERS Fire (see FIRE BARRIER) Pedestrian protection 3306 Smoke (see SMOKE BARRIER) Vehicle 202, 406 4 2, 1607 9 BASEMENT Aircraft hangars 41232 Area modification 5061 3 Considered a story 202 Emergency escape 10301 Exits 100633 Flood loads 1612 1, 1612 4 Height modifications for 5105 Prohibited 415 6, 415 7, 415 8, 415 11 5 2, 418 1, 421 2 Rodentproofing Appendix F Sprinkler protection 903211 1 Waterproofing and dampproofing 1805 BASEMENT WALLS Soil loads 16101 Waterproofing and dampproofing 1805 BATH AND BATHING ROOMS (see TOILET AND TOILET ROOMS) 101 43, 105 2, Chapter 29 BAY AND ORIEL WINDOWS 70524 Public right-of-way encroachments 320232, 320233 BLEACHERS (see GRANDSTANDS) 303 6, 1029 1 1 Accessibility 11082 Egress 10291 1 Live load Table 1607 1 Occupant load 1004 6, 1004 7 Separation 10291 1 1 BLOCK (see CONCRETE BLOCK AND GLASS UNIT MASONRY) BOARD OF APPEALS 113, Appendix B Alternate members B101 2 1 Application for appeal B101 1 Board decision B101 4 Limitations on authority 1132 Membership of board B101 2 Notice of meeting B101 3 Qualifications 113 3, 3101 2 2 690 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I 1 CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( S I.-Ag,,-o ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo,Axmbot-Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER INDEX BOILER ROOM Exits 1006221 BOLTS 22042 Anchor rods 1901 3, 1905, 2204 3 BONDING, MASONRY 2204 3, 2109 2 BRACED WALL LINE 202 Bracing 23086 Seismic requirements 23086102, 2308 6 6 2, 2308 6 8 Sill anchorage 2308673 Spacing 230861 Support 230868 BRACED WALL PANEL 202 Alternative bracing 2308 6 5 1, 2308 6 5 2 Connections 230867 Length 230864 Location 230862 Method 230863 BRICK (see MASONRY) BUILDING Area (see AREA, BUILDING) 5021 503 505, 506, 507, 508, 516 Demolition 3303 Existing 10147 Fire walls 7061 Height (see HEIGHT, BUILDING) 5021, 503, 504, 505, 508, 510 Occupancy classification Chapter 3 Party walls 7061 1 BUILDING DEPARTMENT 103 BUILDING OFFICIAL 202 Approval 104,202 Duties and powers 103 Qualifications A101 1 Records 1047 Termination A101 4 BUILT-UP ROOFS 150710 BUSINESS OCCUPANCY (GROUP B) 3031 1, 3031 2, 304 Alarms and detection 90722 Ambulatory care facilities 304,422 Area 503, 505, 506, 507,508 Height 503, 504, 505, 508,510 Higher education laboratories 428, 27022 Incidental uses 509 Interior finishes Table 803 13, 804 Live load Table 1607 1 Means of egress Aisles 10183 Stairway, exit access 1019 Travel distance 1006 3, 1016 2 1, 1017 2 Mixed occupancies 508 2, 508 3, 508 4 Accessory 3031 2, 5082 Ambulatory care facilities 422 Assembly 3031 2 Educational 3031, 3041 Live/work units 419 Mall buildings 402 Parking below/above 510 2, 510 7, 510 8, 510 9 Special mixed 5102 Occupancy exceptions 30311,30312 Plumbing fixtures 2902 Risk category Table 1604 5 Sprinkler protection 90322 Unlimited area 507 4, 507 5, 507 13 F CABLES, STEEL STRUCTURAL 2208 CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE (see FIRE RESISTANCE, CALCULATED) CANOPIES 3105 Design and construction 31052 Drainage, water 3201 4 Encroachment, public right-of-way 320231 Fire district D102 2 8 Live load Table 1607 1, 1607 13 2 1, 1607 13 2 4 Materials 31053 Motor vehicle service stations 40672 Permanent D102 2 8 Plastic 260610 CARBON MONOXIDE ALARMS AND DETECTION 915 CARE FACILITIES (see HEALTH CARE) CARE PROVIDER STATIONS 40722 CARE SUITES 202,40744 CARPET Floor covering 8042 Textile ceiling finish 8036 Textile wall coverings 8035 CATWALKS (see TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREAS) Construction 41022 Live loads Table 1607 1 Means of egress 4105 Sprinkler protection 4106 CEILING Acoustical 808 Height 406 2 2, 409 2, 909 20 4 3, 1003 2, 1011 3, 1012 5 2, 1204 2 2, 1207 2 Interior finish 803 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 691 I I I I COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Penetration of fire-resistant assemblies 7134, Group 1-2 4075, 4076 716 1 2 3, 716 3 4 Group 1-3 4086 Suspended acoustical 808 1 1, 2506 2 1 Laboratory suites 4283 CELLULOSE NITRATE FILM 409 1, 903 2 5 3 Underground buildings 4054, 40552 CERAMIC TILE COMPLIANCE ALTERNATIVES 10147 Mortar 210323 COMPRESSED GAS 307 2, 415 11 7 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY 1062, 111 CONCEALED SPACES 413 2, 718 CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY 101 4 7, 111, D103 2 CONCRETE Chapter 19 CHILD CARE (see DAY CARE) 3052, ACI 318 modifications 1901 2, 1903 1, 1905 3085, 31041 Anchorage 1901 3 CHILDREN'S PLAY STRUCTURES 424 Calculated fire resistance 721 2 Accessibility 1110 Construction documents 1901 5 Covered and open mall building 40263 Durability 1904 CHIMNEYS 202 Footings 1809 Factory -built 71825 Foundation walls 1807 1 5, 1808 8 Flashing 15035 Materials 1705 3 2, 1903 Masonry 2111, 2112, 2113 Plain, structural 1906 Protection from adjacent construction 33071 Reinforced gypsum concrete 2514 CHURCHES Rodentproofing Appendix F (see RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, PLACES OF) Roof the 1507 3, 1504 2 CIRCULAR STAIRWAYS Shotcrete 1908 (see CURVED STAIRWAYS) CLAY ROOF TILE 15073 Slab, minimum 1907 Testing 15042 Special inspections 1705 3, Table 1705 3 CLINIC Specifications 1903 Hospital Strength testing 170532 [see INSTITUTIONAL (GROUP 1-2)] 3082 Wood support 230413 Outpatient CONCRETE MASONRY (see AMBULATORY CARE FACILITIES) 202, Calculated fire resistance 721 3 3041, 422 Construction 2104 COAL POCKETS 4261 6 Design 2101 2, 2108, 2109 CODES 101 2, 101 4, 102 2, Materials 21031 102 4, 102 6, Chapter 35 Surface bonding 2109 2, 2103 2 2 COLD STORAGE Wood support 230413 (see FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION) CONCRETE ROOF TILE 15073 COLD -FORMED STEEL 202, 2210 Wind resistance 1504 2, 1609 5 3 Light -frame construction 2211 CONDOMINIUM (see APARTMENT HOUSES) Special inspection 1705 2 2, 1705 2 4, CONDUIT, PENETRATION PROTECTION 7133, 1705 11 2, 1705 12 3 10235 COMBUSTIBLE DUSTS 307 4, 414 5 1, 426 1 CONFLICTS IN CODE 102 COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS 307 1, 307 4, 307 5, CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES 202,3102 41425,41453, 3103,3104 415 9 2, 415 10 1, 418 6 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION (see SAFEGUARDS DURING CONSTRUCTION) Concealed spaces 4132, 7185 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 107, 202, 1603 Exterior side of exterior wall 1405 Alarms and detection 9071 1 High -pile stock or rack storage 4131,91022 Balconies 10725 Type I and Type 11 603,805 Concrete construction 1901 5 COMBUSTIBLE PROJECTIONS 705 2, 705 2 3 1 Design load -bearing capacity 18036 COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE 413, 91022 Exterior walls 10724 COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL 100621 Fire protection 10722 COMPARTMENTATION Fire-resistant joint systems 714 Ambulatory care facilities 4222, 4223 692 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 0I.i S I ( I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto Ag,,vo ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER INDEX Flood 107 2 6 1, 1603 1 7 Floor joists 230842 Floor live load 16031 1 Foundation plates or sills 23083 Geotechnical 16031 6 Girders 23087 Means of egress 10723 Limitations 23082 Penetrations 713 Roof and ceiling framing 23087 Permit application 1051 Wall framing 23085 Relocation 10728 CONVEYING SYSTEMS 3004 Retention 1075 CORNICES Review 1073 Definition 202 Roof assemblies 1503 Draftstopping 71826 Roof live load 16031 2 Live load Table 1607 1 Roof rain load data 16031 9 Masonry 21041 2 Roof snow load 16031 3 Projection 705 2, 705 2 3 1 Seismic 1603 1 5, 1705 13 2, 1705 13 3 Public right-of-way encroachments 320232, Site plan 10726 320233 Special loads 160318 CORRIDOR Temporary structures 31032 (see CORRIDOR PROTECTION, Wind data 1603 1 4 EXIT ACCESS, FIRE PARTITIONS and SERVICE CORRIDORS) 1020 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Air movement 10205 Shotcrete 19087 Continuity 10206 CONSTRUCTION TYPES Chapter 6 Covered and open mall buildings 402 8 1, 402 8 6 Aircraft -related occupancies 41221, Dead end 10204 Table 412 3 6, 41252,41262 Encroachment 10203 Classification 602 Elevation change 10035 Combustible material in Group 1-1 4207, 4208, 42081 Type I and Type 11 construction 603,805 Group 1-2 407 2, 407 3, 407 4 1, 40743 Covered and open mall buildings 40241 Group H-5 41511 2 Fire district D102 2 3 Headroom 1003 2, 1003 3 Fire resistance Table 601, Table 602 HPM service 903252 High-rise 4032 Live load Table 1607 1 Type I Table 601, 602 2, 603 Walls 7091, 10201 Type 11 Table 601, 602 2, 603 Width/capacity 1003 3 3, 1003 6, Type III Table 601, 602 3 1005 3 2, 1005 7, 1020 2, 1020 3 Type IV Table 601, 602 4 CORRIDOR PROTECTION, EXIT ACCESS Type V Table 601, 602 5 Construction, fire protection 7091, Underground buildings 4052 Table 1020 1, 10206 CONTRACTOR'S Doors 7154 RESPONSIBILITIES 901 5, 17044 Elevator hoistway opening 300621 CONTROL AREA 4142,70737 Glazing 7155 Construction 41421 Group 1-1 4207, 4208 Fire -resistance rating 41424 Group 1-2 4073 Maximum allowed quantities 41422 Interior finish Table 803 13, 8044 Number 41423 Opening protection 715, 71654 CONVENTIONAL LIGHT -FRAME Ventilation 1020 5, 1020 5 1 CONSTRUCTION 202, 2302 1, 2308 CORROSIVES 307 2, 307 6, Additional seismic requirements 230866, Table 2 41 1 1 415 10 3, Taablbl e 415 1 11 1 1 1 2308 6 8, 2308 6 10 Braced wall lines 2308 6 COURTS (see YARDS OR COURTS) 1205 Connections and fasteners 23081 2 COVERED AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS 402 Design of elements 2308 8 Alarms and detection 402 7 4, 907 2 20, 27022 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 693 I I I I COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Anchor buildings 402 4 1 2, 402 4 2 2, DEAD END 10204 402 4 2 3, 402 5, DEAD LOAD 202, 1606 402 8 2 3, 402 8 4 1 Foundation design load 18083 Children's play structures 40263,424 DECK Construction type 4024 Anchorage 160483 Fire department 4023, 40275 Live loads Table 1607 1 Interior finish 40261 DEFLECTIONS 160431 Kiosk 40262 Framing supporting glass 24033 Means of egress 4028 Preconstruction load tests 170931 Occupant load 40283 Wood diaphragms 2305 Open mall construction 40243 Wood shear walls 2305 Open space 4022 DEMOLITION 3303 Parking structures 402 4 1 3, 402 4 2 3 DESIGN STRENGTH 202 Perimeter line 4021 2 Conformance to standards 17061 Separation 40242 New materials 17062 Signs 40264 DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM 202 Smoke control 40272 Seismic certification 1705 13 3 Sprinkler protection 4025 Special inspection 1705 12 4 Standby power 40273 DIAPHRAGMS 202 Standpipe system 40271, 90533 Analysis 16044 Travel distance 402 8 5, 1006 3, 1016 2 1, Ceilings 25086 1017 2, 2902 3 2, Special inspection p p 170551, 2902 3 3, 2902 5 1705 11 1, 1705 12 2 COVERED WALKWAY Wood 2305, 2306 2 (see PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY) 3104, 33067 CRAWL SPACE DOORS 1010 Access 1208.1 Atrium enclosures 4046 Drainage 180512 Configuration 1007 Unusable space fire protection 71126 Delayed egress 1010198 Ventilation 12024 Dwelling unit separations 406 3 2, 412 4 1 CRIPPLE WALL 202, 230856 Education 1010144 2308 6 6, 2308 6 8 3 Emergency escape 10301 CROSS -LAMINATED TIMBER 602 4, 602 4 2, Fabrication (HPM) areas 41511 1 2 230314 Fire Floors 230411 31 (see OPENING PROTECTIVES) 7154, 10234 Roofs 230411 41 Glazing 715 4 7, 715 5, 1404 13 CRYOGENIC Table 307 1, Hazardous storage 4151157 Table 414 5 1, Table 415 11 1 1 1 Hardware (see LOCKS AND LATCHES) 100571, 10101 9, 10101 10 D Horizontal sliding 1010143 DAMPERS (see FIRE DAMPERS 1-1 occupancies 1010197 AND SMOKE DAMPERS) 717 2 through 717 5 1-2 occupancies 407 3 1, 1010 1 9 7 DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING 1805 1-3 occupancies 4083, 4084, Required 1805 2, 1805 3 408 8 4, 1010 1 9 11 Subsoil drainage system 18054 Landings 1010 1 5, 1010 1 6 DAY CARE 305 2, 308 5, 310 4 1 Locks for toilet facilities 29024 Accessibility 1103212 Operation 10101 3, 1010 1 9, 1010 1 10 Adult care 3085 Panic and fire exit hardware 1010 1 10, 1010 2 1 Child care 3085,31041 Power -operated 1010142 Egress 308 5, Table 1004 5, 1006 2 2 4 Revolving 10101 41 DAY SURGERY CENTER Security 402 8 8, 1010 1 4 5, 1010193 (see AMBULATORY CARE FACILITIES) Sensor release 1010199 694 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 0L�Affiee^®,AOICC 4 I ( I I Co,ght@@2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dme(hv dmep ,,da oodmm).(Qtyof Primdv ood)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14.zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo,Axmboemamhoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp4okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER INDEX Side swinging 10101 2 Smoke 7105 Stairways 10101 912 Stairways, high-rise 40353 Structural testing, exterior 1709 5 Thresholds 1003 5, 1010 1 5, 1010 1 7 Vestibule 10101 8 Width 1010 1 1, 10101 1 1 DORMITORIES 202,3103 Cooking 42010 Fire alarms and smoke alarms 4205 Separations 420 2, 420 3 Sprinkler protection 4204 DRAFTSTOPPING Attics 7184 Floor -ceiling assemblies 7183 DRINKING FOUNTAINS 1109 5, 2902 5, 2902 6 DRY CLEANING PLANTS 41593 DRYING ROOMS 417 DUCTS AND AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS (see MECHANICAL) DUMBWAITERS 70814 DWELLING UNITS 202 Accessibility 1103 2 3, 1103 2 12, 1105 1 6, 1106 2,1107 Alarms and detection 420 5, 907 2 8, 907 2 9, 907 2 11 Area 1207 3, 1207 4 Group R 310 Live/work units (see LIVE/WORK UNITS) Scoping 101 2 Plumbing fixtures required Table 2902 1 Separation 420 2, 420 3 Sound transmission 1206 Sprinkler protection 4204,90328 E EARTHQUAKE LOADS (see SEISMIC) 1613 EARTHQUAKE RECORDING EQUIPMENT Appendix L EAVES (see COMBUSTIBLE PROJECTIONS AND CORNICES) EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCY (GROUP E) 305 Accessibility 1108 2, 1109 5 1, 1109 5 2 Alarms and detection 90723 Area 503, 505, 506, 507, 508 Height 503, 504, 505, 508 Incidental uses 509 Interior finishes Table 803 13, 804 Live load Table 1607 1 Locking 1010144 Means of egress Aisles 10185 Corridors 1020 1, 1020 2 Panic hardware 10101 10 Stairway, exit access 1019 Travel distance 1016 2 1, 1017 2, 1006 3 2 Mixed occupancies 508 3, 508 4 Accessory 3031 3, 5082 Assembly 3031 3 Day care 3052, 3084,31041 Education for students above the 12th grade 304, 307 1, 427 Gyms (see GYMNASIUMS) 3031 3 Libraries (see LIBRARIES) 3034 Religious facilities 3052 Stages and platforms 410 Plumbing fixtures 2902 Risk category Table 1604 5 Sprinkler protection 90323 Unlimited area 50711 EGRESS (see MEANS OF EGRESS) Chapter 10 ELECTRICAL 105 2, 112, Table 509, Chapter 27, Appendix K ELEVATOR Chapter 30 Accessibility 1009 2 1, 1009 4, 1009 8, 1109 7, 3001 4 Car size 403 6 1, 3001 4, 3002 4 Construction 708 14, 1607 10 1 Conveying systems 3004 Emergency communication 3001 2 Emergency operations 3002 3, 3002 5, 3003, 3007 1, 3008 1 4 Fire service access 40361, 3007 Glass 2409, 30028 High-rise 403 2 3, 403 4 8, 403 6 Hoistway enclosures 403 2 3, 708, 1023 4, 1024 3, 3002, 3007 5, 3008 5 Hoistway lighting 300752 Hoistway pressurization 90921 Hoistway rated corridor opening 300621 Keys 30033 Lobby 1009 4, 1009 8, 3006, 3007 6, 3008 6 Machine rooms Table 1607 1, 3005 Means of egress 403 6, 1003 7, 1009 2 1, 1009 4, 3008 Number of elevator cars in hoistway 30022 Occupant evacuation elevators 40362, 3008 Personnel and material hoists 30044 Roof access 1011 122 Shaft enclosure 712, 3006 Signs 914, 1009 10, 3002 3, 3007 6 5, 3008 6 5 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 695 I I I I COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b6x10081vmc 01jM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Stairway to elevator equipment 1011 121 END -JOINTED LUMBER 23031 1 2 Standards 3001 3 Relocated structures 101 4 7, D103 3 Standby power 2702 2, 3007 8, 3008 8 Rodentproofing Appendix F System monitoring 3007 7, 3008 7 ENERGY EFFICIENCY 101 46, Underground 40543 11038, Chapter 13 EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS ENGINEER (see definition for Accessible means of egress 10098 REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL) Alarms (see FIRE ALARMS) EQUIPMENT PLATFORM 5053 Elevator 3001 2 Area limitation 505 2 1, 505 2 1 1, 505 3 1 Elevators, occupant evacuation 300866 Automatic sprinkler system 50532 Fire command center 40346,911 EQUIVALENT OPENING FACTOR Figure 705 7 3007 7, 3008 6 6, 3008 7 ESCALATORS 3004 Radio coverage 40345, 916 Floor opening protection 7082 EMERGENCY ESCAPE Means of egress 10037 AND RESCUE OPENINGS 1030 ESSENTIAL FACILITIES Required Table 1006 3 3(1), (see RISK CATEGORY) 202, Table 1604 5 Table 1006 3 3(2), 1030 1 EXCAVATION, GRADING AND FILL 1804, 3304 Window wells 1030 4, 1030 5 EXISTING BUILDING 101 47, 1026 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 1008 3, 1204 5 Additions D103 1 EMERGENCY POWER 2702 Alteration D103 1 Exit signs 101363, 27022 Change of occupancy D103 2 Hazardous 41511 10, 27022 Flood -resistant Appendix G High-rise 40348, 27022 Historic 10147 Higher education laboratory 42836, 27022 Relocated structures D103 3 Means of egress illumination 10083, 27022 Repairs 10147 Semiconductor fabrication 41511 10, 27022 Rodentproofing Appendix F Underground buildings 4059, 27022 EXIT EMERGENCY RESPONDERS (see MEANS OF EGRESS) 1022 through 1027 Additional exit stairway 40352 Basement 1006 2, 1006 3 Elevators 403 6, 1009 2 1, Boiler rooms 1006221 3002 4, 3003, 3007, 3008 Configuration 1007 Fire command center 40346,911, Construction 713 2, 1019, 1023 2 3007 7, 3008 6 6, 3008 7 Day care 1006224 Mall access 40275 Doorways 1007 Radio coverage 40344, 918 Dwellings 1006 2 2 6, 1006 3 3 1 Roof access 1011 12 Enclosure 7073, 10232 Safety features 914 Fire resistance 707 3, 1019, 1023 2 EMPIRICAL DESIGN OF MASONRY Furnace rooms 1006221 Adobe construction 2109 Group H-5 415 11 3 3, 415 11 5 6 Dry -stack masonry 2114 Group 1-2 4074 Special inspection 17054 Group 1-3 4083 EMPLOYEE High rise 403 5, 403 6, 1025 Accessibility for work areas 9075231, Horizontal 70735, 1026 1103 2 2, 1104 3 1 Incinerator rooms 1006221 Deputies to building official 1033 Interior finish Table 803 13, 804 Liability 1048 Luminous 403 5 5, 411 6 1, 1025 Qualifications A101 Mall buildings 4028 Termination of employment A101 4 Mezzanines 505 3, 505 4, 1004 2 2 Toilet facilities 29023 Number, minimum 402 8 3, 403 5, 1006 ENCROACHMENTS INTO THE Occupant load 402 8 2, 1004 2, 1006 3 2 PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY Chapter 32 Passageway 1024 696 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 0I.-Ag,,vo S I ( I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER INDEX Ramps, exterior 1027 Ramps, interior 1023 Refrigerated rooms or spaces 1006223 Refrigeration machinery rooms 1006222 Signs 1013 Stairways, exterior 1027 Stairways, interior 1023 Stories 1004 2 3, 1006,3, 1017 3 1 Travel distance 402 8 3 402 8 5 402 8 6 404 9, 407 4 2, 408 6 1, 408 8 1, 410 5 3 2, 411 3, 1006 3, 1016 2 1, 1017, 1029 7, 1029 8 Underground buildings 4057 EXIT ACCESS (see MEANS OF EGRESS) 1016 through 1021 Aisles 1018 Balconies 101721, 1021 Common path 101621 Corridors 1020 Doors 1005 7, 1006 2, 1007, 1010, 1022 2 Intervening space 10162 Path of egress travel, common 101621 Ramps 1019 Seating at tables 1029 13 1 Single exit 1006 2, 1006 3 3 Stages 4105 Stairway 1019 Travel distance 402 8 3, 402 8 5, 402 8 6, 404 9, 408 6 1, 408 8 1, 410 5 3 2, 411 3, 1006 2, 1006 3, 1016 2 1, 1017, 10297 EXIT DISCHARGE (see MEANS OF EGRESS) 1028 Atrium 40410 Courts 10284 Horizontal exit 1028 1 Lobbies 10281 Marquees 31064 Public way 10285 Termination 10233 Vestibules 10281 EXIT PASSAGEWAY (see MEANS OF EGRESS) 402861, 707 3 4, 1024 Construction 10243 Discharge 10244, 10281 Elevators 10245, 30027 Fire-resistant construction 10243 High-rise 4035 Openings 10245 Penetrations 10246 Pressurization 909 6, 909 20 5 Smokeproof 403 5 4, 405 7 2, 90920 Width 10242 Ventilation 10247 EXIT SIGNS 1013 Accessibility 10134 Floor level exit signs 10132 Group R-1 10132 Illumination 1013 3, 1013 5, 10136 Required 10131 Special amusement buildings 411 6 EXPLOSIVES 202, Table 414 5 1, Table 415 6 2 Detached building 41562, 4158 Explosion control 4157 EXPOSURE CATEGORY (see WIND LOAD) 16094 EXTERIOR AREAS FOR ASSISTED RESCUE Requirements 10097 Signage 1009 9, 1009 10, 1009 11 Where required 10092 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS) 1407 Special inspection 170516 EXTERIOR WALLS (see WALLS, EXTERIOR) 107 2 4, Table 601, 602, 705, Chapter 14 F FACTORY OCCUPANCY (GROUP F) 306 Alarm and detection 90724 Area 503,5031 1, 505, 506, 507, 508 Equipment platforms 5052 Groups Low -hazard occupancy 3063 Moderate -hazard occupancy 3062 Height 503, 504, 505, 508 Incidental uses 509 Interior finishes Table 803 13, 804 Live load Table 1607 1 Means of Egress Aisles 10185 Dead end corridor 10204 Stairway, exit access 1019 Travel distance 1006 2, 1006 3, 1016 2 1, 1017 2, 1017 2 2, Mixed occupancies 508 2, 508 3, 508 4 Plumbing fixtures 2902 Risk category Table 1604 5 Sprinkler protection 90324 Unlimited area 507 3, 507 4, 507 5 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 697 I I I I COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX FARM BUILDINGS Appendix C Storage 903 2 9, 903 2 10 FEES, PERMIT 109 FIRE BARRIERS 202,707 Refunds 1096 Continuity 7075, 7135 Related fees 1095 Exterior walls Table 602, 707 4, 713 6 Work commencing before issuance 1094 Fire -resistance rating of walls 603 1(1), FENCES 105 2, 312 1 603 1(22), 603 1(23), FIBERBOARD 202, 2303 1 6 703, 707 3, 713 4 Shear wall Table 2306 3(2) Glazing, rated 71634 FILL MATERIAL 1804, 3304 Incidental 50941 FINGER -JOINTED LUMBER Inspection 11037 (see END -JOINTED LUMBER) Joints 707 8, 713 9, 715, 2508 5 FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS Marking 7037 Aerosol storage 907216 Materials 7072, 7133 Aircraft hangars, residential 412 4 3, 907 2 21 Opening protection 707 6, 707 10, Airport traffic control towers 412231, 907222 7137, 713 10, 714 4, Ambulatory care facilities 422 5, 907 2 2 1 716, 71752 Assembly 90721 Penetrations 707 7, 713 8 Atriums 404 4, 907 2 14 Shaft enclosure 7131 Audible alarm 907521 Special provisions Battery room 907223 Aircraft hangars 412 3 4, 412 4 1 Children's play structure 4243 Atriums 404 3, 404 6 Construction documents 9071 1 Covered and open mall buildings 40242, Covered and open mall building 4027 Fire pumps 403 3 4, 901 8, 913 2 1 907226 Flammable finishes 4162 Education 90723 Group H-2 415 9 1 2, 426 1 2 Emergency alarm system 908 Group H-3 and H-4 41510 Factory 90724 Group H-5 415 11 1 2, 415 11 1 5, Group H 90725 415 11 5 1, 415 11 6 4 Group I 907 2 6, 907 5 2 3 2 Group I-3 4085, 4087 Group M 90727 Hazardous materials 41421 Group R 420 5, 907 2 8, 907 2 9, Higher education laboratories 4283 907 2 10, 907 2 11, High-rise 403 2 1 2, 403 2 3, 403 3, 403 4 8 1 9075232, 907 5 2 3 3 Organic coating 418 4, 418 5, 418 6 High-rise 403 4 1, 403 4 2, 907 2 13 Stages and platforms 410 5 1, 410 5 2 Live/work 4195 FIRE COMMAND CENTER 403 4 6, 412 2 3 2, Lumber mills 907217 911, 30077, Occupancy requirements 9072 3008 6 6, 3008 7 Special amusement buildings 411 2, FIRE DAMPERS 717 2 through 717 5 411 4, 907 2 12 FIRE DEPARTMENT Underground buildings 4056, (see EMERGENCY RESPONDERS) 907 2 18, 907 2 19 FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM (see FIRE ALARM AND Visible alarm 907523 SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS) FIRE ALARM BOX, MANUAL 90742 FIRE DISTRICT Appendix D FIRE AREA 202,901 7 FIRE DOOR (see OPENING PROTECTIVES) 716, 10234 Ambulatory care facilities 903 2 2, 907 2 2 FIRE ESCAPE 41273 Assembly 90321 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, PORTABLE 906, 3309 Education 90323 FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS 4165, Enclosed parking garages 903210 417 4, 903, 904 Factory 90324 FIRE PARTITION 202,709 Institutional 90326 Continuity 7084 Mercantile 90327 Elevator lobby 30063 Residential 90328 Exterior walls Table 602, 709 5 698 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 0I.i S I ( I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto Ag,,vo ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER INDEX Fireblocks and draftstops 70842 Fire -resistance rating 603 1(1), 603 1(22), 603 1(23), 703, 708 3 Glazing, rated 71634 Inspection 11037 Joint treatment gypsum 25085 Joints 708 8, 715 Marking 7036 Materials 7082 Opening protection 709 6, 714 4, 716, 717 5 4 Penetrations 708 7, 708 9, 714, 717 Special provisions Covered and open mall buildings 402421 Group 1-3 4087 Group 1-1, R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4 4202 Supporting construction 70841 FIRE PREVENTION 10145 FIRE PROTECTION Explosion control 414 5 1, 415 6, 421 6, 4261 4 Fire extinguishers, portable 906 Glazing, rated 716123 Smoke and heat removal 910 Smoke control systems 909 Sprinkler systems, automatic 903 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS 107 2 2, Chapter 9 FIRE PUMPS 403 3 2, 902 1, 913, 914 2 FIRE RESISTANCE Calculated 722 Conditions of restraint 70323 Ducts and air transfer openings 717 Exterior walls Table 602, 705 51 708 5 Fire district D102 2 5 High-rise 4032 Joint systems 715 Multiple use fire assemblies 7021 Prescriptive 721 Ratings Chapter 6, 703, 705 5, 707 3 10 Roof assemblies 1505 Structural members 704 Tests 703 Thermal and sound insulating materials 7201 FIRE RESISTANCE, CALCULATED 722 Clay brick and the masonry 7224 Concrete assemblies 7222 Concrete masonry 7223 Steel assemblies 7225 Wood assemblies 7226 FIRE-RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION 701 1 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED WOOD 202, 23032 Awnings 31052 Balconies 705231 Canopies 31053 Concealed spaces 7185 Fastening 2304 10 5 Fire wall vertical continuity 7066 Partitions 603 1(1) Platforms 4103 Projections 70523 Roof construction Table 601, 705 11, 7066, 1505 Shakes and shingles 15056 Type I and II construction 6031(1), 6031(11) Type I I I construction 6023 Type IV construction 6024 Veneer 14045 FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE 202, Table 602 Exterior walls 14051 1 1 1, 14051 1 1 2 Ground -mounted photovoltaic systems 311135 FIRE SERVICE ACCESS ELEVATORS 40361, 3007 FIRE SHUTTER (see OPENING PROTECTIVES) 71621, 71627,71628 FIRE WALLS 706 Aircraft hangar 412362 Combustible framing 7067 Continuity 706 5, 706 6 Exterior walls Table 602, 706 5 1 Fire -resistance rating 703, 7064 Glazing, rated 71634 Inspection 11037 Joints 706 10, 715 Marking 7036 Materials 7063 Opening protection 706 8, 706 11, 7144,716,71751 Penetration 706 9, 714 4 Special provisions Covered and open mall buildings 402422 Group H-5 41511 1 6 Structural stability 7062 FIRE WINDOWS (see OPENING PROTECTIVES) FIREBLOCKING 7182 Chimneys 718 2 5 1, 2113 20 Fireplaces 2111 13 Wood construction 718 2 1, 718 2 7, 14051 3 Wood stairways 71824 FIRE WATCH DURING CONSTRUCTION 3114 FIREPLACES, FACTORY -BUILT 2111 141 FIREPLACES, MASONRY 202 Clearance to combustibles 2111 12 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 699 I I I I COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Drawings 2111 2 Bridging/blocking 2308 4 6, 2308 7 8 General provisions 2111 Diaphragms 23051 Hearth extension 2111 10, 2111 11 Fastening schedule 2304 10 1 Steel units 2111 61 Framing 2304 4, Table 2304 11, FIREWORKS 202, 307 2, 307 3, 307 5 2304 11 1 2, 2304 11 3, 2308 4 FLAMESPREAD 202, 803 1 2, Table 803 13 Joists 230842 FLAMMABLE FINISHES 307 1, 416 Sheathing 23048 FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS 307 4, 307 5, FLOOR LEVEL 1003 5, 1010 1 5 406 8 2, 412, 414, 415 FLOOR LOADS FLAMMABLE SOLIDS 307 5, 415 Construction documents 1072 FLASHING Live 1603 1 1, 1607 Roof 1503 2, 1507 2 8, Posting 1061 1507 3 9, 1507 5 7, 1507 7 7, FLOOR OPENING PROTECTION 1507 8 8, 1507 9 9, 1511 6 (see VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION) Wall, veneer 1404 4, 1404 12 7 FLOOR/CEILING (see FLOOR CONSTRUCTION) FLOOD HAZARD AREAS 202, 16123 FOAM PLASTICS Coastal A zone 202 Attics 720 1, 2603 4 1 6 Coastal high hazard area 202 Cladding attachment 2603 11, 2603 12, 2603 13 Flood insurance rate map 202 Cold storage 2603 3, 2603 4 1 2, 2603 5 FLOOD -RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION Concealed 603 Accessibility 110775 Covered mall and open mall buildings 40262, Administration 107 2 6 1, G101 through G105 402645 Elevation certificate 11033 Crawl space 260341 6 Existing 10147 Doors 2603 4 1 7 through 2603 4 1 9 Flood elevation 107 2 6 1, 1612 Exterior wall covering 8065 Flood loads 1603 1, 1603 1 7, Exterior walls of multistory buildings 140313, 1612, 3001 2 26035 Flood resistance 1402 6, 1402 7 Interior finish 801 2 2, 2603 10, 2604 Flood -resistant construction Appendix G Label/identification 26032 Grading and fill 1804 5, 1805 1 2 1 Metal composite materials (MCM) 140613 Historic buildings G105 3 Plenums 2603 7, 2604 1 1 Interior finishes 80351 Roofing 260341 5 Manufactured homes G501 Siding backer board 260341 10 Modifications 104 10 1 Stages and platform scenery 41026 Recreational vehicles G601 Surface burning characteristics 26033 Site improvements G401 Termites, protection from 26039 Site plan 10726 Thermal barrier requirements 260352 Subdivisions G301 Trim 806 5, 2604 2 Tank G701 Type I and 11 construction 603 1(2), 603 1(3) Temporary G901 Walk-in coolers 260341 3 Utility G1001 Wind resistance 260310 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION FOLDING AND TELESCOPIC SEATING (see FLOOR CONSTRUCTION, WOOD) (see BLEACHERS and GRANDSTANDS) 1029 1 1 Draftstopping 7183 Accessibility 11082 Finishes 804, 805, 1003 4, 1209 1 Egress 10291 1 Fire resistance Table 601, 711 Live load Table 1607 1 Loads (see FLOOR LOADS) Occupant load 1004 6, 1004 7 Materials Chapter 6 Separation 10291 1 1 Penetration of fire-resistant assemblies 711, FOOD COURT 202 714 5, 717 2, 717 6 Occupant load 402824 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION, WOOD Separation 40242 Beams and girders 2304 12 1 1, 2308 4 1 700 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 0I.i S I ( I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto Ag,,vo ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER INDEX FOUNDATION (see FOUNDATION, DEEP and FOUNDATION, SHALLOW) Chapter 18 Basement 1610, 1805 1 1, 1806 3, 1807 Concrete 1808 8, 1809 8, 1810 3 2 1 Dampproofing 18052 Encroachment, public right-of-way 32021 Formwork 33041 Geotechnical investigation (see SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS) 1803 Inspection 11031 Load -bearing value 1806, 1808, 1810 Masonry 18089 Pedestrian protection 33069 Pier (see FOUNDATION, SHALLOW) Pile (see FOUNDATION, DEEP) Plates or sills 230831 Protection from adjacent construction 3303 5, 3307 1 Rodentproofing Appendix F Special inspections 1705 3, 1705 4 2, 1705 7, 1705 8, 1705 9 Steel 180911, 1810323, 1810353 Timber 1809 12, 1810 3 2 4 Waterproofing 18053 FOUNDATION, DEEP 202, 1810 Drilled shaft 202 Existing 18101 2 Geotechnical investigation 180355 Grade beams 1810312 Helical pile 202, 1810 3 1 5, Table 1810 3 2 6, 1810 3 3 1 9, 1810 3 5 5, 1810411, 1810412 Micropile 202, Table 1808 8 1, Table 1810 3 2 6, 18103523, 1810310, 1810410 Piles Table 1808 8 1, 1810 FOUNDATION, SHALLOW 202, 1809 Pier and curtain wall 180910 Slab -on -grade 180862 Strip footing 18088, 1809 FOYERS Assembly occupancy 1029 4, 1029 9 5 Corridors 10206 Covered and open mall building 4021 FRAME INSPECTION 11034 FRATERNITIES 3104 FROST PROTECTION 18095 FURNACE ROOMS 1006221 C GALLERIES (see TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREAS) GARAGE, AUTOMOBILE PARKING (see PARKING GARAGES) GARAGE, REPAIR 4068 Floor surface 40624 Gas detection system 40682,9085 Sprinkler protection 406 8 3, 903 2 9 1 Ventilation 40681 GARAGES, TRUCK AND BUS Live load 16077 Sprinkler protection 903210 1 GARAGES AND CARPORTS, PRIVATE Area limitations 40631 Classification 40631 Parking surfaces 40624 Separation 40632, 40625 GAS 101 4 1, 105 2, 112 Accessibility 110914 Gas detection system 406 8 2, 415 11 7, 421 5, 916 Hydrogen cutoff room 421 6 Motor fuel -dispensing 4067 GATES 10102 Vehicular 40621, 3110 GIFT SHOPS 40724 GIRDERS Fire resistance Table 601 Materials Chapter 6 Wood construction 2304 12 1 1, 2308 4 1 GLASS (see GLAZING) GLASS BLOCK (see GLASS UNIT MASONRY) GLASS UNIT MASONRY 202, 2110 Atrium enclosure 4046 Fire resistance 21101 1 Hazardous locations 24061 3 GLAZING Athletic facilities 2408 Atrium enclosure 4046 Doors 705 8, 709 5, 710 5, 716 2 5 3, 1404 13, 1709 1 Elevator hoistway and car 2409 2, 2409 3, 2409 4 Fire doors 7162231,71625 Fire windows 7035,71621 Group 1-3 4087 Guards 1015 2 1, 2406 4 4, 2407 Handrail 1011 11, 2407 Identification 2403 1, 2406 3 Impact loads 2406 1, 2407 1 4 2, 2408 2 1, 2408 3 Impact resistant 16092 Jalousies 24035 Label/identification 716 1 2 2 1, 716 1 2 2 2, 716291, 716295, 716352 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 701 I I I I COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Loads 2404 Louvered windows 24035 Opening protection 716123 Replacement 2402 Safety 7161 21, 2406 Security 4087 Skylights 2405 Sloped 24042, 2405 Supports 24032 Swimming pools 240645 Testing 1709 5, 2406 1 1, 240821 Veneer 140412 Vertical 24041 Walkways 24091 GRADE, LUMBER (see LUMBER) 202 GRADE PLANE 202 GRAIN ELEVATORS 4261 5 GRANDSTANDS (see BLEACHERS) 3036, Accessibility 11082 Egress 10291 1 Exit sign 10131 Live load Table 1607 1 Occupant load 10046, 10047 Separation 10291 1 1 GREENHOUSES 303 4, 309 1, 312 1 1, 3112 Accessibility 31122 Area 503, 506, Table 507, 508 Definition 202 Deflections Table 1604 3 Glazing, glass and lighting 2405, 3112 4 Live load 16071321 Membrane structure 31126, 3102 Plastic 2606 11, 3112 5 Wind load 16092 GRIDIRON (see TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREAS) GRINDING ROOMS 4262 GROSS LEASABLE AREA (see COVERED MALL AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS) 202, 4023, 40282 GROUT 71441 1, 71451 GUARDS 1015 Assembly seating 1029 1 1, 1029 17 Equipment platform 50533 Exceptions 10152 Glazing 1015 2 1, 2406 4 4, 2407 Height 10153 Loads 16078 Mechanical equipment 10156 Opening limitations 10154 Parking garage 40641 Ramps 10129 Residential 10153 Roof access 10157 Screen porches 10155 Stairs 10152 Vehicle barrier 40642, 16079 Windows 10158 GUTTERS 15024 GYMNASIUMS 3034 Group E 3031 3 Live load Table 1607 1 Occupant load 10045 GYPSUM Chapter 25 Board 202, Chapter 25 Ceiling diaphragms 25086 Concrete, reinforced gypsum 2514 Construction 2508 Draftstopping 71831 Exterior soffit Table 2506 2 Fastening Table 2306 3(3), 2508 1 Fire resistance 719, 722 2 1 4, 722 6 2 Fire-resistant joint treatment 25085 Inspection 2503 Lath 2507,2510 Lathing and furring for cement plaster 719, 2510 Lathing and plastering 2507 Materials 2506 Panel products 202, Chapter 25 Performance 2502 Plaster, exposed aggregate 2513 Plaster, exterior 2512 Plaster, interior 2511 Shear wall construction 2211 1 1, Table 2306 3(3), 2308 6 3, 2505 Sheathing Table 2308 5 11 Showers and water closets 2509 Stucco 2510 Veneerbase 25072 Veneer plaster 25072 Vertical and horizontal assemblies 2504 Wallboard Table 2506 2 Water-resistant backing board 2506 2, 2509 2 HANDRAILS Alternating tread devices Assembly aisles Construction Extensions Glazing I:I 1014 1011 14 102916 10144, 10145, 10146 10146 2407 702 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( S I.-Ag,,vo ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER INDEX Graspability 10143 Guards 10153 Height 10142 Loads 16078 Location 1014 1, 1014 7, 1014 8, 10149 Ramps 10128 Stairs 1011 11 HARDBOARD 202, 1403 3 2, 2303 1 7 HARDWARE (see DOORS and LOCKS AND LATCHES) HARDWOOD Fastening 230410 Quality 23033 Veneer 140332 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 307, 414, 415 Compliance with International Fire Code 3072 Control areas 4142 Explosion control 414 5 1, Table 414 5 1, 415 11 5 5, 426 1 4 Mercantile occupancies 3092 Reporting 4141 3 Sprinkler protection Table 414 2 5(1), Table 414 2 5(2), 415 4, 4151111,90325 Ventilation 414 3, 415 9 1 7, 415 11 1 6, 415 11 1 8 1, 415 11 3 2, 415 11 5 8, 415 11 6 4, 415 11 7, 415 11 10,1202 6 Weather protection 41461 HAZARDOUS OCCUPANCY (GROUP H), (see HAZARDOUS MATERIALS) 307, 414, 415 Alarm and detection 415 3, 415 5, 415 11 2, 415 11 3 5, 415 11 5 9, 415 11 8, 901 6 3, 907 2 5, 908 1, 908 2 Area 503, 505, 506, 507, 508 Dispensing 414 5, 414 6, 415 6 Gas detection systems 41511 7 Group provisions H-1 (detonation) 307 3, 415 6 1 1, 415624157,41571 H-2 (deflagration) 307 4, 415 8, 415 9 H-3 (physical hazard) 307 5, 415 8, 415 10 H-4 (health hazard) 3076, 41510 H-5 (semiconductor 3077, 41511 Height 4157, 41581, 415911, 415 8 1 6, 426 1 1, 503, 504, 505, 508 Incidental uses 509 Interior finishes 416 2 1, 416 3 1, Table 803 13, 804 Live load Table 1607 1 Location on property 414 6 1 2, 415 6 Low hazard 306 3, 311 3 Means of egress Corridors 41511 2 One means of egress Table 1006 3 3(1), Table 1006 3 3(2) Panic hardware 10101 10 Stairway, exit access 1019 Travel distance 1006 3, 1016 2 1, Table 1017 2 Mixed occupancies 508 3, 508 4 Accessory 5082 Moderate hazard 3062, 311 2 Multiple hazards 3078 Occupancy exceptions 3071 Plumbing fixtures Chapter 29 Prohibited locations 4192 Risk category Table 1604 5 Smoke and heat removal 9102 Special provisions -General Detached buildings 202, 415 6 2, 415 8 Dry cleaning (see DRY CLEANING PLANTS) Equipment platforms 5053 Fire district D102 2 2 Fire separation distance 4156 Grain elevators 426 1, 426 1 5 Grinding rooms 4261 2 Higher education laboratories 428 Separation from other occupancies 41561, 508 1, 508 2 4, 50833,5084 Special provisions based on materials Combustible liquids Table 307 1(1), 307 4, 307 5, 414 2 5, 41453,41592 Corrosives 307 6, Table 414 2 5(1), 414 3, 415 10 3, Table 415 11 1 1 1 Cryogenic Table 307 1(1), Table 414 5 1, Table 415 11 1 1 1 Explosives 202, 307 3, 307 3 1, Table 415 6 2 Flammable liquids 307 4, 307 5, 415 9 1 Flammable solids 307 5, 415 11 1 1 1 Health -hazard materials 202, Table 414 2 5(1), 415 6, Table 415 11 1 1 1, 415 11 6 1, 415 11 7 2 Irritants Table 414 2 5(1), Table 415 11 1 1 1 Liquid, highly toxic and toxic 3076, Table 414 2 5(1), 415 8 3, 415 9 3, Table 415 11 1 1 1, 908 3 Organic peroxides Table 414 5 1, 41561,41584, Table 415 11 1 1 1, 418 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 703 I I I I COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Oxidizers, liquid and solid Table 414 2 5(1), HIGH -PILED COMBUSTIBLE STORAGE 413, Table 414 5 1, 415 8 4, 907215,91022 Table 415 11 1 1 1 HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE EXTERIOR- Pyrophoric materials Table 307 1(1), 307 4, GRADE COMPACT LAMINATES........... 1408 Table 414 5 1, 415 7 1, HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS 403 415 8 4, Table 415 11 1 1 1 Alarms and detection 403 4 1, 403 4 2, 907 2 13 Sensitizers Table 415 11 1 1 1 Application 4031 Solids, highly toxic and toxic 3076, Construction 4032 Table 414 2 5(1), 415 10 4, Elevators 403 6, 1009 2 1, 3007, 3008 Table 415 11 1 1 1, 908 3 Unstable materials 307 3, Table 414 2 5(1), Emergency power 403 4 8, 2702 2 Table 414 5 1, 415 5 4, Emergency systems 4034 Table 415 11 1 1 1 Fire command station 40346 Water -reactive materials Table 414 5 1, Fire department communication 40343, 40344 415 8 3, 415 8 4, 415 8 5, Fire service elevators 40361, 3007 415 11, Table 415 11 1 1 1 Occupant evacuation elevators 40362, 3008 Sprinkler protection 415 2, 415 11 6 4, Smoke removal 40346 415 11 9, 415 11 10 1, Smokeproof enclosure 403 5 4, 1023 11 415 11 11, 705 8 1, 903 2 5 Standby, emergency power 27022 Sprayed fire-resistant materials (SFRM) 40324 Storage 413, 414 1, 414 2 5, Sprinkler protection 403 3, 903 2 11 3 414 5, 414 6, 415 6, Stairways 403 5, 1023, 1025 Table 415 6 2, 415 7 1, Standby power 403 4 7, 2702 2 41591,4261 Structural integrity 40323, 1616 Unlimited area 507 8, 507 9, 507 10 Super high-rise (over 420 feet) 403 2 1, 403 2 3, HEAD JOINT, MASONRY 202 403 2 4, 403 3 1, 403 5 2 HEADROOM 406 2 2, 505 1, Voice alarm 403 4 3, 907 2 13 1003 2, 1003 3, 1010 1 1, Zones 907 6 3, 907 6 4 1010 1 1 1, 1011 3, 1012 5 2, 1207 2 HISTORIC BUILDINGS 10147 HEALTH CARE Flood provisions G105 3 (see INSTITUTIONAL 1-1 AND INSTITUTIONAL 1-2) HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY 711 Ambulatory care facilities 202,422 Continuity 50941, 711 22, Clinics, outpatient 3041 711 2 3, 713 11, 713 12 Hospitals 3083 Fire -resistance rating 6031(1), 6031(22), HEALTH -HAZARD MATERIALS 3072, 603 1(23), 703, 704 4 2, Table 414 2 5(1), 4152, 707 3 10, 711 2 4 415 11 1 1 1, Table 415 11 6 1 Glazing, rated 71634 HEAT VENTS 910 Group 1-1 4203 HEATING (see MECHANICAL) 10142 Group R 4203 Aircraft hangars 41234 Incidental 5094 Fire pump rooms 9133 Insulation 720, 807, 808 Fireplace 2111 Joints 715, 2508 4 Masonry heaters 2112 Nonfire-resistance rating 711 3 Parking garages 40629 Opening protection 712 1 13 1, 714 5, 716, 717 6 Repair garages 40629 Shaft enclosure 7131 HEIGHT, BUILDING 503, 504, 505, 508, 510 Special provisions Limitations 503 Atrium 4043, 4046 Mixed construction types 510 Covered and open mall buildings 402423, Modifications 504 40287 Roof structures 5043, 1510 Fire pumps 91321 HELIPORT Flammable finishes 4162 Definition 202 Group H-2 415 9 1 1, 415 9 1 2 Live loads 16076 Groups H-3 and H-4 415 10 2 HIGHER EDUCATION LABORATORIES 202,428 Group H-5 415 11 1 2, 415 11 5 1 704 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 0L­Fg,, 4 I ( 1 I 1 CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14.zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto ^®,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp4okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER INDEX Group 1-2 4075 Groups 1-1, R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4 4203 Hazardous materials 4142 High-rise 40321, 4033 Organic coating 4184, 4185, 4186 Stages and platforms 4103, 41041 HORIZONTAL EXIT 1026 Accessible means of egress 1009 2, 1009 2 1, 1009 3, 1009 4, 1009 6, 1009 6 2 Doors 10263 Exit discharge 10281 Fire resistance 10262 Institutional 1-2 occupancy 4074, 10261 Institutional 1-3 occupancy 4082, 10261 Refuge area (see REFUGE AREAS) HORIZONTAL FIRE SEPARATION (see HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLY) HOSE CONNECTIONS (see STANDPIPES, REQUIRED) HOSPITAL (see INSTITUTIONAL GROUP 1-2) 308 3, 407 HURRICANE -PRONE REGIONS (see WIND LOADS) 202 HURRICANE SHELTER (see STORM SHELTER) HURRICANE SHUTTERS 16092 HYDROGEN FUEL GAS ROOMS 421, Table 509 HYPERBARIC FACILITIES 425 ICE -SENSITIVE STRUCTURE Atmospheric ice loads 16141 Definition 202 IDENTIFICATION, REQUIREMENTS FOR Fire barriers 7036 Fire partitions 7036 Fire wall 7036 Glazing 2403 1, 2406 3 Inspection certificate 202 Labeling 17035 Preservative -treated wood 23031 91 Smoke barrier 7036 Smoke partition 7036 Steel 22021 IMPACT LOAD 202, 1603 1 1, 1607 10 INCIDENTAL USES Area 5093 Occupancy classification 5092 Separation and protection 5094 INCINERATOR ROOMS Table 509, 1006 2 2 2 INDUSTRIAL (see FACTORY OCCUPANCY) INSPECTIONS 110, 1704, 1705 Alternative methods and materials 17051 1 Approval required 1106 Concrete construction 110 3 1, 110 3 2, 110 3 10, 1705 3 Concrete slab 11032 EIFS 110 3 10, 1705 16 Energy efficiency 11038 Fabricators 170425 Fees 109 Final 110311 Fire -extinguishing systems 9044 Fire-resistant materials 110310, 170514, 170515 Fire-resistant penetrations 110 3 7, 1705 17 Footing or foundation 110 3 1, 110 3 10,1705 3, 1705 4, 1705 7, 1705 8, 1705 9 Flood hazard 110 3 3, 110 3 11 1 Frame 11034 Lath gypsum board and gypsum panel products 11035, 2503 Liability 1048 Masonry 110 3 10, 1705 4 Preliminary 1102 Required 1103 Right of entry 1046 Seismic 170512 Smoke control 909 18 8, 1705 18 Soils 110 3 10, 1705 6 Special (see SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS) 110 3 10, 1704, 1705 Sprayed fire-resistant materials 170514 Sprinkler protection 9035 Steel 110 3 4, 110 3 10, 1705 2 Third party 1104 Welding 110 3 10, 1705 2, 2204 1 Wind 110 3 10, 1705 11 Wood 110 3 10, 1705 5 INSTITUTIONAL 1-1 [see INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY (GROUP 1) and RESIDENTIAL (GROUP R-4)] 308 2, 420 Accessibility 1106 2,1107 2, 1107 3,1107 4, 1107 5 1 Alarm and detection 420 5, 907 2 6 1, 907 2 10, 907 2 11 2, 9075232 Combustible decorations 8061 Cooking 4208 Emergency escape and rescue 1030 Means of egress Aisles 10185 Corridors 10201 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 705 I 1 I 1 COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Stairway, exit access 1019 Hardware 408 4, 1010 1 9 3, Travel distance 1017 2,1006 3 1010 1 9 8, 1010 1 9 9 Occupancy condition 308 2 1, 308 2 2 Stairway, exit access 10194 Occupancy exceptions 308 2 3, 308 2 4 Travel distance 408 6 1, 408 8 1, Separation, unit 4202, 4203 1006 3, 1017 2 Spaces open to the corridor 4207 Occupancy condition 308 4 1 through 308 4 5 420 8, 420 8 1 Security glazing 4087 Sprinkler protection 420 4, 903 2 6, 903 3 2 Separation 4085, 4088 INSTITUTIONAL 1-2 Smoke barrier 4086 [see INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY Smoke compartment 408 4 1, 408 6, 408 9 (GROUP 1)] 308 3, 407 Sprinkler protection 408 11, 903 2 6 Accessibility 1106 3, 1106 4, 1106 7 2, Standby/emergency power 27022 1107 2, 1107 3, 1107 4, INSTITUTIONAL 1-4 1107 5 2, 1107 5 3, 1107 5 4, [see INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY 1109 2, E106 4 6 (GROUP 1)] 3085 Alarms and detection 407 8, 407 9, 907 2 6 2 Accessibility 1103212 Care suites 40744 Alarms and detection 90726 Combustible decorations 8061 Corridor rating 10201 Electrical systems 407 11, 2702 2 Educational 3031 3, 30851 Hyperbaric facilities 425 Means of egress Means of egress 4074 Day care 1006224 Aisles 10185 Stairway, exit access 1019 Corridors 407 2, 407 3, 407 4, 1020 2 Travel distance 1016 2 1, 1017 2, 1006 3 Doors 407 3 1, 1010 1 9 7, 1010 1 9 9 Occupancy condition 308 4 1 through 308 4 5 Exterior exit stairway 10272 Sprinkler protection 90326 Hardware 1010 1 9 3, 1010 1 9 7 INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY (GROUP 1) 308 Lighting 1008 2, 1008 2 2, 1008 2 3, 1008 3 Accessory 5082 Stairway, exit access 10194 Adult care 3086 Travel distance 4074 Area 503, 505, 506, 507, 508 Medical gas systems 427 Child care 303 1 3, 308 6 4, 30811, 3101 Occupancy condition 30831 Group specific provisions Occupancy exceptions 30832 Group 1-1 (see INSTITUTIONAL 1-1) 3082 Separation 410 Group 1-2 (see INSTITUTIONAL 1-2) 308 3, 407 Smoke barriers 4075 Group 1-3 (see INSTITUTIONAL 1-3) 308 4, 408 Smoke compartment 407 2 1, 407 2 3, 4075 Group 1-4 (see INSTITUTIONAL 1-4) 3085, Smoke partitions 4073 3104 Sprinkler protection 407 7, 903 2 6, 903 3 2 Height 503, 504, 505, 508 Yards 40710 Incidental uses 509 INSTITUTIONAL 1-3 Interior finishes Table 803 13, 804 [see INSTITUTIONAL OCCUPANCY Live load Table 1607 1 (GROUP 1)] 308 4, 408 Means of egress Accessibility 1103 2 13, 1105 4, 1107 2, Corridors 1020 2 1107 3, 1107 4, 1107 5 5, 1108 4 2, 1109 11 2, Stairway, exit access 1019 E104 2 2, E106 4 8 Travel distance 407, 10063, Alarm and detection 408 10, 907 2 6 3 1016 2 1, 1017 2, Combustible decorations 8061 Mixed occupancies 5083, 5084 Means of egress 408 2, 408 3, 408 4 Occupancy exceptions 303 1 1, 303 1 2, Aisles 10185 308 2 3, 308 2 4, 308 3 2, 308 5 1 through 308 5 4, 310 4 1 Doors D 408 4, 1010 1 1, 1010 1 2 Plumbing fixtures 2902 Exit discharge 40836 Risk category Table 1604 5 Exit sign exemption 10131 Standby, emergency power 27022 706 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 0I.-Ag,,-o S I ( 1 I 1 CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A--dby HDOP, Van Cm, (hv dmep -dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b6x10081vmc 01jan 10-0 015e PAL (PST) T--tto ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo,AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER INDEX INSULATION Concealed 7202 Duct insulation 7201 Exposed 7203 Fiberboard 720 1, Table 1508 2, 2303 1 6 2, 2303 1 6 3 Foam plastic (see FOAM PLASTICS) 7201 Loose fill 720 4, 720 6 Pipe insulation 720 1, 720 7 Reflective plastic core 2614 Roof 7205, 1508 Sound 720, 807, 1206 Thermal 720, 807, 1508 INTERIOR ENVIRONMENT Lighting 1204 Rodentproofing 415 11 1 6, Appendix F Sound transmission 1206 Space dimensions 1207 Temperature control 1203 Ventilation 409 3, 414 3, 415 9 1 7, 1202 5 Yards or courts 1205 2, 1205 3 INTERIOR FINISHES Chapter 8 Acoustical ceiling systems 807,808 Application 803 14, 804 4 Atriums 4048 Children's play structures 424 Covered and open mall buildings 4026 Decorative materials 801 1 2,806 Floorfinish 804,805 Foam plastic insulation 2603 3, 2603 4 Foam plastic trim 8065, 26042 Insulation 807 Light -transmitting plastics 2606 Signs 40264, 2611 Trim 806 7, 806 8 Wall and ceiling finishes 803 Wet location 1209 INTERPRETATION, CODE 1041 J JAILS (see INSTITUTIONAL 1-3) 308 5, 408 JOINT Gypsum board 25085 Lumber sheathing 2308711 Shotcrete 19087 Waterproofing 180533 JOINTS, FIRE-RESISTANT SYSTEMS 715 Special inspection 170517 i KIOSKS 40262 KITCHENS 303 3, 306 2 Accessibility 11094 Dimensions 1208 Means of egress 10162 Occupant load Table 1004 5 Sinks Table 2902 1 L LABORATORIES Classification of 304 1, 307 1 1 Hazardous materials 414,415 Higher education laboratories 3071 1,428 Incidental uses Table 509 LADDERS Boiler, incinerator and furnace rooms 1006221 Construction 1011 15, 1011 16, 10142, 10146, 10153, 10154 Emergency escape window wells 103042 Group 1-3 408 3 5, 1011 15, 1011 16 Heliport 41273 Refrigeration machinery room 1006222 Ship's ladders 408 3 5, 1011 15 Stage 410534 LAMINATED TIMBER, STRUCTURAL GLUED 602 4, 2303 1, 2303 1 3, 2304 12 2 4, 2306 1, 2308 4 3, 2308 7 9 LANDINGS Doors 10101 6 Ramp 10126 Stair 1011 6 LATH, METAL OR WIRE Table 2507 2 LAUNDRIES 304 1, 306 2, Table 509 LAUNDRY CHUTE 713 13, 903 2 11 2 LEGAL Federal and state authority 1022 Liability 1048 Notice of violation 1142, 1163 Registered design professional 1071, 10734 Right of entry 1046 Unsafe buildings or systems 116 Violation penalties 1144 LIBRARIES Classification, other than school 3031 3, 3034 Classification, school 3031 3, 3051 Live load Table 1607 1 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 707 I 1 I 1 COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc 01jM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX LIGHT, REQUIRED 1204 Snow 16031 3,1608 Artificial 12043 Soil lateral 1610 Emergency (see EMERGENCY LIGHTING) Tsunami 1615 Means of egress 10082 Wind 16031 4, 1609 Natural 12042 LOBBIES Stairways 12044 Assembly occupancy 10294 Yards and courts 1205 Elevator 405 4 3, 1009 2 1, 1009 4, LIGHT -FRAME CONSTRUCTION 3006, 3007 6, 3008 6 Definition 202 Exit discharge 10281 Cold -formed steel 2211 Underground buildings 40543 Conventional (wood) 2308 LOCKS AND LATCHES 1010 1 9, 1010 1 10 LIGHTS, PLASTIC CEILING DIFFUSERS 26067 Delayed egress locks 1010198 LINEN CHUTE 713 13, 903 2 11 2 Electromagnetically locked 10101 910 LINTEL Group 1-2 407 4 1 1, 1010 1 9 7 Adobe 2109249 Group 1-3 408 4, 1010 1 9 11 Fire resistance 70411 High-rise 40353 Masonry, wood support 230413 Sensor release 1010199 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS Table 414 5 1, Toilet rooms 290235 41592 LODGING HOUSES 202, 310 4, 310 4 2 LIVE LOADS 202, 1607 LUMBER Construction documents 107 2, 1603 1 1 General provisions Chapter 23 Posting of 1061 Quality standards 2303 LIVEM/ORK UNITS 202, 310 3, 419 Accessibility 1107621 M Separation 5081 LOAD AND RESISTANCE MAINTENANCE FACTOR DESIGN (LRFD) 16021 Means of egress 1002 1, 3310 2 Factored load 202 Property 10144 Limit state 202 MALL Load combinations 16051 (see COVERED AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS) Load factor 202 MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOX 90742 Resistance factor 202 MANUFACTURED HOMES Wood design 23021, 2307 Flood resistant G501 LOAD COMBINATIONS 1605 MARQUEES 202, 3106, H113 Allowable stress design 16051 Drainage, water 3201 4 Alternative allowable stress Construction 31065 load combinations 16052 Live load Table 1607 1, 1607 12 Load and resistance factor design 16051 Prohibited location 31064 Strength design 16051 Roof construction 31063 LOADS 106,202 MASONRY Atmospheric ice 1614 Adhered veneer 140410 Combinations 1605 Adobe 2109 Dead 202, 1606 Anchorage 160482 Factored load 202, 16042 Anchored veneer 14046 Flood 1603 1 7, 1612 Architectural cast stone 21031 Impact 202, 160710 Calculated fire resistance 7224 Live 4196, 1603 1 1, 1607 Chimneys 2113 Load effects 202 Construction 2104 Nominal load 202, 16042 Dampproofing 180522 Rain 1603 1 9, 1611 Design, methods 2101 2, 2107, 2108, 2109 Seismic 1603 1 5, 1613 Fire resistance, calculated 722 3 2, 722 3 4 708 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 0I.i S I ( I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto Ag,,vo ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER INDEX Fireplaces 2111 Floor anchorage 160482 Foundation walls 18071 5 Foundations, adobe 2109245 Glass unit 2110 Grouted 202 Heaters 2112 Inspection, special 17054 Joint reinforcement 21034 Materials 2103 Penetrations 714 Quality assurance 2105 Rodentproofing Appendix F Roof anchorage 160481 Seismic provisions 2106 Serviceability 160434 Supported by wood 230413 Surface bonding 210322 Veneer 1404 6, 1404 10, 2101 2 1, 2308 6 10 Wall, composite 202 Wall, hollow 202 Wall anchorage 160482 Waterproofing 180532 Wythe 202 MASS NOTIFICATION SYSTEMS 917 MATERIALS Alternates 10411 Aluminum Chapter 20 Concrete Chapter 19 Glass and glazing Chapter 24 Gypsum Chapter 25 Masonry Chapter 21 Noncombustible 7034 Plastic Chapter 26 Steel Chapter 22 Testing (see TESTING) 1707 Wood Chapter 23 MEANS OF EGRESS Chapter 10 Accessible 1009, 2702 2 Aircraft related 412 2 2, 412 2 5 1, 412 4 2, 412 6 1, 412 7 3 Alternating tread device 412 7 3, 505 3, 1006221, 1006222, 1011 14, Ambulatory care facilities 422 3 1, 422 3 3 Assembly 10091, 1029 Atrium 404 9, 404 10, 707 3 6 Capacity 10053 Ceiling height 10032 Child care facilities (see Day care facilities) Configuration 1007 Construction drawings 10723 Convergence 10056 Covered and open mall buildings 4028 Day care facilities 308 5, 310 4 1, Table 1004 5, 1006 2 2 4 Distribution 10055 Doors 1005 7, 1006 2, 1010, 1022 2, 2702 2 During construction 33033, 3310 Elevation change 10035 Elevators 403 5 2, 403 6 1, 1003 7, 1009, 3008 Emergency escape and rescue 1030 Encroachment 10057 Equipment platform 5053 Escalators 10037 Existing buildings 3310 Exit (see EXIT) 1022 through 1027 Exit access (see EXIT ACCESS) 1016 through 1021 Exit discharge (see EXIT DISCHARGE) 1028 Exit enclosures 10232 Exit passageway (see EXIT PASSAGWAY) 1024 Exit signs 1013, 27022 Evacuation plans 10022 Fire escapes 41273 Fire safety plans 10022 Floor surface 804, 10034 Gates 10102 Group 1-2 407 2, 407 3, 407 4, 10194 Group 1-3 408 2, 408 3, 408 4, 408 6, 408 8, 10194 Guards 1015 Handrails 1014 Hazardous materials 41461 2, 415 11 2, 415 11 5 6 Headroom 1003 2, 1003 3 Heliports, Helistops 41273 High -hazard Group H 41511 2 High-rise 403 5, 403 6 Illumination 1008, 27022 Interior finish 80313, 804 Ladders (see LADDERS) Live loads Table 1607 1 Live/work units 4193 Mezzanines 505 2 2, 505 2 3, 1004 2 2, 1009 1 Moving walk 10037 Number 1001 2, 1006 Occupant load 1004 Parking 40657 Protruding objects 1003 3, 1005 7 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 709 I I I I COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O[d6N=b6x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Ramps 1012, 1027 Scoping 101 3, 108 2, 1001 1 Seating, fixed 10091, 1029 Special amusement 411 6 Stages 41023,4105 Stairways 403 5, 404 6, 1005 3 1, 1011, 1023 2, 1027 Temporary structures 31034 Travel distance (see TRAVEL DISTANCE) 1016 2 1, 1017 Turnstile 10103 Underground buildings 40551,4057 Width 1005 1, 1005 2, 1005 4, 1011 2, 1012 5 1, 1020 2, 1029 6, 1029 8 MECHANICAL (see AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, REFRIGERATION, AND VENTILATION) 10142 Access 1011 12, 1208 3 Air transfer openings 705 10, 706 11, 707 10, 708 9, 709 8, 711 7, 713 10, 714 1 1, 717 Chimneys (see CHIMNEYS) Code Chapter 28 Disconnected 3303, 6 Ducts 7048, 70510, 70611, 707 10, 712 1 6, 712 1 10 3, 713 10, 708 9, 709 8, 710 8, 711 7, 7141 1, 717 Encroachment, public right-of-way 320232 Equipment on roof 1510, 1511 2 Equipment platforms 5053 Factory -built fireplace 2111 141 Fireplaces 2111 Incidental use room Table 509 Motion picture projection room 4093 Permit required 1051, 1052 Roof access 1011 12 Seismic inspection and testing 1705 12 6, 1705 13 2 Smoke control systems 909 Systems 202, Chapter 28 MECHANICALLY LAMINATED DECKING 230493 MEDICAL GAS SYSTEMS 427 MEMBRANE ROOF COVERINGS 150711, 1507 12, 1507 13 MEMBRANE STRUCTURES 27022, 3102 MENTAL HOSPITALS (see INSTITUTIONAL 1-2) MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY (GROUP M) 309 Accessible 110912 Alarm and detection 90727 Area 503, 505, 506, 507, 508 Covered and open mall buildings 402 Hazardous material display and storage 41425 Height 503, 504, 505, 508 Incidental uses 509 Interior finishes Table 803 13, 804 Live load Table 1607 1 Means of egress Aisles 1018 3, 1018 4 Stairway, exit access 1019 Travel distance 402 8, 1006 3, 101621, 10172 Mixed occupancies 508 3, 508 4 Accessory 5082 Live/work units 419 Mall buildings 402 Parking below/above 510 2, 510 7, 5108, 5109 Special mixed 5102 Occupancy exceptions 3071 1 Plumbing fixtures 2902 Sprinkler protection 90327 Standpipes 90533 Unlimited area 507 5, 507 4, 507 13 METAL Aluminum Chapter 20 Roof coverings 1504 3 2, 1507 4, 1507 5 Steel Chapter 22 Veneer 14035 METAL COMPOSITE MATERIALS 1406 MEZZANINES 505 Accessibility 1104 4, 1108 2 4, 1108 2 9 Area limitations 505 2 1, 505 2 1 1, 505 3 1 Egress 505 2 2, 505 2 3, 1009 1 Equipment platforms 5053 Guards 505 3 3, 1015 1 Height 5052 Occupant load 100422 Stairways 712 1 11, 1011 14, 1019, 1023 2 MIRRORS 1010 1, 2406 1 MIXED OCCUPANCY (see OCCUPANCY SEPARATION) MODIFICATIONS 1044, 10410 MOISTURE PROTECTION 1209, 1402 2, 1503 MONASTERIES 3103 MORTAR 202 Ceramic the 210323 Dampproofing 180522 Fire resistance 714 4 1, 715 4 1 Glass unit masonry 21101 1 Masonry 21032 Rodentproofing Appendix F MOTELS 3102, 3103 710 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 1 I 1 CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( S I.-Ag,,vo ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER INDEX MOTION PICTURE PROJECTION ROOMS 409 Construction 4092 Exhaust air 409 3 2, 409 3 3 Lighting control 4094 Projection room 4093 Supply air 40931 Ventilation 4093 MOTOR FUEL -DISPENSING SYSTEM 4067 Accessibility 110914 MOTOR VEHICLE FACILITIES 304, 311, 406 MOVING, BUILDINGS 101 4 7, D103 3 MOVING WALKS 30042 Means of egress 10037 N NAILING 202, 2303 6, 2304, 2304 10 NONCOMBUSTIBLE BUILDING MATERIAL 7034 NURSES STATIONS (See CARE PROVIDER STATIONS) NURSING HOMES (see INSTITUTIONAL, GROUP 1-2) 308 3, 407 A OCCUPANCY Accessory 5071 1,5082 Certificates (see CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY) Change (see CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY) Floor loads Table 1607 1 Height in mixed occupancy buildings 5042 Roofs (See OCCUPIED ROOFS) Special Chapter 4 OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION Chapter 3 Covered and open mall buildings 402 Detailed requirements Chapter 4 Exceptions 303 1 1 through 303 1 4, 305 1 1, 305 2 1 through 305 2 3, 307 1 1, 308 2 3, 308 2 4, 308 3 2, 308 5 1 through 308 5 4, 31041,31111 HPM 41511 Mixed 508, 510 Occupied roofs 3021, 5031 4 OCCUPANCY SEPARATION Accessory 5082 Aircraft related 41241 Nonseparated use method 5083 Separated use method 5084 Special provisions 510 Unlimited area buildings 507 1 1, 507 4 1, 5078 OCCUPANT EVACUATION ELEVATORS 40352, 40362,3008 OCCUPANTLOAD Business Table 1004 2, 1004 8 Calculated 10045 Certificate of occupancy 111 Covered and open mall building 40282 Cumulative 10042 Increased 100451 Multiple function 10043 Multiple occupancies 10044 Outdoors 10047 Seating, fixed 10046 Signs 10049 OCCUPIED ROOFS 5031 4 OFFICE BUILDINGS (See GROUP B OCCUPANCIES) Classification 304 Live loads Table 1607 1, 1607 5 OPEN MALL BUILDINGS (see COVERED AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS) OPENING PROTECTION, EXTERIOR WALLS 7058 OPENING PROTECTION, FLOORS (see VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION) OPENING PROTECTIVES 7058, 7068, 707 6, 708 6, 709 5, 7121 131, 713 7, 716 Automatic -closing devices 90953 Fire door and shutter assemblies 70582, 712 1 13 1, 716 2 1 Fire windows 71634 Glass unit masonry (see GLASS UNIT MASONRY) 21101 1 Glazing 7166 ORGANIC COATINGS 418 ORGANIC PEROXIDES 307 4, 307 5 OXIDIZERS, LIQUID AND SOLID 3073, 307 4, 307 5 i PANIC HARDWARE 10101 10 PARAPET, EXTERIOR WALL 705 11, 2109 2 4 3 Construction 70511 1 Fire wall 7066 Height 70511 1 PARKING, ACCESSIBLE 1106, 1111 1 PARKING GARAGES 406 4, 406 5, 406 6 Accessibility 1105 1 1, 1106 1, 1106 7 4, 1111 1 Barriers, vehicle 202, 406 4 2, 1607 9 Classification 311, 312, 406 3, 406 4 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 711 I 1 I 1 COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Construction type 406 5 1, Table 601 PEDESTRIAN Enclosed Protection at construction site 3303 2, 3306 (see PARKING GARAGE, ENCLOSED) 4066 Walkways and tunnels 3104, 3202 3 4 Gates 40621, 3110 PENALTIES 1144 Guards 406 4 1, 2407 1 3 PENETRATION-FIRESTOP SYSTEM Height, clear 40622 Fire -rated horizontal assemblies 71452 Live loads Table 1607 1, 1607 11 1 3 Fire -rated walls 71442 Means of egress 1006 2 2 5, 1006 3, 1019 PENETRATIONS 714,717 Occupancy separation 508,510 Fire-resistant assemblies Open (see PARKING GARAGE, OPEN) 4065 Exterior wall 70510 Special provisions 510 Fire barrier 7077, 70710 Sprinkler protection 903210 Fire partition 7087, 7089 Underground 405 Fire wall 7069, 70611 Vertical openings 7121 10 Horizontal assemblies 7145 PARKING GARAGES, ENCLOSED 4066 Installation 7142 Area and height [see STORAGE Shaft enclosures 712 1, 713 1, 713 8, 713 10 OCCUPANCY (GROUPS)] 40661 Smoke barriers 709 6, 709 8, 714 5 4 Means of egress 1006 2 2 5, 1006 3, 1012 1 Smoke partitions 710 6, 710 7 Sprinkler protection 40663 Special inspection 170517 Ventilation 40662 Walls 7144 PARKING GARAGES, OPEN 202,4065 Nonfire-resistant assemblies 7146 Area and height [see STORAGE PERFORMANCE CATEGORY OCCUPANCY (GROUP S)] 4065 , Definition 202 406 5 1, Table 406 5 4 Construction type 40651 Wood structural panels 23031 5 Means of egress 406 5 7, Table 1006 2 1, PERLITE Table 721 1(1), Table 2507 2 1006 3, 1009 3, 1009 4, PERMITS 105 10121,10173, 1019, Application for 1042, 1051, 1053 1020 1, 1028 1 Drawings and specifications 10721 Mixed occupancy 40653 Expiration 1055 Standpipes 40658 Fees 109 Ventilation 406510 Liability for issuing 1048 PARTICLEBOARD 202 Placement of permit 1057 Draftstopping 71831 Plan review 1042, 1073 Moisture protection 1402 2, 1404 2 Suspension or revocation 1056 Quality 23031 8 Time limitations 10532, 1055 Veneer 14045 PHOTOVOLTAIC PANEL SYSTEMS 202 Wall bracing 230863 Ballasted, seismic design 16133 PARTITIONS Fire classification 1505 8, 1505 9 Fabric partition 202, 1607 15 1 Panels/modules 1512 Fire (see FIRE PARTITION) Photovoltaic module 202 Live loads 1607 5, 1607 15 Photovoltaic panel 202 Materials 602 4, 603 1(1), 603 1(11) Roof live loads 1607 13 5 Occupancy, specific 7081 Rooftop mounted 15107 Smoke (see SMOKE PARTITION) PIER FOUNDATIONS Toilets 1209 (see FOUNDATION, SHALLOW) PARTY WALLS PILE FOUNDATIONS (see FOUNDATION, DEEP) (see FIRE WALLS) 706 1 1, Table 716 1(3) PIPES PASSAGEWAY, EXIT (see EXIT) 10241 Embedded in fire protection 7048 PASSENGER STATIONS 3034 Insulation covering 720 1, 720 7 PATIO COVERS 2606 10, Appendix I Penetration protection 714, 10235 Under platform 4103 712 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 0I.-Ag,,vo S I ( I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER INDEX PLAIN CONCRETE (see CONCRETE) 1906 PLAN REVIEW 1073 PLASTER Fire -resistance requirements 719 Gypsum 7191 7192 Inspection 110 3 5 Portland cement 719 5, Table 2507 2, Table 2511 1 1 PLASTIC Chapter 26 Approval for use 26062 Composites 2612 Core insulation, reflective plastic 2614 Decking 1409, 2612 Fiber -reinforced polymer 2613 Finish and trim, exterior 26021 Finish and trim, interior 26023, 2604 Light -transmitting panels 2401 1,2607 Roof panels 2609 Signs 402 6 4, 2611, D102 2 10, H107 1 1 Thermal barrier 26034 Veneer 1403 8, 2605, D102 2 11 Walls, exterior 2603 4 1 4, 2603 5 PLASTIC, FOAM Children's play structures 4242 Insulation (see FOAM PLASTICS) 2603 Interior finish 8034, 26039 Malls 402 6 2, 402 6 4 5 Stages and platforms 41026 PLASTIC, LIGHT -TRANSMITTING Awnings and patio covers 260610 Bathroom accessories 26069 Exterior wall panels 2607 Fiberglass -reinforced polymer 26134 Fiber -reinforced polymer 26134 Glazing 2608 Greenhouses 2609 Light -diffusing systems 26067 Roof panels 2609 Signs, interior 2611 Skylight 2610 Solar collectors 260612 Structural requirements 26065 Unprotected openings 2608 1, 2608 2 Veneer, exterior 6031(15), 6031(17), 2605 Wall panels 2607 PLATFORM (see STAGES AND PLATFORMS) 410 Construction 4103 Temporary 41031 PLATFORM, EQUIMENT (see EQUIPMENT PLATFORM) PLATFORM LIFTS, WHEELCHAIR Accessible means of egress 1009 2, 1009 5, 1109 8, 2702 2 Accessibility 11098 PLUMBING (see TOILET AND TOILET ROOMS) 101 43, 105 2, Chapter 29 Aircraft hangars, residential 41244 Facilities, minimum 2902, 33051 Fixtures Table 2902 1 Room requirements 1209, 26069 PLYWOOD (see WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS) 202 Preservative -treated 23031 9 PRESCRIPTIVE FIRE RESISTANCE 721 PRESERVATIVE -TREATED WOOD 202 Fastenings 2304 10 5 Quality 23031 9 Required 1402 6, 2304 12 Shakes, roof covering 1507 9 6, 1507 9 8 PROJECTION ROOMS Motion picture 409 PROJECTIONS, COMBUSTIBLE 70523, 705231 PROPERTY LINE (see FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE) 7053 PROPERTY MAINTENANCE 10144 PROSCENIUM Opening protection 41025 Wall 41024 PSYCHIATRIC HOSPITALS (see INSTITUTIONAL 1-2) 3084 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM (see EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS) Covered and open mall buildings 4027, 907220, 27022 Special amusement buildings 411 5 PUBLIC PROPERTY Chapter 32, Chapter 33 PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY Encroachments Chapter 32 PYROPHORIC MATERIALS Table 307 1(1), 307 4 7 RAILING (see GUARDS AND HANDRAILS) RAMPS 1012 Assembly occupancy 102914 Construction 1012 2 through 1012 5 3, 1012 7,101210 Exit 1023 Exit access 1019 Exterior 1027 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 713 I 1 I 1 COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc 01jM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Guards 1012 9, 1015, 1607 8 Classification 303 1 4, 303 4, 305 1 1, Handrails 1012 8, 1014, 1607 8 305 2 1, 308 5 2 Interior 10122 Door operations 1010193 Landings 10126 Egress 1029 Parking garage 40643 Interior finishes Table 803 13, 804 Slope 10122 Unlimited area 507 6, 507 7 RECREATIONAL FACILITIES RELOCATING, BUILDING 101 4 7, 107 2 8, 3113 Accessibility 1110 Compliance 311311 Amusement rides 111048 Inspection agencies 31134 Animal containment areas 111047 Manufacturer's data plate 31133 Areas of sports activity 202, 111041 Supplemental information 31132 Boat slips 111049 REPAIRS, BUILDING 101 4 7, 202 Bowling lanes 111043 Flood 16121 Boxing rings 111045 Minor 10522 Court sports 111044 Permit required 1051 Exercise equipment 1110410 RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCY (GROUP R) 310 Fishing piers 1110411 Accessibility 1103 2 3, 1103 2 11, Gaming 110915 1105 1 7, 1106 2, 1107 2, Hot tubs 1110413 1107 3, 1107 4, 1107 6, E104 2 Miniature golf 1110412 Alarm and detection 907 5 2 3 2, 907 5 2 3 3, 902 8, 907 2 9, Referee stands 111046 92 07 2 10, 907 2 11 Shooting facilities 1110414 Area 503, 505, 506, 508, 510 Swimming pools 1110413 Cooking 4209, 42010 Team or player seating 111042 Draftstopping 708 4 2, 718 4 2 Children's play structure 40263, 424 Group provisions Special amusement buildings Group R-1 (transient) 3102 (see AMUSEMENT BUILDINGS, SPECIAL) Group R-2 (apartment) 3103 REFERENCED STANDARDS Chapter 35 Group R-3 (two dwellings per building) 3104 Applicability 1023, 1024 Group R-4 (group homes) 3105 Fire resistance 7032 Height 503, 504, 505, 508, 510 List Chapter 35 Incidental uses 509 Organizations Chapter 35 Interior finishes Table 803 13, 804 REFORMATORIES 3084 Live load Table 1607 1 REFRIGERATION (see MECHANICAL) 10142 Live/work units 419 Machinery room 1006222 Means of egress REFUGE AREAS (see HORIZONTAL EXIT, Aisles 10185 SMOKE COMPARTMENTS, STORM SHELTERS) 407 5 3, 408 62 , Corridors 1020 1, 1020 2 420 6 1, 422 3 2, 423 1 1, Doors 10101 1 4233, 4234, 10264 Emergency escape and rescue 10301 REFUSE CHUTE 71313 Exit signs 1013 1, 1013 2 REINFORCED CONCRETE (see CONCRETE) Single exits 10063 General 1901 2 Stairway, exit access 1019 Inspections 17053 Travel distance 1006 3 2, 1016 2 1, 1017 2 REINFORCEMENT Mixed occupancies 508 3, 508 4 Masonry 21034 Accessory 508 2, G801 1 Shotcrete 19084 Live/work units 419 RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, PLACES OF Parking, private 40628,4063 Accessibility 1103 2 8, 1108 2 4 Parking below/above 510 4, 510 7, 510 9 Alarms and detection 90721 Special mixed 5102 Balcony 1029 5, 1108 2 4 Plumbing fixtures 2902 714 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 0L-Ag,,-®,AOICC 4 I ( I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14.zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo,Axmbot-Ooossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp4okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER INDEX Risk category Table 1604 5 Special provisions 510 2, 510 5, 510 6 Separation 419, 420, 508 2 4, 508 3 3 Swimming pools 31091 Sprinkler protection 903 2 8, 903 3 2 RETAINING WALLS 1807 2, 2304 12 5 Flood provisions G801 4 Seismic 1803512 REVIEWING STANDS (see BLEACHERS AND GRANDSTANDS) RISERS, STAIR (see STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION) Alternating tread device 1011 14 Assembly 1011 5 2, 1029 6, 1029 7, 10299, 102914 Closed 1011553 General 1011 5 Spiral 1011 10 Uniformity 101154 RISK CATEGORY (Structural Design) 202, 16045 Multiple occupancies 160451 RODENTPROOFING Appendix F ROLL ROOFING 15076 ROOF ACCESS 1011 12 ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND ROOFTOP STRUCTURES 202 Cooling towers 15104 Drainage 1504, 3201 4 Fire classification 1505 Fire district D102 2 9 Height modifications 5043 Impact resistance 15047 Insulation 1508 Materials 1506 Mechanical equipment screen 15106 Parapet walls 15032, 15033 Penthouses 15102 Photovoltaic panels and modules 15107, 15121 Radiant barrier 202, 1509 Roof ventilation 202 Tanks 15103 Towers, spires, domes and cupolas 15105 Weather protection 1503 Wind resistance 1504 1, 1504 2, 1504 3, 16095 ROOF CONSTRUCTION Construction walkways 33067 Coverings (see ROOF COVERINGS) 160952 Deck 160951 Draftstopping 7184 Fire resistance Table 601 Fireblocking 7182 Live loads Table 1607 1, 1607 12, 3111 1 2 Materials Chapter 6 Penetration of fire-resistant assemblies 714 Protection from adjacent construction 33071 Rain loads 1611 Roof structures 504 3, 1509, D102 2 9 Signs, roof mounted H110 Slope, minimum Chapter 15 Solar systems, rooftop -mounted 3111 1, 3111 3 2 Snow load 1608 Trusses 2211 1 3, 2303 4, 2308 7 13 Ventilation 12022 Wood (see ROOF CONSTRUCTION, WOOD) ROOF CONSTRUCTION, WOOD 602 4, 602 5 Anchorage to walls 160482 Attic access 12082 Ceiling joists 230871 Diaphragms 2305 1, 2306 2 Fastening requirements 230410 Fire -retardant -treated Table 601, 6031(1) Framing 2304 11 4, 2308 7 Rafters 2306 1 1, 2308 7 2 Sheathing 2304 8 2, 2308 7 10 Trusses 2303 4, 2308 7 13 Ventilation, attic 12022 Wind uplift 230875 ROOF COVERINGS 1507 Asphalt shingles 15072 Built up 150710 Clay the 15073 Concrete the 15073 Fire district D102 2 4 Fire resistance 603 1(3), 1505 Flashing 1503 2, 1503 5, 1507 2 8, 1507 3 9, 1507 5 7, 1507 7 7, 1507 8 8, 1507 9 9 Impact resistance 15047 Insulation 1508 Liquid -applied coating 150715 Membrane 3102 Metal roof panels 15074 Metal roof shingles 15075 Modified bitumen 150711 Photovoltaic roof panels, building -integrated 150718 Photovoltaic shingles 150717 Plastics, light -transmitting panels 2609 Reroofing 202, 1511 Roll 15076 Roof recover 202, 1511 31 Roof replacement 202, 1511 3 Single -ply membrane 202, 150712 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 715 I I I I COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Slate shingles 15077 SEISMIC 1613 Sprayed polyurethane foam 150714 Cold -formed steel 2210 2, 2211 1 1 Thermoplastic single -ply 150713 Construction documents 107, 1603 1 5, 1603 1 9 Wind loads 1504 1, 1609 5 Earthquake recording equipment Appendix L Wood shakes 15079 Fire resistance 70412 Wood shingles 15078 Geotechnical investigation 1803 5 11, 1803 5 12 ROOF DECK 202 Glazing 2404 ROOF DRAINAGE 1502 Loads 1613 Scuppers 202, 15023 Mapped acceleration parameters 161321, ROOF, OCCUPIED 5031 4 Figures 1613 2 1(1) through 1613 2 1(8) ROOF REPLACEMENT/RECOVERING 1511 3 Masonry 2106 ROOF STRUCTURE (see ROOF ASSEMBLIES AND Membrane structure 31027 ROOFTOP STRUCTURES) Seismic design category 202, 161325 ROOM DIMENSIONS 1208 Seismic detailing 16049 ROOMING HOUSE (see BOARDING HOUSE) 310 Site class 202, 161322 Site coefficients 202, 161324 S Special inspection 170512 Statement of special inspections 170432 SAFEGUARDS Steel 2205 2, 2206 2 DURING CONSTRUCTION Chapter 33 Structural observations 170462 Accessibility 110325 Structural testing 170513 Adjoining property protection 3307 Wood 2305, 2308 6 6, 2308 6 8, 2308 6 10 Construction 3302 SERVICE SINKS 1109 3, Table 2902 1 Demolition 3303 SERVICE STATION Excavations 18041 (see MOTOR FUEL -DISPENSING FACILITIES) Fire extinguishers 3309 SHAFT (see SHAFT ENCLOSURE Fire watch 3314 AND VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION) 202 Means of egress 3310 SHAFT ENCLOSURE Protection of pedestrians 3306 (see VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION) 713 Sanitary facilities 3305 Continuity 713 5, 713 11, 713 12 Site work 3304 Elevators 71314 Sprinkler protection 3312 Exceptions 713 2, 1019, 1023 Standpipes 33081 1, 3311 Exterior walls 7136 Temporary use of streets, alleys and Fire -resistance rating 70731,7134 public property 3308 Group 1-3 4085 SAFETY GLAZING 716 1 2 1, 2406 High-rise buildings 403 2 1 2, 403 2 3, SCHOOLS (see EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCY) 403 3 1 1, 403 5 1 SEATING Joints 713 9, 715 Accessibility 1108 2,1109 11 Materials 7133 Tables 1029 9, 1029 13 1 Opening protection 713 8, 713 10, 714, 717 5 3 SEATING, FIXED 1029 Penetrations 7138 Accessibility 1108 2,1109 11 Refuse and laundry chutes 71313 Aisles 1029 9, 1029 13 Required 7131 Bleachers (see BLEACHERS) SHEAR WALL Grandstands (see GRANDSTANDS) Gypsum board and plaster 2505 Guards 102917 Masonry 202 Live load Table 1607 1 Wood 202, 2305 1, 2306 3 Occupant load 10046 SHEATHING Stability 102915 Clearance from earth 2304 12 1 2 Temporary 108 Fastening 230410 SECURITY GLAZING 4087 Fiberboard Table 2306 3(2) SECURITY GRILLES 402 8 8, 1010 1 4 5 Floor 2304 8, 2308 4 7 716 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 0I.i S I ( I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto Ag,,vo ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER INDEX Gypsum Table 2506 2, 2508 Moisture protection 2304 12 1 2 Roof 23048 Roof sheathing 2308710 Wall 2304 6, 2308 5 11 Wood structural panels 23031 5 SHOPPING CENTERS (see COVERED AND OPEN MALL BUILDINGS) SHOTCRETE 1908 SHUTTERS, FIRE (see OPENING PROTECTIVES) 71621 SIDEWALKS 105 2(6), G801 4 Live loads Table 1607 1 SIGNS 3107, Appendix H Accessibility 1013 4, 1110, E106 4 9, E107, E109 2 2 Accessible means of egress 100982, 1009 9 through 1009 11 Animated devices H108 Construction H105, H107 Covered and open mall building 40264 Doors 1010 1 9 4, 1010 1 9 8, 1010 1 9 9 Electrical H106 Elevators 1109 7,1111 2, 3002 3, 3007 6 5, 3008 6 5 Encroachment, public right-of-way 320231 Exit 1013, 27022 Floor loads 1061 Ground H109 Height limitation H109 1, H112 4 Illumination H106 1 Luminous 403 5 5, 1013 5, 1025 Marquee H113 Obstruction 1003 3 2, 1003 3 3, H103 Occupant load, assembly 10049 Parking spaces 1111 1 Plastic 2611, D102210 Portable H114 Projecting H112 Protruding objects 10033 Roof H110 Stairway identification 1023 8, 1023 9, 1111 2, 1111 3 Standpipe control valve 90571 Toilet room 1111 1, 1111 2, 2902 4, 2902 4 1 Transportation E108 4, E109 2 2 Variable message 1111 4 Walls 703 6, H111 SITE DRAWINGS 10726 SITE WORK 3304 SKYLIGHTS 2405, 31063 Light, required 12042 Loads 2404 Plastic 2610 Protection from adjacent construction 33071 Vertical opening protective 7121 15 SLAB ON GROUND, CONCRETE 1907, 2304 12 1 4 SLATE SHINGLES 15077 SLEEPING UNITS 202 Accessibility 1103 2 11, 1103 2 13, 1105 1 6, 1106 2, 1106 7 2, 1107 Cooking appliances Group I Group R Scoping Separation SMOKE ALARMS Bathrooms Cooking appliances Live/work unit Multiple -station Residential aircraft hangars Residential occupancies Single -station SMOKE BARRIERS Construction Doors Fire -resistance rating Glazing, rated Inspection Joints Marking Materials Opening protection Penetrations Smoke control Special provisions Ambulatory care facilities 420 10, 420 10 2 308 310 101 2 420 2, 420 3 907211 4 907211 3 419 5, 907 2 11 2 907211 41243,41244, 907221 420 5, 907 2 11 1, 907211 2 907211 202 407 5, 709 4, 909 5 709 5, 716 2 2 1, 909 5 3 703, 7093 71634 11037 709 7, 715 7036 7092 709 5, 714 4, 714 5 4, 716, 717 5 5, 909 5 3 7096, 714 9095 Group 1-1 Group 1-2 Group 1-3 Underground SMOKE COMPARTMENT Refuge area (see REFUGE AREA) SMOKE CONTROL Amusement buildings, special Atrium buildings Covered and open mall building Group 1-3 4222, 4223,70951 4206,70951 4075 4086, 4087 405 4 2, 405 4 3 407, 408, 422 909 411 1 4045 40272 4089 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 717 I I I I COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX High-rise (smoke removal) 403 4 7, 1023 11 Foundation walls 1807 1 5, 3304 1 4 Special inspections 170518 Geotechnical investigation 1803 Stages 410272 Grading 1804 4, Appendix J Standby power systems 909 11, 909 20 6 2, Load -bearing values 1806 27022 Soil boring and sampling 18034 Underground buildings 4055 Soil lateral load 1610 SMOKE DAMPERS 717 2 through 717 5 Special inspection 17056 SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS 3111 (see FIRE ALARM AND Photovoltaic systems 3111 3 SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS) 907 Roof live load 3111 1 2 SMOKE DETECTORS Solar thermal systems 3111 2 Covered and open mall building 402861, Wind resistance 3111 1 1 907220 High-rise buildings 403 4 1, 907 2 13 SORORITIES 3103 HPM 4151193 SOUND -INSULATING MATERIALS (see INSULATION) 720 Institutional 1-2 4078 SOUND TRANSMISSION 1206 Smoke -activated doors 716266 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Chapter 31 Special amusement buildings 411 4 Automatic vehicular gates 3110 Underground buildings 907218 Awnings and canopies SMOKE DEVELOPMENT 202,8031 2, (see AWNINGS and CANOPIES) 3105 Table 803 13 Marquees (see MARQUEES) 3106 SMOKE EXHAUST SYSTEMS Membrane structures Underground buildings 405 5, 907 2 18, 909 2 (see MEMBRANE STRUCTURES) 3102 SMOKE PARTITIONS 202,710 New materials 1702 Continuity 7104 Pedestrian walkways and tunnels (see WALKWAYS Doors 7105 and TUNNELED WALKWAYS) 3104 Ducts and air transfer openings 7108 Signs (see SIGNS) 3107 Fire -resistance rating 7103 Solar energy systems 3111 Inspection 11037 Swimming pool enclosures and safety devices Joints 7107 (see SWIMMING POOL) 3109 Marking 7036 Telecommunication and broadcast towers Materials 7102 (see TOWERS) 3108 Opening protection 7105,71757 Temporary structures Penetrations 7106 (see TEMPORARY STRUCTURES) 3103 Special provisions SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS Atriums 4046 (see INSPECTIONS) 110 3 10, Chapter 17 Group 1-2 4073 Alternative test procedure 1707 SMOKE REMOVAL (High rise) 40347 Approvals 1703 SMOKE VENTS 410271,910 Continuous special inspection 202 SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURES 403 5 4, 1023 11 Contractor responsibilities 17044 Design 90920 Design strengths of materials 1706 SNOW LOAD 1608 General 1701 Glazing 2404 In -situ load tests 1708 SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS Periodic special inspection 202 (see FOUNDATION) Chapter 18 Preconstruction load tests 1709 Depth of footings 18094 Special inspections 1705 Excavation, grading and fill 1804, 3304, J106, J107 Statement of special inspections 17043 Expansive 1803 5 3, 1808 6 Structural observations 17046 Flood hazard 18084 Testing seismic resistance 170513 Footings and foundations 1808 SPECIAL INSPECTOR 202 Footings on or adjacent to slopes 18087, Qualifications 170421 33041 3 718 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 0I.i S I ( I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm, (hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRm66 dNmod)O[dN=bx10081vmc ocJan IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) Tug tto Ag,,vo ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo,AxmboemPOoossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI—IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER INDEX SPIRAL STAIRWAYS 101110 Construction 1011 2,1011 3,1011 10 Exceptions 1011 5 2,1011 5 3, 1011 5 5 3, 1011 10 Group 1-3 40834 Live/work 41932 Stages 410534 SPORTS ACTIVITY, AREA OF (see RECREATIONAL FACILITIES) 202, 111041 SPRAY APPLICATION OF FLAMMABLE FINISHES 416 SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS 202 Application 70413 Inspection 1705 14, 1705 15 Steel column calculated fire resistance 722522 SPRINKLER SYSTEM, AUTOMATIC 903, 3312 Exempt locations 90331 1 1,90331 1 2 Fire department location 912 Limited area sprinkler systems 90338 Signs 9142 SPRINKLER SYSTEM, REQUIRED 903 Aircraft related 412 2 4, 412 3 6, 41245 Ambulatory care facilities 4224, 90322 Amusement buildings, special 411 3 Assembly 903 2 1, 1029 6 2 3 Atrium 4043 Basements 903211 1 Building area 5062 Children's play structures 4243 Combustible storage 413 Commercial kitchen 903211 5 Construction 903212 Covered and open mall building 4025 Drying rooms 4174 Education 90323 Exempt locations 903 3 1 1 1, 903 3 1 1 2 Factory 90324 Fire areas 707310 Hazardous materials Table 414 2 5(1), Table 414 2 5(2), 903 2 11 4 Hazardous occupancies 415 4, 415 11 6 4, 5 415 11 11, 705 8 1, 903 2 Height increase Table 504 3 High-rise buildings 403 3, 903 2 11 3 Incidental uses Table 509 Institutional 407 7, 408 11, 420 5, 903 2 6, 903 3 2 Laundry chutes, refuse chutes, termination rooms and incinerator rooms 713 13, 903 2 11 2 Live/work units 4195,90328 Mercantile 90327 Mezzanines 505 2 1, 505 2 3, 505 3 2 Multistory buildings 903211 3 Occupied roofs 5031 4 Parking garages 406 6 3, 903 2 9 1, 903 2 10 1 Residential 420 4, 903 2 8, 903 3 2 Special amusement buildings 411 3 Spray finishing booth 4165 Stages 4106 Storage 903 2 9, 903 2 10 Supervision (see SPRINKLER SYSTEM, SUPERVISION) 9034 Underground buildings 405 3, 903 2 11 1 Unlimited area 507 SPRINKLER SYSTEM, SUPERVISION 9034 Service 901 6 Underground buildings 4053 STAGES AND PLATFORMS 303,410 Dressing rooms 4104 Fire barrier wall 410 4 1, 410 4 2 Floor finish and floor covering 410 2, 410 3, 804 4, 805 1 Horizontal assembly 410 4 1, 410 4 2 Means of egress 4105 Platform, temporary 41031 Platform construction 410 3, 603 1(12) Proscenium curtain 41025 Proscenium wall 41024 Roof vents 410271 Scenery 41026 Smoke control 410272 Sprinkler protection 4106 Stage construction 4102, 603 1(12) Standpipes 4107,90534 Technical production areas 202, 41022,41053 Ventilation 41027 STAIRWAY (see ALTERNATING TREAD DEVICES, SPIRAL STAIRWAYS, STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION and STAIRWAY ENCLOSURE) STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION Alternating tread 1011 14 Circular (see Curved) Construction 1011 7 Curved 1011 4, 1011 9 Discharge barrier 10238 During construction 3310 1 Elevators 1011 12 1, 1023 4, 1023 10, 30027 Enclosure under 1011 7 3, 1011 7 4 Exit access 1019 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 719 I I I I COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX S S S Exterior exit 1027, 10281 Fireblocking 71824 Guards 1015 2, 1015 3, 1607 7 Handrails 1011 11, 1014, 16077 Headroom 1011 3 Interior exit 1023 Illumination 1008 2, 1204 4, 12045 Ladders 408 3 5, 410 5 3 4, 1011 15, 1011 16 Landings 1011 6, 1011 8 Live load Table 1607 1, 1607 8 Locking 10101 912 Luminous 403 5 5, 411 6 1, 1025 Roof access 1011 12 Seismic anchorage 2308410 Spiral (see SPIRAL STAIRWAYS) 40834 , 410534,41932,101116 Stepped aisles 1029 14 2 Transitions 1029 9 7, 1029 9 8, 1029 10 Travel distance 101731 Treads and risers 1011 4, 1011 5 Width/capacity 1005 3 1, 1011 2 Winders 1011 4, 1011 5, 1011 10 TAIRWAY ENCLOSURE 713 1, 1019, 1023 Accessibility 10093 Construction 1019, 10232 Discharge 102331, 10281 Doors 716 2 6 1, 1010 1 9 12 Elevators within 1023 4, 3002 7 Exit access 1019 Exterior walls 705 2, 707 4, 708 5, 713 6 10232, 10276 Fire-resistant construction 10192, 10232 Group 1-2 10194 Group 1-3 40838, 10194 High-rise 4035 Penetrations 10235 Pressurization 909 6, 909 20 5, 1023 11 Smokeproof 403 5 4, 405 7 2, 909 20, 1023 11 Space below, use 1011 7 3, 1011 7 4 Ventilation 10236 TANDARDS (see REFERENCED STANDARDS) TANDBY POWER 2702 1, 2702 2, 2702 4 Atriums 404 7, 2702 2 Covered and open mall buildings 40273, 27022 Elevators 1009 4, 2702 2, 3003 1, 3007 8, 3008 8 Fuel line piping protection 27021 2 Hazardous occupancy 414 5 2, 415 11 10, 421 7, 27022 High-rise 403 4 8, 2702 2 Horizontal sliding doors 1010 1 4 3, 2702 2 Membrane structures 27022 Platform lifts 10095, 27022 Smoke control 90911, 27022 Smokeproof enclosure 9092062, 27022 Special inspection 1705 12 6 Underground buildings 405 8, 2702 2 STANDPIPE AND HOSE SYSTEMS (see STANDPIPES, REQUIRED) 905, 31064, 33081 1,3311 Cabinet locks 90572 Dry 9058 Hose connection location 9051, 905 4 through 905 6, 912 STANDPIPES, REQUIRED Assembly 905 3 1, 905 3 2, 905 3 4 Covered and open mall buildings 40271, 90533 During construction 90510, 3311 Elevators, fire service access 30079 Helistops 90536 Marinas 90537 Parking garages 40658 Roof gardens and landscaped roofs 90538 Stages 4107, 90534 Underground buildings 4059, 90535 STATE LAW 1022 STEEL Chapter 22 Bolting 22042 Cable structures 2208 Calculated fire resistance 7225 Cold -formed 202, 2210, 2211 Composite structural steel and concrete 2206 Conditions of restraint 70323 Decks 22101 1 Identification 2202 Joists 202, 2207 Open -web joist 2207 Parapet walls 1503 3, 1503 5 Protection 2203 Seismic provisions 2205 2, 2206 2, 2207 1 1, 2210 2, 2211 1 1 Special inspections 17053 Storage racks 2209 Structural steel 2205 Welding 22041 STONE VENEER 14047 Slab -type 14048 STOP WORK ORDERS 115 STORAGE OCCUPANCY (GROUP S) 311 Accessibility 11083 Accessory 311 1 1 720 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( S I.-Ag,,vo ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER INDEX Area 406 5 4, 406 5 5, 406 6 1, 503, 505, 506, 507, 508 Equipment platforms 5052 Group provisions Hazard storage, low, Group S-2 311 3 Hazard storage, moderate, Group S-1 311 2 Hazardous material display and storage 41425 Height 406 5 4, 406 6 1, 503, 504, 505, 508, 510 Incidental uses 509 Interior finishes Table 803 13, 804 Live loads Table 1607 1 Means of egress Aisles 10185 Stairway, exit access 1019 Travel distance 1006 3, 1016 2 1, 1017 2, 1017 2 2 Mixed occupancies 508 3, 508 4 Accessory 311 1 1,5082 Parking above/below 5103, 5104, 510 7, 510 8, 510 9 Special mixed 5102 Occupancy exception 311 1 1 Plumbing fixtures 2902 Special provisions Aircraft related occupancies 412 High -piled combustible 413 Parking garages 406, 510 Sprinkler protection 903210 Unlimited area 507 3, 507 4, 507 5 STORM SHELTER 423 Emergency operation facilities 4233 Education 4234 Refuge area (see REFUGE AREA) Risk category 160451 STRENGTH Design requirements 16042 Masonry 202 Nominal 202 Required 202 STRENGTH DESIGN 202, 16041 Factored load 202 Limit state 202 Load combinations 16051 Load factor 202 Masonry 2108 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 107 2 7, Chapter 16 Aluminum Chapter 20 Concrete Chapter 19 Foundations Chapter 18 Masonry Chapter 21 Steel Chapter 22 Wood Chapter 23 STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION 202, 17046 STUCCO 2512 SUSCEPTIBLE BAY Definition 202 Ponding instability 1611 2 SWIMMING POOL 3109 Accessibility 1110 2, 1110 3, 1110 4 13 Flood provisions G801 5 Glass 24064 Toilet facilities for public pools Table 2902 1, 29021 1 11 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION AREAS 41022, 41053 TELEPHONE EXCHANGES 304 TELESCOPIC SEATING (see FOLDING AND TELESCOPIC SEATING) TEMPORARY STRUCTURES 3103 Certificate of occupancy 1083, 111 3 Conformance 108 2, 3103 1 1 Construction documents 31032 Encroachment, public rights -of -way 32023 Flood provisions G901 Means of egress 31034 Permit 1081, 31031 2 Power, temporary 1083, 1122 Termination of approval 1084 TENANT SEPARATION Covered and open mall building 402 4 2 1, 708 1 TENTS (see TEMPORARY STRUCTURES) TERMITES, PROTECTION FROM 230412 TERRA COTTA 14049 TESTING Automatic fire -extinguishing systems 9044 Automatic water mist systems 90411 3 Building official required 10411 1 Carbon dioxide systems 9048 Clean agent system 90410 Dry chemical systems 9046 Emergency and standby power 27024 Fire alarm systems 907 7, 907 8 Fire pumps 9135 Fire-resistant materials 7032 Foam systems 9047 Glazing 2406, 2408 2 1 Halon systems 9049 Personnel and material hoists 30044 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 721 I I 1 I COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX Roof the 150421 Seismic 170513 Sound transmission 1207 Smoke control 909 3, 909 5 2, 909 10 2, 909 12 1, 909 13 3, 909 18, 909 20 6 3, 909 21 7, 1705 18 Soils 1803 Sprinkler protection 9035 Structural (see SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS) Wet chemical systems 9045 THEATERS [see ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY (GROUP A, PROJECTION ROOMS and STAGES AND PLATFORMS)] 3032 THERMAL BARRIER, FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION 2603 4, 2603 5 2 THERMAL -INSULATING MATERIALS (see INSULATION) 719 TILE 202 Ceramic (see CERAMIC TILE) Fire resistance, clay or shale 721 1 TOILETS and TOILET ROOMS Chapter 29, 3305 Accessible 1109 2, 1109 3, 1607 8 2 Construction/finish materials 1209 Door locking 1109 2 1 7, 2902 3 5 Family or assisted -use 110921, 2902 1 3, 2902 2 1 Fixture count Table 2902 1 Grab bar live loads 160782 Lavatory distribution 29021 4 Location 2902 3 1, 2902 3 2, 2902 3 3, 2903 3 6 Partitions 12093 Privacy 12093 Public facilities 29023 Signs 1111 1, 1111 2, 2902 4, 2902 4 1 Single user 29021 3 Ventilation 1202521 TORNADO SHELTER (see STORM SHELTER) TOWERS Airport traffic control 4122 Cooling 15104 Location and access 31082 Radio 3108 Television 3108 TOXIC MATERIALS [see HIGH -HAZARD OCCUPANCY (GROUP H)] Classification 307 6, 414, 415 Gas detection system 415 11 7, 421 5, 908 3 TRANSPORTATION E108, E109, E110 TRAVEL DISTANCE Area of refuge 100961 Assembly seating 10297 Atrium 4049 Balcony, exterior 101721 Care suites (Group 1-2) 407 4 2, 407 4 4 Common path of travel 101621 Drinking fountains 2902 5 Exit access 10172 Mall 402 8 5, 402 8 6 Measurement 10173 Refrigeration machinery/ refrigerated rooms 1006 2 2 2, 1006 2 2 3 Smoke compartments (Group 1-2 and 1-3) 4075, 4086, 4089 Special amusement building 411 3 Stories with one exit 100633 Toilet facilities 2902 3 2, 2902 3 3 TREADS, STAIR (see STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION) Concentrated live load Table 1607 1 TREATED WOOD 202 Fire -retardant -treated wood 23032 Pressure -treated wood 23031 9 Stress adjustments 23061 3 TRUSSES Cold -formed steel 2211 1 3 Fire resistance 7045 Materials Chapter 6 Metal -plate -connected wood 230346 Wood 23034 TSUNAMI Flood hazard Appendix M Loads 1615 TUNNELED WALKWAY 3104, 3202 1 TURNSTILES 10103 U UNDERGROUND BUILDINGS 405 Alarms and detection 4056 Compartmentation 4054 Construction type 4052 Elevators 40543 Emergency power loads 405 8, 2702 2 Means of egress 4057 Smoke barrier 405 4 2, 405 4 3 Smoke exhaust/control 4055 Smokeproof enclosure 405 7 2, 1023 11 Sprinkler protection 4053 722 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® I I CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17mcOIJM14,zmoo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( S I.i Ag,,vo ,AOIcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd ANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIEETHEREUNDER INDEX Standby power 4058, 27022 Standpipe system 4059, 90535 UNDERLAYMENT 202, 1507 1 1, 1507 2 3, 1507 3 3, 1507 4 5, 1507 5 3, 1507 6 3, 1507 7 3, Table 1507 8, 1507 8 3, 1507 9 3, 1507 17 3, 1507 18 3 Application 1507 1 1, 1507 3 3, 1507 18 4 Ice barrier 1507 1 2, 1507 2 7, 1507 5 4, 1507 6 4, 1507 7 4, 1507 8 4, 1507 9 4, 1507 17 4 UNLIMITED AREA BUILDINGS 507 UNSAFE STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT (see STRUCTURES, UNSAFE) 115 Appeals 113, Appendix B Revocation of permit 1056 Stop work orders 115 Utilities disconnection 1123 UNSTABLE MATERIALS 307 3, Table 414 2 5(1), Table 414 5 1, Table 415 6 2, 41571,4159 UNUSABLE SPACE 71233 USE AND OCCUPANCY Chapter 3 Accessory 5082 Classification 3021 Detailed requirements based on occupancy and use Chapter 4 Incidental uses 509, Table 509 Mixed 508 3, 508 4 Use designation 3022 UTILITIES 112 Service connection 1121 Service disconnection 1123 Temporary connection 1122 UTILITY AND MISCELLANEOUS OCCUPANCY (GROUP U) 312 Accessibility 1103 2 4, 1104 3 1 Agricultural buildings Appendix C Area 503, 505, 506, 507, 508 Flood provisions G1001 Height 503, 504, 508 Incidental uses 509 Live loads Table 1607 1 Means of egress Exit signs 10131 Stairway, exit access 1019 Mixed occupancies 508 3, 508 4 Special provisions Private garages and carports 4063 Residential aircraft hangars 4124 Sprinkler protection 903211 Travel distance 1016 2 1, 1017 1, 1006 3 T LIFT -A Gr 0 Eel Eel Ii (see FEES, PERMIT) 1093 VEHICLE BARRIER SYSTEMS 202, 406 4 2, 16079 VEHICLE SHOW ROOMS 304 VEHICULAR FUELING 4067 VEHICULAR GATES 3110 VEHICULAR REPAIR 4068 VENEER Cement plaster 140415 Fastening 140417 Fiber -cement siding 140416 Glazing 140412 Masonry, adhered 1404 10, 2101 2 1, 210324 Masonry, anchored 14046, 2101 21 Metal 140411 Plastic 2605 Slab -type 14048 Stone 14047 Terra cotta 14049 Vinyl 140414 Wood 14045 VENTILATION (see MECHANICAL) 10142 Aircraft paint hangars 41256 Attic 1202 2, 1503 4 Bathrooms 1202421 Crawl space 12024 Exhaust, hazardous 12026 Exhaust, HPM 41511 102 Exit enclosure 10236 Fabrication areas, HPM 41511 1 6 Hazardous 414 3, 415 9 1 7, 415 11 1 6, 415 11 5 8, 415 11 6 4, 415 11 7, 415 11 9 3 High-rise stairways 102311 HPM service corridors 4151132 Live/work unit 4198 Mechanical 12021 Natural 12025 Parking 406 5 2, 406 5 5, 406 5 10, 40662 Projection rooms 4093 Repair garages 40681 Roof 12022 Smoke exhaust 910 Smoke removal, high-rise buildings 40347 Smokeproof enclosures 909 20 3, 909 20 4, 909 20 6, 1023 11 Spray rooms and spaces 41622, 4163 Stages 410 2 5, 410 2 7 Under -floor ventilation 12024 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 723 I I I I COTFIghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER INDEX VENTS, PENETRATION PROTECTION 714 VERMICULITE, FIRE RESISTANT 721 VERTICAL OPENING PROTECTION Atriums 4046 Duct penetrations 717 1 Elevators 713 14, 3007 6 1, 3008 6 1 Exceptions 1019, 10232 Group 1-3 4085 High-rise 403 2 1 2, 403 2 3, 403 5 1 Live/work units 4194 Open parking garages 40659 Permitted vertical openings 712 Shaft enclosure 713, 1019, 1023 2 VESTIBULES, EXIT DISCHARGE 10281 VINYL Expanded 202, 803 7, 803 8 Rigid 140414 VIOLATIONS 114 VOICE ALARM (see ALARMS, VOICE) ITA WALKWAY 3104 During construction 3306 Encroachment, public right-of-way 320234 Fire resistance Table 601 Live load Table 1607 1 Materials per construction type Chapter 6 Opening protection 716,717 WALL, EXTERIOR 705, 1401 Bearing Chapter 6 Combustible wall covering 1405 Coverings 1404 Drawings 10724 Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) 1407 Exterior structural members 70410 Fire district D102 1, D102 2 6 Fire -resistance ratings Table 602, 703, 705 5, 706 5 1, 707 4, 1402 4 Flashing, veneered walls 1404 4, 1404 10 1 Foam plastic insulation 2603 4 1 4, 2603 5 Glazing, rated 7155 Joints 705 9, 714 Light -transmitting plastic panels 2607 Materials 7054, 14031, 1405 Metal Composite Materials (MCM) 1406 Nonbearing Chapter 6 Opening protection 705 8, 705 10, 716 2 5 4 Parapets 70511 Performance requirements 1402 Projections 7052 Structural stability 7056 Vapor retarders 14043 Veneer (see VENEER) Weather resistance 1402 2, 1404 2, 1406 6, 1407 4 Weather -resistant barriers 14042 WALL, FIRE (see FIRE WALLS) WALL, FOUNDATION (see FOUNDATION) WALL, INTERIOR Finishes 803, 12092 Opening protection 716,717 WALL, INTERIOR NONBEARING (see PARTITIONS) WALL, MASONRY 202 Wood contact 2304 12 1 3, 2304 12 2 1 WALL, PARAPET 705 11, 1503 3, 2109243 WALL, PARTY (see FIRE WALLS) WALL, PENETRATIONS 7144 WALL, RETAINING (see RETAINING WALL) WALL, VENEERED (see VENEER) Chapter 14 WALL, WOOD CONSTRUCTION Bracing 23086 Cutting, notching, boring 230859 Exterior framing 2308 5 Fastening schedule Table 2304 10 1 Framing 2304 3, 2308 5 Interior bearing partition 230854 Interior nonbearing partition 23085 1 Openings 230855 Shear walls 2305 1,23063 Sheathing (see SHEATHING) Studs 230851 Top plates 2308532 WATER -REACTIVE MATERIALS Table 307 1(1), 307 4, 307 5 415 8 4 WEATHER PROTECTION Exterior walls 14042 Roofs 1503 WELDING 22041 Materials, verification of steel reinforcement 170532 Special inspections 1705 2, 1705 3 1, 1705 12 3 Splices of reinforcement in masonry 21073, 21083 WIND LOAD 1609 Basic design wind speed 16093 Construction documents 107, 16031 4 Exposure category 16094 Glazing 1609 2, 2404 Hurricane -prone regions 202 Masonry, empirical design 21091 1 Nominal design wind speed 160931 724 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® CoTF,ghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dwoodmm).(Qtyof Pnmdv ood)O,d,,N=b¢x100e17mcOIJM14.zm0015e PM(PST)pu mtto 4 I ( I VILL­Fg,, ^®,AOICC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® Ooossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp4okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENEEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER INDEX Roofs 1504 1, 1609 5, 2308 7 5 Seismic detailing required 160410 Special inspection 170511 Statement of special inspections 17043 Structural observation 170462 Wind tunnel testing 150421 2, 16091 1 Windborne debris region 202 WINDERS, STAIR (see STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION) WINDOW Accessibility 1109 13 1 Emergency egress 1030 Exterior, structural testing 17095 Fire (see OPENING PROTECTIVES) 7162, 71628 Glass (see GLAZING) 140413 Guards 10158 Required light 1204 1, 1204 2 Wells 10305 WIRES, PENETRATION PROTECTION 714 WOOD Chapter 23 Allowable stress design 2306 Bracing, walls 23086 Calculated fire resistance 7226 Ceiling framing 23087 Connectors and fasteners 230410 Contacting concrete, masonry or earth 2304 12 1 3, 2304 12 1 4, 2304 12 2 1, 2304 12 2 2, 2304 12 3 Decay, protection against 230412 Diaphragms 2305 1, 2305 2, 2306 2 Draftstopping 718 3, 718 4 End -jointed lumber 23031 1 2 Fiberboard 2303 1 5, Table 2306 3(2) Fireblocking 7182 Fire -retardant treated 23032 Floor and roof framing (see FLOOR CONSTRUCTION, WOOD) 23044 Floor sheathing 23048 Foundation 1807 1 4, 2308 6 7 4 Grade, lumber 23031 1 Hardboard 23031 7 Heavy timber construction 602 4, 2304 11 Hurricane shutters 16092 I -joist 23031 2 Inspection, special 1705 5, 1705 11 1, 1705 12 2 Lateral force -resisting systems 2305 Light -frame construction, conventional 2308 Load and resistance factor design 2307 Moisture content 2303 1 9 2, 2303 2 6 Nails and staples 23036 Plywood, hardwood 23033 Preservative treated 1402 5, 1402 6, 2303 1 9 Roof framing (see ROOF CONSTRUCTION, WOOD) 23044 Roof sheathing 23048 Seismic provisions 2305, 2306, 2308 6 6, 2308 6 8, 2308 6 10 Shear walls 2305, 23063 Standards and quality, minimum 2303 Structural panels 202, 2303 1 5 Supporting concrete or masonry 230413 Termite, protection against 230412 Trusses 23034 Veneer Chapter 14 Wall framing (see WALL, WOOD CONSTRUCTION) 23043 Wall sheathing, exterior 23046 Wood Frame Construction Manual 2309 WOOD SHINGLES AND SHAKES 1507 8, 1507 9 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS (see WOOD) 202, 2303 1 5 Bracing 23086 Decorative 23033 Diaphragms 23052, 23062 Fastening 230410 Fire -retardant -treated 23032 Performance category 202 Quality 23031 5 Roof sheathing 2304 8, 2308 7 10 Seismic shear panels 2305 1, 2308 6 6 2 Shear walls 23063 Sheathing 230461 Standards 23061 Subfloors 8044 Veneer 14045 1'1 YARDS OR COURTS 1205 Exit discharge 10284 Group 1-2 40710 Group 1-3 408 3 6, 408 6 2 Light, natural 1204 Occupant load 10047 Parking garage, open 40655 Unlimited area building 5072, 50721 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 725 I I I I COTFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Dm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,, x100817m6 ocJM 10-0 015e PAL(PST) Tug tto ( I.i Ag,, ^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER 726 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® ' Clp lghtOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby HDOP,Cm Cm,(hvdmep,,d—od Pm),(Qtyof PnmdNmod)O,d¢N=b¢x1ooe1vmcocJM 10-0 015e PM (PST) L-mmtto S I ( " I.—Agffi,—o ,AOICC Nof th,, ,odoSmoo.m�t,,, od,S,00zbyany ,dputyo, AxmboemPOoossd 9ogleuva ody mpyncg andoetwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHOIGAED REPROD VCIION ORDISIRIBVTION ISA VIOLATION OP THE PEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACI AND THE LICENSEA G RE EM ENT. AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHEREUNDER EDITORIAL CHANGES - SECOND PRINTING Page 22, definition [BG] EMPLOYEE WORK AREA: title now reads [BE] EMPLOYEE WORK AREA Page 29, definition [BS] HURRICANE -PRONE REGIONS: item 1, line 2 now reads where the basic design wind speed, V for Risk Category Page 30, definition [BS] LIGHT -FRAME CONSTRUCTION: line 1 now reads [BS] LIGHT -FRAME CONSTRUC- TION. Construction Page 33, definition [F] OPEN-AIR ASSEMBLY SEATING: title now reads [BE] OPEN-AIR ASSEMBLY SEATING. Page 36, definition [BS] ROOF REPAIR: Imes 2 and 3 now read of an existing roof for the purposes of correcting damage or restoring pre -damage condition Page 37, definition [BS] SITE CLASS: line 3 now reads as defined in Section 1613 2 2 Page 37, definition [BS] SITE COEFFICIENTS: line 2 now reads cated in Tables 1613 2 3(1) and 1613 2 3(2), respec- tively Page 38, definition [BS] START OF CONSTRUCTION has been deleted Page 95, Section 420.2: exceptions have been deleted Page 95, Section 420.3: the exception has been deleted Page 98, Section 424.4: line 4 now reads mm) Children's play structures shall have a horizontal sepa- Page 103, Section 503.1.4: exception 2, line 2 now reads roofs of open parking garages of Type I or Type Page 113, Section 507.8.1: line 3 now reads shall not exceed 10 percent of the area of the building nor Page 211, User notes: Code development reminder has been deleted Page 222, [F] TABLE 903.2.11.6: column 1, line 6 now reads 4077 Page 222, [F] TABLE 903.2.11.6: column 1, line 7 now reads 4106 Page 222, [F] TABLE 903.2.11.6: column 1, line 8 now reads 4113 Page 222, [F] TABLE 903.2.11.6: column 1, line 9 now reads 41224 Page 222, [F] TABLE 903.2.11.6: column 1, line 10 now reads 412 3 6, 412 3 6 1, 412 5 6 Page 222, [F] TABLE 903.2.11.6: column 1, line 16 now reads 428 Page 233, Section [F] 907.2.6.1.1: line 3 now reads dance with Section 907 2 10 Page 238, Section [F] 907.2.23: line 4 now reads required by Section 1206 3 of the International Fire Code Page 238, Section [F] 907.3.2: line 3 now reads accordance with Sections 1010 1 9 7 or 1010 1 9 8, an Page 240, Section [F] 907.5.2.3.3: line 6 now reads accordance with Chapter 10 of ICC Al 17 1 Such Page 251, Section [F] 911.1.3 now reads [F] 911.1.3 Size. The fire command center shall be not less than 0 015 percent of the total building area of the facility served or 200 square feet (19 m) in area, whichever is greater, with a mimmum dimension of 0 7 times the square root of the room area or 10 feet (3048 mm), wlchever is greater Page 255, Section [F] 916.2.1: line 4 now reads this code and the International Fire Code shall be pro - Page 261, Section 1006.2.1: Items 1 and 2 now read Exceptions: 1 The number of exits from foyers, lobbies, vestibules or similar spaces need not be based on cumulative occupant loads for areas discharging through such spaces, but the capacity of the exits from such spaces shall be based on applicable cumulative occupant loads 2 Care suites in Group I-2 occupancies complying with Section 407 4 Page 331, TABLE 1404.2: column 2, row 4, line 3 now reads 20 Page 333, Section [BS] 1404.10: line 3 now reads section and Sections 12 1 and 12 3 of TMS 402 Page 343, Section 1504.7: line 5 now reads the "Resistance to Foot Traffic Test" in Section 4 6 of FM Page 355, Section 1507.18.2: lines 2 and 3 now read only on roof slopes of two units vertical in 12 units hon- Page 355, Section 1507.18.4.1: line 14 now reads tion 1507 1 1 except all laps shall be not less than 4 Page 358, Section 1511.1: Exception 2, line 4 now reads in Section 1502 2 for roofs that provide for positive Page 358, Section 1511.1: Exception 2, line 10 now reads dance with Section 1502 2 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® 727 I " ' CITFIghtOo2017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsdby HDOP, Van Cm,(hv dmepf dwood mm).(Qtyof FRmdNmod)O,d,,N=b,,x10081vmc ocJM IOZM0 015e PAL (PST) tto ( I.i Affiee^®,AOICC Nof th,,e,od�oamfw ,,e od�o¢tbyany ,dPartyo, AMb�tmPOo�vsd 9cgle�ss¢ody mpyncg and Mwodwgp�okb¢ed ANYVNAVTHORIVED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION ISA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER Page 362, Section 1604.3.3: line 3 now reads ASCE 8, SJI 100 or SJI 200, as applicable Page 363, Section 1604.3.5: line 3 now reads ADM Page 419, Section 1705.4.1: line 8 now reads TMS 602, Level 2 Page 419, Section 1705.5.2: now reads 1705.5.2 Metal -plate -connected wood trusses spanning 60 feet or greater. Where a truss clear span is 60 feet (18 288 mm) or greater, the special inspector shall verify that the temporary installation restraint/ bracing and the permanent individual truss member restraint/bracing are installed in accordance with the approved truss submit- tal package Page 451, Section 1810.3.8.3.2: variable f h now reads f h = Yield strength of spiral reinforcement s 85,000 psi (586 MPa) Page 454, Section 1810.3.9.4.2.1: line 9 now reads Table 18 10 6 4(f) of ACI 318 shall be permitted Page 465, Section 2002.1: line 3 now reads AA ADM The nominal loads shall be the minnnum design Page 479, Section 2203.1: lines 3 and 4 now read joists and joist girders shall be in accordance with SJI 100 and SJI 200 Individual structural members and assembled Page 480, Section 2207.1: line 3 now reads either SJI 100 or SJI 200, as applicable Page 497, Section 2304.11.2.1: now reads 2304.11.2.1 Exterior walls. Exterior walls shall be permitted to be cross -lami- nated hmbernot less than 4 inches (102 mm) in thickness meeting the requirements of Section 2303 1 4 Page 502, Section 2306.1: standard EWS T300 now reads APA T300 Glulam Connection Details Page 502, Section 2306.1: standard EWS S560 now reads APA S560 Field Notching and Drilling of Glued Laminated Tim- ber Beams Page 502, Section 2306.1: standard EWS S475 now reads APA S475 Glued Laminated Beam Design Tables Page 502, Section 2306.1: standard EWS X450 now reads APA X450 Glulam in Residential Construction Page 502, Section 2306.1: standard EWS X440 now reads APA X440 Product and Application Guide Glulam Page 502, Section 2306.1: standard EWS R540 now reads APA R540 Builders Tips Proper Storage and Handling of Glulam Beams Page 584 Section [F] 2702.2.12: now reads [F] 2702.2.12 Laboratory suites. Standby or emergency power shall be pro- vided in accordance with Section 5004 7 of the International Fire Code where laboratory suites are located above the sixth story above grade plane or located in a story below grade plane Page 613, Referenced Standard AA reference number ADMI2015 now reads ADM2015 Page 613, Referenced Standard AAMA reference number 71116 now reads 71113 Page 614, Referenced Standard ALI reference number ALI ALCTV2016 now reads ALI ALCTV2017 Page 616, Referenced Standard ASCE/SEI reference number 817 now reads 802 Page 616, Referenced Standard ASCE/SEI reference number 2917 now reads 2905 Page 616, Referenced Standard ASCE/SEI reference number 3217 now reads 3201 Page 616, Referenced Standard ASCE/SEI reference number 49-- 07 now reads 49 12 Page 629, Referenced Standard AWS reference number DI 4/D1 4M2017 now reads DI 4/DI 4M2011 Page 634, Referenced Standard NAAMM reference number FP 100117 now reads FP 100107 Page 636, Referenced Standard NFPA reference number 28517 now reads 28512 Page 636, Referenced Standard NFPA reference number 28918 now reads 28913 For the complete errata history of this code, please visit: https://www.iccsafe.org/errata-central/ 728 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE® l l l CopyrightOo2.017ICC ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Awsedby H®I,,Van Dm,(hv dmep ,,dv oodmm).(Qtyof Primdvood)O,d,,N=b¢x1ooe17m5OIJM14,�moo15e PM(PST)pu mtto I ( S I.� Affievo ,A IcC Nofth,,,od,S,o,,,o�t,,, od,S,o,,byany ,dpartyo, Axmbot® OoossdANYVNAVTHORIVED RBPROD VCIION ORDISI-IION LEA VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSEAGREEMENT.AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIESTHERBUNDER :]A01Aak16qt1:I_1AT►NOkiAto]W1111i No matter where you are in your building career, put the benefits of ICC Membership to work for you! Membership in ICC connects you to exclusive I -Codes resources, continuing education opportunities and Members -Only benefits that include: Free code opinions from I -Codes experts Free I -Code book(s) or download to new Members' Discounts on I -Code resources, training and certification renewal Posting resumes and job search openings through the ICC Career Center Mentoring programs and valuable networking opportunities at ICC events Free benefits Corporate and Governmental Members: Your staff can receive free ICC benefits too' Savings of up to 25% on code books and training materials and more Put the benefits of ICC Membership to work for you and your career. Visit www.iccsafe.org/mem3 to join now or to renew your Membership. Or call 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233), ext. 33804 to learn more today! C�I@W„gym—uc­ ­db,�. � (CI,,4M.a Oo-INIIM-1—®j.I—1,11MOM ­­,m ��oO�,ONOOo�=MISANOa„ OE„SEE-I—II N�ANT—„�N�AN�,.RA—�;��U,aA­­­­ �,4 „�� ®ICC EVALUATION SE SERVICE emrw..n /_,Imer�Um u�s..0 uo Specify and Approve with CONFIDENCE When facing new or unfamiliar materials, how do you know if they comply with building codes and standards? ICC-ES° Evaluation Reports are the most widely accepted and trusted technical reports for code compliance IMES Building Product Listings and PMG Listings show product compliance with applicable standard(s) referenced in the building and plumbing codes as well as other applicable codes IMES provides a one -stop shop for the evaluation, listing and now testing of innovative building products through our newly formed cooperation with Innovation Research Labs, a highly respected ISO 17025 accredited testing lab with over 50 years of experience IMES is a subsidiary of ICC°, the publisher of the codes used throughout the U S and many global markets, so you can be confident in their code expertise 1009 www.icc-es.org 1 800-423-6587 x3877 n 1 OM WDECMxcir copN I@W11--WGMSPE9NNFD Asp , ure � (CI,,mxe.a O0-INIIM-1—®I.I—1, 11 MOM w­,1 ��oO�,ONOOo�e MISAu.Oa„ OE„ffF-I—II e�O�AOTANo„ffN�AOa�,.R Arm�i��waANo�� �� GET IMMEDIATE DOWNLOADS OF THE STANDARDS YOU NEED Browse hundreds of industry standards adopted by reference. Available to you 24/7! Count on ICC for standards from a variety of publishers, including: ACI CPSC GYPSUM AISC CSA HUD ANSI DOC ICC APA DOJ ISO APSP DOL NSF ASHRAE DOTn SMACNA ASTM FEMA USC AWC GBI DOWNLOAD YOUR STANDARDS TOW SHOP.ICCSAFE.ORG 15-11221 1 I I I ` �°W M �,m� ���4�. ,S—Now-- ,,moo ,��I—,m I-�oNmoNoso�ee�,o IS oNOE,,E— I----- A—STJSj—CIVMA--e— Valuable Guides to Changes in the 2018 I -Codes° 1�►� SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE 2018 INTERNATIONAL CODES" Practical resources that offer a comprehensive analysis of the critical changes made between the 2015 and 2018 editions of the codes Authored by ICC code experts, these useful tools are "must -have" guides to the many important changes in the 2018 International Codes Key changes are identified then followed by in-depth, expert discussion of how the change affects real world application A full -color photo, table or illustration is included for each change to further clarify application SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE IBC, 2018 EDITION 47024S18 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE IRC, 2018 EDITION 47101S18 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE IFC, 2018 EDITION 47404S18 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE IPCAMC/IFGC, 2018 EDITION 47202S18 ORDER YOUR HELPFUL GUIDES TODAY! 1-800-786-4452 1 www.iccsafe.org/books I-o�—SA —�osoIS �e�,oN S�A-oE=­ I----- A—�;— CIVaA—C— I —